diff --git a/.travis.yml b/.travis.yml
index 25a0c51423..c869f027a8 100644
--- a/.travis.yml
+++ b/.travis.yml
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
-dist: trusty
-sudo: false
+dist: xenial
+sudo: require
 
 language: python
 python:
@@ -19,10 +19,21 @@ env:
   - TEST_PLATFORM="megaatmega2560"
   - TEST_PLATFORM="DUE"
   - TEST_PLATFORM="LPC1768"
+  - TEST_PLATFORM="LPC1769"
   - TEST_PLATFORM="STM32F1"
   - TEST_PLATFORM="teensy35"
+  - TEST_PLATFORM="linux_native"
+  - TEST_PLATFORM="esp32"
+
+addons:
+  apt:
+    sources:
+      - ubuntu-toolchain-r-test
+    packages:
+      - g++-7
 
 before_install:
+  - sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/g++ g++ /usr/bin/g++-7 90
   #
   # Fetch the tag information for the current branch
   - git fetch origin --tags
@@ -34,7 +45,7 @@ before_install:
 
 install:
   #- pip install -U platformio
-  - pip install -U https://github.com/platformio/platformio-core/archive/develop.zip
+  - pip install -U https://github.com/platformio/platformio-core/archive/master.zip
 
 before_script:
   # Update PlatformIO packages
diff --git a/Marlin/Configuration.h b/Marlin/Configuration.h
index f18ef0d865..82502ca12c 100644
--- a/Marlin/Configuration.h
+++ b/Marlin/Configuration.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 
 // Enable this is you have a raptor 2. 
 // Selects pin file, runout sensor and stock TMC Drivers automatically
-#define RAPTOR2 
+//#define RAPTOR2 
 
 /**
  * Enable if you replace the stepper drivers with TMC 2208. Be sure to remove MS3 jumper 
@@ -15,14 +15,14 @@
  * you require Linear Advance with a TMC2208 on the extruder!
  * If you have used a UART connection to program the driver to SpreadCycle mode, pease seect that as well
  */
-//#define X_2208
+#define X_2208
 //#define X_SpreadCycle
-//#define Y_2208
-//#define Y_SpreadCycle // Highly recommended as large prints with high mass can cause layer shifts with stealthchop at high speed
+#define Y_2208
+#define Y_SpreadCycle // Highly recommended as large prints with high mass can cause layer shifts with stealthchop at high speed
 //#define Y_4988  // Some machines shipped with 4988 drivers across the board. Set this if you arent sure what you have and all the drivers look identical
 //#define Z_2208 // NOT Recommended! Dual stepper current draw is above the recommended limit for this driver
 //#define Z_SpreadCycle
-//#define Z_4988  // Some machines shipped with 4988 drivers across the board. Set this if you arent sure what you have and all the drivers look identical
+#define Z_4988  // Some machines shipped with 4988 drivers across the board. Set this if you arent sure what you have and all the drivers look identical
 //#define E_2208 // Not Recommended! Stealthchop mode faults with linear advance
 //#define E_SpreadCycle
 
@@ -58,10 +58,10 @@
 #endif
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -320,7 +320,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -331,6 +340,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -363,30 +374,29 @@
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -421,6 +431,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -446,7 +457,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -716,11 +727,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 #if ENABLED(X_2208)
   #define X_DRIVER_TYPE  TMC2208_STANDALONE
@@ -862,9 +873,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.08  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -878,19 +895,22 @@
  * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
  * value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
  */
-#if(ENABLED(X_SpreadCycle) || !ENABLED(X_2208))
-  #define DEFAULT_XJERK                 20.0
-#else
-  #define DEFAULT_XJERK                 10.0
+#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
+  #if(ENABLED(X_SpreadCycle) || !ENABLED(X_2208))
+    #define DEFAULT_XJERK                 20.0
+  #else
+    #define DEFAULT_XJERK                 10.0
+  #endif
+
+  #if(ENABLED(Y_SpreadCycle) || !ENABLED(Y_2208))
+    #define DEFAULT_YJERK                 10.0
+  #else
+    #define DEFAULT_YJERK                 5.0
+  #endif
+  #define DEFAULT_ZJERK                  0.4
 #endif
 
-#if(ENABLED(Y_SpreadCycle) || !ENABLED(Y_2208))
-  #define DEFAULT_YJERK                 10.0
-#else
-  #define DEFAULT_YJERK                 5.0
-#endif
-#define DEFAULT_ZJERK                  0.4
-#define DEFAULT_EJERK                  5.0
+#define DEFAULT_EJERK    5.0  // May be used by Linear Advance
 
 /**
  * S-Curve Acceleration
@@ -960,79 +980,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 #define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -1087,10 +1058,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 #define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -2133,14 +2111,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2184,12 +2163,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2206,15 +2196,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h
index 4c19965b92..ea9413126f 100644
--- a/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -356,8 +356,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -379,7 +382,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 255   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  #define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  #define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -527,6 +531,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -540,6 +611,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -550,7 +625,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -567,7 +642,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -578,12 +653,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -684,7 +758,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -842,7 +916,7 @@
 
   //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART               // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files
 
-  #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY"       // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27")
+  #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G1X0Y0"       // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27")
 
   /**
    * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
@@ -856,8 +930,8 @@
   #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
     //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN         44 // Pin to detect power loss
     //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE     HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss
-    //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN   20   // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume
-    //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10   // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power.
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN   20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power.
 
     // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card,
     // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued.
@@ -908,12 +982,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -964,19 +1041,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1385,6 +1470,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1670,7 +1756,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1680,6 +1765,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1689,7 +1797,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1715,7 +1823,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1733,7 +1841,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1756,7 +1864,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1768,7 +1876,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1776,14 +1884,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2030,38 +2145,55 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
 #if ENABLED(RAPTOR2)
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
+  #define LASER_FEATURE
 #endif
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     true  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             false   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   1   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 1   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   true  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             false   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   1      // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 1      // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            false   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    false  // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/Marlin/Makefile b/Marlin/Makefile
index acf9c94c71..222e60d620 100644
--- a/Marlin/Makefile
+++ b/Marlin/Makefile
@@ -122,169 +122,194 @@ ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),0)
 #
 
 # MEGA/RAMPS up to 1.2
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),3)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1000)
 
 # RAMPS 1.3 (Power outputs: Hotend, Fan, Bed)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),33)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1010)
 # RAMPS 1.3 (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),34)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1011)
 # RAMPS 1.3 (Power outputs: Hotend, Fan0, Fan1)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),35)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1012)
 # RAMPS 1.3 (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Fan)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),36)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1013)
 # RAMPS 1.3 (Power outputs: Spindle, Controller Fan)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),38)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1014)
 
 # RAMPS 1.4 (Power outputs: Hotend, Fan, Bed)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),43)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1020)
 # RAMPS 1.4 (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),44)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1021)
 # RAMPS 1.4 (Power outputs: Hotend, Fan0, Fan1)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),45)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1022)
 # RAMPS 1.4 (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Fan)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),46)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1023)
 # RAMPS 1.4 (Power outputs: Spindle, Controller Fan)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),48)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1024)
 
 # RAMPS Plus 3DYMY (Power outputs: Hotend, Fan, Bed)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),143)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1030)
 # RAMPS Plus 3DYMY (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),144)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1031)
 # RAMPS Plus 3DYMY (Power outputs: Hotend, Fan0, Fan1)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),145)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1032)
 # RAMPS Plus 3DYMY (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Fan)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),146)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1033)
 # RAMPS Plus 3DYMY (Power outputs: Spindle, Controller Fan)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),148)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1034)
 
 #
 # RAMPS Derivatives - ATmega1280, ATmega2560
 #
 
 # 3Drag Controller
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),77)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1100)
 # Velleman K8200 Controller (derived from 3Drag Controller)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),78)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1101)
 # Velleman K8400 Controller (derived from 3Drag Controller)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),79)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1102)
 # 2PrintBeta BAM&DICE with STK drivers
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),401)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1103)
 # 2PrintBeta BAM&DICE Due with STK drivers
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),402)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1104)
 # MKS BASE v1.0
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),40)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1105)
+# MKS v1.4 with A4982 stepper drivers
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1106)
 # MKS v1.5 with Allegro A4982 stepper drivers
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),405)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1107)
 # MKS BASE 1.0 with Heroic HR4982 stepper drivers
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),41)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1108)
 # MKS GEN v1.3 or 1.4
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),47)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1109)
 # MKS GEN L
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),53)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1110)
 # zrib V2.0 control board (Chinese knock off RAMPS replica)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),504)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1111)
+# Bigtreetech or BIQU KFB2.0
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1112)
 # Felix 2.0+ Electronics Board (RAMPS like)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),37)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1113)
 # Invent-A-Part RigidBoard
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),42)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1114)
 # Invent-A-Part RigidBoard V2
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),52)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1115)
 # Sainsmart 2-in-1 board
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),49)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1116)
 # Ultimaker
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),7)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1117)
 # Ultimaker (Older electronics. Pre 1.5.4. This is rare)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),71)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1118)
   MCU ?= atmega1280
+
 # Azteeg X3
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),67)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1119)
 # Azteeg X3 Pro
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),68)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1120)
 # Ultimainboard 2.x (Uses TEMP_SENSOR 20)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),72)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1121)
 # Rumba
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),80)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1122)
 # Raise3D Rumba
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),333)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1123)
+# Rapide Lite RL200 Rumba
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1124)
 # Formbot T-Rex 2 Plus
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),95)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1125)
 # Formbot T-Rex 3
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),96)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1126)
 # Formbot Raptor
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),97)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1127)
 # Formbot Raptor 2
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),98)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1128)
 # bq ZUM Mega 3D
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),503)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1129)
 # MakeBoard Mini v2.1.2 is a control board sold by MicroMake
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),431)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1130)
 # TriGorilla Anycubic version 1.3 based on RAMPS EFB
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),343)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1131)
 # TriGorilla Anycubic version 1.4 based on RAMPS EFB
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),443)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1132)
+# TriGorilla Anycubic version 1.4 Rev 1.1
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1133)
 # Creality: Ender-4, CR-8
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),243)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1134)
 # Creality: CR10S, CR20, CR-X
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),244)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1135)
+# Dagoma F5
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1136)
 # Fysetc F6
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),541)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1137)
 # Duplicator i3 Plus
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),31)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1138)
 # VORON
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),441)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1139)
+# TRONXY V3 1.0
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1140)
+# Z-Bolt X Series
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1141)
 
 #
 # Other ATmega1280, ATmega2560
 #
 
 # Cartesio CN Controls V11
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),111)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1200)
 # Cartesio CN Controls V12
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),112)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1201)
 # Cheaptronic v1.0
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),2)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1202)
 # Cheaptronic v2.0
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),21)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1203)
 # Makerbot Mightyboard Revision E
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),200)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1204)
 # Megatronics
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),70)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1205)
 # Megatronics v2.0
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),701)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1206)
 # Megatronics v3.0
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),703)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1207)
 # Megatronics v3.1
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),704)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1208)
+# Megatronics v3.2
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1209)
 # Rambo
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),301)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1210)
 # Mini-Rambo
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),302)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1211)
 # Mini-Rambo 1.0a
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),303)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1212)
 # Einsy Rambo
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),304)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1213)
 # Einsy Retro
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),305)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1214)
 # Elefu Ra Board (v3)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),21)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1215)
 # Leapfrog
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),999)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1216)
 # Mega controller
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),310)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1217)
 # abee Scoovo X9H
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),321)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1218)
+# Geeetech GT2560 Rev B for Mecreator2
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1219)
 # Geeetech GT2560 Rev. A
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),74)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1220)
 # Geeetech GT2560 Rev. A+ (with auto level probe)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),75)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1221)
+# Geeetech GT2560 Rev B for A10(M/D)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1222)
+# Geeetech GT2560 Rev B for A20(M/D)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1223)
+# Einstart retrofit
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1224)
 
 #
 # ATmega1281, ATmega2561
 #
 
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),702)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1300)
   MCU              ?= atmega1281
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),25)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1310)
   MCU              ?= atmega1281
 
 #
@@ -292,43 +317,43 @@ else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),25)
 #
 
 # Sanguinololu < 1.2
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),6)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1400)
   HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Sanguino
   MCU              ?= atmega644p
 # Sanguinololu 1.2 and above
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),62)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1401)
   HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Sanguino
   MCU              ?= atmega644p
 # Melzi
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),63)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1402)
   HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Sanguino
   MCU              ?= atmega644p
 # Melzi with ATmega1284 (MaKr3d version)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),66)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1403)
   HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Sanguino
   MCU              ?= atmega1284p
 # Melzi Creality3D board (for CR-10 etc)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),89)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1404)
   HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Sanguino
   MCU              ?= atmega1284p
 # Melzi Malyan M150 board
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),92)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1405)
   HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Sanguino
   MCU              ?= atmega1284p
 # Tronxy X5S
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),505)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1406)
   HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Sanguino
   MCU              ?= atmega1284p
 # STB V1.1
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),64)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1407)
   HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Sanguino
   MCU              ?= atmega1284p
 # Azteeg X1
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),65)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1408)
   HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Sanguino
   MCU              ?= atmega1284p
 # Anet 1.0 (Melzi clone)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),69)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1409)
   HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Sanguino
   MCU              ?= atmega1284p
 
@@ -337,51 +362,51 @@ else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),69)
 #
 
 # Gen3 Monolithic Electronics
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),22)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1500)
   HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Sanguino
   MCU              ?= atmega644p
 # Gen3+
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),9)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1501)
   HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Sanguino
   MCU              ?= atmega644p
 # Gen6
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),5)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1502)
   HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Gen6
   MCU              ?= atmega644p
 # Gen6 deluxe
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),51)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1503)
   HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Gen6
   MCU              ?= atmega644p
 # Gen7 custom (Alfons3 Version)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),10)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1504)
   HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Gen7
   MCU              ?= atmega644
   F_CPU            ?= 20000000
 # Gen7 v1.1, v1.2
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),11)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1505)
   HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Gen7
   MCU              ?= atmega644p
   F_CPU            ?= 20000000
 # Gen7 v1.3
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),12)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1506)
   HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Gen7
   MCU              ?= atmega644p
   F_CPU            ?= 20000000
 # Gen7 v1.4
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),13)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1507)
   HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Gen7
   MCU              ?= atmega1284p
   F_CPU            ?= 20000000
 # Alpha OMCA board
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),90)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1508)
   HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= SanguinoA
   MCU              ?= atmega644
 # Final OMCA board
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),91)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1509)
   HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Sanguino
   MCU              ?= atmega644p
 # Sethi 3D_1
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),20)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1510)
   HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Sanguino
   MCU              ?= atmega644p
 
@@ -390,46 +415,46 @@ else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),20)
 #
 
 # Teensylu
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),8)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1600)
   HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Teensy
   MCU              ?= at90usb1286
 # Printrboard (AT90USB1286)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),81)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1601)
   HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Teensy
   MCU              ?= at90usb1286
 # Printrboard Revision F (AT90USB1286)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),811)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1602)
   HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Teensy
   MCU              ?= at90usb1286
 # Brainwave (AT90USB646)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),82)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1603)
   HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Teensy
   MCU              ?= at90usb646
 # Brainwave Pro (AT90USB1286)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),83)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1604)
   HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Teensy
   MCU              ?= at90usb1286
 # SAV Mk-I (AT90USB1286)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),84)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1605)
   HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Teensy
   MCU              ?= at90usb1286
 # Teensy++2.0 (AT90USB1286)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),85)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1606)
   HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Teensy
   MCU              ?= at90usb1286
 # 5DPrint D8 Driver Board
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),88)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1607)
   HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= Teensy
   MCU              ?= at90usb1286
 
 # UltiMachine Archim1 (with DRV8825 drivers)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1591)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),3023)
   HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= archim
   MCPU              = cortex-m3
   F_CPU             = 84000000L
   IS_MCU            = 0
 # UltiMachine Archim2 (with TMC2130 drivers)
-else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1592)
+else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),3024)
   HARDWARE_VARIANT ?= archim
   MCPU              = cortex-m3
   F_CPU             = 84000000L
@@ -576,7 +601,7 @@ ifeq ($(U8GLIB), 1)
 endif
 
 ifeq ($(TMC), 1)
-  LIB_CXXSRC += TMCStepper.cpp COOLCONF.cpp DRV_STATUS.cpp IHOLD_IRUN.cpp CHOPCONF.cpp  GCONF.cpp PWMCONF.cpp DRV_CONF.cpp DRVCONF.cpp DRVCTRL.cpp DRVSTATUS.cpp ENCMODE.cpp  RAMP_STAT.cpp SGCSCONF.cpp SHORT_CONF.cpp SMARTEN.cpp SW_MODE.cpp SW_SPI.cpp TMC2130Stepper.cpp TMC2208Stepper.cpp TMC2660Stepper.cpp TMC5130Stepper.cpp TMC5160Stepper.cpp
+  LIB_CXXSRC += TMCStepper.cpp COOLCONF.cpp DRV_STATUS.cpp IHOLD_IRUN.cpp CHOPCONF.cpp GCONF.cpp PWMCONF.cpp DRV_CONF.cpp DRVCONF.cpp DRVCTRL.cpp DRVSTATUS.cpp ENCMODE.cpp RAMP_STAT.cpp SGCSCONF.cpp SHORT_CONF.cpp SMARTEN.cpp SW_MODE.cpp SW_SPI.cpp TMC2130Stepper.cpp TMC2208Stepper.cpp TMC2209Stepper.cpp TMC2660Stepper.cpp TMC5130Stepper.cpp TMC5160Stepper.cpp
 endif
 
 ifeq ($(RELOC_WORKAROUND), 1)
@@ -647,8 +672,8 @@ LIBWARN = -w -Wno-packed-bitfield-compat
 CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99
 CXXSTANDARD = -std=gnu++11
 CDEBUG = -g$(DEBUG)
-CWARN   = -Wall -Wstrict-prototypes -Wno-packed-bitfield-compat -Wno-pragmas
-CXXWARN = -Wall                     -Wno-packed-bitfield-compat -Wno-pragmas
+CWARN   = -Wall -Wstrict-prototypes -Wno-packed-bitfield-compat -Wno-pragmas -Wunused-parameter
+CXXWARN = -Wall                     -Wno-packed-bitfield-compat -Wno-pragmas -Wunused-parameter
 CTUNING = -fsigned-char -funsigned-bitfields -fpack-struct -fno-exceptions \
           -fshort-enums -ffunction-sections -fdata-sections
 ifneq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),)
@@ -663,7 +688,7 @@ ASFLAGS :=          $(CDEFS)
 ifeq ($(HARDWARE_VARIANT), archim)
   LD_PREFIX = -Wl,--gc-sections,-Map,Marlin.ino.map,--cref,--check-sections,--entry=Reset_Handler,--unresolved-symbols=report-all,--warn-common,--warn-section-align
   LD_SUFFIX = $(LDLIBS)
-  LDFLAGS   = -lm -gcc -T$(LDSCRIPT) -u _sbrk -u link -u _close -u _fstat -u _isatty -u _lseek -u _read -u _write -u _exit -u kill -u _getpid
+  LDFLAGS   = -lm -T$(LDSCRIPT) -u _sbrk -u link -u _close -u _fstat -u _isatty -u _lseek -u _read -u _write -u _exit -u kill -u _getpid
 else
   LD_PREFIX = -Wl,--gc-sections,--relax
   LDFLAGS   = -lm
@@ -740,7 +765,7 @@ ifeq (${AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER}, arduino)
 	stty -hup < $(UPLOAD_PORT); true
 endif
 
-  # Display size of file.
+# Display size of file.
 HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(BUILD_DIR)/$(TARGET).hex
 ELFSIZE = $(SIZE)  $(SIZE_FLAGS) $(BUILD_DIR)/$(TARGET).elf; \
           $(SIZE)  $(BUILD_DIR)/$(TARGET).elf
@@ -790,7 +815,7 @@ extcoff: $(TARGET).elf
 .elf.sym:
 	$(NM) -n $< > $@
 
-  # Link: create ELF output file from library.
+# Link: create ELF output file from library.
 
 $(BUILD_DIR)/$(TARGET).elf: $(OBJ) Configuration.h
 	$(Pecho) "  CXX   $@"
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/HAL.cpp
index c240c787ac..adc441cb61 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/HAL.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/HAL.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -67,6 +67,22 @@
 // Public functions
 // --------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
+void HAL_init(void) {
+  // Init Servo Pins
+  #if PIN_EXISTS(SERVO0)
+    OUT_WRITE(SERVO0_PIN, LOW);
+  #endif
+  #if PIN_EXISTS(SERVO1)
+    OUT_WRITE(SERVO1_PIN, LOW);
+  #endif
+  #if PIN_EXISTS(SERVO2)
+    OUT_WRITE(SERVO2_PIN, LOW);
+  #endif
+  #if PIN_EXISTS(SERVO3)
+    OUT_WRITE(SERVO3_PIN, LOW);
+  #endif
+}
+
 #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
 
   #include "../../sd/SdFatUtil.h"
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/HAL.h
index 9dc5e95c55..38405e9441 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/HAL.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/HAL.h
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -68,6 +68,7 @@ typedef uint16_t hal_timer_t;
 
 typedef int8_t pin_t;
 
+#define SHARED_SERVOS HAS_SERVOS
 #define HAL_SERVO_LIB Servo
 
 // --------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -108,6 +109,8 @@ typedef int8_t pin_t;
 // Public functions
 // --------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
+void HAL_init(void);
+
 //void cli(void);
 
 //void _delay_ms(const int delay);
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/HAL_spi_AVR.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/HAL_spi_AVR.cpp
index 592a4bca68..0350847a61 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/HAL_spi_AVR.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/HAL_spi_AVR.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -21,12 +21,12 @@
  */
 
 /**
- * Originally from Arduino Sd2Card Library
- * Copyright (C) 2009 by William Greiman
+ * Adapted from Arduino Sd2Card Library
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 by William Greiman
  */
 
 /**
- * Description: HAL for AVR - SPI functions
+ * HAL for AVR - SPI functions
  */
 
 #ifdef __AVR__
@@ -37,35 +37,24 @@
 
 #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
 
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Public Variables
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Public functions
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void spiBegin (void) {
-  SET_OUTPUT(SS_PIN);
-  WRITE(SS_PIN, HIGH);
+void spiBegin(void) {
+  OUT_WRITE(SS_PIN, HIGH);
   SET_OUTPUT(SCK_PIN);
   SET_INPUT(MISO_PIN);
   SET_OUTPUT(MOSI_PIN);
 
   #if DISABLED(SOFTWARE_SPI)
     // SS must be in output mode even it is not chip select
-    SET_OUTPUT(SS_PIN);
+    //SET_OUTPUT(SS_PIN);
     // set SS high - may be chip select for another SPI device
-    #if SET_SPI_SS_HIGH
-      WRITE(SS_PIN, HIGH);
-    #endif  // SET_SPI_SS_HIGH
+    //#if SET_SPI_SS_HIGH
+      //WRITE(SS_PIN, HIGH);
+    //#endif
     // set a default rate
     spiInit(1);
-  #endif  // SOFTWARE_SPI
+  #endif
 }
 
-
 #if DISABLED(SOFTWARE_SPI, FORCE_SOFT_SPI)
 
   //------------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -184,28 +173,32 @@ void spiBegin (void) {
     // Invert the SPI2X bit
     clockDiv ^= 0x1;
 
-    SPCR = _BV(SPE) | _BV(MSTR) | ((bitOrder == SPI_LSBFIRST) ? _BV(DORD) : 0) |
+    SPCR = _BV(SPE) | _BV(MSTR) | ((bitOrder == LSBFIRST) ? _BV(DORD) : 0) |
       (dataMode << CPHA) | ((clockDiv >> 1) << SPR0);
     SPSR = clockDiv | 0x01;
   }
 
 
-#else
+#else // SOFTWARE_SPI || FORCE_SOFT_SPI
 
-  /** nop to tune soft SPI timing */
+  //------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+  // Software SPI
+  //------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+  // nop to tune soft SPI timing
   #define nop asm volatile ("\tnop\n")
 
-  /** Set SPI rate */
+  // Set SPI rate
   void spiInit(uint8_t spiRate) {
     UNUSED(spiRate);  // nothing to do
   }
 
-  /** Begin SPI transaction, set clock, bit order, data mode */
+  // Begin SPI transaction, set clock, bit order, data mode
   void spiBeginTransaction(uint32_t spiClock, uint8_t bitOrder, uint8_t dataMode) {
     UNUSED(spiBeginTransaction);  // nothing to do
   }
 
-  /** Soft SPI receive byte */
+  // Soft SPI receive byte
   uint8_t spiRec() {
     uint8_t data = 0;
     // no interrupts during byte receive - about 8µs
@@ -230,13 +223,13 @@ void spiBegin (void) {
     return data;
   }
 
-  /** Soft SPI read data */
+  // Soft SPI read data
   void spiRead(uint8_t* buf, uint16_t nbyte) {
     for (uint16_t i = 0; i < nbyte; i++)
       buf[i] = spiRec();
   }
 
-  /** Soft SPI send byte */
+  // Soft SPI send byte
   void spiSend(uint8_t data) {
     // no interrupts during byte send - about 8µs
     cli();
@@ -257,13 +250,13 @@ void spiBegin (void) {
     sei();
   }
 
-  /** Soft SPI send block */
+  // Soft SPI send block
   void spiSendBlock(uint8_t token, const uint8_t* buf) {
     spiSend(token);
     for (uint16_t i = 0; i < 512; i++)
       spiSend(buf[i]);
   }
 
-#endif // SOFTWARE_SPI, FORCE_SOFT_SPI
+#endif // SOFTWARE_SPI || FORCE_SOFT_SPI
 
 #endif // __AVR__
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/MarlinSerial.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/MarlinSerial.cpp
index 9bc224bd2b..57c1ed9550 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/MarlinSerial.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/MarlinSerial.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/MarlinSerial.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/MarlinSerial.h
index 5ada120c6d..8849212d97 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/MarlinSerial.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/MarlinSerial.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/SanityCheck.h
index 68bfdc16a0..93fadf20a5 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/SanityCheck.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/SanityCheck.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 #pragma once
 
 /**
- * Test AVR specific configuration values for errors at compile-time.
+ * Test AVR-specific configuration values for errors at compile-time.
  */
 
 /**
@@ -43,65 +43,15 @@
 #endif
 
 /**
- * Sanity checks for Spindle / Laser
+ * Sanity checks for Spindle / Laser PWM
  */
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
-  #if !PIN_EXISTS(SPINDLE_LASER_ENA)
-    #error "SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE requires SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN."
-  #elif SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE && !PIN_EXISTS(SPINDLE_DIR)
-    #error "SPINDLE_DIR_PIN not defined."
-  #elif ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM) && PIN_EXISTS(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM)
-    #if !(WITHIN(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN, 2, 13) || WITHIN(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN, 44, 46))
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN not assigned to a PWM pin."
-    #elif SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY < 1
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY must be greater than 0."
-    #elif SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY < 1
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY must be greater than 0."
-    #elif !defined(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT)
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT missing."
-    #elif !defined(SPEED_POWER_SLOPE) || !defined(SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT) || !defined(SPEED_POWER_MIN) || !defined(SPEED_POWER_MAX)
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM equation constant(s) missing."
-    #elif SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == 4 || WITHIN(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN, 11, 13)
-      #error "Counter/Timer for SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by a system interrupt."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(X_MAX) && X_MAX_PIN == SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM pin is in use by X_MAX endstop."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(X_MIN) && X_MIN_PIN == SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM pin is in use by X_MIN endstop."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(Z_STEP) && Z_STEP_PIN == SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM pin in use by Z_STEP."
-    #elif NUM_SERVOS > 0 && (WITHIN(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN, 2, 3) || SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == 5)
-      #error "Counter/Timer for SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by the servo system."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(CASE_LIGHT) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == CASE_LIGHT_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by CASE_LIGHT_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(E0_AUTO_FAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(E1_AUTO_FAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(E2_AUTO_FAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(E3_AUTO_FAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(E4_AUTO_FAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(E5_AUTO_FAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(FAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == FAN_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by FAN_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(FAN1) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == FAN1_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by FAN1_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(FAN2) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == FAN2_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by FAN2_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(CONTROLLERFAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == CONTROLLERFAN_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by CONTROLLERFAN_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_XY) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_XY_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_XY."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Z) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Z_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Z."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_E) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_E_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_E."
-    #endif
+#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM)
+  #if SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == 4 || WITHIN(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN, 11, 13)
+    #error "Counter/Timer for SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by a system interrupt."
+  #elif NUM_SERVOS > 0 && (WITHIN(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN, 2, 3) || SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == 5)
+    #error "Counter/Timer for SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by the servo system."
   #endif
-#endif // SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
+#endif
 
 /**
  * The Trinamic library includes SoftwareSerial.h, leading to a compile error.
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/ServoTimers.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/ServoTimers.h
index 17b1e1fbb0..07d3070297 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/ServoTimers.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/ServoTimers.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/endstop_interrupts.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/endstop_interrupts.h
index cabf830c90..4446367d15 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/endstop_interrupts.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/endstop_interrupts.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -37,9 +37,10 @@
  */
 
 #include "../../core/macros.h"
-#include <stdint.h>
 #include "../../module/endstops.h"
 
+#include <stdint.h>
+
 // One ISR for all EXT-Interrupts
 void endstop_ISR(void) { endstops.update(); }
 
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fast_pwm.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fast_pwm.cpp
index f8005f2423..7923968fd2 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fast_pwm.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fast_pwm.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio_1280.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio_1280.h
index 2c37b0a697..84ceffcda0 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio_1280.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio_1280.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio_1281.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio_1281.h
index be34d0727c..153d1fd7d2 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio_1281.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio_1281.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio_168.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio_168.h
index d981287086..7e5a1ec795 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio_168.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio_168.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio_644.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio_644.h
index 0ce458be58..f62a0a35b4 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio_644.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio_644.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio_AT90USB.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio_AT90USB.h
index f744c65132..c7bf5f6b5a 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio_AT90USB.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio_AT90USB.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio_AVR.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio_AVR.cpp
index c58f9da41d..8f79555f69 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio_AVR.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio_AVR.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio_AVR.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio_AVR.h
index f0ef7af1c8..1f2e820bdc 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio_AVR.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio_AVR.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -27,9 +27,10 @@
  * Contributed by Triffid_Hunter and modified by Kliment, thinkyhead, Bob-the-Kuhn, et.al.
  */
 
-#include <avr/io.h>
 #include "../../core/macros.h"
 
+#include <avr/io.h>
+
 #define AVR_AT90USB1286_FAMILY (defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286P__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB646P__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__))
 #define AVR_ATmega1284_FAMILY (defined(__AVR_ATmega644__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega644P__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega644PA__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega1284P__))
 #define AVR_ATmega2560_FAMILY (defined(__AVR_ATmega1280__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega2560__))
@@ -286,11 +287,11 @@ enum ClockSource2 : char {
 
 #if ANY_PIN(FAN, FAN1, FAN2)
   #if PIN_EXISTS(FAN2)
-    #define PWM_CHK_FAN_A(P) (P == FAN_PIN || P == FAN1_PIN || P == FAN2_PIN)
+    #define PWM_CHK_FAN_A(P) (P == FAN0_PIN || P == FAN1_PIN || P == FAN2_PIN)
   #elif PIN_EXISTS(FAN1)
-    #define PWM_CHK_FAN_A(P) (P == FAN_PIN || P == FAN1_PIN)
+    #define PWM_CHK_FAN_A(P) (P == FAN0_PIN || P == FAN1_PIN)
   #else
-    #define PWM_CHK_FAN_A(P) (P == FAN_PIN)
+    #define PWM_CHK_FAN_A(P) (P == FAN0_PIN)
   #endif
 #else
   #define PWM_CHK_FAN_A(P) false
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/math_AVR.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/math_AVR.h
index 8299b8bbd3..d397cc4e9a 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/math_AVR.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/math_AVR.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp
index 4c2f9ea4f1..116a8288e2 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/pinsDebug.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/pinsDebug.h
index 8df4ffcf87..4737c3517a 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/pinsDebug.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/pinsDebug.h
@@ -1,9 +1,6 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/pinsDebug_Teensyduino.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/pinsDebug_Teensyduino.h
index e97d694bb0..4388430779 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/pinsDebug_Teensyduino.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/pinsDebug_Teensyduino.h
@@ -1,9 +1,6 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/pinsDebug_plus_70.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/pinsDebug_plus_70.h
index 028c8f02a4..2a2a7bce8a 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/pinsDebug_plus_70.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/pinsDebug_plus_70.h
@@ -1,9 +1,6 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/servo_AVR.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/servo_AVR.cpp
index 3d9251acbd..58e220cbaf 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/servo_AVR.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/servo_AVR.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/spi_pins.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/spi_pins.h
index 85d2d8f6e5..c7951acfa3 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/spi_pins.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/spi_pins.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/u8g_com_HAL_AVR_sw_spi.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/u8g_com_HAL_AVR_sw_spi.cpp
index 426e1c942c..bc08bc379b 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/u8g_com_HAL_AVR_sw_spi.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/u8g_com_HAL_AVR_sw_spi.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/watchdog_AVR.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/watchdog_AVR.cpp
index 0d3cc81886..3ea44e7dce 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/watchdog_AVR.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/watchdog_AVR.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/watchdog_AVR.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/watchdog_AVR.h
index ed5150fe08..5190d2c55a 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/watchdog_AVR.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/watchdog_AVR.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/DebugMonitor_Due.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/DebugMonitor_Due.cpp
index 89206fa94c..3b68faac15 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/DebugMonitor_Due.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/DebugMonitor_Due.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -24,11 +24,12 @@
 
 #include "../../core/macros.h"
 #include "../../core/serial.h"
-#include <stdarg.h>
 
 #include "../shared/backtrace/unwinder.h"
 #include "../shared/backtrace/unwmemaccess.h"
 
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
 // Debug monitor that dumps to the Programming port all status when
 // an exception or WDT timeout happens - And then resets the board
 
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/G2_PWM.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/G2_PWM.cpp
index cfb064097e..1e08332a4e 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/G2_PWM.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/G2_PWM.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/G2_PWM.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/G2_PWM.h
index 5cbeaceba9..8086648bcf 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/G2_PWM.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/G2_PWM.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * This module is stripped down version of the LPC1768_PWM.h file from
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/G2_pins.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/G2_pins.h
index 49849a67d5..e5ce834f45 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/G2_pins.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/G2_pins.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL.cpp
index cefe308e81..dfe42f6ca3 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL.cpp
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL.h
index af22119f17..9430769734 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
  *
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com
  *
@@ -80,6 +80,7 @@
 
 typedef int8_t pin_t;
 
+#define SHARED_SERVOS HAS_SERVOS
 #define HAL_SERVO_LIB Servo
 
 //
@@ -152,7 +153,6 @@ void noTone(const pin_t _pin);
 
 // Enable hooks into idle and setup for HAL
 #define HAL_IDLETASK 1
-#define HAL_INIT 1
 void HAL_idletask(void);
 void HAL_init(void);
 
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL_spi_Due.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL_spi_Due.cpp
index 5adc7fcf09..82eae9b01e 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL_spi_Due.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL_spi_Due.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 
 /**
  * Software SPI functions originally from Arduino Sd2Card Library
- * Copyright (C) 2009 by William Greiman
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 by William Greiman
  *
  * Completely rewritten and tuned by Eduardo José Tagle in 2017/2018
  * in ARM thumb2 inline assembler and tuned for maximum speed and performance
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL_timers_Due.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL_timers_Due.cpp
index 43c8e572b6..df51c22d60 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL_timers_Due.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL_timers_Due.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
  *
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com
  *
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL_timers_Due.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL_timers_Due.h
index a2676e0875..2c758f3a11 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL_timers_Due.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL_timers_Due.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
  *
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/InterruptVectors_Due.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/InterruptVectors_Due.cpp
index 6fbeb3a1f8..c92736f69e 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/InterruptVectors_Due.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/InterruptVectors_Due.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/InterruptVectors_Due.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/InterruptVectors_Due.h
index 71de4bf52e..592fb2f4cf 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/InterruptVectors_Due.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/InterruptVectors_Due.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -24,8 +24,6 @@
 /**
  * InterruptVectors_Due.h
  *
- * Copyright (c) 2017 Eduardo José Tagle. All right reserved
- *
  * This module relocates the Interrupt vector table to SRAM, allowing new
  * interrupt handlers to be added at runtime. This is required because the
  * Arduino runtime steals interrupt handlers that Marlin MUST use to support
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/MarlinSerialUSB_Due.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/MarlinSerialUSB_Due.cpp
index 7b1100dd9d..58cc846002 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/MarlinSerialUSB_Due.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/MarlinSerialUSB_Due.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -56,6 +56,7 @@ static int pending_char = -1;
 
 // Public Methods
 void MarlinSerialUSB::begin(const long baud_setting) {
+  UNUSED(baud_setting);
 }
 
 void MarlinSerialUSB::end() {
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/MarlinSerialUSB_Due.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/MarlinSerialUSB_Due.h
index 5025b82284..cc63232f29 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/MarlinSerialUSB_Due.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/MarlinSerialUSB_Due.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/MarlinSerial_Due.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/MarlinSerial_Due.cpp
index 4be9c43f47..db5c93d8b4 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/MarlinSerial_Due.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/MarlinSerial_Due.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/MarlinSerial_Due.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/MarlinSerial_Due.h
index 9b03d46f28..1ba8d82df8 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/MarlinSerial_Due.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/MarlinSerial_Due.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/SanityCheck.h
index 30a5d72b25..a8d51edfab 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/SanityCheck.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/SanityCheck.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Test Arduino Due specific configuration values for errors at compile-time.
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/Servo_Due.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/Servo_Due.cpp
index d9e41f9541..2dd9d4c45e 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/Servo_Due.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/Servo_Due.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/Tone.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/Tone.cpp
index 292be1401f..f7549c4472 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/Tone.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/Tone.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/endstop_interrupts.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/endstop_interrupts.h
index eb4833ecd6..d97b8453cc 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/endstop_interrupts.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/endstop_interrupts.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/fastio_Due.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/fastio_Due.h
index fd89a248e2..e44d1d1ee6 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/fastio_Due.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/fastio_Due.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -62,14 +62,6 @@
 // Read a pin
 #define _READ(IO) bool(DIO ## IO ## _WPORT -> PIO_PDSR & MASK(DIO ## IO ## _PIN))
 
-// Write to a pin
-#define _WRITE_VAR(IO,V) do { \
-  volatile Pio* port = digitalPinToPort(IO); \
-  const uint32_t mask = digitalPinToBitMask(IO); \
-  if (V) port->PIO_SODR = mask; \
-  else port->PIO_CODR = mask; \
-} while(0)
-
 // Write to a pin
 #define _WRITE(IO,V) do { \
   volatile Pio* port = (DIO ##  IO ## _WPORT); \
@@ -160,7 +152,6 @@
 #define READ(IO)             _READ(IO)
 
 // Write to a pin (wrapper)
-#define WRITE_VAR(IO,V)      _WRITE_VAR(IO,V)
 #define WRITE(IO,V)          _WRITE(IO,V)
 
 // Toggle a pin (wrapper)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp
index 4d788acae6..6885e98109 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
  *
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Victor Perez victor_pv@hotmail.com
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/pinsDebug.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/pinsDebug.h
index 9b6cbe1cc4..23677960f0 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/pinsDebug.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/pinsDebug.h
@@ -1,9 +1,6 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/spi_pins.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/spi_pins.h
index 58916c91ee..64ee17a9d8 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/spi_pins.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/spi_pins.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
     #define SPI_CHAN         0
   #else
     #define SPI_PIN         87
-    #define SPI_CHAN         1  
+    #define SPI_CHAN         1
   #endif
   #define SCK_PIN           76
   #define MISO_PIN          74
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_shared_hw_spi.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_shared_hw_spi.cpp
index 9e92519ef6..f90d24dae0 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_shared_hw_spi.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_shared_hw_spi.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -66,14 +66,6 @@
 
 #include "../../Marlin.h"
 
-#define SPI_FULL_SPEED      0
-#define SPI_HALF_SPEED      1
-#define SPI_QUARTER_SPEED   2
-#define SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED    3
-#define SPI_SIXTEENTH_SPEED 4
-#define SPI_SPEED_5         5
-#define SPI_SPEED_6         6
-
 void spiBegin();
 void spiInit(uint8_t spiRate);
 void spiSend(uint8_t b);
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_st7920_sw_spi.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_st7920_sw_spi.cpp
index 74beb6a243..8af460954a 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_st7920_sw_spi.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_st7920_sw_spi.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_sw_spi.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_sw_spi.cpp
index 802e11757f..c7929c5c14 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_sw_spi.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_sw_spi.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
 
 #include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h"
 
-#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && !ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
+#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && DISABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
 
 #undef SPI_SPEED
 #define SPI_SPEED 2  // About 2 MHz
@@ -144,5 +144,5 @@ uint8_t u8g_com_HAL_DUE_sw_spi_fn(u8g_t *u8g, uint8_t msg, uint8_t arg_val, void
   return 1;
 }
 
-#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
+#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && !U8GLIB_ST7920
 #endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_sw_spi_shared.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_sw_spi_shared.cpp
index b7f52d58e0..673ef4fac2 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_sw_spi_shared.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_sw_spi_shared.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ void u8g_spiSend_sw_DUE_mode_0(uint8_t val) { // 3MHz
       MOSI_pPio->PIO_CODR = MOSI_dwMask;
     DELAY_NS(48);
     SCK_pPio->PIO_SODR = SCK_dwMask;
-    DELAY_NS(125);
+    DELAY_NS(905);
     val <<= 1;
     SCK_pPio->PIO_CODR = SCK_dwMask;
   }
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_sw_spi_shared.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_sw_spi_shared.h
index aa75cf9fa1..a7e2432d98 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_sw_spi_shared.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_sw_spi_shared.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/sd_mmc_spi_mem.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/sd_mmc_spi_mem.cpp
index 468e9ee45d..6f777d8f9e 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/sd_mmc_spi_mem.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/sd_mmc_spi_mem.cpp
@@ -34,6 +34,7 @@ Ctrl_status sd_mmc_spi_read_capacity(uint32_t *nb_sector) {
 }
 
 bool sd_mmc_spi_unload(bool unload) {
+  UNUSED(unload);
   return true;
 }
 
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/usb_task.c b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/usb_task.c
index c9de09c113..b735858018 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/usb_task.c
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/usb_task.c
@@ -75,14 +75,14 @@ void usb_task_idle(void) {
   bool usb_task_msc_isenabled(void)             { return main_b_msc_enable; }
 #endif
 
-bool usb_task_cdc_enable(const uint8_t port)  { return ((main_b_cdc_enable = true)); }
-void usb_task_cdc_disable(const uint8_t port) { main_b_cdc_enable = false; main_b_dtr_active = false; }
+bool usb_task_cdc_enable(const uint8_t port)  { UNUSED(port); return ((main_b_cdc_enable = true)); }
+void usb_task_cdc_disable(const uint8_t port) { UNUSED(port); main_b_cdc_enable = false; main_b_dtr_active = false; }
 bool usb_task_cdc_isenabled(void)             { return main_b_cdc_enable; }
 
 /*! \brief Called by CDC interface
  * Callback running when CDC device have received data
  */
-void usb_task_cdc_rx_notify(const uint8_t port) { }
+void usb_task_cdc_rx_notify(const uint8_t port) { UNUSED(port); }
 
 /*! \brief Configures communication line
  *
@@ -90,13 +90,13 @@ void usb_task_cdc_rx_notify(const uint8_t port) { }
  */
 static uint16_t dwDTERate = 0;
 void usb_task_cdc_config(const uint8_t port, usb_cdc_line_coding_t *cfg) {
-    // Store last DTE rate
-    dwDTERate = cfg->dwDTERate;
+  UNUSED(port);
+  // Store last DTE rate
+  dwDTERate = cfg->dwDTERate;
 }
 
-
 void usb_task_cdc_set_dtr(const uint8_t port, const bool b_enable) {
-
+  UNUSED(port);
   // Keep DTR status
   main_b_dtr_active = b_enable;
 
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/watchdog_Due.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/watchdog_Due.cpp
index 2bf8080b76..f1df75eaa6 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/watchdog_Due.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/watchdog_Due.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/watchdog_Due.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/watchdog_Due.h
index 07187bfe6b..14832a9c3c 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/watchdog_Due.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/watchdog_Due.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/FlushableHardwareSerial.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/FlushableHardwareSerial.cpp
index 6b1277b204..544b1b3f67 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/FlushableHardwareSerial.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/FlushableHardwareSerial.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/FlushableHardwareSerial.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/FlushableHardwareSerial.h
index 082fa7df04..66bdbd7aae 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/FlushableHardwareSerial.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/FlushableHardwareSerial.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 #ifdef ARDUINO_ARCH_ESP32
 
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL.cpp
index 00a40fbbe8..299aee46fe 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -192,7 +192,10 @@ void HAL_adc_start_conversion(uint8_t adc_pin) {
   HAL_adc_result = mv*1023.0/3300.0;
 }
 
-void analogWrite(int pin, int value) {
+void analogWrite(pin_t pin, int value) {
+
+  if (!PWM_PIN(pin)) return;
+
   static int cnt_channel = 1,
              pin_to_channel[40] = {};
   if (pin_to_channel[pin] == 0) {
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL.h
index 9e4ab78a9a..0fc1d71bc4 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL.h
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ void _delay_ms(int delay);
 
 int freeMemory(void);
 
-void analogWrite(int pin, int value);
+void analogWrite(pin_t pin, int value);
 
 // EEPROM
 void eeprom_write_byte(uint8_t *pos, unsigned char value);
@@ -123,7 +123,6 @@ void HAL_adc_start_conversion(uint8_t adc_pin);
 
 // Enable hooks into idle and setup for HAL
 #define HAL_IDLETASK 1
-#define HAL_INIT 1
 #define BOARD_INIT() HAL_init_board();
 void HAL_idletask(void);
 void HAL_init(void);
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL_Servo_ESP32.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL_Servo_ESP32.cpp
index bf3d228a6a..e702539ca9 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL_Servo_ESP32.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL_Servo_ESP32.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -27,7 +27,9 @@
 
 #include "HAL_Servo_ESP32.h"
 
-int Servo::channel_next_free = 0;
+// Adjacent channels (0/1, 2/3 etc.) share the same timer and therefore the same frequency and resolution settings on ESP32,
+// so we only allocate servo channels up high to avoid side effects with regards to analogWrite (fans, leds, laser pwm etc.)
+int Servo::channel_next_free = 12;
 
 Servo::Servo() {
   this->channel = channel_next_free++;
@@ -42,7 +44,7 @@ int8_t Servo::attach(const int pin) {
   return true;
 }
 
-void Servo::detach() { ledcDetachPin(this->pin) }
+void Servo::detach() { ledcDetachPin(this->pin); }
 
 int Servo::read() { return this->degrees; }
 
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL_Servo_ESP32.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL_Servo_ESP32.h
index b6c250038e..7b73ef0f3c 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL_Servo_ESP32.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL_Servo_ESP32.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL_spi_ESP32.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL_spi_ESP32.cpp
index d48b14d610..67d7e25972 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL_spi_ESP32.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL_spi_ESP32.cpp
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- * Copyright (C) 2017 Victor Perez
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2017 Victor Perez
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
 
 #include "HAL.h"
 #include "../shared/HAL_SPI.h"
-#include "pins_arduino.h"
+#include <pins_arduino.h>
 #include "spi_pins.h"
 #include "../../core/macros.h"
 #include <SPI.h>
@@ -62,8 +62,7 @@ void spiBegin() {
     #error "SS_PIN not defined!"
   #endif
 
-  WRITE(SS_PIN, HIGH);
-  SET_OUTPUT(SS_PIN);
+  OUT_WRITE(SS_PIN, HIGH);
 }
 
 void spiInit(uint8_t spiRate) {
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL_timers_ESP32.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL_timers_ESP32.cpp
index 41d17df78a..fb95e36e27 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL_timers_ESP32.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL_timers_ESP32.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL_timers_ESP32.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL_timers_ESP32.h
index d2baddce20..1a05c04a08 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL_timers_ESP32.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL_timers_ESP32.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/SanityCheck.h
index f911d84ce0..9c62a353e7 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/SanityCheck.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/SanityCheck.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 #if ENABLED(EMERGENCY_PARSER)
   #error "EMERGENCY_PARSER is not yet implemented for ESP32. Disable EMERGENCY_PARSER to continue."
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/WebSocketSerial.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/WebSocketSerial.cpp
index f997ca9d98..ce2692e2d2 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/WebSocketSerial.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/WebSocketSerial.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/WebSocketSerial.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/WebSocketSerial.h
index 6100587555..6470f941d1 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/WebSocketSerial.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/WebSocketSerial.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/endstop_interrupts.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/endstop_interrupts.h
index d4c8cbd490..9e5fc8a665 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/endstop_interrupts.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/endstop_interrupts.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/fastio_ESP32.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/fastio_ESP32.h
index c996d643a6..3647774095 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/fastio_ESP32.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/fastio_ESP32.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/i2s.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/i2s.cpp
index 87c3959e7c..557714f870 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/i2s.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/i2s.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -21,10 +21,11 @@
  */
 #ifdef ARDUINO_ARCH_ESP32
 
+#include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h"
+
 #include "i2s.h"
 
 #include "../shared/Marduino.h"
-#include "../../core/macros.h"
 #include "driver/periph_ctrl.h"
 #include "rom/lldesc.h"
 #include "soc/i2s_struct.h"
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/i2s.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/i2s.h
index 42c35aa12d..971405a343 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/i2s.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/i2s.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -33,9 +33,3 @@ uint8_t i2s_state(uint8_t pin);
 void i2s_write(uint8_t pin, uint8_t val);
 
 void i2s_push_sample();
-
-// pin definitions
-
-#define I2S_WS 25
-#define I2S_BCK 26
-#define I2S_DATA 27
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/ota.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/ota.cpp
index 40ec1ab875..98ea3b5eb7 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/ota.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/ota.cpp
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/ota.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/ota.h
index 80e04e123d..7e89e93ce2 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/ota.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/ota.h
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/persistent_store_spiffs.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/persistent_store_spiffs.cpp
index 1894697cb2..5227da3568 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/persistent_store_spiffs.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/persistent_store_spiffs.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/servotimers.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/servotimers.h
index 0604ca0a25..85f26f4016 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/servotimers.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/servotimers.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,3 +19,4 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/spi_pins.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/spi_pins.h
index 4ef6d14ec3..03ab215224 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/spi_pins.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/spi_pins.h
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/spiffs.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/spiffs.cpp
index b49ee9d4a8..a3e1bd8a25 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/spiffs.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/spiffs.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/spiffs.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/spiffs.h
index e1573340cd..8a1ee2f191 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/spiffs.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/spiffs.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/watchdog_ESP32.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/watchdog_ESP32.cpp
index b1c98cb55c..cbd5d989cd 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/watchdog_ESP32.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/watchdog_ESP32.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/watchdog_ESP32.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/watchdog_ESP32.h
index 6ee92a73ec..e5dd3b46d3 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/watchdog_ESP32.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/watchdog_ESP32.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/web.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/web.cpp
index 65d72ab088..b2bb03d714 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/web.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/web.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/web.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/web.h
index 4173fd91b0..d1d91b9c0f 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/web.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/web.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/wifi.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/wifi.cpp
index ba81cd948c..19f1d8fb85 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/wifi.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/wifi.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/wifi.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/wifi.h
index 7be40ef900..4cd656cb33 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/wifi.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/wifi.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL.cpp
index 3d2dd5cd82..854d7247f6 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL.h
index b3cabdfe6f..a87e400394 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
  *
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com
  *
@@ -63,6 +63,8 @@ uint8_t _getc();
 #include "HAL_timers.h"
 #include "serial.h"
 
+#define SHARED_SERVOS HAS_SERVOS
+
 extern HalSerial usb_serial;
 #define MYSERIAL0 usb_serial
 #define NUM_SERIAL 1
@@ -80,7 +82,9 @@ extern HalSerial usb_serial;
 #define ENABLE_ISRS()
 #define DISABLE_ISRS()
 
-//Utility functions
+inline void HAL_init(void) { }
+
+// Utility functions
 int freeMemory(void);
 
 // SPI: Extended functions which take a channel number (hardware SPI only)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL_timers.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL_timers.cpp
index f7b46725af..48c033d87e 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL_timers.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL_timers.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
  *
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com
  *
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL_timers.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL_timers.h
index 9505fc568a..b7d0f9b2da 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL_timers.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL_timers.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
  *
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/SanityCheck.h
index 0b4322512f..776fa2f139 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/SanityCheck.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/SanityCheck.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,52 +19,16 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
- * Test X86_64 configuration values for errors at compile-time.
+ * Test X86_64-specific configuration values for errors at compile-time.
  */
 
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
-  #if !PIN_EXISTS(SPINDLE_LASER_ENA)
-    #error "SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE requires SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN."
-  #elif SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE && !PIN_EXISTS(SPINDLE_DIR)
-    #error "SPINDLE_DIR_PIN not defined."
-  #elif ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM) && PIN_EXISTS(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM)
-    #if !PWM_PIN(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN)
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN not assigned to a PWM pin."
-    #elif !(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == 4 || SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == 6 || SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == 11)
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN must use SERVO0, SERVO1 or SERVO3 connector"
-    #elif SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY < 1
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY must be greater than 0."
-    #elif SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY < 1
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY must be greater than 0."
-    #elif !defined(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT)
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT missing."
-    #elif !defined(SPEED_POWER_SLOPE) || !defined(SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT) || !defined(SPEED_POWER_MIN) || !defined(SPEED_POWER_MAX)
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM equation constant(s) missing."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(CASE_LIGHT) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == CASE_LIGHT_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by CASE_LIGHT_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(E0_AUTO_FAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(E1_AUTO_FAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(E2_AUTO_FAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(E3_AUTO_FAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(E4_AUTO_FAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(FAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == FAN_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used FAN_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(FAN1) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == FAN1_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used FAN1_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(FAN2) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == FAN2_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used FAN2_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(CONTROLLERFAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == CONTROLLERFAN_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by CONTROLLERFAN_PIN."
-    #endif
-  #endif
-#endif // SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
+// Emulating RAMPS
+#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM) && !(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == 4 || SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == 6 || SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == 11)
+  #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN must use SERVO0, SERVO1 or SERVO3 connector"
+#endif
 
 #if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
   #error "FAST_PWM_FAN is not yet implemented for this platform."
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/arduino.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/arduino.cpp
index 408c96153d..a7e451ebcc 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/arduino.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/arduino.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/fastio.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/fastio.h
index dcf9136f78..5c2d6fcb7e 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/fastio.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/fastio.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -51,8 +51,6 @@
 #define _READ(IO)             READ_PIN(IO)
 
 /// Write to a pin
-#define _WRITE_VAR(IO,V)      digitalWrite(IO,V)
-
 #define _WRITE(IO,V)          WRITE_PIN(IO,V)
 
 /// toggle a pin
@@ -84,7 +82,6 @@
 #define READ(IO)             _READ(IO)
 
 /// Write to a pin wrapper
-#define WRITE_VAR(IO,V)      _WRITE_VAR(IO,V)
 #define WRITE(IO,V)          _WRITE(IO,V)
 
 /// toggle a pin wrapper
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Clock.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Clock.cpp
index 961f5c5d98..39dd3d1b3b 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Clock.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Clock.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Clock.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Clock.h
index e3dafe250a..e61051a0a3 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Clock.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Clock.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Gpio.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Gpio.cpp
index 0aeeb9c674..aced728172 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Gpio.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Gpio.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Gpio.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Gpio.h
index a53ad029c4..37f3bc7a44 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Gpio.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Gpio.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Heater.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Heater.cpp
index a07f6ab202..59da64d337 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Heater.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Heater.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Heater.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Heater.h
index 90e9da21df..e0c250f62c 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Heater.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Heater.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/IOLoggerCSV.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/IOLoggerCSV.cpp
index 8fc2dc95c5..675afd4a21 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/IOLoggerCSV.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/IOLoggerCSV.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/IOLoggerCSV.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/IOLoggerCSV.h
index 61cce9c106..afc2125971 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/IOLoggerCSV.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/IOLoggerCSV.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/LinearAxis.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/LinearAxis.cpp
index c50390d736..df133e9e18 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/LinearAxis.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/LinearAxis.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/LinearAxis.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/LinearAxis.h
index 0e3b4b7503..1e8e887de5 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/LinearAxis.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/LinearAxis.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Timer.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Timer.cpp
index 2bda5bc8cc..1c930cfce1 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Timer.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Timer.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Timer.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Timer.h
index 6aadbcbcb1..740d8ef4e8 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Timer.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Timer.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/include/Arduino.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/include/Arduino.h
index 60f14cc44f..f73a9c9161 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/include/Arduino.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/include/Arduino.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/include/pinmapping.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/include/pinmapping.cpp
index dca18a676b..a4ddb1b1ff 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/include/pinmapping.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/include/pinmapping.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/include/pinmapping.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/include/pinmapping.h
index effc464c73..a24f0b3ed1 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/include/pinmapping.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/include/pinmapping.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/include/serial.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/include/serial.h
index 9b439de985..dd57d99749 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/include/serial.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/include/serial.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/main.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/main.cpp
index bbaa4b076a..8004138c89 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/main.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/main.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
  *
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/persistent_store_impl.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/persistent_store_impl.cpp
index f09b64416f..aba664d9f9 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/persistent_store_impl.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/persistent_store_impl.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/pinsDebug.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/pinsDebug.h
index cead56c30a..be4765a571 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/pinsDebug.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/pinsDebug.h
@@ -1,9 +1,6 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/servo_private.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/servo_private.h
index c0e0a0c710..2aba9a37db 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/servo_private.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/servo_private.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/spi_pins.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/spi_pins.h
index fe510ddcff..5b6f88ac6d 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/spi_pins.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/spi_pins.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -21,7 +21,8 @@
  */
 #pragma once
 
-#include "src/core/macros.h"
+#include "../../core/macros.h"
+#include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h"
 
 #if BOTH(SDSUPPORT, DOGLCD) && (LCD_PINS_D4 == SCK_PIN || LCD_PINS_ENABLE == MOSI_PIN || DOGLCD_SCK == SCK_PIN || DOGLCD_MOSI == MOSI_PIN)
   #define LPC_SOFTWARE_SPI  // If the SD card and LCD adapter share the same SPI pins, then software SPI is currently
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/watchdog.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/watchdog.cpp
index a70eb82b98..f96a05e5b8 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/watchdog.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/watchdog.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/watchdog.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/watchdog.h
index 1355ea77ec..04ce17fe9d 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/watchdog.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/watchdog.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/DebugMonitor_LPC1768.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/DebugMonitor_LPC1768.cpp
index 998e56b6de..0196253df2 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/DebugMonitor_LPC1768.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/DebugMonitor_LPC1768.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL.cpp
index ac242ca4ab..aed7a7855c 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL.h
index 5a11dfd671..32765bd0ea 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
  *
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com
  *
@@ -27,9 +27,8 @@
  */
 
 #define CPU_32_BIT
-#define HAL_INIT
 
-void HAL_init();
+void HAL_init(void);
 
 #include <stdint.h>
 #include <stdarg.h>
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL_Servo_LPC1768.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL_Servo_LPC1768.h
index 83ac8f0eab..8b511032cb 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL_Servo_LPC1768.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL_Servo_LPC1768.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * servo.h - Interrupt driven Servo library for Arduino using 16 bit timers- Version 2
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL_spi.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL_spi.cpp
index 31dc9c4da0..1f12973f71 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL_spi.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL_spi.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 
 /**
  * Software SPI functions originally from Arduino Sd2Card Library
- * Copyright (C) 2009 by William Greiman
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 by William Greiman
  */
 
 /**
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL_timers.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL_timers.cpp
index 26427bbacc..2274630ca8 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL_timers.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL_timers.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
  *
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com
  *
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL_timers.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL_timers.h
index 9c50753a83..1d68ee8478 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL_timers.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL_timers.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
  *
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/MarlinSerial.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/MarlinSerial.cpp
index 589c65e03e..2379300512 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/MarlinSerial.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/MarlinSerial.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/MarlinSerial.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/MarlinSerial.h
index ca59a5b721..4807356d73 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/MarlinSerial.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/MarlinSerial.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/SanityCheck.h
index 2338b34ee3..6223e006df 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/SanityCheck.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/SanityCheck.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,61 +19,16 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
- * Test Re-ARM specific configuration values for errors at compile-time.
+ * Test LPC176x-specific configuration values for errors at compile-time.
  */
 
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
-  #if !PIN_EXISTS(SPINDLE_LASER_ENA)
-    #error "SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE requires SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN."
-  #elif SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE && !PIN_EXISTS(SPINDLE_DIR)
-    #error "SPINDLE_DIR_PIN not defined."
-  #elif ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM) && PIN_EXISTS(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM)
-    #if !PWM_PIN(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN)
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN not assigned to a PWM pin."
-    #elif !(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == 4 || SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == 6 || SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == 11)
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN must use SERVO0, SERVO1 or SERVO3 connector"
-    #elif SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY < 1
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY must be greater than 0."
-    #elif SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY < 1
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY must be greater than 0."
-    #elif !defined(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT)
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT missing."
-    #elif !defined(SPEED_POWER_SLOPE) || !defined(SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT) || !defined(SPEED_POWER_MIN) || !defined(SPEED_POWER_MAX)
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM equation constant(s) missing."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(CASE_LIGHT) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == CASE_LIGHT_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by CASE_LIGHT_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(E0_AUTO_FAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(E1_AUTO_FAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(E2_AUTO_FAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(E3_AUTO_FAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(E4_AUTO_FAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(FAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == FAN_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used FAN_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(FAN1) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == FAN1_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used FAN1_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(FAN2) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == FAN2_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used FAN2_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(CONTROLLERFAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == CONTROLLERFAN_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by CONTROLLERFAN_PIN."
-    #endif
-  #endif
-#endif // SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
+//#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM) && !(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == 4 || SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == 6 || SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == 11)
+//  #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN must use SERVO0, SERVO1 or SERVO3 connector"
+//#endif
 
 #if IS_RE_ARM_BOARD && ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER) && HAS_DRIVER(TMC2130) && DISABLED(TMC_USE_SW_SPI)
   #error "Re-ARM with REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER and TMC2130 require TMC_USE_SW_SPI"
 #endif
-
-#if 1 < (ENABLED(LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE) + ENABLED(LPC_SD_LCD) + ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD))
-  #error "Enable only one of LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE, LPC_SD_LCD, or LPC_SD_ONBOARD."
-#endif
-
-#if 1 < (ENABLED(USB_SD_DISABLED) + ENABLED(USB_SD_ONBOARD))
-  #error "Enable only one of USB_SD_DISABLED or USB_SD_ONBOARD."
-#endif
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/endstop_interrupts.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/endstop_interrupts.h
index d853962e0c..a1d9aba167 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/endstop_interrupts.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/endstop_interrupts.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/fast_pwm.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/fast_pwm.cpp
index 5e3c2ae6cb..7af3a07eea 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/fast_pwm.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/fast_pwm.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/fastio.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/fastio.h
index 3a47c3cadb..a00a4946c1 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/fastio.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/fastio.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -63,8 +63,6 @@
 #define _READ(IO)             READ_PIN(IO)
 
 /// Write to a pin
-#define _WRITE_VAR(IO,V)      digitalWrite(IO,V)
-
 #define _WRITE(IO,V)          WRITE_PIN(IO,V)
 
 /// toggle a pin
@@ -92,7 +90,6 @@
 #define READ(IO)              _READ(IO)
 
 /// Write to a pin wrapper
-#define WRITE_VAR(IO,V)       _WRITE_VAR(IO,V)
 #define WRITE(IO,V)           _WRITE(IO,V)
 
 /// toggle a pin wrapper
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/SPI.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/SPI.h
index edffb1556e..559759ea03 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/SPI.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/SPI.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,7 +19,6 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
-
 #pragma once
 
 #include "../../shared/HAL_SPI.h"
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/digipot_mcp4451_I2C_routines.c b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/digipot_mcp4451_I2C_routines.c
index ae088ed250..28c1e01792 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/digipot_mcp4451_I2C_routines.c
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/digipot_mcp4451_I2C_routines.c
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/digipot_mcp4451_I2C_routines.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/digipot_mcp4451_I2C_routines.h
index 9fba04c03c..13712e2ae0 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/digipot_mcp4451_I2C_routines.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/digipot_mcp4451_I2C_routines.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/main.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/main.cpp
index cc74eedc1b..3f22b0d36d 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/main.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/main.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -48,9 +48,9 @@ void SysTick_Callback() {
   disk_timerproc();
 }
 
-void HAL_init() {
+void HAL_init(void) {
 
-  // Support the 4 LEDs some LPC176x boards have
+  // Init LEDs
   #if PIN_EXISTS(LED)
     SET_DIR_OUTPUT(LED_PIN);
     WRITE_PIN_CLR(LED_PIN);
@@ -74,17 +74,29 @@ void HAL_init() {
     }
   #endif
 
+  // Init Servo Pins
+  #if PIN_EXISTS(SERVO0)
+    OUT_WRITE(SERVO0_PIN, LOW);
+  #endif
+  #if PIN_EXISTS(SERVO1)
+    OUT_WRITE(SERVO1_PIN, LOW);
+  #endif
+  #if PIN_EXISTS(SERVO2)
+    OUT_WRITE(SERVO2_PIN, LOW);
+  #endif
+  #if PIN_EXISTS(SERVO3)
+    OUT_WRITE(SERVO3_PIN, LOW);
+  #endif
+
   //debug_frmwrk_init();
   //_DBG("\n\nDebug running\n");
   // Initialise the SD card chip select pins as soon as possible
   #if PIN_EXISTS(SS)
-    WRITE(SS_PIN, HIGH);
-    SET_OUTPUT(SS_PIN);
+    OUT_WRITE(SS_PIN, HIGH);
   #endif
 
-  #if defined(ONBOARD_SD_CS) && ONBOARD_SD_CS > -1
-    WRITE(ONBOARD_SD_CS, HIGH);
-    SET_OUTPUT(ONBOARD_SD_CS);
+  #if PIN_EXISTS(ONBOARD_SD_CS) && ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN != SS_PIN
+    OUT_WRITE(ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN, HIGH);
   #endif
 
   USB_Init();                               // USB Initialization
@@ -92,7 +104,7 @@ void HAL_init() {
   delay(1000);                              // Give OS time to notice
   USB_Connect(TRUE);
 
-  #if DISABLED(USB_SD_DISABLED)
+  #if !BOTH(SHARED_SD_CARD, INIT_SDCARD_ON_BOOT) && DISABLED(NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE)
     MSC_SD_Init(0);                         // Enable USB SD card access
   #endif
 
@@ -119,7 +131,7 @@ void HAL_init() {
 
 // HAL idle task
 void HAL_idletask(void) {
-  #if BOTH(SDSUPPORT, SHARED_SD_CARD)
+  #if ENABLED(SHARED_SD_CARD)
     // If Marlin is using the SD card we need to lock it to prevent access from
     // a PC via USB.
     // Other HALs use IS_SD_PRINTING() and IS_SD_FILE_OPEN() to check for access but
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/persistent_store_api.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/persistent_store_api.h
index c3c6f67254..cafa53b30e 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/persistent_store_api.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/persistent_store_api.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,8 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
+
 #include "../shared/persistent_store_api.h"
 
 #define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/persistent_store_flash.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/persistent_store_flash.cpp
index 4b02544e1b..dac7d7a3a9 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/persistent_store_flash.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/persistent_store_flash.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/persistent_store_sdcard.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/persistent_store_sdcard.cpp
index 7f8bfe2f02..b120769041 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/persistent_store_sdcard.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/persistent_store_sdcard.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
  *
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Victor Perez victor_pv@hotmail.com
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/pinsDebug.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/pinsDebug.h
index af3d7c92e7..d14b14385c 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/pinsDebug.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/pinsDebug.h
@@ -1,9 +1,6 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/spi_pins.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/spi_pins.h
index c0a072851e..2e17abd31c 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/spi_pins.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/spi_pins.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
  */
 #pragma once
 
-#include "src/core/macros.h"
+#include "../../core/macros.h"
 
 #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) && HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && (LCD_PINS_D4 == SCK_PIN || LCD_PINS_ENABLE == MOSI_PIN || DOGLCD_SCK == SCK_PIN || DOGLCD_MOSI == MOSI_PIN)
   #define LPC_SOFTWARE_SPI  // If the SD card and LCD adapter share the same SPI pins, then software SPI is currently
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/HAL_LCD_I2C_routines.c b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/HAL_LCD_I2C_routines.c
index 1e3cb04987..41a19d430f 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/HAL_LCD_I2C_routines.c
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/HAL_LCD_I2C_routines.c
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/HAL_LCD_I2C_routines.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/HAL_LCD_I2C_routines.h
index 296858fa28..11e05ba0d0 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/HAL_LCD_I2C_routines.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/HAL_LCD_I2C_routines.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 void u8g_i2c_init(uint8_t options);
 uint8_t u8g_i2c_wait(uint8_t mask, uint8_t pos);
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/HAL_LCD_defines.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/HAL_LCD_defines.h
index 2deb094657..1153329d89 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/HAL_LCD_defines.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/HAL_LCD_defines.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * LPC1768 LCD-specific defines
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/HAL_LCD_delay.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/HAL_LCD_delay.h
index d329c18537..f37773d21c 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/HAL_LCD_delay.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/HAL_LCD_delay.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * LCD delay routines - used by all the drivers.
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/HAL_LCD_pin_routines.c b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/HAL_LCD_pin_routines.c
index 4c8708495f..d441b7b4d0 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/HAL_LCD_pin_routines.c
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/HAL_LCD_pin_routines.c
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/HAL_LCD_pin_routines.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/HAL_LCD_pin_routines.h
index 3c89d4e987..569706b483 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/HAL_LCD_pin_routines.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/HAL_LCD_pin_routines.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Low level pin manipulation routines - used by all the drivers.
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_hw_spi.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_hw_spi.cpp
index 65de10dea7..057a137445 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_hw_spi.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_hw_spi.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -59,16 +59,8 @@
 
 #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
 
-//#include <inttypes.h>
 #include <U8glib.h>
-
-#define SPI_FULL_SPEED 0
-#define SPI_HALF_SPEED 1
-#define SPI_QUARTER_SPEED 2
-#define SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED 3
-#define SPI_SIXTEENTH_SPEED 4
-#define SPI_SPEED_5 5
-#define SPI_SPEED_6 6
+#include "../../shared/HAL_SPI.h"
 
 void spiBegin();
 void spiInit(uint8_t spiRate);
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_ssd_hw_i2c.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_ssd_hw_i2c.cpp
index b47863c68d..b624b24d35 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_ssd_hw_i2c.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_ssd_hw_i2c.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_ssd_sw_i2c.cpp  under construction b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_ssd_sw_i2c.cpp  under construction
index 08f8ce526e..e93ff8b08d 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_ssd_sw_i2c.cpp  under construction	
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_ssd_sw_i2c.cpp  under construction	
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_st7920_hw_spi.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_st7920_hw_spi.cpp
index 3a9ffa8e23..ac289c1a20 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_st7920_hw_spi.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_st7920_hw_spi.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -59,18 +59,10 @@
 
 #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
 
-//#include <inttypes.h>
 #include <U8glib.h>
+#include "../../shared/HAL_SPI.h"
 #include "../../shared/Delay.h"
 
-#define SPI_FULL_SPEED 0
-#define SPI_HALF_SPEED 1
-#define SPI_QUARTER_SPEED 2
-#define SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED 3
-#define SPI_SIXTEENTH_SPEED 4
-#define SPI_SPEED_5 5
-#define SPI_SPEED_6 6
-
 void spiBegin();
 void spiInit(uint8_t spiRate);
 void spiSend(uint8_t b);
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_st7920_sw_spi.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_st7920_sw_spi.cpp
index 496c4cb75c..59414e896b 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_st7920_sw_spi.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_st7920_sw_spi.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_sw_spi.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_sw_spi.cpp
index 748149bb03..e243d40013 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_sw_spi.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_sw_spi.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/watchdog.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/watchdog.cpp
index 4418cc2364..e6729ff58f 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/watchdog.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/watchdog.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/watchdog.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/watchdog.h
index 1355ea77ec..04ce17fe9d 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/watchdog.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/watchdog.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL.cpp
index 881168a129..8eb3c588f6 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
  *
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2017 Victor Perez
@@ -23,11 +23,6 @@
 
 #if defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32) && !defined(STM32GENERIC)
 
-
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Includes
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
 #include "HAL.h"
 
 #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
@@ -41,7 +36,7 @@
   #else
     #error "EEPROM_EMULATED_WITH_SRAM is currently only supported for STM32F4xx and STM32F7xx"
   #endif
-#endif // EEPROM_EMULATED_WITH_SRAM
+#endif
 
 // --------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // Externals
@@ -146,4 +141,4 @@ uint16_t HAL_adc_get_result(void) {
   return HAL_adc_result;
 }
 
-#endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32
+#endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32 && !STM32GENERIC
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL.h
index c84fe325a2..cb810d3f9f 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
  *
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2017 Victor Perez
@@ -28,6 +28,7 @@
 // Includes
 // --------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
+#include "../../core/macros.h"
 #include "../shared/Marduino.h"
 #include "../shared/math_32bit.h"
 #include "../shared/HAL_SPI.h"
@@ -150,7 +151,6 @@ extern uint16_t HAL_adc_result;
 #define __bss_end __bss_end__
 
 // Enable hooks into  setup for HAL
-#define HAL_INIT 1
 void HAL_init(void);
 
 /** clear reset reason */
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL_Servo_STM32.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL_Servo_STM32.cpp
index 1f22767e27..fa68c48342 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL_Servo_STM32.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL_Servo_STM32.cpp
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- * Copyright (C) 2017 Victor Perez
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2017 Victor Perez
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -22,7 +22,6 @@
  */
 #if defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32) && !defined(STM32GENERIC)
 
-
 #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
 
 #if HAS_SERVOS
@@ -55,4 +54,4 @@ void libServo::move(const int value) {
 }
 #endif // HAS_SERVOS
 
-#endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32
+#endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32 && !STM32GENERIC
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL_Servo_STM32.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL_Servo_STM32.h
index 6805c48a54..a782c130e4 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL_Servo_STM32.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL_Servo_STM32.h
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- * Copyright (C) 2017 Victor Perez
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2017 Victor Perez
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL_spi_STM32.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL_spi_STM32.cpp
index 86cdb57811..cde28e7e14 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL_spi_STM32.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL_spi_STM32.cpp
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- * Copyright (C) 2017 Victor Perez
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2017 Victor Perez
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -69,8 +69,7 @@ void spiBegin(void) {
     #error "SS_PIN not defined!"
   #endif
 
-  SET_OUTPUT(SS_PIN);
-  WRITE(SS_PIN, HIGH);
+  OUT_WRITE(SS_PIN, HIGH);
 }
 
 /** Configure SPI for specified SPI speed */
@@ -153,4 +152,4 @@ void spiSendBlock(uint8_t token, const uint8_t* buf) {
 
 #endif // SOFTWARE_SPI
 
-#endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32
+#endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32 && !STM32GENERIC
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL_timers_STM32.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL_timers_STM32.cpp
index 28d8d095c7..f309b43f3a 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL_timers_STM32.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL_timers_STM32.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
  *
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com
  *
@@ -115,4 +115,4 @@ bool HAL_timer_interrupt_enabled(const uint8_t timer_num) {
   return NVIC->ISER[IRQ_Id >> 5] & _BV32(IRQ_Id & 0x1F);
 }
 
-#endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32
+#endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32 && !STM32GENERIC
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL_timers_STM32.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL_timers_STM32.h
index e92da9a5c8..8cdea0a81e 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL_timers_STM32.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL_timers_STM32.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
  *
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2017 Victor Perez
  *
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
     #define TEMP_TIMER 17
   #endif
 
-#elif defined STM32F1xx
+#elif defined(STM32F1xx)
 
   #define HAL_TIMER_RATE (F_CPU) // frequency of timer peripherals
 
@@ -61,19 +61,7 @@
     #define TEMP_TIMER 2
   #endif
 
-#elif defined STM32F4xx
-
-  #define HAL_TIMER_RATE (F_CPU/2) // frequency of timer peripherals
-
-  #ifndef STEP_TIMER
-    #define STEP_TIMER 5
-  #endif
-
-  #ifndef TEMP_TIMER
-    #define TEMP_TIMER 7
-  #endif
-
-#elif defined STM32F7xx
+#elif defined(STM32F4xx) || defined(STM32F7xx)
 
   #define HAL_TIMER_RATE (F_CPU/2) // frequency of timer peripherals
 
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/SanityCheck.h
index 6c6ede24b4..9a1727bceb 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/SanityCheck.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/SanityCheck.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -22,49 +22,11 @@
 #pragma once
 
 /**
- * Test Re-ARM specific configuration values for errors at compile-time.
+ * Test STM32-specific configuration values for errors at compile-time.
  */
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
-  #if !PIN_EXISTS(SPINDLE_LASER_ENA)
-    #error "SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE requires SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN."
-  #elif SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE && !PIN_EXISTS(SPINDLE_DIR)
-    #error "SPINDLE_DIR_PIN not defined."
-  #elif ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM) && PIN_EXISTS(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM)
-    #if !PWM_PIN(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN)
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN not assigned to a PWM pin."
-    #elif !(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == 4 || SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == 6 || SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == 11)
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN must use SERVO0, SERVO1 or SERVO3 connector"
-    #elif SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY < 1
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY must be greater than 0."
-    #elif SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY < 1
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY must be greater than 0."
-    #elif !defined(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT)
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT missing."
-    #elif !defined(SPEED_POWER_SLOPE) || !defined(SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT) || !defined(SPEED_POWER_MIN) || !defined(SPEED_POWER_MAX)
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM equation constant(s) missing."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(CASE_LIGHT) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == CASE_LIGHT_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by CASE_LIGHT_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(E0_AUTO_FAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(E1_AUTO_FAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(E2_AUTO_FAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(E3_AUTO_FAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(E4_AUTO_FAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(FAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == FAN_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used FAN_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(FAN1) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == FAN1_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used FAN1_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(FAN2) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == FAN2_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used FAN2_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(CONTROLLERFAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == CONTROLLERFAN_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by CONTROLLERFAN_PIN."
-    #endif
-  #endif
-#endif // SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
+//#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM) && !(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == 4 || SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == 6 || SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == 11)
+//  #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN must use SERVO0, SERVO1 or SERVO3 connector"
+//#endif
 
 #if ENABLED(EMERGENCY_PARSER)
   #error "EMERGENCY_PARSER is not yet implemented for STM32. Disable EMERGENCY_PARSER to continue."
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/endstop_interrupts.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/endstop_interrupts.h
index 23eca4bab7..86f6d68c59 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/endstop_interrupts.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/endstop_interrupts.h
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- * Copyright (C) 2017 Victor Perez
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2017 Victor Perez
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/fastio_STM32.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/fastio_STM32.cpp
index 3ee075cf26..33685cedda 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/fastio_STM32.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/fastio_STM32.cpp
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- * Copyright (C) 2017 Victor Perez
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2017 Victor Perez
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/fastio_STM32.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/fastio_STM32.h
index 77c2eaf4fe..fd97fd206c 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/fastio_STM32.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/fastio_STM32.h
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- * Copyright (C) 2017 Victor Perez
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2017 Victor Perez
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -65,7 +65,6 @@ void FastIO_init(); // Must be called before using fast io macros
 #define _SET_MODE(IO,M)         pinMode(IO, M)
 #define _SET_OUTPUT(IO)         pinMode(IO, OUTPUT)                               /*!< Output Push Pull Mode & GPIO_NOPULL   */
 
-#define WRITE_VAR(IO,V)         _WRITE(IO,V)
 #define WRITE(IO,V)             _WRITE(IO,V)
 #define READ(IO)                _READ(IO)
 #define TOGGLE(IO)              _TOGGLE(IO)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/persistent_store_impl.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/persistent_store_impl.cpp
index a6c50f0f7d..01d7167b93 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/persistent_store_impl.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/persistent_store_impl.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
  *
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Victor Perez victor_pv@hotmail.com
@@ -115,4 +115,4 @@ size_t PersistentStore::capacity() {
 }
 
 #endif // EEPROM_SETTINGS
-#endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32
+#endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32 && !STM32GENERIC
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/spi_pins.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/spi_pins.h
index ba325b48e4..f8c9546b63 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/spi_pins.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/spi_pins.h
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/watchdog_STM32.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/watchdog_STM32.cpp
index e47de64953..6f8b070e7b 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/watchdog_STM32.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/watchdog_STM32.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -39,4 +39,4 @@
   }
 
 #endif // USE_WATCHDOG
-#endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32
+#endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32 && !STM32GENERIC
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/watchdog_STM32.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/watchdog_STM32.h
index bd3598c0bb..f062d8a2e6 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/watchdog_STM32.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/watchdog_STM32.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL.cpp
index 89bece08bb..2bbbd8b48b 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
  *
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2017 Victor Perez
@@ -32,9 +32,10 @@
 // --------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 #include "HAL.h"
-#include <STM32ADC.h>
 #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
 
+#include <STM32ADC.h>
+
 // --------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // Externals
 // --------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -45,8 +46,7 @@
 
 #define __I
 #define __IO volatile
- typedef struct
- {
+ typedef struct {
    __I  uint32_t CPUID;                   /*!< Offset: 0x000 (R/ )  CPUID Base Register                                   */
    __IO uint32_t ICSR;                    /*!< Offset: 0x004 (R/W)  Interrupt Control and State Register                  */
    __IO uint32_t VTOR;                    /*!< Offset: 0x008 (R/W)  Vector Table Offset Register                          */
@@ -161,12 +161,11 @@ enum TEMP_PINS : char {
   #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
     FILWIDTH,
   #endif
-    ADC_PIN_COUNT
+  ADC_PIN_COUNT
 };
 
 uint16_t HAL_adc_results[ADC_PIN_COUNT];
 
-
 // --------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // Function prototypes
 // --------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -209,6 +208,9 @@ static void NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(uint32_t PriorityGroup) {
 
 void HAL_init(void) {
   NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(0x3);
+  #if PIN_EXISTS(LED)
+    OUT_WRITE(LED_PIN, LOW);
+  #endif
 }
 
 /* VGPV Done with defines
@@ -313,4 +315,15 @@ void HAL_adc_start_conversion(const uint8_t adc_pin) {
 
 uint16_t HAL_adc_get_result(void) { return HAL_adc_result; }
 
+uint16_t analogRead(pin_t pin) {
+  const bool is_analog = _GET_MODE(pin) == GPIO_INPUT_ANALOG;
+  return is_analog ? analogRead(uint8_t(pin)) : 0;
+}
+
+// Wrapper to maple unprotected analogWrite
+void analogWrite(pin_t pin, int pwm_val8) {
+  if (PWM_PIN(pin) && IS_OUTPUT(pin))
+    analogWrite(uint8_t(pin), pwm_val8);
+}
+
 #endif // __STM32F1__
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL.h
index f47c38a163..3f33e3ec1a 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
  *
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2017 Victor Perez
@@ -117,9 +117,8 @@
   #define NUM_SERIAL 1
 #endif
 
-// Use HAL_init() to set interrupt grouping.
-#define HAL_INIT
-void HAL_init();
+// Set interrupt grouping for this MCU
+void HAL_init(void);
 
 /**
  * TODO: review this to return 1 for pins that are not analog input
@@ -255,6 +254,9 @@ void HAL_adc_init(void);
 void HAL_adc_start_conversion(const uint8_t adc_pin);
 uint16_t HAL_adc_get_result(void);
 
+uint16_t analogRead(pin_t pin); // need HAL_ANALOG_SELECT() first
+void analogWrite(pin_t pin, int pwm_val8); // PWM only! mul by 257 in maple!?
+
 #define GET_PIN_MAP_PIN(index) index
 #define GET_PIN_MAP_INDEX(pin) pin
 #define PARSED_PIN_INDEX(code, dval) parser.intval(code, dval)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL_Servo_Stm32f1.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL_Servo_Stm32f1.cpp
index ef81db69f3..7fbc0f61d0 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL_Servo_Stm32f1.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL_Servo_Stm32f1.cpp
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- * Copyright (C) 2017 Victor Perez
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2017 Victor Perez
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -30,6 +30,7 @@
 uint8_t ServoCount = 0;
 
 #include "HAL_Servo_STM32F1.h"
+#include "HAL_timers_STM32F1.h"
 
 //#include "Servo.h"
 
@@ -46,7 +47,7 @@ uint8_t ServoCount = 0;
  *
  * This uses the smallest prescaler that allows an overflow < 2^16.
  */
-#define MAX_OVERFLOW    ((1 << 16) - 1)
+#define MAX_OVERFLOW    UINT16_MAX //((1 << 16) - 1)
 #define CYC_MSEC        (1000 * CYCLES_PER_MICROSECOND)
 #define TAU_MSEC        20
 #define TAU_USEC        (TAU_MSEC * 1000)
@@ -62,22 +63,45 @@ uint8_t ServoCount = 0;
 #define US_TO_ANGLE(us)   ((int16_t)(map((us), SERVO_DEFAULT_MIN_PW, SERVO_DEFAULT_MAX_PW,  \
                                        this->minAngle, this->maxAngle)))
 
+void libServo::servoWrite(uint8_t pin, uint16_t duty_cycle) {
+  #ifdef SERVO0_TIMER_NUM
+    if (this->servoIndex == 0) {
+      this->pwmSetDuty(duty_cycle);
+      return;
+    }
+  #endif
+
+  timer_dev *tdev = PIN_MAP[pin].timer_device;
+  uint8_t tchan = PIN_MAP[pin].timer_channel;
+  if (tdev) timer_set_compare(tdev, tchan, duty_cycle);
+}
+
 libServo::libServo() {
   this->servoIndex = ServoCount < MAX_SERVOS ? ServoCount++ : INVALID_SERVO;
 }
 
 bool libServo::attach(const int32_t pin, const int32_t minAngle, const int32_t maxAngle) {
   if (this->servoIndex >= MAX_SERVOS) return false;
-  if (!PWM_PIN(pin)) return false;
+  if (pin >= BOARD_NR_GPIO_PINS) return false;
 
   this->minAngle = minAngle;
   this->maxAngle = maxAngle;
+  this->angle = -1;
+
+  #ifdef SERVO0_TIMER_NUM
+    if (this->servoIndex == 0 && this->setupSoftPWM(pin)) {
+      this->pin = pin; // set attached()
+      return true;
+    }
+  #endif
+
+  if (!PWM_PIN(pin)) return false;
 
   timer_dev *tdev = PIN_MAP[pin].timer_device;
-  uint8_t tchan = PIN_MAP[pin].timer_channel;
+  //uint8_t tchan = PIN_MAP[pin].timer_channel;
 
-  pinMode(pin, PWM);
-  pwmWrite(pin, 0);
+  SET_PWM(pin);
+  servoWrite(pin, 0);
 
   timer_pause(tdev);
   timer_set_prescaler(tdev, SERVO_PRESCALER - 1); // prescaler is 1-based
@@ -92,12 +116,16 @@ bool libServo::attach(const int32_t pin, const int32_t minAngle, const int32_t m
 
 bool libServo::detach() {
   if (!this->attached()) return false;
-  pwmWrite(this->pin, 0);
+  this->angle = -1;
+  servoWrite(this->pin, 0);
   return true;
 }
 
 int32_t libServo::read() const {
   if (this->attached()) {
+    #ifdef SERVO0_TIMER_NUM
+      if (this->servoIndex == 0) return this->angle;
+    #endif
     timer_dev *tdev = PIN_MAP[this->pin].timer_device;
     uint8_t tchan = PIN_MAP[this->pin].timer_channel;
     return US_TO_ANGLE(COMPARE_TO_US(timer_get_compare(tdev, tchan)));
@@ -110,13 +138,95 @@ void libServo::move(const int32_t value) {
   static_assert(COUNT(servo_delay) == NUM_SERVOS, "SERVO_DELAY must be an array NUM_SERVOS long.");
 
   if (this->attached()) {
-    pwmWrite(this->pin, US_TO_COMPARE(ANGLE_TO_US(constrain(value, this->minAngle, this->maxAngle))));
+    this->angle = constrain(value, this->minAngle, this->maxAngle);
+    servoWrite(this->pin, US_TO_COMPARE(ANGLE_TO_US(this->angle)));
     safe_delay(servo_delay[this->servoIndex]);
     #if ENABLED(DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE)
       this->detach();
     #endif
   }
 }
+
+#ifdef SERVO0_TIMER_NUM
+  extern "C" void Servo_IRQHandler(void) {
+    static timer_dev *tdev = get_timer_dev(SERVO0_TIMER_NUM);
+    uint16_t SR = timer_get_status(tdev);
+    if (SR & TIMER_SR_CC1IF) { // channel 1 off
+      #ifdef SERVO0_PWM_OD
+        OUT_WRITE_OD(SERVO0_PIN, 1); // off
+      #else
+        OUT_WRITE(SERVO0_PIN, 0);
+      #endif
+      timer_reset_status_bit(tdev, TIMER_SR_CC1IF_BIT);
+    }
+    if (SR & TIMER_SR_CC2IF) { // channel 2 resume
+      #ifdef SERVO0_PWM_OD
+        OUT_WRITE_OD(SERVO0_PIN, 0); // on
+      #else
+        OUT_WRITE(SERVO0_PIN, 1);
+      #endif
+      timer_reset_status_bit(tdev, TIMER_SR_CC2IF_BIT);
+    }
+  }
+
+  bool libServo::setupSoftPWM(const int32_t pin) {
+    timer_dev *tdev = get_timer_dev(SERVO0_TIMER_NUM);
+    if (!tdev) return false;
+    #ifdef SERVO0_PWM_OD
+      OUT_WRITE_OD(pin, 1);
+    #else
+      OUT_WRITE(pin, 0);
+    #endif
+
+    timer_pause(tdev);
+    timer_set_mode(tdev, 1, TIMER_OUTPUT_COMPARE); // counter with isr
+    timer_oc_set_mode(tdev, 1, TIMER_OC_MODE_FROZEN, 0); // no pin output change
+    timer_oc_set_mode(tdev, 2, TIMER_OC_MODE_FROZEN, 0); // no pin output change
+    timer_set_prescaler(tdev, SERVO_PRESCALER - 1); // prescaler is 1-based
+    timer_set_reload(tdev, SERVO_OVERFLOW);
+    timer_set_compare(tdev, 1, SERVO_OVERFLOW);
+    timer_set_compare(tdev, 2, SERVO_OVERFLOW);
+    timer_attach_interrupt(tdev, 1, Servo_IRQHandler);
+    timer_attach_interrupt(tdev, 2, Servo_IRQHandler);
+    timer_generate_update(tdev);
+    timer_resume(tdev);
+
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  void libServo::pwmSetDuty(const uint16_t duty_cycle) {
+    timer_dev *tdev = get_timer_dev(SERVO0_TIMER_NUM);
+    timer_set_compare(tdev, 1, duty_cycle);
+    timer_generate_update(tdev);
+    if (duty_cycle) {
+      timer_enable_irq(tdev, 1);
+      timer_enable_irq(tdev, 2);
+    }
+    else {
+      timer_disable_irq(tdev, 1);
+      timer_disable_irq(tdev, 2);
+      #ifdef SERVO0_PWM_OD
+        OUT_WRITE_OD(this->pin, 1); // off
+      #else
+        OUT_WRITE(this->pin, 0);
+      #endif
+    }
+  }
+
+  void libServo::pauseSoftPWM() { // detach
+    timer_dev *tdev = get_timer_dev(SERVO0_TIMER_NUM);
+    timer_pause(tdev);
+    pwmSetDuty(0);
+  }
+
+#else
+
+  bool libServo::setupSoftPWM(const int32_t pin) { return false; }
+  void libServo::pwmSetDuty(const uint16_t duty_cycle) {}
+  void libServo::pauseSoftPWM() {}
+
+#endif
+
 #endif // HAS_SERVOS
 
 #endif // __STM32F1__
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL_Servo_Stm32f1.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL_Servo_Stm32f1.h
index ac83f086ee..f97ca7486b 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL_Servo_Stm32f1.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL_Servo_Stm32f1.h
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- * Copyright (C) 2017 Victor Perez
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2017 Victor Perez
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -46,8 +46,15 @@ class libServo {
     void move(const int32_t value);
     int32_t read() const;
   private:
+    void servoWrite(uint8_t pin, const uint16_t duty_cycle);
+
     uint8_t servoIndex;               // index into the channel data for this servo
     int32_t pin = NOT_ATTACHED;
     int32_t minAngle;
     int32_t maxAngle;
+    int32_t angle;
+
+    bool setupSoftPWM(const int32_t pin);
+    void pauseSoftPWM();
+    void pwmSetDuty(const uint16_t duty_cycle);
 };
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL_sdio_STM32F1.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL_sdio_STM32F1.cpp
index a6627f0e61..4f90b26e68 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL_sdio_STM32F1.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL_sdio_STM32F1.cpp
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- * Copyright (C) 2017 Victor Perez
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2017 Victor Perez
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ bool SDIO_Init(void) {
 
   dma_init(SDIO_DMA_DEV);
   dma_disable(SDIO_DMA_DEV, SDIO_DMA_CHANNEL);
-  dma_set_priority(SDIO_DMA_DEV, SDIO_DMA_CHANNEL, DMA_PRIORITY_VERY_HIGH);
+  dma_set_priority(SDIO_DMA_DEV, SDIO_DMA_CHANNEL, DMA_PRIORITY_MEDIUM);
 
   if (!SDIO_CmdGoIdleState()) return false;
   if (!SDIO_CmdGoIdleState()) return false; /* Hotplugged cards tends to miss first CMD0, so give them a second chance. */
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL_sdio_STM32F1.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL_sdio_STM32F1.h
index bb48b3beda..2d4eb5b879 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL_sdio_STM32F1.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL_sdio_STM32F1.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
  *
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2017 Victor Perez
  *
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL_spi_Stm32f1.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL_spi_Stm32f1.cpp
index cbc6c7fe1a..a43a1b4194 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL_spi_Stm32f1.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL_spi_Stm32f1.cpp
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- * Copyright (C) 2017 Victor Perez
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2017 Victor Perez
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
 
 /**
  * Software SPI functions originally from Arduino Sd2Card Library
- * Copyright (C) 2009 by William Greiman
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 by William Greiman
  */
 
 /**
@@ -36,19 +36,14 @@
 // Includes
 // --------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-#include "HAL.h"
-#include "../shared/HAL_SPI.h"
-#include "pins_arduino.h"
-#include "spi_pins.h"
-#include "../../core/macros.h"
+#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
 #include <SPI.h>
 
+
 // --------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // Public Variables
 // --------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-static SPISettings spiConfig;
-
 // --------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // Public functions
 // --------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -81,8 +76,7 @@ void spiBegin() {
   #if !PIN_EXISTS(SS)
     #error "SS_PIN not defined!"
   #endif
-  SET_OUTPUT(SS_PIN);
-  WRITE(SS_PIN, HIGH);
+  OUT_WRITE(SS_PIN, HIGH);
 }
 
 /**
@@ -104,8 +98,11 @@ void spiInit(uint8_t spiRate) {
     case SPI_SPEED_6:       clock = SPI_CLOCK_DIV64; break;
     default:                clock = SPI_CLOCK_DIV2; // Default from the SPI library
   }
-  spiConfig = SPISettings(clock, MSBFIRST, SPI_MODE0);
+  SPI.setModule(SPI_DEVICE);
   SPI.begin();
+  SPI.setClockDivider(clock);
+  SPI.setBitOrder(MSBFIRST);
+  SPI.setDataMode(SPI_MODE0);
 }
 
 /**
@@ -116,9 +113,7 @@ void spiInit(uint8_t spiRate) {
  * @details
  */
 uint8_t spiRec(void) {
-  SPI.beginTransaction(spiConfig);
   uint8_t returnByte = SPI.transfer(0xFF);
-  SPI.endTransaction();
   return returnByte;
 }
 
@@ -132,9 +127,7 @@ uint8_t spiRec(void) {
  * @details Uses DMA
  */
 void spiRead(uint8_t* buf, uint16_t nbyte) {
-  SPI.beginTransaction(spiConfig);
   SPI.dmaTransfer(0, const_cast<uint8_t*>(buf), nbyte);
-  SPI.endTransaction();
 }
 
 /**
@@ -145,9 +138,7 @@ void spiRead(uint8_t* buf, uint16_t nbyte) {
  * @details
  */
 void spiSend(uint8_t b) {
-  SPI.beginTransaction(spiConfig);
   SPI.send(b);
-  SPI.endTransaction();
 }
 
 /**
@@ -159,27 +150,25 @@ void spiSend(uint8_t b) {
  * @details Use DMA
  */
 void spiSendBlock(uint8_t token, const uint8_t* buf) {
-  SPI.beginTransaction(spiConfig);
   SPI.send(token);
   SPI.dmaSend(const_cast<uint8_t*>(buf), 512);
-  SPI.endTransaction();
 }
 
-/**
- * @brief  Begin SPI transaction, set clock, bit order, data mode
- *
- * @param  spiClock   Clock setting
- * @param  bitOrder   Bit Order setting
- * @param  dataMode   Data Mode setting
- * @return Nothing
- *
- * @details Uses an SPI Config via SPISettings
- */
-void spiBeginTransaction(uint32_t spiClock, uint8_t bitOrder, uint8_t dataMode) {
-  spiConfig = SPISettings(spiClock, (BitOrder)bitOrder, dataMode);
-  SPI.beginTransaction(spiConfig);
+#if ENABLED(SPI_EEPROM)
+
+// Read single byte from specified SPI channel
+uint8_t spiRec(uint32_t chan) { return SPI.transfer(ff); }
+
+// Write single byte to specified SPI channel
+void spiSend(uint32_t chan, byte b) { SPI.send(b); }
+
+// Write buffer to specified SPI channel
+void spiSend(uint32_t chan, const uint8_t* buf, size_t n) {
+  for (size_t p = 0; p < n; p++) spiSend(chan, buf[p]);
 }
 
+#endif // SPI_EEPROM
+
 #endif // SOFTWARE_SPI
 
 #endif // __STM32F1__
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL_timers_Stm32f1.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL_timers_Stm32f1.cpp
index 866f5c2e26..e45c449876 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL_timers_Stm32f1.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL_timers_Stm32f1.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
  *
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com
  *
@@ -42,14 +42,10 @@
 // Local defines
 // --------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-#define NUM_HARDWARE_TIMERS 4
-
-//#define PRESCALER 1
 // --------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // Types
 // --------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-
 // --------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // Public Variables
 // --------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -57,19 +53,7 @@
 // --------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // Private Variables
 // --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-/* VGPV
-const tTimerConfig TimerConfig [NUM_HARDWARE_TIMERS] = {
-  { TC0, 0, TC0_IRQn, 0},  // 0 - [servo timer5]
-  { TC0, 1, TC1_IRQn, 0},  // 1
-  { TC0, 2, TC2_IRQn, 0},  // 2
-  { TC1, 0, TC3_IRQn, 2},  // 3 - stepper
-  { TC1, 1, TC4_IRQn, 15}, // 4 - temperature
-  { TC1, 2, TC5_IRQn, 0},  // 5 - [servo timer3]
-  { TC2, 0, TC6_IRQn, 0},  // 6
-  { TC2, 1, TC7_IRQn, 0},  // 7
-  { TC2, 2, TC8_IRQn, 0},  // 8
-};
-*/
+
 // --------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // Function prototypes
 // --------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -101,11 +85,14 @@ void HAL_timer_start(const uint8_t timer_num, const uint32_t frequency) {
     case 3: irq_num = NVIC_TIMER3; break;
     case 4: irq_num = NVIC_TIMER4; break;
     case 5: irq_num = NVIC_TIMER5; break;
+    #ifdef STM32_HIGH_DENSITY
+      // 6 & 7 are basic timers, avoid them
+      case 8: irq_num = NVIC_TIMER8_CC; break;
+    #endif
     default:
       /**
-       *  We should not get here, add Sanitycheck for timer number. Should be a general timer
-       *  since basic timers do not have CC channels.
-       *  Advanced timers should be skipped if possible too, and are not listed above.
+       * This should never happen. Add a Sanitycheck for timer number.
+       * Should be a general timer since basic timers have no CC channels.
        */
       break;
   }
@@ -118,23 +105,27 @@ void HAL_timer_start(const uint8_t timer_num, const uint32_t frequency) {
   switch (timer_num) {
     case STEP_TIMER_NUM:
       timer_pause(STEP_TIMER_DEV);
+      timer_set_mode(STEP_TIMER_DEV, STEP_TIMER_CHAN, TIMER_OUTPUT_COMPARE); // counter
       timer_set_count(STEP_TIMER_DEV, 0);
       timer_set_prescaler(STEP_TIMER_DEV, (uint16_t)(STEPPER_TIMER_PRESCALE - 1));
       timer_set_reload(STEP_TIMER_DEV, 0xFFFF);
+      timer_oc_set_mode(STEP_TIMER_DEV, STEP_TIMER_CHAN, TIMER_OC_MODE_FROZEN, TIMER_OC_NO_PRELOAD); // no output pin change
       timer_set_compare(STEP_TIMER_DEV, STEP_TIMER_CHAN, MIN(hal_timer_t(HAL_TIMER_TYPE_MAX), (STEPPER_TIMER_RATE / frequency)));
+      timer_no_ARR_preload_ARPE(STEP_TIMER_DEV); // Need to be sure no preload on ARR register
       timer_attach_interrupt(STEP_TIMER_DEV, STEP_TIMER_CHAN, stepTC_Handler);
-      nvic_irq_set_priority(irq_num, 1);
+      nvic_irq_set_priority(irq_num, STEP_TIMER_IRQ_PRIO);
       timer_generate_update(STEP_TIMER_DEV);
       timer_resume(STEP_TIMER_DEV);
       break;
     case TEMP_TIMER_NUM:
       timer_pause(TEMP_TIMER_DEV);
+      timer_set_mode(TEMP_TIMER_DEV, TEMP_TIMER_CHAN, TIMER_OUTPUT_COMPARE);
       timer_set_count(TEMP_TIMER_DEV, 0);
       timer_set_prescaler(TEMP_TIMER_DEV, (uint16_t)(TEMP_TIMER_PRESCALE - 1));
       timer_set_reload(TEMP_TIMER_DEV, 0xFFFF);
       timer_set_compare(TEMP_TIMER_DEV, TEMP_TIMER_CHAN, MIN(hal_timer_t(HAL_TIMER_TYPE_MAX), ((F_CPU / TEMP_TIMER_PRESCALE) / frequency)));
       timer_attach_interrupt(TEMP_TIMER_DEV, TEMP_TIMER_CHAN, tempTC_Handler);
-      nvic_irq_set_priority(irq_num, 2);
+      nvic_irq_set_priority(irq_num, TEMP_TIMER_IRQ_PRIO);
       timer_generate_update(TEMP_TIMER_DEV);
       timer_resume(TEMP_TIMER_DEV);
       break;
@@ -145,7 +136,6 @@ void HAL_timer_enable_interrupt(const uint8_t timer_num) {
   switch (timer_num) {
     case STEP_TIMER_NUM: ENABLE_STEPPER_DRIVER_INTERRUPT(); break;
     case TEMP_TIMER_NUM: ENABLE_TEMPERATURE_INTERRUPT(); break;
-    default: break;
   }
 }
 
@@ -153,12 +143,11 @@ void HAL_timer_disable_interrupt(const uint8_t timer_num) {
   switch (timer_num) {
     case STEP_TIMER_NUM: DISABLE_STEPPER_DRIVER_INTERRUPT(); break;
     case TEMP_TIMER_NUM: DISABLE_TEMPERATURE_INTERRUPT(); break;
-    default: break;
   }
 }
 
 static inline bool timer_irq_enabled(const timer_dev * const dev, const uint8_t interrupt) {
-  return bool(*bb_perip(&(dev->regs).adv->DIER, interrupt));
+  return bool(*bb_perip(&(dev->regs).gen->DIER, interrupt));
 }
 
 bool HAL_timer_interrupt_enabled(const uint8_t timer_num) {
@@ -208,12 +197,12 @@ timer_dev* get_timer_dev(int number) {
       case 12: return &timer12;
     #endif
     #if STM32_HAVE_TIMER(13)
-      case 13: return &timer14;
+      case 13: return &timer13;
     #endif
     #if STM32_HAVE_TIMER(14)
       case 14: return &timer14;
     #endif
-      default: return nullptr;
+    default: return nullptr;
   }
 }
 
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL_timers_Stm32f1.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL_timers_Stm32f1.h
index b17d8a44d3..39241bcb8a 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL_timers_Stm32f1.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL_timers_Stm32f1.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
  *
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2017 Victor Perez
  *
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
 typedef uint16_t hal_timer_t;
 #define HAL_TIMER_TYPE_MAX 0xFFFF
 
-#define HAL_TIMER_RATE         (F_CPU)  // frequency of timers peripherals
+#define HAL_TIMER_RATE uint32_t(F_CPU)  // frequency of timers peripherals
 
 #define STEP_TIMER_CHAN 1 // Channel of the timer to use for compare and interrupts
 #define TEMP_TIMER_CHAN 1 // Channel of the timer to use for compare and interrupts
@@ -55,8 +55,13 @@ typedef uint16_t hal_timer_t;
 #else
   #define STEP_TIMER_NUM 5 // for other boards, five is fine.
 #endif
-#define TEMP_TIMER_NUM 2  // index of timer to use for temperature
+#define TEMP_TIMER_NUM 2    // index of timer to use for temperature
+//#define TEMP_TIMER_NUM 4  // 2->4, Timer 2 for Stepper Current PWM
 #define PULSE_TIMER_NUM STEP_TIMER_NUM
+#define SERVO0_TIMER_NUM 1  // SERVO0 or BLTOUCH
+
+#define STEP_TIMER_IRQ_PRIO 1
+#define TEMP_TIMER_IRQ_PRIO 2
 
 #define TEMP_TIMER_PRESCALE     1000 // prescaler for setting Temp timer, 72Khz
 #define TEMP_TIMER_FREQUENCY    1000 // temperature interrupt frequency
@@ -124,43 +129,38 @@ bool HAL_timer_interrupt_enabled(const uint8_t timer_num);
  */
 
 FORCE_INLINE static void HAL_timer_set_compare(const uint8_t timer_num, const hal_timer_t compare) {
-  //compare = MIN(compare, HAL_TIMER_TYPE_MAX);
   switch (timer_num) {
   case STEP_TIMER_NUM:
-    timer_set_compare(STEP_TIMER_DEV, STEP_TIMER_CHAN, compare);
-    return;
+    // NOTE: WE have set ARPE = 0, which means the Auto reload register is not preloaded
+    // and there is no need to use any compare, as in the timer mode used, setting ARR to the compare value
+    // will result in exactly the same effect, ie trigerring an interrupt, and on top, set counter to 0
+    timer_set_reload(STEP_TIMER_DEV, compare); // We reload direct ARR as needed during counting up
+    break;
   case TEMP_TIMER_NUM:
     timer_set_compare(TEMP_TIMER_DEV, TEMP_TIMER_CHAN, compare);
-    return;
-  default:
-    return;
-  }
-}
-
-FORCE_INLINE static hal_timer_t HAL_timer_get_compare(const uint8_t timer_num) {
-  switch (timer_num) {
-  case STEP_TIMER_NUM:
-    return timer_get_compare(STEP_TIMER_DEV, STEP_TIMER_CHAN);
-  case TEMP_TIMER_NUM:
-    return timer_get_compare(TEMP_TIMER_DEV, TEMP_TIMER_CHAN);
-  default:
-    return 0;
+    break;
   }
 }
 
 FORCE_INLINE static void HAL_timer_isr_prologue(const uint8_t timer_num) {
   switch (timer_num) {
   case STEP_TIMER_NUM:
-    timer_set_count(STEP_TIMER_DEV, 0);
+    // No counter to clear
     timer_generate_update(STEP_TIMER_DEV);
     return;
   case TEMP_TIMER_NUM:
     timer_set_count(TEMP_TIMER_DEV, 0);
     timer_generate_update(TEMP_TIMER_DEV);
     return;
-  default:
-    return;
   }
 }
 
 #define HAL_timer_isr_epilogue(TIMER_NUM)
+
+// No command is available in framework to turn off ARPE bit, which is turned on by default in libmaple.
+// Needed here to reset ARPE=0 for stepper timer
+FORCE_INLINE static void timer_no_ARR_preload_ARPE(timer_dev *dev) {
+  bb_peri_set_bit(&(dev->regs).gen->CR1, TIMER_CR1_ARPE_BIT, 0);
+}
+
+#define TIMER_OC_NO_PRELOAD 0 // Need to disable preload also on compare registers.
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/README.md b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/README.md
index 7defdc8749..b5bd5141fb 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/README.md
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/README.md
@@ -1,25 +1,11 @@
-# This HAL is for STM32F103 boards used with libmaple/stm32duino Arduino core.
+# STM32F1
 
-# This HAL is in development. Currently has been tested in Malyan M200 (103CBT6), Chitu 3d (103ZET6), and custom boards(103VET6).
+This HAL is for STM32F103 boards used with [Arduino STM32](https://github.com/rogerclarkmelbourne/Arduino_STM32) framework.
 
-### The stm32 core needs a modification in the file util.h to avoid conflict with Marlin macros for Debug.
-Since only 1 file needs change in the stm32duino core, it's preferable over making changes to Marlin.
-
-
-After these lines:
-<>
-#else
-#define ASSERT_FAULT(exp) (void)((0))
-#endif
-<>
+Currently has been tested in Malyan M200 (103CBT6), SKRmini (103RCT6), Chitu 3d (103ZET6), and various 103VET6 boards.
 
 ### Main developers:
-Victorpv
-xC000005
-
-
-### Most up to date repository for this HAL:
-https://github.com/victorpv/Marlin/tree/bugfix-2.0.x
-
-PRs should only be sent to Marlin bugfix-2.0.x branch once tested in printing so not to introduce new bugs.
-For testing/dev, you can submit to the above branch
+- Victorpv
+- xC000005
+- thisiskeithb
+- tpruvot
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/SanityCheck.h
index c1470ca51e..f356c0da07 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/SanityCheck.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/SanityCheck.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,54 +19,12 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
- * HAL for stm32duino.com based on Libmaple and compatible (STM32F1)
+ * Test STM32F1-specific configuration values for errors at compile-time.
  */
 
-/**
- * Test Re-ARM specific configuration values for errors at compile-time.
- */
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
-  #if !PIN_EXISTS(SPINDLE_LASER_ENA)
-    #error "SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE requires SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN."
-  #elif SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE && !PIN_EXISTS(SPINDLE_DIR)
-    #error "SPINDLE_DIR_PIN not defined."
-  #elif ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM) && PIN_EXISTS(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM)
-    #if !PWM_PIN(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN)
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN not assigned to a PWM pin."
-    #elif SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY < 0
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY must be positive"
-    #elif SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY < 0
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY must be positive"
-    #elif !defined(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT)
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT missing."
-    #elif !defined(SPEED_POWER_SLOPE) || !defined(SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT) || !defined(SPEED_POWER_MIN) || !defined(SPEED_POWER_MAX)
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM equation constant(s) missing."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(CASE_LIGHT) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == CASE_LIGHT_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by CASE_LIGHT_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(E0_AUTO_FAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(E1_AUTO_FAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(E2_AUTO_FAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(E3_AUTO_FAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(E4_AUTO_FAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(FAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == FAN_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used FAN_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(FAN1) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == FAN1_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used FAN1_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(FAN2) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == FAN2_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used FAN2_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(CONTROLLERFAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == CONTROLLERFAN_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by CONTROLLERFAN_PIN."
-    #endif
-  #endif
-#endif // SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-
 #if ENABLED(EMERGENCY_PARSER)
   #error "EMERGENCY_PARSER is not yet implemented for STM32F1. Disable EMERGENCY_PARSER to continue."
 #endif
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/endstop_interrupts.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/endstop_interrupts.h
index 85437c511d..830f0075c0 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/endstop_interrupts.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/endstop_interrupts.h
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- * Copyright (C) 2017 Victor Perez
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2017 Victor Perez
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/fastio_Stm32f1.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/fastio_Stm32f1.h
index ad225a8f9a..fe09de3ebb 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/fastio_Stm32f1.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/fastio_Stm32f1.h
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- * Copyright (C) 2017 Victor Perez
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2017 Victor Perez
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -30,9 +30,8 @@
 #include <libmaple/gpio.h>
 
 #define READ(IO)              (PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_device->regs->IDR & (1U << PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_bit) ? HIGH : LOW)
-#define WRITE(IO,V)           (PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_device->regs->BSRR = (1U << PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_bit) << (16 * !((bool)V)))
+#define WRITE(IO,V)           (PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_device->regs->BSRR = (1U << PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_bit) << ((V) ? 0 : 16))
 #define TOGGLE(IO)            (PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_device->regs->ODR = PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_device->regs->ODR ^ (1U << PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_bit))
-#define WRITE_VAR(IO,V)       WRITE(IO,V)
 
 #define _GET_MODE(IO)         gpio_get_mode(PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_device, PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_bit)
 #define _SET_MODE(IO,M)       gpio_set_mode(PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_device, PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_bit, M)
@@ -49,7 +48,7 @@
 #define SET_PWM_OD(IO)        pinMode(IO, PWM_OPEN_DRAIN)
 
 #define IS_INPUT(IO)          (_GET_MODE(IO) == GPIO_INPUT_FLOATING || _GET_MODE(IO) == GPIO_INPUT_ANALOG || _GET_MODE(IO) == GPIO_INPUT_PU || _GET_MODE(IO) == GPIO_INPUT_PD)
-#define IS_OUTPUT(IO)         (_GET_MODE(IO) == GPIO_OUTPUT_PP)
+#define IS_OUTPUT(IO)         (_GET_MODE(IO) == GPIO_OUTPUT_PP || _GET_MODE(IO) == GPIO_OUTPUT_OD)
 
 #define PWM_PIN(IO)           (PIN_MAP[IO].timer_device != nullptr)
 
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b4ef57e1da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef __STM32F1__
+
+#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
+
+#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) && EITHER(SPI_EEPROM, I2C_EEPROM)
+
+#include "../shared/persistent_store_api.h"
+
+bool PersistentStore::access_start() { return true; }
+bool PersistentStore::access_finish() { return true; }
+
+bool PersistentStore::write_data(int &pos, const uint8_t *value, size_t size, uint16_t *crc) {
+  while (size--) {
+    uint8_t * const p = (uint8_t * const)pos;
+    uint8_t v = *value;
+    // EEPROM has only ~100,000 write cycles,
+    // so only write bytes that have changed!
+    if (v != eeprom_read_byte(p)) {
+      eeprom_write_byte(p, v);
+      if (eeprom_read_byte(p) != v) {
+        SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(MSG_ERR_EEPROM_WRITE);
+        return true;
+      }
+    }
+    crc16(crc, &v, 1);
+    pos++;
+    value++;
+  };
+  return false;
+}
+
+bool PersistentStore::read_data(int &pos, uint8_t* value, size_t size, uint16_t *crc, const bool set/*=true*/) {
+  do {
+    uint8_t c = eeprom_read_byte((uint8_t*)pos);
+    if (set && value) *value = c;
+    crc16(crc, &c, 1);
+    pos++;
+    value++;
+  } while (--size);
+  return false;
+}
+
+size_t PersistentStore::capacity() { return E2END + 1; }
+
+#endif // EEPROM_SETTINGS && EITHER(SPI_EEPROM, I2C_EEPROM)
+#endif // __STM32F1__
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/persistent_store_flash.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/persistent_store_flash.cpp
index aa03474d2b..4e73d0564e 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/persistent_store_flash.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/persistent_store_flash.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
  *
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Victor Perez victor_pv@hotmail.com
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/persistent_store_sdcard.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/persistent_store_sdcard.cpp
index 5ef638263b..3244093577 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/persistent_store_sdcard.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/persistent_store_sdcard.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 
 #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
 
-#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) && DISABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION)
+#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) && NONE(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION, SPI_EEPROM, I2C_EEPROM)
 
 #include "../shared/persistent_store_api.h"
 
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/pinsDebug.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/pinsDebug.h
index e5022f79a4..b7f75343a2 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/pinsDebug.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/pinsDebug.h
@@ -1 +1,127 @@
-#error Debug pins is not supported on this Platform!
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Support routines for STM32F1
+ */
+#ifdef __STM32F1__
+
+/**
+ * Translation of routines & variables used by pinsDebug.h
+ */
+#include "fastio_STM32F1.h"
+
+extern const stm32_pin_info PIN_MAP[BOARD_NR_GPIO_PINS];
+
+#define NUM_DIGITAL_PINS BOARD_NR_GPIO_PINS
+#define NUMBER_PINS_TOTAL BOARD_NR_GPIO_PINS
+#define VALID_PIN(pin) (pin >= 0 && pin < BOARD_NR_GPIO_PINS)
+#define GET_ARRAY_PIN(p) pin_t(pin_array[p].pin)
+#define pwm_status(pin) PWM_PIN(pin)
+#define digitalRead_mod(p) extDigitalRead(p)
+#define NAME_FORMAT(p) PSTR("%-##p##s")
+#define PRINT_PIN(p) do{ sprintf_P(buffer, PSTR("%3hd "), int16_t(p)); SERIAL_ECHO(buffer); }while(0)
+#define PRINT_PORT(p) print_port(p)
+#define PRINT_ARRAY_NAME(x)  do {sprintf_P(buffer, PSTR("%-" STRINGIFY(MAX_NAME_LENGTH) "s"), pin_array[x].name); SERIAL_ECHO(buffer);} while (0)
+#define MULTI_NAME_PAD 20 // spaces needed to be pretty if not first name assigned to a pin
+
+// pins that will cause hang/reset/disconnect in M43 Toggle and Watch utilities
+#ifndef M43_NEVER_TOUCH
+  #define M43_NEVER_TOUCH(Q) (Q >= 9 && Q <= 12) // SERIAL/USB pins PA9(TX) PA10(RX)
+#endif
+
+static inline int8_t get_pin_mode(pin_t pin) {
+  return VALID_PIN(pin) ? _GET_MODE(pin) : -1;
+}
+
+static inline pin_t DIGITAL_PIN_TO_ANALOG_PIN(pin_t pin) {
+  if (!VALID_PIN(pin)) return -1;
+  int8_t adc_channel = int8_t(PIN_MAP[pin].adc_channel);
+  #ifdef NUM_ANALOG_INPUTS
+    if (adc_channel >= NUM_ANALOG_INPUTS) adc_channel = ADCx;
+  #endif
+  return pin_t(adc_channel);
+}
+
+static inline bool IS_ANALOG(pin_t pin) {
+  if (!VALID_PIN(pin)) return false;
+  if (PIN_MAP[pin].adc_channel != ADCx) {
+    #ifdef NUM_ANALOG_INPUTS
+      if (PIN_MAP[pin].adc_channel >= NUM_ANALOG_INPUTS) return false;
+    #endif
+    return _GET_MODE(pin) == GPIO_INPUT_ANALOG && !M43_NEVER_TOUCH(pin);
+  }
+  return false;
+}
+
+static inline bool GET_PINMODE(pin_t pin) {
+  return VALID_PIN(pin) ? !IS_INPUT(pin) : false;
+}
+
+static inline bool GET_ARRAY_IS_DIGITAL(int16_t array_pin) {
+  pin_t pin = GET_ARRAY_PIN(array_pin);
+  bool isDigital = !IS_ANALOG(pin);
+  #ifdef NUM_ANALOG_INPUTS
+    if (!isDigital && PIN_MAP[pin].adc_channel >= NUM_ANALOG_INPUTS)
+      isDigital = true;
+  #endif
+  return isDigital;
+}
+
+static inline void pwm_details(pin_t pin) {
+  if (PWM_PIN(pin)) {
+    char buffer[16], num = '?';
+    timer_dev * const tdev = PIN_MAP[pin].timer_device;
+    const uint8_t channel = PIN_MAP[pin].timer_channel;
+    if (tdev == &timer1) num = '1';
+    else if (tdev == &timer1) num = '1';
+    else if (tdev == &timer2) num = '2';
+    else if (tdev == &timer3) num = '3';
+    else if (tdev == &timer4) num = '4';
+    #ifdef STM32_HIGH_DENSITY
+      else if (tdev == &timer5) num = '5';
+      else if (tdev == &timer8) num = '8';
+    #endif
+    sprintf_P(buffer, PSTR(" TIM%c CH%c"), num, ('0' + channel));
+    SERIAL_ECHO(buffer);
+  }
+}
+
+static inline void print_port(pin_t pin) {
+  char buffer[8];
+  char port = 'A' + char(pin >> 4); // pin div 16
+  /* seems not to be required for our devices
+    gpio_dev* gp = PIN_MAP[pin].gpio_device;
+    if (gp == &gpioa) port = 'A';
+    else if (gp == &gpiob) port = 'B';
+    else if (gp == &gpioc) port = 'C';
+    else if (gp == &gpiod) port = 'D';
+    #if STM32_NR_GPIO_PORTS > 4
+      else if (gp == &gpioe) port = 'E';
+      else if (gp == &gpiof) port = 'F';
+      else if (gp == &gpiog) port = 'G';
+    #endif
+  */
+  const int16_t gbit = PIN_MAP[pin].gpio_bit;
+  sprintf_P(buffer, PSTR("P%c%hd "), port, gbit);
+  if (gbit < 10) SERIAL_CHAR(' ');
+  SERIAL_ECHO(buffer);
+}
+
+#endif // __STM32F1__
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/spi_pins.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/spi_pins.h
index 97005a309e..edea89cc7d 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/spi_pins.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/spi_pins.h
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -23,11 +23,36 @@
  */
 
 /**
- * Define SPI Pins: SCK, MISO, MOSI, SS
+ * STM32F1 Default SPI Pins
  *
- * Any PIN can be used for Chip Select (SS)
+ *         SS     SCK     MISO    MOSI
+ *       +-----------------------------+
+ *  SPI1 | PA4    PA5     PA6     PA7  |
+ *  SPI2 | PB12   PB13    PB14    PB15 |
+ *  SPI3 | PA15   PB3     PB4     PB5  |
+ *       +-----------------------------+
+ * Any pin can be used for Chip Select (SS_PIN)
+ * SPI1 is enabled by default
  */
-#define SCK_PIN   PA5
-#define MISO_PIN  PA6
-#define MOSI_PIN  PA7
-#define SS_PIN    PA4
+#ifndef SCK_PIN
+  #define SCK_PIN  PA5
+#endif
+#ifndef MISO_PIN
+  #define MISO_PIN PA6
+#endif
+#ifndef MOSI_PIN
+  #define MOSI_PIN PA7
+#endif
+#ifndef SS_PIN
+  #define SS_PIN   PA4
+#endif
+#undef SDSS
+#define SDSS       SS_PIN
+
+#if ENABLED(ENABLE_SPI3)
+  #define SPI_DEVICE 3
+#elif ENABLED(ENABLE_SPI2)
+  #define SPI_DEVICE 2
+#else
+  #define SPI_DEVICE 1
+#endif
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/stm32f1_flag_script.py b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/stm32f1_flag_script.py
index ce5a066741..5bb2f18fb6 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/stm32f1_flag_script.py
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/stm32f1_flag_script.py
@@ -9,7 +9,6 @@ if __name__ == "__main__":
                     "-mcpu=cortex-m3",
                     "-mthumb",
 
-                    "-ffreestanding",
                     "-fsigned-char",
                     "-fno-move-loop-invariants",
                     "-fno-strict-aliasing",
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/u8g_com_stm32duino_fsmc.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/u8g_com_stm32duino_fsmc.cpp
index 637b83bd5d..4be4ae4dd4 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/u8g_com_stm32duino_fsmc.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/u8g_com_stm32duino_fsmc.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
 
 void LCD_IO_Init(uint8_t cs, uint8_t rs);
 void LCD_IO_WriteData(uint16_t RegValue);
-void LCD_IO_WriteReg(uint8_t Reg);
+void LCD_IO_WriteReg(uint16_t Reg);
 uint32_t LCD_IO_ReadData(uint16_t RegValue, uint8_t ReadSize);
 
 static uint8_t msgInitCount = 2; // Ignore all messages until 2nd U8G_COM_MSG_INIT
@@ -250,8 +250,8 @@ void LCD_IO_WriteData(uint16_t RegValue) {
   __DSB();
 }
 
-void LCD_IO_WriteReg(uint8_t Reg) {
-  LCD->REG = (uint16_t)Reg;
+void LCD_IO_WriteReg(uint16_t Reg) {
+  LCD->REG = Reg;
   __DSB();
 }
 
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/u8g_com_stm32duino_swspi.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/u8g_com_stm32duino_swspi.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..51d1fac9d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/u8g_com_stm32duino_swspi.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+#ifdef __STM32F1__
+
+#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
+
+#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && ENABLED(FORCE_SOFT_SPI)
+
+#include "HAL.h"
+#include <U8glib.h>
+
+#undef SPI_SPEED
+#define SPI_SPEED 0 // Fastest
+//#define SPI_SPEED 2 // Slower
+
+static uint8_t SPI_speed = SPI_SPEED;
+
+static inline uint8_t swSpiTransfer_mode_0(uint8_t b, const uint8_t spi_speed, const pin_t miso_pin=-1) {
+  for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 8; i++) {
+    if (spi_speed == 0) {
+      WRITE(DOGLCD_MOSI, !!(b & 0x80));
+      WRITE(DOGLCD_SCK, HIGH);
+      b <<= 1;
+      if (miso_pin >= 0 && READ(miso_pin)) b |= 1;
+      WRITE(DOGLCD_SCK, LOW);
+    }
+    else {
+      const uint8_t state = (b & 0x80) ? HIGH : LOW;
+      for (uint8_t j = 0; j < spi_speed; j++)
+        WRITE(DOGLCD_MOSI, state);
+
+      for (uint8_t j = 0; j < spi_speed + (miso_pin >= 0 ? 0 : 1); j++)
+        WRITE(DOGLCD_SCK, HIGH);
+
+      b <<= 1;
+      if (miso_pin >= 0 && READ(miso_pin)) b |= 1;
+
+      for (uint8_t j = 0; j < spi_speed; j++)
+        WRITE(DOGLCD_SCK, LOW);
+    }
+  }
+  return b;
+}
+
+static inline uint8_t swSpiTransfer_mode_3(uint8_t b, const uint8_t spi_speed, const pin_t miso_pin=-1) {
+  for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 8; i++) {
+    const uint8_t state = (b & 0x80) ? HIGH : LOW;
+    if (spi_speed == 0) {
+      WRITE(DOGLCD_SCK, LOW);
+      WRITE(DOGLCD_MOSI, state);
+      WRITE(DOGLCD_MOSI, state);  // need some setup time
+      WRITE(DOGLCD_SCK, HIGH);
+    }
+    else {
+      for (uint8_t j = 0; j < spi_speed + (miso_pin >= 0 ? 0 : 1); j++)
+        WRITE(DOGLCD_SCK, LOW);
+
+      for (uint8_t j = 0; j < spi_speed; j++)
+        WRITE(DOGLCD_MOSI, state);
+
+      for (uint8_t j = 0; j < spi_speed; j++)
+        WRITE(DOGLCD_SCK, HIGH);
+    }
+    b <<= 1;
+    if (miso_pin >= 0 && READ(miso_pin)) b |= 1;
+  }
+  return b;
+}
+
+static void u8g_sw_spi_HAL_STM32F1_shift_out(uint8_t val) {
+  #if ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864)
+    swSpiTransfer_mode_3(val, SPI_speed);
+  #else
+    swSpiTransfer_mode_0(val, SPI_speed);
+  #endif
+}
+
+static uint8_t swSpiInit(const uint8_t spi_speed) {
+  #if PIN_EXISTS(LCD_RESET)
+    SET_OUTPUT(LCD_RESET_PIN);
+  #endif
+  SET_OUTPUT(DOGLCD_A0);
+  OUT_WRITE(DOGLCD_SCK, LOW);
+  OUT_WRITE(DOGLCD_MOSI, LOW);
+  OUT_WRITE(DOGLCD_CS, HIGH);
+  return spi_speed;
+}
+
+uint8_t u8g_com_HAL_STM32F1_sw_spi_fn(u8g_t *u8g, uint8_t msg, uint8_t arg_val, void *arg_ptr) {
+  switch (msg) {
+    case U8G_COM_MSG_INIT:
+      SPI_speed = swSpiInit(SPI_SPEED);
+      break;
+
+    case U8G_COM_MSG_STOP:
+      break;
+
+    case U8G_COM_MSG_RESET:
+      #if PIN_EXISTS(LCD_RESET)
+        WRITE(LCD_RESET_PIN, arg_val);
+      #endif
+      break;
+
+    case U8G_COM_MSG_CHIP_SELECT:
+      #if ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864) // This LCD SPI is running mode 3 while SD card is running mode 0
+        if (arg_val) {               // SCK idle state needs to be set to the proper idle state before
+                                     // the next chip select goes active
+          WRITE(DOGLCD_SCK, HIGH);   // Set SCK to mode 3 idle state before CS goes active
+          WRITE(DOGLCD_CS, LOW);
+        }
+        else {
+          WRITE(DOGLCD_CS, HIGH);
+          WRITE(DOGLCD_SCK, LOW);  // Set SCK to mode 0 idle state after CS goes inactive
+        }
+      #else
+        WRITE(DOGLCD_CS, !arg_val);
+      #endif
+      break;
+
+    case U8G_COM_MSG_WRITE_BYTE:
+      u8g_sw_spi_HAL_STM32F1_shift_out(arg_val);
+      break;
+
+    case U8G_COM_MSG_WRITE_SEQ: {
+      uint8_t *ptr = (uint8_t *)arg_ptr;
+      while (arg_val > 0) {
+        u8g_sw_spi_HAL_STM32F1_shift_out(*ptr++);
+        arg_val--;
+      }
+    } break;
+
+    case U8G_COM_MSG_WRITE_SEQ_P: {
+      uint8_t *ptr = (uint8_t *)arg_ptr;
+      while (arg_val > 0) {
+        u8g_sw_spi_HAL_STM32F1_shift_out(u8g_pgm_read(ptr));
+        ptr++;
+        arg_val--;
+      }
+    } break;
+
+    case U8G_COM_MSG_ADDRESS: /* define cmd (arg_val = 0) or data mode (arg_val = 1) */
+      WRITE(DOGLCD_A0, arg_val);
+      break;
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
+#endif // STM32F1
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/watchdog_Stm32f1.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/watchdog_Stm32f1.cpp
index 0cbfb7fa5e..69dca32680 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/watchdog_Stm32f1.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/watchdog_Stm32f1.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 #include "watchdog_STM32F1.h"
 
 void watchdog_reset() {
-  #if PIN_EXISTS(LED)
+  #if DISABLED(PINS_DEBUGGING) && PIN_EXISTS(LED)
     TOGGLE(LED_PIN);  // heartbeat indicator
   #endif
   iwdg_feed();
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/watchdog_Stm32f1.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/watchdog_Stm32f1.h
index db62d4448b..4f3a8deb0d 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/watchdog_Stm32f1.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/watchdog_Stm32f1.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/EmulatedEeprom.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/EmulatedEeprom.cpp
index 1f3d753448..fce5eb39f7 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/EmulatedEeprom.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/EmulatedEeprom.cpp
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/HAL.cpp
index 5840a525b6..3fa2aa2250 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/HAL.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/HAL.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
  *
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2017 Victor Perez
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/HAL.h
index 4f621e348a..44fb909598 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/HAL.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/HAL.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
  *
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2017 Victor Perez
@@ -158,6 +158,8 @@ extern uint16_t HAL_adc_result;
 // Memory related
 #define __bss_end __bss_end__
 
+inline void HAL_init(void) { }
+
 /** clear reset reason */
 void HAL_clear_reset_source (void);
 
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/HAL_Servo_STM32F4.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/HAL_Servo_STM32F4.cpp
index bfe03f5d90..d8545cc9e0 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/HAL_Servo_STM32F4.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/HAL_Servo_STM32F4.cpp
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- * Copyright (C) 2017 Victor Perez
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2017 Victor Perez
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/HAL_Servo_STM32F4.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/HAL_Servo_STM32F4.h
index 0b92a44efc..413c4995a5 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/HAL_Servo_STM32F4.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/HAL_Servo_STM32F4.h
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- * Copyright (C) 2017 Victor Perez
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2017 Victor Perez
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/HAL_spi_STM32F4.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/HAL_spi_STM32F4.cpp
index 8365b8370b..315995c016 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/HAL_spi_STM32F4.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/HAL_spi_STM32F4.cpp
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- * Copyright (C) 2017 Victor Perez
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2017 Victor Perez
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
 
 /**
  * Software SPI functions originally from Arduino Sd2Card Library
- * Copyright (C) 2009 by William Greiman
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 by William Greiman
  */
 
 /**
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
 
 #include "HAL.h"
 #include "../shared/HAL_SPI.h"
-#include "pins_arduino.h"
+#include <pins_arduino.h>
 #include "spi_pins.h"
 #include "../../core/macros.h"
 #include <SPI.h>
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/HAL_timers_STM32F4.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/HAL_timers_STM32F4.cpp
index 4783736b20..8f1d2603ee 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/HAL_timers_STM32F4.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/HAL_timers_STM32F4.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
  *
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com
  *
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/HAL_timers_STM32F4.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/HAL_timers_STM32F4.h
index a4c2ba6f44..30161bfc4c 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/HAL_timers_STM32F4.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/HAL_timers_STM32F4.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
  *
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2017 Victor Perez
  *
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/SanityCheck.h
index 441daf9257..e9eb8fa826 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/SanityCheck.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/SanityCheck.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,51 +19,14 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
- * Test Re-ARM specific configuration values for errors at compile-time.
+ * Test STM32F4-specific configuration values for errors at compile-time.
  */
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
-  #if !PIN_EXISTS(SPINDLE_LASER_ENA)
-    #error "SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE requires SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN."
-  #elif SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE && !PIN_EXISTS(SPINDLE_DIR)
-    #error "SPINDLE_DIR_PIN not defined."
-  #elif ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM) && PIN_EXISTS(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM)
-    #if !PWM_PIN(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN)
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN not assigned to a PWM pin."
-    #elif !(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == 4 || SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == 6 || SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == 11)
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN must use SERVO0, SERVO1 or SERVO3 connector"
-    #elif SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY < 1
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY must be greater than 0."
-    #elif SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY < 1
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY must be greater than 0."
-    #elif !defined(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT)
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT missing."
-    #elif !defined(SPEED_POWER_SLOPE) || !defined(SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT) || !defined(SPEED_POWER_MIN) || !defined(SPEED_POWER_MAX)
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM equation constant(s) missing."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(CASE_LIGHT) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == CASE_LIGHT_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by CASE_LIGHT_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(E0_AUTO_FAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(E1_AUTO_FAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(E2_AUTO_FAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(E3_AUTO_FAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(E4_AUTO_FAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(FAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == FAN_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used FAN_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(FAN1) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == FAN1_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used FAN1_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(FAN2) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == FAN2_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used FAN2_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(CONTROLLERFAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == CONTROLLERFAN_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by CONTROLLERFAN_PIN."
-    #endif
-  #endif
-#endif // SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
+//#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM) && !(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == 4 || SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == 6 || SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == 11)
+//  #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN must use SERVO0, SERVO1 or SERVO3 connector"
+//#endif
 
 #if ENABLED(EMERGENCY_PARSER)
   #error "EMERGENCY_PARSER is not yet implemented for STM32F4. Disable EMERGENCY_PARSER to continue."
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/endstop_interrupts.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/endstop_interrupts.h
index 23eca4bab7..86f6d68c59 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/endstop_interrupts.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/endstop_interrupts.h
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- * Copyright (C) 2017 Victor Perez
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2017 Victor Perez
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/fastio_STM32F4.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/fastio_STM32F4.h
index 1d548ca29e..a657d2c747 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/fastio_STM32F4.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/fastio_STM32F4.h
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- * Copyright (C) 2017 Victor Perez
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2017 Victor Perez
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -32,7 +32,6 @@
 
 #define READ(IO)                digitalRead(IO)
 #define WRITE(IO,V)             digitalWrite(IO,V)
-#define WRITE_VAR(IO,V)         WRITE(IO,V)
 
 #define _GET_MODE(IO)
 #define _SET_MODE(IO,M)         pinMode(IO, M)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp
index b67c76c4c1..811b1ed9f4 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
  *
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Victor Perez victor_pv@hotmail.com
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/spi_pins.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/spi_pins.h
index e18e12278d..4aef289a77 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/spi_pins.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/spi_pins.h
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/watchdog_STM32F4.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/watchdog_STM32F4.cpp
index fd2f309515..51b3a8d62d 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/watchdog_STM32F4.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/watchdog_STM32F4.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/watchdog_STM32F4.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/watchdog_STM32F4.h
index 4076c2b03a..cc02fda24f 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/watchdog_STM32F4.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/watchdog_STM32F4.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/EmulatedEeprom.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/EmulatedEeprom.cpp
index 7f9118ee9c..a612b89538 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/EmulatedEeprom.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/EmulatedEeprom.cpp
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/HAL.cpp
index 9f354f17e3..e266eabf46 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/HAL.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/HAL.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
  *
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2017 Victor Perez
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/HAL.h
index 729547e94e..be99165111 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/HAL.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/HAL.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
  *
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2017 Victor Perez
@@ -145,6 +145,8 @@ extern uint16_t HAL_adc_result;
 // Memory related
 #define __bss_end __bss_end__
 
+inline void HAL_init(void) { }
+
 /** clear reset reason */
 void HAL_clear_reset_source (void);
 
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/HAL_Servo_STM32F7.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/HAL_Servo_STM32F7.cpp
index 40fafc432c..3be816ad34 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/HAL_Servo_STM32F7.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/HAL_Servo_STM32F7.cpp
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- * Copyright (C) 2017 Victor Perez
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2017 Victor Perez
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/HAL_Servo_STM32F7.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/HAL_Servo_STM32F7.h
index 1b7ee40817..6ff0bfc489 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/HAL_Servo_STM32F7.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/HAL_Servo_STM32F7.h
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- * Copyright (C) 2017 Victor Perez
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2017 Victor Perez
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/HAL_spi_STM32F7.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/HAL_spi_STM32F7.cpp
index 78b312470a..294d90414e 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/HAL_spi_STM32F7.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/HAL_spi_STM32F7.cpp
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- * Copyright (C) 2017 Victor Perez
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2017 Victor Perez
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
 
 /**
  * Software SPI functions originally from Arduino Sd2Card Library
- * Copyright (C) 2009 by William Greiman
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 by William Greiman
  */
 
 /**
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
 
 #include "HAL.h"
 #include "../shared/HAL_SPI.h"
-#include "pins_arduino.h"
+#include <pins_arduino.h>
 #include "spi_pins.h"
 #include "../../core/macros.h"
 #include <SPI.h>
@@ -81,8 +81,7 @@ void spiBegin(void) {
     #error SS_PIN not defined!
   #endif
 
-  SET_OUTPUT(SS_PIN);
-  WRITE(SS_PIN, HIGH);
+  OUT_WRITE(SS_PIN, HIGH);
 }
 
 /** Configure SPI for specified SPI speed */
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/HAL_timers_STM32F7.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/HAL_timers_STM32F7.cpp
index 90131903e3..df4d9c07d2 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/HAL_timers_STM32F7.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/HAL_timers_STM32F7.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
  *
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com
  *
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/HAL_timers_STM32F7.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/HAL_timers_STM32F7.h
index 34e56a2059..01fb02d178 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/HAL_timers_STM32F7.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/HAL_timers_STM32F7.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
  *
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2017 Victor Perez
  *
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/SanityCheck.h
index 8ba1f870c2..e292de4efe 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/SanityCheck.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/SanityCheck.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,53 +19,14 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
- * Test Re-ARM specific configuration values for errors at compile-time.
+ * Test STM32F7-specific configuration values for errors at compile-time.
  */
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
-  #if !PIN_EXISTS(SPINDLE_LASER_ENA)
-    #error "SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE requires SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN."
-  #elif SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE && !PIN_EXISTS(SPINDLE_DIR)
-    #error "SPINDLE_DIR_PIN not defined."
-  #elif ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM) && PIN_EXISTS(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM)
-    #if !PWM_PIN(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN)
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN not assigned to a PWM pin."
-    #elif !(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == 4 || SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == 6 || SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == 11)
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN must use SERVO0, SERVO1 or SERVO3 connector"
-    #elif SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY < 1
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY must be greater than 0."
-    #elif SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY < 1
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY must be greater than 0."
-    #elif !defined(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT)
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT missing."
-    #elif !defined(SPEED_POWER_SLOPE) || !defined(SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT) || !defined(SPEED_POWER_MIN) || !defined(SPEED_POWER_MAX)
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM equation constant(s) missing."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(CASE_LIGHT) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == CASE_LIGHT_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by CASE_LIGHT_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(E0_AUTO_FAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(E1_AUTO_FAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(E2_AUTO_FAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(E3_AUTO_FAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(E4_AUTO_FAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(E5_AUTO_FAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(FAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == FAN_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used FAN_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(FAN1) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == FAN1_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used FAN1_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(FAN2) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == FAN2_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used FAN2_PIN."
-    #elif PIN_EXISTS(CONTROLLERFAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == CONTROLLERFAN_PIN
-      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by CONTROLLERFAN_PIN."
-    #endif
-  #endif
-#endif // SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
+//#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM) && !(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == 4 || SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == 6 || SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == 11)
+//  #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN must use SERVO0, SERVO1 or SERVO3 connector"
+//#endif
 
 #if ENABLED(EMERGENCY_PARSER)
   #error "EMERGENCY_PARSER is not yet implemented for STM32F7. Disable EMERGENCY_PARSER to continue."
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/endstop_interrupts.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/endstop_interrupts.h
index 23eca4bab7..86f6d68c59 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/endstop_interrupts.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/endstop_interrupts.h
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- * Copyright (C) 2017 Victor Perez
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2017 Victor Perez
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/fastio_STM32F7.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/fastio_STM32F7.h
index a1b3056d80..81f363609f 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/fastio_STM32F7.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/fastio_STM32F7.h
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- * Copyright (C) 2017 Victor Perez
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2017 Victor Perez
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -31,7 +31,6 @@
 
 #define READ(IO)                digitalRead(IO)
 #define WRITE(IO,V)             digitalWrite(IO,V)
-#define WRITE_VAR(IO,V)         WRITE(IO,V)
 
 #define _GET_MODE(IO)
 #define _SET_MODE(IO,M)         pinMode(IO, M)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp
index 4990213cfc..6d7d103235 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
  *
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Victor Perez victor_pv@hotmail.com
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/spi_pins.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/spi_pins.h
index 527325d6f4..267cba6fd0 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/spi_pins.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/spi_pins.h
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/watchdog_STM32F7.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/watchdog_STM32F7.cpp
index 659e4448f3..8b75454dad 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/watchdog_STM32F7.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/watchdog_STM32F7.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/watchdog_STM32F7.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/watchdog_STM32F7.h
index 4076c2b03a..cc02fda24f 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/watchdog_STM32F7.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/watchdog_STM32F7.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/HAL.cpp
index fa80cd5ba9..56b6097858 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/HAL.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/HAL.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/HAL.h
index dbc75540b3..0dbfa284e5 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/HAL.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/HAL.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
  *
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com
  *
@@ -89,6 +89,8 @@ typedef int8_t pin_t;
 #undef pgm_read_word
 #define pgm_read_word(addr) (*((uint16_t*)(addr)))
 
+inline void HAL_init(void) { }
+
 // Clear the reset reason
 void HAL_clear_reset_source(void);
 
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/HAL_Servo_Teensy.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/HAL_Servo_Teensy.cpp
index 24e84bb0d2..2ffd96e3e1 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/HAL_Servo_Teensy.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/HAL_Servo_Teensy.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/HAL_Servo_Teensy.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/HAL_Servo_Teensy.h
index 687aaa39ec..e096dc60c8 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/HAL_Servo_Teensy.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/HAL_Servo_Teensy.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,7 +19,6 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
-
 #pragma once
 
 #include <Servo.h>
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/HAL_spi_Teensy.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/HAL_spi_Teensy.cpp
index 331703dc55..f53658ec55 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/HAL_spi_Teensy.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/HAL_spi_Teensy.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -38,14 +38,12 @@ void spiBegin(void) {
   #if !PIN_EXISTS(SS)
     #error "SS_PIN not defined!"
   #endif
-  SET_OUTPUT(SS_PIN);
-  WRITE(SS_PIN, HIGH);
+  OUT_WRITE(SS_PIN, HIGH);
   SET_OUTPUT(SCK_PIN);
   SET_INPUT(MISO_PIN);
   SET_OUTPUT(MOSI_PIN);
 
-  //#if DISABLED(SOFTWARE_SPI)
-  #if 0
+  #if 0 && DISABLED(SOFTWARE_SPI)
     // set SS high - may be chip select for another SPI device
     #if SET_SPI_SS_HIGH
       WRITE(SS_PIN, HIGH);
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/HAL_timers_Teensy.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/HAL_timers_Teensy.cpp
index 3a7870da6e..ac04325649 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/HAL_timers_Teensy.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/HAL_timers_Teensy.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/HAL_timers_Teensy.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/HAL_timers_Teensy.h
index 04048798eb..8c9836d130 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/HAL_timers_Teensy.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/HAL_timers_Teensy.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Description: HAL for
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/SanityCheck.h
index 9ecf5e35f5..389d27824e 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/SanityCheck.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/SanityCheck.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Test TEENSY35_36 specific configuration values for errors at compile-time.
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/endstop_interrupts.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/endstop_interrupts.h
index ad0235179b..1af89e0f33 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/endstop_interrupts.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/endstop_interrupts.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Endstop Interrupts
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/fastio_Teensy.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/fastio_Teensy.h
index 96bbc93112..7bcd601b58 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/fastio_Teensy.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/fastio_Teensy.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Fast I/O Routines for Teensy 3.5 and Teensy 3.6
@@ -72,7 +73,6 @@
 
 #define READ(IO)              _READ(IO)
 
-#define WRITE_VAR(IO,V)       _WRITE_VAR(IO,V)
 #define WRITE(IO,V)           _WRITE(IO,V)
 #define TOGGLE(IO)            _TOGGLE(IO)
 
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/spi_pins.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/spi_pins.h
index cfc9a2d14e..8a0ab8f9a4 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/spi_pins.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/spi_pins.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,7 +19,6 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
-
 #pragma once
 
 #define SCK_PIN   13
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/watchdog_Teensy.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/watchdog_Teensy.cpp
index 07505140e8..bf812d9a51 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/watchdog_Teensy.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/watchdog_Teensy.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/watchdog_Teensy.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/watchdog_Teensy.h
index d0b7d030e9..ceb041b457 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/watchdog_Teensy.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/watchdog_Teensy.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,7 +19,6 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
-
 #pragma once
 
 #include "HAL.h"
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL.cpp
index c4d6b3cf54..33541c03bf 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL.h
index 9ead7405a7..f3a26eb5d8 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
  *
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com
  *
@@ -97,6 +97,8 @@ typedef int8_t pin_t;
 #undef pgm_read_word
 #define pgm_read_word(addr) (*((uint16_t*)(addr)))
 
+inline void HAL_init(void) { }
+
 /** clear reset reason */
 void HAL_clear_reset_source(void);
 
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL_Servo_Teensy.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL_Servo_Teensy.h
index d02cdc9f74..4b97dbffbb 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL_Servo_Teensy.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL_Servo_Teensy.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
 
 #include <Servo.h>
 
-// Inherit and expand on the official library
+// Inherit and expand on core Servo library
 class libServo : public Servo {
   public:
     int8_t attach(const int pin);
@@ -32,5 +32,5 @@ class libServo : public Servo {
   private:
      uint16_t min_ticks;
      uint16_t max_ticks;
-     uint8_t servoIndex;               // index into the channel data for this servo
+     uint8_t servoIndex; // Index into the channel data for this servo
 };
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL_spi_Teensy.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL_spi_Teensy.cpp
index 6220225a1d..35424625d5 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL_spi_Teensy.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL_spi_Teensy.cpp
@@ -1,3 +1,24 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
 #if defined(__MK64FX512__) || defined(__MK66FX1M0__)
 
 #include "HAL.h"
@@ -8,32 +29,27 @@
 
 static SPISettings spiConfig;
 
-// Standard SPI functions
-/** Initialize SPI bus */
 void spiBegin(void) {
   #if !PIN_EXISTS(SS)
     #error SS_PIN not defined!
   #endif
-  SET_OUTPUT(SS_PIN);
-  WRITE(SS_PIN, HIGH);
+  OUT_WRITE(SS_PIN, HIGH);
   SET_OUTPUT(SCK_PIN);
   SET_INPUT(MISO_PIN);
   SET_OUTPUT(MOSI_PIN);
 
-  //#if DISABLED(SOFTWARE_SPI)
-  #if 0
+  #if 0 && DISABLED(SOFTWARE_SPI)
     // set SS high - may be chip select for another SPI device
     #if SET_SPI_SS_HIGH
       WRITE(SS_PIN, HIGH);
-    #endif  // SET_SPI_SS_HIGH
+    #endif
     // set a default rate
     spiInit(SPI_HALF_SPEED); // 1
-  #endif  // SOFTWARE_SPI
+  #endif
 }
 
-/** Configure SPI for specified SPI speed */
 void spiInit(uint8_t spiRate) {
-  // Use datarates Marlin uses
+  // Use Marlin data-rates
   uint32_t clock;
   switch (spiRate) {
   case SPI_FULL_SPEED:    clock = 10000000; break;
@@ -49,44 +65,39 @@ void spiInit(uint8_t spiRate) {
   SPI.begin();
 }
 
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-/** SPI receive a byte */
 uint8_t spiRec(void) {
   SPI.beginTransaction(spiConfig);
   uint8_t returnByte = SPI.transfer(0xFF);
   SPI.endTransaction();
   return returnByte;
-//  SPDR = 0xFF;
-//  while (!TEST(SPSR, SPIF)) { /* Intentionally left empty */ }
-//  return SPDR;
+  //SPDR = 0xFF;
+  //while (!TEST(SPSR, SPIF)) { /* Intentionally left empty */ }
+  //return SPDR;
 }
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-/** SPI read data  */
+
 void spiRead(uint8_t* buf, uint16_t nbyte) {
   SPI.beginTransaction(spiConfig);
   SPI.transfer(buf, nbyte);
   SPI.endTransaction();
-//if (nbyte-- == 0) return;
-//  SPDR = 0xFF;
-//for (uint16_t i = 0; i < nbyte; i++) {
-//  while (!TEST(SPSR, SPIF)) { /* Intentionally left empty */ }
-//  buf[i] = SPDR;
-//  SPDR = 0xFF;
-//}
-//while (!TEST(SPSR, SPIF)) { /* Intentionally left empty */ }
-//buf[nbyte] = SPDR;
+  //if (nbyte-- == 0) return;
+  //  SPDR = 0xFF;
+  //for (uint16_t i = 0; i < nbyte; i++) {
+  //  while (!TEST(SPSR, SPIF)) { /* Intentionally left empty */ }
+  //  buf[i] = SPDR;
+  //  SPDR = 0xFF;
+  //}
+  //while (!TEST(SPSR, SPIF)) { /* Intentionally left empty */ }
+  //buf[nbyte] = SPDR;
 }
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-/** SPI send a byte */
+
 void spiSend(uint8_t b) {
   SPI.beginTransaction(spiConfig);
   SPI.transfer(b);
   SPI.endTransaction();
-//  SPDR = b;
-//  while (!TEST(SPSR, SPIF)) { /* Intentionally left empty */ }
+  //SPDR = b;
+  //while (!TEST(SPSR, SPIF)) { /* Intentionally left empty */ }
 }
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-/** SPI send block  */
+
 void spiSendBlock(uint8_t token, const uint8_t* buf) {
   SPI.beginTransaction(spiConfig);
   SPDR = token;
@@ -100,11 +111,9 @@ void spiSendBlock(uint8_t token, const uint8_t* buf) {
   SPI.endTransaction();
 }
 
-
-/** Begin SPI transaction, set clock, bit order, data mode */
+// Begin SPI transaction, set clock, bit order, data mode
 void spiBeginTransaction(uint32_t spiClock, uint8_t bitOrder, uint8_t dataMode) {
   spiConfig = SPISettings(spiClock, bitOrder, dataMode);
-
   SPI.beginTransaction(spiConfig);
 }
 
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL_timers_Teensy.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL_timers_Teensy.cpp
index 471d823da5..8c01120cc7 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL_timers_Teensy.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL_timers_Teensy.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -20,7 +20,6 @@
  *
  */
 
-
 /**
  * Teensy3.5 __MK64FX512__
  * Teensy3.6 __MK66FX1M0__
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL_timers_Teensy.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL_timers_Teensy.h
index fed256452a..8263691947 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL_timers_Teensy.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL_timers_Teensy.h
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com
  *
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/SanityCheck.h
index 597a3638da..6a126b683e 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/SanityCheck.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/SanityCheck.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Test TEENSY35_36 specific configuration values for errors at compile-time.
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/endstop_interrupts.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/endstop_interrupts.h
index 7327dc1a92..137cb472ef 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/endstop_interrupts.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/endstop_interrupts.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/fastio_Teensy.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/fastio_Teensy.h
index 5df7faffb9..d1b5f567d7 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/fastio_Teensy.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/fastio_Teensy.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -71,7 +71,6 @@
 
 #define READ(IO)              _READ(IO)
 
-#define WRITE_VAR(IO,V)       _WRITE_VAR(IO,V)
 #define WRITE(IO,V)           _WRITE(IO,V)
 #define TOGGLE(IO)            _TOGGLE(IO)
 
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp
index ad5ed361ae..17934f71a3 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
  *
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Victor Perez victor_pv@hotmail.com
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/pinsDebug.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/pinsDebug.h
index cb472aff01..e6dcb2996c 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/pinsDebug.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/pinsDebug.h
@@ -1,9 +1,6 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/spi_pins.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/spi_pins.h
index 152d6b4c21..9c6a83e3f8 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/spi_pins.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/spi_pins.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/watchdog_Teensy.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/watchdog_Teensy.cpp
index 46605473a1..7924c03730 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/watchdog_Teensy.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/watchdog_Teensy.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/watchdog_Teensy.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/watchdog_Teensy.h
index ba0916976c..d2efaab372 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/watchdog_Teensy.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/watchdog_Teensy.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/platforms.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/platforms.h
index f5042b9fed..48405f49f7 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/platforms.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/platforms.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/Delay.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/Delay.h
index bab7d7471e..1bcfb9e8a6 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/Delay.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/Delay.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/HAL_SPI.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/HAL_SPI.h
index 43dd210076..16a58f673a 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/HAL_SPI.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/HAL_SPI.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -53,14 +53,6 @@
 #define SPI_SPEED_5         5   // Set SCK rate to 1/32 of max rate
 #define SPI_SPEED_6         6   // Set SCK rate to 1/64 of max rate
 
-#define SPI_LSBFIRST 0
-#define SPI_MSBFIRST 1
-
-#define SPI_DATAMODE_0 0x00
-#define SPI_DATAMODE_1 0x04
-#define SPI_DATAMODE_2 0x08
-#define SPI_DATAMODE_3 0x0C
-
 // Standard SPI functions
 /** Initialize SPI bus */
 void spiBegin(void);
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/HAL_ST7920.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/HAL_ST7920.h
index bdc2b8cbb2..de40ade5ab 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/HAL_ST7920.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/HAL_ST7920.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/HAL_spi_L6470.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/HAL_spi_L6470.cpp
index ecd808fe46..936acc7ce8 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/HAL_spi_L6470.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/HAL_spi_L6470.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 
 /**
  * Software L6470 SPI functions originally from Arduino Sd2Card Library
- * Copyright (C) 2009 by William Greiman
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 by William Greiman
  */
 
 #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/I2cEeprom.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/I2cEeprom.cpp
index ef2ff8222f..cc98ac183d 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/I2cEeprom.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/I2cEeprom.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/Marduino.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/Marduino.h
index 78bddecd40..d9440325f2 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/Marduino.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/Marduino.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -64,3 +64,7 @@
 #define RST_JTAG       16
 #define RST_SOFTWARE   32
 #define RST_BACKUP     64
+
+#ifndef M_PI
+  #define M_PI 3.14159265358979323846f
+#endif
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/MarlinSerial.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/MarlinSerial.h
index 89c501af47..afbd7d3443 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/MarlinSerial.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/MarlinSerial.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/SpiEeprom.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/SpiEeprom.cpp
index 525c8c0a7d..cbdb4d2985 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/SpiEeprom.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/SpiEeprom.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -115,5 +115,4 @@ void eeprom_update_block(const void* src, void* eeprom_address, size_t n) {
   delay(7);   // wait for page write to complete
 }
 
-
-#endif // ENABLED(SPI_EEPROM)
+#endif // SPI_EEPROM
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/backtrace/backtrace.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/backtrace/backtrace.cpp
index ba1b2326e9..fc8abfa0e6 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/backtrace/backtrace.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/backtrace/backtrace.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/backtrace/backtrace.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/backtrace/backtrace.h
index 5e00bec94f..a3d7cc7e3d 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/backtrace/backtrace.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/backtrace/backtrace.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/math_32bit.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/math_32bit.h
index 34642b2999..a69992a655 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/math_32bit.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/math_32bit.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/persistent_store_api.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/persistent_store_api.cpp
index e7bd107cbe..9aed03a0c8 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/persistent_store_api.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/persistent_store_api.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
  *
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Victor Perez victor_pv@hotmail.com
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/persistent_store_api.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/persistent_store_api.h
index de9f1c1090..02013120a7 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/persistent_store_api.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/persistent_store_api.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
  *
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com
  * Copyright (c) 2016 Victor Perez victor_pv@hotmail.com
@@ -25,6 +25,8 @@
 #include <stddef.h>
 #include <stdint.h>
 
+#include "../../libs/crc16.h"
+
 class PersistentStore {
 public:
   static bool access_start();
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/servo.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/servo.cpp
index 684fc320a8..af33853665 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/servo.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/servo.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
 
 #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
 
-#if HAS_SERVOS && !(IS_32BIT_TEENSY || defined(TARGET_LPC1768) || defined(STM32F1) || defined(STM32F1xx) || defined(STM32F4) || defined(STM32F4xx) || defined(STM32F7xx) || defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_ESP32))
+#if SHARED_SERVOS
 
 #include "servo.h"
 #include "servo_private.h"
@@ -157,4 +157,4 @@ void Servo::move(const int value) {
   }
 }
 
-#endif // HAS_SERVOS
+#endif // SHARED_SERVOS
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/servo.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/servo.h
index dea3e20d51..b6b2d13e98 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/servo.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/servo.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * servo.h - Interrupt driven Servo library for Arduino using 16 bit timers- Version 2
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/servo_private.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/servo_private.h
index 158759c455..12d4740525 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/servo_private.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/servo_private.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/Marlin.cpp b/Marlin/src/Marlin.cpp
index c1f87f55dc..e73066fabf 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/Marlin.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/Marlin.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -73,10 +73,6 @@
   #include "feature/mixing.h"
 #endif
 
-#if ENABLED(BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT)
-  #include "module/planner_bezier.h"
-#endif
-
 #if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
   #include "feature/Max7219_Debug_LEDs.h"
 #endif
@@ -93,10 +89,6 @@
   #include "module/servo.h"
 #endif
 
-#if HAS_DIGIPOTSS
-  #include <SPI.h>
-#endif
-
 #if ENABLED(DAC_STEPPER_CURRENT)
   #include "feature/dac/stepper_dac.h"
 #endif
@@ -110,10 +102,14 @@
   #include "feature/I2CPositionEncoder.h"
 #endif
 
-#if HAS_TRINAMIC
+#if HAS_TRINAMIC && DISABLED(PS_DEFAULT_OFF)
   #include "feature/tmc_util.h"
 #endif
 
+#if HAS_CUTTER
+  #include "feature/spindle_laser.h"
+#endif
+
 #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
   CardReader card;
 #endif
@@ -157,7 +153,7 @@
   #include "feature/fanmux.h"
 #endif
 
-#if DO_SWITCH_EXTRUDER || ANY(SWITCHING_NOZZLE, PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
+#if DO_SWITCH_EXTRUDER || ANY(SWITCHING_NOZZLE, PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #include "module/tool_change.h"
 #endif
 
@@ -179,10 +175,6 @@
 
 bool Running = true;
 
-#if ENABLED(TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT)
-  TempUnit input_temp_units = TEMPUNIT_C;
-#endif
-
 // For M109 and M190, this flag may be cleared (by M108) to exit the wait loop
 bool wait_for_heatup = true;
 
@@ -381,7 +373,7 @@ void disable_all_steppers() {
     #endif // HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS
 
     if (run_runout_script)
-      enqueue_and_echo_commands_P(PSTR(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT));
+      queue.inject_P(PSTR(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT));
   }
 
 #endif // HAS_FILAMENT_SENSOR
@@ -437,7 +429,7 @@ void manage_inactivity(const bool ignore_stepper_queue/*=false*/) {
     runout.run();
   #endif
 
-  if (commands_in_queue < BUFSIZE) get_available_commands();
+  if (queue.length < BUFSIZE) queue.get_available_commands();
 
   const millis_t ms = millis();
 
@@ -514,19 +506,16 @@ void manage_inactivity(const bool ignore_stepper_queue/*=false*/) {
   #endif
 
   #if HAS_HOME
-    // Check to see if we have to home, use poor man's debouncer
-    // ---------------------------------------------------------
-    static int homeDebounceCount = 0;   // poor man's debouncing count
-    const int HOME_DEBOUNCE_DELAY = 2500;
-    if (!IS_SD_PRINTING() && !READ(HOME_PIN)) {
-      if (!homeDebounceCount) {
-        enqueue_and_echo_commands_P(PSTR("G28"));
+    // Handle a standalone HOME button
+    constexpr millis_t HOME_DEBOUNCE_DELAY = 1000UL;
+    static millis_t next_home_key_ms; // = 0
+    if (!IS_SD_PRINTING() && !READ(HOME_PIN)) { // HOME_PIN goes LOW when pressed
+      const millis_t ms = millis();
+      if (ELAPSED(ms, next_home_key_ms)) {
+        next_home_key_ms = ms + HOME_DEBOUNCE_DELAY;
         LCD_MESSAGEPGM(MSG_AUTO_HOME);
+        queue.enqueue_now_P(PSTR("G28"));
       }
-      if (homeDebounceCount < HOME_DEBOUNCE_DELAY)
-        homeDebounceCount++;
-      else
-        homeDebounceCount = 0;
     }
   #endif
 
@@ -809,7 +798,7 @@ void stop() {
   #endif
 
   if (IsRunning()) {
-    Stopped_gcode_LastN = gcode_LastN; // Save last g_code for restart
+    queue.stop();
     SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(MSG_ERR_STOPPED);
     LCD_MESSAGEPGM(MSG_STOPPED);
     safe_delay(350);       // allow enough time for messages to get out before stopping
@@ -837,9 +826,7 @@ void stop() {
  */
 void setup() {
 
-  #ifdef HAL_INIT
-    HAL_init();
-  #endif
+  HAL_init();
 
   #if HAS_DRIVER(L6470)
     L6470.init();         // setup SPI and then init chips
@@ -873,6 +860,10 @@ void setup() {
 
   setup_killpin();
 
+  #if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2209)
+    tmc_serial_begin();
+  #endif
+
   setup_powerhold();
 
   #if HAS_STEPPER_RESET
@@ -904,9 +895,6 @@ void setup() {
     #endif
     tmc_init_cs_pins();
   #endif
-  #if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208)
-    tmc2208_serial_begin();
-  #endif
 
   #ifdef BOARD_INIT
     BOARD_INIT();
@@ -937,8 +925,6 @@ void setup() {
   SERIAL_ECHO_START();
   SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(MSG_FREE_MEMORY, freeMemory(), MSG_PLANNER_BUFFER_BYTES, (int)sizeof(block_t) * (BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE));
 
-  queue_setup();
-
   // UI must be initialized before EEPROM
   // (because EEPROM code calls the UI).
   ui.init();
@@ -948,7 +934,7 @@ void setup() {
     ui.show_bootscreen();
   #endif
 
-  #if ENABLED(SDIO_SUPPORT) && SD_DETECT_PIN == -1
+  #if ENABLED(SDIO_SUPPORT) && !PIN_EXISTS(SD_DETECT)
     // Auto-mount the SD for EEPROM.dat emulation
     if (!card.isDetected()) card.initsd();
   #endif
@@ -985,15 +971,15 @@ void setup() {
     OUT_WRITE(PHOTOGRAPH_PIN, LOW);
   #endif
 
-  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
-    OUT_WRITE(SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN, !SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT);  // init spindle to off
-    #if SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE
-      OUT_WRITE(SPINDLE_DIR_PIN, SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR ? 255 : 0);  // init rotation to clockwise (M3)
-    #endif
-    #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM) && defined(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN >= 0
-      SET_PWM(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN);
-      analogWrite(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN, SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT ? 255 : 0);  // set to lowest speed
-    #endif
+  #if HAS_CUTTER
+    cutter.init();
+  #endif
+
+  #if ENABLED(COOLANT_MIST)
+    OUT_WRITE(COOLANT_MIST_PIN, COOLANT_MIST_INVERT);   // Init Mist Coolant OFF
+  #endif
+  #if ENABLED(COOLANT_FLOOD)
+    OUT_WRITE(COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN, COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT); // Init Flood Coolant OFF
   #endif
 
   #if HAS_BED_PROBE
@@ -1092,6 +1078,10 @@ void setup() {
     pe_solenoid_init();
   #endif
 
+  #if ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    est_init();
+  #endif
+
   #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
     recovery.check();
   #endif
@@ -1104,7 +1094,7 @@ void setup() {
     init_closedloop();
   #endif
 
-  #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) && DISABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
+  #if ENABLED(INIT_SDCARD_ON_BOOT) && !HAS_SPI_LCD
     card.beginautostart();
   #endif
 
@@ -1130,6 +1120,7 @@ void loop() {
   for (;;) {
 
     #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+
       card.checkautostart();
 
       if (card.flag.abort_sd_printing) {
@@ -1138,23 +1129,26 @@ void loop() {
             true
           #endif
         );
-        clear_command_queue();
+        queue.clear();
         quickstop_stepper();
         print_job_timer.stop();
-        thermalManager.disable_all_heaters();
+        #if DISABLED(SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN)
+          thermalManager.disable_all_heaters();
+        #endif
         thermalManager.zero_fan_speeds();
         wait_for_heatup = false;
         #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
           card.removeJobRecoveryFile();
         #endif
         #ifdef EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP
-          enqueue_and_echo_commands_P(PSTR(EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP));
+          queue.inject_P(PSTR(EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP));
         #endif
       }
+
     #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
-    if (commands_in_queue < BUFSIZE) get_available_commands();
-    advance_command_queue();
+    if (queue.length < BUFSIZE) queue.get_available_commands();
+    queue.advance();
     endstops.event_handler();
     idle();
   }
diff --git a/Marlin/src/Marlin.h b/Marlin/src/Marlin.h
index 0433a50c3c..cef5950b99 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/Marlin.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/Marlin.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -349,8 +349,8 @@ extern millis_t max_inactive_time, stepper_inactive_time;
 
 #if HAS_POWER_SWITCH
   extern bool powersupply_on;
-  #define PSU_PIN_ON()  do{ OUT_WRITE(PS_ON_PIN, PS_ON_AWAKE); powersupply_on = true; }while(0)
-  #define PSU_PIN_OFF() do{ OUT_WRITE(PS_ON_PIN, PS_ON_ASLEEP); powersupply_on = false; }while(0)
+  #define PSU_PIN_ON()  do{ OUT_WRITE(PS_ON_PIN,  PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH); powersupply_on = true; }while(0)
+  #define PSU_PIN_OFF() do{ OUT_WRITE(PS_ON_PIN, !PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH); powersupply_on = false; }while(0)
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define PSU_ON()  powerManager.power_on()
     #define PSU_OFF() powerManager.power_off()
diff --git a/Marlin/src/core/boards.h b/Marlin/src/core/boards.h
index 4a7fb642b9..c9c5d412fa 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/core/boards.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/core/boards.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -27,254 +27,266 @@
 // RAMPS 1.3 / 1.4 - ATmega1280, ATmega2560
 //
 
-#define BOARD_RAMPS_OLD         3     // MEGA/RAMPS up to 1.2
+#define BOARD_RAMPS_OLD               1000  // MEGA/RAMPS up to 1.2
 
-#define BOARD_RAMPS_13_EFB      33    // RAMPS 1.3 (Power outputs: Hotend, Fan, Bed)
-#define BOARD_RAMPS_13_EEB      34    // RAMPS 1.3 (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed)
-#define BOARD_RAMPS_13_EFF      35    // RAMPS 1.3 (Power outputs: Hotend, Fan0, Fan1)
-#define BOARD_RAMPS_13_EEF      36    // RAMPS 1.3 (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Fan)
-#define BOARD_RAMPS_13_SF       38    // RAMPS 1.3 (Power outputs: Spindle, Controller Fan)
+#define BOARD_RAMPS_13_EFB            1010  // RAMPS 1.3 (Power outputs: Hotend, Fan, Bed)
+#define BOARD_RAMPS_13_EEB            1011  // RAMPS 1.3 (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed)
+#define BOARD_RAMPS_13_EFF            1012  // RAMPS 1.3 (Power outputs: Hotend, Fan0, Fan1)
+#define BOARD_RAMPS_13_EEF            1013  // RAMPS 1.3 (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Fan)
+#define BOARD_RAMPS_13_SF             1014  // RAMPS 1.3 (Power outputs: Spindle, Controller Fan)
 
-#define BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB      43    // RAMPS 1.4 (Power outputs: Hotend, Fan, Bed)
-#define BOARD_RAMPS_14_EEB      44    // RAMPS 1.4 (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed)
-#define BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFF      45    // RAMPS 1.4 (Power outputs: Hotend, Fan0, Fan1)
-#define BOARD_RAMPS_14_EEF      46    // RAMPS 1.4 (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Fan)
-#define BOARD_RAMPS_14_SF       48    // RAMPS 1.4 (Power outputs: Spindle, Controller Fan)
+#define BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB            1020  // RAMPS 1.4 (Power outputs: Hotend, Fan, Bed)
+#define BOARD_RAMPS_14_EEB            1021  // RAMPS 1.4 (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed)
+#define BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFF            1022  // RAMPS 1.4 (Power outputs: Hotend, Fan0, Fan1)
+#define BOARD_RAMPS_14_EEF            1023  // RAMPS 1.4 (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Fan)
+#define BOARD_RAMPS_14_SF             1024  // RAMPS 1.4 (Power outputs: Spindle, Controller Fan)
 
-#define BOARD_RAMPS_PLUS_EFB   143    // RAMPS Plus 3DYMY (Power outputs: Hotend, Fan, Bed)
-#define BOARD_RAMPS_PLUS_EEB   144    // RAMPS Plus 3DYMY (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed)
-#define BOARD_RAMPS_PLUS_EFF   145    // RAMPS Plus 3DYMY (Power outputs: Hotend, Fan0, Fan1)
-#define BOARD_RAMPS_PLUS_EEF   146    // RAMPS Plus 3DYMY (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Fan)
-#define BOARD_RAMPS_PLUS_SF    148    // RAMPS Plus 3DYMY (Power outputs: Spindle, Controller Fan)
+#define BOARD_RAMPS_PLUS_EFB          1030  // RAMPS Plus 3DYMY (Power outputs: Hotend, Fan, Bed)
+#define BOARD_RAMPS_PLUS_EEB          1031  // RAMPS Plus 3DYMY (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed)
+#define BOARD_RAMPS_PLUS_EFF          1032  // RAMPS Plus 3DYMY (Power outputs: Hotend, Fan0, Fan1)
+#define BOARD_RAMPS_PLUS_EEF          1033  // RAMPS Plus 3DYMY (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Fan)
+#define BOARD_RAMPS_PLUS_SF           1034  // RAMPS Plus 3DYMY (Power outputs: Spindle, Controller Fan)
 
 //
 // RAMPS Derivatives - ATmega1280, ATmega2560
 //
 
-#define BOARD_3DRAG             77    // 3Drag Controller
-#define BOARD_K8200             78    // Velleman K8200 Controller (derived from 3Drag Controller)
-#define BOARD_K8400             79    // Velleman K8400 Controller (derived from 3Drag Controller)
-#define BOARD_BAM_DICE          401   // 2PrintBeta BAM&DICE with STK drivers
-#define BOARD_BAM_DICE_DUE      402   // 2PrintBeta BAM&DICE Due with STK drivers
-#define BOARD_MKS_BASE          40    // MKS BASE v1.0
-#define BOARD_MKS_BASE_14       404   // MKS v1.4 A4982 stepper drivers
-#define BOARD_MKS_BASE_15       405   // MKS v1.5 with Allegro A4982 stepper drivers
-#define BOARD_MKS_BASE_HEROIC   41    // MKS BASE 1.0 with Heroic HR4982 stepper drivers
-#define BOARD_MKS_GEN_13        47    // MKS GEN v1.3 or 1.4
-#define BOARD_MKS_GEN_L         53    // MKS GEN L
-#define BOARD_KFB_2             136   // Bigtreetech or BIQU KFB2.0
-#define BOARD_ZRIB_V20          504   // zrib V2.0 control board (Chinese knock off RAMPS replica)
-#define BOARD_FELIX2            37    // Felix 2.0+ Electronics Board (RAMPS like)
-#define BOARD_RIGIDBOARD        42    // Invent-A-Part RigidBoard
-#define BOARD_RIGIDBOARD_V2     52    // Invent-A-Part RigidBoard V2
-#define BOARD_SAINSMART_2IN1    49    // Sainsmart 2-in-1 board
-#define BOARD_ULTIMAKER         7     // Ultimaker
-#define BOARD_ULTIMAKER_OLD     71    // Ultimaker (Older electronics. Pre 1.5.4. This is rare)
-#define BOARD_AZTEEG_X3         67    // Azteeg X3
-#define BOARD_AZTEEG_X3_PRO     68    // Azteeg X3 Pro
-#define BOARD_ULTIMAIN_2        72    // Ultimainboard 2.x (Uses TEMP_SENSOR 20)
-#define BOARD_RUMBA             80    // Rumba
-#define BOARD_RUMBA_RAISE3D     333   // Raise3D N series Rumba derivative
-#define BOARD_RL200             801   // Rapide Lite 200 (v1, low-cost RUMBA clone with drv)
-#define BOARD_FORMBOT_TREX2PLUS 95    // Formbot T-Rex 2 Plus
-#define BOARD_FORMBOT_TREX3     96    // Formbot T-Rex 3
-#define BOARD_FORMBOT_RAPTOR    97    // Formbot Raptor
-#define BOARD_FORMBOT_RAPTOR2   98    // Formbot Raptor 2
-#define BOARD_BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D    503   // bq ZUM Mega 3D
-#define BOARD_MAKEBOARD_MINI    431   // MakeBoard Mini v2.1.2 is a control board sold by MicroMake
-#define BOARD_TRIGORILLA_13     343   // TriGorilla Anycubic version 1.3 based on RAMPS EFB
-#define BOARD_TRIGORILLA_14     443   // TriGorilla Anycubic version 1.4 based on RAMPS EFB
-#define BOARD_RAMPS_ENDER_4     243   // Creality: Ender-4, CR-8
-#define BOARD_RAMPS_CREALITY    244   // Creality: CR10S, CR20, CR-X
-#define BOARD_FYSETC_F6_13      541   // Fysetc F6
-#define BOARD_DUPLICATOR_I3_PLUS 31   // Wanhao Duplicator i3 Plus
-#define BOARD_VORON             441   // VORON Design
-#define BOARD_TRONXY_V3_1_0     442   // Tronxy TRONXY-V3-1.0
+#define BOARD_3DRAG                   1100  // 3Drag Controller
+#define BOARD_K8200                   1101  // Velleman K8200 Controller (derived from 3Drag Controller)
+#define BOARD_K8400                   1102  // Velleman K8400 Controller (derived from 3Drag Controller)
+#define BOARD_BAM_DICE                1103  // 2PrintBeta BAM&DICE with STK drivers
+#define BOARD_BAM_DICE_DUE            1104  // 2PrintBeta BAM&DICE Due with STK drivers
+#define BOARD_MKS_BASE                1105  // MKS BASE v1.0
+#define BOARD_MKS_BASE_14             1106  // MKS v1.4 with A4982 stepper drivers
+#define BOARD_MKS_BASE_15             1107  // MKS v1.5 with Allegro A4982 stepper drivers
+#define BOARD_MKS_BASE_HEROIC         1108  // MKS BASE 1.0 with Heroic HR4982 stepper drivers
+#define BOARD_MKS_GEN_13              1109  // MKS GEN v1.3 or 1.4
+#define BOARD_MKS_GEN_L               1110  // MKS GEN L
+#define BOARD_KFB_2                   1111  // Bigtreetech or BIQU KFB2.0
+#define BOARD_ZRIB_V20                1112  // zrib V2.0 control board (Chinese knock off RAMPS replica)
+#define BOARD_FELIX2                  1113  // Felix 2.0+ Electronics Board (RAMPS like)
+#define BOARD_RIGIDBOARD              1114  // Invent-A-Part RigidBoard
+#define BOARD_RIGIDBOARD_V2           1115  // Invent-A-Part RigidBoard V2
+#define BOARD_SAINSMART_2IN1          1116  // Sainsmart 2-in-1 board
+#define BOARD_ULTIMAKER               1117  // Ultimaker
+#define BOARD_ULTIMAKER_OLD           1118  // Ultimaker (Older electronics. Pre 1.5.4. This is rare)
+#define BOARD_AZTEEG_X3               1119  // Azteeg X3
+#define BOARD_AZTEEG_X3_PRO           1120  // Azteeg X3 Pro
+#define BOARD_ULTIMAIN_2              1121  // Ultimainboard 2.x (Uses TEMP_SENSOR 20)
+#define BOARD_RUMBA                   1122  // Rumba
+#define BOARD_RUMBA_RAISE3D           1123  // Raise3D N series Rumba derivative
+#define BOARD_RL200                   1124  // Rapide Lite 200 (v1, low-cost RUMBA clone with drv)
+#define BOARD_FORMBOT_TREX2PLUS       1125  // Formbot T-Rex 2 Plus
+#define BOARD_FORMBOT_TREX3           1126  // Formbot T-Rex 3
+#define BOARD_FORMBOT_RAPTOR          1127  // Formbot Raptor
+#define BOARD_FORMBOT_RAPTOR2         1128  // Formbot Raptor 2
+#define BOARD_BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D          1129  // bq ZUM Mega 3D
+#define BOARD_MAKEBOARD_MINI          1130  // MakeBoard Mini v2.1.2 is a control board sold by MicroMake
+#define BOARD_TRIGORILLA_13           1131  // TriGorilla Anycubic version 1.3-based on RAMPS EFB
+#define BOARD_TRIGORILLA_14           1132  //   ... Ver 1.4
+#define BOARD_TRIGORILLA_14_11        1133  //   ... Rev 1.1 (new servo pin order)
+#define BOARD_RAMPS_ENDER_4           1134  // Creality: Ender-4, CR-8
+#define BOARD_RAMPS_CREALITY          1135  // Creality: CR10S, CR20, CR-X
+#define BOARD_RAMPS_DAGOMA            1136  // Dagoma F5
+#define BOARD_FYSETC_F6_13            1137  // Fysetc F6
+#define BOARD_DUPLICATOR_I3_PLUS      1138  // Wanhao Duplicator i3 Plus
+#define BOARD_VORON                   1139  // VORON Design
+#define BOARD_TRONXY_V3_1_0           1140  // Tronxy TRONXY-V3-1.0
+#define BOARD_Z_BOLT_X_SERIES         1141  // Z-Bolt X Series
 
 //
 // Other ATmega1280, ATmega2560
 //
 
-#define BOARD_CNCONTROLS_11     111   // Cartesio CN Controls V11
-#define BOARD_CNCONTROLS_12     112   // Cartesio CN Controls V12
-#define BOARD_CHEAPTRONIC       2     // Cheaptronic v1.0
-#define BOARD_CHEAPTRONIC_V2    21    // Cheaptronic v2.0
-#define BOARD_MIGHTYBOARD_REVE  200   // Makerbot Mightyboard Revision E
-#define BOARD_MEGATRONICS       70    // Megatronics
-#define BOARD_MEGATRONICS_2     701   // Megatronics v2.0
-#define BOARD_MEGATRONICS_3     703   // Megatronics v3.0
-#define BOARD_MEGATRONICS_31    704   // Megatronics v3.1
-#define BOARD_MEGATRONICS_32    705   // Megatronics v3.2
-#define BOARD_RAMBO             301   // Rambo
-#define BOARD_MINIRAMBO         302   // Mini-Rambo
-#define BOARD_MINIRAMBO_10A     303   // Mini-Rambo 1.0a
-#define BOARD_EINSY_RAMBO       304   // Einsy Rambo
-#define BOARD_EINSY_RETRO       305   // Einsy Retro
-#define BOARD_ELEFU_3           21    // Elefu Ra Board (v3)
-#define BOARD_LEAPFROG          999   // Leapfrog
-#define BOARD_MEGACONTROLLER    310   // Mega controller
-#define BOARD_SCOOVO_X9H        321   // abee Scoovo X9H
-#define BOARD_GT2560_REV_A      74    // Geeetech GT2560 Rev. A
-#define BOARD_GT2560_REV_A_PLUS 75    // Geeetech GT2560 Rev. A+ (with auto level probe)
-#define BOARD_GT2560_V3         76    // Geeetech GT2560 Rev B for A10(M/D)
-#define BOARD_GT2560_V3_MC2     73    // Geeetech GT2560 Rev B for Mecreator2
-#define BOARD_GT2560_V3_A20     86    // Geeetech GT2560 Rev B for A20(M/D)
-#define BOARD_EINSTART_S        666   // Einstart retrofit
+#define BOARD_CNCONTROLS_11           1200  // Cartesio CN Controls V11
+#define BOARD_CNCONTROLS_12           1201  // Cartesio CN Controls V12
+#define BOARD_CHEAPTRONIC             1202  // Cheaptronic v1.0
+#define BOARD_CHEAPTRONIC_V2          1203  // Cheaptronic v2.0
+#define BOARD_MIGHTYBOARD_REVE        1204  // Makerbot Mightyboard Revision E
+#define BOARD_MEGATRONICS             1205  // Megatronics
+#define BOARD_MEGATRONICS_2           1206  // Megatronics v2.0
+#define BOARD_MEGATRONICS_3           1207  // Megatronics v3.0
+#define BOARD_MEGATRONICS_31          1208  // Megatronics v3.1
+#define BOARD_MEGATRONICS_32          1209  // Megatronics v3.2
+#define BOARD_RAMBO                   1210  // Rambo
+#define BOARD_MINIRAMBO               1211  // Mini-Rambo
+#define BOARD_MINIRAMBO_10A           1212  // Mini-Rambo 1.0a
+#define BOARD_EINSY_RAMBO             1213  // Einsy Rambo
+#define BOARD_EINSY_RETRO             1214  // Einsy Retro
+#define BOARD_ELEFU_3                 1215  // Elefu Ra Board (v3)
+#define BOARD_LEAPFROG                1216  // Leapfrog
+#define BOARD_MEGACONTROLLER          1217  // Mega controller
+#define BOARD_SCOOVO_X9H              1218  // abee Scoovo X9H
+#define BOARD_GT2560_REV_A            1219  // Geeetech GT2560 Rev. A
+#define BOARD_GT2560_REV_A_PLUS       1220  // Geeetech GT2560 Rev. A+ (with auto level probe)
+#define BOARD_GT2560_V3               1221  // Geeetech GT2560 Rev B for A10(M/D)
+#define BOARD_GT2560_V3_MC2           1222  // Geeetech GT2560 Rev B for Mecreator2
+#define BOARD_GT2560_V3_A20           1223  // Geeetech GT2560 Rev B for A20(M/D)
+#define BOARD_EINSTART_S              1224  // Einstart retrofit
 
 //
 // ATmega1281, ATmega2561
 //
 
-#define BOARD_MINITRONICS       702   // Minitronics v1.0/1.1
-#define BOARD_SILVER_GATE       25    // Silvergate v1.0
+#define BOARD_MINITRONICS             1300  // Minitronics v1.0/1.1
+#define BOARD_SILVER_GATE             1301  // Silvergate v1.0
 
 //
 // Sanguinololu and Derivatives - ATmega644P, ATmega1284P
 //
 
-#define BOARD_SANGUINOLOLU_11   6     // Sanguinololu < 1.2
-#define BOARD_SANGUINOLOLU_12   62    // Sanguinololu 1.2 and above
-#define BOARD_MELZI             63    // Melzi
-#define BOARD_MELZI_MAKR3D      66    // Melzi with ATmega1284 (MaKr3d version)
-#define BOARD_MELZI_CREALITY    89    // Melzi Creality3D board (for CR-10 etc)
-#define BOARD_MELZI_MALYAN      92    // Melzi Malyan M150 board
-#define BOARD_MELZI_TRONXY      505   // Tronxy X5S
-#define BOARD_STB_11            64    // STB V1.1
-#define BOARD_AZTEEG_X1         65    // Azteeg X1
-#define BOARD_ANET_10           69    // Anet 1.0 (Melzi clone)
+#define BOARD_SANGUINOLOLU_11         1400  // Sanguinololu < 1.2
+#define BOARD_SANGUINOLOLU_12         1401  // Sanguinololu 1.2 and above
+#define BOARD_MELZI                   1402  // Melzi
+#define BOARD_MELZI_MAKR3D            1403  // Melzi with ATmega1284 (MaKr3d version)
+#define BOARD_MELZI_CREALITY          1404  // Melzi Creality3D board (for CR-10 etc)
+#define BOARD_MELZI_MALYAN            1405  // Melzi Malyan M150 board
+#define BOARD_MELZI_TRONXY            1406  // Tronxy X5S
+#define BOARD_STB_11                  1407  // STB V1.1
+#define BOARD_AZTEEG_X1               1408  // Azteeg X1
+#define BOARD_ANET_10                 1409  // Anet 1.0 (Melzi clone)
 
 //
 // Other ATmega644P, ATmega644, ATmega1284P
 //
 
-#define BOARD_GEN3_MONOLITHIC   22    // Gen3 Monolithic Electronics
-#define BOARD_GEN3_PLUS         9     // Gen3+
-#define BOARD_GEN6              5     // Gen6
-#define BOARD_GEN6_DELUXE       51    // Gen6 deluxe
-#define BOARD_GEN7_CUSTOM       10    // Gen7 custom (Alfons3 Version) "https://github.com/Alfons3/Generation_7_Electronics"
-#define BOARD_GEN7_12           11    // Gen7 v1.1, v1.2
-#define BOARD_GEN7_13           12    // Gen7 v1.3
-#define BOARD_GEN7_14           13    // Gen7 v1.4
-#define BOARD_OMCA_A            90    // Alpha OMCA board
-#define BOARD_OMCA              91    // Final OMCA board
-#define BOARD_SETHI             20    // Sethi 3D_1
+#define BOARD_GEN3_MONOLITHIC         1500  // Gen3 Monolithic Electronics
+#define BOARD_GEN3_PLUS               1501  // Gen3+
+#define BOARD_GEN6                    1502  // Gen6
+#define BOARD_GEN6_DELUXE             1503  // Gen6 deluxe
+#define BOARD_GEN7_CUSTOM             1504  // Gen7 custom (Alfons3 Version) "https://github.com/Alfons3/Generation_7_Electronics"
+#define BOARD_GEN7_12                 1505  // Gen7 v1.1, v1.2
+#define BOARD_GEN7_13                 1506  // Gen7 v1.3
+#define BOARD_GEN7_14                 1507  // Gen7 v1.4
+#define BOARD_OMCA_A                  1508  // Alpha OMCA board
+#define BOARD_OMCA                    1509  // Final OMCA board
+#define BOARD_SETHI                   1510  // Sethi 3D_1
 
 //
 // Teensyduino - AT90USB1286, AT90USB1286P
 //
 
-#define BOARD_TEENSYLU          8     // Teensylu
-#define BOARD_PRINTRBOARD       81    // Printrboard (AT90USB1286)
-#define BOARD_PRINTRBOARD_REVF  811   // Printrboard Revision F (AT90USB1286)
-#define BOARD_BRAINWAVE         82    // Brainwave (AT90USB646)
-#define BOARD_BRAINWAVE_PRO     85    // Brainwave Pro (AT90USB1286)
-#define BOARD_SAV_MKI           83    // SAV Mk-I (AT90USB1286)
-#define BOARD_TEENSY2           84    // Teensy++2.0 (AT90USB1286)
-#define BOARD_5DPRINT           88    // 5DPrint D8 Driver Board
+#define BOARD_TEENSYLU                1600  // Teensylu
+#define BOARD_PRINTRBOARD             1601  // Printrboard (AT90USB1286)
+#define BOARD_PRINTRBOARD_REVF        1602  // Printrboard Revision F (AT90USB1286)
+#define BOARD_BRAINWAVE               1603  // Brainwave (AT90USB646)
+#define BOARD_BRAINWAVE_PRO           1604  // Brainwave Pro (AT90USB1286)
+#define BOARD_SAV_MKI                 1605  // SAV Mk-I (AT90USB1286)
+#define BOARD_TEENSY2                 1606  // Teensy++2.0 (AT90USB1286)
+#define BOARD_5DPRINT                 1607  // 5DPrint D8 Driver Board
 
 //
 // LPC1768 ARM Cortex M3
 //
 
-#define BOARD_RAMPS_14_RE_ARM_EFB 1743  // Re-ARM with RAMPS 1.4 (Power outputs: Hotend, Fan, Bed)
-#define BOARD_RAMPS_14_RE_ARM_EEB 1744  // Re-ARM with RAMPS 1.4 (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed)
-#define BOARD_RAMPS_14_RE_ARM_EFF 1745  // Re-ARM with RAMPS 1.4 (Power outputs: Hotend, Fan0, Fan1)
-#define BOARD_RAMPS_14_RE_ARM_EEF 1746  // Re-ARM with RAMPS 1.4 (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Fan)
-#define BOARD_RAMPS_14_RE_ARM_SF  1748  // Re-ARM with RAMPS 1.4 (Power outputs: Spindle, Controller Fan)
-#define BOARD_MKS_SBASE           1750  // MKS-Sbase (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed, Fan)
-#define BOARD_AZSMZ_MINI          1751  // AZSMZ Mini
-#define BOARD_AZTEEG_X5_GT        1752  // Azteeg X5 GT (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed, Fan)
-#define BOARD_BIQU_BQ111_A4       1753  // BIQU BQ111-A4 (Power outputs: Hotend, Fan, Bed)
-#define BOARD_SELENA_COMPACT      1754  // Selena Compact (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed0, Bed1, Fan0, Fan1)
-#define BOARD_COHESION3D_REMIX    1755  // Cohesion3D ReMix
-#define BOARD_COHESION3D_MINI     1756  // Cohesion3D Mini
-#define BOARD_SMOOTHIEBOARD       1757  // Smoothieboard
-#define BOARD_AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 1758  // Azteeg X5 Mini Wifi (Power outputs: Hotend0, Bed, Fan)
-#define BOARD_BIQU_SKR_V1_1       1759  // BIQU SKR_V1.1 (Power outputs: Hotend0,Hotend1, Fan, Bed)
-#define BOARD_BIQU_B300_V1_0      1760  // BIQU B300_V1.0 (Power outputs: Hotend0, Fan, Bed, SPI Driver)
-#define BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_V1_3    1761  // BIGTREE SKR_V1.3 (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Fan, Bed)
-#define BOARD_AZTEEG_X5_MINI      1762  // Azteeg X5 Mini (Power outputs: Hotend0, Bed, Fan)
-#define BOARD_MKS_SGEN            1763  // MKS-SGen (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed, Fan)
+#define BOARD_RAMPS_14_RE_ARM_EFB     2000  // Re-ARM with RAMPS 1.4 (Power outputs: Hotend, Fan, Bed)
+#define BOARD_RAMPS_14_RE_ARM_EEB     2001  // Re-ARM with RAMPS 1.4 (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed)
+#define BOARD_RAMPS_14_RE_ARM_EFF     2002  // Re-ARM with RAMPS 1.4 (Power outputs: Hotend, Fan0, Fan1)
+#define BOARD_RAMPS_14_RE_ARM_EEF     2003  // Re-ARM with RAMPS 1.4 (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Fan)
+#define BOARD_RAMPS_14_RE_ARM_SF      2004  // Re-ARM with RAMPS 1.4 (Power outputs: Spindle, Controller Fan)
+#define BOARD_MKS_SBASE               2005  // MKS-Sbase (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed, Fan)
+#define BOARD_AZSMZ_MINI              2006  // AZSMZ Mini
+#define BOARD_AZTEEG_X5_GT            2007  // Azteeg X5 GT (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed, Fan)
+#define BOARD_BIQU_BQ111_A4           2008  // BIQU BQ111-A4 (Power outputs: Hotend, Fan, Bed)
+#define BOARD_SELENA_COMPACT          2009  // Selena Compact (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed0, Bed1, Fan0, Fan1)
+#define BOARD_COHESION3D_REMIX        2010  // Cohesion3D ReMix
+#define BOARD_COHESION3D_MINI         2011  // Cohesion3D Mini
+#define BOARD_SMOOTHIEBOARD           2012  // Smoothieboard
+#define BOARD_AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI     2013  // Azteeg X5 Mini Wifi (Power outputs: Hotend0, Bed, Fan)
+#define BOARD_BIQU_SKR_V1_1           2014  // BIQU SKR_V1.1 (Power outputs: Hotend0,Hotend1, Fan, Bed)
+#define BOARD_BIQU_B300_V1_0          2015  // BIQU B300_V1.0 (Power outputs: Hotend0, Fan, Bed, SPI Driver)
+#define BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_V1_3        2016  // BIGTREE SKR_V1.3 (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Fan, Bed)
+#define BOARD_AZTEEG_X5_MINI          2017  // Azteeg X5 Mini (Power outputs: Hotend0, Bed, Fan)
+#define BOARD_MKS_SGEN                2018  // MKS-SGen (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed, Fan)
+#define BOARD_MKS_SGEN_L              2019  // MKS-SGen-L (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed, Fan)
+#define BOARD_TH3D_EZBOARD            2020  // TH3D EZBoard v1.0
 
 //
 // SAM3X8E ARM Cortex M3
 //
 
-#define BOARD_DUE3DOM          1411   // DUE3DOM for Arduino DUE
-#define BOARD_DUE3DOM_MINI     1412   // DUE3DOM MINI for Arduino DUE
-#define BOARD_RADDS            1502   // RADDS
-#define BOARD_RAMPS_FD_V1      1503   // RAMPS-FD v1
-#define BOARD_RAMPS_FD_V2      1504   // RAMPS-FD v2
-#define BOARD_RAMPS_SMART_EFB  1523   // RAMPS-SMART (Power outputs: Hotend, Fan, Bed)
-#define BOARD_RAMPS_SMART_EEB  1524   // RAMPS-SMART (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed)
-#define BOARD_RAMPS_SMART_EFF  1525   // RAMPS-SMART (Power outputs: Hotend, Fan0, Fan1)
-#define BOARD_RAMPS_SMART_EEF  1526   // RAMPS-SMART (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Fan)
-#define BOARD_RAMPS_SMART_SF   1528   // RAMPS-SMART (Power outputs: Spindle, Controller Fan)
-#define BOARD_RAMPS_DUO_EFB    1533   // RAMPS Duo (Power outputs: Hotend, Fan, Bed)
-#define BOARD_RAMPS_DUO_EEB    1534   // RAMPS Duo (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed)
-#define BOARD_RAMPS_DUO_EFF    1535   // RAMPS Duo (Power outputs: Hotend, Fan0, Fan1)
-#define BOARD_RAMPS_DUO_EEF    1536   // RAMPS Duo (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Fan)
-#define BOARD_RAMPS_DUO_SF     1538   // RAMPS Duo (Power outputs: Spindle, Controller Fan)
-#define BOARD_RAMPS4DUE_EFB    1543   // RAMPS4DUE (Power outputs: Hotend, Fan, Bed)
-#define BOARD_RAMPS4DUE_EEB    1544   // RAMPS4DUE (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed)
-#define BOARD_RAMPS4DUE_EFF    1545   // RAMPS4DUE (Power outputs: Hotend, Fan0, Fan1)
-#define BOARD_RAMPS4DUE_EEF    1546   // RAMPS4DUE (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Fan)
-#define BOARD_RAMPS4DUE_SF     1548   // RAMPS4DUE (Power outputs: Spindle, Controller Fan)
-#define BOARD_RURAMPS4D_11     1550   // RuRAMPS4Duo v1.1 (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Hotend2, Fan0, Fan1, Bed)
-#define BOARD_RURAMPS4D_13     1551   // RuRAMPS4Duo v1.3 (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Hotend2, Fan0, Fan1, Bed)
-#define BOARD_ULTRATRONICS_PRO 1560   // ReprapWorld Ultratronics Pro V1.0
-#define BOARD_ARCHIM1          1591   // UltiMachine Archim1 (with DRV8825 drivers)
-#define BOARD_ARCHIM2          1592   // UltiMachine Archim2 (with TMC2130 drivers)
-#define BOARD_ALLIGATOR        1602   // Alligator Board R2
+#define BOARD_DUE3DOM                 3000  // DUE3DOM for Arduino DUE
+#define BOARD_DUE3DOM_MINI            3001  // DUE3DOM MINI for Arduino DUE
+#define BOARD_RADDS                   3002  // RADDS
+#define BOARD_RAMPS_FD_V1             3003  // RAMPS-FD v1
+#define BOARD_RAMPS_FD_V2             3004  // RAMPS-FD v2
+#define BOARD_RAMPS_SMART_EFB         3005  // RAMPS-SMART (Power outputs: Hotend, Fan, Bed)
+#define BOARD_RAMPS_SMART_EEB         3006  // RAMPS-SMART (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed)
+#define BOARD_RAMPS_SMART_EFF         3007  // RAMPS-SMART (Power outputs: Hotend, Fan0, Fan1)
+#define BOARD_RAMPS_SMART_EEF         3008  // RAMPS-SMART (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Fan)
+#define BOARD_RAMPS_SMART_SF          3009  // RAMPS-SMART (Power outputs: Spindle, Controller Fan)
+#define BOARD_RAMPS_DUO_EFB           3010  // RAMPS Duo (Power outputs: Hotend, Fan, Bed)
+#define BOARD_RAMPS_DUO_EEB           3011  // RAMPS Duo (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed)
+#define BOARD_RAMPS_DUO_EFF           3012  // RAMPS Duo (Power outputs: Hotend, Fan0, Fan1)
+#define BOARD_RAMPS_DUO_EEF           3013  // RAMPS Duo (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Fan)
+#define BOARD_RAMPS_DUO_SF            3014  // RAMPS Duo (Power outputs: Spindle, Controller Fan)
+#define BOARD_RAMPS4DUE_EFB           3015  // RAMPS4DUE (Power outputs: Hotend, Fan, Bed)
+#define BOARD_RAMPS4DUE_EEB           3016  // RAMPS4DUE (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed)
+#define BOARD_RAMPS4DUE_EFF           3017  // RAMPS4DUE (Power outputs: Hotend, Fan0, Fan1)
+#define BOARD_RAMPS4DUE_EEF           3018  // RAMPS4DUE (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Fan)
+#define BOARD_RAMPS4DUE_SF            3019  // RAMPS4DUE (Power outputs: Spindle, Controller Fan)
+#define BOARD_RURAMPS4D_11            3020  // RuRAMPS4Duo v1.1 (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Hotend2, Fan0, Fan1, Bed)
+#define BOARD_RURAMPS4D_13            3021  // RuRAMPS4Duo v1.3 (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Hotend2, Fan0, Fan1, Bed)
+#define BOARD_ULTRATRONICS_PRO        3022  // ReprapWorld Ultratronics Pro V1.0
+#define BOARD_ARCHIM1                 3023  // UltiMachine Archim1 (with DRV8825 drivers)
+#define BOARD_ARCHIM2                 3024  // UltiMachine Archim2 (with TMC2130 drivers)
+#define BOARD_ALLIGATOR               3025  // Alligator Board R2
 
 //
 // SAM3X8C ARM Cortex M3
 //
 
-#define BOARD_PRINTRBOARD_G2   1620   // PRINTRBOARD G2
-#define BOARD_ADSK             1610   // Arduino DUE Shield Kit (ADSK)
+#define BOARD_PRINTRBOARD_G2          3100  // PRINTRBOARD G2
+#define BOARD_ADSK                    3101  // Arduino DUE Shield Kit (ADSK)
 
 //
 // STM32 ARM Cortex-M3
 //
 
-#define BOARD_STM32F1R         1800   // STM32R Libmaple based STM32F1 controller
-#define BOARD_MALYAN_M200      1801   // STM32C8T6 Libmaple based stm32f1 controller
-#define BOARD_STM3R_MINI       1803   // STM32 Libmaple based stm32f1 controller
-#define BOARD_GTM32_PRO_VB     1805   // STM32f103VET6 controller
-#define BOARD_MORPHEUS         1806   // STM32F103C8/STM32F103CB Libmaple based stm32f1 controller
-#define BOARD_MKS_ROBIN        1808   // MKS Robin / STM32F103ZET6
+#define BOARD_STM32F1R                4000  // STM32R    Libmaple-based STM32F1 controller
+#define BOARD_MALYAN_M200             4001  // STM32C8T6 Libmaple-based STM32F1 controller
+#define BOARD_STM3R_MINI              4002  // STM32     Libmaple-based STM32F1 controller
+#define BOARD_GTM32_PRO_VB            4003  // STM32F103VET6 controller
+#define BOARD_MORPHEUS                4004  // STM32F103C8 / STM32F103CB  Libmaple-based STM32F1 controller
+#define BOARD_MKS_ROBIN               4005  // MKS Robin (STM32F103ZET6)
+#define BOARD_MKS_ROBIN_MINI          4006  // MKS Robin Mini (STM32F103VET6)
+#define BOARD_MKS_ROBIN_NANO          4007  // MKS Robin Nano (STM32F103VET6)
+#define BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_V1_1   4008  // BigTreeTech SKR Mini v1.1 (STM32F103RC)
+#define BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_E3     4009  // BigTreeTech SKR Mini E3 (STM32F103RC)
+#define BOARD_JGAURORA_A5S_A1         4010  // JGAurora A5S A1 (STM32F103ZET6)
+#define BOARD_FYSETC_AIO_II           4011  // FYSETC AIO_II
+#define BOARD_FYSETC_CHEETAH          4012  // FYSETC CHEETAH
 
 //
 // STM32 ARM Cortex-M4F
 //
 
-#define BOARD_TEENSY31_32      1552   // Teensy3.1 and Teensy3.2
-#define BOARD_TEENSY35_36       841   // Teensy3.5 and Teensy3.6
-#define BOARD_BEAST            1802   // STM32FxxxVxT6 Libmaple based stm32f4 controller
-#define BOARD_STM32F4          1804   // STM32 STM32GENERIC based STM32F4 controller
-#define BOARD_ARMED            1807   // Arm'ed STM32F4 based controller
-#define BOARD_RUMBA32          1809   // RUMBA32 STM32F4 based controller
-#define BOARD_BLACK_STM32F407VE 1810  // BLACK_STM32F407VE
-#define BOARD_BLACK_STM32F407ZE 1811  // BLACK_STM32F407ZE
-#define BOARD_STEVAL           1866   // STEVAL-3DP001V1 3D PRINTER BOARD
+#define BOARD_TEENSY31_32             4100  // Teensy3.1 and Teensy3.2
+#define BOARD_TEENSY35_36             4101  // Teensy3.5 and Teensy3.6
+#define BOARD_BEAST                   4102  // STM32F4xxVxT6 Libmaple-based STM32F4 controller
+#define BOARD_STM32F4                 4103  // STM32 STM32GENERIC-based STM32F4 controller
+#define BOARD_ARMED                   4104  // Arm'ed STM32F4-based controller
+#define BOARD_RUMBA32                 4105  // RUMBA32 STM32F4-based controller
+#define BOARD_BLACK_STM32F407VE       4106  // BLACK_STM32F407VE
+#define BOARD_BLACK_STM32F407ZE       4107  // BLACK_STM32F407ZE
+#define BOARD_STEVAL                  4108  // STEVAL-3DP001V1 3D PRINTER BOARD
 
 //
 // ARM Cortex M7
 //
 
-#define BOARD_THE_BORG         1860   // THE-BORG (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed, Fan)
-#define BOARD_REMRAM_V1        1862   // RemRam v1
+#define BOARD_THE_BORG                5000  // THE-BORG (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed, Fan)
+#define BOARD_REMRAM_V1               5001  // RemRam v1
 
 //
 // Espressif ESP32 WiFi
 //
-#define BOARD_ESP32            1900
+#define BOARD_ESP32                   6000
 
 //
 // Simulations
 //
 
-#define BOARD_LINUX_RAMPS      2000
+#define BOARD_LINUX_RAMPS             9999
 
 #define MB(board) (defined(BOARD_##board) && MOTHERBOARD==BOARD_##board)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/core/debug_out.h b/Marlin/src/core/debug_out.h
index c43c928a29..7eb93a7020 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/core/debug_out.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/core/debug_out.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 //
 // Serial aliases for debugging.
diff --git a/Marlin/src/core/drivers.h b/Marlin/src/core/drivers.h
index a686ea584f..a6e480c141 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/core/drivers.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/core/drivers.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -37,6 +37,8 @@
 #define _TMC2160_STANDALONE 2161
 #define _TMC2208            2208
 #define _TMC2208_STANDALONE 0x00A
+#define _TMC2209            2209
+#define _TMC2209_STANDALONE 0x00D
 #define _TMC26X             0x10B
 #define _TMC26X_STANDALONE  0x00B
 #define _TMC2660            2660
@@ -46,8 +48,8 @@
 #define _TMC5160            5160
 #define _TMC5160_STANDALONE 5161
 
-#define _ACTUAL(V) _CAT(_, V)
-#define _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,T) (defined(A##_DRIVER_TYPE) && _ACTUAL(A##_DRIVER_TYPE) == _CAT(_, T))
+#define _DRIVER_ID(V) _CAT(_, V)
+#define _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,T) (_DRIVER_ID(A##_DRIVER_TYPE) == _CAT(_, T))
 
 #define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(T) _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(X,T)
 #define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(T) _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(Y,T)
@@ -77,6 +79,7 @@
 #define HAS_TRINAMIC (    HAS_DRIVER(TMC2130) \
                        || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2160) \
                        || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208) \
+                       || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2209) \
                        || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2660) \
                        || HAS_DRIVER(TMC5130) \
                        || HAS_DRIVER(TMC5160) )
@@ -84,6 +87,7 @@
 #define AXIS_IS_TMC(A)   (    AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2130) \
                            || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2160) \
                            || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2208) \
+                           || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2209) \
                            || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2660) \
                            || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC5130) \
                            || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC5160) )
@@ -96,8 +100,12 @@
                            || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC5130) \
                            || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC5160) )
 
+#define AXIS_HAS_UART(A) (    AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2208) \
+                           || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2209) )
+
 #define AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(A)   (    AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2130) \
                                    || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2160) \
+                                   || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2209) \
                                    || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2660) \
                                    || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC5130) \
                                    || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC5160) )
@@ -105,5 +113,15 @@
 #define AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(A)  (    AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2130) \
                                    || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2160) \
                                    || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2208) \
+                                   || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2209) \
                                    || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC5130) \
                                    || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC5160) )
+
+//
+// Stretching 'drivers.h' to include LPC SD options
+//
+#define _SDCARD_LCD          1
+#define _SDCARD_ONBOARD      2
+#define _SDCARD_CUSTOM_CABLE 3
+#define _SDCARD_ID(V) _CAT(_SDCARD_, V)
+#define SD_CONNECTION_IS(V) (_SDCARD_ID(SDCARD_CONNECTION) == _SDCARD_ID(V))
diff --git a/Marlin/src/core/enum.h b/Marlin/src/core/enum.h
index f2e0fe063b..a6a3f57888 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/core/enum.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/core/enum.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/core/language.h b/Marlin/src/core/language.h
index a8d214fba2..c291b0549a 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/core/language.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/core/language.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/core/macros.h b/Marlin/src/core/macros.h
index 3805c216fe..0f2609f459 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/core/macros.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/core/macros.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -56,7 +56,13 @@
 #define NANOSECONDS_PER_CYCLE (1000000000.0 / F_CPU)
 
 // Remove compiler warning on an unused variable
-#define UNUSED(X) (void)X
+#ifndef UNUSED
+  #if defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32) && !defined(STM32GENERIC)
+    #define UNUSED(X) (void)X
+  #else
+    #define UNUSED(x) ((void)(x))
+  #endif
+#endif
 
 // Macros to make a string from a macro
 #define STRINGIFY_(M) #M
@@ -78,10 +84,6 @@
 #define SBI32(n,b) (n |= _BV32(b))
 #define CBI32(n,b) (n &= ~_BV32(b))
 
-// Macros for maths shortcuts
-#undef M_PI
-#define M_PI 3.14159265358979323846f
-
 #define RADIANS(d) ((d)*float(M_PI)/180.0f)
 #define DEGREES(r) ((r)*180.0f/float(M_PI))
 #define HYPOT2(x,y) (sq(x)+sq(y))
diff --git a/Marlin/src/core/millis_t.h b/Marlin/src/core/millis_t.h
index b2afeb83f0..7ff231f827 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/core/millis_t.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/core/millis_t.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/core/minmax.h b/Marlin/src/core/minmax.h
index 0f29443adc..042119a7e1 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/core/minmax.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/core/minmax.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 #undef MIN
 #undef MAX
diff --git a/Marlin/src/core/serial.cpp b/Marlin/src/core/serial.cpp
index 5db5cc4f8e..84b64b8b62 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/core/serial.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/core/serial.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/core/serial.h b/Marlin/src/core/serial.h
index 83543cd788..e466966698 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/core/serial.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/core/serial.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -53,14 +53,14 @@ extern uint8_t marlin_debug_flags;
   extern int8_t serial_port_index;
   #define _PORT_REDIRECT(n,p)   REMEMBER(n,serial_port_index,p)
   #define _PORT_RESTORE(n)      RESTORE(n)
-  #define SERIAL_OUT(WHAT, ...) do{ \
-    if (!serial_port_index || serial_port_index == SERIAL_BOTH) (void)MYSERIAL0.WHAT(__VA_ARGS__); \
-    if ( serial_port_index) (void)MYSERIAL1.WHAT(__VA_ARGS__); \
+  #define SERIAL_OUT(WHAT, V...) do{ \
+    if (!serial_port_index || serial_port_index == SERIAL_BOTH) (void)MYSERIAL0.WHAT(V); \
+    if ( serial_port_index) (void)MYSERIAL1.WHAT(V); \
   }while(0)
 #else
   #define _PORT_REDIRECT(n,p)   NOOP
   #define _PORT_RESTORE(n)      NOOP
-  #define SERIAL_OUT(WHAT, ...) (void)MYSERIAL0.WHAT(__VA_ARGS__)
+  #define SERIAL_OUT(WHAT, V...) (void)MYSERIAL0.WHAT(V)
 #endif
 
 #define PORT_REDIRECT(p)        _PORT_REDIRECT(1,p)
@@ -68,11 +68,11 @@ extern uint8_t marlin_debug_flags;
 
 #define SERIAL_CHAR(x)          SERIAL_OUT(write, x)
 #define SERIAL_ECHO(x)          SERIAL_OUT(print, x)
-#define SERIAL_ECHO_F(...)      SERIAL_OUT(print, __VA_ARGS__)
+#define SERIAL_ECHO_F(V...)      SERIAL_OUT(print, V)
 #define SERIAL_ECHOLN(x)        SERIAL_OUT(println, x)
 #define SERIAL_PRINT(x,b)       SERIAL_OUT(print, x, b)
 #define SERIAL_PRINTLN(x,b)     SERIAL_OUT(println, x, b)
-#define SERIAL_PRINTF(...)      SERIAL_OUT(printf, __VA_ARGS__)
+#define SERIAL_PRINTF(V...)      SERIAL_OUT(printf, V)
 #define SERIAL_FLUSH()          SERIAL_OUT(flush)
 
 #if TX_BUFFER_SIZE > 0
@@ -82,70 +82,70 @@ extern uint8_t marlin_debug_flags;
 #endif
 
 // Print up to 12 pairs of values
-#define __SEP_N(N,...)      _SEP_##N(__VA_ARGS__)
-#define _SEP_N(N,...)       __SEP_N(N,__VA_ARGS__)
-#define _SEP_1(PRE)         SERIAL_ECHOPGM(PRE)
-#define _SEP_2(PRE,V)       serial_echopair_PGM(PSTR(PRE),V)
-#define _SEP_3(a,b,c)       do{ _SEP_2(a,b); SERIAL_ECHOPGM(c); }while(0)
-#define _SEP_4(a,b,...)     do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SEP_2(__VA_ARGS__); }while(0)
-#define _SEP_5(a,b,...)     do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SEP_3(__VA_ARGS__); }while(0)
-#define _SEP_6(a,b,...)     do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SEP_4(__VA_ARGS__); }while(0)
-#define _SEP_7(a,b,...)     do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SEP_5(__VA_ARGS__); }while(0)
-#define _SEP_8(a,b,...)     do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SEP_6(__VA_ARGS__); }while(0)
-#define _SEP_9(a,b,...)     do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SEP_7(__VA_ARGS__); }while(0)
-#define _SEP_10(a,b,...)    do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SEP_8(__VA_ARGS__); }while(0)
-#define _SEP_11(a,b,...)    do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SEP_9(__VA_ARGS__); }while(0)
-#define _SEP_12(a,b,...)    do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SEP_10(__VA_ARGS__); }while(0)
-#define _SEP_13(a,b,...)    do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SEP_11(__VA_ARGS__); }while(0)
-#define _SEP_14(a,b,...)    do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SEP_12(__VA_ARGS__); }while(0)
-#define _SEP_15(a,b,...)    do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SEP_13(__VA_ARGS__); }while(0)
-#define _SEP_16(a,b,...)    do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SEP_14(__VA_ARGS__); }while(0)
-#define _SEP_17(a,b,...)    do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SEP_15(__VA_ARGS__); }while(0)
-#define _SEP_18(a,b,...)    do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SEP_16(__VA_ARGS__); }while(0)
-#define _SEP_19(a,b,...)    do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SEP_17(__VA_ARGS__); }while(0)
-#define _SEP_20(a,b,...)    do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SEP_18(__VA_ARGS__); }while(0)
-#define _SEP_21(a,b,...)    do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SEP_19(__VA_ARGS__); }while(0)
-#define _SEP_22(a,b,...)    do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SEP_20(__VA_ARGS__); }while(0)
-#define _SEP_23(a,b,...)    do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SEP_21(__VA_ARGS__); }while(0)
-#define _SEP_24(a,b,...)    do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SEP_22(__VA_ARGS__); }while(0)
+#define __SEP_N(N,V...)   _SEP_##N(V)
+#define _SEP_N(N,V...)    __SEP_N(N,V)
+#define _SEP_1(PRE)       SERIAL_ECHOPGM(PRE)
+#define _SEP_2(PRE,V)     serial_echopair_PGM(PSTR(PRE),V)
+#define _SEP_3(a,b,c)     do{ _SEP_2(a,b); SERIAL_ECHOPGM(c); }while(0)
+#define _SEP_4(a,b,V...)  do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SEP_2(V); }while(0)
+#define _SEP_5(a,b,V...)  do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SEP_3(V); }while(0)
+#define _SEP_6(a,b,V...)  do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SEP_4(V); }while(0)
+#define _SEP_7(a,b,V...)  do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SEP_5(V); }while(0)
+#define _SEP_8(a,b,V...)  do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SEP_6(V); }while(0)
+#define _SEP_9(a,b,V...)  do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SEP_7(V); }while(0)
+#define _SEP_10(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SEP_8(V); }while(0)
+#define _SEP_11(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SEP_9(V); }while(0)
+#define _SEP_12(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SEP_10(V); }while(0)
+#define _SEP_13(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SEP_11(V); }while(0)
+#define _SEP_14(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SEP_12(V); }while(0)
+#define _SEP_15(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SEP_13(V); }while(0)
+#define _SEP_16(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SEP_14(V); }while(0)
+#define _SEP_17(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SEP_15(V); }while(0)
+#define _SEP_18(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SEP_16(V); }while(0)
+#define _SEP_19(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SEP_17(V); }while(0)
+#define _SEP_20(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SEP_18(V); }while(0)
+#define _SEP_21(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SEP_19(V); }while(0)
+#define _SEP_22(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SEP_20(V); }while(0)
+#define _SEP_23(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SEP_21(V); }while(0)
+#define _SEP_24(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SEP_22(V); }while(0)
 
-#define SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(...) _SEP_N(NUM_ARGS(__VA_ARGS__),__VA_ARGS__)
+#define SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(V...) _SEP_N(NUM_ARGS(V),V)
 
 // Print up to 12 pairs of values followed by newline
-#define __SELP_N(N,...)   _SELP_##N(__VA_ARGS__)
-#define _SELP_N(N,...)    __SELP_N(N,__VA_ARGS__)
-#define _SELP_1(PRE)      SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(PRE)
-#define _SELP_2(PRE,V)    do{ serial_echopair_PGM(PSTR(PRE),V); SERIAL_EOL(); }while(0)
-#define _SELP_3(a,b,c)    do{ _SEP_2(a,b); SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(c); }while(0)
-#define _SELP_4(a,b,...)  do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_2(__VA_ARGS__); }while(0)
-#define _SELP_5(a,b,...)  do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_3(__VA_ARGS__); }while(0)
-#define _SELP_6(a,b,...)  do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_4(__VA_ARGS__); }while(0)
-#define _SELP_7(a,b,...)  do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_5(__VA_ARGS__); }while(0)
-#define _SELP_8(a,b,...)  do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_6(__VA_ARGS__); }while(0)
-#define _SELP_9(a,b,...)  do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_7(__VA_ARGS__); }while(0)
-#define _SELP_10(a,b,...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_8(__VA_ARGS__); }while(0)
-#define _SELP_11(a,b,...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_9(__VA_ARGS__); }while(0)
-#define _SELP_12(a,b,...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_10(__VA_ARGS__); }while(0)
-#define _SELP_13(a,b,...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_11(__VA_ARGS__); }while(0)
-#define _SELP_14(a,b,...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_12(__VA_ARGS__); }while(0)
-#define _SELP_15(a,b,...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_13(__VA_ARGS__); }while(0)
-#define _SELP_16(a,b,...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_14(__VA_ARGS__); }while(0)
-#define _SELP_17(a,b,...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_15(__VA_ARGS__); }while(0)
-#define _SELP_18(a,b,...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_16(__VA_ARGS__); }while(0)
-#define _SELP_19(a,b,...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_17(__VA_ARGS__); }while(0)
-#define _SELP_20(a,b,...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_18(__VA_ARGS__); }while(0)
-#define _SELP_21(a,b,...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_19(__VA_ARGS__); }while(0)
-#define _SELP_22(a,b,...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_20(__VA_ARGS__); }while(0)
-#define _SELP_23(a,b,...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_21(__VA_ARGS__); }while(0)
-#define _SELP_24(a,b,...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_22(__VA_ARGS__); }while(0)
+#define __SELP_N(N,V...)   _SELP_##N(V)
+#define _SELP_N(N,V...)    __SELP_N(N,V)
+#define _SELP_1(PRE)       SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(PRE)
+#define _SELP_2(PRE,V)     do{ serial_echopair_PGM(PSTR(PRE),V); SERIAL_EOL(); }while(0)
+#define _SELP_3(a,b,c)     do{ _SEP_2(a,b); SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(c); }while(0)
+#define _SELP_4(a,b,V...)  do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_2(V); }while(0)
+#define _SELP_5(a,b,V...)  do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_3(V); }while(0)
+#define _SELP_6(a,b,V...)  do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_4(V); }while(0)
+#define _SELP_7(a,b,V...)  do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_5(V); }while(0)
+#define _SELP_8(a,b,V...)  do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_6(V); }while(0)
+#define _SELP_9(a,b,V...)  do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_7(V); }while(0)
+#define _SELP_10(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_8(V); }while(0)
+#define _SELP_11(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_9(V); }while(0)
+#define _SELP_12(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_10(V); }while(0)
+#define _SELP_13(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_11(V); }while(0)
+#define _SELP_14(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_12(V); }while(0)
+#define _SELP_15(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_13(V); }while(0)
+#define _SELP_16(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_14(V); }while(0)
+#define _SELP_17(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_15(V); }while(0)
+#define _SELP_18(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_16(V); }while(0)
+#define _SELP_19(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_17(V); }while(0)
+#define _SELP_20(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_18(V); }while(0)
+#define _SELP_21(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_19(V); }while(0)
+#define _SELP_22(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_20(V); }while(0)
+#define _SELP_23(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_21(V); }while(0)
+#define _SELP_24(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_22(V); }while(0)
 
-#define SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(...) _SELP_N(NUM_ARGS(__VA_ARGS__),__VA_ARGS__)
+#define SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(V...) _SELP_N(NUM_ARGS(V),V)
 
 #define SERIAL_ECHOPGM(S)           (serialprintPGM(PSTR(S)))
 #define SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(S)         (serialprintPGM(PSTR(S "\n")))
 
-#define SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_F(pre, ...) do{ SERIAL_ECHO(pre); SERIAL_ECHO_F(__VA_ARGS__); }while(0)
-#define SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F(...)    do{ SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_F(__VA_ARGS__); SERIAL_EOL(); }while(0)
+#define SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_F(pre, V...) do{ SERIAL_ECHO(pre); SERIAL_ECHO_F(V); }while(0)
+#define SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F(V...)    do{ SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_F(V); SERIAL_EOL(); }while(0)
 
 #define SERIAL_ECHO_START()         serial_echo_start()
 #define SERIAL_ERROR_START()        serial_error_start()
@@ -185,4 +185,4 @@ void print_bin(const uint16_t val);
 void print_xyz(PGM_P const prefix, PGM_P const suffix, const float x, const float y, const float z);
 void print_xyz(PGM_P const prefix, PGM_P const suffix, const float xyz[]);
 #define SERIAL_POS(SUFFIX,VAR) do { print_xyz(PSTR("  " STRINGIFY(VAR) "="), PSTR(" : " SUFFIX "\n"), VAR); } while(0)
-#define SERIAL_XYZ(PREFIX,...) do { print_xyz(PSTR(PREFIX), nullptr, __VA_ARGS__); } while(0)
+#define SERIAL_XYZ(PREFIX,V...) do { print_xyz(PSTR(PREFIX), nullptr, V); } while(0)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/core/utility.cpp b/Marlin/src/core/utility.cpp
index 0bc029cece..089cf528d6 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/core/utility.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/core/utility.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -35,293 +35,13 @@ void safe_delay(millis_t ms) {
   thermalManager.manage_heater(); // This keeps us safe if too many small safe_delay() calls are made
 }
 
-#if EITHER(EEPROM_SETTINGS, SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
-
-  void crc16(uint16_t *crc, const void * const data, uint16_t cnt) {
-    uint8_t *ptr = (uint8_t *)data;
-    while (cnt--) {
-      *crc = (uint16_t)(*crc ^ (uint16_t)(((uint16_t)*ptr++) << 8));
-      for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 8; i++)
-        *crc = (uint16_t)((*crc & 0x8000) ? ((uint16_t)(*crc << 1) ^ 0x1021) : (*crc << 1));
-    }
-  }
-
-#endif // EEPROM_SETTINGS || SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
-
-#if ANY(ULTRA_LCD, DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-
-  char conv[8] = { 0 };
-
-  #define DIGIT(n) ('0' + (n))
-  #define DIGIMOD(n, f) DIGIT((n)/(f) % 10)
-  #define RJDIGIT(n, f) ((n) >= (f) ? DIGIMOD(n, f) : ' ')
-  #define MINUSOR(n, alt) (n >= 0 ? (alt) : (n = -n, '-'))
-
-  // Convert a full-range unsigned 8bit int to a percentage
-  char* ui8tostr4pct(const uint8_t i) {
-    const uint8_t n = ui8_to_percent(i);
-    conv[3] = RJDIGIT(n, 100);
-    conv[4] = RJDIGIT(n, 10);
-    conv[5] = DIGIMOD(n, 1);
-    conv[6] = '%';
-    return &conv[3];
-  }
-
-  // Convert unsigned 8bit int to string 123 format
-  char* ui8tostr3(const uint8_t i) {
-    conv[4] = RJDIGIT(i, 100);
-    conv[5] = RJDIGIT(i, 10);
-    conv[6] = DIGIMOD(i, 1);
-    return &conv[4];
-  }
-
-  // Convert signed 8bit int to rj string with 123 or -12 format
-  char* i8tostr3(const int8_t x) {
-    int xx = x;
-    conv[4] = MINUSOR(xx, RJDIGIT(xx, 100));
-    conv[5] = RJDIGIT(xx, 10);
-    conv[6] = DIGIMOD(xx, 1);
-    return &conv[4];
-  }
-
-  // Convert unsigned 16bit int to string 123 format
-  char* ui16tostr3(const uint16_t xx) {
-    conv[4] = RJDIGIT(xx, 100);
-    conv[5] = RJDIGIT(xx, 10);
-    conv[6] = DIGIMOD(xx, 1);
-    return &conv[4];
-  }
-
-  // Convert unsigned 16bit int to string 1234 format
-  char* ui16tostr4(const uint16_t xx) {
-    conv[3] = RJDIGIT(xx, 1000);
-    conv[4] = RJDIGIT(xx, 100);
-    conv[5] = RJDIGIT(xx, 10);
-    conv[6] = DIGIMOD(xx, 1);
-    return &conv[3];
-  }
-
-  // Convert signed 16bit int to rj string with 123 or -12 format
-  char* i16tostr3(const int16_t x) {
-    int xx = x;
-    conv[4] = MINUSOR(xx, RJDIGIT(xx, 100));
-    conv[5] = RJDIGIT(xx, 10);
-    conv[6] = DIGIMOD(xx, 1);
-    return &conv[4];
-  }
-
-  // Convert unsigned 16bit int to lj string with 123 format
-  char* i16tostr3left(const int16_t i) {
-    char *str = &conv[6];
-    *str = DIGIMOD(i, 1);
-    if (i >= 10) {
-      *(--str) = DIGIMOD(i, 10);
-      if (i >= 100)
-        *(--str) = DIGIMOD(i, 100);
-    }
-    return str;
-  }
-
-  // Convert signed 16bit int to rj string with 1234, _123, -123, _-12, or __-1 format
-  char* i16tostr4sign(const int16_t i) {
-    const bool neg = i < 0;
-    const int ii = neg ? -i : i;
-    if (i >= 1000) {
-      conv[3] = DIGIMOD(ii, 1000);
-      conv[4] = DIGIMOD(ii, 100);
-      conv[5] = DIGIMOD(ii, 10);
-    }
-    else if (ii >= 100) {
-      conv[3] = neg ? '-' : ' ';
-      conv[4] = DIGIMOD(ii, 100);
-      conv[5] = DIGIMOD(ii, 10);
-    }
-    else {
-      conv[3] = ' ';
-      conv[4] = ' ';
-      if (ii >= 10) {
-        conv[4] = neg ? '-' : ' ';
-        conv[5] = DIGIMOD(ii, 10);
-      }
-      else {
-        conv[5] = neg ? '-' : ' ';
-      }
-    }
-    conv[6] = DIGIMOD(ii, 1);
-    return &conv[3];
-  }
-
-  // Convert unsigned float to string with 1.23 format
-  char* ftostr12ns(const float &f) {
-    const long i = ((f < 0 ? -f : f) * 1000 + 5) / 10;
-    conv[3] = DIGIMOD(i, 100);
-    conv[4] = '.';
-    conv[5] = DIGIMOD(i, 10);
-    conv[6] = DIGIMOD(i, 1);
-    return &conv[3];
-  }
-
-  // Convert signed float to fixed-length string with 12.34 / -2.34 format or 123.45 / -23.45 format
-  char* ftostr42_52(const float &f) {
-    if (f <= -10 || f >= 100) return ftostr52(f); // need more digits
-    long i = (f * 1000 + (f < 0 ? -5: 5)) / 10;
-    conv[2] = (f >= 0 && f < 10) ? ' ' : MINUSOR(i, DIGIMOD(i, 1000));
-    conv[3] = DIGIMOD(i, 100);
-    conv[4] = '.';
-    conv[5] = DIGIMOD(i, 10);
-    conv[6] = DIGIMOD(i, 1);
-    return &conv[2];
-  }
-
-  // Convert signed float to fixed-length string with 023.45 / -23.45 format
-  char* ftostr52(const float &f) {
-    long i = (f * 1000 + (f < 0 ? -5: 5)) / 10;
-    conv[1] = MINUSOR(i, DIGIMOD(i, 10000));
-    conv[2] = DIGIMOD(i, 1000);
-    conv[3] = DIGIMOD(i, 100);
-    conv[4] = '.';
-    conv[5] = DIGIMOD(i, 10);
-    conv[6] = DIGIMOD(i, 1);
-    return &conv[1];
-  }
-
-  #if ENABLED(LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY)
-
-    // Convert float to rj string with 1234, _123, -123, _-12, 12.3, _1.2, or -1.2 format
-    char* ftostr4sign(const float &f) {
-      const int i = (f * 100 + (f < 0 ? -5: 5)) / 10;
-      if (!WITHIN(i, -99, 999)) return i16tostr4sign((int)f);
-      const bool neg = i < 0;
-      const int ii = neg ? -i : i;
-      conv[3] = neg ? '-' : (ii >= 100 ? DIGIMOD(ii, 100) : ' ');
-      conv[4] = DIGIMOD(ii, 10);
-      conv[5] = '.';
-      conv[6] = DIGIMOD(ii, 1);
-      return &conv[3];
-    }
-
-  #endif // LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
-
-  // Convert float to fixed-length string with +123.4 / -123.4 format
-  char* ftostr41sign(const float &f) {
-    int i = (f * 100 + (f < 0 ? -5: 5)) / 10;
-    conv[1] = MINUSOR(i, '+');
-    conv[2] = DIGIMOD(i, 1000);
-    conv[3] = DIGIMOD(i, 100);
-    conv[4] = DIGIMOD(i, 10);
-    conv[5] = '.';
-    conv[6] = DIGIMOD(i, 1);
-    return &conv[1];
-  }
-
-  // Convert signed float to string (6 digit) with -1.234 / _0.000 / +1.234 format
-  char* ftostr43sign(const float &f, char plus/*=' '*/) {
-    long i = (f * 10000 + (f < 0 ? -5: 5)) / 10;
-    conv[1] = i ? MINUSOR(i, plus) : ' ';
-    conv[2] = DIGIMOD(i, 1000);
-    conv[3] = '.';
-    conv[4] = DIGIMOD(i, 100);
-    conv[5] = DIGIMOD(i, 10);
-    conv[6] = DIGIMOD(i, 1);
-    return &conv[1];
-  }
-
-  // Convert signed float to string (5 digit) with -1.2345 / _0.0000 / +1.2345 format
-  char* ftostr54sign(const float &f, char plus/*=' '*/) {
-    long i = (f * 100000 + (f < 0 ? -5: 5)) / 10;
-    conv[0] = i ? MINUSOR(i, plus) : ' ';
-    conv[1] = DIGIMOD(i, 10000);
-    conv[2] = '.';
-    conv[3] = DIGIMOD(i, 1000);
-    conv[4] = DIGIMOD(i, 100);
-    conv[5] = DIGIMOD(i, 10);
-    conv[6] = DIGIMOD(i, 1);
-    return &conv[0];
-  }
-
-  // Convert unsigned float to rj string with 12345 format
-  char* ftostr5rj(const float &f) {
-    const long i = ((f < 0 ? -f : f) * 10 + 5) / 10;
-    conv[2] = RJDIGIT(i, 10000);
-    conv[3] = RJDIGIT(i, 1000);
-    conv[4] = RJDIGIT(i, 100);
-    conv[5] = RJDIGIT(i, 10);
-    conv[6] = DIGIMOD(i, 1);
-    return &conv[2];
-  }
-
-  // Convert signed float to string with +1234.5 format
-  char* ftostr51sign(const float &f) {
-    long i = (f * 100 + (f < 0 ? -5: 5)) / 10;
-    conv[0] = MINUSOR(i, '+');
-    conv[1] = DIGIMOD(i, 10000);
-    conv[2] = DIGIMOD(i, 1000);
-    conv[3] = DIGIMOD(i, 100);
-    conv[4] = DIGIMOD(i, 10);
-    conv[5] = '.';
-    conv[6] = DIGIMOD(i, 1);
-    return conv;
-  }
-
-  // Convert signed float to string with +123.45 format
-  char* ftostr52sign(const float &f) {
-    long i = (f * 1000 + (f < 0 ? -5: 5)) / 10;
-    conv[0] = MINUSOR(i, '+');
-    conv[1] = DIGIMOD(i, 10000);
-    conv[2] = DIGIMOD(i, 1000);
-    conv[3] = DIGIMOD(i, 100);
-    conv[4] = '.';
-    conv[5] = DIGIMOD(i, 10);
-    conv[6] = DIGIMOD(i, 1);
-    return conv;
-  }
-
-  // Convert unsigned float to string with 1234.5 format omitting trailing zeros
-  char* ftostr51rj(const float &f) {
-    const long i = ((f < 0 ? -f : f) * 100 + 5) / 10;
-    conv[0] = ' ';
-    conv[1] = RJDIGIT(i, 10000);
-    conv[2] = RJDIGIT(i, 1000);
-    conv[3] = RJDIGIT(i, 100);
-    conv[4] = DIGIMOD(i, 10);
-    conv[5] = '.';
-    conv[6] = DIGIMOD(i, 1);
-    return conv;
-  }
-
-  // Convert signed float to space-padded string with -_23.4_ format
-  char* ftostr52sp(const float &f) {
-    long i = (f * 1000 + (f < 0 ? -5: 5)) / 10;
-    uint8_t dig;
-    conv[0] = MINUSOR(i, ' ');
-    conv[1] = RJDIGIT(i, 10000);
-    conv[2] = RJDIGIT(i, 1000);
-    conv[3] = DIGIMOD(i, 100);
-
-    if ((dig = i % 10)) {          // second digit after decimal point?
-      conv[4] = '.';
-      conv[5] = DIGIMOD(i, 10);
-      conv[6] = DIGIT(dig);
-    }
-    else {
-      if ((dig = (i / 10) % 10)) { // first digit after decimal point?
-        conv[4] = '.';
-        conv[5] = DIGIT(dig);
-      }
-      else                          // nothing after decimal point
-        conv[4] = conv[5] = ' ';
-      conv[6] = ' ';
-    }
-    return conv;
-  }
-
-#endif // ULTRA_LCD
-
 #if ENABLED(DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE)
 
   #include "../module/probe.h"
   #include "../module/motion.h"
   #include "../module/stepper.h"
+  #include "../module/stepper.h"
+  #include "../libs/numtostr.h"
   #include "../feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.h"
 
   void log_machine_info() {
@@ -346,10 +66,14 @@ void safe_delay(millis_t ms) {
         "BLTOUCH"
       #elif HAS_Z_SERVO_PROBE
         "SERVO PROBE"
+      #elif ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+        "TOUCH_MI_PROBE"
       #elif ENABLED(Z_PROBE_SLED)
         "Z_PROBE_SLED"
       #elif ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY)
         "Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY"
+      #elif ENABLED(SOLENOID_PROBE)
+        "SOLENOID_PROBE"
       #else
         "NONE"
       #endif
diff --git a/Marlin/src/core/utility.h b/Marlin/src/core/utility.h
index 8cfb43109f..63597fd413 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/core/utility.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/core/utility.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -37,93 +37,10 @@ inline void serial_delay(const millis_t ms) {
   #endif
 }
 
-#if EITHER(EEPROM_SETTINGS, SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
-  void crc16(uint16_t *crc, const void * const data, uint16_t cnt);
-#endif
-
-#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL, G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
-  /**
-   * These support functions allow the use of large bit arrays of flags that take very
-   * little RAM. Currently they are limited to being 16x16 in size. Changing the declaration
-   * to unsigned long will allow us to go to 32x32 if higher resolution Mesh's are needed
-   * in the future.
-   */
-  FORCE_INLINE void bitmap_clear(uint16_t bits[16], const uint8_t x, const uint8_t y)  { CBI(bits[y], x); }
-  FORCE_INLINE void bitmap_set(uint16_t bits[16], const uint8_t x, const uint8_t y)    { SBI(bits[y], x); }
-  FORCE_INLINE bool is_bitmap_set(uint16_t bits[16], const uint8_t x, const uint8_t y) { return TEST(bits[y], x); }
-#endif
-
-#if ANY(ULTRA_LCD, DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-
-  // Convert a full-range unsigned 8bit int to a percentage
-  char* ui8tostr4pct(const uint8_t i);
-
-  // Convert uint8_t to string with 123 format
-  char* ui8tostr3(const uint8_t x);
-
-  // Convert int8_t to string with 123 format
-  char* i8tostr3(const int8_t x);
-
-  // Convert uint16_t to string with 123 format
-  char* ui16tostr3(const uint16_t x);
-
-  // Convert uint16_t to string with 1234 format
-  char* ui16tostr4(const uint16_t x);
-
-  // Convert int16_t to string with 123 format
-  char* i16tostr3(const int16_t x);
-
-  // Convert unsigned int to lj string with 123 format
-  char* i16tostr3left(const int16_t xx);
-
-  // Convert signed int to rj string with _123, -123, _-12, or __-1 format
-  char* i16tostr4sign(const int16_t x);
-
-  // Convert unsigned float to string with 1.23 format
-  char* ftostr12ns(const float &x);
-
-  // Convert signed float to fixed-length string with 12.34 / -2.34 or 023.45 / -23.45 format
-  char* ftostr42_52(const float &x);
-
-  // Convert signed float to fixed-length string with 023.45 / -23.45 format
-  char* ftostr52(const float &x);
-
-  // Convert float to fixed-length string with +123.4 / -123.4 format
-  char* ftostr41sign(const float &x);
-
-  // Convert signed float to string (6 digit) with -1.234 / _0.000 / +1.234 format
-  char* ftostr43sign(const float &x, char plus=' ');
-
-  // Convert signed float to string (5 digit) with -1.2345 / _0.0000 / +1.2345 format
-  char* ftostr54sign(const float &x, char plus=' ');
-
-  // Convert unsigned float to rj string with 12345 format
-  char* ftostr5rj(const float &x);
-
-  // Convert signed float to string with +1234.5 format
-  char* ftostr51sign(const float &x);
-
-  // Convert signed float to space-padded string with -_23.4_ format
-  char* ftostr52sp(const float &x);
-
-  // Convert signed float to string with +123.45 format
-  char* ftostr52sign(const float &x);
-
-  // Convert unsigned float to string with 1234.5 format omitting trailing zeros
-  char* ftostr51rj(const float &x);
-
-  // Convert float to rj string with 123 or -12 format
-  FORCE_INLINE char* ftostr3(const float &x) { return i16tostr3(int16_t(x + (x < 0 ? -0.5f : 0.5f))); }
-
-  #if ENABLED(LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY)
-    // Convert float to rj string with 1234, _123, 12.3, _1.2, -123, _-12, or -1.2 format
-    char* ftostr4sign(const float &fx);
-  #else
-    // Convert float to rj string with 1234, _123, -123, __12, _-12, ___1, or __-1 format
-    FORCE_INLINE char* ftostr4sign(const float &x) { return i16tostr4sign(int16_t(x + (x < 0 ? -0.5f : 0.5f))); }
-  #endif
-
-#endif // ULTRA_LCD
+// 16x16 bit arrays
+FORCE_INLINE void bitmap_clear(uint16_t bits[16], const uint8_t x, const uint8_t y)  { CBI(bits[y], x); }
+FORCE_INLINE void bitmap_set(uint16_t bits[16], const uint8_t x, const uint8_t y)    { SBI(bits[y], x); }
+FORCE_INLINE bool is_bitmap_set(uint16_t bits[16], const uint8_t x, const uint8_t y) { return TEST(bits[y], x); }
 
 #if ENABLED(DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE)
   void log_machine_info();
@@ -148,4 +65,3 @@ public:
 // Converts from an uint8_t in the range of 0-255 to an uint8_t
 // in the range 0-100 while avoiding rounding artifacts
 constexpr uint8_t ui8_to_percent(const uint8_t i) { return (int(i) * 100 + 127) / 255; }
-constexpr uint8_t all_on = 0xFF, all_off = 0x00;
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/I2CPositionEncoder.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/I2CPositionEncoder.cpp
index c1c20021ea..254ba01eff 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/I2CPositionEncoder.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/I2CPositionEncoder.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/I2CPositionEncoder.h b/Marlin/src/feature/I2CPositionEncoder.h
index 592aeb328d..84e4a29519 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/I2CPositionEncoder.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/I2CPositionEncoder.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/Max7219_Debug_LEDs.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/Max7219_Debug_LEDs.cpp
index 6f620aed8e..fcfa208687 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/Max7219_Debug_LEDs.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/Max7219_Debug_LEDs.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/Max7219_Debug_LEDs.h b/Marlin/src/feature/Max7219_Debug_LEDs.h
index 627dc42323..17b2dfb474 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/Max7219_Debug_LEDs.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/Max7219_Debug_LEDs.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * This module is off by default, but can be enabled to facilitate the display of
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/babystep.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/babystep.cpp
index bcf4e4bbb9..eb6ed046a4 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/babystep.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/babystep.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/babystep.h b/Marlin/src/feature/babystep.h
index d7ac71ba44..1969e6c9c3 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/babystep.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/babystep.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/backlash.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/backlash.cpp
index 56701991e0..772d823b7b 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/backlash.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/backlash.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/backlash.h b/Marlin/src/feature/backlash.h
index f2dffe1311..fd220a4914 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/backlash.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/backlash.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -24,6 +24,8 @@
 #include "../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h"
 #include "../module/planner.h"
 
+constexpr uint8_t all_on = 0xFF, all_off = 0x00;
+
 class Backlash {
 public:
   #ifdef BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM
@@ -66,6 +68,9 @@ public:
       #endif
       0
     );
+    #if DISABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
+      UNUSED(e);
+    #endif
   }
 
   static inline bool has_measurement(const uint8_t e) {
@@ -74,6 +79,9 @@ public:
         || (measured_count[e] > 0)
       #endif
     );
+    #if DISABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
+      UNUSED(e);
+    #endif
   }
 
   static inline bool has_any_measurement() {
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/baricuda.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/baricuda.cpp
index ead6669135..82e0a5f14f 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/baricuda.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/baricuda.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/baricuda.h b/Marlin/src/feature/baricuda.h
index a93bf1b161..778d2bef0a 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/baricuda.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/baricuda.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/abl/abl.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/abl/abl.cpp
index b6011332bf..37a19b8c01 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/abl/abl.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/abl/abl.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/abl/abl.h b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/abl/abl.h
index 8f2a900beb..2ba834480f 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/abl/abl.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/abl/abl.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.cpp
index 3cac3d5b46..5e18d13260 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.h b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.h
index e2e7e182f1..82957c4884 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/mbl/mesh_bed_leveling.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/mbl/mesh_bed_leveling.cpp
index 188ddb898d..4013b9c482 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/mbl/mesh_bed_leveling.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/mbl/mesh_bed_leveling.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/mbl/mesh_bed_leveling.h b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/mbl/mesh_bed_leveling.h
index 1869187afe..e39bd0e789 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/mbl/mesh_bed_leveling.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/mbl/mesh_bed_leveling.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl.cpp
index 9e637c7deb..1b7bebfa61 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl.h b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl.h
index a7c7f033b3..927f1fcb79 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl_G29.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl_G29.cpp
index ca06e66704..afbbf313ad 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl_G29.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl_G29.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@
    *   T     Topology   Display the Mesh Map Topology.
    *                    'T' can be used alone (e.g., G29 T) or in combination with most of the other commands.
    *                    This option works with all Phase commands (e.g., G29 P4 R 5 T X 50 Y100 C -.1 O)
-   *                    This parameter can also specify a Map Type. T0 (the default) is user-readable. T1 can
+   *                    This parameter can also specify a Map Type. T0 (the default) is user-readable. T1
    *                    is suitable to paste into a spreadsheet for a 3D graph of the mesh.
    *
    *   U     Unlevel    Perform a probe of the outer perimeter to assist in physically leveling unlevel beds.
@@ -306,6 +306,7 @@
 
   void unified_bed_leveling::G29() {
 
+    bool probe_deployed = false;
     if (g29_parameter_parsing()) return; // Abort on parameter error
 
     const int8_t p_val = parser.intval('P', -1);
@@ -313,6 +314,7 @@
 
     // Check for commands that require the printer to be homed
     if (may_move) {
+      planner.synchronize();
       if (axis_unhomed_error()) gcode.home_all_axes();
       #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
         if (active_extruder != 0) tool_change(0);
@@ -417,6 +419,7 @@
         }
         do_blocking_move_to_xy(0.5f * (MESH_MAX_X - (MESH_MIN_X)), 0.5f * (MESH_MAX_Y - (MESH_MIN_Y)));
         report_current_position();
+        probe_deployed = true;
       }
 
     #endif // HAS_BED_PROBE
@@ -456,6 +459,7 @@
                               parser.seen('T'), parser.seen('E'), parser.seen('U'));
 
             report_current_position();
+            probe_deployed = true;
             break;
 
         #endif // HAS_BED_PROBE
@@ -491,6 +495,7 @@
                 SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("?Error in Business Card measurement.");
                 return;
               }
+              probe_deployed = true;
             }
 
             if (!position_is_reachable(g29_x_pos, g29_y_pos)) {
@@ -670,6 +675,16 @@
       ui.release();
     #endif
 
+    #ifdef Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT
+      if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("Z Probe End Script: ", Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT);
+      if (probe_deployed) {
+        planner.synchronize();
+        gcode.process_subcommands_now_P(PSTR(Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT));
+      }
+    #else
+      UNUSED(probe_deployed);
+    #endif
+
     return;
   }
 
@@ -755,8 +770,7 @@
             ui.wait_for_release();
             ui.quick_feedback();
             ui.release();
-            restore_ubl_active_state_and_leave();
-            return;
+            return restore_ubl_active_state_and_leave();
           }
         #endif
 
@@ -831,7 +845,6 @@
     float unified_bed_leveling::measure_point_with_encoder() {
       KEEPALIVE_STATE(PAUSED_FOR_USER);
       move_z_with_encoder(0.01f);
-      KEEPALIVE_STATE(IN_HANDLER);
       return current_position[Z_AXIS];
     }
 
@@ -876,15 +889,6 @@
       return thickness;
     }
 
-    void abort_manual_probe_remaining_mesh() {
-      SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("\nMesh only partially populated.");
-      do_blocking_move_to_z(Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE);
-      ui.release();
-      KEEPALIVE_STATE(IN_HANDLER);
-      ui.quick_feedback();
-      ubl.restore_ubl_active_state_and_leave();
-    }
-
     void unified_bed_leveling::manually_probe_remaining_mesh(const float &rx, const float &ry, const float &z_clearance, const float &thick, const bool do_ubl_mesh_map) {
 
       ui.capture();
@@ -926,9 +930,7 @@
           SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("\nMesh only partially populated.");
           do_blocking_move_to_z(Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE);
           ui.release();
-          KEEPALIVE_STATE(IN_HANDLER);
-          restore_ubl_active_state_and_leave();
-          return;
+          return restore_ubl_active_state_and_leave();
         }
 
         z_values[location.x_index][location.y_index] = current_position[Z_AXIS] - thick;
@@ -944,7 +946,6 @@
       if (do_ubl_mesh_map) display_map(g29_map_type);  // show user where we're probing
 
       restore_ubl_active_state_and_leave();
-      KEEPALIVE_STATE(IN_HANDLER);
       do_blocking_move_to(rx, ry, Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE);
     }
 
@@ -1033,7 +1034,7 @@
 
         if (!lcd_map_control) ui.return_to_status();                // Just editing a single point? Return to status
 
-        if (click_and_hold(abort_fine_tune)) goto FINE_TUNE_EXIT;   // If the click is held down, abort editing
+        if (click_and_hold(abort_fine_tune)) break;                 // Button held down? Abort editing
 
         z_values[location.x_index][location.y_index] = new_z;       // Save the updated Z value
         #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI)
@@ -1045,10 +1046,7 @@
 
       } while (location.x_index >= 0 && --g29_repetition_cnt > 0);
 
-      FINE_TUNE_EXIT:
-
       ui.release();
-      KEEPALIVE_STATE(IN_HANDLER);
 
       if (do_ubl_mesh_map) display_map(g29_map_type);
       restore_ubl_active_state_and_leave();
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl_motion.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl_motion.cpp
index d3cf1ac924..d3b012da5a 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl_motion.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl_motion.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/bltouch.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/bltouch.cpp
index abaeb153ee..fd26d66130 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/bltouch.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/bltouch.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -53,6 +53,9 @@ void BLTouch::init(const bool set_voltage/*=false*/) {
   //               This mode will stay active until manual SET_OD_MODE or power cycle
   // BLTOUCH V3.1: SET_5V_MODE or SET_OD_MODE (if enabled).
   //               At power on, the probe will default to the eeprom settings configured by the user
+  _reset();
+  _stow();
+
   #if ENABLED(BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET)
 
     constexpr bool should_set = true;
@@ -84,9 +87,6 @@ void BLTouch::init(const bool set_voltage/*=false*/) {
         || true
       #endif
     ));
-
-  _reset();
-  _stow();
 }
 
 void BLTouch::clear() {
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/bltouch.h b/Marlin/src/feature/bltouch.h
index b349c61804..9f27962229 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/bltouch.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/bltouch.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -36,24 +36,22 @@ typedef unsigned char BLTCommand;
 #define BLTOUCH_RESET          160
 
 /**
- * The following commands may require different delays.
+ * The following commands require different minimum delays.
  *
- * ANTClabs recommends 2000ms for 5V/OD commands. However it is
- * not common for other commands to immediately follow these,
- * and testing has shown that these complete in 500ms reliably.
+ * 500ms required for a reliable Reset.
  *
- * AntClabs recommends 750ms for Deploy/Stow, otherwise you will
- * not catch an alarm state until the following move command.
+ * 750ms required for Deploy/Stow, otherwise the alarm state
+ *       will not be seen until the following move command.
  */
 
 #ifndef BLTOUCH_SET5V_DELAY
-  #define BLTOUCH_SET5V_DELAY   BLTOUCH_DELAY
+  #define BLTOUCH_SET5V_DELAY   150
 #endif
 #ifndef BLTOUCH_SETOD_DELAY
-  #define BLTOUCH_SETOD_DELAY   BLTOUCH_DELAY
+  #define BLTOUCH_SETOD_DELAY   150
 #endif
 #ifndef BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_DELAY
-  #define BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_DELAY   BLTOUCH_DELAY
+  #define BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_DELAY 150
 #endif
 #ifndef BLTOUCH_DEPLOY_DELAY
   #define BLTOUCH_DEPLOY_DELAY   750
@@ -62,7 +60,7 @@ typedef unsigned char BLTCommand;
   #define BLTOUCH_STOW_DELAY     750
 #endif
 #ifndef BLTOUCH_RESET_DELAY
-  #define BLTOUCH_RESET_DELAY    BLTOUCH_DELAY
+  #define BLTOUCH_RESET_DELAY    500
 #endif
 
 class BLTouch {
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/caselight.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/caselight.cpp
index 1256acb6d7..81eb4aaac4 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/caselight.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/caselight.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -69,12 +69,15 @@ void update_case_light() {
 
   #else // !CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL
 
-    if (PWM_PIN(CASE_LIGHT_PIN))
-      analogWrite(CASE_LIGHT_PIN, n10ct);
-    else {
-      const bool s = case_light_on ? !INVERT_CASE_LIGHT : INVERT_CASE_LIGHT;
-      WRITE(CASE_LIGHT_PIN, s ? HIGH : LOW);
-    }
+    #if DISABLED(CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS)
+      if (PWM_PIN(CASE_LIGHT_PIN))
+        analogWrite(pin_t(CASE_LIGHT_PIN), n10ct);
+      else
+    #endif
+      {
+        const bool s = case_light_on ? !INVERT_CASE_LIGHT : INVERT_CASE_LIGHT;
+        WRITE(CASE_LIGHT_PIN, s ? HIGH : LOW);
+      }
 
   #endif // !CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL
 }
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/caselight.h b/Marlin/src/feature/caselight.h
index 8ae4df4e2f..322898d065 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/caselight.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/caselight.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/closedloop.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/closedloop.cpp
index d94181749d..e04014ba60 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/closedloop.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/closedloop.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/closedloop.h b/Marlin/src/feature/closedloop.h
index 50c814df1c..952d3dcbec 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/closedloop.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/closedloop.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/controllerfan.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/controllerfan.cpp
index 81af957873..a75f4d9822 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/controllerfan.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/controllerfan.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ void controllerfan_update() {
 
     // allows digital or PWM fan output to be used (see M42 handling)
     WRITE(CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN, speed);
-    analogWrite(CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN, speed);
+    analogWrite(pin_t(CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN), speed);
   }
 }
 
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/controllerfan.h b/Marlin/src/feature/controllerfan.h
index fb10f3fd3f..d68393a4b0 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/controllerfan.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/controllerfan.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_dac084s085.h b/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_dac084s085.h
index 926fa00387..80d7869ab6 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_dac084s085.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_dac084s085.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_mcp4728.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_mcp4728.cpp
index 727f792eef..0bfbaa3038 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_mcp4728.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_mcp4728.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_mcp4728.h b/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_mcp4728.h
index 6184e5c598..c814829456 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_mcp4728.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_mcp4728.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/dac/stepper_dac.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/dac/stepper_dac.cpp
index b6eeba4a5e..de497fdacd 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/dac/stepper_dac.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/dac/stepper_dac.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -22,23 +22,6 @@
 
 /**
  * stepper_dac.cpp - To set stepper current via DAC
- *
- * Part of Marlin
- *
- * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware
- *
- * Marlin is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * Marlin is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with Marlin.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  */
 
 #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/dac/stepper_dac.h b/Marlin/src/feature/dac/stepper_dac.h
index c63b524a76..8ad51ee781 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/dac/stepper_dac.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/dac/stepper_dac.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/digipot/digipot.h b/Marlin/src/feature/digipot/digipot.h
index 8f94d07786..03c9854153 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/digipot/digipot.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/digipot/digipot.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/digipot/digipot_mcp4018.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/digipot/digipot_mcp4018.cpp
index 917a7df99a..fc02cf9ba9 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/digipot/digipot_mcp4018.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/digipot/digipot_mcp4018.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/digipot/digipot_mcp4451.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/digipot/digipot_mcp4451.cpp
index bc43304055..6d7328b5f0 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/digipot/digipot_mcp4451.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/digipot/digipot_mcp4451.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/emergency_parser.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/emergency_parser.cpp
index 6840c82556..97ab967028 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/emergency_parser.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/emergency_parser.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/emergency_parser.h b/Marlin/src/feature/emergency_parser.h
index 3ce5dfc7cf..dadd677154 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/emergency_parser.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/emergency_parser.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/fanmux.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/fanmux.cpp
index bba073ebbd..7b293acbf8 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/fanmux.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/fanmux.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/fanmux.h b/Marlin/src/feature/fanmux.h
index 82bf79be24..517e7bfd57 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/fanmux.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/fanmux.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/filwidth.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/filwidth.cpp
index 9c4731a2ce..ec90f3adf0 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/filwidth.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/filwidth.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/filwidth.h b/Marlin/src/feature/filwidth.h
index b66a7c7689..91122a8605 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/filwidth.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/filwidth.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/fwretract.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/fwretract.cpp
index a194749913..dc9785c1d5 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/fwretract.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/fwretract.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -156,14 +156,12 @@ void FWRetract::retract(const bool retracting
     );
     current_retract[active_extruder] = base_retract * unscale_e;
     prepare_move_to_destination();                        // set_current_to_destination
-    planner.synchronize();                                // Wait for move to complete
 
     // Is a Z hop set, and has the hop not yet been done?
     if (settings.retract_zraise > 0.01 && !current_hop) {           // Apply hop only once
       current_hop += settings.retract_zraise;                       // Add to the hop total (again, only once)
       feedrate_mm_s = planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[Z_AXIS] * unscale_fr;  // Maximum Z feedrate
       prepare_move_to_destination();                      // Raise up, set_current_to_destination
-      planner.synchronize();                              // Wait for move to complete
     }
   }
   else {
@@ -172,7 +170,6 @@ void FWRetract::retract(const bool retracting
       current_hop = 0.0;
       feedrate_mm_s = planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[Z_AXIS] * unscale_fr;  // Z feedrate to max
       prepare_move_to_destination();                      // Lower Z, set_current_to_destination
-      planner.synchronize();                              // Wait for move to complete
     }
 
     const float extra_recover = swapping ? settings.swap_retract_recover_extra : settings.retract_recover_extra;
@@ -189,7 +186,6 @@ void FWRetract::retract(const bool retracting
       #endif
     );
     prepare_move_to_destination();                        // Recover E, set_current_to_destination
-    planner.synchronize();                                // Wait for move to complete
   }
 
   #if ENABLED(RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/fwretract.h b/Marlin/src/feature/fwretract.h
index 6c088acb87..7caba3dbe9 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/fwretract.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/fwretract.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/host_actions.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/host_actions.cpp
index 1154553e27..be26586984 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/host_actions.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/host_actions.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ void host_action(const char * const pstr, const bool eol) {
         break;
       case PROMPT_PAUSE_RESUME:
         msg = PSTR("LCD_PAUSE_RESUME");
-        enqueue_and_echo_commands_P(PSTR("M24"));
+        queue.inject_P(PSTR("M24"));
         break;
       case PROMPT_INFO:
         msg = PSTR("GCODE_INFO");
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/host_actions.h b/Marlin/src/feature/host_actions.h
index 149c47d819..c93d3a16db 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/host_actions.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/host_actions.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/blinkm.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/blinkm.cpp
index f994f9026c..0c5b15befd 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/blinkm.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/blinkm.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/blinkm.h b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/blinkm.h
index 6b641d5bc7..231dbe810e 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/blinkm.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/blinkm.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/leds.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/leds.cpp
index d54bd9486e..a1e033ab08 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/leds.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/leds.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -71,6 +71,9 @@ void LEDLights::setup() {
   #if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
     setup_neopixel();
   #endif
+  #if ENABLED(PCA9533)
+    RGBinit();
+  #endif
   #if ENABLED(LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP)
     set_default();
   #endif
@@ -115,7 +118,9 @@ void LEDLights::set_color(const LEDColor &incol
 
     // This variant uses 3-4 separate pins for the RGB(W) components.
     // If the pins can do PWM then their intensity will be set.
-    #define UPDATE_RGBW(C,c) do{ if (PWM_PIN(RGB_LED_##C##_PIN)) analogWrite(RGB_LED_##C##_PIN, incol.c); else WRITE(RGB_LED_##C##_PIN, incol.c ? HIGH : LOW); }while(0)
+    #define UPDATE_RGBW(C,c) do { if (PWM_PIN(RGB_LED_##C##_PIN)) \
+        analogWrite(pin_t(RGB_LED_##C##_PIN), incol.c); \
+      else WRITE(RGB_LED_##C##_PIN, incol.c ? HIGH : LOW); } while(0)
     UPDATE_RGBW(R,r);
     UPDATE_RGBW(G,g);
     UPDATE_RGBW(B,b);
@@ -145,4 +150,18 @@ void LEDLights::set_color(const LEDColor &incol
   void LEDLights::toggle() { if (lights_on) set_off(); else update(); }
 #endif
 
+#ifdef LED_BACKLIGHT_TIMEOUT
+
+  millis_t LEDLights::led_off_time; // = 0
+
+  void LEDLights::update_timeout(const bool power_on) {
+    const millis_t ms = millis();
+    if (power_on)
+      reset_timeout(ms);
+    else if (ELAPSED(ms, led_off_time))
+      set_off();
+  }
+
+#endif
+
 #endif // HAS_COLOR_LEDS
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/leds.h b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/leds.h
index eafede7dc9..14a50cb06f 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/leds.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/leds.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -201,6 +201,17 @@ public:
     static void toggle();  // swap "off" with color
     static inline void update() { set_color(color); }
   #endif
+
+  #ifdef LED_BACKLIGHT_TIMEOUT
+    private:
+      static millis_t led_off_time;
+    public:
+      static inline void reset_timeout(const millis_t &ms) {
+        led_off_time = ms + LED_BACKLIGHT_TIMEOUT;
+        if (!lights_on) set_default();
+      }
+      static void update_timeout(const bool power_on);
+  #endif
 };
 
 extern LEDLights leds;
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/neopixel.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/neopixel.cpp
index ee2854c27a..d29226c362 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/neopixel.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/neopixel.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -36,10 +36,20 @@
 
 Adafruit_NeoPixel pixels(NEOPIXEL_PIXELS, NEOPIXEL_PIN, NEOPIXEL_TYPE + NEO_KHZ800);
 
+#ifdef NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX
+  void set_neopixel_color_background() {
+    uint8_t background_color[4] = NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR;
+    pixels.setPixelColor(NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX, pixels.Color(background_color[0], background_color[1], background_color[2], background_color[3]));
+  }
+#endif
+
 void set_neopixel_color(const uint32_t color) {
   for (uint16_t i = 0; i < pixels.numPixels(); ++i) {
     #ifdef NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX
-      if (NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX == i) i++;
+      if (i == NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX && color != 0x000000) {
+        set_neopixel_color_background();
+        continue;
+      }
     #endif
     pixels.setPixelColor(i, color);
   }
@@ -52,14 +62,6 @@ void set_neopixel_color_startup(const uint32_t color) {
   pixels.show();
 }
 
-#ifdef NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX
-  void set_neopixel_color_background() {
-    uint8_t background_color[4] = NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR;
-    pixels.setPixelColor(NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX, pixels.Color(background_color[0], background_color[1], background_color[2], background_color[3]));
-    pixels.show();
-  }
-#endif
-
 void setup_neopixel() {
   SET_OUTPUT(NEOPIXEL_PIN);
   pixels.setBrightness(NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS); // 0 - 255 range
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/neopixel.h b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/neopixel.h
index d1dbedf8ce..713300b287 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/neopixel.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/neopixel.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/pca9632.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/pca9632.cpp
index d32fcd01c9..1f536d6eab 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/pca9632.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/pca9632.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/pca9632.h b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/pca9632.h
index 0e9a66b1fa..a231cb9f42 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/pca9632.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/pca9632.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/printer_event_leds.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/printer_event_leds.cpp
index 2e54310030..917ec3e64e 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/printer_event_leds.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/printer_event_leds.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/printer_event_leds.h b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/printer_event_leds.h
index 1e1410bf6c..4430e5be68 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/printer_event_leds.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/printer_event_leds.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/tempstat.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/tempstat.cpp
index 30ec67542e..acc6bf8a7b 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/tempstat.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/tempstat.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/tempstat.h b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/tempstat.h
index 391bb48452..6d1e2490f3 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/tempstat.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/tempstat.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/mixing.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/mixing.cpp
index 21d1ee433e..db81120a1d 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/mixing.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/mixing.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/mixing.h b/Marlin/src/feature/mixing.h
index 12bf091fd7..5fe149048a 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/mixing.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/mixing.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/pause.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/pause.cpp
index 28f2a9fd00..74009c9f30 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/pause.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/pause.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -189,7 +189,6 @@ bool load_filament(const float &slow_load_length/*=0*/, const float &fast_load_l
       #endif
       idle(true);
     }
-    KEEPALIVE_STATE(IN_HANDLER);
   }
 
   #if HAS_LCD_MENU
@@ -278,7 +277,6 @@ bool load_filament(const float &slow_load_length/*=0*/, const float &fast_load_l
           wait_for_user = false;
           lcd_pause_show_message(PAUSE_MESSAGE_OPTION);
           while (pause_menu_response == PAUSE_RESPONSE_WAIT_FOR) idle(true);
-          KEEPALIVE_STATE(IN_HANDLER);
         }
       #endif
 
@@ -580,7 +578,6 @@ void wait_for_confirmation(const bool is_reload/*=false*/, const int8_t max_beep
     extruder_duplication_enabled = saved_ext_dup_mode;
     stepper.set_directions();
   #endif
-  KEEPALIVE_STATE(IN_HANDLER);
 }
 
 /**
@@ -683,7 +680,9 @@ void resume_print(const float &slow_load_length/*=0*/, const float &fast_load_le
 
   #if HAS_DISPLAY
     ui.reset_status();
-    ui.return_to_status();
+    #if HAS_LCD_MENU
+      ui.return_to_status();
+    #endif
   #endif
 }
 
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/pause.h b/Marlin/src/feature/pause.h
index 36a2a2cc0c..77cbe6b3f5 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/pause.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/pause.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/power.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/power.cpp
index 2fd62d840f..ff012ee6bd 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/power.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/power.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -94,6 +94,14 @@ bool Power::is_power_needed() {
     if (thermalManager.degTargetBed() > 0) return true;
   #endif
 
+  #if HOTENDS && AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP
+    HOTEND_LOOP() if (thermalManager.degHotend(e) >= AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP) return true;
+  #endif
+
+  #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER && AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP
+    if (thermalManager.degChamber() >= AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP) return true;
+  #endif
+
   return false;
 }
 
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/power.h b/Marlin/src/feature/power.h
index 5f61bb3b7b..1e42365b45 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/power.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/power.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/power_loss_recovery.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/power_loss_recovery.cpp
index 906315d284..ebaa1dfc12 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/power_loss_recovery.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/power_loss_recovery.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ void PrintJobRecovery::check() {
     if (card.isDetected()) {
       load();
       if (!valid()) return purge();
-      enqueue_and_echo_commands_P(PSTR("M1000 S"));
+      queue.inject_P(PSTR("M1000 S"));
     }
   }
 }
@@ -209,9 +209,9 @@ void PrintJobRecovery::save(const bool force/*=false*/, const bool save_queue/*=
     info.relative_modes_e = gcode.axis_relative_modes[E_AXIS];
 
     // Commands in the queue
-    info.commands_in_queue = save_queue ? commands_in_queue : 0;
-    info.cmd_queue_index_r = cmd_queue_index_r;
-    COPY(info.command_queue, command_queue);
+    info.queue_length = save_queue ? queue.length : 0;
+    info.queue_index_r = queue.index_r;
+    COPY(info.queue_buffer, queue.buffer);
 
     // Elapsed print job time
     info.print_job_elapsed = print_job_timer.duration();
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ void PrintJobRecovery::resume() {
   // Pretend that all axes are homed
   axis_homed = axis_known_position = xyz_bits;
 
-  char cmd[50], str_1[16], str_2[16];
+  char cmd[MAX_CMD_SIZE+16], str_1[16], str_2[16];
 
   // Select the previously active tool (with no_move)
   #if EXTRUDERS > 1
@@ -361,7 +361,12 @@ void PrintJobRecovery::resume() {
 
   // Move back to the saved Z
   dtostrf(info.current_position[Z_AXIS], 1, 3, str_1);
-  sprintf_P(cmd, PSTR("G1 Z%s F200"), str_1);
+  #if Z_HOME_DIR > 0
+    sprintf_P(cmd, PSTR("G1 Z%s F200"), str_1);
+  #else
+    gcode.process_subcommands_now_P(PSTR("G1 Z0 F200"));
+    sprintf_P(cmd, PSTR("G92.9 Z%s"), str_1);
+  #endif
   gcode.process_subcommands_now(cmd);
 
   // Un-retract
@@ -397,9 +402,9 @@ void PrintJobRecovery::resume() {
   #endif
 
   // Process commands from the old pending queue
-  uint8_t c = info.commands_in_queue, r = info.cmd_queue_index_r;
+  uint8_t c = info.queue_length, r = info.queue_index_r;
   for (; c--; r = (r + 1) % BUFSIZE)
-    gcode.process_subcommands_now(info.command_queue[r]);
+    gcode.process_subcommands_now(info.queue_buffer[r]);
 
   // Resume the SD file from the last position
   char *fn = info.sd_filename;
@@ -479,9 +484,9 @@ void PrintJobRecovery::resume() {
           DEBUG_EOL();
           DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("retract_hop: ", info.retract_hop);
         #endif
-        DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("cmd_queue_index_r: ", int(info.cmd_queue_index_r));
-        DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("commands_in_queue: ", int(info.commands_in_queue));
-        for (uint8_t i = 0; i < info.commands_in_queue; i++) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("> ", info.command_queue[i]);
+        DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("queue_index_r: ", int(info.queue_index_r));
+        DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("queue_length: ", int(info.queue_length));
+        for (uint8_t i = 0; i < info.queue_length; i++) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("> ", info.queue_buffer[i]);
         DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("sd_filename: ", info.sd_filename);
         DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("sdpos: ", info.sdpos);
         DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("print_job_elapsed: ", info.print_job_elapsed);
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/power_loss_recovery.h b/Marlin/src/feature/power_loss_recovery.h
index e7f8c09124..57873df265 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/power_loss_recovery.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/power_loss_recovery.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -87,8 +87,8 @@ typedef struct {
   bool relative_mode, relative_modes_e;
 
   // Command queue
-  uint8_t commands_in_queue, cmd_queue_index_r;
-  char command_queue[BUFSIZE][MAX_CMD_SIZE];
+  uint8_t queue_length, queue_index_r;
+  char queue_buffer[BUFSIZE][MAX_CMD_SIZE];
 
   // SD Filename and position
   char sd_filename[MAXPATHNAMELENGTH];
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/prusa_MMU2/mmu2.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/prusa_MMU2/mmu2.cpp
index b3eb60bf5e..8453afc601 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/prusa_MMU2/mmu2.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/prusa_MMU2/mmu2.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -47,8 +47,8 @@ MMU2 mmu2;
 
 #define MMU_TODELAY 100
 #define MMU_TIMEOUT 10
-#define MMU_CMD_TIMEOUT 60000ul //5min timeout for mmu commands (except P0)
-#define MMU_P0_TIMEOUT 3000ul //timeout for P0 command: 3seconds
+#define MMU_CMD_TIMEOUT 60000ul // 5min timeout for mmu commands (except P0)
+#define MMU_P0_TIMEOUT 3000ul   // Timeout for P0 command: 3seconds
 
 #define MMU_CMD_NONE 0
 #define MMU_CMD_T0   0x10
@@ -327,7 +327,6 @@ void MMU2::mmu_loop() {
   }
 }
 
-
 /**
  * Check if MMU was started
  */
@@ -340,7 +339,6 @@ bool MMU2::rx_start() {
   return false;
 }
 
-
 /**
  * Check if the data received ends with the given string.
  */
@@ -373,7 +371,6 @@ bool MMU2::rx_str_P(const char* str) {
   return true;
 }
 
-
 /**
  * Transfer data to MMU, no argument
  */
@@ -385,7 +382,6 @@ void MMU2::tx_str_P(const char* str) {
   last_request = millis();
 }
 
-
 /**
  * Transfer data to MMU, single argument
  */
@@ -397,7 +393,6 @@ void MMU2::tx_printf_P(const char* format, int argument = -1) {
   last_request = millis();
 }
 
-
 /**
  * Transfer data to MMU, two arguments
  */
@@ -409,7 +404,6 @@ void MMU2::tx_printf_P(const char* format, int argument1, int argument2) {
   last_request = millis();
 }
 
-
 /**
  * Empty the rx buffer
  */
@@ -418,7 +412,6 @@ void MMU2::clear_rx_buffer() {
   rx_buffer[0] = '\0';
 }
 
-
 /**
  * Check if we received 'ok' from MMU
  */
@@ -430,7 +423,6 @@ bool MMU2::rx_ok() {
   return false;
 }
 
-
 /**
  * Check if MMU has compatible firmware
  */
@@ -443,7 +435,6 @@ void MMU2::check_version() {
   }
 }
 
-
 /**
  * Handle tool change
  */
@@ -455,14 +446,12 @@ void MMU2::tool_change(uint8_t index) {
 
   if (index != extruder) {
 
-    KEEPALIVE_STATE(IN_HANDLER);
     disable_E0();
     ui.status_printf_P(0, PSTR(MSG_MMU2_LOADING_FILAMENT), int(index + 1));
 
     command(MMU_CMD_T0 + index);
 
     manage_response(true, true);
-    KEEPALIVE_STATE(IN_HANDLER);
 
     command(MMU_CMD_C0);
     extruder = index; //filament change is finished
@@ -474,13 +463,11 @@ void MMU2::tool_change(uint8_t index) {
     SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(MSG_ACTIVE_EXTRUDER, int(extruder));
 
     ui.reset_status();
-    KEEPALIVE_STATE(NOT_BUSY);
   }
 
   set_runout_valid(true);
 }
 
-
 /**
  *
  * Handle special T?/Tx/Tc commands
@@ -497,7 +484,6 @@ void MMU2::tool_change(const char* special) {
   #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
 
     set_runout_valid(false);
-    KEEPALIVE_STATE(IN_HANDLER);
 
     switch (*special) {
       case '?': {
@@ -526,14 +512,11 @@ void MMU2::tool_change(const char* special) {
       } break;
     }
 
-    KEEPALIVE_STATE(NOT_BUSY);
-
     set_runout_valid(true);
 
   #endif
 }
 
-
 /**
  * Set next command
  */
@@ -543,7 +526,6 @@ void MMU2::command(const uint8_t mmu_cmd) {
   ready = false;
 }
 
-
 /**
  * Wait for response from MMU
  */
@@ -561,11 +543,10 @@ bool MMU2::get_response(void) {
   return ret;
 }
 
-
 /**
  * Wait for response and deal with timeout if nexcessary
  */
-void MMU2::manage_response(bool move_axes, bool turn_off_nozzle) {
+void MMU2::manage_response(const bool move_axes, const bool turn_off_nozzle) {
 
   bool response = false;
   mmu_print_saved = false;
@@ -573,12 +554,14 @@ void MMU2::manage_response(bool move_axes, bool turn_off_nozzle) {
   float resume_position[XYZE];
   int16_t resume_hotend_temp;
 
+  KEEPALIVE_STATE(PAUSED_FOR_USER);
+
   while (!response) {
 
-    response = get_response(); //wait for "ok" from mmu
+    response = get_response(); // wait for "ok" from mmu
 
-    if (!response) { //no "ok" was received in reserved time frame, user will fix the issue on mmu unit
-      if (!mmu_print_saved) { //first occurence, we are saving current position, park print head in certain position and disable nozzle heater
+    if (!response) {          // No "ok" was received in reserved time frame, user will fix the issue on mmu unit
+      if (!mmu_print_saved) { // First occurrence. Save current position, park print head, disable nozzle heater.
 
         planner.synchronize();
 
@@ -600,13 +583,10 @@ void MMU2::manage_response(bool move_axes, bool turn_off_nozzle) {
         BUZZ(100, 659);
         BUZZ(300, 440);
         BUZZ(100, 659);
-
-        KEEPALIVE_STATE(PAUSED_FOR_USER);
       }
     }
     else if (mmu_print_saved) {
       SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("MMU starts responding\n");
-      KEEPALIVE_STATE(IN_HANDLER);
 
       if (turn_off_nozzle && resume_hotend_temp) {
         thermalManager.setTargetHotend(resume_hotend_temp, active_extruder);
@@ -639,18 +619,14 @@ void MMU2::manage_response(bool move_axes, bool turn_off_nozzle) {
 void MMU2::set_filament_type(uint8_t index, uint8_t filamentType) {
   if (!enabled) return;
 
-  KEEPALIVE_STATE(IN_HANDLER);
-
   cmd_arg = filamentType;
   command(MMU_CMD_F0 + index);
 
   manage_response(true, true);
-
-  KEEPALIVE_STATE(NOT_BUSY);
 }
 
 void MMU2::filament_runout() {
-  enqueue_and_echo_commands_P(PSTR(MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT));
+  queue.inject_P(PSTR(MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT));
   planner.synchronize();
 }
 
@@ -679,8 +655,6 @@ void MMU2::filament_runout() {
       return false;
     }
     else {
-      KEEPALIVE_STATE(IN_HANDLER);
-
       command(MMU_CMD_T0 + index);
       manage_response(true, true);
       command(MMU_CMD_C0);
@@ -692,8 +666,6 @@ void MMU2::filament_runout() {
       load_to_nozzle();
 
       BUZZ(200, 404);
-
-      KEEPALIVE_STATE(NOT_BUSY);
       return true;
     }
   }
@@ -721,7 +693,6 @@ void MMU2::filament_runout() {
       return false;
     }
 
-    KEEPALIVE_STATE(IN_HANDLER);
     LCD_MESSAGEPGM(MSG_MMU2_EJECTING_FILAMENT);
     const bool saved_e_relative_mode = gcode.axis_relative_modes[E_AXIS];
     gcode.axis_relative_modes[E_AXIS] = true;
@@ -757,8 +728,6 @@ void MMU2::filament_runout() {
 
     BUZZ(200, 404);
 
-    KEEPALIVE_STATE(NOT_BUSY);
-
     gcode.axis_relative_modes[E_AXIS] = saved_e_relative_mode;
 
     disable_E0();
@@ -781,8 +750,6 @@ void MMU2::filament_runout() {
       return false;
     }
 
-    KEEPALIVE_STATE(IN_HANDLER);
-
     filament_ramming();
 
     command(MMU_CMD_U0);
@@ -795,8 +762,6 @@ void MMU2::filament_runout() {
 
     set_runout_valid(false);
 
-    KEEPALIVE_STATE(NOT_BUSY);
-
     return true;
   }
 
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/prusa_MMU2/mmu2.h b/Marlin/src/feature/prusa_MMU2/mmu2.h
index 9c280479c1..0c20be9d8e 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/prusa_MMU2/mmu2.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/prusa_MMU2/mmu2.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,7 +19,6 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
-
 #pragma once
 
 #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
@@ -63,7 +62,7 @@ private:
 
   static void command(const uint8_t cmd);
   static bool get_response(void);
-  static void manage_response(bool move_axes, bool turn_off_nozzle);
+  static void manage_response(const bool move_axes, const bool turn_off_nozzle);
 
   #if HAS_LCD_MENU && ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
     static void load_to_nozzle();
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/runout.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/runout.cpp
index e319a7cc2f..a4172fc086 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/runout.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/runout.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/runout.h b/Marlin/src/feature/runout.h
index 7e39f90c9e..5c4b4d5684 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/runout.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/runout.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/snmm.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/snmm.cpp
index 88fb2efa30..8cfe3bf51a 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/snmm.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/snmm.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/snmm.h b/Marlin/src/feature/snmm.h
index c1972723e9..f54211a21d 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/snmm.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/snmm.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/solenoid.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/solenoid.cpp
index 36430c5514..c25e2e5dab 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/solenoid.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/solenoid.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/solenoid.h b/Marlin/src/feature/solenoid.h
index 4f867db300..db94c4fe2b 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/solenoid.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/solenoid.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/spindle_laser.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/spindle_laser.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..81865fddb6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/spindle_laser.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+
+/**
+ * feature/spindle_laser.cpp
+ */
+
+#include "../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
+
+#if HAS_CUTTER
+
+#include "spindle_laser.h"
+
+SpindleLaser cutter;
+
+cutter_power_t SpindleLaser::power; // = 0
+
+void SpindleLaser::init() {
+  OUT_WRITE(SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN, !SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH); // Init spindle to off
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR)
+    OUT_WRITE(SPINDLE_DIR_PIN, SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR ? 255 : 0);   // Init rotation to clockwise (M3)
+  #endif
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM) && PIN_EXISTS(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM)
+    SET_PWM(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN);
+    analogWrite(pin_t(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN), SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT ? 255 : 0);  // set to lowest speed
+  #endif
+}
+
+#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM)
+
+  /**
+   * ocr_val_mode() is used for debugging and to get the points needed to compute the RPM vs ocr_val line
+   *
+   * it accepts inputs of 0-255
+   */
+  void SpindleLaser::set_ocr(const uint8_t ocr) {
+    WRITE(SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN, SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH); // turn spindle on (active low)
+    #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM)
+      analogWrite(pin_t(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN), (SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT) ? 255 - ocr : ocr);
+    #endif
+  }
+
+#endif
+
+void SpindleLaser::update_output() {
+  const bool ena = enabled();
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM)
+    if (ena) {
+      constexpr float inv_slope = RECIPROCAL(SPEED_POWER_SLOPE),
+                      min_ocr = (SPEED_POWER_MIN - (SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT)) * inv_slope,  // Minimum allowed
+                      max_ocr = (SPEED_POWER_MAX - (SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT)) * inv_slope;  // Maximum allowed
+      int16_t ocr_val;
+           if (power <= SPEED_POWER_MIN) ocr_val = min_ocr;                               // Use minimum if set below
+      else if (power >= SPEED_POWER_MAX) ocr_val = max_ocr;                               // Use maximum if set above
+      else ocr_val = (power - (SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT)) * inv_slope;                       // Use calculated OCR value
+      set_ocr(ocr_val & 0xFF);                                                            // ...limited to Atmel PWM max
+    }
+    else {                                                                                // Convert RPM to PWM duty cycle
+      WRITE(SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN, !SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH);                           // Turn spindle off (active low)
+      analogWrite(pin_t(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN), SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT ? 255 : 0);      // Only write low byte
+    }
+  #else
+    WRITE(SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN, ena ? SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH : !SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH);
+  #endif
+  power_delay(ena);
+}
+
+#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR)
+
+  void SpindleLaser::set_direction(const bool reverse) {
+    const bool dir_state = (reverse == SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR); // Forward (M3) HIGH when not inverted
+    #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE)
+      if (enabled() && READ(SPINDLE_DIR_PIN) != dir_state) disable();
+    #endif
+    WRITE(SPINDLE_DIR_PIN, dir_state);
+  }
+
+#endif
+
+#endif // HAS_CUTTER
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/spindle_laser.h b/Marlin/src/feature/spindle_laser.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5d70895ef5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/spindle_laser.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+/**
+ * feature/spindle_laser.h
+ * Support for Laser Power or Spindle Power & Direction
+ */
+
+#include "../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
+
+#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+  #define _MSG_CUTTER(M) MSG_SPINDLE_##M
+#else
+  #define _MSG_CUTTER(M) MSG_LASER_##M
+#endif
+#define MSG_CUTTER(M) _MSG_CUTTER(M)
+
+#if SPEED_POWER_MAX > 255
+  #define cutter_power_t   uint16_t
+  #define CUTTER_MENU_TYPE uint16_5
+#else
+  #define cutter_power_t   uint8_t
+  #define CUTTER_MENU_TYPE uint8
+#endif
+
+class SpindleLaser {
+public:
+  static cutter_power_t power;
+
+  static void init();
+
+  static inline bool enabled() { return !!power; }
+
+  static inline void set_power(const uint8_t pwr) { power = pwr; update_output(); }
+
+  static inline void set_enabled(const bool enable) { set_power(enable ? 255 : 0); }
+
+  //static bool active() { return READ(SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN) == SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH; }
+
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM)
+    static void update_output();
+    static void set_ocr(const uint8_t ocr);
+    static inline void set_ocr_power(const uint8_t pwr) { power = pwr; set_ocr(pwr); }
+  #else
+    static inline void update_output() { }
+  #endif
+
+  // Wait for spindle to spin up or spin down
+  static inline void power_delay(const bool on) { safe_delay(on ? SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY : SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY); }
+
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR)
+    static void set_direction(const bool reverse);
+  #else
+    static inline void set_direction(const bool reverse) { UNUSED(reverse); }
+  #endif
+
+  static inline void disable() { set_enabled(false); }
+  static inline void enable_forward() { set_direction(false); set_enabled(true); }
+  static inline void enable_reverse() { set_direction(true); set_enabled(true); }
+
+};
+
+extern SpindleLaser cutter;
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/tmc_util.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/tmc_util.cpp
index 886f963069..c432a3cf9a 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/tmc_util.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/tmc_util.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
          #endif
       ;
     #if ENABLED(TMC_DEBUG)
-      #if HAS_TMCX1X0 || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208)
+      #if HAS_TMCX1X0 || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2209)
         uint8_t cs_actual;
       #endif
       #if HAS_STALLGUARD
@@ -95,38 +95,40 @@
         constexpr uint8_t STST_bp = 31;
       #endif
       TMC_driver_data data;
-      data.drv_status = st.DRV_STATUS();
+      const auto ds = data.drv_status = st.DRV_STATUS();
       #ifdef __AVR__
+
         // 8-bit optimization saves up to 70 bytes of PROGMEM per axis
         uint8_t spart;
         #if ENABLED(TMC_DEBUG)
-          data.sg_result = data.drv_status & SG_RESULT_bm;
-          spart = data.drv_status >> 8;
-          data.is_stealth = !!(spart & _BV(STEALTH_bp - 8));
-          spart = data.drv_status >> 16;
+          data.sg_result = ds & SG_RESULT_bm;
+          spart = ds >> 8;
+          data.is_stealth = TEST(spart, STEALTH_bp - 8);
+          spart = ds >> 16;
           data.cs_actual = spart & (CS_ACTUAL_bm >> 16);
         #endif
-        spart = data.drv_status >> 24;
-        data.is_ot = !!(spart & _BV(OT_bp - 24));
-        data.is_otpw = !!(spart & _BV(OTPW_bp - 24));
+        spart = ds >> 24;
+        data.is_ot = TEST(spart, OT_bp - 24);
+        data.is_otpw = TEST(spart, OTPW_bp - 24);
         data.is_s2g = !!(spart & (S2G_bm >> 24));
         #if ENABLED(TMC_DEBUG)
-          data.is_stall = !!(spart & _BV(STALL_GUARD_bp - 24));
-          data.is_standstill = !!(spart & _BV(STST_bp - 24));
+          data.is_stall = TEST(spart, STALL_GUARD_bp - 24);
+          data.is_standstill = TEST(spart, STST_bp - 24);
           data.sg_result_reasonable = !data.is_standstill; // sg_result has no reasonable meaning while standstill
         #endif
+
       #else // !__AVR__
 
-        data.is_ot = !!(data.drv_status & _BV(OT_bp));
-        data.is_otpw = !!(data.drv_status & _BV(OTPW_bp));
-        data.is_s2g = !!(data.drv_status & S2G_bm);
+        data.is_ot = TEST(ds, OT_bp);
+        data.is_otpw = TEST(ds, OTPW_bp);
+        data.is_s2g = !!(ds & S2G_bm);
         #if ENABLED(TMC_DEBUG)
           constexpr uint8_t CS_ACTUAL_sb = 16;
-          data.sg_result = data.drv_status & SG_RESULT_bm;
-          data.is_stealth = !!(data.drv_status & _BV(STEALTH_bp));
-          data.cs_actual = (data.drv_status & CS_ACTUAL_bm) >> CS_ACTUAL_sb;
-          data.is_stall = !!(data.drv_status & _BV(STALL_GUARD_bp));
-          data.is_standstill = !!(data.drv_status & _BV(STST_bp));
+          data.sg_result = ds & SG_RESULT_bm;
+          data.is_stealth = TEST(ds, STEALTH_bp);
+          data.cs_actual = (ds & CS_ACTUAL_bm) >> CS_ACTUAL_sb;
+          data.is_stall = TEST(ds, STALL_GUARD_bp);
+          data.is_standstill = TEST(ds, STST_bp);
           data.sg_result_reasonable = !data.is_standstill; // sg_result has no reasonable meaning while standstill
         #endif
 
@@ -137,7 +139,7 @@
 
   #endif // HAS_TMCX1X0
 
-  #if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208)
+  #if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2209)
 
     #if ENABLED(TMC_DEBUG)
       static uint32_t get_pwm_scale(TMC2208Stepper &st) { return st.pwm_scale_sum(); }
@@ -147,25 +149,25 @@
       constexpr uint8_t OTPW_bp = 0, OT_bp = 1;
       constexpr uint8_t S2G_bm = 0b11110; // 2..5
       TMC_driver_data data;
-      data.drv_status = st.DRV_STATUS();
-      data.is_otpw = !!(data.drv_status & _BV(OTPW_bp));
-      data.is_ot = !!(data.drv_status & _BV(OT_bp));
-      data.is_s2g = !!(data.drv_status & S2G_bm);
+      const auto ds = data.drv_status = st.DRV_STATUS();
+      data.is_otpw = TEST(ds, OTPW_bp);
+      data.is_ot = TEST(ds, OT_bp);
+      data.is_s2g = !!(ds & S2G_bm);
       #if ENABLED(TMC_DEBUG)
         constexpr uint32_t CS_ACTUAL_bm = 0x1F0000; // 16:20
         constexpr uint8_t STEALTH_bp = 30, STST_bp = 31;
         #ifdef __AVR__
           // 8-bit optimization saves up to 12 bytes of PROGMEM per axis
-          uint8_t spart = data.drv_status >> 16;
+          uint8_t spart = ds >> 16;
           data.cs_actual = spart & (CS_ACTUAL_bm >> 16);
-          spart = data.drv_status >> 24;
-          data.is_stealth = !!(spart & _BV(STEALTH_bp - 24));
-          data.is_standstill = !!(spart & _BV(STST_bp - 24));
+          spart = ds >> 24;
+          data.is_stealth = TEST(spart, STEALTH_bp - 24);
+          data.is_standstill = TEST(spart, STST_bp - 24);
         #else
           constexpr uint8_t CS_ACTUAL_sb = 16;
-          data.cs_actual = (data.drv_status & CS_ACTUAL_bm) >> CS_ACTUAL_sb;
-          data.is_stealth = !!(data.drv_status & _BV(STEALTH_bp));
-          data.is_standstill = !!(data.drv_status & _BV(STST_bp));
+          data.cs_actual = (ds & CS_ACTUAL_bm) >> CS_ACTUAL_sb;
+          data.is_stealth = TEST(ds, STEALTH_bp);
+          data.is_standstill = TEST(ds, STST_bp);
         #endif
         #if HAS_STALLGUARD
           data.sg_result_reasonable = false;
@@ -174,7 +176,7 @@
       return data;
     }
 
-  #endif // TMC2208
+  #endif // TMC2208 || TMC2209
 
   #if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2660)
 
@@ -186,18 +188,18 @@
       constexpr uint8_t OT_bp = 1, OTPW_bp = 2;
       constexpr uint8_t S2G_bm = 0b11000;
       TMC_driver_data data;
-      data.drv_status = st.DRVSTATUS();
-      uint8_t spart = data.drv_status & 0xFF;
-      data.is_otpw = !!(spart & _BV(OTPW_bp));
-      data.is_ot = !!(spart & _BV(OT_bp));
-      data.is_s2g = !!(data.drv_status & S2G_bm);
+      const auto ds = data.drv_status = st.DRVSTATUS();
+      uint8_t spart = ds & 0xFF;
+      data.is_otpw = TEST(spart, OTPW_bp);
+      data.is_ot = TEST(spart, OT_bp);
+      data.is_s2g = !!(ds & S2G_bm);
       #if ENABLED(TMC_DEBUG)
         constexpr uint8_t STALL_GUARD_bp = 0;
         constexpr uint8_t STST_bp = 7, SG_RESULT_sp = 10;
         constexpr uint32_t SG_RESULT_bm = 0xFFC00; // 10:19
-        data.is_stall = !!(spart & _BV(STALL_GUARD_bp));
-        data.is_standstill = !!(spart & _BV(STST_bp));
-        data.sg_result = (data.drv_status & SG_RESULT_bm) >> SG_RESULT_sp;
+        data.is_stall = TEST(spart, STALL_GUARD_bp);
+        data.is_standstill = TEST(spart, STST_bp);
+        data.sg_result = (ds & SG_RESULT_bm) >> SG_RESULT_sp;
         data.sg_result_reasonable = true;
       #endif
       return data;
@@ -228,9 +230,7 @@
     SERIAL_ECHO(timestamp);
     SERIAL_ECHOPGM(": ");
     st.printLabel();
-    SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" driver overtemperature warning! (");
-    SERIAL_ECHO(st.getMilliamps());
-    SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("mA)");
+    SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" driver overtemperature warning! (", st.getMilliamps(), "mA)");
   }
 
   template<typename TMC>
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@
     st.printLabel();
     SERIAL_CHAR(':'); SERIAL_PRINT(pwm_scale, DEC);
     #if ENABLED(TMC_DEBUG)
-      #if HAS_TMCX1X0 || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208)
+      #if HAS_TMCX1X0 || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2209)
         SERIAL_CHAR('/'); SERIAL_PRINT(data.cs_actual, DEC);
       #endif
       #if HAS_STALLGUARD
@@ -386,7 +386,7 @@
       if ((report_tmc_status_interval = update_interval))
         SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("axis:pwm_scale"
           #if HAS_STEALTHCHOP
-            "/current_scale"
+            "/curr_scale"
           #endif
           #if HAS_STALLGUARD
             "/mech_load"
@@ -398,6 +398,7 @@
 
   enum TMC_debug_enum : char {
     TMC_CODES,
+    TMC_UART_ADDR,
     TMC_ENABLED,
     TMC_CURRENT,
     TMC_RMS_CURRENT,
@@ -482,9 +483,9 @@
   #if HAS_TMCX1X0
     static void _tmc_parse_drv_status(TMC2130Stepper &st, const TMC_drv_status_enum i) {
       switch (i) {
-        case TMC_STALLGUARD: if (st.stallguard()) SERIAL_CHAR('X'); break;
-        case TMC_SG_RESULT:  SERIAL_PRINT(st.sg_result(), DEC);   break;
-        case TMC_FSACTIVE:   if (st.fsactive())   SERIAL_CHAR('X'); break;
+        case TMC_STALLGUARD: if (st.stallguard()) SERIAL_CHAR('*'); break;
+        case TMC_SG_RESULT:  SERIAL_PRINT(st.sg_result(), DEC); break;
+        case TMC_FSACTIVE:   if (st.fsactive())   SERIAL_CHAR('*'); break;
         case TMC_DRV_CS_ACTUAL: SERIAL_PRINT(st.cs_actual(), DEC); break;
         default: break;
       }
@@ -515,22 +516,37 @@
     }
   #endif
 
-  #if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208)
+  #if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2209)
     static void _tmc_status(TMC2208Stepper &st, const TMC_debug_enum i) {
       switch (i) {
         case TMC_PWM_SCALE: SERIAL_PRINT(st.pwm_scale_sum(), DEC); break;
         case TMC_STEALTHCHOP: serialprint_truefalse(st.stealth()); break;
-        case TMC_S2VSA: if (st.s2vsa()) SERIAL_CHAR('X'); break;
-        case TMC_S2VSB: if (st.s2vsb()) SERIAL_CHAR('X'); break;
+        case TMC_S2VSA: if (st.s2vsa()) SERIAL_CHAR('*'); break;
+        case TMC_S2VSB: if (st.s2vsb()) SERIAL_CHAR('*'); break;
         default: break;
       }
     }
+
+    #if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2209)
+      template<char AXIS_LETTER, char DRIVER_ID, AxisEnum AXIS_ID>
+      static void _tmc_status(TMCMarlin<TMC2209Stepper, AXIS_LETTER, DRIVER_ID, AXIS_ID> &st, const TMC_debug_enum i) {
+        switch (i) {
+          case TMC_SGT:       SERIAL_PRINT(st.SGTHRS(), DEC); break;
+          case TMC_UART_ADDR: SERIAL_PRINT(st.get_address(), DEC); break;
+          default:
+            TMC2208Stepper *parent = &st;
+            _tmc_status(*parent, i);
+            break;
+        }
+      }
+    #endif
+
     static void _tmc_parse_drv_status(TMC2208Stepper &st, const TMC_drv_status_enum i) {
       switch (i) {
-        case TMC_T157: if (st.t157()) SERIAL_CHAR('X'); break;
-        case TMC_T150: if (st.t150()) SERIAL_CHAR('X'); break;
-        case TMC_T143: if (st.t143()) SERIAL_CHAR('X'); break;
-        case TMC_T120: if (st.t120()) SERIAL_CHAR('X'); break;
+        case TMC_T157: if (st.t157()) SERIAL_CHAR('*'); break;
+        case TMC_T150: if (st.t150()) SERIAL_CHAR('*'); break;
+        case TMC_T143: if (st.t143()) SERIAL_CHAR('*'); break;
+        case TMC_T120: if (st.t120()) SERIAL_CHAR('*'); break;
         case TMC_DRV_CS_ACTUAL: SERIAL_PRINT(st.cs_actual(), DEC); break;
         default: break;
       }
@@ -620,13 +636,13 @@
     SERIAL_CHAR('\t');
     switch (i) {
       case TMC_DRV_CODES:     st.printLabel();  break;
-      case TMC_STST:          if (st.stst())         SERIAL_CHAR('X'); break;
-      case TMC_OLB:           if (st.olb())          SERIAL_CHAR('X'); break;
-      case TMC_OLA:           if (st.ola())          SERIAL_CHAR('X'); break;
-      case TMC_S2GB:          if (st.s2gb())         SERIAL_CHAR('X'); break;
-      case TMC_S2GA:          if (st.s2ga())         SERIAL_CHAR('X'); break;
-      case TMC_DRV_OTPW:      if (st.otpw())         SERIAL_CHAR('X'); break;
-      case TMC_OT:            if (st.ot())           SERIAL_CHAR('X'); break;
+      case TMC_STST:          if (st.stst())         SERIAL_CHAR('*'); break;
+      case TMC_OLB:           if (st.olb())          SERIAL_CHAR('*'); break;
+      case TMC_OLA:           if (st.ola())          SERIAL_CHAR('*'); break;
+      case TMC_S2GB:          if (st.s2gb())         SERIAL_CHAR('*'); break;
+      case TMC_S2GA:          if (st.s2ga())         SERIAL_CHAR('*'); break;
+      case TMC_DRV_OTPW:      if (st.otpw())         SERIAL_CHAR('*'); break;
+      case TMC_OT:            if (st.ot())           SERIAL_CHAR('*'); break;
       case TMC_DRV_STATUS_HEX: {
         const uint32_t drv_status = st.DRV_STATUS();
         SERIAL_CHAR('\t');
@@ -759,6 +775,9 @@
     #define TMC_REPORT(LABEL, ITEM) do{ SERIAL_ECHOPGM(LABEL);  tmc_debug_loop(ITEM, print_x, print_y, print_z, print_e); }while(0)
     #define DRV_REPORT(LABEL, ITEM) do{ SERIAL_ECHOPGM(LABEL); drv_status_loop(ITEM, print_x, print_y, print_z, print_e); }while(0)
     TMC_REPORT("\t",                 TMC_CODES);
+    #if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2209)
+      TMC_REPORT("Address\t",        TMC_UART_ADDR);
+    #endif
     TMC_REPORT("Enabled\t",          TMC_ENABLED);
     TMC_REPORT("Set current",        TMC_CURRENT);
     TMC_REPORT("RMS current",        TMC_RMS_CURRENT);
@@ -770,7 +789,7 @@
     #endif
     TMC_REPORT("CS actual\t",        TMC_CS_ACTUAL);
     TMC_REPORT("PWM scale",          TMC_PWM_SCALE);
-    #if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2130) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2224) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2660) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208)
+    #if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2130) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2224) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2660) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2209)
       TMC_REPORT("vsense\t",         TMC_VSENSE);
     #endif
     TMC_REPORT("stealthChop",        TMC_STEALTHCHOP);
@@ -802,7 +821,7 @@
     DRV_REPORT("s2ga\t",             TMC_S2GA);
     DRV_REPORT("otpw\t",             TMC_DRV_OTPW);
     DRV_REPORT("ot\t",               TMC_OT);
-    #if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208)
+    #if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2209)
       DRV_REPORT("157C\t",           TMC_T157);
       DRV_REPORT("150C\t",           TMC_T150);
       DRV_REPORT("143C\t",           TMC_T143);
@@ -826,7 +845,7 @@
       }
     }
   #endif
-  #if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208)
+  #if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2209)
     static void tmc_get_ic_registers(TMC2208Stepper, const TMC_get_registers_enum) { SERIAL_CHAR('\t'); }
   #endif
 
@@ -961,6 +980,15 @@
     st.en_pwm_mode(restore_stealth);
     st.diag1_stall(false);
   }
+
+  bool tmc_enable_stallguard(TMC2209Stepper &st) {
+    st.TCOOLTHRS(0xFFFFF);
+    return true;
+  }
+  void tmc_disable_stallguard(TMC2209Stepper &st, const bool restore_stealth _UNUSED) {
+    st.TCOOLTHRS(0);
+  }
+
   bool tmc_enable_stallguard(TMC2660Stepper) {
     // TODO
     return false;
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/tmc_util.h b/Marlin/src/feature/tmc_util.h
index 1e73a02c20..1df9a1a3b3 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/tmc_util.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/tmc_util.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
 #define CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V  { 4,  1, 1 }
 #define CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V  { 4,  2, 1 }
 #define CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V  { 5,  2, 4 }
-#define CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V { 4,  1, 4 }
+#define CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V { 3, -2, 6 }
 #define CHOPPER_MARLIN_119   { 5,  2, 3 }
 
 #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) && !defined(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS_INTERVAL_MS)
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ class TMCStorage {
         uint8_t hybrid_thrs = 0;
       #endif
       #if USE_SENSORLESS
-        int8_t homing_thrs = 0;
+        int16_t homing_thrs = 0;
       #endif
     } stored;
 };
@@ -100,10 +100,10 @@ class TMCStorage {
 template<class TMC, char AXIS_LETTER, char DRIVER_ID, AxisEnum AXIS_ID>
 class TMCMarlin : public TMC, public TMCStorage<AXIS_LETTER, DRIVER_ID> {
   public:
-    TMCMarlin(uint16_t cs_pin, float RS) :
+    TMCMarlin(const uint16_t cs_pin, const float RS) :
       TMC(cs_pin, RS)
       {}
-    TMCMarlin(uint16_t CS, float RS, uint16_t pinMOSI, uint16_t pinMISO, uint16_t pinSCK) :
+    TMCMarlin(const uint16_t CS, const float RS, const uint16_t pinMOSI, const uint16_t pinMISO, const uint16_t pinSCK) :
       TMC(CS, RS, pinMOSI, pinMISO, pinSCK)
       {}
     inline uint16_t rms_current() { return TMC::rms_current(); }
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ class TMCMarlin : public TMC, public TMCStorage<AXIS_LETTER, DRIVER_ID> {
       this->val_mA = mA;
       TMC::rms_current(mA);
     }
-    inline void rms_current(uint16_t mA, float mult) {
+    inline void rms_current(const uint16_t mA, const float mult) {
       this->val_mA = mA;
       TMC::rms_current(mA, mult);
     }
@@ -132,8 +132,9 @@ class TMCMarlin : public TMC, public TMCStorage<AXIS_LETTER, DRIVER_ID> {
       }
     #endif
     #if USE_SENSORLESS
-      inline int8_t sgt() { return TMC::sgt(); }
-      void sgt(const int8_t sgt_val) {
+      inline int16_t homing_threshold() { return TMC::sgt(); }
+      void homing_threshold(int16_t sgt_val) {
+        sgt_val = (int16_t)constrain(sgt_val, sgt_min, sgt_max);
         TMC::sgt(sgt_val);
         #if HAS_LCD_MENU
           this->stored.homing_thrs = sgt_val;
@@ -148,25 +149,28 @@ class TMCMarlin : public TMC, public TMCStorage<AXIS_LETTER, DRIVER_ID> {
         inline void refresh_hybrid_thrs() { set_pwm_thrs(this->stored.hybrid_thrs); }
       #endif
       #if USE_SENSORLESS
-        inline void refresh_homing_thrs() { sgt(this->stored.homing_thrs); }
+        inline void refresh_homing_thrs() { homing_threshold(this->stored.homing_thrs); }
       #endif
     #endif
+
+    static constexpr int8_t sgt_min = -64,
+                            sgt_max =  63;
 };
 template<char AXIS_LETTER, char DRIVER_ID, AxisEnum AXIS_ID>
 class TMCMarlin<TMC2208Stepper, AXIS_LETTER, DRIVER_ID, AXIS_ID> : public TMC2208Stepper, public TMCStorage<AXIS_LETTER, DRIVER_ID> {
   public:
-    TMCMarlin(Stream * SerialPort, float RS, bool has_rx=true) :
-      TMC2208Stepper(SerialPort, RS, has_rx=true)
+    TMCMarlin(Stream * SerialPort, const float RS, const uint8_t) :
+      TMC2208Stepper(SerialPort, RS, /*has_rx=*/true)
       {}
-    TMCMarlin(uint16_t RX, uint16_t TX, float RS, bool has_rx=true) :
-      TMC2208Stepper(RX, TX, RS, has_rx=true)
+    TMCMarlin(const uint16_t RX, const uint16_t TX, const float RS, const uint8_t, const bool has_rx=true) :
+      TMC2208Stepper(RX, TX, RS, has_rx)
       {}
     uint16_t rms_current() { return TMC2208Stepper::rms_current(); }
-    inline void rms_current(uint16_t mA) {
+    inline void rms_current(const uint16_t mA) {
       this->val_mA = mA;
       TMC2208Stepper::rms_current(mA);
     }
-    inline void rms_current(uint16_t mA, float mult) {
+    inline void rms_current(const uint16_t mA, const float mult) {
       this->val_mA = mA;
       TMC2208Stepper::rms_current(mA, mult);
     }
@@ -195,24 +199,87 @@ class TMCMarlin<TMC2208Stepper, AXIS_LETTER, DRIVER_ID, AXIS_ID> : public TMC220
       #endif
     #endif
 };
+
+template<char AXIS_LETTER, char DRIVER_ID, AxisEnum AXIS_ID>
+class TMCMarlin<TMC2209Stepper, AXIS_LETTER, DRIVER_ID, AXIS_ID> : public TMC2209Stepper, public TMCStorage<AXIS_LETTER, DRIVER_ID> {
+  public:
+    TMCMarlin(Stream * SerialPort, const float RS, const uint8_t addr) :
+      TMC2209Stepper(SerialPort, RS, addr)
+      {}
+    TMCMarlin(const uint16_t RX, const uint16_t TX, const float RS, const uint8_t addr, const bool) :
+      TMC2209Stepper(RX, TX, RS, addr)
+      {}
+    uint8_t get_address() { return slave_address; }
+    uint16_t rms_current() { return TMC2209Stepper::rms_current(); }
+    inline void rms_current(const uint16_t mA) {
+      this->val_mA = mA;
+      TMC2209Stepper::rms_current(mA);
+    }
+    inline void rms_current(const uint16_t mA, const float mult) {
+      this->val_mA = mA;
+      TMC2209Stepper::rms_current(mA, mult);
+    }
+
+    #if HAS_STEALTHCHOP
+      inline void refresh_stepping_mode() { en_spreadCycle(!this->stored.stealthChop_enabled); }
+      inline bool get_stealthChop_status() { return !this->en_spreadCycle(); }
+    #endif
+    #if ENABLED(HYBRID_THRESHOLD)
+      uint32_t get_pwm_thrs() {
+        return _tmc_thrs(this->microsteps(), this->TPWMTHRS(), planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[AXIS_ID]);
+      }
+      void set_pwm_thrs(const uint32_t thrs) {
+        TMC2209Stepper::TPWMTHRS(_tmc_thrs(this->microsteps(), thrs, planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[AXIS_ID]));
+        #if HAS_LCD_MENU
+          this->stored.hybrid_thrs = thrs;
+        #endif
+      }
+    #endif
+    #if USE_SENSORLESS
+      inline int16_t homing_threshold() { return TMC2209Stepper::SGTHRS(); }
+      void homing_threshold(int16_t sgt_val) {
+        sgt_val = (int16_t)constrain(sgt_val, sgt_min, sgt_max);
+        TMC2209Stepper::SGTHRS(sgt_val);
+        #if HAS_LCD_MENU
+          this->stored.homing_thrs = sgt_val;
+        #endif
+      }
+    #endif
+
+    #if HAS_LCD_MENU
+      inline void refresh_stepper_current() { rms_current(this->val_mA); }
+
+      #if ENABLED(HYBRID_THRESHOLD)
+        inline void refresh_hybrid_thrs() { set_pwm_thrs(this->stored.hybrid_thrs); }
+      #endif
+      #if USE_SENSORLESS
+        inline void refresh_homing_thrs() { homing_threshold(this->stored.homing_thrs); }
+      #endif
+    #endif
+
+    static constexpr uint8_t sgt_min = 0,
+                             sgt_max = 255;
+};
+
 template<char AXIS_LETTER, char DRIVER_ID, AxisEnum AXIS_ID>
 class TMCMarlin<TMC2660Stepper, AXIS_LETTER, DRIVER_ID, AXIS_ID> : public TMC2660Stepper, public TMCStorage<AXIS_LETTER, DRIVER_ID> {
   public:
-    TMCMarlin(uint16_t cs_pin, float RS) :
+    TMCMarlin(const uint16_t cs_pin, const float RS) :
       TMC2660Stepper(cs_pin, RS)
       {}
-    TMCMarlin(uint16_t CS, float RS, uint16_t pinMOSI, uint16_t pinMISO, uint16_t pinSCK) :
+    TMCMarlin(const uint16_t CS, const float RS, const uint16_t pinMOSI, const uint16_t pinMISO, const uint16_t pinSCK) :
       TMC2660Stepper(CS, RS, pinMOSI, pinMISO, pinSCK)
       {}
     inline uint16_t rms_current() { return TMC2660Stepper::rms_current(); }
-    inline void rms_current(uint16_t mA) {
+    inline void rms_current(const uint16_t mA) {
       this->val_mA = mA;
       TMC2660Stepper::rms_current(mA);
     }
 
     #if USE_SENSORLESS
-      inline int8_t sgt() { return TMC2660Stepper::sgt(); }
-      void sgt(const int8_t sgt_val) {
+      inline int16_t homing_threshold() { return TMC2660Stepper::sgt(); }
+      void homing_threshold(int16_t sgt_val) {
+        sgt_val = (int16_t)constrain(sgt_val, sgt_min, sgt_max);
         TMC2660Stepper::sgt(sgt_val);
         #if HAS_LCD_MENU
           this->stored.homing_thrs = sgt_val;
@@ -224,9 +291,12 @@ class TMCMarlin<TMC2660Stepper, AXIS_LETTER, DRIVER_ID, AXIS_ID> : public TMC266
       inline void refresh_stepper_current() { rms_current(this->val_mA); }
 
       #if USE_SENSORLESS
-        inline void refresh_homing_thrs() { sgt(this->stored.homing_thrs); }
+        inline void refresh_homing_thrs() { homing_threshold(this->stored.homing_thrs); }
       #endif
     #endif
+
+    static constexpr int8_t sgt_min = -64,
+                            sgt_max =  63;
 };
 
 template<typename TMC>
@@ -262,7 +332,7 @@ void tmc_print_current(TMC &st) {
   void tmc_print_sgt(TMC &st) {
     st.printLabel();
     SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" homing sensitivity: ");
-    SERIAL_PRINTLN(st.sgt(), DEC);
+    SERIAL_PRINTLN(st.homing_threshold(), DEC);
   }
 #endif
 
@@ -293,6 +363,9 @@ void test_tmc_connection(const bool test_x, const bool test_y, const bool test_z
   bool tmc_enable_stallguard(TMC2130Stepper &st);
   void tmc_disable_stallguard(TMC2130Stepper &st, const bool restore_stealth);
 
+  bool tmc_enable_stallguard(TMC2209Stepper &st);
+  void tmc_disable_stallguard(TMC2209Stepper &st, const bool restore_stealth);
+
   bool tmc_enable_stallguard(TMC2660Stepper);
   void tmc_disable_stallguard(TMC2660Stepper, const bool);
 #endif
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/twibus.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/twibus.cpp
index ecd03bcde5..ccd778120d 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/twibus.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/twibus.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/twibus.h b/Marlin/src/feature/twibus.h
index a2ff67f5e7..1e2f14cfc0 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/feature/twibus.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/feature/twibus.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/G26.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/G26.cpp
index c847141873..817e5646a6 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/G26.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/G26.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/G42.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/G42.cpp
index 914d898fa6..3240b94e8e 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/G42.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/G42.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/M420.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/M420.cpp
index 3ce43b2fef..982ec6e035 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/M420.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/M420.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/abl/G29.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/abl/G29.cpp
index f43cfa6a35..64f5473672 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/abl/G29.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/abl/G29.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -966,7 +966,7 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() {
     #ifdef Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT
       if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("Z Probe End Script: ", Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT);
       planner.synchronize();
-      enqueue_and_echo_commands_P(PSTR(Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT));
+      process_subcommands_now_P(PSTR(Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT));
     #endif
 
     // Auto Bed Leveling is complete! Enable if possible.
@@ -978,8 +978,6 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() {
 
   if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("<<< G29");
 
-  KEEPALIVE_STATE(IN_HANDLER);
-
   if (planner.leveling_active)
     sync_plan_position();
 
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/abl/M421.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/abl/M421.cpp
index 295911330c..f755115317 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/abl/M421.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/abl/M421.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/mbl/G29.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/mbl/G29.cpp
index dd6faea955..8062019249 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/mbl/G29.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/mbl/G29.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::G29() {
       mbl.reset();
       mbl_probe_index = 0;
       if (!ui.wait_for_bl_move) {
-        enqueue_and_echo_commands_P(PSTR("G28\nG29 S2"));
+        queue.inject_P(PSTR("G28\nG29 S2"));
         return;
       }
       state = MeshNext;
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/mbl/M421.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/mbl/M421.cpp
index 06f175882a..f07cafebf8 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/mbl/M421.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/mbl/M421.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/ubl/G29.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/ubl/G29.cpp
index 1019d7cd24..cb130c39d6 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/ubl/G29.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/ubl/G29.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/ubl/M421.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/ubl/M421.cpp
index 7b0df675ff..34afe78625 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/ubl/M421.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/ubl/M421.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G28.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G28.cpp
index 3656dc0999..cd2c1da70f 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G28.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G28.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -203,17 +203,9 @@ void GcodeSuite::G28(const bool always_home_all) {
     }
   #endif
 
-  if (parser.boolval('O')) {
-    if (
-      #if ENABLED(HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE)
-        all_axes_known()  // homing needed anytime steppers deactivate
-      #else
-        all_axes_homed()  // homing needed only if never homed
-      #endif
-    ) {
-      if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("> homing not needed, skip\n<<< G28");
-      return;
-    }
+  if (!homing_needed() && parser.boolval('O')) {
+    if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("> homing not needed, skip\n<<< G28");
+    return;
   }
 
   // Wait for planner moves to finish!
@@ -242,7 +234,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::G28(const bool always_home_all) {
     #if DISABLED(DELTA) || ENABLED(DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE)
       const uint8_t old_tool_index = active_extruder;
     #endif
-    tool_change(0, 0, true);
+    tool_change(0, true);
   #endif
 
   #if HAS_DUPLICATION_MODE
@@ -428,7 +420,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::G28(const bool always_home_all) {
     #else
       #define NO_FETCH true
     #endif
-    tool_change(old_tool_index, 0, NO_FETCH);
+    tool_change(old_tool_index, NO_FETCH);
   #endif
 
   ui.refresh();
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G33.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G33.cpp
index b3488766b6..a76900f6c0 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G33.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G33.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ void ac_home() {
 
 void ac_setup(const bool reset_bed) {
   #if HOTENDS > 1
-    tool_change(0, 0, true);
+    tool_change(0, true);
   #endif
 
   planner.synchronize();
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ void ac_cleanup(
   #endif
   clean_up_after_endstop_or_probe_move();
   #if HOTENDS > 1
-    tool_change(old_tool_index, 0, true);
+    tool_change(old_tool_index, true);
   #endif
 }
 
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G34_M422.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G34_M422.cpp
index 62944ffc3e..44f7845bf6 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G34_M422.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G34_M422.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -38,10 +38,6 @@
   #include "../../module/probe.h"
 #endif
 
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  #include "../../feature/bltouch.h"
-#endif
-
 #if HAS_LEVELING
   #include "../../feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.h"
 #endif
@@ -73,11 +69,6 @@ void GcodeSuite::G34() {
 
   do { // break out on error
 
-    if (!TEST(axis_known_position, X_AXIS) || !TEST(axis_known_position, Y_AXIS)) {
-      SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Home XY first");
-      break;
-    }
-
     const int8_t z_auto_align_iterations = parser.intval('I', Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS);
     if (!WITHIN(z_auto_align_iterations, 1, 30)) {
       SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("?(I)teration out of bounds (1-30).");
@@ -111,92 +102,133 @@ void GcodeSuite::G34() {
       workspace_plane = PLANE_XY;
     #endif
 
-    #if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-      bltouch.init();
-    #endif
-
     // Always home with tool 0 active
     #if HOTENDS > 1
       const uint8_t old_tool_index = active_extruder;
-      tool_change(0, 0, true);
+      tool_change(0, true);
     #endif
 
     #if HAS_DUPLICATION_MODE
       extruder_duplication_enabled = false;
     #endif
 
-    // Before moving other axes raise Z, if needed. Never lower Z.
-    if (current_position[Z_AXIS] < Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES) {
-      if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("Raise Z (before moving to probe pos) to ", Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES);
-      do_blocking_move_to_z(Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES);
-    }
+    #if BOTH(BLTOUCH, BLTOUCH_HS_MODE)
+        // In BLTOUCH HS mode, the probe travels in a deployed state.
+        // Users of G34 might have a badly misaligned bed, so raise Z by the
+        // length of the deployed pin (BLTOUCH stroke < 7mm)
+      #define Z_BASIC_CLEARANCE Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES + 7.0f
+    #else
+      #define Z_BASIC_CLEARANCE Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES
+    #endif
+
+    float z_probe = Z_BASIC_CLEARANCE + (G34_MAX_GRADE) * 0.01f * (
+      #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+         SQRT(MAX(HYPOT2(z_auto_align_xpos[0] - z_auto_align_ypos[0], z_auto_align_xpos[1] - z_auto_align_ypos[1]),
+                  HYPOT2(z_auto_align_xpos[1] - z_auto_align_ypos[1], z_auto_align_xpos[2] - z_auto_align_ypos[2]),
+                  HYPOT2(z_auto_align_xpos[2] - z_auto_align_ypos[2], z_auto_align_xpos[0] - z_auto_align_ypos[0])))
+      #else
+         HYPOT(z_auto_align_xpos[0] - z_auto_align_ypos[0], z_auto_align_xpos[1] - z_auto_align_ypos[1])
+      #endif
+    );
+
+    // Home before the alignment procedure
+    if (homing_needed()) home_all_axes();
+
+    // Move the Z coordinate realm towards the positive - dirty trick
+    current_position[Z_AXIS] -= z_probe * 0.5;
 
-    // Remember corrections to determine errors on each iteration
     float last_z_align_move[Z_STEPPER_COUNT] = ARRAY_N(Z_STEPPER_COUNT, 10000.0f, 10000.0f, 10000.0f),
-          z_measured[Z_STEPPER_COUNT] = { 0 };
+          z_measured[Z_STEPPER_COUNT] = { 0 },
+          z_maxdiff = 0.0f,
+          amplification = z_auto_align_amplification;
+
+    uint8_t iteration;
     bool err_break = false;
-    for (uint8_t iteration = 0; iteration < z_auto_align_iterations; ++iteration) {
+    for (iteration = 0; iteration < z_auto_align_iterations; ++iteration) {
       if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("> probing all positions.");
 
-      // Reset minimum value
-      float z_measured_min = 100000.0f;
-      // For each iteration go through all probe positions (one per Z-Stepper)
-      for (uint8_t zstepper = 0; zstepper < Z_STEPPER_COUNT; ++zstepper) {
+      SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("\nITERATION: ", int(iteration + 1));
 
-        #if BOTH(BLTOUCH, BLTOUCH_HS_MODE)
-          // In BLTOUCH HS mode, the probe travels in a deployed state.
-          // Users of G34 might have a badly misaligned bed, so raise Z by the
-          // length of the deployed pin (BLTOUCH stroke < 7mm)
-          do_blocking_move_to_z(Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES + 7);
-        #endif
+      // Initialize minimum value
+      float z_measured_min = 100000.0f;
+      // Probe all positions (one per Z-Stepper)
+      for (uint8_t izstepper = 0; izstepper < Z_STEPPER_COUNT; ++izstepper) {
+        // iteration odd/even --> downward / upward stepper sequence
+        const uint8_t zstepper = (iteration & 1) ? Z_STEPPER_COUNT - 1 - izstepper : izstepper;
+
+        // Safe clearance even on an incline
+        if (iteration == 0 || izstepper > 0) do_blocking_move_to_z(z_probe);
 
         // Probe a Z height for each stepper
-        z_measured[zstepper] = probe_pt(z_auto_align_xpos[zstepper], z_auto_align_ypos[zstepper], PROBE_PT_RAISE, false);
-
-        // Stop on error
-        if (isnan(z_measured[zstepper])) {
-          if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("> PROBING FAILED!");
+        if (isnan(probe_pt(z_auto_align_xpos[zstepper], z_auto_align_ypos[zstepper], PROBE_PT_RAISE, 0, true))) {
+          SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Probing failed.");
           err_break = true;
           break;
         }
 
+        // This is not the trigger Z value. It is the position of the probe after raising it.
+        // It is higher than the trigger value by a constant value (not known here). This value
+        // is more useful for determining the desired next iteration Z position for probing. It is
+        // equally well suited for determining the misalignment, just like the trigger position would be.
+        z_measured[zstepper] = current_position[Z_AXIS];
         if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("> Z", int(zstepper + 1), " measured position is ", z_measured[zstepper]);
 
-        // Remember the maximum position to calculate the correction
+        // Remember the minimum measurement to calculate the correction later on
         z_measured_min = MIN(z_measured_min, z_measured[zstepper]);
-      }
+      } // for (zstepper)
 
       if (err_break) break;
 
-      // Remember the current z position to return to
-      float z_original_position = current_position[Z_AXIS];
+      // Adapt the next probe clearance height based on the new measurements.
+      // Safe_height = lowest distance to bed (= highest measurement) plus highest measured misalignment.
+      #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+        z_maxdiff = MAX(ABS(z_measured[0] - z_measured[1]), ABS(z_measured[1] - z_measured[2]), ABS(z_measured[2] - z_measured[0]));
+        z_probe = Z_BASIC_CLEARANCE + MAX(z_measured[0], z_measured[1], z_measured[2]) + z_maxdiff;
+      #else
+        z_maxdiff = ABS(z_measured[0] - z_measured[1]);
+        z_probe = Z_BASIC_CLEARANCE + MAX(z_measured[0], z_measured[1]) + z_maxdiff;
+      #endif
+
+      SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\n"
+        "DIFFERENCE Z1-Z2=", ABS(z_measured[0] - z_measured[1])
+        #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+          , " Z2-Z3=", ABS(z_measured[1] - z_measured[2])
+          , " Z3-Z1=", ABS(z_measured[2] - z_measured[0])
+        #endif
+      );
+      SERIAL_EOL();
+      SERIAL_EOL();
+
+      // The following correction actions are to be enabled for select Z-steppers only
+      stepper.set_separate_multi_axis(true);
 
-      // Iterations can stop early if all corrections are below required accuracy
       bool success_break = true;
-      // Correct stepper offsets and re-iterate
+      // Correct the individual stepper offsets
       for (uint8_t zstepper = 0; zstepper < Z_STEPPER_COUNT; ++zstepper) {
-        stepper.set_separate_multi_axis(true);
-        set_all_z_lock(true); // Steppers will be enabled separately
-
         // Calculate current stepper move
         const float z_align_move = z_measured[zstepper] - z_measured_min,
                     z_align_abs = ABS(z_align_move);
 
-        // Check for lost accuracy compared to last move
+        // Optimize one iterations correction based on the first measurements
+        if (z_align_abs > 0.0f) amplification = iteration == 1 ? MIN(last_z_align_move[zstepper] / z_align_abs, 2.0f) : z_auto_align_amplification;
+
+        // Check for less accuracy compared to last move
         if (last_z_align_move[zstepper] < z_align_abs - 1.0) {
-          // Stop here
-          if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("> detected decreasing accuracy.");
+          SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Decreasing accuracy detected.");
           err_break = true;
           break;
         }
-        else
-          last_z_align_move[zstepper] = z_align_abs;
 
-        // Only stop early if all measured points achieve accuracy target
+        // Remember the alignment for the next iteration
+        last_z_align_move[zstepper] = z_align_abs;
+
+        // Stop early if all measured points achieve accuracy target
         if (z_align_abs > z_auto_align_accuracy) success_break = false;
 
         if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("> Z", int(zstepper + 1), " corrected by ", z_align_move);
 
+        // Lock all steppers except one
+        set_all_z_lock(true);
         switch (zstepper) {
           case 0: stepper.set_z_lock(false); break;
           case 1: stepper.set_z2_lock(false); break;
@@ -205,30 +237,29 @@ void GcodeSuite::G34() {
           #endif
         }
 
-        // This will lose home position and require re-homing
-        do_blocking_move_to_z(z_auto_align_amplification * z_align_move + current_position[Z_AXIS]);
-      }
+        // Do a move to correct part of the misalignment for the current stepper
+        do_blocking_move_to_z(amplification * z_align_move + current_position[Z_AXIS]);
+      } // for (zstepper)
+
+      // Back to normal stepper operations
+      set_all_z_lock(false);
+      stepper.set_separate_multi_axis(false);
 
       if (err_break) break;
 
-      // Move Z back to previous position
-      set_all_z_lock(true);
-      do_blocking_move_to_z(z_original_position);
-      set_all_z_lock(false);
+      if (success_break) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Target accuracy achieved."); break; }
 
-      stepper.set_separate_multi_axis(false);
+    } // for (iteration)
 
-      if (success_break) {
-        if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("> achieved target accuracy.");
-        break;
-      }
-    }
+    if (err_break) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("G34 aborted."); break; }
 
-    if (err_break) break;
+    SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Did ", int(iteration + (iteration != z_auto_align_iterations)), " iterations of ", int(z_auto_align_iterations));
+    SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F("Accuracy: ", z_maxdiff);
+    SERIAL_EOL();
 
     // Restore the active tool after homing
     #if HOTENDS > 1
-      tool_change(old_tool_index, 0, (
+      tool_change(old_tool_index, (
         #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
           false // Fetch the previous toolhead
         #else
@@ -244,13 +275,12 @@ void GcodeSuite::G34() {
     // After this operation the z position needs correction
     set_axis_is_not_at_home(Z_AXIS);
 
-    #if BOTH(BLTOUCH, BLTOUCH_HS_MODE)
-      // In BLTOUCH HS mode, the pin is still deployed at this point.
-      // The upcoming G28 means travel, so it is better to stow the pin.
-      bltouch._stow();
-    #endif
+    // Stow the probe, as the last call to probe_pt(...) left
+    // the probe deployed if it was successful.
+    STOW_PROBE();
 
-    gcode.G28(false);
+    // Home Z after the alignment procedure
+    process_subcommands_now_P(PSTR("G28 Z"));
 
   } while(0);
 
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G425.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G425.cpp
index 7d729437a1..5b3765737b 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G425.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G425.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -411,9 +411,13 @@ inline void probe_sides(measurements_t &m, const float uncertainty) {
     SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Nozzle Tip Outer Dimensions:");
     #if HAS_X_CENTER
       SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" X", m.nozzle_outer_dimension[X_AXIS]);
+    #else
+      UNUSED(m);
     #endif
     #if HAS_Y_CENTER
       SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" Y", m.nozzle_outer_dimension[Y_AXIS]);
+    #else
+      UNUSED(m);
     #endif
     SERIAL_EOL();
   }
@@ -518,6 +522,8 @@ inline void calibrate_toolhead(measurements_t &m, const float uncertainty, const
 
   #if HOTENDS > 1
     set_nozzle(m, extruder);
+  #else
+    UNUSED(extruder);
   #endif
 
   probe_sides(m, uncertainty);
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M100.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M100.cpp
index eed7800976..b6e22b3083 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M100.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M100.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
  * Also, there are two support functions that can be called from a developer's C code.
  *
  *    uint16_t check_for_free_memory_corruption(PGM_P const free_memory_start);
- *    void M100_dump_routine(PGM_P const title, const char *start, const char *end);
+ *    void M100_dump_routine(PGM_P const title, char *start, char *end);
  *
  * Initial version by Roxy-3D
  */
@@ -63,43 +63,34 @@
 #if defined(__AVR__) || IS_32BIT_TEENSY
 
   extern char __bss_end;
-  char* end_bss =  &__bss_end;
-  char* free_memory_start = end_bss;
-
-
-  char* free_memory_end = 0;
-  char* stacklimit = 0;
-  char* heaplimit = 0;
+  char *end_bss = &__bss_end,
+       *free_memory_start = end_bss, *free_memory_end = 0,
+       *stacklimit = 0, *heaplimit = 0;
 
   #define MEMORY_END_CORRECTION 0
 
 #elif defined(TARGET_LPC1768)
 
-  extern char   __bss_end__;
-  extern char   __StackLimit;
-  extern char   __HeapLimit;
+  extern char __bss_end__, __StackLimit, __HeapLimit;
 
-  char* end_bss =  &__bss_end__;
-  char* stacklimit =  &__StackLimit;
-  char* heaplimit =  &__HeapLimit ;
+  char *end_bss = &__bss_end__,
+       *stacklimit = &__StackLimit,
+       *heaplimit = &__HeapLimit ;
 
   #define MEMORY_END_CORRECTION 0x200
 
-  char* free_memory_start = heaplimit;
-  char* free_memory_end = stacklimit - MEMORY_END_CORRECTION;
-
+  char *free_memory_start = heaplimit,
+       *free_memory_end = stacklimit - MEMORY_END_CORRECTION;
 
 #elif defined(__SAM3X8E__)
 
-  extern char   _ebss;
+  extern char _ebss;
 
-  char* end_bss = &_ebss;
-
-  char* free_memory_start = end_bss;
-
-  char* free_memory_end = 0;
-  char* stacklimit = 0;
-  char* heaplimit = 0;
+  char *end_bss = &_ebss,
+       *free_memory_start = end_bss,
+       *free_memory_end = 0,
+       *stacklimit = 0,
+       *heaplimit = 0;
 
   #define MEMORY_END_CORRECTION 0x10000  // need to stay well below 0x20080000 or M100 F crashes
 
@@ -141,7 +132,7 @@ inline int32_t count_test_bytes(const char * const start_free_memory) {
    *  the block. If so, it may indicate memory corruption due to a bad pointer.
    *  Unexpected bytes are flagged in the right column.
    */
-  inline void dump_free_memory(const char *start_free_memory, const char *end_free_memory) {
+  inline void dump_free_memory(char *start_free_memory, char *end_free_memory) {
     //
     // Start and end the dump on a nice 16 byte boundary
     // (even though the values are not 16-byte aligned).
@@ -162,12 +153,7 @@ inline int32_t count_test_bytes(const char * const start_free_memory) {
       SERIAL_CHAR('|');                   // Point out non test bytes
       for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 16; i++) {
         char ccc = (char)start_free_memory[i]; // cast to char before automatically casting to char on assignment, in case the compiler is broken
-        if (&start_free_memory[i] >= (const char*)command_queue && &start_free_memory[i] < (const char*)(command_queue + sizeof(command_queue))) { // Print out ASCII in the command buffer area
-          if (!WITHIN(ccc, ' ', 0x7E)) ccc = ' ';
-        }
-        else { // If not in the command buffer area, flag bytes that don't match the test byte
-          ccc = (ccc == TEST_BYTE) ? ' ' : '?';
-        }
+        ccc = (ccc == TEST_BYTE) ? ' ' : '?';
         SERIAL_CHAR(ccc);
       }
       SERIAL_EOL();
@@ -177,7 +163,7 @@ inline int32_t count_test_bytes(const char * const start_free_memory) {
     }
   }
 
-  void M100_dump_routine(PGM_P const title, const char *start, const char *end) {
+  void M100_dump_routine(PGM_P const title, char *start, char *end) {
     serialprintPGM(title);
     SERIAL_EOL();
     //
@@ -198,7 +184,7 @@ inline int check_for_free_memory_corruption(PGM_P const title) {
 
   SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nfmc() n=", n);
   SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nfree_memory_start=", hex_address(free_memory_start));
-  SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("  end_free_memory=",          hex_address(end_free_memory));
+  SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("  end_free_memory=", hex_address(end_free_memory));
 
   if (end_free_memory < start_free_memory)  {
     SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" end_free_memory < Heap ");
@@ -340,11 +326,11 @@ void GcodeSuite::M100() {
   char *sp = top_of_stack();
   if (!free_memory_end) free_memory_end = sp - MEMORY_END_CORRECTION;
   SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nbss_end               : ", hex_address(end_bss));
-  if (heaplimit) SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\n__heaplimit           : ", hex_address(heaplimit ));
+  if (heaplimit) SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\n__heaplimit           : ", hex_address(heaplimit));
   SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nfree_memory_start     : ", hex_address(free_memory_start));
   if (stacklimit) SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\n__stacklimit          : ", hex_address(stacklimit));
-  SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nfree_memory_end       : ", hex_address(free_memory_end  ));
-  if (MEMORY_END_CORRECTION)  SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nMEMORY_END_CORRECTION: ", MEMORY_END_CORRECTION );
+  SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nfree_memory_end       : ", hex_address(free_memory_end));
+  if (MEMORY_END_CORRECTION)  SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nMEMORY_END_CORRECTION: ", MEMORY_END_CORRECTION);
   SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("\nStack Pointer         : ", hex_address(sp));
 
   // Always init on the first invocation of M100
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M12.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M12.cpp
index fd3d8da20c..2474c4bc41 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M12.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M12.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M425.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M425.cpp
index 74b38f56cc..a9191d8217 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M425.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M425.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M48.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M48.cpp
index d17b2df3fd..6e9ccf1ed8 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M48.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M48.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M665.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M665.cpp
index 64918cdb1b..6422057ef8 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M665.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M665.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M666.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M666.cpp
index 3af8fe7575..3b55fb770d 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M666.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M666.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M852.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M852.cpp
index 8e010ba70a..156d1f5bf6 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M852.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M852.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M200-M205.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M200-M205.cpp
index 511ab6cdc6..8ae8e58d2e 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M200-M205.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M200-M205.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M201() {
 
   LOOP_XYZE(i) {
     if (parser.seen(axis_codes[i])) {
-      const uint8_t a = (i == E_AXIS ? E_AXIS_N(target_extruder) : i);
+      const uint8_t a = (i == E_AXIS ? uint8_t(E_AXIS_N(target_extruder)) : i);
       planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[a] = parser.value_axis_units((AxisEnum)a);
     }
   }
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M203() {
 
   LOOP_XYZE(i)
     if (parser.seen(axis_codes[i])) {
-      const uint8_t a = (i == E_AXIS ? E_AXIS_N(target_extruder) : i);
+      const uint8_t a = (i == E_AXIS ? uint8_t(E_AXIS_N(target_extruder)) : i);
       planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[a] = parser.value_axis_units((AxisEnum)a);
     }
 }
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M217.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M217.cpp
index 89ae9b6eeb..e337992ab0 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M217.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M217.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M218.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M218.cpp
index 97000d6e05..d439911713 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M218.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M218.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M220.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M220.cpp
index b7870c4188..50939b279b 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M220.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M220.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M221.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M221.cpp
index 70cb1874ac..cbb31628af 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M221.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M221.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M281.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M281.cpp
index 4953fe7acb..ea9c032cf0 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M281.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M281.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M301.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M301.cpp
index f9ebe9b822..6c66ab48cb 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M301.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M301.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M302.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M302.cpp
index 3db4921ade..e5ca1d3608 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M302.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M302.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M304.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M304.cpp
index d3305a2ebc..f63fa03fce 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M304.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M304.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M305.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M305.cpp
index 82863f5692..b697540986 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M305.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M305.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M43.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M43.cpp
index 3c53c3de6d..79428158e0 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M43.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M43.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ inline void servo_probe_test() {
                       ", stow angle:   ", servo_angles[probe_index][1]
     );
 
-    bool deploy_state, stow_state;
+    bool deploy_state = false, stow_state;
 
     #if ENABLED(Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN)
 
@@ -320,11 +320,11 @@ void GcodeSuite::M43() {
     }
 
     #if HAS_RESUME_CONTINUE
+      KEEPALIVE_STATE(PAUSED_FOR_USER);
       wait_for_user = true;
       #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT)
         host_prompt_do(PROMPT_USER_CONTINUE, PSTR("M43 Wait Called"), PSTR("Continue"));
       #endif
-      KEEPALIVE_STATE(PAUSED_FOR_USER);
     #endif
 
     for (;;) {
@@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M43() {
       }
 
       #if HAS_RESUME_CONTINUE
-        if (!wait_for_user) { KEEPALIVE_STATE(IN_HANDLER); break; }
+        if (!wait_for_user) break;
       #endif
 
       safe_delay(200);
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M540.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M540.cpp
index 5fa3020ac7..fa04fa059d 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M540.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M540.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 
 #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
 
-#if ENABLED(ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED)
+#if ENABLED(SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT)
 
 #include "../gcode.h"
 #include "../../module/stepper.h"
@@ -37,4 +37,4 @@ void GcodeSuite::M540() {
 
 }
 
-#endif // ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+#endif // SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M92.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M92.cpp
index 6fe3b46c0c..dc4b134af7 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M92.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M92.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -41,6 +41,8 @@ void report_M92(const bool echo=true, const int8_t e=-1) {
       SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" E", VOLUMETRIC_UNIT(planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS_N(i)]));
     }
   #endif
+
+  UNUSED_E(e);
 }
 
 /**
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M108_M112_M410.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M108_M112_M410.cpp
index 5f1384c162..242aac1c06 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M108_M112_M410.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M108_M112_M410.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M111.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M111.cpp
index f4bb6e1f62..1c608408f3 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M111.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M111.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M120_M121.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M120_M121.cpp
index 97d6b02b10..7ee6a83fbf 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M120_M121.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M120_M121.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M17_M18_M84.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M17_M18_M84.cpp
index 1aea995508..6706cee008 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M17_M18_M84.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M17_M18_M84.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M211.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M211.cpp
index 3eb0ecf074..64c2732755 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M211.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M211.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M226.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M226.cpp
index 85ebd837ef..5bcf55b2f7 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M226.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M226.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M280.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M280.cpp
index f973e81b1c..3626f0bf67 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M280.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M280.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M3-M5.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M3-M5.cpp
index 132f7bb399..b5e789a92f 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M3-M5.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M3-M5.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -22,23 +22,23 @@
 
 #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
 
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+#if HAS_CUTTER
 
 #include "../gcode.h"
+#include "../../feature/spindle_laser.h"
 #include "../../module/stepper.h"
 
-uint8_t spindle_laser_power; // = 0
-
 /**
- * M3: Spindle Clockwise
- * M4: Spindle Counter-clockwise
+ *  M3 - Cutter ON (Clockwise)
+ *  M4 - Cutter ON (Counter-clockwise)
  *
- *  S0 turns off spindle.
+ *    S<power> - Set power. S0 turns it off.
+ *    O<ocr>   - Set power and OCR
  *
- *  If no speed PWM output is defined then M3/M4 just turns it on.
+ *  If no PWM pin is defined then M3/M4 just turns it on.
  *
- *  At least 12.8KHz (50Hz * 256) is needed for spindle PWM.
- *  Hardware PWM is required. ISRs are too slow.
+ *  At least 12.8KHz (50Hz * 256) is needed for Spindle PWM.
+ *  Hardware PWM is required on AVR. ISRs are too slow.
  *
  * NOTE: WGM for timers 3, 4, and 5 must be either Mode 1 or Mode 5.
  *       No other settings give a PWM signal that goes from 0 to 5 volts.
@@ -59,114 +59,28 @@ uint8_t spindle_laser_power; // = 0
  *
  *  PWM duty cycle goes from 0 (off) to 255 (always on).
  */
-
-// Wait for spindle to come up to speed
-inline void delay_for_power_up() { safe_delay(SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY); }
-
-// Wait for spindle to stop turning
-inline void delay_for_power_down() { safe_delay(SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY); }
-
-/**
- * ocr_val_mode() is used for debugging and to get the points needed to compute the RPM vs ocr_val line
- *
- * it accepts inputs of 0-255
- */
-
-inline void set_spindle_laser_ocr(const uint8_t ocr) {
-  WRITE(SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN, SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT); // turn spindle on (active low)
-  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM)
-    analogWrite(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN, (SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT) ? 255 - ocr : ocr);
-  #endif
-}
-
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM)
-
-  void update_spindle_laser_power() {
-    if (spindle_laser_power == 0) {
-      WRITE(SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN, !SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT);                      // turn spindle off (active low)
-      analogWrite(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN, SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT ? 255 : 0);             // only write low byte
-      delay_for_power_down();
-    }
-    else {                                                                                // Convert RPM to PWM duty cycle
-      constexpr float inv_slope = 1.0f / (SPEED_POWER_SLOPE),
-                      min_ocr = (SPEED_POWER_MIN - (SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT)) * inv_slope,  // Minimum allowed
-                      max_ocr = (SPEED_POWER_MAX - (SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT)) * inv_slope;  // Maximum allowed
-      int16_t ocr_val;
-           if (spindle_laser_power <= SPEED_POWER_MIN) ocr_val = min_ocr;                 // Use minimum if set below
-      else if (spindle_laser_power >= SPEED_POWER_MAX) ocr_val = max_ocr;                 // Use maximum if set above
-      else ocr_val = (spindle_laser_power - (SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT)) * inv_slope;         // Use calculated OCR value
-      set_spindle_laser_ocr(ocr_val & 0xFF);                                              // ...limited to Atmel PWM max
-      delay_for_power_up();
-    }
-  }
-
-#endif // SPINDLE_LASER_PWM
-
-bool spindle_laser_enabled() {
-  return !!spindle_laser_power; // READ(SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN) == SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT;
-}
-
-void set_spindle_laser_enabled(const bool enable) {
-  // Enabled by PWM setting elsewhere
-  spindle_laser_power = enable ? 255 : 0;
-  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM)
-    update_spindle_laser_power();
-  #else
-    if (enable) {
-      WRITE(SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN, SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT);
-      delay_for_power_up();
-    }
-    else {
-      WRITE(SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN, !SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT);
-      delay_for_power_down();
-    }
-  #endif
-}
-
-#if SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE
-
-  void set_spindle_direction(const bool reverse_dir) {
-    const bool dir_state = (reverse_dir == SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR); // Forward (M3) HIGH when not inverted
-    if (SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE && spindle_laser_enabled() && READ(SPINDLE_DIR_PIN) != dir_state)
-      set_spindle_laser_enabled(false);
-    WRITE(SPINDLE_DIR_PIN, dir_state);
-  }
-
-#endif
-
 void GcodeSuite::M3_M4(const bool is_M4) {
 
-  planner.synchronize();   // wait until previous movement commands (G0/G0/G2/G3) have completed before playing with the spindle
+  planner.synchronize();   // Wait for previous movement commands (G0/G0/G2/G3) to complete before changing power
 
-  #if SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE
-    set_spindle_direction(is_M4);
-  #endif
+  cutter.set_direction(is_M4);
 
-  /**
-   * Our final value for ocr_val is an unsigned 8 bit value between 0 and 255 which usually means uint8_t.
-   * Went to uint16_t because some of the uint8_t calculations would sometimes give 1000 0000 rather than 1111 1111.
-   * Then needed to AND the uint16_t result with 0x00FF to make sure we only wrote the byte of interest.
-   */
   #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM)
-    if (parser.seen('O')) {
-      spindle_laser_power = parser.value_byte();
-      set_spindle_laser_ocr(spindle_laser_power);
-    }
-    else {
-      spindle_laser_power = parser.intval('S', 255);
-      update_spindle_laser_power();
-    }
+    if (parser.seen('O'))
+      cutter.set_ocr_power(parser.value_byte()); // The OCR is a value from 0 to 255 (uint8_t)
+    else
+      cutter.set_power(parser.intval('S', 255));
   #else
-    set_spindle_laser_enabled(true);
+    cutter.set_enabled(true);
   #endif
 }
 
 /**
- * M5 turn off spindle
+ * M5 - Cutter OFF
  */
 void GcodeSuite::M5() {
   planner.synchronize();
-  set_spindle_laser_enabled(false);
+  cutter.set_enabled(false);
 }
 
-#endif // SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
+#endif // HAS_CUTTER
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M350_M351.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M350_M351.cpp
index 53aaa58d6b..44a2dd4943 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M350_M351.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M350_M351.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M380_M381.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M380_M381.cpp
index c23d7e5726..58d0431698 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M380_M381.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M380_M381.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M400.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M400.cpp
index 920462f8a9..445aa9c979 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M400.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M400.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M42.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M42.cpp
index bafc40762e..0ee2ef7079 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M42.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M42.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M42() {
   #if FAN_COUNT > 0
     switch (pin) {
       #if HAS_FAN0
-        case FAN_PIN: thermalManager.fan_speed[0] = pin_status; break;
+        case FAN0_PIN: thermalManager.fan_speed[0] = pin_status; break;
       #endif
       #if HAS_FAN1
         case FAN1_PIN: thermalManager.fan_speed[1] = pin_status; break;
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M605.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M605.cpp
index 5829e2372c..97e3406cfa 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M605.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M605.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -158,11 +158,12 @@
    *             A value of 0 disables duplication.
    */
   void GcodeSuite::M605() {
+    bool ena = false;
     if (parser.seen("EPS")) {
       planner.synchronize();
       if (parser.seenval('P')) duplication_e_mask = parser.value_int();   // Set the mask directly
-      else if (parser.seenval('E')) duplication_e_mask = pow(2, e + 1) - 1;    // Set the mask by E index
-      const bool ena = (2 == parser.intval('S', extruder_duplication_enabled ? 2 : 0));
+      else if (parser.seenval('E')) duplication_e_mask = pow(2, parser.value_int() + 1) - 1; // Set the mask by E index
+      ena = (2 == parser.intval('S', extruder_duplication_enabled ? 2 : 0));
       extruder_duplication_enabled = ena && (duplication_e_mask >= 3);
     }
     SERIAL_ECHO_START();
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M7-M9.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M7-M9.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..91898374fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M7-M9.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
+
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+
+#include "../gcode.h"
+#include "../../module/planner.h"
+
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_MIST)
+  /**
+   * M7: Mist Coolant On
+   */
+  void GcodeSuite::M7() {
+    planner.synchronize();                            // Wait for move to arrive
+    WRITE(COOLANT_MIST_PIN, !(COOLANT_MIST_INVERT));  // Turn on Mist coolant
+  }
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_FLOOD)
+  /**
+   * M8: Flood Coolant On
+   */
+  void GcodeSuite::M8() {
+    planner.synchronize();                              // Wait for move to arrive
+    WRITE(COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN, !(COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT));  // Turn on Flood coolant
+  }
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * M9: Coolant OFF
+ */
+void GcodeSuite::M9() {
+  planner.synchronize();                            // Wait for move to arrive
+  #if ENABLED(COOLANT_MIST)
+    WRITE(COOLANT_MIST_PIN, COOLANT_MIST_INVERT);   // Turn off Mist coolant
+  #endif
+  #if ENABLED(COOLANT_FLOOD)
+    WRITE(COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN, COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT); // Turn off Flood coolant
+  #endif
+}
+
+#endif // COOLANT_CONTROL
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M80_M81.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M80_M81.cpp
index c2c705f65d..efb7495017 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M80_M81.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M80_M81.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M85.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M85.cpp
index 4bead2e9c8..bc5a91c375 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M85.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M85.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M997.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M997.cpp
index 06284a5db2..369bba044f 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M997.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M997.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M999.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M999.cpp
index 1d2dfae733..2972e086d1 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M999.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M999.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -42,6 +42,5 @@ void GcodeSuite::M999() {
 
   if (parser.boolval('S')) return;
 
-  // gcode_LastN = Stopped_gcode_LastN;
-  flush_and_request_resend();
+  queue.flush_and_request_resend();
 }
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/T.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/T.cpp
index fb8f09eeeb..db6c173071 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/T.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/T.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -68,7 +68,6 @@ void GcodeSuite::T(const uint8_t tool_index) {
 
     tool_change(
       tool_index,
-      MMM_TO_MMS(parser.linearval('F')),
       (tool_index == active_extruder) || parser.boolval('S')
     );
 
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/eeprom/M500-M504.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/eeprom/M500-M504.cpp
index e21e125066..8a016e13e6 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/eeprom/M500-M504.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/eeprom/M500-M504.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/L6470/M122.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/L6470/M122.cpp
index 8f806cbd94..2e50d8ff79 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/L6470/M122.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/L6470/M122.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/L6470/M906.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/L6470/M906.cpp
index 51bcfaee9e..94c17f010a 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/L6470/M906.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/L6470/M906.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/L6470/M916-918.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/L6470/M916-918.cpp
index 6c2cd220d7..66679a2e0e 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/L6470/M916-918.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/L6470/M916-918.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -106,10 +106,10 @@ void GcodeSuite::M916() {
 
     // turn the motor(s) both directions
     sprintf_P(gcode_string, PSTR("G0 %s%4.3f  F%4.3f"), temp_axis_string, position_min, final_feedrate);
-    process_subcommands_now_P(gcode_string);
+    process_subcommands_now(gcode_string);
 
     sprintf_P(gcode_string, PSTR("G0 %s%4.3f  F%4.3f"), temp_axis_string, position_max, final_feedrate);
-    process_subcommands_now_P(gcode_string);
+    process_subcommands_now(gcode_string);
 
     // get the status after the motors have stopped
     planner.synchronize();
@@ -226,10 +226,10 @@ void GcodeSuite::M917() {
     DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("   OCD threshold : ", (ocd_th_val + 1) * 375);
 
     sprintf_P(gcode_string, PSTR("G0 %s%4.3f  F%4.3f"), temp_axis_string, position_min, final_feedrate);
-    process_subcommands_now_P(gcode_string);
+    process_subcommands_now(gcode_string);
 
     sprintf_P(gcode_string, PSTR("G0 %s%4.3f  F%4.3f"), temp_axis_string, position_max, final_feedrate);
-    process_subcommands_now_P(gcode_string);
+    process_subcommands_now(gcode_string);
 
     planner.synchronize();
 
@@ -518,10 +518,10 @@ void GcodeSuite::M918() {
     DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("...feedrate = ", current_feedrate);
 
     sprintf_P(gcode_string, PSTR("G0 %s%4.3f F%4.3f"), temp_axis_string, position_min, current_feedrate);
-    process_subcommands_now_P(gcode_string);
+    process_subcommands_now(gcode_string);
 
     sprintf_P(gcode_string, PSTR("G0 %s%4.3f F%4.3f"), temp_axis_string, position_max, current_feedrate);
-    process_subcommands_now_P(gcode_string);
+    process_subcommands_now(gcode_string);
 
     planner.synchronize();
 
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/advance/M900.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/advance/M900.cpp
index 0729b91702..251051d312 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/advance/M900.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/advance/M900.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/baricuda/M126-M129.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/baricuda/M126-M129.cpp
index 7064a09dad..3c1588d806 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/baricuda/M126-M129.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/baricuda/M126-M129.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/camera/M240.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/camera/M240.cpp
index ca4dc00125..b4234cb823 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/camera/M240.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/camera/M240.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/caselight/M355.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/caselight/M355.cpp
index d3bc2c8399..e9ee0a4977 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/caselight/M355.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/caselight/M355.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/clean/G12.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/clean/G12.cpp
index 7a9985214a..d0aa0c16ed 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/clean/G12.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/clean/G12.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -30,6 +30,11 @@
 #include "../../parser.h"
 #include "../../../module/motion.h"
 
+#if HAS_LEVELING
+  #include "../../../module/planner.h"
+  #include "../../../feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.h"
+#endif
+
 /**
  * G12: Clean the nozzle
  */
@@ -42,7 +47,17 @@ void GcodeSuite::G12() {
                 objects = parser.ushortval('T', NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES);
   const float radius = parser.floatval('R', NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS);
 
+  #if HAS_LEVELING
+    const bool was_enabled = planner.leveling_active;
+    set_bed_leveling_enabled(false);
+  #endif
+
   Nozzle::clean(pattern, strokes, radius, objects);
+
+  // Re-enable bed level correction if it had been on
+  #if HAS_LEVELING
+    set_bed_leveling_enabled(was_enabled);
+  #endif
 }
 
 #endif // NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/digipot/M907-M910.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/digipot/M907-M910.cpp
index 107c77f41c..4f48bb77ed 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/digipot/M907-M910.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/digipot/M907-M910.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -85,16 +85,10 @@ void GcodeSuite::M907() {
    */
   void GcodeSuite::M908() {
     #if HAS_DIGIPOTSS
-      stepper.digitalPotWrite(
-        parser.intval('P'),
-        parser.intval('S')
-      );
+      stepper.digitalPotWrite(parser.intval('P'), parser.intval('S'));
     #endif
     #if ENABLED(DAC_STEPPER_CURRENT)
-      dac_current_raw(
-        parser.byteval('P', -1),
-        parser.ushortval('S', 0)
-      );
+      dac_current_raw(parser.byteval('P', -1), parser.ushortval('S', 0));
     #endif
   }
 
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/filwidth/M404-M407.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/filwidth/M404-M407.cpp
index f93fdaea58..e65a59850a 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/filwidth/M404-M407.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/filwidth/M404-M407.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/fwretract/G10_G11.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/fwretract/G10_G11.cpp
index 06bce1764f..2b2f2f1c65 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/fwretract/G10_G11.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/fwretract/G10_G11.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/fwretract/M207-M209.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/fwretract/M207-M209.cpp
index b142972490..316433fa46 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/fwretract/M207-M209.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/fwretract/M207-M209.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/i2c/M260_M261.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/i2c/M260_M261.cpp
index 0f7a35ad34..48ab48959a 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/i2c/M260_M261.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/i2c/M260_M261.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/leds/M150.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/leds/M150.cpp
index 28488cc633..1e98ffca2a 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/leds/M150.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/leds/M150.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/leds/M7219.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/leds/M7219.cpp
index cdc481db8b..aa8d063a6e 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/leds/M7219.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/leds/M7219.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/macro/M810-M819.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/macro/M810-M819.cpp
index df41dffe8c..ea90229c38 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/macro/M810-M819.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/macro/M810-M819.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/mixing/M163-M165.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/mixing/M163-M165.cpp
index ff25cdc479..05654d389a 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/mixing/M163-M165.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/mixing/M163-M165.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/mixing/M166.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/mixing/M166.cpp
index 30d2c563e8..1bb2e4b8f1 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/mixing/M166.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/mixing/M166.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/G27.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/G27.cpp
index 41ce2905e0..3b49ae283e 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/G27.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/G27.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/M125.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/M125.cpp
index 7c6c3c54aa..06551242b7 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/M125.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/M125.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/M600.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/M600.cpp
index fe34541700..5daf9f57a9 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/M600.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/M600.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M600() {
       #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
         && dual_x_carriage_mode != DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE && dual_x_carriage_mode != DXC_MIRRORED_MODE
       #endif
-    ) tool_change(target_extruder, 0, false);
+    ) tool_change(target_extruder, false);
   #endif
 
   // Initial retract before move to filament change position
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M600() {
   #if EXTRUDERS > 1
     // Restore toolhead if it was changed
     if (active_extruder_before_filament_change != active_extruder)
-      tool_change(active_extruder_before_filament_change, 0, false);
+      tool_change(active_extruder_before_filament_change, false);
   #endif
 
   #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/M603.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/M603.cpp
index a3053e901a..60070821d8 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/M603.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/M603.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/M701_M702.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/M701_M702.cpp
index abd4f1371d..cf22d892d2 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/M701_M702.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/M701_M702.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M701() {
     // Change toolhead if specified
     uint8_t active_extruder_before_filament_change = active_extruder;
     if (active_extruder != target_extruder)
-      tool_change(target_extruder, 0, false);
+      tool_change(target_extruder, false);
   #endif
 
   // Lift Z axis
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M701() {
   #if EXTRUDERS > 1 && DISABLED(PRUSA_MMU2)
     // Restore toolhead if it was changed
     if (active_extruder_before_filament_change != active_extruder)
-      tool_change(active_extruder_before_filament_change, 0, false);
+      tool_change(active_extruder_before_filament_change, false);
   #endif
 
   #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M702() {
     // Change toolhead if specified
     uint8_t active_extruder_before_filament_change = active_extruder;
     if (active_extruder != target_extruder)
-      tool_change(target_extruder, 0, false);
+      tool_change(target_extruder, false);
   #endif
 
   // Lift Z axis
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M702() {
     #if EXTRUDERS > 1 && ENABLED(FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS)
       if (!parser.seenval('T')) {
         HOTEND_LOOP() {
-          if (e != active_extruder) tool_change(e, 0, false);
+          if (e != active_extruder) tool_change(e, false);
           unload_filament(-fc_settings[e].unload_length, true, PAUSE_MODE_UNLOAD_FILAMENT);
         }
       }
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M702() {
   #if EXTRUDERS > 1 && DISABLED(PRUSA_MMU2)
     // Restore toolhead if it was changed
     if (active_extruder_before_filament_change != active_extruder)
-      tool_change(active_extruder_before_filament_change, 0, false);
+      tool_change(active_extruder_before_filament_change, false);
   #endif
 
   #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/powerloss/M1000.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/powerloss/M1000.cpp
index dfa55fc759..c454a34c05 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/powerloss/M1000.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/powerloss/M1000.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/powerloss/M413.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/powerloss/M413.cpp
index 4b7c253a7d..49f4c250af 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/powerloss/M413.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/powerloss/M413.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/prusa_MMU2/M403.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/prusa_MMU2/M403.cpp
index c186c1ff2f..9ebdcd2070 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/prusa_MMU2/M403.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/prusa_MMU2/M403.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/runout/M412.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/runout/M412.cpp
index 6cf2238dbb..5064b6f5b0 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/runout/M412.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/runout/M412.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M122.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M122.cpp
index 3333e5bd35..b4b66ddbc8 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M122.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M122.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M569.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M569.cpp
index 83b6405cb3..6463889c2a 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M569.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M569.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M906.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M906.cpp
index 91525495f2..ba57fbb4ce 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M906.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M906.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M911-M914.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M911-M914.cpp
index c74428d905..459c3f6aa8 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M911-M914.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M911-M914.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
 
 #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
 
-  #define M91x_USE(ST) (AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(ST, TMC2130) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(ST, TMC2160) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(ST, TMC2208) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(ST, TMC2660) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(ST, TMC5130) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(ST, TMC5160))
+  #define M91x_USE(ST) (AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(ST, TMC2130) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(ST, TMC2160) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(ST, TMC2208) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(ST, TMC2209) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(ST, TMC2660) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(ST, TMC5130) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(ST, TMC5160))
   #define M91x_USE_E(N) (E_STEPPERS > N && M91x_USE(E##N))
 
   #define M91x_SOME_X (M91x_USE(X) || M91x_USE(X2))
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
   #define M91x_SOME_E (M91x_USE_E(0) || M91x_USE_E(1) || M91x_USE_E(2) || M91x_USE_E(3) || M91x_USE_E(4) || M91x_USE_E(5))
 
   #if !M91x_SOME_X && !M91x_SOME_Y && !M91x_SOME_Z && !M91x_SOME_E
-    #error "MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS requires at least one TMC2130, TMC2208, or TMC2660."
+    #error "MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS requires at least one TMC2130, 2160, 2208, 2209, 2660, 5130, or 5160."
   #endif
 
   /**
@@ -313,39 +313,39 @@
     bool report = true;
     const uint8_t index = parser.byteval('I');
     LOOP_XYZ(i) if (parser.seen(axis_codes[i])) {
-      const int8_t value = (int8_t)constrain(parser.value_int(), -64, 63);
+      const int16_t value = parser.value_int();
       report = false;
       switch (i) {
         #if X_SENSORLESS
           case X_AXIS:
             #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(X)
-              if (index < 2) stepperX.sgt(value);
+              if (index < 2) stepperX.homing_threshold(value);
             #endif
             #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(X2)
-              if (!(index & 1)) stepperX2.sgt(value);
+              if (!(index & 1)) stepperX2.homing_threshold(value);
             #endif
             break;
         #endif
         #if Y_SENSORLESS
           case Y_AXIS:
             #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Y)
-              if (index < 2) stepperY.sgt(value);
+              if (index < 2) stepperY.homing_threshold(value);
             #endif
             #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Y2)
-              if (!(index & 1)) stepperY2.sgt(value);
+              if (!(index & 1)) stepperY2.homing_threshold(value);
             #endif
             break;
         #endif
         #if Z_SENSORLESS
           case Z_AXIS:
             #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z)
-              if (index < 2) stepperZ.sgt(value);
+              if (index < 2) stepperZ.homing_threshold(value);
             #endif
             #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z2)
-              if (index == 0 || index == 2) stepperZ2.sgt(value);
+              if (index == 0 || index == 2) stepperZ2.homing_threshold(value);
             #endif
             #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z3)
-              if (index == 0 || index == 3) stepperZ3.sgt(value);
+              if (index == 0 || index == 3) stepperZ3.homing_threshold(value);
             #endif
             break;
         #endif
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.cpp
index 734468ff8e..ec76671f1c 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -120,7 +120,8 @@ void GcodeSuite::get_destination_from_command() {
 
   #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
     // Only update power loss recovery on moves with E
-    if (seen[E_AXIS] && (seen[X_AXIS] || seen[Y_AXIS]) && IS_SD_PRINTING()) recovery.save();
+    if (recovery.enabled && IS_SD_PRINTING() && seen[E_AXIS] && (seen[X_AXIS] || seen[Y_AXIS]))
+      recovery.save();
   #endif
 
   if (parser.linearval('F') > 0)
@@ -180,17 +181,13 @@ void GcodeSuite::dwell(millis_t time) {
 // Placeholders for non-migrated codes
 //
 #if ENABLED(M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER)
-  extern void M100_dump_routine(PGM_P const title, const char *start, const char *end);
+  extern void M100_dump_routine(PGM_P const title, char *start, char *end);
 #endif
 
 /**
  * Process the parsed command and dispatch it to its handler
  */
-void GcodeSuite::process_parsed_command(
-  #if USE_EXECUTE_COMMANDS_IMMEDIATE
-    const bool no_ok
-  #endif
-) {
+void GcodeSuite::process_parsed_command(const bool no_ok/*=false*/) {
   KEEPALIVE_STATE(IN_HANDLER);
 
   // Handle a known G, M, or T
@@ -325,10 +322,20 @@ void GcodeSuite::process_parsed_command(
         case 1: M0_M1(); break;                                   // M1: Conditional stop - Wait for user button press on LCD
       #endif
 
-      #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
-        case 3: M3_M4(false); break;                              // M3: turn spindle/laser on, set laser/spindle power/speed, set rotation direction CW
-        case 4: M3_M4(true ); break;                              // M4: turn spindle/laser on, set laser/spindle power/speed, set rotation direction CCW
-        case 5: M5(); break;                                      // M5 - turn spindle/laser off
+      #if HAS_CUTTER
+        case 3: M3_M4(false); break;                              // M3: Turn ON Laser | Spindle (clockwise), set Power | Speed
+        case 4: M3_M4(true ); break;                              // M4: Turn ON Laser | Spindle (counter-clockwise), set Power | Speed
+        case 5: M5(); break;                                      // M5: Turn OFF Laser | Spindle
+      #endif
+
+      #if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+        #if ENABLED(COOLANT_MIST)
+          case 7: M7(); break;                                    // M7: Mist coolant ON
+        #endif
+        #if ENABLED(COOLANT_FLOOD)
+          case 8: M8(); break;                                    // M8: Flood coolant ON
+        #endif
+        case 9: M9(); break;                                      // M9: Coolant OFF
       #endif
 
       #if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
@@ -338,9 +345,9 @@ void GcodeSuite::process_parsed_command(
       case 17: M17(); break;                                      // M17: Enable all stepper motors
 
       #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
-        case 20: M20(); break;                                    // M20: list SD card
-        case 21: M21(); break;                                    // M21: init SD card
-        case 22: M22(); break;                                    // M22: release SD card
+        case 20: M20(); break;                                    // M20: List SD card
+        case 21: M21(); break;                                    // M21: Init SD card
+        case 22: M22(); break;                                    // M22: Release SD card
         case 23: M23(); break;                                    // M23: Select file
         case 24: M24(); break;                                    // M24: Start SD print
         case 25: M25(); break;                                    // M25: Pause SD print
@@ -423,7 +430,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::process_parsed_command(
         //case 191: M191(); break;                                // M191: Wait for chamber temperature to reach target
       #endif
 
-      case 105: M105(); KEEPALIVE_STATE(NOT_BUSY); return;        // M105: Report Temperatures (and say "ok")
+      case 105: M105(); return;                                   // M105: Report Temperatures (and say "ok")
 
       #if ENABLED(AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES) && HAS_TEMP_SENSOR
         case 155: M155(); break;                                  // M155: Set temperature auto-report interval
@@ -658,7 +665,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::process_parsed_command(
         case 524: M524(); break;                                   // M524: Abort the current SD print job
       #endif
 
-      #if ENABLED(ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED)
+      #if ENABLED(SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT)
         case 540: M540(); break;                                  // M540: Set abort on endstop hit for SD printing
       #endif
 
@@ -789,12 +796,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::process_parsed_command(
     default: parser.unknown_command_error();
   }
 
-  KEEPALIVE_STATE(NOT_BUSY);
-
-  #if USE_EXECUTE_COMMANDS_IMMEDIATE
-    if (!no_ok)
-  #endif
-      ok_to_send();
+  if (!no_ok) queue.ok_to_send();
 }
 
 /**
@@ -802,16 +804,16 @@ void GcodeSuite::process_parsed_command(
  * This is called from the main loop()
  */
 void GcodeSuite::process_next_command() {
-  char * const current_command = command_queue[cmd_queue_index_r];
+  char * const current_command = queue.buffer[queue.index_r];
 
-  PORT_REDIRECT(command_queue_port[cmd_queue_index_r]);
+  PORT_REDIRECT(queue.port[queue.index_r]);
 
   if (DEBUGGING(ECHO)) {
     SERIAL_ECHO_START();
     SERIAL_ECHOLN(current_command);
     #if ENABLED(M100_FREE_MEMORY_DUMPER)
-      SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("slot:", cmd_queue_index_r);
-      M100_dump_routine(PSTR("   Command Queue:"), (const char*)command_queue, (const char*)(command_queue) + sizeof(command_queue));
+      SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("slot:", queue.index_r);
+      M100_dump_routine(PSTR("   Command Queue:"), queue.buffer, queue.buffer + sizeof(queue.buffer));
     #endif
   }
 
@@ -820,43 +822,39 @@ void GcodeSuite::process_next_command() {
   process_parsed_command();
 }
 
-#if USE_EXECUTE_COMMANDS_IMMEDIATE
+/**
+ * Run a series of commands, bypassing the command queue to allow
+ * G-code "macros" to be called from within other G-code handlers.
+ */
 
-  /**
-   * Run a series of commands, bypassing the command queue to allow
-   * G-code "macros" to be called from within other G-code handlers.
-   */
-
-  void GcodeSuite::process_subcommands_now_P(PGM_P pgcode) {
-    char * const saved_cmd = parser.command_ptr;        // Save the parser state
-    for (;;) {
-      PGM_P const delim = strchr_P(pgcode, '\n');       // Get address of next newline
-      const size_t len = delim ? delim - pgcode : strlen_P(pgcode); // Get the command length
-      char cmd[len + 1];                                // Allocate a stack buffer
-      strncpy_P(cmd, pgcode, len);                      // Copy the command to the stack
-      cmd[len] = '\0';                                  // End with a nul
-      parser.parse(cmd);                                // Parse the command
-      process_parsed_command(true);                     // Process it
-      if (!delim) break;                                // Last command?
-      pgcode = delim + 1;                               // Get the next command
-    }
-    parser.parse(saved_cmd);                            // Restore the parser state
+void GcodeSuite::process_subcommands_now_P(PGM_P pgcode) {
+  char * const saved_cmd = parser.command_ptr;        // Save the parser state
+  for (;;) {
+    PGM_P const delim = strchr_P(pgcode, '\n');       // Get address of next newline
+    const size_t len = delim ? delim - pgcode : strlen_P(pgcode); // Get the command length
+    char cmd[len + 1];                                // Allocate a stack buffer
+    strncpy_P(cmd, pgcode, len);                      // Copy the command to the stack
+    cmd[len] = '\0';                                  // End with a nul
+    parser.parse(cmd);                                // Parse the command
+    process_parsed_command(true);                     // Process it
+    if (!delim) break;                                // Last command?
+    pgcode = delim + 1;                               // Get the next command
   }
+  parser.parse(saved_cmd);                            // Restore the parser state
+}
 
-  void GcodeSuite::process_subcommands_now(char * gcode) {
-    char * const saved_cmd = parser.command_ptr;        // Save the parser state
-    for (;;) {
-      char * const delim = strchr(gcode, '\n');         // Get address of next newline
-      if (delim) *delim = '\0';                         // Replace with nul
-      parser.parse(gcode);                              // Parse the current command
-      process_parsed_command(true);                     // Process it
-      if (!delim) break;                                // Last command?
-      gcode = delim + 1;                                // Get the next command
-    }
-    parser.parse(saved_cmd);                            // Restore the parser state
+void GcodeSuite::process_subcommands_now(char * gcode) {
+  char * const saved_cmd = parser.command_ptr;        // Save the parser state
+  for (;;) {
+    char * const delim = strchr(gcode, '\n');         // Get address of next newline
+    if (delim) *delim = '\0';                         // Replace with nul
+    parser.parse(gcode);                              // Parse the current command
+    process_parsed_command(true);                     // Process it
+    if (!delim) break;                                // Last command?
+    gcode = delim + 1;                                // Get the next command
   }
-
-#endif // USE_EXECUTE_COMMANDS_IMMEDIATE
+  parser.parse(saved_cmd);                            // Restore the parser state
+}
 
 #if ENABLED(HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE)
 
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.h b/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.h
index 8aabf79a90..93b91e3eec 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * gcode.h - Temporary container for all gcode handlers
@@ -75,9 +76,12 @@
  *
  * M0   - Unconditional stop - Wait for user to press a button on the LCD (Only if ULTRA_LCD is enabled)
  * M1   -> M0
- * M3   - Turn laser/spindle on, set spindle/laser speed/power, set rotation to clockwise
- * M4   - Turn laser/spindle on, set spindle/laser speed/power, set rotation to counter-clockwise
- * M5   - Turn laser/spindle off
+ * M3   - Turn ON Laser | Spindle (clockwise), set Power | Speed. (Requires SPINDLE_FEATURE or LASER_FEATURE)
+ * M4   - Turn ON Laser | Spindle (counter-clockwise), set Power | Speed. (Requires SPINDLE_FEATURE or LASER_FEATURE)
+ * M5   - Turn OFF Laser | Spindle. (Requires SPINDLE_FEATURE or LASER_FEATURE)
+ * M7   - Turn mist coolant ON. (Requires COOLANT_CONTROL)
+ * M8   - Turn flood coolant ON. (Requires COOLANT_CONTROL)
+ * M9   - Turn coolant OFF. (Requires COOLANT_CONTROL)
  * M12  - Set up closed loop control system. (Requires EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
  * M17  - Enable/Power all stepper motors
  * M18  - Disable all stepper motors; same as M84
@@ -108,8 +112,8 @@
  * M76  - Pause the print job timer.
  * M77  - Stop the print job timer.
  * M78  - Show statistical information about the print jobs. (Requires PRINTCOUNTER)
- * M80  - Turn on Power Supply. (Requires POWER_SUPPLY > 0)
- * M81  - Turn off Power Supply. (Requires POWER_SUPPLY > 0)
+ * M80  - Turn on Power Supply. (Requires PSU_CONTROL)
+ * M81  - Turn off Power Supply. (Requires PSU_CONTROL)
  * M82  - Set E codes absolute (default).
  * M83  - Set E codes relative while in Absolute (G90) mode.
  * M84  - Disable steppers until next move, or use S<seconds> to specify an idle
@@ -136,7 +140,7 @@
  * M119 - Report endstops status.
  * M120 - Enable endstops detection.
  * M121 - Disable endstops detection.
- * M122 - Debug stepper (Requires at least one _DRIVER_TYPE defined as TMC2130/TMC2208/TMC2660 or L6470)
+ * M122 - Debug stepper (Requires at least one _DRIVER_TYPE defined as TMC2130/2160/5130/5160/2208/2209/2660 or L6470)
  * M125 - Save current position and move to filament change position. (Requires PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE)
  * M126 - Solenoid Air Valve Open. (Requires BARICUDA)
  * M127 - Solenoid Air Valve Closed. (Requires BARICUDA)
@@ -213,9 +217,9 @@
  * M502 - Revert to the default "factory settings". ** Does not write them to EEPROM! **
  * M503 - Print the current settings (in memory): "M503 S<verbose>". S0 specifies compact output.
  * M504 - Validate EEPROM contents. (Requires EEPROM_SETTINGS)
- * M524 - Abort the current SD print job (started with M24)
- * M540 - Enable/disable SD card abort on endstop hit: "M540 S<state>". (Requires ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED)
- * M569 - Enable stealthChop on an axis. (Requires at least one _DRIVER_TYPE to be TMC2130 or TMC2208)
+ * M524 - Abort the current SD print job started with M24. (Requires SDSUPPORT)
+ * M540 - Enable/disable SD card abort on endstop hit: "M540 S<state>". (Requires SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT)
+ * M569 - Enable stealthChop on an axis. (Requires at least one _DRIVER_TYPE to be TMC2130/2160/2208/2209/5130/5160)
  * M600 - Pause for filament change: "M600 X<pos> Y<pos> Z<raise> E<first_retract> L<later_retract>". (Requires ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
  * M603 - Configure filament change: "M603 T<tool> U<unload_length> L<load_length>". (Requires ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
  * M605 - Set Dual X-Carriage movement mode: "M605 S<mode> [X<x_offset>] [R<temp_offset>]". (Requires DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
@@ -238,13 +242,13 @@
  * M869 - Report position encoder module error.
  * M876 - Handle Prompt Response. (Requires HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT and not EMERGENCY_PARSER)
  * M900 - Get or Set Linear Advance K-factor. (Requires LIN_ADVANCE)
- * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. (Requires at least one _DRIVER_TYPE defined as TMC2130/TMC2208/TMC2660 or L6470)
+ * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. (Requires at least one _DRIVER_TYPE defined as TMC2130/2160/5130/5160/2208/2209/2660 or L6470)
  * M907 - Set digital trimpot motor current using axis codes. (Requires a board with digital trimpots)
  * M908 - Control digital trimpot directly. (Requires DAC_STEPPER_CURRENT or DIGIPOTSS_PIN)
  * M909 - Print digipot/DAC current value. (Requires DAC_STEPPER_CURRENT)
  * M910 - Commit digipot/DAC value to external EEPROM via I2C. (Requires DAC_STEPPER_CURRENT)
- * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. (Requires at least one _DRIVER_TYPE defined as TMC2130/TMC2208/TMC2660)
- * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. (Requires at least one _DRIVER_TYPE defined as TMC2130/TMC2208/TMC2660)
+ * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. (Requires at least one _DRIVER_TYPE defined as TMC2130/2160/5130/5160/2208/2209/2660)
+ * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. (Requires at least one _DRIVER_TYPE defined as TMC2130/2160/5130/5160/2208/2209/2660)
  * M913 - Set HYBRID_THRESHOLD speed. (Requires HYBRID_THRESHOLD)
  * M914 - Set StallGuard sensitivity. (Requires SENSORLESS_HOMING or SENSORLESS_PROBING)
  * M916 - L6470 tuning: Increase KVAL_HOLD until thermal warning. (Requires at least one _DRIVER_TYPE L6470)
@@ -309,19 +313,14 @@ public:
   static int8_t get_target_e_stepper_from_command();
   static void get_destination_from_command();
 
-  static void process_parsed_command(
-    #if USE_EXECUTE_COMMANDS_IMMEDIATE
-      const bool no_ok = false
-    #endif
-  );
+  static void process_parsed_command(const bool no_ok=false);
   static void process_next_command();
 
-  #if USE_EXECUTE_COMMANDS_IMMEDIATE
-    static void process_subcommands_now_P(PGM_P pgcode);
-    static void process_subcommands_now(char * gcode);
-  #endif
+  // Execute G-code in-place, preserving current G-code parameters
+  static void process_subcommands_now_P(PGM_P pgcode);
+  static void process_subcommands_now(char * gcode);
 
-  FORCE_INLINE static void home_all_axes() { G28(true); }
+  static inline void home_all_axes() { process_subcommands_now_P(PSTR("G28")); }
 
   #if ENABLED(HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE)
     /**
@@ -341,9 +340,9 @@ public:
 
     static void host_keepalive();
 
-    #define KEEPALIVE_STATE(n) gcode.busy_state = gcode.n
+    #define KEEPALIVE_STATE(N) REMEMBER(_KA_, gcode.busy_state, gcode.N)
   #else
-    #define KEEPALIVE_STATE(n) NOOP
+    #define KEEPALIVE_STATE(N) NOOP
   #endif
 
   static void dwell(millis_t time);
@@ -455,11 +454,21 @@ private:
     static void M0_M1();
   #endif
 
-  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+  #if HAS_CUTTER
     static void M3_M4(const bool is_M4);
     static void M5();
   #endif
 
+  #if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+    #if ENABLED(COOLANT_MIST)
+      static void M7();
+    #endif
+    #if ENABLED(COOLANT_FLOOD)
+      static void M8();
+    #endif
+    static void M9();
+  #endif
+
   #if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
     static void M12();
   #endif
@@ -769,7 +778,7 @@ private:
     static void M524();
   #endif
 
-  #if ENABLED(ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED)
+  #if ENABLED(SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT)
     static void M540();
   #endif
 
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/geometry/G17-G19.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/geometry/G17-G19.cpp
index 43bff298b1..bd0192fabf 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/geometry/G17-G19.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/geometry/G17-G19.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/geometry/G53-G59.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/geometry/G53-G59.cpp
index 38765f2e1b..813c026e75 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/geometry/G53-G59.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/geometry/G53-G59.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/geometry/G92.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/geometry/G92.cpp
index 01d42f7c23..9304274520 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/geometry/G92.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/geometry/G92.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/geometry/M206_M428.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/geometry/M206_M428.cpp
index 8ef9eb057d..f2d166e0a8 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/geometry/M206_M428.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/geometry/M206_M428.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M110.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M110.cpp
index 108f414d2b..4bdafb403a 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M110.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M110.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -21,11 +21,11 @@
  */
 
 #include "../gcode.h"
-#include "../queue.h" // for gcode_LastN
+#include "../queue.h" // for last_N
 
 /**
  * M110: Set Current Line Number
  */
 void GcodeSuite::M110() {
-  if (parser.seenval('N')) gcode_LastN = parser.value_long();
+  if (parser.seenval('N')) queue.last_N = parser.value_long();
 }
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M113.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M113.cpp
index f3d885e3d2..6881837a5b 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M113.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M113.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M114.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M114.cpp
index 57ba258333..1a53406288 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M114.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M114.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M115.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M115.cpp
index 591f5ed7b6..eb32119ef9 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M115.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M115.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M118.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M118.cpp
index 0c64debbb7..7655a27f15 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M118.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M118.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M119.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M119.cpp
index e889a10999..ec7dde7fcc 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M119.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M119.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M876.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M876.cpp
index 7f7d4c8c40..e3360ac95d 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M876.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M876.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M0_M1.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M0_M1.cpp
index 9b8b859e24..3bbf329918 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M0_M1.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M0_M1.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -118,7 +118,6 @@ void GcodeSuite::M0_M1() {
   #endif
 
   wait_for_user = false;
-  KEEPALIVE_STATE(IN_HANDLER);
 }
 
 #endif // HAS_RESUME_CONTINUE
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M117.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M117.cpp
index 9e9e4a4d66..19cbbc2580 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M117.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M117.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M145.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M145.cpp
index 3350f7256f..693a32d242 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M145.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M145.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M250.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M250.cpp
index dc03911f14..68c46fcfdd 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M250.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M250.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M300.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M300.cpp
index 31520905a8..ec2024ae2f 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M300.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M300.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M73.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M73.cpp
index e2f17c4384..4ed7559835 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M73.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M73.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G0_G1.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G0_G1.cpp
index 7e0e9f7b90..8d88ac91dd 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G0_G1.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G0_G1.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G2_G3.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G2_G3.cpp
index da07525dcf..030675c230 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G2_G3.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G2_G3.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G4.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G4.cpp
index 3b88eadad5..50606689a1 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G4.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G4.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G5.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G5.cpp
index f98dc4998a..f392668ced 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G5.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G5.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G80.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G80.cpp
index 7db63534cb..e6bc537eca 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G80.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G80.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/M290.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/M290.cpp
index 4dd1fc4475..d3eb81a8fc 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/M290.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/M290.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -59,6 +59,14 @@
 
 /**
  * M290: Babystepping
+ *
+ *  X<linear> - Distance to step X
+ *  Y<linear> - Distance to step Y
+ *  Z<linear> - Distance to step Z
+ *  S<linear> - Distance to step Z (alias for Z)
+ *
+ * With BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET:
+ *         P0 - Don't adjust the Z probe offset.
  */
 void GcodeSuite::M290() {
   #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_XY)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/parser.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/parser.cpp
index 2acf06a172..de87103ff9 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/parser.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/parser.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ bool GCodeParser::volumetric_enabled;
 #endif
 
 #if ENABLED(TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT)
-  TempUnit GCodeParser::input_temp_units;
+  TempUnit GCodeParser::input_temp_units = TEMPUNIT_C;
 #endif
 
 char *GCodeParser::command_ptr,
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/parser.h b/Marlin/src/gcode/parser.h
index ddd9e00809..8798ed486a 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/parser.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/parser.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/G30.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/G30.cpp
index b4b785bd14..08f978bf93 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/G30.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/G30.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/G31_G32.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/G31_G32.cpp
index db1336736e..06c3c3adf1 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/G31_G32.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/G31_G32.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/G38.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/G38.cpp
index be9c58e861..1444521350 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/G38.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/G38.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/M401_M402.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/M401_M402.cpp
index 4eb94d631d..aa63a7ea71 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/M401_M402.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/M401_M402.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/M851.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/M851.cpp
index 9bc310cd8c..6ab53f9f77 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/M851.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/M851.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/M951.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/M951.cpp
index a6e38f2dd8..3e27a7397f 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/M951.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/M951.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/queue.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/queue.cpp
index d8bd91c5f3..d519378a29 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/queue.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/queue.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -25,6 +25,8 @@
  */
 
 #include "queue.h"
+GCodeQueue queue;
+
 #include "gcode.h"
 
 #include "../lcd/ultralcd.h"
@@ -42,7 +44,7 @@
  * sending commands to Marlin, and lines will be checked for sequentiality.
  * M110 N<int> sets the current line number.
  */
-long gcode_N, gcode_LastN, Stopped_gcode_LastN = 0;
+long gcode_N, GCodeQueue::last_N, GCodeQueue::stopped_N = 0;
 
 /**
  * GCode Command Queue
@@ -53,17 +55,17 @@ long gcode_N, gcode_LastN, Stopped_gcode_LastN = 0;
  * the main loop. The gcode.process_next_command method parses the next
  * command and hands off execution to individual handler functions.
  */
-uint8_t commands_in_queue = 0, // Count of commands in the queue
-        cmd_queue_index_r = 0, // Ring buffer read position
-        cmd_queue_index_w = 0; // Ring buffer write position
+uint8_t GCodeQueue::length = 0,  // Count of commands in the queue
+        GCodeQueue::index_r = 0, // Ring buffer read position
+        GCodeQueue::index_w = 0; // Ring buffer write position
 
-char command_queue[BUFSIZE][MAX_CMD_SIZE];
+char GCodeQueue::buffer[BUFSIZE][MAX_CMD_SIZE];
 
 /*
  * The port that the command was received on
  */
 #if NUM_SERIAL > 1
-  int16_t command_queue_port[BUFSIZE];
+  int16_t GCodeQueue::port[BUFSIZE];
 #endif
 
 /**
@@ -82,32 +84,39 @@ bool send_ok[BUFSIZE];
  */
 static PGM_P injected_commands_P = nullptr;
 
-void queue_setup() {
+GCodeQueue::GCodeQueue() {
   // Send "ok" after commands by default
   for (uint8_t i = 0; i < COUNT(send_ok); i++) send_ok[i] = true;
 }
 
+/**
+ * Check whether there are any commands yet to be executed
+ */
+bool GCodeQueue::has_commands_queued() {
+  return queue.length || injected_commands_P;
+}
+
 /**
  * Clear the Marlin command queue
  */
-void clear_command_queue() {
-  cmd_queue_index_r = cmd_queue_index_w = commands_in_queue = 0;
+void GCodeQueue::clear() {
+  index_r = index_w = length = 0;
 }
 
 /**
  * Once a new command is in the ring buffer, call this to commit it
  */
-inline void _commit_command(bool say_ok
+void GCodeQueue::_commit_command(bool say_ok
   #if NUM_SERIAL > 1
-    , int16_t port = -1
+    , int16_t p/*=-1*/
   #endif
 ) {
-  send_ok[cmd_queue_index_w] = say_ok;
+  send_ok[index_w] = say_ok;
   #if NUM_SERIAL > 1
-    command_queue_port[cmd_queue_index_w] = port;
+    port[index_w] = p;
   #endif
-  if (++cmd_queue_index_w >= BUFSIZE) cmd_queue_index_w = 0;
-  commands_in_queue++;
+  if (++index_w >= BUFSIZE) index_w = 0;
+  length++;
 }
 
 /**
@@ -115,16 +124,16 @@ inline void _commit_command(bool say_ok
  * Return true if the command was successfully added.
  * Return false for a full buffer, or if the 'command' is a comment.
  */
-inline bool _enqueuecommand(const char* cmd, bool say_ok=false
+bool GCodeQueue::_enqueue(const char* cmd, bool say_ok/*=false*/
   #if NUM_SERIAL > 1
-    , int16_t port = -1
+    , int16_t pn/*=-1*/
   #endif
 ) {
-  if (*cmd == ';' || commands_in_queue >= BUFSIZE) return false;
-  strcpy(command_queue[cmd_queue_index_w], cmd);
+  if (*cmd == ';' || length >= BUFSIZE) return false;
+  strcpy(buffer[index_w], cmd);
   _commit_command(say_ok
     #if NUM_SERIAL > 1
-      , port
+      , pn
     #endif
   );
   return true;
@@ -132,19 +141,17 @@ inline bool _enqueuecommand(const char* cmd, bool say_ok=false
 
 /**
  * Enqueue with Serial Echo
+ * Return true if the command was consumed
  */
-bool enqueue_and_echo_command(const char* cmd) {
+bool GCodeQueue::enqueue_one(const char* cmd) {
 
-  //SERIAL_ECHOPGM("enqueue_and_echo_command(\"");
+  //SERIAL_ECHOPGM("enqueue_one(\"");
   //SERIAL_ECHO(cmd);
   //SERIAL_ECHOPGM("\") \n");
 
-  if (*cmd == 0 || *cmd == '\n' || *cmd == '\r') {
-    //SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Null command found...   Did not queue!");
-    return true;
-  }
+  if (*cmd == 0 || *cmd == '\n' || *cmd == '\r') return true;
 
-  if (_enqueuecommand(cmd)) {
+  if (_enqueue(cmd)) {
     SERIAL_ECHO_START();
     SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(MSG_ENQUEUEING, cmd, "\"");
     return true;
@@ -153,52 +160,61 @@ bool enqueue_and_echo_command(const char* cmd) {
 }
 
 /**
- * Inject the next "immediate" command, when possible, onto the front of the queue.
- * Return true if any immediate commands remain to inject.
+ * Process the next "immediate" command.
+ * Return 'true' if any commands were processed,
+ * or remain to process.
  */
-static bool drain_injected_commands_P() {
-  if (injected_commands_P != nullptr) {
-    size_t i = 0;
-    char c, cmd[60];
-    strncpy_P(cmd, injected_commands_P, sizeof(cmd) - 1);
-    cmd[sizeof(cmd) - 1] = '\0';
-    while ((c = cmd[i]) && c != '\n') i++; // find the end of this gcode command
+bool GCodeQueue::process_injected_command() {
+  if (injected_commands_P == nullptr) return false;
+
+  char c;
+  size_t i = 0;
+  while ((c = pgm_read_byte(&injected_commands_P[i])) && c != '\n') i++;
+  if (i) {
+    char cmd[i + 1];
+    memcpy_P(cmd, injected_commands_P, i);
     cmd[i] = '\0';
-    if (enqueue_and_echo_command(cmd))     // success?
-      injected_commands_P = c ? injected_commands_P + i + 1 : nullptr; // next command or done
+
+    parser.parse(cmd);
+    PORT_REDIRECT(SERIAL_PORT);
+    gcode.process_parsed_command();
   }
-  return (injected_commands_P != nullptr);    // return whether any more remain
+  injected_commands_P = c ? injected_commands_P + i + 1 : nullptr;
+  return true;
 }
 
 /**
- * Record one or many commands to run from program memory.
+ * Enqueue one or many commands to run from program memory.
+ * Do not inject a comment or use leading spaces!
  * Aborts the current queue, if any.
- * Note: drain_injected_commands_P() must be called repeatedly to drain the commands afterwards
+ * Note: process_injected_command() will be called to drain any commands afterwards
  */
-void enqueue_and_echo_commands_P(PGM_P const pgcode) {
-  injected_commands_P = pgcode;
-  (void)drain_injected_commands_P(); // first command executed asap (when possible)
-}
+void GCodeQueue::inject_P(PGM_P const pgcode) { injected_commands_P = pgcode; }
 
-#if HAS_QUEUE_NOW
-  /**
-   * Enqueue and return only when commands are actually enqueued.
-   * Never call this from a G-code handler!
-   */
-  void enqueue_and_echo_command_now(const char* cmd) {
-    while (!enqueue_and_echo_command(cmd)) idle();
+/**
+ * Enqueue and return only when commands are actually enqueued.
+ * Never call this from a G-code handler!
+ */
+void GCodeQueue::enqueue_one_now(const char* cmd) { while (!enqueue_one(cmd)) idle(); }
+
+/**
+ * Enqueue from program memory and return only when commands are actually enqueued
+ * Never call this from a G-code handler!
+ */
+void GCodeQueue::enqueue_now_P(PGM_P const pgcode) {
+  size_t i = 0;
+  PGM_P p = pgcode;
+  for (;;) {
+    char c;
+    while ((c = pgm_read_byte(&p[i])) && c != '\n') i++;
+    char cmd[i + 1];
+    memcpy_P(cmd, p, i);
+    cmd[i] = '\0';
+    enqueue_one_now(cmd);
+    if (!c) break;
+    p += i + 1;
   }
-  #if HAS_LCD_QUEUE_NOW
-    /**
-     * Enqueue from program memory and return only when commands are actually enqueued
-     * Never call this from a G-code handler!
-     */
-    void enqueue_and_echo_commands_now_P(PGM_P const pgcode) {
-      enqueue_and_echo_commands_P(pgcode);
-      while (drain_injected_commands_P()) idle();
-    }
-  #endif
-#endif
+}
 
 /**
  * Send an "ok" message to the host, indicating
@@ -209,16 +225,16 @@ void enqueue_and_echo_commands_P(PGM_P const pgcode) {
  *   P<int>  Planner space remaining
  *   B<int>  Block queue space remaining
  */
-void ok_to_send() {
+void GCodeQueue::ok_to_send() {
   #if NUM_SERIAL > 1
-    const int16_t port = command_queue_port[cmd_queue_index_r];
-    if (port < 0) return;
-    PORT_REDIRECT(port);
+    const int16_t pn = port[index_r];
+    if (pn < 0) return;
+    PORT_REDIRECT(pn);
   #endif
-  if (!send_ok[cmd_queue_index_r]) return;
+  if (!send_ok[index_r]) return;
   SERIAL_ECHOPGM(MSG_OK);
   #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_OK)
-    char* p = command_queue[cmd_queue_index_r];
+    char* p = buffer[index_r];
     if (*p == 'N') {
       SERIAL_ECHO(' ');
       SERIAL_ECHO(*p++);
@@ -226,7 +242,7 @@ void ok_to_send() {
         SERIAL_ECHO(*p++);
     }
     SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" P"); SERIAL_ECHO(int(BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE - planner.movesplanned() - 1));
-    SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" B"); SERIAL_ECHO(BUFSIZE - commands_in_queue);
+    SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" B"); SERIAL_ECHO(BUFSIZE - length);
   #endif
   SERIAL_EOL();
 }
@@ -235,15 +251,15 @@ void ok_to_send() {
  * Send a "Resend: nnn" message to the host to
  * indicate that a command needs to be re-sent.
  */
-void flush_and_request_resend() {
+void GCodeQueue::flush_and_request_resend() {
   #if NUM_SERIAL > 1
-    const int16_t port = command_queue_port[cmd_queue_index_r];
-    if (port < 0) return;
-    PORT_REDIRECT(port);
+    const int16_t p = port[index_r];
+    if (p < 0) return;
+    PORT_REDIRECT(p);
   #endif
   SERIAL_FLUSH();
   SERIAL_ECHOPGM(MSG_RESEND);
-  SERIAL_ECHOLN(gcode_LastN + 1);
+  SERIAL_ECHOLN(last_N + 1);
   ok_to_send();
 }
 
@@ -266,16 +282,6 @@ inline int read_serial(const uint8_t index) {
   }
 }
 
-void gcode_line_error(PGM_P const err, const int8_t port) {
-  PORT_REDIRECT(port);
-  SERIAL_ERROR_START();
-  serialprintPGM(err);
-  SERIAL_ECHOLN(gcode_LastN);
-  while (read_serial(port) != -1);           // clear out the RX buffer
-  flush_and_request_resend();
-  serial_count[port] = 0;
-}
-
 #if ENABLED(BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER)
 
   inline bool serial_data_available(const uint8_t index) {
@@ -526,6 +532,16 @@ void gcode_line_error(PGM_P const err, const int8_t port) {
 
 #endif // BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
+void GCodeQueue::gcode_line_error(PGM_P const err, const int8_t port) {
+  PORT_REDIRECT(port);
+  SERIAL_ERROR_START();
+  serialprintPGM(err);
+  SERIAL_ECHOLN(last_N);
+  while (read_serial(port) != -1);           // clear out the RX buffer
+  flush_and_request_resend();
+  serial_count[port] = 0;
+}
+
 FORCE_INLINE bool is_M29(const char * const cmd) {  // matches "M29" & "M29 ", but not "M290", etc
   const char * const m29 = strstr_P(cmd, PSTR("M29"));
   return m29 && !NUMERIC(m29[3]);
@@ -536,7 +552,7 @@ FORCE_INLINE bool is_M29(const char * const cmd) {  // matches "M29" & "M29 ", b
  * Exit when the buffer is full or when no more characters are
  * left on the serial port.
  */
-inline void get_serial_commands() {
+void GCodeQueue::get_serial_commands() {
   static char serial_line_buffer[NUM_SERIAL][MAX_CMD_SIZE];
   static bool serial_comment_mode[NUM_SERIAL] = { false }
               #if ENABLED(PAREN_COMMENTS)
@@ -561,7 +577,7 @@ inline void get_serial_commands() {
   #if NO_TIMEOUTS > 0
     static millis_t last_command_time = 0;
     const millis_t ms = millis();
-    if (commands_in_queue == 0 && !serial_data_available() && ELAPSED(ms, last_command_time + NO_TIMEOUTS)) {
+    if (length == 0 && !serial_data_available() && ELAPSED(ms, last_command_time + NO_TIMEOUTS)) {
       SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(MSG_WAIT);
       last_command_time = ms;
     }
@@ -570,7 +586,7 @@ inline void get_serial_commands() {
   /**
    * Loop while serial characters are incoming and the queue is not full
    */
-  while (commands_in_queue < BUFSIZE && serial_data_available()) {
+  while (length < BUFSIZE && serial_data_available()) {
     for (uint8_t i = 0; i < NUM_SERIAL; ++i) {
       int c;
       if ((c = read_serial(i)) < 0) continue;
@@ -610,7 +626,7 @@ inline void get_serial_commands() {
 
           gcode_N = strtol(npos + 1, nullptr, 10);
 
-          if (gcode_N != gcode_LastN + 1 && !M110)
+          if (gcode_N != last_N + 1 && !M110)
             return gcode_line_error(PSTR(MSG_ERR_LINE_NO), i);
 
           char *apos = strrchr(command, '*');
@@ -623,7 +639,7 @@ inline void get_serial_commands() {
           else
             return gcode_line_error(PSTR(MSG_ERR_NO_CHECKSUM), i);
 
-          gcode_LastN = gcode_N;
+          last_N = gcode_N;
         }
         #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
           // Pronterface "M29" and "M29 " has no line number
@@ -669,7 +685,7 @@ inline void get_serial_commands() {
         #endif
 
         // Add the command to the queue
-        _enqueuecommand(serial_line_buffer[i], true
+        _enqueue(serial_line_buffer[i], true
           #if NUM_SERIAL > 1
             , i
           #endif
@@ -711,7 +727,7 @@ inline void get_serial_commands() {
    * or until the end of the file is reached. The special character '#'
    * can also interrupt buffering.
    */
-  inline void get_sdcard_commands() {
+  inline void GCodeQueue::get_sdcard_commands() {
     static bool stop_buffering = false,
                 sd_comment_mode = false
                 #if ENABLED(PAREN_COMMENTS)
@@ -728,11 +744,11 @@ inline void get_serial_commands() {
      * due to checksums, however, no checksums are used in SD printing.
      */
 
-    if (commands_in_queue == 0) stop_buffering = false;
+    if (length == 0) stop_buffering = false;
 
     uint16_t sd_count = 0;
     bool card_eof = card.eof();
-    while (commands_in_queue < BUFSIZE && !card_eof && !stop_buffering) {
+    while (length < BUFSIZE && !card_eof && !stop_buffering) {
       const int16_t n = card.get();
       char sd_char = (char)n;
       card_eof = card.eof();
@@ -755,7 +771,7 @@ inline void get_serial_commands() {
             #if ENABLED(PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS)
               printerEventLEDs.onPrintCompleted();
               #if HAS_RESUME_CONTINUE
-                enqueue_and_echo_commands_P(PSTR("M0 S"
+                inject_P(PSTR("M0 S"
                   #if HAS_LCD_MENU
                     "1800"
                   #else
@@ -779,7 +795,7 @@ inline void get_serial_commands() {
         // Skip empty lines and comments
         if (!sd_count) { thermalManager.manage_heater(); continue; }
 
-        command_queue[cmd_queue_index_w][sd_count] = '\0'; // terminate string
+        buffer[index_w][sd_count] = '\0'; // terminate string
         sd_count = 0; // clear sd line buffer
 
         _commit_command(false);
@@ -800,7 +816,7 @@ inline void get_serial_commands() {
           #if ENABLED(PAREN_COMMENTS)
             && ! sd_comment_paren_mode
           #endif
-        ) command_queue[cmd_queue_index_w][sd_count++] = sd_char;
+        ) buffer[index_w][sd_count++] = sd_char;
       }
     }
   }
@@ -813,10 +829,7 @@ inline void get_serial_commands() {
  *  - The active serial input (usually USB)
  *  - The SD card file being actively printed
  */
-void get_available_commands() {
-
-  // if any immediate commands remain, don't get other commands yet
-  if (drain_injected_commands_P()) return;
+void GCodeQueue::get_available_commands() {
 
   get_serial_commands();
 
@@ -828,14 +841,18 @@ void get_available_commands() {
 /**
  * Get the next command in the queue, optionally log it to SD, then dispatch it
  */
-void advance_command_queue() {
+void GCodeQueue::advance() {
 
-  if (!commands_in_queue) return;
+  // Process immediate commands
+  if (process_injected_command()) return;
+
+  // Return if the G-code buffer is empty
+  if (!length) return;
 
   #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
 
     if (card.flag.saving) {
-      char* command = command_queue[cmd_queue_index_r];
+      char* command = buffer[index_r];
       if (is_M29(command)) {
         // M29 closes the file
         card.closefile();
@@ -872,9 +889,9 @@ void advance_command_queue() {
   #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
   // The queue may be reset by a command handler or by code invoked by idle() within a handler
-  if (commands_in_queue) {
-    --commands_in_queue;
-    if (++cmd_queue_index_r >= BUFSIZE) cmd_queue_index_r = 0;
+  if (length) {
+    --length;
+    if (++index_r >= BUFSIZE) index_r = 0;
   }
 
 }
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/queue.h b/Marlin/src/gcode/queue.h
index ac519bc77b..671793e2bd 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/queue.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/queue.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -28,98 +28,130 @@
 
 #include "../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
 
-/**
- * GCode line number handling. Hosts may include line numbers when sending
- * commands to Marlin, and lines will be checked for sequentiality.
- * M110 N<int> sets the current line number.
- */
-extern long gcode_LastN, Stopped_gcode_LastN;
+class GCodeQueue {
+public:
+  /**
+   * GCode line number handling. Hosts may include line numbers when sending
+   * commands to Marlin, and lines will be checked for sequentiality.
+   * M110 N<int> sets the current line number.
+   */
+  static long last_N, stopped_N;
 
-/**
- * GCode Command Queue
- * A simple ring buffer of BUFSIZE command strings.
- *
- * Commands are copied into this buffer by the command injectors
- * (immediate, serial, sd card) and they are processed sequentially by
- * the main loop. The gcode.process_next_command method parses the next
- * command and hands off execution to individual handler functions.
- */
-extern uint8_t commands_in_queue, // Count of commands in the queue
-               cmd_queue_index_r; // Ring buffer read position
+  static inline void stop() { stopped_N = last_N; }
 
-extern char command_queue[BUFSIZE][MAX_CMD_SIZE];
+  /**
+   * GCode Command Queue
+   * A simple ring buffer of BUFSIZE command strings.
+   *
+   * Commands are copied into this buffer by the command injectors
+   * (immediate, serial, sd card) and they are processed sequentially by
+   * the main loop. The gcode.process_next_command method parses the next
+   * command and hands off execution to individual handler functions.
+   */
+  static uint8_t length,  // Count of commands in the queue
+                 index_r; // Ring buffer read position
 
-/*
- * The port that the command was received on
- */
-#if NUM_SERIAL > 1
-  extern int16_t command_queue_port[BUFSIZE];
-#endif
+  static char buffer[BUFSIZE][MAX_CMD_SIZE];
 
-/**
- * Initialization of queue for setup()
- */
-void queue_setup();
+  /*
+   * The port that the command was received on
+   */
+  #if NUM_SERIAL > 1
+    static int16_t port[BUFSIZE];
+  #endif
 
-/**
- * Clear the Marlin command queue
- */
-void clear_command_queue();
+  GCodeQueue();
 
-/**
- * Clear the serial line and request a resend of
- * the next expected line number.
- */
-void flush_and_request_resend();
+  /**
+   * Clear the Marlin command queue
+   */
+  static void clear();
 
-/**
- * Send an "ok" message to the host, indicating
- * that a command was successfully processed.
- *
- * If ADVANCED_OK is enabled also include:
- *   N<int>  Line number of the command, if any
- *   P<int>  Planner space remaining
- *   B<int>  Block queue space remaining
- */
-void ok_to_send();
+  /**
+   * Enqueue one or many commands to run from program memory.
+   * Aborts the current queue, if any.
+   * Note: process_injected_command() will process them.
+   */
+  static void inject_P(PGM_P const pgcode);
 
-/**
- * Record one or many commands to run from program memory.
- * Aborts the current queue, if any.
- * Note: drain_injected_commands_P() must be called repeatedly to drain the commands afterwards
- */
-void enqueue_and_echo_commands_P(PGM_P const pgcode);
-
-/**
- * Enqueue with Serial Echo
- */
-bool enqueue_and_echo_command(const char* cmd);
-
-#define HAS_LCD_QUEUE_NOW (ENABLED(MALYAN_LCD) || (HAS_LCD_MENU && ANY(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL, PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU, ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)))
-#define HAS_QUEUE_NOW (ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) || HAS_LCD_QUEUE_NOW)
-
-#if HAS_QUEUE_NOW
   /**
    * Enqueue and return only when commands are actually enqueued
    */
-  void enqueue_and_echo_command_now(const char* cmd);
-  #if HAS_LCD_QUEUE_NOW
-    /**
-     * Enqueue from program memory and return only when commands are actually enqueued
-     */
-    void enqueue_and_echo_commands_now_P(PGM_P const cmd);
+  static void enqueue_one_now(const char* cmd);
+
+  /**
+   * Enqueue from program memory and return only when commands are actually enqueued
+   */
+  static void enqueue_now_P(PGM_P const cmd);
+
+  /**
+   * Check whether there are any commands yet to be executed
+   */
+  static bool has_commands_queued();
+
+  /**
+   * Get the next command in the queue, optionally log it to SD, then dispatch it
+   */
+  static void advance();
+
+  /**
+   * Add to the circular command queue the next command from:
+   *  - The command-injection queue (injected_commands_P)
+   *  - The active serial input (usually USB)
+   *  - The SD card file being actively printed
+   */
+  static void get_available_commands();
+
+  /**
+   * Send an "ok" message to the host, indicating
+   * that a command was successfully processed.
+   *
+   * If ADVANCED_OK is enabled also include:
+   *   N<int>  Line number of the command, if any
+   *   P<int>  Planner space remaining
+   *   B<int>  Block queue space remaining
+   */
+  static void ok_to_send();
+
+  /**
+   * Clear the serial line and request a resend of
+   * the next expected line number.
+   */
+  static void flush_and_request_resend();
+
+private:
+
+  static uint8_t index_w;  // Ring buffer write position
+
+  static void get_serial_commands();
+
+  #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+    static void get_sdcard_commands();
   #endif
-#endif
 
-/**
- * Add to the circular command queue the next command from:
- *  - The command-injection queue (injected_commands_P)
- *  - The active serial input (usually USB)
- *  - The SD card file being actively printed
- */
-void get_available_commands();
+  static void _commit_command(bool say_ok
+    #if NUM_SERIAL > 1
+      , int16_t p=-1
+    #endif
+  );
 
-/**
- * Get the next command in the queue, optionally log it to SD, then dispatch it
- */
-void advance_command_queue();
+  static bool _enqueue(const char* cmd, bool say_ok=false
+    #if NUM_SERIAL > 1
+      , int16_t p=-1
+    #endif
+  );
+
+  // Process the next "immediate" command
+  static bool process_injected_command();
+
+  /**
+   * Enqueue with Serial Echo
+   * Return true on success
+   */
+  static bool enqueue_one(const char* cmd);
+
+  static void gcode_line_error(PGM_P const err, const int8_t port);
+
+};
+
+extern GCodeQueue queue;
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/scara/M360-M364.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/scara/M360-M364.cpp
index 463d303af1..585c4d8c86 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/scara/M360-M364.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/scara/M360-M364.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M20.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M20.cpp
index 0ca21c91c8..79f2fd8008 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M20.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M20.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M21_M22.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M21_M22.cpp
index e59106bb17..91b117602d 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M21_M22.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M21_M22.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M23.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M23.cpp
index 18d18aaf28..87aa213ddc 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M23.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M23.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M24_M25.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M24_M25.cpp
index 34543fb43e..81b7350f72 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M24_M25.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M24_M25.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M26.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M26.cpp
index e41c081d0c..e14ee5b349 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M26.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M26.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M27.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M27.cpp
index e9d897229d..64eb91876b 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M27.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M27.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M28_M29.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M28_M29.cpp
index 815a43ae0c..271c732102 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M28_M29.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M28_M29.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M28() {
       SERIAL_ECHOLN(p);
       card.openFile(p, false);
       #if NUM_SERIAL > 1
-        card.transfer_port_index = command_queue_port[cmd_queue_index_r];
+        card.transfer_port_index = queue.port[queue.index_r];
       #endif
     }
     else
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M30.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M30.cpp
index 9b8b8874f5..f4e67c0a4a 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M30.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M30.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M32.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M32.cpp
index 0dea320c83..dde94c1d89 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M32.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M32.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M33.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M33.cpp
index df729aa9b3..409467cd25 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M33.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M33.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M34.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M34.cpp
index 979ed88a14..832b827f3b 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M34.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M34.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M524.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M524.cpp
index 3bcd527bd3..4d4394b4cb 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M524.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M524.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M928.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M928.cpp
index 4cbd5db575..87f5af692b 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M928.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M928.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/stats/M31.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/stats/M31.cpp
index dbda27e099..39c922071c 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/stats/M31.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/stats/M31.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/stats/M75-M78.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/stats/M75-M78.cpp
index 0726a08a31..8749a59868 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/stats/M75-M78.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/stats/M75-M78.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M104_M109.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M104_M109.cpp
index 1b8fb2ab73..b17243851d 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M104_M109.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M104_M109.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M105.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M105.cpp
index ea613e6316..bf11017a57 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M105.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M105.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -33,7 +33,11 @@ void GcodeSuite::M105() {
 
   #if HAS_TEMP_SENSOR
     SERIAL_ECHOPGM(MSG_OK);
-    thermalManager.print_heater_states(target_extruder);
+    thermalManager.print_heater_states(target_extruder
+      #if ENABLED(TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT)
+        , parser.boolval('R')
+      #endif
+    );
   #else // !HAS_TEMP_SENSOR
     SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(MSG_ERR_NO_THERMISTORS);
   #endif
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M106_M107.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M106_M107.cpp
index 9e8012fcc1..b8ff02226a 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M106_M107.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M106_M107.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M140_M190.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M140_M190.cpp
index 7db75df276..a0d132f6b7 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M140_M190.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M140_M190.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M141_M191.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M141_M191.cpp
index 9b5b2f8f12..53deb25d2f 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M141_M191.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M141_M191.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M155.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M155.cpp
index 9067aa8ae4..12403114e9 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M155.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M155.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M303.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M303.cpp
index 55ad03d42d..2765dc64b4 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M303.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M303.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -36,19 +36,18 @@
  *       U<bool> with a non-zero value will apply the result to current settings
  */
 void GcodeSuite::M303() {
-
-  const int8_t e = parser.intval('E');
-
-  if (!WITHIN(e, 0
-    #if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
-      -1
-    #endif
-    ,
-    #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
-      HOTENDS
-    #endif
-    -1
-  )) {
+  #if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
+    #define SI H_BED
+  #else
+    #define SI H_E0
+  #endif
+  #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
+    #define EI HOTENDS - 1
+  #else
+    #define EI H_BED
+  #endif
+  const heater_ind_t e = (heater_ind_t)parser.intval('E');
+  if (!WITHIN(e, SI, EI)) {
     SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(MSG_PID_BAD_EXTRUDER_NUM);
     return;
   }
@@ -62,10 +61,6 @@ void GcodeSuite::M303() {
   #endif
 
   thermalManager.PID_autotune(temp, e, c, u);
-
-  #if DISABLED(BUSY_WHILE_HEATING)
-    KEEPALIVE_STATE(IN_HANDLER);
-  #endif
 }
 
 #endif // HAS_PID_HEATING
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/units/G20_G21.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/units/G20_G21.cpp
index 52c1531314..53eac4e9be 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/units/G20_G21.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/units/G20_G21.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/units/M149.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/units/M149.cpp
index ed518cc03e..b21e376f71 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/units/M149.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/units/M149.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/units/M82_M83.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/units/M82_M83.cpp
index 0fdd94f7f7..110701b6b0 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/gcode/units/M82_M83.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/units/M82_M83.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h b/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h
index e458ee6481..b55c658024 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
   #define ADC_KEY_NUM 8
   #define ULTIPANEL
 
-  // this helps to implement ADC_KEYPAD menus
+  // This helps to implement ADC_KEYPAD menus
   #define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
   #define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 1
   #define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
@@ -97,8 +97,6 @@
 
   #define U8GLIB_SSD1306
   #define ULTIPANEL
-  #define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
-  #define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
 
 #elif ENABLED(RA_CONTROL_PANEL)
 
@@ -141,15 +139,18 @@
   #define DEFAULT_LCD_CONTRAST 150
   #define LCD_CONTRAST_MAX 255
 
-#elif ANY(FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1)
+#elif ANY(FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X, FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1)
 
   #define FYSETC_MINI_12864
   #define DOGLCD
   #define ULTIPANEL
   #define LCD_CONTRAST_MIN 0
   #define LCD_CONTRAST_MAX 255
-  #define DEFAULT_LCD_CONTRAST 255
+  #define DEFAULT_LCD_CONTRAST 220
   #define LED_COLORS_REDUCE_GREEN
+  #if (HAS_POWER_SWITCH && EITHER(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1))
+    #define LED_BACKLIGHT_TIMEOUT 10000
+  #endif
 
   // Require LED backlighting enabled
   #if EITHER(FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0)
@@ -178,7 +179,6 @@
 
 #if ENABLED(ULTI_CONTROLLER)
   #define U8GLIB_SSD1309
-  #define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
   #define LCD_RESET_PIN LCD_PINS_D6 //  This controller need a reset pin
   #define LCD_CONTRAST_MIN 0
   #define LCD_CONTRAST_MAX 254
@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@
 #endif
 
 // Extensible UI serial touch screens. (See src/lcd/extensible_ui)
-#if ENABLED(MALYAN_LCD)
+#if EITHER(DGUS_LCD, MALYAN_LCD)
   #define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 #endif
 
@@ -451,10 +451,12 @@
 #if ENABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) && E_STEPPERS > 1
   #define XYZE_N (XYZ + E_STEPPERS)
   #define E_AXIS_N(E) AxisEnum(E_AXIS + E)
+  #define UNUSED_E(E) NOOP
 #else
   #undef DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
   #define XYZE_N XYZE
   #define E_AXIS_N(E) E_AXIS
+  #define UNUSED_E(E) UNUSED(E)
 #endif
 
 /**
@@ -499,24 +501,30 @@
 /**
  * Set flags for enabled probes
  */
-#define HAS_BED_PROBE (HAS_Z_SERVO_PROBE || ANY(FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY, Z_PROBE_SLED, SOLENOID_PROBE, SENSORLESS_PROBING, RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE))
+#define HAS_BED_PROBE (HAS_Z_SERVO_PROBE || ANY(FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, TOUCH_MI_PROBE, Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY, Z_PROBE_SLED, SOLENOID_PROBE, SENSORLESS_PROBING, RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE))
 #define PROBE_SELECTED (HAS_BED_PROBE || EITHER(PROBE_MANUALLY, MESH_BED_LEVELING))
 
 #if HAS_BED_PROBE
   #define USES_Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP DISABLED(Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN)
+  #define HOMING_Z_WITH_PROBE      (Z_HOME_DIR < 0 && !USES_Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP)
   #ifndef Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT
     #define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -5
   #endif
   #if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY)
     #define PROBE_TRIGGERED_WHEN_STOWED_TEST // Extra test for Allen Key Probe
   #endif
+  #ifdef MULTIPLE_PROBING
+    #if EXTRA_PROBING
+      #define TOTAL_PROBING (MULTIPLE_PROBING + EXTRA_PROBING)
+    #else
+      #define TOTAL_PROBING MULTIPLE_PROBING
+    #endif
+  #endif
 #else
   // Clear probe pin settings when no probe is selected
   #undef Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
 #endif
 
-#define HOMING_Z_WITH_PROBE (HAS_BED_PROBE && Z_HOME_DIR < 0 && ENABLED(Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN))
-
 #ifdef GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
   #define GRID_MAX_POINTS ((GRID_MAX_POINTS_X) * (GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y))
 #endif
@@ -536,7 +544,7 @@
 #define HAS_GAMES     ANY(MARLIN_BRICKOUT, MARLIN_INVADERS, MARLIN_SNAKE, MARLIN_MAZE)
 #define HAS_GAME_MENU (1 < ENABLED(MARLIN_BRICKOUT) + ENABLED(MARLIN_INVADERS) + ENABLED(MARLIN_SNAKE) + ENABLED(MARLIN_MAZE))
 
-#define IS_SCARA     EITHER(MORGAN_SCARA, MAKERARM_SCARA)
+#define IS_SCARA     ENABLED(MORGAN_SCARA)
 #define IS_KINEMATIC (ENABLED(DELTA) || IS_SCARA)
 #define IS_CARTESIAN !IS_KINEMATIC
 
diff --git a/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_adv.h b/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_adv.h
index 0e2295cbaa..168bc9cc17 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_adv.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -26,6 +26,8 @@
  * Defines that depend on advanced configuration.
  */
 
+#define HAS_CUTTER EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+
 #if !defined(__AVR__) || !defined(USBCON)
   // Define constants and variables for buffering serial data.
   // Use only 0 or powers of 2 greater than 1
diff --git a/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_post.h b/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_post.h
index a1f762193b..5fc46fa0d5 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_post.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_post.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -269,19 +269,22 @@
   #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E DISABLE_E
 #endif
 
-// Power Signal Control Definitions
-// By default use ATX definition
-#ifndef POWER_SUPPLY
-  #define POWER_SUPPLY 1
+/**
+ * Power Supply Control
+ */
+#ifndef PSU_NAME
+  #if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+    #if PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH
+      #define PSU_NAME "XBox"     // X-Box 360 (203W)
+    #else
+      #define PSU_NAME "ATX"      // ATX style
+    #endif
+  #else
+    #define PSU_NAME "Generic"    // No control
+  #endif
 #endif
-#if (POWER_SUPPLY == 1)     // 1 = ATX
-  #define PS_ON_AWAKE  LOW
-  #define PS_ON_ASLEEP HIGH
-#elif (POWER_SUPPLY == 2)   // 2 = X-Box 360 203W
-  #define PS_ON_AWAKE  HIGH
-  #define PS_ON_ASLEEP LOW
-#endif
-#define HAS_POWER_SWITCH (POWER_SUPPLY > 0 && PIN_EXISTS(PS_ON))
+
+#define HAS_POWER_SWITCH (ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) && PIN_EXISTS(PS_ON))
 
 /**
  * Temp Sensor defines
@@ -493,7 +496,7 @@
  *       Preserve this ordering when adding new drivers.
  */
 
-#define TRINAMICS (HAS_TRINAMIC || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2130_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2660_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC5130_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC5160_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2160_STANDALONE))
+#define TRINAMICS (HAS_TRINAMIC || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2130_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2209_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2660_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC5130_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC5160_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2160_STANDALONE))
 
 #ifndef MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY
   #if HAS_DRIVER(TB6560)
@@ -905,8 +908,8 @@
 #if HAS_TRINAMIC
   #define HAS_TMCX1X0       (HAS_DRIVER(TMC2130) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2160) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC5130) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC5160))
   #define TMC_HAS_SPI       (HAS_TMCX1X0 || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2660))
-  #define HAS_STALLGUARD    (HAS_TMCX1X0 || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2660))
-  #define HAS_STEALTHCHOP   (HAS_TMCX1X0 || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208))
+  #define HAS_STALLGUARD    (HAS_TMCX1X0 || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2209) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2660))
+  #define HAS_STEALTHCHOP   (HAS_TMCX1X0 || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2209))
 
   #define STEALTHCHOP_ENABLED ANY(STEALTHCHOP_XY, STEALTHCHOP_Z, STEALTHCHOP_E)
   #define USE_SENSORLESS EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
@@ -920,13 +923,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Endstops and bed probe
-#define HAS_STOP_TEST(A,M) (PIN_EXISTS(A##_##M) && !IS_X2_ENDSTOP(A,M) && !IS_Y2_ENDSTOP(A,M) && !IS_Z2_OR_PROBE(A,M))
-#define HAS_X_MIN HAS_STOP_TEST(X,MIN)
-#define HAS_X_MAX HAS_STOP_TEST(X,MAX)
-#define HAS_Y_MIN HAS_STOP_TEST(Y,MIN)
-#define HAS_Y_MAX HAS_STOP_TEST(Y,MAX)
-#define HAS_Z_MIN HAS_STOP_TEST(Z,MIN)
-#define HAS_Z_MAX HAS_STOP_TEST(Z,MAX)
+#define _HAS_STOP(A,M) (PIN_EXISTS(A##_##M) && !IS_X2_ENDSTOP(A,M) && !IS_Y2_ENDSTOP(A,M) && !IS_Z2_OR_PROBE(A,M))
+#define HAS_X_MIN _HAS_STOP(X,MIN)
+#define HAS_X_MAX _HAS_STOP(X,MAX)
+#define HAS_Y_MIN _HAS_STOP(Y,MIN)
+#define HAS_Y_MAX _HAS_STOP(Y,MAX)
+#define HAS_Z_MIN _HAS_STOP(Z,MIN)
+#define HAS_Z_MAX _HAS_STOP(Z,MAX)
 #define HAS_X2_MIN (PIN_EXISTS(X2_MIN))
 #define HAS_X2_MAX (PIN_EXISTS(X2_MAX))
 #define HAS_Y2_MIN (PIN_EXISTS(Y2_MIN))
@@ -1193,17 +1196,9 @@
   #define FAN_COUNT 0
 #endif
 
-#if HAS_FAN0
-  #define WRITE_FAN(v) WRITE(FAN_PIN, (v) ^ FAN_INVERTING)
-  #define WRITE_FAN0(v) WRITE_FAN(v)
+#if FAN_COUNT > 0
+  #define WRITE_FAN(n, v) WRITE(FAN##n##_PIN, (v) ^ FAN_INVERTING)
 #endif
-#if HAS_FAN1
-  #define WRITE_FAN1(v) WRITE(FAN1_PIN, (v) ^ FAN_INVERTING)
-#endif
-#if HAS_FAN2
-  #define WRITE_FAN2(v) WRITE(FAN2_PIN, (v) ^ FAN_INVERTING)
-#endif
-#define WRITE_FAN_N(n, v) WRITE_FAN##n(v)
 
 /**
  * Part Cooling fan multipliexer
@@ -1692,7 +1687,7 @@
   #endif
 #endif
 
-// needs to be here so that we catch the above changes to our defines
+// Defined here to catch the above defines
 #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
   #define HAS_FOLDER_SORTING (FOLDER_SORTING || ENABLED(SDSORT_GCODE))
 #endif
@@ -1700,8 +1695,6 @@
 // If platform requires early initialization of watchdog to properly boot
 #define EARLY_WATCHDOG (ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) && defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM))
 
-#define USE_EXECUTE_COMMANDS_IMMEDIATE (ANY(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER, GCODE_MACROS, POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) || HAS_DRIVER(L6470))
-
 #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
   #define Z_STEPPER_COUNT 3
 #elif ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
@@ -1729,3 +1722,18 @@
     #define LCD_HEIGHT 2
   #endif
 #endif
+
+//
+// The external SD card is not used. Hardware SPI is used to access the card.
+// When sharing the SD card with a PC we want the menu options to
+// mount/unmount the card and refresh it. So we disable card detect.
+//
+#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+  #if SD_CONNECTION_IS(ONBOARD) && DISABLED(NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE)
+    #undef SD_DETECT_PIN
+    #define SHARED_SD_CARD
+  #endif
+  #if DISABLED(SHARED_SD_CARD)
+    #define INIT_SDCARD_ON_BOOT
+  #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Marlin/src/inc/MarlinConfig.h b/Marlin/src/inc/MarlinConfig.h
index 28d6029b27..94aa1939ba 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/inc/MarlinConfig.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/inc/MarlinConfig.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/inc/MarlinConfigPre.h b/Marlin/src/inc/MarlinConfigPre.h
index 4936c519b5..ef998c654a 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/inc/MarlinConfigPre.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/inc/MarlinConfigPre.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/inc/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/inc/SanityCheck.h
index aeaef06391..1f2498b8a2 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/inc/SanityCheck.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/inc/SanityCheck.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -48,6 +48,7 @@
 #if !defined(CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION) || HEXIFY(CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION) < HEXIFY(REQUIRED_CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION)
   #error "You are using an old Configuration_adv.h file, update it before building Marlin."
 #endif
+#undef HEXIFY
 
 /**
  * Warnings for old configurations
@@ -274,6 +275,8 @@
   #error "HAVE_TMC26X is now [AXIS]_DRIVER_TYPE TMC26X. Please update your Configuration.h."
 #elif defined(HAVE_TMC2130)
   #error "HAVE_TMC2130 is now [AXIS]_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2130. Please update your Configuration.h."
+#elif defined(HAVE_TMC2208)
+  #error "HAVE_TMC2208 is now [AXIS]_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208. Please update your Configuration.h."
 #elif defined(HAVE_L6470DRIVER)
   #error "HAVE_L6470DRIVER is now [AXIS]_DRIVER_TYPE L6470. Please update your Configuration.h."
 #elif defined(X_IS_TMC) || defined(X2_IS_TMC) || defined(Y_IS_TMC) || defined(Y2_IS_TMC) || defined(Z_IS_TMC) || defined(Z2_IS_TMC) || defined(Z3_IS_TMC) \
@@ -345,8 +348,16 @@
   #error "MAX6675_SS is now MAX6675_SS_PIN. Please update your configuration and/or pins."
 #elif defined(MAX6675_SS2)
   #error "MAX6675_SS2 is now MAX6675_SS2_PIN. Please update your configuration and/or pins."
+#elif defined(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+  #error "SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE is now SPINDLE_FEATURE or LASER_FEATURE. Please update your Configuration_adv.h."
 #elif defined(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_PIN)
-  #error "SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_PIN is now SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN. Please update your configuration and/or pins."
+  #error "SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_PIN is now SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN. Please update your Configuration_adv.h and/or pins."
+#elif defined(SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE)
+  #error "SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE is now SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR. Please update your Configuration_adv.h."
+#elif defined(SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE)
+  #error "SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE is now SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP. Please update your Configuration_adv.h."
+#elif defined(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT)
+  #error "SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT is now SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH. Please update your Configuration_adv.h."
 #elif defined(CHAMBER_HEATER_PIN)
   #error "CHAMBER_HEATER_PIN is now HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN. Please update your configuration and/or pins."
 #elif defined(TMC_Z_CALIBRATION)
@@ -355,6 +366,22 @@
   #error "Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP is no longer required. Please remove it from Configuration.h."
 #elif defined(DUAL_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION_MODE)
   #error "DUAL_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION_MODE is now MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION. Please update your configuration."
+#elif defined(MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT)
+  #error "MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT is now CASE_LIGHT_MENU. Please update your configuration."
+#elif defined(ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED)
+  #error "ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED is now SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT. Please update your Configuration_adv.h."
+#elif defined(LPC_SD_LCD) || defined(LPC_SD_ONBOARD) || defined(LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE)
+  #error "LPC_SD_(LCD|ONBOARD|CUSTOM_CABLE) are now SDCARD_CONNECTION. Please update your Configuration_adv.h."
+#elif defined(USB_SD_DISABLED)
+  #error "USB_SD_DISABLED is now NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE. Please update your Configuration_adv.h."
+#elif defined(USB_SD_ONBOARD)
+  #error "USB_SD_ONBOARD is obsolete. Disable NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE instead."
+#elif POWER_SUPPLY == 1
+  #error "Replace POWER_SUPPLY 1 by enabling PSU_CONTROL and setting PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH to 'false'."
+#elif POWER_SUPPLY == 2
+  #error "Replace POWER_SUPPLY 2 by enabling PSU_CONTROL and setting PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH to 'true'."
+#elif defined(POWER_SUPPLY)
+  #error "POWER_SUPPLY is now obsolete. Please remove it from Configuration.h."
 #endif
 
 #define BOARD_MKS_13     -47
@@ -370,6 +397,10 @@
 #elif MB(FORMBOT_TREX2)
   #error "FORMBOT_TREX2 has been renamed BOARD_FORMBOT_TREX2PLUS. Please update your configuration."
 #endif
+#undef BOARD_MKS_13
+#undef BOARD_TRIGORILLA
+#undef BOARD_RURAMPS4D
+#undef BOARD_FORMBOT_TREX2
 
 /**
  * Marlin release, version and default string
@@ -810,48 +841,42 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS
   );
 #endif
 
+/**
+ * Special tool-changing options
+ */
+#if 1 < 0 \
+  + ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE) \
+  + ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) \
+  + ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) \
+  + ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) \
+  + ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) \
+  + ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) \
+  + ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+  #error "Please select only one of SINGLENOZZLE, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, PARKING_EXTRUDER, SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, or ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD."
+#endif
+
 /**
  * (Magnetic) Parking Extruder requirements
  */
-#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-  #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
-    #error "PARKING_EXTRUDER and DUAL_X_CARRIAGE are incompatible."
-  #elif ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE)
-    #error "PARKING_EXTRUDER and SINGLENOZZLE are incompatible."
-  #elif ENABLED(EXT_SOLENOID)
-    #error "PARKING_EXTRUDER and EXT_SOLENOID are incompatible. (Pins are used twice.)"
-  #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-    #error "Enable only one of PARKING_EXTRUDER and MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER."
+#if ANY(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
+  #if ENABLED(EXT_SOLENOID)
+    #error "(MAGNETIC_)PARKING_EXTRUDER and EXT_SOLENOID are incompatible. (Pins are used twice.)"
   #elif EXTRUDERS != 2
-    #error "PARKING_EXTRUDER requires exactly 2 EXTRUDERS."
-  #elif !PIN_EXISTS(SOL0, SOL1)
-    #error "PARKING_EXTRUDER requires SOL0_PIN and SOL1_PIN."
+    #error "(MAGNETIC_)PARKING_EXTRUDER requires exactly 2 EXTRUDERS."
   #elif !defined(PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X)
-    #error "PARKING_EXTRUDER requires PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X."
+    #error "(MAGNETIC_)PARKING_EXTRUDER requires PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X."
   #elif !defined(TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE)
-    #error "PARKING_EXTRUDER requires TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE."
-  #elif TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE < 0
-    #error "TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE must be 0 or higher."
-  #elif !defined(PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE) || !WITHIN(PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE, LOW, HIGH)
-    #error "PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE must be defined as HIGH or LOW."
-  #elif !defined(PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY) || !WITHIN(PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY, 0, 2000)
-    #error "PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY must be between 0 and 2000 (ms)."
-  #endif
-#elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-  #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
-    #error "MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER and DUAL_X_CARRIAGE are incompatible."
-  #elif ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE)
-    #error "MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER and SINGLENOZZLE are incompatible."
-  #elif ENABLED(EXT_SOLENOID)
-    #error "MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER and EXT_SOLENOID are incompatible. (Pins are used twice.)"
-  #elif EXTRUDERS != 2
-    #error "MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER requires exactly 2 EXTRUDERS."
-  #elif !defined(PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X)
-    #error "MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER requires PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X."
-  #elif !defined(TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE)
-    #error "MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER requires TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE."
+    #error "(MAGNETIC_)PARKING_EXTRUDER requires TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE."
   #elif TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE < 0
     #error "TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE must be 0 or higher."
+  #elif ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
+    #if !PIN_EXISTS(SOL0, SOL1)
+      #error "PARKING_EXTRUDER requires SOL0_PIN and SOL1_PIN."
+    #elif !defined(PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE) || !WITHIN(PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE, LOW, HIGH)
+      #error "PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE must be defined as HIGH or LOW."
+    #elif !defined(PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY) || !WITHIN(PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY, 0, 2000)
+      #error "PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY must be between 0 and 2000 (ms)."
+    #endif
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -859,13 +884,7 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS
  * Switching Toolhead requirements
  */
 #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
-  #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
-    #error "SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD and DUAL_X_CARRIAGE are incompatible."
-  #elif ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE)
-    #error "SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD and SINGLENOZZLE are incompatible."
-  #elif ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-    #error "SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD and PARKING_EXTRUDER are incompatible."
-  #elif !defined(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR)
+  #if !defined(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR)
     #error "SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD requires SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR."
   #elif EXTRUDERS < 2
     #error "SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD requires at least 2 EXTRUDERS."
@@ -886,6 +905,22 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS
   #endif
 #endif
 
+#if ANY(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+  #if ENABLED(EXT_SOLENOID)
+    #error "(ELECTRO)MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD and EXT_SOLENOID are incompatible. (Pins are used twice.)"
+  #elif !PIN_EXISTS(SOL0)
+    #error "(ELECTRO)MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD requires SOL0_PIN."
+  #elif !defined(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS)
+    #error "(ELECTRO)MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD requires SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS"
+  #elif !defined(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS)
+    #error "(ELECTRO)MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD requires SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS"
+  #elif !defined(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP)
+    #error "(ELECTRO)MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD requires SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP."
+  #elif !defined(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR)
+    #error "(ELECTRO)MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD requires SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR."
+  #endif
+#endif
+
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer requirements
  */
@@ -935,14 +970,13 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS
 #if 1 < 0 \
   + ENABLED(DELTA) \
   + ENABLED(MORGAN_SCARA) \
-  + ENABLED(MAKERARM_SCARA) \
   + ENABLED(COREXY) \
   + ENABLED(COREXZ) \
   + ENABLED(COREYZ) \
   + ENABLED(COREYX) \
   + ENABLED(COREZX) \
   + ENABLED(COREZY)
-  #error "Please enable only one of DELTA, MORGAN_SCARA, MAKERARM_SCARA, COREXY, COREYX, COREXZ, COREZX, COREYZ, or COREZY."
+  #error "Please enable only one of DELTA, MORGAN_SCARA, COREXY, COREYX, COREXZ, COREZX, COREYZ, or COREZY."
 #endif
 
 /**
@@ -976,11 +1010,12 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS
   + ENABLED(FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE) \
   + (HAS_Z_SERVO_PROBE && DISABLED(BLTOUCH)) \
   + ENABLED(BLTOUCH) \
+  + ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) \
   + ENABLED(SOLENOID_PROBE) \
   + ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) \
   + ENABLED(Z_PROBE_SLED) \
   + ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
-  #error "Please enable only one probe option: PROBE_MANUALLY, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, BLTOUCH, SOLENOID_PROBE, Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY, Z_PROBE_SLED, or Z Servo."
+  #error "Please enable only one probe option: PROBE_MANUALLY, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, BLTOUCH, TOUCH_MI_PROBE, SOLENOID_PROBE, Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY, Z_PROBE_SLED, or Z Servo."
 #endif
 
 #if HAS_BED_PROBE
@@ -1037,14 +1072,33 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS
     #error "RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE requires Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X and Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X."
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Touch-MI probe requirements
+   */
+  #if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+    #if DISABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
+      #error "TOUCH_MI_PROBE requires Z_SAFE_HOMING."
+    #elif !defined(TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z)
+      #error "TOUCH_MI_PROBE requires TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z."
+    #elif defined(Z_AFTER_PROBING)
+      #error "TOUCH_MI_PROBE requires Z_AFTER_PROBING to be disabled."
+    #elif Z_HOMING_HEIGHT < 10
+      #error "TOUCH_MI_PROBE requires Z_HOMING_HEIGHT >= 10."
+    #elif Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING
+      #error "TOUCH_MI_PROBE requires Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING to be set to false."
+    #elif DISABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
+      #error "TOUCH_MI_PROBE requires BABYSTEPPING with BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET."
+    #endif
+  #endif
+
   /**
    * Require pin options and pins to be defined
    */
   #if ENABLED(SENSORLESS_PROBING)
-    #if ENABLED(DELTA) && (!AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC2130) || !AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC2130) || !AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC2130))
-      #error "SENSORLESS_PROBING requires TMC2130 drivers on X, Y, and Z."
-    #elif !AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC2130)
-      #error "SENSORLESS_PROBING requires a TMC2130 driver on Z."
+    #if ENABLED(DELTA) && !(AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(X) && AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Y) && AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z))
+      #error "SENSORLESS_PROBING requires TMC2130/2160/2209/5130/5160 drivers on X, Y, and Z."
+    #elif !AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z)
+      #error "SENSORLESS_PROBING requires a TMC2130/2160/2209/5130/5160 driver on Z."
     #endif
   #elif ENABLED(Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN)
     #if DISABLED(USE_ZMIN_PLUG)
@@ -1073,8 +1127,14 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS
     #error "Probes need Z_AFTER_PROBING >= 0."
   #endif
 
-  #if MULTIPLE_PROBING && MULTIPLE_PROBING < 2
-    #error "MULTIPLE_PROBING must be >= 2."
+  #if MULTIPLE_PROBING || EXTRA_PROBING
+    #if !MULTIPLE_PROBING
+      #error "EXTRA_PROBING requires MULTIPLE_PROBING."
+    #elif MULTIPLE_PROBING < 2
+      #error "MULTIPLE_PROBING must be 2 or more."
+    #elif MULTIPLE_PROBING <= EXTRA_PROBING
+      #error "EXTRA_PROBING must be less than MULTIPLE_PROBING."
+    #endif
   #endif
 
   #if Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT > 0
@@ -1297,7 +1357,7 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS
  * Dual X Carriage requirements
  */
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
-  #if EXTRUDERS == 1
+  #if EXTRUDERS < 2
     #error "DUAL_X_CARRIAGE requires 2 (or more) extruders."
   #elif CORE_IS_XY || CORE_IS_XZ
     #error "DUAL_X_CARRIAGE cannot be used with COREXY, COREYX, COREXZ, or COREZX."
@@ -1310,7 +1370,7 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS
   #elif X_HOME_DIR != -1 || X2_HOME_DIR != 1
     #error "DUAL_X_CARRIAGE requires X_HOME_DIR -1 and X2_HOME_DIR 1."
   #endif
-#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
+#endif
 
 /**
  * Make sure auto fan pins don't conflict with the fan pin
@@ -1491,6 +1551,13 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS
   #error "LED_CONTROL_MENU requires BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9533, PCA9632, or NEOPIXEL_LED."
 #endif
 
+/**
+ * LED Backlight Timeout
+ */
+#if defined(LED_BACKLIGHT_TIMEOUT) && !(EITHER(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1) && HAS_POWER_SWITCH)
+  #error "LED_BACKLIGHT_TIMEOUT requires a Fysetc Mini Panel and a Power Switch."
+#endif
+
 /**
  * Basic multi hotend duplication mode
  */
@@ -1739,6 +1806,7 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS
     #error "NEOPIXEL_LED requires NEOPIXEL_PIN and NEOPIXEL_PIXELS."
   #endif
 #endif
+#undef _RGB_TEST
 
 /**
  * Auto Fan check for PWM pins
@@ -1789,7 +1857,6 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS
       && DISABLED(MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306) ) \
   + (ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER) && DISABLED(BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER)) \
   + ENABLED(LCD_FOR_MELZI) \
-  + ENABLED(MALYAN_LCD) \
   + ENABLED(MKS_12864OLED) \
   + ENABLED(MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306) \
   + ENABLED(MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602) \
@@ -1804,6 +1871,7 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS
   + ENABLED(G3D_PANEL) \
   + (ENABLED(MINIPANEL) && DISABLED(MKS_MINI_12864)) \
   + ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) \
+  + ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X) \
   + ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2) \
   + ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0) \
   + ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1) \
@@ -1822,7 +1890,9 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS
   + ENABLED(OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2) \
   + ENABLED(ZONESTAR_LCD) \
   + ENABLED(ULTI_CONTROLLER) \
-  + (ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) && DISABLED(MALYAN_LCD))
+  + ENABLED(MALYAN_LCD) \
+  + ENABLED(DGUS_LCD) \
+  + (ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) && DISABLED(MALYAN_LCD, DGUS_LCD))
   #error "Please select no more than one LCD controller option."
 #endif
 
@@ -1838,73 +1908,106 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS
 /**
  * Check existing CS pins against enabled TMC SPI drivers.
  */
-#define INVALID_TMC2130(ST) (AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(ST, TMC2130) && !PIN_EXISTS(ST##_CS))
-#if INVALID_TMC2130(X)
-  #error "TMC2130 on X requires X_CS_PIN."
-#elif INVALID_TMC2130(X2)
-  #error "TMC2130 on X2 requires X2_CS_PIN."
-#elif INVALID_TMC2130(Y)
-  #error "TMC2130 on Y requires Y_CS_PIN."
-#elif INVALID_TMC2130(Y2)
-  #error "TMC2130 on Y2 requires Y2_CS_PIN."
-#elif INVALID_TMC2130(Z)
-  #error "TMC2130 on Z requires Z_CS_PIN."
-#elif INVALID_TMC2130(Z2)
-  #error "TMC2130 on Z2 requires Z2_CS_PIN."
-#elif INVALID_TMC2130(Z3)
-  #error "TMC2130 on Z3 requires Z3_CS_PIN."
-#elif INVALID_TMC2130(E0)
-  #error "TMC2130 on E0 requires E0_CS_PIN."
-#elif INVALID_TMC2130(E1)
-  #error "TMC2130 on E1 requires E1_CS_PIN."
-#elif INVALID_TMC2130(E2)
-  #error "TMC2130 on E2 requires E2_CS_PIN."
-#elif INVALID_TMC2130(E3)
-  #error "TMC2130 on E3 requires E3_CS_PIN."
-#elif INVALID_TMC2130(E4)
-  #error "TMC2130 on E4 requires E4_CS_PIN."
-#elif INVALID_TMC2130(E5)
-  #error "TMC2130 on E5 requires E5_CS_PIN."
+#define INVALID_TMC_SPI(ST) (AXIS_HAS_SPI && !PIN_EXISTS(ST##_CS))
+#if INVALID_TMC_SPI(X)
+  #error "An SPI driven TMC driver on X requires X_CS_PIN."
+#elif INVALID_TMC_SPI(X2)
+  #error "An SPI driven TMC driver on X2 requires X2_CS_PIN."
+#elif INVALID_TMC_SPI(Y)
+  #error "An SPI driven TMC driver on Y requires Y_CS_PIN."
+#elif INVALID_TMC_SPI(Y2)
+  #error "An SPI driven TMC driver on Y2 requires Y2_CS_PIN."
+#elif INVALID_TMC_SPI(Z)
+  #error "An SPI driven TMC driver on Z requires Z_CS_PIN."
+#elif INVALID_TMC_SPI(Z2)
+  #error "An SPI driven TMC driver on Z2 requires Z2_CS_PIN."
+#elif INVALID_TMC_SPI(Z3)
+  #error "An SPI driven TMC driver on Z3 requires Z3_CS_PIN."
+#elif INVALID_TMC_SPI(E0)
+  #error "An SPI driven TMC driver on E0 requires E0_CS_PIN."
+#elif INVALID_TMC_SPI(E1)
+  #error "An SPI driven TMC driver on E1 requires E1_CS_PIN."
+#elif INVALID_TMC_SPI(E2)
+  #error "An SPI driven TMC driver on E2 requires E2_CS_PIN."
+#elif INVALID_TMC_SPI(E3)
+  #error "An SPI driven TMC driver on E3 requires E3_CS_PIN."
+#elif INVALID_TMC_SPI(E4)
+  #error "An SPI driven TMC driver on E4 requires E4_CS_PIN."
+#elif INVALID_TMC_SPI(E5)
+  #error "An SPI driven TMC driver on E5 requires E5_CS_PIN."
 #endif
-#undef INVALID_TMC2130
+#undef INVALID_TMC_SPI
 
 /**
  * Check existing RX/TX pins against enable TMC UART drivers.
  */
-#define INVALID_TMC2208(ST) (AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(ST, TMC2208) && !(defined(ST##_HARDWARE_SERIAL) || (PIN_EXISTS(ST##_SERIAL_RX, ST##_SERIAL_TX))))
-#if INVALID_TMC2208(X)
-  #error "TMC2208 on X requires X_HARDWARE_SERIAL or X_SERIAL_(RX|TX)_PIN."
-#elif INVALID_TMC2208(X2)
-  #error "TMC2208 on X2 requires X2_HARDWARE_SERIAL or X2_SERIAL_(RX|TX)_PIN."
-#elif INVALID_TMC2208(Y)
-  #error "TMC2208 on Y requires Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL or Y_SERIAL_(RX|TX)_PIN."
-#elif INVALID_TMC2208(Y2)
-  #error "TMC2208 on Y2 requires Y2_HARDWARE_SERIAL or Y2_SERIAL_(RX|TX)_PIN."
-#elif INVALID_TMC2208(Z)
-  #error "TMC2208 on Z requires Z_HARDWARE_SERIAL or Z_SERIAL_(RX|TX)_PIN."
-#elif INVALID_TMC2208(Z2)
-  #error "TMC2208 on Z2 requires Z2_HARDWARE_SERIAL or Z2_SERIAL_(RX|TX)_PIN."
-#elif INVALID_TMC2208(Z3)
-  #error "TMC2208 on Z3 requires Z3_HARDWARE_SERIAL or Z3_SERIAL_(RX|TX)_PIN."
-#elif INVALID_TMC2208(E0)
-  #error "TMC2208 on E0 requires E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL or E0_SERIAL_(RX|TX)_PIN."
-#elif INVALID_TMC2208(E1)
-  #error "TMC2208 on E1 requires E1_HARDWARE_SERIAL or E1_SERIAL_(RX|TX)_PIN."
-#elif INVALID_TMC2208(E2)
-  #error "TMC2208 on E2 requires E2_HARDWARE_SERIAL or E2_SERIAL_(RX|TX)_PIN."
-#elif INVALID_TMC2208(E3)
-  #error "TMC2208 on E3 requires E3_HARDWARE_SERIAL or E3_SERIAL_(RX|TX)_PIN."
-#elif INVALID_TMC2208(E4)
-  #error "TMC2208 on E4 requires E4_HARDWARE_SERIAL or E4_SERIAL_(RX|TX)_PIN."
-#elif INVALID_TMC2208(E5)
-  #error "TMC2208 on E5 requires E5_HARDWARE_SERIAL or E5_SERIAL_(RX|TX)_PIN."
+#define INVALID_TMC_UART(ST) (AXIS_HAS_UART(ST) && !(defined(ST##_HARDWARE_SERIAL) || (PIN_EXISTS(ST##_SERIAL_RX, ST##_SERIAL_TX))))
+#if INVALID_TMC_UART(X)
+  #error "TMC2208 or TMC2209 on X requires X_HARDWARE_SERIAL or X_SERIAL_(RX|TX)_PIN."
+#elif INVALID_TMC_UART(X2)
+  #error "TMC2208 or TMC2209 on X2 requires X2_HARDWARE_SERIAL or X2_SERIAL_(RX|TX)_PIN."
+#elif INVALID_TMC_UART(Y)
+  #error "TMC2208 or TMC2209 on Y requires Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL or Y_SERIAL_(RX|TX)_PIN."
+#elif INVALID_TMC_UART(Y2)
+  #error "TMC2208 or TMC2209 on Y2 requires Y2_HARDWARE_SERIAL or Y2_SERIAL_(RX|TX)_PIN."
+#elif INVALID_TMC_UART(Z)
+  #error "TMC2208 or TMC2209 on Z requires Z_HARDWARE_SERIAL or Z_SERIAL_(RX|TX)_PIN."
+#elif INVALID_TMC_UART(Z2)
+  #error "TMC2208 or TMC2209 on Z2 requires Z2_HARDWARE_SERIAL or Z2_SERIAL_(RX|TX)_PIN."
+#elif INVALID_TMC_UART(Z3)
+  #error "TMC2208 or TMC2209 on Z3 requires Z3_HARDWARE_SERIAL or Z3_SERIAL_(RX|TX)_PIN."
+#elif INVALID_TMC_UART(E0)
+  #error "TMC2208 or TMC2209 on E0 requires E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL or E0_SERIAL_(RX|TX)_PIN."
+#elif INVALID_TMC_UART(E1)
+  #error "TMC2208 or TMC2209 on E1 requires E1_HARDWARE_SERIAL or E1_SERIAL_(RX|TX)_PIN."
+#elif INVALID_TMC_UART(E2)
+  #error "TMC2208 or TMC2209 on E2 requires E2_HARDWARE_SERIAL or E2_SERIAL_(RX|TX)_PIN."
+#elif INVALID_TMC_UART(E3)
+  #error "TMC2208 or TMC2209 on E3 requires E3_HARDWARE_SERIAL or E3_SERIAL_(RX|TX)_PIN."
+#elif INVALID_TMC_UART(E4)
+  #error "TMC2208 or TMC2209 on E4 requires E4_HARDWARE_SERIAL or E4_SERIAL_(RX|TX)_PIN."
+#elif INVALID_TMC_UART(E5)
+  #error "TMC2208 or TMC2209 on E5 requires E5_HARDWARE_SERIAL or E5_SERIAL_(RX|TX)_PIN."
 #endif
-#undef INVALID_TMC2208
+#undef INVALID_TMC_UART
 
 /**
- * TMC2208 software UART and ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS both use pin change interrupts (PCI)
+ * TMC2209 slave address values
  */
-#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208) && ENABLED(ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE) && !( \
+#define INVALID_TMC_ADDRESS(ST) static_assert(0 <= ST##_SLAVE_ADDRESS && ST##_SLAVE_ADDRESS <= 3, "TMC2209 slave address must be 0, 1, 2 or 3")
+#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC2209)
+  INVALID_TMC_ADDRESS(X);
+#elif AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC2209)
+  INVALID_TMC_ADDRESS(X2);
+#elif AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC2209)
+  INVALID_TMC_ADDRESS(Y);
+#elif AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC2209)
+  INVALID_TMC_ADDRESS(Y2);
+#elif AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC2209)
+  INVALID_TMC_ADDRESS(Z);
+#elif AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC2209)
+  INVALID_TMC_ADDRESS(Z2);
+#elif AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC2209)
+  INVALID_TMC_ADDRESS(Z3);
+#elif AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC2209)
+  INVALID_TMC_ADDRESS(E0);
+#elif AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC2209)
+  INVALID_TMC_ADDRESS(E1);
+#elif AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC2209)
+  INVALID_TMC_ADDRESS(E2);
+#elif AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC2209)
+  INVALID_TMC_ADDRESS(E3);
+#elif AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC2209)
+  INVALID_TMC_ADDRESS(E4);
+#elif AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC2209)
+  INVALID_TMC_ADDRESS(E5);
+#endif
+#undef INVALID_TMC_ADDRESS
+
+/**
+ * TMC2208/2209 software UART and ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS both use pin change interrupts (PCI)
+ */
+#if (HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2209)) && ENABLED(ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE) && !( \
        defined(X_HARDWARE_SERIAL ) \
     || defined(X2_HARDWARE_SERIAL) \
     || defined(Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL ) \
@@ -1922,9 +2025,9 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS
 #endif
 
 /**
- * TMC2208 software UART is only supported on AVR
+ * TMC2208/2209 software UART is only supported on AVR and LPC
  */
-#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208) && !defined(__AVR__) && !defined(TARGET_LPC1768) && !( \
+#if (HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2209)) && !defined(__AVR__) && !defined(TARGET_LPC1768) && !( \
        defined(X_HARDWARE_SERIAL ) \
     || defined(X2_HARDWARE_SERIAL) \
     || defined(Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL ) \
@@ -1945,32 +2048,45 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS
   // is necessary in order to reset the stallGuard indication between the initial movement of all three
   // towers to +Z and the individual homing of each tower. This restriction can be removed once a means of
   // clearing the stallGuard activated status is found.
+
+  // Stall detection DIAG = HIGH : TMC2209
+  // Stall detection DIAG = LOW  : TMC2130/TMC2160/TMC2660/TMC5130/TMC5160
+  #define X_ENDSTOP_INVERTING !AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(X,TMC2209)
+  #define Y_ENDSTOP_INVERTING !AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(Y,TMC2209)
+  #define Z_ENDSTOP_INVERTING !AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(Z,TMC2209)
+
   #if ENABLED(DELTA) && !BOTH(STEALTHCHOP_XY, STEALTHCHOP_Z)
     #error "SENSORLESS_HOMING on DELTA currently requires STEALTHCHOP_XY and STEALTHCHOP_Z."
-  #elif X_SENSORLESS && X_HOME_DIR == -1 && (!X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING || DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN))
+  #elif X_SENSORLESS && X_HOME_DIR == -1 && (X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING != X_ENDSTOP_INVERTING || DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN))
     #error "SENSORLESS_HOMING requires X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING and ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN when homing to X_MIN."
-  #elif X_SENSORLESS && X_HOME_DIR ==  1 && (!X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING || DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX))
+  #elif X_SENSORLESS && X_HOME_DIR ==  1 && (X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING != X_ENDSTOP_INVERTING || DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX))
     #error "SENSORLESS_HOMING requires X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING and ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX when homing to X_MAX."
-  #elif Y_SENSORLESS && Y_HOME_DIR == -1 && (!Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING || DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN))
+  #elif Y_SENSORLESS && Y_HOME_DIR == -1 && (Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING != Y_ENDSTOP_INVERTING || DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN))
     #error "SENSORLESS_HOMING requires Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING and ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN when homing to Y_MIN."
-  #elif Y_SENSORLESS && Y_HOME_DIR ==  1 && (!Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING || DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX))
+  #elif Y_SENSORLESS && Y_HOME_DIR ==  1 && (Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING != Y_ENDSTOP_INVERTING || DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX))
     #error "SENSORLESS_HOMING requires Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING and ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX when homing to Y_MAX."
-  #elif Z_SENSORLESS && Z_HOME_DIR == -1 && (!Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING || DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN))
+  #elif Z_SENSORLESS && Z_HOME_DIR == -1 && (Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING != Z_ENDSTOP_INVERTING || DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN))
     #error "SENSORLESS_HOMING requires Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING and ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN when homing to Z_MIN."
-  #elif Z_SENSORLESS && Z_HOME_DIR ==  1 && (!Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING || DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX))
+  #elif Z_SENSORLESS && Z_HOME_DIR ==  1 && (Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING != Z_ENDSTOP_INVERTING || DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX))
     #error "SENSORLESS_HOMING requires Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING and ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX when homing to Z_MAX."
   #elif ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD
     #error "SENSORLESS_HOMING is incompatible with ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD."
+  #elif !(X_SENSORLESS || Y_SENSORLESS || Z_SENSORLESS)
+    #error "SENSORLESS_HOMING requires a TMC stepper driver with StallGuard on X, Y, or Z axes."
   #endif
+
+  #undef X_ENDSTOP_INVERTING
+  #undef Y_ENDSTOP_INVERTING
+  #undef Z_ENDSTOP_INVERTING
 #endif
 
-// Sensorless homing/probing requirements
-#if ENABLED(SENSORLESS_HOMING) && !(X_SENSORLESS || Y_SENSORLESS || Z_SENSORLESS)
-  #error "SENSORLESS_HOMING requires a TMC stepper driver with StallGuard on X, Y, or Z axes."
-#elif BOTH(SENSORLESS_PROBING, DELTA) && !(X_SENSORLESS && Y_SENSORLESS && Z_SENSORLESS)
-  #error "SENSORLESS_PROBING for DELTA requires TMC stepper drivers with StallGuard on X, Y, and Z axes."
-#elif ENABLED(SENSORLESS_PROBING) && !Z_SENSORLESS
-  #error "SENSORLESS_PROBING requires a TMC stepper driver with StallGuard on Z."
+// Sensorless probing requirements
+#if ENABLED(SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+  #if ENABLED(DELTA) && !(X_SENSORLESS && Y_SENSORLESS && Z_SENSORLESS)
+    #error "SENSORLESS_PROBING for DELTA requires TMC stepper drivers with StallGuard on X, Y, and Z axes."
+  #elif !Z_SENSORLESS
+    #error "SENSORLESS_PROBING requires a TMC stepper driver with StallGuard on Z."
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // Sensorless homing is required for both combined steppers in an H-bot
@@ -1986,11 +2102,11 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS
 #if ENABLED(HYBRID_THRESHOLD) && !STEALTHCHOP_ENABLED
   #error "Enable STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD."
 #elif ENABLED(SENSORLESS_HOMING) && !HAS_STALLGUARD
-  #error "SENSORLESS_HOMING requires TMC2130 or TMC2160 or TMC5160 stepper drivers."
+  #error "SENSORLESS_HOMING requires TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, or TMC5160 stepper drivers."
 #elif ENABLED(SENSORLESS_PROBING) && !HAS_STALLGUARD
-  #error "SENSORLESS_PROBING requires TMC2130 stepper drivers."
+  #error "SENSORLESS_PROBING requires TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, or TMC5160 stepper drivers."
 #elif STEALTHCHOP_ENABLED && !HAS_STEALTHCHOP
-  #error "STEALTHCHOP requires TMC2130 or TMC2160 or TMC2208 or TMC5160 stepper drivers."
+  #error "STEALTHCHOP requires TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, or TMC5160 stepper drivers."
 #endif
 
 #if ENABLED(DELTA) && (ENABLED(STEALTHCHOP_XY) != ENABLED(STEALTHCHOP_Z))
@@ -2179,10 +2295,77 @@ static_assert(   _ARR_TEST(3,0) && _ARR_TEST(3,1) && _ARR_TEST(3,2)
 /**
  * Require soft endstops for certain setups
  */
-#if DISABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) || DISABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
+#if !BOTH(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
   #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
     #error "DUAL_X_CARRIAGE requires both MIN_ and MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS."
   #elif HAS_HOTEND_OFFSET
     #error "MIN_ and MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS are both required with offset hotends."
   #endif
 #endif
+
+/**
+ * Ensure this option is set intentionally
+ */
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) && !defined(PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH)
+  #error "PSU_CONTROL requires PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH to be defined as 'true' or 'false'."
+#endif
+
+#if HAS_CUTTER
+  #define _PIN_CONFLICT(P) (PIN_EXISTS(P) && P##_PIN == SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN)
+  #if BOTH(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+    #error "Enable only one of SPINDLE_FEATURE or LASER_FEATURE."
+  #elif !PIN_EXISTS(SPINDLE_LASER_ENA)
+    #error "(SPINDLE|LASER)_FEATURE requires SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN."
+  #elif ENABLED(SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR) && !PIN_EXISTS(SPINDLE_DIR)
+    #error "SPINDLE_DIR_PIN is required for SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR."
+  #elif ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM)
+    #if !defined(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN) || SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN < 0
+      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is required for SPINDLE_LASER_PWM."
+    #elif !PWM_PIN(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN)
+      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN not assigned to a PWM pin."
+    #elif SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY < 1
+      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY must be greater than 0."
+    #elif SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY < 1
+      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY must be greater than 0."
+    #elif !defined(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT)
+      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT is required for (SPINDLE|LASER)_FEATURE."
+    #elif !defined(SPEED_POWER_SLOPE) || !defined(SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT) || !defined(SPEED_POWER_MIN) || !defined(SPEED_POWER_MAX)
+      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM equation constant(s) missing."
+    #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(X_MIN)
+      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM pin conflicts with X_MIN_PIN."
+    #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(X_MAX)
+      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM pin conflicts with X_MAX_PIN."
+    #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(Z_STEP)
+      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM pin conflicts with Z_STEP_PIN."
+    #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(CASE_LIGHT)
+      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with CASE_LIGHT_PIN."
+    #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(E0_AUTO_FAN)
+      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN."
+    #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(E1_AUTO_FAN)
+      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN."
+    #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(E2_AUTO_FAN)
+      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN."
+    #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(E3_AUTO_FAN)
+      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN."
+    #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(E4_AUTO_FAN)
+      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN."
+    #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(E5_AUTO_FAN)
+      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN."
+    #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(FAN)
+      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with FAN_PIN."
+    #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(FAN1)
+      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with FAN1_PIN."
+    #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(FAN2)
+      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with FAN2_PIN."
+    #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(CONTROLLERFAN)
+      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with CONTROLLERFAN_PIN."
+    #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_XY)
+      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_XY."
+    #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Z)
+      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Z."
+    #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_E)
+      #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_E."
+    #endif
+  #endif
+  #undef _PIN_CONFLICT
+#endif
diff --git a/Marlin/src/inc/Version.h b/Marlin/src/inc/Version.h
index 12f79a1d4b..b71d71779a 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/inc/Version.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/inc/Version.h
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
   /**
    * Marlin release version identifier
    */
-  #define SHORT_BUILD_VERSION "2.0.x_R15"
+  #define SHORT_BUILD_VERSION "2.0.x_R16"
 
   /**
    * Verbose version identifier which should contain a reference to the location
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
    * here we define this default string as the date where the latest release
    * version was tagged.
    */
-  #define STRING_DISTRIBUTION_DATE "2019-05-31"
+  #define STRING_DISTRIBUTION_DATE "2019-07-05"
 
   /**
    * Required minimum Configuration.h and Configuration_adv.h file versions.
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/HD44780/ultralcd_HD44780.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/HD44780/ultralcd_HD44780.cpp
index 4d205be300..0f3c1251ca 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/HD44780/ultralcd_HD44780.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/HD44780/ultralcd_HD44780.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -33,6 +33,7 @@
 
 #include "ultralcd_HD44780.h"
 #include "../ultralcd.h"
+#include "../../libs/numtostr.h"
 
 #include "../../sd/cardreader.h"
 #include "../../module/temperature.h"
@@ -525,7 +526,7 @@ FORCE_INLINE void _draw_axis_value(const AxisEnum axis, const char *value, const
   }
 }
 
-FORCE_INLINE void _draw_heater_status(const int8_t heater, const char prefix, const bool blink) {
+FORCE_INLINE void _draw_heater_status(const heater_ind_t heater, const char prefix, const bool blink) {
   #if HAS_HEATED_BED
     const bool isBed = heater < 0;
     const float t1 = (isBed ? thermalManager.degBed()       : thermalManager.degHotend(heater)),
@@ -566,7 +567,7 @@ FORCE_INLINE void _draw_heater_status(const int8_t heater, const char prefix, co
 }
 
 FORCE_INLINE void _draw_bed_status(const bool blink) {
-  _draw_heater_status(-1, (
+  _draw_heater_status(H_BED, (
     #if HAS_LEVELING
       planner.leveling_active && blink ? '_' :
     #endif
@@ -749,19 +750,17 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() {
       //
       // Hotend 0 Temperature
       //
-      _draw_heater_status(0, -1, blink);
+      _draw_heater_status(H_E0, -1, blink);
 
       //
       // Hotend 1 or Bed Temperature
       //
       #if HOTENDS > 1
         lcd_moveto(8, 0);
-        lcd_put_wchar(LCD_STR_THERMOMETER[0]);
-        _draw_heater_status(1, -1, blink);
+        _draw_heater_status(H_E1, LCD_STR_THERMOMETER[0], blink);
       #elif HAS_HEATED_BED
         lcd_moveto(8, 0);
-        lcd_put_wchar(LCD_STR_BEDTEMP[0]);
-        _draw_heater_status(-1, -1, blink);
+        _draw_bed_status(blink);
       #endif
 
     #else // LCD_WIDTH >= 20
@@ -769,14 +768,14 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() {
       //
       // Hotend 0 Temperature
       //
-      _draw_heater_status(0, LCD_STR_THERMOMETER[0], blink);
+      _draw_heater_status(H_E0, LCD_STR_THERMOMETER[0], blink);
 
       //
       // Hotend 1 or Bed Temperature
       //
       #if HOTENDS > 1
         lcd_moveto(10, 0);
-        _draw_heater_status(1, LCD_STR_THERMOMETER[0], blink);
+        _draw_heater_status(H_E1, LCD_STR_THERMOMETER[0], blink);
       #elif HAS_HEATED_BED
         lcd_moveto(10, 0);
         _draw_bed_status(blink);
@@ -805,7 +804,7 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() {
         #if HOTENDS > 2 || (HOTENDS > 1 && HAS_HEATED_BED)
 
           #if HOTENDS > 2
-            _draw_heater_status(2, LCD_STR_THERMOMETER[0], blink);
+            _draw_heater_status(H_E2, LCD_STR_THERMOMETER[0], blink);
             lcd_moveto(10, 1);
           #endif
 
@@ -885,7 +884,7 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() {
               uint16_t spd = thermalManager.fan_speed[0];
               if (blink) c = 'F';
               #if ENABLED(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING)
-                else { c = '*'; spd = (spd * thermalManager.fan_speed_scaler[0]) >> 7; }
+                else { c = '*'; spd = thermalManager.scaledFanSpeed(0, spd); }
               #endif
               per = thermalManager.fanPercent(spd);
             }
@@ -910,7 +909,7 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() {
     //
     // Hotend 0 Temperature
     //
-    _draw_heater_status(0, LCD_STR_THERMOMETER[0], blink);
+    _draw_heater_status(H_E0, LCD_STR_THERMOMETER[0], blink);
 
     //
     // Z Coordinate
@@ -930,7 +929,7 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() {
     //
     lcd_moveto(0, 1);
     #if HOTENDS > 1
-      _draw_heater_status(1, LCD_STR_THERMOMETER[0], blink);
+      _draw_heater_status(H_E1, LCD_STR_THERMOMETER[0], blink);
     #elif HAS_HEATED_BED
       _draw_bed_status(blink);
     #endif
@@ -947,7 +946,7 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() {
     //
     lcd_moveto(0, 2);
     #if HOTENDS > 2
-      _draw_heater_status(2, LCD_STR_THERMOMETER[0], blink);
+      _draw_heater_status(H_E2, LCD_STR_THERMOMETER[0], blink);
     #elif HOTENDS > 1 && HAS_HEATED_BED
       _draw_bed_status(blink);
     #elif HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
@@ -986,7 +985,7 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() {
     void MarlinUI::draw_hotend_status(const uint8_t row, const uint8_t extruder) {
       if (row < LCD_HEIGHT) {
         lcd_moveto(LCD_WIDTH - 9, row);
-        _draw_heater_status(extruder, LCD_STR_THERMOMETER[0], get_blink());
+        _draw_heater_status((heater_ind_t)extruder, LCD_STR_THERMOMETER[0], get_blink());
       }
     }
 
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/HD44780/ultralcd_HD44780.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/HD44780/ultralcd_HD44780.h
index 5ca36cb226..d600dd3c2d 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/HD44780/ultralcd_HD44780.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/HD44780/ultralcd_HD44780.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -90,7 +90,6 @@
 //https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
 //uses the code directly from Sailfish
 
-  #include <LCD.h>
   #include <SailfishLCD.h>
   #define LCD_CLASS LiquidCrystalSerial
 
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/HAL_LCD_class_defines.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/HAL_LCD_class_defines.h
index d25b58d9a4..b7b1717e1b 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/HAL_LCD_class_defines.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/HAL_LCD_class_defines.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/HAL_LCD_com_defines.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/HAL_LCD_com_defines.h
index f0d795b840..c9b112ced8 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/HAL_LCD_com_defines.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/HAL_LCD_com_defines.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 // Use this file to select the com driver for device drivers that are NOT in the U8G library
 
@@ -28,19 +29,22 @@
   #ifdef __SAM3X8E__
     uint8_t u8g_com_HAL_DUE_sw_spi_fn(u8g_t *u8g, uint8_t msg, uint8_t arg_val, void *arg_ptr);
     #define U8G_COM_HAL_SW_SPI_FN  u8g_com_HAL_DUE_sw_spi_fn
-
     uint8_t u8g_com_HAL_DUE_shared_hw_spi_fn(u8g_t *u8g, uint8_t msg, uint8_t arg_val, void *arg_ptr);
     #define U8G_COM_HAL_HW_SPI_FN u8g_com_HAL_DUE_shared_hw_spi_fn
-
     uint8_t u8g_com_HAL_DUE_ST7920_sw_spi_fn(u8g_t *u8g, uint8_t msg, uint8_t arg_val, void *arg_ptr);
     #define U8G_COM_ST7920_HAL_SW_SPI u8g_com_HAL_DUE_ST7920_sw_spi_fn
-  #else
-    uint8_t u8g_com_HAL_AVR_sw_sp_fn(u8g_t *u8g, uint8_t msg, uint8_t arg_val, void *arg_ptr);
-    #define U8G_COM_HAL_SW_SPI_FN  u8g_com_HAL_AVR_sw_sp_fn
-
+  #elif defined(__STM32F1__)
+    uint8_t u8g_com_HAL_STM32F1_sw_spi_fn(u8g_t *u8g, uint8_t msg, uint8_t arg_val, void *arg_ptr);
+    #define U8G_COM_HAL_SW_SPI_FN u8g_com_HAL_STM32F1_sw_spi_fn
+    uint8_t u8g_com_arduino_hw_spi_fn(u8g_t *u8g, uint8_t msg, uint8_t arg_val, void *arg_ptr);
+    #define U8G_COM_HAL_HW_SPI_FN u8g_com_arduino_hw_spi_fn
+    uint8_t u8g_com_arduino_st7920_spi_fn(u8g_t *u8g, uint8_t msg, uint8_t arg_val, void *arg_ptr);
+    #define U8G_COM_ST7920_HAL_SW_SPI u8g_com_arduino_st7920_spi_fn
+  #else
+    uint8_t u8g_com_HAL_AVR_sw_sp_fn(u8g_t *u8g, uint8_t msg, uint8_t arg_val, void *arg_ptr);
+    #define U8G_COM_HAL_SW_SPI_FN  u8g_com_HAL_AVR_sw_sp_fn // AVR ?
     uint8_t u8g_com_arduino_hw_spi_fn(u8g_t *u8g, uint8_t msg, uint8_t arg_val, void *arg_ptr);
     #define U8G_COM_HAL_HW_SPI_FN u8g_com_arduino_hw_spi_fn
-
     uint8_t u8g_com_arduino_st7920_spi_fn(u8g_t *u8g, uint8_t msg, uint8_t arg_val, void *arg_ptr);
     #define U8G_COM_ST7920_HAL_SW_SPI u8g_com_arduino_st7920_spi_fn
   #endif
@@ -51,7 +55,7 @@
   uint8_t u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_ssd_hw_i2c_fn(u8g_t *u8g, uint8_t msg, uint8_t arg_val, void *arg_ptr);
   #define U8G_COM_SSD_I2C_HAL u8g_com_arduino_ssd_i2c_fn
 
-  #ifdef ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32F1
+  #if defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32F1) && PIN_EXISTS(FSMC_CS)
     uint8_t u8g_com_stm32duino_fsmc_fn(u8g_t *u8g, uint8_t msg, uint8_t arg_val, void *arg_ptr);
     #define U8G_COM_HAL_FSMC_FN u8g_com_stm32duino_fsmc_fn
   #else
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/dogm_Bootscreen.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/dogm_Bootscreen.h
index aafe6dfbfd..7f0c175124 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/dogm_Bootscreen.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/dogm_Bootscreen.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Standard Marlin Boot Screen bitmaps
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/dogm_Statusscreen.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/dogm_Statusscreen.h
index 8e31841fc4..8031db2d73 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/dogm_Statusscreen.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/dogm_Statusscreen.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Standard Marlin Status Screen bitmaps
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/fontdata/fontdata_6x9_marlin.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/fontdata/fontdata_6x9_marlin.h
index 911966d914..42f1606763 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/fontdata/fontdata_6x9_marlin.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/fontdata/fontdata_6x9_marlin.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
   Fontname: -Misc-Fixed-Medium-R-Normal--9-90-75-75-C-60-ISO10646-1
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/fontdata/fontdata_ISO10646_1.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/fontdata/fontdata_ISO10646_1.h
index 13e7c30957..78f6f3262d 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/fontdata/fontdata_ISO10646_1.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/fontdata/fontdata_ISO10646_1.h
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/status_screen_DOGM.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/status_screen_DOGM.cpp
index d9a0ad7fc1..62e52fff20 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/status_screen_DOGM.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/status_screen_DOGM.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -33,6 +33,7 @@
 #include "ultralcd_DOGM.h"
 #include "../ultralcd.h"
 #include "../lcdprint.h"
+#include "../../libs/numtostr.h"
 
 #include "../../module/motion.h"
 #include "../../module/temperature.h"
@@ -104,7 +105,7 @@ FORCE_INLINE void _draw_centered_temp(const int16_t temp, const uint8_t tx, cons
   #define SHOW_ON_STATE false
 #endif
 
-FORCE_INLINE void _draw_heater_status(const int8_t heater, const bool blink) {
+FORCE_INLINE void _draw_heater_status(const heater_ind_t heater, const bool blink) {
   #if !HEATER_IDLE_HANDLER
     UNUSED(blink);
   #endif
@@ -403,11 +404,11 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() {
   if (PAGE_UNDER(6 + 1 + 12 + 1 + 6 + 1)) {
     // Extruders
     for (uint8_t e = 0; e < MAX_HOTEND_DRAW; ++e)
-      _draw_heater_status(e, blink);
+      _draw_heater_status((heater_ind_t)e, blink);
 
     // Heated bed
     #if HAS_HEATED_BED && HOTENDS < 4
-      _draw_heater_status(-1, blink);
+      _draw_heater_status(H_BED, blink);
     #endif
 
     #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER
@@ -422,7 +423,7 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() {
         if (spd) {
           #if ENABLED(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING)
             if (!blink && thermalManager.fan_speed_scaler[0] < 128) {
-              spd = (spd * thermalManager.fan_speed_scaler[0]) >> 7;
+              spd = thermalManager.scaledFanSpeed(0, spd);
               c = '*';
             }
           #endif
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/status_screen_lite_ST7920.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/status_screen_lite_ST7920.cpp
index 8b12a83570..20c360f519 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/status_screen_lite_ST7920.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/status_screen_lite_ST7920.cpp
@@ -684,7 +684,7 @@ bool ST7920_Lite_Status_Screen::indicators_changed() {
   // them only during blinks we gain a bit of stability.
   const bool       blink             = ui.get_blink();
   const uint16_t   feedrate_perc     = feedrate_percentage;
-  const uint16_t   fs                = (thermalManager.fan_speed[0] * uint16_t(thermalManager.fan_speed_scaler[0])) >> 7;
+  const uint16_t   fs                = thermalManager.scaledFanSpeed(0);
   const int16_t    extruder_1_target = thermalManager.degTargetHotend(0);
   #if HOTENDS > 1
     const int16_t  extruder_2_target = thermalManager.degTargetHotend(1);
@@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ void ST7920_Lite_Status_Screen::update_indicators(const bool forceUpdate) {
 
     #if ENABLED(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING)
       if (!blink && thermalManager.fan_speed_scaler[0] < 128)
-        spd = (spd * thermalManager.fan_speed_scaler[0]) >> 7;
+        spd = thermalManager.scaledFanSpeed(0, spd);
     #endif
 
     draw_fan_speed(thermalManager.fanPercent(spd));
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_ssd1306_sh1106_128x64_I2C.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_ssd1306_sh1106_128x64_I2C.cpp
index d05d35e515..82bfca8197 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_ssd1306_sh1106_128x64_I2C.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_ssd1306_sh1106_128x64_I2C.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_st7565_64128n_HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_st7565_64128n_HAL.cpp
index 32568fb09f..c1961117c4 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_st7565_64128n_HAL.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_st7565_64128n_HAL.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_st7920_128x64_HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_st7920_128x64_HAL.cpp
index 4c34f8209f..71c8efd500 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_st7920_128x64_HAL.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_st7920_128x64_HAL.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_tft_320x240_upscale_from_128x64.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_tft_320x240_upscale_from_128x64.cpp
index 8f295ab0fe..ca3d7f5757 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_tft_320x240_upscale_from_128x64.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_tft_320x240_upscale_from_128x64.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
 
 #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
 
-#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
+#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && PIN_EXISTS(FSMC_CS)
 
 #include "U8glib.h"
 #include "HAL_LCD_com_defines.h"
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_uc1701_mini12864_HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_uc1701_mini12864_HAL.cpp
index 8f957042e4..e7750b4ac4 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_uc1701_mini12864_HAL.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_uc1701_mini12864_HAL.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/ultralcd_DOGM.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/ultralcd_DOGM.cpp
index ff8bc33787..47cb7ca1a1 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/ultralcd_DOGM.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/ultralcd_DOGM.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -48,6 +48,7 @@
 
 #include "../lcdprint.h"
 #include "../fontutils.h"
+#include "../../libs/numtostr.h"
 #include "../ultralcd.h"
 
 #include "../../sd/cardreader.h"
@@ -418,7 +419,7 @@ void MarlinUI::clear_lcd() { } // Automatically cleared by Picture Loop
         onpage = PAGE_CONTAINS(baseline - (EDIT_FONT_ASCENT - 1), baseline);
       }
       if (onpage) {
-        lcd_moveto((lcd_chr_fit - (vallen + 1)) * one_chr_width, baseline); // Right-justified, leaving padded by spaces
+        lcd_moveto(((lcd_chr_fit - 1) - (vallen + 1)) * one_chr_width, baseline); // Right-justified, leaving padded by spaces
         lcd_put_wchar(' '); // overwrite char if value gets shorter
         lcd_put_u8str(value);
       }
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/ultralcd_DOGM.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/ultralcd_DOGM.h
index 0e97b4c8ff..409b2b3062 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/ultralcd_DOGM.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/ultralcd_DOGM.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * ultralcd_DOGM.h
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/ultralcd_st7920_u8glib_rrd_AVR.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/ultralcd_st7920_u8glib_rrd_AVR.cpp
index 969cef10bb..ae92e861a1 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/ultralcd_st7920_u8glib_rrd_AVR.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/ultralcd_st7920_u8glib_rrd_AVR.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/ultralcd_st7920_u8glib_rrd_AVR.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/ultralcd_st7920_u8glib_rrd_AVR.h
index b795ac169a..12f5ef9a86 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/ultralcd_st7920_u8glib_rrd_AVR.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/ultralcd_st7920_u8glib_rrd_AVR.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 // NOTE - the HAL version of the rrd device uses a generic ST7920 device.  See the
 // file u8g_dev_st7920_128x64_HAL.cpp for the HAL version.
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplay.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplay.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b3aba94d38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplay.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1090 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+
+/* DGUS implementation written by coldtobi in 2019 for Marlin */
+
+#include "../../../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h"
+
+#if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD)
+
+#include "DGUSDisplay.h"
+#include "DGUSVPVariable.h"
+#include "DGUSDisplayDefinition.h"
+
+#include "../../ui_api.h"
+
+#include "../../../../Marlin.h"
+#include "../../../../module/temperature.h"
+#include "../../../../module/motion.h"
+#include "../../../../gcode/queue.h"
+#include "../../../../module/planner.h"
+#include "../../../../sd/cardreader.h"
+#include "../../../../libs/duration_t.h"
+#include "../../../../module/printcounter.h"
+
+// Preamble... 2 Bytes, usually 0x5A 0xA5, but configurable
+constexpr uint8_t DGUS_HEADER1 = 0x5A;
+constexpr uint8_t DGUS_HEADER2 = 0xA5;
+
+constexpr uint8_t DGUS_CMD_WRITEVAR = 0x82;
+constexpr uint8_t DGUS_CMD_READVAR = 0x83;
+
+#if ENABLED(DEBUG_DGUSLCD)
+  bool dguslcd_local_debug; // = false;
+#endif
+
+uint16_t DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ConfirmVP;
+
+#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+  int16_t DGUSScreenVariableHandler::top_file = 0;
+  int16_t DGUSScreenVariableHandler::file_to_print = 0;
+  static ExtUI::FileList filelist;
+#endif
+
+void (*DGUSScreenVariableHandler::confirm_action_cb)() = nullptr;
+
+//DGUSScreenVariableHandler ScreenHandler;
+
+DGUSLCD_Screens DGUSScreenVariableHandler::current_screen;
+DGUSLCD_Screens DGUSScreenVariableHandler::past_screens[NUM_PAST_SCREENS];
+uint8_t DGUSScreenVariableHandler::update_ptr;
+uint16_t DGUSScreenVariableHandler::skipVP;
+bool DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenComplete;
+
+//DGUSDisplay dgusdisplay;
+
+rx_datagram_state_t DGUSDisplay::rx_datagram_state = DGUS_IDLE;
+uint8_t DGUSDisplay::rx_datagram_len = 0;
+bool DGUSDisplay::Initialized = false;
+bool DGUSDisplay::no_reentrance = false;
+
+#if DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE > 256
+  typedef uint16_t r_ring_buffer_pos_t;
+#else
+  typedef uint8_t r_ring_buffer_pos_t;
+#endif
+
+#if DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE > 256
+  typedef uint16_t t_ring_buffer_pos_t;
+#else
+  typedef uint8_t t_ring_buffer_pos_t;
+#endif
+
+class DGUSSerial {
+public:
+  DGUSSerial();
+  ~DGUSSerial();
+
+  r_ring_buffer_pos_t available();
+  t_ring_buffer_pos_t GetTxBufferFree();
+  void write(const uint8_t c);
+
+  int read();
+
+  // ISR for Rx
+  void store_rxd_char();
+  // ISR for Tx (UDRE vector)
+  void tx_udr_empty_irq(void);
+
+  inline volatile bool is_rx_overrun() {
+    return dgus_rx_overrun;
+  }
+
+  inline void reset_rx_overun() {
+    dgus_rx_overrun = false;
+  }
+
+private:
+  r_ring_buffer_pos_t atomic_read_rx_head();
+  void atomic_set_rx_tail(r_ring_buffer_pos_t value);
+  r_ring_buffer_pos_t atomic_read_rx_tail();
+
+  volatile bool dgus_rx_overrun = false;
+
+  struct ring_buffer_r {
+    volatile r_ring_buffer_pos_t head, tail;
+    unsigned char buffer[DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE];
+  } rx_buffer = { 0, 0, { 0 } };
+
+  struct ring_buffer_t {
+    volatile t_ring_buffer_pos_t head, tail;
+    unsigned char buffer[DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE];
+  } tx_buffer = { 0, 0, { 0 } };
+
+  #if DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE > 256
+    volatile bool rx_tail_value_not_stable = false;
+    volatile uint16_t rx_tail_value_backup = 0;
+  #endif
+
+};
+
+static DGUSSerial dgusserial;
+
+// endianness swap
+uint16_t swap16(const uint16_t value) { return (value & 0xffU) << 8U | (value >> 8U); }
+
+bool populate_VPVar(const uint16_t VP, DGUS_VP_Variable * const ramcopy) {
+  // DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("populate_VPVar ", VP);
+  const DGUS_VP_Variable *pvp = DGUSLCD_FindVPVar(VP);
+  // DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR(" pvp ", (uint16_t )pvp);
+  if (!pvp) return false;
+  memcpy_P(ramcopy, pvp, sizeof(DGUS_VP_Variable));
+  return true;
+}
+
+void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::sendinfoscreen(const char* line1, const char* line2, const char* line3, const char* line4, bool l1inflash, bool l2inflash, bool l3inflash, bool l4inflash) {
+  DGUS_VP_Variable ramcopy;
+  if (populate_VPVar(VP_MSGSTR1, &ramcopy)) {
+    ramcopy.memadr = (void*) line1;
+    l1inflash ? DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM(ramcopy) : DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplay(ramcopy);
+  }
+  if (populate_VPVar(VP_MSGSTR2, &ramcopy)) {
+    ramcopy.memadr = (void*) line2;
+    l2inflash ? DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM(ramcopy) : DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplay(ramcopy);
+  }
+  if (populate_VPVar(VP_MSGSTR3, &ramcopy)) {
+    ramcopy.memadr = (void*) line3;
+    l3inflash ? DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM(ramcopy) : DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplay(ramcopy);
+  }
+  if (populate_VPVar(VP_MSGSTR4, &ramcopy)) {
+    ramcopy.memadr = (void*) line4;
+    l4inflash ? DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM(ramcopy) : DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplay(ramcopy);
+  }
+}
+
+void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleUserConfirmationPopUp(uint16_t VP, const char* line1, const char* line2, const char* line3, const char* line4, bool l1, bool l2, bool l3, bool l4) {
+  if (current_screen == DGUSLCD_SCREEN_CONFIRM) {
+    // Already showing a pop up, so we need to cancel that first.
+    PopToOldScreen();
+  }
+
+  ConfirmVP = VP;
+  sendinfoscreen(line1, line2, line3, line4, l1, l2, l3, l4);
+  ScreenHandler.GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_CONFIRM);
+}
+
+void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::setstatusmessage(const char *msg) {
+  DGUS_VP_Variable ramcopy;
+  if (populate_VPVar(VP_M117, &ramcopy)) {
+    ramcopy.memadr = (void*) msg;
+    DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplay(ramcopy);
+  }
+}
+
+void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::setstatusmessagePGM(PGM_P const msg) {
+  DGUS_VP_Variable ramcopy;
+  if (populate_VPVar(VP_M117, &ramcopy)) {
+    ramcopy.memadr = (void*) msg;
+    DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM(ramcopy);
+  }
+}
+
+// Send an 8 bit or 16 bit value to the display.
+void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var) {
+  if (var.memadr) {
+    //DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" DGUS_LCD_SendWordValueToDisplay ", var.VP);
+    //DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR(" data ", *(uint16_t *)var.memadr);
+    uint8_t *tmp = (uint8_t *) var.memadr;
+    uint16_t data_to_send = (tmp[0] << 8);
+    if (var.size >= 1) data_to_send |= tmp[1];
+    dgusdisplay.WriteVariable(var.VP, data_to_send);
+  }
+}
+
+// Send an uint8_t between 0 and 255 to the display, but scale to a percentage (0..100)
+void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPercentageToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var) {
+  if (var.memadr) {
+    //DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" DGUS_LCD_SendWordValueToDisplay ", var.VP);
+    //DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR(" data ", *(uint16_t *)var.memadr);
+    uint16_t tmp = *(uint8_t *) var.memadr +1 ; // +1 -> avoid rounding issues for the display.
+    tmp = map(tmp, 0, 255, 0, 100);
+    uint16_t data_to_send = swap16(tmp);
+    dgusdisplay.WriteVariable(var.VP, data_to_send);
+  }
+}
+
+// Send the current print time to the display.
+// It is using a hex display for that: It expects BSD coded data in the format xxyyzz
+void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPrintTimeToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var) {
+  duration_t elapsed = print_job_timer.duration();
+
+  uint8_t days  = elapsed.day(),
+          hours = elapsed.hour() % 24,
+          minutes = elapsed.minute() % 60,
+          seconds = elapsed.second() % 60;
+
+  char buf[14], *p = buf; // that two extra bytes saves us some flash...
+
+  if (days) { *p++ = days / 10 + '0'; *p++ = days % 10 + '0'; *p++ = 'd'; }
+  *p++ = hours / 10 + '0'; *p++ = hours % 10 + '0'; *p++ = 'h';
+  *p++ = minutes / 10 + '0'; *p++ = minutes % 10 + '0'; *p++ = 'm';
+  *p++ = seconds / 10 + '0'; *p++ = seconds % 10 + '0'; *p++ = 's';
+  *p = '\0';
+
+  dgusdisplay.WriteVariable(VP_PrintTime, buf, var.size, true);
+}
+
+
+
+// Send an uint8_t between 0 and 100 to a variable scale to 0..255
+void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_PercentageToUint8(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) {
+  if (var.memadr) {
+    uint16_t value = swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr);
+    *(uint8_t*)var.memadr = map(constrain(value, 0, 100), 0, 100, 0, 255);
+  }
+}
+
+// Sends a (RAM located) string to the DGUS Display
+// (Note: The DGUS Display does not clear after the \0, you have to
+// overwrite the remainings with spaces.// var.size has the display buffer size!
+void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var) {
+  char *tmp = (char*) var.memadr;
+  dgusdisplay.WriteVariable(var.VP, tmp, var.size, true);
+}
+
+// Sends a (flash located) string to the DGUS Display
+// (Note: The DGUS Display does not clear after the \0, you have to
+// overwrite the remainings with spaces.// var.size has the display buffer size!
+void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM(DGUS_VP_Variable &var) {
+  char *tmp = (char*) var.memadr;
+  dgusdisplay.WriteVariablePGM(var.VP, tmp, var.size, true);
+}
+
+#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+
+  void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenChangeHookIfSD(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) {
+    // default action executed when there is a SD card, but not printing
+    if (ExtUI::isMediaInserted() && !ExtUI::isPrintingFromMedia()) {
+      ScreenChangeHook(var, val_ptr);
+      dgusdisplay.RequestScreen(current_screen);
+      return;
+    }
+
+    // if we are printing, we jump to two screens after the requested one.
+    // This should host e.g a print pause / print abort / print resume dialog.
+    // This concept allows to recycle this hook for other file
+    if (ExtUI::isPrintingFromMedia() && !card.flag.abort_sd_printing) {
+      GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDPRINTMANIPULATION);
+      return;
+    }
+
+    // Don't let the user in the dark why there is no reaction.
+    if (!ExtUI::isMediaInserted()) {
+       setstatusmessagePGM(PSTR("No SD Card"));
+       return;
+    }
+    if (card.flag.abort_sd_printing) {
+       setstatusmessagePGM(PSTR("Aborting..."));
+       return;
+    }
+  }
+
+  void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_ScrollFilelist(DGUS_VP_Variable& var, void *val_ptr) {
+    auto old_top = top_file;
+    int16_t scroll = (int16_t)swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr);
+    if (scroll == 0) {
+      if (!filelist.isAtRootDir()) {
+        filelist.upDir();
+        top_file = 0;
+        ForceCompleteUpdate();
+      }
+    }
+    else {
+      top_file += scroll;
+      DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("new topfile calculated:", top_file);
+      if (top_file < 0) {
+        top_file = 0;
+        DEBUG_ECHOLN("Top of filelist reached");
+      }
+      else {
+        int16_t max_top = filelist.count() -  DGUS_SD_FILESPERSCREEN;
+        NOLESS(max_top, 0);
+        NOMORE(top_file, max_top);
+      }
+      DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("new topfile adjusted:", top_file);
+    }
+
+    if (old_top != top_file) ForceCompleteUpdate();
+  }
+
+  void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_FileSelected(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) {
+    uint16_t touched_nr = (int16_t)swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr) + top_file;
+    if (touched_nr > filelist.count()) return;
+    if (!filelist.seek(touched_nr)) return;
+    if (filelist.isDir()) {
+      filelist.changeDir(filelist.filename());
+      top_file = 0;
+      ForceCompleteUpdate();
+      return;
+    }
+
+    // Setup Confirmation screen
+    file_to_print = touched_nr;
+    HandleUserConfirmationPopUp(VP_SD_FileSelectConfirm, nullptr, PSTR("Print file"), filelist.filename(), PSTR("from SD Card?"), true, true, false, true);
+  }
+
+  void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_StartPrint(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) {
+    if(!filelist.seek(file_to_print)) return;
+    ExtUI::printFile(filelist.filename());
+    ScreenHandler.GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STATUS);
+  }
+
+  void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_ResumePauseAbort(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) {
+    if (!ExtUI::isPrintingFromMedia()) return; // avoid race condition when user stays in this menu and printer finishes.
+    switch (swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr)) {
+      case 0:  // Resume
+        if (ExtUI::isPrintingFromMediaPaused()) ExtUI::resumePrint();
+        break;
+      case 1:  // Pause
+        if (!ExtUI::isPrintingFromMediaPaused()) ExtUI::pausePrint();
+        break;
+      case 2:  // Abort
+        ScreenHandler.HandleUserConfirmationPopUp(VP_SD_AbortPrintConfirmed, nullptr, PSTR("Abort printing"), filelist.filename(), PSTR("?"), true, true, false, true);
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_ReallyAbort(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) {
+    ExtUI::stopPrint();
+    GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MAIN);
+  }
+
+  void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename(DGUS_VP_Variable& var) {
+    uint16_t target_line = (var.VP - VP_SD_FileName0) / VP_SD_FileName_LEN;
+    if (target_line > DGUS_SD_FILESPERSCREEN) return;
+    char tmpfilename[VP_SD_FileName_LEN + 1] = "";
+    var.memadr = (void*)tmpfilename;
+    if (filelist.seek(top_file + target_line))
+      snprintf_P(tmpfilename, VP_SD_FileName_LEN, PSTR("%s%c"), filelist.filename(), filelist.isDir() ? '/' : 0);
+    DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplay(var);
+  }
+
+
+  void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::SDCardInserted() {
+    top_file = 0;
+    auto cs = ScreenHandler.getCurrentScreen();
+    if (cs == DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MAIN || cs == DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STATUS)
+      ScreenHandler.GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDFILELIST);
+  }
+
+  void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::SDCardRemoved() {
+    if (current_screen == DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDFILELIST
+        || (current_screen == DGUSLCD_SCREEN_CONFIRM && (ConfirmVP == VP_SD_AbortPrintConfirmed || ConfirmVP == VP_SD_FileSelectConfirm))
+        || current_screen == DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDPRINTMANIPULATION
+    ) ScreenHandler.GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MAIN);
+  }
+
+  void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::SDCardError() {
+    DGUSScreenVariableHandler::SDCardRemoved();
+    ScreenHandler.sendinfoscreen(PSTR("NOTICE"), nullptr, PSTR("SD card error"), nullptr, true, true, true, true);
+    ScreenHandler.SetupConfirmAction(nullptr);
+    ScreenHandler.GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_POPUP);
+  }
+
+#endif // SDSUPPORT
+
+void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenConfirmedOK(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) {
+  DGUS_VP_Variable ramcopy;
+  if (!populate_VPVar(ConfirmVP, &ramcopy)) return;
+  if (ramcopy.set_by_display_handler) ramcopy.set_by_display_handler(ramcopy, val_ptr);
+}
+
+const uint16_t* DGUSLCD_FindScreenVPMapList(uint8_t screen) {
+  const uint16_t *ret;
+  const struct VPMapping *map = VPMap;
+  while (ret = (uint16_t*) pgm_read_word(&(map->VPList))) {
+    if (pgm_read_byte(&(map->screen)) == screen) return ret;
+    map++;
+  }
+  return nullptr;
+}
+
+const DGUS_VP_Variable* DGUSLCD_FindVPVar(const uint16_t vp) {
+  const DGUS_VP_Variable *ret = ListOfVP;
+  do {
+    const uint16_t vpcheck = pgm_read_word(&(ret->VP));
+    if (vpcheck == 0) break;
+    if (vpcheck == vp) return ret;
+    ++ret;
+  } while (1);
+
+  DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("FindVPVar NOT FOUND ", vp);
+  return nullptr;
+}
+
+void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenChangeHookIfIdle(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) {
+  if (!ExtUI::isPrinting()) {
+    ScreenChangeHook(var, val_ptr);
+    dgusdisplay.RequestScreen(current_screen);
+  }
+}
+
+void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenChangeHook(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) {
+  uint8_t *tmp = (uint8_t*)val_ptr;
+
+  // The keycode in target is coded as <from-frame><to-frame>, so 0x0100A means
+  // from screen 1 (main) to 10 (temperature). DGUSLCD_SCREEN_POPUP is special,
+  // meaning "return to previous screen"
+  DGUSLCD_Screens target = (DGUSLCD_Screens)tmp[1];
+
+  if (target == DGUSLCD_SCREEN_POPUP) {
+    // special handling for popup is to return to previous menu
+    if (current_screen == DGUSLCD_SCREEN_POPUP && confirm_action_cb) confirm_action_cb();
+    PopToOldScreen();
+    return;
+  }
+
+  UpdateNewScreen(target);
+
+  #ifdef DEBUG_DGUSLCD
+    if (!DGUSLCD_FindScreenVPMapList(target)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("WARNING: No screen Mapping found for ", x);
+  #endif
+}
+
+void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleAllHeatersOff(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) {
+  thermalManager.disable_all_heaters();
+  ScreenHandler.ForceCompleteUpdate(); // hint to send all data.
+}
+
+void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperatureChanged(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) {
+  uint16_t newvalue = swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr);
+  uint16_t acceptedvalue;
+
+  switch (var.VP) {
+    default: return;
+    #if HOTENDS >= 1
+      case VP_T_E1_Set:
+        thermalManager.setTargetHotend(newvalue, 0);
+        acceptedvalue = thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target;
+        break;
+    #endif
+    #if HOTENDS >= 2
+      case VP_T_E2_Set:
+        thermalManager.setTargetHotend(newvalue, 1);
+        acceptedvalue = thermalManager.temp_hotend[1].target;
+      break;
+    #endif
+    #if HAS_HEATED_BED
+      case VP_T_Bed_Set:
+        thermalManager.setTargetBed(newvalue);
+        acceptedvalue = thermalManager.temp_bed.target;
+        break;
+    #endif
+  }
+
+  // reply to display the new value to update the view if the new value was rejected by the Thermal Manager.
+  if (newvalue != acceptedvalue && var.send_to_display_handler) var.send_to_display_handler(var);
+  ScreenHandler.skipVP = var.VP; // don't overwrite value the next update time as the display might autoincrement in parallel
+}
+
+void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFlowRateChanged(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) {
+  uint16_t newvalue = swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr);
+  uint8_t target_extruder;
+  switch (var.VP) {
+    default: return;
+    #if (HOTENDS >= 1)
+      case VP_Flowrate_E1: target_extruder = 0; break;
+    #endif
+    #if (HOTENDS >= 2)
+      case VP_Flowrate_E2: target_extruder = 1; break;
+    #endif
+  }
+
+  planner.flow_percentage[target_extruder] = newvalue;
+  planner.refresh_e_factor(target_extruder);
+  ScreenHandler.skipVP = var.VP; // don't overwrite value the next update time as the display might autoincrement in parallel
+}
+
+void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualExtrude(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) {
+  DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("HandleManualMove");
+
+  int16_t movevalue = swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr);
+  float target = movevalue * 0.01f;
+  ExtUI::extruder_t target_extruder;
+
+  switch (var.VP) {
+    #if HOTENDS >=1
+      case VP_MOVE_E1: target_extruder = ExtUI::extruder_t::E0; break;
+    #endif
+    #if HOTENDS >=2
+      case VP_MOVE_E2: target_extruder = ExtUI::extruder_t::E1; break
+    #endif
+    default: return;
+  }
+
+  target += ExtUI::getAxisPosition_mm(target_extruder);
+  ExtUI::setAxisPosition_mm(target, target_extruder);
+  skipVP = var.VP;
+}
+
+void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) {
+  DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("HandleManualMove");
+
+  int16_t movevalue = swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr);
+  char axiscode;
+  unsigned int speed = 1500;  //FIXME: get default feedrate for manual moves, dont hardcode.
+
+  switch (var.VP) {
+    case VP_MOVE_X:
+      axiscode = 'X';
+      if (!ExtUI::canMove(ExtUI::axis_t::X)) goto cannotmove;
+      break;
+
+    case VP_MOVE_Y:
+      axiscode = 'Y';
+      if (!ExtUI::canMove(ExtUI::axis_t::Y)) goto cannotmove;
+      break;
+
+    case VP_MOVE_Z:
+      axiscode = 'Z';
+      speed = 300; // default to 5mm/s
+      if (!ExtUI::canMove(ExtUI::axis_t::Z)) goto cannotmove;
+      break;
+
+    case VP_HOME_ALL: // only used for homing
+      axiscode = '\0';
+      movevalue = 0; // ignore value sent from display, this VP is _ONLY_ for homing.
+      break;
+
+    default: return;
+  }
+
+  if (!movevalue) {
+    // homing
+    DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" homing ", axiscode);
+    char buf[6] = "G28 X";
+    buf[4] = axiscode;
+    //DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" ", buf);
+    while (!enqueue_and_echo_command(buf)) idle();
+    //DEBUG_ECHOLN(" ✓");
+    ScreenHandler.ForceCompleteUpdate();
+    return;
+  }
+  else {
+    //movement
+    DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" move ", axiscode);
+    bool old_relative_mode = relative_mode;
+    if (!relative_mode) {
+      //DEBUG_ECHO(" G91");
+      while (!enqueue_and_echo_command("G91")) idle();
+      //DEBUG_ECHOPGM(" ✓ ");
+    }
+    char buf[32];  // G1 X9999.99 F12345
+    unsigned int backup_speed = MMS_TO_MMM(feedrate_mm_s);
+    char sign[]="\0";
+    int16_t value = movevalue / 100;
+    if (movevalue < 0) { value = -value; sign[0] = '-'; }
+    int16_t fraction = ABS(movevalue) % 100;
+    snprintf_P(buf, 32, PSTR("G0 %c%s%d.%02d F%d"), axiscode, sign, value, fraction, speed);
+    //DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" ", buf);
+    while (!enqueue_and_echo_command(buf)) idle();
+    //DEBUG_ECHOLN(" ✓ ");
+    if (backup_speed != speed) {
+      snprintf_P(buf, 32, PSTR("G0 F%d"), backup_speed);
+      while (!enqueue_and_echo_command(buf)) idle();
+      //DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" ", buf);
+    }
+    //while (!enqueue_and_echo_command(buf)) idle();
+    //DEBUG_ECHOLN(" ✓ ");
+    if (!old_relative_mode) {
+      //DEBUG_ECHO("G90");
+      while (!enqueue_and_echo_command("G90")) idle();
+      //DEBUG_ECHO(" ✓ ");
+    }
+  }
+
+  ScreenHandler.ForceCompleteUpdate();
+  DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("manmv done.");
+  return;
+
+  cannotmove:
+  DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR(" cannot move ", axiscode);
+  return;
+}
+
+void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::UpdateNewScreen(DGUSLCD_Screens newscreen, bool popup) {
+  DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("SetNewScreen: ", newscreen);
+
+  if (!popup) {
+    memmove(&past_screens[1], &past_screens[0], sizeof(past_screens) - 1);
+    past_screens[0] = current_screen;
+  }
+
+  current_screen = newscreen;
+  skipVP = 0;
+  ForceCompleteUpdate();
+}
+
+void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::PopToOldScreen() {
+  DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("PopToOldScreen s=", past_screens[0]);
+  GotoScreen(past_screens[0], true);
+  memmove(&past_screens[0], &past_screens[1], sizeof(past_screens) - 1);
+  past_screens[sizeof(past_screens) - 1] = DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MAIN;
+}
+
+void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::UpdateScreenVPData() {
+  DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" UpdateScreenVPData Screen: ", current_screen);
+
+  const uint16_t *VPList = DGUSLCD_FindScreenVPMapList(current_screen);
+  if (!VPList) {
+    DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR(" NO SCREEN FOR: ", current_screen);
+    ScreenComplete = true;
+    return;  // nothing to do, likely a bug or boring screen.
+  }
+
+  // Round-Robbin updating of all VPs.
+  VPList += update_ptr;
+
+  bool sent_one = false;
+  do {
+    uint16_t VP = pgm_read_word(VPList);
+    DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" VP: ", VP);
+    if (!VP) {
+      update_ptr = 0;
+      DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM(" UpdateScreenVPData done");
+      ScreenComplete = true;
+      return;  // Screen completed.
+    }
+
+    if (VP == skipVP) {
+      skipVP = 0;
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    DGUS_VP_Variable rcpy;
+    if (populate_VPVar(VP, &rcpy)) {
+      uint8_t expected_tx = 6 + rcpy.size;  // expected overhead is 6 bytes + payload.
+      // Send the VP to the display, but try to avoid overruning the Tx Buffer.
+      // But send at least one VP, to avoid getting stalled.
+      if (rcpy.send_to_display_handler && (!sent_one || expected_tx <= dgusdisplay.GetFreeTxBuffer())) {
+        //DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" calling handler for ", rcpy.VP);
+        sent_one = true;
+        rcpy.send_to_display_handler(rcpy);
+      }
+      else {
+        //auto x=dgusdisplay.GetFreeTxBuffer();
+        //DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR(" tx almost full: ", x);
+        //DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" update_ptr ", update_ptr);
+        ScreenComplete = false;
+        return;  // please call again!
+      }
+    }
+
+  } while (++update_ptr, ++VPList, true);
+}
+
+void DGUSDisplay::loop() {
+  // protection against recursion… ProcessRx() might call indirectly idle() when trying to injecting gcode commands if the queue is full.
+  if (!no_reentrance) {
+    no_reentrance = true;
+    ProcessRx();
+    no_reentrance = false;
+  }
+}
+
+void DGUSDisplay::InitDisplay() {
+  RequestScreen(
+    #if ENABLED(SHOW_BOOTSCREEN)
+      DGUSLCD_SCREEN_BOOT
+    #else
+      DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MAIN
+    #endif
+  );
+}
+
+void DGUSDisplay::WriteVariable(uint16_t adr, const void* values, uint8_t valueslen, bool isstr) {
+  const char* myvalues = static_cast<const char*>(values);
+  bool strend = myvalues ? false : true;
+  WriteHeader(adr, DGUS_CMD_WRITEVAR, valueslen);
+  while (valueslen--) {
+    char x;
+    if (!strend) x = *myvalues++;
+    if ((isstr && !x) || strend) {
+      strend = true;
+      x = ' ';
+    }
+    dgusserial.write(x);
+  }
+}
+
+void DGUSDisplay::WriteVariablePGM(uint16_t adr, const void* values, uint8_t valueslen, bool isstr) {
+  const char* myvalues = static_cast<const char*>(values);
+  bool strend = myvalues ? false : true;
+  WriteHeader(adr, DGUS_CMD_WRITEVAR, valueslen);
+  while (valueslen--) {
+    char x;
+    if (!strend) x = pgm_read_byte(myvalues++);
+    if ((isstr && !x) || strend) {
+      strend = true;
+      x = ' ';
+    }
+    dgusserial.write(x);
+  }
+}
+
+void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_Screens screen, bool ispopup) {
+  dgusdisplay.RequestScreen(screen);
+  UpdateNewScreen(screen, ispopup);
+}
+
+bool DGUSScreenVariableHandler::loop() {
+  dgusdisplay.loop();
+
+  const millis_t ms = millis();
+  static millis_t next_event_ms = 0;
+
+  if (!IsScreenComplete() || ELAPSED(ms, next_event_ms)) {
+    next_event_ms = ms + DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS;
+    UpdateScreenVPData();
+  }
+
+  #if ENABLED(SHOW_BOOTSCREEN)
+    static bool booted = false;
+    if (!booted && ELAPSED(ms, BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT)) {
+      booted = true;
+      GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MAIN);
+    }
+  #endif
+  return IsScreenComplete();
+}
+
+void DGUSDisplay::RequestScreen(DGUSLCD_Screens screen) {
+  DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("GotoScreen ", screen);
+  const unsigned char gotoscreen[] = { 0x5A, 0x01, (unsigned char) (screen >> 8U), (unsigned char) (screen & 0xFFU) };
+  WriteVariable(0x84, gotoscreen, sizeof(gotoscreen));
+}
+
+void DGUSDisplay::ProcessRx() {
+
+  if (!dgusserial.available() && dgusserial.is_rx_overrun()) {
+    // if we've got an overrun, but reset the flag only when we've emptied the buffer
+    // We want to extract as many as valid datagrams possible...
+    DEBUG_ECHOPGM("OVFL");
+    rx_datagram_state = DGUS_IDLE;
+    dgusserial.reset_rx_overun();
+  }
+
+  uint8_t receivedbyte;
+  while (dgusserial.available()) {
+    switch (rx_datagram_state) {
+
+      case DGUS_IDLE: // Waiting for the first header byte
+        receivedbyte = dgusserial.read();
+        //DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("< ",x);
+        if (DGUS_HEADER1 == receivedbyte) rx_datagram_state = DGUS_HEADER1_SEEN;
+        break;
+
+      case DGUS_HEADER1_SEEN: // Waiting for the second header byte
+        receivedbyte = dgusserial.read();
+        //DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" ",x);
+        rx_datagram_state = (DGUS_HEADER2 == receivedbyte) ? DGUS_HEADER2_SEEN : DGUS_IDLE;
+        break;
+
+      case DGUS_HEADER2_SEEN: // Waiting for the length byte
+        rx_datagram_len = dgusserial.read();
+        DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" (", rx_datagram_len);
+        DEBUG_ECHOPGM(") ");
+
+        // Telegram min len is 3 (command and one word of payload)
+        rx_datagram_state = WITHIN(rx_datagram_len, 3, DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE) ? DGUS_WAIT_TELEGRAM : DGUS_IDLE;
+        break;
+
+      case DGUS_WAIT_TELEGRAM: // wait for complete datagram to arrive.
+        if (dgusserial.available() < rx_datagram_len) return;
+
+        Initialized = true; // We've talked to it, so we defined it as initialized.
+        uint8_t command = dgusserial.read();
+
+        DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("# ", command);
+
+        uint8_t readlen = rx_datagram_len - 1;  // command is part of len.
+        unsigned char tmp[rx_datagram_len - 1];
+        unsigned char *ptmp = tmp;
+        while (readlen--) {
+          receivedbyte = dgusserial.read();
+          DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" ", receivedbyte);
+          *ptmp++ = receivedbyte;
+        }
+        DEBUG_ECHOPGM(" # ");
+        // mostly we'll get this: 5A A5 03 82 4F 4B -- ACK on 0x82, so discard it.
+        if (command == DGUS_CMD_WRITEVAR && 'O' == tmp[0] && 'K' == tmp[1]) {
+          DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM(">");
+          rx_datagram_state = DGUS_IDLE;
+          break;
+        }
+
+        /* AutoUpload, (and answer to) Command 0x83 :
+        |      tmp[0  1  2  3  4 ... ]
+        | Example 5A A5 06 83 20 01 01 78 01 ……
+        |          / /  |  |   \ /   |  \     \
+        |        Header |  |    |    |   \_____\_ DATA (Words!)
+        |     DatagramLen  /  VPAdr  |
+        |           Command          DataLen (in Words) */
+        if (command == DGUS_CMD_READVAR) {
+          const uint16_t vp = tmp[0] << 8 | tmp[1];
+          const uint8_t dlen = tmp[2] << 1;  // Convert to Bytes. (Display works with words)
+          //DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" vp=", vp, " dlen=", dlen);
+          DGUS_VP_Variable ramcopy;
+          if (populate_VPVar(vp, &ramcopy)) {
+            if (!(dlen == ramcopy.size || (dlen == 2 && ramcopy.size == 1)))
+              DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("SIZE MISMATCH");
+            else if (ramcopy.set_by_display_handler) {
+              ramcopy.set_by_display_handler(ramcopy, &tmp[3]);
+            }
+            else
+              DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM(" VPVar found, no handler.");
+          }
+          else
+            DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR(" VPVar not found:", vp);
+
+          rx_datagram_state = DGUS_IDLE;
+          break;
+        }
+
+      // discard what we do not understand.
+      rx_datagram_state = DGUS_IDLE;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+size_t DGUSDisplay::GetFreeTxBuffer() { return dgusserial.GetTxBufferFree(); }
+
+void DGUSDisplay::WriteHeader(uint16_t adr, uint8_t cmd, uint8_t payloadlen) {
+  dgusserial.write(DGUS_HEADER1);
+  dgusserial.write(DGUS_HEADER2);
+  dgusserial.write(payloadlen + 3);
+  dgusserial.write(cmd);
+  dgusserial.write(adr >> 8);
+  dgusserial.write(adr & 0xFF);
+}
+
+void DGUSDisplay::WritePGM(const char str[], uint8_t len) {
+  while (len--) dgusserial.write(pgm_read_byte(str++));
+}
+
+// Serial implementation stolen from MarlinSerial.cpp -- but functinality reduced to our use case
+// (no XON/XOFF, no Emergency Parser, no error statistics, no support to send from interrupts ...)
+
+// Define all UART registers
+#define _TNAME(X,Y,Z)                X##Y##Z
+#define TNAME(X,Y,Z)                _TNAME(X,Y,Z)
+#define DGUS_SERIAL_RX_VECT          TNAME(USART,DGUS_SER_PORT,_RX_vect)
+#define DGUS_SERIAL_UDRE_VECT        TNAME(USART,DGUS_SER_PORT,_UDRE_vect)
+#define DGUS_UCSRxA                  TNAME(UCSR,DGUS_SER_PORT,A)
+#define DGUS_UCSRxB                  TNAME(UCSR,DGUS_SER_PORT,B)
+#define DGUS_UCSRxC                  TNAME(UCSR,DGUS_SER_PORT,C)
+#define DGUS_UBRRxH                  TNAME(UBRR,DGUS_SER_PORT,H)
+#define DGUS_UBRRxL                  TNAME(UBRR,DGUS_SER_PORT,L)
+#define DGUS_UDRx                    TNAME(UDR,DGUS_SER_PORT,)
+
+#define U2Xx                    TNAME(U2X,DGUS_SER_PORT,)
+#define RXENx                   TNAME(RXEN,DGUS_SER_PORT,)
+#define TXENx                   TNAME(TXEN,DGUS_SER_PORT,)
+#define TXCx                    TNAME(TXC,DGUS_SER_PORT,)
+#define RXCIEx                  TNAME(RXCIE,DGUS_SER_PORT,)
+#define UDRIEx                  TNAME(UDRIE,DGUS_SER_PORT,)
+#define UDREx                   TNAME(UDRE,DGUS_SER_PORT,)
+
+// A SW memory barrier, to ensure GCC does not overoptimize loops
+#define sw_barrier() asm volatile("": : :"memory");
+
+DGUSSerial::DGUSSerial() {
+  // Initialize UART
+  DGUS_UCSRxA = 1 << U2Xx;
+  const uint16_t baud_setting = (F_CPU / 4 / DGUS_BAUDRATE - 1) / 2;
+  DGUS_UBRRxH = baud_setting >> 8;
+  DGUS_UBRRxL = baud_setting;
+  DGUS_UCSRxC = 0x06;
+  DGUS_UCSRxB = 1 << RXCIEx | 1 << TXENx | 1 << RXENx;  // Enable TX,RX and the RX interrupts.
+}
+
+DGUSSerial::~DGUSSerial() { DGUS_UCSRxB = 0; }
+
+// "Atomically" read the RX head index value without disabling interrupts:
+// This MUST be called with RX interrupts enabled, and CAN'T be called
+// from the RX ISR itself!
+FORCE_INLINE r_ring_buffer_pos_t DGUSSerial::atomic_read_rx_head() {
+  #if RX_BUFFER_SIZE > 256
+    // Keep reading until 2 consecutive reads return the same value,
+    // meaning there was no update in-between caused by an interrupt.
+    // This works because serial RX interrupts happen at a slower rate
+    // than successive reads of a variable, so 2 consecutive reads with
+    // the same value means no interrupt updated it.
+    r_ring_buffer_pos_t vold, vnew = rx_buffer.head;
+    sw_barrier();
+    do {
+      vold = vnew;
+      vnew = rx_buffer.head;
+      sw_barrier();
+    } while (vold != vnew);
+    return vnew;
+  #else
+    // With an 8bit index, reads are always atomic. No need for special handling
+    return rx_buffer.head;
+  #endif
+}
+
+// Set RX tail index, taking into account the RX ISR could interrupt
+//  the write to this variable in the middle - So a backup strategy
+//  is used to ensure reads of the correct values.
+//    -Must NOT be called from the RX ISR -
+FORCE_INLINE void DGUSSerial::atomic_set_rx_tail(r_ring_buffer_pos_t value) {
+  #if RX_BUFFER_SIZE > 256
+    // Store the new value in the backup
+    rx_tail_value_backup = value;
+    sw_barrier();
+    // Flag we are about to change the true value
+    rx_tail_value_not_stable = true;
+    sw_barrier();
+    // Store the new value
+    rx_buffer.tail = value;
+    sw_barrier();
+    // Signal the new value is completely stored into the value
+    rx_tail_value_not_stable = false;
+    sw_barrier();
+  #else
+    rx_buffer.tail = value;
+  #endif
+}
+
+// Get the RX tail index, taking into account the read could be
+//  interrupting in the middle of the update of that index value
+//    -Called from the RX ISR -
+FORCE_INLINE r_ring_buffer_pos_t DGUSSerial::atomic_read_rx_tail() {
+  #if RX_BUFFER_SIZE > 256
+    // If the true index is being modified, return the backup value
+    if (rx_tail_value_not_stable) return rx_tail_value_backup;
+  #endif
+  // The true index is stable, return it
+  return rx_buffer.tail;
+}
+
+// (called with RX interrupts disabled)
+FORCE_INLINE void DGUSSerial::store_rxd_char() {
+  // Get the tail - Nothing can alter its value while this ISR is executing, but there's
+  // a chance that this ISR interrupted the main process while it was updating the index.
+  // The backup mechanism ensures the correct value is always returned.
+  const r_ring_buffer_pos_t t = atomic_read_rx_tail();
+
+  // Get the head pointer - This ISR is the only one that modifies its value, so it's safe to read here
+  r_ring_buffer_pos_t h = rx_buffer.head;
+
+  // Get the next element
+  r_ring_buffer_pos_t i = (r_ring_buffer_pos_t) (h + 1) & (r_ring_buffer_pos_t) (DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE - 1);
+
+  // Read the character from the USART
+  uint8_t c = DGUS_UDRx;
+
+  // If the character is to be stored at the index just before the tail
+  // (such that the head would advance to the current tail), the RX FIFO is
+  // full, so don't write the character or advance the head.
+  if (i != t) {
+    rx_buffer.buffer[h] = c;
+    h = i;
+  }
+  else
+    dgus_rx_overrun = true;
+
+  // Store the new head value - The main loop will retry until the value is stable
+  rx_buffer.head = h;
+}
+
+// (called with TX irqs disabled)
+FORCE_INLINE void DGUSSerial::tx_udr_empty_irq(void) {
+  // Read positions
+  uint8_t t = tx_buffer.tail;
+  const uint8_t h = tx_buffer.head;
+  // If nothing to transmit, just disable TX interrupts. This could
+  // happen as the result of the non atomicity of the disabling of RX
+  // interrupts that could end reenabling TX interrupts as a side effect.
+  if (h == t) {
+    CBI(DGUS_UCSRxB, UDRIEx); // (Non-atomic, could be reenabled by the main program, but eventually this will succeed)
+    return;
+  }
+
+  // There is something to TX, Send the next byte
+  const uint8_t c = tx_buffer.buffer[t];
+  t = (t + 1) & (DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE - 1);
+  DGUS_UDRx = c;
+  tx_buffer.tail = t;
+
+  // Clear the TXC bit (by writing a one to its bit location).
+  // Ensures flush() won't return until the bytes are actually written/
+  SBI(DGUS_UCSRxA, TXCx);
+
+  // Disable interrupts if there is nothing to transmit following this byte
+  if (h == t) CBI(DGUS_UCSRxB, UDRIEx);
+}
+
+r_ring_buffer_pos_t DGUSSerial::available(void) {
+  const r_ring_buffer_pos_t h = atomic_read_rx_head(), t = rx_buffer.tail;
+  return (r_ring_buffer_pos_t) (DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE + h - t) & (DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE - 1);
+}
+
+int DGUSSerial::read() {
+  const r_ring_buffer_pos_t h = atomic_read_rx_head();
+
+  // Read the tail. Main thread owns it, so it is safe to directly read it
+  r_ring_buffer_pos_t t = rx_buffer.tail;
+
+  // If nothing to read, return now
+  if (h == t) return -1;
+
+  // Get the next char
+  const int v = rx_buffer.buffer[t];
+  t = (r_ring_buffer_pos_t) (t + 1) & (DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE - 1);
+
+  // Advance tail - Making sure the RX ISR will always get an stable value, even
+  // if it interrupts the writing of the value of that variable in the middle.
+  atomic_set_rx_tail(t);
+  return v;
+}
+
+void DGUSSerial::write(const uint8_t c) {
+  // are we currently tranmitting? If not, we can just place the byte in UDR.
+  if (!TEST(DGUS_UCSRxB, UDRIEx) && TEST(DGUS_UCSRxA, UDREx)) {
+    DGUS_UDRx = c;
+    SBI(DGUS_UCSRxA, TXCx);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  const uint8_t i = (tx_buffer.head + 1) & (DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE - 1);
+  while (i == tx_buffer.tail) sw_barrier();
+
+  // Store new char. head is always safe to move
+  tx_buffer.buffer[tx_buffer.head] = c;
+  tx_buffer.head = i;
+  SBI(DGUS_UCSRxB, UDRIEx);  // Enable Interrupts to finish off.
+}
+
+t_ring_buffer_pos_t DGUSSerial::GetTxBufferFree() {
+  const t_ring_buffer_pos_t t = tx_buffer.tail,  // next byte to send.
+                            h = tx_buffer.head;  // next pos for queue.
+  int ret = t - h - 1;
+  if (ret < 0) ret += DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE + 1;
+  return ret;
+}
+
+ISR(DGUS_SERIAL_UDRE_VECT) { dgusserial.tx_udr_empty_irq(); }
+ISR(DGUS_SERIAL_RX_VECT) { dgusserial.store_rxd_char(); }
+
+#endif // DGUS_LCD
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplay.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplay.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..46d451a1d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplay.h
@@ -0,0 +1,236 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+/* DGUS implementation written by coldtobi in 2019 for Marlin */
+
+#include "../../../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h"
+
+#include "../../../../Marlin.h"
+#include "DGUSVPVariable.h"
+
+enum DGUSLCD_Screens : uint8_t;
+
+#define DEBUG_OUT ENABLED(DEBUG_DGUSLCD)
+#include "../../../../core/debug_out.h"
+
+typedef enum : uint8_t {
+  DGUS_IDLE,           //< waiting for DGUS_HEADER1.
+  DGUS_HEADER1_SEEN,   //< DGUS_HEADER1 received
+  DGUS_HEADER2_SEEN,   //< DGUS_HEADER2 received
+  DGUS_WAIT_TELEGRAM,  //< LEN received, Waiting for to receive all bytes.
+} rx_datagram_state_t;
+
+// Low-Level access to the display.
+class DGUSDisplay {
+public:
+
+  DGUSDisplay() = default;
+
+  static void InitDisplay();
+
+  // Variable access.
+  static void WriteVariable(uint16_t adr, const void* values, uint8_t valueslen, bool isstr=false);
+  static void WriteVariablePGM(uint16_t adr, const void* values, uint8_t valueslen, bool isstr=false);
+  template<typename T>
+  static void WriteVariable(uint16_t adr, T value) {
+    WriteVariable(adr, static_cast<const void*>(&value), sizeof(T));
+  }
+
+  // Until now I did not need to actively read from the display. That's why there is no ReadVariable
+  // (I extensively use the auto upload of the display)
+
+  // Force display into another screen.
+  // (And trigger update of containing VPs)
+  // (to implement a pop up message, which may not be nested)
+  static void RequestScreen(DGUSLCD_Screens screen);
+
+  // Periodic tasks, eg. Rx-Queue handling.
+  static void loop();
+
+public:
+  // Helper for users of this class to estimate if an interaction would be blocking.
+  static size_t GetFreeTxBuffer();
+
+  // Checks two things: Can we confirm the presence of the display and has we initiliazed it.
+  // (both boils down that the display answered to our chatting)
+  static inline bool isInitialized() { return Initialized; }
+
+private:
+  static void WriteHeader(uint16_t adr, uint8_t cmd, uint8_t payloadlen);
+  static void WritePGM(const char str[], uint8_t len);
+  static void ProcessRx();
+
+  static rx_datagram_state_t rx_datagram_state;
+  static uint8_t rx_datagram_len;
+  static bool Initialized, no_reentrance;
+};
+
+extern DGUSDisplay dgusdisplay;
+
+// compile-time x^y
+constexpr float cpow(const float x, const int y) { return y == 0 ? 1.0 : x * cpow(x, y - 1); }
+
+class DGUSScreenVariableHandler {
+public:
+  DGUSScreenVariableHandler() = default;
+
+  static bool loop();
+
+  /// Send all 4 strings that are displayed on the infoscreen, confirmation screen and kill screen
+  /// The bools specifing whether the strings are in RAM or FLASH.
+  static void sendinfoscreen(const char* line1, const char* line2, const char* line3, const char* line4, bool l1inflash, bool l2inflash, bool l3inflash, bool liinflash);
+
+  static void HandleUserConfirmationPopUp(uint16_t ConfirmVP, const char* line1, const char* line2, const char* line3, const char* line4, bool l1inflash, bool l2inflash, bool l3inflash, bool liinflash);
+
+  /// "M117" Message -- msg is a RAM ptr.
+  static void setstatusmessage(const char* msg);
+  /// The same for messages from Flash
+  static void setstatusmessagePGM(PGM_P const msg);
+  // Callback for VP "Display wants to change screen on idle printer"
+  static void ScreenChangeHookIfIdle(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr);
+  // Callback for VP "Screen has been changed"
+  static void ScreenChangeHook(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr);
+  // Callback for VP "All Heaters Off"
+  static void HandleAllHeatersOff(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr);
+  // Hook for "Change this temperature"
+  static void HandleTemperatureChanged(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr);
+  // Hook for "Change Flowrate"
+  static void HandleFlowRateChanged(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr);
+  // Hook for manual move.
+  static void HandleManualMove(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr);
+  // Hook for manual extrude.
+  static void HandleManualExtrude(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr);
+
+  #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+    // Callback for VP "Display wants to change screen when there is a SD card"
+    static void ScreenChangeHookIfSD(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr);
+    /// Scroll buttons on the file listing screen.
+    static void DGUSLCD_SD_ScrollFilelist(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr);
+    /// File touched.
+    static void DGUSLCD_SD_FileSelected(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr);
+    /// start print after confirmation received.
+    static void DGUSLCD_SD_StartPrint(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr);
+    /// User hit the pause, resume or abort button.
+    static void DGUSLCD_SD_ResumePauseAbort(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr);
+    /// User confirmed the abort action
+    static void DGUSLCD_SD_ReallyAbort(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr);
+    /// Send a single filename to the display.
+    static void DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename(DGUS_VP_Variable &var);
+    /// Marlin informed us that a new SD has been inserted.
+    static void SDCardInserted();
+    /// Marlin informed us that the SD Card has been removed().
+    static void SDCardRemoved();
+    /// Marlin informed us about a bad SD Card.
+    static void SDCardError();
+  #endif
+
+  // OK Button the Confirm screen.
+  static void ScreenConfirmedOK(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr);
+
+  // Update data after went to new screen (by display or by GotoScreen)
+  // remember: store the last-displayed screen, so it can get returned to.
+  // (e.g for pop up messages)
+  static void UpdateNewScreen(DGUSLCD_Screens newscreen, bool popup=false);
+
+  // Recall the remembered screen.
+  static void PopToOldScreen();
+
+  // Make the display show the screen and update all VPs in it.
+  static void GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_Screens screen, bool ispopup = false);
+
+  static void UpdateScreenVPData();
+
+  // Helpers to convert and transfer data to the display.
+  static void DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var);
+  static void DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var);
+  static void DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM(DGUS_VP_Variable &var);
+  static void DGUSLCD_SendPercentageToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var);
+  static void DGUSLCD_SendPrintTimeToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var);
+
+  /// Send a value from 0..100 to a variable with a range from 0..255
+  static void DGUSLCD_PercentageToUint8(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr);
+
+  template<typename T>
+  static void DGUSLCD_SetValueDirectly(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) {
+    if (!var.memadr) return;
+    union { unsigned char tmp[sizeof(T)]; T t; } x;
+    unsigned char *ptr = (unsigned char*)val_ptr;
+    for (uint8_t i = 0; i < sizeof(T); i++) x.tmp[i] = ptr[sizeof(T) - i - 1];
+    *(T*)var.memadr = x.t;
+  }
+
+  /// Send a float value to the display.
+  /// Display will get a 4-byte integer scaled to the number of digits:
+  /// Tell the display the number of digits and it cheats by displaying a dot between...
+  template<unsigned int decimals>
+  static void DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var) {
+    if (var.memadr) {
+      float f = *(float *)var.memadr;
+      f *= cpow(10, decimals);
+      union { long l; char lb[4]; } endian;
+
+      char tmp[4];
+      endian.l = f;
+      tmp[0] = endian.lb[3];
+      tmp[1] = endian.lb[2];
+      tmp[2] = endian.lb[1];
+      tmp[3] = endian.lb[0];
+      dgusdisplay.WriteVariable(var.VP, tmp, 4);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /// Force an update of all VP on the current screen.
+  static inline void ForceCompleteUpdate() { update_ptr = 0; ScreenComplete = false; }
+  /// Has all VPs sent to the screen
+  static inline bool IsScreenComplete() { return ScreenComplete; }
+
+  static inline DGUSLCD_Screens getCurrentScreen() { return current_screen; }
+
+  static inline void SetupConfirmAction( void (*f)()) { confirm_action_cb = f; }
+
+private:
+  static DGUSLCD_Screens current_screen;  ///< currently on screen
+  static constexpr uint8_t NUM_PAST_SCREENS = 4;
+  static DGUSLCD_Screens past_screens[NUM_PAST_SCREENS]; ///< LIFO with past screens for the "back" button.
+
+  static uint8_t update_ptr;    ///< Last sent entry in the VPList for the actual screen.
+  static uint16_t skipVP;       ///< When updating the screen data, skip this one, because the user is interacting with it.
+  static bool ScreenComplete;   ///< All VPs sent to screen?
+
+  static uint16_t ConfirmVP;    ///< context for confirm screen (VP that will be emulated-sent on "OK").
+
+  #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+    static int16_t top_file;    ///< file on top of file chooser
+    static int16_t file_to_print; ///< touched file to be confirmed
+  #endif
+
+  static void (*confirm_action_cb)();
+};
+
+extern DGUSScreenVariableHandler ScreenHandler;
+
+/// Find the flash address of a DGUS_VP_Variable for the VP.
+extern const DGUS_VP_Variable* DGUSLCD_FindVPVar(const uint16_t vp);
+
+/// Helper to populate a DGUS_VP_Variable for a given VP. Return false if not found.
+extern bool populate_VPVar(const uint16_t VP, DGUS_VP_Variable * const ramcopy);
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinition.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinition.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8830873202
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinition.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,231 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+
+/* DGUS implementation written by coldtobi in 2019 for Marlin */
+
+#include "../../../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h"
+
+#if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD)
+
+#include "DGUSDisplayDefinition.h"
+#include "DGUSDisplay.h"
+
+#include "../../../../module/temperature.h"
+#include "../../../../module/motion.h"
+
+#include "../../../ultralcd.h"
+
+const uint16_t VPList_Boot[] PROGMEM = {
+  VP_MARLIN_VERSION,
+  0x0000
+};
+
+const uint16_t VPList_Main[] PROGMEM = {
+  /* VP_M117, for completeness, but it cannot be auto-uploaded. */
+  0x0000
+};
+
+const uint16_t VPList_Temp[] PROGMEM = {
+  #if HOTENDS >= 1
+    VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set,
+  #endif
+  #if HOTENDS >= 2
+    VP_T_E2_I, VP_T_E2_S,
+  #endif
+  #if HAS_HEATED_BED
+    VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set,
+  #endif
+  0x0000
+};
+
+const uint16_t VPList_Status[] PROGMEM = {
+  /* VP_M117, for completeness, but it cannot be auto-uploaded */
+  #if HOTENDS >= 1
+    VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set,
+  #endif
+  #if HOTENDS >= 2
+    VP_T_E2_I, VP_T_E2_S,
+  #endif
+  #if HAS_HEATED_BED
+    VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set,
+  #endif
+  #if FAN_COUNT > 0
+    VP_Fan_Percentage,
+  #endif
+  VP_XPos, VP_YPos, VP_ZPos,
+  VP_Fan_Percentage,
+  VP_Feedrate_Percentage,
+  VP_PrintProgress_Percentage,
+  0x0000
+};
+
+const uint16_t VPList_Status2[] PROGMEM = {
+  /* VP_M117, for completeness, but it cannot be auto-uploaded */
+  #if HOTENDS >= 1
+    VP_Flowrate_E1,
+  #endif
+  #if HOTENDS >= 2
+    VP_Flowrate_E2,
+  #endif
+  VP_PrintProgress_Percentage,
+  VP_PrintTime,
+  0x0000
+};
+
+const uint16_t VPList_ManualMove[] PROGMEM = {
+  VP_XPos, VP_YPos, VP_ZPos,
+  0x0000
+};
+
+const uint16_t VPList_ManualExtrude[] PROGMEM = {
+  VP_EPos,
+  0x0000
+};
+
+const uint16_t VPList_FanAndFeedrate[] PROGMEM = {
+  VP_Feedrate_Percentage, VP_Fan_Percentage,
+  0x0000
+};
+
+const uint16_t VPList_SD_FlowRates[] PROGMEM = {
+  VP_Flowrate_E1, VP_Flowrate_E2,
+  0x0000
+};
+
+const uint16_t VPList_SDFileList[] PROGMEM = {
+  VP_SD_FileName0, VP_SD_FileName1, VP_SD_FileName2, VP_SD_FileName3, VP_SD_FileName4,
+  0x0000
+};
+
+const uint16_t VPList_SD_PrintManipulation[] PROGMEM = {
+  VP_PrintProgress_Percentage, VP_PrintTime,
+  0x0000
+};
+
+const struct VPMapping VPMap[] PROGMEM = {
+  { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_BOOT, VPList_Boot },
+  { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MAIN, VPList_Main },
+  { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_TEMPERATURE, VPList_Temp },
+  { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STATUS, VPList_Status },
+  { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STATUS2, VPList_Status2 },
+  { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MANUALMOVE, VPList_ManualMove },
+  { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MANUALEXTRUDE, VPList_ManualExtrude },
+  { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FANANDFEEDRATE, VPList_FanAndFeedrate },
+  { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FLOWRATES, VPList_SD_FlowRates },
+  { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDPRINTMANIPULATION, VPList_SD_PrintManipulation },
+  { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDFILELIST, VPList_SDFileList },
+  { 0 , nullptr } // List is terminated with an nullptr as table entry.
+};
+
+const char MarlinVersion[] PROGMEM = SHORT_BUILD_VERSION;
+
+// Helper to define a DGUS_VP_Variable for common use cases.
+#define VPHELPER(VPADR, VPADRVAR, RXFPTR, TXFPTR ) { .VP=VPADR, .memadr=VPADRVAR, .size=sizeof(VPADRVAR), \
+  .set_by_display_handler = RXFPTR, .send_to_display_handler = TXFPTR }
+
+// Helper to define a DGUS_VP_Variable when the sizeo of the var cannot be determined automaticalyl (eg. a string)
+#define VPHELPER_STR(VPADR, VPADRVAR, STRLEN, RXFPTR, TXFPTR ) { .VP=VPADR, .memadr=VPADRVAR, .size=STRLEN, \
+  .set_by_display_handler = RXFPTR, .send_to_display_handler = TXFPTR }
+
+const struct DGUS_VP_Variable ListOfVP[] PROGMEM = {
+  // Helper to detect touch events
+  VPHELPER(VP_SCREENCHANGE, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenChangeHook, nullptr),
+  VPHELPER(VP_SCREENCHANGE_ASK, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenChangeHookIfIdle, nullptr),
+  VPHELPER(VP_SCREENCHANGE_WHENSD, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenChangeHookIfSD, nullptr),
+  VPHELPER(VP_CONFIRMED, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenConfirmedOK, nullptr),
+
+  VPHELPER(VP_TEMP_ALL_OFF, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleAllHeatersOff, nullptr),
+
+  VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_X, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr),
+  VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_Y, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr),
+  VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_Z, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr),
+  VPHELPER(VP_HOME_ALL, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr),
+
+  { .VP = VP_MARLIN_VERSION, .memadr = (void*)MarlinVersion, .size = VP_MARLIN_VERSION_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler =&DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM },
+  // M117 LCD String (We don't need the string in memory but "just" push it to the display on demand, hence the nullptr
+  { .VP = VP_M117, .memadr = nullptr, .size = VP_M117_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler =&DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplay },
+
+  // Temperature Data
+  #if HOTENDS >= 1
+    VPHELPER(VP_T_E1_Is, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].current, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<0>),
+    VPHELPER(VP_T_E1_Set, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperatureChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay),
+    VPHELPER(VP_Flowrate_E1, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFlowRateChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay),
+    VPHELPER(VP_EPos, &destination[3], nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<2>),
+    VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_E1, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualExtrude, nullptr),
+  #endif
+  #if HOTENDS >= 2
+    VPHELPER(VP_T_E2_I, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[1].current, nullptr, DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<0>),
+    VPHELPER(VP_T_E2_S, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[1].target, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperatureChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay),
+    VPHELPER(VP_Flowrate_E2, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFlowRateChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay),
+    VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_E2, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualExtrude, nullptr),
+  #endif
+  #if HOTENDS >= 3
+    #error More than 2 Hotends currently not implemented on the Display UI design.
+  #endif
+  #if HAS_HEATED_BED
+    VPHELPER(VP_T_Bed_Is, &thermalManager.temp_bed.current, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<0>),
+    VPHELPER(VP_T_Bed_Set, &thermalManager.temp_bed.target, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperatureChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay),
+  #endif
+
+  // Fan Data.
+  #if FAN_COUNT > 0
+    VPHELPER(VP_Fan_Percentage, &thermalManager.fan_speed[0], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_PercentageToUint8, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPercentageToDisplay),
+  #endif
+
+  // Feedrate.
+  VPHELPER(VP_Feedrate_Percentage, &feedrate_percentage, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SetValueDirectly<int16_t>, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay ),
+
+  // Position Data.
+  VPHELPER(VP_XPos, &current_position[0], nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<2>),
+  VPHELPER(VP_YPos, &current_position[1], nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<2>),
+  VPHELPER(VP_ZPos, &current_position[2], nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<2>),
+
+  // Print Progress.
+  VPHELPER(VP_PrintProgress_Percentage, &MarlinUI::progress_bar_percent, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay ),
+
+  // Print Time
+  VPHELPER_STR(VP_PrintTime, nullptr, VP_PrintTime_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPrintTimeToDisplay ),
+
+  // SDCard File listing.
+  #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+    VPHELPER(VP_SD_ScrollEvent, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_ScrollFilelist, nullptr),
+    VPHELPER(VP_SD_FileSelected, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_FileSelected, nullptr),
+    VPHELPER(VP_SD_FileSelectConfirm, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_StartPrint, nullptr),
+    VPHELPER_STR(VP_SD_FileName0,  nullptr, VP_SD_FileName_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename ),
+    VPHELPER_STR(VP_SD_FileName1,  nullptr, VP_SD_FileName_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename ),
+    VPHELPER_STR(VP_SD_FileName2,  nullptr, VP_SD_FileName_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename ),
+    VPHELPER_STR(VP_SD_FileName3,  nullptr, VP_SD_FileName_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename ),
+    VPHELPER_STR(VP_SD_FileName4,  nullptr, VP_SD_FileName_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename ),
+    VPHELPER(VP_SD_ResumePauseAbort, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_ResumePauseAbort, nullptr),
+    VPHELPER(VP_SD_AbortPrintConfirmed, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_ReallyAbort, nullptr),
+  #endif
+
+  // Messages for the User, shared by the popup and the kill screen. They cant be autouploaded as we do not buffer content.
+  { .VP = VP_MSGSTR1, .memadr = nullptr, .size = VP_MSGSTR1_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler = &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM },
+  { .VP = VP_MSGSTR2, .memadr = nullptr, .size = VP_MSGSTR2_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler = &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM },
+  { .VP = VP_MSGSTR3, .memadr = nullptr, .size = VP_MSGSTR3_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler = &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM },
+  { .VP = VP_MSGSTR4, .memadr = nullptr, .size = VP_MSGSTR4_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler = &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM },
+
+  VPHELPER(0, 0, 0, 0)  // must be last entry.
+};
+
+#endif // DGUS_LCD
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinition.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinition.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f54a2938ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinition.h
@@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+/* DGUS implementation written by coldtobi in 2019 for Marlin */
+
+#include "DGUSVPVariable.h"
+
+// This file defines the interaction between Marlin and the display firmware.
+
+// information on which screen which VP is displayed
+// As this is a sparse table, two arrays are needed:
+// one to list the VPs of one screen and one to map screens to the lists.
+// (Strictly this would not be necessary, but allows to only send data the display needs and reducing load on Marlin)
+struct VPMapping {
+  const uint8_t screen;
+  const uint16_t *VPList;  // The list is null-terminated.
+};
+
+extern const struct VPMapping VPMap[];
+
+enum DGUSLCD_Screens : uint8_t {
+  DGUSLCD_SCREEN_BOOT = 0,
+  DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MAIN = 10,
+  DGUSLCD_SCREEN_TEMPERATURE = 20,
+  DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STATUS = 30,
+  DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STATUS2 = 32,
+  DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MANUALMOVE = 40,
+  DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MANUALEXTRUDE=42,
+  DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FANANDFEEDRATE = 44,
+  DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FLOWRATES = 46,
+  DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDFILELIST = 50,
+  DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDPRINTMANIPULATION = 52,
+  DGUSLCD_SCREEN_CONFIRM = 240,
+  DGUSLCD_SCREEN_KILL = 250, ///< Kill Screen. Must always be 250 (to be able to display "Error wrong LCD Version")
+  DGUSLCD_SCREEN_POPUP = 252,  ///< special target, popup screen will also return this code to say "return to previous screen"
+  DGUSLDC_SCREEN_UNUSED = 255
+};
+
+// Display Memory layout used (T5UID)
+// Except system variables this is arbitrary, just to organize stuff....
+
+// 0x0000 .. 0x0FFF  -- System variables and reserved by the display
+// 0x1000 .. 0x1FFF  -- Variables to never change location, regardless of UI Version
+// 0x2000 .. 0x2FFF  -- Controls (VPs that will trigger some action)
+// 0x3000 .. 0x4FFF  -- Marlin Data to be displayed
+// 0x5000 ..         -- SPs (if we want to modify display elements, e.g change color or like) -- currently unused
+
+// As there is plenty of space (at least most displays have >8k RAM), we do not pack them too tight,
+// so that we can keep variables nicely together in the address space.
+
+// UI Version always on 0x1000...0x1002 so that the firmware can check this and bail out.
+constexpr uint16_t VP_UI_VERSION_MAJOR = 0x1000;  // Major -- incremented when incompatible
+constexpr uint16_t VP_UI_VERSION_MINOR = 0x1001;  // Minor -- incremented on new features, but compatible
+constexpr uint16_t VP_UI_VERSION_PATCH = 0x1002;  // Patch -- fixed which do not change functionality.
+constexpr uint16_t VP_UI_FLAVOUR       = 0x1010;  // lets reserve 16 bytes here to determine if UI is suitable for this Marlin. tbd.
+
+// Storage space for the Killscreen messages. 0x1100 - 0x1200 . Reused for the popup.
+constexpr uint16_t VP_MSGSTR1 = 0x1100;
+constexpr uint8_t VP_MSGSTR1_LEN = 0x20;  // might be more place for it...
+constexpr uint16_t VP_MSGSTR2 = 0x1140;
+constexpr uint8_t VP_MSGSTR2_LEN = 0x20;
+constexpr uint16_t VP_MSGSTR3 = 0x1180;
+constexpr uint8_t VP_MSGSTR3_LEN = 0x20;
+constexpr uint16_t VP_MSGSTR4 = 0x11C0;
+constexpr uint8_t VP_MSGSTR4_LEN = 0x20;
+
+// Screenchange request for screens that only make sense when printer is idle.
+// e.g movement is only allowed if printer is not printing.
+// Marlin must confirm by setting the screen manually.
+constexpr uint16_t VP_SCREENCHANGE_ASK = 0x2000;
+constexpr uint16_t VP_SCREENCHANGE = 0x2001;   // Key-Return button to new menu pressed. Data contains target screen in low byte and info in high byte.
+constexpr uint16_t VP_TEMP_ALL_OFF = 0x2002;   // Turn all heaters off. Value arbitrary ;)=
+constexpr uint16_t VP_SCREENCHANGE_WHENSD = 0x2003; // "Print" Button touched -- go only there if there is an SD Card.
+
+constexpr uint16_t VP_CONFIRMED = 0x2010; // OK on confirm screen.
+
+// Buttons on the SD-Card File listing.
+constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_ScrollEvent = 0x2020; // Data: 0 for "up a directory", numbers are the amount to scroll, e.g -1 one up, 1 one down
+constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileSelected = 0x2022; // Number of file field selected.
+constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileSelectConfirm = 0x2024; // (This is a virtual VP and emulated by the Confirm Screen when a file has been confirmed)
+
+constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_ResumePauseAbort = 0x2026; // Resume(Data=0), Pause(Data=1), Abort(Data=2) SD Card prints
+constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_AbortPrintConfirmed = 0x2028; // Abort print confirmation (virtual, will be injected by the confirm dialog)
+
+// Controls for movement (we can't use the incremental / decremental feature of the display at this feature works only with 16 bit values
+// (which would limit us to 655.35mm, which is likely not a problem for common setups, but i don't want to rule out hangprinters support)
+// A word about the coding: The VP will be per axis and the return code will be an signed 16 bit value in 0.01 mm resolution, telling us
+// the relative travel amount t he user wants to do. So eg. if the display sends us VP=2100 with value 100, the user wants us to move X by +1 mm.
+constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_X = 0x2100;
+constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_Y = 0x2102;
+constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_Z = 0x2104;
+constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E1 = 0x2110;
+constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E2 = 0x2112;
+//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E3 = 0x2114;
+//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E4 = 0x2116;
+//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E5 = 0x2118;
+//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E6 = 0x211A;
+constexpr uint16_t VP_HOME_ALL = 0x2120;
+
+// Firmware version on the boot screen.
+constexpr uint16_t VP_MARLIN_VERSION = 0x3000;
+constexpr uint8_t VP_MARLIN_VERSION_LEN = 16;   // there is more space on the display, if needed.
+
+// Place for status messages.
+constexpr uint16_t VP_M117 = 0x3020;
+constexpr uint8_t VP_M117_LEN = 0x20;
+
+// Temperatures.
+constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E1_Is = 0x3060;  // 4 Byte Integer
+constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E1_Set = 0x3062; // 2 Byte Integer
+constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E2_Is = 0x3064;  // 4 Byte Integer
+
+// reserved to support up to 6 Extruders:
+//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E2_Set = 0x3066; // 2 Byte Integer
+//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E3_Is = 0x3068;  // 4 Byte Integer
+//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E3_Set = 0x306A; // 2 Byte Integer
+//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E4_Is = 0x306C;  // 4 Byte Integer
+//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E4_Set = 0x306E; // 2 Byte Integer
+//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E5_Is = 0x3070;  // 4 Byte Integer
+//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E5_Set = 0x3072; // 2 Byte Integer
+//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E5_Is = 0x3074;  // 4 Byte Integer
+//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E5_Set = 0x3076; // 2 Byte Integer
+//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E6_Is = 0x3078;  // 4 Byte Integer
+//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E6_Set = 0x307A; // 2 Byte Integer
+
+constexpr uint16_t VP_T_Bed_Is = 0x3080;  // 4 Byte Integer
+constexpr uint16_t VP_T_Bed_Set = 0x3082; // 2 Byte Integer
+
+constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E1 = 0x3090; // 2 Byte Integer
+constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E2 = 0x3092; // 2 Byte Integer
+
+// reserved for up to 6 Extruders:
+//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E3 = 0x3094;
+//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E4 = 0x3096;
+//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E5 = 0x3098;
+//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E6 = 0x309A;
+
+constexpr uint16_t VP_Fan_Percentage = 0x3100;  // 2 Byte Integer (0..100)
+constexpr uint16_t VP_Feedrate_Percentage = 0x3102; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100)
+constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintProgress_Percentage = 0x3104; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100)
+
+constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintTime = 0x3106;
+constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintTime_LEN = 10;
+
+// Actual Position
+constexpr uint16_t VP_XPos = 0x3110;  // 4 Byte Fixed point number; format xxx.yy
+constexpr uint16_t VP_YPos = 0x3112;  // 4 Byte Fixed point number; format xxx.yy
+constexpr uint16_t VP_ZPos = 0x3114;  // 4 Byte Fixed point number; format xxx.yy
+
+constexpr uint16_t VP_EPos = 0x3120;  // 4 Byte Fixed point number; format xxx.yy
+
+// SDCard File Listing
+constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName_LEN = 32; // LEN is shared for all entries.
+constexpr uint16_t DGUS_SD_FILESPERSCREEN = 5; // FIXME move that info to the display and read it from there.
+constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName0 = 0x3200;
+constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName1 = 0x3220;
+constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName2 = 0x3240;
+constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName3 = 0x3260;
+constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName4 = 0x3280;
+
+// SPs for certain variables...
+// located at 0x5000 and up
+// Not used yet!
+// This can be used e.g to make controls / data display invisible
+constexpr uint16_t SP_T_E1_Is = 0x5000;
+constexpr uint16_t SP_T_E1_Set = 0x5010;
+constexpr uint16_t SP_T_E2_Is = 0x5020;
+constexpr uint16_t SP_T_Bed_Is = 0x5030;
+constexpr uint16_t SP_T_Bed_Set = 0x5040;
+
+// List of VPs handled by Marlin / The Display.
+extern const struct DGUS_VP_Variable ListOfVP[];
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSVPVariable.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSVPVariable.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8a2172f554
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSVPVariable.h
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+/**
+ * DGUSVPVariable.h
+ *
+ *  Created on: Feb 9, 2019
+ *      Author: tobi
+ */
+
+struct DGUS_VP_Variable {
+  uint16_t VP;
+  void*    memadr;  // If nullptr, the value cannot be uploaded to the display.
+  uint8_t  size;
+
+  // Callback that will be called if the display modified the value.
+  // nullptr makes it readonly for the display.
+  void (*set_by_display_handler)(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr);
+  void (*send_to_display_handler)(DGUS_VP_Variable &var);
+
+  template<typename T>
+  DGUS_VP_Variable& operator =(T &o) {
+    *(T*)memadr = o;  // warning this is not typesafe.
+    // TODO: Call out the display or mark as dirty for the next update.
+    return *this;
+  }
+};
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.cpp
index 0871036118..d4eb9617fb 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -57,6 +57,7 @@
 
 #if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
   #include "../../core/utility.h"
+  #include "../../libs/numtostr.h"
 #endif
 
 #if DO_SWITCH_EXTRUDER || EITHER(SWITCHING_NOZZLE, PARKING_EXTRUDER)
@@ -170,12 +171,17 @@ namespace ExtUI {
 
   void enableHeater(const heater_t heater) {
     #if HEATER_IDLE_HANDLER
-      #if HAS_HEATED_BED
-        if (heater == BED)
-          thermalManager.reset_bed_idle_timer();
-        else
-      #endif
-          thermalManager.reset_heater_idle_timer(heater - H0);
+      switch (heater) {
+        #if HAS_HEATED_BED
+          case BED:
+            thermalManager.reset_bed_idle_timer();
+            return;
+        #endif
+        #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER
+          case CHAMBER: return; // Chamber has no idle timer
+        #endif
+        default: thermalManager.reset_heater_idle_timer(heater - H0);
+      }
     #endif
   }
 
@@ -188,23 +194,31 @@ namespace ExtUI {
   }
 
   bool isHeaterIdle(const heater_t heater) {
-    return (false
-      #if HEATER_IDLE_HANDLER
-        || (heater == BED ? (false
-          #if HAS_HEATED_BED
-            || thermalManager.bed_idle.timed_out
-          #endif
-        ) : thermalManager.hotend_idle[heater - H0].timed_out)
-      #endif
-    );
+    #if HEATER_IDLE_HANDLER
+      switch (heater) {
+        #if HAS_HEATED_BED
+          case BED: return thermalManager.bed_idle.timed_out;
+        #endif
+        #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER
+          case CHAMBER: return false; // Chamber has no idle timer
+        #endif
+        default: return thermalManager.hotend_idle[heater - H0].timed_out;
+      }
+    #else
+      return false;
+    #endif
   }
 
   float getActualTemp_celsius(const heater_t heater) {
-    return heater == BED ? (0
+    switch (heater) {
       #if HAS_HEATED_BED
-        + thermalManager.degBed()
+        case BED: return thermalManager.degBed();
       #endif
-    ) : thermalManager.degHotend(heater - H0);
+      #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER
+        case CHAMBER: return thermalManager.degChamber();
+      #endif
+      default: return thermalManager.degHotend(heater - H0);
+    }
   }
 
   float getActualTemp_celsius(const extruder_t extruder) {
@@ -212,11 +226,15 @@ namespace ExtUI {
   }
 
   float getTargetTemp_celsius(const heater_t heater) {
-    return heater == BED ? (0
+    switch (heater) {
       #if HAS_HEATED_BED
-        + thermalManager.degTargetBed()
+        case BED: return thermalManager.degTargetBed();
       #endif
-    ) : thermalManager.degTargetHotend(heater - H0);
+      #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER
+        case CHAMBER: return thermalManager.degTargetChamber();
+      #endif
+      default: return thermalManager.degTargetHotend(heater - H0);
+    }
   }
 
   float getTargetTemp_celsius(const extruder_t extruder) {
@@ -224,18 +242,28 @@ namespace ExtUI {
   }
 
   float getTargetFan_percent(const fan_t fan) {
-    return thermalManager.fanPercent(thermalManager.fan_speed[fan - FAN0]);
+    #if FAN_COUNT > 0
+      return thermalManager.fanPercent(thermalManager.fan_speed[fan - FAN0]);
+    #else
+      UNUSED(fan);
+      return 0;
+    #endif
   }
 
   float getActualFan_percent(const fan_t fan) {
-    return thermalManager.fanPercent((thermalManager.fan_speed[fan - FAN0] * uint16_t(thermalManager.fan_speed_scaler[fan - FAN0])) >> 7);
+    #if FAN_COUNT > 0
+      return thermalManager.fanPercent(thermalManager.scaledFanSpeed(fan - FAN0));
+    #else
+      UNUSED(fan);
+      return 0;
+    #endif
   }
 
   float getAxisPosition_mm(const axis_t axis) {
     return flags.manual_motion ? destination[axis] : current_position[axis];
   }
 
-  float getAxisPosition_mm(const extruder_t extruder) {
+  float getAxisPosition_mm(const extruder_t) {
     return flags.manual_motion ? destination[E_AXIS] : current_position[E_AXIS];
   }
 
@@ -332,9 +360,12 @@ namespace ExtUI {
     #if EXTRUDERS > 1
       const uint8_t e = extruder - E0;
       #if DO_SWITCH_EXTRUDER || EITHER(SWITCHING_NOZZLE, PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-        if (e != active_extruder) tool_change(e, 0, no_move);
+        if (e != active_extruder) tool_change(e, no_move);
       #endif
       active_extruder = e;
+    #else
+      UNUSED(extruder);
+      UNUSED(no_move);
     #endif
   }
 
@@ -455,13 +486,13 @@ namespace ExtUI {
     int getTMCBumpSensitivity(const axis_t axis) {
       switch (axis) {
         #if X_SENSORLESS && AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(X)
-          case X: return stepperX.sgt();
+          case X: return stepperX.homing_threshold();
         #endif
         #if Y_SENSORLESS && AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Y)
-          case Y: return stepperY.sgt();
+          case Y: return stepperY.homing_threshold();
         #endif
         #if Z_SENSORLESS && AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z)
-          case Z: return stepperZ.sgt();
+          case Z: return stepperZ.homing_threshold();
         #endif
         default: return 0;
       }
@@ -470,13 +501,13 @@ namespace ExtUI {
     void setTMCBumpSensitivity(const float value, const axis_t axis) {
       switch (axis) {
         #if X_SENSORLESS && AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(X)
-          case X: stepperX.sgt(clamp(value, -64, 63)); break;
+          case X: stepperX.homing_threshold(value); break;
         #endif
         #if Y_SENSORLESS && AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Y)
-          case Y: stepperY.sgt(clamp(value, -64, 63)); break;
+          case Y: stepperY.homing_threshold(value); break;
         #endif
         #if Z_SENSORLESS && AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z)
-          case Z: stepperZ.sgt(clamp(value, -64, 63)); break;
+          case Z: stepperZ.homing_threshold(value); break;
         #endif
         default: break;
       }
@@ -488,6 +519,7 @@ namespace ExtUI {
   }
 
   float getAxisSteps_per_mm(const extruder_t extruder) {
+    UNUSED_E(extruder);
     return planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS_N(extruder - E0)];
   }
 
@@ -496,6 +528,7 @@ namespace ExtUI {
   }
 
   void setAxisSteps_per_mm(const float value, const extruder_t extruder) {
+    UNUSED_E(extruder);
     planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS_N(axis - E0)] = value;
   }
 
@@ -504,6 +537,7 @@ namespace ExtUI {
   }
 
   float getAxisMaxFeedrate_mm_s(const extruder_t extruder) {
+    UNUSED_E(extruder);
     return planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[E_AXIS_N(axis - E0)];
   }
 
@@ -512,6 +546,7 @@ namespace ExtUI {
   }
 
   void setAxisMaxFeedrate_mm_s(const float value, const extruder_t extruder) {
+    UNUSED_E(extruder);
     planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[E_AXIS_N(axis - E0)] = value;
   }
 
@@ -520,6 +555,7 @@ namespace ExtUI {
   }
 
   float getAxisMaxAcceleration_mm_s2(const extruder_t extruder) {
+    UNUSED_E(extruder);
     return planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[E_AXIS_N(extruder - E0)];
   }
 
@@ -528,6 +564,7 @@ namespace ExtUI {
   }
 
   void setAxisMaxAcceleration_mm_s2(const float value, const extruder_t extruder) {
+    UNUSED_E(extruder);
     planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[E_AXIS_N(extruder - E0)] = value;
   }
 
@@ -571,7 +608,7 @@ namespace ExtUI {
       return planner.max_jerk[axis];
     }
 
-    float getAxisMaxJerk_mm_s(const extruder_t extruder) {
+    float getAxisMaxJerk_mm_s(const extruder_t) {
       return planner.max_jerk[E_AXIS];
     }
 
@@ -579,7 +616,7 @@ namespace ExtUI {
       planner.max_jerk[axis] = value;
     }
 
-    void setAxisMaxJerk_mm_s(const float value, const extruder_t extruder) {
+    void setAxisMaxJerk_mm_s(const float value, const extruder_t) {
       planner.max_jerk[E_AXIS] = value;
     }
   #endif
@@ -758,16 +795,20 @@ namespace ExtUI {
 
   float getFeedrate_percent() { return feedrate_percentage; }
 
-  void enqueueCommands_P(PGM_P const gcode) {
-    enqueue_and_echo_commands_P(gcode);
+  void injectCommands_P(PGM_P const gcode) {
+    queue.inject_P(gcode);
   }
 
-  bool commandsInQueue() { return (planner.movesplanned() || commands_in_queue); }
+  bool commandsInQueue() { return (planner.movesplanned() || queue.has_commands_queued()); }
 
   bool isAxisPositionKnown(const axis_t axis) {
     return TEST(axis_known_position, axis);
   }
 
+  bool isAxisPositionKnown(const extruder_t) {
+    return TEST(axis_known_position, E_AXIS);
+  }
+
   bool isPositionKnown() { return all_axes_known(); }
   bool isMachineHomed() { return all_axes_homed(); }
 
@@ -796,8 +837,13 @@ namespace ExtUI {
   }
 
   void setTargetFan_percent(const float value, const fan_t fan) {
-    if (fan < FAN_COUNT)
-      thermalManager.set_fan_speed(fan - FAN0, map(clamp(value, 0, 100), 0, 100, 0, 255));
+    #if FAN_COUNT > 0
+      if (fan < FAN_COUNT)
+        thermalManager.set_fan_speed(fan - FAN0, map(clamp(value, 0, 100), 0, 100, 0, 255));
+    #else
+      UNUSED(value);
+      UNUSED(fan);
+    #endif
   }
 
   void setFeedrate_percent(const float value) {
@@ -839,7 +885,7 @@ namespace ExtUI {
   }
 
   void stopPrint() {
-    ui.stop_print();
+    ui.abort_print();
   }
 
   FileList::FileList() { refresh(); }
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.h
index cce012f38f..6cffefe510 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /************
  * ui_api.h *
@@ -54,7 +55,7 @@ namespace ExtUI {
 
   enum axis_t     : uint8_t { X, Y, Z };
   enum extruder_t : uint8_t { E0, E1, E2, E3, E4, E5 };
-  enum heater_t   : uint8_t { H0, H1, H2, H3, H4, H5, BED };
+  enum heater_t   : uint8_t { H0, H1, H2, H3, H4, H5, BED, CHAMBER };
   enum fan_t      : uint8_t { FAN0, FAN1, FAN2, FAN3, FAN4, FAN5 };
 
   constexpr uint8_t extruderCount = EXTRUDERS;
@@ -71,7 +72,7 @@ namespace ExtUI {
   bool isMachineHomed(); // Axis position most likely correct, steppers may have deactivated
   bool canMove(const axis_t);
   bool canMove(const extruder_t);
-  void enqueueCommands_P(PGM_P const);
+  void injectCommands_P(PGM_P const);
   bool commandsInQueue();
 
   bool isHeaterIdle(const heater_t);
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extui_dgus_lcd.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui_dgus_lcd.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b48fb9c82d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui_dgus_lcd.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+
+/**
+ * extui_dgus_lcd.cpp
+ *
+ * DGUS implementation for Marlin by coldtobi, Feb-May 2019
+ */
+
+#include "../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h"
+
+#if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD)
+
+#include "extensible_ui/ui_api.h"
+#include "extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplay.h"
+#include "extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinition.h"
+
+namespace ExtUI {
+
+  void onStartup() {
+    dgusdisplay.InitDisplay();
+    ScreenHandler.UpdateScreenVPData();
+  }
+
+  void onIdle() { ScreenHandler.loop(); }
+
+  void onPrinterKilled(const char* msg) {
+    ScreenHandler.sendinfoscreen(PSTR(MSG_HALTED), msg, PSTR(""), PSTR(MSG_PLEASE_RESET), true, true, true, true);
+    ScreenHandler.GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_KILL);
+    while (!ScreenHandler.loop());  // Wait while anything is left to be sent
+  }
+
+  void onMediaInserted() { ScreenHandler.SDCardInserted(); }
+  void onMediaError()    { ScreenHandler.SDCardError(); }
+  void onMediaRemoved()  { ScreenHandler.SDCardRemoved(); }
+
+  void onPlayTone(const uint16_t frequency, const uint16_t duration) {}
+  void onPrintTimerStarted() {}
+  void onPrintTimerPaused() {}
+  void onPrintTimerStopped() {}
+  void onFilamentRunout() {}
+
+  void onUserConfirmRequired(const char *msg) {
+    if (msg) {
+      ScreenHandler.sendinfoscreen(PSTR("Please confirm."), nullptr, msg, nullptr, true, true, false, true);
+      ScreenHandler.SetupConfirmAction(ExtUI::setUserConfirmed);
+      ScreenHandler.GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_POPUP);
+    }
+    else if (ScreenHandler.getCurrentScreen() == DGUSLCD_SCREEN_POPUP ) {
+      ScreenHandler.SetupConfirmAction(nullptr);
+      ScreenHandler.PopToOldScreen();
+    }
+  }
+
+  void onStatusChanged(const char * const msg) { ScreenHandler.setstatusmessage(msg); }
+
+  void onFactoryReset() {}
+  void onLoadSettings() {}
+  void onStoreSettings() {}
+}
+
+#endif // DGUS_LCD
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/example.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui_example.cpp
similarity index 96%
rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/example.cpp
rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui_example.cpp
index 5a52e26787..1bcfea60d0 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/example.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui_example.cpp
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-/***************
- * example.cpp *
- ***************/
+/*********************
+ * extui_example.cpp *
+ *********************/
 
 /****************************************************************************
  *   Written By Marcio Teixeira 2018 - Aleph Objects, Inc.                  *
@@ -19,11 +19,11 @@
  *   location: <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.                              *
  ****************************************************************************/
 
-#include "../../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h"
+#include "../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h"
 
 #if BOTH(EXTUI_EXAMPLE, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
 
-#include "../ui_api.h"
+#include "extensible_ui/ui_api.h"
 
 // To implement a new UI, complete the functions below and
 // read or update Marlin's state using the methods in the
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/malyanlcd.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui_malyan_lcd.cpp
similarity index 95%
rename from Marlin/src/lcd/malyanlcd.cpp
rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extui_malyan_lcd.cpp
index a3462d295d..7c9265093c 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/malyanlcd.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui_malyan_lcd.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
  */
 
 /**
- * malyanlcd.cpp
+ * extui_malyan_lcd.cpp
  *
  * LCD implementation for Malyan's LCD, a separate ESP8266 MCU running
  * on Serial1 for the M200 board. This module outputs a pseudo-gcode
@@ -113,7 +113,8 @@ void write_to_lcd(const char * const message) {
  */
 void process_lcd_c_command(const char* command) {
   switch (command[0]) {
-    case 'C': {
+    case 'C': // Cope with both V1 early rev and later LCDs.
+    case 'S': {
       int raw_feedrate = atoi(command + 1);
       feedrate_percentage = raw_feedrate * 10;
       feedrate_percentage = constrain(feedrate_percentage, 10, 999);
@@ -144,7 +145,7 @@ void process_lcd_eb_command(const char* command) {
   switch (command[0]) {
     case '0': {
       elapsed = print_job_timer.duration();
-      sprintf_P(elapsed_buffer, PSTR("%02u%02u%02u"), uint16_t(elapsed.hour()), uint16_t(elapsed.minute()) % 60UL, elapsed.second());
+      sprintf_P(elapsed_buffer, PSTR("%02u%02u%02u"), uint16_t(elapsed.hour()), uint16_t(elapsed.minute()) % 60, uint16_t(elapsed.second()) % 60);
 
       char message_buffer[MAX_CURLY_COMMAND];
       sprintf_P(message_buffer,
@@ -190,8 +191,8 @@ void process_lcd_j_command(const char* command) {
     case 'E':
       // enable or disable steppers
       // switch to relative
-      enqueue_and_echo_commands_now_P(PSTR("G91"));
-      enqueue_and_echo_commands_now_P(steppers_enabled ? PSTR("M18") : PSTR("M17"));
+      queue.enqueue_now_P(PSTR("G91"));
+      queue.enqueue_now_P(steppers_enabled ? PSTR("M18") : PSTR("M17"));
       steppers_enabled = !steppers_enabled;
       break;
     case 'A':
@@ -204,7 +205,7 @@ void process_lcd_j_command(const char* command) {
       // The M200 class UI seems to send movement in .1mm values.
       char cmd[20];
       sprintf_P(cmd, PSTR("G1 %c%03.1f"), axis, atof(command + 1) / 10.0);
-      enqueue_and_echo_command_now(cmd);
+      queue.enqueue_one_now(cmd);
     } break;
     default:
       SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("UNKNOWN J COMMAND", command);
@@ -247,7 +248,7 @@ void process_lcd_p_command(const char* command) {
             true
           #endif
         );
-        clear_command_queue();
+        queue.clear();
         quickstop_stepper();
         print_job_timer.stop();
         thermalManager.disable_all_heaters();
@@ -258,7 +259,7 @@ void process_lcd_p_command(const char* command) {
       break;
     case 'H':
       // Home all axis
-      enqueue_and_echo_commands_now_P(PSTR("G28"));
+      queue.enqueue_now_P(PSTR("G28"));
       break;
     default: {
       #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
@@ -319,11 +320,6 @@ void process_lcd_s_command(const char* command) {
       write_to_lcd(message_buffer);
     } break;
 
-    case 'H':
-      // Home all axis
-      enqueue_and_echo_command("G28");
-      break;
-
     case 'L': {
       #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
         if (!card.isDetected()) card.initsd();
@@ -465,7 +461,7 @@ namespace ExtUI {
       // issue a percent of 0.
       const uint8_t percent_done = IS_SD_PRINTING() ? card.percentDone() : last_printing_status ? 100 : 0;
       if (percent_done != last_percent_done) {
-        char message_buffer[10];
+        char message_buffer[16];
         sprintf_P(message_buffer, PSTR("{TQ:%03i}"), percent_done);
         write_to_lcd(message_buffer);
         last_percent_done = percent_done;
@@ -474,14 +470,15 @@ namespace ExtUI {
     #endif
   }
 
-  void onStatusChanged(const char * const msg) {
+  // {E:<msg>} is for error states.
+  void onPrinterKilled(PGM_P msg) {
     write_to_lcd_P(PSTR("{E:"));
-    write_to_lcd(msg);
+    write_to_lcd_P(msg);
     write_to_lcd_P("}");
   }
 
   // Not needed for Malyan LCD
-  void onPrinterKilled(PGM_P const msg) { UNUSED(msg); }
+  void onStatusChanged(const char * const msg) { UNUSED(msg); }
   void onMediaInserted() {};
   void onMediaError() {};
   void onMediaRemoved() {};
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_an.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_an.h
index e2932c47ea..388e80341c 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_an.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_an.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -72,6 +72,7 @@
 #define MSG_MOVE_Y                          _UxGT("Mover Y")
 #define MSG_MOVE_Z                          _UxGT("Mover Z")
 #define MSG_MOVE_E                          _UxGT("Extrusor")
+#define MSG_MOVE_0025MM                     _UxGT("Mover 0.025mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_01MM                       _UxGT("Mover 0.1mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_1MM                        _UxGT("Mover 1mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_10MM                       _UxGT("Mover 10mm")
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_bg.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_bg.h
index 74b550862c..eaf8e279bb 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_bg.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_bg.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -62,6 +62,7 @@
 #define MSG_MOVE_Y                          _UxGT("Движение по Y")
 #define MSG_MOVE_Z                          _UxGT("Движение по Z")
 #define MSG_MOVE_E                          _UxGT("Екструдер")
+#define MSG_MOVE_0025MM                     _UxGT("Премести с 0.025mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_01MM                       _UxGT("Премести с 0.1mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_1MM                        _UxGT("Премести с 1mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_10MM                       _UxGT("Премести с 10mm")
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ca.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ca.h
index 4bb5817160..7bbde2fc58 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ca.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ca.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -76,6 +76,7 @@
 #define MSG_MOVE_Y                          _UxGT("Mou Y")
 #define MSG_MOVE_Z                          _UxGT("Mou Z")
 #define MSG_MOVE_E                          _UxGT("Extrusor")
+#define MSG_MOVE_0025MM                     _UxGT("Mou 0.025mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_01MM                       _UxGT("Mou 0.1mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_1MM                        _UxGT("Mou 1mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_10MM                       _UxGT("Mou 10mm")
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_cz.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_cz.h
index d2a9e0811b..e5b73acff7 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_cz.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_cz.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -202,6 +202,7 @@
 #define MSG_MOVE_Z                          _UxGT("Posunout Z")
 #define MSG_MOVE_E                          _UxGT("Extrudér")
 #define MSG_HOTEND_TOO_COLD                 _UxGT("Hotend je studený")
+#define MSG_MOVE_0025MM                     _UxGT("Posunout o 0,025mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_01MM                       _UxGT("Posunout o 0,1mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_1MM                        _UxGT("Posunout o 1mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_10MM                       _UxGT("Posunout o 10mm")
@@ -550,4 +551,4 @@
 #define MSG_SERVICE_IN                      _UxGT(" za:")
 #define MSG_BACKLASH                        _UxGT("Vůle")
 #define MSG_BACKLASH_CORRECTION             _UxGT("Korekce")
-#define MSG_BACKLASH_SMOOTHING              _UxGT("Vyhlazení")
\ No newline at end of file
+#define MSG_BACKLASH_SMOOTHING              _UxGT("Vyhlazení")
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_da.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_da.h
index 99888b3b7e..2c3f14152d 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_da.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_da.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -72,6 +72,7 @@
 #define MSG_MOVE_Y                          _UxGT("Flyt Y")
 #define MSG_MOVE_Z                          _UxGT("Flyt Z")
 #define MSG_MOVE_E                          _UxGT("Extruder")
+#define MSG_MOVE_0025MM                     _UxGT("Flyt 0.025mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_01MM                       _UxGT("Flyt 0.1mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_1MM                        _UxGT("Flyt 1mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_10MM                       _UxGT("Flyt 10mm")
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_de.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_de.h
index 3f682a35ba..a1ada61c78 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_de.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_de.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -80,6 +80,10 @@
 #define MSG_LASER_OFF                       _UxGT("Laser aus")
 #define MSG_LASER_ON                        _UxGT("Laser an")
 #define MSG_LASER_POWER                     _UxGT("Laserleistung")
+#define MSG_SPINDLE_MENU                    _UxGT("Spindel-Steuerung")
+#define MSG_SPINDLE_OFF                     _UxGT("Spindel Aus")
+#define MSG_SPINDLE_ON                      _UxGT("Spindel An")
+#define MSG_SPINDLE_POWER                   _UxGT("Spindelleistung")
 #define MSG_SPINDLE_REVERSE                 _UxGT("Spindelrichtung")
 #define MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON                    _UxGT("Netzteil ein")
 #define MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF                   _UxGT("Netzteil aus")
@@ -99,6 +103,8 @@
 #define MSG_UBL_UNHOMED                     _UxGT("Home XYZ zuerst")
 #define MSG_UBL_TOOLS                       _UxGT("UBL-Werkzeuge")
 #define MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED                   _UxGT("Unified Bed Leveling")
+#define MSG_LCD_PROBING_MESH                _UxGT("Messpunkt")
+#define MSG_LCD_TILTING_MESH                _UxGT("Berührungspunkt")
 #define MSG_IDEX_MENU                       _UxGT("IDEX-Modus")
 #define MSG_OFFSETS_MENU                    _UxGT("Werkzeugversätze")
 #define MSG_IDEX_MODE_AUTOPARK              _UxGT("Autom. Parken")
@@ -193,6 +199,7 @@
 #define MSG_MOVE_Z                          _UxGT("Bewege Z")
 #define MSG_MOVE_E                          _UxGT("Bewege Extruder")
 #define MSG_HOTEND_TOO_COLD                 _UxGT("Hotend zu kalt")
+#define MSG_MOVE_0025MM                     _UxGT(" 0,025 mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_01MM                       _UxGT(" 0,1 mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_1MM                        _UxGT(" 1,0 mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_10MM                       _UxGT("10,0 mm")
@@ -231,7 +238,7 @@
 #define MSG_JUNCTION_DEVIATION              _UxGT("Junction Dev")
 #define MSG_VELOCITY                        _UxGT("Geschwindigkeit")
 #define MSG_VMAX                            _UxGT("V max ") // space intentional
-#define MSG_VMIN                            _UxGT("V min")
+#define MSG_VMIN                            _UxGT("V min ")
 #define MSG_VTRAV_MIN                       _UxGT("V min Leerfahrt")
 #define MSG_ACCELERATION                    _UxGT("Beschleunigung")
 #define MSG_AMAX                            _UxGT("A max ") // space intentional
@@ -258,7 +265,7 @@
 #define MSG_MOTION                          _UxGT("Bewegung")
 #define MSG_FILAMENT                        _UxGT("Filament")
 #define MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED              _UxGT("E in mm³")
-#define MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM                   _UxGT("Durchm. Filament")
+#define MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM                   _UxGT("Filamentdurchmesser")
 #define MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD                 _UxGT("Entladen mm")
 #define MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD                   _UxGT("Laden mm")
 #define MSG_ADVANCE_K                       _UxGT("Vorschubfaktor")
@@ -325,9 +332,18 @@
 #define MSG_BLTOUCH_DEPLOY                  _UxGT("BLTouch ausfahren")
 #define MSG_BLTOUCH_SW_MODE                 _UxGT("BLTouch SW-Modus")
 #define MSG_BLTOUCH_5V_MODE                 _UxGT("BLTouch 5V-Modus")
-#define MSG_BLTOUCH_OD_MODE                 _UxGT("BLTouch OD Mode")
+#define MSG_BLTOUCH_OD_MODE                 _UxGT("BLTouch OD-Modus")
 #define MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE              _UxGT("BLTouch Mode Store")
+#define MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_5V           _UxGT("BLTouch auf 5V")
+#define MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_OD           _UxGT("BLTouch auf OD")
 #define MSG_BLTOUCH_STOW                    _UxGT("BLTouch einfahren")
+#define MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_ECHO               _UxGT("BLTouch Modus: ")
+#define MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_CHANGE             _UxGT("ACHTUNG: Falsche Einstellung - kann zu Beschädigung führen! Fortfahren?")
+#define MSG_TOUCHMI_PROBE                   _UxGT("TouchMI")
+#define MSG_TOUCHMI_INIT                    _UxGT("TouchMI initial.")
+#define MSG_TOUCHMI_ZTEST                   _UxGT("Test Z-Versatz")
+#define MSG_TOUCHMI_SAVE                    _UxGT("Speichern")
+#define MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY_TOUCHMI           _UxGT("TouchMI ausfahren")
 #define MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY                   _UxGT("Z-Sonde ausfahren")
 #define MSG_MANUAL_STOW                     _UxGT("Z-Sonde einfahren")
 #define MSG_HOME                            _UxGT("Vorher") // Used as MSG_HOME " " MSG_X MSG_Y MSG_Z " " MSG_FIRST
@@ -418,7 +434,8 @@
 #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_PURGE    _UxGT("Mehr entladen")
 #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME   _UxGT("Druck weiter")
 #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE          _UxGT("  Düse: ")
-#define MSG_RUNOUT_SENSOR                   _UxGT("Auslaufsensor")
+#define MSG_RUNOUT_SENSOR                   _UxGT("Runout-Sensor")
+#define MSG_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM              _UxGT("Runout-Weg mm")
 #define MSG_ERR_HOMING_FAILED               _UxGT("Homing gescheitert")
 #define MSG_ERR_PROBING_FAILED              _UxGT("Probing gescheitert")
 #define MSG_M600_TOO_COLD                   _UxGT("M600: zu kalt")
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_el-gr.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_el-gr.h
index 205020d872..5f8f5d5f99 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_el-gr.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_el-gr.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -72,6 +72,7 @@
 #define MSG_MOVE_Y                          _UxGT("Μετακίνηση Y")
 #define MSG_MOVE_Z                          _UxGT("Μετακίνηση Z")
 #define MSG_MOVE_E                          _UxGT("Εξωθητήρας")
+#define MSG_MOVE_0025MM                     _UxGT("Μετακίνηση 0,025 μμ")
 #define MSG_MOVE_01MM                       _UxGT("Μετακίνηση 0,1 μμ")
 #define MSG_MOVE_1MM                        _UxGT("Μετακίνηση 1 μμ")
 #define MSG_MOVE_10MM                       _UxGT("Μετακίνηση 10 μμ")
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_el.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_el.h
index ff3129957a..7a846c614e 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_el.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_el.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -72,9 +72,10 @@
 #define MSG_MOVE_Y                          _UxGT("Μετακίνηση Y")
 #define MSG_MOVE_Z                          _UxGT("Μετακίνηση Z")
 #define MSG_MOVE_E                          _UxGT("Εξωθητήρας")
-#define MSG_MOVE_01MM                       _UxGT("Μετακίνηση 0,1μμ")
-#define MSG_MOVE_1MM                        _UxGT("Μετακίνηση 1μμ")
-#define MSG_MOVE_10MM                       _UxGT("Μετακίνηση 10μμ")
+#define MSG_MOVE_0025MM                     _UxGT("Μετακίνηση 0,025 μμ")
+#define MSG_MOVE_01MM                       _UxGT("Μετακίνηση 0,1 μμ")
+#define MSG_MOVE_1MM                        _UxGT("Μετακίνηση 1 μμ")
+#define MSG_MOVE_10MM                       _UxGT("Μετακίνηση 10 μμ")
 #define MSG_SPEED                           _UxGT("Ταχύτητα")
 #define MSG_BED_Z                           _UxGT("Επ. Εκτύπωσης Z")
 #define MSG_NOZZLE                          _UxGT("Ακροφύσιο")
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_en.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_en.h
index aa4770bfd5..c2a629923d 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_en.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_en.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -190,6 +190,18 @@
 #ifndef MSG_LASER_POWER
   #define MSG_LASER_POWER                     _UxGT("Laser power")
 #endif
+#ifndef MSG_SPINDLE_MENU
+  #define MSG_SPINDLE_MENU                    _UxGT("Spindle Control")
+#endif
+#ifndef MSG_SPINDLE_OFF
+  #define MSG_SPINDLE_OFF                     _UxGT("Spindle Off")
+#endif
+#ifndef MSG_SPINDLE_ON
+  #define MSG_SPINDLE_ON                      _UxGT("Spindle On")
+#endif
+#ifndef MSG_SPINDLE_POWER
+  #define MSG_SPINDLE_POWER                   _UxGT("Spindle power")
+#endif
 #ifndef MSG_SPINDLE_REVERSE
   #define MSG_SPINDLE_REVERSE                 _UxGT("Spindle Reverse")
 #endif
@@ -531,6 +543,9 @@
 #ifndef MSG_HOTEND_TOO_COLD
   #define MSG_HOTEND_TOO_COLD                 _UxGT("Hotend too cold")
 #endif
+#ifndef MSG_MOVE_0025MM
+  #define MSG_MOVE_0025MM                     _UxGT("Move 0.025mm")
+#endif
 #ifndef MSG_MOVE_01MM
   #define MSG_MOVE_01MM                       _UxGT("Move 0.1mm")
 #endif
@@ -933,6 +948,24 @@
 #ifndef MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_ECHO
   #define MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_ECHO               _UxGT("Report Drain")
 #endif
+#ifndef MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_CHANGE
+  #define MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_CHANGE             _UxGT("DANGER: Bad settings can cause damage! Proceed anyway?")
+#endif
+#ifndef MSG_TOUCHMI_PROBE
+  #define MSG_TOUCHMI_PROBE                   _UxGT("TouchMI")
+#endif
+#ifndef MSG_TOUCHMI_INIT
+  #define MSG_TOUCHMI_INIT                    _UxGT("Init TouchMI")
+#endif
+#ifndef MSG_TOUCHMI_ZTEST
+  #define MSG_TOUCHMI_ZTEST                   _UxGT("Z offset Test")
+#endif
+#ifndef MSG_TOUCHMI_SAVE
+  #define MSG_TOUCHMI_SAVE                    _UxGT("Save")
+#endif
+#ifndef MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY_TOUCHMI
+  #define MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY_TOUCHMI           _UxGT("Deploy TouchMI")
+#endif
 #ifndef MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY
   #define MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY                   _UxGT("Deploy Z-Probe")
 #endif
@@ -1194,6 +1227,9 @@
 #ifndef MSG_RUNOUT_SENSOR
   #define MSG_RUNOUT_SENSOR                   _UxGT("Runout Sensor")
 #endif
+#ifndef MSG_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
+  #define MSG_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM              _UxGT("Runout Dist mm")
+#endif
 #ifndef MSG_ERR_HOMING_FAILED
   #define MSG_ERR_HOMING_FAILED               _UxGT("Homing failed")
 #endif
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_es.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_es.h
index 9adc0e4f0e..2435020ed1 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_es.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_es.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -80,6 +80,7 @@
 #define MSG_MOVE_Y                          _UxGT("Mover Y")
 #define MSG_MOVE_Z                          _UxGT("Mover Z")
 #define MSG_MOVE_E                          _UxGT("Extrusor")
+#define MSG_MOVE_0025MM                     _UxGT("Mover 0.025mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_01MM                       _UxGT("Mover 0.1mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_1MM                        _UxGT("Mover 1mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_10MM                       _UxGT("Mover 10mm")
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_eu.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_eu.h
index f705f13fb9..a550260be4 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_eu.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_eu.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -166,6 +166,7 @@
 #define MSG_MOVE_Y                          _UxGT("Mugitu Y")
 #define MSG_MOVE_Z                          _UxGT("Mugitu Z")
 #define MSG_MOVE_E                          _UxGT("Estrusorea")
+#define MSG_MOVE_0025MM                     _UxGT("Mugitu 0.025mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_01MM                       _UxGT("Mugitu 0.1mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_1MM                        _UxGT("Mugitu 1mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_10MM                       _UxGT("Mugitu 10mm")
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_fi.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_fi.h
index 23b66c3bed..101d7b44bc 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_fi.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_fi.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -65,6 +65,7 @@
 #define MSG_MOVE_Y                          _UxGT("Liikuta Y")
 #define MSG_MOVE_Z                          _UxGT("Liikuta Z")
 #define MSG_MOVE_E                          _UxGT("Extruder")
+#define MSG_MOVE_0025MM                     _UxGT("Liikuta 0.025mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_01MM                       _UxGT("Liikuta 0.1mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_1MM                        _UxGT("Liikuta 1mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_10MM                       _UxGT("Liikuta 10mm")
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_fr.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_fr.h
index b6f863f1ea..0f9a6ea160 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_fr.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_fr.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -195,6 +195,7 @@
 #define MSG_MOVE_Z                          _UxGT("Déplacer Z")
 #define MSG_MOVE_E                          _UxGT("Extrudeur")
 #define MSG_HOTEND_TOO_COLD                 _UxGT("Buse trop froide")
+#define MSG_MOVE_0025MM                     _UxGT("Déplacer 0.025mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_01MM                       _UxGT("Déplacer 0.1mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_1MM                        _UxGT("Déplacer 1mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_10MM                       _UxGT("Déplacer 10mm")
@@ -334,6 +335,11 @@
 #define MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_5V           _UxGT("Mise en 5V")
 #define MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_OD           _UxGT("Mise en OD")
 #define MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_ECHO               _UxGT("Afficher Mode")
+#define MSG_TOUCHMI_PROBE                   _UxGT("TouchMI")
+#define MSG_TOUCHMI_INIT                    _UxGT("Init. TouchMI")
+#define MSG_TOUCHMI_ZTEST                   _UxGT("Test décalage Z")
+#define MSG_TOUCHMI_SAVE                    _UxGT("Sauvegarde")
+#define MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY_TOUCHMI           _UxGT("Déployer TouchMI")
 #define MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY                   _UxGT("Déployer Sonde Z")
 #define MSG_MANUAL_STOW                     _UxGT("Ranger Sonde Z")
 #define MSG_HOME                            _UxGT("Origine")  // Used as MSG_HOME " " MSG_X MSG_Y MSG_Z " " MSG_FIRST
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_gl.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_gl.h
index b726080205..cc32251bd4 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_gl.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_gl.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -72,6 +72,7 @@
 #define MSG_MOVE_Y                          _UxGT("Mover Y")
 #define MSG_MOVE_Z                          _UxGT("Mover Z")
 #define MSG_MOVE_E                          _UxGT("Extrusor")
+#define MSG_MOVE_0025MM                     _UxGT("Mover 0.025mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_01MM                       _UxGT("Mover 0.1mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_1MM                        _UxGT("Mover 1mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_10MM                       _UxGT("Mover 10mm")
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_hr.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_hr.h
index 0d5b34c871..39607b56eb 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_hr.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_hr.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -72,6 +72,7 @@
 #define MSG_MOVE_Y                          _UxGT("Miči Y")
 #define MSG_MOVE_Z                          _UxGT("Miči Z")
 #define MSG_MOVE_E                          _UxGT("Extruder")
+#define MSG_MOVE_0025MM                     _UxGT("Miči 0.025mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_01MM                       _UxGT("Miči 0.1mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_1MM                        _UxGT("Miči 1mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_10MM                       _UxGT("Miči 10mm")
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_it.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_it.h
index d583995674..d7a8e310c0 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_it.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_it.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -78,6 +78,10 @@
 #define MSG_LASER_OFF                       _UxGT("Laser Off")
 #define MSG_LASER_ON                        _UxGT("Laser On")
 #define MSG_LASER_POWER                     _UxGT("Potenza laser")
+#define MSG_SPINDLE_MENU                    _UxGT("Controllo mandrino")
+#define MSG_SPINDLE_OFF                     _UxGT("Mandrino Off")
+#define MSG_SPINDLE_ON                      _UxGT("Mandrino On")
+#define MSG_SPINDLE_POWER                   _UxGT("Potenza mandrino")
 #define MSG_SPINDLE_REVERSE                 _UxGT("Inverti mandrino")
 #define MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON                    _UxGT("Accendi aliment.")
 #define MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF                   _UxGT("Spegni aliment.")
@@ -193,6 +197,7 @@
 #define MSG_MOVE_Z                          _UxGT("Muovi Z")
 #define MSG_MOVE_E                          _UxGT("Estrusore")
 #define MSG_HOTEND_TOO_COLD                 _UxGT("Ugello freddo")
+#define MSG_MOVE_0025MM                     _UxGT("Muovi di 0.025mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_01MM                       _UxGT("Muovi di 0.1mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_1MM                        _UxGT("Muovi di 1mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_10MM                       _UxGT("Muovi di 10mm")
@@ -327,8 +332,17 @@
 #define MSG_BLTOUCH_5V_MODE                 _UxGT("BLTouch modo 5V")
 #define MSG_BLTOUCH_OD_MODE                 _UxGT("BLTouch modo OD")
 #define MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE              _UxGT("BLTouch modo mem.")
-#define MSG_BLTOUCH_STOW                    _UxGT("Ritrai BLTouch")
+#define MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_5V           _UxGT("Metti BLTouch a 5V")
+#define MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_OD           _UxGT("Metti BLTouch a OD")
+#define MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_ECHO               _UxGT("Segnala modo")
+#define MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_CHANGE             _UxGT("PERICOLO: Impostazioni errate possono cause danni! Procedo comunque?")
+#define MSG_TOUCHMI_PROBE                   _UxGT("TouchMI")
+#define MSG_TOUCHMI_INIT                    _UxGT("Inizializ.TouchMI")
+#define MSG_TOUCHMI_ZTEST                   _UxGT("Test Z offset")
+#define MSG_TOUCHMI_SAVE                    _UxGT("Memorizzare")
+#define MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY_TOUCHMI           _UxGT("Estendi TouchMI")
 #define MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY                   _UxGT("Estendi Sonda-Z")
+#define MSG_BLTOUCH_STOW                    _UxGT("Ritrai BLTouch")
 #define MSG_MANUAL_STOW                     _UxGT("Ritrai Sonda-Z")
 #define MSG_HOME                            _UxGT("Home")  // Usato come MSG_HOME " " MSG_X MSG_Y MSG_Z " " MSG_FIRST
 #define MSG_FIRST                           _UxGT("prima")
@@ -417,6 +431,7 @@
 #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME   _UxGT("Riprendi stampa")
 #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE          _UxGT("  Ugello: ")
 #define MSG_RUNOUT_SENSOR                   _UxGT("Sens.filo termin.")  // Max 17 caratteri
+#define MSG_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM              _UxGT("Dist mm filo term.")
 #define MSG_ERR_HOMING_FAILED               _UxGT("Home fallito")
 #define MSG_ERR_PROBING_FAILED              _UxGT("Sondaggio fallito")
 #define MSG_M600_TOO_COLD                   _UxGT("M600:Troppo freddo")
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_jp-kana.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_jp-kana.h
index 7ff67a147c..fe41a0f156 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_jp-kana.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_jp-kana.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -82,6 +82,7 @@
 #define MSG_MOVE_Y                          _UxGT("Yジク イドウ")                  // "Move Y"
 #define MSG_MOVE_Z                          _UxGT("Zジク イドウ")                  // "Move Z"
 #define MSG_MOVE_E                          _UxGT("エクストルーダー")                // "Extruder"
+#define MSG_MOVE_0025MM                     _UxGT("0.025mm イドウ")               // "Move 0.025mm"
 #define MSG_MOVE_01MM                       _UxGT("0.1mm イドウ")                 // "Move 0.1mm"
 #define MSG_MOVE_1MM                        _UxGT("  1mm イドウ")                 // "Move 1mm"
 #define MSG_MOVE_10MM                       _UxGT(" 10mm イドウ")                 // "Move 10mm"
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ko_KR.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ko_KR.h
index 2755727173..aca75b257b 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ko_KR.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ko_KR.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -177,6 +177,7 @@
 #define MSG_MOVE_Y                          _UxGT("Move Y")
 #define MSG_MOVE_Z                          _UxGT("Move Z")
 #define MSG_MOVE_E                          _UxGT("Extruder")
+#define MSG_MOVE_0025MM                     _UxGT("Move 0.025mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_01MM                       _UxGT("Move 0.1mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_1MM                        _UxGT("Move 1mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_10MM                       _UxGT("Move 10mm")
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_nl.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_nl.h
index d005689fea..8f86d5eaa9 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_nl.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_nl.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -80,6 +80,7 @@
 #define MSG_MOVE_Y                          _UxGT("Verplaats Y")
 #define MSG_MOVE_Z                          _UxGT("Verplaats Z")
 #define MSG_MOVE_E                          _UxGT("Extruder")
+#define MSG_MOVE_0025MM                     _UxGT("Verplaats 0.025mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_01MM                       _UxGT("Verplaats 0.1mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_1MM                        _UxGT("Verplaats 1mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_10MM                       _UxGT("Verplaats 10mm")
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pl.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pl.h
index 723d49dabe..868f882ebb 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pl.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pl.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -70,6 +70,7 @@
 #define MSG_MOVE_Y                          _UxGT("Przesuń w Y")
 #define MSG_MOVE_Z                          _UxGT("Przesuń w Z")
 #define MSG_MOVE_E                          _UxGT("Ekstruzja (os E)")
+#define MSG_MOVE_0025MM                     _UxGT("Przesuń co .025mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_01MM                       _UxGT("Przesuń co .1mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_1MM                        _UxGT("Przesuń co 1mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_10MM                       _UxGT("Przesuń co 10mm")
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pt-br.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pt-br.h
index 6baf1fdf06..0becbc03e7 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pt-br.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pt-br.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -189,6 +189,7 @@
 #define MSG_MOVE_Z                          _UxGT("Mover Z")
 #define MSG_MOVE_E                          _UxGT("Mover Extrusor")
 #define MSG_HOTEND_TOO_COLD                 _UxGT("Extrus. mto fria")
+#define MSG_MOVE_0025MM                     _UxGT("Mover 0.025mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_01MM                       _UxGT("Mover 0.1mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_1MM                        _UxGT("Mover 1mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_10MM                       _UxGT("Mover 10mm")
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pt.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pt.h
index 1df615ca88..936492975d 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pt.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pt.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -70,6 +70,7 @@
 #define MSG_MOVE_Y                          _UxGT("Mover Y")
 #define MSG_MOVE_Z                          _UxGT("Mover Z")
 #define MSG_MOVE_E                          _UxGT("Mover Extrusor")
+#define MSG_MOVE_0025MM                     _UxGT("Mover 0.025mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_01MM                       _UxGT("Mover 0.1mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_1MM                        _UxGT("Mover 1mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_10MM                       _UxGT("Mover 10mm")
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ru.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ru.h
index 41a1c55bd9..bba2cdad9a 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ru.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ru.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -168,6 +168,7 @@
 #define MSG_MOVE_Y                          _UxGT("Движение по Y")
 #define MSG_MOVE_Z                          _UxGT("Движение по Z")
 #define MSG_MOVE_E                          _UxGT("Экструдер")
+#define MSG_MOVE_0025MM                     _UxGT("Движение 0.025мм")
 #define MSG_MOVE_01MM                       _UxGT("Движение 0.1мм")
 #define MSG_MOVE_1MM                        _UxGT("Движение 1мм")
 #define MSG_MOVE_10MM                       _UxGT("Движение 10мм")
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_sk.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_sk.h
index 593597c917..8d028e41cf 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_sk.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_sk.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -65,8 +65,8 @@
 #define MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT            _UxGT("Ďalší bod")
 #define MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE                  _UxGT("Meranie hotové!")
 #define MSG_Z_FADE_HEIGHT                   _UxGT("Výška rovnania")
-#define MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS                _UxGT("Nastaviť offsety")
-#define MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED            _UxGT("Offsety nastavené")
+#define MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS                _UxGT("Nastaviť ofsety")
+#define MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED            _UxGT("Ofsety nastavené")
 #define MSG_SET_ORIGIN                      _UxGT("Nastaviť začiatok")
 #define MSG_PREHEAT_1                       _UxGT("Zahriať " PREHEAT_1_LABEL)
 #define MSG_PREHEAT_1_N                     MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" ")
@@ -86,7 +86,11 @@
 #define MSG_LASER_OFF                       _UxGT("Vypnúť laser")
 #define MSG_LASER_ON                        _UxGT("Zapnúť laser")
 #define MSG_LASER_POWER                     _UxGT("Výkon lasera")
-#define MSG_SPINDLE_REVERSE                 _UxGT("Spät. chod vretena")
+#define MSG_SPINDLE_MENU                    _UxGT("Nastavenie vretena")
+#define MSG_SPINDLE_OFF                     _UxGT("Vypnúť vreteno")
+#define MSG_SPINDLE_ON                      _UxGT("Zapnúť vreteno")
+#define MSG_SPINDLE_POWER                   _UxGT("Výkon vretena")
+#define MSG_SPINDLE_REVERSE                 _UxGT("Spätný chod")
 #define MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON                    _UxGT("Zapnúť napájanie")
 #define MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF                   _UxGT("Vypnúť napájanie")
 #define MSG_EXTRUDE                         _UxGT("Vytlačiť (extr.)")
@@ -109,7 +113,7 @@
 #define MSG_LCD_PROBING_MESH                _UxGT("Skúšam bod")
 #define MSG_LCD_TILTING_MESH                _UxGT("Vyrovnávam bod")
 #define MSG_IDEX_MENU                       _UxGT("IDEX režim")
-#define MSG_OFFSETS_MENU                    _UxGT("Offset nástrojov")
+#define MSG_OFFSETS_MENU                    _UxGT("Ofset nástrojov")
 #define MSG_IDEX_MODE_AUTOPARK              _UxGT("Auto-parkovanie")
 #define MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE             _UxGT("Duplikácia")
 #define MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY         _UxGT("Zrkadlená kópia")
@@ -173,7 +177,7 @@
 #define MSG_NO_STORAGE                      _UxGT("Nedostatok miesta")
 #define MSG_UBL_SAVE_ERROR                  _UxGT("Chyba: Ukladanie UBL")
 #define MSG_UBL_RESTORE_ERROR               _UxGT("Chyba: Obnovenie UBL")
-#define MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET_STOPPED            _UxGT("Koniec Z-Offsetu")
+#define MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET_STOPPED            _UxGT("Koniec kompenz. Z")
 #define MSG_UBL_STEP_BY_STEP_MENU           _UxGT("Postupné UBL")
 
 #define MSG_LED_CONTROL                     _UxGT("Nastavenie LED")
@@ -202,6 +206,7 @@
 #define MSG_MOVE_Z                          _UxGT("Posunúť Z")
 #define MSG_MOVE_E                          _UxGT("Extrudér")
 #define MSG_HOTEND_TOO_COLD                 _UxGT("Hotend je studený")
+#define MSG_MOVE_0025MM                     _UxGT("Posunúť o 0,025mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_01MM                       _UxGT("Posunúť o 0,1mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_1MM                        _UxGT("Posunúť o 1mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_10MM                       _UxGT("Posunúť o 10mm")
@@ -341,11 +346,17 @@
 #define MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_5V           _UxGT("Prepnúť do 5V")
 #define MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_OD           _UxGT("Prepnúť do OD")
 #define MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_ECHO               _UxGT("Zobraziť režim")
-#define MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY                   _UxGT("Inštalovať sondu Z")
-#define MSG_MANUAL_STOW                     _UxGT("Odstrániť sondu Z")
+#define MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_CHANGE             _UxGT("POZOR: Zlé nastav. môže spôsobiť poškoden. Pokračovať?")
+#define MSG_TOUCHMI_PROBE                   _UxGT("TouchMI")
+#define MSG_TOUCHMI_INIT                    _UxGT("Inicializ. TouchMI")
+#define MSG_TOUCHMI_ZTEST                   _UxGT("Test ofsetu Z")
+#define MSG_TOUCHMI_SAVE                    _UxGT("Uložiť")
+#define MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY_TOUCHMI           _UxGT("Zasunúť TouchMI")
+#define MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY                   _UxGT("Zasunúť sondu Z")
+#define MSG_MANUAL_STOW                     _UxGT("Vysunúť sondu Z")
 #define MSG_HOME                            _UxGT("Najskôr os")  // Used as MSG_HOME " " MSG_X MSG_Y MSG_Z " " MSG_FIRST
 #define MSG_FIRST                           _UxGT("domov")
-#define MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET                  _UxGT("Z offset sondy")
+#define MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET                  _UxGT("Ofset sondy Z")
 #define MSG_BABYSTEP_X                      _UxGT("Babystep X")
 #define MSG_BABYSTEP_Y                      _UxGT("Babystep Y")
 #define MSG_BABYSTEP_Z                      _UxGT("Babystep Z")
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
 #define MSG_DELTA_SETTINGS                  _UxGT("Delta nastavenia")
 #define MSG_DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATE            _UxGT("Auto-kalibrácia")
 #define MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT_CALIBRATE          _UxGT("Nast. výšku delty")
-#define MSG_DELTA_Z_OFFSET_CALIBRATE        _UxGT("Offset sondy Z")
+#define MSG_DELTA_Z_OFFSET_CALIBRATE        _UxGT("Ofset sondy Z")
 #define MSG_DELTA_DIAG_ROD                  _UxGT("Diag. rameno")
 #define MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT                    _UxGT("Výška")
 #define MSG_DELTA_RADIUS                    _UxGT("Polomer")
@@ -433,6 +444,7 @@
 #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME   _UxGT("Obnoviť tlač")
 #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE          _UxGT("  Tryska: ")
 #define MSG_RUNOUT_SENSOR                   _UxGT("Senzor filamentu")
+#define MSG_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM              _UxGT("Vzd. mm fil. senz.")
 #define MSG_ERR_HOMING_FAILED               _UxGT("Parkovanie zlyhalo")
 #define MSG_ERR_PROBING_FAILED              _UxGT("Kalibrácia zlyhala")
 #define MSG_M600_TOO_COLD                   _UxGT("M600: Príliš studený")
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_test.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_test.h
index 2328747cb5..b2be749a00 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_test.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_test.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_tr.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_tr.h
index f8569dd526..e8e72b82b1 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_tr.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_tr.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -186,6 +186,7 @@
 #define MSG_MOVE_Z                          _UxGT("Z Hareketi")
 #define MSG_MOVE_E                          _UxGT("Ekstruder")
 #define MSG_HOTEND_TOO_COLD                 _UxGT("Nozul Çok Soğuk")
+#define MSG_MOVE_0025MM                     _UxGT("0.025mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_01MM                       _UxGT("0.1mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_1MM                        _UxGT("1mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_10MM                       _UxGT("10mm")
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_uk.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_uk.h
index a382a8e1b7..90ecf5c693 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_uk.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_uk.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -72,6 +72,7 @@
 #define MSG_MOVE_Y                          _UxGT("Рух по Y")
 #define MSG_MOVE_Z                          _UxGT("Рух по Z")
 #define MSG_MOVE_E                          _UxGT("Екструдер")
+#define MSG_MOVE_0025MM                     _UxGT("Рух по 0.025mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_01MM                       _UxGT("Рух по 0.1mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_1MM                        _UxGT("Рух по 1mm")
 #define MSG_MOVE_10MM                       _UxGT("Рух по 10mm")
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_zh_CN.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_zh_CN.h
index 0a94e9d5b0..93835a9dc1 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_zh_CN.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_zh_CN.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -164,6 +164,7 @@
 #define MSG_MOVE_Y                          _UxGT("移动Y")  //"Move Y"
 #define MSG_MOVE_Z                          _UxGT("移动Z")  //"Move Z"
 #define MSG_MOVE_E                          _UxGT("挤出机")  //"Extruder"
+#define MSG_MOVE_0025MM                     _UxGT("移动 0.025 mm")  //"Move 0.025mm"
 #define MSG_MOVE_01MM                       _UxGT("移动 0.1 mm")  //"Move 0.1mm"
 #define MSG_MOVE_1MM                        _UxGT("移动 1 mm")  //"Move 1mm"
 #define MSG_MOVE_10MM                       _UxGT("移动 10 mm")  //"Move 10mm"
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_zh_TW.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_zh_TW.h
index 40a1448c11..90ac8bd573 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_zh_TW.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_zh_TW.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -164,6 +164,7 @@
 #define MSG_MOVE_Y                          _UxGT("移動Y")  //"Move Y"
 #define MSG_MOVE_Z                          _UxGT("移動Z")  //"Move Z"
 #define MSG_MOVE_E                          _UxGT("擠出機")  //"Extruder"
+#define MSG_MOVE_0025MM                     _UxGT("移動 0.025 mm")  //"Move 0.025mm"
 #define MSG_MOVE_01MM                       _UxGT("移動 0.1 mm")  //"Move 0.1mm"
 #define MSG_MOVE_1MM                        _UxGT("移動 1 mm")  //"Move 1mm"
 #define MSG_MOVE_10MM                       _UxGT("移動 10 mm")  //"Move 10mm"
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/brickout.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/brickout.cpp
index 4686072da7..ad23031360 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/brickout.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/brickout.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/game.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/game.cpp
index e11c414a13..9393552437 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/game.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/game.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/game.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/game.h
index a4cfda56d6..398f06af35 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/game.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/game.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/invaders.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/invaders.cpp
index ce320fa4aa..55a1e4a849 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/invaders.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/invaders.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/maze.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/maze.cpp
index c84c504537..60b5939c6e 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/maze.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/maze.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/snake.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/snake.cpp
index d34f6f4b11..80e9cabaf2 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/snake.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/game/snake.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu.cpp
index ff2b5fd6e9..ac41a72292 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ void MarlinUI::goto_previous_screen() {
 /////////// Common Menu Actions ////////////
 ////////////////////////////////////////////
 
-void MenuItem_gcode::action(PGM_P pgcode) { enqueue_and_echo_commands_P(pgcode); }
+void MenuItem_gcode::action(PGM_P const pgcode) { queue.inject_P(pgcode); }
 
 ////////////////////////////////////////////
 /////////// Menu Editing Actions ///////////
@@ -162,7 +162,8 @@ DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(int4);        // 1234, -123 right-justified
 DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(int8);        // 123, -12   right-justified
 DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(uint8);       // 123        right-justified
 DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(uint16_3);    // 123, -12   right-justified
-DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(uint16_4);    // 1234, -123 right-justified
+DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(uint16_4);    // 1234       right-justified
+DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(uint16_5);    // 12345      right-justified
 DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(float3);      // 123        right-justified
 DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(float52);     // 123.45
 DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(float43);     // 1.234
@@ -410,15 +411,15 @@ void MarlinUI::completion_feedback(const bool good/*=true*/) {
 
 #if ANY(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL, PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU, ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
 
-  void lcd_enqueue_command(const char * const cmd) {
+  void lcd_enqueue_one_now(const char * const cmd) {
     no_reentry = true;
-    enqueue_and_echo_command_now(cmd);
+    queue.enqueue_one_now(cmd);
     no_reentry = false;
   }
 
-  void lcd_enqueue_commands_P(PGM_P const cmd) {
+  void lcd_enqueue_one_now_P(PGM_P const cmd) {
     no_reentry = true;
-    enqueue_and_echo_commands_now_P(cmd);
+    queue.enqueue_now_P(cmd);
     no_reentry = false;
   }
 
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu.h
index a300096399..52f428db2f 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -22,6 +22,7 @@
 #pragma once
 
 #include "../ultralcd.h"
+#include "../../libs/numtostr.h"
 #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
 
 #include "limits.h"
@@ -50,8 +51,9 @@ DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(int16_t,  int3,        i16tostr3,       1     );   // 123
 DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(int16_t,  int4,        i16tostr4sign,   1     );   // 1234, -123 right-justified
 DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(int8_t,   int8,        i8tostr3,        1     );   // 123, -12   right-justified
 DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(uint8_t,  uint8,       ui8tostr3,       1     );   // 123        right-justified
-DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(uint16_t, uint16_3,    ui16tostr3,      1     );   // 123, -12   right-justified
-DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(uint16_t, uint16_4,    ui16tostr4,      0.1   );   // 1234, -123 right-justified
+DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(uint16_t, uint16_3,    ui16tostr3,      1     );   // 123        right-justified
+DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(uint16_t, uint16_4,    ui16tostr4,      0.1   );   // 1234       right-justified
+DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(uint16_t, uint16_5,    ui16tostr5,      0.01  );   // 12345      right-justified
 DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(float,    float3,      ftostr3,         1     );   // 123        right-justified
 DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(float,    float52,     ftostr42_52,   100     );   // _2.34, 12.34, -2.34 or 123.45, -23.45
 DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(float,    float43,     ftostr43sign, 1000     );   // 1.234
@@ -120,8 +122,9 @@ DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(int3);             // 123, -12   right-justif
 DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(int4);             // 1234, -123 right-justified
 DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(int8);             // 123, -12   right-justified
 DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(uint8);            // 123        right-justified
-DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(uint16_3);         // 123, -12   right-justified
-DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(uint16_4);         // 1234, -123 right-justified
+DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(uint16_3);         // 123        right-justified
+DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(uint16_4);         // 1234       right-justified
+DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(uint16_5);         // 12345      right-justified
 DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(float3);           // 123        right-justified
 DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(float52);          // _2.34, 12.34, -2.34 or 123.45, -23.45
 DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(float43);          // 1.234
@@ -205,6 +208,7 @@ DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(int8);
 DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(uint8);
 DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(uint16_3);
 DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(uint16_4);
+DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(uint16_5);
 DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(float3);
 DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(float52);
 DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(float43);
@@ -374,8 +378,8 @@ void _lcd_draw_homing();
 #endif
 
 #if ANY(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL, PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU, ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
-  void lcd_enqueue_command(const char * const cmd);
-  void lcd_enqueue_commands_P(PGM_P const cmd);
+  void lcd_enqueue_one_now(const char * const cmd);
+  void lcd_enqueue_one_now_P(PGM_P const cmd);
 #endif
 
 #if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_advanced.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_advanced.cpp
index df873fc06d..2dc865c3b4 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_advanced.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_advanced.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -43,6 +43,11 @@
   #include "../../module/temperature.h"
 #endif
 
+#ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
+  #include "../../feature/runout.h"
+  float lcd_runout_distance_mm;
+#endif
+
 void menu_tmc();
 void menu_backlash();
 
@@ -96,7 +101,7 @@ void menu_backlash();
   // Set the home offset based on the current_position
   //
   void _lcd_set_home_offsets() {
-    enqueue_and_echo_commands_P(PSTR("M428"));
+    queue.inject_P(PSTR("M428"));
     ui.return_to_status();
   }
 #endif
@@ -214,6 +219,12 @@ void menu_backlash();
       #endif // EXTRUDERS > 1
     #endif
 
+    #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
+      MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(float3, MSG_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM, &lcd_runout_distance_mm, 1, 30, []{
+        runout.set_runout_distance(lcd_runout_distance_mm);
+      });
+    #endif
+
     END_MENU();
   }
 
@@ -244,7 +255,7 @@ void menu_backlash();
         autotune_temp[e]
       #endif
     );
-    lcd_enqueue_command(cmd);
+    lcd_enqueue_one_now(cmd);
   }
 
 #endif // PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU
@@ -603,6 +614,9 @@ void menu_backlash();
 #endif // !SLIM_LCD_MENUS
 
 void menu_advanced_settings() {
+  #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
+    lcd_runout_distance_mm = runout.runout_distance();
+  #endif
   START_MENU();
   MENU_BACK(MSG_CONFIGURATION);
 
@@ -674,7 +688,7 @@ void menu_advanced_settings() {
   #endif
 
   // M540 S - Abort on endstop hit when SD printing
-  #if ENABLED(ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED)
+  #if ENABLED(SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT)
     MENU_ITEM_EDIT(bool, MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT, &planner.abort_on_endstop_hit);
   #endif
 
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_backlash.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_backlash.cpp
index 9c512303b7..147c593901 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_backlash.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_backlash.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_bed_corners.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_bed_corners.cpp
index fd90043d0f..10d0e5d7cd 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_bed_corners.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_bed_corners.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ void _lcd_level_bed_corners() {
   ui.defer_status_screen();
   if (!all_axes_known()) {
     set_all_unhomed();
-    enqueue_and_echo_commands_P(PSTR("G28"));
+    queue.inject_P(PSTR("G28"));
   }
 
   // Disable leveling so the planner won't mess with us
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_bed_leveling.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_bed_leveling.cpp
index e8107aa58a..cd98f21a65 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_bed_leveling.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_bed_leveling.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -105,9 +105,9 @@
         ui.wait_for_bl_move = true;
         ui.goto_screen(_lcd_level_bed_done);
         #if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
-          enqueue_and_echo_commands_P(PSTR("G29 S2"));
+          queue.inject_P(PSTR("G29 S2"));
         #elif ENABLED(PROBE_MANUALLY)
-          enqueue_and_echo_commands_P(PSTR("G29 V1"));
+          queue.inject_P(PSTR("G29 V1"));
         #endif
       }
       else
@@ -157,9 +157,9 @@
     // G29 Records Z, moves, and signals when it pauses
     ui.wait_for_bl_move = true;
     #if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
-      enqueue_and_echo_commands_P(manual_probe_index ? PSTR("G29 S2") : PSTR("G29 S1"));
+      queue.inject_P(manual_probe_index ? PSTR("G29 S2") : PSTR("G29 S1"));
     #elif ENABLED(PROBE_MANUALLY)
-      enqueue_and_echo_commands_P(PSTR("G29 V1"));
+      queue.inject_P(PSTR("G29 V1"));
     #endif
   }
 
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@
     ui.defer_status_screen();
     set_all_unhomed();
     ui.goto_screen(_lcd_level_bed_homing);
-    enqueue_and_echo_commands_P(PSTR("G28"));
+    queue.inject_P(PSTR("G28"));
   }
 
 #endif // PROBE_MANUALLY || MESH_BED_LEVELING
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_configuration.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_configuration.cpp
index bf4d2c9792..fbf4ba0761 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_configuration.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_configuration.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ static void lcd_factory_settings() {
 
     auto _recalc_offsets = []{
       if (active_extruder && all_axes_known()) {  // For the 2nd extruder re-home so the next tool-change gets the new offsets.
-        enqueue_and_echo_commands_P(PSTR("G28")); // In future, we can babystep the 2nd extruder (if active), making homing unnecessary.
+        queue.inject_P(PSTR("G28")); // In future, we can babystep the 2nd extruder (if active), making homing unnecessary.
         active_extruder = 0;
       }
     };
@@ -199,11 +199,19 @@ static void lcd_factory_settings() {
     MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_BLTOUCH_STOW, bltouch._stow);
     MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_BLTOUCH_SW_MODE, bltouch._set_SW_mode);
     #if ENABLED(BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU)
-      MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_BLTOUCH_5V_MODE, bltouch._set_5V_mode);
-      MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_BLTOUCH_OD_MODE, bltouch._set_OD_mode);
+      MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_BLTOUCH_5V_MODE, []{
+        do_select_screen(PSTR(MSG_BLTOUCH_5V_MODE), PSTR(MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL), bltouch._set_5V_mode, ui.goto_previous_screen, PSTR(MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_CHANGE));
+      });
+      MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_BLTOUCH_OD_MODE, []{
+        do_select_screen(PSTR(MSG_BLTOUCH_OD_MODE), PSTR(MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL), bltouch._set_OD_mode, ui.goto_previous_screen, PSTR(MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_CHANGE));
+      });
       MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE, bltouch._mode_store);
-      MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_5V, bltouch.mode_conv_5V);
-      MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_OD, bltouch.mode_conv_OD);
+      MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_5V, []{
+        do_select_screen(PSTR(MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_5V), PSTR(MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL), bltouch.mode_conv_5V, ui.goto_previous_screen, PSTR(MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_CHANGE));
+      });
+      MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_OD, []{
+        do_select_screen(PSTR(MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_OD), PSTR(MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL), bltouch.mode_conv_OD, ui.goto_previous_screen, PSTR(MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_CHANGE));
+      });
       MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_ECHO, bltouch_report);
     #endif
     END_MENU();
@@ -211,17 +219,34 @@ static void lcd_factory_settings() {
 
 #endif
 
-#if ENABLED(MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT)
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  void menu_touchmi() {
+    START_MENU();
+    ui.defer_status_screen();
+    MENU_BACK(MSG_CONFIGURATION);
+    MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_TOUCHMI_INIT, PSTR("M851 Z0\nG28\nG1 F200 Z0"));
+    MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET, lcd_babystep_zoffset);
+    MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_TOUCHMI_SAVE, PSTR("M500\nG1 F200 Z10"));
+    MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_TOUCHMI_ZTEST, PSTR("G28\nG1 F200 Z0"));
+    END_MENU();
+  }
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_MENU)
 
   #include "../../feature/caselight.h"
 
-  void menu_case_light() {
-    START_MENU();
-    MENU_BACK(MSG_CONFIGURATION);
-    MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(uint8, MSG_CASE_LIGHT_BRIGHTNESS, &case_light_brightness, 0, 255, update_case_light, true);
-    MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(bool, MSG_CASE_LIGHT, (bool*)&case_light_on, update_case_light);
-    END_MENU();
-  }
+  #if DISABLED(CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS)
+
+    void menu_case_light() {
+      START_MENU();
+      MENU_BACK(MSG_CONFIGURATION);
+      MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(uint8, MSG_CASE_LIGHT_BRIGHTNESS, &case_light_brightness, 0, 255, update_case_light, true);
+      MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(bool, MSG_CASE_LIGHT, (bool*)&case_light_on, update_case_light);
+      END_MENU();
+    }
+
+  #endif
 
 #endif
 
@@ -335,6 +360,10 @@ void menu_configuration() {
     #if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
       MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_BLTOUCH, menu_bltouch);
     #endif
+
+    #if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+      MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_TOUCHMI_PROBE, menu_touchmi);
+    #endif
   }
 
   //
@@ -347,11 +376,13 @@ void menu_configuration() {
   //
   // Set Case light on/off/brightness
   //
-  #if ENABLED(MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT)
-    if (PWM_PIN(CASE_LIGHT_PIN))
-      MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_CASE_LIGHT, menu_case_light);
-    else
-      MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(bool, MSG_CASE_LIGHT, (bool*)&case_light_on, update_case_light);
+  #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_MENU)
+    #if DISABLED(CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS)
+      if (PWM_PIN(CASE_LIGHT_PIN))
+        MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_CASE_LIGHT, menu_case_light);
+      else
+    #endif
+        MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(bool, MSG_CASE_LIGHT, (bool*)&case_light_on, update_case_light);
   #endif
 
   #if HAS_LCD_CONTRAST
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_custom.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_custom.cpp
index 9d6cd9e8a1..33ec5352e0 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_custom.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_custom.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
 #endif
 
 void _lcd_user_gcode(PGM_P const cmd) {
-  enqueue_and_echo_commands_P(cmd);
+  queue.inject_P(cmd);
   #if ENABLED(USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK)
     ui.completion_feedback();
   #endif
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_delta_calibrate.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_delta_calibrate.cpp
index 6931f32726..653da795d6 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_delta_calibrate.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_delta_calibrate.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -56,7 +56,6 @@ void _man_probe_pt(const float &rx, const float &ry) {
       host_prompt_do(PROMPT_USER_CONTINUE, PSTR("Delta Calibration in progress"), PSTR("Continue"));
     #endif
     while (wait_for_user) idle();
-    KEEPALIVE_STATE(IN_HANDLER);
     ui.goto_previous_screen_no_defer();
     return current_position[Z_AXIS];
   }
@@ -73,7 +72,7 @@ void _man_probe_pt(const float &rx, const float &ry) {
   }
 
   void _lcd_delta_calibrate_home() {
-    enqueue_and_echo_commands_P(PSTR("G28"));
+    queue.inject_P(PSTR("G28"));
     ui.goto_screen(_lcd_calibrate_homing);
   }
 
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_filament.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_filament.cpp
index 2902d12a00..d76a6aa77e 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_filament.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_filament.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ static void _change_filament_temp(const uint16_t temperature) {
   char cmd[11];
   sprintf_P(cmd, _change_filament_temp_command(), _change_filament_temp_extruder);
   thermalManager.setTargetHotend(temperature, _change_filament_temp_extruder);
-  lcd_enqueue_command(cmd);
+  lcd_enqueue_one_now(cmd);
 }
 inline void _lcd_change_filament_temp_1_func()    { _change_filament_temp(ui.preheat_hotend_temp[0]); }
 inline void _lcd_change_filament_temp_2_func()    { _change_filament_temp(ui.preheat_hotend_temp[1]); }
@@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ FORCE_INLINE screenFunc_t ap_message_screen(const PauseMessage message) {
     case PAUSE_MESSAGE_HEAT:     return lcd_pause_heat_message;
     case PAUSE_MESSAGE_HEATING:  return lcd_pause_heating_message;
     case PAUSE_MESSAGE_OPTION:   pause_menu_response = PAUSE_RESPONSE_WAIT_FOR;
-                                          return menu_pause_option;
+                                 return menu_pause_option;
     case PAUSE_MESSAGE_STATUS:
     default: break;
   }
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_game.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_game.cpp
index 93a5d9c49a..f5eb60a879 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_game.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_game.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_info.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_info.cpp
index eb58b3a56b..f7b6f3a491 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_info.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_info.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -28,6 +28,10 @@
 
 #if HAS_LCD_MENU && ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU)
 
+#if HAS_GAMES
+  #include "game/game.h"
+#endif
+
 #include "menu.h"
 // #include "../../module/motion.h"
 // #include "../../module/planner.h"
@@ -172,13 +176,7 @@ void menu_info_board() {
   STATIC_ITEM(BOARD_NAME, true, true);                           // MyPrinterController
   STATIC_ITEM(MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE ": " STRINGIFY(BAUDRATE), true); // Baud: 250000
   STATIC_ITEM(MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL ": " PROTOCOL_VERSION, true);    // Protocol: 1.0
-  #if POWER_SUPPLY == 0
-    STATIC_ITEM(MSG_INFO_PSU ": Generic", true);
-  #elif POWER_SUPPLY == 1
-    STATIC_ITEM(MSG_INFO_PSU ": ATX", true);  // Power Supply: ATX
-  #elif POWER_SUPPLY == 2
-    STATIC_ITEM(MSG_INFO_PSU ": XBox", true); // Power Supply: XBox
-  #endif
+  STATIC_ITEM(MSG_INFO_PSU ": " PSU_NAME, true);
   END_SCREEN();
 }
 
@@ -220,6 +218,21 @@ void menu_info() {
   #if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
     MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU, menu_info_stats);          // Printer Stats >
   #endif
+  #if HAS_GAMES
+    MENU_ITEM(submenu, "Game", (
+      #if HAS_GAME_MENU
+        menu_game
+      #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_BRICKOUT)
+        brickout.enter_game
+      #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_INVADERS)
+        invaders.enter_game
+      #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_SNAKE)
+        snake.enter_game
+      #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_MAZE)
+        maze.enter_game
+      #endif
+    ));
+  #endif
   END_MENU();
 }
 
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_job_recovery.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_job_recovery.cpp
index f819052977..449251d9b2 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_job_recovery.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_job_recovery.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
 
 static void lcd_power_loss_recovery_resume() {
   ui.return_to_status();
-  enqueue_and_echo_commands_P(PSTR("M1000"));
+  queue.inject_P(PSTR("M1000"));
 }
 
 static void lcd_power_loss_recovery_cancel() {
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_led.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_led.cpp
index ef693ccc41..a84a8c01f5 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_led.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_led.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_main.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_main.cpp
index b3e811e3cd..d334a56fe8 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_main.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_main.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -35,11 +35,7 @@
 #include "../../module/stepper.h"
 #include "../../sd/cardreader.h"
 
-#if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
-  #include "../../feature/power_loss_recovery.h"
-#endif
-
-#if HAS_GAMES
+#if HAS_GAMES && DISABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU)
   #include "game/game.h"
 #endif
 
@@ -60,11 +56,28 @@ void menu_tune();
 void menu_motion();
 void menu_temperature();
 void menu_configuration();
-void menu_user();
-void menu_temp_e0_filament_change();
-void menu_change_filament();
-void menu_info();
-void menu_led();
+
+#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
+  void menu_user();
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
+  void menu_temp_e0_filament_change();
+  void menu_change_filament();
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU)
+  void menu_info();
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
+  void menu_led();
+#endif
+
+#if HAS_CUTTER
+  #include "../../feature/spindle_laser.h"
+  void menu_spindle_laser();
+#endif
 
 #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
   void menu_mixer();
@@ -82,16 +95,6 @@ void menu_led();
   #endif
 #endif
 
-#if HAS_GAME_MENU
-  void menu_game();
-#elif ENABLED(MARLIN_BRICKOUT)
-  void lcd_goto_brickout();
-#elif ENABLED(MARLIN_INVADERS)
-  void lcd_goto_invaders();
-#elif ENABLED(MARLIN_SNAKE)
-  void lcd_goto_snake();
-#endif
-
 void menu_main() {
   START_MENU();
   MENU_BACK(MSG_WATCH);
@@ -155,6 +158,10 @@ void menu_main() {
     MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_MOTION, menu_motion);
   }
 
+  #if HAS_CUTTER
+    MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_CUTTER(MENU), menu_spindle_laser);
+  #endif
+
   MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_TEMPERATURE, menu_temperature);
 
   #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
@@ -242,7 +249,7 @@ void menu_main() {
     #endif
   #endif
 
-  #if ANY(MARLIN_BRICKOUT, MARLIN_INVADERS, MARLIN_SNAKE, MARLIN_MAZE)
+  #if HAS_GAMES && DISABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU)
     MENU_ITEM(submenu, "Game", (
       #if HAS_GAME_MENU
         menu_game
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_mixer.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_mixer.cpp
index 437f44e7e2..1a17dbd260 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_mixer.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_mixer.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_mmu2.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_mmu2.cpp
index af2e296083..a7dc4e8391 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_mmu2.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_mmu2.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_mmu2.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_mmu2.h
index ee14e1191c..0f47092655 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_mmu2.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_mmu2.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_motion.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_motion.cpp
index e6d7b8bc48..a87329e325 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_motion.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_motion.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -239,9 +239,10 @@ void _goto_manual_move(const float scale) {
   move_menu_scale = scale;
   ui.goto_screen(_manual_move_func_ptr);
 }
-void menu_move_10mm() { _goto_manual_move(10); }
-void menu_move_1mm()  { _goto_manual_move( 1); }
-void menu_move_01mm() { _goto_manual_move( 0.1f); }
+void menu_move_10mm()   { _goto_manual_move(10); }
+void menu_move_1mm()    { _goto_manual_move( 1); }
+void menu_move_01mm()   { _goto_manual_move( 0.1f); }
+void menu_move_0025mm() { _goto_manual_move( 0.025f); }
 
 void _menu_move_distance(const AxisEnum axis, const screenFunc_t func, const int8_t eindex=-1) {
   _manual_move_func_ptr = func;
@@ -269,6 +270,8 @@ void _menu_move_distance(const AxisEnum axis, const screenFunc_t func, const int
     MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_MOVE_10MM, menu_move_10mm);
     MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_MOVE_1MM, menu_move_1mm);
     MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_MOVE_01MM, menu_move_01mm);
+    if (axis == Z_AXIS)
+      MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_MOVE_0025MM, menu_move_0025mm);
   }
   END_MENU();
 }
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_sdcard.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_sdcard.cpp
index d574dc150e..894d9288a9 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_sdcard.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_sdcard.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ inline void sdcard_start_selected_file() {
 
 class MenuItem_sdfile {
   public:
-    static void action(CardReader &theCard) {
+    static void action(CardReader &) {
       #if ENABLED(SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE)
         // Save menu state for the selected file
         sd_encoder_position = ui.encoderPosition;
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_service.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_service.cpp
index 3ab890d7bb..5f30856f0b 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_service.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_service.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_spindle_laser.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_spindle_laser.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e3fda1dc37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_spindle_laser.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+
+//
+// Spindle / Laser Menu
+//
+
+#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
+
+#if HAS_LCD_MENU && HAS_CUTTER
+
+  #include "menu.h"
+
+  #include "../../feature/spindle_laser.h"
+
+  void menu_spindle_laser() {
+
+    START_MENU();
+    MENU_BACK(MSG_MAIN);
+    if (cutter.enabled()) {
+      #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM)
+        MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(CUTTER_MENU_TYPE, MSG_CUTTER(POWER), &cutter.power, SPEED_POWER_MIN, SPEED_POWER_MAX, cutter.update_output);
+      #endif
+      MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_CUTTER(OFF), cutter.disable);
+    }
+    else {
+      MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_CUTTER(ON), cutter.enable_forward);
+      #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR)
+        MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_SPINDLE_REVERSE, cutter.enable_reverse);
+      #endif
+    }
+    END_MENU();
+  }
+
+#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU && HAS_CUTTER
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_temperature.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_temperature.cpp
index ffb52b5499..7c7a17e9dd 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_temperature.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_temperature.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -303,47 +303,6 @@ void _lcd_preheat(const int16_t endnum, const int16_t temph, const int16_t tempb
 
 #endif // HAS_TEMP_HOTEND || HAS_HEATED_BED
 
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
-
-  extern uint8_t spindle_laser_power;
-  bool spindle_laser_enabled();
-  void set_spindle_laser_enabled(const bool enabled);
-  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM)
-    void update_spindle_laser_power();
-  #endif
-
-  inline void _lcd_spindle_laser_off() { set_spindle_laser_enabled(false); }
-  inline void _lcd_spindle_laser_on(const bool is_M4) {
-    #if SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE
-      set_spindle_direction(is_M4);
-    #endif
-    set_spindle_laser_enabled(true);
-  }
-  inline void _lcd_spindle_laser_on() { _lcd_spindle_laser_on(false); }
-  #if SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE
-    inline void _lcd_spindle_on_reverse() { _lcd_spindle_laser_on(true); }
-  #endif
-
-  void menu_spindle_laser() {
-    START_MENU();
-    MENU_BACK(MSG_MAIN);
-    if (spindle_laser_enabled()) {
-      #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM)
-        MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(int3, MSG_LASER_POWER, &spindle_laser_power, SPEED_POWER_MIN, SPEED_POWER_MAX, update_spindle_laser_power);
-      #endif
-      MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_LASER_OFF, _lcd_spindle_laser_off);
-    }
-    else {
-      MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_LASER_ON, _lcd_spindle_laser_on);
-      #if SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE
-        MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_SPINDLE_REVERSE, _lcd_spindle_on_reverse);
-      #endif
-    }
-    END_MENU();
-  }
-
-#endif // SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-
 void menu_temperature() {
   START_MENU();
   MENU_BACK(MSG_MAIN);
@@ -414,10 +373,6 @@ void menu_temperature() {
     #endif
   #endif // FAN_COUNT > 0
 
-  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
-    MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_LASER_MENU, menu_spindle_laser);
-  #endif
-
   #if HAS_TEMP_HOTEND
 
     //
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_tmc.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_tmc.cpp
index 585af5b5b6..8b905cd095 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_tmc.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_tmc.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ void menu_tmc_current() {
 
 #if ENABLED(SENSORLESS_HOMING)
 
-  #define TMC_EDIT_STORED_SGT(ST) MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(int8, MSG_##ST, &stepper##ST.stored.homing_thrs, -64, 63, refresh_homing_thrs_##ST);
+  #define TMC_EDIT_STORED_SGT(ST) MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(int4, MSG_##ST, &stepper##ST.stored.homing_thrs, stepper##ST.sgt_min, stepper##ST.sgt_max, refresh_homing_thrs_##ST);
 
   #if X_SENSORLESS
     void refresh_homing_thrs_X()  { stepperX.refresh_homing_thrs();  }
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_tune.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_tune.cpp
index 1044b7076b..adbcbefc56 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_tune.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_tune.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_ubl.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_ubl.cpp
index 2bb9409794..2323804658 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_ubl.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_ubl.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -107,15 +107,15 @@ void lcd_z_offset_edit_setup(const float &initial) {
  * UBL Build Custom Mesh Command
  */
 void _lcd_ubl_build_custom_mesh() {
-  char UBL_LCD_GCODE[20];
-  enqueue_and_echo_commands_P(PSTR("G28"));
+  char ubl_lcd_gcode[20];
+  queue.inject_P(PSTR("G28"));
   #if HAS_HEATED_BED
-    sprintf_P(UBL_LCD_GCODE, PSTR("M190 S%i"), custom_bed_temp);
-    lcd_enqueue_command(UBL_LCD_GCODE);
+    sprintf_P(ubl_lcd_gcode, PSTR("M190 S%i"), custom_bed_temp);
+    lcd_enqueue_one_now(ubl_lcd_gcode);
   #endif
-  sprintf_P(UBL_LCD_GCODE, PSTR("M109 S%i"), custom_hotend_temp);
-  lcd_enqueue_command(UBL_LCD_GCODE);
-  enqueue_and_echo_commands_P(PSTR("G29 P1"));
+  sprintf_P(ubl_lcd_gcode, PSTR("M109 S%i"), custom_hotend_temp);
+  lcd_enqueue_one_now(ubl_lcd_gcode);
+  queue.inject_P(PSTR("G29 P1"));
 }
 
 /**
@@ -141,11 +141,11 @@ void _lcd_ubl_custom_mesh() {
  * UBL Adjust Mesh Height Command
  */
 void _lcd_ubl_adjust_height_cmd() {
-  char UBL_LCD_GCODE[16];
+  char ubl_lcd_gcode[16];
   const int ind = ubl_height_amount > 0 ? 9 : 10;
-  strcpy_P(UBL_LCD_GCODE, PSTR("G29 P6 C -"));
-  sprintf_P(&UBL_LCD_GCODE[ind], PSTR(".%i"), ABS(ubl_height_amount));
-  lcd_enqueue_command(UBL_LCD_GCODE);
+  strcpy_P(ubl_lcd_gcode, PSTR("G29 P6 C -"));
+  sprintf_P(&ubl_lcd_gcode[ind], PSTR(".%i"), ABS(ubl_height_amount));
+  lcd_enqueue_one_now(ubl_lcd_gcode);
 }
 
 /**
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ void _lcd_ubl_edit_mesh() {
  * UBL Validate Custom Mesh Command
  */
 void _lcd_ubl_validate_custom_mesh() {
-  char UBL_LCD_GCODE[24];
+  char ubl_lcd_gcode[24];
   const int temp =
     #if HAS_HEATED_BED
       custom_bed_temp
@@ -195,9 +195,9 @@ void _lcd_ubl_validate_custom_mesh() {
       0
     #endif
   ;
-  sprintf_P(UBL_LCD_GCODE, PSTR("G26 C B%i H%i P"), temp, custom_hotend_temp);
-  lcd_enqueue_commands_P(PSTR("G28"));
-  lcd_enqueue_command(UBL_LCD_GCODE);
+  sprintf_P(ubl_lcd_gcode, PSTR("G26 C B%i H%i P"), temp, custom_hotend_temp);
+  lcd_enqueue_one_now_P(PSTR("G28"));
+  lcd_enqueue_one_now(ubl_lcd_gcode);
 }
 
 /**
@@ -228,9 +228,9 @@ void _lcd_ubl_validate_mesh() {
  * UBL Grid Leveling Command
  */
 void _lcd_ubl_grid_level_cmd() {
-  char UBL_LCD_GCODE[12];
-  sprintf_P(UBL_LCD_GCODE, PSTR("G29 J%i"), side_points);
-  lcd_enqueue_command(UBL_LCD_GCODE);
+  char ubl_lcd_gcode[12];
+  sprintf_P(ubl_lcd_gcode, PSTR("G29 J%i"), side_points);
+  lcd_enqueue_one_now(ubl_lcd_gcode);
 }
 
 /**
@@ -269,9 +269,9 @@ void _lcd_ubl_mesh_leveling() {
  * UBL Fill-in Amount Mesh Command
  */
 void _lcd_ubl_fillin_amount_cmd() {
-  char UBL_LCD_GCODE[18];
-  sprintf_P(UBL_LCD_GCODE, PSTR("G29 P3 R C.%i"), ubl_fillin_amount);
-  lcd_enqueue_command(UBL_LCD_GCODE);
+  char ubl_lcd_gcode[18];
+  sprintf_P(ubl_lcd_gcode, PSTR("G29 P3 R C.%i"), ubl_fillin_amount);
+  lcd_enqueue_one_now(ubl_lcd_gcode);
 }
 
 /**
@@ -361,22 +361,22 @@ void _lcd_ubl_build_mesh() {
  * UBL Load Mesh Command
  */
 void _lcd_ubl_load_mesh_cmd() {
-  char UBL_LCD_GCODE[25];
-  sprintf_P(UBL_LCD_GCODE, PSTR("G29 L%i"), ubl_storage_slot);
-  lcd_enqueue_command(UBL_LCD_GCODE);
-  sprintf_P(UBL_LCD_GCODE, PSTR("M117 " MSG_MESH_LOADED), ubl_storage_slot);
-  lcd_enqueue_command(UBL_LCD_GCODE);
+  char ubl_lcd_gcode[25];
+  sprintf_P(ubl_lcd_gcode, PSTR("G29 L%i"), ubl_storage_slot);
+  lcd_enqueue_one_now(ubl_lcd_gcode);
+  sprintf_P(ubl_lcd_gcode, PSTR("M117 " MSG_MESH_LOADED), ubl_storage_slot);
+  lcd_enqueue_one_now(ubl_lcd_gcode);
 }
 
 /**
  * UBL Save Mesh Command
  */
 void _lcd_ubl_save_mesh_cmd() {
-  char UBL_LCD_GCODE[25];
-  sprintf_P(UBL_LCD_GCODE, PSTR("G29 S%i"), ubl_storage_slot);
-  lcd_enqueue_command(UBL_LCD_GCODE);
-  sprintf_P(UBL_LCD_GCODE, PSTR("M117 " MSG_MESH_SAVED), ubl_storage_slot);
-  lcd_enqueue_command(UBL_LCD_GCODE);
+  char ubl_lcd_gcode[25];
+  sprintf_P(ubl_lcd_gcode, PSTR("G29 S%i"), ubl_storage_slot);
+  lcd_enqueue_one_now(ubl_lcd_gcode);
+  sprintf_P(ubl_lcd_gcode, PSTR("M117 " MSG_MESH_SAVED), ubl_storage_slot);
+  lcd_enqueue_one_now(ubl_lcd_gcode);
 }
 
 /**
@@ -420,11 +420,11 @@ void _lcd_ubl_map_homing() {
  * UBL LCD "radar" map point editing
  */
 void _lcd_ubl_map_lcd_edit_cmd() {
-  char UBL_LCD_GCODE[50], str[10], str2[10];
+  char ubl_lcd_gcode[50], str[10], str2[10];
   dtostrf(pgm_read_float(&ubl._mesh_index_to_xpos[x_plot]), 0, 2, str);
   dtostrf(pgm_read_float(&ubl._mesh_index_to_ypos[y_plot]), 0, 2, str2);
-  snprintf_P(UBL_LCD_GCODE, sizeof(UBL_LCD_GCODE), PSTR("G29 P4 X%s Y%s R%i"), str, str2, n_edit_pts);
-  lcd_enqueue_command(UBL_LCD_GCODE);
+  snprintf_P(ubl_lcd_gcode, sizeof(ubl_lcd_gcode), PSTR("G29 P4 X%s Y%s R%i"), str, str2, n_edit_pts);
+  lcd_enqueue_one_now(ubl_lcd_gcode);
 }
 
 /**
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ void _lcd_ubl_output_map_lcd() {
 void _lcd_ubl_output_map_lcd_cmd() {
   if (!all_axes_known()) {
     set_all_unhomed();
-    enqueue_and_echo_commands_P(PSTR("G28"));
+    queue.inject_P(PSTR("G28"));
   }
   ui.goto_screen(_lcd_ubl_map_homing);
 }
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/thermistornames.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/thermistornames.h
index bb210b2dde..61582ca396 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/thermistornames.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/thermistornames.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * thermistornames.h
@@ -74,6 +75,8 @@
   #define THERMISTOR_NAME "E3104FXT (alt)"
 #elif THERMISTOR_ID == 13
   #define THERMISTOR_NAME "Hisens 3950"
+#elif THERMISTOR_ID == 18
+  #define THERMISTOR_NAME "ATC Semitec 204GT-2"
 #elif THERMISTOR_ID == 20
   #define THERMISTOR_NAME "PT100 UltiMB"
 #elif THERMISTOR_ID == 60
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/ultralcd.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/ultralcd.cpp
index f0ebcefbb3..fb4975585d 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/ultralcd.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/ultralcd.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -22,7 +22,11 @@
 
 #include "../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h"
 
-// These displays all share the MarlinUI class
+#ifdef LED_BACKLIGHT_TIMEOUT
+  #include "../feature/leds/leds.h"
+#endif
+
+// All displays share the MarlinUI class
 #if HAS_DISPLAY
   #include "ultralcd.h"
   #include "fontutils.h"
@@ -52,7 +56,7 @@
 #endif
 
 #ifdef MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH
-  uint8_t MarlinUI::status_message_level; // = 0
+  uint8_t MarlinUI::alert_level; // = 0
   char MarlinUI::status_message[MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH + 1];
 #endif
 
@@ -78,11 +82,11 @@
 #include "../Marlin.h"
 
 #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
- #include "../feature/power_loss_recovery.h"
+  #include "../feature/power_loss_recovery.h"
 #endif
 
 #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- #include "../feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.h"
+  #include "../feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.h"
 #endif
 
 #if HAS_BUZZER
@@ -100,7 +104,7 @@
   #endif
 #endif
 
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) && PIN_EXISTS(SD_DETECT)
+#if ENABLED(INIT_SDCARD_ON_BOOT)
   uint8_t lcd_sd_status;
 #endif
 
@@ -196,20 +200,49 @@ millis_t next_button_update_ms;
 
   #endif
 
-  void _wrap_string(uint8_t &x, uint8_t &y, const char * const string, read_byte_cb_t cb_read_byte) {
+  void _wrap_string(uint8_t &x, uint8_t &y, const char * const string, read_byte_cb_t cb_read_byte, bool wordwrap/*=false*/) {
     SETCURSOR(x, y);
-    if (string) {
-      uint8_t *p = (uint8_t*)string;
+    if (!string) return;
+
+    auto _newline = [&x, &y]() {
+      x = 0; y++;               // move x to string len (plus space)
+      SETCURSOR(0, y);          // simulate carriage return
+    };
+
+    uint8_t *p = (uint8_t*)string;
+    wchar_t ch;
+    if (wordwrap) {
+      uint8_t *wrd = nullptr, c = 0;
+      // find the end of the part
+      for (;;) {
+        if (!wrd) wrd = p;            // Get word start /before/ advancing
+        p = get_utf8_value_cb(p, cb_read_byte, &ch);
+        const bool eol = !ch;         // zero ends the string
+        // End or a break between phrases?
+        if (eol || ch == ' ' || ch == '-' || ch == '+' || ch == '.') {
+          if (!c && ch == ' ') { if (wrd) wrd++; continue; } // collapse extra spaces
+          // Past the right and the word is not too long?
+          if (x + c > LCD_WIDTH && x >= (LCD_WIDTH) / 4) _newline(); // should it wrap?
+          c += !eol;                  // +1 so the space will be printed
+          x += c;                     // advance x to new position
+          while (c) {                 // character countdown
+            --c;                      // count down to zero
+            wrd = get_utf8_value_cb(wrd, cb_read_byte, &ch); // get characters again
+            lcd_put_wchar(ch);        // character to the LCD
+          }
+          if (eol) break;             // all done!
+          wrd = nullptr;              // set up for next word
+        }
+        else c++;                     // count word characters
+      }
+    }
+    else {
       for (;;) {
-        wchar_t ch;
         p = get_utf8_value_cb(p, cb_read_byte, &ch);
         if (!ch) break;
         lcd_put_wchar(ch);
         x++;
-        if (x >= LCD_WIDTH) {
-          x = 0; y++;
-          SETCURSOR(0, y);
-        }
+        if (x >= LCD_WIDTH) _newline();
       }
     }
   }
@@ -221,7 +254,7 @@ millis_t next_button_update_ms;
       x = (LCD_WIDTH - plen - slen) / 2;
       y = LCD_HEIGHT > 3 ? 1 : 0;
     }
-    wrap_string_P(x, y, pref);
+    wrap_string_P(x, y, pref, true);
     if (string) {
       if (x) { x = 0; y++; } // Move to the start of the next line
       wrap_string(x, y, string);
@@ -282,9 +315,13 @@ void MarlinUI::init() {
 
   #endif // HAS_SHIFT_ENCODER
 
-  #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) && PIN_EXISTS(SD_DETECT)
-    SET_INPUT_PULLUP(SD_DETECT_PIN);
-    lcd_sd_status = 2; // UNKNOWN
+  #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+    #if PIN_EXISTS(SD_DETECT)
+      SET_INPUT_PULLUP(SD_DETECT_PIN);
+    #endif
+    #if ENABLED(INIT_SDCARD_ON_BOOT)
+      lcd_sd_status = 2; // UNKNOWN
+    #endif
   #endif
 
   #if HAS_ENCODER_ACTION && HAS_SLOW_BUTTONS
@@ -389,7 +426,7 @@ bool MarlinUI::get_blink() {
 
           if (RRK(EN_KEYPAD_MIDDLE))  goto_screen(menu_move);
 
-          #if DISABLED(DELTA) && Z_HOME_DIR == -1
+          #if DISABLED(DELTA) && Z_HOME_DIR < 0
             if (RRK(EN_KEYPAD_F2))    _reprapworld_keypad_move(Z_AXIS,  1);
           #endif
 
@@ -406,7 +443,7 @@ bool MarlinUI::get_blink() {
 
         #endif // HAS_LCD_MENU
 
-        if (!homed && RRK(EN_KEYPAD_F1)) enqueue_and_echo_commands_P(PSTR("G28"));
+        if (!homed && RRK(EN_KEYPAD_F1)) queue.inject_P(PSTR("G28"));
         return true;
       }
 
@@ -486,7 +523,9 @@ void MarlinUI::status_screen() {
         next_filament_display = millis() + 5000UL;  // Show status message for 5s
       #endif
       goto_screen(menu_main);
-      init_lcd(); // May revive the LCD if static electricity killed it
+      #if DISABLED(NO_LCD_REINIT)
+        init_lcd(); // May revive the LCD if static electricity killed it
+      #endif
       return;
     }
 
@@ -534,6 +573,16 @@ void MarlinUI::status_screen() {
 void MarlinUI::kill_screen(PGM_P lcd_msg) {
   init();
   set_alert_status_P(lcd_msg);
+
+  // RED ALERT. RED ALERT.
+  #ifdef LED_BACKLIGHT_TIMEOUT
+    leds.set_color(LEDColorRed());
+    #ifdef NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX
+      pixels.setPixelColor(NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX, 255, 0, 0, 0);
+      pixels.show();
+    #endif
+  #endif
+
   draw_kill_screen();
 }
 
@@ -685,6 +734,10 @@ void MarlinUI::update() {
   static millis_t next_lcd_update_ms;
   millis_t ms = millis();
 
+  #ifdef LED_BACKLIGHT_TIMEOUT
+    leds.update_timeout(powersupply_on);
+  #endif
+
   #if HAS_LCD_MENU
 
     #if LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS
@@ -719,7 +772,7 @@ void MarlinUI::update() {
 
   #endif // HAS_LCD_MENU
 
-  #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) && PIN_EXISTS(SD_DETECT)
+  #if ENABLED(INIT_SDCARD_ON_BOOT)
 
     const uint8_t sd_status = (uint8_t)IS_SD_INSERTED();
     if (sd_status != lcd_sd_status && detected()) {
@@ -735,22 +788,32 @@ void MarlinUI::update() {
         else
           set_status_P(PSTR(MSG_SD_INSERTED));
       }
-      else {
-        card.release();
-        if (old_sd_status != 2) {
-          set_status_P(PSTR(MSG_SD_REMOVED));
-          if (!on_status_screen()) return_to_status();
+      #if PIN_EXISTS(SD_DETECT)
+        else {
+          card.release();
+          if (old_sd_status != 2) {
+            set_status_P(PSTR(MSG_SD_REMOVED));
+            if (!on_status_screen()) return_to_status();
+          }
         }
-      }
+
+        #if DISABLED(NO_LCD_REINIT)
+          init_lcd(); // May revive the LCD if static electricity killed it
+        #endif
+
+      #endif
 
       refresh();
-      init_lcd(); // May revive the LCD if static electricity killed it
 
       ms = millis();
       next_lcd_update_ms = ms + LCD_UPDATE_INTERVAL;  // delay LCD update until after SD activity completes
+
+      #ifdef LED_BACKLIGHT_TIMEOUT
+        leds.reset_timeout(ms);
+      #endif
     }
 
-  #endif // SDSUPPORT && SD_DETECT_PIN
+  #endif // INIT_SDCARD_ON_BOOT
 
   if (ELAPSED(ms, next_lcd_update_ms)
     #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
@@ -822,10 +885,16 @@ void MarlinUI::update() {
           encoderPosition += (encoderDiff * encoderMultiplier) / (ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP);
           encoderDiff = 0;
         }
+
         #if HAS_LCD_MENU && LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS
           return_to_status_ms = ms + LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS;
         #endif
+
         refresh(LCDVIEW_REDRAW_NOW);
+
+        #ifdef LED_BACKLIGHT_TIMEOUT
+          leds.reset_timeout(ms);
+        #endif
       }
 
     #endif
@@ -1247,7 +1316,7 @@ void MarlinUI::update() {
   bool MarlinUI::has_status() { return (status_message[0] != '\0'); }
 
   void MarlinUI::set_status(const char * const message, const bool persist) {
-    if (status_message_level > 0) return;
+    if (alert_level) return;
 
     // Here we have a problem. The message is encoded in UTF8, so
     // arbitrarily cutting it will be a problem. We MUST be sure
@@ -1274,8 +1343,8 @@ void MarlinUI::update() {
   #include <stdarg.h>
 
   void MarlinUI::status_printf_P(const uint8_t level, PGM_P const fmt, ...) {
-    if (level < status_message_level) return;
-    status_message_level = level;
+    if (level < alert_level) return;
+    alert_level = level;
     va_list args;
     va_start(args, fmt);
     vsnprintf_P(status_message, MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH, fmt, args);
@@ -1284,19 +1353,18 @@ void MarlinUI::update() {
   }
 
   void MarlinUI::set_status_P(PGM_P const message, int8_t level) {
-    if (level < 0) level = status_message_level = 0;
-    if (level < status_message_level) return;
-    status_message_level = level;
+    if (level < 0) level = alert_level = 0;
+    if (level < alert_level) return;
+    alert_level = level;
 
-    // Here we have a problem. The message is encoded in UTF8, so
-    // arbitrarily cutting it will be a problem. We MUST be sure
-    // that there is no cutting in the middle of a multibyte character!
+    // Since the message is encoded in UTF8 it must
+    // only be cut on a character boundary.
 
     // Get a pointer to the null terminator
     PGM_P pend = message + strlen_P(message);
 
-    //  If length of supplied UTF8 string is greater than
-    // our buffer size, start cutting whole UTF8 chars
+    // If length of supplied UTF8 string is greater than
+    // the buffer size, start cutting whole UTF8 chars
     while ((pend - message) > MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH) {
       --pend;
       while (!START_OF_UTF8_CHAR(pgm_read_byte(pend))) --pend;
@@ -1361,6 +1429,10 @@ void MarlinUI::update() {
     set_status_P(msg, -1);
   }
 
+  #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+    extern bool wait_for_user, wait_for_heatup;
+  #endif
+
   void MarlinUI::abort_print() {
     #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
       wait_for_heatup = wait_for_user = false;
@@ -1379,8 +1451,14 @@ void MarlinUI::update() {
     #endif
   }
 
+  #if ANY(PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE, SDSUPPORT)
+    #include "../gcode/queue.h"
+  #endif
+
   void MarlinUI::pause_print() {
-    synchronize(PSTR(MSG_PAUSE_PRINT));
+    #if HAS_LCD_MENU
+      synchronize(PSTR(MSG_PAUSE_PRINT));
+    #endif
 
     #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
       if (recovery.enabled) recovery.save(true, false);
@@ -1396,9 +1474,9 @@ void MarlinUI::update() {
       #if HAS_SPI_LCD
         lcd_pause_show_message(PAUSE_MESSAGE_PAUSING, PAUSE_MODE_PAUSE_PRINT);  // Show message immediately to let user know about pause in progress
       #endif
-      enqueue_and_echo_commands_P(PSTR("M25 P\nM24"));
+      queue.inject_P(PSTR("M25 P\nM24"));
     #elif ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
-      enqueue_and_echo_commands_P(PSTR("M25"));
+      queue.inject_P(PSTR("M25"));
     #elif defined(ACTION_ON_PAUSE)
       host_action_pause();
     #endif
@@ -1410,7 +1488,7 @@ void MarlinUI::update() {
       wait_for_heatup = wait_for_user = false;
     #endif
     #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
-      if (card.isPaused()) enqueue_and_echo_commands_P(PSTR("M24"));
+      if (card.isPaused()) queue.inject_P(PSTR("M24"));
     #endif
     #ifdef ACTION_ON_RESUME
       host_action_resume();
diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/ultralcd.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/ultralcd.h
index 630539a986..270005ee35 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/lcd/ultralcd.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/ultralcd.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -74,9 +74,9 @@
 
     #include "fontutils.h"
 
-    void _wrap_string(uint8_t &x, uint8_t &y, const char * const string, read_byte_cb_t cb_read_byte);
-    inline void wrap_string_P(uint8_t &x, uint8_t &y, PGM_P const pstr) { _wrap_string(x, y, pstr, read_byte_rom); }
-    inline void wrap_string(uint8_t &x, uint8_t &y, const char * const string) { _wrap_string(x, y, string, read_byte_ram); }
+    void _wrap_string(uint8_t &x, uint8_t &y, const char * const string, read_byte_cb_t cb_read_byte, const bool wordwrap=false);
+    inline void wrap_string_P(uint8_t &x, uint8_t &y, PGM_P const pstr, const bool wordwrap=false) { _wrap_string(x, y, pstr, read_byte_rom, wordwrap); }
+    inline void wrap_string(uint8_t &x, uint8_t &y, const char * const string, const bool wordwrap=false) { _wrap_string(x, y, string, read_byte_ram, wordwrap); }
 
     #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
       #include "../sd/cardreader.h"
@@ -277,8 +277,8 @@ public:
     static char status_message[];
     static bool has_status();
 
-    static uint8_t status_message_level;      // Higher levels block lower levels
-    static inline void reset_alert_level() { status_message_level = 0; }
+    static uint8_t alert_level; // Higher levels block lower levels
+    static inline void reset_alert_level() { alert_level = 0; }
 
     #if ENABLED(STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING)
       static uint8_t status_scroll_offset;
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ public:
     static void abort_print();
     static void pause_print();
     static void resume_print();
-    
+
     #if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
       #if ENABLED(LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY)
         static uint8_t progress_bar_percent;
diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.cpp b/Marlin/src/libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.cpp
index 6468d6f088..ae90f761f7 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.h b/Marlin/src/libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.h
index 43ebd6ef08..92745b6e3e 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/bresenham.h b/Marlin/src/libs/bresenham.h
index 0cd8850022..013e357d08 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/libs/bresenham.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/libs/bresenham.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/buzzer.cpp b/Marlin/src/libs/buzzer.cpp
index fda35a130d..aa20127fa0 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/libs/buzzer.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/libs/buzzer.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/buzzer.h b/Marlin/src/libs/buzzer.h
index 7598ac79cc..d045938dd9 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/libs/buzzer.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/libs/buzzer.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/circularqueue.h b/Marlin/src/libs/circularqueue.h
index 1aa73daa6a..479e90daba 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/libs/circularqueue.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/libs/circularqueue.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/crc16.cpp b/Marlin/src/libs/crc16.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fdb6395607
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/libs/crc16.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "crc16.h"
+
+void crc16(uint16_t *crc, const void * const data, uint16_t cnt) {
+  uint8_t *ptr = (uint8_t *)data;
+  while (cnt--) {
+    *crc = (uint16_t)(*crc ^ (uint16_t)(((uint16_t)*ptr++) << 8));
+    for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 8; i++)
+      *crc = (uint16_t)((*crc & 0x8000) ? ((uint16_t)(*crc << 1) ^ 0x1021) : (*crc << 1));
+  }
+}
diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/crc16.h b/Marlin/src/libs/crc16.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d625acce07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/libs/crc16.h
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+void crc16(uint16_t *crc, const void * const data, uint16_t cnt);
diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/duration_t.h b/Marlin/src/libs/duration_t.h
index 1eb0b03984..c376e5dae2 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/libs/duration_t.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/libs/duration_t.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/hex_print_routines.cpp b/Marlin/src/libs/hex_print_routines.cpp
index a3f7492e18..a30410641a 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/libs/hex_print_routines.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/libs/hex_print_routines.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/hex_print_routines.h b/Marlin/src/libs/hex_print_routines.h
index b64378a954..09d6d17013 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/libs/hex_print_routines.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/libs/hex_print_routines.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/least_squares_fit.cpp b/Marlin/src/libs/least_squares_fit.cpp
index 0f52db1938..e7ef436146 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/libs/least_squares_fit.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/libs/least_squares_fit.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/least_squares_fit.h b/Marlin/src/libs/least_squares_fit.h
index a6ed1dc9ff..46feb62b33 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/libs/least_squares_fit.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/libs/least_squares_fit.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/nozzle.cpp b/Marlin/src/libs/nozzle.cpp
index 7038b2f2c3..9ea6c90c46 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/libs/nozzle.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/libs/nozzle.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/nozzle.h b/Marlin/src/libs/nozzle.h
index c0291c8f06..ad0d8d752d 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/libs/nozzle.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/libs/nozzle.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/numtostr.cpp b/Marlin/src/libs/numtostr.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fabc5b498f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/libs/numtostr.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,294 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "numtostr.h"
+#include "../core/utility.h"
+
+char conv[8] = { 0 };
+
+#define DIGIT(n) ('0' + (n))
+#define DIGIMOD(n, f) DIGIT((n)/(f) % 10)
+#define RJDIGIT(n, f) ((n) >= (f) ? DIGIMOD(n, f) : ' ')
+#define MINUSOR(n, alt) (n >= 0 ? (alt) : (n = -n, '-'))
+
+// Convert a full-range unsigned 8bit int to a percentage
+char* ui8tostr4pct(const uint8_t i) {
+  const uint8_t n = ui8_to_percent(i);
+  conv[3] = RJDIGIT(n, 100);
+  conv[4] = RJDIGIT(n, 10);
+  conv[5] = DIGIMOD(n, 1);
+  conv[6] = '%';
+  return &conv[3];
+}
+
+// Convert unsigned 8bit int to string 123 format
+char* ui8tostr3(const uint8_t i) {
+  conv[4] = RJDIGIT(i, 100);
+  conv[5] = RJDIGIT(i, 10);
+  conv[6] = DIGIMOD(i, 1);
+  return &conv[4];
+}
+
+// Convert signed 8bit int to rj string with 123 or -12 format
+char* i8tostr3(const int8_t x) {
+  int xx = x;
+  conv[4] = MINUSOR(xx, RJDIGIT(xx, 100));
+  conv[5] = RJDIGIT(xx, 10);
+  conv[6] = DIGIMOD(xx, 1);
+  return &conv[4];
+}
+
+// Convert unsigned 16bit int to string 12345 format
+char* ui16tostr5(const uint16_t xx) {
+  conv[2] = RJDIGIT(xx, 10000);
+  conv[3] = RJDIGIT(xx, 1000);
+  conv[4] = RJDIGIT(xx, 100);
+  conv[5] = RJDIGIT(xx, 10);
+  conv[6] = DIGIMOD(xx, 1);
+  return &conv[2];
+}
+
+// Convert unsigned 16bit int to string 1234 format
+char* ui16tostr4(const uint16_t xx) {
+  conv[3] = RJDIGIT(xx, 1000);
+  conv[4] = RJDIGIT(xx, 100);
+  conv[5] = RJDIGIT(xx, 10);
+  conv[6] = DIGIMOD(xx, 1);
+  return &conv[3];
+}
+
+// Convert unsigned 16bit int to string 123 format
+char* ui16tostr3(const uint16_t xx) {
+  conv[4] = RJDIGIT(xx, 100);
+  conv[5] = RJDIGIT(xx, 10);
+  conv[6] = DIGIMOD(xx, 1);
+  return &conv[4];
+}
+
+// Convert signed 16bit int to rj string with 123 or -12 format
+char* i16tostr3(const int16_t x) {
+  int xx = x;
+  conv[4] = MINUSOR(xx, RJDIGIT(xx, 100));
+  conv[5] = RJDIGIT(xx, 10);
+  conv[6] = DIGIMOD(xx, 1);
+  return &conv[4];
+}
+
+// Convert unsigned 16bit int to lj string with 123 format
+char* i16tostr3left(const int16_t i) {
+  char *str = &conv[6];
+  *str = DIGIMOD(i, 1);
+  if (i >= 10) {
+    *(--str) = DIGIMOD(i, 10);
+    if (i >= 100)
+      *(--str) = DIGIMOD(i, 100);
+  }
+  return str;
+}
+
+// Convert signed 16bit int to rj string with 1234, _123, -123, _-12, or __-1 format
+char* i16tostr4sign(const int16_t i) {
+  const bool neg = i < 0;
+  const int ii = neg ? -i : i;
+  if (i >= 1000) {
+    conv[3] = DIGIMOD(ii, 1000);
+    conv[4] = DIGIMOD(ii, 100);
+    conv[5] = DIGIMOD(ii, 10);
+  }
+  else if (ii >= 100) {
+    conv[3] = neg ? '-' : ' ';
+    conv[4] = DIGIMOD(ii, 100);
+    conv[5] = DIGIMOD(ii, 10);
+  }
+  else {
+    conv[3] = ' ';
+    conv[4] = ' ';
+    if (ii >= 10) {
+      conv[4] = neg ? '-' : ' ';
+      conv[5] = DIGIMOD(ii, 10);
+    }
+    else {
+      conv[5] = neg ? '-' : ' ';
+    }
+  }
+  conv[6] = DIGIMOD(ii, 1);
+  return &conv[3];
+}
+
+// Convert unsigned float to string with 1.23 format
+char* ftostr12ns(const float &f) {
+  const long i = ((f < 0 ? -f : f) * 1000 + 5) / 10;
+  conv[3] = DIGIMOD(i, 100);
+  conv[4] = '.';
+  conv[5] = DIGIMOD(i, 10);
+  conv[6] = DIGIMOD(i, 1);
+  return &conv[3];
+}
+
+// Convert signed float to fixed-length string with 12.34 / -2.34 format or 123.45 / -23.45 format
+char* ftostr42_52(const float &f) {
+  if (f <= -10 || f >= 100) return ftostr52(f); // need more digits
+  long i = (f * 1000 + (f < 0 ? -5: 5)) / 10;
+  conv[2] = (f >= 0 && f < 10) ? ' ' : MINUSOR(i, DIGIMOD(i, 1000));
+  conv[3] = DIGIMOD(i, 100);
+  conv[4] = '.';
+  conv[5] = DIGIMOD(i, 10);
+  conv[6] = DIGIMOD(i, 1);
+  return &conv[2];
+}
+
+// Convert signed float to fixed-length string with 023.45 / -23.45 format
+char* ftostr52(const float &f) {
+  long i = (f * 1000 + (f < 0 ? -5: 5)) / 10;
+  conv[1] = MINUSOR(i, DIGIMOD(i, 10000));
+  conv[2] = DIGIMOD(i, 1000);
+  conv[3] = DIGIMOD(i, 100);
+  conv[4] = '.';
+  conv[5] = DIGIMOD(i, 10);
+  conv[6] = DIGIMOD(i, 1);
+  return &conv[1];
+}
+
+#if ENABLED(LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY)
+
+  // Convert float to rj string with 1234, _123, -123, _-12, 12.3, _1.2, or -1.2 format
+  char* ftostr4sign(const float &f) {
+    const int i = (f * 100 + (f < 0 ? -5: 5)) / 10;
+    if (!WITHIN(i, -99, 999)) return i16tostr4sign((int)f);
+    const bool neg = i < 0;
+    const int ii = neg ? -i : i;
+    conv[3] = neg ? '-' : (ii >= 100 ? DIGIMOD(ii, 100) : ' ');
+    conv[4] = DIGIMOD(ii, 10);
+    conv[5] = '.';
+    conv[6] = DIGIMOD(ii, 1);
+    return &conv[3];
+  }
+
+#endif // LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
+
+// Convert float to fixed-length string with +123.4 / -123.4 format
+char* ftostr41sign(const float &f) {
+  int i = (f * 100 + (f < 0 ? -5: 5)) / 10;
+  conv[1] = MINUSOR(i, '+');
+  conv[2] = DIGIMOD(i, 1000);
+  conv[3] = DIGIMOD(i, 100);
+  conv[4] = DIGIMOD(i, 10);
+  conv[5] = '.';
+  conv[6] = DIGIMOD(i, 1);
+  return &conv[1];
+}
+
+// Convert signed float to string (6 digit) with -1.234 / _0.000 / +1.234 format
+char* ftostr43sign(const float &f, char plus/*=' '*/) {
+  long i = (f * 10000 + (f < 0 ? -5: 5)) / 10;
+  conv[1] = i ? MINUSOR(i, plus) : ' ';
+  conv[2] = DIGIMOD(i, 1000);
+  conv[3] = '.';
+  conv[4] = DIGIMOD(i, 100);
+  conv[5] = DIGIMOD(i, 10);
+  conv[6] = DIGIMOD(i, 1);
+  return &conv[1];
+}
+
+// Convert signed float to string (5 digit) with -1.2345 / _0.0000 / +1.2345 format
+char* ftostr54sign(const float &f, char plus/*=' '*/) {
+  long i = (f * 100000 + (f < 0 ? -5: 5)) / 10;
+  conv[0] = i ? MINUSOR(i, plus) : ' ';
+  conv[1] = DIGIMOD(i, 10000);
+  conv[2] = '.';
+  conv[3] = DIGIMOD(i, 1000);
+  conv[4] = DIGIMOD(i, 100);
+  conv[5] = DIGIMOD(i, 10);
+  conv[6] = DIGIMOD(i, 1);
+  return &conv[0];
+}
+
+// Convert unsigned float to rj string with 12345 format
+char* ftostr5rj(const float &f) {
+  const long i = ((f < 0 ? -f : f) * 10 + 5) / 10;
+  return ui16tostr5(i);
+}
+
+// Convert signed float to string with +1234.5 format
+char* ftostr51sign(const float &f) {
+  long i = (f * 100 + (f < 0 ? -5: 5)) / 10;
+  conv[0] = MINUSOR(i, '+');
+  conv[1] = DIGIMOD(i, 10000);
+  conv[2] = DIGIMOD(i, 1000);
+  conv[3] = DIGIMOD(i, 100);
+  conv[4] = DIGIMOD(i, 10);
+  conv[5] = '.';
+  conv[6] = DIGIMOD(i, 1);
+  return conv;
+}
+
+// Convert signed float to string with +123.45 format
+char* ftostr52sign(const float &f) {
+  long i = (f * 1000 + (f < 0 ? -5: 5)) / 10;
+  conv[0] = MINUSOR(i, '+');
+  conv[1] = DIGIMOD(i, 10000);
+  conv[2] = DIGIMOD(i, 1000);
+  conv[3] = DIGIMOD(i, 100);
+  conv[4] = '.';
+  conv[5] = DIGIMOD(i, 10);
+  conv[6] = DIGIMOD(i, 1);
+  return conv;
+}
+
+// Convert unsigned float to string with 1234.5 format omitting trailing zeros
+char* ftostr51rj(const float &f) {
+  const long i = ((f < 0 ? -f : f) * 100 + 5) / 10;
+  conv[0] = ' ';
+  conv[1] = RJDIGIT(i, 10000);
+  conv[2] = RJDIGIT(i, 1000);
+  conv[3] = RJDIGIT(i, 100);
+  conv[4] = DIGIMOD(i, 10);
+  conv[5] = '.';
+  conv[6] = DIGIMOD(i, 1);
+  return conv;
+}
+
+// Convert signed float to space-padded string with -_23.4_ format
+char* ftostr52sp(const float &f) {
+  long i = (f * 1000 + (f < 0 ? -5: 5)) / 10;
+  uint8_t dig;
+  conv[0] = MINUSOR(i, ' ');
+  conv[1] = RJDIGIT(i, 10000);
+  conv[2] = RJDIGIT(i, 1000);
+  conv[3] = DIGIMOD(i, 100);
+
+  if ((dig = i % 10)) {          // second digit after decimal point?
+    conv[4] = '.';
+    conv[5] = DIGIMOD(i, 10);
+    conv[6] = DIGIT(dig);
+  }
+  else {
+    if ((dig = (i / 10) % 10)) { // first digit after decimal point?
+      conv[4] = '.';
+      conv[5] = DIGIT(dig);
+    }
+    else                          // nothing after decimal point
+      conv[4] = conv[5] = ' ';
+    conv[6] = ' ';
+  }
+  return conv;
+}
diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/numtostr.h b/Marlin/src/libs/numtostr.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1c18fd6edd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/libs/numtostr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+#include "../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h"
+
+// Convert a full-range unsigned 8bit int to a percentage
+char* ui8tostr4pct(const uint8_t i);
+
+// Convert uint8_t to string with 123 format
+char* ui8tostr3(const uint8_t i);
+
+// Convert int8_t to string with 123 format
+char* i8tostr3(const int8_t x);
+
+// Convert uint16_t to string with 12345 format
+char* ui16tostr5(const uint16_t x);
+
+// Convert uint16_t to string with 1234 format
+char* ui16tostr4(const uint16_t x);
+
+// Convert uint16_t to string with 123 format
+char* ui16tostr3(const uint16_t x);
+
+// Convert int16_t to string with 123 format
+char* i16tostr3(const int16_t x);
+
+// Convert unsigned int to lj string with 123 format
+char* i16tostr3left(const int16_t xx);
+
+// Convert signed int to rj string with _123, -123, _-12, or __-1 format
+char* i16tostr4sign(const int16_t x);
+
+// Convert unsigned float to string with 1.23 format
+char* ftostr12ns(const float &x);
+
+// Convert signed float to fixed-length string with 12.34 / -2.34 or 023.45 / -23.45 format
+char* ftostr42_52(const float &x);
+
+// Convert signed float to fixed-length string with 023.45 / -23.45 format
+char* ftostr52(const float &x);
+
+// Convert float to fixed-length string with +123.4 / -123.4 format
+char* ftostr41sign(const float &x);
+
+// Convert signed float to string (6 digit) with -1.234 / _0.000 / +1.234 format
+char* ftostr43sign(const float &x, char plus=' ');
+
+// Convert signed float to string (5 digit) with -1.2345 / _0.0000 / +1.2345 format
+char* ftostr54sign(const float &x, char plus=' ');
+
+// Convert unsigned float to rj string with 12345 format
+char* ftostr5rj(const float &x);
+
+// Convert signed float to string with +1234.5 format
+char* ftostr51sign(const float &x);
+
+// Convert signed float to space-padded string with -_23.4_ format
+char* ftostr52sp(const float &x);
+
+// Convert signed float to string with +123.45 format
+char* ftostr52sign(const float &x);
+
+// Convert unsigned float to string with 1234.5 format omitting trailing zeros
+char* ftostr51rj(const float &x);
+
+// Convert float to rj string with 123 or -12 format
+FORCE_INLINE char* ftostr3(const float &x) { return i16tostr3(int16_t(x + (x < 0 ? -0.5f : 0.5f))); }
+
+#if ENABLED(LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY)
+  // Convert float to rj string with 1234, _123, 12.3, _1.2, -123, _-12, or -1.2 format
+  char* ftostr4sign(const float &fx);
+#else
+  // Convert float to rj string with 1234, _123, -123, __12, _-12, ___1, or __-1 format
+  FORCE_INLINE char* ftostr4sign(const float &x) { return i16tostr4sign(int16_t(x + (x < 0 ? -0.5f : 0.5f))); }
+#endif
diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/point_t.h b/Marlin/src/libs/point_t.h
index 5839763d86..5c7d8feac6 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/libs/point_t.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/libs/point_t.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/private_spi.h b/Marlin/src/libs/private_spi.h
index 2fc585e3b8..a3f8621f0d 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/libs/private_spi.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/libs/private_spi.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/softspi.h b/Marlin/src/libs/softspi.h
index e986922c83..8595a69e81 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/libs/softspi.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/libs/softspi.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/stopwatch.cpp b/Marlin/src/libs/stopwatch.cpp
index c866404d8b..6a6ea03c1b 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/libs/stopwatch.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/libs/stopwatch.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/stopwatch.h b/Marlin/src/libs/stopwatch.h
index ec9f5a5cbd..77e9df98b0 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/libs/stopwatch.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/libs/stopwatch.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/vector_3.cpp b/Marlin/src/libs/vector_3.cpp
index c9d8a9b9f4..9ffc852feb 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/libs/vector_3.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/libs/vector_3.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/vector_3.h b/Marlin/src/libs/vector_3.h
index ddb4ea9fe8..0a986374d8 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/libs/vector_3.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/libs/vector_3.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * vector_3.cpp - Vector library for bed leveling
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/configuration_store.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/configuration_store.cpp
index df9f62fce8..d396ea3986 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/configuration_store.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/configuration_store.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -1051,13 +1051,13 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() {
       tmc_sgt_t tmc_sgt = { 0, 0, 0 };
       #if USE_SENSORLESS
         #if X_SENSORLESS
-          tmc_sgt.X = stepperX.sgt();
+          tmc_sgt.X = stepperX.homing_threshold();
         #endif
         #if Y_SENSORLESS
-          tmc_sgt.Y = stepperY.sgt();
+          tmc_sgt.Y = stepperY.homing_threshold();
         #endif
         #if Z_SENSORLESS
-          tmc_sgt.Z = stepperZ.sgt();
+          tmc_sgt.Z = stepperZ.homing_threshold();
         #endif
       #endif
       EEPROM_WRITE(tmc_sgt);
@@ -1834,29 +1834,29 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() {
           if (!validating) {
             #ifdef X_STALL_SENSITIVITY
               #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(X)
-                stepperX.sgt(tmc_sgt.X);
+                stepperX.homing_threshold(tmc_sgt.X);
               #endif
               #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(X2)
-                stepperX2.sgt(tmc_sgt.X);
+                stepperX2.homing_threshold(tmc_sgt.X);
               #endif
             #endif
             #ifdef Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY
               #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Y)
-                stepperY.sgt(tmc_sgt.Y);
+                stepperY.homing_threshold(tmc_sgt.Y);
               #endif
               #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Y2)
-                stepperY2.sgt(tmc_sgt.Y);
+                stepperY2.homing_threshold(tmc_sgt.Y);
               #endif
             #endif
             #ifdef Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY
               #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z)
-                stepperZ.sgt(tmc_sgt.Z);
+                stepperZ.homing_threshold(tmc_sgt.Z);
               #endif
               #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z2)
-                stepperZ2.sgt(tmc_sgt.Z);
+                stepperZ2.homing_threshold(tmc_sgt.Z);
               #endif
               #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z3)
-                stepperZ3.sgt(tmc_sgt.Z);
+                stepperZ3.homing_threshold(tmc_sgt.Z);
               #endif
             #endif
           }
@@ -3254,18 +3254,18 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() {
        * TMC Sensorless homing thresholds
        */
       #if USE_SENSORLESS
-        CONFIG_ECHO_HEADING("TMC2130 StallGuard threshold:");
+        CONFIG_ECHO_HEADING("StallGuard threshold:");
         CONFIG_ECHO_START();
         #if X_SENSORLESS || Y_SENSORLESS || Z_SENSORLESS
           say_M914();
           #if X_SENSORLESS
-            SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" X", stepperX.sgt());
+            SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" X", stepperX.homing_threshold());
           #endif
           #if Y_SENSORLESS
-            SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Y", stepperY.sgt());
+            SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Y", stepperY.homing_threshold());
           #endif
           #if Z_SENSORLESS
-            SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Z", stepperZ.sgt());
+            SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Z", stepperZ.homing_threshold());
           #endif
           SERIAL_EOL();
         #endif
@@ -3278,20 +3278,20 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() {
           say_M914();
           SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" I1");
           #if HAS_X2_SENSORLESS
-            SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" X", stepperX2.sgt());
+            SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" X", stepperX2.homing_threshold());
           #endif
           #if HAS_Y2_SENSORLESS
-            SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Y", stepperY2.sgt());
+            SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Y", stepperY2.homing_threshold());
           #endif
           #if HAS_Z2_SENSORLESS
-            SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Z", stepperZ2.sgt());
+            SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Z", stepperZ2.homing_threshold());
           #endif
           SERIAL_EOL();
         #endif
 
         #if HAS_Z3_SENSORLESS
           say_M914();
-          SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" I2 Z", stepperZ3.sgt());
+          SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" I2 Z", stepperZ3.homing_threshold());
         #endif
 
       #endif // USE_SENSORLESS
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/configuration_store.h b/Marlin/src/module/configuration_store.h
index 05b4e12bd6..fc84c4005b 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/configuration_store.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/configuration_store.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/delta.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/delta.cpp
index fbe474d85e..466f552274 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/delta.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/delta.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/delta.h b/Marlin/src/module/delta.h
index 292cb11621..aa842fb026 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/delta.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/delta.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * delta.h - Delta-specific functions
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/endstops.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/endstops.cpp
index deba8b33a4..7234bf4769 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/endstops.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/endstops.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
   #include HAL_PATH(../HAL, endstop_interrupts.h)
 #endif
 
-#if BOTH(ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED, SDSUPPORT)
+#if BOTH(SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT, SDSUPPORT)
   #include "printcounter.h" // for print_job_timer
 #endif
 
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ void Endstops::event_handler() {
       ui.status_printf_P(0, PSTR(MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS " %c %c %c %c"), chrX, chrY, chrZ, chrP);
     #endif
 
-    #if BOTH(ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED, SDSUPPORT)
+    #if BOTH(SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT, SDSUPPORT)
       if (planner.abort_on_endstop_hit) {
         card.stopSDPrint();
         quickstop_stepper();
@@ -896,7 +896,7 @@ void Endstops::update() {
         ES_REPORT_CHANGE(Z3_MAX);
       #endif
       SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("\n");
-      analogWrite(LED_PIN, local_LED_status);
+      analogWrite(pin_t(LED_PIN), local_LED_status);
       local_LED_status ^= 255;
       old_live_state_local = live_state_local;
     }
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/endstops.h b/Marlin/src/module/endstops.h
index 79be7df299..d20e61f702 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/endstops.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/endstops.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/motion.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/motion.cpp
index 5469b4d691..e2b61194f8 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/motion.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/motion.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/motion.h b/Marlin/src/module/motion.h
index 2252f4cac9..35819187ae 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/motion.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/motion.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * motion.h
@@ -42,6 +43,16 @@ FORCE_INLINE bool all_axes_known() { return (axis_known_position & xyz_bits) ==
 FORCE_INLINE void set_all_unhomed() { axis_homed = 0; }
 FORCE_INLINE void set_all_unknown() { axis_known_position = 0; }
 
+FORCE_INLINE bool homing_needed() {
+  return !(
+    #if ENABLED(HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE)
+      all_axes_known()
+    #else
+      all_axes_homed()
+    #endif
+  );
+}
+
 // Error margin to work around float imprecision
 constexpr float slop = 0.0001;
 
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp
index ff6e0e71c7..6f531c7208 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ float Planner::steps_to_mm[XYZE_N];           // (mm) Millimeters per step
   #endif
 #endif
 
-#if ENABLED(ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED)
+#if ENABLED(SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT)
   bool Planner::abort_on_endstop_hit = false;
 #endif
 
@@ -1169,8 +1169,11 @@ void Planner::recalculate() {
  * Maintain fans, paste extruder pressure,
  */
 void Planner::check_axes_activity() {
-  uint8_t axis_active[NUM_AXIS] = { 0 },
-          tail_fan_speed[FAN_COUNT];
+  uint8_t axis_active[NUM_AXIS] = { 0 };
+
+  #if FAN_COUNT > 0
+    uint8_t tail_fan_speed[FAN_COUNT];
+  #endif
 
   #if ENABLED(BARICUDA)
     #if HAS_HEATER_1
@@ -1182,15 +1185,18 @@ void Planner::check_axes_activity() {
   #endif
 
   if (has_blocks_queued()) {
-    #if FAN_COUNT > 0
-      FANS_LOOP(i)
-        tail_fan_speed[i] = (block_buffer[block_buffer_tail].fan_speed[i] * uint16_t(thermalManager.fan_speed_scaler[i])) >> 7;
-    #endif
-
     block_t* block;
 
-    #if ENABLED(BARICUDA)
+    #if FAN_COUNT > 0 || ENABLED(BARICUDA)
       block = &block_buffer[block_buffer_tail];
+    #endif
+
+    #if FAN_COUNT > 0
+      FANS_LOOP(i)
+        tail_fan_speed[i] = thermalManager.scaledFanSpeed(i, block->fan_speed[i]);
+    #endif
+
+    #if ENABLED(BARICUDA)
       #if HAS_HEATER_1
         tail_valve_pressure = block->valve_pressure;
       #endif
@@ -1207,7 +1213,7 @@ void Planner::check_axes_activity() {
   else {
     #if FAN_COUNT > 0
       FANS_LOOP(i)
-        tail_fan_speed[i] = (thermalManager.fan_speed[i] * uint16_t(thermalManager.fan_speed_scaler[i])) >> 7;
+        tail_fan_speed[i] = thermalManager.scaledFanSpeed(i);
     #endif
 
     #if ENABLED(BARICUDA)
@@ -1236,30 +1242,19 @@ void Planner::check_axes_activity() {
   #if FAN_COUNT > 0
 
     #if FAN_KICKSTART_TIME > 0
-
       static millis_t fan_kick_end[FAN_COUNT] = { 0 };
-
-      #define KICKSTART_FAN(f) \
-        if (tail_fan_speed[f]) { \
-          millis_t ms = millis(); \
-          if (fan_kick_end[f] == 0) { \
+      #define KICKSTART_FAN(f)                         \
+        if (tail_fan_speed[f]) {                       \
+          millis_t ms = millis();                      \
+          if (fan_kick_end[f] == 0) {                  \
             fan_kick_end[f] = ms + FAN_KICKSTART_TIME; \
-            tail_fan_speed[f] = 255; \
-          } else if (PENDING(ms, fan_kick_end[f])) \
-            tail_fan_speed[f] = 255; \
+            tail_fan_speed[f] = 255;                   \
+          } else if (PENDING(ms, fan_kick_end[f]))     \
+            tail_fan_speed[f] = 255;                   \
         } else fan_kick_end[f] = 0
-
-      #if HAS_FAN0
-        KICKSTART_FAN(0);
-      #endif
-      #if HAS_FAN1
-        KICKSTART_FAN(1);
-      #endif
-      #if HAS_FAN2
-        KICKSTART_FAN(2);
-      #endif
-
-    #endif // FAN_KICKSTART_TIME > 0
+    #else
+      #define KICKSTART_FAN(f) NOOP
+    #endif
 
     #if FAN_MIN_PWM != 0 || FAN_MAX_PWM != 255
       #define CALC_FAN_SPEED(f) (tail_fan_speed[f] ? map(tail_fan_speed[f], 1, 255, FAN_MIN_PWM, FAN_MAX_PWM) : 0)
@@ -1268,40 +1263,22 @@ void Planner::check_axes_activity() {
     #endif
 
     #if ENABLED(FAN_SOFT_PWM)
-
-      #if HAS_FAN0
-        thermalManager.soft_pwm_amount_fan[0] = CALC_FAN_SPEED(0);
-      #endif
-      #if HAS_FAN1
-        thermalManager.soft_pwm_amount_fan[1] = CALC_FAN_SPEED(1);
-      #endif
-      #if HAS_FAN2
-        thermalManager.soft_pwm_amount_fan[2] = CALC_FAN_SPEED(2);
-      #endif
-
+      #define _FAN_SET(F) thermalManager.soft_pwm_amount_fan[F] = CALC_FAN_SPEED(F);
     #elif ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
-
-      #if HAS_FAN0
-        set_pwm_duty(FAN_PIN, CALC_FAN_SPEED(0));
-      #endif
-      #if HAS_FAN1
-        set_pwm_duty(FAN1_PIN, CALC_FAN_SPEED(1));
-      #endif
-      #if HAS_FAN2
-        set_pwm_duty(FAN2_PIN, CALC_FAN_SPEED(2));
-      #endif
-
+      #define _FAN_SET(F) set_pwm_duty(FAN##F##_PIN, CALC_FAN_SPEED(F));
     #else
+      #define _FAN_SET(F) analogWrite(pin_t(FAN##F##_PIN), CALC_FAN_SPEED(F));
+    #endif
+    #define FAN_SET(F) do{ KICKSTART_FAN(F); _FAN_SET(F); }while(0)
 
-      #if HAS_FAN0
-        analogWrite(FAN_PIN, CALC_FAN_SPEED(0));
-      #endif
-      #if HAS_FAN1
-        analogWrite(FAN1_PIN, CALC_FAN_SPEED(1));
-      #endif
-      #if HAS_FAN2
-        analogWrite(FAN2_PIN, CALC_FAN_SPEED(2));
-      #endif
+    #if HAS_FAN0
+      FAN_SET(0);
+    #endif
+    #if HAS_FAN1
+      FAN_SET(1);
+    #endif
+    #if HAS_FAN2
+      FAN_SET(2);
     #endif
 
   #endif // FAN_COUNT > 0
@@ -1312,10 +1289,10 @@ void Planner::check_axes_activity() {
 
   #if ENABLED(BARICUDA)
     #if HAS_HEATER_1
-      analogWrite(HEATER_1_PIN, tail_valve_pressure);
+      analogWrite(pin_t(HEATER_1_PIN), tail_valve_pressure);
     #endif
     #if HAS_HEATER_2
-      analogWrite(HEATER_2_PIN, tail_e_to_p_pressure);
+      analogWrite(pin_t(HEATER_2_PIN), tail_e_to_p_pressure);
     #endif
   #endif
 }
@@ -2767,11 +2744,13 @@ void Planner::set_machine_position_mm(const float &a, const float &b, const floa
 void Planner::set_position_mm(const float &rx, const float &ry, const float &rz, const float &e) {
   float raw[XYZE] = { rx, ry, rz, e };
   #if HAS_POSITION_MODIFIERS
+  {
     apply_modifiers(raw
       #if HAS_LEVELING
         , true
       #endif
     );
+  }
   #endif
   #if IS_KINEMATIC
     position_cart[X_AXIS] = rx;
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/planner.h b/Marlin/src/module/planner.h
index 39309a3e95..679ecbe8a3 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/planner.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/planner.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ class Planner {
 
     static skew_factor_t skew_factor;
 
-    #if ENABLED(ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED)
+    #if ENABLED(SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT)
       static bool abort_on_endstop_hit;
     #endif
 
@@ -735,7 +735,7 @@ class Planner {
       if (cleaning_buffer_counter) {
         --cleaning_buffer_counter;
         #if ENABLED(SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE) && defined(SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND)
-          if (!cleaning_buffer_counter) enqueue_and_echo_commands_P(PSTR(SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND));
+          if (!cleaning_buffer_counter) queue.inject_P(PSTR(SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND));
         #endif
       }
     }
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/planner_bezier.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/planner_bezier.cpp
index e27c87ee7d..71a99594f5 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/planner_bezier.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/planner_bezier.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/planner_bezier.h b/Marlin/src/module/planner_bezier.h
index 60166b71d0..492bf51146 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/planner_bezier.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/planner_bezier.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/printcounter.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/printcounter.cpp
index 51af80afcf..09fb0eb970 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/printcounter.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/printcounter.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/printcounter.h b/Marlin/src/module/printcounter.h
index 089c385e33..fcc03a570e 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/printcounter.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/printcounter.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/probe.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/probe.cpp
index 207490405d..810f20be70 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/probe.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/probe.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -103,6 +103,42 @@ float zprobe_zoffset; // Initialized by settings.load()
     #endif
   }
 
+#elif ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+
+  // Move to the magnet to unlock the probe
+  void run_deploy_moves_script() {
+    #ifndef TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS
+      #define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS 0
+    #elif TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS > X_MAX_BED
+      TemporaryGlobalEndstopsState unlock_x(false);
+    #endif
+
+    #if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY)
+      const screenFunc_t prev_screen = ui.currentScreen;
+      LCD_MESSAGEPGM(MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY_TOUCHMI);
+      ui.return_to_status();
+
+      KEEPALIVE_STATE(PAUSED_FOR_USER);
+      wait_for_user = true; // LCD click or M108 will clear this
+      #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT)
+        host_prompt_do(PROMPT_USER_CONTINUE, PSTR("Deploy TouchMI probe."), PSTR("Continue"));
+      #endif
+      while (wait_for_user) idle();
+      ui.reset_status();
+      ui.goto_screen(prev_screen);
+    #else
+      do_blocking_move_to_x(TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS);
+    #endif
+  }
+
+  // Move down to the bed to stow the probe
+  void run_stow_moves_script() {
+    const float old_pos[] = { current_position[X_AXIS], current_position[Y_AXIS], current_position[Z_AXIS] };
+    endstops.enable_z_probe(false);
+    do_blocking_move_to_z(TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z, MMM_TO_MMS(HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z));
+    do_blocking_move_to(old_pos, MMM_TO_MMS(HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z));
+  }
+
 #elif ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY)
 
   void run_deploy_moves_script() {
@@ -335,7 +371,7 @@ FORCE_INLINE void probe_specific_action(const bool deploy) {
       #endif
       while (wait_for_user) idle();
       ui.reset_status();
-      KEEPALIVE_STATE(IN_HANDLER);
+
     } while(
       #if ENABLED(PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED)
         true
@@ -366,7 +402,7 @@ FORCE_INLINE void probe_specific_action(const bool deploy) {
       if (deploy) bltouch.deploy(); else bltouch.stow();
     #endif
 
-  #elif ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY)
+  #elif EITHER(TOUCH_MI_PROBE, Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY)
 
     deploy ? run_deploy_moves_script() : run_stow_moves_script();
 
@@ -568,10 +604,12 @@ static bool do_probe_move(const float z, const float fr_mm_s) {
 }
 
 /**
- * @details Used by probe_pt to do a single Z probe at the current position.
+ * @brief Probe at the current XY (possibly more than once) to find the bed Z.
+ *
+ * @details Used by probe_pt to get the bed Z height at the current XY.
  *          Leaves current_position[Z_AXIS] at the height where the probe triggered.
  *
- * @return The raw Z position where the probe was triggered
+ * @return The Z position of the bed at the current XY or NAN on error.
  */
 static float run_z_probe() {
 
@@ -582,7 +620,7 @@ static float run_z_probe() {
   const float z_probe_low_point = TEST(axis_known_position, Z_AXIS) ? -zprobe_zoffset + Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT : -10.0;
 
   // Double-probing does a fast probe followed by a slow probe
-  #if MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2
+  #if TOTAL_PROBING == 2
 
     // Do a first probe at the fast speed
     if (do_probe_move(z_probe_low_point, MMM_TO_MMS(Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST))) {
@@ -593,11 +631,11 @@ static float run_z_probe() {
       return NAN;
     }
 
-    float first_probe_z = current_position[Z_AXIS];
+    const float first_probe_z = current_position[Z_AXIS];
 
     if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("1st Probe Z:", first_probe_z);
 
-    // move up to make clearance for the probe
+    // Raise to give the probe clearance
     do_blocking_move_to_z(current_position[Z_AXIS] + Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE, MMM_TO_MMS(Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST));
 
   #elif Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST != Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW
@@ -606,18 +644,28 @@ static float run_z_probe() {
     // move down quickly before doing the slow probe
     const float z = Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE + 5.0 + (zprobe_zoffset < 0 ? -zprobe_zoffset : 0);
     if (current_position[Z_AXIS] > z) {
-      // If we don't make it to the z position (i.e. the probe triggered), move up to make clearance for the probe
+      // Probe down fast. If the probe never triggered, raise for probe clearance
       if (!do_probe_move(z, MMM_TO_MMS(Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST)))
         do_blocking_move_to_z(current_position[Z_AXIS] + Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES, MMM_TO_MMS(Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST));
     }
   #endif
 
-  #if MULTIPLE_PROBING > 2
-    float probes_total = 0;
-    for (uint8_t p = MULTIPLE_PROBING + 1; --p;) {
+  #ifdef EXTRA_PROBING
+    float probes[TOTAL_PROBING];
   #endif
 
-      // move down slowly to find bed
+  #if TOTAL_PROBING > 2
+    float probes_total = 0;
+    for (
+      #if EXTRA_PROBING
+        uint8_t p = 0; p < TOTAL_PROBING; p++
+      #else
+        uint8_t p = TOTAL_PROBING; p--;
+      #endif
+    )
+  #endif
+    {
+      // Probe downward slowly to find the bed
       if (do_probe_move(z_probe_low_point, MMM_TO_MMS(Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW))) {
         if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) {
           DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("SLOW Probe fail!");
@@ -630,18 +678,56 @@ static float run_z_probe() {
         backlash.measure_with_probe();
       #endif
 
-  #if MULTIPLE_PROBING > 2
-      probes_total += current_position[Z_AXIS];
-      if (p > 1) do_blocking_move_to_z(current_position[Z_AXIS] + Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE, MMM_TO_MMS(Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST));
+      const float z = current_position[Z_AXIS];
+
+      #if EXTRA_PROBING
+        // Insert Z measurement into probes[]. Keep it sorted ascending.
+        for (uint8_t i = 0; i <= p; i++) {                            // Iterate the saved Zs to insert the new Z
+          if (i == p || probes[i] > z) {                              // Last index or new Z is smaller than this Z
+            for (int8_t m = p; --m >= i;) probes[m + 1] = probes[m];  // Shift items down after the insertion point
+            probes[i] = z;                                            // Insert the new Z measurement
+            break;                                                    // Only one to insert. Done!
+          }
+        }
+      #elif TOTAL_PROBING > 2
+        probes_total += z;
+      #else
+        UNUSED(z);
+      #endif
+
+      #if TOTAL_PROBING > 2
+        // Small Z raise after all but the last probe
+        if (p
+          #if EXTRA_PROBING
+            < TOTAL_PROBING - 1
+          #endif
+        ) do_blocking_move_to_z(z + Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE, MMM_TO_MMS(Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST));
+      #endif
     }
-  #endif
 
-  #if MULTIPLE_PROBING > 2
+  #if TOTAL_PROBING > 2
+
+    #if EXTRA_PROBING
+      // Take the center value (or average the two middle values) as the median
+      static constexpr int PHALF = (TOTAL_PROBING - 1) / 2;
+      const float middle = probes[PHALF],
+                  median = ((TOTAL_PROBING) & 1) ? middle : (middle + probes[PHALF + 1]) * 0.5f;
+
+      // Remove values farthest from the median
+      uint8_t min_avg_idx = 0, max_avg_idx = TOTAL_PROBING - 1;
+      for (uint8_t i = EXTRA_PROBING; i--;)
+        if (ABS(probes[max_avg_idx] - median) > ABS(probes[min_avg_idx] - median))
+          max_avg_idx--; else min_avg_idx++;
+
+      // Return the average value of all remaining probes.
+      for (uint8_t i = min_avg_idx; i <= max_avg_idx; i++)
+        probes_total += probes[i];
+
+    #endif
 
-    // Return the average value of all probes
     const float measured_z = probes_total * (1.0f / (MULTIPLE_PROBING));
 
-  #elif MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2
+  #elif TOTAL_PROBING == 2
 
     const float z2 = current_position[Z_AXIS];
 
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/probe.h b/Marlin/src/module/probe.h
index 4bf6941719..f08a452e58 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/probe.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/probe.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/scara.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/scara.cpp
index 19b9c7343c..fe98df46bf 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/scara.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/scara.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/scara.h b/Marlin/src/module/scara.h
index cb69da6207..44f07026e3 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/scara.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/scara.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * scara.h - SCARA-specific functions
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/servo.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/servo.cpp
index 036f98aaae..c9d0431538 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/servo.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/servo.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/servo.h b/Marlin/src/module/servo.h
index d417cc877f..4ead93cd5c 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/servo.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/servo.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/speed_lookuptable.h b/Marlin/src/module/speed_lookuptable.h
index f799235010..b4cf8b94b8 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/speed_lookuptable.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/speed_lookuptable.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/stepper.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/stepper.cpp
index 6b655b44e9..a5c73bb3ff 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/stepper.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/stepper.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -1262,7 +1262,7 @@ void Stepper::isr() {
   // Program timer compare for the maximum period, so it does NOT
   // flag an interrupt while this ISR is running - So changes from small
   // periods to big periods are respected and the timer does not reset to 0
-  HAL_timer_set_compare(STEP_TIMER_NUM, HAL_TIMER_TYPE_MAX);
+  HAL_timer_set_compare(STEP_TIMER_NUM, hal_timer_t(HAL_TIMER_TYPE_MAX));
 
   // Count of ticks for the next ISR
   hal_timer_t next_isr_ticks = 0;
@@ -2502,7 +2502,7 @@ void Stepper::report_positions() {
         if (WITHIN(driver, 0, COUNT(motor_current_setting) - 1))
           motor_current_setting[driver] = current; // update motor_current_setting
 
-        #define _WRITE_CURRENT_PWM(P) analogWrite(MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_## P ##_PIN, 255L * current / (MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_RANGE))
+        #define _WRITE_CURRENT_PWM(P) analogWrite(pin_t(MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_## P ##_PIN), 255L * current / (MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_RANGE))
         switch (driver) {
           case 0:
             #if PIN_EXISTS(MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_X)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/stepper.h b/Marlin/src/module/stepper.h
index 17f78ae1aa..7e8b9c5e0d 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/stepper.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/stepper.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/stepper_indirection.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/stepper_indirection.cpp
index cb1b4113e1..362ed01ba9 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/stepper_indirection.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/stepper_indirection.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -26,8 +26,6 @@
  * Stepper motor driver indirection to allow some stepper functions to
  * be done via SPI/I2c instead of direct pin manipulation.
  *
- * Part of Marlin
- *
  * Copyright (c) 2015 Dominik Wenger
  */
 
@@ -163,8 +161,8 @@
     #define __TMC_SPI_DEFINE(IC, ST, L, AI) TMCMarlin<IC##Stepper, L, AI> stepper##ST(ST##_CS_PIN, ST##_RSENSE)
   #endif
 
-  #define TMC_UART_HW_DEFINE(IC, ST, L, AI) TMCMarlin<IC##Stepper, L, AI> stepper##ST(&ST##_HARDWARE_SERIAL, ST##_RSENSE)
-  #define TMC_UART_SW_DEFINE(IC, ST, L, AI) TMCMarlin<IC##Stepper, L, AI> stepper##ST(ST##_SERIAL_RX_PIN, ST##_SERIAL_TX_PIN, ST##_RSENSE, ST##_SERIAL_RX_PIN > -1)
+  #define TMC_UART_HW_DEFINE(IC, ST, L, AI) TMCMarlin<IC##Stepper, L, AI> stepper##ST(&ST##_HARDWARE_SERIAL, ST##_RSENSE, ST##_SLAVE_ADDRESS)
+  #define TMC_UART_SW_DEFINE(IC, ST, L, AI) TMCMarlin<IC##Stepper, L, AI> stepper##ST(ST##_SERIAL_RX_PIN, ST##_SERIAL_TX_PIN, ST##_RSENSE, ST##_SLAVE_ADDRESS, ST##_SERIAL_RX_PIN > -1)
 
   #define _TMC_SPI_DEFINE(IC, ST, AI) __TMC_SPI_DEFINE(IC, ST, TMC_##ST##_LABEL, AI)
   #define TMC_SPI_DEFINE(ST, AI) _TMC_SPI_DEFINE(ST##_DRIVER_TYPE, ST, AI##_AXIS)
@@ -234,6 +232,9 @@
     chopconf.intpol = INTERPOLATE;
     chopconf.hend = chopper_timing.hend + 3;
     chopconf.hstrt = chopper_timing.hstrt - 1;
+    #if ENABLED(SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING)
+      chopconf.dedge = true;
+    #endif
     st.CHOPCONF(chopconf.sr);
 
     st.rms_current(mA, HOLD_MULTIPLIER);
@@ -266,36 +267,33 @@
   void tmc_init(TMCMarlin<TMC2160Stepper, AXIS_LETTER, DRIVER_ID, AXIS_ID> &st, const uint16_t mA, const uint16_t microsteps, const uint32_t thrs, const bool stealth) {
     st.begin();
 
-    static constexpr int8_t timings[] = CHOPPER_TIMING; // Default 4, -2, 1
-
     CHOPCONF_t chopconf{0};
     chopconf.tbl = 1;
-    chopconf.toff = timings[0];
+    chopconf.toff = chopper_timing.toff;
     chopconf.intpol = INTERPOLATE;
-    chopconf.hend = timings[1] + 3;
-    chopconf.hstrt = timings[2] - 1;
+    chopconf.hend = chopper_timing.hend + 3;
+    chopconf.hstrt = chopper_timing.hstrt - 1;
+    #if ENABLED(SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING)
+      chopconf.dedge = true;
+    #endif
     st.CHOPCONF(chopconf.sr);
 
     st.rms_current(mA, HOLD_MULTIPLIER);
     st.microsteps(microsteps);
     st.iholddelay(10);
     st.TPOWERDOWN(128); // ~2s until driver lowers to hold current
-    st.TCOOLTHRS(0xFFFFF);
-
-    #if ENABLED(ADAPTIVE_CURRENT)
-      COOLCONF_t coolconf{0};
-      coolconf.semin = INCREASE_CURRENT_THRS;
-      coolconf.semax = REDUCE_CURRENT_THRS;
-      st.COOLCONF(coolconf.sr);
-    #endif
 
     st.en_pwm_mode(stealth);
+    st.stored.stealthChop_enabled = stealth;
 
-    PWMCONF_t pwmconf{0};
-    pwmconf.pwm_freq = 0b01; // f_pwm = 2/683 f_clk
+    TMC2160_n::PWMCONF_t pwmconf{0};
+    pwmconf.pwm_lim = 12;
+    pwmconf.pwm_reg = 8;
+    pwmconf.pwm_autograd = true;
     pwmconf.pwm_autoscale = true;
-    pwmconf.pwm_grad = 5;
-    pwmconf.pwm_ampl = 180;
+    pwmconf.pwm_freq = 0b01;
+    pwmconf.pwm_grad = 14;
+    pwmconf.pwm_ofs = 36;
     st.PWMCONF(pwmconf.sr);
 
     #if ENABLED(HYBRID_THRESHOLD)
@@ -309,95 +307,94 @@
 #endif // TMC2160
 
 //
-// TMC2208 Driver objects and inits
+// TMC2208/2209 Driver objects and inits
 //
-#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208)
-  // Stepper objects of TMC2208 steppers used
-  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC2208)
+#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2209)
+  #if AXIS_HAS_UART(X)
     #ifdef X_HARDWARE_SERIAL
       TMC_UART_DEFINE(HW, X, X);
     #else
       TMC_UART_DEFINE(SW, X, X);
     #endif
   #endif
-  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC2208)
+  #if AXIS_HAS_UART(X2)
     #ifdef X2_HARDWARE_SERIAL
       TMC_UART_DEFINE(HW, X2, X);
     #else
       TMC_UART_DEFINE(SW, X2, X);
     #endif
   #endif
-  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC2208)
+  #if AXIS_HAS_UART(Y)
     #ifdef Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL
       TMC_UART_DEFINE(HW, Y, Y);
     #else
       TMC_UART_DEFINE(SW, Y, Y);
     #endif
   #endif
-  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC2208)
+  #if AXIS_HAS_UART(Y2)
     #ifdef Y2_HARDWARE_SERIAL
       TMC_UART_DEFINE(HW, Y2, Y);
     #else
       TMC_UART_DEFINE(SW, Y2, Y);
     #endif
   #endif
-  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC2208)
+  #if AXIS_HAS_UART(Z)
     #ifdef Z_HARDWARE_SERIAL
       TMC_UART_DEFINE(HW, Z, Z);
     #else
       TMC_UART_DEFINE(SW, Z, Z);
     #endif
   #endif
-  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC2208)
+  #if AXIS_HAS_UART(Z2)
     #ifdef Z2_HARDWARE_SERIAL
       TMC_UART_DEFINE(HW, Z2, Z);
     #else
       TMC_UART_DEFINE(SW, Z2, Z);
     #endif
   #endif
-  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC2208)
+  #if AXIS_HAS_UART(Z3)
     #ifdef Z3_HARDWARE_SERIAL
       TMC_UART_DEFINE(HW, Z3, Z);
     #else
       TMC_UART_DEFINE(SW, Z3, Z);
     #endif
   #endif
-  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC2208)
+  #if AXIS_HAS_UART(E0)
     #ifdef E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL
       TMC_UART_DEFINE_E(HW, 0);
     #else
       TMC_UART_DEFINE_E(SW, 0);
     #endif
   #endif
-  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC2208)
+  #if AXIS_HAS_UART(E1)
     #ifdef E1_HARDWARE_SERIAL
       TMC_UART_DEFINE_E(HW, 1);
     #else
       TMC_UART_DEFINE_E(SW, 1);
     #endif
   #endif
-  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC2208)
+  #if AXIS_HAS_UART(E2)
     #ifdef E2_HARDWARE_SERIAL
       TMC_UART_DEFINE_E(HW, 2);
     #else
       TMC_UART_DEFINE_E(SW, 2);
     #endif
   #endif
-  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC2208)
+  #if AXIS_HAS_UART(E3)
     #ifdef E3_HARDWARE_SERIAL
       TMC_UART_DEFINE_E(HW, 3);
     #else
       TMC_UART_DEFINE_E(SW, 3);
     #endif
   #endif
-  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC2208)
+  #if AXIS_HAS_UART(E4)
     #ifdef E4_HARDWARE_SERIAL
       TMC_UART_DEFINE_E(HW, 4);
     #else
       TMC_UART_DEFINE_E(SW, 4);
     #endif
   #endif
-  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC2208)
+  #if AXIS_HAS_UART(E5)
     #ifdef E5_HARDWARE_SERIAL
       TMC_UART_DEFINE_E(HW, 5);
     #else
@@ -405,92 +402,92 @@
     #endif
   #endif
 
-  void tmc2208_serial_begin() {
-    #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC2208)
+  void tmc_serial_begin() {
+    #if AXIS_HAS_UART(X)
       #ifdef X_HARDWARE_SERIAL
         X_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200);
       #else
         stepperX.beginSerial(115200);
       #endif
     #endif
-    #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC2208)
+    #if AXIS_HAS_UART(X2)
       #ifdef X2_HARDWARE_SERIAL
         X2_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200);
       #else
         stepperX2.beginSerial(115200);
       #endif
     #endif
-    #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC2208)
+    #if AXIS_HAS_UART(Y)
       #ifdef Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL
         Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200);
       #else
         stepperY.beginSerial(115200);
       #endif
     #endif
-    #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC2208)
+    #if AXIS_HAS_UART(Y2)
       #ifdef Y2_HARDWARE_SERIAL
         Y2_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200);
       #else
         stepperY2.beginSerial(115200);
       #endif
     #endif
-    #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC2208)
+    #if AXIS_HAS_UART(Z)
       #ifdef Z_HARDWARE_SERIAL
         Z_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200);
       #else
         stepperZ.beginSerial(115200);
       #endif
     #endif
-    #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC2208)
+    #if AXIS_HAS_UART(Z2)
       #ifdef Z2_HARDWARE_SERIAL
         Z2_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200);
       #else
         stepperZ2.beginSerial(115200);
       #endif
     #endif
-    #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC2208)
+    #if AXIS_HAS_UART(Z3)
       #ifdef Z3_HARDWARE_SERIAL
         Z3_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200);
       #else
         stepperZ3.beginSerial(115200);
       #endif
     #endif
-    #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC2208)
+    #if AXIS_HAS_UART(E0)
       #ifdef E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL
         E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200);
       #else
         stepperE0.beginSerial(115200);
       #endif
     #endif
-    #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC2208)
+    #if AXIS_HAS_UART(E1)
       #ifdef E1_HARDWARE_SERIAL
         E1_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200);
       #else
         stepperE1.beginSerial(115200);
       #endif
     #endif
-    #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC2208)
+    #if AXIS_HAS_UART(E2)
       #ifdef E2_HARDWARE_SERIAL
         E2_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200);
       #else
         stepperE2.beginSerial(115200);
       #endif
     #endif
-    #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC2208)
+    #if AXIS_HAS_UART(E3)
       #ifdef E3_HARDWARE_SERIAL
         E3_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200);
       #else
         stepperE3.beginSerial(115200);
       #endif
     #endif
-    #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC2208)
+    #if AXIS_HAS_UART(E4)
       #ifdef E4_HARDWARE_SERIAL
         E4_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200);
       #else
         stepperE4.beginSerial(115200);
       #endif
     #endif
-    #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC2208)
+    #if AXIS_HAS_UART(E5)
       #ifdef E5_HARDWARE_SERIAL
         E5_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200);
       #else
@@ -498,7 +495,9 @@
       #endif
     #endif
   }
+#endif
 
+#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208)
   template<char AXIS_LETTER, char DRIVER_ID, AxisEnum AXIS_ID>
   void tmc_init(TMCMarlin<TMC2208Stepper, AXIS_LETTER, DRIVER_ID, AXIS_ID> &st, const uint16_t mA, const uint16_t microsteps, const uint32_t thrs, const bool stealth) {
     TMC2208_n::GCONF_t gconf{0};
@@ -515,6 +514,9 @@
     chopconf.intpol = INTERPOLATE;
     chopconf.hend = chopper_timing.hend + 3;
     chopconf.hstrt = chopper_timing.hstrt - 1;
+    #if ENABLED(SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING)
+      chopconf.dedge = true;
+    #endif
     st.CHOPCONF(chopconf.sr);
 
     st.rms_current(mA, HOLD_MULTIPLIER);
@@ -543,6 +545,54 @@
   }
 #endif // TMC2208
 
+#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2209)
+  template<char AXIS_LETTER, char DRIVER_ID, AxisEnum AXIS_ID>
+  void tmc_init(TMCMarlin<TMC2209Stepper, AXIS_LETTER, DRIVER_ID, AXIS_ID> &st, const uint16_t mA, const uint16_t microsteps, const uint32_t thrs, const bool stealth) {
+    TMC2208_n::GCONF_t gconf{0};
+    gconf.pdn_disable = true; // Use UART
+    gconf.mstep_reg_select = true; // Select microsteps with UART
+    gconf.i_scale_analog = false;
+    gconf.en_spreadcycle = !stealth;
+    st.GCONF(gconf.sr);
+    st.stored.stealthChop_enabled = stealth;
+
+    TMC2208_n::CHOPCONF_t chopconf{0};
+    chopconf.tbl = 0b01; // blank_time = 24
+    chopconf.toff = chopper_timing.toff;
+    chopconf.intpol = INTERPOLATE;
+    chopconf.hend = chopper_timing.hend + 3;
+    chopconf.hstrt = chopper_timing.hstrt - 1;
+    #if ENABLED(SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING)
+      chopconf.dedge = true;
+    #endif
+    st.CHOPCONF(chopconf.sr);
+
+    st.rms_current(mA, HOLD_MULTIPLIER);
+    st.microsteps(microsteps);
+    st.iholddelay(10);
+    st.TPOWERDOWN(128); // ~2s until driver lowers to hold current
+
+    TMC2208_n::PWMCONF_t pwmconf{0};
+    pwmconf.pwm_lim = 12;
+    pwmconf.pwm_reg = 8;
+    pwmconf.pwm_autograd = true;
+    pwmconf.pwm_autoscale = true;
+    pwmconf.pwm_freq = 0b01;
+    pwmconf.pwm_grad = 14;
+    pwmconf.pwm_ofs = 36;
+    st.PWMCONF(pwmconf.sr);
+
+    #if ENABLED(HYBRID_THRESHOLD)
+      st.set_pwm_thrs(thrs);
+    #else
+      UNUSED(thrs);
+    #endif
+
+    st.GSTAT(0b111); // Clear
+    delay(200);
+  }
+#endif // TMC2209
+
 #if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2660)
   template<char AXIS_LETTER, char DRIVER_ID, AxisEnum AXIS_ID>
   void tmc_init(TMCMarlin<TMC2660Stepper, AXIS_LETTER, DRIVER_ID, AXIS_ID> &st, const uint16_t mA, const uint16_t microsteps, const uint32_t, const bool) {
@@ -555,8 +605,12 @@
     chopconf.hstrt = chopper_timing.hstrt - 1;
     st.CHOPCONF(chopconf.sr);
 
+    st.sdoff(0);
     st.rms_current(mA);
     st.microsteps(microsteps);
+    #if ENABLED(SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING)
+      st.dedge(true);
+    #endif
     st.intpol(INTERPOLATE);
     st.diss2g(true); // Disable short to ground protection. Too many false readings?
 
@@ -577,6 +631,9 @@
     chopconf.intpol = INTERPOLATE;
     chopconf.hend = chopper_timing.hend + 3;
     chopconf.hstrt = chopper_timing.hstrt - 1;
+    #if ENABLED(SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING)
+      chopconf.dedge = true;
+    #endif
     st.CHOPCONF(chopconf.sr);
 
     st.rms_current(mA, HOLD_MULTIPLIER);
@@ -609,14 +666,15 @@
   void tmc_init(TMCMarlin<TMC5160Stepper, AXIS_LETTER, DRIVER_ID, AXIS_ID> &st, const uint16_t mA, const uint16_t microsteps, const uint32_t thrs, const bool stealth) {
     st.begin();
 
-    int8_t timings[] = CHOPPER_TIMING; // Default 4, -2, 1
-
     CHOPCONF_t chopconf{0};
     chopconf.tbl = 1;
-    chopconf.toff = timings[0];
+    chopconf.toff = chopper_timing.toff;
     chopconf.intpol = INTERPOLATE;
-    chopconf.hend = timings[1] + 3;
-    chopconf.hstrt = timings[2] - 1;
+    chopconf.hend = chopper_timing.hend + 3;
+    chopconf.hstrt = chopper_timing.hstrt - 1;
+    #if ENABLED(SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING)
+      chopconf.dedge = true;
+    #endif
     st.CHOPCONF(chopconf.sr);
 
     st.rms_current(mA, HOLD_MULTIPLIER);
@@ -624,20 +682,17 @@
     st.iholddelay(10);
     st.TPOWERDOWN(128); // ~2s until driver lowers to hold current
 
-    #if ENABLED(ADAPTIVE_CURRENT)
-      COOLCONF_t coolconf{0};
-      coolconf.semin = INCREASE_CURRENT_THRS;
-      coolconf.semax = REDUCE_CURRENT_THRS;
-      st.COOLCONF(coolconf.sr);
-    #endif
-
     st.en_pwm_mode(stealth);
+    st.stored.stealthChop_enabled = stealth;
 
-    PWMCONF_t pwmconf{0};
-    pwmconf.pwm_freq = 0b01; // f_pwm = 2/683 f_clk
+    TMC2160_n::PWMCONF_t pwmconf{0};
+    pwmconf.pwm_lim = 12;
+    pwmconf.pwm_reg = 8;
+    pwmconf.pwm_autograd = true;
     pwmconf.pwm_autoscale = true;
-    pwmconf.pwm_grad = 5;
-    pwmconf.pwm_ampl = 180;
+    pwmconf.pwm_freq = 0b01;
+    pwmconf.pwm_grad = 14;
+    pwmconf.pwm_ofs = 36;
     st.PWMCONF(pwmconf.sr);
 
     #if ENABLED(HYBRID_THRESHOLD)
@@ -766,29 +821,29 @@ void reset_stepper_drivers() {
   #if USE_SENSORLESS
     #if X_SENSORLESS
       #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(X)
-        stepperX.sgt(X_STALL_SENSITIVITY);
+        stepperX.homing_threshold(X_STALL_SENSITIVITY);
       #endif
       #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(X2)
-        stepperX2.sgt(X_STALL_SENSITIVITY);
+        stepperX2.homing_threshold(X_STALL_SENSITIVITY);
       #endif
     #endif
     #if Y_SENSORLESS
       #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Y)
-        stepperY.sgt(Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY);
+        stepperY.homing_threshold(Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY);
       #endif
       #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Y2)
-        stepperY2.sgt(Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY);
+        stepperY2.homing_threshold(Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY);
       #endif
     #endif
     #if Z_SENSORLESS
       #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z)
-        stepperZ.sgt(Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY);
+        stepperZ.homing_threshold(Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY);
       #endif
       #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z2)
-        stepperZ2.sgt(Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY);
+        stepperZ2.homing_threshold(Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY);
       #endif
       #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z3)
-        stepperZ3.sgt(Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY);
+        stepperZ3.homing_threshold(Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY);
       #endif
     #endif
   #endif
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/stepper_indirection.h b/Marlin/src/module/stepper_indirection.h
index bd55532ae5..0e9c188adc 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/stepper_indirection.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/stepper_indirection.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -22,24 +22,12 @@
 #pragma once
 
 /**
- * stepper_indirection.h - stepper motor driver indirection macros
- * to allow some stepper functions to be done via SPI/I2c instead of direct pin manipulation
- * Part of Marlin
+ * stepper_indirection.h
+ *
+ * Stepper motor driver indirection to allow some stepper functions to
+ * be done via SPI/I2c instead of direct pin manipulation.
  *
  * Copyright (c) 2015 Dominik Wenger
- *
- * Marlin is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * at your option) any later version.
- *
- * Marlin is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with Marlin.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  */
 
 #include "../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
@@ -58,8 +46,8 @@
 #if HAS_TRINAMIC
   #include <TMCStepper.h>
   #include "../feature/tmc_util.h"
-  #if TMCSTEPPER_VERSION < 0x000202
-    #error "Update TMCStepper library to 0.2.2 or newer."
+  #if TMCSTEPPER_VERSION < 0x000405
+    #error "Update TMCStepper library to 0.4.5 or newer."
   #endif
 
   #define ____TMC_CLASS(MODEL, A, I, E) TMCMarlin<TMC##MODEL##Stepper, A, I, E>
@@ -81,8 +69,8 @@
 
   static constexpr chopper_timing_t chopper_timing = CHOPPER_TIMING;
 
-  #if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208)
-    void tmc2208_serial_begin();
+  #if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2209)
+    void tmc_serial_begin();
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -95,6 +83,8 @@
 void restore_stepper_drivers();  // Called by PSU_ON
 void reset_stepper_drivers();    // Called by settings.load / settings.reset
 
+#define AXIS_HAS_SQUARE_WAVE(A) (AXIS_IS_TMC(A) && ENABLED(SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING))
+
 // X Stepper
 #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470)
   extern L6470 stepperX;
@@ -127,7 +117,11 @@ void reset_stepper_drivers();    // Called by settings.load / settings.reset
   #define X_DIR_READ READ(X_DIR_PIN)
 #endif
 #define X_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(X_STEP_PIN)
-#define X_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(X_STEP_PIN,STATE)
+#if AXIS_HAS_SQUARE_WAVE(X)
+  #define X_STEP_WRITE(STATE) do { if(STATE) TOGGLE(X_STEP_PIN); } while(0)
+#else
+  #define X_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(X_STEP_PIN,STATE)
+#endif
 #define X_STEP_READ READ(X_STEP_PIN)
 
 // Y Stepper
@@ -162,7 +156,11 @@ void reset_stepper_drivers();    // Called by settings.load / settings.reset
   #define Y_DIR_READ READ(Y_DIR_PIN)
 #endif
 #define Y_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Y_STEP_PIN)
-#define Y_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Y_STEP_PIN,STATE)
+#if AXIS_HAS_SQUARE_WAVE(Y)
+  #define Y_STEP_WRITE(STATE) do { if (STATE) TOGGLE(Y_STEP_PIN); } while(0)
+#else
+  #define Y_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Y_STEP_PIN,STATE)
+#endif
 #define Y_STEP_READ READ(Y_STEP_PIN)
 
 // Z Stepper
@@ -197,7 +195,11 @@ void reset_stepper_drivers();    // Called by settings.load / settings.reset
   #define Z_DIR_READ READ(Z_DIR_PIN)
 #endif
 #define Z_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Z_STEP_PIN)
-#define Z_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Z_STEP_PIN,STATE)
+#if AXIS_HAS_SQUARE_WAVE(Z)
+  #define Z_STEP_WRITE(STATE) do { if(STATE) TOGGLE(Z_STEP_PIN); } while(0)
+#else
+  #define Z_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Z_STEP_PIN,STATE)
+#endif
 #define Z_STEP_READ READ(Z_STEP_PIN)
 
 // X2 Stepper
@@ -233,7 +235,12 @@ void reset_stepper_drivers();    // Called by settings.load / settings.reset
     #define X2_DIR_READ READ(X2_DIR_PIN)
   #endif
   #define X2_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(X2_STEP_PIN)
-  #define X2_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(X2_STEP_PIN,STATE)
+  #if AXIS_HAS_SQUARE_WAVE(X2)
+    #define X2_STEP_WRITE(STATE) do { if(STATE) TOGGLE(X2_STEP_PIN); } while(0)
+  #else
+    #define X2_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(X2_STEP_PIN,STATE)
+  #endif
+
   #define X2_STEP_READ READ(X2_STEP_PIN)
 #endif
 
@@ -270,7 +277,12 @@ void reset_stepper_drivers();    // Called by settings.load / settings.reset
     #define Y2_DIR_READ READ(Y2_DIR_PIN)
   #endif
   #define Y2_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Y2_STEP_PIN)
-  #define Y2_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Y2_STEP_PIN,STATE)
+  #if AXIS_HAS_SQUARE_WAVE(Y2)
+    #define Y2_STEP_WRITE(STATE) do { if(STATE) TOGGLE(Y2_STEP_PIN); } while(0)
+  #else
+    #define Y2_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Y2_STEP_PIN,STATE)
+  #endif
+
   #define Y2_STEP_READ READ(Y2_STEP_PIN)
 #else
   #define Y2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) NOOP
@@ -309,7 +321,12 @@ void reset_stepper_drivers();    // Called by settings.load / settings.reset
     #define Z2_DIR_READ READ(Z2_DIR_PIN)
   #endif
   #define Z2_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Z2_STEP_PIN)
-  #define Z2_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Z2_STEP_PIN,STATE)
+  #if AXIS_HAS_SQUARE_WAVE(Z2)
+    #define Z2_STEP_WRITE(STATE) do { if(STATE) TOGGLE(Z2_STEP_PIN); } while(0)
+  #else
+    #define Z2_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Z2_STEP_PIN,STATE)
+  #endif
+
   #define Z2_STEP_READ READ(Z2_STEP_PIN)
 #else
   #define Z2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) NOOP
@@ -348,7 +365,12 @@ void reset_stepper_drivers();    // Called by settings.load / settings.reset
     #define Z3_DIR_READ READ(Z3_DIR_PIN)
   #endif
   #define Z3_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Z3_STEP_PIN)
-  #define Z3_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Z3_STEP_PIN,STATE)
+  #if AXIS_HAS_SQUARE_WAVE(Z3)
+    #define Z3_STEP_WRITE(STATE) do { if(STATE) TOGGLE(Z3_STEP_PIN); } while(0)
+  #else
+    #define Z3_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Z3_STEP_PIN,STATE)
+  #endif
+
   #define Z3_STEP_READ READ(Z3_STEP_PIN)
 #else
   #define Z3_DIR_WRITE(STATE) NOOP
@@ -386,7 +408,11 @@ void reset_stepper_drivers();    // Called by settings.load / settings.reset
   #define E0_DIR_READ READ(E0_DIR_PIN)
 #endif
 #define E0_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E0_STEP_PIN)
-#define E0_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E0_STEP_PIN,STATE)
+#if AXIS_HAS_SQUARE_WAVE(E0)
+  #define E0_STEP_WRITE(STATE) do { if(STATE) TOGGLE(E0_STEP_PIN); } while(0)
+#else
+  #define E0_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E0_STEP_PIN,STATE)
+#endif
 #define E0_STEP_READ READ(E0_STEP_PIN)
 
 // E1 Stepper
@@ -421,7 +447,11 @@ void reset_stepper_drivers();    // Called by settings.load / settings.reset
   #define E1_DIR_READ READ(E1_DIR_PIN)
 #endif
 #define E1_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E1_STEP_PIN)
-#define E1_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E1_STEP_PIN,STATE)
+#if AXIS_HAS_SQUARE_WAVE(E1)
+  #define E1_STEP_WRITE(STATE) do { if(STATE) TOGGLE(E1_STEP_PIN); } while(0)
+#else
+  #define E1_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E1_STEP_PIN,STATE)
+#endif
 #define E1_STEP_READ READ(E1_STEP_PIN)
 
 // E2 Stepper
@@ -456,7 +486,11 @@ void reset_stepper_drivers();    // Called by settings.load / settings.reset
   #define E2_DIR_READ READ(E2_DIR_PIN)
 #endif
 #define E2_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E2_STEP_PIN)
-#define E2_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E2_STEP_PIN,STATE)
+#if AXIS_HAS_SQUARE_WAVE(E2)
+  #define E2_STEP_WRITE(STATE) do { if(STATE) TOGGLE(E2_STEP_PIN); } while(0)
+#else
+  #define E2_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E2_STEP_PIN,STATE)
+#endif
 #define E2_STEP_READ READ(E2_STEP_PIN)
 
 // E3 Stepper
@@ -491,7 +525,11 @@ void reset_stepper_drivers();    // Called by settings.load / settings.reset
   #define E3_DIR_READ READ(E3_DIR_PIN)
 #endif
 #define E3_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E3_STEP_PIN)
-#define E3_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E3_STEP_PIN,STATE)
+#if AXIS_HAS_SQUARE_WAVE(E3)
+  #define E3_STEP_WRITE(STATE) do { if(STATE) TOGGLE(E3_STEP_PIN); } while(0)
+#else
+  #define E3_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E3_STEP_PIN,STATE)
+#endif
 #define E3_STEP_READ READ(E3_STEP_PIN)
 
 // E4 Stepper
@@ -526,7 +564,11 @@ void reset_stepper_drivers();    // Called by settings.load / settings.reset
   #define E4_DIR_READ READ(E4_DIR_PIN)
 #endif
 #define E4_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E4_STEP_PIN)
-#define E4_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E4_STEP_PIN,STATE)
+#if AXIS_HAS_SQUARE_WAVE(E4)
+  #define E4_STEP_WRITE(STATE) do { if(STATE) TOGGLE(E4_STEP_PIN); } while(0)
+#else
+  #define E4_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E4_STEP_PIN,STATE)
+#endif
 #define E4_STEP_READ READ(E4_STEP_PIN)
 
 // E5 Stepper
@@ -561,7 +603,11 @@ void reset_stepper_drivers();    // Called by settings.load / settings.reset
   #define E5_DIR_READ READ(E5_DIR_PIN)
 #endif
 #define E5_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E5_STEP_PIN)
-#define E5_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E5_STEP_PIN,STATE)
+#if AXIS_HAS_SQUARE_WAVE(E5)
+  #define E5_STEP_WRITE(STATE) do { if(STATE) TOGGLE(E5_STEP_PIN); } while(0)
+#else
+  #define E5_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E5_STEP_PIN,STATE)
+#endif
 #define E5_STEP_READ READ(E5_STEP_PIN)
 
 /**
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/temperature.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/temperature.cpp
index 662d2bc2ab..16ae6b996c 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/temperature.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/temperature.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -94,12 +94,12 @@ Temperature thermalManager;
  */
 
 #if HAS_HEATED_BED
-  #define _BED_PSTR(M,E) (E) == -1 ? PSTR(M) :
+  #define _BED_PSTR(M,E) (E) == H_BED ? PSTR(M) :
 #else
   #define _BED_PSTR(M,E)
 #endif
 #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER
-  #define _CHAMBER_PSTR(M,E) (E) == -2 ? PSTR(M) :
+  #define _CHAMBER_PSTR(M,E) (E) == H_CHAMBER ? PSTR(M) :
 #else
   #define _CHAMBER_PSTR(M,E)
 #endif
@@ -112,7 +112,11 @@ Temperature thermalManager;
   bool Temperature::adaptive_fan_slowing = true;
 #endif
 
-hotend_info_t Temperature::temp_hotend[HOTENDS]; // = { 0 }
+hotend_info_t Temperature::temp_hotend[HOTENDS
+  #if ENABLED(TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT)
+    + 1
+  #endif
+]; // = { 0 }
 
 #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_E_FANS)
   uint8_t Temperature::autofan_speed[HOTENDS]; // = { 0 }
@@ -167,6 +171,9 @@ hotend_info_t Temperature::temp_hotend[HOTENDS]; // = { 0 }
 
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Set the print fan speed for a target extruder
+   */
   void Temperature::set_fan_speed(uint8_t target, uint16_t speed) {
 
     NOMORE(speed, 255U);
@@ -338,7 +345,7 @@ temp_range_t Temperature::temp_range[HOTENDS] = ARRAY_BY_HOTENDS(sensor_heater_0
    * Needs sufficient heater power to make some overshoot at target
    * temperature to succeed.
    */
-  void Temperature::PID_autotune(const float &target, const int8_t heater, const int8_t ncycles, const bool set_result/*=false*/) {
+  void Temperature::PID_autotune(const float &target, const heater_ind_t heater, const int8_t ncycles, const bool set_result/*=false*/) {
     float current = 0.0;
     int cycles = 0;
     bool heating = true;
@@ -350,11 +357,13 @@ temp_range_t Temperature::temp_range[HOTENDS] = ARRAY_BY_HOTENDS(sensor_heater_0
     PID_t tune_pid = { 0, 0, 0 };
     float max = 0, min = 10000;
 
+    const bool isbed = (heater == H_BED);
+
     #if HAS_PID_FOR_BOTH
-      #define GHV(B,H) (heater < 0 ? (B) : (H))
-      #define SHV(B,H) do{ if (heater < 0) temp_bed.soft_pwm_amount = B; else temp_hotend[heater].soft_pwm_amount = H; }while(0)
-      #define ONHEATINGSTART() (heater < 0 ? printerEventLEDs.onBedHeatingStart() : printerEventLEDs.onHotendHeatingStart())
-      #define ONHEATING(S,C,T) do{ if (heater < 0) printerEventLEDs.onBedHeating(S,C,T); else printerEventLEDs.onHotendHeating(S,C,T); }while(0)
+      #define GHV(B,H) (isbed ? (B) : (H))
+      #define SHV(B,H) do{ if (isbed) temp_bed.soft_pwm_amount = B; else temp_hotend[heater].soft_pwm_amount = H; }while(0)
+      #define ONHEATINGSTART() (isbed ? printerEventLEDs.onBedHeatingStart() : printerEventLEDs.onHotendHeatingStart())
+      #define ONHEATING(S,C,T) (isbed ? printerEventLEDs.onBedHeating(S,C,T) : printerEventLEDs.onHotendHeating(S,C,T))
     #elif ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
       #define GHV(B,H) B
       #define SHV(B,H) (temp_bed.soft_pwm_amount = B)
@@ -370,7 +379,7 @@ temp_range_t Temperature::temp_range[HOTENDS] = ARRAY_BY_HOTENDS(sensor_heater_0
     #if WATCH_BED || WATCH_HOTENDS
       #define HAS_TP_BED BOTH(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED, PIDTEMPBED)
       #if HAS_TP_BED && BOTH(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS, PIDTEMP)
-        #define GTV(B,H) (heater < 0 ? (B) : (H))
+        #define GTV(B,H) (isbed ? (B) : (H))
       #elif HAS_TP_BED
         #define GTV(B,H) (B)
       #else
@@ -456,23 +465,25 @@ temp_range_t Temperature::temp_range[HOTENDS] = ARRAY_BY_HOTENDS(sensor_heater_0
 
               SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(MSG_BIAS, bias, MSG_D, d, MSG_T_MIN, min, MSG_T_MAX, max);
               if (cycles > 2) {
-                float Ku = (4.0f * d) / (float(M_PI) * (max - min) * 0.5f),
-                      Tu = ((float)(t_low + t_high) * 0.001f);
-                tune_pid.Kp = 0.6f * Ku;
+                const float Ku = (4.0f * d) / (float(M_PI) * (max - min) * 0.5f),
+                            Tu = float(t_low + t_high) * 0.001f,
+                            pf = isbed ? 0.2f : 0.6f,
+                            df = isbed ? 1.0f / 3.0f : 1.0f / 8.0f;
+                tune_pid.Kp = Ku * pf;
+                tune_pid.Kd = tune_pid.Kp * Tu * df;
                 tune_pid.Ki = 2 * tune_pid.Kp / Tu;
-                tune_pid.Kd = tune_pid.Kp * Tu * 0.125f;
                 SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(MSG_KU, Ku, MSG_TU, Tu);
                 SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("\n" MSG_CLASSIC_PID);
                 SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(MSG_KP, tune_pid.Kp, MSG_KI, tune_pid.Ki, MSG_KD, tune_pid.Kd);
                 /**
-                tune_pid.Kp = 0.33*Ku;
-                tune_pid.Ki = tune_pid.Kp/Tu;
-                tune_pid.Kd = tune_pid.Kp*Tu/3;
+                tune_pid.Kp = 0.33 * Ku;
+                tune_pid.Ki = tune_pid.Kp / Tu;
+                tune_pid.Kd = tune_pid.Kp * Tu / 3;
                 SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(" Some overshoot");
                 SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" Kp: ", tune_pid.Kp, " Ki: ", tune_pid.Ki, " Kd: ", tune_pid.Kd, " No overshoot");
-                tune_pid.Kp = 0.2*Ku;
-                tune_pid.Ki = 2*tune_pid.Kp/Tu;
-                tune_pid.Kd = tune_pid.Kp*Tu/3;
+                tune_pid.Kp = 0.2 * Ku;
+                tune_pid.Ki = 2 * tune_pid.Kp / Tu;
+                tune_pid.Kd = tune_pid.Kp * Tu / 3;
                 SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Kp: ", tune_pid.Kp, " Ki: ", tune_pid.Ki, " Kd: ", tune_pid.Kd);
                 */
               }
@@ -496,7 +507,7 @@ temp_range_t Temperature::temp_range[HOTENDS] = ARRAY_BY_HOTENDS(sensor_heater_0
       // Report heater states every 2 seconds
       if (ELAPSED(ms, next_temp_ms)) {
         #if HAS_TEMP_SENSOR
-          print_heater_states(heater >= 0 ? heater : active_extruder);
+          print_heater_states(isbed ? active_extruder : heater);
           SERIAL_EOL();
         #endif
         next_temp_ms = ms + 2000UL;
@@ -507,9 +518,9 @@ temp_range_t Temperature::temp_range[HOTENDS] = ARRAY_BY_HOTENDS(sensor_heater_0
             #if WATCH_BED && WATCH_HOTENDS
               true
             #elif WATCH_HOTENDS
-              heater >= 0
+              !isbed
             #else
-              heater < 0
+              isbed
             #endif
           ) {
             if (!heated) {                                          // If not yet reached target...
@@ -569,7 +580,7 @@ temp_range_t Temperature::temp_range[HOTENDS] = ARRAY_BY_HOTENDS(sensor_heater_0
         // Use the result? (As with "M303 U1")
         if (set_result) {
           #if HAS_PID_FOR_BOTH
-            if (heater < 0) _SET_BED_PID(); else _SET_EXTRUDER_PID();
+            if (isbed) _SET_BED_PID(); else _SET_EXTRUDER_PID();
           #elif ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
             _SET_EXTRUDER_PID();
           #else
@@ -607,26 +618,16 @@ temp_range_t Temperature::temp_range[HOTENDS] = ARRAY_BY_HOTENDS(sensor_heater_0
 
 Temperature::Temperature() { }
 
-int16_t Temperature::getHeaterPower(const int8_t heater) {
-  return (
-    #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER
-      #if HAS_HEATED_BED
-        heater == -2
-      #else
-        heater < 0
-      #endif
-      ? temp_chamber.soft_pwm_amount :
-    #endif
+int16_t Temperature::getHeaterPower(const heater_ind_t heater_id) {
+  switch (heater_id) {
+    default: return temp_hotend[heater_id].soft_pwm_amount;
     #if HAS_HEATED_BED
-      #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER
-        heater == -1
-      #else
-        heater < 0
-      #endif
-      ? temp_bed.soft_pwm_amount :
+      case H_BED: return temp_bed.soft_pwm_amount;
     #endif
-    temp_hotend[heater].soft_pwm_amount
-  );
+    #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER
+      case H_CHAMBER: return temp_chamber.soft_pwm_amount;
+    #endif
+  }
 }
 
 #if HAS_AUTO_FAN
@@ -680,19 +681,19 @@ int16_t Temperature::getHeaterPower(const int8_t heater) {
     uint8_t fanState = 0;
 
     HOTEND_LOOP()
-      if (temp_hotend[e].current > EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE)
+      if (temp_hotend[e].current >= EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE)
         SBI(fanState, pgm_read_byte(&fanBit[e]));
 
     #if HAS_AUTO_CHAMBER_FAN
-      if (temp_chamber.current > CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE)
+      if (temp_chamber.current >= CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE)
         SBI(fanState, pgm_read_byte(&fanBit[CHAMBER_FAN_INDEX]));
     #endif
 
-    #define _UPDATE_AUTO_FAN(P,D,A) do{             \
-      if (PWM_PIN(P##_AUTO_FAN_PIN) && A < 255)     \
-        analogWrite(P##_AUTO_FAN_PIN, D ? A : 0);   \
-      else                                          \
-        WRITE(P##_AUTO_FAN_PIN, D);                 \
+    #define _UPDATE_AUTO_FAN(P,D,A) do{                  \
+      if (PWM_PIN(P##_AUTO_FAN_PIN) && A < 255)          \
+        analogWrite(pin_t(P##_AUTO_FAN_PIN), D ? A : 0); \
+      else                                               \
+        WRITE(P##_AUTO_FAN_PIN, D);                      \
     }while(0)
 
     uint8_t fanDone = 0;
@@ -745,7 +746,7 @@ int16_t Temperature::getHeaterPower(const int8_t heater) {
 //
 // Temperature Error Handlers
 //
-void Temperature::_temp_error(const int8_t heater, PGM_P const serial_msg, PGM_P const lcd_msg) {
+void Temperature::_temp_error(const heater_ind_t heater, PGM_P const serial_msg, PGM_P const lcd_msg) {
   static bool killed = false;
   if (IsRunning()) {
     SERIAL_ERROR_START();
@@ -753,7 +754,7 @@ void Temperature::_temp_error(const int8_t heater, PGM_P const serial_msg, PGM_P
     SERIAL_ECHOPGM(MSG_STOPPED_HEATER);
     if (heater >= 0) SERIAL_ECHO((int)heater);
     #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER
-      else if (heater == -2) SERIAL_ECHOPGM(MSG_HEATER_CHAMBER);
+      else if (heater == H_CHAMBER) SERIAL_ECHOPGM(MSG_HEATER_CHAMBER);
     #endif
     else SERIAL_ECHOPGM(MSG_HEATER_BED);
     SERIAL_EOL();
@@ -778,24 +779,27 @@ void Temperature::_temp_error(const int8_t heater, PGM_P const serial_msg, PGM_P
     }
     else
       disable_all_heaters(); // paranoia
+  #else
+    UNUSED(killed);
   #endif
 }
 
-void Temperature::max_temp_error(const int8_t heater) {
+void Temperature::max_temp_error(const heater_ind_t heater) {
   _temp_error(heater, PSTR(MSG_T_MAXTEMP), TEMP_ERR_PSTR(MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP, heater));
 }
 
-void Temperature::min_temp_error(const int8_t heater) {
+void Temperature::min_temp_error(const heater_ind_t heater) {
   _temp_error(heater, PSTR(MSG_T_MINTEMP), TEMP_ERR_PSTR(MSG_ERR_MINTEMP, heater));
 }
 
-float Temperature::get_pid_output(const int8_t e) {
+float Temperature::get_pid_output_hotend(const uint8_t e) {
   #if HOTENDS == 1
     #define _HOTEND_TEST true
   #else
     #define _HOTEND_TEST (e == active_extruder)
   #endif
   E_UNUSED();
+  const uint8_t ee = HOTEND_INDEX;
   float pid_output;
   #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
     #if DISABLED(PID_OPENLOOP)
@@ -803,36 +807,38 @@ float Temperature::get_pid_output(const int8_t e) {
       static float temp_iState[HOTENDS] = { 0 },
                    temp_dState[HOTENDS] = { 0 };
       static bool pid_reset[HOTENDS] = { false };
-      float pid_error = temp_hotend[HOTEND_INDEX].target - temp_hotend[HOTEND_INDEX].current;
-      work_pid[HOTEND_INDEX].Kd = PID_K2 * PID_PARAM(Kd, HOTEND_INDEX) * (temp_hotend[HOTEND_INDEX].current - temp_dState[HOTEND_INDEX]) + float(PID_K1) * work_pid[HOTEND_INDEX].Kd;
-      temp_dState[HOTEND_INDEX] = temp_hotend[HOTEND_INDEX].current;
+      const float pid_error = temp_hotend[ee].target - temp_hotend[ee].current;
 
-      if (temp_hotend[HOTEND_INDEX].target == 0
+      if (temp_hotend[ee].target == 0
         || pid_error < -(PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE)
         #if HEATER_IDLE_HANDLER
-          || hotend_idle[HOTEND_INDEX].timed_out
+          || hotend_idle[ee].timed_out
         #endif
       ) {
         pid_output = 0;
-        pid_reset[HOTEND_INDEX] = true;
+        pid_reset[ee] = true;
       }
       else if (pid_error > PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE) {
         pid_output = BANG_MAX;
-        pid_reset[HOTEND_INDEX] = true;
+        pid_reset[ee] = true;
       }
       else {
-        if (pid_reset[HOTEND_INDEX]) {
-          temp_iState[HOTEND_INDEX] = 0.0;
-          pid_reset[HOTEND_INDEX] = false;
+        if (pid_reset[ee]) {
+          temp_iState[ee] = 0.0;
+          work_pid[ee].Kd = 0.0;
+          pid_reset[ee] = false;
         }
-        temp_iState[HOTEND_INDEX] += pid_error;
-        work_pid[HOTEND_INDEX].Kp = PID_PARAM(Kp, HOTEND_INDEX) * pid_error;
-        work_pid[HOTEND_INDEX].Ki = PID_PARAM(Ki, HOTEND_INDEX) * temp_iState[HOTEND_INDEX];
 
-        pid_output = work_pid[HOTEND_INDEX].Kp + work_pid[HOTEND_INDEX].Ki - work_pid[HOTEND_INDEX].Kd;
+        work_pid[ee].Kd = work_pid[ee].Kd + PID_K2 * (PID_PARAM(Kd, ee) * (temp_dState[ee] - temp_hotend[ee].current) - work_pid[ee].Kd);
+        const float max_power_over_i_gain = (float)PID_MAX / PID_PARAM(Ki, ee);
+        temp_iState[ee] = constrain(temp_iState[ee] + pid_error, 0, max_power_over_i_gain);
+        work_pid[ee].Kp = PID_PARAM(Kp, ee) * pid_error;
+        work_pid[ee].Ki = PID_PARAM(Ki, ee) * temp_iState[ee];
+
+        pid_output = work_pid[ee].Kp + work_pid[ee].Ki + work_pid[ee].Kd;
 
         #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
-          work_pid[HOTEND_INDEX].Kc = 0;
+          work_pid[ee].Kc = 0;
           if (_HOTEND_TEST) {
             const long e_position = stepper.position(E_AXIS);
             if (e_position > last_e_position) {
@@ -843,55 +849,51 @@ float Temperature::get_pid_output(const int8_t e) {
               lpq[lpq_ptr] = 0;
 
             if (++lpq_ptr >= lpq_len) lpq_ptr = 0;
-            work_pid[HOTEND_INDEX].Kc = (lpq[lpq_ptr] * planner.steps_to_mm[E_AXIS]) * PID_PARAM(Kc, HOTEND_INDEX);
-            pid_output += work_pid[HOTEND_INDEX].Kc;
+            work_pid[ee].Kc = (lpq[lpq_ptr] * planner.steps_to_mm[E_AXIS]) * PID_PARAM(Kc, ee);
+            pid_output += work_pid[ee].Kc;
           }
         #endif // PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
 
-        if (pid_output > PID_MAX) {
-          if (pid_error > 0) temp_iState[HOTEND_INDEX] -= pid_error; // conditional un-integration
-          pid_output = PID_MAX;
-        }
-        else if (pid_output < 0) {
-          if (pid_error < 0) temp_iState[HOTEND_INDEX] -= pid_error; // conditional un-integration
-          pid_output = 0;
-        }
+        pid_output = constrain(pid_output, 0, PID_MAX);
       }
+      temp_dState[ee] = temp_hotend[ee].current;
 
     #else // PID_OPENLOOP
 
-      const float pid_output = constrain(temp_hotend[HOTEND_INDEX].target, 0, PID_MAX);
+      const float pid_output = constrain(temp_hotend[ee].target, 0, PID_MAX);
 
     #endif // PID_OPENLOOP
 
     #if ENABLED(PID_DEBUG)
       SERIAL_ECHO_START();
       SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(
-        MSG_PID_DEBUG, HOTEND_INDEX,
-        MSG_PID_DEBUG_INPUT, temp_hotend[HOTEND_INDEX].current,
+        MSG_PID_DEBUG, ee,
+        MSG_PID_DEBUG_INPUT, temp_hotend[ee].current,
         MSG_PID_DEBUG_OUTPUT, pid_output
       );
       #if DISABLED(PID_OPENLOOP)
         SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(
-          MSG_PID_DEBUG_PTERM, work_pid[HOTEND_INDEX].Kp,
-          MSG_PID_DEBUG_ITERM, work_pid[HOTEND_INDEX].Ki,
-          MSG_PID_DEBUG_DTERM, work_pid[HOTEND_INDEX].Kd
+          MSG_PID_DEBUG_PTERM, work_pid[ee].Kp,
+          MSG_PID_DEBUG_ITERM, work_pid[ee].Ki,
+          MSG_PID_DEBUG_DTERM, work_pid[ee].Kd
           #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
-            , MSG_PID_DEBUG_CTERM, work_pid[HOTEND_INDEX].Kc
+            , MSG_PID_DEBUG_CTERM, work_pid[ee].Kc
           #endif
         );
       #endif
       SERIAL_EOL();
     #endif // PID_DEBUG
 
-  #else /* PID off */
+  #else // No PID enabled
+
     #if HEATER_IDLE_HANDLER
-      #define _TIMED_OUT_TEST hotend_idle[HOTEND_INDEX].timed_out
+      #define _TIMED_OUT_TEST hotend_idle[ee].timed_out
     #else
       #define _TIMED_OUT_TEST false
     #endif
-    pid_output = (!_TIMED_OUT_TEST && temp_hotend[HOTEND_INDEX].current < temp_hotend[HOTEND_INDEX].target) ? BANG_MAX : 0;
+    pid_output = (!_TIMED_OUT_TEST && temp_hotend[ee].current < temp_hotend[ee].target) ? BANG_MAX : 0;
     #undef _TIMED_OUT_TEST
+
   #endif
 
   return pid_output;
@@ -906,23 +908,18 @@ float Temperature::get_pid_output(const int8_t e) {
       static PID_t work_pid = { 0 };
       static float temp_iState = 0, temp_dState = 0;
 
-      float pid_error = temp_bed.target - temp_bed.current;
-      temp_iState += pid_error;
+      const float max_power_over_i_gain = (float)MAX_BED_POWER / temp_bed.pid.Ki,
+                  pid_error = temp_bed.target - temp_bed.current;
+
+      temp_iState = constrain(temp_iState + pid_error, 0, max_power_over_i_gain);
+
       work_pid.Kp = temp_bed.pid.Kp * pid_error;
       work_pid.Ki = temp_bed.pid.Ki * temp_iState;
-      work_pid.Kd = PID_K2 * temp_bed.pid.Kd * (temp_bed.current - temp_dState) + PID_K1 * work_pid.Kd;
+      work_pid.Kd = work_pid.Kd + PID_K2 * (temp_bed.pid.Kd * (temp_dState - temp_bed.current) - work_pid.Kd);
 
       temp_dState = temp_bed.current;
 
-      float pid_output = work_pid.Kp + work_pid.Ki - work_pid.Kd;
-      if (pid_output > MAX_BED_POWER) {
-        if (pid_error > 0) temp_iState -= pid_error; // conditional un-integration
-        pid_output = MAX_BED_POWER;
-      }
-      else if (pid_output < 0) {
-        if (pid_error < 0) temp_iState -= pid_error; // conditional un-integration
-        pid_output = 0;
-      }
+      const float pid_output = constrain(work_pid.Kp + work_pid.Ki + work_pid.Kd, 0, MAX_BED_POWER);
 
     #else // PID_OPENLOOP
 
@@ -979,13 +976,13 @@ void Temperature::manage_heater() {
   updateTemperaturesFromRawValues(); // also resets the watchdog
 
   #if ENABLED(HEATER_0_USES_MAX6675)
-    if (temp_hotend[0].current > MIN(HEATER_0_MAXTEMP, HEATER_0_MAX6675_TMAX - 1.0)) max_temp_error(0);
-    if (temp_hotend[0].current < MAX(HEATER_0_MINTEMP, HEATER_0_MAX6675_TMIN + .01)) min_temp_error(0);
+    if (temp_hotend[0].current > MIN(HEATER_0_MAXTEMP, HEATER_0_MAX6675_TMAX - 1.0)) max_temp_error(H_E0);
+    if (temp_hotend[0].current < MAX(HEATER_0_MINTEMP, HEATER_0_MAX6675_TMIN + .01)) min_temp_error(H_E0);
   #endif
 
   #if ENABLED(HEATER_1_USES_MAX6675)
-    if (temp_hotend[1].current > MIN(HEATER_1_MAXTEMP, HEATER_1_MAX6675_TMAX - 1.0)) max_temp_error(1);
-    if (temp_hotend[1].current < MAX(HEATER_1_MINTEMP, HEATER_1_MAX6675_TMIN + .01)) min_temp_error(1);
+    if (temp_hotend[1].current > MIN(HEATER_1_MAXTEMP, HEATER_1_MAX6675_TMAX - 1.0)) max_temp_error(H_E1);
+    if (temp_hotend[1].current < MAX(HEATER_1_MINTEMP, HEATER_1_MAX6675_TMIN + .01)) min_temp_error(H_E1);
   #endif
 
   #define HAS_THERMAL_PROTECTION (ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) || HAS_THERMALLY_PROTECTED_BED || ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER))
@@ -1006,7 +1003,7 @@ void Temperature::manage_heater() {
   HOTEND_LOOP() {
     #if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
       if (!grace_period && degHotend(e) > temp_range[e].maxtemp)
-        _temp_error(e, PSTR(MSG_T_THERMAL_RUNAWAY), TEMP_ERR_PSTR(MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY, e));
+        _temp_error((heater_ind_t)e, PSTR(MSG_T_THERMAL_RUNAWAY), TEMP_ERR_PSTR(MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY, e));
     #endif
 
     #if HEATER_IDLE_HANDLER
@@ -1015,25 +1012,25 @@ void Temperature::manage_heater() {
 
     #if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
       // Check for thermal runaway
-      thermal_runaway_protection(tr_state_machine[e], temp_hotend[e].current, temp_hotend[e].target, e, THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD, THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS);
+      thermal_runaway_protection(tr_state_machine[e], temp_hotend[e].current, temp_hotend[e].target, (heater_ind_t)e, THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD, THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS);
     #endif
 
-    temp_hotend[e].soft_pwm_amount = (temp_hotend[e].current > temp_range[e].mintemp || is_preheating(e)) && temp_hotend[e].current < temp_range[e].maxtemp ? (int)get_pid_output(e) >> 1 : 0;
+    temp_hotend[e].soft_pwm_amount = (temp_hotend[e].current > temp_range[e].mintemp || is_preheating(e)) && temp_hotend[e].current < temp_range[e].maxtemp ? (int)get_pid_output_hotend(e) >> 1 : 0;
 
     #if WATCH_HOTENDS
       // Make sure temperature is increasing
       if (watch_hotend[e].next_ms && ELAPSED(ms, watch_hotend[e].next_ms)) { // Time to check this extruder?
         if (degHotend(e) < watch_hotend[e].target)                             // Failed to increase enough?
-          _temp_error(e, PSTR(MSG_T_HEATING_FAILED), TEMP_ERR_PSTR(MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD, e));
+          _temp_error((heater_ind_t)e, PSTR(MSG_T_HEATING_FAILED), TEMP_ERR_PSTR(MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD, e));
         else                                                                 // Start again if the target is still far off
-          start_watching_heater(e);
+          start_watching_hotend(e);
       }
     #endif
 
     #if ENABLED(TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT)
       // Make sure measured temperatures are close together
       if (ABS(temp_hotend[0].current - redundant_temperature) > MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF)
-        _temp_error(0, PSTR(MSG_REDUNDANCY), PSTR(MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP));
+        _temp_error(H_E0, PSTR(MSG_REDUNDANCY), PSTR(MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP));
     #endif
 
   } // HOTEND_LOOP
@@ -1062,14 +1059,14 @@ void Temperature::manage_heater() {
 
     #if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
       if (!grace_period && degBed() > BED_MAXTEMP)
-        _temp_error(-1, PSTR(MSG_T_THERMAL_RUNAWAY), TEMP_ERR_PSTR(MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY, -1));
+        _temp_error(H_BED, PSTR(MSG_T_THERMAL_RUNAWAY), TEMP_ERR_PSTR(MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY, H_BED));
     #endif
 
     #if WATCH_BED
       // Make sure temperature is increasing
       if (watch_bed.elapsed(ms)) {        // Time to check the bed?
         if (degBed() < watch_bed.target)                                // Failed to increase enough?
-          _temp_error(-1, PSTR(MSG_T_HEATING_FAILED), TEMP_ERR_PSTR(MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD, -1));
+          _temp_error(H_BED, PSTR(MSG_T_HEATING_FAILED), TEMP_ERR_PSTR(MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD, H_BED));
         else                                                            // Start again if the target is still far off
           start_watching_bed();
       }
@@ -1094,7 +1091,7 @@ void Temperature::manage_heater() {
       #endif
 
       #if HAS_THERMALLY_PROTECTED_BED
-        thermal_runaway_protection(tr_state_machine_bed, temp_bed.current, temp_bed.target, -1, THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD, THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS);
+        thermal_runaway_protection(tr_state_machine_bed, temp_bed.current, temp_bed.target, H_BED, THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD, THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS);
       #endif
 
       #if HEATER_IDLE_HANDLER
@@ -1140,14 +1137,14 @@ void Temperature::manage_heater() {
 
     #if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER)
       if (!grace_period && degChamber() > CHAMBER_MAXTEMP)
-        _temp_error(-2, PSTR(MSG_T_THERMAL_RUNAWAY), TEMP_ERR_PSTR(MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY, -2));
+        _temp_error(H_CHAMBER, PSTR(MSG_T_THERMAL_RUNAWAY), TEMP_ERR_PSTR(MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY, H_CHAMBER));
     #endif
 
     #if WATCH_CHAMBER
       // Make sure temperature is increasing
       if (watch_chamber.elapsed(ms)) {              // Time to check the chamber?
         if (degChamber() < watch_chamber.target)    // Failed to increase enough?
-          _temp_error(-2, PSTR(MSG_T_HEATING_FAILED), TEMP_ERR_PSTR(MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD, -2));
+          _temp_error(H_CHAMBER, PSTR(MSG_T_HEATING_FAILED), TEMP_ERR_PSTR(MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD, H_CHAMBER));
         else
           start_watching_chamber();                 // Start again if the target is still far off
       }
@@ -1172,7 +1169,7 @@ void Temperature::manage_heater() {
       }
 
       #if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER)
-        thermal_runaway_protection(tr_state_machine_chamber, temp_chamber.current, temp_chamber.target, -2, THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD, THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS);
+        thermal_runaway_protection(tr_state_machine_chamber, temp_chamber.current, temp_chamber.target, H_CHAMBER, THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD, THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS);
       #endif
     }
 
@@ -1778,14 +1775,15 @@ void Temperature::init() {
    * their target temperature by a configurable margin.
    * This is called when the temperature is set. (M104, M109)
    */
-  void Temperature::start_watching_heater(const uint8_t e) {
+  void Temperature::start_watching_hotend(const uint8_t e) {
     E_UNUSED();
-    if (degTargetHotend(HOTEND_INDEX) && degHotend(HOTEND_INDEX) < degTargetHotend(HOTEND_INDEX) - (WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE + TEMP_HYSTERESIS + 1)) {
-      watch_hotend[HOTEND_INDEX].target = degHotend(HOTEND_INDEX) + WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE;
-      watch_hotend[HOTEND_INDEX].next_ms = millis() + (WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD) * 1000UL;
+    const uint8_t ee = HOTEND_INDEX;
+    if (degTargetHotend(ee) && degHotend(ee) < degTargetHotend(ee) - (WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE + TEMP_HYSTERESIS + 1)) {
+      watch_hotend[ee].target = degHotend(ee) + WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE;
+      watch_hotend[ee].next_ms = millis() + (WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD) * 1000UL;
     }
     else
-      watch_hotend[HOTEND_INDEX].next_ms = 0;
+      watch_hotend[ee].next_ms = 0;
   }
 #endif
 
@@ -1833,14 +1831,14 @@ void Temperature::init() {
     Temperature::tr_state_machine_t Temperature::tr_state_machine_chamber; // = { TRInactive, 0 };
   #endif
 
-  void Temperature::thermal_runaway_protection(Temperature::tr_state_machine_t &sm, const float &current, const float &target, const int8_t heater_id, const uint16_t period_seconds, const uint16_t hysteresis_degc) {
+  void Temperature::thermal_runaway_protection(Temperature::tr_state_machine_t &sm, const float &current, const float &target, const heater_ind_t heater_id, const uint16_t period_seconds, const uint16_t hysteresis_degc) {
 
     static float tr_target_temperature[HOTENDS + 1] = { 0.0 };
 
     /**
       SERIAL_ECHO_START();
       SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Thermal Thermal Runaway Running. Heater ID: ");
-      if (heater_id == -2) SERIAL_ECHOPGM("chamber");
+      if (heater_id == H_CHAMBER) SERIAL_ECHOPGM("chamber");
       if (heater_id < 0) SERIAL_ECHOPGM("bed"); else SERIAL_ECHO(heater_id);
       SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" ;  State:", sm.state, " ;  Timer:", sm.timer, " ;  Temperature:", current, " ;  Target Temp:", target);
       if (heater_id >= 0)
@@ -1963,17 +1961,13 @@ void Temperature::disable_all_heaters() {
   #if HAS_HEATED_BED
     temp_bed.target = 0;
     temp_bed.soft_pwm_amount = 0;
-    #if HAS_HEATED_BED
-      WRITE_HEATER_BED(LOW);
-    #endif
+    WRITE_HEATER_BED(LOW);
   #endif
 
   #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER
     temp_chamber.target = 0;
     temp_chamber.soft_pwm_amount = 0;
-    #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER
-      WRITE_HEATER_CHAMBER(LOW);
-    #endif
+    WRITE_HEATER_CHAMBER(LOW);
   #endif
 }
 
@@ -2194,14 +2188,18 @@ void Temperature::readings_ready() {
     temp_chamber.acc = 0;
   #endif
 
-  int constexpr temp_dir[] = {
+  static constexpr int8_t temp_dir[] = {
     #if ENABLED(HEATER_0_USES_MAX6675)
-       0
+      0
     #else
       TEMPDIR(0)
     #endif
     #if HOTENDS > 1
-      , TEMPDIR(1)
+      #if ENABLED(HEATER_1_USES_MAX6675)
+        , 0
+      #else
+        , TEMPDIR(1)
+      #endif
       #if HOTENDS > 2
         , TEMPDIR(2)
         #if HOTENDS > 3
@@ -2221,23 +2219,26 @@ void Temperature::readings_ready() {
   if (grace_period) return;
 
   for (uint8_t e = 0; e < COUNT(temp_dir); e++) {
-    const int16_t tdir = temp_dir[e], rawtemp = temp_hotend[e].raw * tdir;
-    const bool heater_on = (temp_hotend[e].target > 0)
-      #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
-        || (temp_hotend[e].soft_pwm_amount > 0)
-      #endif
-    ;
-    if (rawtemp > temp_range[e].raw_max * tdir) max_temp_error(e);
-    if (heater_on && rawtemp < temp_range[e].raw_min * tdir && !is_preheating(e)) {
+    const int8_t tdir = temp_dir[e];
+    if (tdir) {
+      const int16_t rawtemp = temp_hotend[e].raw * tdir; // normal direction, +rawtemp, else -rawtemp
+      const bool heater_on = (temp_hotend[e].target > 0
+        #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
+          || temp_hotend[e].soft_pwm_amount > 0
+        #endif
+      );
+      if (rawtemp > temp_range[e].raw_max * tdir) max_temp_error((heater_ind_t)e);
+      if (heater_on && rawtemp < temp_range[e].raw_min * tdir && !is_preheating(e)) {
+        #ifdef MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED
+          if (++consecutive_low_temperature_error[e] >= MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED)
+        #endif
+            min_temp_error((heater_ind_t)e);
+      }
       #ifdef MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED
-        if (++consecutive_low_temperature_error[e] >= MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED)
+        else
+          consecutive_low_temperature_error[e] = 0;
       #endif
-          min_temp_error(e);
     }
-    #ifdef MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED
-      else
-        consecutive_low_temperature_error[e] = 0;
-    #endif
   }
 
   #if HAS_HEATED_BED
@@ -2251,8 +2252,8 @@ void Temperature::readings_ready() {
         || (temp_bed.soft_pwm_amount > 0)
       #endif
     ;
-    if (BEDCMP(temp_bed.raw, maxtemp_raw_BED)) max_temp_error(-1);
-    if (bed_on && BEDCMP(mintemp_raw_BED, temp_bed.raw)) min_temp_error(-1);
+    if (BEDCMP(temp_bed.raw, maxtemp_raw_BED)) max_temp_error(H_BED);
+    if (bed_on && BEDCMP(mintemp_raw_BED, temp_bed.raw)) min_temp_error(H_BED);
   #endif
 
   #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER
@@ -2262,8 +2263,8 @@ void Temperature::readings_ready() {
       #define CHAMBERCMP(A,B) ((A)>=(B))
     #endif
     const bool chamber_on = (temp_chamber.target > 0);
-    if (CHAMBERCMP(temp_chamber.raw, maxtemp_raw_CHAMBER)) max_temp_error(-2);
-    if (chamber_on && CHAMBERCMP(mintemp_raw_CHAMBER, temp_chamber.raw)) min_temp_error(-2);
+    if (CHAMBERCMP(temp_chamber.raw, maxtemp_raw_CHAMBER)) max_temp_error(H_CHAMBER);
+    if (chamber_on && CHAMBERCMP(mintemp_raw_CHAMBER, temp_chamber.raw)) min_temp_error(H_CHAMBER);
   #endif
 }
 
@@ -2388,8 +2389,9 @@ void Temperature::isr() {
 
       #if ENABLED(FAN_SOFT_PWM)
         #define _FAN_PWM(N) do{ \
-          soft_pwm_count_fan[N] = (soft_pwm_count_fan[N] & pwm_mask) + (soft_pwm_amount_fan[N] >> 1); \
-          WRITE_FAN_N(N, soft_pwm_count_fan[N] > pwm_mask ? HIGH : LOW); \
+          uint8_t &spcf = soft_pwm_count_fan[N]; \
+          spcf = (spcf & pwm_mask) + (soft_pwm_amount_fan[N] >> 1); \
+          WRITE_FAN(N, spcf > pwm_mask ? HIGH : LOW); \
         }while(0)
         #if HAS_FAN0
           _FAN_PWM(0);
@@ -2434,13 +2436,13 @@ void Temperature::isr() {
 
       #if ENABLED(FAN_SOFT_PWM)
         #if HAS_FAN0
-          if (soft_pwm_count_fan[0] <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_FAN(LOW);
+          if (soft_pwm_count_fan[0] <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_FAN(0, LOW);
         #endif
         #if HAS_FAN1
-          if (soft_pwm_count_fan[1] <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_FAN1(LOW);
+          if (soft_pwm_count_fan[1] <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_FAN(1, LOW);
         #endif
         #if HAS_FAN2
-          if (soft_pwm_count_fan[2] <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_FAN2(LOW);
+          if (soft_pwm_count_fan[2] <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_FAN(2, LOW);
         #endif
       #endif
     }
@@ -2521,28 +2523,28 @@ void Temperature::isr() {
     #if ENABLED(FAN_SOFT_PWM)
       if (pwm_count_tmp >= 127) {
         pwm_count_tmp = 0;
-        #define _PWM_FAN(N,I) do{                               \
-          soft_pwm_count_fan[I] = soft_pwm_amount_fan[I] >> 1;  \
-          WRITE_FAN##N(soft_pwm_count_fan[I] > 0 ? HIGH : LOW); \
+        #define _PWM_FAN(N) do{                                 \
+          soft_pwm_count_fan[N] = soft_pwm_amount_fan[N] >> 1;  \
+          WRITE_FAN(N, soft_pwm_count_fan[N] > 0 ? HIGH : LOW); \
         }while(0)
         #if HAS_FAN0
-          _PWM_FAN(,0);
+          _PWM_FAN(0);
         #endif
         #if HAS_FAN1
-          _PWM_FAN(1,1);
+          _PWM_FAN(1);
         #endif
         #if HAS_FAN2
-          _PWM_FAN(2,2);
+          _PWM_FAN(2);
         #endif
       }
       #if HAS_FAN0
-        if (soft_pwm_count_fan[0] <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_FAN(LOW);
+        if (soft_pwm_count_fan[0] <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_FAN(0, LOW);
       #endif
       #if HAS_FAN1
-        if (soft_pwm_count_fan[1] <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_FAN1(LOW);
+        if (soft_pwm_count_fan[1] <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_FAN(1, LOW);
       #endif
       #if HAS_FAN2
-        if (soft_pwm_count_fan[2] <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_FAN2(LOW);
+        if (soft_pwm_count_fan[2] <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_FAN(2, LOW);
       #endif
     #endif // FAN_SOFT_PWM
 
@@ -2774,24 +2776,27 @@ void Temperature::isr() {
     #if ENABLED(SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES)
       , const float r
     #endif
-    , const int8_t e=-3
+    , const heater_ind_t e=INDEX_NONE
   ) {
-    #if !(HAS_HEATED_BED && HAS_TEMP_HOTEND && HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER) && HOTENDS <= 1
-      UNUSED(e);
-    #endif
-
-    SERIAL_CHAR(' ');
-    SERIAL_CHAR(
-      #if HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER && HAS_HEATED_BED && HAS_TEMP_HOTEND
-        e == -2 ? 'C' : e == -1 ? 'B' : 'T'
-      #elif HAS_HEATED_BED && HAS_TEMP_HOTEND
-        e == -1 ? 'B' : 'T'
-      #elif HAS_TEMP_HOTEND
-        'T'
-      #else
-        'B'
+    char k;
+    switch (e) {
+      #if HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER
+        case H_CHAMBER: k = 'C'; break;
       #endif
-    );
+      #if HAS_TEMP_HOTEND
+        default: k = 'T'; break;
+        #if HAS_HEATED_BED
+          case H_BED: k = 'B'; break;
+        #endif
+        #if ENABLED(TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT)
+          case H_REDUNDANT: k = 'R'; break;
+        #endif
+      #elif HAS_HEATED_BED
+        default: k = 'B'; break;
+      #endif
+    }
+    SERIAL_CHAR(' ');
+    SERIAL_CHAR(k);
     #if HOTENDS > 1
       if (e >= 0) SERIAL_CHAR('0' + e);
     #endif
@@ -2799,26 +2804,38 @@ void Temperature::isr() {
     SERIAL_ECHO(c);
     SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" /" , t);
     #if ENABLED(SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES)
-      SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" (", r / OVERSAMPLENR);
+      SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" (", r * RECIPROCAL(OVERSAMPLENR));
       SERIAL_CHAR(')');
     #endif
     delay(2);
   }
 
-  void Temperature::print_heater_states(const uint8_t target_extruder) {
+  void Temperature::print_heater_states(const uint8_t target_extruder
+    #if ENABLED(TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT)
+      , const bool include_r/*=false*/
+    #endif
+  ) {
     #if HAS_TEMP_HOTEND
       print_heater_state(degHotend(target_extruder), degTargetHotend(target_extruder)
         #if ENABLED(SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES)
           , rawHotendTemp(target_extruder)
         #endif
       );
+      #if ENABLED(TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT)
+        if (include_r) print_heater_state(redundant_temperature, degTargetHotend(target_extruder)
+          #if ENABLED(SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES)
+            , redundant_temperature_raw
+          #endif
+          , H_REDUNDANT
+        );
+      #endif
     #endif
     #if HAS_HEATED_BED
       print_heater_state(degBed(), degTargetBed()
         #if ENABLED(SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES)
           , rawBedTemp()
         #endif
-        , -1 // BED
+        , H_BED
       );
     #endif
     #if HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER
@@ -2831,7 +2848,7 @@ void Temperature::isr() {
         #if ENABLED(SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES)
           , rawChamberTemp()
         #endif
-        , -2 // CHAMBER
+        , H_CHAMBER
       );
     #endif // HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER
     #if HOTENDS > 1
@@ -2839,21 +2856,21 @@ void Temperature::isr() {
         #if ENABLED(SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES)
           , rawHotendTemp(e)
         #endif
-        , e
+        , (heater_ind_t)e
       );
     #endif
-    SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" @:", getHeaterPower(target_extruder));
+    SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" @:", getHeaterPower((heater_ind_t)target_extruder));
     #if HAS_HEATED_BED
-      SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" B@:", getHeaterPower(-1));
+      SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" B@:", getHeaterPower(H_BED));
     #endif
     #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER
-      SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" C@:", getHeaterPower(-2));
+      SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" C@:", getHeaterPower(H_CHAMBER));
     #endif
     #if HOTENDS > 1
       HOTEND_LOOP() {
         SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" @", e);
         SERIAL_CHAR(':');
-        SERIAL_ECHO(getHeaterPower(e));
+        SERIAL_ECHO(getHeaterPower((heater_ind_t)e));
       }
     #endif
   }
@@ -2909,7 +2926,6 @@ void Temperature::isr() {
       #endif
 
       #if DISABLED(BUSY_WHILE_HEATING) && ENABLED(HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE)
-        const GcodeSuite::MarlinBusyState old_busy_state = gcode.busy_state;
         KEEPALIVE_STATE(NOT_BUSY);
       #endif
 
@@ -3003,10 +3019,6 @@ void Temperature::isr() {
         #endif
       }
 
-      #if DISABLED(BUSY_WHILE_HEATING) && ENABLED(HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE)
-        gcode.busy_state = old_busy_state;
-      #endif
-
       return wait_for_heatup;
     }
 
@@ -3042,7 +3054,6 @@ void Temperature::isr() {
       millis_t now, next_temp_ms = 0, next_cool_check_ms = 0;
 
       #if DISABLED(BUSY_WHILE_HEATING) && ENABLED(HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE)
-        const GcodeSuite::MarlinBusyState old_busy_state = gcode.busy_state;
         KEEPALIVE_STATE(NOT_BUSY);
       #endif
 
@@ -3129,10 +3140,6 @@ void Temperature::isr() {
 
       if (wait_for_heatup) ui.reset_status();
 
-      #if DISABLED(BUSY_WHILE_HEATING) && ENABLED(HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE)
-        gcode.busy_state = old_busy_state;
-      #endif
-
       return wait_for_heatup;
     }
 
@@ -3163,7 +3170,6 @@ void Temperature::isr() {
       millis_t now, next_temp_ms = 0, next_cool_check_ms = 0;
 
       #if DISABLED(BUSY_WHILE_HEATING) && ENABLED(HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE)
-        const GcodeSuite::MarlinBusyState old_busy_state = gcode.busy_state;
         KEEPALIVE_STATE(NOT_BUSY);
       #endif
 
@@ -3231,10 +3237,6 @@ void Temperature::isr() {
 
       if (wait_for_heatup) ui.reset_status();
 
-      #if DISABLED(BUSY_WHILE_HEATING) && ENABLED(HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE)
-        gcode.busy_state = old_busy_state;
-      #endif
-
       return wait_for_heatup;
     }
 
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/temperature.h b/Marlin/src/module/temperature.h
index ddcdd3909c..3ea172fe97 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/temperature.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/temperature.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -45,6 +45,13 @@
   #define E_UNUSED()
 #endif
 
+// Identifiers for other heaters
+typedef enum : int8_t {
+  INDEX_NONE = -4,
+  H_REDUNDANT, H_CHAMBER, H_BED,
+  H_E0, H_E1, H_E2, H_E3, H_E4, H_E5
+} heater_ind_t;
+
 // PID storage
 typedef struct { float Kp, Ki, Kd;     } PID_t;
 typedef struct { float Kp, Ki, Kd, Kc; } PIDC_t;
@@ -472,8 +479,12 @@ class Temperature {
         static constexpr uint8_t fan_speed_scaler[FAN_COUNT] = ARRAY_N(FAN_COUNT, 128, 128, 128, 128, 128, 128);
       #endif
 
-      static inline uint8_t lcd_fanSpeedActual(const uint8_t target) {
-        return (fan_speed[target] * uint16_t(fan_speed_scaler[target])) >> 7;
+      static inline uint8_t scaledFanSpeed(const uint8_t target, const uint8_t fs) {
+        return (fs * uint16_t(fan_speed_scaler[target])) >> 7;
+      }
+
+      static inline uint8_t scaledFanSpeed(const uint8_t target) {
+        return scaledFanSpeed(target, fan_speed[target]);
       }
 
       #if ENABLED(EXTRA_FAN_SPEED)
@@ -576,33 +587,34 @@ class Temperature {
     }
 
     #if WATCH_HOTENDS
-      static void start_watching_heater(const uint8_t e=0);
+      static void start_watching_hotend(const uint8_t e=0);
     #else
-      static inline void start_watching_heater(const uint8_t e=0) { UNUSED(e); }
+      static inline void start_watching_hotend(const uint8_t e=0) { UNUSED(e); }
     #endif
 
     #if HAS_LCD_MENU
-      static inline void start_watching_E0() { start_watching_heater(0); }
-      static inline void start_watching_E1() { start_watching_heater(1); }
-      static inline void start_watching_E2() { start_watching_heater(2); }
-      static inline void start_watching_E3() { start_watching_heater(3); }
-      static inline void start_watching_E4() { start_watching_heater(4); }
-      static inline void start_watching_E5() { start_watching_heater(5); }
+      static inline void start_watching_E0() { start_watching_hotend(0); }
+      static inline void start_watching_E1() { start_watching_hotend(1); }
+      static inline void start_watching_E2() { start_watching_hotend(2); }
+      static inline void start_watching_E3() { start_watching_hotend(3); }
+      static inline void start_watching_E4() { start_watching_hotend(4); }
+      static inline void start_watching_E5() { start_watching_hotend(5); }
     #endif
 
     static void setTargetHotend(const int16_t celsius, const uint8_t e) {
       E_UNUSED();
+      const uint8_t ee = HOTEND_INDEX;
       #ifdef MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME
         if (celsius == 0)
-          reset_preheat_time(HOTEND_INDEX);
-        else if (temp_hotend[HOTEND_INDEX].target == 0)
-          start_preheat_time(HOTEND_INDEX);
+          reset_preheat_time(ee);
+        else if (temp_hotend[ee].target == 0)
+          start_preheat_time(ee);
       #endif
       #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
         powerManager.power_on();
       #endif
-      temp_hotend[HOTEND_INDEX].target = MIN(celsius, temp_range[HOTEND_INDEX].maxtemp - 15);
-      start_watching_heater(HOTEND_INDEX);
+      temp_hotend[ee].target = MIN(celsius, temp_range[ee].maxtemp - 15);
+      start_watching_hotend(ee);
     }
 
     #if WATCH_CHAMBER
@@ -701,7 +713,7 @@ class Temperature {
     /**
      * The software PWM power for a heater
      */
-    static int16_t getHeaterPower(const int8_t heater);
+    static int16_t getHeaterPower(const heater_ind_t heater);
 
     /**
      * Switch off all heaters, set all target temperatures to 0
@@ -712,7 +724,7 @@ class Temperature {
      * Perform auto-tuning for hotend or bed in response to M303
      */
     #if HAS_PID_HEATING
-      static void PID_autotune(const float &target, const int8_t hotend, const int8_t ncycles, const bool set_result=false);
+      static void PID_autotune(const float &target, const heater_ind_t hotend, const int8_t ncycles, const bool set_result=false);
 
       #if ENABLED(NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING)
         static bool adaptive_fan_slowing;
@@ -743,7 +755,7 @@ class Temperature {
       static void reset_heater_idle_timer(const uint8_t e) {
         E_UNUSED();
         hotend_idle[HOTEND_INDEX].reset();
-        start_watching_heater(HOTEND_INDEX);
+        start_watching_hotend(HOTEND_INDEX);
       }
 
       #if HAS_HEATED_BED
@@ -756,7 +768,11 @@ class Temperature {
     #endif // HEATER_IDLE_HANDLER
 
     #if HAS_TEMP_SENSOR
-      static void print_heater_states(const uint8_t target_extruder);
+      static void print_heater_states(const uint8_t target_extruder
+        #if ENABLED(TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT)
+          , const bool include_r=false
+        #endif
+      );
       #if ENABLED(AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES)
         static uint8_t auto_report_temp_interval;
         static millis_t next_temp_report_ms;
@@ -798,7 +814,7 @@ class Temperature {
 
     static void checkExtruderAutoFans();
 
-    static float get_pid_output(const int8_t e);
+    static float get_pid_output_hotend(const uint8_t e);
 
     #if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
       static float get_pid_output_bed();
@@ -808,9 +824,9 @@ class Temperature {
       static float get_pid_output_chamber();
     #endif
 
-    static void _temp_error(const int8_t e, PGM_P const serial_msg, PGM_P const lcd_msg);
-    static void min_temp_error(const int8_t e);
-    static void max_temp_error(const int8_t e);
+    static void _temp_error(const heater_ind_t e, PGM_P const serial_msg, PGM_P const lcd_msg);
+    static void min_temp_error(const heater_ind_t e);
+    static void max_temp_error(const heater_ind_t e);
 
     #if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) || HAS_THERMALLY_PROTECTED_BED || ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER)
 
@@ -831,7 +847,7 @@ class Temperature {
         static tr_state_machine_t tr_state_machine_chamber;
       #endif
 
-      static void thermal_runaway_protection(tr_state_machine_t &state, const float &current, const float &target, const int8_t heater_id, const uint16_t period_seconds, const uint16_t hysteresis_degc);
+      static void thermal_runaway_protection(tr_state_machine_t &state, const float &current, const float &target, const heater_ind_t heater_id, const uint16_t period_seconds, const uint16_t hysteresis_degc);
 
     #endif // THERMAL_PROTECTION
 };
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_1.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_1.h
index c87ee36a57..f2eb078081 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_1.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_1.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 // R25 = 100 kOhm, beta25 = 4092 K, 4.7 kOhm pull-up, bed thermistor
 const short temptable_1[][2] PROGMEM = {
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_10.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_10.h
index ba07d13eca..0ef9d9d635 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_10.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_10.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 // R25 = 100 kOhm, beta25 = 3960 K, 4.7 kOhm pull-up, RS thermistor 198-961
 const short temptable_10[][2] PROGMEM = {
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_1010.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_1010.h
index 5883fb8732..ab2b1fb443 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_1010.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_1010.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 // Pt1000 with 1k0 pullup
 const short temptable_1010[][2] PROGMEM = {
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_1047.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_1047.h
index bdfae4be9c..8010d8ebc1 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_1047.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_1047.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 // Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
 const short temptable_1047[][2] PROGMEM = {
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_11.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_11.h
index caaab72206..f9a9524a15 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_11.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_11.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 // R25 = 100 kOhm, beta25 = 3950 K, 4.7 kOhm pull-up, QU-BD silicone bed QWG-104F-3950 thermistor
 const short temptable_11[][2] PROGMEM = {
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_110.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_110.h
index 0bad85132f..a55a193611 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_110.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_110.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 // Pt100 with 1k0 pullup
 const short temptable_110[][2] PROGMEM = {
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_12.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_12.h
index 0182c7a6ec..9210bf9131 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_12.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_12.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 // R25 = 100 kOhm, beta25 = 4700 K, 4.7 kOhm pull-up, (personal calibration for Makibox hot bed)
 const short temptable_12[][2] PROGMEM = {
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_13.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_13.h
index 39346c8eb0..703ec74159 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_13.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_13.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 // R25 = 100 kOhm, beta25 = 4100 K, 4.7 kOhm pull-up, Hisens thermistor
 const short temptable_13[][2] PROGMEM = {
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_147.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_147.h
index 46d9146fb7..b020103a38 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_147.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_147.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 // Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
 const short temptable_147[][2] PROGMEM = {
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_15.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_15.h
index b39c94c230..aab32c05c0 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_15.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_15.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
  // 100k bed thermistor in JGAurora A5. Calibrated by Sam Pinches 21st Jan 2018 using cheap k-type thermocouple inserted into heater block, using TM-902C meter.
 const short temptable_15[][2] PROGMEM = {
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_18.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_18.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..46f1be452a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_18.h
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+// ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - version (measured/tested/approved)
+const short temptable_18[][2] PROGMEM = {
+  { OV(   1), 713 },
+  { OV(  17), 284 },
+  { OV(  20), 275 },
+  { OV(  23), 267 },
+  { OV(  27), 257 },
+  { OV(  31), 250 },
+  { OV(  37), 240 },
+  { OV(  43), 232 },
+  { OV(  51), 222 },
+  { OV(  61), 213 },
+  { OV(  73), 204 },
+  { OV(  87), 195 },
+  { OV( 106), 185 },
+  { OV( 128), 175 },
+  { OV( 155), 166 },
+  { OV( 189), 156 },
+  { OV( 230), 146 },
+  { OV( 278), 137 },
+  { OV( 336), 127 },
+  { OV( 402), 117 },
+  { OV( 476), 107 },
+  { OV( 554),  97 },
+  { OV( 635),  87 },
+  { OV( 713),  78 },
+  { OV( 784),  68 },
+  { OV( 846),  58 },
+  { OV( 897),  49 },
+  { OV( 937),  39 },
+  { OV( 966),  30 },
+  { OV( 986),  20 },
+  { OV(1000),  10 },
+  { OV(1010),   0 },
+  { OV(1024),-273 } // for safety
+};
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_2.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_2.h
index 6e85c68202..4a59e8d818 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_2.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_2.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 //
 // R25 = 200 kOhm, beta25 = 4338 K, 4.7 kOhm pull-up, ATC Semitec 204GT-2
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_20.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_20.h
index 7619bfc78f..fc01858f4b 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_20.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_20.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 // PT100 with INA826 amp on Ultimaker v2.0 electronics
 // The PT100 in the Ultimaker v2.0 electronics has a high sample value for a high temperature.
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_3.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_3.h
index 23a27fafbd..bccfcb04c1 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_3.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_3.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 // R25 = 100 kOhm, beta25 = 4120 K, 4.7 kOhm pull-up, mendel-parts
 const short temptable_3[][2] PROGMEM = {
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_4.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_4.h
index a66d1d01fa..46462ba566 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_4.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_4.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 // R25 = 10 kOhm, beta25 = 3950 K, 4.7 kOhm pull-up, Generic 10k thermistor
 const short temptable_4[][2] PROGMEM = {
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_5.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_5.h
index 18beb72e72..0d3905ac1c 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_5.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_5.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 // R25 = 100 kOhm, beta25 = 4267 K, 4.7 kOhm pull-up
 // 100k ParCan thermistor (104GT-2)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_501.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_501.h
index 5dec645ed1..6e551641f9 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_501.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_501.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 // 100k Zonestar thermistor. Adjusted By Hally
 const short temptable_501[][2] PROGMEM = {
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_51.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_51.h
index 7461bf47a9..93306d0f81 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_51.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_51.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 // R25 = 100 kOhm, beta25 = 4092 K, 1 kOhm pull-up,
 // 100k EPCOS (WITH 1kohm RESISTOR FOR PULLUP, R9 ON SANGUINOLOLU! NOT FOR 4.7kohm PULLUP! THIS IS NOT NORMAL!)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_52.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_52.h
index 8abd92da93..0e2b028e45 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_52.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_52.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 // R25 = 200 kOhm, beta25 = 4338 K, 1 kOhm pull-up,
 // 200k ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (WITH 1kohm RESISTOR FOR PULLUP, R9 ON SANGUINOLOLU! NOT FOR 4.7kohm PULLUP! THIS IS NOT NORMAL!)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_55.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_55.h
index 3f8678bb80..b9a462eab3 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_55.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_55.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 // R25 = 100 kOhm, beta25 = 4267 K, 1 kOhm pull-up,
 // 100k ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used on ParCan) (WITH 1kohm RESISTOR FOR PULLUP, R9 ON SANGUINOLOLU! NOT FOR 4.7kohm PULLUP! THIS IS NOT NORMAL!)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_6.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_6.h
index e3f656576a..a3e6e69f85 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_6.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_6.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 // R25 = 100 kOhm, beta25 = 4092 K, 8.2 kOhm pull-up, 100k Epcos (?) thermistor
 const short temptable_6[][2] PROGMEM = {
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_60.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_60.h
index 62ffc3d42e..78939bfb44 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_60.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_60.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 // R25 = 100 kOhm, beta25 = 3950 K, 4.7 kOhm pull-up,
 // Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_61.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_61.h
index 4c481dc28e..3619947117 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_61.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_61.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 // R25 = 100 kOhm, beta25 = 3950 K, 4.7 kOhm pull-up,
 // Formbot / Vivedino high temp 100k thermistor
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_66.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_66.h
index 895abd7a93..c8669c49fc 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_66.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_66.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 // R25 = 2.5 MOhm, beta25 = 4500 K, 4.7 kOhm pull-up, DyzeDesign 500 °C Thermistor
 const short temptable_66[][2] PROGMEM = {
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_666.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_666.h
index c6261b8f87..3b8c68b88d 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_666.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_666.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * This file was generated by tltgen on Thu Jul  5 15:46:43 2018.
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_67.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_67.h
index 4483fb5f8a..9e86811123 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_67.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_67.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 // R25 = 500 KOhm, beta25 = 3800 K, 4.7 kOhm pull-up, SliceEngineering 450 °C Thermistor
 const short temptable_67[][2] PROGMEM = {
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_7.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_7.h
index ce13b1f837..609317d492 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_7.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_7.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 // R25 = 100 kOhm, beta25 = 3974 K, 4.7 kOhm pull-up, Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01
 const short temptable_7[][2] PROGMEM = {
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_70.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_70.h
index a7984a9375..f05f066bea 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_70.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_70.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 // Stock BQ Hephestos 2 100k thermistor.
 // Created on 29/12/2017 with an ambient temperature of 20C.
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_71.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_71.h
index 12da429a0e..0198f326ed 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_71.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_71.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 // R25 = 100 kOhm, beta25 = 3974 K, 4.7 kOhm pull-up, Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01
 // R0 = 100000 Ohm
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_75.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_75.h
index d83e153e94..a43e1f0b4b 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_75.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_75.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * R25 = 100 kOhm, beta25 = 4100 K, 4.7 kOhm pull-up,
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_8.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_8.h
index 6372253cba..8cb9f3aaaa 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_8.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_8.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 // R25 = 100 kOhm, beta25 = 3950 K, 10 kOhm pull-up, NTCS0603E3104FHT
 const short temptable_8[][2] PROGMEM = {
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_9.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_9.h
index 14a4c4c273..44274106b0 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_9.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_9.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 // R25 = 100 kOhm, beta25 = 3960 K, 4.7 kOhm pull-up, GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1
 const short temptable_9[][2] PROGMEM = {
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_998.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_998.h
index ac8c9dc466..74d0e6e38c 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_998.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_998.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 // User-defined table 1
 // Dummy Thermistor table.. It will ALWAYS read a fixed value.
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_999.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_999.h
index fab9e3fdef..9d5818bc76 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_999.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_999.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 // User-defined table 2
 // Dummy Thermistor table.. It will ALWAYS read a fixed value.
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistors.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistors.h
index 00def3ae40..21fd10526d 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistors.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistors.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -83,6 +83,9 @@
 #if ANY_THERMISTOR_IS(15) // JGAurora A5 thermistor calibration
   #include "thermistor_15.h"
 #endif
+#if ANY_THERMISTOR_IS(18) // ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
+  #include "thermistor_18.h"
+#endif
 #if ANY_THERMISTOR_IS(20) // PT100 with INA826 amp on Ultimaker v2.0 electronics
   #include "thermistor_20.h"
 #endif
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/tool_change.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/tool_change.cpp
index 3b97cb60c1..5c6d37ad97 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/tool_change.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/tool_change.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ inline void fast_line_to_current(const AxisEnum fr_axis) {
 
       // STEP 3
 
-      if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("(3) Move to position near new extruder");
+      if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("(3) Move near new extruder");
 
       current_position[X_AXIS] += active_extruder ? -10 : 10; // move 10mm away from parked extruder
 
@@ -365,13 +365,13 @@ inline void fast_line_to_current(const AxisEnum fr_axis) {
 
 #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
 
-  inline void switching_toolhead_tool_change(const uint8_t tmp_extruder, const float fr_mm_s/*=0.0*/, bool no_move/*=false*/) {
+  inline void switching_toolhead_tool_change(const uint8_t tmp_extruder, bool no_move/*=false*/) {
     if (no_move) return;
 
     constexpr uint16_t angles[2] = SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES;
 
-    const float toolheadposx[] = SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS,
-                placexpos = toolheadposx[active_extruder],
+    constexpr float toolheadposx[] = SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS;
+    const float placexpos = toolheadposx[active_extruder],
                 grabxpos = toolheadposx[tmp_extruder];
 
     /**
@@ -465,15 +465,13 @@ inline void fast_line_to_current(const AxisEnum fr_axis) {
     if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("Toolhead change done.");
   }
 
-#endif // SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+#elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
 
-#if ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
-
-  inline void magnetic_switching_toolhead_tool_change(const uint8_t tmp_extruder, const float fr_mm_s/*=0.0*/, bool no_move/*=false*/) {
+  inline void magnetic_switching_toolhead_tool_change(const uint8_t tmp_extruder, bool no_move/*=false*/) {
     if (no_move) return;
 
-    const float toolheadposx[] = SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS,
-                placexpos = toolheadposx[active_extruder],
+    constexpr float toolheadposx[] = SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS;
+    const float placexpos = toolheadposx[active_extruder],
                 grabxpos = toolheadposx[tmp_extruder];
 
     /**
@@ -582,7 +580,138 @@ inline void fast_line_to_current(const AxisEnum fr_axis) {
     planner.synchronize();
   }
 
-#endif // MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+#elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+
+  inline void est_activate_solenoid()   { OUT_WRITE(SOL0_PIN, HIGH); }
+  inline void est_deactivate_solenoid() { OUT_WRITE(SOL0_PIN, LOW); }
+  void est_init() { est_activate_solenoid(); }
+
+  inline void electromagnetic_switching_toolhead(const uint8_t tmp_extruder, bool no_move) {
+    if (no_move) return;
+
+    constexpr float toolheadposx[] = SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS;
+    const float placexpos = toolheadposx[active_extruder],
+                grabxpos = toolheadposx[tmp_extruder];
+
+    /**
+     * 1. Raise Z-Axis to give enough clearance
+     * 2. Move to position near active extruder parking
+     * 3. Move gently to park position of active extruder
+     * 4. Disengage magnetic field, wait for delay
+     * 5. Leave extruder and move to position near new extruder parking
+     * 6. Move gently to park position of new extruder
+     * 7. Engage magnetic field for new extruder parking
+     * 8. Unpark extruder
+     * 9. Apply Z hotend offset to current position
+     */
+
+    #if ENABLED(DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE)
+      if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS("Starting Autopark", current_position);
+    #endif
+
+    // 1. Raise Z-Axis to give enough clearance
+
+    current_position[Z_AXIS] += SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP;
+    #if ENABLED(DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE)
+      if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS("(1) Raise Z-Axis ", current_position);
+    #endif
+    planner.buffer_line(current_position, planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[Z_AXIS], active_extruder);
+
+    // 2. Move to position near active extruder parking
+
+    #if ENABLED(DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE)
+      if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) {
+        planner.synchronize();
+        SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("(2) Move near active extruder parking", active_extruder);
+        DEBUG_POS("Moving ParkPos", current_position);
+      }
+    #endif
+    current_position[X_AXIS] = placexpos + hotend_offset[X_AXIS][active_extruder];
+    current_position[Y_AXIS] = SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS + SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR + hotend_offset[Y_AXIS][active_extruder];
+    planner.buffer_line(current_position, planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[X_AXIS], active_extruder);
+
+    // 3. Move gently to park position of active extruder
+
+    #if ENABLED(DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE)
+      if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) {
+        planner.synchronize();
+        SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("(3) Move gently to park position of active extruder", active_extruder);
+        DEBUG_POS("Moving ParkPos", current_position);
+      }
+    #endif
+
+    current_position[Y_AXIS] -= SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR;
+    planner.buffer_line(current_position, planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[Y_AXIS] * 0.5, active_extruder);
+
+    // 4. Disengage magnetic field, wait for delay
+
+    #if ENABLED(DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE)
+      if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("(4) Disengage magnet");
+    #endif
+
+    planner.synchronize();
+    est_deactivate_solenoid();
+
+    // 5. Leave extruder and move to position near new extruder parking
+
+    #if ENABLED(DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE)
+      if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) {
+        SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("(5) Move near new extruder parking");
+        DEBUG_POS("Moving ParkPos", current_position);
+      }
+    #endif
+
+    current_position[Y_AXIS] += SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR;
+    planner.buffer_line(current_position, planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[Y_AXIS] * 0.5f, active_extruder);
+
+    current_position[X_AXIS] = grabxpos + hotend_offset[X_AXIS][active_extruder];
+    current_position[Y_AXIS] = SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS + SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR  + hotend_offset[Y_AXIS][active_extruder];
+    planner.buffer_line(current_position, planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[X_AXIS], active_extruder);
+
+    // 6. Move gently to park position of new extruder
+
+    #if ENABLED(DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE)
+      if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) {
+        planner.synchronize();
+        SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("(6) Move near new extruder");
+      }
+    #endif
+
+    current_position[Y_AXIS] -= SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR;
+    planner.buffer_line(current_position, planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[Y_AXIS] * 0.5f, active_extruder);
+
+    // 7. Engage magnetic field for new extruder parking
+
+    #if ENABLED(DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE)
+      if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("(7) Engage magnetic field");
+    #endif
+
+    planner.synchronize();
+    est_activate_solenoid();
+
+    // 8. Unpark extruder
+
+    #if ENABLED(DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE)
+      if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("(8) Unpark extruder");
+    #endif
+
+    current_position[Y_AXIS] += SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR;
+
+    planner.buffer_line(current_position, planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[X_AXIS] * 0.5f, active_extruder);
+
+    // 9. Apply Z hotend offset to current position
+
+    current_position[Z_AXIS] += hotend_offset[Z_AXIS][active_extruder] - hotend_offset[Z_AXIS][tmp_extruder];
+
+    #if ENABLED(DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE)
+      if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) {
+        planner.synchronize();
+        DEBUG_POS("(9) Applying Z-offset", current_position);
+      }
+    #endif
+  }
+
+#endif // ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
 inline void invalid_extruder_error(const uint8_t e) {
   SERIAL_ECHO_START();
@@ -653,7 +782,7 @@ inline void invalid_extruder_error(const uint8_t e) {
  * Perform a tool-change, which may result in moving the
  * previous tool out of the way and the new tool into place.
  */
-void tool_change(const uint8_t tmp_extruder, const float fr_mm_s/*=0.0*/, bool no_move/*=false*/) {
+void tool_change(const uint8_t tmp_extruder, bool no_move/*=false*/) {
 
   #if ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     if (tmp_extruder == active_extruder) return;
@@ -661,7 +790,7 @@ void tool_change(const uint8_t tmp_extruder, const float fr_mm_s/*=0.0*/, bool n
 
   #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
 
-    UNUSED(fr_mm_s); UNUSED(no_move);
+    UNUSED(no_move);
 
     if (tmp_extruder >= MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS)
       return invalid_extruder_error(tmp_extruder);
@@ -673,13 +802,13 @@ void tool_change(const uint8_t tmp_extruder, const float fr_mm_s/*=0.0*/, bool n
 
   #elif ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2)
 
-    UNUSED(fr_mm_s); UNUSED(no_move);
+    UNUSED(no_move);
 
     mmu2.tool_change(tmp_extruder);
 
   #elif EXTRUDERS < 2
 
-    UNUSED(fr_mm_s); UNUSED(no_move);
+    UNUSED(no_move);
 
     if (tmp_extruder) invalid_extruder_error(tmp_extruder);
     return;
@@ -702,21 +831,25 @@ void tool_change(const uint8_t tmp_extruder, const float fr_mm_s/*=0.0*/, bool n
     if (tmp_extruder >= EXTRUDERS)
       return invalid_extruder_error(tmp_extruder);
 
-    if (!no_move && (!all_axes_homed()
-      #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
-        || dual_x_carriage_mode == DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
-      #endif
-    )) {
+    if (!no_move && !all_axes_homed()) {
       no_move = true;
-      if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("No move on toolchange");
+      if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("No move (not homed)");
     }
 
     #if HAS_LCD_MENU
       ui.return_to_status();
     #endif
 
+    #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
+      const bool idex_full_control = dual_x_carriage_mode == DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE;
+    #else
+      constexpr bool idex_full_control = false;
+    #endif
+
+    const bool can_move_away = !no_move && !idex_full_control;
+
     #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
-      const bool should_swap = !no_move && toolchange_settings.swap_length;
+      const bool should_swap = can_move_away && toolchange_settings.swap_length;
       #if ENABLED(PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION)
         const bool too_cold = !DEBUGGING(DRYRUN) && (thermalManager.targetTooColdToExtrude(active_extruder) || thermalManager.targetTooColdToExtrude(tmp_extruder));
       #else
@@ -736,6 +869,7 @@ void tool_change(const uint8_t tmp_extruder, const float fr_mm_s/*=0.0*/, bool n
           #else
             current_position[E_AXIS] -= toolchange_settings.swap_length / planner.e_factor[active_extruder];
             planner.buffer_line(current_position, MMM_TO_MMS(toolchange_settings.retract_speed), active_extruder);
+            planner.synchronize();
           #endif
         }
       }
@@ -747,17 +881,25 @@ void tool_change(const uint8_t tmp_extruder, const float fr_mm_s/*=0.0*/, bool n
         raise_nozzle(active_extruder);
       #endif
 
-      const float old_feedrate_mm_s = fr_mm_s > 0.0 ? fr_mm_s : feedrate_mm_s;
-      feedrate_mm_s = fr_mm_s > 0.0 ? fr_mm_s : XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE_MM_S;
+      REMEMBER(fr, feedrate_mm_s, XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE_MM_S);
 
-      #if HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS && ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
-        update_software_endstops(X_AXIS, active_extruder, tmp_extruder);
+      #if HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
+        #if HAS_HOTEND_OFFSET
+          #define _EXT_ARGS , active_extruder, tmp_extruder
+        #else
+          #define _EXT_ARGS
+        #endif
+        update_software_endstops(X_AXIS _EXT_ARGS);
+        #if DISABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
+          update_software_endstops(Y_AXIS _EXT_ARGS);
+          update_software_endstops(Z_AXIS _EXT_ARGS);
+        #endif
       #endif
 
       set_destination_from_current();
 
-      if (!no_move) {
-        #if DISABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
+      #if DISABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
+        if (can_move_away) {
           // Do a small lift to avoid the workpiece in the move back (below)
           current_position[Z_AXIS] += toolchange_settings.z_raise;
           #if HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
@@ -769,9 +911,9 @@ void tool_change(const uint8_t tmp_extruder, const float fr_mm_s/*=0.0*/, bool n
             current_position[Y_AXIS] = toolchange_settings.change_point.y;
           #endif
           planner.buffer_line(current_position, feedrate_mm_s, active_extruder);
-        #endif
-        planner.synchronize();
-      }
+          planner.synchronize();
+        }
+      #endif
 
       #if HAS_HOTEND_OFFSET
         #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
@@ -787,15 +929,17 @@ void tool_change(const uint8_t tmp_extruder, const float fr_mm_s/*=0.0*/, bool n
 
       #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
         dualx_tool_change(tmp_extruder, no_move);
-      #elif ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) // Dual Parking extruder
+      #elif ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)                                   // Dual Parking extruder
         parking_extruder_tool_change(tmp_extruder, no_move);
-      #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) // Magnetic Parking extruder
+      #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)                          // Magnetic Parking extruder
         magnetic_parking_extruder_tool_change(tmp_extruder);
-      #elif ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) // Switching Toolhead
-        switching_toolhead_tool_change(tmp_extruder, fr_mm_s, no_move);
-      #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) // Magnetic Switching Toolhead
-        magnetic_switching_toolhead_tool_change(tmp_extruder, fr_mm_s, no_move);
-      #elif ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) && !SWITCHING_NOZZLE_TWO_SERVOS
+      #elif ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)                                 // Switching Toolhead
+        switching_toolhead_tool_change(tmp_extruder, no_move);
+      #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)                        // Magnetic Switching Toolhead
+        magnetic_switching_toolhead_tool_change(tmp_extruder, no_move);
+      #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)                 // Magnetic Switching ToolChanger
+        electromagnetic_switching_toolhead(tmp_extruder, no_move);
+      #elif ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) && !SWITCHING_NOZZLE_TWO_SERVOS   // Switching Nozzle (single servo)
         // Raise by a configured distance to avoid workpiece, except with
         // SWITCHING_NOZZLE_TWO_SERVOS, as both nozzles will lift instead.
         current_position[Z_AXIS] += MAX(-zdiff, 0.0) + toolchange_settings.z_raise;
@@ -828,7 +972,6 @@ void tool_change(const uint8_t tmp_extruder, const float fr_mm_s/*=0.0*/, bool n
 
       // Return to position and lower again
       if (safe_to_move && !no_move && IsRunning()) {
-        if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS("Move back", destination);
 
         #if ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE)
           #if FAN_COUNT > 0
@@ -875,13 +1018,23 @@ void tool_change(const uint8_t tmp_extruder, const float fr_mm_s/*=0.0*/, bool n
           apply_motion_limits(destination);
         #endif
 
-        // Move back to the original (or tweaked) position
-        do_blocking_move_to(destination);
+        // Should the nozzle move back to the old position?
+        if (can_move_away) {
+          #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN)
+            // Just move back down
+            if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("Move back Z only");
+            do_blocking_move_to_z(destination[Z_AXIS], planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[Z_AXIS]);
+          #else
+            // Move back to the original (or adjusted) position
+            if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS("Move back", destination);
+            do_blocking_move_to(destination);
+          #endif
+        }
+        else if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("Move back skipped");
 
         #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
           active_extruder_parked = false;
         #endif
-        feedrate_mm_s = old_feedrate_mm_s;
       }
       #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
         else {
diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/tool_change.h b/Marlin/src/module/tool_change.h
index 07f88dce88..87be78b3a7 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/module/tool_change.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/module/tool_change.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -92,8 +92,12 @@
   #endif
 #endif
 
+#if ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+  void est_init();
+#endif
+
 /**
  * Perform a tool-change, which may result in moving the
  * previous tool out of the way and the new tool into place.
  */
-void tool_change(const uint8_t tmp_extruder, const float fr_mm_s=0.0, bool no_move=false);
+void tool_change(const uint8_t tmp_extruder, bool no_move=false);
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins.h
index 1c346b237d..4651faec45 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -156,10 +156,14 @@
   #include "pins_TRIGORILLA_13.h"     // ATmega2560                                 env:megaatmega2560
 #elif MB(TRIGORILLA_14)
   #include "pins_TRIGORILLA_14.h"     // ATmega2560                                 env:megaatmega2560
+#elif MB(TRIGORILLA_14_11)
+  #include "pins_TRIGORILLA_14.h"     // ATmega2560                                 env:megaatmega2560
 #elif MB(RAMPS_ENDER_4)
   #include "pins_RAMPS_ENDER_4.h"     // ATmega2560                                 env:megaatmega2560
 #elif MB(RAMPS_CREALITY)
   #include "pins_RAMPS_CREALITY.h"    // ATmega2560                                 env:megaatmega2560
+#elif MB(RAMPS_DAGOMA)
+  #include "pins_RAMPS_DAGOMA.h"      // ATmega2560                                 env:megaatmega2560
 #elif MB(FYSETC_F6_13)
   #include "pins_FYSETC_F6_13.h"      // ATmega2560                                 env:fysetc_f6_13
 #elif MB(DUPLICATOR_I3_PLUS)
@@ -168,6 +172,8 @@
   #include "pins_VORON.h"             // ATmega2560                                 env:megaatmega2560
 #elif MB(TRONXY_V3_1_0)
   #include "pins_TRONXY_V3_1_0.h"     // ATmega2560                                 env:megaatmega2560
+#elif MB(Z_BOLT_X_SERIES)
+  #include "pins_Z_BOLT_X_SERIES.h"   // ATmega2560                                 env:megaatmega2560
 
 //
 // Other ATmega1280, ATmega2560
@@ -318,6 +324,8 @@
   #include "pins_MKS_SBASE.h"           // LPC1768                                    env:LPC1768
 #elif MB(MKS_SGEN)
   #include "pins_MKS_SGEN.h"            // LPC1769                                    env:LPC1769
+#elif MB(MKS_SGEN_L)
+  #include "pins_MKS_SGEN_L.h"          // LPC1768                                    env:LPC1768
 #elif MB(AZSMZ_MINI)
   #include "pins_AZSMZ_MINI.h"          // LPC1768                                    env:LPC1768
 #elif MB(AZTEEG_X5_GT)
@@ -342,6 +350,8 @@
   #include "pins_BIQU_B300_V1.0.h"      // LPC1768                                    env:LPC1768
 #elif MB(BIGTREE_SKR_V1_3)
   #include "pins_BIGTREE_SKR_V1.3.h"    // LPC1768                                    env:LPC1768
+#elif MB(TH3D_EZBOARD)
+  #include "pins_TH3D_EZBOARD.h"        // LPC1768                                    env:LPC1768
 
 //
 // Other 32-bit Boards
@@ -412,6 +422,10 @@
   #include "pins_STM32F1R.h"          // STM32F1                                    env:STM32F1
 #elif MB(STM3R_MINI)
   #include "pins_STM3R_MINI.h"        // STM32F1                                    env:STM32F1
+#elif MB(BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_V1_1)
+  #include "pins_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_V1_1.h" // STM32F1                                env:BIGTREE_SKR_MINI
+#elif MB(BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_E3)
+  #include "pins_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_E3.h" // STM32F1                                  env:BIGTREE_SKR_MINI
 #elif MB(MALYAN_M200)
   #include "pins_MALYAN_M200.h"       // STM32F1                                    env:malyanm200
 #elif MB(CHITU3D)
@@ -422,6 +436,16 @@
   #include "pins_MORPHEUS.h"          // STM32F1                                    env:STM32F1
 #elif MB(MKS_ROBIN)
   #include "pins_MKS_ROBIN.h"         // STM32F1                                    env:mks_robin
+#elif MB(MKS_ROBIN_MINI)
+  #include "pins_MKS_ROBIN_MINI.h"    // STM32F1                                    env:mks_robin_mini
+#elif MB(MKS_ROBIN_NANO)
+  #include "pins_MKS_ROBIN_NANO.h"    // STM32F1                                    env:mks_robin_nano
+#elif MB(JGAURORA_A5S_A1)
+  #include "pins_JGAURORA_A5S_A1.h"   // STM32F1                                    env:JGAURORA_A5S_A1
+#elif MB(FYSETC_AIO_II)
+  #include "pins_FYSETC_AIO_II.h"     // STM32F1                                    env:fysetc_STM32F1
+#elif MB(FYSETC_CHEETAH)
+  #include "pins_FYSETC_CHEETAH.h"    // STM32F1                                    env:fysetc_STM32F1
 
 //
 // STM32 ARM Cortex-M4F
@@ -444,8 +468,6 @@
 #elif MB(STEVAL)
   #include "pins_STEVAL.h"            // STM32F4                                    env:STM32F4
 
-
-
 //
 // ARM Cortex M7
 //
@@ -642,6 +664,7 @@
 #ifndef FAN_PIN
   #define FAN_PIN -1
 #endif
+#define FAN0_PIN FAN_PIN
 #ifndef FAN1_PIN
   #define FAN1_PIN -1
 #endif
@@ -718,7 +741,7 @@
 #ifndef LED_PIN
   #define LED_PIN -1
 #endif
-#if POWER_SUPPLY == 0 || !defined(PS_ON_PIN)
+#if DISABLED(PSU_CONTROL) || !defined(PS_ON_PIN)
   #undef PS_ON_PIN
   #define PS_ON_PIN -1
 #endif
@@ -797,6 +820,10 @@
     #define X_MIN_PIN -1
     #define X_MAX_PIN X_STOP_PIN
   #endif
+#elif X_HOME_DIR < 0
+  #define X_STOP_PIN X_MIN_PIN
+#else
+  #define X_STOP_PIN X_MAX_PIN
 #endif
 
 #ifdef Y_STOP_PIN
@@ -807,6 +834,10 @@
     #define Y_MIN_PIN -1
     #define Y_MAX_PIN Y_STOP_PIN
   #endif
+#elif Y_HOME_DIR < 0
+  #define Y_STOP_PIN Y_MIN_PIN
+#else
+  #define Y_STOP_PIN Y_MAX_PIN
 #endif
 
 #ifdef Z_STOP_PIN
@@ -817,6 +848,10 @@
     #define Z_MIN_PIN -1
     #define Z_MAX_PIN Z_STOP_PIN
   #endif
+#elif Z_HOME_DIR < 0
+  #define Z_STOP_PIN Z_MIN_PIN
+#else
+  #define Z_STOP_PIN Z_MAX_PIN
 #endif
 
 //
@@ -860,14 +895,21 @@
 #ifndef LCD_PINS_D4
   #define LCD_PINS_D4 -1
 #endif
-#ifndef LCD_PINS_D5
-  #define LCD_PINS_D5 -1
-#endif
-#ifndef LCD_PINS_D6
-  #define LCD_PINS_D6 -1
-#endif
-#ifndef LCD_PINS_D7
-  #define LCD_PINS_D7 -1
+
+#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD
+  #ifndef LCD_PINS_D5
+    #define LCD_PINS_D5 -1
+  #endif
+  #ifndef LCD_PINS_D6
+    #define LCD_PINS_D6 -1
+  #endif
+  #ifndef LCD_PINS_D7
+    #define LCD_PINS_D7 -1
+  #endif
+#else
+  #undef LCD_PINS_D5
+  #undef LCD_PINS_D6
+  #undef LCD_PINS_D7
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pinsDebug.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pinsDebug.h
index 2cf896abbb..37a2e86812 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pinsDebug.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pinsDebug.h
@@ -1,9 +1,6 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pinsDebug_list.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pinsDebug_list.h
index c03bd1db36..cf6dcc098f 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pinsDebug_list.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pinsDebug_list.h
@@ -1,9 +1,6 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -172,6 +169,12 @@
 #if PIN_EXISTS(CONTROLLER_FAN)
   REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN)
 #endif
+#if PIN_EXISTS(COOLANT_FLOOD)
+  REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN)
+#endif
+#if PIN_EXISTS(COOLANT_MIST)
+  REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, COOLANT_MIST_PIN)
+#endif
 #if PIN_EXISTS(CUTOFF_RESET)
   REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, CUTOFF_RESET_PIN)
 #endif
@@ -764,15 +767,6 @@
 #if defined(SPARE_IO) && SPARE_IO >= 0
   REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, SPARE_IO)
 #endif
-#if defined(SPI_CHAN_DAC) && SPI_CHAN_DAC >= 0
-  REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, SPI_CHAN_DAC)
-#endif
-#if defined(SPI_CHAN_EEPROM1) && SPI_CHAN_EEPROM1 >= 0
-  REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, SPI_CHAN_EEPROM1)
-#endif
-#if defined(SPI_EEPROM) && SPI_EEPROM >= 0
-  REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, SPI_EEPROM)
-#endif
 #if defined(SPI_EEPROM1_CS) && SPI_EEPROM1_CS >= 0
   REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, SPI_EEPROM1_CS)
 #endif
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_3DRAG.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_3DRAG.h
index 6d32ada052..a7e686eef0 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_3DRAG.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_3DRAG.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * 3DRAG (and K8200 / K8400) Arduino Mega with RAMPS v1.4 pin assignments
@@ -103,7 +104,7 @@
 
   #define BEEPER_PIN       33
 
-#endif // ULTRA_LCD && NEWPANEL
+#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD && NEWPANEL
 
 /**
  *  M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control
@@ -140,7 +141,7 @@
 #undef SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN
 #undef SPINDLE_DIR_PIN
 
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+#if HAS_CUTTER
   #if !EXTRUDERS
     #undef E0_DIR_PIN
     #undef E0_ENABLE_PIN
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_5DPRINT.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_5DPRINT.h
index 9eb36ba621..27e26e242a 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_5DPRINT.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_5DPRINT.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  *  Rev B  2 JUN 2017
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ADSK.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ADSK.h
index fc46f00984..e18a14dedc 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ADSK.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ADSK.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Arduino DUE Shield Kit (ADSK) pin assignments
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ALLIGATOR_R2.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ALLIGATOR_R2.h
index e170af796f..538f4b4f50 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ALLIGATOR_R2.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ALLIGATOR_R2.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Alligator Board R2
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ANET_10.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ANET_10.h
index 192373834f..b10a7cfa08 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ANET_10.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ANET_10.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Anet V1.0 board pin assignments
@@ -151,7 +152,7 @@
  *  REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
  */
 
-#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
+#if HAS_SPI_LCD
   #define LCD_SDSS           28
   #if ENABLED(ADC_KEYPAD)
     #define SERVO0_PIN       27   // free for BLTouch/3D-Touch
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ARCHIM1.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ARCHIM1.h
index 71287abe81..73f78ba1e5 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ARCHIM1.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ARCHIM1.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * ARCHIM1 pin assignment
@@ -175,7 +176,7 @@
 //
 // LCD / Controller
 //
-#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
+#if HAS_SPI_LCD
   #define BEEPER_PIN       23   // D24 PA15_CTS1
   #define LCD_PINS_RS      17   // D17 PA12_RXD1
   #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE  24   // D23 PA14_RTS1
@@ -192,4 +193,4 @@
     #define BTN_EN2        13   // D13 PB27_TIOB0
     #define BTN_ENC        16   // D16 PA13_TXD1
   #endif // NEWPANEL
-#endif // ULTRA_LCD
+#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ARCHIM2.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ARCHIM2.h
index 86c9fba272..69ea78715d 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ARCHIM2.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ARCHIM2.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * ARCHIM2 pin assignment
@@ -70,7 +71,7 @@
   #define E0_DIAG_PIN      78   // PB23
   #define E1_DIAG_PIN      25   // PD0
 
-  #if X_HOME_DIR == -1
+  #if X_HOME_DIR < 0
     #define X_MIN_PIN      X_DIAG_PIN
     #define X_MAX_PIN      32
   #else
@@ -78,7 +79,7 @@
     #define X_MAX_PIN      X_DIAG_PIN
   #endif
 
-  #if Y_HOME_DIR == -1
+  #if Y_HOME_DIR < 0
     #define Y_MIN_PIN      Y_DIAG_PIN
     #define Y_MAX_PIN      15
   #else
@@ -224,7 +225,7 @@
 //
 // LCD / Controller
 //
-#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
+#if HAS_SPI_LCD
   #define BEEPER_PIN       23   // D24 PA15_CTS1
   #define LCD_PINS_RS      17   // D17 PA12_RXD1
   #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE  24   // D23 PA14_RTS1
@@ -241,4 +242,4 @@
     #define BTN_EN2        13   // D13 PB27_TIOB0
     #define BTN_ENC        16   // D16 PA13_TXD1 // the click
   #endif // NEWPANEL
-#endif // ULTRA_LCD
+#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ARMED.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ARMED.h
index 0db0e73355..396495ea8f 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ARMED.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ARMED.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 #ifndef STM32F4
   #error "Oops! Select an STM32F4 board in 'Tools > Board.'"
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_AZSMZ_MINI.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_AZSMZ_MINI.h
index c254f2e984..dddec6b0cd 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_AZSMZ_MINI.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_AZSMZ_MINI.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * AZSMZ MINI pin assignments
@@ -86,7 +87,7 @@
 #define FAN1_PIN           P0_26
 
 #define LCD_SDSS           P0_16   // LCD SD chip select
-#define ONBOARD_SD_CS      P0_06   // On board SD chip select
+#define ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN  P0_06   // Chip select for "System" SD card
 
 #if ENABLED(AZSMZ_12864)
   #define BEEPER_PIN       P1_30
@@ -95,28 +96,24 @@
   #define BTN_EN1          P4_28
   #define BTN_EN2          P1_27
   #define BTN_ENC          P3_26
-  #if DISABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-    #define LPC_SD_LCD
+  #ifndef SDCARD_CONNECTION
+    #define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 #endif
 
-#if ENABLED(LPC_SD_LCD)
+#if SD_CONNECTION_IS(LCD)
   #define SCK_PIN          P0_15
   #define MISO_PIN         P0_17
   #define MOSI_PIN         P0_18
   #define SS_PIN           LCD_SDSS
   #define SD_DETECT_PIN    P3_25
-#elif ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-  #if ENABLED(USB_SD_ONBOARD)
-    // When sharing the SD card with a PC we want the menu options to
-    // mount/unmount the card and refresh it. So we disable card detect.
-    #define SHARED_SD_CARD
-    #undef SD_DETECT_PIN
-  #endif
+#elif SD_CONNECTION_IS(ONBOARD)
   #define SCK_PIN          P0_07
   #define MISO_PIN         P0_08
   #define MOSI_PIN         P0_09
-  #define SS_PIN           ONBOARD_SD_CS
+  #define SS_PIN           ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN
+#elif SD_CONNECTION_IS(CUSTOM_CABLE)
+  #error "No custom SD drive cable defined for this board."
 #endif
 
 //
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_AZTEEG_X1.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_AZTEEG_X1.h
index d11802132e..8c10bc8fbf 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_AZTEEG_X1.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_AZTEEG_X1.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Azteeg X1 pin assignments
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_AZTEEG_X3.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_AZTEEG_X3.h
index fe5cb627a9..4686d9e726 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_AZTEEG_X3.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_AZTEEG_X3.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * AZTEEG_X3 Arduino Mega with RAMPS v1.4 pin assignments
@@ -37,16 +38,14 @@
 #endif
 #define BOARD_NAME "Azteeg X3"
 
-#include "pins_RAMPS_13.h"
-
 //
 // Servos
 //
-#undef SERVO0_PIN
-#undef SERVO1_PIN
 #define SERVO0_PIN         44   // SERVO1 port
 #define SERVO1_PIN         55   // SERVO2 port
 
+#include "pins_RAMPS_13.h"
+
 //
 // LCD / Controller
 //
@@ -86,7 +85,7 @@
 #undef SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN
 #undef SPINDLE_DIR_PIN
 
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+#if HAS_CUTTER
   #undef SDA                       // use EXP3 header
   #undef SCL
   #if SERVO0_PIN == 7
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_AZTEEG_X3_PRO.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_AZTEEG_X3_PRO.h
index 55ee39f84f..25282f1eef 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_AZTEEG_X3_PRO.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_AZTEEG_X3_PRO.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * AZTEEG_X3_PRO (Arduino Mega) pin assignments
@@ -37,14 +38,33 @@
 //
 // RAMPS pins overrides
 //
-#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) && !PIN_EXISTS(CASE_LIGHT)
-  #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN   44
-#endif
+
+//
+// Servos
+//
+// Tested this pin with bed leveling on a Delta with 1 servo.
+// Physical wire attachment on EXT1: GND, 5V, D47.
+//
+#define SERVO0_PIN         47
+
+//
+// Limit Switches
+//
+#define X_STOP_PIN          3
+#define Y_STOP_PIN         14
+#define Z_STOP_PIN         18
 
 #ifndef FAN_PIN
   #define FAN_PIN           6
 #endif
 
+#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) && !PIN_EXISTS(CASE_LIGHT)
+  #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN   44
+#endif
+
+//
+// Import RAMPS 1.4 pins
+//
 #include "pins_RAMPS.h"
 
 // DIGIPOT slave addresses
@@ -55,37 +75,6 @@
   #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2E   // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT 0x2E (0x5C <- 0x2E << 1)
 #endif
 
-//
-// Servos
-//
-// Tested this pin with bed leveling on a Delta with 1 servo.
-// Physical wire attachment on EXT1: GND, 5V, D47.
-//
-#undef SERVO0_PIN
-#define SERVO0_PIN         47
-
-//
-// Limit Switches
-//
-// Swap the MIN and MAX endstop pins because the X3 Pro comes with only
-// MIN endstop pin headers soldered onto the board.
-//
-#if ENABLED(DELTA)
-  #undef X_MIN_PIN
-  #undef X_MAX_PIN
-  #undef Y_MIN_PIN
-  #undef Y_MAX_PIN
-  #undef Z_MIN_PIN
-  #undef Z_MAX_PIN
-
-  #define X_MIN_PIN         2
-  #define X_MAX_PIN         3
-  #define Y_MIN_PIN        15
-  #define Y_MAX_PIN        14
-  #define Z_MIN_PIN        19
-  #define Z_MAX_PIN        18
-#endif
-
 //
 // Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN)
 //
@@ -169,7 +158,7 @@
 #undef SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN
 #undef SPINDLE_DIR_PIN
 
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)   // EXP2 header
+#if HAS_CUTTER   // EXP2 header
   #if ANY(VIKI2, miniVIKI)
     #undef BTN_EN2
     #define BTN_EN2             31   // need 7 for the spindle speed PWM
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_AZTEEG_X5_GT.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_AZTEEG_X5_GT.h
index 9de083cffb..11dd45a6a5 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_AZTEEG_X5_GT.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_AZTEEG_X5_GT.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Azteeg X5 GT pin assignments
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_AZTEEG_X5_MINI.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_AZTEEG_X5_MINI.h
index 0f3e454371..41936bd6d0 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_AZTEEG_X5_MINI.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_AZTEEG_X5_MINI.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Azteeg X5 MINI pin assignments
@@ -108,7 +109,7 @@
 //
 // Display
 //
-#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
+#if HAS_SPI_LCD
 
   #if ENABLED(CR10_STOCKDISPLAY)
 
@@ -184,35 +185,28 @@
 
   #endif
 
-#endif // ULTRA_LCD
+#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD
 
 //
 // SD Support
 //
-#if !ANY(LPC_SD_LCD, LPC_SD_ONBOARD, LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE)
-  #define LPC_SD_ONBOARD
+#ifndef SDCARD_CONNECTION
+  #define SDCARD_CONNECTION ONBOARD
 #endif
 
-#if ENABLED(LPC_SD_LCD)
-
-  #define SCK_PIN            P0_15
-  #define MISO_PIN           P0_17
-  #define MOSI_PIN           P0_18
-  #define SS_PIN             P1_23   // Chip select for SD card used by Marlin
-  #define ONBOARD_SD_CS      P0_06   // Chip select for "System" SD card
-
-#elif ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-
-  #if ENABLED(USB_SD_ONBOARD)
-    // When sharing the SD card with a PC we want the menu options to
-    // mount/unmount the card and refresh it. So we disable card detect.
-    #define SHARED_SD_CARD
-    #undef SD_DETECT_PIN // there is also no detect pin for the onboard card
-  #endif
-  #define SCK_PIN            P0_07
-  #define MISO_PIN           P0_08
-  #define MOSI_PIN           P0_09
-  #define SS_PIN             P0_06   // Chip select for SD card used by Marlin
-  #define ONBOARD_SD_CS      P0_06   // Chip select for "System" SD card
+#define ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN  P0_06   // Chip select for "System" SD card
 
+#if SD_CONNECTION_IS(LCD)
+  #define SCK_PIN          P0_15
+  #define MISO_PIN         P0_17
+  #define MOSI_PIN         P0_18
+  #define SS_PIN           P1_23
+#elif SD_CONNECTION_IS(ONBOARD)
+  #undef SD_DETECT_PIN
+  #define SCK_PIN          P0_07
+  #define MISO_PIN         P0_08
+  #define MOSI_PIN         P0_09
+  #define SS_PIN           ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN
+#elif SD_CONNECTION_IS(CUSTOM_CABLE)
+  #error "No custom SD drive cable defined for this board."
 #endif
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI.h
index 760e0d76de..03005ecb4f 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Azteeg X5 MINI pin assignments
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_BAM_DICE_DUE.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_BAM_DICE_DUE.h
index e985b140d8..7872d66b31 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_BAM_DICE_DUE.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_BAM_DICE_DUE.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * BAM&DICE Due (Arduino Mega) pin assignments
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_BEAST.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_BEAST.h
index 2a80cf905e..57efda845a 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_BEAST.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_BEAST.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 #if !defined(__STM32F1__) && !defined(__STM32F4__)
   #error "Oops! Select an STM32F1/4 board in 'Tools > Board.'"
@@ -120,7 +121,7 @@
 //
 // LCD Pins
 //
-#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
+#if HAS_SPI_LCD
 
   #if ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD)
     #define LCD_PINS_RS         49   // CS chip select /SS chip slave select
@@ -282,7 +283,7 @@
     #endif
   #endif // NEWPANEL
 
-#endif // ULTRA_LCD
+#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD
 
 #define U_MIN_PIN          -1
 #define V_MIN_PIN          -1
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_E3.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_E3.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..34f686ef68
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_E3.h
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef TARGET_STM32F1
+  #error "Oops! Select an STM32F1 board in 'Tools > Board.'"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef BOARD_NAME
+  #define BOARD_NAME "BIGTREE SKR MINI E3"
+#endif
+
+// Release PB3/PB4 (E0 STP/DIR) from JTAG pins
+#define DISABLE_JTAG
+
+// Ignore temp readings during develpment.
+//#define BOGUS_TEMPERATURE_FAILSAFE_OVERRIDE
+
+//
+// Servos
+//
+#define SERVO0_PIN         PA1
+
+//
+// Limit Switches
+//
+#define X_STOP_PIN         PC0
+#define Y_STOP_PIN         PC1
+#define Z_STOP_PIN         PC2
+
+//
+// Z Probe must be this pins
+//
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN    PC14
+
+//
+// Filament Runout Sensor
+//
+#ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN   PC15
+#endif
+
+//
+// Steppers
+//
+#define X_ENABLE_PIN       PB14
+#define X_STEP_PIN         PB13
+#define X_DIR_PIN          PB12
+
+#define Y_ENABLE_PIN       PB11
+#define Y_STEP_PIN         PB10
+#define Y_DIR_PIN          PB2
+
+#define Z_ENABLE_PIN       PB1
+#define Z_STEP_PIN         PB0
+#define Z_DIR_PIN          PC5
+
+#define E0_ENABLE_PIN      PD2
+#define E0_STEP_PIN        PB3
+#define E0_DIR_PIN         PB4
+
+#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2209)
+  /**
+   * TMC2209 stepper drivers
+   * Hardware serial communication ports.
+   */
+  #define X_HARDWARE_SERIAL  Serial4
+  #define Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL  Serial4
+  #define Z_HARDWARE_SERIAL  Serial4
+  #define E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial4
+#endif
+
+//
+// Temperature Sensors
+//
+#define TEMP_0_PIN         PA0   // Analog Input
+#define TEMP_BED_PIN       PC3   // Analog Input
+
+//
+// Heaters / Fans
+//
+#define HEATER_0_PIN       PC8   // EXTRUDER
+#define HEATER_BED_PIN     PC9   // BED
+#define FAN_PIN            PA8
+
+//
+// USB connect control
+//
+#define USB_CONNECT        PC13
+#define USB_CONNECT_INVERTING false
+
+#define SD_DETECT_PIN      PC4
+
+/**
+ *                 _____
+ *             5V | · · | GND
+ *  (LCD_EN) PB7  | · · | PB8  (LCD_RS)
+ *  (LCD_D4) PB9  | · · | PA10 (BTN_EN2)
+ *          RESET | · · | PA9  (BTN_EN1)
+ * (BTN_ENC) PB6  | · · | PB5  (BEEPER)
+ *                 -----
+ *                 EXP1
+ */
+#if HAS_SPI_LCD
+  #define BEEPER_PIN       PB5
+  #define BTN_ENC          PB6
+
+  #if ENABLED(CR10_STOCKDISPLAY)
+    #define LCD_PINS_RS    PB8
+
+    #define BTN_EN1        PA9
+    #define BTN_EN2        PA10
+
+    #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PB7
+    #define LCD_PINS_D4    PB9
+
+  #else
+    #error "Only CR10_STOCKDISPLAY is currently supported on the BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_E3."
+  #endif
+
+#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_V1_1.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_V1_1.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..35544950e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_V1_1.h
@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+#ifndef TARGET_STM32F1
+  #error "Oops! Select an STM32F1 board in 'Tools > Board.'"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef BOARD_NAME
+  #define BOARD_NAME "BIGTREE SKR mini V1.1"
+#endif
+
+//#define DISABLE_DEBUG
+#define DISABLE_JTAG
+
+// Ignore temp readings during develpment.
+//#define BOGUS_TEMPERATURE_FAILSAFE_OVERRIDE
+
+//
+// Limit Switches
+//
+#define X_MIN_PIN          PC2
+#define X_MAX_PIN          PA2
+#define Y_MIN_PIN          PC1
+#define Y_MAX_PIN          PA1
+#define Z_MIN_PIN          PC0
+#define Z_MAX_PIN          PC3
+
+//
+// Steppers
+//
+
+#define X_STEP_PIN         PC6
+#define X_DIR_PIN          PC7
+#define X_ENABLE_PIN       PB15
+
+#define Y_STEP_PIN         PB13
+#define Y_DIR_PIN          PB14
+#define Y_ENABLE_PIN       PB12
+
+#define Z_STEP_PIN         PB10
+#define Z_DIR_PIN          PB11
+#define Z_ENABLE_PIN       PB2
+
+#define E0_STEP_PIN        PC5
+#define E0_DIR_PIN         PB0
+#define E0_ENABLE_PIN      PC4
+
+#if ENABLED(TMC_USE_SW_SPI)
+  #define TMC_SW_SCK       PB3
+  #define TMC_SW_MISO      PB4
+  #define TMC_SW_MOSI      PB5
+#endif
+
+//
+// Heaters / Fans
+//
+#define HEATER_0_PIN       PA8
+#define FAN_PIN            PC8
+#define HEATER_BED_PIN     PC9
+
+//
+// Temperature Sensors
+//
+#define TEMP_BED_PIN       PB1   // Analog Input
+#define TEMP_0_PIN         PA0   // Analog Input
+
+//
+// LCD Pins
+//
+
+/**
+ *                _____                                             _____
+ *            NC | · · | GND                                    5V | · · | GND
+ *         RESET | · · | PB9 (SD_DETECT)             (LCD_D7) PC14 | · · | PC15 (LCD_D6)
+ *  (MOSI)   PB5 | · · | PB8 (BTN_EN2)               (LCD_D5)  PB7 | · · | PC13 (LCD_D4)
+ * (SD_SS)  PA15 | · · | PD2 (BTN_EN1)               (LCD_RS) PC12 | · · | PB6  (LCD_EN)
+ *   (SCK)   PB3 | · · | PB4 (MISO)                 (BTN_ENC) PC11 | · · | PC10 (BEEPER)
+ *                -----                                             -----
+ *                EXP2                                              EXP1
+ */
+
+#if HAS_SPI_LCD
+  #define BEEPER_PIN       PC10
+  #define BTN_ENC          PC11
+  #define LCD_PINS_RS      PC12
+
+  #define BTN_EN1          PD2
+  #define BTN_EN2          PB8
+
+  #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE  PB6
+
+  #if ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864)
+
+    #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN -1
+    #define LCD_RESET_PIN  PC13
+    #define DOGLCD_A0      PC12
+    #define DOGLCD_CS      PB6
+    #define DOGLCD_SCK     PB3
+    #define DOGLCD_MOSI    PB5
+
+    #define FORCE_SOFT_SPI   // SPI MODE3
+
+    #define LED_PIN        PB7   // red pwm
+    //#define LED_PIN        PC15   // green
+    //#define LED_PIN        PC14   // blue
+
+    //#if EITHER(FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0)
+    //  #ifndef RGB_LED_R_PIN
+    //    #define RGB_LED_R_PIN PB7
+    //  #endif
+    //  #ifndef RGB_LED_G_PIN
+    //    #define RGB_LED_G_PIN PC15
+    //  #endif
+    //  #ifndef RGB_LED_B_PIN
+    //    #define RGB_LED_B_PIN PC14
+    //  #endif
+    //#elif ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1)
+    //  #define NEOPIXEL_PIN    PB7
+    //#endif
+
+  #else // !FYSETC_MINI_12864
+
+    #define LCD_PINS_D4    PC13
+    #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+      #define LCD_PINS_D5  PB7
+      #define LCD_PINS_D6  PC15
+      #define LCD_PINS_D7  PC14
+    #endif
+
+  #endif // !FYSETC_MINI_12864
+
+#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD
+
+//
+// SD Card
+//
+
+// By default the onboard SD is enabled.
+// To disable it and use an external SD (connected to LCD)
+// enable STM32_SD_LCD.
+
+//#define STM32_SD_LCD
+
+#if ENABLED(STM32_SD_LCD)
+  #define ENABLE_SPI3
+  #define SD_DETECT_PIN    PB9
+  #define SCK_PIN          PB3
+  #define MISO_PIN         PB4
+  #define MOSI_PIN         PB5
+  #define SS_PIN           PA15
+#else
+  #define SDCARD_CONNECTION ONBOARD
+  #define ENABLE_SPI1
+  #define SD_DETECT_PIN    PA3
+  #define SCK_PIN          PA5
+  #define MISO_PIN         PA6
+  #define MOSI_PIN         PA7
+  #define SS_PIN           PA4
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_1
+  #define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(125)
+#endif
+#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_2
+  #define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(125)
+#endif
+#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_3
+  #define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(125)
+#endif
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_V1.3.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_V1.3.h
index 730610214d..c6e64f1654 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_V1.3.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_V1.3.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 #ifndef TARGET_LPC1768
   #error "Oops!  Make sure you have the LPC1768 environment selected in your IDE."
@@ -107,9 +108,9 @@
   #define TMC_SW_SCK       P0_04
 #endif
 
-#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208)
+#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2209)
     /**
-   * TMC2208 stepper drivers
+   * TMC2208/TMC2209 stepper drivers
    *
    * Hardware serial communication ports.
    * If undefined software serial is used according to the pins below
@@ -169,17 +170,17 @@
 #define FAN_PIN            P2_03
 #define HEATER_BED_PIN     P2_05
 
-/*
-|               _____                                             _____
-|           NC | · · | GND                                    5V | · · | GND
-|        RESET | · · | 1.31(SD_DETECT)             (LCD_D7) 1.23 | · · | 1.22 (LCD_D6)
-|   (MOSI)0.18 | · · | 3.25(BTN_EN2)               (LCD_D5) 1.21 | · · | 1.20 (LCD_D4)
-|  (SD_SS)0.16 | · · | 3.26(BTN_EN1)               (LCD_RS) 1.19 | · · | 1.18 (LCD_EN)
-|    (SCK)0.15 | · · | 0.17(MISO)                 (BTN_ENC) 0.28 | · · | 1.30 (BEEPER)
-|               ￣￣                                               ￣￣
-|               EXP2                                              EXP1
-*/
-#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
+/**
+ *              _____                                             _____
+ *          NC | · · | GND                                    5V | · · | GND
+ *       RESET | · · | 1.31(SD_DETECT)             (LCD_D7) 1.23 | · · | 1.22 (LCD_D6)
+ *  (MOSI)0.18 | · · | 3.25(BTN_EN2)               (LCD_D5) 1.21 | · · | 1.20 (LCD_D4)
+ * (SD_SS)0.16 | · · | 3.26(BTN_EN1)               (LCD_RS) 1.19 | · · | 1.18 (LCD_EN)
+ *   (SCK)0.15 | · · | 0.17(MISO)                 (BTN_ENC) 0.28 | · · | 1.30 (BEEPER)
+ *              -----                                             -----
+ *              EXP2                                              EXP1
+ */
+#if HAS_SPI_LCD
   #define BEEPER_PIN       P1_30   // (37) not 5V tolerant
   #define BTN_ENC          P0_28   // (58) open-drain
 
@@ -249,48 +250,38 @@
 
   #endif
 
-#endif // ULTRA_LCD
+#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD
 
 //
 // SD Support
 //
 
-#if !ANY(LPC_SD_LCD, LPC_SD_ONBOARD, LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE)
-  #undef USB_SD_DISABLED
-  #define USB_SD_ONBOARD
-  #define LPC_SD_LCD
+#ifndef SDCARD_CONNECTION
+  #define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
 #endif
 
-#if ENABLED(LPC_SD_LCD)
+#define ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN  P0_06   // Chip select for "System" SD card
 
+#if SD_CONNECTION_IS(LCD)
   #define SCK_PIN          P0_15
   #define MISO_PIN         P0_17
   #define MOSI_PIN         P0_18
-  #define SS_PIN           P0_16   // Chip select for SD card used by Marlin
-  #define ONBOARD_SD_CS    P0_06   // Chip select for "System" SD card
-
-#elif ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-
-  #if ENABLED(USB_SD_ONBOARD)
-    // When sharing the SD card with a PC we want the menu options to
-    // mount/unmount the card and refresh it. So we disable card detect.
-    #define SHARED_SD_CARD
-    #undef SD_DETECT_PIN
-    //#define SD_DETECT_PIN  P0_27   // (57) open-drain
-  #endif
-
+  #define SS_PIN           P0_16
+#elif SD_CONNECTION_IS(ONBOARD)
+  #undef SD_DETECT_PIN
+  #define SD_DETECT_PIN    P0_27
   #define SCK_PIN          P0_07
   #define MISO_PIN         P0_08
   #define MOSI_PIN         P0_09
-  #define SS_PIN           P0_06   // Chip select for SD card used by Marlin
-  #define ONBOARD_SD_CS    P0_06   // Chip select for "System" SD card
-
+  #define SS_PIN           ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN
+#elif SD_CONNECTION_IS(CUSTOM_CABLE)
+  #error "No custom SD drive cable defined for this board."
 #endif
 
- /**
-  * Special pins
-  *   P1_30  (37) (NOT 5V tolerant)
-  *   P1_31  (49) (NOT 5V tolerant)
-  *   P0_27  (57) (Open collector)
-  *   P0_28  (58) (Open collector)
-  */
+/**
+ * Special pins
+ *   P1_30  (37) (NOT 5V tolerant)
+ *   P1_31  (49) (NOT 5V tolerant)
+ *   P0_27  (57) (Open collector)
+ *   P0_28  (58) (Open collector)
+ */
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_BIQU_B300_V1.0.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_BIQU_B300_V1.0.h
index 39f43839c0..a05ebd99f0 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_BIQU_B300_V1.0.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_BIQU_B300_V1.0.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * BIQU BQ111-A4
@@ -119,7 +120,7 @@
  * for the onboard SD card, and a chip select signal is not provided for the remote
  * SD card.
  */
-#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
+#if HAS_SPI_LCD
 
   #define BEEPER_PIN       P1_31   // EXP1-1
 
@@ -132,15 +133,15 @@
   #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE  P0_18   // (MOSI) EXP1-3
   #define LCD_PINS_D4      P0_15   // (SCK)  EXP1-5
 
-  #if ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER) && DISABLED(DOGLCD)
-    #error "REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER is not supported by the BIQU BQ111-A4"
+  #if ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER) && HAS_CHARACTER_LCD
+    #error "REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER is not supported by the BIQU B300 v1.0"
   #endif
 
   #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
-    #error "SDSUPPORT is not supported by the BIQU BQ111-A4 when an LCD controller is used"
+    #error "SDSUPPORT is not supported by the BIQU B300 v1.0 when an LCD controller is used"
   #endif
 
-#endif // ULTRA_LCD
+#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD
 
 /**
  * SD Card Reader
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_BIQU_BQ111_A4.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_BIQU_BQ111_A4.h
index c20b06de32..8095d86ab3 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_BIQU_BQ111_A4.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_BIQU_BQ111_A4.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * BIQU BQ111-A4
@@ -99,7 +100,7 @@
  * for the onboard SD card, and a chip select signal is not provided for the remote
  * SD card.
  */
-#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
+#if HAS_SPI_LCD
 
   #define BEEPER_PIN          P1_31   // EXP1-1
 
@@ -112,7 +113,7 @@
   #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE     P0_18   // (MOSI) EXP1-3
   #define LCD_PINS_D4         P0_15   // (SCK)  EXP1-5
 
-  #if ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER) && DISABLED(DOGLCD)
+  #if ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER) && HAS_CHARACTER_LCD
     #error "REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER is not supported by the BIQU BQ111-A4"
   #endif
 
@@ -120,7 +121,7 @@
     #error "SDSUPPORT is not supported by the BIQU BQ111-A4 when an LCD controller is used"
   #endif
 
-#endif // ULTRA_LCD
+#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD
 
 
 /**
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_BIQU_KFB_2.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_BIQU_KFB_2.h
index ab59191690..2c370efdf7 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_BIQU_KFB_2.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_BIQU_KFB_2.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * KFB 2.0 – Arduino Mega2560 with RAMPS v1.4 pin assignments
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_BIQU_SKR_V1.1.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_BIQU_SKR_V1.1.h
index 17af3c4d04..4dbd0e6c12 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_BIQU_SKR_V1.1.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_BIQU_SKR_V1.1.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 #ifndef TARGET_LPC1768
   #error "Oops!  Make sure you have the LPC1768 environment selected in your IDE."
@@ -94,7 +95,7 @@
  * by redrawing the screen after SD card accesses.
  */
 
-#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
+#if HAS_SPI_LCD
   #define BEEPER_PIN       P1_30
   #define BTN_EN1          P3_26
   #define BTN_EN2          P3_25
@@ -118,39 +119,30 @@
 // MKS_MINI_12864 strongly prefers the SD card on the display and
 // requires jumpers on the SKR V1.1 board as documented here:
 // https://www.facebook.com/groups/505736576548648/permalink/630639874058317/
-#if !ANY(LPC_SD_LCD, LPC_SD_ONBOARD, LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE)
+#ifndef SDCARD_CONNECTION
   #if ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864)
-    #define LPC_SD_LCD
-    #undef USB_SD_DISABLED
-    #define USB_SD_ONBOARD
+    #define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #else
-    #define USB_SD_ONBOARD
-    #define LPC_SD_ONBOARD
+    #define SDCARD_CONNECTION ONBOARD
   #endif
 #endif
 
-#if ENABLED(LPC_SD_LCD)
+#define ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN  P0_06   // Chip select for "System" SD card
 
+#if SD_CONNECTION_IS(LCD)
   #define SCK_PIN          P0_15
   #define MISO_PIN         P0_17
   #define MOSI_PIN         P0_18
-  #define SS_PIN           P1_23   // Chip select for SD card used by Marlin
-  #define ONBOARD_SD_CS    P0_06   // Chip select for "System" SD card
-
-#elif ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-
-  #if ENABLED(USB_SD_ONBOARD)
-    // When sharing the SD card with a PC we want the menu options to
-    // mount/unmount the card and refresh it. So we disable card detect.
-    #define SHARED_SD_CARD
-    #undef SD_DETECT_PIN // there is also no detect pin for the onboard card
-  #endif
+  #define SS_PIN           P1_23
+#elif SD_CONNECTION_IS(ONBOARD)
+  #undef SD_DETECT_PIN
+  #define SD_DETECT_PIN    P0_27
   #define SCK_PIN          P0_07
   #define MISO_PIN         P0_08
   #define MOSI_PIN         P0_09
-  #define SS_PIN           P0_06   // Chip select for SD card used by Marlin
-  #define ONBOARD_SD_CS    P0_06   // Chip select for "System" SD card
-
+  #define SS_PIN           ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN
+#elif SD_CONNECTION_IS(CUSTOM_CABLE)
+  #error "No custom SD drive cable defined for this board."
 #endif
 
 // Trinamic driver support
@@ -232,11 +224,11 @@
     // EXAMPLES
 
     // Example 1: No LCD attached or a TFT style display using the AUX header RX/TX pins.
-    //            LPC_SD_LCD must not be enabled. Nothing should be connected to EXP1/EXP2.
+    //            SDCARD_CONNECTION must not be 'LCD'. Nothing should be connected to EXP1/EXP2.
     //#define SKR_USE_LCD_PINS_FOR_CS
     #if ENABLED(SKR_USE_LCD_PINS_FOR_CS)
-      #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_LCD)
-        #error "LPC_SD_LCD must not be enabled with SKR_USE_LCD_PINS_FOR_CS."
+      #if SD_CONNECTION_IS(LCD)
+        #error "SDCARD_CONNECTION must not be 'LCD' with SKR_USE_LCD_PINS_FOR_CS."
       #endif
       #define X_CS_PIN      P1_23
       #define Y_CS_PIN      P3_26
@@ -247,11 +239,11 @@
 
     // Example 2: A REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
     //            The SD card reader attached to the LCD (if present) can't be used because
-    //            the pins will be in use. So LPC_SD_LCD must not be defined.
+    //            the pins will be in use. So SDCARD_CONNECTION must not be 'LCD'.
     //#define SKR_USE_LCD_SD_CARD_PINS_FOR_CS
     #if ENABLED(SKR_USE_LCD_SD_CARD_PINS_FOR_CS)
-      #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_LCD)
-        #error "LPC_SD_LCD must not be enabled with SKR_USE_LCD_SD_CARD_PINS_FOR_CS."
+      #if SD_CONNECTION_IS(LCD)
+        #error "SDCARD_CONNECTION must not be 'LCD' with SKR_USE_LCD_SD_CARD_PINS_FOR_CS."
       #endif
       #define X_CS_PIN      P0_02
       #define Y_CS_PIN      P0_03
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_BLACK_STM32F407VE.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_BLACK_STM32F407VE.h
index 477bb909ad..026648589e 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_BLACK_STM32F407VE.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_BLACK_STM32F407VE.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * STM32F407VET6 with RAMPS-like shield
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D.h
index c09e946f5d..9290e6c3b1 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * bq ZUM Mega 3D board definition
@@ -53,14 +54,16 @@
 #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN    44   // MUST BE HARDWARE PWM
 #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN          42
 
-#include "pins_RAMPS_13.h"
-
 //
 // Limit Switches
 //
-#undef X_MAX_PIN
 #define X_MAX_PIN          79   // 2
 
+//
+// Import RAMPS 1.3 pins
+//
+#include "pins_RAMPS_13.h"
+
 //
 // Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN)
 //
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_BRAINWAVE.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_BRAINWAVE.h
index 9e7eb47868..c254aa89f9 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_BRAINWAVE.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_BRAINWAVE.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Brainwave 1.0 pin assignments (AT90USB646)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_BRAINWAVE_PRO.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_BRAINWAVE_PRO.h
index 78269a62c5..920d02f15d 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_BRAINWAVE_PRO.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_BRAINWAVE_PRO.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Brainwave Pro pin assignments (AT90USB1286)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_CHEAPTRONIC.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_CHEAPTRONIC.h
index 8aa03cf7f9..36cfb31435 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_CHEAPTRONIC.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_CHEAPTRONIC.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Cheaptronic v1.0 pin assignments
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_CHEAPTRONICv2.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_CHEAPTRONICv2.h
index 963ebeab0e..111d76cd20 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_CHEAPTRONICv2.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_CHEAPTRONICv2.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Cheaptronic v2.0 pin assignments
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_CHITU3D.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_CHITU3D.h
index 4b8f73614b..59f6b66bb7 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_CHITU3D.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_CHITU3D.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 #if !defined(__STM32F1__) && !defined(__STM32F4__)
   #error "Oops! Select an STM32F1/4 board in 'Tools > Board.'"
@@ -119,7 +120,7 @@
 //
 // LCD Pins
 //
-#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
+#if HAS_SPI_LCD
 
   #if ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD)
     #define LCD_PINS_RS         49   // CS chip select /SS chip slave select
@@ -280,7 +281,7 @@
     #endif
   #endif // NEWPANEL
 
-#endif // ULTRA_LCD
+#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD
 
 #define U_MIN_PIN          -1
 #define V_MIN_PIN          -1
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_COHESION3D_MINI.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_COHESION3D_MINI.h
index edea670b7a..29ad150b28 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_COHESION3D_MINI.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_COHESION3D_MINI.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Cohesion3D Mini pin assignments
@@ -116,7 +117,7 @@
 //
 // M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control
 //
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+#if HAS_CUTTER
   #undef HEATER_0_PIN
   #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN     P2_07   // FET 1
   #undef HEATER_BED_PIN
@@ -135,7 +136,7 @@
 // connector are shared with the onboard SD card, and Marlin does not support reading
 // G-code files from the onboard SD card.
 //
-#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
+#if HAS_SPI_LCD
 
   #define BEEPER_PIN       P0_27   // EXP2-7 - open drain
 
@@ -154,7 +155,7 @@
     #error "SDSUPPORT is not currently supported by the Cohesion3D boards"
   #endif
 
-#endif // ULTRA_LCD
+#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD
 
 //
 // Ethernet pins
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_COHESION3D_REMIX.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_COHESION3D_REMIX.h
index 29979792ef..5adec936ae 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_COHESION3D_REMIX.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_COHESION3D_REMIX.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Cohesion3D ReMix pin assignments
@@ -137,7 +138,7 @@
 //
 // M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control
 //
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+#if HAS_CUTTER
   #undef HEATER_0_PIN
   #undef HEATER_BED_PIN
   #undef FAN_PIN
@@ -192,7 +193,7 @@
     #define NEOPIXEL_PIN  P1_16   // EXP1-6  =>  Ethernet pin  6 (top row, 3 from left)
   #endif
 
-#elif ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
+#elif HAS_SPI_LCD
 
   #define BEEPER_PIN      P1_31   // EXP1-1
   //#define SD_DETECT_PIN P0_27   // EXP2-7
@@ -208,40 +209,30 @@
 
   #define KILL_PIN        P2_11   // EXP2-10
 
-#endif // ULTRA_LCD
+#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD
 
 //
 // SD Support
 //
-#if NONE(LPC_SD_LCD, LPC_SD_ONBOARD, LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE)
-  #undef USB_SD_DISABLED
-  #define USB_SD_ONBOARD
-  #define LPC_SD_ONBOARD
+#ifndef SDCARD_CONNECTION
+  #define SDCARD_CONNECTION ONBOARD
 #endif
 
-#if ENABLED(LPC_SD_LCD)
+#define ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN  P0_06   // Chip select for "System" SD card
 
+#if SD_CONNECTION_IS(LCD)
   #define SCK_PIN          P0_07   // (52)  system defined J3-9 & AUX-3
   #define MISO_PIN         P0_08   // (50)  system defined J3-10 & AUX-3
   #define MOSI_PIN         P0_09   // (51)  system defined J3-10 & AUX-3
   #define SS_PIN           P1_23   // (53)  system defined J3-5 & AUX-3 (Sometimes called SDSS) - CS used by Marlin
-  #define ONBOARD_SD_CS    P0_06   // Chip select for "System" SD card
-
-#elif ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-
-  #if ENABLED(USB_SD_ONBOARD)
-    // When sharing the SD card with a PC the LCD menu options are
-    // needed to mount/unmount and refresh SD. So disable SD detect.
-    #define SHARED_SD_CARD
-    #undef SD_DETECT_PIN   // No SD detect pin for the onboard card
-  #endif
-
+#elif SD_CONNECTION_IS(ONBOARD)
+  #undef SD_DETECT_PIN
   #define SCK_PIN          P0_07
   #define MISO_PIN         P0_08
   #define MOSI_PIN         P0_09
-  #define SS_PIN           P0_06   // Chip select for SD card used by Marlin
-  #define ONBOARD_SD_CS    P0_06   // Chip select for "System" SD card
-
+  #define SS_PIN           ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN
+#elif SD_CONNECTION_IS(CUSTOM_CABLE)
+  #error "No custom SD drive cable defined for this board."
 #endif
 
 //
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_DUE3DOM.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_DUE3DOM.h
index 14957a0ef8..2eb79c9dce 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_DUE3DOM.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_DUE3DOM.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * DUE3DOM pin assignments
@@ -112,7 +113,7 @@
 //
 // LCD / Controller
 //
-#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
+#if HAS_SPI_LCD
 
   #define LCD_PINS_RS       42
   #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE   43
@@ -167,4 +168,4 @@
 
     #define BEEPER_PIN      -1
   #endif // SPARK_FULL_GRAPHICS
-#endif // ULTRA_LCD
+#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_DUE3DOM_MINI.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_DUE3DOM_MINI.h
index 314d522747..3783b7612d 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_DUE3DOM_MINI.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_DUE3DOM_MINI.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * DUE3DOM MINI pin assignments
@@ -104,7 +105,7 @@
 //
 // LCD / Controller
 //
-#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
+#if HAS_SPI_LCD
 
   #define LCD_PINS_RS       42
   #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE   43
@@ -170,4 +171,4 @@
     #define DOGLCD_CS       45
 
   #endif // SPARK_FULL_GRAPHICS
-#endif // ULTRA_LCD
+#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_DUPLICATOR_I3_PLUS.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_DUPLICATOR_I3_PLUS.h
index 45d55aaf09..94585715e2 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_DUPLICATOR_I3_PLUS.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_DUPLICATOR_I3_PLUS.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Wanhao Duplicator i3 Plus pin assignments
@@ -86,7 +87,7 @@
 //
 // LCDs and Controllers
 //
-#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
+#if HAS_SPI_LCD
   #if ENABLED(ZONESTAR_LCD)
     #define LCD_PINS_RS        2
     #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE   36
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_EINSTART-S.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_EINSTART-S.h
index c078a2d9c6..4493602e25 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_EINSTART-S.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_EINSTART-S.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Einstart-S pin assignments
@@ -42,28 +43,28 @@
 //
 // Limit Switches
 //
-#define X_STOP_PIN         44   // 2560 PIN 40
-#define Y_STOP_PIN         43   // 2560 PIN 41
-#define Z_STOP_PIN         42   // 2560 PIN 42
+#define X_STOP_PIN         44
+#define Y_STOP_PIN         43
+#define Z_STOP_PIN         42
 
 //
 // Steppers
 //
-#define X_STEP_PIN         76   // 2560 PIN 68
-#define X_DIR_PIN          75   // 2560 PIN 67
-#define X_ENABLE_PIN       73   // 2560 PIN 66
+#define X_STEP_PIN         76
+#define X_DIR_PIN          75
+#define X_ENABLE_PIN       73
 
-#define Y_STEP_PIN         31   // 2560 PIN 59
-#define Y_DIR_PIN          32   // 2560 PIN 58
-#define Y_ENABLE_PIN       72   // 2560 PIN 65
+#define Y_STEP_PIN         31
+#define Y_DIR_PIN          32
+#define Y_ENABLE_PIN       72
 
-#define Z_STEP_PIN         34   // 2560 PIN 56
-#define Z_DIR_PIN          35   // 2560 PIN 55
-#define Z_ENABLE_PIN       33   // 2560 PIN 57
+#define Z_STEP_PIN         34
+#define Z_DIR_PIN          35
+#define Z_ENABLE_PIN       33
 
-#define E0_STEP_PIN        36   // 2560 PIN 54
-#define E0_DIR_PIN         37   // 2560 PIN 53
-#define E0_ENABLE_PIN      30   // 2560 PIN 60
+#define E0_STEP_PIN        36
+#define E0_DIR_PIN         37
+#define E0_ENABLE_PIN      30
 
 //
 // Temperature Sensors
@@ -74,16 +75,16 @@
 //
 // Heaters / Fans
 //
-#define HEATER_0_PIN       83   // 2560 PIN 49
-#define HEATER_BED_PIN     38   // 2560 PIN 50
+#define HEATER_0_PIN       83
+#define HEATER_BED_PIN     38
 
-#define FAN_PIN            82   // 2560 PIN 48
+#define FAN_PIN            82
 
 //
 // Misc. Functions
 //
-#define SDSS               53   // 2560 PIN 19
-#define LED_PIN             4   // 2560 PIN 1
+#define SDSS               53
+#define LED_PIN             4
 
 //////////////////////////
 // LCDs and Controllers //
@@ -97,24 +98,24 @@
 // u8glib constructor
 // U8GLIB_SH1106_128X64 u8g(DOGLCD_SCK, DOGLCD_MOSI, DOGLCD_CS, LCD_PINS_DC, LCD_PINS_RS);
 
-#define LCD_PINS_DC        78   // 2560 PIN 4
-#define LCD_PINS_RS        79   // 2560 PIN 8
+#define LCD_PINS_DC        78
+#define LCD_PINS_RS        79
 // DOGM SPI LCD Support
-#define DOGLCD_CS           3   // 2560 PIN 7
-#define DOGLCD_MOSI         2   // 2560 PIN 6
-#define DOGLCD_SCK          5   // 2560 PIN 5
-#define DOGLCD_A0           2   // 2560 PIN 6
+#define DOGLCD_CS           3
+#define DOGLCD_MOSI         2
+#define DOGLCD_SCK          5
+#define DOGLCD_A0           2
 
 //
 // LCD Display input pins
 //
-#define BTN_UP             25   // 2560 PIN 75
-#define BTN_DWN            26   // 2560 PIN 74
-#define BTN_LFT            27   // 2560 PIN 73
-#define BTN_RT             28   // 2560 PIN 72
+#define BTN_UP             25
+#define BTN_DWN            26
+#define BTN_LFT            27
+#define BTN_RT             28
 
 // 'OK' button
-#define BTN_ENC            29   // 2560 PIN 71
+#define BTN_ENC            29
 
 // Set Kill to right arrow, same as RIGID_PANEL
-#define KILL_PIN           28   // 2560 PIN 72
+#define KILL_PIN           28
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_EINSY_RAMBO.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_EINSY_RAMBO.h
index 0f2aff6dd9..c40bc079cb 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_EINSY_RAMBO.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_EINSY_RAMBO.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Einsy-Rambo pin assignments
@@ -148,7 +149,7 @@
 //
 // LCD / Controller
 //
-#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
+#if HAS_SPI_LCD
 
   #define KILL_PIN         32
 
@@ -176,4 +177,4 @@
     #define SD_DETECT_PIN     15
 
   #endif // NEWPANEL
-#endif // ULTRA_LCD
+#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_EINSY_RETRO.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_EINSY_RETRO.h
index dd55c9b727..2206191474 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_EINSY_RETRO.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_EINSY_RETRO.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Einsy-Retro pin assignments
@@ -62,7 +63,7 @@
 
 #else
 
-  #if X_HOME_DIR == -1
+  #if X_HOME_DIR < 0
     #define X_MIN_PIN      X_DIAG_PIN
     #define X_MAX_PIN      81
   #else
@@ -70,7 +71,7 @@
     #define X_MAX_PIN      X_DIAG_PIN
   #endif
 
-  #if Y_HOME_DIR == -1
+  #if Y_HOME_DIR < 0
     #define Y_MIN_PIN      Y_DIAG_PIN
     #define Y_MAX_PIN      57
   #else
@@ -162,7 +163,7 @@
 //
 // LCD / Controller
 //
-#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
+#if HAS_SPI_LCD
 
   #define KILL_PIN         32
 
@@ -190,4 +191,4 @@
     #define SD_DETECT_PIN     15
 
   #endif // NEWPANEL
-#endif // ULTRA_LCD
+#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ELEFU_3.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ELEFU_3.h
index 70756b459f..ae87e8ce7b 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ELEFU_3.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ELEFU_3.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Elefu RA Board Pin Assignments
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ESP32.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ESP32.h
index dad1e0d818..35e8e1ee07 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ESP32.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ESP32.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Espressif ESP32 (Tensilica Xtensa LX6) pin assignments
@@ -30,18 +31,24 @@
 
 #define BOARD_NAME "Espressif ESP32"
 
+//
+// I2S (steppers & other output-only pins)
+//
+#define I2S_STEPPER_STREAM
+#define I2S_WS              25
+#define I2S_BCK             26
+#define I2S_DATA            27
+
 //
 // Limit Switches
 //
-#define X_MIN_PIN          34
-#define Y_MIN_PIN          35
-#define Z_MIN_PIN          15
+#define X_MIN_PIN           34
+#define Y_MIN_PIN           35
+#define Z_MIN_PIN           15
 
 //
 // Steppers
 //
-#define I2S_STEPPER_STREAM
-
 #define X_STEP_PIN         128
 #define X_DIR_PIN          129
 #define X_ENABLE_PIN       130
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_FELIX2.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_FELIX2.h
index 4080ac6746..ec02cc22ce 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_FELIX2.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_FELIX2.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * FELIXprinters v2.0/3.0 (RAMPS v1.4) pin assignments
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_FORMBOT_RAPTOR.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_FORMBOT_RAPTOR.h
index 10a517aec4..762feaa6d4 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_FORMBOT_RAPTOR.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_FORMBOT_RAPTOR.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Formbot Raptor pin assignments
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_FORMBOT_RAPTOR2.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_FORMBOT_RAPTOR2.h
index 733308f973..e89167e987 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_FORMBOT_RAPTOR2.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_FORMBOT_RAPTOR2.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Formbot Raptor 2 pin assignments
@@ -40,7 +41,7 @@
 //
 // M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control
 //
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE) && !PIN_EXISTS(SPINDLE_LASER_ENA)
+#if HAS_CUTTER && !PIN_EXISTS(SPINDLE_LASER_ENA)
   #if !NUM_SERVOS                       // Try to use servo connector first
     #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN     6 // Pin should have a pullup/pulldown!
     #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN     4 // MUST BE HARDWARE PWM
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_FORMBOT_TREX2PLUS.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_FORMBOT_TREX2PLUS.h
index 16649e42b5..f3b12ee1bc 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_FORMBOT_TREX2PLUS.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_FORMBOT_TREX2PLUS.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Formbot pin assignments
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_FORMBOT_TREX3.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_FORMBOT_TREX3.h
index 8ff09f47c5..4ca2556d80 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_FORMBOT_TREX3.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_FORMBOT_TREX3.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Formbot pin assignments
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_FYSETC_AIO_II.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_FYSETC_AIO_II.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..49879ba50d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_FYSETC_AIO_II.h
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+#ifndef __STM32F1__
+  #error "Oops! Select an STM32F1 board in 'Tools > Board.'"
+#endif
+
+#define BOARD_NAME        "FYSETC AIO II"
+#define BOARD_WEBSITE_URL "https://fysetc.com"
+
+#define pins_v2_20190128   // geo-f:add for new pins define
+
+// Ignore temp readings during develpment.
+#define BOGUS_TEMPERATURE_FAILSAFE_OVERRIDE
+
+//
+// Limit Switches
+//
+#define X_STOP_PIN         PA1
+#define Y_STOP_PIN         PA0
+#define Z_STOP_PIN         PB14
+
+//
+// Filament runout
+//
+#ifdef pins_v2_20190128
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN   PB15
+#else
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN   PB5
+#endif
+
+//
+// Steppers
+//
+#define X_STEP_PIN         PB8
+#define X_DIR_PIN          PB9
+#define X_ENABLE_PIN       PA8
+
+#define Y_STEP_PIN         PB2
+#ifdef pins_v2_20190128
+  #define Y_DIR_PIN        PB3
+#else
+  #define Y_DIR_PIN        PB0
+#endif
+#define Y_ENABLE_PIN       PB1
+
+#define Z_STEP_PIN         PC0
+#define Z_DIR_PIN          PC1
+#define Z_ENABLE_PIN       PC2
+
+#define E0_STEP_PIN        PC15
+#define E0_DIR_PIN         PC14
+#define E0_ENABLE_PIN      PC13
+
+//
+// Stepper current PWM
+//
+
+// X:PA2 Y:PA3 Z:PB12 E:PB13 // changed for test
+#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_XY_PIN PA3
+#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Z_PIN  PA2 // PB12
+//#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_XY_PIN PB6
+//#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Z_PIN  PB7 // PB12
+#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_E_PIN  -1  // PB13
+// Motor current PWM conversion, PWM value = MotorCurrentSetting * 255 / range
+#ifndef MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_RANGE
+  #define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_RANGE 1500 // geo-f:old 2000
+#endif
+#define DEFAULT_PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT  {500, 500, 400} // geo-f:old 1300 1300 1250
+
+// 采用 SDIO PCB从左到右数
+// 1:PC10 - SDIO_D2
+// 2:PC11 - SDIO_D3
+// 3:PD2 - SDIO_CMD
+// 4:VCC
+// 5:PC12 - SDIO_CK
+// 6:VDD
+// 7:PC8 - SDIO_D0
+// 8:PC9 - SDIO_D1
+// 9:PA15 - SD_DETECT_PIN
+
+//
+// Heaters / Fans
+//
+#define HEATER_0_PIN       PC7
+#define HEATER_BED_PIN     PC6
+#ifndef FAN_PIN
+  #define FAN_PIN          PC8
+#endif
+
+//
+// Temperature Sensors
+//
+#define TEMP_BED_PIN       PC5   // Analog Input
+#define TEMP_0_PIN         PC4   // Analog Input
+
+//
+// Misc. Functions
+//
+#define SDSS               PA4
+
+//
+// LCD Pins
+//
+#if HAS_SPI_LCD
+
+  #define BEEPER_PIN       PC9
+
+  #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
+
+    #define DOGLCD_A0      PA15
+    #ifdef pins_v2_20190128
+      #define DOGLCD_CS    PB5
+    #else
+      #define DOGLCD_CS    PB7
+    #endif
+
+    //#define LCD_CONTRAST 190
+    //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_90
+    //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_180
+    //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_270
+
+  #endif
+
+  // not connected to a pin
+  #define SD_DETECT_PIN    PC3
+
+  #if ENABLED(NEWPANEL)
+    // The encoder and click button
+    #define BTN_EN1        PC10
+    #define BTN_EN2        PC11
+    #define BTN_ENC        PC12
+  #endif
+
+  #ifdef pins_v2_20190128
+    #define LCD_RESET_PIN  PB4
+    #ifndef RGB_LED_R_PIN
+      #define RGB_LED_R_PIN PB0
+    #endif
+    #ifndef RGB_LED_G_PIN
+      #define RGB_LED_G_PIN PB6
+    #endif
+    #ifndef RGB_LED_B_PIN
+      #define RGB_LED_B_PIN PB7
+    #endif
+  #else
+    #define LCD_RESET_PIN  PB6
+    #ifndef RGB_LED_R_PIN
+      #define RGB_LED_R_PIN PB3
+    #endif
+    #ifndef RGB_LED_G_PIN
+      #define RGB_LED_G_PIN PB4
+    #endif
+    #ifndef RGB_LED_B_PIN
+      #define RGB_LED_B_PIN PB5
+    #endif
+  #endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_FYSETC_CHEETAH.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_FYSETC_CHEETAH.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c3be9431a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_FYSETC_CHEETAH.h
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+#ifndef __STM32F1__
+  #error "Oops! Select an STM32F1 board in 'Tools > Board.'"
+#endif
+
+#define DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer"
+
+#define BOARD_NAME "FYSETC CHEETAH"
+#define BOARD_WEBSITE_URL "https://fysetc.com"
+
+// Ignore temp readings during develpment.
+#define BOGUS_TEMPERATURE_FAILSAFE_OVERRIDE
+
+//
+// Servos
+//
+#define SERVO0_PIN         PA0
+
+//
+// Limit Switches
+//
+#define X_STOP_PIN         PA1
+#define Y_STOP_PIN         PB4
+#define Z_STOP_PIN         PA15
+
+//
+// Filament runout
+//
+#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN     PB5
+
+//
+// Steppers
+//
+#define X_STEP_PIN         PB8
+#define X_DIR_PIN          PB9
+#define X_ENABLE_PIN       PA8
+
+#define Y_STEP_PIN         PB2
+#define Y_DIR_PIN          PB3
+#define Y_ENABLE_PIN       PB1
+
+#define Z_STEP_PIN         PC0
+#define Z_DIR_PIN          PC1
+#define Z_ENABLE_PIN       PC2
+
+#define E0_STEP_PIN        PC15
+#define E0_DIR_PIN         PC14
+#define E0_ENABLE_PIN      PC13
+
+#define X_HARDWARE_SERIAL  MSerial2   // Port correct?
+#define Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL  MSerial2
+#define Z_HARDWARE_SERIAL  MSerial2
+#define E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL MSerial2
+
+//
+// Heaters / Fans
+//
+#define HEATER_0_PIN       PC6
+#define HEATER_BED_PIN     PC7
+#ifndef FAN_PIN
+  #define FAN_PIN          PC8
+#endif
+
+//
+// Temperature Sensors
+//
+#define TEMP_BED_PIN       PC5   // Analog Input
+#define TEMP_0_PIN         PC4   // Analog Input
+
+//
+// Misc. Functions
+//
+#define SDSS               PA4
+
+//
+// LCD Pins
+//
+#if HAS_SPI_LCD
+
+  #define BEEPER_PIN       PC9
+
+  #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
+    #define DOGLCD_A0      PB14
+    #define DOGLCD_CS      PB12
+    #define DOGLCD_SCK     PB13
+    #define DOGLCD_MOSI    PB15
+    //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_90
+    //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_180
+    //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_270
+
+    #if ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864) || ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
+      #define FORCE_SOFT_SPI
+    #endif
+  #endif
+
+  #define LCD_PINS_RS      PB12   // CS -- SOFT SPI for ENDER3 LCD
+  #define LCD_PINS_D4      PB13   // SCLK
+  #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE  PB15   // DATA MOSI
+
+  // not connected to a pin
+  #define SD_DETECT_PIN    PC3
+
+  #ifndef RGB_LED_R_PIN
+    #define RGB_LED_R_PIN  PB0
+  #endif
+  #ifndef RGB_LED_G_PIN
+    #define RGB_LED_G_PIN  PB7
+  #endif
+  #ifndef RGB_LED_B_PIN
+    #define RGB_LED_B_PIN  PB6
+  #endif
+
+  //#define LCD_CONTRAST   190
+
+  #if ENABLED(NEWPANEL)
+    #define BTN_EN1        PC11
+    #define BTN_EN2        PC10
+    #define BTN_ENC        PC12
+  #endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_FYSETC_F6_13.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_FYSETC_F6_13.h
index 800abbc892..e41cca85cd 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_FYSETC_F6_13.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_FYSETC_F6_13.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 //
 // Fysetc F6 pin assignments
@@ -116,19 +117,20 @@
 // the jumper next to the limit switch socket when using sensorless homing.
 //
 
-#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208)
+#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2209)
   // Software serial
-  #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN  71
+  // At the moment, F6 rx pins are not pc interrupt pins
+  #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN  -1   // 71
   #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN  72
-  #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN  73
+  #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN  -1   // 73
   #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN  75
-  #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN  78
+  #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN  -1   // 78
   #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN  79
-  #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN 76
+  #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1   // 76
   #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN 77
-  #define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN 80
+  #define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1   // 80
   #define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN 81
-  #define E2_SERIAL_RX_PIN 22
+  #define E2_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1   // 22
   #define E2_SERIAL_TX_PIN 82
 #endif
 
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GEN3_MONOLITHIC.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GEN3_MONOLITHIC.h
index ede97e5c6d..e48b340e1f 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GEN3_MONOLITHIC.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GEN3_MONOLITHIC.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Gen3 Monolithic Electronics pin assignments
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GEN3_PLUS.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GEN3_PLUS.h
index 8b13fc3879..9b5f42caa6 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GEN3_PLUS.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GEN3_PLUS.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Gen3+ pin assignments
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GEN6.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GEN6.h
index 17124a596a..42abd00137 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GEN6.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GEN6.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Gen6 pin assignments
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GEN6_DELUXE.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GEN6_DELUXE.h
index 08686a2895..359f4e64ac 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GEN6_DELUXE.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GEN6_DELUXE.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Gen6 Deluxe pin assignments
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GEN7_12.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GEN7_12.h
index d040738b1a..2b9411feb3 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GEN7_12.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GEN7_12.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Gen7 v1.1, v1.2, v1.3 pin assignments
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GEN7_13.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GEN7_13.h
index 9b1f0d242e..d380255243 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GEN7_13.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GEN7_13.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Gen7 v1.3 pin assignments
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GEN7_14.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GEN7_14.h
index b4ae7ffe10..6228db7ac4 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GEN7_14.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GEN7_14.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Gen7 v1.4 pin assignments
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GEN7_CUSTOM.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GEN7_CUSTOM.h
index 4d6a059df8..04689b2ca8 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GEN7_CUSTOM.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GEN7_CUSTOM.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Gen7 Alfons3 board pin assignments
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GT2560_REV_A.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GT2560_REV_A.h
index e7b3481ad4..ba4f4830ac 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GT2560_REV_A.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GT2560_REV_A.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Geeetech GT2560 Revision A board pin assignments, based on the work of
@@ -95,7 +96,7 @@
 #define SUICIDE_PIN        54   // Must be enabled at startup to keep power flowing
 #define KILL_PIN           -1
 
-#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
+#if HAS_SPI_LCD
 
   #define BEEPER_PIN       18
 
@@ -138,4 +139,4 @@
 
   #endif // !NEWPANEL
 
-#endif // ULTRA_LCD
+#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GT2560_REV_A_PLUS.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GT2560_REV_A_PLUS.h
index e8778a8d80..8becf9bcfe 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GT2560_REV_A_PLUS.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GT2560_REV_A_PLUS.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Geeetech GT2560 Revision A+ board pin assignments
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GT2560_V3.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GT2560_V3.h
index 9ea31965c2..4f0667d0b7 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GT2560_V3.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GT2560_V3.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * GT2560 V3.0 pin assignment
@@ -40,12 +41,30 @@
 //
 // Limit Switches
 //
-#define X_MIN_PIN          24
-#define X_MAX_PIN          22
-#define Y_MIN_PIN          28
-#define Y_MAX_PIN          26
-#define Z_MIN_PIN          30
-#define Z_MAX_PIN          32
+#ifndef X_STOP_PIN
+  #ifndef X_MIN_PIN
+    #define X_MIN_PIN      24
+  #endif
+  #ifndef X_MAX_PIN
+    #define X_MAX_PIN      22
+  #endif
+#endif
+#ifndef Y_STOP_PIN
+  #ifndef Y_MIN_PIN
+    #define Y_MIN_PIN      28
+  #endif
+  #ifndef Y_MAX_PIN
+    #define Y_MAX_PIN      26
+  #endif
+#endif
+#ifndef Z_STOP_PIN
+  #ifndef Z_MIN_PIN
+    #define Z_MIN_PIN      30
+  #endif
+  #ifndef Z_MAX_PIN
+    #define Z_MAX_PIN      32
+  #endif
+#endif
 
 //
 // Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GT2560_V3_A20.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GT2560_V3_A20.h
index 42e1a1c696..5565ac62cd 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GT2560_V3_A20.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GT2560_V3_A20.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Geeetech A20M pin assignment
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GT2560_V3_MC2.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GT2560_V3_MC2.h
index 42691f4161..7abee9cd60 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GT2560_V3_MC2.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GT2560_V3_MC2.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /*****************************************************************
  * GT2560 V3.0 pin assignment (for Mecreator 2)
@@ -26,16 +27,9 @@
 
 #define BOARD_NAME "GT2560 V3.0 (MC2)"
 
-#include "pins_GT2560_V3.h"
-
-#undef X_MIN_PIN
 #define X_MIN_PIN          22
-
-#undef X_MAX_PIN
 #define X_MAX_PIN          24
-
-#undef Y_MIN_PIN
 #define Y_MIN_PIN          26
-
-#undef Y_MAX_PIN
 #define Y_MAX_PIN          28
+
+#include "pins_GT2560_V3.h"
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GTM32_PRO_VB.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GTM32_PRO_VB.h
index bb46b32e75..87b32bf38a 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GTM32_PRO_VB.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_GTM32_PRO_VB.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * 24 May 2018 - @chepo for STM32F103VET6
@@ -108,7 +109,7 @@
 //
 // LCD / Controller
 //
-#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
+#if HAS_SPI_LCD
 
   #if ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER)
     #define LCD_PINS_RS    PE6   // CS chip select /SS chip slave select
@@ -142,7 +143,7 @@
   //#define LCD_PINS_D14   PD9   // RXD3
   //#define LCD_PINS_D13   PD8   // TXD3
 
-#endif // ULTRA_LCD
+#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD
 
 //
 // SPI2 on LCD conn
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_JGAURORA_A5S_A1.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_JGAURORA_A5S_A1.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4802bb1c0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_JGAURORA_A5S_A1.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+ /**
+  * 2017 Victor Perez Marlin for stm32f1 test
+  * 2018 Modified by Pablo Crespo for Morpheus Board (https://github.com/pscrespo/Morpheus-STM32)
+  * 2019 Modified by Roberto Mariani & Samuel Pinches for JGAurora A5S & A1 Board.
+  */
+
+/**
+ * JGAurora A5S A1 Board pin assignments
+ */
+
+#ifndef __STM32F1__
+  #error "Oops! Select an STM32F1 board in 'Tools > Board.'"
+#endif
+
+#define BOARD_NAME "JGAurora A5S A1 board"
+
+// #define STM32_XL_DENSITY // required, but should be set by platformio flags, not here! (why? not sure.)
+
+//#define MCU_STM32F103ZE // not yet required
+
+// // I2C EEPROM with 64K of space - AT24C64
+// #define I2C_EEPROM
+// #define E2END 0x7FFF
+
+// Enable EEPROM Emulation for this board
+
+//#define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION 1
+//#define E2END  0xFFF //((uint32)(EEPROM_START_ADDRESS + EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE + EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE)) // not 0xFFF
+//#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT
+//#define DEBUG_EEPROM_READWRITE
+
+//
+// Limit Switches
+//
+#define X_STOP_PIN         PC6
+#define Y_STOP_PIN         PG8
+#define Z_STOP_PIN         PG7
+
+//
+// Steppers
+//
+#define X_STEP_PIN         PD6
+#define X_DIR_PIN          PD3
+#define X_ENABLE_PIN       PG9
+
+#define Y_STEP_PIN         PG12
+#define Y_DIR_PIN          PG11
+#define Y_ENABLE_PIN       PG13
+
+#define Z_STEP_PIN         PG15
+#define Z_DIR_PIN          PG14
+#define Z_ENABLE_PIN       PB8
+
+#define E0_STEP_PIN        PE2
+#define E0_DIR_PIN         PB9
+#define E0_ENABLE_PIN      PE3
+
+#define E1_STEP_PIN        PE5
+#define E1_DIR_PIN         PE4
+#define E1_ENABLE_PIN      PE6
+
+//
+// Temperature Sensors
+//
+#define TEMP_0_PIN         PC2
+#define TEMP_BED_PIN       PC1
+
+//
+// Heaters / Fans
+//
+#define HEATER_0_PIN       PA2
+#define HEATER_BED_PIN     PA3
+
+#define FAN_PIN            PA1
+
+#define PS_ON_PIN          PA0
+#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN     PC7
+
+//
+// LCD
+//
+#define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN  PF11
+#define FSMC_CS_PIN        PD7
+#define FSMC_RS_PIN        PG0
+
+//
+// SD Card
+//
+#define SD_DETECT_PIN      PF10
+
+//
+// Misc.
+//
+#define BEEPER_PIN         PC3    // use PB7 to shut up if desired
+#define LED_PIN            PC13
+
+// Touch support
+#define BTN_ENC            PA11   // Real pin is needed to enable encoder's push button functionality used by touch screen. PA11 gives stable value.
+
+#define TOUCH_CS           PA4
+//#define TOUCH_INTERRUPT    PC4    // Not yet implemented
+
+#define NO_PAUSE_AFTER_PRINT
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_K8200.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_K8200.h
index 530bb6be15..c134585daa 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_K8200.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_K8200.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * K8200 Arduino Mega with RAMPS v1.3 pin assignments
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_K8400.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_K8400.h
index 3dd195bed7..c3dd647d64 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_K8400.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_K8400.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Velleman K8400 (Vertex)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_K8800.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_K8800.h
index 8c959eb409..98fcde5bcd 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_K8800.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_K8800.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Velleman K8800 (Vertex)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_LEAPFROG.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_LEAPFROG.h
index 123bce0650..8d4f31a70f 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_LEAPFROG.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_LEAPFROG.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Leapfrog Driver board pin assignments
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MAKEBOARD_MINI.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MAKEBOARD_MINI.h
index 17b03ad653..30807d2a18 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MAKEBOARD_MINI.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MAKEBOARD_MINI.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 #include "pins_RAMPS.h"
 
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MALYAN_M200.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MALYAN_M200.h
index b35e779661..63d0b8f9a2 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MALYAN_M200.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MALYAN_M200.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * MALYAN M200 pin assignments
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MEGACONTROLLER.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MEGACONTROLLER.h
index 6c0f8cad30..14fec34ec6 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MEGACONTROLLER.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MEGACONTROLLER.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Mega controller pin assignments
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MEGATRONICS.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MEGATRONICS.h
index 858fcb6e34..44a487cbbc 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MEGATRONICS.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MEGATRONICS.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * MegaTronics pin assignments
@@ -120,7 +121,7 @@
 
   #define SD_DETECT_PIN   -1   // RAMPS doesn't use this
 
-#endif // ULTRA_LCD && NEWPANEL
+#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD && NEWPANEL
 
 //
 // M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MEGATRONICS_2.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MEGATRONICS_2.h
index 9f7f958e68..fa154555f7 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MEGATRONICS_2.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MEGATRONICS_2.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * MegaTronics v2.0 pin assignments
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MEGATRONICS_3.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MEGATRONICS_3.h
index 38a0f8e7ef..863680637f 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MEGATRONICS_3.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MEGATRONICS_3.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * MegaTronics v3.0 / v3.1 / v3.2 pin assignments
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MELZI.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MELZI.h
index e3886b710e..e4dcc42777 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MELZI.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MELZI.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Melzi pin assignments
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MELZI_CREALITY.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MELZI_CREALITY.h
index 9ab40187e6..2d08dbc551 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MELZI_CREALITY.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MELZI_CREALITY.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Melzi (Creality) pin assignments
@@ -45,13 +46,12 @@
 #undef LCD_PINS_D5
 #undef LCD_PINS_D6
 #undef LCD_PINS_D7
-#undef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN
+#undef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN           // Uses Beeper/LED Pin Pulled to GND
 
 #define LCD_SDSS           31   // Smart Controller SD card reader (rather than the Melzi)
 #define LCD_PINS_RS        28   // ST9720 CS
 #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE    17   // ST9720 DAT
 #define LCD_PINS_D4        30   // ST9720 CLK
-#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN     -1   // Uses Beeper/LED Pin Pulled to GND
 
 #if DISABLED(SPEAKER) && ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
   #define SERVO0_PIN 27
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MELZI_MAKR3D.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MELZI_MAKR3D.h
index 488445613a..a9124245c3 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MELZI_MAKR3D.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MELZI_MAKR3D.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Melzi with ATmega1284 (MaKr3d version) pin assignments
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MELZI_MALYAN.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MELZI_MALYAN.h
index 4087b9f2c6..99671d671d 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MELZI_MALYAN.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MELZI_MALYAN.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Melzi (Malyan M150) pin assignments
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MELZI_TRONXY.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MELZI_TRONXY.h
index 1a66a73599..bb8e2e3244 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MELZI_TRONXY.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MELZI_TRONXY.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Melzi pin assignments
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MIGHTYBOARD_REVE.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MIGHTYBOARD_REVE.h
index 5a4fa42354..4cb4935252 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MIGHTYBOARD_REVE.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MIGHTYBOARD_REVE.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Mightyboard Rev.E pin assignments
@@ -68,6 +69,16 @@
   #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN  42
 #endif
 
+//
+// Filament Runout Pins
+//
+#ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN   49
+#endif
+#ifndef FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN  47
+#endif
+
 //
 // Steppers
 //
@@ -186,143 +197,102 @@
   #endif
 #endif
 
-//
-// Extruder Auto Fan Pins
-//
-#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN EX1_FAN_PIN
-#define ORIG_E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN EX2_FAN_PIN
-
 //
 // Misc. Functions
 //
 #define LED_PIN            13   // B7
 #define CUTOFF_RESET_PIN   16   // H1
 #define CUTOFF_TEST_PIN    17   // H0
-#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN     44   // L5   MUST BE HARDWARE PWM
 
 //
 // LCD / Controller
 //
-#ifdef REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
+#if HAS_SPI_LCD
 
-  #define LCD_PINS_RS      33   // C4: LCD-STROBE
-  #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE  72   // J2: LEFT
-  #define LCD_PINS_D4      35   // C2: LCD-CLK
-  #define LCD_PINS_D5      32   // C5: RLED
-  #define LCD_PINS_D6      34   // C3: LCD-DATA
-  #define LCD_PINS_D7      31   // C6: GLED
+  #if ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER)
 
-  #define BTN_EN2          75   // J4, UP
-  #define BTN_EN1          73   // J3, DOWN
-  //STOP button connected as KILL_PIN
-  #define KILL_PIN         14   // J1, RIGHT
-  //KILL - not connected
+    #define LCD_PINS_RS    33   // C4: LCD-STROBE
+    #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 72  // J2: LEFT
+    #define LCD_PINS_D4    35   // C2: LCD-CLK
+    #define LCD_PINS_D5    32   // C5: RLED
+    #define LCD_PINS_D6    34   // C3: LCD-DATA
+    #define LCD_PINS_D7    31   // C6: GLED
 
-  #define BEEPER_PIN        8   // H5, SD_WP
+    #define BTN_EN2        75   // J4, UP
+    #define BTN_EN1        73   // J3, DOWN
+    //STOP button connected as KILL_PIN
+    #define KILL_PIN       14   // J1, RIGHT
+    //KILL - not connected
+
+    #define BEEPER_PIN      8   // H5, SD_WP
+
+    //on board leds
+    #define STAT_LED_RED_LED  SERVO0_PIN   // C1 (1280-EX1, DEBUG2)
+    #define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN SERVO1_PIN   // C0 (1280-EX2, DEBUG3)
+
+  #else
+    // Replicator uses a 3-wire SR controller with HD44780
+    #define SR_DATA_PIN    34   // C3
+    #define SR_CLK_PIN     35   // C2
+    #define SR_STROBE_PIN  33   // C4
+
+    #define BTN_UP         75   // J4
+    #define BTN_DWN        73   // J3
+    #define BTN_LFT        72   // J2
+    #define BTN_RT         14   // J1
+
+    // Disable encoder
+    #undef BTN_EN1
+    #undef BTN_EN2
+
+    #define BEEPER_PIN      4   // G5
+
+    #define STAT_LED_RED_PIN  32   // C5
+    #define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN 31   // C6 (Actually green)
+
+  #endif
 
   #define BTN_CENTER       15   // J0
   #define BTN_ENC          BTN_CENTER
 
-  //on board leds
-  #define STAT_LED_RED_LED  SERVO0_PIN   // C1 (1280-EX1, DEBUG2)
-  #define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN SERVO1_PIN   // C0 (1280-EX2, DEBUG3)
-
-#else
-  // Replicator uses a 3-wire SR controller with HD44780
-  // For now, pretend it's the SAV
-  //
-  //#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
-
-  #define SR_DATA_PIN      34   // C3
-  #define SR_CLK_PIN       35   // C2
-  #define SR_STROBE_PIN    33   // C4
-
-  #define BTN_UP           75   // J4
-  #define BTN_DWN          73   // J3
-  #define BTN_LFT          72   // J2
-  #define BTN_RT           14   // J1
-  #define BTN_CENTER       15   // J0
-  #define BTN_ENC          BTN_CENTER
-
-  // Disable encoder
-  #undef BTN_EN1
-  #undef BTN_EN2
-
-  #define BEEPER_PIN         4   // G5
-
-  #define STAT_LED_RED_PIN  32   // C5
-  #define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN 31   // C6 (Actually green)
-
-#endif
+#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD
 
 //
 // SD Card
 //
 #define SDSS               53   // B0
 #define SD_DETECT_PIN       9   // H6
-#define MAX_PIN             THERMO_SCK_PIN
 
 //
-// M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control
+//TMC 2208
 //
-#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN    66   // K4   Pin should have a pullup!
-#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN     8   // H5   MUST BE HARDWARE PWM
-#define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN          67   // K5
+#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208)
+  /**
+   * TMC2208 stepper drivers
+   *
+   * Hardware serial communication ports.
+   * If undefined software serial is used according to the pins below
+   */
+  #define X_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial2
+  #define Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1
 
+  /**
+   * Software serial
+   */
 
-// Check if all pins are defined in mega/pins_arduino.h
-//#include <Arduino.h>
-static_assert(NUM_DIGITAL_PINS > MAX_PIN, "add missing pins to [arduino dir]/hardware/arduino/avr/variants/mega/pins_arduino.h based on fastio.h"
-                                          "to digital_pin_to_port_PGM, digital_pin_to_bit_mask_PGM, digital_pin_to_timer_PGM, NUM_DIGITAL_PINS, see below");
+  #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN  16
+  #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN  17
 
-/* in [arduino dir]/hardware/arduino/avr/variants/mega/pins_arduino.h
-change:
-#define NUM_DIGITAL_PINS            70
-to:
-#define NUM_DIGITAL_PINS            80
+  #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN  18
+  #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN  19
 
-to digital_pin_to_port_PGM add at the end:
-const uint8_t PROGMEM digital_pin_to_port_PGM[] = {
-....
-        PG      , // PG 4 ** 70 **
-        PG      , // PG 3 ** 71 **
-        PJ      , // PJ 2 ** 72 **
-        PJ      , // PJ 3 ** 73 **
-        PJ      , // PJ 7 ** 74 **
-        PJ      , // PJ 4 ** 75 **
-        PJ      , // PJ 5 ** 76 **
-        PJ      , // PJ 6 ** 77 **
-        PE      , // PE 2 ** 78 **
-        PE      , // PE 6 ** 79 **
-};
+  #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN  41
+  #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN  66
 
-to digital_pin_to_bit_mask_PGM  add at the end:
-const uint8_t PROGMEM digital_pin_to_bit_mask_PGM[] = {
-....
-        _BV( 4 )        , // PG 4 ** 70 **
-        _BV( 3 )        , // PG 3 ** 71 **
-        _BV( 2 )        , // PJ 2 ** 72 **
-        _BV( 3 )        , // PJ 3 ** 73 **
-        _BV( 7 )        , // PJ 7 ** 74 **
-        _BV( 4 )        , // PJ 4 ** 75 **
-        _BV( 5 )        , // PJ 5 ** 76 **
-        _BV( 6 )        , // PJ 6 ** 77 **
-        _BV( 2 )        , // PE 2 ** 78 **
-        _BV( 6 )        , // PE 6 ** 79 **
-};
+  #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN 40
+  #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN 67
 
-to digital_pin_to_timer_PGM add at the end:
-const uint8_t PROGMEM digital_pin_to_timer_PGM[] = {
-....
-        NOT_ON_TIMER    , // PG 4 ** 70 **
-        NOT_ON_TIMER    , // PG 3 ** 71 **
-        NOT_ON_TIMER    , // PJ 2 ** 72 **
-        NOT_ON_TIMER    , // PJ 3 ** 73 **
-        NOT_ON_TIMER    , // PJ 7 ** 74 **
-        NOT_ON_TIMER    , // PJ 4 ** 75 **
-        NOT_ON_TIMER    , // PJ 5 ** 76 **
-        NOT_ON_TIMER    , // PJ 6 ** 77 **
-        NOT_ON_TIMER    , // PE 2 ** 78 **
-        NOT_ON_TIMER    , // PE 6 ** 79 **
-};
-*/
+  #define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN 37
+  #define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN 68
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MINIRAMBO.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MINIRAMBO.h
index 1fbb52194a..f81627b655 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MINIRAMBO.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MINIRAMBO.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Mini-RAMBo pin assignments
@@ -140,7 +141,7 @@
 //
 // LCD / Controller
 //
-#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
+#if HAS_SPI_LCD
 
   #if !MB(MINIRAMBO_10A)
     #define KILL_PIN       32
@@ -188,4 +189,4 @@
 
   #endif // NEWPANEL
 
-#endif // ULTRA_LCD
+#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MINITRONICS.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MINITRONICS.h
index f54a4f85f3..a76682a896 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MINITRONICS.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MINITRONICS.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Minitronics v1.0/1.1 pin assignments
@@ -130,7 +131,7 @@
 //
 // M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control
 //
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)  // assumes we're only doing CNC work (no 3D printing)
+#if HAS_CUTTER  // assumes we're only doing CNC work (no 3D printing)
   #undef HEATER_BED_PIN
   #undef TEMP_BED_PIN             // need to free up some pins but also need to
   #undef TEMP_0_PIN               // re-assign them (to unused pins) because Marlin
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MKS_BASE.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MKS_BASE.h
index 8e5d0dd7bd..07519a5696 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MKS_BASE.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MKS_BASE.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * MKS BASE 1.0 – Arduino Mega2560 with RAMPS v1.4 pin assignments
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MKS_BASE_14.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MKS_BASE_14.h
index d25c2c2e01..7681f6cd9b 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MKS_BASE_14.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MKS_BASE_14.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * MKS BASE v1.4
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MKS_BASE_15.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MKS_BASE_15.h
index d62f70d520..12629706f3 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MKS_BASE_15.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MKS_BASE_15.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * MKS BASE v1.5 with A4982 stepper drivers and digital micro-stepping
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MKS_BASE_HEROIC.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MKS_BASE_HEROIC.h
index 394bdb8698..55448d4c0b 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MKS_BASE_HEROIC.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MKS_BASE_HEROIC.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * MKS BASE with Heroic HR4982 stepper drivers
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MKS_GEN_13.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MKS_GEN_13.h
index 39ec95db59..3d777d8383 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MKS_GEN_13.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MKS_GEN_13.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Arduino Mega with RAMPS v1.4 adjusted pin assignments
@@ -44,9 +45,9 @@
 //
 // PSU / SERVO
 //
-// If POWER_SUPPLY is specified, always hijack Servo 3
+// If PSU_CONTROL is specified, always hijack Servo 3
 //
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
   #define SERVO3_PIN       -1
   #define PS_ON_PIN         4
 #endif
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MKS_GEN_L.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MKS_GEN_L.h
index 2fcb8f31fb..7b6ea178c7 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MKS_GEN_L.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MKS_GEN_L.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * MKS GEN L – Arduino Mega2560 with RAMPS v1.4 pin assignments
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MKS_ROBIN.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MKS_ROBIN.h
index 430a7bf302..6dac3f65c4 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MKS_ROBIN.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MKS_ROBIN.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * MKS Robin (STM32F130ZET6) board pin assignments
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MKS_ROBIN_MINI.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MKS_ROBIN_MINI.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b488955b89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MKS_ROBIN_MINI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+/**
+ * MKS Robin MINI (STM32F130VET6) board pin assignments
+ */
+
+#ifndef __STM32F1__
+  #error "Oops! Select an STM32F1 board in 'Tools > Board.'"
+#endif
+
+#if HOTENDS > 1 || E_STEPPERS > 1
+  #error "MKS Robin mini supports up to 1 hotends / E-steppers. Comment out this line to continue."
+#endif
+
+#define BOARD_NAME "MKS Robin mini"
+
+//
+// Release PB4 (Y_ENABLE_PIN) from JTAG NRST role
+//
+#define DISABLE_DEBUG
+
+//
+// Note: MKS Robin mini board is using SPI2 interface.
+//
+#define SPI_MODULE 2
+
+//
+// Limit Switches
+//
+#define X_MIN_PIN          PA15
+#define X_MAX_PIN          PA15
+#define Y_MIN_PIN          PA12
+#define Y_MAX_PIN          PA12
+#define Z_MIN_PIN          PA11
+#define Z_MAX_PIN          PC4
+
+//
+// Steppers
+//
+#define X_ENABLE_PIN       PE4
+#define X_STEP_PIN         PE3
+#define X_DIR_PIN          PE2
+
+#define Y_ENABLE_PIN       PE1
+#define Y_STEP_PIN         PE0
+#define Y_DIR_PIN          PB9
+
+#define Z_ENABLE_PIN       PB8
+#define Z_STEP_PIN         PB5
+#define Z_DIR_PIN          PB4
+
+#define E0_ENABLE_PIN      PB3
+#define E0_STEP_PIN        PD6
+#define E0_DIR_PIN         PD3
+
+//
+// Temperature Sensors
+//
+#define TEMP_0_PIN         PC1   // TH1
+//#define TEMP_1_PIN         PC2   // TH2
+#define TEMP_BED_PIN       PC0   // TB1
+
+//
+// Heaters / Fans
+//
+#define HEATER_0_PIN       PC3   // HEATER1
+//#define HEATER_1_PIN       PA6   // HEATER2
+#define HEATER_BED_PIN     PA0   // HOT BED
+
+#define FAN_PIN            PB1   // FAN
+
+#define BTN_ENC            PB3   // Pin is not connected. Real pin is needed to enable encoder's push button functionality used by touch screen
+
+//#define MAX6675_SS_PIN     PE5  // TC1 - CS1
+//#define MAX6675_SS_PIN     PE6  // TC2 - CS2
+
+#define POWER_LOSS_PIN     PA2   // PW_DET
+#define PS_ON_PIN          PA3   // PW_OFF
+#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN     PF11  // MT_DET
+
+#define BEEPER_PIN         PC5
+//#define LED_PIN            PB2
+
+/**
+ * Note: MKS Robin TFT screens may have different TFT controllers
+ * If the screen stays white, disable 'LCD_RESET_PIN' to rely on the bootloader to do screen initialization.
+ */
+#define LCD_RESET_PIN      PF6
+#define NO_LCD_REINIT             // Suppress LCD re-initialization
+
+#define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN  PD13
+#define FSMC_CS_PIN        PD7    // NE4
+#define FSMC_RS_PIN        PD11   // A0
+#define TOUCH_CS           PC2
+
+#define SD_DETECT_PIN      PD12
+
+// Motor current PWM pins
+#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_XY_PIN   PA6
+#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Z_PIN    PA7
+#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_E_PIN    PB0
+#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_RANGE    65535 // (255 * (1000mA / 65535)) * 257 = 1000 is equal 1.6v Vref in turn equal 1Amp
+#define DEFAULT_PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT  { 1030, 1030, 1030 } // 1.05Amp per driver, here is XY, Z and E. This values determined empirically.
+
+// This is a kind of workaround in case native marlin "digipot" interface won't work.
+// Required to enable related code in STM32F1/HAL.cpp
+//#ifndef MKS_ROBIN_MINI_VREF_PWM
+//  #define MKS_ROBIN_MINI_VREF_PWM
+//#endif
+
+//#define VREF_XY_PIN        PA6
+//#define VREF_Z_PIN         PA7
+//#define VREF_E1_PIN        PB0
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MKS_ROBIN_NANO.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MKS_ROBIN_NANO.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d57ac33406
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MKS_ROBIN_NANO.h
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+/**
+ * MKS Robin nano (STM32F130VET6) board pin assignments
+ */
+
+#ifndef __STM32F1__
+  #error "Oops! Select an STM32F1 board in 'Tools > Board.'"
+#endif
+
+#if HOTENDS > 2 || E_STEPPERS > 2
+  #error "MKS Robin nano supports up to 2 hotends / E-steppers. Comment out this line to continue."
+#endif
+
+#define BOARD_NAME "MKS Robin nano"
+
+//
+// Release PB4 (Y_ENABLE_PIN) from JTAG NRST role
+//
+#define DISABLE_DEBUG
+
+//
+// Note: MKS Robin board is using SPI2 interface.
+//
+#define SPI_MODULE 2
+
+//
+// Limit Switches
+//
+#define X_STOP_PIN        PA15
+#define Y_STOP_PIN        PA12
+#define Z_MIN_PIN         PA11
+#define Z_MAX_PIN         PC4
+
+//
+// Steppers
+//
+#define X_ENABLE_PIN       PE4
+#define X_STEP_PIN         PE3
+#define X_DIR_PIN          PE2
+
+#define Y_ENABLE_PIN       PE1
+#define Y_STEP_PIN         PE0
+#define Y_DIR_PIN          PB9
+
+#define Z_ENABLE_PIN       PB8
+#define Z_STEP_PIN         PB5
+#define Z_DIR_PIN          PB4
+
+#define E0_ENABLE_PIN      PB3
+#define E0_STEP_PIN        PD6
+#define E0_DIR_PIN         PD3
+
+#define E1_ENABLE_PIN      PA3
+#define E1_STEP_PIN        PA6
+#define E1_DIR_PIN         PA1
+
+//
+// Temperature Sensors
+//
+#define TEMP_0_PIN         PC1   // TH1
+#define TEMP_1_PIN         PC2   // TH2
+#define TEMP_BED_PIN       PC0   // TB1
+
+//
+// Heaters / Fans
+//
+#define HEATER_0_PIN       PC3   // HEATER1
+#define HEATER_1_PIN       PB0   // HEATER2
+#define HEATER_BED_PIN     PA0   // HOT BED
+
+#define FAN_PIN            PB1   // FAN
+
+#define BTN_ENC            PC13  // Pin is not connected. Real pin is needed to enable encoder's push button functionality used by touch screen
+
+//#define MAX6675_SS_PIN     PE5  // TC1 - CS1
+//#define MAX6675_SS_PIN     PE6  // TC2 - CS2
+
+#define POWER_LOSS_PIN     PA2   // PW_DET
+#define PS_ON_PIN          PA3   // PW_OFF
+#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN     PA4   // MT_DET
+
+#define BEEPER_PIN         PC5
+#define LED_PIN            PB2
+
+/**
+ * Note: MKS Robin TFT screens may have different TFT controllers
+ * If the screen stays white, disable 'LCD_RESET_PIN' to rely on the bootloader to do screen initialization.
+ */
+#define LCD_RESET_PIN      PF6
+#define NO_LCD_REINIT             // Suppress LCD re-initialization
+
+#define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN  PD13
+#define FSMC_CS_PIN        PD7   // NE4
+#define FSMC_RS_PIN        PD11  // A0
+#define TOUCH_CS           PA7
+
+#define SD_DETECT_PIN      PD12
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MKS_SBASE.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MKS_SBASE.h
index dd333745c2..2d37f7274e 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MKS_SBASE.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MKS_SBASE.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * MKS SBASE pin assignments
@@ -158,13 +159,13 @@
 #define ENET_TXD0          P1_00   // J12-11
 #define ENET_TXD1          P1_01   // J12-12
 
-#if !ANY(LPC_SD_LCD, LPC_SD_ONBOARD, LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE)
-  #undef USB_SD_DISABLED
-  #define USB_SD_ONBOARD
-  #define LPC_SD_ONBOARD
+#ifndef SDCARD_CONNECTION
+  #define SDCARD_CONNECTION ONBOARD
 #endif
 
-#if ENABLED(LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE)
+#define ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN  P0_06   // Chip select for "System" SD card
+
+#if SD_CONNECTION_IS(CUSTOM_CABLE)
 
   /**
    * A custom cable is needed. See the README file in the
@@ -182,37 +183,23 @@
   #define SCK_PIN          P1_22   // J8-2 (moved from EXP2 P0.7)
   #define MISO_PIN         P1_23   // J8-3 (moved from EXP2 P0.8)
   #define MOSI_PIN         P2_12   // J8-4 (moved from EXP2 P0.9)
-  #define SS_PIN           P0_28   // Chip select for SD card used by Marlin
-  #define ONBOARD_SD_CS    P0_06   // Chip select for "System" SD card
+  #define SS_PIN           P0_28
   #define LPC_SOFTWARE_SPI  // With a custom cable we need software SPI because the
                             // selected pins are not on a hardware SPI controller
-#elif ENABLED(LPC_SD_LCD)
-
+#elif SD_CONNECTION_IS(LCD)
   // use standard cable and header, SPI and SD detect sre shared with on-board SD card
   // hardware SPI is used for both SD cards. The detect pin is shred between the
   // LCD and onboard SD readers so we disable it.
   #define SCK_PIN          P0_07
   #define MISO_PIN         P0_08
   #define MOSI_PIN         P0_09
-  #define SS_PIN           P0_28   // Chip select for SD card used by Marlin
-  #define ONBOARD_SD_CS    P0_06   // Chip select for "System" SD card
-
-#elif ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-
-  // The external SD card is not used. Hardware SPI is used to access the card.
-  #if ENABLED(USB_SD_ONBOARD)
-    // When sharing the SD card with a PC we want the menu options to
-    // mount/unmount the card and refresh it. So we disable card detect.
-    #define SHARED_SD_CARD
-  #else
-    #define SD_DETECT_PIN  P0_27
-  #endif
+  #define SS_PIN           P0_28
+#elif SD_CONNECTION_IS(ONBOARD)
+  #define SD_DETECT_PIN    P0_27
   #define SCK_PIN          P0_07
   #define MISO_PIN         P0_08
   #define MOSI_PIN         P0_09
-  #define SS_PIN           P0_06   // Chip select for SD card used by Marlin
-  #define ONBOARD_SD_CS    P0_06   // Chip select for "System" SD card
-
+  #define SS_PIN           ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN
 #endif
 
 /**
@@ -228,7 +215,7 @@
  * that the garbage/lines are erased immediately after the SD card accesses are completed.
  */
 
-#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
+#if HAS_SPI_LCD
   #define BEEPER_PIN       P1_31   // EXP1.1
   #define BTN_ENC          P1_30   // EXP1.2
   #define BTN_EN1          P3_26   // EXP2.5
@@ -288,7 +275,7 @@
 
 /**
  * Example for trinamic drivers using the J8 connector on MKs Sbase.
- * 2130s need 1 pin for each driver. 2208s need 2 pins for serial control.
+ * 2130s need 1 pin for each driver. 2208/2209s need 2 pins for serial control.
  * This board does not have enough pins to use hardware serial.
  */
 
@@ -316,7 +303,7 @@
  #endif
 #endif
 
-#if MB(MKS_SBASE) && HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208)
+#if MB(MKS_SBASE) && (HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2209))
   // The shortage of pins becomes apparent.
   // Worst case you may have to give up the LCD
   // RX pins need to be interrupt capable
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MKS_SGEN.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MKS_SGEN.h
index e5de7de8e1..921ec60c36 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MKS_SGEN.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MKS_SGEN.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * MKS SGen pin assignments
@@ -42,7 +43,7 @@
 //#define BTN_EN1        P1_23   // EXP2.5
 //#define BTN_EN2        P1_22   // EXP2.3
 
-#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208)
+#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2209)
   // The shortage of pins becomes apparent.
   // In the worst case you may have to give up the LCD.
   // RX pins must be interrupt-capable.
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MKS_SGEN_L.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MKS_SGEN_L.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d0ff839a07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MKS_SGEN_L.h
@@ -0,0 +1,282 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+/**
+ * MKS SGEN-L pin assignments
+ */
+
+#ifndef TARGET_LPC1768
+  #error "Oops! Make sure you have the LPC1768 environment selected in your IDE."
+#endif
+
+#define BOARD_NAME        "MKS SGEN-L"
+#define BOARD_WEBSITE_URL "https://github.com/makerbase-mks/MKS-SGEN_L"
+
+//
+// Servo pin
+//
+#define SERVO0_PIN         P1_23   // SERVO P1.23
+#define SERVO1_PIN         P2_00   // SERVO P2.0
+
+//
+// Limit Switches
+//
+#define X_MIN_PIN          P1_29
+#define X_MAX_PIN          P1_28
+#define Y_MIN_PIN          P1_27
+#define Y_MAX_PIN          P1_26
+#define Z_MIN_PIN          P1_25
+#define Z_MAX_PIN          P1_24
+
+//
+// Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN)
+//
+#ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN
+  #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN  P1_24
+#endif
+
+//
+// Steppers
+//
+#define X_STEP_PIN         P2_02
+#define X_DIR_PIN          P2_03
+#define X_ENABLE_PIN       P2_01
+#ifndef X_CS_PIN
+  #define X_CS_PIN         P1_01
+#endif
+
+#define Y_STEP_PIN         P0_19
+#define Y_DIR_PIN          P0_20
+#define Y_ENABLE_PIN       P2_08
+#ifndef Y_CS_PIN
+  #define Y_CS_PIN         P1_08
+#endif
+
+#define Z_STEP_PIN         P0_22
+#define Z_DIR_PIN          P2_11
+#define Z_ENABLE_PIN       P0_21
+#ifndef Z_CS_PIN
+  #define Z_CS_PIN         P1_10
+#endif
+
+#define E0_STEP_PIN        P2_13
+#define E0_DIR_PIN         P0_11
+#define E0_ENABLE_PIN      P2_12
+#ifndef E0_CS_PIN
+  #define E0_CS_PIN        P1_15
+#endif
+
+#define E1_STEP_PIN        P0_01
+#define E1_DIR_PIN         P0_00
+#define E1_ENABLE_PIN      P0_10
+#ifndef E1_CS_PIN
+  #define E1_CS_PIN        P1_17
+#endif
+
+//
+// Software SPI pins for TMC2130 stepper drivers
+//
+#if ENABLED(TMC_USE_SW_SPI)
+  #define TMC_SW_MOSI      P4_28
+  #define TMC_SW_MISO      P0_05
+  #define TMC_SW_SCK       P0_04
+#endif
+
+#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2209)
+  /**
+   * TMC2208 stepper drivers
+   *
+   * Hardware serial communication ports.
+   * If undefined software serial is used according to the pins below
+   */
+  //#define X_HARDWARE_SERIAL  Serial
+  //#define X2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1
+  //#define Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL  Serial1
+  //#define Y2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1
+  //#define Z_HARDWARE_SERIAL  Serial1
+  //#define Z2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1
+  //#define E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1
+  //#define E1_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1
+  //#define E2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1
+  //#define E3_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1
+  //#define E4_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1
+
+  //
+  // Software serial
+  //
+
+  #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN  P1_04
+  #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN  P1_01
+
+  #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN  P1_09
+  #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN  P1_08
+
+  #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN  P1_14
+  #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN  P1_10
+
+  #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN P1_16
+  #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_15
+
+  #define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN P4_29
+  #define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_17
+
+  #define Z2_SERIAL_TX_PIN P4_29
+  #define Z2_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_17
+
+#endif // TMC2208 || TMC2209
+
+//
+// Temperature Sensors
+// 3.3V max when defined as an analog input
+//
+#define TEMP_0_PIN         0   // Analog Input A0 (TH1)
+#define TEMP_BED_PIN       1   // Analog Input A1 (TB)
+#define TEMP_1_PIN         2   // Analog Input A2 (TH2)
+
+//
+// Heaters / Fans
+//
+#define HEATER_BED_PIN     P2_05
+#define HEATER_0_PIN       P2_07
+#define HEATER_1_PIN       P2_06
+#ifndef FAN_PIN
+  #define FAN_PIN          P2_04
+#endif
+
+//
+// Misc. Functions
+//
+#define LED_PIN            P1_18   // Used as a status indicator
+#define LED2_PIN           P1_19
+#define LED3_PIN           P1_20
+#define LED4_PIN           P1_21
+
+/**
+ *                _____                                            _____
+ * (BEEPER) 1.31 | · · | 1.30 (BTN_ENC)          (MISO)       0.8 | · · | 0.7  (SD_SCK)
+ * (LCD_EN) 0.18 | · · | 0.16 (LCD_RS)           (BTN_EN1)   3.25 | · · | 0.28 (SD_CS2)
+ * (LCD_D4) 0.15 | · · | 0.17 (LCD_D5)           (BTN_EN2)   3.26 | · · | 1.20 (SD_MOSI)
+ * (LCD_D6)  1.0 | · · | 1.22 (LCD_D7)           (SD_DETECT) 0.27 | · · | RST
+ *           GND | · · | 5V                                   GND | · · | NC
+ *                -----                                            -----
+ *                EXP1                                             EXP2
+ */
+#if HAS_SPI_LCD
+  #define BEEPER_PIN       P1_31
+  #define BTN_ENC          P1_30
+
+  #if ENABLED(CR10_STOCKDISPLAY)
+    #define LCD_PINS_RS    P1_0
+
+    #define BTN_EN1        P0_18
+    #define BTN_EN2        P0_15
+
+    #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE P1_22
+    #define LCD_PINS_D4    P0_17
+
+  #else
+    #define LCD_PINS_RS    P0_16
+
+    #define BTN_EN1        P3_25
+    #define BTN_EN2        P3_26
+
+    #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE P0_18
+    #define LCD_PINS_D4    P0_15
+
+    #define LCD_SDSS       P0_28
+    #define SD_DETECT_PIN  P0_27
+
+    #if ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864)
+      #define DOGLCD_CS    P0_18
+      #define DOGLCD_A0    P0_16
+      #define DOGLCD_SCK   P0_7
+      #define DOGLCD_MOSI  P1_20
+      #define FORCE_SOFT_SPI
+
+      #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN -1
+
+      #define FORCE_SOFT_SPI      // Use this if default of hardware SPI causes display problems
+                                  //   results in LCD soft SPI mode 3, SD soft SPI mode 0
+
+      #define LCD_RESET_PIN P0_15   // Must be high or open for LCD to operate normally.
+
+      #if EITHER(FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0)
+        #ifndef RGB_LED_R_PIN
+          #define RGB_LED_R_PIN P0_17
+        #endif
+        #ifndef RGB_LED_G_PIN
+          #define RGB_LED_G_PIN P1_0
+        #endif
+        #ifndef RGB_LED_B_PIN
+          #define RGB_LED_B_PIN P1_22
+        #endif
+      #elif ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1)
+        #define NEOPIXEL_PIN    P0_17
+      #endif
+
+    #else // !FYSETC_MINI_12864
+
+      #if ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864)
+        #define DOGLCD_CS  P0_17
+        #define DOGLCD_A0  P1_0
+      #endif
+
+      #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+        #define LCD_PINS_D5 P0_17
+        #define LCD_PINS_D6 P1_0
+        #define LCD_PINS_D7 P1_22
+      #endif
+
+    #endif // !FYSETC_MINI_12864
+
+  #endif
+
+#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD
+
+#ifndef SDCARD_CONNECTION
+  #define SDCARD_CONNECTION ONBOARD
+#endif
+
+#define ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN  P0_06   // Chip select for "System" SD card
+
+#if SD_CONNECTION_IS(LCD)
+  #define SCK_PIN          P0_07
+  #define MISO_PIN         P0_08
+  #define MOSI_PIN         P0_09
+  #define SS_PIN           P0_28
+#elif SD_CONNECTION_IS(ONBOARD)
+  #define SD_DETECT_PIN    P0_27
+  #define SCK_PIN          P0_07
+  #define MISO_PIN         P0_08
+  #define MOSI_PIN         P0_09
+  #define SS_PIN           ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN
+#elif SD_CONNECTION_IS(CUSTOM_CABLE)
+  #error "No custom SD drive cable defined for this board."
+#endif
+
+//
+// Other Pins
+//
+//#define PIN_P0_02          P0_02   // AUX1 (Interrupt Capable/ADC/Serial Port 0)
+//#define PIN_P0_03          P0_03   // AUX1 (Interrupt Capable/ADC/Serial Port 0)
+//#define PS_ON_PIN          P1_23   // SERVO P1.23
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MORPHEUS.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MORPHEUS.h
index 85f8d04215..fe9c9dce3b 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MORPHEUS.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_MORPHEUS.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
  /**
   * 2017 Victor Perez Marlin for stm32f1 test
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_OMCA.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_OMCA.h
index 224bdf35a0..b4b23b7906 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_OMCA.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_OMCA.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Open Motion controller with enable based extruders (Final!)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_OMCA_A.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_OMCA_A.h
index 15dd42237a..63eb362620 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_OMCA_A.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_OMCA_A.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Open Motion controller with enable based extruders (Alpha!)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_PRINTRBOARD.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_PRINTRBOARD.h
index 1587c0fa37..eef617fe8c 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_PRINTRBOARD.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_PRINTRBOARD.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  *  Rev B  2 JUN 2017
@@ -165,4 +166,4 @@
 
   #endif
 
-#endif // ULTRA_LCD && NEWPANEL
+#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD && NEWPANEL
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_PRINTRBOARD_G2.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_PRINTRBOARD_G2.h
index ddf786d2cc..b23c1af084 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_PRINTRBOARD_G2.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_PRINTRBOARD_G2.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * PRINTRBOARD_G2
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_PRINTRBOARD_REVF.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_PRINTRBOARD_REVF.h
index fb338e8d19..096283e4c4 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_PRINTRBOARD_REVF.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_PRINTRBOARD_REVF.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  *  Rev B  2 JUN 2017
@@ -200,7 +201,7 @@
 //
 //#define USE_INTERNAL_SD
 
-#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
+#if HAS_SPI_LCD
   #define LCD_PINS_RS       9   // E1       JP11-11
   #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE   8   // E0       JP11-10
   #define LCD_PINS_D4       7   // D7       JP11-8
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RADDS.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RADDS.h
index 473d69dffe..66b06c2c43 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RADDS.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RADDS.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * RADDS
@@ -207,7 +208,7 @@
 //
 // LCD / Controller
 //
-#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
+#if HAS_SPI_LCD
 
   #if ENABLED(RADDS_DISPLAY)
 
@@ -268,7 +269,7 @@
 
   #endif // SPARK_FULL_GRAPHICS
 
-#endif // ULTRA_LCD
+#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD
 
 #ifndef SDSS
   #define SDSS              4
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMBO.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMBO.h
index b6890d9537..1eb29a66a4 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMBO.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMBO.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * IMPORTANT NOTE:
@@ -152,6 +153,12 @@
 #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN    31   // Pin should have a pullup!
 #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN          32
 
+//
+// M7/M8/M9 - Coolant Control
+//
+#define COOLANT_MIST_PIN   22
+#define COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN  44
+
 //
 // Průša i3 MK2 Multiplexer Support
 //
@@ -162,7 +169,7 @@
 //
 // LCD / Controller
 //
-#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
+#if HAS_SPI_LCD
 
   #define KILL_PIN         80
 
@@ -228,4 +235,4 @@
 
   #endif // !NEWPANEL
 
-#endif // ULTRA_LCD
+#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS.h
index 88249ada31..3093a803ca 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Arduino Mega with RAMPS v1.4 (or v1.3) pin assignments
@@ -70,8 +71,12 @@
     #define SERVO0_PIN     11
   #endif
 #endif
-#define SERVO1_PIN          6
-#define SERVO2_PIN          5
+#ifndef SERVO1_PIN
+  #define SERVO1_PIN        6
+#endif
+#ifndef SERVO2_PIN
+  #define SERVO2_PIN        5
+#endif
 #ifndef SERVO3_PIN
   #define SERVO3_PIN        4
 #endif
@@ -79,14 +84,30 @@
 //
 // Limit Switches
 //
-#define X_MIN_PIN           3
-#ifndef X_MAX_PIN
-  #define X_MAX_PIN         2
+#ifndef X_STOP_PIN
+  #ifndef X_MIN_PIN
+    #define X_MIN_PIN       3
+  #endif
+  #ifndef X_MAX_PIN
+    #define X_MAX_PIN       2
+  #endif
+#endif
+#ifndef Y_STOP_PIN
+  #ifndef Y_MIN_PIN
+    #define Y_MIN_PIN      14
+  #endif
+  #ifndef Y_MAX_PIN
+    #define Y_MAX_PIN      15
+  #endif
+#endif
+#ifndef Z_STOP_PIN
+  #ifndef Z_MIN_PIN
+    #define Z_MIN_PIN      18
+  #endif
+  #ifndef Z_MAX_PIN
+    #define Z_MAX_PIN      19
+  #endif
 #endif
-#define Y_MIN_PIN          14
-#define Y_MAX_PIN          15
-#define Z_MIN_PIN          18
-#define Z_MAX_PIN          19
 
 //
 // Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN)
@@ -235,17 +256,17 @@
 
 #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) && !defined(CASE_LIGHT_PIN) && !defined(SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN)
   #if NUM_SERVOS <= 1 // try to use servo connector first
-    #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN    6   // MUST BE HARDWARE PWM
+    #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN  6   // MUST BE HARDWARE PWM
   #elif AUX2_PINS_FREE
-    #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN   44   // MUST BE HARDWARE PWM
+    #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 44   // MUST BE HARDWARE PWM
   #endif
 #endif
 
 //
 // M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control
 //
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE) && !PIN_EXISTS(SPINDLE_LASER_ENA)
-  #if !defined(NUM_SERVOS) || NUM_SERVOS == 0 // try to use servo connector first
+#if HAS_CUTTER && !defined(SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN)
+  #if !NUM_SERVOS                         // Use servo connector if possible
     #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN     4   // Pin should have a pullup/pulldown!
     #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN     6   // MUST BE HARDWARE PWM
     #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN           5
@@ -253,6 +274,8 @@
     #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN    40   // Pin should have a pullup/pulldown!
     #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN    44   // MUST BE HARDWARE PWM
     #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN          65
+  #else
+    #error "No auto-assignable Spindle/Laser pins available."
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -273,9 +296,9 @@
   #endif
 #endif
 
-#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208)
+#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2209)
   /**
-   * TMC2208 stepper drivers
+   * TMC2208/TMC2209 stepper drivers
    *
    * Hardware serial communication ports.
    * If undefined software serial is used according to the pins below
@@ -340,7 +363,7 @@
 // LCDs and Controllers //
 //////////////////////////
 
-#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
+#if HAS_SPI_LCD
 
   //
   // LCD Display output pins
@@ -618,4 +641,4 @@
     #endif
   #endif // NEWPANEL
 
-#endif // ULTRA_LCD
+#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS4DUE.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS4DUE.h
index 4967c4a92c..a4ed62bb07 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS4DUE.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS4DUE.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Arduino Mega or Due with RAMPS4DUE pin assignments
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS_13.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS_13.h
index d6f1e2528c..70bfd51d54 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS_13.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS_13.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Arduino Mega with RAMPS v1.3 pin assignments
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS_CREALITY.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS_CREALITY.h
index 7d637bb1ef..2e5471a5bb 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS_CREALITY.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS_CREALITY.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 #if HOTENDS > 2 || E_STEPPERS > 2
   #error "Creality3D RAMPS supports only 2 hotends / E-steppers. Comment out this line to continue."
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS_DAGOMA.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS_DAGOMA.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cacdb83819
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS_DAGOMA.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+#if HOTENDS > 2 || E_STEPPERS > 2
+  #error "Dagoma3D F5 RAMPS supports only 2 hotends / E-steppers. Comment out this line to continue."
+#endif
+
+#define BOARD_NAME "Dagoma3D F5 RAMPS"
+
+#define X_STOP_PIN          2
+#define Y_STOP_PIN          3
+#define Z_STOP_PIN         15
+#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN     39
+
+#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 7
+
+//
+// Import RAMPS 1.4 pins
+//
+#include "pins_RAMPS.h"
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS_DUO.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS_DUO.h
index 7573ef404b..95a4daa5bc 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS_DUO.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS_DUO.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Arduino Mega or Due with RAMPS Duo pin assignments
@@ -74,7 +75,7 @@
 //
 // LCD / Controller
 //
-#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
+#if HAS_SPI_LCD
 
   #if BOTH(NEWPANEL, PANEL_ONE)
     #undef LCD_PINS_D4
@@ -127,4 +128,4 @@
 
   #endif // NEWPANEL
 
-#endif // ULTRA_LCD
+#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS_ENDER_4.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS_ENDER_4.h
index 8d14bddc4a..3a452f9862 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS_ENDER_4.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS_ENDER_4.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 #if HOTENDS > 1 || E_STEPPERS > 1
   #error "Ender-4 supports only 1 hotend / E-stepper. Comment out this line to continue."
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS_FD_V1.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS_FD_V1.h
index e64b9cfd2f..684489403a 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS_FD_V1.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS_FD_V1.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * RAMPS-FD
@@ -138,7 +139,7 @@
 //
 // LCD / Controller
 //
-#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
+#if HAS_SPI_LCD
   // ramps-fd lcd adaptor
 
   #define BEEPER_PIN       37
@@ -202,11 +203,11 @@
     #define DOGLCD_MISO    74   // MISO_PIN
   #endif
 
-#endif // ULTRA_LCD
+#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD
 
-#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208)
+#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2209)
   /**
-   * TMC2208 stepper drivers
+   * TMC2208/TMC2209 stepper drivers
    *
    * Hardware serial communication ports.
    * If undefined software serial is used according to the pins below
@@ -227,7 +228,7 @@
 //
 // M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control
 //
-#if HOTENDS < 3 && ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE) && !PIN_EXISTS(SPINDLE_LASER_ENA)
+#if HOTENDS < 3 && HAS_CUTTER && !PIN_EXISTS(SPINDLE_LASER_ENA)
   #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 45   // Use E2 ENA
   #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 12   // MUST BE HARDWARE PWM
   #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN       47   // Use E2 DIR
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS_FD_V2.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS_FD_V2.h
index 4aa5f30170..d4f25af16d 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS_FD_V2.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS_FD_V2.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * RAMPS-FD v2
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS_LINUX.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS_LINUX.h
index 7db43fbab3..614890dda1 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS_LINUX.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS_LINUX.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Arduino Mega with RAMPS v1.4 (or v1.3) pin assignments
@@ -228,7 +229,7 @@
 //
 // M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control
 //
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE) && !PIN_EXISTS(SPINDLE_LASER_ENA)
+#if HAS_CUTTER && !PIN_EXISTS(SPINDLE_LASER_ENA)
   #if !defined(NUM_SERVOS) || NUM_SERVOS == 0 // try to use servo connector first
     #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN     4   // Pin should have a pullup/pulldown!
     #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN     6   // MUST BE HARDWARE PWM
@@ -268,9 +269,9 @@
   #endif
 #endif
 
-#if ENABLED(HAVE_TMC2208)
+#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2209)
   /**
-   * TMC2208 stepper drivers
+   * TMC2208/TMC2209 stepper drivers
    *
    * Hardware serial communication ports.
    * If undefined software serial is used according to the pins below
@@ -322,7 +323,7 @@
 // LCDs and Controllers //
 //////////////////////////
 
-#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
+#if HAS_SPI_LCD
 
   //
   // LCD Display output pins
@@ -565,4 +566,4 @@
     #endif
   #endif // NEWPANEL
 
-#endif // ULTRA_LCD
+#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS_OLD.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS_OLD.h
index bbcd4f38d3..f0deec3b04 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS_OLD.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS_OLD.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Arduino Mega with RAMPS v1.0, v1.1, v1.2 pin assignments
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS_PLUS.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS_PLUS.h
index 795830bd63..77b5ee6f5c 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS_PLUS.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS_PLUS.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Arduino Mega with RAMPS v1.4Plus, also known as 3DYMY version, pin assignments
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS_RE_ARM.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS_RE_ARM.h
index a40239c49e..b6da047e44 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS_RE_ARM.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS_RE_ARM.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Re-ARM with RAMPS v1.4 pin assignments
@@ -106,9 +107,9 @@
   #define TMC_SW_SCK       P1_09   // ETH
 #endif
 
-#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208)
+#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2209)
   /**
-   * TMC2208 stepper drivers
+   * TMC2208/TMC2209 stepper drivers
    *
    * Hardware serial communication ports.
    * If undefined software serial is used according to the pins below
@@ -239,9 +240,13 @@
 // M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control
 //            Use servo pins, if available
 //
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE) && !PIN_EXISTS(SPINDLE_LASER_ENA)
+#if HAS_CUTTER && !PIN_EXISTS(SPINDLE_LASER_ENA)
   #if NUM_SERVOS > 1
-    #error "SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE requires 3 free servo pins."
+    #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+      #error "SPINDLE_FEATURE requires 3 free servo pins."
+    #else
+      #error "LASER_FEATURE requires 3 free servo pins."
+    #endif
   #endif
   #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN    SERVO1_PIN   // (6) Pin should have a pullup/pulldown!
   #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN    SERVO3_PIN   // (4) MUST BE HARDWARE PWM
@@ -296,7 +301,7 @@
   #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE  P0_18   // J3-10 & AUX-3 (SID, MOSI)
   #define LCD_PINS_D4      P2_06   // J3-8 & AUX-3 (SCK, CLK)
 
-#elif ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
+#elif HAS_SPI_LCD
 
   //#define SCK_PIN        P0_15   // (52)  system defined J3-9 & AUX-3
   //#define MISO_PIN       P0_17   // (50)  system defined J3-10 & AUX-3
@@ -392,7 +397,7 @@
     //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_270
   #endif
 
-#endif // ULTRA_LCD
+#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD
 
 //
 // Ethernet pins
@@ -413,35 +418,25 @@
 //
 // SD Support
 //
-#if !ANY(LPC_SD_LCD, LPC_SD_ONBOARD, LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE)
-  #undef USB_SD_DISABLED
-  #define USB_SD_ONBOARD
-  #define LPC_SD_ONBOARD
+#ifndef SDCARD_CONNECTION
+  #define SDCARD_CONNECTION ONBOARD
 #endif
 
-#if ENABLED(LPC_SD_LCD)
+#define ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN  P0_06   // Chip select for "System" SD card
 
+#if SD_CONNECTION_IS(LCD)
   #define SCK_PIN          P0_15   // (52)  system defined J3-9 & AUX-3
   #define MISO_PIN         P0_17   // (50)  system defined J3-10 & AUX-3
   #define MOSI_PIN         P0_18   // (51)  system defined J3-10 & AUX-3
   #define SS_PIN           P1_23   // (53)  system defined J3-5 & AUX-3 (Sometimes called SDSS) - CS used by Marlin
-  #define ONBOARD_SD_CS    P0_06   // Chip select for "System" SD card
-
-#elif ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-
-  #if ENABLED(USB_SD_ONBOARD)
-    // When sharing the SD card with a PC we want the menu options to
-    // mount/unmount the card and refresh it. So we disable card detect.
-    #define SHARED_SD_CARD
-    #undef SD_DETECT_PIN // there is also no detect pin for the onboard card
-  #endif
-
+#elif SD_CONNECTION_IS(ONBOARD)
+  #undef SD_DETECT_PIN
   #define SCK_PIN          P0_07
   #define MISO_PIN         P0_08
   #define MOSI_PIN         P0_09
-  #define SS_PIN           P0_06   // Chip select for SD card used by Marlin
-  #define ONBOARD_SD_CS    P0_06   // Chip select for "System" SD card
-
+  #define SS_PIN           ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN
+#elif SD_CONNECTION_IS(CUSTOM_CABLE)
+  #error "No custom SD drive cable defined for this board."
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS_SMART.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS_SMART.h
index dc4989daca..cd65aef627 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS_SMART.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS_SMART.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Arduino Due with RAMPS-SMART pin assignments
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_REMRAM_V1.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_REMRAM_V1.h
index 3a9e25334b..409d47b2c2 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_REMRAM_V1.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_REMRAM_V1.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 #ifndef STM32F7xx
   #error "Oops! Select an STM32F7 board in 'Tools > Board.'"
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RIGIDBOARD.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RIGIDBOARD.h
index bf778cd3fa..4b472b652d 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RIGIDBOARD.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RIGIDBOARD.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * RIGIDBOARD Arduino Mega with RAMPS v1.4 pin assignments
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RIGIDBOARD_V2.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RIGIDBOARD_V2.h
index 7458977838..419726883e 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RIGIDBOARD_V2.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RIGIDBOARD_V2.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * RIGIDBOARD V2 Arduino Mega with RAMPS v1.4 pin assignments
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RL200.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RL200.h
index f42793f35b..af03ee8c4a 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RL200.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RL200.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Rapide Lite 200 v1 (RUMBA clone) pin assignments. Has slightly different assignment for
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RUMBA.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RUMBA.h
index f002a4f539..db3dff3c74 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RUMBA.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RUMBA.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * RUMBA pin assignments
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RUMBA32.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RUMBA32.h
index eccfc92ffb..f3fb0a3d4a 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RUMBA32.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RUMBA32.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 #ifndef STM32F4
   #error "Oops! Select an STM32F4 board in 'Tools > Board.'"
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RUMBA_RAISE3D.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RUMBA_RAISE3D.h
index 656ac0705f..8d5297c1b8 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RUMBA_RAISE3D.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RUMBA_RAISE3D.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 #define DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME "Raise3D N Series"
 #define BOARD_NAME           "Raise3D Rumba"
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RURAMPS4D_11.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RURAMPS4D_11.h
index 9717d3365c..85dc9eaea6 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RURAMPS4D_11.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RURAMPS4D_11.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@
 //
 // LCD / Controller
 //
-#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
+#if HAS_SPI_LCD
 
   #if ANY(RADDS_DISPLAY, REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER, REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER)
     #define BEEPER_PIN      62
@@ -271,4 +271,4 @@
     #define BTN_ENC         40
   #endif
 
-#endif // ULTRA_LCD
+#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RURAMPS4D_13.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RURAMPS4D_13.h
index aedf2e1012..1c22f8f5a0 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RURAMPS4D_13.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_RURAMPS4D_13.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@
 //
 // EEPROM
 //
-#define E2END 0x8000  // 32Kb (24lc256)
+#define E2END 0x7FFF  // 32Kb (24lc256)
 #define I2C_EEPROM    // EEPROM on I2C-0
 //#define EEPROM_SD   // EEPROM on SDCARD
 //#define SPI_EEPROM  // EEPROM on SPI-0
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@
 //
 // LCD / Controller
 //
-#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
+#if HAS_SPI_LCD
 
   #if ANY(RADDS_DISPLAY, REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER, REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER)
     #define BEEPER_PIN      62
@@ -255,4 +255,4 @@
     #define BTN_ENC         40
   #endif
 
-#endif // ULTRA_LCD
+#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_SAINSMART_2IN1.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_SAINSMART_2IN1.h
index 2c92dfa8b3..a3d24017d5 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_SAINSMART_2IN1.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_SAINSMART_2IN1.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Sainsmart 2-in-1 pin assignments
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_SANGUINOLOLU_11.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_SANGUINOLOLU_11.h
index 42f624af39..f94d7a03e9 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_SANGUINOLOLU_11.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_SANGUINOLOLU_11.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Sanguinololu board pin assignments
@@ -137,7 +138,7 @@
   #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 17   // LCD backlight LED
 #endif
 
-#if DISABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE) && ENABLED(SANGUINOLOLU_V_1_2) && !BOTH(ULTRA_LCD, NEWPANEL)  // try to use IO Header
+#if NONE(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) && ENABLED(SANGUINOLOLU_V_1_2) && !BOTH(ULTRA_LCD, NEWPANEL)  // try to use IO Header
   #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN     4   // MUST BE HARDWARE PWM  - see if IO Header is available
 #endif
 
@@ -153,9 +154,9 @@
 //
 // LCD / Controller
 //
-#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
+#if HAS_SPI_LCD
 
-  #if ENABLED(DOGLCD)
+  #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
 
     #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) // SPI GLCD 12864 ST7920 ( like [www.digole.com] ) For Melzi V2.0
 
@@ -205,7 +206,7 @@
     //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_180
     //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_270
 
-  #else // !DOGLCD
+  #else // !HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
 
     #define LCD_PINS_RS          4
     #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE     17
@@ -214,7 +215,7 @@
     #define LCD_PINS_D6         28
     #define LCD_PINS_D7         27
 
-  #endif // !DOGLCD
+  #endif // !HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
 
   #if ENABLED(LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2)
 
@@ -271,12 +272,12 @@
 
   #define SD_DETECT_PIN         -1
 
-#endif // ULTRA_LCD
+#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD
 
 //
 // M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control
 //
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+#if HAS_CUTTER
   #if !MB(AZTEEG_X1) && ENABLED(SANGUINOLOLU_V_1_2) && !BOTH(ULTRA_LCD, NEWPANEL)  // try to use IO Header
 
     #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN    10   // Pin should have a pullup/pulldown!
@@ -322,4 +323,4 @@
     #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN    21   // Pin should have a pullup!
     #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN          -1   // No pin available on the socket for the direction pin
   #endif
-#endif // SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
+#endif
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_SANGUINOLOLU_12.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_SANGUINOLOLU_12.h
index 469a5f368b..3ef9e1c95d 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_SANGUINOLOLU_12.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_SANGUINOLOLU_12.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Sanguinololu V1.2 pin assignments
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_SAV_MKI.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_SAV_MKI.h
index 521918b5ba..82d7630311 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_SAV_MKI.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_SAV_MKI.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  *  Rev B  2 JUN 2017
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_SCOOVO_X9H.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_SCOOVO_X9H.h
index 95c1a58854..c9affcba6a 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_SCOOVO_X9H.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_SCOOVO_X9H.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /************************************************
  * Rambo pin assignments MODIFIED FOR Scoovo X9H
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_SELENA_COMPACT.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_SELENA_COMPACT.h
index 01cc164a9e..3baa441d9c 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_SELENA_COMPACT.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_SELENA_COMPACT.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Selena Compact pin assignments
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_SETHI.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_SETHI.h
index 4da61d1b58..049526a8f1 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_SETHI.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_SETHI.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Sethi 3D_1 pin assignments - www.sethi3d.com.br
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_SILVER_GATE.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_SILVER_GATE.h
index 62862e53d7..2d1bb12a97 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_SILVER_GATE.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_SILVER_GATE.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 #if !defined(__AVR_ATmega1281__) && !defined(__AVR_ATmega2561__)
   #error "Oops! Select 'Silvergate' in 'Tools > Board.'"
@@ -68,7 +69,7 @@
 #define HEATER_BED_PIN      8
 #define TEMP_BED_PIN        6
 
-#if ENABLED(DOGLCD)
+#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
   #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)    // SPI GLCD 12864 ST7920
     #define LCD_PINS_RS    30
     #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 20
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_SMOOTHIEBOARD.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_SMOOTHIEBOARD.h
index d6c4a129ea..ace87a8ca4 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_SMOOTHIEBOARD.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_SMOOTHIEBOARD.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Smoothieboard pin assignments
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_STB_11.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_STB_11.h
index 49271fb777..9f14f1b421 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_STB_11.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_STB_11.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * STB V1.1 pin assignments
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_STEVAL.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_STEVAL.h
index 45ec233026..d174b339c9 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_STEVAL.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_STEVAL.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 #ifndef STM32F4
   #error "Oops! Select an STM32F4 board in 'Tools > Board.'"
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_STM32F1R.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_STM32F1R.h
index bda4137c02..91de11a959 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_STM32F1R.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_STM32F1R.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 #ifndef __STM32F1__
   #error "Oops! Select an STM32F1 board in 'Tools > Board.'"
@@ -99,7 +100,7 @@
 //
 // LCD Pins
 //
-#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
+#if HAS_SPI_LCD
 
   #if ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD)
     #define LCD_PINS_RS         49   // CS chip select /SS chip slave select
@@ -260,4 +261,4 @@
     #endif
   #endif // NEWPANEL
 
-#endif // ULTRA_LCD
+#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_STM32F4.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_STM32F4.h
index e11723cd12..7ce1d2d6c5 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_STM32F4.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_STM32F4.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 #if !defined(STM32F4) && !defined(STM32F4xx)
   #error "Oops! Select an STM32F4 board in 'Tools > Board.'"
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_STM3R_MINI.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_STM3R_MINI.h
index bf1a085139..acf2dfaf29 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_STM3R_MINI.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_STM3R_MINI.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 #if !defined(__STM32F1__) && !defined(__STM32F4__)
   #error "Oops! Select an STM32F1/4 board in 'Tools > Board.'"
@@ -106,7 +107,7 @@
 #define TEMP_2_PIN         PA3
 
 // Laser control
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+#if HAS_CUTTER
   #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN     PB8
   #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN     PD5
 #endif
@@ -114,7 +115,7 @@
 //
 // LCD Pins
 //
-#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
+#if HAS_SPI_LCD
 
   #if ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD)
     #define LCD_PINS_RS         49   // CS chip select /SS chip slave select
@@ -276,4 +277,4 @@
     #endif
   #endif // NEWPANEL
 
-#endif // ULTRA_LCD
+#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_TEENSY2.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_TEENSY2.h
index c867769ecc..572cb07079 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_TEENSY2.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_TEENSY2.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  *  Rev B  2 JUN 2017
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_TEENSY31_32.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_TEENSY31_32.h
index 90c8914d70..7036525762 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_TEENSY31_32.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_TEENSY31_32.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /****************************************************************************************
 * Teensy 3.1 (MK20DX256) and Teensy 3.2 (MK20DX256) Breadboard pin assignments
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_TEENSY35_36.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_TEENSY35_36.h
index 8a28ceda40..922eeb9fa4 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_TEENSY35_36.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_TEENSY35_36.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /****************************************************************************************
 * Teensy 3.5 (MK64FX512) and Teensy 3.6 (MK66FX1M0) Breadboard pin assignments
@@ -139,7 +140,7 @@ D8    HEATER_BED_PIN      CS1     RX4  A12 31 |   46 * * 47   | 34 A15 PWM
 #endif
 #endif
 
-#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
+#if HAS_SPI_LCD
   #define LCD_PINS_RS      40
   #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE  41
   #define LCD_PINS_D4      42
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_TEENSYLU.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_TEENSYLU.h
index 87a241116f..c61e751c87 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_TEENSYLU.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_TEENSYLU.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
 
   #define SD_DETECT_PIN    -1
 
-#endif // ULTRA_LCD && NEWPANEL
+#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD && NEWPANEL
 
 //
 // M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_TH3D_EZBOARD.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_TH3D_EZBOARD.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..509fdd3aec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_TH3D_EZBOARD.h
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+/**
+ * TH3D EZBoard pin assignments
+ */
+
+#ifndef TARGET_LPC1768
+  #error "Oops! Make sure you have the LPC1768 environment selected in your IDE."
+#endif
+
+#define BOARD_NAME        "TH3D EZBoard"
+#define BOARD_WEBSITE_URL "https://www.th3dstudio.com/product/ezboard-lite/"
+
+//
+// Servos
+//
+#define SERVO0_PIN         P2_04
+
+//
+// Limit Switches
+//
+#define X_STOP_PIN         P1_24
+#define Y_STOP_PIN         P1_25
+#define Z_STOP_PIN         P1_26
+
+//
+// Filament Runout Sensor
+//
+#ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN   P1_27
+#endif
+
+//
+// Steppers
+//
+#define X_STEP_PIN         P2_00
+#define X_DIR_PIN          P1_16
+#define X_ENABLE_PIN       P1_17
+
+#define Y_STEP_PIN         P2_01
+#define Y_DIR_PIN          P1_10
+#define Y_ENABLE_PIN       P1_09
+
+#define Z_STEP_PIN         P2_02
+#define Z_DIR_PIN          P1_15
+#define Z_ENABLE_PIN       P1_14
+
+#define E0_STEP_PIN        P2_03
+#define E0_DIR_PIN         P1_04
+#define E0_ENABLE_PIN      P1_08
+
+#define E1_STEP_PIN        P2_08
+#define E1_DIR_PIN         P2_13
+#define E1_ENABLE_PIN      P4_29
+
+#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208)
+  //
+  // TMC2208 stepper drivers
+  // Software serial
+  //
+  #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN  P0_04
+  #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN  P0_05
+  #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN  P0_10
+  #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN  P0_11
+  #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN  P0_19
+  #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN  P0_20
+  #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN P0_22
+  #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN P0_21
+#endif
+
+//
+// Temp Sensors
+//  3.3V max when defined as an Analog Input!
+//
+#define TEMP_0_PIN          0   // Analog Input P0_23
+#define TEMP_BED_PIN        1   // Analog Input P0_24
+#define TEMP_1_PIN          2   // Analog Input P0_25
+#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
+  #define FILWIDTH_PIN      3   // Analog Input P0_26
+#else
+  #define TEMP_2_PIN        3   // Analog Input P0_26
+#endif
+
+//
+// Heaters / Fans
+//
+#define HEATER_BED_PIN     P2_05
+#define HEATER_0_PIN       P2_07
+#ifndef FAN_PIN
+  #define FAN_PIN          P2_06
+#endif
+#define FAN1_PIN           P1_22
+
+//
+// Auto fans
+//
+#define AUTO_FAN_PIN       P1_22   // FET 3
+#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN  AUTO_FAN_PIN
+#define ORIG_E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN  AUTO_FAN_PIN
+#define ORIG_E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN  AUTO_FAN_PIN
+
+//
+// SD Card
+//
+
+#define SDCARD_CONNECTION ONBOARD
+
+#define SCK_PIN            P0_07
+#define MISO_PIN           P0_08
+#define MOSI_PIN           P0_09
+#define ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN  P0_06
+#define SS_PIN             ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN
+
+//
+// LCD / Controller
+//
+
+/**
+ *                  _____
+ *              5V | · · | GND
+ *  (LCD_EN) P0_18 | · · | P0_16 (LCD_RS)
+ *  (LCD_D4) P0_15 | · · | P3_25 (BTN_EN2)
+ *   (RESET) P2_11 | · · | P3_26 (BTN_EN1)
+ * (BTN_ENC) P1_30 | · · | P1_31 (BEEPER)
+ *                  -----
+ *                  EXP1
+ *
+ * LCD_PINS_D5, D6, and D7 are not present in the EXP1 connector, and will need to be
+ * defined to use the REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER.
+ *
+ * A remote SD card is currently not supported because the pins routed to the EXP2
+ * connector are shared with the onboard SD card.
+ *
+ */
+
+#if ENABLED(CR10_STOCKDISPLAY)
+  #define BEEPER_PIN       P1_31
+  #define BTN_EN1          P3_26
+  #define BTN_EN2          P3_25
+  #define BTN_ENC          P1_30
+  #define LCD_PINS_RS      P0_16
+  #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE  P0_18
+  #define LCD_PINS_D4      P0_15
+  #define KILL_PIN         P2_11
+#endif
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_THE_BORG.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_THE_BORG.h
index 5b8c718576..141320f88c 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_THE_BORG.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_THE_BORG.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 #if !defined(STM32F7)
   #error "Oops! Select an STM32F7 board in 'Tools > Board.'"
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_TRIGORILLA_13.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_TRIGORILLA_13.h
index 29e31a3e31..77e0bdf04c 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_TRIGORILLA_13.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_TRIGORILLA_13.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Arduino Mega with RAMPS v1.3 for Anycubic
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_TRIGORILLA_14.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_TRIGORILLA_14.h
index 7d231b32da..c5c3ac0ac7 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_TRIGORILLA_14.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_TRIGORILLA_14.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Arduino Mega with RAMPS v1.4 for Anycubic
@@ -26,6 +27,16 @@
 
 #define BOARD_NAME "Anycubic RAMPS 1.4"
 
+//
+// Servos
+//
+#if MB(TRIGORILLA_14_11)
+  #define SERVO0_PIN        5
+  #define SERVO1_PIN        4
+  #define SERVO2_PIN       11
+  #define SERVO3_PIN        6
+#endif
+
 // Labeled pins
 #define TRIGORILLA_HEATER_BED_PIN  8
 #define TRIGORILLA_HEATER_0_PIN   10
@@ -71,7 +82,7 @@
 // AnyCubic made the following changes to 1.1.0-RC8
 // If these are appropriate for your LCD let us know.
 //
-#if 0 && ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
+#if 0 && HAS_SPI_LCD
 
   // LCD Display output pins
   #if BOTH(NEWPANEL, PANEL_ONE)
@@ -97,4 +108,4 @@
     #define DOGLCD_A0      42
   #endif
 
-#endif // ULTRA_LCD
+#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_TRONXY_V3_1_0.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_TRONXY_V3_1_0.h
index 91fabb329b..aaf276da78 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_TRONXY_V3_1_0.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_TRONXY_V3_1_0.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Arduino Mega for Tronxy X5S-2E, etc.
@@ -34,14 +35,16 @@
 
 #define BOARD_NAME "TRONXY-V3-1.0"
 
-#include "pins_RAMPS.h"
-
 //
 // Servos
 //
-#undef SERVO1_PIN
 #define SERVO1_PIN         12   // 2560 PIN 25/PB6
 
+//
+// Import RAMPS 1.4 pins
+//
+#include "pins_RAMPS.h"
+
 /**
  * @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
  *
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ULTIMAIN_2.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ULTIMAIN_2.h
index 821494d129..f61f16c2f4 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ULTIMAIN_2.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ULTIMAIN_2.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Ultiboard v2.0 pin assignments
@@ -128,7 +129,7 @@
 //
 // M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control
 //
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)   // use the LED_PIN for spindle speed control or case light
+#if HAS_CUTTER   // use the LED_PIN for spindle speed control or case light
   #undef LED_PIN
   #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN          16
   #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN    17   // Pin should have a pullup!
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ULTIMAKER.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ULTIMAKER.h
index ca177f2ac0..d895058989 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ULTIMAKER.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ULTIMAKER.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Ultimaker pin assignments
@@ -115,7 +116,7 @@
 //
 // LCD / Controller
 //
-#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
+#if HAS_SPI_LCD
 
   #define BEEPER_PIN 18
 
@@ -154,7 +155,7 @@
 
   #endif // !NEWPANEL
 
-#endif // ULTRA_LCD
+#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD
 
 //
 // M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ULTIMAKER_OLD.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ULTIMAKER_OLD.h
index 3b6a2dc067..f0c048f5ab 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ULTIMAKER_OLD.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ULTIMAKER_OLD.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,12 +19,13 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Ultimaker pin assignments (Old electronics)
  */
 
- /**
+/**
  * Rev B   3 JAN 2017
  *
  * Details on pin definitions for M3, M4 & M5 spindle control commands and for
@@ -55,10 +56,9 @@
  *      and repeat steps 2 - 5
  */
 
-#define board_rev_1_1_TO_1_3
-//#define board_rev_1_0
-//#define board_rev_1_5
-
+#define BOARD_REV_1_1_TO_1_3
+//#define BOARD_REV_1_0
+//#define BOARD_REV_1_5
 
 #if !defined(__AVR_ATmega1280__) && !defined(__AVR_ATmega2560__)
   #error "Oops! Select 'Arduino/Genuino Mega or Mega 2560' in 'Tools > Board.'"
@@ -71,37 +71,43 @@
 //
 // Limit Switches
 //
-#if ENABLED(board_rev_1_1_TO_1_3)
-  #define X_MIN_PIN          15   // SW1
-  #define X_MAX_PIN          14   // SW2
-  #define Y_MIN_PIN          17   // SW3
-  #define Y_MAX_PIN          16   // SW4
-  #define Z_MIN_PIN          19   // SW5
-  #define Z_MAX_PIN          18   // SW6
+#if ENABLED(BOARD_REV_1_1_TO_1_3)
+  #define X_MIN_PIN        15   // SW1
+  #define X_MAX_PIN        14   // SW2
+  #define Y_MIN_PIN        17   // SW3
+  #define Y_MAX_PIN        16   // SW4
+  #define Z_MIN_PIN        19   // SW5
+  #define Z_MAX_PIN        18   // SW6
 #endif
 
-#if ENABLED(board_rev_1_0)
-  #define X_MIN_PIN          13   // SW1
-  #define X_MAX_PIN          12   // SW2
-  #define Y_MIN_PIN          11   // SW3
-  #define Y_MAX_PIN          10   // SW4
-  #define Z_MIN_PIN           9   // SW5
-  #define Z_MAX_PIN           8   // SW6
+#if ENABLED(BOARD_REV_1_0)
+  #if HAS_CUTTER
+    #define X_STOP_PIN     13   // SW1  (didn't change) - also has a useable hardware PWM
+    #define Y_STOP_PIN     12   // SW2
+    #define Z_STOP_PIN     11   // SW3
+  #else
+    #define X_MIN_PIN      13   // SW1
+    #define X_MAX_PIN      12   // SW2
+    #define Y_MIN_PIN      11   // SW3
+    #define Y_MAX_PIN      10   // SW4
+    #define Z_MIN_PIN       9   // SW5
+    #define Z_MAX_PIN       8   // SW6
+  #endif
 #endif
 
-#if ENABLED(board_rev_1_5)
-  #define X_MIN_PIN          22
-  #define X_MAX_PIN          24
-  #define Y_MIN_PIN          26
-  #define Y_MAX_PIN          28
-  #define Z_MIN_PIN          30
-  #define Z_MAX_PIN          32
+#if ENABLED(BOARD_REV_1_5)
+  #define X_MIN_PIN        22
+  #define X_MAX_PIN        24
+  #define Y_MIN_PIN        26
+  #define Y_MAX_PIN        28
+  #define Z_MIN_PIN        30
+  #define Z_MAX_PIN        32
 #endif
 
 //
 // Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN)
 //
-#ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN
+#if !defined(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN) && !(HAS_CUTTER && ENABLED(BOARD_REV_1_0))
   #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN  Z_MAX_PIN
 #endif
 
@@ -120,13 +126,20 @@
 #define Z_DIR_PIN          39
 #define Z_ENABLE_PIN       35
 
-#define E0_STEP_PIN        43
-#define E0_DIR_PIN         45
-#define E0_ENABLE_PIN      41
+#if HAS_CUTTER && ENABLED(BOARD_REV_1_1_TO_1_3) && EXTRUDERS == 1
+  // Move E0 to the spare and get Spindle/Laser signals from E0
+  #define E0_STEP_PIN      49
+  #define E0_DIR_PIN       47
+  #define E0_ENABLE_PIN    48
+#else
+  #define E0_STEP_PIN      43
+  #define E0_DIR_PIN       45
+  #define E0_ENABLE_PIN    41
 
-#define E1_STEP_PIN        -1   // 49
-#define E1_DIR_PIN         -1   // 47
-#define E1_ENABLE_PIN      -1   // 48
+  #define E1_STEP_PIN      49
+  #define E1_DIR_PIN       47
+  #define E1_ENABLE_PIN    48
+#endif
 
 //
 // Temperature Sensors
@@ -144,111 +157,82 @@
 //
 // LCD / Controller
 //
-#if ANY(board_rev_1_0, board_rev_1_1_TO_1_3)
-  #define LCD_PINS_RS        24
-  #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE    22
-  #define LCD_PINS_D4        36
-  #define LCD_PINS_D5        34
-  #define LCD_PINS_D6        32
-  #define LCD_PINS_D7        30
+#if ANY(BOARD_REV_1_0, BOARD_REV_1_1_TO_1_3)
 
-#elif ENABLED(board_rev_1_5, ULTRA_LCD)
+  #define LCD_PINS_RS      24
+  #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE  22
+  #define LCD_PINS_D4      36
+  #define LCD_PINS_D5      34
+  #define LCD_PINS_D6      32
+  #define LCD_PINS_D7      30
 
-  #define BEEPER_PIN 18
+#elif ENABLED(BOARD_REV_1_5, ULTRA_LCD)
+
+  #define BEEPER_PIN       18
 
   #if ENABLED(NEWPANEL)
 
-    #define LCD_PINS_RS 20
+    #define LCD_PINS_RS    20
     #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 17
-    #define LCD_PINS_D4 16
-    #define LCD_PINS_D5 21
-    #define LCD_PINS_D6 5
-    #define LCD_PINS_D7 6
+    #define LCD_PINS_D4    16
+    #define LCD_PINS_D5    21
+    #define LCD_PINS_D6     5
+    #define LCD_PINS_D7     6
 
     // buttons are directly attached
-    #define BTN_EN1 40
-    #define BTN_EN2 42
-    #define BTN_ENC 19
+    #define BTN_EN1        40
+    #define BTN_EN2        42
+    #define BTN_ENC        19
 
-    #define SD_DETECT_PIN 38
+    #define SD_DETECT_PIN  38
 
   #else // !NEWPANEL - Old style panel with shift register
 
     // buttons are attached to a shift register
-    #define SHIFT_CLK 38
-    #define SHIFT_LD 42
-    #define SHIFT_OUT 40
-    #define SHIFT_EN 17
+    #define SHIFT_CLK      38
+    #define SHIFT_LD       42
+    #define SHIFT_OUT      40
+    #define SHIFT_EN       17
 
-    #define LCD_PINS_RS 16
+    #define LCD_PINS_RS    16
     #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 5
-    #define LCD_PINS_D4 6
-    #define LCD_PINS_D5 21
-    #define LCD_PINS_D6 20
-    #define LCD_PINS_D7 19
-
-    #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1
+    #define LCD_PINS_D4     6
+    #define LCD_PINS_D5    21
+    #define LCD_PINS_D6    20
+    #define LCD_PINS_D7    19
 
   #endif // !NEWPANEL
 
-#endif // ULTRA_LCD
+#endif
 
 //
 // case light  - see spindle section for more info on available hardware PWMs
 //
-#if !PIN_EXISTS(CASE_LIGHT) && ENABLED(board_rev_1_5)
+#if !PIN_EXISTS(CASE_LIGHT) && ENABLED(BOARD_REV_1_5)
   #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN        7   // use PWM -  MUST BE HARDWARE PWM
 #endif
 
 //
 // M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control
 //
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
-
-  #if ENABLED(board_rev_1_0)       // use the last three SW positions
-
-    #undef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN
-    #undef X_MIN_PIN              // SW1
-    #undef X_MAX_PIN              // SW2
-    #undef Y_MIN_PIN              // SW3
-    #undef Y_MAX_PIN              // SW4
-    #undef Z_MIN_PIN              // SW5
-    #undef Z_MAX_PIN              // SW6
-
-    #define X_STOP_PIN         13   // SW1  (didn't change) - also has a useable hardware PWM
-    #define Y_STOP_PIN         12   // SW2
-    #define Z_STOP_PIN         11   // SW3
-
-    #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN          10   // SW4
-    #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN     9   // SW5  MUST BE HARDWARE PWM
-    #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN     8   // SW6  Pin should have a pullup!
-
-  #elif ENABLED(board_rev_1_5)      // use the same pins - but now they are on a different connector
-
-    #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN          10   // EXP3-6 (silkscreen says 10)
-    #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN     9   // EXP3-7 (silkscreen says 9) MUST BE HARDWARE PWM
-    #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN     8   // EXP3-8 (silkscreen says 8) Pin should have a pullup!
-
-  #elif ENABLED(board_rev_1_1_TO_1_3)
-
+#if HAS_CUTTER
+  #if EITHER(BOARD_REV_1_0, BOARD_REV_1_5) // Use the last three SW positions
+    #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN          10   // 1.0: SW4  1.5: EXP3-6 ("10")
+    #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN     9   // 1.0: SW5  1.5: EXP3-7 ( "9") .. MUST BE HARDWARE PWM
+    #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN     8   // 1.0: SW6  1.5: EXP3-8 ( "8") .. Pin should have a pullup!
+  #elif ENABLED(BOARD_REV_1_1_TO_1_3)
     /**
-     *  Only four hardware PWMs physically connected to anything on these boards:
+     * Only four hardware PWMs physically connected to anything on these boards:
      *
-     *    HEATER_0_PIN    2  silkscreen varies - usually "PWM 1" or "HEATER1"
-     *    HEATER_1_PIN    3  silkscreen varies - usually "PWM 2" or "HEATER2"
-     *    HEATER_BED_PIN  4  silkscreen varies - usually "PWM 3" or "HEATED BED"
-     *    E0_DIR_PIN     45
+     *   HEATER_0_PIN    2  silkscreen varies - usually "PWM 1" or "HEATER1"
+     *   HEATER_1_PIN    3  silkscreen varies - usually "PWM 2" or "HEATER2"
+     *   HEATER_BED_PIN  4  silkscreen varies - usually "PWM 3" or "HEATED BED"
+     *   E0_DIR_PIN     45
      *
-     *   If one of the heaters is used then special precautions will usually be needed.
-     *   They have an LED and resistor pullup to +24V which could damage 3.3V-5V ICs.
+     * If one of the heaters is used then special precautions will usually be needed.
+     * They have an LED and resistor pullup to +24V which could damage 3.3V-5V ICs.
      */
-    #if EXTRUDERS == 1                     // Move E0 stepper module to the spare and get signals from E0
-      #undef E0_STEP_PIN
-      #undef E0_DIR_PIN
-      #undef E0_ENABLE_PIN
-      #define E0_STEP_PIN              49
-      #define E0_DIR_PIN               47
-      #define E0_ENABLE_PIN            48
+    #if EXTRUDERS == 1
       #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN          43
       #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN    45   // MUST BE HARDWARE PWM
       #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN    41   // Pin should have a pullup!
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ULTRATRONICS_PRO.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ULTRATRONICS_PRO.h
index 68603866fe..b77469b0d8 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ULTRATRONICS_PRO.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ULTRATRONICS_PRO.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * ReprapWorld ULTRATRONICS v1.0
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_VORON.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_VORON.h
index d5a5810254..13c93e1879 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_VORON.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_VORON.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * VORON Design v2 pin assignments
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ZRIB_V20.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ZRIB_V20.h
index 83b614501e..bf85bfa12d 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ZRIB_V20.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_ZRIB_V20.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * ZRIB V2.0 & V3.0 pin assignments
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins_Z_BOLT_X_SERIES.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_Z_BOLT_X_SERIES.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..89f8df4b4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins_Z_BOLT_X_SERIES.h
@@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+/**
+ *  Z-Bolt X Series board – based on Arduino Mega2560
+ */
+
+#if HOTENDS > 4 || E_STEPPERS > 4
+  #error "Z-Bolt X Series board supports up to 4 hotends / E-steppers."
+#endif
+
+#define BOARD_NAME "Z-Bolt X Series"
+
+#if ENABLED(TARGET_LPC1768)
+  #error "Oops! Set MOTHERBOARD to an LPC1768-based board when building for LPC1768."
+#elif defined(__STM32F1__)
+  #error "Oops! Set MOTHERBOARD to an STM32F1-based board when building for STM32F1."
+#endif
+
+#if DISABLED(IS_RAMPS_SMART, IS_RAMPS_DUO, IS_RAMPS4DUE, TARGET_LPC1768)
+  #if !defined(__AVR_ATmega1280__) && !defined(__AVR_ATmega2560__)
+    #error "Oops! Select 'Arduino/Genuino Mega or Mega 2560' in 'Tools > Board.'"
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//
+// Servos
+//
+#ifndef SERVO0_PIN
+  #define SERVO0_PIN       11
+#endif
+#ifndef SERVO3_PIN
+  #define SERVO3_PIN        4
+#endif
+
+//
+// Limit Switches
+//
+#define X_MIN_PIN           3
+#ifndef X_MAX_PIN
+  #define X_MAX_PIN         2
+#endif
+#define Y_MIN_PIN          14
+#define Y_MAX_PIN          15
+#define Z_MIN_PIN          18
+#define Z_MAX_PIN          19
+
+//
+// Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN)
+//
+#ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN
+  #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN  32
+#endif
+
+//
+// Steppers
+//
+#define X_STEP_PIN         54
+#define X_DIR_PIN          55
+#define X_ENABLE_PIN       38
+#ifndef X_CS_PIN
+  #define X_CS_PIN         -1
+#endif
+
+#define Y_STEP_PIN         60
+#define Y_DIR_PIN          61
+#define Y_ENABLE_PIN       56
+#ifndef Y_CS_PIN
+  #define Y_CS_PIN         -1
+#endif
+
+#define Z_STEP_PIN         46
+#define Z_DIR_PIN          48
+#define Z_ENABLE_PIN       62
+#ifndef Z_CS_PIN
+  #define Z_CS_PIN         -1
+#endif
+
+#define E0_STEP_PIN        26
+#define E0_DIR_PIN         28
+#define E0_ENABLE_PIN      24
+#ifndef E0_CS_PIN
+  #define E0_CS_PIN        -1
+#endif
+
+#define E1_STEP_PIN        36
+#define E1_DIR_PIN         34
+#define E1_ENABLE_PIN      30
+#ifndef E1_CS_PIN
+  #define E1_CS_PIN        -1
+#endif
+
+// Red
+#define E2_STEP_PIN        42
+#define E2_DIR_PIN         40
+#define E2_ENABLE_PIN      65
+#ifndef E2_CS_PIN
+  #define E2_CS_PIN        -1
+#endif
+
+// Black
+#define E3_STEP_PIN        44
+#define E3_DIR_PIN         64
+#define E3_ENABLE_PIN      66
+#ifndef E3_CS_PIN
+  #define E3_CS_PIN        -1
+#endif
+
+//
+// Temperature Sensors
+//
+#define TEMP_0_PIN         13   // Analog Input
+#define TEMP_1_PIN         15   // Analog Input
+#define TEMP_2_PIN          5   // Analog Input (BLACK)
+#define TEMP_3_PIN          9   // Analog Input (RED)
+#define TEMP_BED_PIN       14   // Analog Input
+
+//
+// Heaters / Fans
+//
+#define HEATER_0_PIN       10
+#define HEATER_1_PIN        7
+#define HEATER_2_PIN        6
+#define HEATER_3_PIN        5
+#define HEATER_BED_PIN      8
+
+#define FAN_PIN             9
+
+//
+// Misc. Functions
+//
+#define SDSS               53
+#define LED_PIN            13
+
+#ifndef FILWIDTH_PIN
+  #define FILWIDTH_PIN      5   // Analog Input on AUX2
+#endif
+
+// Оn the servos connector
+#ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN    4
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PS_ON_PIN
+  #define PS_ON_PIN        12
+#endif
+
+#define AUX2_PINS_FREE !( BOTH(ULTRA_LCD, NEWPANEL) && ANY(PANEL_ONE, VIKI2, miniVIKI, MINIPANEL, REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD) )
+
+#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) && !defined(CASE_LIGHT_PIN) && !defined(SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN)
+  #if NUM_SERVOS <= 1 // try to use servo connector first
+    #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN    6   // MUST BE HARDWARE PWM
+  #elif AUX2_PINS_FREE
+    #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN   44   // MUST BE HARDWARE PWM
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//
+// M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control
+//
+#if HAS_CUTTER && !PIN_EXISTS(SPINDLE_LASER_ENA)
+  #if !defined(NUM_SERVOS) || NUM_SERVOS == 0 // try to use servo connector first
+    #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN     4   // Pin should have a pullup/pulldown!
+    #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN     6   // MUST BE HARDWARE PWM
+    #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN           5
+  #elif AUX2_PINS_FREE
+    #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN    40   // Pin should have a pullup/pulldown!
+    #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN    44   // MUST BE HARDWARE PWM
+    #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN          65
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+#undef AUX2_PINS_FREE
+
+//
+// TMC software SPI
+//
+#if ENABLED(TMC_USE_SW_SPI)
+  #ifndef TMC_SW_MOSI
+    #define TMC_SW_MOSI    66
+  #endif
+  #ifndef TMC_SW_MISO
+    #define TMC_SW_MISO    44
+  #endif
+  #ifndef TMC_SW_SCK
+    #define TMC_SW_SCK     64
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208)
+  /**
+   * TMC2208 stepper drivers
+   *
+   * Hardware serial communication ports.
+   * If undefined software serial is used according to the pins below
+   */
+  //#define X_HARDWARE_SERIAL  Serial1
+  //#define X2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1
+  //#define Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL  Serial1
+  //#define Y2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1
+  //#define Z_HARDWARE_SERIAL  Serial1
+  //#define Z2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1
+  //#define E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1
+  //#define E1_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1
+  //#define E2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1
+  //#define E3_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1
+  //#define E4_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1
+
+  //
+  // Software serial
+  //
+
+  #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN    40
+  #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN    63
+  #define X2_SERIAL_TX_PIN   -1
+  #define X2_SERIAL_RX_PIN   -1
+
+  #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN    59
+  #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN    64
+  #define Y2_SERIAL_TX_PIN   -1
+  #define Y2_SERIAL_RX_PIN   -1
+
+  #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN    42
+  #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN    65
+  #define Z2_SERIAL_TX_PIN   -1
+  #define Z2_SERIAL_RX_PIN   -1
+
+  #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN   44
+  #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN   66
+  #define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN   -1
+  #define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN   -1
+  #define E2_SERIAL_TX_PIN   -1
+  #define E2_SERIAL_RX_PIN   -1
+  #define E3_SERIAL_TX_PIN   -1
+  #define E3_SERIAL_RX_PIN   -1
+  #define E4_SERIAL_TX_PIN   -1
+  #define E4_SERIAL_RX_PIN   -1
+#endif
diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sensitive_pins.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sensitive_pins.h
index e23960c8ad..6fba6639fd 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/pins/sensitive_pins.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sensitive_pins.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/Sd2Card.cpp b/Marlin/src/sd/Sd2Card.cpp
index 0abc8142a0..433db3ff85 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/sd/Sd2Card.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/sd/Sd2Card.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 
 /**
  * Arduino Sd2Card Library
- * Copyright (C) 2009 by William Greiman
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 by William Greiman
  * Updated with backports of the latest SdFat library from the same author
  *
  * This file is part of the Arduino Sd2Card Library
diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/Sd2Card.h b/Marlin/src/sd/Sd2Card.h
index b25baee66c..cc895b0092 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/sd/Sd2Card.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/sd/Sd2Card.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 
 /**
  * Arduino Sd2Card Library
- * Copyright (C) 2009 by William Greiman
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 by William Greiman
  *
  * This file is part of the Arduino Sd2Card Library
  */
@@ -90,23 +90,6 @@ uint8_t const SD_CARD_TYPE_SD1  = 1,                    // Standard capacity V1
 //
 #define SD_CHIP_SELECT_PIN SS_PIN
 
-#if 0
-#if DISABLED(SOFTWARE_SPI)
-  // hardware pin defs
-  #define SD_CHIP_SELECT_PIN SS_PIN   // The default chip select pin for the SD card is SS.
-  // The following three pins must not be redefined for hardware SPI.
-  #define SPI_MOSI_PIN MOSI_PIN       // SPI Master Out Slave In pin
-  #define SPI_MISO_PIN MISO_PIN       // SPI Master In Slave Out pin
-  #define SPI_SCK_PIN SCK_PIN         // SPI Clock pin
-#else  // SOFTWARE_SPI
-  #define SD_CHIP_SELECT_PIN SOFT_SPI_CS_PIN  // SPI chip select pin
-  #define SPI_MOSI_PIN SOFT_SPI_MOSI_PIN      // SPI Master Out Slave In pin
-  #define SPI_MISO_PIN SOFT_SPI_MISO_PIN      // SPI Master In Slave Out pin
-  #define SPI_SCK_PIN SOFT_SPI_SCK_PIN        // SPI Clock pin
-#endif  // SOFTWARE_SPI
-
-#endif
-
 /**
  * \class Sd2Card
  * \brief Raw access to SD and SDHC flash memory cards.
diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/Sd2Card_sdio.h b/Marlin/src/sd/Sd2Card_sdio.h
index dd56b7d0a5..990194eeea 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/sd/Sd2Card_sdio.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/sd/Sd2Card_sdio.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/SdBaseFile.cpp b/Marlin/src/sd/SdBaseFile.cpp
index 7d41e1b88d..08eb864095 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/sd/SdBaseFile.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/sd/SdBaseFile.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 
 /**
  * Arduino SdFat Library
- * Copyright (C) 2009 by William Greiman
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 by William Greiman
  *
  * This file is part of the Arduino Sd2Card Library
  */
diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/SdBaseFile.h b/Marlin/src/sd/SdBaseFile.h
index 87490807a7..494b4f6bee 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/sd/SdBaseFile.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/sd/SdBaseFile.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 
 /**
  * Arduino SdFat Library
- * Copyright (C) 2009 by William Greiman
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 by William Greiman
  *
  * This file is part of the Arduino Sd2Card Library
  */
diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/SdFatConfig.h b/Marlin/src/sd/SdFatConfig.h
index 1501ae6d77..8ab6aef1c6 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/sd/SdFatConfig.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/sd/SdFatConfig.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
 /**
  * SdFatConfig.h
  * Arduino SdFat Library
- * Copyright (C) 2009 by William Greiman
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 by William Greiman
  *
  * This file is part of the Arduino Sd2Card Library
  */
@@ -90,12 +90,6 @@
 // Set USE_SOFTWARE_SPI nonzero to ALWAYS use Software SPI.
 #define USE_SOFTWARE_SPI 0
 
-// Define software SPI pins so Mega can use unmodified 168/328 shields
-#define SOFT_SPI_CS_PIN   10 // Software SPI chip select pin for the SD
-#define SOFT_SPI_MOSI_PIN 11 // Software SPI Master Out Slave In pin
-#define SOFT_SPI_MISO_PIN 12 // Software SPI Master In Slave Out pin
-#define SOFT_SPI_SCK_PIN  13 // Software SPI Clock pin
-
 /**
  * The __cxa_pure_virtual function is an error handler that is invoked when
  * a pure virtual function is called.
diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/SdFatStructs.h b/Marlin/src/sd/SdFatStructs.h
index 62cffb1b56..ddf6546a0c 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/sd/SdFatStructs.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/sd/SdFatStructs.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 
 /**
  * Arduino SdFat Library
- * Copyright (C) 2009 by William Greiman
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 by William Greiman
  *
  * This file is part of the Arduino Sd2Card Library
  */
diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/SdFatUtil.cpp b/Marlin/src/sd/SdFatUtil.cpp
index 3509ee874f..428ed219af 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/sd/SdFatUtil.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/sd/SdFatUtil.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 
 /**
  * Arduino SdFat Library
- * Copyright (C) 2008 by William Greiman
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 by William Greiman
  *
  * This file is part of the Arduino Sd2Card Library
  */
diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/SdFatUtil.h b/Marlin/src/sd/SdFatUtil.h
index 1ce8ec25fc..ff31a10a10 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/sd/SdFatUtil.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/sd/SdFatUtil.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
 
 /**
  * Arduino SdFat Library
- * Copyright (C) 2008 by William Greiman
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 by William Greiman
  *
  * This file is part of the Arduino Sd2Card Library
  */
diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/SdFile.cpp b/Marlin/src/sd/SdFile.cpp
index cdc08815c9..aa9c192e93 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/sd/SdFile.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/sd/SdFile.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 
 /**
  * Arduino SdFat Library
- * Copyright (C) 2009 by William Greiman
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 by William Greiman
  *
  * This file is part of the Arduino Sd2Card Library
  */
diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/SdFile.h b/Marlin/src/sd/SdFile.h
index b94d515a0c..ff33d8715b 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/sd/SdFile.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/sd/SdFile.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 
 /**
  * Arduino SdFat Library
- * Copyright (C) 2009 by William Greiman
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 by William Greiman
  *
  * This file is part of the Arduino Sd2Card Library
  */
diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/SdInfo.h b/Marlin/src/sd/SdInfo.h
index d4b58365c8..ecb517ae9a 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/sd/SdInfo.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/sd/SdInfo.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
 
 /**
  * Arduino Sd2Card Library
- * Copyright (C) 2009 by William Greiman
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 by William Greiman
  *
  * This file is part of the Arduino Sd2Card Library
  */
diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/SdVolume.cpp b/Marlin/src/sd/SdVolume.cpp
index f022afe176..0501949406 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/sd/SdVolume.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/sd/SdVolume.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 
 /**
  * Arduino SdFat Library
- * Copyright (C) 2009 by William Greiman
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 by William Greiman
  *
  * This file is part of the Arduino Sd2Card Library
  */
diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/SdVolume.h b/Marlin/src/sd/SdVolume.h
index 8166e753c3..1c72fd3d27 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/sd/SdVolume.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/sd/SdVolume.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 
 /**
  * Arduino SdFat Library
- * Copyright (C) 2009 by William Greiman
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 by William Greiman
  *
  * This file is part of the Arduino Sd2Card Library
  */
diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/cardreader.cpp b/Marlin/src/sd/cardreader.cpp
index 5a17c0633a..efd955259d 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/sd/cardreader.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/sd/cardreader.cpp
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -32,6 +32,7 @@
 #include "../module/printcounter.h"
 #include "../core/language.h"
 #include "../gcode/queue.h"
+#include "../module/configuration_store.h"
 
 #if ENABLED(EMERGENCY_PARSER)
   #include "../feature/emergency_parser.h"
@@ -352,6 +353,9 @@ void CardReader::initsd() {
   else {
     flag.detected = true;
     SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(MSG_SD_CARD_OK);
+    #if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) && DISABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION)
+      (void)settings.load();
+    #endif
   }
   setroot();
 
@@ -367,8 +371,8 @@ void CardReader::openAndPrintFile(const char *name) {
   char cmd[4 + strlen(name) + 1]; // Room for "M23 ", filename, and null
   sprintf_P(cmd, PSTR("M23 %s"), name);
   for (char *c = &cmd[4]; *c; c++) *c = tolower(*c);
-  enqueue_and_echo_command_now(cmd);
-  enqueue_and_echo_commands_P(PSTR("M24"));
+  queue.enqueue_one_now(cmd);
+  queue.enqueue_now_P(PSTR("M24"));
 }
 
 void CardReader::startFileprint() {
@@ -557,6 +561,11 @@ void CardReader::checkautostart() {
 
   if (!isDetected()) initsd();
 
+  #if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) && DISABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION)
+    SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Loading settings from SD");
+    (void)settings.load();
+  #endif
+
   if (isDetected()
     #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
       && !recovery.valid() // Don't run auto#.g when a resume file exists
@@ -800,7 +809,7 @@ void CardReader::setroot() {
 
       // Never sort more than the max allowed
       // If you use folders to organize, 20 may be enough
-      NOMORE(fileCnt, SDSORT_LIMIT);
+      NOMORE(fileCnt, uint16_t(SDSORT_LIMIT));
 
       // Sort order is always needed. May be static or dynamic.
       #if ENABLED(SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM)
@@ -1001,7 +1010,7 @@ void CardReader::printingHasFinished() {
     #endif
 
     print_job_timer.stop();
-    if (print_job_timer.duration() > 60) enqueue_and_echo_commands_P(PSTR("M31"));
+    if (print_job_timer.duration() > 60) queue.inject_P(PSTR("M31"));
 
     #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
       presort();
diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/cardreader.h b/Marlin/src/sd/cardreader.h
index 623ca4dc7f..8eedfc384e 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/sd/cardreader.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/sd/cardreader.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/usb_flashdrive/Sd2Card_FlashDrive.h b/Marlin/src/sd/usb_flashdrive/Sd2Card_FlashDrive.h
index 6e7cc82ff1..6325de15e6 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/sd/usb_flashdrive/Sd2Card_FlashDrive.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/sd/usb_flashdrive/Sd2Card_FlashDrive.h
@@ -46,15 +46,8 @@
 #if DISABLED(SOFTWARE_SPI)
   // hardware pin defs
   #define SD_CHIP_SELECT_PIN  SS_PIN            // The default chip select pin for the SD card is SS.
-  // The following three pins must not be redefined for hardware SPI.
-  #define SPI_MOSI_PIN        MOSI_PIN          // SPI Master Out Slave In pin
-  #define SPI_MISO_PIN        MISO_PIN          // SPI Master In Slave Out pin
-  #define SPI_SCK_PIN         SCK_PIN           // SPI Clock pin
 #else  // SOFTWARE_SPI
-  #define SD_CHIP_SELECT_PIN  SOFT_SPI_CS_PIN   // SPI chip select pin
-  #define SPI_MOSI_PIN        SOFT_SPI_MOSI_PIN // SPI Master Out Slave In pin
-  #define SPI_MISO_PIN        SOFT_SPI_MISO_PIN // SPI Master In Slave Out pin
-  #define SPI_SCK_PIN         SOFT_SPI_SCK_PIN  // SPI Clock pin
+  #define SD_CHIP_SELECT_PIN  10                // Software SPI chip select pin for the SD
 #endif // SOFTWARE_SPI
 
 class Sd2Card {
diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/usb_flashdrive/lib/Usb.cpp b/Marlin/src/sd/usb_flashdrive/lib/Usb.cpp
index 4ca0b2dde3..b0a6d2943d 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/sd/usb_flashdrive/lib/Usb.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/sd/usb_flashdrive/lib/Usb.cpp
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ void USB::init() {
 }
 
 uint8_t USB::getUsbTaskState(void) {
-  return ( usb_task_state);
+  return usb_task_state;
 }
 
 void USB::setUsbTaskState(uint8_t state) {
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
index 120cbd504f..01ca70c967 100644
--- a/README.md
+++ b/README.md
@@ -1,7 +1,9 @@
 # Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
 
-[![Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/MarlinFirmware/Marlin.svg?branch=RCBugFix)](https://travis-ci.org/MarlinFirmware/Marlin)
-[![Coverity Scan Build Status](https://scan.coverity.com/projects/2224/badge.svg)](https://scan.coverity.com/projects/2224)
+[![Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/MarlinFirmware/Marlin.svg?branch=bugfix-2.0.x)](https://travis-ci.org/MarlinFirmware/Marlin)
+![GitHub](https://img.shields.io/github/license/marlinfirmware/marlin.svg)
+![GitHub contributors](https://img.shields.io/github/contributors/marlinfirmware/marlin.svg)
+![GitHub Release Date](https://img.shields.io/github/release-date/marlinfirmware/marlin.svg)
 
 <img align="top" width=175 src="buildroot/share/pixmaps/logo/marlin-250.png" />
 
@@ -12,7 +14,7 @@ Please test this firmware and let us know if it misbehaves in any way. Volunteer
 
 __Not for production use. Use with caution!__
 
-Marlin 2.0 takes this popular RepRap firmware to the next level with support for much faster 32-bit processor boards.
+Marlin 2.0 takes this popular RepRap firmware to the next level by adding support for much faster 32-bit and ARM-based boards while improving support for 8-bit AVR boards. Read about Marlin's decision to use a "Hardware Abstraction Layer" below.
 
 This branch is for patches to the latest 2.0.x release version. Periodically this branch will form the basis for the next minor 2.0.x release.
 
@@ -20,18 +22,19 @@ Download earlier versions of Marlin on the [Releases page](https://github.com/Ma
 
 ## Building Marlin 2.0
 
-To build Marlin 2.0 you'll need [Arduino IDE 1.9](https://www.arduino.cc/en/main/software) or [PlatformIO](http://docs.platformio.org/en/latest/ide.html#platformio-ide). We've posted detailed instructions on how to [build Marlin 2.0 for ARM](http://marlinfw.org/docs/basics/install_rearm.html).
+To build Marlin 2.0 you'll need [Arduino IDE 1.8.8 or newer](https://www.arduino.cc/en/main/software) or [PlatformIO](http://docs.platformio.org/en/latest/ide.html#platformio-ide). We've posted detailed instructions on [Building Marlin with Arduino](http://marlinfw.org/docs/basics/install_arduino.html) and [Building Marlin with PlatformIO for ReArm](http://marlinfw.org/docs/basics/install_rearm.html) (which applies well to other 32-bit boards).
 
 ## Hardware Abstraction Layer (HAL)
 
-Marlin 2.0 adds a new abstraction layer so that Marlin can build and run on 32-bit boards while still retaining full 8-bit AVR compatibility. In this way, features can be enhanced for more powerful platforms while still supporting AVR, whereas splitting up the code would make it harder to maintain and keep everything in sync.
+Marlin 2.0 introduces a layer of abstraction so that all the existing high-level code can be built for 32-bit platforms while still retaining full 8-bit AVR compatibility. Retaining AVR compatibility and a single code-base is important to us, because we want to make sure that features and patches get as much testing and attention as possible, and that all platforms always benefit from the latest improvements.
 
 ### Current HALs
 
   name|processor|speed|flash|sram|logic|fpu
   ----|---------|-----|-----|----|-----|---
-  [Arduino AVR](https://www.arduino.cc/)|ATmega, ATTiny, etc.|16-20MHz|64-256k|2-8k|5V|no
+  [Arduino AVR](https://www.arduino.cc/)|ATmega, ATTiny, etc.|16-20MHz|64-256k|2-16k|5V|no
   [Teensy++ 2.0](http://www.microchip.com/wwwproducts/en/AT90USB1286)|[AT90USB1286](http://www.microchip.com/wwwproducts/en/AT90USB1286)|16MHz|128k|8k|5V|no
+  [Arduino STM32](https://github.com/rogerclarkmelbourne/Arduino_STM32)|[STM32F1](https://www.st.com/en/microcontrollers-microprocessors/stm32f103.html) ARM-Cortex M3|72MHz|256-512k|48-64k|3.3V|no
   [Due](https://www.arduino.cc/en/Guide/ArduinoDue), [RAMPS-FD](http://www.reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS-FD), etc.|[SAM3X8E ARM-Cortex M3](http://www.microchip.com/wwwproducts/en/ATsam3x8e)|84MHz|512k|64+32k|3.3V|no
   [Re-ARM](https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/1245051645/re-arm-for-ramps-simple-32-bit-upgrade)|[LPC1768 ARM-Cortex M3](http://www.nxp.com/products/microcontrollers-and-processors/arm-based-processors-and-mcus/lpc-cortex-m-mcus/lpc1700-cortex-m3/512kb-flash-64kb-sram-ethernet-usb-lqfp100-package:LPC1768FBD100)|100MHz|512k|32+16+16k|3.3-5V|no
   [MKS SBASE](http://forums.reprap.org/read.php?13,499322)|LPC1768 ARM-Cortex M3|100MHz|512k|32+16+16k|3.3-5V|no
@@ -65,7 +68,7 @@ The current Marlin dev team consists of:
  - Roxanne Neufeld [[@Roxy-3D](https://github.com/Roxy-3D)] - USA
  - Bob Kuhn [[@Bob-the-Kuhn](https://github.com/Bob-the-Kuhn)] - USA
  - Chris Pepper [[@p3p](https://github.com/p3p)] - UK
- - João Brazio [[@jbrazio](https://github.com/jbrazio)] - Brazil
+ - João Brazio [[@jbrazio](https://github.com/jbrazio)] - Portugal
  - Erik van der Zalm [[@ErikZalm](https://github.com/ErikZalm)] - Netherlands &nbsp; [![Flattr Erik](http://api.flattr.com/button/flattr-badge-large.png)](https://flattr.com/submit/auto?user_id=ErikZalm&url=https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin&title=Marlin&language=&tags=github&category=software)
 
 ## License
diff --git a/buildroot/bin/generate_version b/buildroot/bin/generate_version
index 292fe59225..5a07ef5b11 100644
--- a/buildroot/bin/generate_version
+++ b/buildroot/bin/generate_version
@@ -5,7 +5,20 @@
 # Make a _Version.h file
 #
 
-DIR="${1}"
+DIR=${1:-"Marlin/src/inc"}
+
+# MRCC3=$( git merge-base HEAD upstream/bugfix-2.0.x 2>/dev/null )
+# MRCC2=$( git merge-base HEAD upstream/bugfix-1.1.x 2>/dev/null )
+# MRCC1=$( git merge-base HEAD upstream/1.1.x 2>/dev/null )
+
+# BASE='?'
+# if [[ -n $MRCC3 && $MRCC3 != $MRCC2 ]]; then
+#   BASE=bugfix-2.0.x
+# elif [[ -n $MRCC2 ]]; then
+#   BASE=bugfix-1.1.x
+# elif [[ -n $MRCC1 ]]; then
+#   BASE=1.1.x
+# fi
 
 BUILDATE=$(date '+%s')
 DISTDATE=$(date '+%Y-%m-%d %H:%M')
diff --git a/buildroot/bin/opt_add b/buildroot/bin/opt_add
index 8ef7e07917..2c1eb30008 100755
--- a/buildroot/bin/opt_add
+++ b/buildroot/bin/opt_add
@@ -1,3 +1,3 @@
 #!/usr/bin/env bash
 
-eval "echo \"#define ${1} ${2}\" >>Marlin/Configuration_adv.h"
+eval "echo '#define ${@}' >>Marlin/Configuration_adv.h"
diff --git a/buildroot/bin/restore_configs b/buildroot/bin/restore_configs
index aa0766b20b..50db41feda 100755
--- a/buildroot/bin/restore_configs
+++ b/buildroot/bin/restore_configs
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 #!/usr/bin/env bash
 
-cp Marlin/src/config/default/Configuration*.h Marlin
+cp config/default/Configuration*.h Marlin
 
 [ -f Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS.h.backup ] && cp Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS.h.backup Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS.h
 rm -f Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS.h.backup
diff --git a/buildroot/bin/update_defaults b/buildroot/bin/update_defaults
index 2dcea0d155..4442a54e4d 100644
--- a/buildroot/bin/update_defaults
+++ b/buildroot/bin/update_defaults
@@ -1,3 +1,3 @@
 #!/usr/bin/env bash
 
-cp Marlin/Configuration*.h Marlin/src/config/default
+cp Marlin/Configuration*.h config/default
diff --git a/buildroot/bin/use_example_configs b/buildroot/bin/use_example_configs
index 423a77d022..a0a0dcd3dd 100755
--- a/buildroot/bin/use_example_configs
+++ b/buildroot/bin/use_example_configs
@@ -2,18 +2,18 @@
 
 restore_configs
 
-if [ -f "Marlin/src/config/examples/$@/Configuration.h" ]; then
-  cp "Marlin/src/config/examples/$@/Configuration.h" Marlin/
+if [ -f "config/examples/$@/Configuration.h" ]; then
+  cp "config/examples/$@/Configuration.h" Marlin/
 fi
 
-if [ -f "Marlin/src/config/examples/$@/Configuration_adv.h" ]; then
-  cp "Marlin/src/config/examples/$@/Configuration_adv.h" Marlin/
+if [ -f "config/examples/$@/Configuration_adv.h" ]; then
+  cp "config/examples/$@/Configuration_adv.h" Marlin/
 fi
 
-if [ -f "Marlin/src/config/examples/$@/_Bootscreen.h" ]; then
-  cp "Marlin/src/config/examples/$@/_Bootscreen.h" Marlin/
+if [ -f "config/examples/$@/_Bootscreen.h" ]; then
+  cp "config/examples/$@/_Bootscreen.h" Marlin/
 fi
 
-if [ -f "Marlin/src/config/examples/$@/_Statusscreen.h" ]; then
-  cp "Marlin/src/config/examples/$@/_Statusscreen.h" Marlin/
+if [ -f "config/examples/$@/_Statusscreen.h" ]; then
+  cp "config/examples/$@/_Statusscreen.h" Marlin/
 fi
diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/boards/at90usb1286.json b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/boards/at90usb1286.json
index 63c9ce44d1..3282722b04 100644
--- a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/boards/at90usb1286.json
+++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/boards/at90usb1286.json
@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@
   "frameworks": [
     "arduino"
   ],
+  "platform": "teensy",
   "name": "Atmel AT90USB1286 based",
   "upload": {
     "maximum_ram_size": 8192,
diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/boards/blackSTM32F407VET6.json b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/boards/blackSTM32F407VET6.json
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c55d7cc80a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/boards/blackSTM32F407VET6.json
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+{
+  "build": {
+    "core": "stm32",
+    "cpu": "cortex-m4",
+    "extra_flags": "-DSTM32F407xx",
+    "f_cpu": "168000000L",
+    "hwids": [
+      [
+        "0x1EAF",
+        "0x0003"
+      ],
+      [
+        "0x0483",
+        "0x3748"
+      ]
+    ],
+    "ldscript": "stm32f407xe.ld",
+    "mcu": "stm32f407vet6",
+    "variant": "MARLIN_F407VE"
+  },
+  "debug": {
+    "jlink_device": "STM32F407VE",
+    "openocd_target": "stm32f4x",
+    "svd_path": "STM32F40x.svd",
+    "tools": {
+      "stlink": {
+        "server": {
+          "arguments": [
+            "-f",
+            "scripts/interface/stlink.cfg",
+            "-c",
+            "transport select hla_swd",
+            "-f",
+            "scripts/target/stm32f4x.cfg",
+            "-c",
+            "reset_config none"
+          ],
+          "executable": "bin/openocd",
+          "package": "tool-openocd"
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  },
+  "frameworks": [
+    "arduino",
+    "stm32cube"
+  ],
+  "name": "STM32F407VE (192k RAM. 512k Flash)",
+  "upload": {
+    "disable_flushing": false,
+    "maximum_ram_size": 131072,
+    "maximum_size": 514288,
+    "protocol": "stlink",
+    "protocols": [
+      "stlink",
+      "dfu",
+      "jlink"
+    ],
+    "require_upload_port": true,
+    "use_1200bps_touch": false,
+    "wait_for_upload_port": false
+  },
+  "url": "http://www.st.com/en/microcontrollers/stm32f407ve.html",
+  "vendor": "Generic"
+}
diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/boards/malyanM200.json b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/boards/malyanM200.json
index ccf118512f..dc0cf51f9e 100644
--- a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/boards/malyanM200.json
+++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/boards/malyanM200.json
@@ -15,54 +15,12 @@
     "vec_tab_addr": "0x8002000"
   },
   "debug": {
-    "tools": {
-      "stlink": {
-        "server": {
-          "arguments": [
-            "-f", "scripts/interface/stlink.cfg",
-            "-c", "transport select hla_swd",
-            "-f", "scripts/target/stm32f1x.cfg",
-            "-c", "reset_config none"
-          ],
-          "executable": "bin/openocd",
-          "package": "tool-openocd"
-        }
-      },
-      "stlink-v2": {
-        "server": {
-          "package": "tool-openocd",
-          "executable": "bin/openocd",
-          "arguments": [
-            "-f", "scripts/interface/stlink-v2.cfg",
-            "-c", "transport select hla_swd",
-            "-f", "scripts/target/stm32f1x.cfg"
-          ]
-        },
-        "default": true
-      },
-      "stlink-v2-1": {
-        "server": {
-          "package": "tool-openocd",
-          "executable": "bin/openocd",
-          "arguments": [
-            "-f", "scripts/interface/stlink-v2-1.cfg",
-            "-c", "transport select hla_swd",
-            "-f", "scripts/target/stm32f1x.cfg"
-          ]
-        }
-      },
-      "blackmagic": {
-        "hwids": [
-          [
-            "0x1d50",
-            "0x6018"
-          ]
-        ],
-        "require_debug_port": true
-      }
-    }
+    "jlink_device": "STM32F103CB",
+    "openocd_target": "stm32f1x",
+    "svd_path": "STM32F103xx.svd"
   },
-  "frameworks": ["arduino", "arduinoSTM32GENERIC"],
+  "platform": "ststm32",
+  "frameworks": ["arduino"],
   "name": "Malyan STM32F103CB (20k RAM. 128k Flash)",
   "upload": {
     "disable_flushing": false,
diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/boards/malyanM200v2.json b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/boards/malyanM200v2.json
index ca768444bc..0d2090a93b 100644
--- a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/boards/malyanM200v2.json
+++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/boards/malyanM200v2.json
@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@
     "vec_tab_addr": "0x8002000"
   },
   "debug": {
+    "jlink_device": "STM32F070RB",
     "default_tools": [
       "stlink"
     ],
@@ -17,10 +18,11 @@
     "openocd_board": "st_nucleo_f0",
     "openocd_target": "stm32f0x"
   },
+  "platform": "ststm32",
   "frameworks": [
     "mbed",
     "stm32cube",
-    "arduinoSTM32GENERIC"
+    "arduino"
   ],
   "name": "Malyan M200 V2/Delta",
   "upload": {
diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/STM32F1_SKR_MINI.ld b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/STM32F1_SKR_MINI.ld
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1ed03caa0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/STM32F1_SKR_MINI.ld
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+MEMORY
+{
+  ram (rwx) : ORIGIN = 0x20000000, LENGTH = 48K - 40
+  rom (rx)  : ORIGIN = 0x08007000, LENGTH = 256K - 28K
+}
+
+/* Provide memory region aliases for common.inc */
+REGION_ALIAS("REGION_TEXT", rom);
+REGION_ALIAS("REGION_DATA", ram);
+REGION_ALIAS("REGION_BSS", ram);
+REGION_ALIAS("REGION_RODATA", rom);
+
+/* Let common.inc handle the real work. */
+INCLUDE common.inc
diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/fysetc_aio_ii.ld b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/fysetc_aio_ii.ld
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..241edc5407
--- /dev/null
+++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/fysetc_aio_ii.ld
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+/*
+ * Linker script for Generic STM32F103RC boards, using the generic bootloader (which takes the lower 8k of memory)
+ */
+
+MEMORY
+{
+	ram (rwx) : ORIGIN = 0x20000000, LENGTH = 48K
+	rom (rx)  : ORIGIN = 0x08010000, LENGTH = 256K-40K
+}
+
+/* Provide memory region aliases for common.inc */
+REGION_ALIAS("REGION_TEXT", rom);
+REGION_ALIAS("REGION_DATA", ram);
+REGION_ALIAS("REGION_BSS", ram);
+REGION_ALIAS("REGION_RODATA", rom);
+
+/* Let common.inc handle the real work. */
+INCLUDE common.inc
diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/jgaurora_a5s_a1.ld b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/jgaurora_a5s_a1.ld
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..db172c97e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/jgaurora_a5s_a1.ld
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+MEMORY
+{
+  ram (rwx) : ORIGIN = 0x20000C00, LENGTH = 64K - 3K
+  rom (rx)  : ORIGIN = 0x0800A000, LENGTH = 512K - 40K
+}
+
+/* Provide memory region aliases for common.inc */
+REGION_ALIAS("REGION_TEXT", rom);
+REGION_ALIAS("REGION_DATA", ram);
+REGION_ALIAS("REGION_BSS", ram);
+REGION_ALIAS("REGION_RODATA", rom);
+
+/* Let common.inc handle the real work. */
+INCLUDE common.inc
diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/mks_robin_mini.ld b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/mks_robin_mini.ld
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..785345543c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/mks_robin_mini.ld
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+MEMORY
+{
+  ram (rwx) : ORIGIN = 0x20000000, LENGTH = 64K - 40
+  rom (rx)  : ORIGIN = 0x08007000, LENGTH = 512K - 28K
+}
+
+/* Provide memory region aliases for common.inc */
+REGION_ALIAS("REGION_TEXT", rom);
+REGION_ALIAS("REGION_DATA", ram);
+REGION_ALIAS("REGION_BSS", ram);
+REGION_ALIAS("REGION_RODATA", rom);
+
+/* Let common.inc handle the real work. */
+INCLUDE common.inc
diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/mks_robin_nano.ld b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/mks_robin_nano.ld
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..785345543c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/mks_robin_nano.ld
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+MEMORY
+{
+  ram (rwx) : ORIGIN = 0x20000000, LENGTH = 64K - 40
+  rom (rx)  : ORIGIN = 0x08007000, LENGTH = 512K - 28K
+}
+
+/* Provide memory region aliases for common.inc */
+REGION_ALIAS("REGION_TEXT", rom);
+REGION_ALIAS("REGION_DATA", ram);
+REGION_ALIAS("REGION_BSS", ram);
+REGION_ALIAS("REGION_RODATA", rom);
+
+/* Let common.inc handle the real work. */
+INCLUDE common.inc
diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/STM32F1_SKR_MINI.py b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/STM32F1_SKR_MINI.py
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0ef67ee602
--- /dev/null
+++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/STM32F1_SKR_MINI.py
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+Import("env")
+
+# Relocate firmware from 0x08000000 to 0x08007000
+for define in env['CPPDEFINES']:
+    if define[0] == "VECT_TAB_ADDR":
+        env['CPPDEFINES'].remove(define)
+env['CPPDEFINES'].append(("VECT_TAB_ADDR", "0x08007000"))
+env.Replace(LDSCRIPT_PATH="buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/STM32F1_SKR_MINI.ld")
diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/black_stm32f407vet6.py b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/black_stm32f407vet6.py
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cc43893d09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/black_stm32f407vet6.py
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+import os,shutil
+from SCons.Script import DefaultEnvironment
+from platformio import util
+
+env = DefaultEnvironment()
+platform = env.PioPlatform()
+board = env.BoardConfig()
+
+FRAMEWORK_DIR = platform.get_package_dir("framework-arduinoststm32")
+CMSIS_DIR = os.path.join(FRAMEWORK_DIR, "CMSIS", "CMSIS")
+assert os.path.isdir(FRAMEWORK_DIR)
+assert os.path.isdir(CMSIS_DIR)
+assert os.path.isdir("buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants")
+
+mcu_type = board.get("build.mcu")[:-2]
+variant = board.get("build.variant")
+series = mcu_type[:7].upper() + "xx"
+variant_dir = os.path.join(FRAMEWORK_DIR, "variants", variant)
+
+source_dir = os.path.join("buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants", variant)
+assert os.path.isdir(source_dir)
+
+if not os.path.isdir(variant_dir):
+    os.mkdir(variant_dir)
+
+for file_name in os.listdir(source_dir):
+    full_file_name = os.path.join(source_dir, file_name)
+    if os.path.isfile(full_file_name):
+        shutil.copy(full_file_name, variant_dir)
diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/fysetc_STM32F1.py b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/fysetc_STM32F1.py
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..006ef6f933
--- /dev/null
+++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/fysetc_STM32F1.py
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+from os.path import join
+Import("env", "projenv")
+
+# Relocate firmware from 0x08000000 to 0x08002000
+#env['CPPDEFINES'].remove(("VECT_TAB_ADDR", 134217728))
+#env['CPPDEFINES'].append(("VECT_TAB_ADDR", "0x08010000"))
+#env.Replace(LDSCRIPT_PATH="buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/fysetc_aio_ii.ld")
+
+# Custom HEX from ELF
+env.AddPostAction(
+	"$BUILD_DIR/${PROGNAME}.elf",
+	env.VerboseAction(" ".join([
+				"$OBJCOPY",
+				"-O",
+				"ihex",
+				"$BUILD_DIR/${PROGNAME}.elf",
+				"$BUILD_DIR/${PROGNAME}.hex"
+			]), "Building $TARGET"))
+
+# please keep $SOURCE variable, it will be replaced with a path to firmware
+
+# Generic
+#env.Replace(
+#	UPLOADER="serial_upload.bat"
+#	UPLOADCMD="$UPLOADER stm32loader.py $SOURCE"
+#)
+
+# In-line command with arguments
+#env.Replace(
+#    UPLOADCMD="executable -arg1 -arg2 $SOURCE"
+#)
+
+# Python callback
+#def on_upload(source, target, env):
+#    print source, target
+#    firmware_path = str(source[0])
+#    # do something
+#    env.Execute(".\serial_upload.bat")
+
+#env.Replace(UPLOADCMD=on_upload)
diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/jgaurora_a5s_a1_with_bootloader.py b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/jgaurora_a5s_a1_with_bootloader.py
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..89e7b3bc1c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/jgaurora_a5s_a1_with_bootloader.py
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+Import("env")
+
+# Relocate firmware from 0x08000000 to 0x0800A000
+env['CPPDEFINES'].remove(("VECT_TAB_ADDR", "0x8000000"))
+#alternatively, for STSTM <=5.1.0 use line below
+#env['CPPDEFINES'].remove(("VECT_TAB_ADDR", 134217728))
+env['CPPDEFINES'].append(("VECT_TAB_ADDR", "0x0800A000"))
+env.Replace(LDSCRIPT_PATH="buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/jgaurora_a5s_a1.ld")
+
+#append ${PROGNAME}.bin firmware after bootloader and save it as 'jgaurora_firmware.bin'
+def addboot(source,target,env):
+	import os
+
+	firmware = open(target[0].path, "rb")
+	lengthfirmware = os.path.getsize(target[0].path)
+	bootloader_dir = "buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/jgaurora_bootloader.bin"
+	bootloader = open(bootloader_dir, "rb")
+	lengthbootloader = os.path.getsize(bootloader_dir)
+	firmware_with_boothloader_dir = target[0].dir.path +'/firmware_with_bootloader.bin'
+	if os.path.exists(firmware_with_boothloader_dir):
+		os.remove(firmware_with_boothloader_dir)
+	firmwareimage = open(firmware_with_boothloader_dir, "wb")
+	position = 0
+	while position < lengthbootloader:
+		byte = bootloader.read(1)
+		firmwareimage.write(byte)
+		position += 1
+	position = 0
+	while position < lengthfirmware:
+		byte = firmware.read(1)
+		firmwareimage.write(byte)
+		position += 1
+	bootloader.close()
+	firmware.close()
+	firmwareimage.close()
+	firmware_without_bootloader_dir = target[0].dir.path+'/firmware_for_sd_upload.bin'
+	if os.path.exists(firmware_without_bootloader_dir):
+		os.remove(firmware_without_bootloader_dir)
+	os.rename(target[0].path, firmware_without_bootloader_dir)
+	#os.rename(target[0].dir.path+'/firmware_with_bootloader.bin', target[0].dir.path+'/firmware.bin')
+
+env.AddPostAction("$BUILD_DIR/${PROGNAME}.bin", addboot);
+
diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/jgaurora_bootloader.bin b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/jgaurora_bootloader.bin
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c229e5b3bb
Binary files /dev/null and b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/jgaurora_bootloader.bin differ
diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/mks_robin.py b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/mks_robin.py
index e4109635c8..742f4cd173 100644
--- a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/mks_robin.py
+++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/mks_robin.py
@@ -1,7 +1,9 @@
 Import("env")
 
 # Relocate firmware from 0x08000000 to 0x08007000
-env['CPPDEFINES'].remove(("VECT_TAB_ADDR", 134217728))
+for define in env['CPPDEFINES']:
+    if define[0] == "VECT_TAB_ADDR":
+        env['CPPDEFINES'].remove(define)
 env['CPPDEFINES'].append(("VECT_TAB_ADDR", "0x08007000"))
 env.Replace(LDSCRIPT_PATH="buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/mks_robin.ld")
 
diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/mks_robin_mini.py b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/mks_robin_mini.py
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2b3ba6f90d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/mks_robin_mini.py
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+Import("env")
+
+# Relocate firmware from 0x08000000 to 0x08007000
+for define in env['CPPDEFINES']:
+    if define[0] == "VECT_TAB_ADDR":
+        env['CPPDEFINES'].remove(define)
+env['CPPDEFINES'].append(("VECT_TAB_ADDR", "0x08007000"))
+env.Replace(LDSCRIPT_PATH="buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/mks_robin_mini.ld")
+
+# Encrypt ${PROGNAME}.bin and save it as 'Robin_mini.bin'
+def encrypt(source, target, env):
+    import os
+
+    key = [0xA3, 0xBD, 0xAD, 0x0D, 0x41, 0x11, 0xBB, 0x8D, 0xDC, 0x80, 0x2D, 0xD0, 0xD2, 0xC4, 0x9B, 0x1E, 0x26, 0xEB, 0xE3, 0x33, 0x4A, 0x15, 0xE4, 0x0A, 0xB3, 0xB1, 0x3C, 0x93, 0xBB, 0xAF, 0xF7, 0x3E]
+
+    firmware = open(target[0].path, "rb")
+    robin = open(target[0].dir.path +'/Robin_mini.bin', "wb")
+    length = os.path.getsize(target[0].path)
+    position = 0
+    try:
+        while position < length:
+            byte = firmware.read(1)
+            if position >= 320 and position < 31040:
+                byte = chr(ord(byte) ^ key[position & 31])
+            robin.write(byte)
+            position += 1
+    finally:
+        firmware.close()
+        robin.close()
+env.AddPostAction("$BUILD_DIR/${PROGNAME}.bin", encrypt);
diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/mks_robin_nano.py b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/mks_robin_nano.py
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..eb8bca9b52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/mks_robin_nano.py
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+Import("env")
+
+# Relocate firmware from 0x08000000 to 0x08007000
+for define in env['CPPDEFINES']:
+    if define[0] == "VECT_TAB_ADDR":
+        env['CPPDEFINES'].remove(define)
+env['CPPDEFINES'].append(("VECT_TAB_ADDR", "0x08007000"))
+env.Replace(LDSCRIPT_PATH="buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/mks_robin_nano.ld")
+
+# Encrypt ${PROGNAME}.bin and save it as 'Robin_nano.bin'
+def encrypt(source, target, env):
+    import os
+
+    key = [0xA3, 0xBD, 0xAD, 0x0D, 0x41, 0x11, 0xBB, 0x8D, 0xDC, 0x80, 0x2D, 0xD0, 0xD2, 0xC4, 0x9B, 0x1E, 0x26, 0xEB, 0xE3, 0x33, 0x4A, 0x15, 0xE4, 0x0A, 0xB3, 0xB1, 0x3C, 0x93, 0xBB, 0xAF, 0xF7, 0x3E]
+
+    firmware = open(target[0].path, "rb")
+    robin = open(target[0].dir.path +'/Robin_nano.bin', "wb")
+    length = os.path.getsize(target[0].path)
+    position = 0
+    try:
+        while position < length:
+            byte = firmware.read(1)
+            if position >= 320 and position < 31040:
+                byte = chr(ord(byte) ^ key[position & 31])
+            robin.write(byte)
+            position += 1
+    finally:
+        firmware.close()
+        robin.close()
+env.AddPostAction("$BUILD_DIR/${PROGNAME}.bin", encrypt);
diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/MARLIN_F407VE/PeripheralPins.c b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/MARLIN_F407VE/PeripheralPins.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4e6a71d801
--- /dev/null
+++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/MARLIN_F407VE/PeripheralPins.c
@@ -0,0 +1,438 @@
+/*
+ *******************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 2019, STMicroelectronics
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ *    and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *******************************************************************************
+ * Automatically generated from STM32F407Z(E-G)Tx.xml
+ */
+#include "Arduino.h"
+#include "PeripheralPins.h"
+
+/* =====
+ * Note: Commented lines are alternative possibilities which are not used per default.
+ *       If you change them, you will have to know what you do
+ * =====
+ */
+
+//*** ADC ***
+
+#ifdef HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED
+const PinMap PinMap_ADC[] = {
+  {PA_0,  ADC1,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 0, 0)}, // ADC1_IN0
+  //  {PA_0,  ADC2,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 0, 0)}, // ADC2_IN0
+  //  {PA_0,  ADC3,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 0, 0)}, // ADC3_IN0
+  {PA_1,  ADC1,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 1, 0)}, // ADC1_IN1
+  //  {PA_1,  ADC2,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 1, 0)}, // ADC2_IN1
+  //  {PA_1,  ADC3,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 1, 0)}, // ADC3_IN1
+  //  {PA_2,  ADC1,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 2, 0)}, // ADC1_IN2
+  {PA_2,  ADC2,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 2, 0)}, // ADC2_IN2
+  //  {PA_2,  ADC3,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 2, 0)}, // ADC3_IN2
+  //  {PA_3,  ADC1,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 3, 0)}, // ADC1_IN3
+  //  {PA_3,  ADC2,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 3, 0)}, // ADC2_IN3
+  {PA_3,  ADC3,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 3, 0)}, // ADC3_IN3
+  {PA_4,  ADC1,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 4, 0)}, // ADC1_IN4
+  //  {PA_4,  ADC2,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 4, 0)}, // ADC2_IN4
+  //  {PA_5,  ADC1,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 5, 0)}, // ADC1_IN5
+  {PA_5,  ADC2,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 5, 0)}, // ADC2_IN5
+#if defined(ARDUINO_BLACK_F407ZE) || defined(ARDUINO_BLACK_F407ZG)
+  //  {PA_6,  ADC1,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 6, 0)}, // ADC1_IN6
+  //  {PA_6,  ADC2,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 6, 0)}, // ADC2_IN6
+  //  {PA_7,  ADC1,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 7, 0)}, // ADC1_IN7
+  //  {PA_7,  ADC2,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 7, 0)}, // ADC2_IN7
+  //  {PB_0,  ADC1,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 8, 0)}, // ADC1_IN8
+#endif
+  {PB_0,  ADC2,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 8, 0)}, // ADC2_IN8
+  {PB_1,  ADC1,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 9, 0)}, // ADC1_IN9
+  //  {PB_1,  ADC2,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 9, 0)}, // ADC2_IN9
+  //  {PC_0,  ADC1,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 10, 0)}, // ADC1_IN10
+  //  {PC_0,  ADC2,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 10, 0)}, // ADC2_IN10
+  {PC_0,  ADC3,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 10, 0)}, // ADC3_IN10
+  {PC_1,  ADC1,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 11, 0)}, // ADC1_IN11
+  //  {PC_1,  ADC2,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 11, 0)}, // ADC2_IN11
+  //  {PC_1,  ADC3,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 11, 0)}, // ADC3_IN11
+  //  {PC_2,  ADC1,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 12, 0)}, // ADC1_IN12
+  {PC_2,  ADC2,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 12, 0)}, // ADC2_IN12
+  //  {PC_2,  ADC3,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 12, 0)}, // ADC3_IN12
+  //  {PC_3,  ADC1,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 13, 0)}, // ADC1_IN13
+  //  {PC_3,  ADC2,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 13, 0)}, // ADC2_IN13
+  {PC_3,  ADC3,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 13, 0)}, // ADC3_IN13
+  //  {PC_4,  ADC1,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 14, 0)}, // ADC1_IN14
+  {PC_4,  ADC2,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 14, 0)}, // ADC2_IN14
+  //  {PC_5,  ADC1,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 15, 0)}, // ADC1_IN15
+  {PC_5,  ADC2,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 15, 0)}, // ADC2_IN15
+#if defined(ARDUINO_BLACK_F407ZE) || defined(ARDUINO_BLACK_F407ZG)
+  //  {PF_3,  ADC3,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 9, 0)}, // ADC3_IN9
+  //  {PF_4,  ADC3,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 14, 0)}, // ADC3_IN14
+  //  {PF_5,  ADC3,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 15, 0)}, // ADC3_IN15
+  {PF_6,  ADC3,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 4, 0)}, // ADC3_IN4
+  {PF_7,  ADC3,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 5, 0)}, // ADC3_IN5
+  {PF_8,  ADC3,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 6, 0)}, // ADC3_IN6
+  //  {PF_9,  ADC3,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 7, 0)}, // ADC3_IN7
+  //  {PF_10, ADC3,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 8, 0)}, // ADC3_IN8
+#endif
+  {NC,    NP,    0}
+};
+#endif
+
+//*** DAC ***
+
+#ifdef HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED
+const PinMap PinMap_DAC[] = {
+  {PA_4,  DAC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 1, 0)}, // DAC_OUT1
+  {PA_5,  DAC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 2, 0)}, // DAC_OUT2
+  {NC,    NP,    0}
+};
+#endif
+
+//*** I2C ***
+
+#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED
+const PinMap PinMap_I2C_SDA[] = {
+  {PB_7,  I2C1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C1)},
+  {PB_9,  I2C1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C1)},
+  {PB_11, I2C2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C2)},
+  {PC_9,  I2C3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C3)},
+#if defined(ARDUINO_BLACK_F407ZE) || defined(ARDUINO_BLACK_F407ZG)
+  {PF_0,  I2C2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C2)},
+#endif
+  {NC,    NP,    0}
+};
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED
+const PinMap PinMap_I2C_SCL[] = {
+  {PA_8,  I2C3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C3)},
+  {PB_6,  I2C1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C1)},
+  {PB_8,  I2C1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C1)},
+  {PB_10, I2C2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C2)},
+#if defined(ARDUINO_BLACK_F407ZE) || defined(ARDUINO_BLACK_F407ZG)
+  {PF_1,  I2C2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C2)},
+#endif
+  {NC,    NP,    0}
+};
+#endif
+
+//*** PWM ***
+
+#ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED
+const PinMap PinMap_PWM[] = {
+  {PA_0,  TIM2,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 1, 0)}, // TIM2_CH1
+  //  {PA_0,  TIM5,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM5, 1, 0)}, // TIM5_CH1
+  {PA_1,  TIM2,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 2, 0)}, // TIM2_CH2
+  //  {PA_1,  TIM5,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM5, 2, 0)}, // TIM5_CH2
+  {PA_2,  TIM2,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 3, 0)}, // TIM2_CH3
+  //  {PA_2,  TIM5,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM5, 3, 0)}, // TIM5_CH3
+  //  {PA_2,  TIM9,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM9, 1, 0)}, // TIM9_CH1
+  {PA_3,  TIM2,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 4, 0)}, // TIM2_CH4
+  //  {PA_3,  TIM5,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM5, 4, 0)}, // TIM5_CH4
+  //  {PA_3,  TIM9,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM9, 2, 0)}, // TIM9_CH2
+  {PA_5,  TIM2,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 1, 0)}, // TIM2_CH1
+  //  {PA_5,  TIM8,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 1, 1)}, // TIM8_CH1N
+  {PA_6,  TIM3,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 1, 0)}, // TIM3_CH1
+  //  {PA_6,  TIM13,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF9_TIM13, 1, 0)}, // TIM13_CH1
+  //  {PA_7,  TIM1,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 1, 1)}, // TIM1_CH1N
+  {PA_7,  TIM3,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 2, 0)}, // TIM3_CH2
+  //  {PA_7,  TIM8,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 1, 1)}, // TIM8_CH1N
+  //  {PA_7,  TIM14,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF9_TIM14, 1, 0)}, // TIM14_CH1
+  {PA_8,  TIM1,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 1, 0)}, // TIM1_CH1
+  {PA_9,  TIM1,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 2, 0)}, // TIM1_CH2
+  {PA_10, TIM1,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 3, 0)}, // TIM1_CH3
+  {PA_11, TIM1,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 4, 0)}, // TIM1_CH4
+  //  {PA_15, TIM2,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 1, 0)}, // TIM2_CH1
+  //  {PB_0,  TIM1,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 2, 1)}, // TIM1_CH2N
+  {PB_0,  TIM3,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 3, 0)}, // TIM3_CH3
+  //  {PB_0,  TIM8,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 2, 1)}, // TIM8_CH2N
+  //  {PB_1,  TIM1,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 3, 1)}, // TIM1_CH3N
+  {PB_1,  TIM3,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 4, 0)}, // TIM3_CH4
+  //  {PB_1,  TIM8,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 3, 1)}, // TIM8_CH3N
+  //  {PB_3,  TIM2,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 2, 0)}, // TIM2_CH2
+  {PB_4,  TIM3,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 1, 0)}, // TIM3_CH1
+  {PB_5,  TIM3,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 2, 0)}, // TIM3_CH2
+  {PB_6,  TIM4,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 1, 0)}, // TIM4_CH1
+  {PB_7,  TIM4,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 2, 0)}, // TIM4_CH2
+  {PB_8,  TIM4,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 3, 0)}, // TIM4_CH3
+  {PB_8,  TIM10,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM10, 1, 0)}, // TIM10_CH1
+  {PB_9,  TIM4,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 4, 0)}, // TIM4_CH4
+  {PB_9,  TIM11,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM11, 1, 0)}, // TIM11_CH1
+  {PB_10, TIM2,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 3, 0)}, // TIM2_CH3
+  {PB_11, TIM2,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 4, 0)}, // TIM2_CH4
+  {PB_13, TIM1,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 1, 1)}, // TIM1_CH1N
+  {PB_14, TIM1,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 2, 1)}, // TIM1_CH2N
+  {PB_14, TIM8,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 2, 1)}, // TIM8_CH2N
+  {PB_14, TIM12,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF9_TIM12, 1, 0)}, // TIM12_CH1
+  {PB_15, TIM1,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 3, 1)}, // TIM1_CH3N
+  {PB_15, TIM8,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 3, 1)}, // TIM8_CH3N
+  {PB_15, TIM12,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF9_TIM12, 2, 0)}, // TIM12_CH2
+  {PC_6,  TIM3,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 1, 0)}, // TIM3_CH1
+  {PC_6,  TIM8,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 1, 0)}, // TIM8_CH1
+  {PC_7,  TIM3,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 2, 0)}, // TIM3_CH2
+  {PC_7,  TIM8,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 2, 0)}, // TIM8_CH2
+  {PC_8,  TIM3,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 3, 0)}, // TIM3_CH3
+  {PC_8,  TIM8,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 3, 0)}, // TIM8_CH3
+  {PC_9,  TIM3,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 4, 0)}, // TIM3_CH4
+  {PC_9,  TIM8,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 4, 0)}, // TIM8_CH4
+  {PD_12, TIM4,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 1, 0)}, // TIM4_CH1
+  {PD_13, TIM4,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 2, 0)}, // TIM4_CH2
+  {PD_14, TIM4,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 3, 0)}, // TIM4_CH3
+  {PD_15, TIM4,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 4, 0)}, // TIM4_CH4
+  {PE_5,  TIM9,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM9, 1, 0)}, // TIM9_CH1
+  {PE_6,  TIM9,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM9, 2, 0)}, // TIM9_CH2
+  {PE_8,  TIM1,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 1, 1)}, // TIM1_CH1N
+  {PE_9,  TIM1,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 1, 0)}, // TIM1_CH1
+  {PE_10, TIM1,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 2, 1)}, // TIM1_CH2N
+  {PE_11, TIM1,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 2, 0)}, // TIM1_CH2
+  {PE_12, TIM1,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 3, 1)}, // TIM1_CH3N
+  {PE_13, TIM1,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 3, 0)}, // TIM1_CH3
+  {PE_14, TIM1,   STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 4, 0)}, // TIM1_CH4
+#if defined(ARDUINO_BLACK_F407ZE) || defined(ARDUINO_BLACK_F407ZG)
+  {PF_6,  TIM10,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM10, 1, 0)}, // TIM10_CH1
+  {PF_7,  TIM11,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM11, 1, 0)}, // TIM11_CH1
+  {PF_8,  TIM13,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF9_TIM13, 1, 0)}, // TIM13_CH1
+  {PF_9,  TIM14,  STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF9_TIM14, 1, 0)}, // TIM14_CH1
+#endif
+  {NC,    NP,    0}
+};
+#endif
+
+//*** SERIAL ***
+
+#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED
+const PinMap PinMap_UART_TX[] = {
+  {PA_0,  UART4,   STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART4)},
+  {PA_2,  USART2,  STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)},
+  {PA_9,  USART1,  STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)},
+  {PB_6,  USART1,  STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)},
+  {PB_10, USART3,  STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)},
+  {PC_6,  USART6,  STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)},
+  //  {PC_10, UART4,   STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART4)},
+  {PC_10, USART3,  STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)},
+  {PC_12, UART5,   STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART5)},
+  {PD_5,  USART2,  STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)},
+  {PD_8,  USART3,  STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)},
+#if defined(ARDUINO_BLACK_F407ZE) || defined(ARDUINO_BLACK_F407ZG)
+  //  {PG_14, USART6,  STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)},
+#endif
+  {NC,    NP,    0}
+};
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED
+const PinMap PinMap_UART_RX[] = {
+  {PA_1,  UART4,   STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART4)},
+  {PA_3,  USART2,  STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)},
+  {PA_10, USART1,  STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)},
+  {PB_7,  USART1,  STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)},
+  {PB_11, USART3,  STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)},
+  {PC_7,  USART6,  STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)},
+  //  {PC_11, UART4,   STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART4)},
+  {PC_11, USART3,  STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)},
+  {PD_2,  UART5,   STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART5)},
+  {PD_6,  USART2,  STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)},
+  {PD_9,  USART3,  STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)},
+#if defined(ARDUINO_BLACK_F407ZE) || defined(ARDUINO_BLACK_F407ZG)
+  //  {PG_9,  USART6,  STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)},
+#endif
+  {NC,    NP,    0}
+};
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED
+const PinMap PinMap_UART_RTS[] = {
+  {PA_1,  USART2,  STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)},
+  {PA_12, USART1,  STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)},
+  {PB_14, USART3,  STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)},
+  {PD_4,  USART2,  STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)},
+  {PD_12, USART3,  STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)},
+#if defined(ARDUINO_BLACK_F407ZE) || defined(ARDUINO_BLACK_F407ZG)
+  {PG_8,  USART6,  STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)},
+  {PG_12, USART6,  STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)},
+#endif
+  {NC,    NP,    0}
+};
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED
+const PinMap PinMap_UART_CTS[] = {
+  {PA_0,  USART2,  STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)},
+  {PA_11, USART1,  STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)},
+  {PB_13, USART3,  STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)},
+  {PD_3,  USART2,  STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)},
+  {PD_11, USART3,  STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)},
+#if defined(ARDUINO_BLACK_F407ZE) || defined(ARDUINO_BLACK_F407ZG)
+  {PG_13, USART6,  STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)},
+  {PG_15, USART6,  STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)},
+#endif
+  {NC,    NP,    0}
+};
+#endif
+
+//*** SPI ***
+
+#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED
+const PinMap PinMap_SPI_MOSI[] = {
+  {PA_7,  SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)},
+  {PB_5,  SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)},
+  {PB_5,  SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF6_SPI3)},
+  {PB_15, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)},
+  {PC_3,  SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)},
+  {PC_12, SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF6_SPI3)},
+  {NC,    NP,    0}
+};
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED
+const PinMap PinMap_SPI_MISO[] = {
+  {PA_6,  SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)},
+  {PB_4,  SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)},
+  {PB_4,  SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF6_SPI3)},
+  {PB_14, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)},
+  {PC_2,  SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)},
+  {PC_11, SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF6_SPI3)},
+  {NC,    NP,    0}
+};
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED
+const PinMap PinMap_SPI_SCLK[] = {
+  {PA_5,  SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)},
+  {PB_3,  SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)},
+  {PB_3,  SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF6_SPI3)},
+  {PB_10, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)},
+  {PB_13, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)},
+  {PC_10, SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF6_SPI3)},
+  {NC,    NP,    0}
+};
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED
+const PinMap PinMap_SPI_SSEL[] = {
+  {PA_4,  SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)},
+  {PA_4,  SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF6_SPI3)},
+  {PA_15, SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)},
+  {PA_15, SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF6_SPI3)},
+  {PB_9,  SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)},
+  {PB_12, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)},
+  {NC,    NP,    0}
+};
+#endif
+
+//*** CAN ***
+
+#ifdef HAL_CAN_MODULE_ENABLED
+const PinMap PinMap_CAN_RD[] = {
+  {PA_11, CAN1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF9_CAN1)},
+  {PB_5,  CAN2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF9_CAN2)},
+  {PB_8,  CAN1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF9_CAN1)},
+  {PB_12, CAN2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF9_CAN2)},
+  {PD_0,  CAN1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF9_CAN1)},
+  {NC,    NP,    0}
+};
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAL_CAN_MODULE_ENABLED
+const PinMap PinMap_CAN_TD[] = {
+  {PA_12, CAN1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF9_CAN1)},
+  {PB_6,  CAN2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF9_CAN2)},
+  {PB_9,  CAN1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF9_CAN1)},
+  {PB_13, CAN2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF9_CAN2)},
+  {PD_1,  CAN1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF9_CAN1)},
+  {NC,    NP,    0}
+};
+#endif
+
+//*** ETHERNET ***
+
+#ifdef HAL_ETH_MODULE_ENABLED
+const PinMap PinMap_Ethernet[] = {
+  {PA_0,  ETH, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF11_ETH)}, // ETH_CRS
+  {PA_1,  ETH, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF11_ETH)}, // ETH_REF_CLK|ETH_RX_CLK
+  {PA_2,  ETH, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF11_ETH)}, // ETH_MDIO
+  {PA_3,  ETH, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF11_ETH)}, // ETH_COL
+  {PA_7,  ETH, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF11_ETH)}, // ETH_CRS_DV|ETH_RX_DV
+  {PB_0,  ETH, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF11_ETH)}, // ETH_RXD2
+  {PB_1,  ETH, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF11_ETH)}, // ETH_RXD3
+  {PB_5,  ETH, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF11_ETH)}, // ETH_PPS_OUT
+  {PB_8,  ETH, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF11_ETH)}, // ETH_TXD3
+  {PB_10, ETH, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF11_ETH)}, // ETH_RX_ER
+  {PB_11, ETH, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF11_ETH)}, // ETH_TX_EN
+  {PB_12, ETH, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF11_ETH)}, // ETH_TXD0
+  {PB_13, ETH, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF11_ETH)}, // ETH_TXD1
+  {PC_1,  ETH, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF11_ETH)}, // ETH_MDC
+  {PC_2,  ETH, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF11_ETH)}, // ETH_TXD2
+  {PC_3,  ETH, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF11_ETH)}, // ETH_TX_CLK
+  {PC_4,  ETH, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF11_ETH)}, // ETH_RXD0
+  {PC_5,  ETH, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF11_ETH)}, // ETH_RXD1
+  {PE_2,  ETH, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF11_ETH)}, // ETH_TXD3
+#if defined(ARDUINO_BLACK_F407ZE) || defined(ARDUINO_BLACK_F407ZG)
+  {PG_8,  ETH, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF11_ETH)}, // ETH_PPS_OUT
+  {PG_11, ETH, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF11_ETH)}, // ETH_TX_EN
+  {PG_13, ETH, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF11_ETH)}, // ETH_TXD0
+  {PG_14, ETH, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF11_ETH)}, // ETH_TXD1
+#endif
+  {NC,    NP,    0}
+};
+#endif
+
+//*** No QUADSPI ***
+
+//*** USB ***
+
+#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED
+const PinMap PinMap_USB_OTG_FS[] = {
+  //  {PA_8,  USB_OTG_FS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_FS)}, // USB_OTG_FS_SOF
+  //  {PA_9,  USB_OTG_FS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_INPUT, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF_NONE)}, // USB_OTG_FS_VBUS
+  //  {PA_10, USB_OTG_FS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_FS)}, // USB_OTG_FS_ID
+  {PA_11, USB_OTG_FS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_FS)}, // USB_OTG_FS_DM
+  {PA_12, USB_OTG_FS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_FS)}, // USB_OTG_FS_DP
+  {NC,    NP,    0}
+};
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED
+const PinMap PinMap_USB_OTG_HS[] = {
+#ifdef USE_USB_HS_IN_FS
+  {PA_4,  USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF12_OTG_HS_FS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_SOF
+  {PB_12, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF12_OTG_HS_FS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ID
+  {PB_13, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_INPUT, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF_NONE)}, // USB_OTG_HS_VBUS
+  {PB_14, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF12_OTG_HS_FS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_DM
+  {PB_15, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF12_OTG_HS_FS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_DP
+#else
+  {PA_3,  USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D0
+  {PA_5,  USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_CK
+  {PB_0,  USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D1
+  {PB_1,  USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D2
+  {PB_5,  USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D7
+  {PB_10, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D3
+  {PB_11, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D4
+  {PB_12, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D5
+  {PB_13, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D6
+  {PC_0,  USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_STP
+  {PC_2,  USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_DIR
+  {PC_3,  USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_NXT
+#endif /* USE_USB_HS_IN_FS */
+  {NC,    NP,    0}
+};
+#endif
diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/MARLIN_F407VE/PinNamesVar.h b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/MARLIN_F407VE/PinNamesVar.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f3c4f0ee07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/MARLIN_F407VE/PinNamesVar.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/* SYS_WKUP */
+#ifdef PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1
+SYS_WKUP1 = PA_0,
+#endif
+#ifdef PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2
+SYS_WKUP2 = NC,
+#endif
+#ifdef PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3
+SYS_WKUP3 = NC,
+#endif
+#ifdef PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4
+SYS_WKUP4 = NC,
+#endif
+#ifdef PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5
+SYS_WKUP5 = NC,
+#endif
+#ifdef PWR_WAKEUP_PIN6
+SYS_WKUP6 = NC,
+#endif
+#ifdef PWR_WAKEUP_PIN7
+SYS_WKUP7 = NC,
+#endif
+#ifdef PWR_WAKEUP_PIN8
+SYS_WKUP8 = NC,
+#endif
+/* USB */
+#ifdef USBCON
+USB_OTG_FS_SOF = PA_8,
+USB_OTG_FS_VBUS = PA_9,
+USB_OTG_FS_ID = PA_10,
+USB_OTG_FS_DM = PA_11,
+USB_OTG_FS_DP = PA_12,
+USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D0 = PA_3,
+USB_OTG_HS_SOF = PA_4,
+USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_CK = PA_5,
+USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D1 = PB_0,
+USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D2 = PB_1,
+USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D7 = PB_5,
+USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D3 = PB_10,
+USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D4 = PB_11,
+USB_OTG_HS_ID = PB_12,
+USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D5 = PB_12,
+USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D6 = PB_13,
+USB_OTG_HS_VBUS = PB_13,
+USB_OTG_HS_DM = PB_14,
+USB_OTG_HS_DP = PB_15,
+USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_STP = PC_0,
+USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_DIR = PC_2,
+USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_NXT = PC_3,
+#endif
diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/MARLIN_F407VE/ldscript.ld b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/MARLIN_F407VE/ldscript.ld
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cdbbfcdcd1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/MARLIN_F407VE/ldscript.ld
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+/*
+*****************************************************************************
+**
+**  File        : LinkerScript.ld
+**
+**  Abstract    : Linker script for STM32F407VETx Device with
+**                512KByte FLASH, 128KByte RAM
+**
+**                Set heap size, stack size and stack location according
+**                to application requirements.
+**
+**                Set memory bank area and size if external memory is used.
+**
+**  Target      : STMicroelectronics STM32
+**
+**
+**  Distribution: The file is distributed as is, without any warranty
+**                of any kind.
+**
+**  (c)Copyright Ac6.
+**  You may use this file as-is or modify it according to the needs of your
+**  project. Distribution of this file (unmodified or modified) is not
+**  permitted. Ac6 permit registered System Workbench for MCU users the
+**  rights to distribute the assembled, compiled & linked contents of this
+**  file as part of an application binary file, provided that it is built
+**  using the System Workbench for MCU toolchain.
+**
+*****************************************************************************
+*/
+
+/* Entry Point */
+ENTRY(Reset_Handler)
+
+/* Highest address of the user mode stack */
+_estack = 0x20020000;    /* end of RAM */
+/* Generate a link error if heap and stack don't fit into RAM */
+_Min_Heap_Size = 0x200;      /* required amount of heap  */
+_Min_Stack_Size = 0x400; /* required amount of stack */
+
+/* Specify the memory areas */
+MEMORY
+{
+RAM (xrw)      : ORIGIN = 0x20000000, LENGTH = 128K
+CCMRAM (rw)      : ORIGIN = 0x10000000, LENGTH = 64K
+FLASH (rx)      : ORIGIN = 0x8000000, LENGTH = 512K
+}
+
+/* Define output sections */
+SECTIONS
+{
+  /* The startup code goes first into FLASH */
+  .isr_vector :
+  {
+    . = ALIGN(4);
+    KEEP(*(.isr_vector)) /* Startup code */
+    . = ALIGN(4);
+  } >FLASH
+
+  /* The program code and other data goes into FLASH */
+  .text ALIGN(8):
+  {
+    . = ALIGN(4);
+    *(.text)           /* .text sections (code) */
+    *(.text*)          /* .text* sections (code) */
+    *(.glue_7)         /* glue arm to thumb code */
+    *(.glue_7t)        /* glue thumb to arm code */
+    *(.eh_frame)
+
+    KEEP (*(.init))
+    KEEP (*(.fini))
+
+    . = ALIGN(4);
+    _etext = .;        /* define a global symbols at end of code */
+  } >FLASH
+
+  /* Constant data goes into FLASH */
+  .rodata ALIGN(4):
+  {
+    . = ALIGN(4);
+    *(.rodata)         /* .rodata sections (constants, strings, etc.) */
+    *(.rodata*)        /* .rodata* sections (constants, strings, etc.) */
+    . = ALIGN(4);
+  } >FLASH
+
+  .ARM.extab   : { *(.ARM.extab* .gnu.linkonce.armextab.*) } >FLASH
+  .ARM : {
+    __exidx_start = .;
+    *(.ARM.exidx*)
+    __exidx_end = .;
+  } >FLASH
+
+  .preinit_array     :
+  {
+    PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__preinit_array_start = .);
+    KEEP (*(.preinit_array*))
+    PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__preinit_array_end = .);
+  } >FLASH
+  .init_array :
+  {
+    PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__init_array_start = .);
+    KEEP (*(SORT(.init_array.*)))
+    KEEP (*(.init_array*))
+    PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__init_array_end = .);
+  } >FLASH
+  .fini_array :
+  {
+    PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__fini_array_start = .);
+    KEEP (*(SORT(.fini_array.*)))
+    KEEP (*(.fini_array*))
+    PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__fini_array_end = .);
+  } >FLASH
+
+  /* used by the startup to initialize data */
+  _sidata = LOADADDR(.data);
+
+  /* Initialized data sections goes into RAM, load LMA copy after code */
+  .data :
+  {
+    . = ALIGN(4);
+    _sdata = .;        /* create a global symbol at data start */
+    *(.data)           /* .data sections */
+    *(.data*)          /* .data* sections */
+
+    . = ALIGN(4);
+    _edata = .;        /* define a global symbol at data end */
+  } >RAM AT> FLASH
+
+  _siccmram = LOADADDR(.ccmram);
+
+  /* CCM-RAM section
+   *
+   * IMPORTANT NOTE!
+   * If initialized variables will be placed in this section,
+   * the startup code needs to be modified to copy the init-values.
+   */
+  .ccmram :
+  {
+    . = ALIGN(4);
+    _sccmram = .;       /* create a global symbol at ccmram start */
+    *(.ccmram)
+    *(.ccmram*)
+
+    . = ALIGN(4);
+    _eccmram = .;       /* create a global symbol at ccmram end */
+  } >CCMRAM AT> FLASH
+
+
+  /* Uninitialized data section */
+  . = ALIGN(4);
+  .bss :
+  {
+    /* This is used by the startup in order to initialize the .bss secion */
+    _sbss = .;         /* define a global symbol at bss start */
+    __bss_start__ = _sbss;
+    *(.bss)
+    *(.bss*)
+    *(COMMON)
+
+    . = ALIGN(4);
+    _ebss = .;         /* define a global symbol at bss end */
+    __bss_end__ = _ebss;
+  } >RAM
+
+  /* User_heap_stack section, used to check that there is enough RAM left */
+  ._user_heap_stack :
+  {
+    . = ALIGN(8);
+    PROVIDE ( end = . );
+    PROVIDE ( _end = . );
+    . = . + _Min_Heap_Size;
+    . = . + _Min_Stack_Size;
+    . = ALIGN(8);
+  } >RAM
+
+  /* Remove information from the standard libraries */
+  /DISCARD/ :
+  {
+    libc.a ( * )
+    libm.a ( * )
+    libgcc.a ( * )
+  }
+
+  .ARM.attributes 0 : { *(.ARM.attributes) }
+}
diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/MARLIN_F407VE/stm32f4xx_hal_conf.h b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/MARLIN_F407VE/stm32f4xx_hal_conf.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2e111dff89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/MARLIN_F407VE/stm32f4xx_hal_conf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,481 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_conf.h
+  * @brief   HAL configuration file.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32F4xx_HAL_CONF_H
+#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_CONF_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* ########################## Module Selection ############################## */
+/**
+  * @brief This is the list of modules to be used in the HAL driver
+  */
+#define HAL_MODULE_ENABLED
+#define HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED
+/* #define HAL_CAN_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+/* #define HAL_CAN_LEGACY_MODULE_ENABLED */
+#define HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED
+/* #define HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+/* #define HAL_CRYP_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+#define HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED
+/* #define HAL_DCMI_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+#define HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED
+/* #define HAL_DMA2D_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+/* #define HAL_ETH_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+#define HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
+/* #define HAL_NAND_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+/* #define HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+/* #define HAL_PCCARD_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+/* #define HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+/* #define HAL_SDRAM_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+/* #define HAL_HASH_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+#define HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED
+/* #define HAL_EXTI_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+#define HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED
+/* #define HAL_SMBUS_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+/* #define HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+/* #define HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+/* #define HAL_LTDC_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+/* #define HAL_DSI_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+#define HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED
+/* #define HAL_QSPI_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+#define HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED
+/* #define HAL_RNG_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+#define HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED
+/* #define HAL_SAI_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+#define HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED
+#define HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED
+#define HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED
+/* #define HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+/* #define HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+/* #define HAL_IRDA_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+/* #define HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+/* #define HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+#define HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED
+#define HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED
+/* #define HAL_HCD_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+/* #define HAL_FMPI2C_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+/* #define HAL_SPDIFRX_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+/* #define HAL_DFSDM_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+/* #define HAL_LPTIM_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+/* #define HAL_MMC_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+
+/* ########################## HSE/HSI Values adaptation ##################### */
+/**
+  * @brief Adjust the value of External High Speed oscillator (HSE) used in your application.
+  *        This value is used by the RCC HAL module to compute the system frequency
+  *        (when HSE is used as system clock source, directly or through the PLL).
+  */
+#if !defined  (HSE_VALUE)
+#define HSE_VALUE    ((uint32_t)8000000U) /*!< Value of the External oscillator in Hz */
+#endif /* HSE_VALUE */
+
+#if !defined  (HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT)
+#define HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT    ((uint32_t)100U)   /*!< Time out for HSE start up, in ms */
+#endif /* HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT */
+
+/**
+  * @brief Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) value.
+  *        This value is used by the RCC HAL module to compute the system frequency
+  *        (when HSI is used as system clock source, directly or through the PLL).
+  */
+#if !defined  (HSI_VALUE)
+#define HSI_VALUE    ((uint32_t)16000000U) /*!< Value of the Internal oscillator in Hz*/
+#endif /* HSI_VALUE */
+
+/**
+  * @brief Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI) value.
+  */
+#if !defined  (LSI_VALUE)
+#define LSI_VALUE  ((uint32_t)32000U)       /*!< LSI Typical Value in Hz*/
+#endif /* LSI_VALUE */                      /*!< Value of the Internal Low Speed oscillator in Hz
+The real value may vary depending on the variations
+in voltage and temperature.*/
+/**
+  * @brief External Low Speed oscillator (LSE) value.
+  */
+#if !defined  (LSE_VALUE)
+#define LSE_VALUE  ((uint32_t)32768U)    /*!< Value of the External Low Speed oscillator in Hz */
+#endif /* LSE_VALUE */
+
+#if !defined  (LSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT)
+#define LSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT    ((uint32_t)5000U)   /*!< Time out for LSE start up, in ms */
+#endif /* LSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT */
+
+/**
+  * @brief External clock source for I2S peripheral
+  *        This value is used by the I2S HAL module to compute the I2S clock source
+  *        frequency, this source is inserted directly through I2S_CKIN pad.
+  */
+#if !defined  (EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE)
+#define EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE    ((uint32_t)12288000U) /*!< Value of the External audio frequency in Hz*/
+#endif /* EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE */
+
+/* Tip: To avoid modifying this file each time you need to use different HSE,
+   ===  you can define the HSE value in your toolchain compiler preprocessor. */
+
+/* ########################### System Configuration ######################### */
+/**
+  * @brief This is the HAL system configuration section
+  */
+#define  VDD_VALUE          ((uint32_t)3300U) /*!< Value of VDD in mv */
+#define  TICK_INT_PRIORITY            ((uint32_t)0U)   /*!< tick interrupt priority */
+#define  USE_RTOS                     0U
+#define  PREFETCH_ENABLE              1U
+#define  INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENABLE     1U
+#define  DATA_CACHE_ENABLE            1U
+
+#define  USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS         0U /* ADC register callback disabled       */
+#define  USE_HAL_CAN_REGISTER_CALLBACKS         0U /* CAN register callback disabled       */
+#define  USE_HAL_CEC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS         0U /* CEC register callback disabled       */
+#define  USE_HAL_CRYP_REGISTER_CALLBACKS        0U /* CRYP register callback disabled      */
+#define  USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS         0U /* DAC register callback disabled       */
+#define  USE_HAL_DCMI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS        0U /* DCMI register callback disabled      */
+#define  USE_HAL_DFSDM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS       0U /* DFSDM register callback disabled     */
+#define  USE_HAL_DMA2D_REGISTER_CALLBACKS       0U /* DMA2D register callback disabled     */
+#define  USE_HAL_DSI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS         0U /* DSI register callback disabled       */
+#define  USE_HAL_ETH_REGISTER_CALLBACKS         0U /* ETH register callback disabled       */
+#define  USE_HAL_HASH_REGISTER_CALLBACKS        0U /* HASH register callback disabled      */
+#define  USE_HAL_HCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS         0U /* HCD register callback disabled       */
+#define  USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS         0U /* I2C register callback disabled       */
+#define  USE_HAL_FMPI2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS      0U /* FMPI2C register callback disabled    */
+#define  USE_HAL_I2S_REGISTER_CALLBACKS         0U /* I2S register callback disabled       */
+#define  USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACKS        0U /* IRDA register callback disabled      */
+#define  USE_HAL_LPTIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS       0U /* LPTIM register callback disabled     */
+#define  USE_HAL_LTDC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS        0U /* LTDC register callback disabled      */
+#define  USE_HAL_MMC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS         0U /* MMC register callback disabled       */
+#define  USE_HAL_NAND_REGISTER_CALLBACKS        0U /* NAND register callback disabled      */
+#define  USE_HAL_NOR_REGISTER_CALLBACKS         0U /* NOR register callback disabled       */
+#define  USE_HAL_PCCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS      0U /* PCCARD register callback disabled    */
+#define  USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS         0U /* PCD register callback disabled       */
+#define  USE_HAL_QSPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS        0U /* QSPI register callback disabled      */
+#define  USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS         0U /* RNG register callback disabled       */
+#define  USE_HAL_RTC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS         0U /* RTC register callback disabled       */
+#define  USE_HAL_SAI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS         0U /* SAI register callback disabled       */
+#define  USE_HAL_SD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS          0U /* SD register callback disabled        */
+#define  USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS   0U /* SMARTCARD register callback disabled */
+#define  USE_HAL_SDRAM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS       0U /* SDRAM register callback disabled     */
+#define  USE_HAL_SRAM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS        0U /* SRAM register callback disabled      */
+#define  USE_HAL_SPDIFRX_REGISTER_CALLBACKS     0U /* SPDIFRX register callback disabled   */
+#define  USE_HAL_SMBUS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS       0U /* SMBUS register callback disabled     */
+#define  USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS         0U /* SPI register callback disabled       */
+#define  USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS         0U /* TIM register callback disabled       */
+#define  USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS        0U /* UART register callback disabled      */
+#define  USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS       0U /* USART register callback disabled     */
+#define  USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS        0U /* WWDG register callback disabled      */
+
+/* ########################## Assert Selection ############################## */
+/**
+  * @brief Uncomment the line below to expanse the "assert_param" macro in the
+  *        HAL drivers code
+  */
+/* #define USE_FULL_ASSERT    1U */
+
+/* ################## Ethernet peripheral configuration ##################### */
+
+/* Section 1 : Ethernet peripheral configuration */
+
+/* MAC ADDRESS: MAC_ADDR0:MAC_ADDR1:MAC_ADDR2:MAC_ADDR3:MAC_ADDR4:MAC_ADDR5 */
+#define MAC_ADDR0   2U
+#define MAC_ADDR1   0U
+#define MAC_ADDR2   0U
+#define MAC_ADDR3   0U
+#define MAC_ADDR4   0U
+#define MAC_ADDR5   0U
+
+/* Definition of the Ethernet driver buffers size and count */
+#define ETH_RX_BUF_SIZE                ETH_MAX_PACKET_SIZE /* buffer size for receive               */
+#define ETH_TX_BUF_SIZE                ETH_MAX_PACKET_SIZE /* buffer size for transmit              */
+#define ETH_RXBUFNB                    ((uint32_t)4U)       /* 4 Rx buffers of size ETH_RX_BUF_SIZE  */
+#define ETH_TXBUFNB                    ((uint32_t)4U)       /* 4 Tx buffers of size ETH_TX_BUF_SIZE  */
+
+/* Section 2: PHY configuration section */
+
+/* DP83848_PHY_ADDRESS Address*/
+#define DP83848_PHY_ADDRESS           0x01U
+/* PHY Reset delay these values are based on a 1 ms Systick interrupt*/
+#define PHY_RESET_DELAY                 ((uint32_t)0x000000FFU)
+/* PHY Configuration delay */
+#define PHY_CONFIG_DELAY                ((uint32_t)0x00000FFFU)
+
+#define PHY_READ_TO                     ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFFU)
+#define PHY_WRITE_TO                    ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFFU)
+
+/* Section 3: Common PHY Registers */
+
+#define PHY_BCR                         ((uint16_t)0x0000U)    /*!< Transceiver Basic Control Register   */
+#define PHY_BSR                         ((uint16_t)0x0001U)    /*!< Transceiver Basic Status Register    */
+
+#define PHY_RESET                       ((uint16_t)0x8000U)  /*!< PHY Reset */
+#define PHY_LOOPBACK                    ((uint16_t)0x4000U)  /*!< Select loop-back mode */
+#define PHY_FULLDUPLEX_100M             ((uint16_t)0x2100U)  /*!< Set the full-duplex mode at 100 Mb/s */
+#define PHY_HALFDUPLEX_100M             ((uint16_t)0x2000U)  /*!< Set the half-duplex mode at 100 Mb/s */
+#define PHY_FULLDUPLEX_10M              ((uint16_t)0x0100U)  /*!< Set the full-duplex mode at 10 Mb/s  */
+#define PHY_HALFDUPLEX_10M              ((uint16_t)0x0000U)  /*!< Set the half-duplex mode at 10 Mb/s  */
+#define PHY_AUTONEGOTIATION             ((uint16_t)0x1000U)  /*!< Enable auto-negotiation function     */
+#define PHY_RESTART_AUTONEGOTIATION     ((uint16_t)0x0200U)  /*!< Restart auto-negotiation function    */
+#define PHY_POWERDOWN                   ((uint16_t)0x0800U)  /*!< Select the power down mode           */
+#define PHY_ISOLATE                     ((uint16_t)0x0400U)  /*!< Isolate PHY from MII                 */
+
+#define PHY_AUTONEGO_COMPLETE           ((uint16_t)0x0020U)  /*!< Auto-Negotiation process completed   */
+#define PHY_LINKED_STATUS               ((uint16_t)0x0004U)  /*!< Valid link established               */
+#define PHY_JABBER_DETECTION            ((uint16_t)0x0002U)  /*!< Jabber condition detected            */
+
+/* Section 4: Extended PHY Registers */
+#define PHY_SR                          ((uint16_t)0x10U)    /*!< PHY status register Offset                      */
+
+#define PHY_SPEED_STATUS                ((uint16_t)0x0002U)  /*!< PHY Speed mask                                  */
+#define PHY_DUPLEX_STATUS               ((uint16_t)0x0004U)  /*!< PHY Duplex mask                                 */
+
+/* ################## SPI peripheral configuration ########################## */
+
+/* CRC FEATURE: Use to activate CRC feature inside HAL SPI Driver
+* Activated: CRC code is present inside driver
+* Deactivated: CRC code cleaned from driver
+*/
+
+#define USE_SPI_CRC                     0U
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/**
+  * @brief Include module's header file
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal_rcc.h"
+#endif /* HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal_gpio.h"
+#endif /* HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_EXTI_MODULE_ENABLED
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal_exti.h"
+#endif /* HAL_EXTI_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal_dma.h"
+#endif /* HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal_cortex.h"
+#endif /* HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal_adc.h"
+#endif /* HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_CAN_MODULE_ENABLED
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal_can.h"
+#endif /* HAL_CAN_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_CAN_LEGACY_MODULE_ENABLED
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal_can_legacy.h"
+#endif /* HAL_CAN_LEGACY_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal_crc.h"
+#endif /* HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_CRYP_MODULE_ENABLED
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal_cryp.h"
+#endif /* HAL_CRYP_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_DMA2D_MODULE_ENABLED
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal_dma2d.h"
+#endif /* HAL_DMA2D_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal_dac.h"
+#endif /* HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_DCMI_MODULE_ENABLED
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal_dcmi.h"
+#endif /* HAL_DCMI_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_ETH_MODULE_ENABLED
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal_eth.h"
+#endif /* HAL_ETH_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal_flash.h"
+#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal_sram.h"
+#endif /* HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal_nor.h"
+#endif /* HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_NAND_MODULE_ENABLED
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal_nand.h"
+#endif /* HAL_NAND_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_PCCARD_MODULE_ENABLED
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal_pccard.h"
+#endif /* HAL_PCCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_SDRAM_MODULE_ENABLED
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal_sdram.h"
+#endif /* HAL_SDRAM_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_HASH_MODULE_ENABLED
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal_hash.h"
+#endif /* HAL_HASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal_i2c.h"
+#endif /* HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_SMBUS_MODULE_ENABLED
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal_smbus.h"
+#endif /* HAL_SMBUS_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal_i2s.h"
+#endif /* HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal_iwdg.h"
+#endif /* HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_LTDC_MODULE_ENABLED
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal_ltdc.h"
+#endif /* HAL_LTDC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal_pwr.h"
+#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_RNG_MODULE_ENABLED
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal_rng.h"
+#endif /* HAL_RNG_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal_rtc.h"
+#endif /* HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_SAI_MODULE_ENABLED
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal_sai.h"
+#endif /* HAL_SAI_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal_sd.h"
+#endif /* HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal_spi.h"
+#endif /* HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal_tim.h"
+#endif /* HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal_uart.h"
+#endif /* HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal_usart.h"
+#endif /* HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_IRDA_MODULE_ENABLED
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal_irda.h"
+#endif /* HAL_IRDA_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal_smartcard.h"
+#endif /* HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal_wwdg.h"
+#endif /* HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal_pcd.h"
+#endif /* HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_HCD_MODULE_ENABLED
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal_hcd.h"
+#endif /* HAL_HCD_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_DSI_MODULE_ENABLED
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal_dsi.h"
+#endif /* HAL_DSI_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_QSPI_MODULE_ENABLED
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal_qspi.h"
+#endif /* HAL_QSPI_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal_cec.h"
+#endif /* HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_FMPI2C_MODULE_ENABLED
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal_fmpi2c.h"
+#endif /* HAL_FMPI2C_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_SPDIFRX_MODULE_ENABLED
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal_spdifrx.h"
+#endif /* HAL_SPDIFRX_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_DFSDM_MODULE_ENABLED
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal_dfsdm.h"
+#endif /* HAL_DFSDM_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_LPTIM_MODULE_ENABLED
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal_lptim.h"
+#endif /* HAL_LPTIM_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_MMC_MODULE_ENABLED
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal_mmc.h"
+#endif /* HAL_MMC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#ifdef  USE_FULL_ASSERT
+/**
+  * @brief  The assert_param macro is used for function's parameters check.
+  * @param  expr: If expr is false, it calls assert_failed function
+  *         which reports the name of the source file and the source
+  *         line number of the call that failed.
+  *         If expr is true, it returns no value.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+#define assert_param(expr) ((expr) ? (void)0U : assert_failed((uint8_t *)__FILE__, __LINE__))
+/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
+void assert_failed(uint8_t *file, uint32_t line);
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __STM32F4xx_HAL_CONF_H */
+
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/MARLIN_F407VE/variant.cpp b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/MARLIN_F407VE/variant.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..01523224e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/MARLIN_F407VE/variant.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
+/*
+ *******************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 2017, STMicroelectronics
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ *    and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+#include "variant.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+// Pin number
+// This array allows to wrap Arduino pin number(Dx or x)
+// to STM32 PinName (PX_n)
+const PinName digitalPin[] = {
+  // Right Side
+  //Int   //Ext
+  //3V3   //3V3
+  //3V3   //3V3
+  //BOOT0 //BOOT1
+  //GND   //GND
+  //GND   //GND
+  PE_1,   PE_0,   // D0, D1
+  PB_9,   PB_8,
+  PB_7,   PB_6,
+  PB_5,   PB_3,
+  PD_7,   PD_6,
+  PD_5,   PD_4,   // D10, D11
+  PD_3,   PD_2,
+  PD_1,   PD_0,
+  PC_12,  PC_11,
+  PC_10,  PA_15,
+  PA_12,  PA_11,  // D20, D21 PA_11: USB_DM, PA_12: USB_DP
+  PA_10,  PA_9,
+  PA_8,   PC_9,
+  PC_8,   PC_7,
+  PC_6,   PD_15,
+  PD_14,  PD_13,  // D30, D31
+  PD_12,  PD_11,
+  PD_10,  PD_9,
+  PD_8,   PB_15,
+  // Left Side
+  //Ext   //Int
+  //5V    //5V
+  //5V    //5V
+  //3V3   //3V3
+  //3V3   //3V3
+  //GND   //GND
+  PE_2,   PE_3,
+  PE_4,   PE_5,   // D40, D41 PE_4: BUT K0, PE_5: BUT K1
+  PE_6,   PC_13,
+  PC_0,   PC_1,
+  PC_2,   PC_3,
+  //VREF- //VREF+
+  PA_0,   PA_1,   // PA_0(WK_UP): BUT K_UP)
+  PA_2,   PA_3,   // D50, D51
+  PA_4,   PA_5,
+  /*PA_6,   PA_7,*/ // PA_6, PA_7: Moved to allow contiguous analog pins
+  PC_4,   PC_5,
+  PB_0,   PB_1,
+  PA_6,   PA_7,   // PA_6: LED D2, PA_7: LED D3 (active LOW)
+  PE_7,   PE_8,   // D60, D61
+  PE_9,   PE_10,
+  PE_11,  PE_12,
+  PE_13,  PE_14,
+  PE_15,  PB_10,
+  PB_11,  PB_12,  // D70, D71
+  PB_13,  PB_14,
+  PB_4,
+};
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+  * @brief  System Clock Configuration
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval None
+  */
+WEAK void SystemClock_Config(void)
+{
+
+  RCC_OscInitTypeDef RCC_OscInitStruct;
+  RCC_ClkInitTypeDef RCC_ClkInitStruct;
+
+  /**Configure the main internal regulator output voltage
+  */
+  __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+  __HAL_PWR_VOLTAGESCALING_CONFIG(PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1);
+
+  /**Initializes the CPU, AHB and APB busses clocks
+  */
+  RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE;
+  RCC_OscInitStruct.HSEState = RCC_HSE_ON;
+  RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_ON;
+  RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLSource = RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE;
+  RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLM = 8;
+  RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLN = 336;
+  RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLP = RCC_PLLP_DIV2;
+  RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLQ = 7;
+  if (HAL_RCC_OscConfig(&RCC_OscInitStruct) != HAL_OK) {
+    _Error_Handler(__FILE__, __LINE__);
+  }
+
+  /**Initializes the CPU, AHB and APB busses clocks
+  */
+  RCC_ClkInitStruct.ClockType = RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK
+                                | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1 | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK2;
+  RCC_ClkInitStruct.SYSCLKSource = RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLCLK;
+  RCC_ClkInitStruct.AHBCLKDivider = RCC_SYSCLK_DIV1;
+  RCC_ClkInitStruct.APB1CLKDivider = RCC_HCLK_DIV4;
+  RCC_ClkInitStruct.APB2CLKDivider = RCC_HCLK_DIV2;
+
+  if (HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(&RCC_ClkInitStruct, FLASH_LATENCY_5) != HAL_OK) {
+    _Error_Handler(__FILE__, __LINE__);
+  }
+
+  /**Configure the Systick interrupt time
+  */
+  HAL_SYSTICK_Config(HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq() / 1000);
+
+  /**Configure the Systick
+  */
+  HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig(SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK);
+
+  /* SysTick_IRQn interrupt configuration */
+  HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn, 0, 0);
+}
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/MARLIN_F407VE/variant.h b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/MARLIN_F407VE/variant.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9e383114e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/MARLIN_F407VE/variant.h
@@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
+/*
+ *******************************************************************************
+ * Copyright (c) 2017, STMicroelectronics
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ *    and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+#ifndef _VARIANT_ARDUINO_STM32_
+#define _VARIANT_ARDUINO_STM32_
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *        Headers
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "PeripheralPins.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif // __cplusplus
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *        Pins
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+extern const PinName digitalPin[];
+// Right Side
+#define PE1  0
+#define PE0  1
+#define PB9  2
+#define PB8  3
+#define PB7  4
+#define PB6  5
+#define PB5  6
+#define PB3  7
+#define PD7  8
+#define PD6  9
+#define PD5  10
+#define PD4  11
+#define PD3  12
+#define PD2  13
+#define PD1  14
+#define PD0  15
+#define PC12 16
+#define PC11 17
+#define PC10 18
+#define PA15 19
+#define PA12 20 // USB_DP
+#define PA11 21 // USB_DM
+#define PA10 22
+#define PA9  23
+#define PA8  24
+#define PC9  25
+#define PC8  26
+#define PC7  27
+#define PC6  28
+#define PD15 29
+#define PD14 30
+#define PD13 31
+#define PD12 32
+#define PD11 33
+#define PD10 34
+#define PD9  35
+#define PD8  36
+#define PB15 37
+// Left Side
+#define PE2  38
+#define PE3  39
+#define PE4  40 // BUT K0
+#define PE5  41 // BUT K1
+#define PE6  42
+#define PC13 43
+#define PC0  44 // A0
+#define PC1  45 // A1
+#define PC2  46 // A2
+#define PC3  47 // A3
+#define PA0  48 // A4/WK_UP: BUT K_UP
+#define PA1  49 // A5
+#define PA2  50 // A6
+#define PA3  51 // A7
+#define PA4  52 // A8
+#define PA5  53 // A9
+#define PC4  54 // A10
+#define PC5  55 // A11
+#define PB0  56 // A12
+#define PB1  57 // A13
+#define PA6  58 // LED D2
+#define PA7  59 // LED D3 (active LOW)
+#define PE7  60
+#define PE8  61
+#define PE9  62
+#define PE10 63
+#define PE11 64
+#define PE12 65
+#define PE13 66
+#define PE14 67
+#define PE15 68
+#define PB10 69
+#define PB11 70
+#define PB12 71
+#define PB13 72
+#define PB14 73
+#define PB4  74
+
+// This must be a literal
+#define NUM_DIGITAL_PINS        75
+// This must be a literal with a value less than or equal to MAX_ANALOG_INPUTS
+#define NUM_ANALOG_INPUTS       14
+#define NUM_ANALOG_FIRST        44
+
+// Below ADC, DAC and PWM definitions already done in the core
+// Could be redefined here if needed
+// ADC resolution is 12bits
+//#define ADC_RESOLUTION          12
+//#define DACC_RESOLUTION         12
+
+// PWM resolution
+#define PWM_RESOLUTION          8
+#define PWM_FREQUENCY           20000
+#define PWM_MAX_DUTY_CYCLE      255
+
+// On-board LED pin number
+#define LED_D2                  PA6
+#define LED_D3                  PA7
+
+// Board specific button
+#define BTN_K_UP                PA0
+
+#define LED_BUILTIN             LED_D2
+#define LED_GREEN               LED_D2
+
+// On-board user button
+#define BTN_K0                  PE4
+#define BTN_K1                  PE3
+#define USER_BTN                BTN_K0
+
+// Below SPI and I2C definitions already done in the core
+// Could be redefined here if differs from the default one
+// SPI Definitions
+#define PIN_SPI_MOSI            PB15
+#define PIN_SPI_MISO            PB14
+#define PIN_SPI_SCK             PB13
+#define PIN_SPI_SS              PB12
+//#define PIN_SPI_SS1             PB0 // W25Q16 (on board flash)
+
+// I2C Definitions
+#define PIN_WIRE_SDA            PB7
+#define PIN_WIRE_SCL            PB6
+
+// Timer Definitions
+//Do not use timer used by PWM pins when possible. See PinMap_PWM in PeripheralPins.c
+#define TIMER_TONE              TIM6
+
+// Do not use basic timer: OC is required
+#define TIMER_SERVO             TIM2  //TODO: advanced-control timers don't work
+
+// UART Definitions
+// Define here Serial instance number to map on Serial generic name
+#define SERIAL_UART_INSTANCE    1 //ex: 2 for Serial2 (USART2)
+// DEBUG_UART could be redefined to print on another instance than 'Serial'
+//#define DEBUG_UART              ((USART_TypeDef *) U(S)ARTX) // ex: USART3
+// DEBUG_UART baudrate, default: 9600 if not defined
+//#define DEBUG_UART_BAUDRATE     x
+// DEBUG_UART Tx pin name, default: the first one found in PinMap_UART_TX for DEBUG_UART
+//#define DEBUG_PINNAME_TX        PX_n // PinName used for TX
+
+// Default pin used for 'Serial' instance (ex: ST-Link)
+// Mandatory for Firmata
+#define PIN_SERIAL_RX           PA10
+#define PIN_SERIAL_TX           PA9
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+} // extern "C"
+#endif
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *        Arduino objects - C++ only
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+// These serial port names are intended to allow libraries and architecture-neutral
+// sketches to automatically default to the correct port name for a particular type
+// of use.  For example, a GPS module would normally connect to SERIAL_PORT_HARDWARE_OPEN,
+// the first hardware serial port whose RX/TX pins are not dedicated to another use.
+//
+// SERIAL_PORT_MONITOR        Port which normally prints to the Arduino Serial Monitor
+//
+// SERIAL_PORT_USBVIRTUAL     Port which is USB virtual serial
+//
+// SERIAL_PORT_LINUXBRIDGE    Port which connects to a Linux system via Bridge library
+//
+// SERIAL_PORT_HARDWARE       Hardware serial port, physical RX & TX pins.
+//
+// SERIAL_PORT_HARDWARE_OPEN  Hardware serial ports which are open for use.  Their RX & TX
+//                            pins are NOT connected to anything by default.
+#define SERIAL_PORT_MONITOR     Serial
+#define SERIAL_PORT_HARDWARE    Serial1
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _VARIANT_ARDUINO_STM32_ */
diff --git a/buildroot/share/atom/auto_build.py b/buildroot/share/atom/auto_build.py
index 494d63f8e8..cca690e2e2 100644
--- a/buildroot/share/atom/auto_build.py
+++ b/buildroot/share/atom/auto_build.py
@@ -1,10 +1,11 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env python
 #######################################
 #
 # Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
-# Copyright (C) 2018 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+# Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
 #
 # Based on Sprinter and grbl.
-# Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+# Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
 #
 # This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
 # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -68,6 +69,9 @@
 #
 #######################################
 
+from __future__ import print_function
+from __future__ import division
+
 import sys
 import os
 
@@ -76,26 +80,26 @@ pwd = pwd.replace('\\', '/')
 if 0 <= pwd.find('buildroot/share/atom'):
   pwd = pwd[ : pwd.find('buildroot/share/atom')]
   os.chdir(pwd)
-print 'pwd: ', pwd
+print('pwd: ', pwd)
 
 num_args = len(sys.argv)
 if num_args > 1:
   build_type = str(sys.argv[1])
 else:
-  print 'Please specify build type'
+  print('Please specify build type')
   exit()
 
-print'build_type:  ', build_type
+print('build_type:  ', build_type)
 
-print '\nWorking\n'
+print('\nWorking\n')
 
 python_ver = sys.version_info[0] # major version - 2 or 3
 
 if python_ver == 2:
-  print "python version " + str(sys.version_info[0]) + "." + str(sys.version_info[1]) + "." + str(sys.version_info[2])
+  print("python version " + str(sys.version_info[0]) + "." + str(sys.version_info[1]) + "." + str(sys.version_info[2]))
 else:
-  print "python version " + str(sys.version_info[0])
-  print "This script only runs under python 2"
+  print("python version " + str(sys.version_info[0]))
+  print("This script only runs under python 2")
   exit()
 
 import platform
@@ -105,6 +109,7 @@ current_OS = platform.system()
 target_env = ''
 board_name = ''
 
+from datetime import datetime, date, time
 
 #########
 #  Python 2 error messages:
@@ -543,13 +548,13 @@ def get_CPU_name(environment):
 #  returns: environment
 def get_env(board_name, ver_Marlin):
       def no_environment():
-            print 'ERROR - no environment for this board'
-            print board_name
+            print('ERROR - no environment for this board')
+            print(board_name)
             raise SystemExit(0)                          # no environment so quit
 
       def invalid_board():
-            print 'ERROR - invalid board'
-            print board_name
+            print('ERROR - invalid board')
+            print(board_name)
             raise SystemExit(0)                          # quit if unable to find board
 
 
@@ -600,9 +605,9 @@ def get_env(board_name, ver_Marlin):
               invalid_board()
 
       if build_type == 'traceback' and not(target_env == 'LPC1768_debug_and_upload' or target_env == 'DUE_debug')  and Marlin_ver == 2:
-          print "ERROR - this board isn't setup for traceback"
-          print 'board_name: ', board_name
-          print 'target_env: ', target_env
+          print("ERROR - this board isn't setup for traceback")
+          print('board_name: ', board_name)
+          print('target_env: ', target_env)
           raise SystemExit(0)
 
       return target_env
@@ -824,12 +829,12 @@ def run_PIO(dummy):
     global build_type
     global target_env
     global board_name
-    print 'build_type:  ', build_type
+    print('build_type:  ', build_type)
 
     import subprocess
     import sys
 
-    print 'starting platformio'
+    print('starting platformio')
 
     if   build_type == 'build':
           # platformio run -e  target_env
@@ -880,7 +885,7 @@ def run_PIO(dummy):
 
 
     else:
-          print 'ERROR - unknown build type:  ', build_type
+          print('ERROR - unknown build type:  ', build_type)
           raise SystemExit(0)     # kill everything
 
   # stream output from subprocess and split it into lines
@@ -892,6 +897,8 @@ def run_PIO(dummy):
     write_to_screen_queue('\nBoard name: ' + board_name  + '\n')  # put build info at the bottom of the screen
     write_to_screen_queue('Build type: ' + build_type  + '\n')
     write_to_screen_queue('Environment used: ' + target_env  + '\n')
+    write_to_screen_queue(str(datetime.now()) + '\n')
+
 # end - run_PIO
 
 
@@ -1096,7 +1103,7 @@ class output_window(Text):
         self.start_thread()
 
     def rebuild(self, event):
-        print "event happened"
+        print("event happened")
         self._rebuild()
 
 
diff --git a/buildroot/share/atom/create_custom_upload_command_CDC.py b/buildroot/share/atom/create_custom_upload_command_CDC.py
index 2fea2d5b53..484842f778 100644
--- a/buildroot/share/atom/create_custom_upload_command_CDC.py
+++ b/buildroot/share/atom/create_custom_upload_command_CDC.py
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env python
 #
 #  Builds custom upload command
 #    1) Run platformio as a subprocess to find a COM port
@@ -9,6 +10,9 @@
 #  Will continue on if a COM port isn't found so that the compilation can be done.
 #
 
+from __future__ import print_function
+from __future__ import division
+
 import subprocess
 import os
 import sys
@@ -45,7 +49,7 @@ else:
       global description_CDC
 
 
-      print '\nLooking for Serial Port\n'
+      print('\nLooking for Serial Port\n')
 
     # stream output from subprocess and split it into lines
       pio_subprocess = subprocess.Popen(['platformio', 'device', 'list'], stdout=subprocess.PIPE, stderr=subprocess.STDOUT)
@@ -78,10 +82,10 @@ else:
         com_CDC = com_CDC.replace('\r', '')
 
       if com_CDC == 'COM_PORT_NOT_FOUND':
-          print com_CDC, '\n'
+          print(com_CDC, '\n')
       else:
-          print 'FOUND: ' ,com_CDC
-          print 'DESCRIPTION: ',  description_CDC , '\n'
+          print('FOUND: ', com_CDC)
+          print('DESCRIPTION: ', description_CDC, '\n')
 
   if current_OS == 'Windows':
 
@@ -114,7 +118,7 @@ else:
 
 #      upload_string = 'avrdude -p usb1286 -c avr109 -P ' + com_CDC + ' -U flash:w:' + source_path + ':i'
       upload_string = avrdude_exe_path + ' -p usb1286 -c avr109 -P ' + com_CDC + ' -C ' + avrdude_conf_path  + ' -U flash:w:' + source_path + ':i'
-      print 'upload_string: ', upload_string
+      print('upload_string: ', upload_string)
 
 
 
diff --git a/buildroot/share/fonts/genallfont.sh b/buildroot/share/fonts/genallfont.sh
index ff4a18aa9c..b88c9040dd 100644
--- a/buildroot/share/fonts/genallfont.sh
+++ b/buildroot/share/fonts/genallfont.sh
@@ -103,7 +103,10 @@ if [ 1 = 1 ]; then
   cat <<EOF >src/lcd/dogm/fontdata/fontdata_ISO10646_1.h
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2018 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
diff --git a/buildroot/share/fonts/genpages.c b/buildroot/share/fonts/genpages.c
index c18ecd9fa8..2a87b19d47 100644
--- a/buildroot/share/fonts/genpages.c
+++ b/buildroot/share/fonts/genpages.c
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ uint8_t* get_utf8_value(uint8_t *pstart, wchar_t *pval) {
 }
 
 void usage(char* progname) {
-  fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s\n", progname);
+  fprintf(stderr, "usage: %s\n", progname);
   fprintf(stderr, "   read data from stdin\n");
 }
 
diff --git a/buildroot/share/git/README.md b/buildroot/share/git/README.md
index de93e4c202..4dcd7c15a7 100755
--- a/buildroot/share/git/README.md
+++ b/buildroot/share/git/README.md
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ The following scripts can be used on any system with a GNU environment to speed
 
 File|Description
 ----|-----------
-mfadd&nbsp;[user]|Add and Fetch Remote - Add another Github user's fork of Marlin as a remote, then fetch it. Optionally, check out one of their branches.
+mfadd&nbsp;[user]|Add and Fetch Remote - Add and fetch another user's Marlin fork. Optionally, check out one of their branches.
 mfinit|Init Working Copy - Create a remote named '`upstream`' (for use by the other scripts) pointing to the '`MarlinFirmware`' fork. This only needs to be used once. Newer versions of Github Desktop may create `upstream` on your behalf.
 
 #### Branches
@@ -41,14 +41,15 @@ mfqp|Quick Patch - Commit all current changes as "patch", then do `mfrb`, follow
 
 File|Description
 ----|-----------
-mfdoc|Build the documentation and preview it locally.
-mfpub|Build the documentation and publish it to marlinfw.org via Github.
+mfdoc|Build the documentation with Jekyll and preview it locally.
+mfpub|Build and publish the documentation to marlinfw.org.
 
 #### Utilities
 
 File|Description
 ----|-----------
 ghtp -[h/s]|Set the protocol to use for all remotes. -h for HTTPS, -s for SSL.
+ghpc [-f]|Push current branch to 'origin' or to the remote indicated by the error.
 mfinfo|This utility script is used by the other scripts to get:<br/>- The upstream project ('`MarlinFirmware`')<br/>- the '`origin`' project (i.e., your Github username),<br/>- the repository name ('`Marlin`'),<br/>- the PR target branch ('`bugfix-1.1.x`'), and<br/>- the current branch (or the first command-line argument).<br/><br/>By itself, `mfinfo` simply prints these values to the console.
 mfclean&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;|Prune your merged and remotely-deleted branches.
 
@@ -56,4 +57,4 @@ mfclean&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;|Prune your merged and remotely-deleted bra
 
 ### Examples
 
-Coming Soon!
+For a demonstration of these scripts see the video [Marlin Live - May 9 2019](https://youtu.be/rwT4G0uVTIY). There is also an old write-up at [#3193](https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/issues/3193).
diff --git a/buildroot/share/git/firstpush b/buildroot/share/git/firstpush
index 60767f04bc..443166088c 100755
--- a/buildroot/share/git/firstpush
+++ b/buildroot/share/git/firstpush
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 # commit log to watch Travis CI progress.
 #
 
-[[ $# == 0 ]] || { echo "Usage: `basename $0`" 1>&2 ; exit 1; }
+[[ $# == 0 ]] || { echo "usage: `basename $0`" 1>&2 ; exit 1; }
 
 MFINFO=$(mfinfo) || exit 1
 IFS=' ' read -a INFO <<< "$MFINFO"
diff --git a/buildroot/share/git/ghpc b/buildroot/share/git/ghpc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a3def15e25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/buildroot/share/git/ghpc
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env bash
+#
+# ghpc (GitHub Push Current)
+#
+# - Push current branch to its remote. Try the following until it works:
+#   - Plain 'git push'
+#   - 'git push -f'
+#   - Try the 'git push' command from the 'git push' error message
+#   - Try adding '-f' to that command
+#
+
+yay() { echo "SUCCESS" ; }
+boo() { echo "FAIL" ; }
+
+FORCE=$([[ "$1" == "--force" || "$1" == "-f" ]] && echo 1)
+
+if [[ ! $FORCE ]]; then
+  echo -n "trying 'git push' ...... "
+  git push >/dev/null 2>&1 && { yay ; exit ; }
+  boo
+fi
+
+echo -n "trying 'git push -f' ... "
+
+# Get the error output from the failed push
+# and get the recommended 'git push' line
+git push -f 2>&1 | {
+  CMD=""
+
+  ltrim() {
+    [[ "$1" =~ [^[:space:]].* ]]
+    printf "%s" "$BASH_REMATCH"
+  }
+
+  while IFS= read -r line
+  do
+    #echo "$line"
+    if [[ -z "$CMD" && $line =~ "git push" ]]; then
+      CMD=$(ltrim "$line")
+    fi
+  done
+
+  # if a command was found try it
+  if [[ -n "$CMD" ]]; then
+
+    boo
+
+    if [[ ! $FORCE ]]; then
+      echo -n "trying '$CMD' ...... "
+      $CMD >/dev/null 2>&1 && { yay ; exit ; }
+      boo
+    fi
+
+    fCMD=${CMD/ push / push -f }
+    echo -n "trying '$fCMD' ... "
+    $fCMD >/dev/null 2>&1 && { yay ; exit ; }
+    boo
+
+    exit 1
+
+  else
+
+    yay
+
+  fi
+}
+
+[[ ${PIPESTATUS[1]} == 1 ]] && echo "Sorry! Failed to push current branch."
diff --git a/buildroot/share/git/ghtp b/buildroot/share/git/ghtp
index 83f461ef10..f7a6263012 100755
--- a/buildroot/share/git/ghtp
+++ b/buildroot/share/git/ghtp
@@ -13,14 +13,14 @@ case "$1" in
   -[Hh]) TYPE=HTTPS ; MATCH="git@" ; FORMULA="$GH_SSH/$GH_HTTPS" ;;
   -[Ss]) TYPE=SSH ; MATCH="https:" ; FORMULA="$GH_HTTPS/$GH_SSH" ;;
   *)
-    echo "Usage: `basename $0` -h | -s" 1>&2
+    echo "usage: `basename $0` -h | -s" 1>&2
     echo -e " \e[0;92m-h\e[0m to switch to HTTPS" 1>&2
     echo -e " \e[0;92m-s\e[0m to switch to SSH" 1>&2
     exit 1
     ;;
 esac
 
-REMOTES=$(git remote -v | egrep "\t$MATCH" | gawk '{print $1 " " $2}' | sort -u | sed  "s/$FORMULA/")
+REMOTES=$(git remote -v | egrep "\t$MATCH" | gawk '{print $1 " " $2}' | sort -u | sed "s/$FORMULA/")
 
 if [[ -z $REMOTES ]]; then
   echo "Nothing to do." ; exit
diff --git a/buildroot/share/git/mfadd b/buildroot/share/git/mfadd
index 48a810b7c6..92b2e0063e 100755
--- a/buildroot/share/git/mfadd
+++ b/buildroot/share/git/mfadd
@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
 #!/usr/bin/env bash
 #
-# mfadd
+# mfadd (user|ref) [copyname]
 #
 # Add a remote and fetch it. Optionally copy a branch.
 #
-# Example: mfadd thinkyhead:patch-1 copy_of_patch-1
+# Example: mfadd myfork:patch-1 copy_of_patch-1
 #
 
-[[ $# > 0 && $# < 3 && $1 != "-h" && $1 != "--help" ]] || { echo "Usage: `basename $0` (user | ref copyname)" 1>&2 ; exit 1; }
+[[ $# > 0 && $# < 3 && $1 != "-h" && $1 != "--help" ]] || { echo "usage: `basename $0` (user|ref) [copyname]" 1>&2 ; exit 1; }
 
 # If a colon is included, split the parts
 if [[ $1 =~ ":" ]]; then
diff --git a/buildroot/share/git/mfdoc b/buildroot/share/git/mfdoc
index 4b62fa8b3c..eba599c612 100755
--- a/buildroot/share/git/mfdoc
+++ b/buildroot/share/git/mfdoc
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 # Start Jekyll in watch mode to work on Marlin Documentation and preview locally
 #
 
-[[ $# == 0 ]] || { echo "Usage: `basename $0`" 1>&2 ; exit 1; }
+[[ $# == 0 ]] || { echo "usage: `basename $0`" 1>&2 ; exit 1; }
 
 MFINFO=$(mfinfo "$@") || exit 1
 IFS=' ' read -a INFO <<< "$MFINFO"
diff --git a/buildroot/share/git/mffp b/buildroot/share/git/mffp
index b8b7b37a79..db52b08b74 100755
--- a/buildroot/share/git/mffp
+++ b/buildroot/share/git/mffp
@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
 #!/usr/bin/env bash
 #
-# mffp
+# mffp [1|2] [commit-id]
 #
 # Push the given commit (or HEAD) upstream immediately.
 # By default: `git push upstream HEAD:bugfix-1.1.x`
 #
 
-[[ $# < 3 && $1 != "-h" && $1 != "--help" ]] || { echo "Usage: `basename $0` [1|2] [commit-id]" 1>&2 ; exit 1; }
+[[ $# < 3 && $1 != "-h" && $1 != "--help" ]] || { echo "usage: `basename $0` [1|2] [commit-id]" 1>&2 ; exit 1; }
 
 if [[ $1 == '1' || $1 == '2' ]]; then
   MFINFO=$(mfinfo "$1") || exit 1
diff --git a/buildroot/share/git/mfinfo b/buildroot/share/git/mfinfo
index c7ae159ffb..3249473b89 100755
--- a/buildroot/share/git/mfinfo
+++ b/buildroot/share/git/mfinfo
@@ -6,18 +6,12 @@
 #
 #   - Remote (upstream) Org name (MarlinFirmware)
 #   - Remote (origin) Org name (your Github username)
-#   - Repo Name (Marlin, MarlinDev, MarlinDocumentation)
-#   - PR Target branch (bugfix-1.1.x, bugfix-2.0.x, or master)
+#   - Repo Name (Marlin, MarlinDocumentation)
+#   - PR Target branch (bugfix-1.1.x, bugfix-2.0.x, etc.)
 #   - Branch Arg (the branch argument or current branch)
 #   - Current Branch
 #
 
-usage() {
-  echo "Usage: `basename $0` [1|2] [branch]" 1>&2
-}
-
-[[ $# < 3 && $1 != "-h" && $1 != "--help" ]] || { usage; exit 1; }
-
 CURR=$(git branch 2>/dev/null | grep ^* | sed 's/\* //g')
 [[ -z $CURR ]] && { echo "No git repository here!" 1>&2 ; exit 1; }
 [[ $CURR == "(no"* ]] && { echo "Git is busy with merge, rebase, etc." 1>&2 ; exit 1; }
@@ -28,30 +22,39 @@ REPO=$(git remote get-url upstream 2>/dev/null | sed -E 's/.*\/(.*)\.git/\1/')
 ORG=$(git remote get-url upstream 2>/dev/null | sed -E 's/.*[\/:](.*)\/.*$/\1/')
 [[ $ORG == MarlinFirmware ]] || { echo "`basename $0`: Not a Marlin repository." 1>&2 ; exit 1; }
 
+FORK=$(git remote get-url origin 2>/dev/null | sed -E 's/.*[\/:](.*)\/.*$/\1/')
+
+# Defaults if no arguments given
+BRANCH=$CURR
+INDEX=1
+
+while [[ $# -gt 0 ]]; do
+  opt="$1" ; shift ; val="$1"
+
+  IFS='=' read -a PARTS <<<"$opt"
+  [[ "${PARTS[1]}" != "" ]] && { HAS_EQUALS=1 ; opt="${PARTS[0]}" ; val="${PARTS[1]}" ; }
+
+  GOODVAL=1
+  if [[ "$val" =~ ^-{1,2}.* || ! "$opt" =~ ^-{1,2}.* ]]; then
+    GOODVAL=0
+    val=""
+  fi
+
+  case "$opt" in
+    -*|--*) MORE="$MORE$opt " ; [[ $HAS_EQUALS ]] && MORE="$MORE=$val" ;;
+       1|2) INDEX=$opt ;;
+         *) BRANCH="$opt" ;;
+  esac
+
+done
+
 case "$REPO" in
-  Marlin              ) TARG=bugfix-1.1.x ;
-                        [[ $# > 0 ]] && [[ $1 == 2 ]] && TARG=bugfix-2.0.x
-                        ;;
+  Marlin              ) TARG=bugfix-1.1.x ; [[ $INDEX == 2 ]] && TARG=bugfix-2.0.x ;;
   MarlinDocumentation ) TARG=master ;;
 esac
 
-FORK=$(git remote get-url origin 2>/dev/null | sed -E 's/.*[\/:](.*)\/.*$/\1/')
+[[ $BRANCH =~ ^[0-9]$ ]] && USAGE=1
 
-# BRANCH can be given as the last argument
-case "$#" in
-  0 ) BRANCH=$CURR ;;
-  1 )
-    case "$1" in
-      1|2) BRANCH=$CURR ;;
-      *) BRANCH=$1 ;;
-    esac
-    ;;
-  2 )
-    case "$1" in
-      1|2) BRANCH=$2 ;;
-      *) usage ; exit 1 ;;
-    esac
-    ;;
-esac
+[[ $USAGE ]] && { echo "usage: `basename $0` [1|2] [branch]" 1>&2 ; exit 1 ; }
 
-echo "$ORG $FORK $REPO $TARG $BRANCH $CURR"
+echo "$ORG $FORK $REPO $TARG $BRANCH $CURR $MORE"
diff --git a/buildroot/share/git/mfinit b/buildroot/share/git/mfinit
index 05bab8767d..bc2495ad95 100755
--- a/buildroot/share/git/mfinit
+++ b/buildroot/share/git/mfinit
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 # Create the upstream remote for a forked repository
 #
 
-[[ $# == 0 ]] || { echo "Usage: `basename $0`" 1>&2 ; exit 1; }
+[[ $# == 0 ]] || { echo "usage: `basename $0`" 1>&2 ; exit 1; }
 
 [[ -z $(git branch 2>/dev/null | grep ^* | sed 's/\* //g') ]] && { echo "No git repository here!" 1>&2 ; exit 1; }
 
diff --git a/buildroot/share/git/mfnew b/buildroot/share/git/mfnew
index a33c3f081a..6d067a7f08 100755
--- a/buildroot/share/git/mfnew
+++ b/buildroot/share/git/mfnew
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 #
 
 usage() {
-  echo "Usage: `basename $0` [1|2] [name]" 1>&2
+  echo "usage: `basename $0` [1|2] [name]" 1>&2
 }
 
 [[ $# < 3 && $1 != "-h" && $1 != "--help" ]] || { usage; exit 1; }
diff --git a/buildroot/share/git/mfpr b/buildroot/share/git/mfpr
index 2750195b7e..73af049ab1 100755
--- a/buildroot/share/git/mfpr
+++ b/buildroot/share/git/mfpr
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 #!/usr/bin/env bash
 #
-# mfpr
+# mfpr [1|2]
 #
-# Make a PR of the current branch against RCBugFix or dev
+# Make a PR against bugfix-1.1.x or bugfix-2.0.x
 #
 
-[[ $# < 2 && $1 != "-h" && $1 != "--help" ]] || { echo "Usage: `basename $0` [branch]" 1>&2 ; exit 1; }
+[[ $# < 2 && $1 != "-h" && $1 != "--help" ]] || { echo "usage: `basename $0` [branch]" 1>&2 ; exit 1; }
 
 MFINFO=$(mfinfo "$@") || exit 1
 IFS=' ' read -a INFO <<< "$MFINFO"
diff --git a/buildroot/share/git/mfpub b/buildroot/share/git/mfpub
index 1295513339..29eb0543d7 100755
--- a/buildroot/share/git/mfpub
+++ b/buildroot/share/git/mfpub
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 # any permanent changes to 'master'.
 #
 
-[[ $# < 2 && $1 != "-h" && $1 != "--help" ]] || { echo "Usage: `basename $0` [branch]" 1>&2 ; exit 1; }
+[[ $# < 2 && $1 != "-h" && $1 != "--help" ]] || { echo "usage: `basename $0` [branch]" 1>&2 ; exit 1; }
 
 MFINFO=$(mfinfo "$@") || exit 1
 IFS=' ' read -a INFO <<< "$MFINFO"
diff --git a/buildroot/share/git/mfqp b/buildroot/share/git/mfqp
index e00e7e52e9..efc76fb3e9 100755
--- a/buildroot/share/git/mfqp
+++ b/buildroot/share/git/mfqp
@@ -1,18 +1,31 @@
 #!/usr/bin/env bash
 #
-# mfqp
+# mfqp [-q|--quick] [1|2]
 #
 # Add all changed files, commit as "patch", do `mfrb` and `git push -f`
 #
 
-[[ $# < 2 && $1 != "-h" && $1 != "--help" ]] || { echo "Usage: `basename $0` [1|2]" 1>&2 ; exit 1; }
-
 MFINFO=$(mfinfo "$@") || exit 1
 IFS=' ' read -a INFO <<< "$MFINFO"
 REPO=${INFO[2]}
 TARG=${INFO[3]}
 CURR=${INFO[5]}
 
+IND=6
+while [ $IND -lt ${#INFO[@]} ]; do
+  ARG=${INFO[$IND]}
+  case "$ARG" in
+    -q|--quick ) QUICK="-q" ;;
+     -h|--help ) USAGE=1 ;;
+             * ) USAGE=1 ; echo "unknown option: $ARG" ;;
+  esac
+  let IND+=1
+done
+
+[[ ${INFO[4]} =~ [0-9] ]] && USAGE=1
+
+[[ $USAGE ]] && { echo "usage: `basename $0` [-hq] [1|2]" 1>&2 ; exit 1 ; }
+
 git add .
 git commit -m "patch"
 
@@ -23,5 +36,5 @@ if [[ $CURR == $TARG ]]; then
     echo "Don't alter the PR Target branch."; exit 1
   fi
 else
-  mfrb "$@" && git push -f
+  mfrb $QUICK "$@" && git push -f
 fi
diff --git a/buildroot/share/git/mfrb b/buildroot/share/git/mfrb
index 32d50559fa..a3b4ce267c 100755
--- a/buildroot/share/git/mfrb
+++ b/buildroot/share/git/mfrb
@@ -5,15 +5,26 @@
 # Do "git rebase -i" against the "target" branch (bugfix-1.1.x, bugfix-2.0.x, or master)
 #
 
-[[ $# < 2 && $1 != "-h" && $1 != "--help" ]] || { echo "Usage: `basename $0` [1|2]" 1>&2 ; exit 1; }
-
 MFINFO=$(mfinfo "$@") || exit 1
 IFS=' ' read -a INFO <<< "$MFINFO"
 TARG=${INFO[3]}
 CURR=${INFO[5]}
 
+IND=6
+while [ $IND -lt ${#INFO[@]} ]; do
+  ARG=${INFO[$IND]}
+  case "$ARG" in
+    -q|--quick ) QUICK=1 ;;
+     -h|--help ) USAGE=1 ;;
+             * ) USAGE=1 ; echo "unknown option: $ARG" ;;
+  esac
+  let IND+=1
+done
+
+[[ $USAGE ]] && { echo "usage: `basename $0` [1|2]" 1>&2 ; exit 1 ; }
+
 # If the branch isn't currently the PR target
 if [[ $TARG != $CURR ]]; then
-  git fetch upstream
+  [[ $QUICK ]] || git fetch upstream
   git rebase upstream/$TARG && git rebase -i upstream/$TARG
 fi
diff --git a/buildroot/share/git/mfup b/buildroot/share/git/mfup
index f28d76aa44..691259e2a9 100755
--- a/buildroot/share/git/mfup
+++ b/buildroot/share/git/mfup
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 # - Force-push the branch to 'origin'
 #
 
-[[ $# < 3 && $1 != "-h" && $1 != "--help" ]] || { echo "Usage: `basename $0` [1|2] [branch]" 1>&2 ; exit 1; }
+[[ $# < 3 && $1 != "-h" && $1 != "--help" ]] || { echo "usage: `basename $0` [1|2] [branch]" 1>&2 ; exit 1; }
 
 MFINFO=$(mfinfo "$@") || exit 1
 IFS=' ' read -a INFO <<< "$MFINFO"
diff --git a/buildroot/share/pin_interrupt_test/pin_interrupt_test.ino b/buildroot/share/pin_interrupt_test/pin_interrupt_test.ino
index dc2ce41ce1..39545aa7cb 100644
--- a/buildroot/share/pin_interrupt_test/pin_interrupt_test.ino
+++ b/buildroot/share/pin_interrupt_test/pin_interrupt_test.ino
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
     #undef  digitalPinToPCICR
     #define digitalPinToPCICR(p)    ( ((p) >= 10 && (p) <= 15) || \
                                       ((p) >= 50 && (p) <= 53) || \
-                                      ((p) >= 62 && (p) <= 69) ? &PCICR : (uint8_t *)0)
+                                      ((p) >= 62 && (p) <= 69) ? &PCICR : nullptr)
 #endif
 
 void setup() {
diff --git a/buildroot/share/scripts/createSpeedLookupTable.py b/buildroot/share/scripts/createSpeedLookupTable.py
index ade28ee333..55f78d0e06 100755
--- a/buildroot/share/scripts/createSpeedLookupTable.py
+++ b/buildroot/share/scripts/createSpeedLookupTable.py
@@ -1,5 +1,8 @@
 #!/usr/bin/env python
 
+from __future__ import print_function
+from __future__ import division
+
 """ Generate the stepper delay lookup table for Marlin firmware. """
 
 import argparse
@@ -16,35 +19,35 @@ args = parser.parse_args()
 cpu_freq = args.cpu_freq * 1000000
 timer_freq = cpu_freq / args.divider
 
-print "#ifndef SPEED_LOOKUPTABLE_H"
-print "#define SPEED_LOOKUPTABLE_H"
-print
-print '#include "Marlin.h"'
-print
+print("#ifndef SPEED_LOOKUPTABLE_H")
+print("#define SPEED_LOOKUPTABLE_H")
+print()
+print('#include "Marlin.h"')
+print()
 
-print "const uint16_t speed_lookuptable_fast[256][2] PROGMEM = {"
+print("const uint16_t speed_lookuptable_fast[256][2] PROGMEM = {")
 a = [ timer_freq / ((i*256)+(args.cpu_freq*2)) for i in range(256) ]
 b = [ a[i] - a[i+1] for i in range(255) ]
 b.append(b[-1])
 for i in range(32):
-    print "  ",
+    print("  ", end=' ')
     for j in range(8):
-        print "{%d, %d}," % (a[8*i+j], b[8*i+j]),
-    print
-print "};"
-print
+        print("{%d, %d}," % (a[8*i+j], b[8*i+j]), end=' ')
+    print()
+print("};")
+print()
 
-print "const uint16_t speed_lookuptable_slow[256][2] PROGMEM = {"
+print("const uint16_t speed_lookuptable_slow[256][2] PROGMEM = {")
 a = [ timer_freq / ((i*8)+(args.cpu_freq*2)) for i in range(256) ]
 b = [ a[i] - a[i+1] for i in range(255) ]
 b.append(b[-1])
 for i in range(32):
-    print "  ",
+    print("  ", end=' ')
     for j in range(8):
-        print "{%d, %d}," % (a[8*i+j], b[8*i+j]),
-    print
-print "};"
-print
+        print("{%d, %d}," % (a[8*i+j], b[8*i+j]), end=' ')
+    print()
+print("};")
+print()
 
-print "#endif"
+print("#endif")
 
diff --git a/buildroot/share/scripts/createTemperatureLookupMarlin.py b/buildroot/share/scripts/createTemperatureLookupMarlin.py
index 83147c502b..03450bc0e0 100755
--- a/buildroot/share/scripts/createTemperatureLookupMarlin.py
+++ b/buildroot/share/scripts/createTemperatureLookupMarlin.py
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#!/usr/bin/python
+#!/usr/bin/env python
 """Thermistor Value Lookup Table Generator
 
 Generates lookup to temperature values for use in a microcontroller in C format based on:
@@ -18,6 +18,9 @@ Options:
   --num-temps=...   the number of temperature points to calculate (default: 36)
 """
 
+from __future__ import print_function
+from __future__ import division
+
 from math import *
 import sys
 import getopt
@@ -47,9 +50,9 @@ class Thermistor:
         a = y1 - (b + l1**2 *c)*l1
 
         if c < 0:
-            print "//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////"
-            print "// WARNING: negative coefficient 'c'! Something may be wrong with the measurements! //"
-            print "//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////"
+            print("//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////")
+            print("// WARNING: negative coefficient 'c'! Something may be wrong with the measurements! //")
+            print("//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////")
             c = -c
         self.c1 = a                         # Steinhart-Hart coefficients
         self.c2 = b
@@ -97,7 +100,7 @@ def main(argv):
     try:
         opts, args = getopt.getopt(argv, "h", ["help", "rp=", "t1=", "t2=", "t3=", "num-temps="])
     except getopt.GetoptError as err:
-        print  str(err)
+        print(str(err))
         usage()
         sys.exit(2)
 
@@ -129,27 +132,27 @@ def main(argv):
     up_bound = t.temp(1);
     min_temp = int(TMIN if TMIN > low_bound else low_bound)
     max_temp = int(TMAX if TMAX < up_bound else up_bound)
-    temps = range(max_temp, TMIN+step, step);
+    temps = list(range(max_temp, TMIN+step, step));
 
-    print "// Thermistor lookup table for Marlin"
-    print "// ./createTemperatureLookupMarlin.py --rp=%s --t1=%s:%s --t2=%s:%s --t3=%s:%s --num-temps=%s" % (rp, t1, r1, t2, r2, t3, r3, num_temps)
-    print "// Steinhart-Hart Coefficients: a=%.15g, b=%.15g, c=%.15g " % (t.c1, t.c2, t.c3)
-    print "// Theoretical limits of thermistor: %.2f to %.2f degC" % (low_bound, up_bound)
-    print
-    print "const short temptable[][2] PROGMEM = {"
+    print("// Thermistor lookup table for Marlin")
+    print("// ./createTemperatureLookupMarlin.py --rp=%s --t1=%s:%s --t2=%s:%s --t3=%s:%s --num-temps=%s" % (rp, t1, r1, t2, r2, t3, r3, num_temps))
+    print("// Steinhart-Hart Coefficients: a=%.15g, b=%.15g, c=%.15g " % (t.c1, t.c2, t.c3))
+    print("// Theoretical limits of thermistor: %.2f to %.2f degC" % (low_bound, up_bound))
+    print()
+    print("const short temptable[][2] PROGMEM = {")
 
     for temp in temps:
         adc = t.adc(temp)
-        print "    { OV(%7.2f), %4s }%s // v=%.3f\tr=%.3f\tres=%.3f degC/count" % (adc , temp, \
+        print("    { OV(%7.2f), %4s }%s // v=%.3f\tr=%.3f\tres=%.3f degC/count" % (adc , temp, \
                         ',' if temp != temps[-1] else ' ', \
                         t.voltage(adc), \
                         t.resist( adc), \
                         t.resol(  adc) \
-                    )
-    print "};"
+                    ))
+    print("};")
 
 def usage():
-    print __doc__
+    print(__doc__)
 
 if __name__ == "__main__":
     main(sys.argv[1:])
diff --git a/buildroot/share/scripts/g29_auto.py b/buildroot/share/scripts/g29_auto.py
index 884e62b2a2..ffcb0d9f31 100755
--- a/buildroot/share/scripts/g29_auto.py
+++ b/buildroot/share/scripts/g29_auto.py
@@ -1,10 +1,12 @@
-#!/usr/bin/python3
+#!/usr/bin/env python
 
 # This file is for preprocessing gcode and the new G29 Autobedleveling from Marlin
 # It will analyse the first 2 Layer and return the maximum size for this part
 # After this it will replace with g29_keyword = ';MarlinG29Script' with the new G29 LRFB
 # the new file will be created in the same folder.
 
+from __future__ import print_function
+
 # your gcode-file/folder
 folder = './'
 my_file = 'test.gcode'
diff --git a/buildroot/share/sublime/MarlinFirmware.sublime-project b/buildroot/share/sublime/MarlinFirmware.sublime-project
index 94fe1a4b8e..e437369ec2 100644
--- a/buildroot/share/sublime/MarlinFirmware.sublime-project
+++ b/buildroot/share/sublime/MarlinFirmware.sublime-project
@@ -24,5 +24,12 @@
 			],
 			"path": "../../.."
 		}
-	]
+	],
+	"settings":
+	{
+		"ensure_newline_at_eof_on_save": true,
+		"tab_size": 2,
+		"translate_tabs_to_spaces": true,
+		"trim_trailing_white_space_on_save": true
+	}
 }
diff --git a/buildroot/share/sublime/RepRapTools/G-Code.sublime-syntax b/buildroot/share/sublime/RepRapTools/G-Code.sublime-syntax
index 35be0adfec..d1571e3ad8 100644
--- a/buildroot/share/sublime/RepRapTools/G-Code.sublime-syntax
+++ b/buildroot/share/sublime/RepRapTools/G-Code.sublime-syntax
@@ -10,10 +10,10 @@
 #
 name: G-Code (RepRap)
 file_extensions:
-  - [ gco, gcode ]
+  - [ g, gco, gcode ]
 scope: source.gcode
 variables:
-  decimal:  '[+-]?\d+(\.(\d+)?)?'
+  decimal: '[+-]?\d+(\.\d*)?'
 
 contexts:
   prototype:
@@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ contexts:
       pop: true
 
   main:
-    - meta_content_scope: ctx.line.gcode
+    - meta_scope: line.gcode
 
     - match: '([Nn]\s*(\d+))'
       captures:
-        1: ctx.gcode_line_num
+        1: entity.nword.gcode
         2: constant.numeric.line-number.gcode
 
     - match: ()
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ contexts:
     - meta_content_scope: ctx.command.gcode
 
     # M20 S2 P/path/to/file/name.gco
-    - match: ([Mm](20))(\s*(S)(2)\s*(P))
+    - match: ([Mm](20))\s*((S)(2)\s*(P))
       captures:
         1: entity.command.gcode markup.bold.gcode
         2: constant.numeric.command.gcode
@@ -50,15 +50,15 @@ contexts:
         6: keyword.param.gcode
       set: gcode_string_arg
 
-    # command followed by data
+    # M117 or M118 - Commands taking a string
     - match: ([Mm]\s*(11[78]))\b
       captures:
         1: entity.command.gcode markup.bold.gcode
         2: constant.numeric.command.gcode
       set: gcode_string_arg
 
-    # command followed by data
-    - match: '([GMTgmt]\s*(\d+)((\.)(\d+))?)'
+    # Other commands, followed by data
+    - match: ([GMTgmt]\s*(\d+)((\.)(\d+))?)
       captures:
         1: entity.command.gcode markup.bold.gcode
         2: constant.numeric.command.gcode
@@ -74,16 +74,36 @@ contexts:
     - meta_content_scope: ctx.params.gcode
 
     # M32 [S<pos>] [P<bool>] !/path/file.gco#
-    - match: '!'
-      scope: entity.string.filename.open
+    - match: \!
+      scope: punctuation.string.path.open.gcode
       push: gcode_path_arg
 
     # asterisk starts a checksum
     - match: \*
-      scope: entity.checksum.gcode
+      scope: punctuation.marker.checksum.gcode
       set: gcode_checksum
 
-    # parameter and value
+    # parameter and single-quoted value
+    - match: ([A-Za-z])\s*(')
+      captures:
+        1: keyword.param.gcode
+        2: punctuation.quote.single.open.gcode
+      push: gcode_string_arg_quoted_single
+
+    # parameter and double-quoted value
+    - match: ([A-Za-z])\s*(")
+      captures:
+        1: keyword.param.gcode
+        2: punctuation.quote.double.open.gcode
+      push: gcode_string_arg_quoted_double
+
+    # parameter and list of values
+    - match: ([Ee])\s*(({{decimal}}\s*:\s*)+{{decimal}})
+      captures:
+        1: keyword.param.gcode
+        2: constant.numeric.param.gcode
+
+    # parameter and numeric value
     - match: ([A-Za-z])\s*({{decimal}})
       captures:
         1: keyword.param.gcode
@@ -97,27 +117,67 @@ contexts:
     - match: ()
       set: syntax_error
 
+  gcode_string_arg_quoted_single:
+    - meta_content_scope: string.quoted.single.gcode
+
+    - match: ([^'\\]+)
+
+    - match: (\\)
+      scope: punctuation.string.escape.gcode
+      push: escape_char
+
+    - match: (')
+      scope: punctuation.quote.single.close.gcode
+      pop: true
+
+    - match: ()
+      set: syntax_error
+
+  gcode_string_arg_quoted_double:
+    - meta_content_scope: string.quoted.double.gcode
+
+    - match: ([^"\\]+)
+
+    - match: (\\)
+      scope: punctuation.string.escape.gcode
+      push: escape_char
+
+    - match: (")
+      scope: punctuation.quote.double.close.gcode
+      pop: true
+
+    - match: ()
+      set: syntax_error
+
   gcode_string_arg:
     - meta_content_scope: ctx.string.gcode
 
     - match: ([^;]+)
       scope: string.unquoted.gcode
 
-  gcode_path_arg:
-    - meta_content_scope: ctx.path.gcode
+  escape_char:
+    - meta_scope: string.escape.gcode punctuation.string.escape.gcode
 
-    - match: ([^#]+)
-      scope: string.unquoted.path.gcode
+    - match: '.'
+      pop: true
+
+  gcode_path_arg:
+    - meta_content_scope: string.unquoted.path.gcode
 
     - match: (#)
-      scope: entity.string.path.close.gcode
+      scope: punctuation.string.path.close.gcode
       pop: true
 
   gcode_checksum:
-    - meta_content_scope: ctx.checksum.gcode
+    - meta_content_scope: constant.numeric.checksum.gcode
+    - meta_include_prototype: false
 
     - match: \d+
-      scope: constant.numeric.checksum.gcode
+
+    - match: ( *)$
+      pop: true
+
+    - include: mixin_comment
 
     - match: ()
       set: syntax_error
@@ -130,15 +190,30 @@ contexts:
   # Comments begin with a ';' and finish at the end of the line.
   mixin_comment:
     - match: ^\s*;
-      scope: punctuation.definition.comment.line.start
+      scope: punctuation.comment.line.start
       set: gcode_comment
     - match: \s*;
-      scope: punctuation.definition.comment.eol.start
+      scope: punctuation.comment.eol.start
       set: gcode_comment
+    - match: \s*\(
+      scope: punctuation.paren.comment.open
+      push: gcode_comment_paren
 
   # Comment to end of line.
   gcode_comment:
-    - meta_scope: comment.gcode
+    - meta_content_scope: comment.gcode
+    - match: \s*$
+      pop: true
+
+  gcode_comment_paren:
+    - meta_content_scope: paren.comment.gcode
+
+    - match: '[^)]+'
+
+    - match: '[)]'
+      scope: punctuation.paren.comment.close
+      pop: true
+
     - match: \s*$
       pop: true
 
diff --git a/buildroot/share/sublime/RepRapTools/syntax_test_G-code.gcode b/buildroot/share/sublime/RepRapTools/syntax_test_G-code.gcode
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2d3a4738eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/buildroot/share/sublime/RepRapTools/syntax_test_G-code.gcode
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+; SYNTAX TEST "G-code.sublime-syntax"
+
+; This is a G-code comment
+;^comment
+
+G1 X100 Y100 ; Move to 100,100
+;^entity.command.gcode
+;  ^keyword.param.gcode
+;   ^constant.numeric.param.gcode
+;              ^comment
+
+T0 (This is a comment) S12
+;^entity.command.gcode
+;  ^punctuation.paren.comment.open
+;   ^paren.comment.gcode
+;                    ^punctuation.paren.comment.close
+;                      ^keyword.param.gcode
+;                       ^constant.numeric.param.gcode
+
+M20 P'/path/to/macro/macro.g' R12
+;<-entity.command.gcode
+;^constant.numeric.command.gcode
+;   ^keyword.param.gcode
+;    ^punctuation.quote.single.open.gcode
+;       ^string.quoted.single.gcode
+;                           ^punctuation.quote.single.close.gcode
+;                             ^keyword.param.gcode
+;                              ^constant.numeric.param.gcode
+
+M117 This is a message   ; and comment
+;<-entity.command.gcode
+;^constant.numeric.command.gcode
+;    ^string.unquoted.gcode
+;                        ^punctuation.comment.eol.start
+;                          ^comment.gcode
+
+M118 This is a message   ; and comment
+;<-entity.command.gcode
+;^constant.numeric.command.gcode
+;    ^string.unquoted.gcode
+;                        ^punctuation.comment.eol.start
+;                          ^comment.gcode
+
+M98 P'/path/to/macro/macro.g' R12
+;<-entity.command.gcode
+;^constant.numeric.command.gcode
+;   ^keyword.param.gcode
+;    ^punctuation.quote.single.open.gcode
+;       ^string.quoted.single.gcode
+;                           ^punctuation.quote.single.close.gcode
+
+M98 P"/path/to/macro/macro.g" R12
+;<-entity.command.gcode
+;^constant.numeric.command.gcode
+;   ^keyword.param.gcode
+;    ^punctuation.quote.double.open.gcode
+;       ^string.quoted.double.gcode
+;                           ^punctuation.quote.double.close.gcode
+
+M32 S100 P0 !/path/file.gco#
+;<-entity.command.gcode
+;^constant.numeric.command.gcode
+;   ^keyword.param.gcode
+;    ^constant.numeric.param.gcode
+;           ^punctuation.string.path.open.gcode
+;                ^string.unquoted.path.gcode
+;                          ^punctuation.string.path.close.gcode
+
+G28 ; Home All
+;<-entity.command.gcode
+;^constant.numeric.command.gcode
+;   ^punctuation.comment.eol.start
+;     ^comment.gcode
+
+N123 G1 X5 Y0 *64 ; EOL Comment
+;<-entity.nword.gcode
+;^constant.numeric.line-number.gcode
+;    ^entity.command.gcode
+;     ^constant.numeric.command.gcode
+;       ^keyword.param.gcode
+;        ^constant.numeric.param.gcode
+;             ^punctuation.marker.checksum.gcode
+;              ^constant.numeric.checksum.gcode
+
+N234 G1 X-5 Y+2 *64 error
+;<-entity.nword.gcode
+;^constant.numeric.line-number.gcode
+;    ^entity.command.gcode
+;     ^constant.numeric.command.gcode
+;       ^keyword.param.gcode
+;        ^constant.numeric.param.gcode
+;               ^punctuation.marker.checksum.gcode
+;                ^constant.numeric.checksum.gcode
+;                  ^invalid.error.syntax.gcode
+
+N234 M107 *64     
+;              ^-invalid.error.syntax.gcode
+
+M92 E304.5:304.5:420:420:420:420 ; EOL Comment
+;<-entity.command.gcode
+;^constant.numeric.command.gcode
+;   ^keyword.param.gcode
+;    ^constant.numeric.param.gcode
+;             ^constant.numeric.param.gcode
+;                                ^punctuation.comment.eol.start
+;                                 ^comment.gcode
diff --git a/buildroot/share/tests/DUE-tests b/buildroot/share/tests/DUE-tests
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f793237cfb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/buildroot/share/tests/DUE-tests
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env bash
+#
+# Build tests for DUE (Atmel SAM3X8E ARM Cortex-M3)
+#
+
+# exit on first failure
+set -e
+
+restore_configs
+opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS4DUE_EFB EXTENSIBLE_UI EXTUI_EXAMPLE
+opt_enable S_CURVE_ACCELERATION EEPROM_SETTINGS GCODE_MACROS
+opt_set E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 8
+opt_set EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 100
+exec_test $1 $2 "RAMPS4DUE_EFB with S_CURVE_ACCELERATION, EEPROM_SETTINGS, GCODE_MACROS"
+
+restore_configs
+opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RADDS
+opt_enable USE_XMAX_PLUG USE_YMAX_PLUG BLTOUCH AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR \
+           Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN ENDSTOPPULLUPS
+opt_add Z2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false
+opt_add Z3_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false
+pins_set RAMPS X_MAX_PIN -1
+pins_set RAMPS Y_MAX_PIN -1
+opt_add Z2_MAX_PIN 2
+opt_add Z3_MAX_PIN 3
+exec_test $1 $2 "RADDS with Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS and Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN"
+
+#
+# Test SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
+#
+restore_configs
+opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS4DUE_EEF
+opt_set EXTRUDERS 2
+opt_set NUM_SERVOS 1
+opt_enable SWITCHING_EXTRUDER ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
+exec_test $1 $2 "RAMPS4DUE_EEF with SWITCHING_EXTRUDER, POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY"
diff --git a/buildroot/share/tests/LPC1768-tests b/buildroot/share/tests/LPC1768-tests
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bff465760b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/buildroot/share/tests/LPC1768-tests
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env bash
+#
+# Build tests for LPC1768 (NXP ARM Cortex-M3)
+#
+
+# exit on first failure
+set -e
+
+restore_configs
+opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_RE_ARM_EFB
+exec_test $1 $2 "Build Re-ARM Default Configuration"
+
+restore_configs
+opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_RE_ARM_EFB
+opt_enable VIKI2 SDSUPPORT
+opt_enable SERIAL_PORT2
+opt_enable NEOPIXEL_LED
+opt_set NEOPIXEL_PIN P1_16
+exec_test $1 $2 "ReARM EFB VIKI2, SDSUPPORT, 2 Serial ports (USB CDC + UART0), NeoPixel"
+
+restore_configs
+use_example_configs Mks/Sbase
+exec_test $1 $2 "MKS SBASE Example Config"
+
+restore_configs
+opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_SBASE
+opt_set EXTRUDERS 2
+opt_set TEMP_SENSOR_1 1
+opt_set NUM_SERVOS 2
+opt_set SERVO_DELAY "{ 300, 300 }"
+opt_enable SWITCHING_NOZZLE SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
+exec_test $1 $2 "MKS SBASE with SWITCHING_NOZZLE"
+
+restore_configs
+opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_RE_ARM_EEB
+opt_set EXTRUDERS 2
+opt_set TEMP_SENSOR_1 -1
+opt_set TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5
+opt_enable REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER SDSUPPORT ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING \
+           FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING \
+           FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE \
+           BABYSTEPPING BABYSTEP_XY BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY \
+           PRINTCOUNTER NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE SLOW_PWM_HEATERS PIDTEMPBED EEPROM_SETTINGS INCH_MODE_SUPPORT TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT \
+           Z_SAFE_HOMING ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE \
+           LCD_INFO_MENU ARC_SUPPORT BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
+opt_set GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 16
+exec_test $1 $2 "Re-ARM with Many Features"
+
+restore_configs
+opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_RE_ARM_EFB
+opt_enable COREYX USE_XMAX_PLUG DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT \
+           REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER SDSUPPORT BABYSTEPPING \
+           AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 EEPROM_SETTINGS \
+           FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR FAN_SOFT_PWM \
+           SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES HOME_Y_BEFORE_X EMERGENCY_PARSER FAN_KICKSTART_TIME \
+           SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT ADVANCED_OK GCODE_MACROS \
+           VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS ACTION_ON_KILL \
+           EXTRA_FAN_SPEED FWRETRACT Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS \
+           MENU_ADDAUTOSTART SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
+opt_set FAN_MIN_PWM 50
+opt_set FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
+opt_set XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT  15
+exec_test $1 $2 "Re-ARM with Many less common options"
+
+# clean up
+restore_configs
diff --git a/buildroot/share/tests/LPC1769-tests b/buildroot/share/tests/LPC1769-tests
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ca8be167b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/buildroot/share/tests/LPC1769-tests
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env bash
+#
+# Build tests for LPC1769 (NXP ARM Cortex-M3)
+#
+
+# exit on first failure
+set -e
+
+restore_configs
+use_example_configs Azteeg/X5GT
+exec_test $1 $2 "Azteeg X5GT Example Config"
+
+restore_configs
+opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_SMOOTHIEBOARD
+opt_set EXTRUDERS 2
+opt_set TEMP_SENSOR_1 -1
+opt_set TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5
+opt_enable VIKI2 SDSUPPORT ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING \
+           FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE \
+           BABYSTEPPING BABYSTEP_XY BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY \
+           PRINTCOUNTER NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE SLOW_PWM_HEATERS PIDTEMPBED EEPROM_SETTINGS INCH_MODE_SUPPORT TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT \
+           Z_SAFE_HOMING ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE \
+           LCD_INFO_MENU ARC_SUPPORT BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
+opt_set GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 16
+exec_test $1 $2 "Smoothieboard Many Features"
+
+restore_configs
+opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI
+opt_enable COREYX USE_XMAX_PLUG DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT \
+           REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER SDSUPPORT BABYSTEPPING \
+           AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 EEPROM_SETTINGS \
+           FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR FAN_SOFT_PWM \
+           SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES HOME_Y_BEFORE_X EMERGENCY_PARSER FAN_KICKSTART_TIME \
+           SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT ADVANCED_OK GCODE_MACROS \
+           VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS ACTION_ON_KILL \
+           EXTRA_FAN_SPEED FWRETRACT MENU_ADDAUTOSTART SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
+opt_set FAN_MIN_PWM 50
+opt_set FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
+opt_set XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT  15
+exec_test $1 $2 "Azteeg X5 MINI WIFI Many less common options"
+
+restore_configs
+use_example_configs delta/generic
+opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_COHESION3D_REMIX
+opt_enable AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR EEPROM_SETTINGS EEPROM_CHITCHAT
+opt_disable Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
+opt_set X_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2130
+opt_set Y_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2130
+opt_set Z_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2130
+opt_enable TMC_USE_SW_SPI MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS STEALTHCHOP_XY STEALTHCHOP_Z HYBRID_THRESHOLD TMC_DEBUG \
+           SENSORLESS_PROBING X_STALL_SENSITIVITY Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY
+exec_test $1 $2 "Delta Config (generic) + BOARD_COHESION3D_REMIX + UBL + EEPROM_SETTINGS + SENSORLESS_PROBING"
+
+# clean up
+restore_configs
diff --git a/buildroot/share/tests/STM32F1-tests b/buildroot/share/tests/STM32F1-tests
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4b6c77ec5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/buildroot/share/tests/STM32F1-tests
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env bash
+#
+# Build tests for STM32F103RE
+#
+
+# exit on first failure
+set -e
+
+restore_configs
+opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_STM32F1R
+opt_set EXTRUDERS 2
+opt_set SERIAL_PORT -1
+opt_enable EEPROM_SETTINGS EEPROM_CHITCHAT REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER SDSUPPORT \
+           PAREN_COMMENTS GCODE_MOTION_MODES SINGLENOZZLE TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP TOOLCHANGE_PARK \
+           GCODE_MACROS NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
+exec_test $1 $2 "STM32F1R EEPROM_SETTINGS EEPROM_CHITCHAT REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER SDSUPPORT PAREN_COMMENTS GCODE_MOTION_MODES"
+
+# cleanup
+restore_configs
diff --git a/buildroot/share/tests/esp32-tests b/buildroot/share/tests/esp32-tests
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6bffdf50f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/buildroot/share/tests/esp32-tests
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env bash
+#
+# Build tests for esp32
+#
+
+# exit on first failure
+set -e
+
+restore_configs
+opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ESP32
+opt_enable WIFISUPPORT GCODE_MACROS
+opt_set "WIFI_SSID \"ssid\""
+opt_set "WIFI_PWD \"password\""
+opt_set TX_BUFFER_SIZE 64
+opt_add WEBSUPPORT
+exec_test $1 $2 "ESP32 with WIFISUPPORT and WEBSUPPORT"
+
+# cleanup
+restore_configs
diff --git a/buildroot/share/tests/linux_native-tests b/buildroot/share/tests/linux_native-tests
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cc45f5c29b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/buildroot/share/tests/linux_native-tests
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env bash
+#
+# Build tests for Linux x86_64
+#
+
+# exit on first failure
+set -e
+
+restore_configs
+opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_LINUX_RAMPS
+opt_set TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1
+opt_enable PIDTEMPBED EEPROM_SETTINGS
+exec_test $1 $2 "Linux with EEPROM"
+
+# cleanup
+restore_configs
diff --git a/buildroot/share/tests/megaatmega2560-tests b/buildroot/share/tests/megaatmega2560-tests
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2e2bc4442d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/buildroot/share/tests/megaatmega2560-tests
@@ -0,0 +1,327 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env bash
+#
+# Build tests for AVR
+#
+
+# exit on first failure
+set -e
+
+#
+# Backup pins_RAMPS.h
+#
+cp Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS.h Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS.h.backup
+
+#
+# Build with the default configurations
+#
+restore_configs
+exec_test $1 $2 "Default Configuration"
+
+#
+# Test 2 extruders (one MAX6675) and heated bed on basic RAMPS 1.4
+# Test a "Fix Mounted" Probe with Safe Homing, some arc options,
+# linear bed leveling, M48, leveling debug, and firmware retraction.
+#
+opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EEB
+opt_set EXTRUDERS 2
+opt_set TEMP_SENSOR_0 -2
+opt_set TEMP_SENSOR_1 1
+opt_set TEMP_SENSOR_BED 2
+opt_set GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 16
+opt_set FANMUX0_PIN 53
+opt_enable PIDTEMPBED FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE Z_SAFE_HOMING EEPROM_SETTINGS \
+           REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER SDSUPPORT SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER \
+           NEOPIXEL_LED BLINKM PCA9632 RGB_LED RGB_LED_R_PIN RGB_LED_G_PIN RGB_LED_B_PIN \
+           NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM \
+           AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE \
+           SKEW_CORRECTION SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE \
+           FWRETRACT ARC_P_CIRCLES ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS \
+           PSU_CONTROL AUTO_POWER_CONTROL POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY POWER_LOSS_PIN POWER_LOSS_STATE \
+           LCD_PROGRESS_BAR LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST PINS_DEBUGGING \
+           MAX7219_DEBUG LED_CONTROL_MENU CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING BACKLASH_COMPENSATION BACKLASH_GCODE
+opt_enable SLOW_PWM_HEATERS THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER
+opt_set TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 3
+opt_set HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 45
+exec_test $1 $2 "RAMPS with 2 extruders, RepRap LCD, Linear ABL, LEDs, and many options"
+
+#
+# Test a probeless build of AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL, with lots of extruders
+#
+use_example_configs AnimationExample
+opt_set SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
+opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_AZTEEG_X3_PRO
+opt_set EXTRUDERS 5
+opt_set TEMP_SENSOR_1 1
+opt_set TEMP_SENSOR_2 5
+opt_set TEMP_SENSOR_3 20
+opt_set TEMP_SENSOR_4 1000
+opt_set TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1
+opt_enable AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE G26_MESH_EDITING ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT SKEW_CORRECTION \
+           EEPROM_SETTINGS EEPROM_CHITCHAT REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER SDSUPPORT GCODE_MACROS \
+           USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES LIGHTWEIGHT_UI \
+           CUSTOM_USER_MENUS I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS BABYSTEPPING BABYSTEP_XY LIN_ADVANCE NANODLP_Z_SYNC QUICK_HOME JUNCTION_DEVIATION MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
+exec_test $1 $2 "Azteeg X3 with 5 extruders, RRDFGSC, probeless UBL, Linear Advance, and more"
+
+#
+# Add a Sled Z Probe, use UBL Cartesian moves, use Japanese language
+#
+opt_enable Z_PROBE_SLED SKEW_CORRECTION SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
+opt_set LCD_LANGUAGE jp-kana
+opt_disable SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
+opt_enable BABYSTEPPING BABYSTEP_XY BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL
+exec_test $1 $2 "... Sled Z Probe, Skew, UBL Cartesian moves, Japanese, and Z probe BABYSTEPPING"
+
+#
+# Test a Servo Probe
+# ...with AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE, EEPROM_SETTINGS, EEPROM_CHITCHAT, EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT, and AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
+#
+restore_configs
+opt_enable ZONESTAR_LCD Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR Z_SERVO_ANGLES DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE \
+           AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE EEPROM_SETTINGS EEPROM_CHITCHAT
+opt_set NUM_SERVOS 1
+opt_enable NO_VOLUMETRICS EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES AUTOTEMP G38_PROBE_TARGET
+exec_test $1 $2 "RAMPS with ZONESTAR_LCD, Servo Probe, 3-Point ABL, DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE, EEPROM, G38, and more"
+
+#
+# Test MESH_BED_LEVELING feature, with LCD
+#
+restore_configs
+opt_enable SPINDLE_FEATURE MESH_BED_LEVELING G26_MESH_EDITING MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN LCD_BED_LEVELING MESH_EDIT_MENU ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
+exec_test $1 $2 "Spindle, MESH_BED_LEVELING, and LCD"
+
+#
+# Test MINIRAMBO with PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT and many features
+#
+restore_configs
+opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MINIRAMBO
+opt_enable PROBE_MANUALLY AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR G26_MESH_EDITING LCD_BED_LEVELING MESH_EDIT_MENU \
+           EEPROM_SETTINGS EEPROM_CHITCHAT \
+           M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER M100_FREE_MEMORY_DUMPER M100_FREE_MEMORY_CORRUPTOR \
+           INCH_MODE_SUPPORT TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT \
+           ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER SDSUPPORT \
+           PRINTCOUNTER NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE PCA9632 \
+           BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS \
+           ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE \
+           LCD_INFO_MENU M114_DETAIL
+opt_set PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT "{ 1300, 1300, 1250 }"
+opt_set I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 63
+exec_test $1 $2 "MINIRAMBO for PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT etc"
+
+#
+# Mixing Extruder with 5 steppers, Cyrillic
+#
+restore_configs
+opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_AZTEEG_X3_PRO
+opt_enable MIXING_EXTRUDER GRADIENT_MIX GRADIENT_VTOOL CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
+opt_set MIXING_STEPPERS 5
+opt_set LCD_LANGUAGE ru
+exec_test $1 $2 "Mixing Extruder with 5 steppers, Cyrillic"
+
+#
+# Test DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
+#
+restore_configs
+opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RUMBA
+opt_set EXTRUDERS 2
+opt_set TEMP_SENSOR_1 1
+opt_enable USE_XMAX_PLUG DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
+exec_test $1 $2 "DUAL_X_CARRIAGE"
+
+#
+# Test SPEAKER with BOARD_BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D and BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
+#
+#restore_configs
+#opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D
+#opt_set LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 10
+#opt_set LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 100
+#opt_enable BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER SPEAKER
+
+#
+# Enable COREXY
+#
+#restore_configs
+#opt_enable COREXY
+#exec_test $1 $2 "Stuff"
+
+#
+# Test many less common options
+#
+restore_configs
+opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_AZTEEG_X3_PRO
+opt_set EXTRUDERS 2
+opt_set TEMP_SENSOR_1 -4
+opt_set SERVO_DELAY "{ 300, 300, 300 }"
+opt_enable COREYX USE_XMAX_PLUG \
+           REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER BABYSTEPPING BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT \
+           FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR \
+           ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD FAN_SOFT_PWM SDSUPPORT \
+           SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD NUM_SERVOS DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE \
+           SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES HOME_Y_BEFORE_X EMERGENCY_PARSER \
+           SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT ADVANCED_OK \
+           VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS ACTION_ON_KILL \
+           EXTRA_FAN_SPEED FWRETRACT MENU_ADDAUTOSTART SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
+opt_set FAN_MIN_PWM 50
+opt_set FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
+opt_set XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT  15
+exec_test $1 $2 "Many less common options"
+
+######## Other Standard LCD/Panels ##############
+#
+# ULTRA_LCD
+#
+#restore_configs
+#opt_enable ULTRA_LCD
+#exec_test $1 $2 "Stuff"
+#
+# DOGLCD
+#
+#restore_configs
+#opt_enable DOGLCD
+#exec_test $1 $2 "Stuff"
+#
+# MAKRPANEL
+# Needs to use Melzi and Sanguino hardware
+#
+#restore_configs
+#opt_enable MAKRPANEL
+#exec_test $1 $2 "Stuff"
+#
+# REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER, SDSUPPORT, BABYSTEPPING, RIGIDBOARD_V2, and DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT
+#
+#restore_configs
+#opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RIGIDBOARD_V2
+#opt_enable REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER SDSUPPORT BABYSTEPPING DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT
+#exec_test $1 $2 "Stuff"
+# #
+# G3D_PANEL with SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA and STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
+#
+#restore_configs
+#opt_enable G3D_PANEL SDSUPPORT SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
+#opt_set SDSORT_GCODE true
+#opt_set SDSORT_USES_RAM true
+#opt_set SDSORT_USES_STACK true
+#opt_set SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES true
+#exec_test $1 $2 "Stuff"
+#
+# REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
+#
+# Cant find configuration details to get it to compile
+#restore_configs
+#opt_enable ULTRA_LCD REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP
+#exec_test $1 $2 "Stuff"
+#
+# RA_CONTROL_PANEL
+#
+#restore_configs
+#opt_enable RA_CONTROL_PANEL PINS_DEBUGGING
+#exec_test $1 $2 "Stuff"
+
+######## I2C LCD/PANELS ##############
+#
+# !!!ATTENTION!!!
+# Most I2C configurations are failing at the moment because they require
+# a different Liquid Crystal library "LiquidTWI2".
+#
+# LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
+#
+#restore_configs
+#opt_enable LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
+#exec_test $1 $2 "Stuff"
+#
+# LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
+#
+#restore_configs
+#opt_enable LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
+#exec_test $1 $2 "Stuff"
+#
+# LCD_I2C_VIKI
+#
+#restore_configs
+#opt_enable LCD_I2C_VIKI
+#exec_test $1 $2 "Stuff"
+#
+# LCM1602
+#
+#restore_configs
+#opt_enable LCM1602
+#exec_test $1 $2 "Stuff"
+
+#
+# Language files test with REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
+#
+#restore_configs
+#opt_enable REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER SDSUPPORT
+#for lang in an bg ca zh_CN zh_TW cz da de el el-gr en es eu fi fr gl hr it jp-kana nl pl pt pt-br ru sk tr uk test; do opt_set LCD_LANGUAGE $lang; echo "compile with language $lang ..."; exec_test $1 $2 "Stuff"; done
+#
+#restore_configs
+#opt_enable REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER SDSUPPORT
+#for lang in an bg ca zh_CN zh_TW cz da de el el-gr en es eu fi fr gl hr it jp-kana nl pl pt pt-br ru sk tr uk test; do opt_set LCD_LANGUAGE $lang; echo "compile with language $lang ..."; exec_test $1 $2 "Stuff"; done
+
+######## Example Configurations ##############
+#
+# Test a full-featured CR-10S config
+#
+use_example_configs Creality/CR-10S
+exec_test $1 $2 "Full-featured CR-10S config"
+#
+# BQ Hephestos 2
+#restore_configs
+#use_example_configs Hephestos_2
+#exec_test $1 $2 "Stuff"
+#
+# Delta Config (generic) + ABL bilinear + BLTOUCH
+use_example_configs delta/generic
+opt_enable REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR BLTOUCH BLTOUCH_FORCE_5V_MODE
+exec_test $1 $2 "Delta Config (generic) + ABL bilinear + BLTOUCH"
+#
+# Delta Config (generic) + UBL + ALLEN_KEY + OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 + EEPROM_SETTINGS
+#
+use_example_configs delta/generic
+opt_enable AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY EEPROM_SETTINGS EEPROM_CHITCHAT \
+           OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY
+exec_test $1 $2 "Delta Config (generic) + UBL + ALLEN_KEY + OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 + EEPROM_SETTINGS"
+#
+# Delta Config (FLSUN AC because it's complex)
+#
+use_example_configs delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate
+exec_test $1 $2 "Delta Config (FLSUN AC because it's complex)"
+#
+# Makibox Config  need to check board type for Teensy++ 2.0
+#
+#use_example_configs makibox
+#exec_test $1 $2 "Stuff"
+#
+# SCARA with TMC2130
+#
+use_example_configs SCARA
+opt_enable USE_ZMIN_PLUG FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW \
+           EEPROM_SETTINGS EEPROM_CHITCHAT ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER \
+           MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS STEALTHCHOP_XY STEALTHCHOP_Z STEALTHCHOP_E HYBRID_THRESHOLD SENSORLESS_HOMING SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+opt_set X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false
+opt_set X_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209
+opt_set Y_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2130
+opt_set Z_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2130
+opt_set E0_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2660
+exec_test $1 $2 "SCARA with TMC2130, TMC2209, and TMC2660"
+#
+# Test mixed TMC config
+#
+restore_configs
+opt_set X_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2160
+opt_set Y_DRIVER_TYPE TMC5160
+opt_set Z_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208
+opt_set E0_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2130
+opt_set X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true
+opt_set Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true
+opt_enable REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS STEALTHCHOP_XY STEALTHCHOP_Z STEALTHCHOP_E HYBRID_THRESHOLD USE_ZMIN_PLUG SENSORLESS_HOMING TMC_DEBUG
+exec_test $1 $2 "Mixed TMC configuration"
+#
+# tvrrug Config need to check board type for sanguino atmega644p
+#
+#use_example_configs tvrrug/Round2
+#exec_test $1 $2 "Stuff"
+#
+#
+
+# clean up
+restore_configs
diff --git a/buildroot/share/tests/run_tests b/buildroot/share/tests/run_tests
index ec21df500e..229cfb588a 100644
--- a/buildroot/share/tests/run_tests
+++ b/buildroot/share/tests/run_tests
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ if [[ $2 = "ALL" ]]; then
   declare -a tests=(${dir_list[@]/*run_tests/})
   for f in "${tests[@]}"; do
     env_backup
-    testenv=$(basename $f | cut -d"_" -f1)
+    testenv=$(basename $f | cut -d"-" -f1)
     printf "Running \033[0;32m$f\033[0m Tests\n"
     exec_test $1 "$testenv --target clean" "Setup Build Environment"
     $f $1 $testenv
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ if [[ $2 = "ALL" ]]; then
 else
   env_backup
   exec_test $1 "$2 --target clean" "Setup Build Environment"
-  $2_tests $1 $2
+  $2-tests $1 $2
   env_restore
 fi
 printf "\033[0;32mAll tests completed successfully\033[0m\n"
diff --git a/buildroot/share/tests/teensy35-tests b/buildroot/share/tests/teensy35-tests
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6539bf9854
--- /dev/null
+++ b/buildroot/share/tests/teensy35-tests
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env bash
+#
+# Build tests for Teensy 3.5/3.6 (ARM Cortex-M4)
+#
+
+# exit on first failure
+set -e
+
+restore_configs
+opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_TEENSY35_36
+cp Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS.h Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS.h.backup
+exec_test $1 $2 "Teensy3.5 with default config"
+
+#
+# Test as many features together as possible
+#
+restore_configs
+opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_TEENSY35_36
+opt_set EXTRUDERS 2
+opt_set TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
+opt_set TEMP_SENSOR_1 5
+opt_set TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1
+opt_enable REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER LCD_INFO_MENU SDSUPPORT SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA \
+           FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY CALIBRATION_GCODE \
+           FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE Z_SAFE_HOMING AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE \
+           BABYSTEPPING BABYSTEP_XY BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY \
+           PRINTCOUNTER NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE SLOW_PWM_HEATERS PIDTEMPBED EEPROM_SETTINGS INCH_MODE_SUPPORT TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER \
+           ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE ARC_SUPPORT BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE \
+           PHOTO_GCODE PHOTO_POSITION PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION PHOTO_SWITCH_MS PHOTO_DELAY_MS PHOTO_RETRACT_MM \
+           HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT
+opt_set I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 63
+opt_set GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 16
+exec_test $1 $2 "Teensy3.5 with many features"
+
+#
+# Test a Sled Z Probe with Linear leveling
+#
+restore_configs
+opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_TEENSY35_36
+opt_enable EEPROM_SETTINGS Z_PROBE_SLED AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE GCODE_MACROS
+exec_test $1 $2 "Sled Z Probe with Linear leveling"
+
+#
+# Test a Servo Probe
+#
+# restore_configs
+# opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_TEENSY35_36
+# opt_enable Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR Z_SERVO_ANGLES DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE \
+#            AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE EEPROM_SETTINGS
+# opt_set NUM_SERVOS 1
+# exec_test $1 $2 "Servo Probe"
+#
+# ...with AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE, EEPROM_SETTINGS, EEPROM_CHITCHAT, EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT, and AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
+#
+# opt_enable AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE EEPROM_SETTINGS \
+#            EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
+# exec_test $1 $2 "...with AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE, EEPROM_SETTINGS, EEPROM_CHITCHAT, EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT, and AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES"
+
+#
+# Test MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER with LCD
+#
+restore_configs
+opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_TEENSY35_36
+opt_set EXTRUDERS 2
+opt_set TEMP_SENSOR_1 1
+opt_enable MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
+exec_test $1 $2 "MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER with LCD"
+
+#
+# Mixing Extruder
+#
+restore_configs
+opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_TEENSY35_36
+opt_enable MIXING_EXTRUDER DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 GRADIENT_MIX GRADIENT_VTOOL REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
+opt_set MIXING_STEPPERS 2
+exec_test $1 $2 "Mixing Extruder"
+
+#
+# Test SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
+#
+# restore_configs
+# opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_TEENSY35_36
+# opt_set EXTRUDERS 2
+# opt_set NUM_SERVOS 1
+# opt_enable SWITCHING_EXTRUDER ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
+# exec_test $1 $2 "SWITCHING_EXTRUDER"
+#
+# Enable COREXY
+#
+restore_configs
+opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_TEENSY35_36
+opt_enable COREXY
+exec_test $1 $2 "COREXY"
+
+#
+# Enable COREXZ
+#
+restore_configs
+opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_TEENSY35_36
+opt_enable COREXZ
+exec_test $1 $2 "COREXZ"
+
+#
+# Enable Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS, Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
+#
+restore_configs
+opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_TEENSY35_36
+opt_enable Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
+pins_set RAMPS X_MAX_PIN -1
+opt_add Z2_MAX_PIN 2
+opt_enable USE_XMAX_PLUG
+exec_test $1 $2 "Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS, Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS"
+
+# Clean up
+restore_configs
diff --git a/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/extension.js b/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/extension.js
index 8277517955..01198a62bb 100644
--- a/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/extension.js
+++ b/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/extension.js
@@ -8,19 +8,26 @@ function activate(context) {
 
   var NEXT_TERM_ID = 1;
   var pio_build     = vscode.commands.registerCommand('piobuild',     function () {
-    const terminal = vscode.window.createTerminal(`#${NEXT_TERM_ID++}`);
+    vscode.commands.executeCommand('workbench.action.files.saveAll');
+    const terminal = vscode.window.createTerminal(`AB Build #${NEXT_TERM_ID++}`);
+    terminal.show(true);
     terminal.sendText("python buildroot/share/atom/auto_build.py build");
     });
   var pio_clean     = vscode.commands.registerCommand('pioclean',     function () {
-    const terminal = vscode.window.createTerminal(`#${NEXT_TERM_ID++}`);
+    const terminal = vscode.window.createTerminal(`AB Clean #${NEXT_TERM_ID++}`);
+    terminal.show(true);
     terminal.sendText("python buildroot/share/atom/auto_build.py clean");
   });
   var pio_upload    = vscode.commands.registerCommand('pioupload',    function () {
-    const terminal = vscode.window.createTerminal(`#${NEXT_TERM_ID++}`);
+    vscode.commands.executeCommand('workbench.action.files.saveAll');
+    const terminal = vscode.window.createTerminal(`AB Upload #${NEXT_TERM_ID++}`);
+    terminal.show(true);
     terminal.sendText("python buildroot/share/atom/auto_build.py upload");
   });
   var pio_traceback = vscode.commands.registerCommand('piotraceback', function () {
-    const terminal = vscode.window.createTerminal(`#${NEXT_TERM_ID++}`);
+    vscode.commands.executeCommand('workbench.action.files.saveAll');
+    const terminal = vscode.window.createTerminal(`AB Traceback #${NEXT_TERM_ID++}`);
+    terminal.show(true);
     terminal.sendText("python buildroot/share/atom/auto_build.py traceback");
   });
 
diff --git a/config/default/Configuration.h b/config/default/Configuration.h
index d0ccf20148..f0a826ac6d 100644
--- a/config/default/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/default/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -619,13 +630,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -636,11 +647,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -728,9 +739,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -820,79 +837,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -947,10 +915,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1108,7 +1083,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1539,7 +1514,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1960,14 +1935,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2011,12 +1987,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2033,15 +2020,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/default/Configuration_adv.h b/config/default/Configuration_adv.h
index 7f17031042..5a0677f409 100644
--- a/config/default/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/default/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -852,8 +926,8 @@
   #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
     //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN         44 // Pin to detect power loss
     //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE     HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss
-    //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN   20   // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume
-    //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10   // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power.
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN   20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power.
 
     // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card,
     // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued.
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration.h b/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration.h
index 7989f37cd6..e89fce346c 100644
--- a/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -624,13 +635,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -641,11 +652,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -734,9 +745,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   1590    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -826,79 +843,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -953,10 +921,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1114,7 +1089,7 @@
 #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1570,7 +1545,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1991,14 +1966,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2042,12 +2018,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2064,15 +2051,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration_adv.h
index c67f836417..d91dc27060 100644
--- a/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON false         // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  #define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT                // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                     // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration.h b/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration.h
index 33d2b42ce8..67d81e9822 100644
--- a/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 1
+#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 7
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -639,13 +650,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -656,11 +667,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -748,9 +759,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -840,79 +857,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -967,10 +935,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1128,7 +1103,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1559,7 +1534,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1980,14 +1955,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2031,12 +2007,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2053,15 +2040,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration_adv.h
index d9534a55b1..4853f9c753 100644
--- a/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/Configuration.h b/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/Configuration.h
index 0605526f74..27fb4e25c3 100644
--- a/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -619,13 +630,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -636,11 +647,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -728,9 +739,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -820,79 +837,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -947,10 +915,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1108,7 +1083,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1539,7 +1514,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1960,14 +1935,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2011,12 +1987,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2033,15 +2020,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration.h b/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration.h
index f4423157ae..e78d7833d9 100644
--- a/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 20
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 20
@@ -630,13 +641,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -647,11 +658,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -739,9 +750,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -831,79 +848,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -958,10 +926,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1119,7 +1094,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1550,7 +1525,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1707,7 +1682,7 @@
 //
 //  Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
 //
-//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
+#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
 
 //
 // This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
@@ -1971,14 +1946,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2022,12 +1998,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2044,15 +2031,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration_adv.h
index 219135ea2e..3c2a174634 100644
--- a/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 255   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  #define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                     // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  #define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  #define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1648,7 +1734,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1658,6 +1743,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1667,7 +1775,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1693,7 +1801,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1711,7 +1819,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1734,7 +1842,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1746,7 +1854,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1754,14 +1862,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2008,36 +2123,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration.h
index eaaf073e16..d958224023 100644
--- a/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -619,13 +630,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -636,11 +647,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -699,7 +710,7 @@
  * Override with M92
  *                                      X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
  */
-#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT   {100, 100, 400, 95 }
+#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT   { 100, 100, 400, 95  }
 
 /**
  * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
@@ -728,9 +739,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -820,79 +837,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -947,10 +915,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 //#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1108,7 +1083,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1539,7 +1514,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1962,14 +1937,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2013,12 +1989,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2035,15 +2022,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration_adv.h
index d79814177c..084dbc79e8 100644
--- a/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration.h
index ca22d5eeb7..c3e7e28402 100644
--- a/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -619,13 +630,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -636,11 +647,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -699,7 +710,7 @@
  * Override with M92
  *                                      X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
  */
-#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT   {100, 100, 400, 95 }
+#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT   { 100, 100, 400, 95  }
 
 /**
  * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
@@ -728,9 +739,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -820,79 +837,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -947,10 +915,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 //#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1108,7 +1083,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1539,7 +1514,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1962,14 +1937,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2013,12 +1989,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2035,15 +2022,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration_adv.h
index d79814177c..084dbc79e8 100644
--- a/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration.h
index 35986136c4..0c51b283bf 100644
--- a/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 11
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -639,13 +650,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -656,11 +667,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -723,8 +734,8 @@
 
 // ANET A6 Firmwae V2.0 defaults: (steps/mm)
 // Xsteps/mm: +100.0, Ysteps/mm: +100.0, Zsteps/mm: +0400.0, eSteps/mm: +0095.0
-#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT   {100,  100, 400, 95}
-//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT   {80,  80, 400, 95}
+#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT   { 100,  100, 400, 95 }
+//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT   { 80,  80, 400, 95 }
 
 /**
  * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
@@ -735,8 +746,8 @@
 
 // ANET A6 Firmware V2.0 defaults (Vmax):
 // Vmax x: 400, Vmax y: 400, Vmax z: 4, Vmax e: 25
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE          {400, 400, 4, 25}
-//#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE          {400, 400, 20, 50}
+#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE          { 400, 400, 4, 25 }
+//#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE          { 400, 400, 20, 50 }
 
 
 /**
@@ -773,9 +784,15 @@
 //#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  2000   // E acceleration for retracts
 //#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   4000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -867,79 +884,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -1016,10 +984,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 3)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 #define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1038,15 +1013,14 @@
 #if 1 // 0 for less clearance
   #define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE   10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
   #define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES  5 // Z Clearance between probe points
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE     5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
   //#define Z_AFTER_PROBING           5 // Z position after probing is done
 #else
   #define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE    5 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
   #define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES  3 // Z Clearance between probe points
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE     5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
   //#define Z_AFTER_PROBING           3 // Z position after probing is done
 #endif
 
+#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE       5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
 #define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT          -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
 
 // For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
@@ -1222,7 +1196,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1691,7 +1665,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -2114,14 +2088,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2165,12 +2140,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2187,15 +2173,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration_adv.h
index b2849b7003..acf404e649 100644
--- a/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration.h
index 21b76caac5..d5da9d2569 100644
--- a/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -259,7 +259,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -270,6 +279,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -295,37 +306,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -360,6 +370,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -385,7 +396,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -632,13 +643,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -649,11 +660,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -741,9 +752,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  1000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   1000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -833,79 +850,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -960,10 +928,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1121,7 +1096,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1552,7 +1527,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1975,14 +1950,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2026,12 +2002,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2048,15 +2035,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration_adv.h
index 5c1ade0b94..90625a9baa 100644
--- a/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A8plus/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Anet/A8plus/Configuration.h
index c40b6f7827..13dffd5c6b 100644
--- a/config/examples/Anet/A8plus/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Anet/A8plus/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -259,7 +259,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -270,6 +279,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -295,37 +306,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -360,6 +370,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -385,7 +396,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -630,13 +641,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -647,11 +658,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 #define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 #define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -739,9 +750,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  1000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   1000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -831,79 +848,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -958,10 +926,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1119,7 +1094,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1550,7 +1525,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1971,14 +1946,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2022,12 +1998,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2044,15 +2031,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A8plus/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/A8plus/Configuration_adv.h
index a1ba977f3d..f1d6421a9a 100644
--- a/config/examples/Anet/A8plus/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/Anet/A8plus/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/E16/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Anet/E16/Configuration.h
index a08d2248c8..031fe518d4 100644
--- a/config/examples/Anet/E16/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Anet/E16/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -631,13 +642,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -648,11 +659,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 #define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 #define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -740,9 +751,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  1000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   1000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.08  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -832,79 +849,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -959,10 +927,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1120,7 +1095,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1551,7 +1526,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1972,14 +1947,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2023,12 +1999,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2045,15 +2032,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/E16/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/E16/Configuration_adv.h
index ee1c865c7e..ea25ceebfa 100644
--- a/config/examples/Anet/E16/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/Anet/E16/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -852,8 +926,8 @@
   #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
     //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN         44 // Pin to detect power loss
     //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE     HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss
-    //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN   20   // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume
-    //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10   // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power.
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN   20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power.
 
     // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card,
     // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued.
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/E16/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Anet/E16/_Statusscreen.h
index 9bc16f9c46..7a1c4e8696 100644
--- a/config/examples/Anet/E16/_Statusscreen.h
+++ b/config/examples/Anet/E16/_Statusscreen.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Custom Status Screen bitmap
diff --git a/config/examples/AnimationExample/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/AnimationExample/_Bootscreen.h
index 351abf6fe0..2c1d31e445 100644
--- a/config/examples/AnimationExample/_Bootscreen.h
+++ b/config/examples/AnimationExample/_Bootscreen.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Animated boot screen example
@@ -28,7 +29,6 @@
 #define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_FRAME_TIME 100  // (ms)
 
 #define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH   128
-#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT   2500  // (ms)
 
 const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = {
   B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
diff --git a/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration.h b/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration.h
index 70cfd08dd2..ba2792fbbc 100644
--- a/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -629,13 +640,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -646,11 +657,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -738,9 +749,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  2000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   1000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -830,79 +847,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 #define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -957,10 +925,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1118,7 +1093,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1549,7 +1524,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1970,14 +1945,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2021,12 +1997,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2043,15 +2030,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration_adv.h
index c6b259c067..ce84ca0a77 100644
--- a/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration.h b/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration.h
index 5e1c2ba6fe..1c74b9ca0f 100644
--- a/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -620,13 +631,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -637,11 +648,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -729,9 +740,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  1000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   1000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -821,79 +838,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -948,10 +916,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1109,7 +1084,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1540,7 +1515,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1961,14 +1936,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2012,12 +1988,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2034,15 +2021,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration_adv.h
index aed60b1bd3..043aaaefaf 100644
--- a/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -356,8 +356,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -379,7 +382,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -527,6 +531,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -540,6 +611,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -550,7 +625,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -567,7 +642,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -578,12 +653,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -684,7 +758,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -908,12 +982,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -964,19 +1041,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1365,6 +1450,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1650,7 +1736,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1660,6 +1745,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1669,7 +1777,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1695,7 +1803,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1713,7 +1821,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1736,7 +1844,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1748,7 +1856,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1756,14 +1864,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2010,36 +2125,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/Azteeg/X5GT/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Azteeg/X5GT/Configuration.h
index f916b973ba..1fa040695e 100644
--- a/config/examples/Azteeg/X5GT/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Azteeg/X5GT/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 1
@@ -619,13 +630,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -636,11 +647,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -728,9 +739,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -820,79 +837,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -947,10 +915,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1108,7 +1083,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1539,7 +1514,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1960,14 +1935,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2011,12 +1987,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2033,15 +2020,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration.h b/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration.h
index cd8e443771..89e46bea99 100644
--- a/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, -33.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, -33.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -619,13 +630,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -636,11 +647,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -728,9 +739,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  1100    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   1100    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -820,79 +837,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -947,10 +915,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1108,7 +1083,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1539,7 +1514,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1960,14 +1935,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2011,12 +1987,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2033,15 +2020,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration_adv.h
index b8661f1021..42f0c8c690 100644
--- a/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration.h b/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration.h
index 995e50f81e..c144505dc5 100644
--- a/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, -33.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, -33.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 5
@@ -619,13 +630,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -636,11 +647,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -728,9 +739,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  1100    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   1100    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -820,79 +837,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -947,10 +915,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1108,7 +1083,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1539,7 +1514,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1960,14 +1935,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2011,12 +1987,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2033,15 +2020,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration_adv.h
index 549cee8d1b..5e96edcc8a 100644
--- a/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration.h b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration.h
index e79b828fc5..bc7e212da8 100644
--- a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 1
+#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -607,13 +618,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -624,11 +635,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -716,9 +727,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  1000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   1000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -808,79 +825,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -935,10 +903,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1096,7 +1071,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1527,7 +1502,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1948,14 +1923,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -1999,12 +1975,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2021,15 +2008,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration_adv.h
index 28d1c48625..4e4c26ee12 100644
--- a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {120*60, 120*60, 18*60, 60}  // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 120*60, 120*60, 18*60, 60 }  // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration.h
index aa2dd95f2d..ab241ac0fa 100644
--- a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -266,7 +266,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -277,6 +286,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -302,37 +313,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -367,6 +377,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -392,7 +403,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 70
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -620,13 +631,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -637,11 +648,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -729,9 +740,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  1300    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   1500    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -821,79 +838,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -948,10 +916,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1109,7 +1084,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
 
   // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout.
@@ -1348,7 +1323,7 @@
 
 // Homing speeds (mm/m)
 #define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z  ( 4*60)
+#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z  (4*60)
 
 // Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
 #define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
@@ -1539,7 +1514,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1960,14 +1935,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2011,12 +1987,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2033,15 +2020,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration_adv.h
index 4a68fab495..eb368caee6 100644
--- a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 300
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X false
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y false
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z false  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z false  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  //#define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    //#define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -912,12 +986,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -968,19 +1045,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1369,6 +1454,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1654,7 +1740,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1664,6 +1749,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1673,7 +1781,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1699,7 +1807,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1717,7 +1825,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1740,7 +1848,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1752,7 +1860,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1760,14 +1868,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2014,36 +2129,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/_Bootscreen.h
index 5bc99616ea..8d593ccdea 100644
--- a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/_Bootscreen.h
+++ b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/_Bootscreen.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Custom Boot Screen bitmap
diff --git a/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration.h b/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration.h
index c1a5f95c58..34856d9246 100644
--- a/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 1
+#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -607,13 +618,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -624,11 +635,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -716,9 +727,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -808,79 +825,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -935,10 +903,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1096,7 +1071,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1527,7 +1502,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1948,14 +1923,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -1999,12 +1975,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2021,15 +2008,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration_adv.h
index 28d1c48625..4e4c26ee12 100644
--- a/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {120*60, 120*60, 18*60, 60}  // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 120*60, 120*60, 18*60, 60 }  // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration.h
index 4c4886e917..d8b2f4fcaa 100644
--- a/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -259,7 +259,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -270,6 +279,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -295,37 +306,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 1
+#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -360,6 +370,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -385,7 +396,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 -1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 -1
@@ -618,13 +629,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -635,11 +646,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -727,9 +738,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  10000   // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   1000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -819,79 +836,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -946,10 +914,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1107,7 +1082,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1538,7 +1513,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1959,14 +1934,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2010,12 +1986,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2032,15 +2019,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration_adv.h
index 37ff167b36..7a116cfb76 100644
--- a/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 35
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/Cartesio/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Cartesio/_Bootscreen.h
index c42a6fb37d..e81968dbf2 100644
--- a/config/examples/Cartesio/_Bootscreen.h
+++ b/config/examples/Cartesio/_Bootscreen.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Custom Boot Screen bitmap
diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration.h
index 5a9c04c86c..eab96aa71d 100644
--- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -629,13 +640,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -646,11 +657,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -738,9 +749,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  500    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   1000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -830,79 +847,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -957,10 +925,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1118,7 +1093,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1549,7 +1524,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1970,14 +1945,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2021,12 +1997,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2043,15 +2030,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration_adv.h
index 4a3a889ba0..4fbb6261ed 100644
--- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/_Bootscreen.h
index 45fdb622b1..2008f5a302 100644
--- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/_Bootscreen.h
+++ b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/_Bootscreen.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Custom Boot Screen bitmap
diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/_Statusscreen.h
index 1ae998fec8..88c7d127b5 100644
--- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/_Statusscreen.h
+++ b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/_Statusscreen.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Custom Status Screen bitmap
diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration.h
index fe9b7a600e..fb53d1e996 100644
--- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -619,13 +630,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -636,11 +647,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -728,9 +739,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  1000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION    800    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -820,79 +837,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -947,10 +915,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1108,7 +1083,7 @@
 #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 2 // Creality CR10-S stock sensor
@@ -1540,7 +1515,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1961,14 +1936,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2012,12 +1988,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2034,15 +2021,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration_adv.h
index f7488dd4aa..b415180b8b 100644
--- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/_Bootscreen.h
index 45fdb622b1..2008f5a302 100644
--- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/_Bootscreen.h
+++ b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/_Bootscreen.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Custom Boot Screen bitmap
diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/_Statusscreen.h
index 75a820d586..a26739681b 100644
--- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/_Statusscreen.h
+++ b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/_Statusscreen.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Custom Status Screen bitmap
diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration.h
index 71c38600a8..1f993b4111 100644
--- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -619,13 +630,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -636,11 +647,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -729,9 +740,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION   500    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   1000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -821,79 +838,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -948,10 +916,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1110,7 +1085,7 @@
 #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 2 // Creality CR10-S stock sensor
@@ -1542,7 +1517,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1963,14 +1938,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2014,12 +1990,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2036,15 +2023,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration_adv.h
index 5162d130f1..eee21c5363 100644
--- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/_Bootscreen.h
index 45fdb622b1..2008f5a302 100644
--- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/_Bootscreen.h
+++ b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/_Bootscreen.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Custom Boot Screen bitmap
diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration.h
index 4345f0767b..08a46ec9ef 100644
--- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -267,7 +267,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -278,6 +287,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -303,37 +314,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -368,6 +378,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -393,7 +404,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -638,13 +649,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -655,11 +666,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -747,9 +758,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  1000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   1000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -839,79 +856,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -966,10 +934,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1127,7 +1102,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1558,7 +1533,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1979,14 +1954,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2030,12 +2006,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2052,15 +2039,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration_adv.h
index 7970e81179..22eb0ed525 100644
--- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/_Bootscreen.h
index 45fdb622b1..2008f5a302 100644
--- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/_Bootscreen.h
+++ b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/_Bootscreen.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Custom Boot Screen bitmap
diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/_Statusscreen.h
index 9b45f9a40f..a002103274 100644
--- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/_Statusscreen.h
+++ b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/_Statusscreen.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Custom Status Screen bitmap
diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-20 Pro/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-20 Pro/Configuration.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c284920f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/examples/Creality/CR-20 Pro/Configuration.h	
@@ -0,0 +1,2167 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+/**
+ * Configuration.h
+ *
+ * Basic settings such as:
+ *
+ * - Type of electronics
+ * - Type of temperature sensor
+ * - Printer geometry
+ * - Endstop configuration
+ * - LCD controller
+ * - Extra features
+ *
+ * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
+ *
+ */
+#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Getting Started =============================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
+ *
+ * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
+ * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
+ * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
+ * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
+ * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
+ * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
+ * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
+ */
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
+//===========================================================================
+// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
+// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine.
+//
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
+//===========================================================================
+// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
+// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine.
+//
+
+// @section info
+
+// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during
+// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this
+// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware.
+#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(CR-20 Pro)" // Who made the changes.
+#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
+#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1
+#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 WEBSITE_URL         // will be shown during bootup in line 2
+
+/**
+ * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
+ *
+ * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
+ * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
+ * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
+ *
+ * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
+ * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
+ */
+
+// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
+//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
+
+// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
+#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE
+
+// @section machine
+
+/**
+ * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
+ * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
+ * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
+ *
+ * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
+ */
+#define SERIAL_PORT 0
+
+/**
+ * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
+ * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
+ * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
+ *
+ * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
+ */
+//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
+
+/**
+ * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
+ *
+ * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
+ * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
+ * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
+ *
+ * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
+ */
+#define BAUDRATE 115200
+
+// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
+//#define BLUETOOTH
+
+// The following define selects which electronics board you have.
+// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
+#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
+  #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB
+#endif
+
+// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine
+// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message
+#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "CR-20 Pro"
+
+// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines)
+// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4)
+//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
+
+// @section extruder
+
+// This defines the number of extruders
+// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
+#define EXTRUDERS 1
+
+// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc.
+#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75
+
+// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
+//#define SINGLENOZZLE
+
+/**
+ * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
+ *
+ * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
+ * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
+ * for extruders.
+ *
+ * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
+ * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
+ */
+//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
+#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
+  // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
+  // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
+  //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40  // Always Required
+  //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42  // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
+  //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44  // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
+ *
+ * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
+ * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5
+ *
+ * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h
+ */
+//#define PRUSA_MMU2
+
+// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
+//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
+#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
+  #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
+  #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
+  #if EXTRUDERS > 3
+    #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles
+//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
+#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
+  #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
+  //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1          // If two servos are used, the index of the second
+  #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 }   // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
+ * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
+ */
+//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
+
+/**
+ * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
+ * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
+ *
+ * project   : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
+ * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
+ *             https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
+ */
+//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER
+
+#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
+
+  #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 }     // X positions for parking the extruders
+  #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1            // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+  //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL                   // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
+
+  #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
+
+    #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT           // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
+    #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW  // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
+    #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250        // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
+    //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL                   // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
+
+  #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
+
+    #define MPE_FAST_SPEED      9000      // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point
+    #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED      4500      // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
+    #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE   10      // (mm) Last distance point
+    #define MPE_COMPENSATION       0      // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling
+
+  #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
+ * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
+ */
+//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+/**
+ * Magnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic
+ * docking mechanism using movement and no servo.
+ */
+//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS          { 215, 0 }  // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
+  #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR       2         // Index of the servo connector
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 }  // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
+  #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * "Mixing Extruder"
+ *   - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
+ *   - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
+ *   - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S<index>' supporting virtual tools.
+ *   - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
+ *   - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
+ */
+//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
+#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
+  #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
+  #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
+  //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
+// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
+// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+
+// @section machine
+
+/**
+ * Power Supply Control
+ *
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
+ */
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
+
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
+
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
+    #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
+    #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
+    #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
+    #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section temperature
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
+ *
+ * Temperature sensors available:
+ *
+ *    -4 : thermocouple with AD8495
+ *    -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)
+ *    -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)
+ *    -1 : thermocouple with AD595
+ *     0 : not used
+ *     1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
+ *     2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
+ *     3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
+ *     4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
+ *     5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
+ *   501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor
+ *     6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
+ *     7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
+ *    71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
+ *     8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
+ *     9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
+ *    10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
+ *    11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
+ *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
+ *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
+ *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
+ *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
+ *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
+ *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
+ *    66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
+ *    67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering
+ *    70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
+ *    75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
+ *
+ *       1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
+ *                              (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
+ *    51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
+ *    52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
+ *    55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
+ *
+ *  1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
+ *  1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
+ *   147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
+ *   110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
+ *
+ *  1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h
+ *
+ *         Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
+ *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
+ *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
+ *
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ */
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
+
+// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
+#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
+#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
+
+// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
+// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
+//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
+#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
+
+#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME     10  // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109
+#define TEMP_WINDOW              1  // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
+#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS          3  // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
+
+#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10  // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190
+#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW          1  // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
+#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS      3  // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
+
+// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off
+// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire.
+#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP   5
+#define BED_MINTEMP        5
+
+// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off.
+// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures.
+// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.)
+#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
+#define BED_MAXTEMP      125
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= PID Settings ================================
+//===========================================================================
+// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
+
+// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
+#define PIDTEMP
+#define BANG_MAX 255     // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
+#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
+#define PID_K1 0.95      // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
+#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
+  #define PID_EDIT_MENU           // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM)
+  #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU       // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM)
+  //#define PID_DEBUG             // Sends debug data to the serial port.
+  //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1        // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
+  //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS      // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
+  //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
+                                  // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
+  #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
+                                  // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
+
+  // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
+  // Creality Ender-3
+  #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.73
+  #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.54
+  #define DEFAULT_Kd 76.55
+
+  // Ultimaker
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2
+  //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114
+
+  // MakerGear
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
+  //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
+
+  // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
+  //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
+
+#endif // PIDTEMP
+
+//===========================================================================
+//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ======================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * PID Bed Heating
+ *
+ * If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
+ * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis.
+ *
+ * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
+ * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
+ * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
+ * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
+ * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
+ * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
+ */
+//#define PIDTEMPBED
+
+//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
+
+/**
+ * Max Bed Power
+ * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
+ * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
+ * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
+ */
+#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
+
+#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
+
+  //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
+
+  //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
+  //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
+  #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
+  #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
+  #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
+
+  //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
+  //from pidautotune
+  //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
+  //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
+  //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
+
+  // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
+#endif // PIDTEMPBED
+
+// @section extruder
+
+/**
+ * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
+ * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
+ * cold extrusion prevention on and off.
+ *
+ * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
+ */
+#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
+#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
+
+/**
+ * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
+ * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
+ */
+#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
+#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
+
+//===========================================================================
+//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
+ * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
+ * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
+ *
+ * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
+ * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
+ * the heater on.
+ *
+ * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
+ * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
+ */
+
+#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
+#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED     // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
+#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section machine
+
+// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
+// either in the usual order or reversed
+//#define COREXY
+//#define COREXZ
+//#define COREYZ
+//#define COREYX
+//#define COREZX
+//#define COREZY
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section homing
+
+// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
+// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
+// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
+#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
+#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
+#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
+//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
+//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
+//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
+
+// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
+#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
+#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
+  // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
+#endif
+
+// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
+//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
+#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
+  // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
+#endif
+
+// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+
+/**
+ * Stepper Drivers
+ *
+ * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
+ * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
+ *
+ * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
+ *
+ * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ */
+//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
+//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
+//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
+//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+
+// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
+// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
+//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
+
+/**
+ * Endstop Noise Threshold
+ *
+ * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
+ *
+ * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
+ * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch.
+ * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
+ *   based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
+ *
+ * :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
+ */
+//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================== Movement Settings ============================
+//=============================================================================
+// @section motion
+
+/**
+ * Default Settings
+ *
+ * These settings can be reset by M502
+ *
+ * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
+ * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
+ * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
+ */
+//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
+
+/**
+ * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
+ * Override with M92
+ *                                      X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT   { 80, 80, 400, 97 }
+
+/**
+ * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
+ * Override with M203
+ *                                      X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE          { 500, 500, 5, 25 }
+
+/**
+ * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
+ * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
+ * Override with M201
+ *                                      X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION      { 500, 500, 100, 5000 }
+
+/**
+ * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
+ * Override with M204
+ *
+ *   M204 P    Acceleration
+ *   M204 R    Retract Acceleration
+ *   M204 T    Travel Acceleration
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION          500    // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
+#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  500    // E acceleration for retracts
+#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   500    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
+
+//
+// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+//
+//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
+#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
+  #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Default Jerk (mm/s)
+ * Override with M205 X Y Z E
+ *
+ * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
+ * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
+ * value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
+ */
+#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
+  #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0
+  #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0
+  #define DEFAULT_ZJERK  0.3
+#endif
+
+#define DEFAULT_EJERK    5.0  // May be used by Linear Advance
+
+/**
+ * S-Curve Acceleration
+ *
+ * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier
+ * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
+ *
+ * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
+ */
+//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
+//===========================================================================
+// @section probes
+
+//
+// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
+//
+
+/**
+ * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
+ *
+ * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
+ */
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
+
+/**
+ * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN
+ *
+ * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN.
+ * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD
+ * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want.
+ *
+ *  - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
+ *  - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
+ *
+ *  - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
+ *    - For simple switches connect...
+ *      - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
+ *      - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
+ *
+ */
+//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default
+
+/**
+ * Probe Type
+ *
+ * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
+ * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
+ * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
+ * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
+ */
+//#define PROBE_MANUALLY
+//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2
+
+/**
+ * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
+ *   (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
+ */
+//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
+
+/**
+ * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
+ */
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+
+/**
+ * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
+ */
+#define BLTOUCH
+
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                MIN_PROBE_EDGE, and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+#endif
+
+// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
+//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
+
+// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
+//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
+//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5  // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
+
+// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
+//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
+  #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X  X_MIN_POS
+  #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
+#endif
+
+//
+// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
+//
+
+/**
+ * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
+ * X and Y offsets must be integers.
+ *
+ * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
+ * #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
+ * #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
+ *
+ *     +-- BACK ---+
+ *     |           |
+ *   L |    (+) P  | R <-- probe (20,20)
+ *   E |           | I
+ *   F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
+ *   T |           | H
+ *     |    (-)    | T
+ *     |           |
+ *     O-- FRONT --+
+ *   (0,0)
+ */
+#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10  // X offset: -left  +right  [of the nozzle]
+#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10  // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle]
+#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0   // Z offset: -below +above  [the nozzle]
+
+// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges
+#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
+
+// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
+#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
+
+// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
+#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
+
+// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
+#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
+
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
+//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
+
+/**
+ * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
+ * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
+ * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
+ * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
+ *
+ * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
+ * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
+ * probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD.
+ * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
+ *
+ * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4  =>  9mm from bed to nozzle.
+ *     But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2  =>  2mm from bed to nozzle.
+ */
+#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE   10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
+#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES  5 // Z Clearance between probe points
+#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE     5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
+//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING           5 // Z position after probing is done
+
+#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT          -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
+
+// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
+#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
+#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
+
+// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
+//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
+
+// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
+//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
+#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW)
+  //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
+ * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
+ * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
+ * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
+ * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
+ */
+//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF       // Turn heaters off when probing
+#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
+  //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER     // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
+#endif
+//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF          // Turn fans off when probing
+//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF      // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing
+//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200  // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
+
+// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
+// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
+#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
+#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
+#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
+#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
+
+// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
+// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
+#define DISABLE_X false
+#define DISABLE_Y false
+#define DISABLE_Z false
+
+// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
+//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
+
+// @section extruder
+
+#define DISABLE_E false             // For all extruders
+//#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled
+
+// @section machine
+
+// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
+#define INVERT_X_DIR true
+#define INVERT_Y_DIR true
+#define INVERT_Z_DIR false
+
+// @section extruder
+
+// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
+#define INVERT_E0_DIR true
+#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E5_DIR false
+
+// @section homing
+
+//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING  // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed
+
+//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off.
+
+//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4  // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
+                             // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
+
+// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
+// :[-1,1]
+#define X_HOME_DIR -1
+#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
+#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
+
+// @section machine
+
+// The size of the print bed
+#define X_BED_SIZE 235
+#define Y_BED_SIZE 235
+
+// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
+#define X_MIN_POS 0
+#define Y_MIN_POS 0
+#define Z_MIN_POS 0
+#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
+#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
+#define Z_MAX_POS 250
+
+/**
+ * Software Endstops
+ *
+ * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
+ * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
+ * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
+ * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
+ */
+
+// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
+#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
+#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
+  #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
+  #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
+  #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
+#endif
+
+// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
+#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
+#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
+  #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
+  #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
+  #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
+#endif
+
+#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
+  //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM  // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Filament Runout Sensors
+ * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
+ *
+ * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
+ * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
+ * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT.
+ */
+//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
+#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
+  #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
+  //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
+
+  // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout.
+  // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.)
+  #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
+
+  // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
+  // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
+  // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
+  //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25
+
+  #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
+    // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
+    // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
+    // large enough to avoid false positives.)
+    //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//===========================================================================
+//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
+//===========================================================================
+// @section calibrate
+
+/**
+ * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
+ * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
+ *
+ *  If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
+ *   Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
+ *   You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
+ *   The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
+ *   Probe several points in a grid.
+ *   You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
+ *   The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
+ *   Probe several points in a grid.
+ *   You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
+ *   The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
+ *   A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
+ *   of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
+ *   Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
+ *
+ * - MESH_BED_LEVELING
+ *   Probe a grid manually
+ *   The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
+ *   For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
+ *   leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
+ *   With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
+ */
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
+#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
+//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
+
+/**
+ * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable
+ * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state.
+ */
+#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
+
+/**
+ * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
+ * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
+ * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
+ */
+//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
+
+#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+  // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
+  // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
+  // The height can be set with M420 Z<height>
+  #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
+
+  // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
+  // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
+  // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
+  #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
+  #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)
+
+  /**
+   * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
+   */
+  //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
+  #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
+    #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE    0.4  // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
+    #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT   0.2  // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+    #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP  205    // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+    #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP      60    // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+    #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE         20    // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+  #endif
+
+#endif
+
+#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
+
+  // Set the number of grid points per dimension.
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
+
+  // Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach).
+  //#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
+  //#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION (X_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
+  //#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
+  //#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION (Y_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
+
+  // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
+  //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
+
+  #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
+
+    // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
+    // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
+    //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
+
+    //
+    // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
+    // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
+    //
+    //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
+    #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
+      // Number of subdivisions between probe points
+      #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
+    #endif
+
+  #endif
+
+#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+
+  //===========================================================================
+  //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
+  //===========================================================================
+
+  //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY   // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
+
+  #define MESH_INSET 1              // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10      // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
+
+  #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z     // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
+  #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500   // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500
+
+  //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
+                                          // as the Z-Height correction value.
+
+#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
+
+  //===========================================================================
+  //=================================== Mesh ==================================
+  //===========================================================================
+
+  #define MESH_INSET 10          // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3    // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
+
+  //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
+
+#endif // BED_LEVELING
+
+/**
+ * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
+ * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
+ */
+#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+  //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15
+  //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
+  //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15
+  //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
+  //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170
+  //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
+ * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
+ */
+//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
+
+#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
+  #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP  0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
+  #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4     // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
+  //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU        // Add a menu to edit mesh points
+#endif
+
+// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
+//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS
+
+#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS)
+  #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30    // (mm) An inset for corner leveling
+  #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP  4.0  // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners
+  #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0  // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points
+  //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO        // Move to the center after the last corner
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
+ * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
+ */
+//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
+
+
+// @section homing
+
+// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
+//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
+
+// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
+// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
+//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
+//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
+//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
+
+// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
+//
+// With this feature enabled:
+//
+// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
+// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
+// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
+// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
+//
+//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
+
+#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
+  #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2)    // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
+  #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2)    // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
+#endif
+
+// Homing speeds (mm/m)
+#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (20*60)
+#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z  (4*60)
+
+// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
+#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
+
+// @section calibrate
+
+/**
+ * Bed Skew Compensation
+ *
+ * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
+ *
+ * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
+ *  1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
+ *  2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
+ *  3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
+ *  4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
+ *
+ * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
+ * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
+ *
+ *  - Compute AB     : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
+ *  - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
+ *
+ * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
+ * Use these diagrams for reference:
+ *
+ *    Y                     Z                     Z
+ *    ^     B-------C       ^     B-------C       ^     B-------C
+ *    |    /       /        |    /       /        |    /       /
+ *    |   /       /         |   /       /         |   /       /
+ *    |  A-------D          |  A-------D          |  A-------D
+ *    +-------------->X     +-------------->X     +-------------->Y
+ *     XY_SKEW_FACTOR        XZ_SKEW_FACTOR        YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
+ */
+//#define SKEW_CORRECTION
+
+#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
+  // Input all length measurements here:
+  #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
+  #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
+  #define XY_SIDE_AD 200
+
+  // Or, set the default skew factors directly here
+  // to override the above measurements:
+  #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
+
+  //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
+  #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
+    #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
+    #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
+    #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
+    #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
+    #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200
+    #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
+    #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
+  #endif
+
+  // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
+  //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
+#endif
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================= Additional Features ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+// @section extras
+
+/**
+ * EEPROM
+ *
+ * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots.
+ *
+ *   M500 - Store settings to EEPROM.
+ *   M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes)
+ *   M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.)
+ */
+#define EEPROM_SETTINGS       // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
+//#define DISABLE_M503        // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
+#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT       // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
+#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
+  //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT  // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors.
+#endif
+
+//
+// Host Keepalive
+//
+// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
+// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
+//
+#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE        // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
+#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2  // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
+#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING            // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
+
+//
+// M100 Free Memory Watcher
+//
+//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER    // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage
+
+//
+// G20/G21 Inch mode support
+//
+//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
+
+//
+// M149 Set temperature units support
+//
+//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
+
+// @section temperature
+
+// Preheat Constants
+#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL       "PLA"
+#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 185
+#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED     45
+#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED   255 // Value from 0 to 255
+
+#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL       "ABS"
+#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240
+#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED      0
+#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED   255 // Value from 0 to 255
+
+/**
+ * Nozzle Park
+ *
+ * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
+ *
+ * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
+ *
+ *    P0  (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
+ *    P1  Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
+ *    P2  Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
+ */
+//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
+
+#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
+  // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise }
+  #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
+  #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100   // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis)
+  #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5      // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
+ *
+ * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
+ *
+ * Parameters:
+ *   P  Pattern
+ *   S  Strokes / Repetitions
+ *   T  Triangles (P1 only)
+ *
+ * Patterns:
+ *   P0  Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
+ *       at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
+ *       between the start / end points.
+ *
+ *   P1  Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
+ *       number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
+ *       Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
+ *       For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
+ *
+ *          --
+ *         |  (X0, Y1) |     /\        /\        /\     | (X1, Y1)
+ *         |           |    /  \      /  \      /  \    |
+ *       A |           |   /    \    /    \    /    \   |
+ *         |           |  /      \  /      \  /      \  |
+ *         |  (X0, Y0) | /        \/        \/        \ | (X1, Y0)
+ *          --         +--------------------------------+
+ *                       |________|_________|_________|
+ *                           T1        T2        T3
+ *
+ *   P2  Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
+ *       "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
+ *       Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
+ *
+ *   Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
+ * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
+ *
+ */
+//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
+
+#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
+  // Default number of pattern repetitions
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES  12
+
+  // Default number of triangles
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES  3
+
+  // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
+
+  // Circular pattern radius
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
+  // Circular pattern circle fragments number
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
+  // Middle point of circle
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
+
+  // Moves the nozzle to the initial position
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Print Job Timer
+ *
+ * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
+ *
+ *   M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none,        low temp = stop timer
+ *   M109 (hotend, wait)    - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
+ *   M190 (bed, wait)       - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
+ *
+ * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
+ *
+ *   M75 - Start the print job timer
+ *   M76 - Pause the print job timer
+ *   M77 - Stop the print job timer
+ */
+#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
+
+/**
+ * Print Counter
+ *
+ * Track statistical data such as:
+ *
+ *  - Total print jobs
+ *  - Total successful print jobs
+ *  - Total failed print jobs
+ *  - Total time printing
+ *
+ * View the current statistics with M78.
+ */
+//#define PRINTCOUNTER
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+// @section lcd
+
+/**
+ * LCD LANGUAGE
+ *
+ * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
+ *
+ *    en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it,
+ *    jp-kana, ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, zh_CN, zh_TW, test
+ *
+ * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' }
+ */
+#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
+
+/**
+ * LCD Character Set
+ *
+ * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
+ *
+ * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
+ * language extensions:
+ *
+ *  - JAPANESE ... the most common
+ *  - WESTERN  ... with more accented characters
+ *  - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
+ *
+ * To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
+ *
+ *  - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
+ *  - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
+ *  - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
+ *
+ * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
+ *
+ * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
+ */
+#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 WESTERN
+
+/**
+ * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa)
+ *
+ * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa']
+ */
+#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0
+
+/**
+ * SD CARD
+ *
+ * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
+ * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
+ *
+ */
+#define SDSUPPORT
+
+/**
+ * SD CARD: SPI SPEED
+ *
+ * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
+ * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
+ */
+//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
+//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
+//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
+
+/**
+ * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
+ *
+ * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
+ */
+//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
+
+/**
+ * LCD Menu Items
+ *
+ * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
+ * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
+ */
+//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
+//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS
+
+//
+// ENCODER SETTINGS
+//
+// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
+// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
+//
+//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4
+
+//
+// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
+// move between next/prev menu items.
+//
+//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
+
+/**
+ * Encoder Direction Options
+ *
+ * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
+ *
+ *  Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
+ *  Reversed Menu Navigation only?    Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
+ *  Reversed Value Editing only?      Enable BOTH options.
+ */
+
+//
+// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
+//
+//  Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
+//
+//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
+
+//
+// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
+//
+//  If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
+//  If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
+//
+//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
+
+//
+// Individual Axis Homing
+//
+// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
+//
+//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
+
+//
+// SPEAKER/BUZZER
+//
+// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
+// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
+//
+#define SPEAKER
+
+//
+// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
+// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
+//
+// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
+//  M300 S<frequency Hz> P<duration ms>
+//
+//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2
+//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000
+
+//=============================================================================
+//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
+//========================   (Character-based LCDs)   =========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
+//
+// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
+//
+//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
+// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
+//
+//#define RADDS_DISPLAY
+
+//
+// ULTIMAKER Controller.
+//
+//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
+
+//
+// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
+//
+//#define ULTIPANEL
+
+//
+// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
+//
+//#define PANEL_ONE
+
+//
+// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
+//
+// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
+//
+//#define G3D_PANEL
+
+//
+// RigidBot Panel V1.0
+// http://www.inventapart.com/
+//
+//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
+
+//
+// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
+// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html
+//
+//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602
+
+//
+// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
+//
+//#define ZONESTAR_LCD            // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
+                                  // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
+                                  // which scrambles the display.  Pressing any button clears it up.
+                                  // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.
+
+//
+// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
+//
+//#define ULTRA_LCD
+
+//=============================================================================
+//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
+//=====================   (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs)   =====================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
+//
+// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
+// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
+//
+
+//
+// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
+// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
+//
+//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
+
+//
+// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
+//
+// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
+// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
+//
+//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
+//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004
+
+//
+// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
+//
+//#define LCM1602
+
+//
+// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
+// separate encoder and click inputs.
+//
+// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
+// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
+//
+// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
+// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
+//
+//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
+
+//
+// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
+// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
+//
+//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
+//
+
+//
+// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
+// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
+//
+//#define SAV_3DLCD
+
+//
+// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
+// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
+// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
+//
+//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
+
+//=============================================================================
+//=======================   LCD / Controller Selection  =======================
+//=========================      (Graphical LCDs)      ========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
+//
+// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
+//            https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
+//
+
+//
+// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
+//
+//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
+// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
+//
+//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
+
+//
+// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
+// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
+// http://panucatt.com
+//
+//#define VIKI2
+//#define miniVIKI
+
+//
+// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
+// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
+//
+//#define MINIPANEL
+
+//
+// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
+//
+//#define MAKRPANEL
+
+//
+// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
+// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
+//
+//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
+// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
+//
+//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// Cartesio UI
+// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
+//
+//#define CARTESIO_UI
+
+//
+// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
+//
+//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
+
+//
+// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
+//
+//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
+
+//
+// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
+//
+//#define SAV_3DGLCD
+#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
+  //#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
+  #define U8GLIB_SH1106
+#endif
+
+//
+// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
+// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
+//
+//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
+//
+//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
+
+//
+// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+//
+#define MKS_MINI_12864
+
+//
+// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
+//
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
+
+//
+// Factory display for Creality CR-10
+// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html
+//
+// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector.
+// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display)
+//
+//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
+
+//
+// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller
+//
+// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
+// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
+// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
+//
+//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD
+
+//
+// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
+//
+// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
+//
+//#define MKS_12864OLED          // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
+//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306  // Uses the SSD1306 controller
+
+//
+// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
+// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html
+//
+//#define AZSMZ_12864
+
+//
+// Silvergate GLCD controller
+// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate
+//
+//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
+
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
+//
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
+//
+//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
+
+//=============================================================================
+//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// MKS Robin 320x240 color display
+//
+//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================  Other Controllers  ============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
+//
+
+//
+// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
+// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
+//
+// REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP sets how much should the robot move when a key
+// is pressed, a value of 10.0 means 10mm per click.
+//
+//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
+//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0
+
+//=============================================================================
+//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+// @section extras
+
+// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
+//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
+
+// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
+// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
+// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
+//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
+
+// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
+// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
+// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
+// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
+// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7]
+#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
+
+// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
+// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
+// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
+// duty cycle is attained.
+//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
+
+// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
+// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
+// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
+//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
+
+// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
+//#define SF_ARC_FIX
+
+// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
+//#define BARICUDA
+
+// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
+//#define BLINKM
+
+// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
+//#define PCA9632
+
+// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
+// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED
+//#define PCA9533
+
+/**
+ * RGB LED / LED Strip Control
+ *
+ * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
+ * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
+ *
+ * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
+ * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
+ * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
+ * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
+ *
+ * *** CAUTION ***
+ *  LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
+ *  as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
+ *  Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
+ *  NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs
+ *  more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
+ * *** CAUTION ***
+ *
+ * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options.
+ *
+ */
+//#define RGB_LED
+//#define RGBW_LED
+
+#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED)
+  //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
+  //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
+  //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
+  //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
+#endif
+
+// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
+//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
+#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
+  #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE   NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h)
+  #define NEOPIXEL_PIN    4        // LED driving pin
+  #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30       // Number of LEDs in the strip
+  #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL   // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
+  #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127  // Initial brightness (0-255)
+  //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST  // Cycle through colors at startup
+
+  // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting
+  //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX  0               // Index of the LED to use
+  //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Printer Event LEDs
+ *
+ * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
+ *
+ *  - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
+ *  - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
+ *  - Change to white to illuminate work surface
+ *  - Change to green once print has finished
+ *  - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
+ */
+#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED)
+  #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * R/C SERVO support
+ * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Number of servos
+ *
+ * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
+ * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
+ * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem.
+ */
+//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
+
+// Delay (in milliseconds) before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
+// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
+// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
+#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
+
+// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
+//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
+
+// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM
+//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES
diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-20 Pro/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-20 Pro/Configuration_adv.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6ab4f005ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/examples/Creality/CR-20 Pro/Configuration_adv.h	
@@ -0,0 +1,2550 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+/**
+ * Configuration_adv.h
+ *
+ * Advanced settings.
+ * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
+ * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
+ *
+ * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
+ *
+ */
+#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000
+
+// @section temperature
+
+//===========================================================================
+//=============================Thermal Settings  ============================
+//===========================================================================
+
+//
+// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters
+//
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND0_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND1_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND2_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND3_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND4_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND5_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000
+  #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS     4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS      100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define BED_BETA                     3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000
+  #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define CHAMBER_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+//
+// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
+// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
+//
+//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
+#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
+  #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED
+  #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70
+  #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Heated Chamber settings
+ */
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER
+  #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP             5
+  #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP            60
+  #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS     1   // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
+  //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING
+  //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN       44   // Chamber heater on/off pin
+  //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false
+#endif
+
+#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
+  #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
+  #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
+    #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
+ * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
+ * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
+ *
+ * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
+ * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
+ * the heater on.
+ *
+ * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
+ * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
+ * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
+ *
+ * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
+ * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
+ */
+#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40        // Seconds
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4     // Degrees Celsius
+
+  //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING              // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops
+  #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP)
+    //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING    // Don't slow fan speed during M303
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
+   * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
+   * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
+   * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
+   * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
+   * test.
+   *
+   * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
+   * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
+   * below 2.
+   */
+  #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20                // Seconds
+  #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2               // Degrees Celsius
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
+ */
+#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20    // Seconds
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
+
+  /**
+   * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
+   */
+  #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60                // Seconds
+  #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2               // Degrees Celsius
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber.
+ */
+#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER)
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20    // Seconds
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
+
+  /**
+   * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191).
+   */
+  #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60            // Seconds
+  #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2           // Degrees Celsius
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
+  // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
+  // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume.
+  //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
+  #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
+    #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
+    #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Automatic Temperature:
+ * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
+ * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
+ * Start autotemp mode with M109 S<mintemp> B<maxtemp> F<factor>
+ * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
+ * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
+ * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
+ * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
+ */
+#define AUTOTEMP
+#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
+  #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
+#endif
+
+// Show extra position information in M114
+//#define M114_DETAIL
+
+// Show Temperature ADC value
+// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
+//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
+
+/**
+ * High Temperature Thermistor Support
+ *
+ * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
+ * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
+ * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
+ * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
+ * and force stop everything.
+ * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
+ * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
+ * aberrant readings.
+ *
+ * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
+ * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
+ */
+
+// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
+// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
+//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
+
+// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
+// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
+// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
+// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
+// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
+//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
+
+// @section extruder
+
+// Extruder runout prevention.
+// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
+// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
+//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
+#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500  // (mm/m)
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5   // (mm)
+#endif
+
+// @section temperature
+
+// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
+// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET  0.0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN    1.0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN   1.0
+
+/**
+ * Controller Fan
+ * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
+ *
+ * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled
+ * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off.
+ */
+//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
+#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
+  //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1        // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
+  #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60          // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled
+  #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255        // 255 == full speed
+#endif
+
+// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
+// given number of milliseconds.  This gets the fan spinning reliably
+// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
+//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
+
+/**
+ * PWM Fan Scaling
+ *
+ * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
+ *
+ * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
+ * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
+ * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
+ * Value 0 always turns off the fan.
+ *
+ * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
+ */
+//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
+//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
+
+/**
+ * FAST PWM FAN Settings
+ *
+ * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h)
+ * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a
+ * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency.
+ *
+ * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default]
+ *   Set this to your desired frequency.
+ *   If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
+ *   ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers
+ *   These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required
+ *   NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior.
+ *
+ * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default]
+ *   Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2:
+ *   16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz]
+ *   20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz]
+ *   A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of
+ *   PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.)
+ *   USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies.
+ */
+#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
+  //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400
+  //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP
+#endif
+
+// @section extruder
+
+/**
+ * Extruder cooling fans
+ *
+ * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
+ * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
+ *
+ * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
+ * or set to -1 to disable completely.
+ *
+ * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
+ * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
+ */
+#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
+#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
+#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
+
+/**
+ * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
+ *
+ * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
+ * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
+ * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
+ */
+#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
+#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
+#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
+
+/**
+ * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
+ */
+//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
+#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4                  // Override the default pin if needed
+  #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
+  #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
+  #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
+  #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
+    #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section homing
+
+// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
+// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
+//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
+
+// @section extras
+
+//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
+
+// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
+//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
+#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
+  //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN        -1
+  //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops
+ *
+ * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes.
+ *
+ * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to
+ * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop
+ * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug
+ * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'.
+ *
+ * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors
+ * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error
+ * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X<offset> Y<offset> Z<offset>'.
+ */
+
+//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true   // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions
+  //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
+    #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true   // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions
+  //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
+    #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
+    #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
+    #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
+    #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2  0
+    #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Dual X Carriage
+ *
+ * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
+ * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
+ * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
+ * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
+ * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
+ * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
+ *
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
+ *
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
+ *
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
+ *
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
+ *
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
+ */
+//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
+#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
+
+  // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
+
+  // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
+  #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
+
+#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
+
+// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
+// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
+//#define EXT_SOLENOID
+
+// @section homing
+
+// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump.
+#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
+#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
+#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
+#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 }  // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
+#define QUICK_HOME                       // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially
+//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 }  // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing
+
+// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
+//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
+
+// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
+//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
+
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
+/**
+ * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
+ * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
+ */
+//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
+#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
+  // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3]
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 }
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 }
+  // Set number of iterations to align
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
+  // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
+  #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
+  // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
+  // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
+  // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0
+  // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02
+#endif
+
+// @section machine
+
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
+
+// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
+//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
+
+// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
+#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
+#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
+#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
+#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
+
+// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
+// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
+// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
+#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
+
+#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
+#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE     0.0
+
+//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE  // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
+
+// @section lcd
+
+#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section extras
+
+// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied.
+#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME        20000
+
+// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
+#define SLOWDOWN
+
+// Frequency limit
+// See nophead's blog for more info
+// Not working O
+//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT  15
+
+// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
+// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
+// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
+#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)
+
+//
+// Backlash Compensation
+// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
+//
+//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
+#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
+  // Define values for backlash distance and correction.
+  // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
+  #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm)
+  #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION    0.0       // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
+
+  // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
+  // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
+  //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
+
+  // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
+  //#define BACKLASH_GCODE
+
+  #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
+    // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
+    #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
+
+    #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
+      // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
+      // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
+      // increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
+      #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT       0.5   // (mm)
+      #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION  0.005 // (mm)
+      #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE    Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m)
+    #endif
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration
+ *
+ * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
+ * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
+ *
+ * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
+ * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
+ * and hotend offsets.
+ *
+ * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
+ *       ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
+ */
+//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
+#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
+
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION     0.01 // mm
+
+  #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW             60    // mm/m
+  #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST           1200    // mm/m
+  #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL         3000    // mm/m
+
+  // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
+  #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT          1.0  // mm
+  #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER      2.0  // mm
+
+  // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM).
+  //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
+
+  // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
+  #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER     { 264.0, -22.0,  -2.0} // mm
+  #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS {  10.0,  10.0,  10.0} // mm
+
+  // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
+  // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
+
+  // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
+  // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
+  //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
+
+  // Define pin which is read during calibration
+  #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
+    //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
+ * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
+ * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
+ * lowest stepping frequencies.
+ */
+//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
+
+/**
+ * Custom Microstepping
+ * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
+ */
+//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
+//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
+
+// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
+#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
+
+/**
+ *  @section  stepper motor current
+ *
+ *  Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
+ *
+ *  The power on motor currents are set by:
+ *    PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
+ *                         known compatible chips: A4982
+ *    DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
+ *                         known compatible chips: AD5206
+ *    DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
+ *                         known compatible chips: MCP4728
+ *    DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
+ *                         known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
+ *
+ *  Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
+ *    M907 - applies to all.
+ *    M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
+ *    M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
+ */
+//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 }          // Values in milliamps
+//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 }   // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
+//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 }    // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
+
+// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
+//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
+#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A)
+  /**
+   * Common slave addresses:
+   *
+   *                        A   (A shifted)   B   (B shifted)  IC
+   * Smoothie              0x2C (0x58)       0x2D (0x5A)       MCP4451
+   * AZTEEG_X3_PRO         0x2C (0x58)       0x2E (0x5C)       MCP4451
+   * AZTEEG_X5_MINI        0x2C (0x58)       0x2E (0x5C)       MCP4451
+   * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI         0x58              0x5C        MCP4451
+   * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE      0x2F (0x5E)                         MCP4018
+   */
+  #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C  // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
+  #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D  // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
+#endif
+
+//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018          // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
+#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4     AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8     MKS SBASE: 5
+// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
+// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
+#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 }  //  AZTEEG_X3_PRO
+
+//===========================================================================
+//=============================Additional Features===========================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section lcd
+
+// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
+#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
+#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
+  #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC   30  // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
+  #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC  80  // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
+#endif
+
+// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
+//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
+#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
+  #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION   10
+  #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
+#endif
+
+// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
+#define LCD_INFO_MENU
+
+// Scroll a longer status message into view
+#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
+
+// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
+//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
+
+// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
+//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
+
+// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage
+//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
+
+#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
+  //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR              // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
+  #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
+    #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000    // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
+    #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000    // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
+    #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE   0       // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
+    //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE           // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
+    //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST       // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LED Control Menu
+ * Enable this feature to add LED Control to the LCD menu
+ */
+//#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
+#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
+  #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS                 // Enable the Preset Color menu option
+  #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED        255  // User defined RED value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN      128  // User defined GREEN value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE         0  // User defined BLUE value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE      255  // User defined WHITE value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255  // User defined intensity
+    //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP       // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
+  #endif
+#endif // LED_CONTROL_MENU
+
+#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+
+  // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
+  // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
+  // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
+  // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
+  // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
+  #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
+
+  #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true          // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
+  #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place.
+
+  // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
+  // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
+  #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
+
+  #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START             // Confirm the selected SD file before printing
+
+  //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART               // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files
+
+  #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY"       // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27")
+
+  /**
+   * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
+   *
+   * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
+   * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
+   * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
+   * point in the file.
+   */
+  //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
+  #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN         44 // Pin to detect power loss
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE     HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN   20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power.
+
+    // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card,
+    // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued.
+    #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
+   *
+   * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
+   * by name for easier navigation.
+   *
+   * By default...
+   *
+   *  - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
+   *  - Folders are sorted to the top.
+   *  - The sort key is statically allocated.
+   *  - No added G-code (M34) support.
+   *  - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
+   *
+   * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
+   * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
+   * limit is exceeded.
+   *
+   *  - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
+   *  - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
+   *  - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
+   *  - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
+   */
+  //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
+
+  // SD Card Sorting options
+  #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
+    #define SDSORT_LIMIT       40     // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
+    #define FOLDER_SORTING     -1     // -1=above  0=none  1=below
+    #define SDSORT_GCODE       false  // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
+    #define SDSORT_USES_RAM    false  // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
+    #define SDSORT_USES_STACK  false  // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
+    #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false  // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
+    #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false  // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
+    #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2      // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
+                                      // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
+  #endif
+
+  // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
+  //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
+
+  // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
+  #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
+
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
+  /**
+   * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
+   * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
+   * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
+   */
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
+
+  /**
+   * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
+   * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected.
+   * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere.
+   */
+  //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE
+
+  /**
+   * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S<seconds>
+   */
+  //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS
+
+  /**
+   * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
+   * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
+   * to Marlin as an SD card.
+   *
+   * The MAX3421E must be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
+   * the following pin mapping:
+   *
+   *    SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
+   *    INT              --> SD_DETECT_PIN
+   *    SS               --> SDSS
+   */
+  //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
+  #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
+    #define USB_CS_PIN         SDSS
+    #define USB_INTR_PIN       SD_DETECT_PIN
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
+   * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
+   *
+   * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
+   *
+   * Tested with this bootloader:
+   *   https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
+   */
+  //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
+  #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
+    #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR    0x1FF
+    #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE   0xF0
+    #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
+  #endif
+
+  // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
+  //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
+
+  #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
+  #endif
+
+#endif // SDSUPPORT
+
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
+/**
+ * Additional options for Graphical Displays
+ *
+ * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
+ * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
+ * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
+ * on DELTA and SCARA machines.
+ *
+ * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
+ * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
+ * printing performance versus fast display updates.
+ */
+#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
+  // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar
+  //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT
+
+  // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
+  #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
+
+  // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
+  #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
+
+  // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
+  // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
+  //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
+
+  // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
+  // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
+  //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
+
+  // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
+  // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
+  //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
+
+  // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
+  //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE
+
+  /**
+   * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
+   * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
+   * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
+   *
+   * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
+   * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
+   * length of time to display the status message before clearing.
+   *
+   * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
+   * This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
+   */
+  #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
+    //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
+    #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
+      #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
+    #endif
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Status (Info) Screen customizations
+   * These options may affect code size and screen render time.
+   * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
+   */
+  //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS    // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
+  //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS  // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
+  #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED      // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)
+  #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM          // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
+  #define STATUS_BED_ANIM             // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
+  #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM         // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating
+  //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP     // Use the alternative bed bitmap
+  //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP     // Use the alternative fan bitmap
+  //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3       // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
+  //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT       // Show heating in a progress bar
+  //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL    // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash)
+
+  // Frivolous Game Options
+  //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT
+  //#define MARLIN_INVADERS
+  //#define MARLIN_SNAKE
+
+#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
+
+// @section safety
+
+/**
+ * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs
+ * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors.
+ *
+ * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever,
+ * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO.
+ * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while
+ * interrupts are enabled.
+ */
+#define USE_WATCHDOG
+#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
+  //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
+#endif
+
+// @section lcd
+
+/**
+ * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
+ * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
+ * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
+ *
+ * Warning: Does not respect endstops!
+ */
+#define BABYSTEPPING
+#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
+  //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING
+  //#define BABYSTEP_XY                     // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
+  #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false           // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
+  #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR  1         // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion.
+
+  #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING    // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
+  #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
+    #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250   // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
+                                            // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
+    //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE     // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement).
+    //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE              // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
+    #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
+      #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1   // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
+    #endif
+  #endif
+
+  //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL          // Display total babysteps since last G28
+
+  //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET          // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
+  #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
+    //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET      // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
+    //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY   // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section extruder
+
+/**
+ * Linear Pressure Control v1.5
+ *
+ * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
+ * K=0 means advance disabled.
+ *
+ * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
+ *
+ * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
+ * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
+ * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
+ * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
+ *
+ * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
+ * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues.
+ */
+//#define LIN_ADVANCE
+#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
+  //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants
+  #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22    // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed
+  //#define LA_DEBUG            // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB.
+#endif
+
+// @section leveling
+
+#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+  // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
+  //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
+  //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
+  //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
+  //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
+ * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
+ */
+//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
+#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
+  #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
+  #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
+  /**
+   * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
+   * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
+   */
+  #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
+  #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
+  #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
+
+#endif
+
+// @section extras
+
+//
+// G2/G3 Arc Support
+//
+#define ARC_SUPPORT               // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes
+#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
+  #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT  1   // Length of each arc segment
+  #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS   24   // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle
+  #define N_ARC_CORRECTION   25   // Number of interpolated segments between corrections
+  //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES         // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
+  //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES  // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
+#endif
+
+// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
+//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
+
+/**
+ * G38 Probe Target
+ *
+ * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target)
+ * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target).
+ * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once.
+ */
+//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
+#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
+  //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY        // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target
+  #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move.
+#endif
+
+// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
+#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
+
+/**
+ * Minimum delay after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
+ *     0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
+ *    20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
+ *   200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
+ *   400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
+ *   500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
+ *   650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
+ *  1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
+ * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
+ *
+ * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
+ */
+//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650
+
+/**
+ * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs)
+ *   0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
+ *   0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h
+ *   1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers
+ *   2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
+ *   3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
+ *  30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
+ *
+ * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
+ */
+//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2
+
+/**
+ * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
+ *  If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
+ *  500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
+ *  400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
+ *  250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
+ *  200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
+ *  150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
+ *   15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
+ *
+ * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
+ */
+//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
+
+// @section temperature
+
+// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
+//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
+
+//===========================================================================
+//================================= Buffers =================================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section hidden
+
+// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
+// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
+#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+  #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
+#else
+  #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
+#endif
+
+// @section serial
+
+// The ASCII buffer for serial input
+#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
+#define BUFSIZE 4
+
+// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
+// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
+// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
+// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
+// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
+// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
+// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
+#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
+
+// Host Receive Buffer Size
+// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
+// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
+// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
+//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
+
+#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
+  // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
+  // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
+  //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+  // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
+  // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
+  //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
+
+  // Enable this option to collect and display the number
+  // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
+  //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
+#endif
+
+// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
+// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
+// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
+// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
+//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
+
+// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
+// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
+// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
+// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
+//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
+
+// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
+//#define ADVANCED_OK
+
+// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
+// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
+#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
+
+// @section extras
+
+/**
+ * Extra Fan Speed
+ * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
+ *   'M106 P<fan> T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for <fan>
+ *   'M106 P<fan> T2'     : Use the set secondary speed
+ *   'M106 P<fan> T1'     : Restore the previous fan speed
+ */
+//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
+
+/**
+ * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
+ *
+ * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
+ * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
+ *
+ * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
+ * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
+ * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
+ *
+ * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
+ *
+ * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
+ *
+ */
+//#define FWRETRACT
+#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
+  #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT           // costs ~500 bytes of PROGMEM
+  #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
+    #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1           // When auto-retract is on, convert E moves of this length and over
+    #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0          // Upper limit for auto-retract conversion
+  #endif
+  #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3                // Default retract length (positive mm)
+  #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13          // Default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change
+  #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45             // Default feedrate for retracting (mm/s)
+  #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0                // Default retract Z-raise (mm)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0        // Default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0   // Default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8      // Default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction (mm/s)
+  #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
+    //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING         // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Universal tool change settings.
+ * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
+ */
+#if EXTRUDERS > 1
+  // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
+  #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
+
+  // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
+  #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH          12  // (mm)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME           2  // (mm)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600  // (mm/m)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED   3600  // (mm/m)
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Position to park head during tool change.
+   * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
+   */
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
+  #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY    { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000  // (mm/m)
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Advanced Pause
+ * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused.
+ * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
+ * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle.
+ *
+ * Requires an LCD display.
+ * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
+ * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
+ */
+//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
+#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE         60  // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH            2  // (mm) Initial retract.
+                                                  // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE     10  // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL        25  // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH      100  // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
+                                                  //   For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
+                                                  //   For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
+                                                  //   Set to 0 for manual unloading.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE   6  // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH     0  // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
+                                                  // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE   6  // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL     25  // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH     0  // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
+                                                  //   For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
+                                                  //   For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
+  //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE       // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
+  #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE        3  // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
+  #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH         50  // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
+                                                  //   Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
+                                                  //   Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
+                                                  //   until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
+  #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME          0  // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
+  //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE             // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused.
+
+                                                  // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
+  #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH      13  // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
+  #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY             5000  // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
+  #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH         8  // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
+
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT           45  // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS         10  // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT           // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
+
+  //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE                    // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
+  //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE           // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change
+
+  //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES           // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
+  //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS         // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
+#endif
+
+// @section tmc
+
+/**
+ * TMC26X Stepper Driver options
+ *
+ * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver.
+ * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper
+ */
+#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X)
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X)
+    #define X_MAX_CURRENT     1000  // (mA)
+    #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR    91  // (mOhms)
+    #define X_MICROSTEPS        16  // Number of microsteps
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X)
+    #define X2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define X2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X)
+    #define Y_MAX_CURRENT     1000
+    #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR    91
+    #define Y_MICROSTEPS        16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X)
+    #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define Y2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X)
+    #define Z_MAX_CURRENT     1000
+    #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR    91
+    #define Z_MICROSTEPS        16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X)
+    #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define Z2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X)
+    #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define Z3_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X)
+    #define E0_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E0_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X)
+    #define E1_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E1_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X)
+    #define E2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X)
+    #define E3_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E3_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X)
+    #define E4_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E4_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X)
+    #define E5_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E5_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+#endif // TMC26X
+
+// @section tmc_smart
+
+/**
+ * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode
+ * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define
+ * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3
+ * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
+ * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins.
+ *
+ * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN
+ * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor.
+ * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without
+ * a resistor.
+ * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial.
+ *
+ * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers.
+ * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
+ */
+#if HAS_TRINAMIC
+
+  #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER    0.5  // Scales down the holding current from run current
+  #define INTERPOLATE       true  // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X)
+    #define X_CURRENT     800  // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
+    #define X_MICROSTEPS   16  // 0..256
+    #define X_RSENSE     0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2)
+    #define X2_CURRENT    800
+    #define X2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define X2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y)
+    #define Y_CURRENT     800
+    #define Y_MICROSTEPS   16
+    #define Y_RSENSE     0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2)
+    #define Y2_CURRENT    800
+    #define Y2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define Y2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z)
+    #define Z_CURRENT     800
+    #define Z_MICROSTEPS   16
+    #define Z_RSENSE     0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2)
+    #define Z2_CURRENT    800
+    #define Z2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define Z2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3)
+    #define Z3_CURRENT    800
+    #define Z3_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define Z3_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0)
+    #define E0_CURRENT    800
+    #define E0_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E0_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1)
+    #define E1_CURRENT    800
+    #define E1_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E1_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2)
+    #define E2_CURRENT    800
+    #define E2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3)
+    #define E3_CURRENT    800
+    #define E3_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E3_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4)
+    #define E4_CURRENT    800
+    #define E4_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E4_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5)
+    #define E5_CURRENT    800
+    #define E5_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E5_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
+   * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
+   */
+  //#define X_CS_PIN          -1
+  //#define Y_CS_PIN          -1
+  //#define Z_CS_PIN          -1
+  //#define X2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define Y2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define Z2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define Z3_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E0_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E1_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E3_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E4_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
+
+  /**
+   * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
+   * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
+   * but you can override or define them here.
+   */
+  //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
+  //#define TMC_SW_MOSI       -1
+  //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
+  //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
+
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
+  /**
+   * Software enable
+   *
+   * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
+   * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
+   */
+  //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
+
+  /**
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
+   * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
+   */
+  #define STEALTHCHOP_XY
+  #define STEALTHCHOP_Z
+  #define STEALTHCHOP_E
+
+  /**
+   * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
+   * or with the help of an example included in the library.
+   * Provided parameter sets are
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
+   * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V)
+   * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119   // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
+   *
+   * Define you own with
+   * { <off_time[1..15]>, <hysteresis_end[-3..12]>, hysteresis_start[1..8] }
+   */
+  #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
+
+  /**
+   * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
+   * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
+   * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
+   * Relevant g-codes:
+   * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
+   * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
+   * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
+   * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
+   */
+  //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
+
+  #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
+    #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN     50  // [mA]
+    #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
+    #define STOP_ON_ERROR
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
+   * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
+   * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
+   * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
+   */
+  //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
+
+  #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     100  // [mm/s]
+  #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD    100
+  #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     100
+  #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD    100
+  #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD       3
+  #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD      3
+  #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD      3
+  #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+
+  /**
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
+   * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
+   * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
+   *
+   * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is used for tuning the trigger sensitivity.
+   * Higher values make the system LESS sensitive.
+   * Lower value make the system MORE sensitive.
+   * Too low values can lead to false positives, while too high values will collide the axis without triggering.
+   * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
+   * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
+   */
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
+
+  /**
+   * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
+   *
+   * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
+   *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
+   */
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
+
+  #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
+    #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
+    #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
+    //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
+  /**
+   * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
+   * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
+   */
+  //#define TMC_DEBUG
+
+  /**
+   * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
+   * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
+   * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
+   *
+   * Example:
+   * #define TMC_ADV() { \
+   *   stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \
+   *   stepperY.interpolate(0); \
+   * }
+   */
+  #define TMC_ADV() {  }
+
+#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC
+
+// @section L6470
+
+/**
+ * L6470 Stepper Driver options
+ *
+ * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver.
+ * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470
+ *
+ * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN
+ *     L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN  (optional)
+ */
+#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470)
+
+  //#define L6470_CHITCHAT        // Display additional status info
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470)
+    #define X_MICROSTEPS     128  // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128)
+    #define X_OVERCURRENT   2000  // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down)
+    #define X_STALLCURRENT  1500  // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) -  4A max - rounds down)
+    #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE    127  // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper
+    #define X_CHAIN_POS        0  // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470)
+    #define X2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define X2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define X2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define X2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470)
+    #define Y_MICROSTEPS       128
+    #define Y_OVERCURRENT     2000
+    #define Y_STALLCURRENT    1500
+    #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE      127
+    #define Y_CHAIN_POS          0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470)
+    #define Y2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define Y2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define Y2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define Y2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470)
+    #define Z_MICROSTEPS       128
+    #define Z_OVERCURRENT     2000
+    #define Z_STALLCURRENT    1500
+    #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE      127
+    #define Z_CHAIN_POS          0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470)
+    #define Z2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define Z2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define Z2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define Z2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470)
+    #define Z3_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define Z3_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define Z3_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define Z3_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470)
+    #define E0_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E0_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E0_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E0_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470)
+    #define E1_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E1_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E1_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E1_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470)
+    #define E2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470)
+    #define E3_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E3_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E3_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E3_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470)
+    #define E4_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E4_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E4_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E4_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470)
+    #define E5_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E5_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E5_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E5_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current.
+   * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears.
+   * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
+   * Relevant g-codes:
+   * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5  Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
+   *         I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0
+   *         I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1
+   *         I3 - Z3 or E3
+   *         I4 - E4
+   *         I5 - E5
+   * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning
+   * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds
+   * M918 - Increase speed until max or error
+   * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters
+   */
+  //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS
+
+  #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS)
+    #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN     1
+    //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR
+  #endif
+
+#endif // L6470
+
+/**
+ * TWI/I2C BUS
+ *
+ * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
+ * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
+ * devices on the bus.
+ *
+ * ; Example #1
+ * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
+ * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B<base 10> arg
+ * M260 A99  ; Target slave address
+ * M260 B77  ; M
+ * M260 B97  ; a
+ * M260 B114 ; r
+ * M260 B108 ; l
+ * M260 B105 ; i
+ * M260 B110 ; n
+ * M260 S1   ; Send the current buffer
+ *
+ * ; Example #2
+ * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
+ * M261 A99 B5
+ *
+ * ; Example #3
+ * ; Example serial output of a M261 request
+ * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
+ */
+
+// @section i2cbus
+
+//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
+#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS  0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
+
+// @section extras
+
+/**
+ * Photo G-code
+ * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo.
+ * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement.
+ */
+//#define PHOTO_GCODE
+#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE)
+  // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo
+  //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 }  // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z)
+  //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS   100                            // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P)
+  //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM   6.5                          // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S)
+
+  // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger
+  // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
+  //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
+
+  // Canon Hack Development Kit
+  // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
+  //#define CHDK_PIN        4
+
+  // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter
+  //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS }  // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J)
+
+  // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high
+  //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS   50 // (ms) (M240 D)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Spindle & Laser control
+ *
+ * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
+ * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
+ *
+ * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
+ * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
+ * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
+ *
+ * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
+ * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
+ *
+ * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
+ */
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
+
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
+
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Filament Width Sensor
+ *
+ * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
+ * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
+ *
+ * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
+ * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
+ * volume.
+ *
+ * Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
+ *
+ *  34 RAMPS_14    : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
+ *  81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
+ * 301 RAMBO       : Analog input 3
+ *
+ * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
+ */
+//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
+
+#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
+  #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0    // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
+  #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM        14    // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
+
+  #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN        1.0  // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
+  #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY       20    // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
+
+  #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
+
+  // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
+  //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * CNC Coordinate Systems
+ *
+ * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
+ * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
+ */
+//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
+
+/**
+ * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S<seconds>
+ */
+#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
+
+/**
+ * Include capabilities in M115 output
+ */
+#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
+
+/**
+ * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
+ */
+//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
+
+#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
+  /**
+   * Volumetric extrusion default state
+   * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
+   * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
+   *
+   * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
+   */
+  //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
+ * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
+ *
+ *  - M206 and M428 are disabled.
+ *  - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
+ */
+//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
+
+/**
+ * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
+ * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
+ *
+ * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
+ * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
+ */
+#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
+
+/**
+ * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser
+ */
+#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
+
+/**
+ * CNC G-code options
+ * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
+ * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
+ * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
+ */
+//#define PAREN_COMMENTS      // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
+//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES  // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
+
+// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
+//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m)
+#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
+  //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * G-code Macros
+ *
+ * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
+ * Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
+ */
+//#define GCODE_MACROS
+#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
+  #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS       5  // Up to 10 may be used
+  #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE  50  // Maximum length of a single macro
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
+ */
+//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
+#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
+  //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands"
+  #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
+  #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
+  //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN  // Return to status screen after a script
+
+  #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info"
+  #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W"
+
+  #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
+  #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
+
+  #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
+  #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
+
+  #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
+  #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
+
+  #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info"
+  #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503"
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Host Action Commands
+ *
+ * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard.
+ *
+ * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands
+ * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel
+ * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed
+ *
+ * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands.
+ *
+ * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so
+ * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side.
+ */
+//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS
+#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS)
+  //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT
+#endif
+
+//===========================================================================
+//====================== I2C Position Encoder Settings ======================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
+ * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
+ *
+ * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
+ * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
+ *
+ * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
+ * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/
+ *
+ * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
+ */
+
+//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
+#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT         1                       // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
+                                                            // encoders supported currently.
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X     // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS          X_AXIS                  // Axis the encoder module is installed on.  <X|Y|Z|E>_AXIS.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE          I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR   // Type of encoder:  I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
+                                                            // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT    2048                    // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
+                                                            // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
+                                                            // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV     (16 * 200)            // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
+                                                            // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT                              // Invert the direction of axis travel.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD     I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP     // Type of error error correction.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH     0.10                    // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
+                                                            // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
+                                                            // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
+                                                            // measurement noise / latency (filter).
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y     // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS          Y_AXIS
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE          I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT    2048
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV   (16 * 200)
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD     I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH     0.10
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z     // Encoder 3.  Add additional configuration options
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS          Z_AXIS                  // as above, or use defaults below.
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E     // Encoder 4.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS          E_AXIS
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR          34                      // Encoder 5.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS          E_AXIS
+
+  // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE            I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT  2048
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV       (16 * 200)
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD       I2CPE_ECM_NONE
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH       0.1
+
+  //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT  100.0                   // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
+                                                            // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
+                                                            // disable abort behavior.
+
+  #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED        10000                   // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
+                                                            // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
+                                                            // is trusted again.
+
+  /**
+   * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
+   * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
+   * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
+   */
+  #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS     4                       // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
+
+  // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
+  #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
+
+#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
+
+/**
+ * MAX7219 Debug Matrix
+ *
+ * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
+ * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
+ */
+//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
+#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
+  #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN   64
+  #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN   57
+  #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN  44
+
+  //#define MAX7219_GCODE          // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
+  #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST    2   // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral)
+  #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1   // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
+  #define MAX7219_ROTATE       0   // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
+                                   // connector at:  right=0   bottom=-90  top=90  left=180
+  //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER  // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order
+
+  /**
+   * Sample debug features
+   * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
+   */
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE    // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD  3  // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL  5  // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
+
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0  // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
+                                         // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
+                                         // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * NanoDLP Sync support
+ *
+ * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp"
+ * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use
+ * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands
+ */
+//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
+#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
+  //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS  // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move.
+                              // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only.
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi)
+ */
+//#define WIFISUPPORT
+#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT)
+  #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID"
+  #define WIFI_PWD  "Wifi Password"
+  //#define WEBSUPPORT        // Start a webserver with auto-discovery
+  //#define OTASUPPORT        // Support over-the-air firmware updates
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
+ * Enable in Configuration.h
+ */
+#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2)
+
+  // Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
+  // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial)
+  // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2)
+  #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2
+  #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial
+
+  // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
+  //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
+
+  // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
+  //#define MMU2_MODE_12V
+
+  // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
+  #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
+
+  // Add an LCD menu for MMU2
+  //#define MMU2_MENUS
+  #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
+    // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
+    // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
+    #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
+    #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
+      {  7.2,  562 }, \
+      { 14.4,  871 }, \
+      { 36.0, 1393 }, \
+      { 14.4,  871 }, \
+      { 50.0,  198 }
+
+    #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
+      {   1.0, 1000 }, \
+      {   1.0, 1500 }, \
+      {   2.0, 2000 }, \
+      {   1.5, 3000 }, \
+      {   2.5, 4000 }, \
+      { -15.0, 5000 }, \
+      { -14.0, 1200 }, \
+      {  -6.0,  600 }, \
+      {  10.0,  700 }, \
+      { -10.0,  400 }, \
+      { -50.0, 2000 }
+
+  #endif
+
+  //#define MMU2_DEBUG  // Write debug info to serial output
+
+#endif // PRUSA_MMU2
+
+/**
+ * Advanced Print Counter settings
+ */
+#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
+  #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES  3
+  // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs
+  //#define SERVICE_NAME_1      "Service S"
+  //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1  100 // print hours
+  //#define SERVICE_NAME_2      "Service L"
+  //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2  200 // print hours
+  //#define SERVICE_NAME_3      "Service 3"
+  //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3    1 // print hours
+#endif
+
+// @section develop
+
+/**
+ * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins
+ */
+//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
+
+// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
+//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE
diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-20 Pro/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-20 Pro/_Statusscreen.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e7ab39d4bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/examples/Creality/CR-20 Pro/_Statusscreen.h	
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Custom Status Screen bitmap
+ *
+ * Place this file in the root with your configuration files
+ * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h.
+ *
+ * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own:
+ * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html
+ */
+
+//
+// Status Screen Logo bitmap
+//
+#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH       32
+
+const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = {
+  B00001111,B01111100,B00111000,B01110000,
+  B00010001,B00100010,B01000100,B10001000,
+  B00100000,B00100010,B01000100,B10001000,
+  B00100000,B00111100,B00000100,B10001000,
+  B00100000,B00101000,B00001000,B10001000,
+  B00100000,B00100100,B00010000,B10001000,
+  B00100000,B00100100,B00100000,B10001000,
+  B00010001,B00100010,B01000000,B10001000,
+  B00001110,B01110011,B01111100,B01110000,
+  B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
+  B00000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,
+  B00000010,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,
+  B00000010,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,
+  B00000010,B00100110,B11000111,B00000000,
+  B00000011,B11000011,B00001000,B10000000,
+  B00000010,B00000010,B00001000,B10000000,
+  B00000010,B00000010,B00001000,B10000000,
+  B00000010,B00000010,B00001000,B10000000,
+  B00000111,B00000111,B10000111,B00000000
+};
+
+//
+// Use default bitmaps
+//
+#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM
+#define STATUS_BED_ANIM
+#define STATUS_HEATERS_XSPACE   20
+#if HOTENDS < 2
+  #define STATUS_HEATERS_X      48
+  #define STATUS_BED_X          72
+#else
+  #define STATUS_HEATERS_X      40
+  #define STATUS_BED_X          80
+#endif
diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-20/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-20/Configuration.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9ca659e5b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/examples/Creality/CR-20/Configuration.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2167 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+/**
+ * Configuration.h
+ *
+ * Basic settings such as:
+ *
+ * - Type of electronics
+ * - Type of temperature sensor
+ * - Printer geometry
+ * - Endstop configuration
+ * - LCD controller
+ * - Extra features
+ *
+ * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
+ *
+ */
+#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Getting Started =============================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
+ *
+ * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
+ * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
+ * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
+ * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
+ * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
+ * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
+ * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
+ */
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
+//===========================================================================
+// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
+// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine.
+//
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
+//===========================================================================
+// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
+// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine.
+//
+
+// @section info
+
+// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during
+// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this
+// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware.
+#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(m0oml)" // Who made the changes.
+#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
+#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1
+#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 WEBSITE_URL         // will be shown during bootup in line 2
+
+/**
+ * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
+ *
+ * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
+ * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
+ * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
+ *
+ * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
+ * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
+ */
+
+// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
+//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
+
+// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
+//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE
+
+// @section machine
+
+/**
+ * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
+ * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
+ * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
+ *
+ * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
+ */
+#define SERIAL_PORT 0
+
+/**
+ * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
+ * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
+ * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
+ *
+ * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
+ */
+//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
+
+/**
+ * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
+ *
+ * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
+ * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
+ * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
+ *
+ * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
+ */
+#define BAUDRATE 115200
+
+// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
+//#define BLUETOOTH
+
+// The following define selects which electronics board you have.
+// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
+#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
+  #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB
+#endif
+
+// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine
+// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message
+#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "CR-20"
+
+// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines)
+// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4)
+//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
+
+// @section extruder
+
+// This defines the number of extruders
+// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
+#define EXTRUDERS 1
+
+// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc.
+#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75
+
+// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
+//#define SINGLENOZZLE
+
+/**
+ * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
+ *
+ * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
+ * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
+ * for extruders.
+ *
+ * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
+ * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
+ */
+//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
+#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
+  // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
+  // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
+  //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40  // Always Required
+  //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42  // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
+  //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44  // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
+ *
+ * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
+ * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5
+ *
+ * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h
+ */
+//#define PRUSA_MMU2
+
+// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
+//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
+#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
+  #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
+  #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
+  #if EXTRUDERS > 3
+    #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles
+//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
+#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
+  #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
+  //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1          // If two servos are used, the index of the second
+  #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 }   // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
+ * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
+ */
+//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
+
+/**
+ * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
+ * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
+ *
+ * project   : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
+ * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
+ *             https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
+ */
+//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER
+
+#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
+
+  #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 }     // X positions for parking the extruders
+  #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1            // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+  //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL                   // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
+
+  #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
+
+    #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT           // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
+    #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW  // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
+    #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250        // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
+    //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL                   // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
+
+  #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
+
+    #define MPE_FAST_SPEED      9000      // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point
+    #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED      4500      // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
+    #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE   10      // (mm) Last distance point
+    #define MPE_COMPENSATION       0      // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling
+
+  #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
+ * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
+ */
+//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+/**
+ * Magnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic
+ * docking mechanism using movement and no servo.
+ */
+//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS          { 215, 0 }  // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
+  #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR       2         // Index of the servo connector
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 }  // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
+  #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * "Mixing Extruder"
+ *   - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
+ *   - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
+ *   - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S<index>' supporting virtual tools.
+ *   - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
+ *   - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
+ */
+//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
+#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
+  #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
+  #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
+  //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
+// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
+// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+
+// @section machine
+
+/**
+ * Power Supply Control
+ *
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
+ */
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
+
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
+
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
+    #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
+    #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
+    #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
+    #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section temperature
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
+ *
+ * Temperature sensors available:
+ *
+ *    -4 : thermocouple with AD8495
+ *    -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)
+ *    -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)
+ *    -1 : thermocouple with AD595
+ *     0 : not used
+ *     1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
+ *     2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
+ *     3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
+ *     4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
+ *     5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
+ *   501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor
+ *     6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
+ *     7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
+ *    71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
+ *     8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
+ *     9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
+ *    10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
+ *    11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
+ *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
+ *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
+ *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
+ *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
+ *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
+ *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
+ *    66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
+ *    67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering
+ *    70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
+ *    75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
+ *
+ *       1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
+ *                              (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
+ *    51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
+ *    52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
+ *    55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
+ *
+ *  1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
+ *  1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
+ *   147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
+ *   110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
+ *
+ *  1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h
+ *
+ *         Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
+ *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
+ *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
+ *
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ */
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
+
+// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
+#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
+#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
+
+// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
+// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
+//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
+#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
+
+#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME     10  // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109
+#define TEMP_WINDOW              1  // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
+#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS          3  // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
+
+#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10  // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190
+#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW          1  // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
+#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS      3  // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
+
+// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off
+// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire.
+#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP   5
+#define BED_MINTEMP        5
+
+// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off.
+// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures.
+// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.)
+#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
+#define BED_MAXTEMP      125
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= PID Settings ================================
+//===========================================================================
+// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
+
+// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
+#define PIDTEMP
+#define BANG_MAX 255     // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
+#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
+#define PID_K1 0.95      // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
+#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
+  #define PID_EDIT_MENU           // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM)
+  #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU       // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM)
+  //#define PID_DEBUG             // Sends debug data to the serial port.
+  //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1        // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
+  //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS      // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
+  //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
+                                  // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
+  #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
+                                  // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
+
+  // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
+  // Creality Ender-3
+  #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.73
+  #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.54
+  #define DEFAULT_Kd 76.55
+
+  // Ultimaker
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2
+  //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114
+
+  // MakerGear
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
+  //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
+
+  // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
+  //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
+
+#endif // PIDTEMP
+
+//===========================================================================
+//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ======================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * PID Bed Heating
+ *
+ * If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
+ * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis.
+ *
+ * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
+ * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
+ * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
+ * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
+ * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
+ * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
+ */
+//#define PIDTEMPBED
+
+//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
+
+/**
+ * Max Bed Power
+ * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
+ * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
+ * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
+ */
+#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
+
+#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
+
+  //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
+
+  //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
+  //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
+  #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
+  #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
+  #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
+
+  //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
+  //from pidautotune
+  //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
+  //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
+  //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
+
+  // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
+#endif // PIDTEMPBED
+
+// @section extruder
+
+/**
+ * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
+ * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
+ * cold extrusion prevention on and off.
+ *
+ * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
+ */
+#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
+#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
+
+/**
+ * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
+ * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
+ */
+#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
+#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
+
+//===========================================================================
+//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
+ * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
+ * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
+ *
+ * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
+ * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
+ * the heater on.
+ *
+ * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
+ * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
+ */
+
+#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
+#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED     // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
+#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section machine
+
+// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
+// either in the usual order or reversed
+//#define COREXY
+//#define COREXZ
+//#define COREYZ
+//#define COREYX
+//#define COREZX
+//#define COREZY
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section homing
+
+// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
+// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
+// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
+#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
+#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
+#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
+//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
+//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
+//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
+
+// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
+#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
+#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
+  // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
+#endif
+
+// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
+//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
+#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
+  // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
+#endif
+
+// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+
+/**
+ * Stepper Drivers
+ *
+ * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
+ * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
+ *
+ * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
+ *
+ * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ */
+//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
+//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
+//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
+//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+
+// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
+// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
+//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
+
+/**
+ * Endstop Noise Threshold
+ *
+ * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
+ *
+ * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
+ * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch.
+ * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
+ *   based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
+ *
+ * :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
+ */
+//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================== Movement Settings ============================
+//=============================================================================
+// @section motion
+
+/**
+ * Default Settings
+ *
+ * These settings can be reset by M502
+ *
+ * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
+ * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
+ * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
+ */
+//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
+
+/**
+ * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
+ * Override with M92
+ *                                      X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT   { 80, 80, 400, 97 }
+
+/**
+ * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
+ * Override with M203
+ *                                      X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE          { 500, 500, 5, 25 }
+
+/**
+ * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
+ * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
+ * Override with M201
+ *                                      X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION      { 500, 500, 100, 5000 }
+
+/**
+ * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
+ * Override with M204
+ *
+ *   M204 P    Acceleration
+ *   M204 R    Retract Acceleration
+ *   M204 T    Travel Acceleration
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION          500    // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
+#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  500    // E acceleration for retracts
+#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   500    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
+
+//
+// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+//
+//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
+#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
+  #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Default Jerk (mm/s)
+ * Override with M205 X Y Z E
+ *
+ * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
+ * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
+ * value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
+ */
+#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
+  #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0
+  #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0
+  #define DEFAULT_ZJERK  0.3
+#endif
+
+#define DEFAULT_EJERK    5.0  // May be used by Linear Advance
+
+/**
+ * S-Curve Acceleration
+ *
+ * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier
+ * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
+ *
+ * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
+ */
+//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
+//===========================================================================
+// @section probes
+
+//
+// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
+//
+
+/**
+ * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
+ *
+ * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
+ */
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
+
+/**
+ * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN
+ *
+ * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN.
+ * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD
+ * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want.
+ *
+ *  - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
+ *  - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
+ *
+ *  - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
+ *    - For simple switches connect...
+ *      - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
+ *      - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
+ *
+ */
+//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default
+
+/**
+ * Probe Type
+ *
+ * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
+ * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
+ * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
+ * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
+ */
+//#define PROBE_MANUALLY
+//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2
+
+/**
+ * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
+ *   (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
+ */
+//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
+
+/**
+ * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
+ */
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+
+/**
+ * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
+ */
+//#define BLTOUCH
+
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                MIN_PROBE_EDGE, and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+#endif
+
+// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
+//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
+
+// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
+//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
+//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5  // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
+
+// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
+//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
+  #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X  X_MIN_POS
+  #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
+#endif
+
+//
+// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
+//
+
+/**
+ * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
+ * X and Y offsets must be integers.
+ *
+ * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
+ * #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
+ * #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
+ *
+ *     +-- BACK ---+
+ *     |           |
+ *   L |    (+) P  | R <-- probe (20,20)
+ *   E |           | I
+ *   F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
+ *   T |           | H
+ *     |    (-)    | T
+ *     |           |
+ *     O-- FRONT --+
+ *   (0,0)
+ */
+#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10  // X offset: -left  +right  [of the nozzle]
+#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10  // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle]
+#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0   // Z offset: -below +above  [the nozzle]
+
+// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges
+#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
+
+// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
+#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
+
+// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
+#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
+
+// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
+#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
+
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
+//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
+
+/**
+ * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
+ * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
+ * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
+ * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
+ *
+ * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
+ * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
+ * probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD.
+ * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
+ *
+ * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4  =>  9mm from bed to nozzle.
+ *     But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2  =>  2mm from bed to nozzle.
+ */
+#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE   10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
+#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES  5 // Z Clearance between probe points
+#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE     5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
+//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING           5 // Z position after probing is done
+
+#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT          -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
+
+// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
+#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
+#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
+
+// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
+//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
+
+// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
+//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
+#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW)
+  //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
+ * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
+ * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
+ * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
+ * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
+ */
+//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF       // Turn heaters off when probing
+#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
+  //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER     // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
+#endif
+//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF          // Turn fans off when probing
+//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF      // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing
+//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200  // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
+
+// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
+// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
+#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
+#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
+#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
+#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
+
+// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
+// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
+#define DISABLE_X false
+#define DISABLE_Y false
+#define DISABLE_Z false
+
+// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
+//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
+
+// @section extruder
+
+#define DISABLE_E false             // For all extruders
+//#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled
+
+// @section machine
+
+// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
+#define INVERT_X_DIR true
+#define INVERT_Y_DIR true
+#define INVERT_Z_DIR false
+
+// @section extruder
+
+// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
+#define INVERT_E0_DIR true
+#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E5_DIR false
+
+// @section homing
+
+//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING  // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed
+
+//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off.
+
+//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4  // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
+                             // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
+
+// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
+// :[-1,1]
+#define X_HOME_DIR -1
+#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
+#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
+
+// @section machine
+
+// The size of the print bed
+#define X_BED_SIZE 235
+#define Y_BED_SIZE 235
+
+// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
+#define X_MIN_POS 0
+#define Y_MIN_POS 0
+#define Z_MIN_POS 0
+#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
+#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
+#define Z_MAX_POS 250
+
+/**
+ * Software Endstops
+ *
+ * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
+ * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
+ * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
+ * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
+ */
+
+// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
+#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
+#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
+  #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
+  #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
+  #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
+#endif
+
+// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
+#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
+#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
+  #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
+  #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
+  #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
+#endif
+
+#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
+  //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM  // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Filament Runout Sensors
+ * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
+ *
+ * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
+ * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
+ * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT.
+ */
+//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
+#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
+  #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
+  //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
+
+  // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout.
+  // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.)
+  #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
+
+  // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
+  // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
+  // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
+  //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25
+
+  #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
+    // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
+    // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
+    // large enough to avoid false positives.)
+    //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//===========================================================================
+//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
+//===========================================================================
+// @section calibrate
+
+/**
+ * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
+ * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
+ *
+ *  If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
+ *   Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
+ *   You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
+ *   The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
+ *   Probe several points in a grid.
+ *   You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
+ *   The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
+ *   Probe several points in a grid.
+ *   You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
+ *   The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
+ *   A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
+ *   of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
+ *   Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
+ *
+ * - MESH_BED_LEVELING
+ *   Probe a grid manually
+ *   The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
+ *   For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
+ *   leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
+ *   With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
+ */
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
+//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
+
+/**
+ * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable
+ * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state.
+ */
+//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
+
+/**
+ * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
+ * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
+ * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
+ */
+//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
+
+#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+  // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
+  // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
+  // The height can be set with M420 Z<height>
+  #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
+
+  // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
+  // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
+  // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
+  #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
+  #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)
+
+  /**
+   * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
+   */
+  //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
+  #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
+    #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE    0.4  // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
+    #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT   0.2  // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+    #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP  205    // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+    #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP      60    // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+    #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE         20    // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+  #endif
+
+#endif
+
+#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
+
+  // Set the number of grid points per dimension.
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
+
+  // Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach).
+  //#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
+  //#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION (X_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
+  //#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
+  //#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION (Y_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
+
+  // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
+  //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
+
+  #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
+
+    // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
+    // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
+    //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
+
+    //
+    // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
+    // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
+    //
+    //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
+    #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
+      // Number of subdivisions between probe points
+      #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
+    #endif
+
+  #endif
+
+#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+
+  //===========================================================================
+  //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
+  //===========================================================================
+
+  //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY   // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
+
+  #define MESH_INSET 1              // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10      // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
+
+  #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z     // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
+  #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500   // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500
+
+  //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
+                                          // as the Z-Height correction value.
+
+#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
+
+  //===========================================================================
+  //=================================== Mesh ==================================
+  //===========================================================================
+
+  #define MESH_INSET 10          // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3    // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
+
+  //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
+
+#endif // BED_LEVELING
+
+/**
+ * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
+ * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
+ */
+#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+  //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15
+  //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
+  //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15
+  //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
+  //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170
+  //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
+ * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
+ */
+//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
+
+#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
+  #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP  0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
+  #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4     // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
+  //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU        // Add a menu to edit mesh points
+#endif
+
+// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
+//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS
+
+#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS)
+  #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30    // (mm) An inset for corner leveling
+  #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP  4.0  // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners
+  #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0  // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points
+  //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO        // Move to the center after the last corner
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
+ * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
+ */
+//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
+
+
+// @section homing
+
+// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
+//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
+
+// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
+// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
+//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
+//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
+//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
+
+// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
+//
+// With this feature enabled:
+//
+// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
+// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
+// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
+// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
+//
+//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
+
+#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
+  #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2)    // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
+  #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2)    // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
+#endif
+
+// Homing speeds (mm/m)
+#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (20*60)
+#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z  (4*60)
+
+// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
+#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
+
+// @section calibrate
+
+/**
+ * Bed Skew Compensation
+ *
+ * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
+ *
+ * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
+ *  1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
+ *  2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
+ *  3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
+ *  4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
+ *
+ * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
+ * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
+ *
+ *  - Compute AB     : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
+ *  - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
+ *
+ * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
+ * Use these diagrams for reference:
+ *
+ *    Y                     Z                     Z
+ *    ^     B-------C       ^     B-------C       ^     B-------C
+ *    |    /       /        |    /       /        |    /       /
+ *    |   /       /         |   /       /         |   /       /
+ *    |  A-------D          |  A-------D          |  A-------D
+ *    +-------------->X     +-------------->X     +-------------->Y
+ *     XY_SKEW_FACTOR        XZ_SKEW_FACTOR        YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
+ */
+//#define SKEW_CORRECTION
+
+#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
+  // Input all length measurements here:
+  #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
+  #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
+  #define XY_SIDE_AD 200
+
+  // Or, set the default skew factors directly here
+  // to override the above measurements:
+  #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
+
+  //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
+  #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
+    #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
+    #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
+    #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
+    #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
+    #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200
+    #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
+    #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
+  #endif
+
+  // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
+  //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
+#endif
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================= Additional Features ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+// @section extras
+
+/**
+ * EEPROM
+ *
+ * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots.
+ *
+ *   M500 - Store settings to EEPROM.
+ *   M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes)
+ *   M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.)
+ */
+#define EEPROM_SETTINGS       // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
+//#define DISABLE_M503        // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
+#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT       // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
+#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
+  //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT  // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors.
+#endif
+
+//
+// Host Keepalive
+//
+// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
+// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
+//
+#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE        // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
+#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2  // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
+#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING            // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
+
+//
+// M100 Free Memory Watcher
+//
+//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER    // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage
+
+//
+// G20/G21 Inch mode support
+//
+//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
+
+//
+// M149 Set temperature units support
+//
+//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
+
+// @section temperature
+
+// Preheat Constants
+#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL       "PLA"
+#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 185
+#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED     45
+#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED   255 // Value from 0 to 255
+
+#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL       "ABS"
+#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240
+#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED      0
+#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED   255 // Value from 0 to 255
+
+/**
+ * Nozzle Park
+ *
+ * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
+ *
+ * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
+ *
+ *    P0  (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
+ *    P1  Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
+ *    P2  Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
+ */
+//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
+
+#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
+  // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise }
+  #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
+  #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100   // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis)
+  #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5      // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
+ *
+ * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
+ *
+ * Parameters:
+ *   P  Pattern
+ *   S  Strokes / Repetitions
+ *   T  Triangles (P1 only)
+ *
+ * Patterns:
+ *   P0  Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
+ *       at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
+ *       between the start / end points.
+ *
+ *   P1  Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
+ *       number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
+ *       Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
+ *       For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
+ *
+ *          --
+ *         |  (X0, Y1) |     /\        /\        /\     | (X1, Y1)
+ *         |           |    /  \      /  \      /  \    |
+ *       A |           |   /    \    /    \    /    \   |
+ *         |           |  /      \  /      \  /      \  |
+ *         |  (X0, Y0) | /        \/        \/        \ | (X1, Y0)
+ *          --         +--------------------------------+
+ *                       |________|_________|_________|
+ *                           T1        T2        T3
+ *
+ *   P2  Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
+ *       "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
+ *       Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
+ *
+ *   Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
+ * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
+ *
+ */
+//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
+
+#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
+  // Default number of pattern repetitions
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES  12
+
+  // Default number of triangles
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES  3
+
+  // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
+
+  // Circular pattern radius
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
+  // Circular pattern circle fragments number
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
+  // Middle point of circle
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
+
+  // Moves the nozzle to the initial position
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Print Job Timer
+ *
+ * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
+ *
+ *   M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none,        low temp = stop timer
+ *   M109 (hotend, wait)    - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
+ *   M190 (bed, wait)       - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
+ *
+ * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
+ *
+ *   M75 - Start the print job timer
+ *   M76 - Pause the print job timer
+ *   M77 - Stop the print job timer
+ */
+#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
+
+/**
+ * Print Counter
+ *
+ * Track statistical data such as:
+ *
+ *  - Total print jobs
+ *  - Total successful print jobs
+ *  - Total failed print jobs
+ *  - Total time printing
+ *
+ * View the current statistics with M78.
+ */
+//#define PRINTCOUNTER
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+// @section lcd
+
+/**
+ * LCD LANGUAGE
+ *
+ * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
+ *
+ *    en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it,
+ *    jp-kana, ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, zh_CN, zh_TW, test
+ *
+ * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' }
+ */
+#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
+
+/**
+ * LCD Character Set
+ *
+ * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
+ *
+ * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
+ * language extensions:
+ *
+ *  - JAPANESE ... the most common
+ *  - WESTERN  ... with more accented characters
+ *  - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
+ *
+ * To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
+ *
+ *  - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
+ *  - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
+ *  - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
+ *
+ * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
+ *
+ * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
+ */
+#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 WESTERN
+
+/**
+ * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa)
+ *
+ * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa']
+ */
+#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0
+
+/**
+ * SD CARD
+ *
+ * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
+ * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
+ *
+ */
+#define SDSUPPORT
+
+/**
+ * SD CARD: SPI SPEED
+ *
+ * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
+ * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
+ */
+//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
+//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
+//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
+
+/**
+ * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
+ *
+ * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
+ */
+//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
+
+/**
+ * LCD Menu Items
+ *
+ * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
+ * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
+ */
+//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
+//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS
+
+//
+// ENCODER SETTINGS
+//
+// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
+// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
+//
+//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4
+
+//
+// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
+// move between next/prev menu items.
+//
+//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
+
+/**
+ * Encoder Direction Options
+ *
+ * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
+ *
+ *  Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
+ *  Reversed Menu Navigation only?    Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
+ *  Reversed Value Editing only?      Enable BOTH options.
+ */
+
+//
+// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
+//
+//  Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
+//
+//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
+
+//
+// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
+//
+//  If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
+//  If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
+//
+//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
+
+//
+// Individual Axis Homing
+//
+// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
+//
+//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
+
+//
+// SPEAKER/BUZZER
+//
+// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
+// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
+//
+//#define SPEAKER
+
+//
+// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
+// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
+//
+// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
+//  M300 S<frequency Hz> P<duration ms>
+//
+//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2
+//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000
+
+//=============================================================================
+//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
+//========================   (Character-based LCDs)   =========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
+//
+// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
+//
+//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
+// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
+//
+//#define RADDS_DISPLAY
+
+//
+// ULTIMAKER Controller.
+//
+//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
+
+//
+// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
+//
+//#define ULTIPANEL
+
+//
+// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
+//
+//#define PANEL_ONE
+
+//
+// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
+//
+// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
+//
+//#define G3D_PANEL
+
+//
+// RigidBot Panel V1.0
+// http://www.inventapart.com/
+//
+//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
+
+//
+// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
+// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html
+//
+//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602
+
+//
+// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
+//
+//#define ZONESTAR_LCD            // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
+                                  // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
+                                  // which scrambles the display.  Pressing any button clears it up.
+                                  // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.
+
+//
+// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
+//
+//#define ULTRA_LCD
+
+//=============================================================================
+//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
+//=====================   (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs)   =====================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
+//
+// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
+// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
+//
+
+//
+// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
+// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
+//
+//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
+
+//
+// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
+//
+// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
+// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
+//
+//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
+//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004
+
+//
+// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
+//
+//#define LCM1602
+
+//
+// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
+// separate encoder and click inputs.
+//
+// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
+// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
+//
+// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
+// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
+//
+//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
+
+//
+// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
+// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
+//
+//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
+//
+
+//
+// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
+// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
+//
+//#define SAV_3DLCD
+
+//
+// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
+// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
+// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
+//
+//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
+
+//=============================================================================
+//=======================   LCD / Controller Selection  =======================
+//=========================      (Graphical LCDs)      ========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
+//
+// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
+//            https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
+//
+
+//
+// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
+//
+//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
+// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
+//
+//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
+
+//
+// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
+// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
+// http://panucatt.com
+//
+//#define VIKI2
+//#define miniVIKI
+
+//
+// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
+// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
+//
+//#define MINIPANEL
+
+//
+// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
+//
+//#define MAKRPANEL
+
+//
+// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
+// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
+//
+//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
+// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
+//
+//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// Cartesio UI
+// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
+//
+//#define CARTESIO_UI
+
+//
+// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
+//
+//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
+
+//
+// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
+//
+//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
+
+//
+// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
+//
+//#define SAV_3DGLCD
+#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
+  //#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
+  #define U8GLIB_SH1106
+#endif
+
+//
+// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
+// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
+//
+//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
+//
+//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
+
+//
+// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+//
+#define MKS_MINI_12864
+
+//
+// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
+//
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
+
+//
+// Factory display for Creality CR-10
+// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html
+//
+// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector.
+// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display)
+//
+//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
+
+//
+// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller
+//
+// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
+// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
+// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
+//
+//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD
+
+//
+// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
+//
+// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
+//
+//#define MKS_12864OLED          // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
+//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306  // Uses the SSD1306 controller
+
+//
+// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
+// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html
+//
+//#define AZSMZ_12864
+
+//
+// Silvergate GLCD controller
+// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate
+//
+//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
+
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
+//
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
+//
+//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
+
+//=============================================================================
+//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// MKS Robin 320x240 color display
+//
+//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================  Other Controllers  ============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
+//
+
+//
+// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
+// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
+//
+// REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP sets how much should the robot move when a key
+// is pressed, a value of 10.0 means 10mm per click.
+//
+//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
+//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0
+
+//=============================================================================
+//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+// @section extras
+
+// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
+//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
+
+// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
+// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
+// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
+//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
+
+// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
+// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
+// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
+// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
+// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7]
+#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
+
+// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
+// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
+// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
+// duty cycle is attained.
+//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
+
+// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
+// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
+// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
+//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
+
+// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
+//#define SF_ARC_FIX
+
+// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
+//#define BARICUDA
+
+// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
+//#define BLINKM
+
+// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
+//#define PCA9632
+
+// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
+// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED
+//#define PCA9533
+
+/**
+ * RGB LED / LED Strip Control
+ *
+ * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
+ * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
+ *
+ * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
+ * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
+ * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
+ * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
+ *
+ * *** CAUTION ***
+ *  LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
+ *  as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
+ *  Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
+ *  NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs
+ *  more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
+ * *** CAUTION ***
+ *
+ * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options.
+ *
+ */
+//#define RGB_LED
+//#define RGBW_LED
+
+#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED)
+  //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
+  //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
+  //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
+  //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
+#endif
+
+// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
+//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
+#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
+  #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE   NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h)
+  #define NEOPIXEL_PIN    4        // LED driving pin
+  #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30       // Number of LEDs in the strip
+  #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL   // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
+  #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127  // Initial brightness (0-255)
+  //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST  // Cycle through colors at startup
+
+  // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting
+  //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX  0               // Index of the LED to use
+  //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Printer Event LEDs
+ *
+ * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
+ *
+ *  - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
+ *  - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
+ *  - Change to white to illuminate work surface
+ *  - Change to green once print has finished
+ *  - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
+ */
+#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED)
+  #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * R/C SERVO support
+ * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Number of servos
+ *
+ * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
+ * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
+ * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem.
+ */
+//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
+
+// Delay (in milliseconds) before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
+// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
+// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
+#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
+
+// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
+//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
+
+// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM
+//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES
diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-20/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-20/Configuration_adv.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c75a664d60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/examples/Creality/CR-20/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2550 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+/**
+ * Configuration_adv.h
+ *
+ * Advanced settings.
+ * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
+ * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
+ *
+ * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
+ *
+ */
+#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000
+
+// @section temperature
+
+//===========================================================================
+//=============================Thermal Settings  ============================
+//===========================================================================
+
+//
+// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters
+//
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND0_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND1_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND2_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND3_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND4_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND5_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000
+  #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS     4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS      100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define BED_BETA                     3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000
+  #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define CHAMBER_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+//
+// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
+// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
+//
+//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
+#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
+  #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED
+  #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70
+  #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Heated Chamber settings
+ */
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER
+  #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP             5
+  #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP            60
+  #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS     1   // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
+  //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING
+  //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN       44   // Chamber heater on/off pin
+  //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false
+#endif
+
+#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
+  #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
+  #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
+    #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
+ * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
+ * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
+ *
+ * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
+ * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
+ * the heater on.
+ *
+ * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
+ * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
+ * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
+ *
+ * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
+ * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
+ */
+#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40        // Seconds
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4     // Degrees Celsius
+
+  //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING              // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops
+  #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP)
+    //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING    // Don't slow fan speed during M303
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
+   * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
+   * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
+   * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
+   * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
+   * test.
+   *
+   * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
+   * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
+   * below 2.
+   */
+  #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20                // Seconds
+  #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2               // Degrees Celsius
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
+ */
+#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20    // Seconds
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
+
+  /**
+   * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
+   */
+  #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60                // Seconds
+  #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2               // Degrees Celsius
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber.
+ */
+#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER)
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20    // Seconds
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
+
+  /**
+   * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191).
+   */
+  #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60            // Seconds
+  #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2           // Degrees Celsius
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
+  // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
+  // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume.
+  //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
+  #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
+    #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
+    #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Automatic Temperature:
+ * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
+ * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
+ * Start autotemp mode with M109 S<mintemp> B<maxtemp> F<factor>
+ * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
+ * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
+ * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
+ * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
+ */
+#define AUTOTEMP
+#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
+  #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
+#endif
+
+// Show extra position information in M114
+//#define M114_DETAIL
+
+// Show Temperature ADC value
+// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
+//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
+
+/**
+ * High Temperature Thermistor Support
+ *
+ * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
+ * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
+ * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
+ * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
+ * and force stop everything.
+ * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
+ * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
+ * aberrant readings.
+ *
+ * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
+ * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
+ */
+
+// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
+// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
+//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
+
+// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
+// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
+// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
+// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
+// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
+//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
+
+// @section extruder
+
+// Extruder runout prevention.
+// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
+// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
+//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
+#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500  // (mm/m)
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5   // (mm)
+#endif
+
+// @section temperature
+
+// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
+// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET  0.0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN    1.0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN   1.0
+
+/**
+ * Controller Fan
+ * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
+ *
+ * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled
+ * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off.
+ */
+//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
+#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
+  //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1        // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
+  #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60          // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled
+  #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255        // 255 == full speed
+#endif
+
+// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
+// given number of milliseconds.  This gets the fan spinning reliably
+// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
+//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
+
+/**
+ * PWM Fan Scaling
+ *
+ * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
+ *
+ * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
+ * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
+ * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
+ * Value 0 always turns off the fan.
+ *
+ * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
+ */
+//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
+//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
+
+/**
+ * FAST PWM FAN Settings
+ *
+ * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h)
+ * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a
+ * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency.
+ *
+ * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default]
+ *   Set this to your desired frequency.
+ *   If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
+ *   ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers
+ *   These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required
+ *   NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior.
+ *
+ * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default]
+ *   Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2:
+ *   16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz]
+ *   20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz]
+ *   A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of
+ *   PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.)
+ *   USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies.
+ */
+#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
+  //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400
+  //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP
+#endif
+
+// @section extruder
+
+/**
+ * Extruder cooling fans
+ *
+ * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
+ * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
+ *
+ * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
+ * or set to -1 to disable completely.
+ *
+ * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
+ * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
+ */
+#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
+#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
+#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
+
+/**
+ * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
+ *
+ * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
+ * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
+ * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
+ */
+#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
+#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
+#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
+
+/**
+ * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
+ */
+//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
+#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4                  // Override the default pin if needed
+  #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
+  #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
+  #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
+  #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
+    #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section homing
+
+// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
+// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
+//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
+
+// @section extras
+
+//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
+
+// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
+//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
+#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
+  //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN        -1
+  //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops
+ *
+ * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes.
+ *
+ * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to
+ * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop
+ * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug
+ * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'.
+ *
+ * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors
+ * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error
+ * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X<offset> Y<offset> Z<offset>'.
+ */
+
+//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true   // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions
+  //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
+    #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true   // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions
+  //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
+    #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
+    #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
+    #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
+    #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2  0
+    #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Dual X Carriage
+ *
+ * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
+ * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
+ * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
+ * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
+ * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
+ * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
+ *
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
+ *
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
+ *
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
+ *
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
+ *
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
+ */
+//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
+#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
+
+  // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
+
+  // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
+  #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
+
+#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
+
+// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
+// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
+//#define EXT_SOLENOID
+
+// @section homing
+
+// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump.
+#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
+#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
+#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
+#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 }  // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
+#define QUICK_HOME                       // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially
+//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 }  // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing
+
+// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
+//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
+
+// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
+//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
+
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
+/**
+ * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
+ * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
+ */
+//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
+#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
+  // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3]
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 }
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 }
+  // Set number of iterations to align
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
+  // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
+  #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
+  // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
+  // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
+  // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0
+  // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02
+#endif
+
+// @section machine
+
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
+
+// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
+//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
+
+// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
+#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
+#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
+#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
+#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
+
+// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
+// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
+// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
+#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
+
+#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
+#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE     0.0
+
+//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE  // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
+
+// @section lcd
+
+#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section extras
+
+// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied.
+#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME        20000
+
+// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
+#define SLOWDOWN
+
+// Frequency limit
+// See nophead's blog for more info
+// Not working O
+//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT  15
+
+// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
+// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
+// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
+#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)
+
+//
+// Backlash Compensation
+// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
+//
+//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
+#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
+  // Define values for backlash distance and correction.
+  // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
+  #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm)
+  #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION    0.0       // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
+
+  // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
+  // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
+  //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
+
+  // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
+  //#define BACKLASH_GCODE
+
+  #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
+    // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
+    #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
+
+    #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
+      // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
+      // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
+      // increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
+      #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT       0.5   // (mm)
+      #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION  0.005 // (mm)
+      #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE    Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m)
+    #endif
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration
+ *
+ * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
+ * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
+ *
+ * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
+ * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
+ * and hotend offsets.
+ *
+ * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
+ *       ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
+ */
+//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
+#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
+
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION     0.01 // mm
+
+  #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW             60    // mm/m
+  #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST           1200    // mm/m
+  #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL         3000    // mm/m
+
+  // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
+  #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT          1.0  // mm
+  #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER      2.0  // mm
+
+  // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM).
+  //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
+
+  // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
+  #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER     { 264.0, -22.0,  -2.0} // mm
+  #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS {  10.0,  10.0,  10.0} // mm
+
+  // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
+  // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
+
+  // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
+  // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
+  //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
+
+  // Define pin which is read during calibration
+  #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
+    //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
+ * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
+ * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
+ * lowest stepping frequencies.
+ */
+//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
+
+/**
+ * Custom Microstepping
+ * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
+ */
+//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
+//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
+
+// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
+#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
+
+/**
+ *  @section  stepper motor current
+ *
+ *  Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
+ *
+ *  The power on motor currents are set by:
+ *    PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
+ *                         known compatible chips: A4982
+ *    DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
+ *                         known compatible chips: AD5206
+ *    DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
+ *                         known compatible chips: MCP4728
+ *    DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
+ *                         known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
+ *
+ *  Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
+ *    M907 - applies to all.
+ *    M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
+ *    M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
+ */
+//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 }          // Values in milliamps
+//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 }   // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
+//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 }    // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
+
+// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
+//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
+#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A)
+  /**
+   * Common slave addresses:
+   *
+   *                        A   (A shifted)   B   (B shifted)  IC
+   * Smoothie              0x2C (0x58)       0x2D (0x5A)       MCP4451
+   * AZTEEG_X3_PRO         0x2C (0x58)       0x2E (0x5C)       MCP4451
+   * AZTEEG_X5_MINI        0x2C (0x58)       0x2E (0x5C)       MCP4451
+   * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI         0x58              0x5C        MCP4451
+   * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE      0x2F (0x5E)                         MCP4018
+   */
+  #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C  // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
+  #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D  // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
+#endif
+
+//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018          // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
+#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4     AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8     MKS SBASE: 5
+// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
+// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
+#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 }  //  AZTEEG_X3_PRO
+
+//===========================================================================
+//=============================Additional Features===========================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section lcd
+
+// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
+#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
+#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
+  #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC   30  // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
+  #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC  80  // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
+#endif
+
+// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
+//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
+#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
+  #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION   10
+  #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
+#endif
+
+// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
+#define LCD_INFO_MENU
+
+// Scroll a longer status message into view
+#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
+
+// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
+//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
+
+// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
+//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
+
+// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage
+//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
+
+#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
+  //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR              // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
+  #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
+    #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000    // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
+    #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000    // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
+    #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE   0       // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
+    //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE           // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
+    //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST       // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LED Control Menu
+ * Enable this feature to add LED Control to the LCD menu
+ */
+//#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
+#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
+  #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS                 // Enable the Preset Color menu option
+  #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED        255  // User defined RED value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN      128  // User defined GREEN value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE         0  // User defined BLUE value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE      255  // User defined WHITE value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255  // User defined intensity
+    //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP       // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
+  #endif
+#endif // LED_CONTROL_MENU
+
+#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+
+  // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
+  // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
+  // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
+  // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
+  // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
+  #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
+
+  #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true          // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
+  #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place.
+
+  // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
+  // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
+  #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
+
+  #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START             // Confirm the selected SD file before printing
+
+  //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART               // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files
+
+  #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY"       // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27")
+
+  /**
+   * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
+   *
+   * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
+   * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
+   * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
+   * point in the file.
+   */
+  //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
+  #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN         44 // Pin to detect power loss
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE     HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN   20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power.
+
+    // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card,
+    // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued.
+    #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
+   *
+   * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
+   * by name for easier navigation.
+   *
+   * By default...
+   *
+   *  - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
+   *  - Folders are sorted to the top.
+   *  - The sort key is statically allocated.
+   *  - No added G-code (M34) support.
+   *  - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
+   *
+   * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
+   * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
+   * limit is exceeded.
+   *
+   *  - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
+   *  - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
+   *  - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
+   *  - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
+   */
+  //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
+
+  // SD Card Sorting options
+  #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
+    #define SDSORT_LIMIT       40     // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
+    #define FOLDER_SORTING     -1     // -1=above  0=none  1=below
+    #define SDSORT_GCODE       false  // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
+    #define SDSORT_USES_RAM    false  // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
+    #define SDSORT_USES_STACK  false  // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
+    #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false  // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
+    #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false  // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
+    #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2      // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
+                                      // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
+  #endif
+
+  // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
+  //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
+
+  // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
+  #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
+
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
+  /**
+   * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
+   * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
+   * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
+   */
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
+
+  /**
+   * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
+   * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected.
+   * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere.
+   */
+  //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE
+
+  /**
+   * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S<seconds>
+   */
+  //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS
+
+  /**
+   * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
+   * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
+   * to Marlin as an SD card.
+   *
+   * The MAX3421E must be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
+   * the following pin mapping:
+   *
+   *    SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
+   *    INT              --> SD_DETECT_PIN
+   *    SS               --> SDSS
+   */
+  //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
+  #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
+    #define USB_CS_PIN         SDSS
+    #define USB_INTR_PIN       SD_DETECT_PIN
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
+   * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
+   *
+   * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
+   *
+   * Tested with this bootloader:
+   *   https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
+   */
+  //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
+  #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
+    #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR    0x1FF
+    #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE   0xF0
+    #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
+  #endif
+
+  // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
+  //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
+
+  #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
+  #endif
+
+#endif // SDSUPPORT
+
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
+/**
+ * Additional options for Graphical Displays
+ *
+ * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
+ * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
+ * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
+ * on DELTA and SCARA machines.
+ *
+ * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
+ * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
+ * printing performance versus fast display updates.
+ */
+#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
+  // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar
+  //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT
+
+  // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
+  #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
+
+  // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
+  #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
+
+  // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
+  // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
+  //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
+
+  // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
+  // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
+  //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
+
+  // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
+  // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
+  //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
+
+  // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
+  //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE
+
+  /**
+   * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
+   * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
+   * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
+   *
+   * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
+   * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
+   * length of time to display the status message before clearing.
+   *
+   * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
+   * This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
+   */
+  #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
+    //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
+    #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
+      #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
+    #endif
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Status (Info) Screen customizations
+   * These options may affect code size and screen render time.
+   * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
+   */
+  //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS    // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
+  //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS  // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
+  #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED      // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)
+  #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM          // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
+  #define STATUS_BED_ANIM             // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
+  #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM         // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating
+  //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP     // Use the alternative bed bitmap
+  //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP     // Use the alternative fan bitmap
+  //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3       // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
+  //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT       // Show heating in a progress bar
+  //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL    // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash)
+
+  // Frivolous Game Options
+  //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT
+  //#define MARLIN_INVADERS
+  //#define MARLIN_SNAKE
+
+#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
+
+// @section safety
+
+/**
+ * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs
+ * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors.
+ *
+ * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever,
+ * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO.
+ * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while
+ * interrupts are enabled.
+ */
+#define USE_WATCHDOG
+#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
+  //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
+#endif
+
+// @section lcd
+
+/**
+ * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
+ * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
+ * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
+ *
+ * Warning: Does not respect endstops!
+ */
+#define BABYSTEPPING
+#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
+  //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING
+  //#define BABYSTEP_XY                     // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
+  #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false           // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
+  #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR  1         // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion.
+
+  #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING    // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
+  #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
+    #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250   // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
+                                            // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
+    //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE     // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement).
+    //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE              // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
+    #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
+      #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1   // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
+    #endif
+  #endif
+
+  //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL          // Display total babysteps since last G28
+
+  //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET          // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
+  #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
+    //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET      // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
+    //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY   // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section extruder
+
+/**
+ * Linear Pressure Control v1.5
+ *
+ * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
+ * K=0 means advance disabled.
+ *
+ * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
+ *
+ * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
+ * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
+ * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
+ * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
+ *
+ * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
+ * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues.
+ */
+//#define LIN_ADVANCE
+#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
+  //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants
+  #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22    // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed
+  //#define LA_DEBUG            // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB.
+#endif
+
+// @section leveling
+
+#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+  // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
+  //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
+  //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
+  //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
+  //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
+ * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
+ */
+//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
+#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
+  #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
+  #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
+  /**
+   * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
+   * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
+   */
+  #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
+  #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
+  #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
+
+#endif
+
+// @section extras
+
+//
+// G2/G3 Arc Support
+//
+#define ARC_SUPPORT               // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes
+#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
+  #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT  1   // Length of each arc segment
+  #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS   24   // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle
+  #define N_ARC_CORRECTION   25   // Number of interpolated segments between corrections
+  //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES         // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
+  //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES  // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
+#endif
+
+// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
+//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
+
+/**
+ * G38 Probe Target
+ *
+ * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target)
+ * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target).
+ * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once.
+ */
+//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
+#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
+  //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY        // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target
+  #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move.
+#endif
+
+// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
+#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
+
+/**
+ * Minimum delay after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
+ *     0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
+ *    20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
+ *   200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
+ *   400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
+ *   500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
+ *   650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
+ *  1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
+ * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
+ *
+ * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
+ */
+//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650
+
+/**
+ * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs)
+ *   0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
+ *   0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h
+ *   1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers
+ *   2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
+ *   3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
+ *  30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
+ *
+ * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
+ */
+//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2
+
+/**
+ * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
+ *  If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
+ *  500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
+ *  400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
+ *  250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
+ *  200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
+ *  150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
+ *   15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
+ *
+ * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
+ */
+//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
+
+// @section temperature
+
+// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
+//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
+
+//===========================================================================
+//================================= Buffers =================================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section hidden
+
+// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
+// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
+#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+  #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
+#else
+  #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
+#endif
+
+// @section serial
+
+// The ASCII buffer for serial input
+#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
+#define BUFSIZE 4
+
+// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
+// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
+// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
+// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
+// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
+// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
+// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
+#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
+
+// Host Receive Buffer Size
+// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
+// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
+// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
+//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
+
+#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
+  // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
+  // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
+  //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+  // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
+  // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
+  //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
+
+  // Enable this option to collect and display the number
+  // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
+  //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
+#endif
+
+// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
+// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
+// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
+// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
+//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
+
+// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
+// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
+// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
+// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
+//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
+
+// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
+//#define ADVANCED_OK
+
+// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
+// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
+#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
+
+// @section extras
+
+/**
+ * Extra Fan Speed
+ * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
+ *   'M106 P<fan> T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for <fan>
+ *   'M106 P<fan> T2'     : Use the set secondary speed
+ *   'M106 P<fan> T1'     : Restore the previous fan speed
+ */
+//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
+
+/**
+ * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
+ *
+ * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
+ * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
+ *
+ * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
+ * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
+ * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
+ *
+ * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
+ *
+ * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
+ *
+ */
+//#define FWRETRACT
+#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
+  #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT           // costs ~500 bytes of PROGMEM
+  #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
+    #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1           // When auto-retract is on, convert E moves of this length and over
+    #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0          // Upper limit for auto-retract conversion
+  #endif
+  #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3                // Default retract length (positive mm)
+  #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13          // Default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change
+  #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45             // Default feedrate for retracting (mm/s)
+  #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0                // Default retract Z-raise (mm)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0        // Default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0   // Default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8      // Default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction (mm/s)
+  #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
+    //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING         // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Universal tool change settings.
+ * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
+ */
+#if EXTRUDERS > 1
+  // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
+  #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
+
+  // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
+  #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH          12  // (mm)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME           2  // (mm)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600  // (mm/m)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED   3600  // (mm/m)
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Position to park head during tool change.
+   * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
+   */
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
+  #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY    { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000  // (mm/m)
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Advanced Pause
+ * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused.
+ * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
+ * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle.
+ *
+ * Requires an LCD display.
+ * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
+ * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
+ */
+//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
+#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE         60  // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH            2  // (mm) Initial retract.
+                                                  // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE     10  // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL        25  // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH      100  // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
+                                                  //   For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
+                                                  //   For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
+                                                  //   Set to 0 for manual unloading.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE   6  // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH     0  // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
+                                                  // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE   6  // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL     25  // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH     0  // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
+                                                  //   For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
+                                                  //   For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
+  //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE       // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
+  #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE        3  // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
+  #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH         50  // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
+                                                  //   Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
+                                                  //   Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
+                                                  //   until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
+  #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME          0  // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
+  //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE             // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused.
+
+                                                  // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
+  #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH      13  // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
+  #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY             5000  // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
+  #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH         8  // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
+
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT           45  // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS         10  // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT           // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
+
+  //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE                    // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
+  //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE           // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change
+
+  //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES           // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
+  //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS         // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
+#endif
+
+// @section tmc
+
+/**
+ * TMC26X Stepper Driver options
+ *
+ * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver.
+ * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper
+ */
+#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X)
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X)
+    #define X_MAX_CURRENT     1000  // (mA)
+    #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR    91  // (mOhms)
+    #define X_MICROSTEPS        16  // Number of microsteps
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X)
+    #define X2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define X2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X)
+    #define Y_MAX_CURRENT     1000
+    #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR    91
+    #define Y_MICROSTEPS        16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X)
+    #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define Y2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X)
+    #define Z_MAX_CURRENT     1000
+    #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR    91
+    #define Z_MICROSTEPS        16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X)
+    #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define Z2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X)
+    #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define Z3_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X)
+    #define E0_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E0_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X)
+    #define E1_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E1_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X)
+    #define E2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X)
+    #define E3_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E3_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X)
+    #define E4_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E4_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X)
+    #define E5_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E5_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+#endif // TMC26X
+
+// @section tmc_smart
+
+/**
+ * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode
+ * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define
+ * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3
+ * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
+ * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins.
+ *
+ * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN
+ * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor.
+ * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without
+ * a resistor.
+ * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial.
+ *
+ * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers.
+ * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
+ */
+#if HAS_TRINAMIC
+
+  #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER    0.5  // Scales down the holding current from run current
+  #define INTERPOLATE       true  // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X)
+    #define X_CURRENT     800  // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
+    #define X_MICROSTEPS   16  // 0..256
+    #define X_RSENSE     0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2)
+    #define X2_CURRENT    800
+    #define X2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define X2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y)
+    #define Y_CURRENT     800
+    #define Y_MICROSTEPS   16
+    #define Y_RSENSE     0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2)
+    #define Y2_CURRENT    800
+    #define Y2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define Y2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z)
+    #define Z_CURRENT     800
+    #define Z_MICROSTEPS   16
+    #define Z_RSENSE     0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2)
+    #define Z2_CURRENT    800
+    #define Z2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define Z2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3)
+    #define Z3_CURRENT    800
+    #define Z3_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define Z3_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0)
+    #define E0_CURRENT    800
+    #define E0_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E0_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1)
+    #define E1_CURRENT    800
+    #define E1_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E1_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2)
+    #define E2_CURRENT    800
+    #define E2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3)
+    #define E3_CURRENT    800
+    #define E3_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E3_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4)
+    #define E4_CURRENT    800
+    #define E4_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E4_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5)
+    #define E5_CURRENT    800
+    #define E5_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E5_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
+   * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
+   */
+  //#define X_CS_PIN          -1
+  //#define Y_CS_PIN          -1
+  //#define Z_CS_PIN          -1
+  //#define X2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define Y2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define Z2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define Z3_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E0_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E1_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E3_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E4_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
+
+  /**
+   * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
+   * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
+   * but you can override or define them here.
+   */
+  //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
+  //#define TMC_SW_MOSI       -1
+  //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
+  //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
+
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
+  /**
+   * Software enable
+   *
+   * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
+   * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
+   */
+  //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
+
+  /**
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
+   * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
+   */
+  #define STEALTHCHOP_XY
+  #define STEALTHCHOP_Z
+  #define STEALTHCHOP_E
+
+  /**
+   * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
+   * or with the help of an example included in the library.
+   * Provided parameter sets are
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
+   * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V)
+   * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119   // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
+   *
+   * Define you own with
+   * { <off_time[1..15]>, <hysteresis_end[-3..12]>, hysteresis_start[1..8] }
+   */
+  #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
+
+  /**
+   * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
+   * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
+   * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
+   * Relevant g-codes:
+   * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
+   * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
+   * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
+   * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
+   */
+  //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
+
+  #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
+    #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN     50  // [mA]
+    #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
+    #define STOP_ON_ERROR
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
+   * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
+   * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
+   * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
+   */
+  //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
+
+  #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     100  // [mm/s]
+  #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD    100
+  #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     100
+  #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD    100
+  #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD       3
+  #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD      3
+  #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD      3
+  #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+
+  /**
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
+   * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
+   * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
+   *
+   * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is used for tuning the trigger sensitivity.
+   * Higher values make the system LESS sensitive.
+   * Lower value make the system MORE sensitive.
+   * Too low values can lead to false positives, while too high values will collide the axis without triggering.
+   * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
+   * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
+   */
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
+
+  /**
+   * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
+   *
+   * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
+   *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
+   */
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
+
+  #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
+    #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
+    #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
+    //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
+  /**
+   * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
+   * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
+   */
+  //#define TMC_DEBUG
+
+  /**
+   * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
+   * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
+   * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
+   *
+   * Example:
+   * #define TMC_ADV() { \
+   *   stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \
+   *   stepperY.interpolate(0); \
+   * }
+   */
+  #define TMC_ADV() {  }
+
+#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC
+
+// @section L6470
+
+/**
+ * L6470 Stepper Driver options
+ *
+ * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver.
+ * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470
+ *
+ * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN
+ *     L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN  (optional)
+ */
+#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470)
+
+  //#define L6470_CHITCHAT        // Display additional status info
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470)
+    #define X_MICROSTEPS     128  // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128)
+    #define X_OVERCURRENT   2000  // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down)
+    #define X_STALLCURRENT  1500  // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) -  4A max - rounds down)
+    #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE    127  // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper
+    #define X_CHAIN_POS        0  // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470)
+    #define X2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define X2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define X2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define X2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470)
+    #define Y_MICROSTEPS       128
+    #define Y_OVERCURRENT     2000
+    #define Y_STALLCURRENT    1500
+    #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE      127
+    #define Y_CHAIN_POS          0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470)
+    #define Y2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define Y2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define Y2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define Y2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470)
+    #define Z_MICROSTEPS       128
+    #define Z_OVERCURRENT     2000
+    #define Z_STALLCURRENT    1500
+    #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE      127
+    #define Z_CHAIN_POS          0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470)
+    #define Z2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define Z2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define Z2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define Z2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470)
+    #define Z3_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define Z3_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define Z3_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define Z3_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470)
+    #define E0_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E0_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E0_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E0_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470)
+    #define E1_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E1_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E1_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E1_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470)
+    #define E2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470)
+    #define E3_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E3_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E3_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E3_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470)
+    #define E4_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E4_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E4_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E4_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470)
+    #define E5_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E5_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E5_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E5_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current.
+   * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears.
+   * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
+   * Relevant g-codes:
+   * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5  Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
+   *         I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0
+   *         I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1
+   *         I3 - Z3 or E3
+   *         I4 - E4
+   *         I5 - E5
+   * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning
+   * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds
+   * M918 - Increase speed until max or error
+   * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters
+   */
+  //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS
+
+  #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS)
+    #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN     1
+    //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR
+  #endif
+
+#endif // L6470
+
+/**
+ * TWI/I2C BUS
+ *
+ * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
+ * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
+ * devices on the bus.
+ *
+ * ; Example #1
+ * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
+ * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B<base 10> arg
+ * M260 A99  ; Target slave address
+ * M260 B77  ; M
+ * M260 B97  ; a
+ * M260 B114 ; r
+ * M260 B108 ; l
+ * M260 B105 ; i
+ * M260 B110 ; n
+ * M260 S1   ; Send the current buffer
+ *
+ * ; Example #2
+ * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
+ * M261 A99 B5
+ *
+ * ; Example #3
+ * ; Example serial output of a M261 request
+ * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
+ */
+
+// @section i2cbus
+
+//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
+#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS  0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
+
+// @section extras
+
+/**
+ * Photo G-code
+ * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo.
+ * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement.
+ */
+//#define PHOTO_GCODE
+#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE)
+  // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo
+  //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 }  // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z)
+  //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS   100                            // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P)
+  //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM   6.5                          // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S)
+
+  // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger
+  // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
+  //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
+
+  // Canon Hack Development Kit
+  // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
+  //#define CHDK_PIN        4
+
+  // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter
+  //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS }  // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J)
+
+  // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high
+  //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS   50 // (ms) (M240 D)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Spindle & Laser control
+ *
+ * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
+ * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
+ *
+ * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
+ * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
+ * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
+ *
+ * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
+ * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
+ *
+ * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
+ */
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
+
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
+
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Filament Width Sensor
+ *
+ * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
+ * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
+ *
+ * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
+ * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
+ * volume.
+ *
+ * Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
+ *
+ *  34 RAMPS_14    : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
+ *  81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
+ * 301 RAMBO       : Analog input 3
+ *
+ * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
+ */
+//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
+
+#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
+  #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0    // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
+  #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM        14    // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
+
+  #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN        1.0  // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
+  #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY       20    // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
+
+  #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
+
+  // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
+  //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * CNC Coordinate Systems
+ *
+ * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
+ * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
+ */
+//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
+
+/**
+ * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S<seconds>
+ */
+#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
+
+/**
+ * Include capabilities in M115 output
+ */
+#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
+
+/**
+ * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
+ */
+//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
+
+#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
+  /**
+   * Volumetric extrusion default state
+   * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
+   * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
+   *
+   * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
+   */
+  //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
+ * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
+ *
+ *  - M206 and M428 are disabled.
+ *  - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
+ */
+//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
+
+/**
+ * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
+ * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
+ *
+ * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
+ * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
+ */
+#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
+
+/**
+ * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser
+ */
+#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
+
+/**
+ * CNC G-code options
+ * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
+ * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
+ * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
+ */
+//#define PAREN_COMMENTS      // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
+//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES  // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
+
+// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
+//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m)
+#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
+  //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * G-code Macros
+ *
+ * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
+ * Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
+ */
+//#define GCODE_MACROS
+#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
+  #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS       5  // Up to 10 may be used
+  #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE  50  // Maximum length of a single macro
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
+ */
+//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
+#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
+  //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands"
+  #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
+  #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
+  //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN  // Return to status screen after a script
+
+  #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info"
+  #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W"
+
+  #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
+  #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
+
+  #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
+  #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
+
+  #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
+  #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
+
+  #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info"
+  #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503"
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Host Action Commands
+ *
+ * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard.
+ *
+ * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands
+ * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel
+ * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed
+ *
+ * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands.
+ *
+ * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so
+ * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side.
+ */
+//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS
+#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS)
+  //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT
+#endif
+
+//===========================================================================
+//====================== I2C Position Encoder Settings ======================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
+ * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
+ *
+ * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
+ * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
+ *
+ * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
+ * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/
+ *
+ * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
+ */
+
+//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
+#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT         1                       // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
+                                                            // encoders supported currently.
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X     // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS          X_AXIS                  // Axis the encoder module is installed on.  <X|Y|Z|E>_AXIS.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE          I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR   // Type of encoder:  I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
+                                                            // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT    2048                    // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
+                                                            // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
+                                                            // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV     (16 * 200)            // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
+                                                            // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT                              // Invert the direction of axis travel.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD     I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP     // Type of error error correction.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH     0.10                    // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
+                                                            // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
+                                                            // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
+                                                            // measurement noise / latency (filter).
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y     // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS          Y_AXIS
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE          I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT    2048
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV   (16 * 200)
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD     I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH     0.10
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z     // Encoder 3.  Add additional configuration options
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS          Z_AXIS                  // as above, or use defaults below.
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E     // Encoder 4.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS          E_AXIS
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR          34                      // Encoder 5.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS          E_AXIS
+
+  // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE            I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT  2048
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV       (16 * 200)
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD       I2CPE_ECM_NONE
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH       0.1
+
+  //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT  100.0                   // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
+                                                            // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
+                                                            // disable abort behavior.
+
+  #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED        10000                   // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
+                                                            // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
+                                                            // is trusted again.
+
+  /**
+   * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
+   * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
+   * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
+   */
+  #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS     4                       // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
+
+  // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
+  #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
+
+#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
+
+/**
+ * MAX7219 Debug Matrix
+ *
+ * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
+ * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
+ */
+//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
+#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
+  #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN   64
+  #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN   57
+  #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN  44
+
+  //#define MAX7219_GCODE          // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
+  #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST    2   // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral)
+  #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1   // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
+  #define MAX7219_ROTATE       0   // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
+                                   // connector at:  right=0   bottom=-90  top=90  left=180
+  //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER  // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order
+
+  /**
+   * Sample debug features
+   * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
+   */
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE    // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD  3  // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL  5  // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
+
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0  // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
+                                         // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
+                                         // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * NanoDLP Sync support
+ *
+ * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp"
+ * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use
+ * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands
+ */
+//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
+#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
+  //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS  // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move.
+                              // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only.
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi)
+ */
+//#define WIFISUPPORT
+#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT)
+  #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID"
+  #define WIFI_PWD  "Wifi Password"
+  //#define WEBSUPPORT        // Start a webserver with auto-discovery
+  //#define OTASUPPORT        // Support over-the-air firmware updates
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
+ * Enable in Configuration.h
+ */
+#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2)
+
+  // Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
+  // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial)
+  // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2)
+  #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2
+  #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial
+
+  // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
+  //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
+
+  // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
+  //#define MMU2_MODE_12V
+
+  // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
+  #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
+
+  // Add an LCD menu for MMU2
+  //#define MMU2_MENUS
+  #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
+    // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
+    // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
+    #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
+    #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
+      {  7.2,  562 }, \
+      { 14.4,  871 }, \
+      { 36.0, 1393 }, \
+      { 14.4,  871 }, \
+      { 50.0,  198 }
+
+    #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
+      {   1.0, 1000 }, \
+      {   1.0, 1500 }, \
+      {   2.0, 2000 }, \
+      {   1.5, 3000 }, \
+      {   2.5, 4000 }, \
+      { -15.0, 5000 }, \
+      { -14.0, 1200 }, \
+      {  -6.0,  600 }, \
+      {  10.0,  700 }, \
+      { -10.0,  400 }, \
+      { -50.0, 2000 }
+
+  #endif
+
+  //#define MMU2_DEBUG  // Write debug info to serial output
+
+#endif // PRUSA_MMU2
+
+/**
+ * Advanced Print Counter settings
+ */
+#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
+  #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES  3
+  // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs
+  //#define SERVICE_NAME_1      "Service S"
+  //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1  100 // print hours
+  //#define SERVICE_NAME_2      "Service L"
+  //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2  200 // print hours
+  //#define SERVICE_NAME_3      "Service 3"
+  //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3    1 // print hours
+#endif
+
+// @section develop
+
+/**
+ * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins
+ */
+//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
+
+// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
+//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE
diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration.h
index c2891b70d0..62695f0ba7 100644
--- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -629,13 +640,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -646,11 +657,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -738,9 +749,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  500    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   500    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -830,79 +847,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_ENDSTOP_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_ENDSTOP_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -957,10 +925,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1118,7 +1093,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1549,7 +1524,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1970,14 +1945,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2021,12 +1997,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2043,15 +2030,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration_adv.h
index 1dd0e65172..7b1741f637 100644
--- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z false  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z false  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration.h
index 02cdca926f..84528aa9e6 100644
--- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -623,13 +634,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -640,11 +651,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -732,9 +743,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  500    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   500    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -824,79 +841,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -951,10 +919,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1112,7 +1087,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1543,7 +1518,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1964,14 +1939,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2015,12 +1991,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2037,15 +2024,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration_adv.h
index a0a5a1d02f..dd7ccd0065 100644
--- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 0} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 0 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/_Bootscreen.h
index c0cbe560c6..e1402b2bbe 100644
--- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/_Bootscreen.h
+++ b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/_Bootscreen.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Custom Boot Screen bitmap
diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/_Statusscreen.h
index 16a68c846e..7a412ad7f4 100644
--- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/_Statusscreen.h
+++ b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/_Statusscreen.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Custom Status Screen bitmap
diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration.h
index 35efebeba5..32637c7ea8 100644
--- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -623,13 +634,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -640,11 +651,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -732,9 +743,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  500    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   500    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -824,79 +841,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -951,10 +919,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1112,7 +1087,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1543,7 +1518,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1964,14 +1939,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2015,12 +1991,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2037,15 +2024,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration_adv.h
index 0c9279ebce..6ab4f005ac 100644
--- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1687,11 +1795,11 @@
    * Define you own with
    * { <off_time[1..15]>, <hysteresis_end[-3..12]>, hysteresis_start[1..8] }
    */
-  #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
+  #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/_Bootscreen.h
index c0cbe560c6..e1402b2bbe 100644
--- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/_Bootscreen.h
+++ b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/_Bootscreen.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Custom Boot Screen bitmap
diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/_Statusscreen.h
index a85edcda22..bf3934729a 100644
--- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/_Statusscreen.h
+++ b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/_Statusscreen.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Custom Status Screen bitmap
@@ -33,7 +34,6 @@
 //
 // Status Screen Logo bitmap
 //
-#define STATUS_LOGO_Y            8
 #define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH       39
 
 const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = {
diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration.h
index 76c1657ac5..b133785a14 100644
--- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -629,13 +640,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -646,11 +657,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -738,9 +749,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -830,79 +847,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -957,10 +925,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1118,7 +1093,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1549,7 +1524,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1970,14 +1945,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2021,12 +1997,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2043,15 +2030,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration_adv.h
index dc29d35b7b..311b32b04e 100644
--- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON false         // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  #define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT                // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                     // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z false  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z false  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/Configuration.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fd0021b77d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/Configuration.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2167 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+/**
+ * Configuration.h
+ *
+ * Basic settings such as:
+ *
+ * - Type of electronics
+ * - Type of temperature sensor
+ * - Printer geometry
+ * - Endstop configuration
+ * - LCD controller
+ * - Extra features
+ *
+ * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
+ *
+ */
+#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Getting Started =============================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
+ *
+ * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
+ * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
+ * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
+ * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
+ * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
+ * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
+ * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
+ */
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
+//===========================================================================
+// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
+// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine.
+//
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
+//===========================================================================
+// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
+// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine.
+//
+
+// @section info
+
+// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during
+// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this
+// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware.
+#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(thisiskeithb, Ender-5)" // Who made the changes.
+#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
+#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1
+#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 WEBSITE_URL         // will be shown during bootup in line 2
+
+/**
+ * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
+ *
+ * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
+ * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
+ * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
+ *
+ * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
+ * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
+ */
+
+// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
+#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
+
+// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
+#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE
+
+// @section machine
+
+/**
+ * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
+ * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
+ * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
+ *
+ * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
+ */
+#define SERIAL_PORT 0
+
+/**
+ * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
+ * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
+ * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
+ *
+ * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
+ */
+//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
+
+/**
+ * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
+ *
+ * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
+ * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
+ * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
+ *
+ * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
+ */
+#define BAUDRATE 115200
+
+// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
+//#define BLUETOOTH
+
+// The following define selects which electronics board you have.
+// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
+#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
+  #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MELZI_CREALITY
+#endif
+
+// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine
+// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message
+#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Ender-5"
+
+// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines)
+// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4)
+//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
+
+// @section extruder
+
+// This defines the number of extruders
+// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
+#define EXTRUDERS 1
+
+// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc.
+#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75
+
+// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
+//#define SINGLENOZZLE
+
+/**
+ * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
+ *
+ * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
+ * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
+ * for extruders.
+ *
+ * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
+ * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
+ */
+//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
+#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
+  // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
+  // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
+  //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40  // Always Required
+  //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42  // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
+  //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44  // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
+ *
+ * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
+ * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5
+ *
+ * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h
+ */
+//#define PRUSA_MMU2
+
+// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
+//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
+#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
+  #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
+  #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
+  #if EXTRUDERS > 3
+    #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles
+//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
+#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
+  #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
+  //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1          // If two servos are used, the index of the second
+  #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 }   // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
+ * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
+ */
+//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
+
+/**
+ * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
+ * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
+ *
+ * project   : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
+ * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
+ *             https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
+ */
+//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER
+
+#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
+
+  #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 }     // X positions for parking the extruders
+  #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1            // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+  //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL                   // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
+
+  #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
+
+    #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT           // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
+    #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW  // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
+    #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250        // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
+    //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL                   // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
+
+  #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
+
+    #define MPE_FAST_SPEED      9000      // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point
+    #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED      4500      // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
+    #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE   10      // (mm) Last distance point
+    #define MPE_COMPENSATION       0      // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling
+
+  #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
+ * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
+ */
+//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+/**
+ * Magnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic
+ * docking mechanism using movement and no servo.
+ */
+//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS          { 215, 0 }  // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
+  #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR       2         // Index of the servo connector
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 }  // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
+  #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * "Mixing Extruder"
+ *   - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
+ *   - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
+ *   - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S<index>' supporting virtual tools.
+ *   - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
+ *   - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
+ */
+//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
+#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
+  #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
+  #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
+  //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
+// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
+// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+
+// @section machine
+
+/**
+ * Power Supply Control
+ *
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
+ */
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
+
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
+
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
+    #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
+    #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
+    #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
+    #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section temperature
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
+ *
+ * Temperature sensors available:
+ *
+ *    -4 : thermocouple with AD8495
+ *    -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)
+ *    -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)
+ *    -1 : thermocouple with AD595
+ *     0 : not used
+ *     1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
+ *     2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
+ *     3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
+ *     4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
+ *     5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
+ *   501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor
+ *     6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
+ *     7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
+ *    71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
+ *     8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
+ *     9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
+ *    10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
+ *    11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
+ *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
+ *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
+ *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
+ *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
+ *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
+ *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
+ *    66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
+ *    67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering
+ *    70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
+ *    75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
+ *
+ *       1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
+ *                              (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
+ *    51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
+ *    52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
+ *    55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
+ *
+ *  1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
+ *  1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
+ *   147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
+ *   110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
+ *
+ *  1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h
+ *
+ *         Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
+ *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
+ *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
+ *
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ */
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
+
+// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
+#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
+#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
+
+// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
+// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
+//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
+#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
+
+#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME     10  // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109
+#define TEMP_WINDOW              1  // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
+#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS          3  // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
+
+#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10  // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190
+#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW          1  // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
+#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS      3  // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
+
+// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off
+// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire.
+#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP   5
+#define BED_MINTEMP        5
+
+// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off.
+// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures.
+// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.)
+#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
+#define BED_MAXTEMP      125
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= PID Settings ================================
+//===========================================================================
+// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
+
+// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
+#define PIDTEMP
+#define BANG_MAX 255     // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
+#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
+#define PID_K1 0.95      // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
+#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
+  #define PID_EDIT_MENU           // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM)
+  #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU       // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM)
+  //#define PID_DEBUG             // Sends debug data to the serial port.
+  //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1        // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
+  //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS      // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
+  //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
+                                  // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
+  #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
+                                  // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
+
+  // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
+  // Creality Ender-5
+  #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.73
+  #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.54
+  #define DEFAULT_Kd 76.55
+
+  // Ultimaker
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2
+  //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114
+
+  // MakerGear
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
+  //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
+
+  // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
+  //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
+
+#endif // PIDTEMP
+
+//===========================================================================
+//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ======================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * PID Bed Heating
+ *
+ * If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
+ * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis.
+ *
+ * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
+ * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
+ * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
+ * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
+ * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
+ * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
+ */
+//#define PIDTEMPBED
+
+//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
+
+/**
+ * Max Bed Power
+ * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
+ * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
+ * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
+ */
+#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
+
+#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
+
+  //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
+
+  //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
+  //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
+  #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
+  #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
+  #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
+
+  //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
+  //from pidautotune
+  //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
+  //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
+  //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
+
+  // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
+#endif // PIDTEMPBED
+
+// @section extruder
+
+/**
+ * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
+ * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
+ * cold extrusion prevention on and off.
+ *
+ * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
+ */
+#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
+#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
+
+/**
+ * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
+ * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
+ */
+#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
+#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
+
+//===========================================================================
+//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
+ * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
+ * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
+ *
+ * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
+ * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
+ * the heater on.
+ *
+ * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
+ * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
+ */
+
+#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
+#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED     // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
+#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section machine
+
+// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
+// either in the usual order or reversed
+//#define COREXY
+//#define COREXZ
+//#define COREYZ
+//#define COREYX
+//#define COREZX
+//#define COREZY
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section homing
+
+// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
+// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
+// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
+//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
+//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
+#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
+#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
+#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
+//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
+
+// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
+#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
+#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
+  // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
+#endif
+
+// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
+//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
+#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
+  // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
+#endif
+
+// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+
+/**
+ * Stepper Drivers
+ *
+ * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
+ * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
+ *
+ * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
+ *
+ * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ */
+//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
+//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
+//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
+//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+
+// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
+// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
+//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
+
+/**
+ * Endstop Noise Threshold
+ *
+ * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
+ *
+ * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
+ * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch.
+ * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
+ *   based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
+ *
+ * :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
+ */
+//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================== Movement Settings ============================
+//=============================================================================
+// @section motion
+
+/**
+ * Default Settings
+ *
+ * These settings can be reset by M502
+ *
+ * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
+ * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
+ * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
+ */
+//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
+
+/**
+ * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
+ * Override with M92
+ *                                      X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT   { 80, 80, 400, 93 }
+
+/**
+ * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
+ * Override with M203
+ *                                      X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE          { 500, 500, 5, 25 }
+
+/**
+ * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
+ * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
+ * Override with M201
+ *                                      X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION      { 500, 500, 100, 5000 }
+
+/**
+ * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
+ * Override with M204
+ *
+ *   M204 P    Acceleration
+ *   M204 R    Retract Acceleration
+ *   M204 T    Travel Acceleration
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION          500    // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
+#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  500    // E acceleration for retracts
+#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   500    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
+
+//
+// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+//
+//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
+#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
+  #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Default Jerk (mm/s)
+ * Override with M205 X Y Z E
+ *
+ * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
+ * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
+ * value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
+ */
+#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
+  #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0
+  #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0
+  #define DEFAULT_ZJERK  0.3
+#endif
+
+#define DEFAULT_EJERK    5.0  // May be used by Linear Advance
+
+/**
+ * S-Curve Acceleration
+ *
+ * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier
+ * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
+ *
+ * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
+ */
+//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
+//===========================================================================
+// @section probes
+
+//
+// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
+//
+
+/**
+ * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
+ *
+ * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
+ */
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
+
+/**
+ * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN
+ *
+ * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN.
+ * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD
+ * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want.
+ *
+ *  - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
+ *  - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
+ *
+ *  - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
+ *    - For simple switches connect...
+ *      - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
+ *      - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
+ *
+ */
+//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default
+
+/**
+ * Probe Type
+ *
+ * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
+ * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
+ * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
+ * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
+ */
+//#define PROBE_MANUALLY
+//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2
+
+/**
+ * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
+ *   (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
+ */
+//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
+
+/**
+ * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
+ */
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+
+/**
+ * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
+ */
+//#define BLTOUCH
+
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                MIN_PROBE_EDGE, and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+#endif
+
+// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
+//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
+
+// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
+//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
+//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5  // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
+
+// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
+//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
+  #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X  X_MIN_POS
+  #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
+#endif
+
+//
+// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
+//
+
+/**
+ * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
+ * X and Y offsets must be integers.
+ *
+ * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
+ * #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
+ * #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
+ *
+ *     +-- BACK ---+
+ *     |           |
+ *   L |    (+) P  | R <-- probe (20,20)
+ *   E |           | I
+ *   F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
+ *   T |           | H
+ *     |    (-)    | T
+ *     |           |
+ *     O-- FRONT --+
+ *   (0,0)
+ */
+#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10  // X offset: -left  +right  [of the nozzle]
+#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10  // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle]
+#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0   // Z offset: -below +above  [the nozzle]
+
+// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges
+#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
+
+// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
+#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
+
+// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
+#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
+
+// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
+#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
+
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
+//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
+
+/**
+ * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
+ * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
+ * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
+ * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
+ *
+ * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
+ * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
+ * probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD.
+ * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
+ *
+ * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4  =>  9mm from bed to nozzle.
+ *     But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2  =>  2mm from bed to nozzle.
+ */
+#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE   10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
+#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES  5 // Z Clearance between probe points
+#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE     5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
+//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING           5 // Z position after probing is done
+
+#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT          -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
+
+// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
+#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
+#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
+
+// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
+//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
+
+// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
+//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
+#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW)
+  //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
+ * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
+ * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
+ * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
+ * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
+ */
+//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF       // Turn heaters off when probing
+#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
+  //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER     // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
+#endif
+//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF          // Turn fans off when probing
+//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF      // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing
+//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200  // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
+
+// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
+// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
+#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
+#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
+#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
+#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
+
+// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
+// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
+#define DISABLE_X false
+#define DISABLE_Y false
+#define DISABLE_Z false
+
+// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
+//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
+
+// @section extruder
+
+#define DISABLE_E false             // For all extruders
+//#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled
+
+// @section machine
+
+// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
+#define INVERT_X_DIR true
+#define INVERT_Y_DIR true
+#define INVERT_Z_DIR false
+
+// @section extruder
+
+// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
+#define INVERT_E0_DIR true
+#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E5_DIR false
+
+// @section homing
+
+//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING  // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed
+
+//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off.
+
+//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4  // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
+                             // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
+
+// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
+// :[-1,1]
+#define X_HOME_DIR 1
+#define Y_HOME_DIR 1
+#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
+
+// @section machine
+
+// The size of the print bed
+#define X_BED_SIZE 235
+#define Y_BED_SIZE 235
+
+// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
+#define X_MIN_POS 0
+#define Y_MIN_POS 0
+#define Z_MIN_POS 0
+#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
+#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
+#define Z_MAX_POS 300
+
+/**
+ * Software Endstops
+ *
+ * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
+ * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
+ * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
+ * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
+ */
+
+// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
+#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
+#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
+  #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
+  #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
+  #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
+#endif
+
+// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
+#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
+#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
+  #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
+  #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
+  #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
+#endif
+
+#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
+  //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM  // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Filament Runout Sensors
+ * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
+ *
+ * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
+ * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
+ * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT.
+ */
+//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
+#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
+  #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
+  //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
+
+  // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout.
+  // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.)
+  #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
+
+  // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
+  // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
+  // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
+  //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25
+
+  #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
+    // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
+    // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
+    // large enough to avoid false positives.)
+    //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//===========================================================================
+//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
+//===========================================================================
+// @section calibrate
+
+/**
+ * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
+ * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
+ *
+ *  If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
+ *   Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
+ *   You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
+ *   The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
+ *   Probe several points in a grid.
+ *   You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
+ *   The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
+ *   Probe several points in a grid.
+ *   You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
+ *   The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
+ *   A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
+ *   of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
+ *   Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
+ *
+ * - MESH_BED_LEVELING
+ *   Probe a grid manually
+ *   The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
+ *   For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
+ *   leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
+ *   With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
+ */
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
+//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
+
+/**
+ * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable
+ * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state.
+ */
+//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
+
+/**
+ * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
+ * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
+ * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
+ */
+//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
+
+#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+  // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
+  // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
+  // The height can be set with M420 Z<height>
+  #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
+
+  // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
+  // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
+  // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
+  #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
+  #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)
+
+  /**
+   * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
+   */
+  //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
+  #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
+    #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE    0.4  // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
+    #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT   0.2  // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+    #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP  205    // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+    #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP      60    // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+    #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE         20    // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+  #endif
+
+#endif
+
+#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
+
+  // Set the number of grid points per dimension.
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
+
+  // Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach).
+  //#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
+  //#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION (X_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
+  //#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
+  //#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION (Y_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
+
+  // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
+  //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
+
+  #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
+
+    // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
+    // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
+    //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
+
+    //
+    // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
+    // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
+    //
+    //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
+    #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
+      // Number of subdivisions between probe points
+      #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
+    #endif
+
+  #endif
+
+#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+
+  //===========================================================================
+  //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
+  //===========================================================================
+
+  //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY   // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
+
+  #define MESH_INSET 1              // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10      // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
+
+  #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z     // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
+  #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500   // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500
+
+  //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
+                                          // as the Z-Height correction value.
+
+#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
+
+  //===========================================================================
+  //=================================== Mesh ==================================
+  //===========================================================================
+
+  #define MESH_INSET 10          // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3    // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
+
+  //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
+
+#endif // BED_LEVELING
+
+/**
+ * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
+ * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
+ */
+#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+  //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15
+  //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
+  //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15
+  //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
+  //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170
+  //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
+ * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
+ */
+//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
+
+#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
+  #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP  0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
+  #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4     // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
+  //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU        // Add a menu to edit mesh points
+#endif
+
+// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
+//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS
+
+#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS)
+  #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30    // (mm) An inset for corner leveling
+  #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP  4.0  // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners
+  #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0  // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points
+  //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO        // Move to the center after the last corner
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
+ * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
+ */
+//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
+
+
+// @section homing
+
+// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
+//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
+
+// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
+// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
+//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
+//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
+//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
+
+// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
+//
+// With this feature enabled:
+//
+// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
+// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
+// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
+// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
+//
+//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
+
+#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
+  #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2)    // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
+  #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2)    // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
+#endif
+
+// Homing speeds (mm/m)
+#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (20*60)
+#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z  (4*60)
+
+// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
+#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
+
+// @section calibrate
+
+/**
+ * Bed Skew Compensation
+ *
+ * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
+ *
+ * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
+ *  1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
+ *  2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
+ *  3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
+ *  4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
+ *
+ * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
+ * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
+ *
+ *  - Compute AB     : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
+ *  - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
+ *
+ * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
+ * Use these diagrams for reference:
+ *
+ *    Y                     Z                     Z
+ *    ^     B-------C       ^     B-------C       ^     B-------C
+ *    |    /       /        |    /       /        |    /       /
+ *    |   /       /         |   /       /         |   /       /
+ *    |  A-------D          |  A-------D          |  A-------D
+ *    +-------------->X     +-------------->X     +-------------->Y
+ *     XY_SKEW_FACTOR        XZ_SKEW_FACTOR        YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
+ */
+//#define SKEW_CORRECTION
+
+#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
+  // Input all length measurements here:
+  #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
+  #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
+  #define XY_SIDE_AD 200
+
+  // Or, set the default skew factors directly here
+  // to override the above measurements:
+  #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
+
+  //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
+  #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
+    #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
+    #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
+    #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
+    #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
+    #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200
+    #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
+    #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
+  #endif
+
+  // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
+  //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
+#endif
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================= Additional Features ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+// @section extras
+
+/**
+ * EEPROM
+ *
+ * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots.
+ *
+ *   M500 - Store settings to EEPROM.
+ *   M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes)
+ *   M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.)
+ */
+#define EEPROM_SETTINGS       // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
+//#define DISABLE_M503        // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
+#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT       // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
+#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
+  //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT  // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors.
+#endif
+
+//
+// Host Keepalive
+//
+// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
+// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
+//
+#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE        // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
+#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2  // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
+#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING            // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
+
+//
+// M100 Free Memory Watcher
+//
+//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER    // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage
+
+//
+// G20/G21 Inch mode support
+//
+//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
+
+//
+// M149 Set temperature units support
+//
+//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
+
+// @section temperature
+
+// Preheat Constants
+#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL       "PLA"
+#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 185
+#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED     45
+#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED   255 // Value from 0 to 255
+
+#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL       "ABS"
+#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240
+#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED      0
+#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED   255 // Value from 0 to 255
+
+/**
+ * Nozzle Park
+ *
+ * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
+ *
+ * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
+ *
+ *    P0  (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
+ *    P1  Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
+ *    P2  Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
+ */
+//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
+
+#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
+  // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise }
+  #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
+  #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100   // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis)
+  #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5      // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
+ *
+ * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
+ *
+ * Parameters:
+ *   P  Pattern
+ *   S  Strokes / Repetitions
+ *   T  Triangles (P1 only)
+ *
+ * Patterns:
+ *   P0  Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
+ *       at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
+ *       between the start / end points.
+ *
+ *   P1  Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
+ *       number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
+ *       Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
+ *       For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
+ *
+ *          --
+ *         |  (X0, Y1) |     /\        /\        /\     | (X1, Y1)
+ *         |           |    /  \      /  \      /  \    |
+ *       A |           |   /    \    /    \    /    \   |
+ *         |           |  /      \  /      \  /      \  |
+ *         |  (X0, Y0) | /        \/        \/        \ | (X1, Y0)
+ *          --         +--------------------------------+
+ *                       |________|_________|_________|
+ *                           T1        T2        T3
+ *
+ *   P2  Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
+ *       "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
+ *       Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
+ *
+ *   Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
+ * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
+ *
+ */
+//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
+
+#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
+  // Default number of pattern repetitions
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES  12
+
+  // Default number of triangles
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES  3
+
+  // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
+
+  // Circular pattern radius
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
+  // Circular pattern circle fragments number
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
+  // Middle point of circle
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
+
+  // Moves the nozzle to the initial position
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Print Job Timer
+ *
+ * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
+ *
+ *   M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none,        low temp = stop timer
+ *   M109 (hotend, wait)    - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
+ *   M190 (bed, wait)       - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
+ *
+ * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
+ *
+ *   M75 - Start the print job timer
+ *   M76 - Pause the print job timer
+ *   M77 - Stop the print job timer
+ */
+#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
+
+/**
+ * Print Counter
+ *
+ * Track statistical data such as:
+ *
+ *  - Total print jobs
+ *  - Total successful print jobs
+ *  - Total failed print jobs
+ *  - Total time printing
+ *
+ * View the current statistics with M78.
+ */
+//#define PRINTCOUNTER
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+// @section lcd
+
+/**
+ * LCD LANGUAGE
+ *
+ * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
+ *
+ *    en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it,
+ *    jp-kana, ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, zh_CN, zh_TW, test
+ *
+ * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' }
+ */
+#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
+
+/**
+ * LCD Character Set
+ *
+ * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
+ *
+ * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
+ * language extensions:
+ *
+ *  - JAPANESE ... the most common
+ *  - WESTERN  ... with more accented characters
+ *  - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
+ *
+ * To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
+ *
+ *  - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
+ *  - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
+ *  - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
+ *
+ * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
+ *
+ * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
+ */
+#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 WESTERN
+
+/**
+ * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa)
+ *
+ * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa']
+ */
+#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0
+
+/**
+ * SD CARD
+ *
+ * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
+ * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
+ *
+ */
+#define SDSUPPORT
+
+/**
+ * SD CARD: SPI SPEED
+ *
+ * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
+ * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
+ */
+//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
+//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
+//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
+
+/**
+ * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
+ *
+ * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
+ */
+//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
+
+/**
+ * LCD Menu Items
+ *
+ * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
+ * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
+ */
+//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
+//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS
+
+//
+// ENCODER SETTINGS
+//
+// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
+// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
+//
+//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4
+
+//
+// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
+// move between next/prev menu items.
+//
+//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
+
+/**
+ * Encoder Direction Options
+ *
+ * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
+ *
+ *  Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
+ *  Reversed Menu Navigation only?    Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
+ *  Reversed Value Editing only?      Enable BOTH options.
+ */
+
+//
+// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
+//
+//  Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
+//
+//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
+
+//
+// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
+//
+//  If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
+//  If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
+//
+//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
+
+//
+// Individual Axis Homing
+//
+// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
+//
+//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
+
+//
+// SPEAKER/BUZZER
+//
+// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
+// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
+//
+#define SPEAKER
+
+//
+// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
+// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
+//
+// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
+//  M300 S<frequency Hz> P<duration ms>
+//
+//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2
+//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000
+
+//=============================================================================
+//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
+//========================   (Character-based LCDs)   =========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
+//
+// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
+//
+//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
+// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
+//
+//#define RADDS_DISPLAY
+
+//
+// ULTIMAKER Controller.
+//
+//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
+
+//
+// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
+//
+//#define ULTIPANEL
+
+//
+// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
+//
+//#define PANEL_ONE
+
+//
+// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
+//
+// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
+//
+//#define G3D_PANEL
+
+//
+// RigidBot Panel V1.0
+// http://www.inventapart.com/
+//
+//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
+
+//
+// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
+// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html
+//
+//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602
+
+//
+// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
+//
+//#define ZONESTAR_LCD            // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
+                                  // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
+                                  // which scrambles the display.  Pressing any button clears it up.
+                                  // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.
+
+//
+// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
+//
+//#define ULTRA_LCD
+
+//=============================================================================
+//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
+//=====================   (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs)   =====================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
+//
+// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
+// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
+//
+
+//
+// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
+// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
+//
+//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
+
+//
+// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
+//
+// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
+// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
+//
+//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
+//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004
+
+//
+// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
+//
+//#define LCM1602
+
+//
+// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
+// separate encoder and click inputs.
+//
+// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
+// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
+//
+// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
+// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
+//
+//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
+
+//
+// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
+// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
+//
+//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
+//
+
+//
+// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
+// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
+//
+//#define SAV_3DLCD
+
+//
+// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
+// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
+// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
+//
+//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
+
+//=============================================================================
+//=======================   LCD / Controller Selection  =======================
+//=========================      (Graphical LCDs)      ========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
+//
+// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
+//            https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
+//
+
+//
+// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
+//
+//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
+// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
+//
+//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
+
+//
+// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
+// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
+// http://panucatt.com
+//
+//#define VIKI2
+//#define miniVIKI
+
+//
+// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
+// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
+//
+//#define MINIPANEL
+
+//
+// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
+//
+//#define MAKRPANEL
+
+//
+// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
+// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
+//
+//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
+// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
+//
+//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// Cartesio UI
+// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
+//
+//#define CARTESIO_UI
+
+//
+// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
+//
+//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
+
+//
+// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
+//
+//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
+
+//
+// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
+//
+//#define SAV_3DGLCD
+#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
+  //#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
+  #define U8GLIB_SH1106
+#endif
+
+//
+// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
+// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
+//
+//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
+//
+//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
+
+//
+// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+//
+//#define MKS_MINI_12864
+
+//
+// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
+//
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
+
+//
+// Factory display for Creality CR-10
+// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html
+//
+// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector.
+// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display)
+//
+#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
+
+//
+// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller
+//
+// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
+// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
+// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
+//
+//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD
+
+//
+// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
+//
+// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
+//
+//#define MKS_12864OLED          // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
+//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306  // Uses the SSD1306 controller
+
+//
+// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
+// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html
+//
+//#define AZSMZ_12864
+
+//
+// Silvergate GLCD controller
+// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate
+//
+//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
+
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
+//
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
+//
+//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
+
+//=============================================================================
+//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// MKS Robin 320x240 color display
+//
+//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================  Other Controllers  ============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
+//
+
+//
+// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
+// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
+//
+// REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP sets how much should the robot move when a key
+// is pressed, a value of 10.0 means 10mm per click.
+//
+//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
+//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0
+
+//=============================================================================
+//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+// @section extras
+
+// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
+//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
+
+// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
+// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
+// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
+//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
+
+// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
+// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
+// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
+// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
+// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7]
+#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
+
+// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
+// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
+// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
+// duty cycle is attained.
+//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
+
+// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
+// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
+// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
+//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
+
+// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
+//#define SF_ARC_FIX
+
+// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
+//#define BARICUDA
+
+// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
+//#define BLINKM
+
+// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
+//#define PCA9632
+
+// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
+// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED
+//#define PCA9533
+
+/**
+ * RGB LED / LED Strip Control
+ *
+ * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
+ * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
+ *
+ * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
+ * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
+ * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
+ * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
+ *
+ * *** CAUTION ***
+ *  LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
+ *  as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
+ *  Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
+ *  NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs
+ *  more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
+ * *** CAUTION ***
+ *
+ * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options.
+ *
+ */
+//#define RGB_LED
+//#define RGBW_LED
+
+#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED)
+  //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
+  //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
+  //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
+  //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
+#endif
+
+// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
+//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
+#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
+  #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE   NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h)
+  #define NEOPIXEL_PIN    4        // LED driving pin
+  #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30       // Number of LEDs in the strip
+  #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL   // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
+  #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127  // Initial brightness (0-255)
+  //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST  // Cycle through colors at startup
+
+  // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting
+  //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX  0               // Index of the LED to use
+  //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Printer Event LEDs
+ *
+ * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
+ *
+ *  - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
+ *  - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
+ *  - Change to white to illuminate work surface
+ *  - Change to green once print has finished
+ *  - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
+ */
+#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED)
+  #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * R/C SERVO support
+ * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Number of servos
+ *
+ * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
+ * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
+ * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem.
+ */
+//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
+
+// Delay (in milliseconds) before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
+// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
+// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
+#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
+
+// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
+//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
+
+// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM
+//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES
diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/Configuration_adv.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6ab4f005ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2550 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+/**
+ * Configuration_adv.h
+ *
+ * Advanced settings.
+ * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
+ * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
+ *
+ * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
+ *
+ */
+#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000
+
+// @section temperature
+
+//===========================================================================
+//=============================Thermal Settings  ============================
+//===========================================================================
+
+//
+// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters
+//
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND0_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND1_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND2_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND3_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND4_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND5_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000
+  #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS     4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS      100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define BED_BETA                     3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000
+  #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define CHAMBER_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+//
+// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
+// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
+//
+//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
+#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
+  #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED
+  #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70
+  #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Heated Chamber settings
+ */
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER
+  #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP             5
+  #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP            60
+  #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS     1   // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
+  //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING
+  //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN       44   // Chamber heater on/off pin
+  //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false
+#endif
+
+#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
+  #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
+  #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
+    #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
+ * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
+ * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
+ *
+ * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
+ * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
+ * the heater on.
+ *
+ * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
+ * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
+ * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
+ *
+ * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
+ * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
+ */
+#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40        // Seconds
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4     // Degrees Celsius
+
+  //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING              // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops
+  #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP)
+    //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING    // Don't slow fan speed during M303
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
+   * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
+   * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
+   * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
+   * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
+   * test.
+   *
+   * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
+   * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
+   * below 2.
+   */
+  #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20                // Seconds
+  #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2               // Degrees Celsius
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
+ */
+#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20    // Seconds
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
+
+  /**
+   * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
+   */
+  #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60                // Seconds
+  #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2               // Degrees Celsius
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber.
+ */
+#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER)
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20    // Seconds
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
+
+  /**
+   * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191).
+   */
+  #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60            // Seconds
+  #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2           // Degrees Celsius
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
+  // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
+  // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume.
+  //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
+  #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
+    #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
+    #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Automatic Temperature:
+ * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
+ * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
+ * Start autotemp mode with M109 S<mintemp> B<maxtemp> F<factor>
+ * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
+ * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
+ * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
+ * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
+ */
+#define AUTOTEMP
+#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
+  #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
+#endif
+
+// Show extra position information in M114
+//#define M114_DETAIL
+
+// Show Temperature ADC value
+// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
+//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
+
+/**
+ * High Temperature Thermistor Support
+ *
+ * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
+ * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
+ * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
+ * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
+ * and force stop everything.
+ * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
+ * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
+ * aberrant readings.
+ *
+ * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
+ * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
+ */
+
+// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
+// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
+//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
+
+// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
+// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
+// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
+// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
+// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
+//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
+
+// @section extruder
+
+// Extruder runout prevention.
+// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
+// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
+//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
+#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500  // (mm/m)
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5   // (mm)
+#endif
+
+// @section temperature
+
+// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
+// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET  0.0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN    1.0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN   1.0
+
+/**
+ * Controller Fan
+ * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
+ *
+ * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled
+ * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off.
+ */
+//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
+#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
+  //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1        // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
+  #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60          // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled
+  #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255        // 255 == full speed
+#endif
+
+// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
+// given number of milliseconds.  This gets the fan spinning reliably
+// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
+//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
+
+/**
+ * PWM Fan Scaling
+ *
+ * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
+ *
+ * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
+ * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
+ * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
+ * Value 0 always turns off the fan.
+ *
+ * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
+ */
+//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
+//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
+
+/**
+ * FAST PWM FAN Settings
+ *
+ * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h)
+ * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a
+ * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency.
+ *
+ * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default]
+ *   Set this to your desired frequency.
+ *   If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
+ *   ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers
+ *   These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required
+ *   NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior.
+ *
+ * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default]
+ *   Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2:
+ *   16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz]
+ *   20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz]
+ *   A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of
+ *   PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.)
+ *   USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies.
+ */
+#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
+  //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400
+  //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP
+#endif
+
+// @section extruder
+
+/**
+ * Extruder cooling fans
+ *
+ * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
+ * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
+ *
+ * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
+ * or set to -1 to disable completely.
+ *
+ * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
+ * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
+ */
+#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
+#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
+#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
+
+/**
+ * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
+ *
+ * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
+ * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
+ * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
+ */
+#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
+#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
+#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
+
+/**
+ * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
+ */
+//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
+#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4                  // Override the default pin if needed
+  #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
+  #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
+  #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
+  #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
+    #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section homing
+
+// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
+// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
+//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
+
+// @section extras
+
+//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
+
+// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
+//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
+#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
+  //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN        -1
+  //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops
+ *
+ * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes.
+ *
+ * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to
+ * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop
+ * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug
+ * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'.
+ *
+ * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors
+ * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error
+ * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X<offset> Y<offset> Z<offset>'.
+ */
+
+//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true   // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions
+  //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
+    #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true   // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions
+  //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
+    #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
+    #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
+    #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
+    #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2  0
+    #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Dual X Carriage
+ *
+ * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
+ * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
+ * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
+ * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
+ * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
+ * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
+ *
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
+ *
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
+ *
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
+ *
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
+ *
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
+ */
+//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
+#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
+
+  // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
+
+  // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
+  #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
+
+#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
+
+// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
+// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
+//#define EXT_SOLENOID
+
+// @section homing
+
+// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump.
+#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
+#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
+#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
+#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 }  // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
+#define QUICK_HOME                       // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially
+//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 }  // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing
+
+// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
+//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
+
+// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
+//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
+
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
+/**
+ * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
+ * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
+ */
+//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
+#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
+  // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3]
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 }
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 }
+  // Set number of iterations to align
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
+  // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
+  #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
+  // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
+  // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
+  // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0
+  // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02
+#endif
+
+// @section machine
+
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
+
+// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
+//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
+
+// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
+#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
+#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
+#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
+#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
+
+// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
+// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
+// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
+#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
+
+#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
+#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE     0.0
+
+//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE  // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
+
+// @section lcd
+
+#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section extras
+
+// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied.
+#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME        20000
+
+// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
+#define SLOWDOWN
+
+// Frequency limit
+// See nophead's blog for more info
+// Not working O
+//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT  15
+
+// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
+// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
+// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
+#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)
+
+//
+// Backlash Compensation
+// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
+//
+//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
+#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
+  // Define values for backlash distance and correction.
+  // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
+  #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm)
+  #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION    0.0       // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
+
+  // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
+  // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
+  //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
+
+  // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
+  //#define BACKLASH_GCODE
+
+  #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
+    // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
+    #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
+
+    #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
+      // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
+      // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
+      // increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
+      #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT       0.5   // (mm)
+      #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION  0.005 // (mm)
+      #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE    Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m)
+    #endif
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration
+ *
+ * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
+ * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
+ *
+ * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
+ * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
+ * and hotend offsets.
+ *
+ * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
+ *       ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
+ */
+//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
+#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
+
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION     0.01 // mm
+
+  #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW             60    // mm/m
+  #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST           1200    // mm/m
+  #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL         3000    // mm/m
+
+  // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
+  #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT          1.0  // mm
+  #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER      2.0  // mm
+
+  // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM).
+  //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
+
+  // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
+  #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER     { 264.0, -22.0,  -2.0} // mm
+  #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS {  10.0,  10.0,  10.0} // mm
+
+  // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
+  // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
+
+  // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
+  // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
+  //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
+
+  // Define pin which is read during calibration
+  #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
+    //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
+ * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
+ * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
+ * lowest stepping frequencies.
+ */
+//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
+
+/**
+ * Custom Microstepping
+ * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
+ */
+//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
+//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
+
+// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
+#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
+
+/**
+ *  @section  stepper motor current
+ *
+ *  Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
+ *
+ *  The power on motor currents are set by:
+ *    PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
+ *                         known compatible chips: A4982
+ *    DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
+ *                         known compatible chips: AD5206
+ *    DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
+ *                         known compatible chips: MCP4728
+ *    DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
+ *                         known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
+ *
+ *  Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
+ *    M907 - applies to all.
+ *    M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
+ *    M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
+ */
+//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 }          // Values in milliamps
+//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 }   // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
+//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 }    // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
+
+// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
+//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
+#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A)
+  /**
+   * Common slave addresses:
+   *
+   *                        A   (A shifted)   B   (B shifted)  IC
+   * Smoothie              0x2C (0x58)       0x2D (0x5A)       MCP4451
+   * AZTEEG_X3_PRO         0x2C (0x58)       0x2E (0x5C)       MCP4451
+   * AZTEEG_X5_MINI        0x2C (0x58)       0x2E (0x5C)       MCP4451
+   * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI         0x58              0x5C        MCP4451
+   * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE      0x2F (0x5E)                         MCP4018
+   */
+  #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C  // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
+  #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D  // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
+#endif
+
+//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018          // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
+#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4     AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8     MKS SBASE: 5
+// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
+// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
+#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 }  //  AZTEEG_X3_PRO
+
+//===========================================================================
+//=============================Additional Features===========================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section lcd
+
+// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
+#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
+#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
+  #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC   30  // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
+  #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC  80  // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
+#endif
+
+// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
+//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
+#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
+  #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION   10
+  #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
+#endif
+
+// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
+#define LCD_INFO_MENU
+
+// Scroll a longer status message into view
+#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
+
+// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
+//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
+
+// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
+//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
+
+// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage
+//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
+
+#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
+  //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR              // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
+  #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
+    #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000    // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
+    #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000    // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
+    #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE   0       // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
+    //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE           // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
+    //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST       // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LED Control Menu
+ * Enable this feature to add LED Control to the LCD menu
+ */
+//#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
+#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
+  #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS                 // Enable the Preset Color menu option
+  #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED        255  // User defined RED value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN      128  // User defined GREEN value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE         0  // User defined BLUE value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE      255  // User defined WHITE value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255  // User defined intensity
+    //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP       // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
+  #endif
+#endif // LED_CONTROL_MENU
+
+#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+
+  // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
+  // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
+  // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
+  // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
+  // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
+  #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
+
+  #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true          // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
+  #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place.
+
+  // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
+  // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
+  #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
+
+  #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START             // Confirm the selected SD file before printing
+
+  //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART               // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files
+
+  #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY"       // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27")
+
+  /**
+   * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
+   *
+   * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
+   * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
+   * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
+   * point in the file.
+   */
+  //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
+  #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN         44 // Pin to detect power loss
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE     HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN   20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power.
+
+    // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card,
+    // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued.
+    #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
+   *
+   * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
+   * by name for easier navigation.
+   *
+   * By default...
+   *
+   *  - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
+   *  - Folders are sorted to the top.
+   *  - The sort key is statically allocated.
+   *  - No added G-code (M34) support.
+   *  - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
+   *
+   * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
+   * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
+   * limit is exceeded.
+   *
+   *  - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
+   *  - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
+   *  - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
+   *  - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
+   */
+  //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
+
+  // SD Card Sorting options
+  #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
+    #define SDSORT_LIMIT       40     // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
+    #define FOLDER_SORTING     -1     // -1=above  0=none  1=below
+    #define SDSORT_GCODE       false  // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
+    #define SDSORT_USES_RAM    false  // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
+    #define SDSORT_USES_STACK  false  // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
+    #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false  // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
+    #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false  // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
+    #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2      // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
+                                      // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
+  #endif
+
+  // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
+  //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
+
+  // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
+  #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
+
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
+  /**
+   * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
+   * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
+   * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
+   */
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
+
+  /**
+   * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
+   * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected.
+   * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere.
+   */
+  //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE
+
+  /**
+   * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S<seconds>
+   */
+  //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS
+
+  /**
+   * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
+   * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
+   * to Marlin as an SD card.
+   *
+   * The MAX3421E must be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
+   * the following pin mapping:
+   *
+   *    SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
+   *    INT              --> SD_DETECT_PIN
+   *    SS               --> SDSS
+   */
+  //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
+  #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
+    #define USB_CS_PIN         SDSS
+    #define USB_INTR_PIN       SD_DETECT_PIN
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
+   * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
+   *
+   * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
+   *
+   * Tested with this bootloader:
+   *   https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
+   */
+  //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
+  #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
+    #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR    0x1FF
+    #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE   0xF0
+    #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
+  #endif
+
+  // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
+  //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
+
+  #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
+  #endif
+
+#endif // SDSUPPORT
+
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
+/**
+ * Additional options for Graphical Displays
+ *
+ * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
+ * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
+ * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
+ * on DELTA and SCARA machines.
+ *
+ * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
+ * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
+ * printing performance versus fast display updates.
+ */
+#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
+  // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar
+  //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT
+
+  // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
+  #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
+
+  // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
+  #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
+
+  // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
+  // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
+  //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
+
+  // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
+  // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
+  //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
+
+  // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
+  // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
+  //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
+
+  // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
+  //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE
+
+  /**
+   * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
+   * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
+   * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
+   *
+   * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
+   * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
+   * length of time to display the status message before clearing.
+   *
+   * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
+   * This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
+   */
+  #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
+    //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
+    #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
+      #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
+    #endif
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Status (Info) Screen customizations
+   * These options may affect code size and screen render time.
+   * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
+   */
+  //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS    // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
+  //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS  // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
+  #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED      // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)
+  #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM          // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
+  #define STATUS_BED_ANIM             // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
+  #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM         // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating
+  //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP     // Use the alternative bed bitmap
+  //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP     // Use the alternative fan bitmap
+  //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3       // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
+  //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT       // Show heating in a progress bar
+  //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL    // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash)
+
+  // Frivolous Game Options
+  //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT
+  //#define MARLIN_INVADERS
+  //#define MARLIN_SNAKE
+
+#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
+
+// @section safety
+
+/**
+ * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs
+ * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors.
+ *
+ * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever,
+ * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO.
+ * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while
+ * interrupts are enabled.
+ */
+#define USE_WATCHDOG
+#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
+  //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
+#endif
+
+// @section lcd
+
+/**
+ * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
+ * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
+ * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
+ *
+ * Warning: Does not respect endstops!
+ */
+#define BABYSTEPPING
+#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
+  //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING
+  //#define BABYSTEP_XY                     // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
+  #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false           // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
+  #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR  1         // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion.
+
+  #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING    // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
+  #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
+    #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250   // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
+                                            // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
+    //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE     // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement).
+    //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE              // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
+    #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
+      #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1   // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
+    #endif
+  #endif
+
+  //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL          // Display total babysteps since last G28
+
+  //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET          // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
+  #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
+    //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET      // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
+    //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY   // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section extruder
+
+/**
+ * Linear Pressure Control v1.5
+ *
+ * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
+ * K=0 means advance disabled.
+ *
+ * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
+ *
+ * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
+ * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
+ * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
+ * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
+ *
+ * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
+ * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues.
+ */
+//#define LIN_ADVANCE
+#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
+  //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants
+  #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22    // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed
+  //#define LA_DEBUG            // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB.
+#endif
+
+// @section leveling
+
+#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+  // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
+  //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
+  //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
+  //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
+  //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
+ * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
+ */
+//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
+#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
+  #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
+  #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
+  /**
+   * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
+   * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
+   */
+  #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
+  #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
+  #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
+
+#endif
+
+// @section extras
+
+//
+// G2/G3 Arc Support
+//
+#define ARC_SUPPORT               // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes
+#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
+  #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT  1   // Length of each arc segment
+  #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS   24   // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle
+  #define N_ARC_CORRECTION   25   // Number of interpolated segments between corrections
+  //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES         // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
+  //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES  // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
+#endif
+
+// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
+//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
+
+/**
+ * G38 Probe Target
+ *
+ * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target)
+ * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target).
+ * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once.
+ */
+//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
+#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
+  //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY        // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target
+  #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move.
+#endif
+
+// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
+#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
+
+/**
+ * Minimum delay after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
+ *     0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
+ *    20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
+ *   200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
+ *   400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
+ *   500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
+ *   650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
+ *  1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
+ * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
+ *
+ * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
+ */
+//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650
+
+/**
+ * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs)
+ *   0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
+ *   0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h
+ *   1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers
+ *   2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
+ *   3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
+ *  30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
+ *
+ * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
+ */
+//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2
+
+/**
+ * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
+ *  If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
+ *  500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
+ *  400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
+ *  250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
+ *  200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
+ *  150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
+ *   15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
+ *
+ * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
+ */
+//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
+
+// @section temperature
+
+// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
+//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
+
+//===========================================================================
+//================================= Buffers =================================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section hidden
+
+// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
+// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
+#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+  #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
+#else
+  #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
+#endif
+
+// @section serial
+
+// The ASCII buffer for serial input
+#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
+#define BUFSIZE 4
+
+// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
+// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
+// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
+// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
+// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
+// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
+// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
+#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
+
+// Host Receive Buffer Size
+// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
+// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
+// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
+//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
+
+#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
+  // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
+  // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
+  //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+  // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
+  // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
+  //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
+
+  // Enable this option to collect and display the number
+  // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
+  //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
+#endif
+
+// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
+// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
+// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
+// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
+//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
+
+// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
+// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
+// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
+// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
+//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
+
+// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
+//#define ADVANCED_OK
+
+// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
+// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
+#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
+
+// @section extras
+
+/**
+ * Extra Fan Speed
+ * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
+ *   'M106 P<fan> T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for <fan>
+ *   'M106 P<fan> T2'     : Use the set secondary speed
+ *   'M106 P<fan> T1'     : Restore the previous fan speed
+ */
+//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
+
+/**
+ * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
+ *
+ * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
+ * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
+ *
+ * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
+ * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
+ * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
+ *
+ * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
+ *
+ * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
+ *
+ */
+//#define FWRETRACT
+#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
+  #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT           // costs ~500 bytes of PROGMEM
+  #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
+    #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1           // When auto-retract is on, convert E moves of this length and over
+    #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0          // Upper limit for auto-retract conversion
+  #endif
+  #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3                // Default retract length (positive mm)
+  #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13          // Default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change
+  #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45             // Default feedrate for retracting (mm/s)
+  #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0                // Default retract Z-raise (mm)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0        // Default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0   // Default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8      // Default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction (mm/s)
+  #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
+    //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING         // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Universal tool change settings.
+ * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
+ */
+#if EXTRUDERS > 1
+  // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
+  #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
+
+  // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
+  #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH          12  // (mm)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME           2  // (mm)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600  // (mm/m)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED   3600  // (mm/m)
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Position to park head during tool change.
+   * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
+   */
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
+  #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY    { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000  // (mm/m)
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Advanced Pause
+ * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused.
+ * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
+ * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle.
+ *
+ * Requires an LCD display.
+ * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
+ * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
+ */
+//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
+#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE         60  // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH            2  // (mm) Initial retract.
+                                                  // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE     10  // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL        25  // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH      100  // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
+                                                  //   For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
+                                                  //   For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
+                                                  //   Set to 0 for manual unloading.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE   6  // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH     0  // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
+                                                  // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE   6  // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL     25  // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH     0  // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
+                                                  //   For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
+                                                  //   For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
+  //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE       // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
+  #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE        3  // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
+  #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH         50  // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
+                                                  //   Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
+                                                  //   Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
+                                                  //   until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
+  #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME          0  // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
+  //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE             // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused.
+
+                                                  // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
+  #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH      13  // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
+  #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY             5000  // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
+  #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH         8  // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
+
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT           45  // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS         10  // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT           // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
+
+  //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE                    // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
+  //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE           // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change
+
+  //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES           // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
+  //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS         // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
+#endif
+
+// @section tmc
+
+/**
+ * TMC26X Stepper Driver options
+ *
+ * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver.
+ * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper
+ */
+#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X)
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X)
+    #define X_MAX_CURRENT     1000  // (mA)
+    #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR    91  // (mOhms)
+    #define X_MICROSTEPS        16  // Number of microsteps
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X)
+    #define X2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define X2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X)
+    #define Y_MAX_CURRENT     1000
+    #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR    91
+    #define Y_MICROSTEPS        16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X)
+    #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define Y2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X)
+    #define Z_MAX_CURRENT     1000
+    #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR    91
+    #define Z_MICROSTEPS        16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X)
+    #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define Z2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X)
+    #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define Z3_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X)
+    #define E0_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E0_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X)
+    #define E1_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E1_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X)
+    #define E2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X)
+    #define E3_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E3_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X)
+    #define E4_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E4_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X)
+    #define E5_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E5_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+#endif // TMC26X
+
+// @section tmc_smart
+
+/**
+ * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode
+ * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define
+ * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3
+ * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
+ * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins.
+ *
+ * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN
+ * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor.
+ * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without
+ * a resistor.
+ * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial.
+ *
+ * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers.
+ * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
+ */
+#if HAS_TRINAMIC
+
+  #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER    0.5  // Scales down the holding current from run current
+  #define INTERPOLATE       true  // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X)
+    #define X_CURRENT     800  // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
+    #define X_MICROSTEPS   16  // 0..256
+    #define X_RSENSE     0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2)
+    #define X2_CURRENT    800
+    #define X2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define X2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y)
+    #define Y_CURRENT     800
+    #define Y_MICROSTEPS   16
+    #define Y_RSENSE     0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2)
+    #define Y2_CURRENT    800
+    #define Y2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define Y2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z)
+    #define Z_CURRENT     800
+    #define Z_MICROSTEPS   16
+    #define Z_RSENSE     0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2)
+    #define Z2_CURRENT    800
+    #define Z2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define Z2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3)
+    #define Z3_CURRENT    800
+    #define Z3_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define Z3_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0)
+    #define E0_CURRENT    800
+    #define E0_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E0_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1)
+    #define E1_CURRENT    800
+    #define E1_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E1_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2)
+    #define E2_CURRENT    800
+    #define E2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3)
+    #define E3_CURRENT    800
+    #define E3_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E3_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4)
+    #define E4_CURRENT    800
+    #define E4_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E4_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5)
+    #define E5_CURRENT    800
+    #define E5_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E5_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
+   * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
+   */
+  //#define X_CS_PIN          -1
+  //#define Y_CS_PIN          -1
+  //#define Z_CS_PIN          -1
+  //#define X2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define Y2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define Z2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define Z3_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E0_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E1_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E3_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E4_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
+
+  /**
+   * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
+   * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
+   * but you can override or define them here.
+   */
+  //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
+  //#define TMC_SW_MOSI       -1
+  //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
+  //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
+
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
+  /**
+   * Software enable
+   *
+   * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
+   * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
+   */
+  //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
+
+  /**
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
+   * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
+   */
+  #define STEALTHCHOP_XY
+  #define STEALTHCHOP_Z
+  #define STEALTHCHOP_E
+
+  /**
+   * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
+   * or with the help of an example included in the library.
+   * Provided parameter sets are
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
+   * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V)
+   * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119   // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
+   *
+   * Define you own with
+   * { <off_time[1..15]>, <hysteresis_end[-3..12]>, hysteresis_start[1..8] }
+   */
+  #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
+
+  /**
+   * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
+   * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
+   * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
+   * Relevant g-codes:
+   * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
+   * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
+   * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
+   * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
+   */
+  //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
+
+  #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
+    #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN     50  // [mA]
+    #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
+    #define STOP_ON_ERROR
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
+   * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
+   * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
+   * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
+   */
+  //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
+
+  #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     100  // [mm/s]
+  #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD    100
+  #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     100
+  #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD    100
+  #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD       3
+  #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD      3
+  #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD      3
+  #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+
+  /**
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
+   * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
+   * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
+   *
+   * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is used for tuning the trigger sensitivity.
+   * Higher values make the system LESS sensitive.
+   * Lower value make the system MORE sensitive.
+   * Too low values can lead to false positives, while too high values will collide the axis without triggering.
+   * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
+   * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
+   */
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
+
+  /**
+   * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
+   *
+   * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
+   *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
+   */
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
+
+  #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
+    #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
+    #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
+    //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
+  /**
+   * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
+   * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
+   */
+  //#define TMC_DEBUG
+
+  /**
+   * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
+   * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
+   * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
+   *
+   * Example:
+   * #define TMC_ADV() { \
+   *   stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \
+   *   stepperY.interpolate(0); \
+   * }
+   */
+  #define TMC_ADV() {  }
+
+#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC
+
+// @section L6470
+
+/**
+ * L6470 Stepper Driver options
+ *
+ * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver.
+ * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470
+ *
+ * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN
+ *     L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN  (optional)
+ */
+#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470)
+
+  //#define L6470_CHITCHAT        // Display additional status info
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470)
+    #define X_MICROSTEPS     128  // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128)
+    #define X_OVERCURRENT   2000  // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down)
+    #define X_STALLCURRENT  1500  // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) -  4A max - rounds down)
+    #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE    127  // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper
+    #define X_CHAIN_POS        0  // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470)
+    #define X2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define X2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define X2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define X2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470)
+    #define Y_MICROSTEPS       128
+    #define Y_OVERCURRENT     2000
+    #define Y_STALLCURRENT    1500
+    #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE      127
+    #define Y_CHAIN_POS          0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470)
+    #define Y2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define Y2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define Y2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define Y2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470)
+    #define Z_MICROSTEPS       128
+    #define Z_OVERCURRENT     2000
+    #define Z_STALLCURRENT    1500
+    #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE      127
+    #define Z_CHAIN_POS          0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470)
+    #define Z2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define Z2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define Z2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define Z2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470)
+    #define Z3_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define Z3_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define Z3_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define Z3_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470)
+    #define E0_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E0_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E0_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E0_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470)
+    #define E1_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E1_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E1_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E1_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470)
+    #define E2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470)
+    #define E3_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E3_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E3_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E3_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470)
+    #define E4_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E4_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E4_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E4_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470)
+    #define E5_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E5_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E5_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E5_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current.
+   * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears.
+   * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
+   * Relevant g-codes:
+   * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5  Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
+   *         I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0
+   *         I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1
+   *         I3 - Z3 or E3
+   *         I4 - E4
+   *         I5 - E5
+   * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning
+   * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds
+   * M918 - Increase speed until max or error
+   * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters
+   */
+  //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS
+
+  #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS)
+    #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN     1
+    //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR
+  #endif
+
+#endif // L6470
+
+/**
+ * TWI/I2C BUS
+ *
+ * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
+ * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
+ * devices on the bus.
+ *
+ * ; Example #1
+ * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
+ * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B<base 10> arg
+ * M260 A99  ; Target slave address
+ * M260 B77  ; M
+ * M260 B97  ; a
+ * M260 B114 ; r
+ * M260 B108 ; l
+ * M260 B105 ; i
+ * M260 B110 ; n
+ * M260 S1   ; Send the current buffer
+ *
+ * ; Example #2
+ * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
+ * M261 A99 B5
+ *
+ * ; Example #3
+ * ; Example serial output of a M261 request
+ * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
+ */
+
+// @section i2cbus
+
+//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
+#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS  0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
+
+// @section extras
+
+/**
+ * Photo G-code
+ * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo.
+ * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement.
+ */
+//#define PHOTO_GCODE
+#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE)
+  // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo
+  //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 }  // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z)
+  //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS   100                            // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P)
+  //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM   6.5                          // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S)
+
+  // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger
+  // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
+  //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
+
+  // Canon Hack Development Kit
+  // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
+  //#define CHDK_PIN        4
+
+  // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter
+  //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS }  // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J)
+
+  // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high
+  //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS   50 // (ms) (M240 D)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Spindle & Laser control
+ *
+ * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
+ * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
+ *
+ * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
+ * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
+ * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
+ *
+ * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
+ * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
+ *
+ * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
+ */
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
+
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
+
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Filament Width Sensor
+ *
+ * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
+ * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
+ *
+ * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
+ * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
+ * volume.
+ *
+ * Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
+ *
+ *  34 RAMPS_14    : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
+ *  81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
+ * 301 RAMBO       : Analog input 3
+ *
+ * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
+ */
+//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
+
+#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
+  #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0    // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
+  #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM        14    // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
+
+  #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN        1.0  // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
+  #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY       20    // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
+
+  #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
+
+  // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
+  //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * CNC Coordinate Systems
+ *
+ * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
+ * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
+ */
+//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
+
+/**
+ * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S<seconds>
+ */
+#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
+
+/**
+ * Include capabilities in M115 output
+ */
+#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
+
+/**
+ * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
+ */
+//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
+
+#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
+  /**
+   * Volumetric extrusion default state
+   * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
+   * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
+   *
+   * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
+   */
+  //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
+ * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
+ *
+ *  - M206 and M428 are disabled.
+ *  - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
+ */
+//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
+
+/**
+ * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
+ * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
+ *
+ * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
+ * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
+ */
+#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
+
+/**
+ * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser
+ */
+#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
+
+/**
+ * CNC G-code options
+ * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
+ * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
+ * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
+ */
+//#define PAREN_COMMENTS      // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
+//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES  // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
+
+// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
+//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m)
+#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
+  //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * G-code Macros
+ *
+ * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
+ * Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
+ */
+//#define GCODE_MACROS
+#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
+  #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS       5  // Up to 10 may be used
+  #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE  50  // Maximum length of a single macro
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
+ */
+//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
+#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
+  //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands"
+  #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
+  #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
+  //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN  // Return to status screen after a script
+
+  #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info"
+  #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W"
+
+  #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
+  #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
+
+  #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
+  #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
+
+  #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
+  #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
+
+  #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info"
+  #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503"
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Host Action Commands
+ *
+ * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard.
+ *
+ * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands
+ * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel
+ * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed
+ *
+ * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands.
+ *
+ * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so
+ * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side.
+ */
+//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS
+#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS)
+  //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT
+#endif
+
+//===========================================================================
+//====================== I2C Position Encoder Settings ======================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
+ * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
+ *
+ * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
+ * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
+ *
+ * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
+ * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/
+ *
+ * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
+ */
+
+//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
+#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT         1                       // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
+                                                            // encoders supported currently.
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X     // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS          X_AXIS                  // Axis the encoder module is installed on.  <X|Y|Z|E>_AXIS.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE          I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR   // Type of encoder:  I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
+                                                            // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT    2048                    // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
+                                                            // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
+                                                            // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV     (16 * 200)            // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
+                                                            // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT                              // Invert the direction of axis travel.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD     I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP     // Type of error error correction.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH     0.10                    // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
+                                                            // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
+                                                            // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
+                                                            // measurement noise / latency (filter).
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y     // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS          Y_AXIS
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE          I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT    2048
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV   (16 * 200)
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD     I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH     0.10
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z     // Encoder 3.  Add additional configuration options
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS          Z_AXIS                  // as above, or use defaults below.
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E     // Encoder 4.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS          E_AXIS
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR          34                      // Encoder 5.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS          E_AXIS
+
+  // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE            I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT  2048
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV       (16 * 200)
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD       I2CPE_ECM_NONE
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH       0.1
+
+  //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT  100.0                   // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
+                                                            // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
+                                                            // disable abort behavior.
+
+  #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED        10000                   // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
+                                                            // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
+                                                            // is trusted again.
+
+  /**
+   * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
+   * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
+   * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
+   */
+  #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS     4                       // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
+
+  // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
+  #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
+
+#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
+
+/**
+ * MAX7219 Debug Matrix
+ *
+ * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
+ * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
+ */
+//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
+#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
+  #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN   64
+  #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN   57
+  #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN  44
+
+  //#define MAX7219_GCODE          // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
+  #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST    2   // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral)
+  #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1   // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
+  #define MAX7219_ROTATE       0   // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
+                                   // connector at:  right=0   bottom=-90  top=90  left=180
+  //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER  // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order
+
+  /**
+   * Sample debug features
+   * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
+   */
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE    // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD  3  // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL  5  // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
+
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0  // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
+                                         // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
+                                         // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * NanoDLP Sync support
+ *
+ * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp"
+ * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use
+ * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands
+ */
+//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
+#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
+  //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS  // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move.
+                              // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only.
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi)
+ */
+//#define WIFISUPPORT
+#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT)
+  #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID"
+  #define WIFI_PWD  "Wifi Password"
+  //#define WEBSUPPORT        // Start a webserver with auto-discovery
+  //#define OTASUPPORT        // Support over-the-air firmware updates
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
+ * Enable in Configuration.h
+ */
+#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2)
+
+  // Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
+  // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial)
+  // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2)
+  #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2
+  #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial
+
+  // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
+  //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
+
+  // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
+  //#define MMU2_MODE_12V
+
+  // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
+  #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
+
+  // Add an LCD menu for MMU2
+  //#define MMU2_MENUS
+  #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
+    // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
+    // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
+    #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
+    #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
+      {  7.2,  562 }, \
+      { 14.4,  871 }, \
+      { 36.0, 1393 }, \
+      { 14.4,  871 }, \
+      { 50.0,  198 }
+
+    #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
+      {   1.0, 1000 }, \
+      {   1.0, 1500 }, \
+      {   2.0, 2000 }, \
+      {   1.5, 3000 }, \
+      {   2.5, 4000 }, \
+      { -15.0, 5000 }, \
+      { -14.0, 1200 }, \
+      {  -6.0,  600 }, \
+      {  10.0,  700 }, \
+      { -10.0,  400 }, \
+      { -50.0, 2000 }
+
+  #endif
+
+  //#define MMU2_DEBUG  // Write debug info to serial output
+
+#endif // PRUSA_MMU2
+
+/**
+ * Advanced Print Counter settings
+ */
+#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
+  #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES  3
+  // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs
+  //#define SERVICE_NAME_1      "Service S"
+  //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1  100 // print hours
+  //#define SERVICE_NAME_2      "Service L"
+  //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2  200 // print hours
+  //#define SERVICE_NAME_3      "Service 3"
+  //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3    1 // print hours
+#endif
+
+// @section develop
+
+/**
+ * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins
+ */
+//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
+
+// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
+//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE
diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/_Bootscreen.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c0cbe560c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/_Bootscreen.h
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Custom Boot Screen bitmap
+ *
+ * Place this file in the root with your configuration files
+ * and enable SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN in Configuration.h.
+ *
+ * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own:
+ * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html
+ */
+
+#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 1000
+#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 81
+#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_INVERTED
+
+const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = {
+  B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,
+  B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11101111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,
+  B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100111,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,
+  B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100111,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,
+  B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100011,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,
+  B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110011,B11001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,
+  B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100001,B11100001,B11001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,
+  B11111111,B11111110,B01111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11011101,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,
+  B11111110,B11111111,B10000000,B01111110,B00000000,B00000001,B11101110,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,
+  B11111110,B01111101,B11001111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B11110111,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,
+  B11111111,B10001110,B00000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111011,B10111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,
+  B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111101,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,
+  B11111111,B11111100,B00000001,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00111110,B11100111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,
+  B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000011,B00011111,B01110011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,
+  B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000001,B10001111,B10000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,
+  B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B10000011,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,
+  B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B11110000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,
+  B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00001111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,
+  B11111111,B11111110,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,
+  B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,
+  B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,
+  B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,
+  B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000111,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,
+  B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000111,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,
+  B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000011,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,
+  B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000011,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,
+  B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,
+  B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,
+  B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B10111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,
+  B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111011,B11111000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,
+  B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111001,B11111000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,
+  B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111110,B11110000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,
+  B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10001110,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,
+  B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,
+  B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,
+  B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,
+  B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,
+  B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,
+  B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,
+  B11111111,B11000011,B11111100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,
+  B11111111,B11000011,B11111100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,
+  B11111111,B10000111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,
+  B11111111,B10000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,
+  B11111111,B00001111,B11100111,B11110011,B00001111,B11111100,B00100011,B11111100,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,
+  B11111111,B00001111,B11101111,B10000000,B00000111,B11110000,B00000011,B11110000,B00011110,B00000000,B01111111,
+  B11111110,B00011111,B11001111,B10000001,B10000111,B11000111,B10000111,B11000111,B00001100,B00000000,B01111111,
+  B11111110,B00000000,B00011111,B11000111,B11000111,B10001111,B11000111,B10011111,B00001111,B00001100,B11111111,
+  B11111110,B00000000,B00011111,B10000111,B10001111,B00011111,B10001111,B00011111,B00001111,B00011111,B11111111,
+  B11111100,B00111111,B10011111,B10001111,B10001111,B00011111,B10001110,B00000000,B00011110,B00111111,B11111111,
+  B11111100,B01111111,B00111111,B00001111,B00011110,B00111111,B00011110,B00111111,B11111110,B00111111,B11111111,
+  B11111000,B01111111,B11111111,B00011111,B00011100,B00111111,B00011100,B01111111,B11111100,B01111111,B11111111,
+  B11111000,B11111111,B11111111,B00011110,B00011100,B01111110,B00011100,B01111111,B11111100,B01111111,B11111111,
+  B11110000,B11111111,B11001110,B00111110,B00111100,B01111110,B00111100,B01111111,B10111000,B11111111,B11111111,
+  B11110000,B11111111,B10011110,B00111100,B00111000,B01111100,B00111000,B01111110,B01111000,B11111111,B11111111,
+  B11100001,B11111111,B00111100,B01111100,B01111000,B01111100,B01111000,B00111100,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111,
+  B11100001,B11111000,B00111000,B01111000,B01111000,B00010000,B00011000,B00000001,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111,
+  B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00100000,B00111100,B00000000,B01111100,B00000111,B10000000,B01111111,B11111111,
+  B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00011111,B11111110,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111
+};
diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/_Statusscreen.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0dc0853723
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/_Statusscreen.h
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Custom Status Screen bitmap
+ *
+ * Place this file in the root with your configuration files
+ * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h.
+ *
+ * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own:
+ * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html
+ */
+
+//
+// Status Screen Logo bitmap
+//
+#define STATUS_LOGO_Y            8
+#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH       37
+
+const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = {
+  B11111000,B00000001,B10000000,B00000000,B01111000,
+  B01001000,B00000000,B10000000,B00000000,B01000000,
+  B01000011,B11000011,B10001100,B11010000,B01110000,
+  B01110001,B00100100,B10010010,B01100111,B00001000,
+  B01000001,B00100100,B10011110,B01000000,B00001000,
+  B01001001,B00100100,B10010000,B01000000,B01001000,
+  B11111011,B10110011,B11001110,B11100000,B00110000
+};
+
+//
+// Use default bitmaps
+//
+#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM
+#define STATUS_BED_ANIM
+#define STATUS_HEATERS_XSPACE   20
+#if HOTENDS < 2
+  #define STATUS_HEATERS_X      48
+  #define STATUS_BED_X          73
+#else
+  #define STATUS_HEATERS_X      40
+  #define STATUS_BED_X          81
+#endif
diff --git a/config/examples/Dagoma/Disco Ultimate/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Dagoma/Disco Ultimate/Configuration.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7ffeb6ff62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/examples/Dagoma/Disco Ultimate/Configuration.h	
@@ -0,0 +1,2170 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+/**
+ * Configuration.h
+ *
+ * Basic settings such as:
+ *
+ * - Type of electronics
+ * - Type of temperature sensor
+ * - Printer geometry
+ * - Endstop configuration
+ * - LCD controller
+ * - Extra features
+ *
+ * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
+ *
+ */
+#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Getting Started =============================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
+ *
+ * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
+ * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
+ * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
+ * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
+ * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
+ * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
+ * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
+ */
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
+//===========================================================================
+// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
+// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine.
+//
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
+//===========================================================================
+// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
+// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine.
+//
+
+// @section info
+
+// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during
+// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this
+// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware.
+#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "InsanityAutomation" // Who made the changes.
+#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
+#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1
+#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 WEBSITE_URL         // will be shown during bootup in line 2
+
+/**
+ * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
+ *
+ * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
+ * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
+ * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
+ *
+ * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
+ * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
+ */
+
+// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
+//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
+
+// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
+//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE
+
+// @section machine
+
+/**
+ * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
+ * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
+ * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
+ *
+ * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
+ */
+#define SERIAL_PORT 0
+
+/**
+ * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
+ * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
+ * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
+ *
+ * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
+ */
+//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
+
+/**
+ * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
+ *
+ * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
+ * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
+ * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
+ *
+ * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
+ */
+#define BAUDRATE 250000
+
+// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
+//#define BLUETOOTH
+
+// The following define selects which electronics board you have.
+// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
+#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
+  #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_DAGOMA
+#endif
+
+// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine
+// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message
+#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "DiscoUltimate"
+
+// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines)
+// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4)
+//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
+
+// @section extruder
+
+// This defines the number of extruders
+// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
+#define EXTRUDERS 1
+
+// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc.
+#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75
+
+// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
+//#define SINGLENOZZLE
+
+/**
+ * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
+ *
+ * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
+ * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
+ * for extruders.
+ *
+ * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
+ * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
+ */
+//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
+#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
+  // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
+  // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
+  //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40  // Always Required
+  //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42  // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
+  //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44  // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
+ *
+ * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
+ * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5
+ *
+ * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h
+ */
+//#define PRUSA_MMU2
+
+// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
+//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
+#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
+  #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
+  #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
+  #if EXTRUDERS > 3
+    #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles
+//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
+#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
+  #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
+  //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1          // If two servos are used, the index of the second
+  #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 }   // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
+ * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
+ */
+//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
+
+/**
+ * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
+ * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
+ *
+ * project   : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
+ * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
+ *             https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
+ */
+//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER
+
+#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
+
+  #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 }     // X positions for parking the extruders
+  #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1            // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+  //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL                   // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
+
+  #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
+
+    #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT           // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
+    #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW  // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
+    #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250        // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
+    //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL                   // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
+
+  #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
+
+    #define MPE_FAST_SPEED      9000      // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point
+    #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED      4500      // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
+    #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE   10      // (mm) Last distance point
+    #define MPE_COMPENSATION       0      // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling
+
+  #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
+ * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
+ */
+//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+/**
+ * Magnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic
+ * docking mechanism using movement and no servo.
+ */
+//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS          { 215, 0 }  // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
+  #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR       2         // Index of the servo connector
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 }  // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
+  #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * "Mixing Extruder"
+ *   - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
+ *   - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
+ *   - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S<index>' supporting virtual tools.
+ *   - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
+ *   - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
+ */
+//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
+#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
+  #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
+  #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
+  //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
+// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
+// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+
+// @section machine
+
+/**
+ * Power Supply Control
+ *
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
+ */
+#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
+
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
+
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
+    #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
+    #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
+    #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
+    #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section temperature
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
+ *
+ * Temperature sensors available:
+ *
+ *    -4 : thermocouple with AD8495
+ *    -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)
+ *    -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)
+ *    -1 : thermocouple with AD595
+ *     0 : not used
+ *     1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
+ *     2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
+ *     3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
+ *     4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
+ *     5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
+ *   501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor
+ *     6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
+ *     7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
+ *    71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
+ *     8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
+ *     9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
+ *    10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
+ *    11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
+ *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
+ *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
+ *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
+ *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
+ *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
+ *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
+ *    66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
+ *    67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering
+ *    70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
+ *    75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
+ *
+ *       1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
+ *                              (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
+ *    51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
+ *    52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
+ *    55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
+ *
+ *  1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
+ *  1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
+ *   147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
+ *   110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
+ *
+ *  1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h
+ *
+ *         Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
+ *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
+ *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
+ *
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ */
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 18
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
+
+// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
+#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
+#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
+
+// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
+// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
+//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
+#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
+
+#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME     15  // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109
+#define TEMP_WINDOW              3  // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
+#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS          4  // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
+
+#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10  // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190
+#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW          3  // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
+#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS      3  // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
+
+// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off
+// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire.
+#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP   5
+#define BED_MINTEMP        5
+
+// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off.
+// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures.
+// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.)
+#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
+#define BED_MAXTEMP      150
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= PID Settings ================================
+//===========================================================================
+// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
+
+// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
+#define PIDTEMP
+#define BANG_MAX 255     // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
+#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
+#define PID_K1 0.95      // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
+#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
+  //#define PID_EDIT_MENU         // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM)
+  #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU       // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM)
+  //#define PID_DEBUG             // Sends debug data to the serial port.
+  //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1        // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
+  //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS      // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
+  //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
+                                  // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
+  #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
+                                  // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
+
+  // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
+
+  // Ultimaker
+  #define DEFAULT_Kp 32.48
+  #define DEFAULT_Ki 6.4
+  #define DEFAULT_Kd 41.25
+
+  // MakerGear
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
+  //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
+
+  // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
+  //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
+
+#endif // PIDTEMP
+
+//===========================================================================
+//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ======================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * PID Bed Heating
+ *
+ * If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
+ * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis.
+ *
+ * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
+ * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
+ * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
+ * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
+ * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
+ * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
+ */
+//#define PIDTEMPBED
+
+//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
+
+/**
+ * Max Bed Power
+ * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
+ * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
+ * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
+ */
+#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
+
+#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
+
+  //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
+
+  //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
+  //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
+  #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
+  #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
+  #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
+
+  //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
+  //from pidautotune
+  //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
+  //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
+  //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
+
+  // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
+#endif // PIDTEMPBED
+
+// @section extruder
+
+/**
+ * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
+ * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
+ * cold extrusion prevention on and off.
+ *
+ * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
+ */
+#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
+#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
+
+/**
+ * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
+ * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
+ */
+#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
+#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 950
+
+//===========================================================================
+//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
+ * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
+ * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
+ *
+ * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
+ * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
+ * the heater on.
+ *
+ * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
+ * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
+ */
+
+#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
+#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED     // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
+#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section machine
+
+// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
+// either in the usual order or reversed
+//#define COREXY
+//#define COREXZ
+//#define COREYZ
+//#define COREYX
+//#define COREZX
+//#define COREZY
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section homing
+
+// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
+// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
+// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
+#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
+//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
+#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
+//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
+#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
+//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
+
+// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
+#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
+#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
+  // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
+#endif
+
+// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
+//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
+#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
+  // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
+#endif
+
+// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+
+/**
+ * Stepper Drivers
+ *
+ * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
+ * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
+ *
+ * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
+ *
+ * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ */
+#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A5984
+#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A5984
+#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE  A5984
+//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A5984
+//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+
+// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
+// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
+//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
+
+/**
+ * Endstop Noise Threshold
+ *
+ * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
+ *
+ * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
+ * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch.
+ * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
+ *   based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
+ *
+ * :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
+ */
+//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================== Movement Settings ============================
+//=============================================================================
+// @section motion
+
+/**
+ * Default Settings
+ *
+ * These settings can be reset by M502
+ *
+ * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
+ * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
+ * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
+ */
+//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
+
+/**
+ * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
+ * Override with M92
+ *                                      X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT   { 160, 160, 1600, 196 }
+
+/**
+ * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
+ * Override with M203
+ *                                      X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE          { 500, 500, 4, 170 }
+
+/**
+ * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
+ * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
+ * Override with M201
+ *                                      X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION      { 3000, 1000, 20, 10000 }
+
+/**
+ * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
+ * Override with M204
+ *
+ *   M204 P    Acceleration
+ *   M204 R    Retract Acceleration
+ *   M204 T    Travel Acceleration
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION          3000    // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
+#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000    // E acceleration for retracts
+#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
+
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
+#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
+#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
+  #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Default Jerk (mm/s)
+ * Override with M205 X Y Z E
+ *
+ * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
+ * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
+ * value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
+ */
+#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
+  #define DEFAULT_XJERK 20
+  #define DEFAULT_YJERK 20
+  #define DEFAULT_ZJERK  0.4
+#endif
+
+#define DEFAULT_EJERK    5.0  // May be used by Linear Advance
+
+/**
+ * S-Curve Acceleration
+ *
+ * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier
+ * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
+ *
+ * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
+ */
+//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
+//===========================================================================
+// @section probes
+
+//
+// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
+//
+
+/**
+ * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
+ *
+ * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
+ */
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
+
+/**
+ * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN
+ *
+ * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN.
+ * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD
+ * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want.
+ *
+ *  - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
+ *  - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
+ *
+ *  - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
+ *    - For simple switches connect...
+ *      - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
+ *      - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
+ *
+ */
+//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default
+
+/**
+ * Probe Type
+ *
+ * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
+ * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
+ * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
+ * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
+ */
+//#define PROBE_MANUALLY
+//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2
+
+/**
+ * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
+ *   (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
+ */
+#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
+
+/**
+ * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
+ */
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+
+/**
+ * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
+ */
+//#define BLTOUCH
+
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
+
+// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
+//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
+
+// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
+//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
+//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5  // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
+
+// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
+//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
+  #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X  X_MIN_POS
+  #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
+#endif
+
+//
+// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
+//
+
+/**
+ * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
+ * X and Y offsets must be integers.
+ *
+ * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
+ * #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
+ * #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
+ *
+ *     +-- BACK ---+
+ *     |           |
+ *   L |    (+) P  | R <-- probe (20,20)
+ *   E |           | I
+ *   F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
+ *   T |           | H
+ *     |    (-)    | T
+ *     |           |
+ *     O-- FRONT --+
+ *   (0,0)
+ */
+#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0   // X offset: -left  +right  [of the nozzle]
+#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 21  // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle]
+#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0   // Z offset: -below +above  [the nozzle]
+
+// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges
+#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
+
+// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
+#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
+
+// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
+#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
+
+// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
+#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
+
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
+#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
+
+/**
+ * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
+ * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
+ * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
+ * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
+ *
+ * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
+ * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
+ * probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD.
+ * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
+ *
+ * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4  =>  9mm from bed to nozzle.
+ *     But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2  =>  2mm from bed to nozzle.
+ */
+#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE   10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
+#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES  5 // Z Clearance between probe points
+#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE     10 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
+//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING           5 // Z position after probing is done
+
+#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT          -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
+
+// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
+#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
+#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
+
+// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
+
+// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
+//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
+#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW)
+  //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
+ * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
+ * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
+ * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
+ * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
+ */
+//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF       // Turn heaters off when probing
+#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
+  //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER     // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
+#endif
+//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF          // Turn fans off when probing
+//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF      // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing
+//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200  // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
+
+// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
+// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
+#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
+#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
+#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
+#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
+
+// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
+// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
+#define DISABLE_X false
+#define DISABLE_Y false
+#define DISABLE_Z false
+
+// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
+//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
+
+// @section extruder
+
+#define DISABLE_E false             // For all extruders
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER   // Keep only the active extruder enabled
+
+// @section machine
+
+// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
+#define INVERT_X_DIR false
+#define INVERT_Y_DIR false
+#define INVERT_Z_DIR false
+
+// @section extruder
+
+// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
+#define INVERT_E0_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E5_DIR false
+
+// @section homing
+
+//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING  // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed
+
+//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off.
+
+//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4  // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
+                             // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
+
+// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
+// :[-1,1]
+#define X_HOME_DIR -1
+#define Y_HOME_DIR 1
+#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
+
+// @section machine
+
+// The size of the print bed
+#define X_BED_SIZE 205
+#define Y_BED_SIZE 205
+
+// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
+#define X_MIN_POS 0
+#define Y_MIN_POS 0
+#define Z_MIN_POS 0
+#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
+#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
+#define Z_MAX_POS 200
+
+/**
+ * Software Endstops
+ *
+ * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
+ * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
+ * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
+ * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
+ */
+
+// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
+#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
+#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
+  #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
+  #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
+  #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
+#endif
+
+// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
+#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
+#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
+  #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
+  #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
+  #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
+#endif
+
+#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
+  //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM  // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Filament Runout Sensors
+ * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
+ *
+ * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
+ * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
+ * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT.
+ */
+#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
+#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
+  #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
+  //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
+
+  // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout.
+  // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.)
+  #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
+
+  // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
+  // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
+  // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
+  //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25
+
+  #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
+    // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
+    // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
+    // large enough to avoid false positives.)
+    //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//===========================================================================
+//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
+//===========================================================================
+// @section calibrate
+
+/**
+ * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
+ * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
+ *
+ *  If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
+ *   Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
+ *   You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
+ *   The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
+ *   Probe several points in a grid.
+ *   You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
+ *   The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
+ *   Probe several points in a grid.
+ *   You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
+ *   The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
+ *   A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
+ *   of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
+ *   Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
+ *
+ * - MESH_BED_LEVELING
+ *   Probe a grid manually
+ *   The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
+ *   For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
+ *   leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
+ *   With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
+ */
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
+#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
+//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
+
+/**
+ * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable
+ * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state.
+ */
+#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
+
+/**
+ * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
+ * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
+ * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
+ */
+//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
+
+#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+  // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
+  // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
+  // The height can be set with M420 Z<height>
+  #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
+
+  // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
+  // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
+  // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
+  //#define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
+  //#define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)
+
+  /**
+   * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
+   */
+  #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
+  #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
+    #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE    0.4  // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
+    #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT   0.2  // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+    #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP  205    // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+    #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP      60    // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+    #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE         20    // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+  #endif
+
+#endif
+
+#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
+
+  // Set the number of grid points per dimension.
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
+
+  // Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach).
+  //#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
+  //#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION (X_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
+  //#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
+  //#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION (Y_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
+
+  // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
+  //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
+
+  #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
+
+    // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
+    // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
+    //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
+
+    //
+    // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
+    // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
+    //
+    //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
+    #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
+      // Number of subdivisions between probe points
+      #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
+    #endif
+
+  #endif
+
+#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+
+  //===========================================================================
+  //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
+  //===========================================================================
+
+  #define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY   // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
+
+  #define MESH_INSET 1              // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10      // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
+
+  #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z     // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
+  #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500   // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500
+
+  #define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 0.0 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
+                                          // as the Z-Height correction value.
+
+#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
+
+  //===========================================================================
+  //=================================== Mesh ==================================
+  //===========================================================================
+
+  #define MESH_INSET 10          // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3    // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
+
+  //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
+
+#endif // BED_LEVELING
+
+/**
+ * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
+ * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
+ */
+#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+  //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15
+  //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
+  //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15
+  //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
+  //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170
+  //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
+ * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
+ */
+#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
+
+#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
+  #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP  0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
+  #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4     // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
+  #define MESH_EDIT_MENU        // Add a menu to edit mesh points
+#endif
+
+// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
+//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS
+
+#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS)
+  #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30    // (mm) An inset for corner leveling
+  #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP  4.0  // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners
+  #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0  // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points
+  //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO        // Move to the center after the last corner
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
+ * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
+ */
+//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
+
+
+// @section homing
+
+// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
+//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
+
+// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
+// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
+//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
+//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
+//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
+
+// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
+//
+// With this feature enabled:
+//
+// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
+// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
+// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
+// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
+//
+#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
+
+#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
+  #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2)    // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
+  #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2)    // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
+#endif
+
+// Homing speeds (mm/m)
+#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60)
+#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z  (4*60)
+
+// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
+#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
+
+// @section calibrate
+
+/**
+ * Bed Skew Compensation
+ *
+ * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
+ *
+ * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
+ *  1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
+ *  2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
+ *  3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
+ *  4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
+ *
+ * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
+ * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
+ *
+ *  - Compute AB     : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
+ *  - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
+ *
+ * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
+ * Use these diagrams for reference:
+ *
+ *    Y                     Z                     Z
+ *    ^     B-------C       ^     B-------C       ^     B-------C
+ *    |    /       /        |    /       /        |    /       /
+ *    |   /       /         |   /       /         |   /       /
+ *    |  A-------D          |  A-------D          |  A-------D
+ *    +-------------->X     +-------------->X     +-------------->Y
+ *     XY_SKEW_FACTOR        XZ_SKEW_FACTOR        YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
+ */
+//#define SKEW_CORRECTION
+
+#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
+  // Input all length measurements here:
+  #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
+  #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
+  #define XY_SIDE_AD 200
+
+  // Or, set the default skew factors directly here
+  // to override the above measurements:
+  #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
+
+  //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
+  #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
+    #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
+    #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
+    #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
+    #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
+    #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200
+    #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
+    #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
+  #endif
+
+  // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
+  //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
+#endif
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================= Additional Features ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+// @section extras
+
+/**
+ * EEPROM
+ *
+ * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots.
+ *
+ *   M500 - Store settings to EEPROM.
+ *   M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes)
+ *   M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.)
+ */
+#define EEPROM_SETTINGS       // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
+//#define DISABLE_M503        // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
+#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT       // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
+#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
+  #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT  // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors.
+#endif
+
+//
+// Host Keepalive
+//
+// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
+// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
+//
+#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE        // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
+#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2  // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
+#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING            // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
+
+//
+// M100 Free Memory Watcher
+//
+//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER    // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage
+
+//
+// G20/G21 Inch mode support
+//
+//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
+
+//
+// M149 Set temperature units support
+//
+//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
+
+// @section temperature
+
+// Preheat Constants
+#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL       "PLA"
+#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180
+#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED     70
+#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED     0 // Value from 0 to 255
+
+#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL       "ABS"
+#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240
+#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED    110
+#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED     0 // Value from 0 to 255
+
+/**
+ * Nozzle Park
+ *
+ * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
+ *
+ * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
+ *
+ *    P0  (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
+ *    P1  Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
+ *    P2  Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
+ */
+#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
+
+#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
+  // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise }
+  #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MAX_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 5 }
+  #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 195   // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis)
+  #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5      // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
+ *
+ * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
+ *
+ * Parameters:
+ *   P  Pattern
+ *   S  Strokes / Repetitions
+ *   T  Triangles (P1 only)
+ *
+ * Patterns:
+ *   P0  Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
+ *       at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
+ *       between the start / end points.
+ *
+ *   P1  Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
+ *       number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
+ *       Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
+ *       For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
+ *
+ *          --
+ *         |  (X0, Y1) |     /\        /\        /\     | (X1, Y1)
+ *         |           |    /  \      /  \      /  \    |
+ *       A |           |   /    \    /    \    /    \   |
+ *         |           |  /      \  /      \  /      \  |
+ *         |  (X0, Y0) | /        \/        \/        \ | (X1, Y0)
+ *          --         +--------------------------------+
+ *                       |________|_________|_________|
+ *                           T1        T2        T3
+ *
+ *   P2  Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
+ *       "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
+ *       Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
+ *
+ *   Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
+ * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
+ *
+ */
+#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
+
+#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
+  // Default number of pattern repetitions
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES  12
+
+  // Default number of triangles
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES  3
+
+  // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
+
+  // Circular pattern radius
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
+  // Circular pattern circle fragments number
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
+  // Middle point of circle
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
+
+  // Moves the nozzle to the initial position
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Print Job Timer
+ *
+ * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
+ *
+ *   M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none,        low temp = stop timer
+ *   M109 (hotend, wait)    - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
+ *   M190 (bed, wait)       - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
+ *
+ * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
+ *
+ *   M75 - Start the print job timer
+ *   M76 - Pause the print job timer
+ *   M77 - Stop the print job timer
+ */
+#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
+
+/**
+ * Print Counter
+ *
+ * Track statistical data such as:
+ *
+ *  - Total print jobs
+ *  - Total successful print jobs
+ *  - Total failed print jobs
+ *  - Total time printing
+ *
+ * View the current statistics with M78.
+ */
+#define PRINTCOUNTER
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+// @section lcd
+
+/**
+ * LCD LANGUAGE
+ *
+ * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
+ *
+ *    en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it,
+ *    jp-kana, ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, zh_CN, zh_TW, test
+ *
+ * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' }
+ */
+#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
+
+/**
+ * LCD Character Set
+ *
+ * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
+ *
+ * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
+ * language extensions:
+ *
+ *  - JAPANESE ... the most common
+ *  - WESTERN  ... with more accented characters
+ *  - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
+ *
+ * To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
+ *
+ *  - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
+ *  - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
+ *  - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
+ *
+ * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
+ *
+ * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
+ */
+#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
+
+/**
+ * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa)
+ *
+ * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa']
+ */
+#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0
+
+/**
+ * SD CARD
+ *
+ * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
+ * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
+ *
+ */
+#define SDSUPPORT
+
+/**
+ * SD CARD: SPI SPEED
+ *
+ * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
+ * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
+ */
+//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
+//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
+//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
+
+/**
+ * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
+ *
+ * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
+ */
+//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
+
+/**
+ * LCD Menu Items
+ *
+ * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
+ * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
+ */
+//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
+//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS
+
+//
+// ENCODER SETTINGS
+//
+// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
+// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
+//
+//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4
+
+//
+// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
+// move between next/prev menu items.
+//
+//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
+
+/**
+ * Encoder Direction Options
+ *
+ * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
+ *
+ *  Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
+ *  Reversed Menu Navigation only?    Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
+ *  Reversed Value Editing only?      Enable BOTH options.
+ */
+
+//
+// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
+//
+//  Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
+//
+//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
+
+//
+// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
+//
+//  If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
+//  If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
+//
+//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
+
+//
+// Individual Axis Homing
+//
+// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
+//
+#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
+
+//
+// SPEAKER/BUZZER
+//
+// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
+// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
+//
+//#define SPEAKER
+
+//
+// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
+// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
+//
+// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
+//  M300 S<frequency Hz> P<duration ms>
+//
+//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2
+//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000
+
+//=============================================================================
+//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
+//========================   (Character-based LCDs)   =========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
+//
+// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
+//
+//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
+// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
+//
+//#define RADDS_DISPLAY
+
+//
+// ULTIMAKER Controller.
+//
+//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
+
+//
+// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
+//
+//#define ULTIPANEL
+
+//
+// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
+//
+//#define PANEL_ONE
+
+//
+// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
+//
+// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
+//
+//#define G3D_PANEL
+
+//
+// RigidBot Panel V1.0
+// http://www.inventapart.com/
+//
+//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
+
+//
+// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
+// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html
+//
+//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602
+
+//
+// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
+//
+//#define ZONESTAR_LCD            // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
+                                  // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
+                                  // which scrambles the display.  Pressing any button clears it up.
+                                  // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.
+
+//
+// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
+//
+//#define ULTRA_LCD
+
+//=============================================================================
+//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
+//=====================   (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs)   =====================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
+//
+// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
+// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
+//
+
+//
+// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
+// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
+//
+//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
+
+//
+// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
+//
+// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
+// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
+//
+//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
+//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004
+
+//
+// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
+//
+//#define LCM1602
+
+//
+// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
+// separate encoder and click inputs.
+//
+// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
+// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
+//
+// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
+// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
+//
+//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
+
+//
+// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
+// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
+//
+//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
+//
+
+//
+// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
+// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
+//
+//#define SAV_3DLCD
+
+//
+// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
+// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
+// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
+//
+//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
+
+//=============================================================================
+//=======================   LCD / Controller Selection  =======================
+//=========================      (Graphical LCDs)      ========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
+//
+// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
+//            https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
+//
+
+//
+// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
+//
+#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
+// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
+//
+//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
+
+//
+// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
+// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
+// http://panucatt.com
+//
+//#define VIKI2
+//#define miniVIKI
+
+//
+// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
+// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
+//
+//#define MINIPANEL
+
+//
+// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
+//
+//#define MAKRPANEL
+
+//
+// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
+// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
+//
+//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
+// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
+//
+//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// Cartesio UI
+// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
+//
+//#define CARTESIO_UI
+
+//
+// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
+//
+//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
+
+//
+// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
+//
+//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
+
+//
+// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
+//
+//#define SAV_3DGLCD
+#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
+  //#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
+  #define U8GLIB_SH1106
+#endif
+
+//
+// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
+// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
+//
+//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
+//
+//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
+
+//
+// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+//
+//#define MKS_MINI_12864
+
+//
+// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
+//
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
+
+//
+// Factory display for Creality CR-10
+// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html
+//
+// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector.
+// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display)
+//
+//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
+
+//
+// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller
+//
+// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
+// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
+// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
+//
+//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD
+
+//
+// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
+//
+// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
+//
+//#define MKS_12864OLED          // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
+//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306  // Uses the SSD1306 controller
+
+//
+// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
+// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html
+//
+//#define AZSMZ_12864
+
+//
+// Silvergate GLCD controller
+// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate
+//
+//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
+
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
+//
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
+//
+//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
+
+//=============================================================================
+//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// MKS Robin 320x240 color display
+//
+//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================  Other Controllers  ============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
+//
+
+//
+// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
+// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
+//
+// REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP sets how much should the robot move when a key
+// is pressed, a value of 10.0 means 10mm per click.
+//
+//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
+//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0
+
+//=============================================================================
+//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+// @section extras
+
+// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
+//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
+
+// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
+// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
+// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
+#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
+
+// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
+// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
+// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
+// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
+// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7]
+#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
+
+// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
+// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
+// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
+// duty cycle is attained.
+//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
+
+// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
+// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
+// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
+//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
+
+// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
+//#define SF_ARC_FIX
+
+// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
+//#define BARICUDA
+
+// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
+//#define BLINKM
+
+// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
+//#define PCA9632
+
+// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
+// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED
+//#define PCA9533
+
+/**
+ * RGB LED / LED Strip Control
+ *
+ * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
+ * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
+ *
+ * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
+ * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
+ * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
+ * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
+ *
+ * *** CAUTION ***
+ *  LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
+ *  as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
+ *  Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
+ *  NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs
+ *  more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
+ * *** CAUTION ***
+ *
+ * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options.
+ *
+ */
+//#define RGB_LED
+//#define RGBW_LED
+
+#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED)
+  //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
+  //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
+  //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
+  //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
+#endif
+
+// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
+//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
+#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
+  #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE   NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h)
+  #define NEOPIXEL_PIN    4        // LED driving pin
+  #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30       // Number of LEDs in the strip
+  #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL   // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
+  #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127  // Initial brightness (0-255)
+  //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST  // Cycle through colors at startup
+
+  // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting
+  //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX  0               // Index of the LED to use
+  //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Printer Event LEDs
+ *
+ * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
+ *
+ *  - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
+ *  - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
+ *  - Change to white to illuminate work surface
+ *  - Change to green once print has finished
+ *  - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
+ */
+#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED)
+  #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * R/C SERVO support
+ * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Number of servos
+ *
+ * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
+ * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
+ * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem.
+ */
+//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
+
+// Delay (in milliseconds) before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
+// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
+// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
+#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
+
+// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
+//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
+
+// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM
+//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES
diff --git a/config/examples/Dagoma/Disco Ultimate/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Dagoma/Disco Ultimate/Configuration_adv.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e10ddaed64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/examples/Dagoma/Disco Ultimate/Configuration_adv.h	
@@ -0,0 +1,2550 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+/**
+ * Configuration_adv.h
+ *
+ * Advanced settings.
+ * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
+ * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
+ *
+ * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
+ *
+ */
+#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000
+
+// @section temperature
+
+//===========================================================================
+//=============================Thermal Settings  ============================
+//===========================================================================
+
+//
+// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters
+//
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND0_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND1_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND2_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND3_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND4_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND5_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000
+  #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS     4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS      100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define BED_BETA                     3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000
+  #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define CHAMBER_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+//
+// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
+// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
+//
+//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
+#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
+  #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED
+  #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70
+  #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Heated Chamber settings
+ */
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER
+  #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP             5
+  #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP            60
+  #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS     1   // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
+  //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING
+  //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN       44   // Chamber heater on/off pin
+  //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false
+#endif
+
+#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
+  #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
+  #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
+    #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
+ * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
+ * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
+ *
+ * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
+ * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
+ * the heater on.
+ *
+ * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
+ * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
+ * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
+ *
+ * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
+ * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
+ */
+#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40        // Seconds
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4     // Degrees Celsius
+
+  #define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING              // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops
+  #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP)
+    #define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING    // Don't slow fan speed during M303
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
+   * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
+   * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
+   * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
+   * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
+   * test.
+   *
+   * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
+   * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
+   * below 2.
+   */
+  #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20                // Seconds
+  #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2               // Degrees Celsius
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
+ */
+#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20    // Seconds
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
+
+  /**
+   * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
+   */
+  #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60                // Seconds
+  #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2               // Degrees Celsius
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber.
+ */
+#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER)
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20    // Seconds
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
+
+  /**
+   * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191).
+   */
+  #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60            // Seconds
+  #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2           // Degrees Celsius
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
+  // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
+  // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume.
+  //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
+  #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
+    #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
+    #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Automatic Temperature:
+ * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
+ * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
+ * Start autotemp mode with M109 S<mintemp> B<maxtemp> F<factor>
+ * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
+ * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
+ * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
+ * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
+ */
+#define AUTOTEMP
+#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
+  #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
+#endif
+
+// Show extra position information in M114
+//#define M114_DETAIL
+
+// Show Temperature ADC value
+// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
+//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
+
+/**
+ * High Temperature Thermistor Support
+ *
+ * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
+ * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
+ * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
+ * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
+ * and force stop everything.
+ * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
+ * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
+ * aberrant readings.
+ *
+ * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
+ * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
+ */
+
+// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
+// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
+//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
+
+// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
+// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
+// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
+// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
+// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
+//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
+
+// @section extruder
+
+// Extruder runout prevention.
+// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
+// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
+//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
+#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500  // (mm/m)
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5   // (mm)
+#endif
+
+// @section temperature
+
+// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
+// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET  0.0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN    1.0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN   1.0
+
+/**
+ * Controller Fan
+ * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
+ *
+ * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled
+ * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off.
+ */
+//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
+#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
+  //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1        // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
+  #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60          // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled
+  #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255        // 255 == full speed
+#endif
+
+// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
+// given number of milliseconds.  This gets the fan spinning reliably
+// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
+#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
+
+/**
+ * PWM Fan Scaling
+ *
+ * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
+ *
+ * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
+ * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
+ * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
+ * Value 0 always turns off the fan.
+ *
+ * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
+ */
+//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
+//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
+
+/**
+ * FAST PWM FAN Settings
+ *
+ * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h)
+ * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a
+ * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency.
+ *
+ * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default]
+ *   Set this to your desired frequency.
+ *   If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
+ *   ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers
+ *   These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required
+ *   NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior.
+ *
+ * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default]
+ *   Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2:
+ *   16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz]
+ *   20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz]
+ *   A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of
+ *   PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.)
+ *   USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies.
+ */
+#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
+  //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400
+  //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP
+#endif
+
+// @section extruder
+
+/**
+ * Extruder cooling fans
+ *
+ * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
+ * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
+ *
+ * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
+ * or set to -1 to disable completely.
+ *
+ * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
+ * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
+ */
+#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
+#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
+#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
+
+/**
+ * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
+ *
+ * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
+ * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
+ * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
+ */
+#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
+#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
+#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
+
+/**
+ * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
+ */
+//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
+#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4                  // Override the default pin if needed
+  #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
+  #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
+  #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
+  #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
+    #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section homing
+
+// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
+// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
+//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
+
+// @section extras
+
+//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
+
+// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
+//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
+#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
+  //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN        -1
+  //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops
+ *
+ * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes.
+ *
+ * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to
+ * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop
+ * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug
+ * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'.
+ *
+ * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors
+ * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error
+ * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X<offset> Y<offset> Z<offset>'.
+ */
+
+//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true   // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions
+  //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
+    #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true   // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions
+  //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
+    #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
+    #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
+    #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
+    #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2  0
+    #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Dual X Carriage
+ *
+ * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
+ * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
+ * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
+ * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
+ * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
+ * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
+ *
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
+ *
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
+ *
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
+ *
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
+ *
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
+ */
+//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
+#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
+
+  // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
+
+  // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
+  #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
+
+#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
+
+// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
+// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
+//#define EXT_SOLENOID
+
+// @section homing
+
+// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump.
+#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
+#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
+#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
+#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 }  // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
+#define QUICK_HOME                     // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially
+//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 }  // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing
+
+// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
+//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
+
+// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
+//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
+
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
+/**
+ * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
+ * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
+ */
+//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
+#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
+  // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3]
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 }
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 }
+  // Set number of iterations to align
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
+  // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
+  #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
+  // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
+  // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
+  // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0
+  // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02
+#endif
+
+// @section machine
+
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
+
+// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
+//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
+
+// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
+#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
+#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
+#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
+#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
+
+// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
+// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
+// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
+#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
+
+#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
+#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE     0.0
+
+//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE  // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
+
+// @section lcd
+
+#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section extras
+
+// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied.
+#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME        20000
+
+// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
+#define SLOWDOWN
+
+// Frequency limit
+// See nophead's blog for more info
+// Not working O
+//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT  15
+
+// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
+// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
+// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
+#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)
+
+//
+// Backlash Compensation
+// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
+//
+//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
+#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
+  // Define values for backlash distance and correction.
+  // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
+  #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm)
+  #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION    0.0       // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
+
+  // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
+  // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
+  //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
+
+  // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
+  //#define BACKLASH_GCODE
+
+  #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
+    // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
+    #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
+
+    #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
+      // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
+      // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
+      // increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
+      #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT       0.5   // (mm)
+      #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION  0.005 // (mm)
+      #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE    Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m)
+    #endif
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration
+ *
+ * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
+ * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
+ *
+ * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
+ * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
+ * and hotend offsets.
+ *
+ * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
+ *       ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
+ */
+//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
+#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
+
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION     0.01 // mm
+
+  #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW             60    // mm/m
+  #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST           1200    // mm/m
+  #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL         3000    // mm/m
+
+  // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
+  #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT          1.0  // mm
+  #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER      2.0  // mm
+
+  // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM).
+  //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
+
+  // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
+  #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER     { 264.0, -22.0,  -2.0} // mm
+  #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS {  10.0,  10.0,  10.0} // mm
+
+  // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
+  // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
+
+  // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
+  // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
+  //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
+
+  // Define pin which is read during calibration
+  #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
+    //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
+ * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
+ * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
+ * lowest stepping frequencies.
+ */
+//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
+
+/**
+ * Custom Microstepping
+ * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
+ */
+//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
+//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
+
+// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
+#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
+
+/**
+ *  @section  stepper motor current
+ *
+ *  Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
+ *
+ *  The power on motor currents are set by:
+ *    PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
+ *                         known compatible chips: A4982
+ *    DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
+ *                         known compatible chips: AD5206
+ *    DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
+ *                         known compatible chips: MCP4728
+ *    DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
+ *                         known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
+ *
+ *  Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
+ *    M907 - applies to all.
+ *    M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
+ *    M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
+ */
+//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 }          // Values in milliamps
+#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 }     // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
+//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 }    // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
+
+// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
+//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
+#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A)
+  /**
+   * Common slave addresses:
+   *
+   *                        A   (A shifted)   B   (B shifted)  IC
+   * Smoothie              0x2C (0x58)       0x2D (0x5A)       MCP4451
+   * AZTEEG_X3_PRO         0x2C (0x58)       0x2E (0x5C)       MCP4451
+   * AZTEEG_X5_MINI        0x2C (0x58)       0x2E (0x5C)       MCP4451
+   * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI         0x58              0x5C        MCP4451
+   * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE      0x2F (0x5E)                         MCP4018
+   */
+  #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C  // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
+  #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D  // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
+#endif
+
+//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018          // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
+#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4     AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8     MKS SBASE: 5
+// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
+// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
+#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 }  //  AZTEEG_X3_PRO
+
+//===========================================================================
+//=============================Additional Features===========================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section lcd
+
+// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
+#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
+#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
+  #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC   75  // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
+  #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC  160 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
+#endif
+
+// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
+//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
+#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
+  #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION   10
+  #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
+#endif
+
+// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
+#define LCD_INFO_MENU
+
+// Scroll a longer status message into view
+#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
+
+// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
+//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
+
+// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
+#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
+
+// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage
+#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
+
+#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
+  //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR              // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
+  #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
+    #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000    // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
+    #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000    // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
+    #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE   0       // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
+    //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE           // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
+    //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST       // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LED Control Menu
+ * Enable this feature to add LED Control to the LCD menu
+ */
+//#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
+#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
+  #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS                 // Enable the Preset Color menu option
+  #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED        255  // User defined RED value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN      128  // User defined GREEN value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE         0  // User defined BLUE value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE      255  // User defined WHITE value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255  // User defined intensity
+    //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP       // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
+  #endif
+#endif // LED_CONTROL_MENU
+
+#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+
+  // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
+  // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
+  // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
+  // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
+  // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
+  #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
+
+  #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true          // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
+  #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place.
+
+  // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
+  // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
+  #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
+
+  #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START             // Confirm the selected SD file before printing
+
+  //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART               // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files
+
+  #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY"       // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27")
+
+  /**
+   * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
+   *
+   * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
+   * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
+   * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
+   * point in the file.
+   */
+  //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
+  #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN         44 // Pin to detect power loss
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE     HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN   20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power.
+
+    // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card,
+    // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued.
+    #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
+   *
+   * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
+   * by name for easier navigation.
+   *
+   * By default...
+   *
+   *  - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
+   *  - Folders are sorted to the top.
+   *  - The sort key is statically allocated.
+   *  - No added G-code (M34) support.
+   *  - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
+   *
+   * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
+   * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
+   * limit is exceeded.
+   *
+   *  - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
+   *  - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
+   *  - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
+   *  - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
+   */
+  //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
+
+  // SD Card Sorting options
+  #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
+    #define SDSORT_LIMIT       40     // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
+    #define FOLDER_SORTING     -1     // -1=above  0=none  1=below
+    #define SDSORT_GCODE       false  // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
+    #define SDSORT_USES_RAM    false  // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
+    #define SDSORT_USES_STACK  false  // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
+    #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false  // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
+    #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false  // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
+    #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2      // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
+                                      // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
+  #endif
+
+  // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
+  #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
+
+  // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
+  #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
+
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
+  /**
+   * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
+   * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
+   * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
+   */
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
+
+  /**
+   * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
+   * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected.
+   * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere.
+   */
+  //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE
+
+  /**
+   * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S<seconds>
+   */
+  #define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS
+
+  /**
+   * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
+   * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
+   * to Marlin as an SD card.
+   *
+   * The MAX3421E must be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
+   * the following pin mapping:
+   *
+   *    SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
+   *    INT              --> SD_DETECT_PIN
+   *    SS               --> SDSS
+   */
+  //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
+  #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
+    #define USB_CS_PIN         SDSS
+    #define USB_INTR_PIN       SD_DETECT_PIN
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
+   * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
+   *
+   * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
+   *
+   * Tested with this bootloader:
+   *   https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
+   */
+  //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
+  #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
+    #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR    0x1FF
+    #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE   0xF0
+    #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
+  #endif
+
+  // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
+  //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
+
+  #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
+  #endif
+
+#endif // SDSUPPORT
+
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
+/**
+ * Additional options for Graphical Displays
+ *
+ * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
+ * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
+ * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
+ * on DELTA and SCARA machines.
+ *
+ * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
+ * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
+ * printing performance versus fast display updates.
+ */
+#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
+  // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar
+  //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT
+
+  // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
+  #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
+
+  // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
+  #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
+
+  // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
+  // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
+  //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
+
+  // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
+  // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
+  //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
+
+  // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
+  // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
+  //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
+
+  // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
+  //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE
+
+  /**
+   * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
+   * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
+   * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
+   *
+   * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
+   * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
+   * length of time to display the status message before clearing.
+   *
+   * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
+   * This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
+   */
+  #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
+    //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
+    #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
+      #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
+    #endif
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Status (Info) Screen customizations
+   * These options may affect code size and screen render time.
+   * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
+   */
+  //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS    // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
+  //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS  // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
+  #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED      // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)
+  #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM          // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
+  #define STATUS_BED_ANIM             // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
+  #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM         // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating
+  //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP     // Use the alternative bed bitmap
+  //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP     // Use the alternative fan bitmap
+  //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3       // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
+  //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT       // Show heating in a progress bar
+  //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL    // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash)
+
+  // Frivolous Game Options
+  //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT
+  //#define MARLIN_INVADERS
+  //#define MARLIN_SNAKE
+
+#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
+
+// @section safety
+
+/**
+ * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs
+ * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors.
+ *
+ * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever,
+ * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO.
+ * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while
+ * interrupts are enabled.
+ */
+#define USE_WATCHDOG
+#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
+  //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
+#endif
+
+// @section lcd
+
+/**
+ * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
+ * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
+ * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
+ *
+ * Warning: Does not respect endstops!
+ */
+#define BABYSTEPPING
+#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
+  //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING
+  #define BABYSTEP_XY                       // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
+  #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false           // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
+  #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR  1         // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion.
+
+  #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING  // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
+  #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
+    #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250   // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
+                                            // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
+    #define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE     // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement).
+    //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE              // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
+    #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
+      #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1   // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
+    #endif
+  #endif
+
+  //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL          // Display total babysteps since last G28
+
+  #define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET          // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
+  #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
+    //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET      // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
+    #define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY   // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section extruder
+
+/**
+ * Linear Pressure Control v1.5
+ *
+ * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
+ * K=0 means advance disabled.
+ *
+ * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
+ *
+ * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
+ * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
+ * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
+ * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
+ *
+ * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
+ * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues.
+ */
+//#define LIN_ADVANCE
+#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
+  //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants
+  #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22    // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed
+  //#define LA_DEBUG            // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB.
+#endif
+
+// @section leveling
+
+#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+  // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
+  //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
+  //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
+  //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
+  //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
+ * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
+ */
+//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
+#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
+  #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
+  #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
+  /**
+   * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
+   * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
+   */
+  #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
+  #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
+  #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
+
+#endif
+
+// @section extras
+
+//
+// G2/G3 Arc Support
+//
+#define ARC_SUPPORT               // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes
+#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
+  #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT  1   // Length of each arc segment
+  #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS   24   // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle
+  #define N_ARC_CORRECTION   25   // Number of interpolated segments between corrections
+  //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES         // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
+  //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES  // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
+#endif
+
+// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
+//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
+
+/**
+ * G38 Probe Target
+ *
+ * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target)
+ * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target).
+ * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once.
+ */
+//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
+#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
+  //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY        // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target
+  #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move.
+#endif
+
+// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
+#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
+
+/**
+ * Minimum delay after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
+ *     0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
+ *    20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
+ *   200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
+ *   400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
+ *   500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
+ *   650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
+ *  1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
+ * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
+ *
+ * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
+ */
+//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650
+
+/**
+ * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs)
+ *   0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
+ *   0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h
+ *   1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers
+ *   2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
+ *   3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
+ *  30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
+ *
+ * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
+ */
+//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2
+
+/**
+ * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
+ *  If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
+ *  500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
+ *  400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
+ *  250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
+ *  200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
+ *  150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
+ *   15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
+ *
+ * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
+ */
+//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
+
+// @section temperature
+
+// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
+//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
+
+//===========================================================================
+//================================= Buffers =================================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section hidden
+
+// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
+// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
+#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+  #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
+#else
+  #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
+#endif
+
+// @section serial
+
+// The ASCII buffer for serial input
+#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
+#define BUFSIZE 4
+
+// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
+// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
+// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
+// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
+// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
+// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
+// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
+#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
+
+// Host Receive Buffer Size
+// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
+// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
+// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
+//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
+
+#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
+  // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
+  // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
+  //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+  // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
+  // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
+  //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
+
+  // Enable this option to collect and display the number
+  // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
+  //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
+#endif
+
+// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
+// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
+// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
+// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
+#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
+
+// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
+// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
+// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
+// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
+#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
+
+// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
+#define ADVANCED_OK
+
+// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
+// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
+#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
+
+// @section extras
+
+/**
+ * Extra Fan Speed
+ * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
+ *   'M106 P<fan> T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for <fan>
+ *   'M106 P<fan> T2'     : Use the set secondary speed
+ *   'M106 P<fan> T1'     : Restore the previous fan speed
+ */
+//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
+
+/**
+ * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
+ *
+ * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
+ * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
+ *
+ * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
+ * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
+ * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
+ *
+ * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
+ *
+ * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
+ *
+ */
+//#define FWRETRACT
+#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
+  #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT           // costs ~500 bytes of PROGMEM
+  #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
+    #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1           // When auto-retract is on, convert E moves of this length and over
+    #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0          // Upper limit for auto-retract conversion
+  #endif
+  #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3                // Default retract length (positive mm)
+  #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13          // Default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change
+  #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45             // Default feedrate for retracting (mm/s)
+  #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0                // Default retract Z-raise (mm)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0        // Default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0   // Default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8      // Default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction (mm/s)
+  #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
+    //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING         // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Universal tool change settings.
+ * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
+ */
+#if EXTRUDERS > 1
+  // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
+  #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
+
+  // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
+  #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH          12  // (mm)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME           2  // (mm)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600  // (mm/m)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED   3600  // (mm/m)
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Position to park head during tool change.
+   * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
+   */
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
+  #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY    { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000  // (mm/m)
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Advanced Pause
+ * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused.
+ * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
+ * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle.
+ *
+ * Requires an LCD display.
+ * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
+ * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
+ */
+#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
+#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE         60  // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH            2  // (mm) Initial retract.
+                                                  // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE     10  // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL        25  // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH      950  // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
+                                                  //   For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
+                                                  //   For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
+                                                  //   Set to 0 for manual unloading.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE   6  // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH     0  // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
+                                                  // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE   6  // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL     25  // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH     0  // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
+                                                  //   For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
+                                                  //   For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
+  //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE       // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
+  #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE        3  // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
+  #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH         50  // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
+                                                  //   Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
+                                                  //   Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
+                                                  //   until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
+  #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME          0  // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
+  #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE             // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused.
+
+                                                  // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
+  #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH      13  // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
+  #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY             5000  // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
+  #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH         8  // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
+
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT           45  // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS         10  // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT           // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
+
+  #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE                    // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
+  #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE           // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change
+
+  #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES             // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
+  //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS         // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
+#endif
+
+// @section tmc
+
+/**
+ * TMC26X Stepper Driver options
+ *
+ * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver.
+ * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper
+ */
+#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X)
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X)
+    #define X_MAX_CURRENT     1000  // (mA)
+    #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR    91  // (mOhms)
+    #define X_MICROSTEPS        16  // Number of microsteps
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X)
+    #define X2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define X2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X)
+    #define Y_MAX_CURRENT     1000
+    #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR    91
+    #define Y_MICROSTEPS        16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X)
+    #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define Y2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X)
+    #define Z_MAX_CURRENT     1000
+    #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR    91
+    #define Z_MICROSTEPS        16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X)
+    #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define Z2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X)
+    #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define Z3_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X)
+    #define E0_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E0_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X)
+    #define E1_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E1_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X)
+    #define E2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X)
+    #define E3_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E3_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X)
+    #define E4_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E4_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X)
+    #define E5_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E5_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+#endif // TMC26X
+
+// @section tmc_smart
+
+/**
+ * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode
+ * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define
+ * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3
+ * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
+ * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins.
+ *
+ * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN
+ * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor.
+ * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without
+ * a resistor.
+ * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial.
+ *
+ * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers.
+ * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
+ */
+#if HAS_TRINAMIC
+
+  #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER    0.5  // Scales down the holding current from run current
+  #define INTERPOLATE       true  // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X)
+    #define X_CURRENT     800  // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
+    #define X_MICROSTEPS   16  // 0..256
+    #define X_RSENSE     0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2)
+    #define X2_CURRENT    800
+    #define X2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define X2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y)
+    #define Y_CURRENT     800
+    #define Y_MICROSTEPS   16
+    #define Y_RSENSE     0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2)
+    #define Y2_CURRENT    800
+    #define Y2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define Y2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z)
+    #define Z_CURRENT     800
+    #define Z_MICROSTEPS   16
+    #define Z_RSENSE     0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2)
+    #define Z2_CURRENT    800
+    #define Z2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define Z2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3)
+    #define Z3_CURRENT    800
+    #define Z3_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define Z3_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0)
+    #define E0_CURRENT    800
+    #define E0_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E0_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1)
+    #define E1_CURRENT    800
+    #define E1_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E1_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2)
+    #define E2_CURRENT    800
+    #define E2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3)
+    #define E3_CURRENT    800
+    #define E3_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E3_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4)
+    #define E4_CURRENT    800
+    #define E4_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E4_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5)
+    #define E5_CURRENT    800
+    #define E5_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E5_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
+   * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
+   */
+  //#define X_CS_PIN          -1
+  //#define Y_CS_PIN          -1
+  //#define Z_CS_PIN          -1
+  //#define X2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define Y2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define Z2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define Z3_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E0_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E1_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E3_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E4_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
+
+  /**
+   * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
+   * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
+   * but you can override or define them here.
+   */
+  //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
+  //#define TMC_SW_MOSI       -1
+  //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
+  //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
+
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
+  /**
+   * Software enable
+   *
+   * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
+   * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
+   */
+  //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
+
+  /**
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
+   * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
+   */
+  #define STEALTHCHOP_XY
+  #define STEALTHCHOP_Z
+  #define STEALTHCHOP_E
+
+  /**
+   * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
+   * or with the help of an example included in the library.
+   * Provided parameter sets are
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
+   * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V)
+   * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119   // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
+   *
+   * Define you own with
+   * { <off_time[1..15]>, <hysteresis_end[-3..12]>, hysteresis_start[1..8] }
+   */
+  #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
+
+  /**
+   * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
+   * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
+   * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
+   * Relevant g-codes:
+   * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
+   * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
+   * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
+   * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
+   */
+  //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
+
+  #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
+    #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN     50  // [mA]
+    #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
+    #define STOP_ON_ERROR
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
+   * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
+   * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
+   * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
+   */
+  //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
+
+  #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     100  // [mm/s]
+  #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD    100
+  #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     100
+  #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD    100
+  #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD       3
+  #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD      3
+  #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD      3
+  #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+
+  /**
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
+   * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
+   * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
+   *
+   * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is used for tuning the trigger sensitivity.
+   * Higher values make the system LESS sensitive.
+   * Lower value make the system MORE sensitive.
+   * Too low values can lead to false positives, while too high values will collide the axis without triggering.
+   * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
+   * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
+   */
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
+
+  /**
+   * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
+   *
+   * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
+   *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
+   */
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
+
+  #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
+    #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
+    #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
+    //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
+  /**
+   * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
+   * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
+   */
+  //#define TMC_DEBUG
+
+  /**
+   * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
+   * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
+   * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
+   *
+   * Example:
+   * #define TMC_ADV() { \
+   *   stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \
+   *   stepperY.interpolate(0); \
+   * }
+   */
+  #define TMC_ADV() {  }
+
+#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC
+
+// @section L6470
+
+/**
+ * L6470 Stepper Driver options
+ *
+ * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver.
+ * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470
+ *
+ * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN
+ *     L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN  (optional)
+ */
+#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470)
+
+  //#define L6470_CHITCHAT        // Display additional status info
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470)
+    #define X_MICROSTEPS     128  // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128)
+    #define X_OVERCURRENT   2000  // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down)
+    #define X_STALLCURRENT  1500  // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) -  4A max - rounds down)
+    #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE    127  // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper
+    #define X_CHAIN_POS        0  // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470)
+    #define X2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define X2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define X2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define X2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470)
+    #define Y_MICROSTEPS       128
+    #define Y_OVERCURRENT     2000
+    #define Y_STALLCURRENT    1500
+    #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE      127
+    #define Y_CHAIN_POS          0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470)
+    #define Y2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define Y2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define Y2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define Y2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470)
+    #define Z_MICROSTEPS       128
+    #define Z_OVERCURRENT     2000
+    #define Z_STALLCURRENT    1500
+    #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE      127
+    #define Z_CHAIN_POS          0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470)
+    #define Z2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define Z2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define Z2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define Z2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470)
+    #define Z3_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define Z3_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define Z3_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define Z3_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470)
+    #define E0_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E0_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E0_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E0_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470)
+    #define E1_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E1_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E1_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E1_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470)
+    #define E2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470)
+    #define E3_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E3_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E3_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E3_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470)
+    #define E4_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E4_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E4_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E4_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470)
+    #define E5_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E5_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E5_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E5_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current.
+   * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears.
+   * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
+   * Relevant g-codes:
+   * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5  Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
+   *         I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0
+   *         I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1
+   *         I3 - Z3 or E3
+   *         I4 - E4
+   *         I5 - E5
+   * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning
+   * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds
+   * M918 - Increase speed until max or error
+   * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters
+   */
+  //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS
+
+  #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS)
+    #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN     1
+    //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR
+  #endif
+
+#endif // L6470
+
+/**
+ * TWI/I2C BUS
+ *
+ * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
+ * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
+ * devices on the bus.
+ *
+ * ; Example #1
+ * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
+ * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B<base 10> arg
+ * M260 A99  ; Target slave address
+ * M260 B77  ; M
+ * M260 B97  ; a
+ * M260 B114 ; r
+ * M260 B108 ; l
+ * M260 B105 ; i
+ * M260 B110 ; n
+ * M260 S1   ; Send the current buffer
+ *
+ * ; Example #2
+ * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
+ * M261 A99 B5
+ *
+ * ; Example #3
+ * ; Example serial output of a M261 request
+ * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
+ */
+
+// @section i2cbus
+
+//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
+#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS  0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
+
+// @section extras
+
+/**
+ * Photo G-code
+ * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo.
+ * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement.
+ */
+//#define PHOTO_GCODE
+#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE)
+  // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo
+  //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 }  // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z)
+  //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS   100                            // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P)
+  //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM   6.5                          // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S)
+
+  // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger
+  // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
+  //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
+
+  // Canon Hack Development Kit
+  // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
+  //#define CHDK_PIN        4
+
+  // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter
+  //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS }  // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J)
+
+  // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high
+  //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS   50 // (ms) (M240 D)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Spindle & Laser control
+ *
+ * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
+ * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
+ *
+ * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
+ * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
+ * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
+ *
+ * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
+ * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
+ *
+ * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
+ */
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
+
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
+
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Filament Width Sensor
+ *
+ * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
+ * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
+ *
+ * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
+ * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
+ * volume.
+ *
+ * Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
+ *
+ *  34 RAMPS_14    : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
+ *  81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
+ * 301 RAMBO       : Analog input 3
+ *
+ * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
+ */
+//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
+
+#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
+  #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0    // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
+  #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM        14    // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
+
+  #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN        1.0  // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
+  #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY       20    // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
+
+  #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
+
+  // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
+  //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * CNC Coordinate Systems
+ *
+ * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
+ * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
+ */
+//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
+
+/**
+ * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S<seconds>
+ */
+#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
+
+/**
+ * Include capabilities in M115 output
+ */
+#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
+
+/**
+ * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
+ */
+//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
+
+#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
+  /**
+   * Volumetric extrusion default state
+   * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
+   * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
+   *
+   * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
+   */
+  //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
+ * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
+ *
+ *  - M206 and M428 are disabled.
+ *  - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
+ */
+//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
+
+/**
+ * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
+ * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
+ *
+ * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
+ * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
+ */
+#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
+
+/**
+ * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser
+ */
+#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
+
+/**
+ * CNC G-code options
+ * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
+ * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
+ * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
+ */
+//#define PAREN_COMMENTS      // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
+//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES  // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
+
+// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
+//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m)
+#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
+  //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * G-code Macros
+ *
+ * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
+ * Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
+ */
+//#define GCODE_MACROS
+#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
+  #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS       5  // Up to 10 may be used
+  #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE  50  // Maximum length of a single macro
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
+ */
+//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
+#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
+  //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands"
+  #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
+  #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
+  //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN  // Return to status screen after a script
+
+  #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info"
+  #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W"
+
+  #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
+  #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
+
+  #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
+  #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
+
+  #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
+  #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
+
+  #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info"
+  #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503"
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Host Action Commands
+ *
+ * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard.
+ *
+ * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands
+ * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel
+ * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed
+ *
+ * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands.
+ *
+ * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so
+ * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side.
+ */
+#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS
+#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS)
+  #define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT
+#endif
+
+//===========================================================================
+//====================== I2C Position Encoder Settings ======================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
+ * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
+ *
+ * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
+ * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
+ *
+ * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
+ * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/
+ *
+ * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
+ */
+
+//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
+#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT         1                       // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
+                                                            // encoders supported currently.
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X     // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS          X_AXIS                  // Axis the encoder module is installed on.  <X|Y|Z|E>_AXIS.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE          I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR   // Type of encoder:  I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
+                                                            // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT    2048                    // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
+                                                            // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
+                                                            // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV     (16 * 200)            // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
+                                                            // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT                              // Invert the direction of axis travel.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD     I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP     // Type of error error correction.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH     0.10                    // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
+                                                            // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
+                                                            // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
+                                                            // measurement noise / latency (filter).
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y     // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS          Y_AXIS
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE          I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT    2048
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV   (16 * 200)
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD     I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH     0.10
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z     // Encoder 3.  Add additional configuration options
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS          Z_AXIS                  // as above, or use defaults below.
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E     // Encoder 4.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS          E_AXIS
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR          34                      // Encoder 5.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS          E_AXIS
+
+  // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE            I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT  2048
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV       (16 * 200)
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD       I2CPE_ECM_NONE
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH       0.1
+
+  //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT  100.0                   // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
+                                                            // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
+                                                            // disable abort behavior.
+
+  #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED        10000                   // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
+                                                            // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
+                                                            // is trusted again.
+
+  /**
+   * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
+   * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
+   * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
+   */
+  #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS     4                       // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
+
+  // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
+  #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
+
+#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
+
+/**
+ * MAX7219 Debug Matrix
+ *
+ * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
+ * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
+ */
+//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
+#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
+  #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN   64
+  #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN   57
+  #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN  44
+
+  //#define MAX7219_GCODE          // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
+  #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST    2   // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral)
+  #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1   // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
+  #define MAX7219_ROTATE       0   // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
+                                   // connector at:  right=0   bottom=-90  top=90  left=180
+  //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER  // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order
+
+  /**
+   * Sample debug features
+   * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
+   */
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE    // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD  3  // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL  5  // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
+
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0  // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
+                                         // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
+                                         // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * NanoDLP Sync support
+ *
+ * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp"
+ * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use
+ * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands
+ */
+//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
+#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
+  //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS  // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move.
+                              // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only.
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi)
+ */
+//#define WIFISUPPORT
+#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT)
+  #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID"
+  #define WIFI_PWD  "Wifi Password"
+  //#define WEBSUPPORT        // Start a webserver with auto-discovery
+  //#define OTASUPPORT        // Support over-the-air firmware updates
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
+ * Enable in Configuration.h
+ */
+#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2)
+
+  // Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
+  // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial)
+  // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2)
+  #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2
+  #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial
+
+  // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
+  //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
+
+  // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
+  //#define MMU2_MODE_12V
+
+  // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
+  #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
+
+  // Add an LCD menu for MMU2
+  //#define MMU2_MENUS
+  #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
+    // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
+    // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
+    #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
+    #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
+      {  7.2,  562 }, \
+      { 14.4,  871 }, \
+      { 36.0, 1393 }, \
+      { 14.4,  871 }, \
+      { 50.0,  198 }
+
+    #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
+      {   1.0, 1000 }, \
+      {   1.0, 1500 }, \
+      {   2.0, 2000 }, \
+      {   1.5, 3000 }, \
+      {   2.5, 4000 }, \
+      { -15.0, 5000 }, \
+      { -14.0, 1200 }, \
+      {  -6.0,  600 }, \
+      {  10.0,  700 }, \
+      { -10.0,  400 }, \
+      { -50.0, 2000 }
+
+  #endif
+
+  //#define MMU2_DEBUG  // Write debug info to serial output
+
+#endif // PRUSA_MMU2
+
+/**
+ * Advanced Print Counter settings
+ */
+#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
+  #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES  3
+  // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs
+  //#define SERVICE_NAME_1      "Service S"
+  //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1  100 // print hours
+  //#define SERVICE_NAME_2      "Service L"
+  //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2  200 // print hours
+  //#define SERVICE_NAME_3      "Service 3"
+  //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3    1 // print hours
+#endif
+
+// @section develop
+
+/**
+ * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins
+ */
+//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
+
+// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
+//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE
diff --git a/config/examples/EVNOVO (Artillery)/Sidewinder X1/Configuration.h b/config/examples/EVNOVO (Artillery)/Sidewinder X1/Configuration.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9a788a0b39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/examples/EVNOVO (Artillery)/Sidewinder X1/Configuration.h	
@@ -0,0 +1,2175 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+/**
+ * Configuration.h
+ *
+ * Basic settings such as:
+ *
+ * - Type of electronics
+ * - Type of temperature sensor
+ * - Printer geometry
+ * - Endstop configuration
+ * - LCD controller
+ * - Extra features
+ *
+ * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
+ *
+ */
+#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Getting Started =============================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
+ *
+ * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
+ * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
+ * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
+ * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
+ * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
+ * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
+ * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
+ */
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
+//===========================================================================
+// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
+// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine.
+//
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
+//===========================================================================
+// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
+// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine.
+//
+
+// @section info
+
+// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during
+// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this
+// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware.
+#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(thisiskeithb, Sidewinder X1)" // Who made the changes.
+#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
+#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1
+#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 WEBSITE_URL         // will be shown during bootup in line 2
+
+/**
+ * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
+ *
+ * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
+ * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
+ * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
+ *
+ * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
+ * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
+ */
+
+// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
+//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
+
+// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
+//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE
+
+// @section machine
+
+/**
+ * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
+ * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
+ * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
+ *
+ * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
+ */
+#define SERIAL_PORT 0
+
+/**
+ * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
+ * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
+ * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
+ *
+ * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
+ */
+//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
+
+/**
+ * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
+ *
+ * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
+ * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
+ * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
+ *
+ * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
+ */
+#define BAUDRATE 250000
+
+// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
+//#define BLUETOOTH
+
+// The following define selects which electronics board you have.
+// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
+#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
+  #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_GEN_L
+#endif
+
+// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine
+// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message
+#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Sidewinder X1"
+
+// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines)
+// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4)
+//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
+
+// @section extruder
+
+// This defines the number of extruders
+// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
+#define EXTRUDERS 1
+
+// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc.
+#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75
+
+// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
+//#define SINGLENOZZLE
+
+/**
+ * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
+ *
+ * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
+ * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
+ * for extruders.
+ *
+ * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
+ * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
+ */
+//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
+#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
+  // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
+  // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
+  //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40  // Always Required
+  //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42  // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
+  //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44  // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
+ *
+ * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
+ * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5
+ *
+ * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h
+ */
+//#define PRUSA_MMU2
+
+// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
+//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
+#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
+  #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
+  #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
+  #if EXTRUDERS > 3
+    #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles
+//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
+#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
+  #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
+  //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1          // If two servos are used, the index of the second
+  #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 }   // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
+ * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
+ */
+//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
+
+/**
+ * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
+ * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
+ *
+ * project   : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
+ * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
+ *             https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
+ */
+//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER
+
+#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
+
+  #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 }     // X positions for parking the extruders
+  #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1            // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+  //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL                   // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
+
+  #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
+
+    #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT           // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
+    #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW  // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
+    #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250        // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
+    //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL                   // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
+
+  #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
+
+    #define MPE_FAST_SPEED      9000      // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point
+    #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED      4500      // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
+    #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE   10      // (mm) Last distance point
+    #define MPE_COMPENSATION       0      // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling
+
+  #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
+ * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
+ */
+//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+/**
+ * Magnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic
+ * docking mechanism using movement and no servo.
+ */
+//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS          { 215, 0 }  // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
+  #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR       2         // Index of the servo connector
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 }  // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
+  #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * "Mixing Extruder"
+ *   - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
+ *   - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
+ *   - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S<index>' supporting virtual tools.
+ *   - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
+ *   - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
+ */
+//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
+#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
+  #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
+  #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
+  //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
+// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
+// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+
+// @section machine
+
+/**
+ * Power Supply Control
+ *
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
+ */
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
+
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
+
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
+    #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
+    #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
+    #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
+    #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section temperature
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
+ *
+ * Temperature sensors available:
+ *
+ *    -4 : thermocouple with AD8495
+ *    -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)
+ *    -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)
+ *    -1 : thermocouple with AD595
+ *     0 : not used
+ *     1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
+ *     2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
+ *     3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
+ *     4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
+ *     5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
+ *   501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor
+ *     6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
+ *     7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
+ *    71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
+ *     8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
+ *     9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
+ *    10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
+ *    11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
+ *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
+ *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
+ *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
+ *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
+ *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
+ *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
+ *    66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
+ *    67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering
+ *    70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
+ *    75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
+ *
+ *       1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
+ *                              (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
+ *    51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
+ *    52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
+ *    55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
+ *
+ *  1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
+ *  1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
+ *   147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
+ *   110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
+ *
+ *  1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h
+ *
+ *         Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
+ *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
+ *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
+ *
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ */
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
+
+// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
+#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
+#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
+
+// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
+// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
+//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
+#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
+
+#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME     10  // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109
+#define TEMP_WINDOW              1  // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
+#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS          3  // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
+
+#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10  // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190
+#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW          1  // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
+#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS      3  // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
+
+// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off
+// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire.
+#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP   5
+#define BED_MINTEMP        5
+
+// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off.
+// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures.
+// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.)
+#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
+#define BED_MAXTEMP      150
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= PID Settings ================================
+//===========================================================================
+// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
+
+// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
+#define PIDTEMP
+#define BANG_MAX 255     // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
+#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
+#define PID_K1 0.95      // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
+#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
+  //#define PID_EDIT_MENU         // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM)
+  //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU     // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM)
+  //#define PID_DEBUG             // Sends debug data to the serial port.
+  //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1        // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
+  //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS      // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
+  //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
+                                  // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
+  #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
+                                  // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
+
+  // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
+
+  // Sidewinder X1
+  #define DEFAULT_Kp 14.58
+  #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.14
+  #define DEFAULT_Kd 46.57
+
+  // MakerGear
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
+  //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
+
+  // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
+  //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
+
+#endif // PIDTEMP
+
+//===========================================================================
+//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ======================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * PID Bed Heating
+ *
+ * If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
+ * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis.
+ *
+ * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
+ * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
+ * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
+ * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
+ * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
+ * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
+ */
+#define PIDTEMPBED
+
+//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
+
+/**
+ * Max Bed Power
+ * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
+ * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
+ * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
+ */
+#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
+
+#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
+
+  //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
+
+  // Sidewinder X1
+  #define DEFAULT_bedKp 244.21
+  #define DEFAULT_bedKi 45.87
+  #define DEFAULT_bedKd 325.08
+
+  //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
+  //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
+  //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
+  //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
+  //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
+
+  //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
+  //from pidautotune
+  //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
+  //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
+  //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
+
+  // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
+#endif // PIDTEMPBED
+
+// @section extruder
+
+/**
+ * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
+ * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
+ * cold extrusion prevention on and off.
+ *
+ * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
+ */
+#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
+#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
+
+/**
+ * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
+ * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
+ */
+#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
+#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
+
+//===========================================================================
+//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
+ * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
+ * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
+ *
+ * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
+ * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
+ * the heater on.
+ *
+ * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
+ * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
+ */
+
+#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
+#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED     // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
+#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section machine
+
+// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
+// either in the usual order or reversed
+//#define COREXY
+//#define COREXZ
+//#define COREYZ
+//#define COREYX
+//#define COREZX
+//#define COREZY
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section homing
+
+// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
+// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
+// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
+#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
+#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
+#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
+//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
+//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
+//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
+
+// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
+#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
+#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
+  // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
+#endif
+
+// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
+//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
+#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
+  // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
+#endif
+
+// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+
+/**
+ * Stepper Drivers
+ *
+ * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
+ * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
+ *
+ * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
+ *
+ * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ */
+#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  TMC2100
+#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  TMC2100
+#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE  TMC2100
+//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2100
+//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2100
+//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+
+// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
+// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
+//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
+
+/**
+ * Endstop Noise Threshold
+ *
+ * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
+ *
+ * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
+ * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch.
+ * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
+ *   based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
+ *
+ * :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
+ */
+#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================== Movement Settings ============================
+//=============================================================================
+// @section motion
+
+/**
+ * Default Settings
+ *
+ * These settings can be reset by M502
+ *
+ * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
+ * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
+ * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
+ */
+//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
+
+/**
+ * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
+ * Override with M92
+ *                                      X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT   { 80.121, 80.121, 399.778, 445 }
+
+/**
+ * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
+ * Override with M203
+ *                                      X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE          { 300, 300, 50, 40 }
+
+/**
+ * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
+ * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
+ * Override with M201
+ *                                      X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION      { 2000, 2000, 100, 10000 }
+
+/**
+ * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
+ * Override with M204
+ *
+ *   M204 P    Acceleration
+ *   M204 R    Retract Acceleration
+ *   M204 T    Travel Acceleration
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION          800    // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
+#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  10000    // E acceleration for retracts
+#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   2000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
+
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
+//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
+#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
+  #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Default Jerk (mm/s)
+ * Override with M205 X Y Z E
+ *
+ * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
+ * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
+ * value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
+ */
+#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
+  #define DEFAULT_XJERK 8.0
+  #define DEFAULT_YJERK 8.0
+  #define DEFAULT_ZJERK  0.3
+#endif
+
+#define DEFAULT_EJERK    5.0  // May be used by Linear Advance
+
+/**
+ * S-Curve Acceleration
+ *
+ * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier
+ * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
+ *
+ * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
+ */
+#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
+//===========================================================================
+// @section probes
+
+//
+// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
+//
+
+/**
+ * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
+ *
+ * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
+ */
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
+
+/**
+ * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN
+ *
+ * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN.
+ * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD
+ * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want.
+ *
+ *  - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
+ *  - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
+ *
+ *  - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
+ *    - For simple switches connect...
+ *      - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
+ *      - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
+ *
+ */
+//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default
+
+/**
+ * Probe Type
+ *
+ * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
+ * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
+ * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
+ * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
+ */
+//#define PROBE_MANUALLY
+//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2
+
+/**
+ * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
+ *   (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
+ */
+//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
+
+/**
+ * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
+ */
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+
+/**
+ * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
+ */
+//#define BLTOUCH
+
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
+
+// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
+//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
+
+// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
+//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
+//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5  // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
+
+// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
+//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
+  #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X  X_MIN_POS
+  #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
+#endif
+
+//
+// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
+//
+
+/**
+ * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
+ * X and Y offsets must be integers.
+ *
+ * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
+ * #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
+ * #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
+ *
+ *     +-- BACK ---+
+ *     |           |
+ *   L |    (+) P  | R <-- probe (20,20)
+ *   E |           | I
+ *   F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
+ *   T |           | H
+ *     |    (-)    | T
+ *     |           |
+ *     O-- FRONT --+
+ *   (0,0)
+ */
+#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10  // X offset: -left  +right  [of the nozzle]
+#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10  // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle]
+#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0   // Z offset: -below +above  [the nozzle]
+
+// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges
+#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
+
+// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
+#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
+
+// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
+#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
+
+// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
+#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
+
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
+//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
+
+/**
+ * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
+ * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
+ * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
+ * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
+ *
+ * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
+ * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
+ * probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD.
+ * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
+ *
+ * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4  =>  9mm from bed to nozzle.
+ *     But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2  =>  2mm from bed to nozzle.
+ */
+#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE   10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
+#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES  5 // Z Clearance between probe points
+#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE     5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
+//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING           5 // Z position after probing is done
+
+#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT          -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
+
+// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
+#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
+#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
+
+// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
+//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
+
+// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
+//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
+#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW)
+  //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
+ * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
+ * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
+ * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
+ * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
+ */
+//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF       // Turn heaters off when probing
+#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
+  //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER     // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
+#endif
+//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF          // Turn fans off when probing
+//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF      // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing
+//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200  // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
+
+// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
+// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
+#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
+#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
+#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
+#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
+
+// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
+// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
+#define DISABLE_X false
+#define DISABLE_Y false
+#define DISABLE_Z false
+
+// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
+//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
+
+// @section extruder
+
+#define DISABLE_E false             // For all extruders
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER   // Keep only the active extruder enabled
+
+// @section machine
+
+// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
+#define INVERT_X_DIR false
+#define INVERT_Y_DIR false
+#define INVERT_Z_DIR true
+
+// @section extruder
+
+// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
+#define INVERT_E0_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E5_DIR false
+
+// @section homing
+
+//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING  // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed
+
+//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off.
+
+//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4  // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
+                             // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
+
+// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
+// :[-1,1]
+#define X_HOME_DIR -1
+#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
+#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
+
+// @section machine
+
+// The size of the print bed
+#define X_BED_SIZE 300
+#define Y_BED_SIZE 310
+
+// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
+#define X_MIN_POS -2
+#define Y_MIN_POS -5
+#define Z_MIN_POS 0
+#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
+#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
+#define Z_MAX_POS 400
+
+/**
+ * Software Endstops
+ *
+ * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
+ * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
+ * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
+ * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
+ */
+
+// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
+#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
+#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
+  #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
+  #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
+  #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
+#endif
+
+// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
+#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
+#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
+  #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
+  #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
+  #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
+#endif
+
+#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
+  //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM  // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Filament Runout Sensors
+ * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
+ *
+ * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
+ * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
+ * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT.
+ */
+//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
+#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
+  #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
+  //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
+
+  // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout.
+  // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.)
+  #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
+
+  // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
+  // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
+  // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
+  //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25
+
+  #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
+    // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
+    // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
+    // large enough to avoid false positives.)
+    //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//===========================================================================
+//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
+//===========================================================================
+// @section calibrate
+
+/**
+ * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
+ * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
+ *
+ *  If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
+ *   Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
+ *   You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
+ *   The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
+ *   Probe several points in a grid.
+ *   You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
+ *   The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
+ *   Probe several points in a grid.
+ *   You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
+ *   The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
+ *   A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
+ *   of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
+ *   Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
+ *
+ * - MESH_BED_LEVELING
+ *   Probe a grid manually
+ *   The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
+ *   For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
+ *   leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
+ *   With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
+ */
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
+//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
+
+/**
+ * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable
+ * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state.
+ */
+//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
+
+/**
+ * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
+ * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
+ * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
+ */
+//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
+
+#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+  // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
+  // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
+  // The height can be set with M420 Z<height>
+  #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
+
+  // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
+  // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
+  // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
+  #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
+  #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)
+
+  /**
+   * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
+   */
+  //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
+  #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
+    #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE    0.4  // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
+    #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT   0.2  // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+    #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP  205    // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+    #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP      60    // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+    #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE         20    // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+  #endif
+
+#endif
+
+#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
+
+  // Set the number of grid points per dimension.
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
+
+  // Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach).
+  //#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
+  //#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION (X_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
+  //#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
+  //#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION (Y_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
+
+  // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
+  //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
+
+  #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
+
+    // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
+    // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
+    //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
+
+    //
+    // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
+    // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
+    //
+    //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
+    #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
+      // Number of subdivisions between probe points
+      #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
+    #endif
+
+  #endif
+
+#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+
+  //===========================================================================
+  //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
+  //===========================================================================
+
+  //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY   // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
+
+  #define MESH_INSET 1              // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10      // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
+
+  #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z     // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
+  #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500   // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500
+
+  //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
+                                          // as the Z-Height correction value.
+
+#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
+
+  //===========================================================================
+  //=================================== Mesh ==================================
+  //===========================================================================
+
+  #define MESH_INSET 10          // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3    // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
+
+  //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
+
+#endif // BED_LEVELING
+
+/**
+ * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
+ * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
+ */
+#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+  //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15
+  //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
+  //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15
+  //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
+  //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170
+  //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
+ * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
+ */
+//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
+
+#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
+  #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP  0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
+  #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4     // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
+  //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU        // Add a menu to edit mesh points
+#endif
+
+// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
+//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS
+
+#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS)
+  #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30    // (mm) An inset for corner leveling
+  #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP  4.0  // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners
+  #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0  // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points
+  //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO        // Move to the center after the last corner
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
+ * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
+ */
+//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
+
+
+// @section homing
+
+// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
+//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
+
+// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
+// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
+//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
+//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
+//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
+
+// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
+//
+// With this feature enabled:
+//
+// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
+// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
+// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
+// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
+//
+//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
+
+#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
+  #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2)    // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
+  #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2)    // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
+#endif
+
+// Homing speeds (mm/m)
+#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (80*60)
+#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z  (20*60)
+
+// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
+#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
+
+// @section calibrate
+
+/**
+ * Bed Skew Compensation
+ *
+ * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
+ *
+ * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
+ *  1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
+ *  2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
+ *  3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
+ *  4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
+ *
+ * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
+ * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
+ *
+ *  - Compute AB     : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
+ *  - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
+ *
+ * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
+ * Use these diagrams for reference:
+ *
+ *    Y                     Z                     Z
+ *    ^     B-------C       ^     B-------C       ^     B-------C
+ *    |    /       /        |    /       /        |    /       /
+ *    |   /       /         |   /       /         |   /       /
+ *    |  A-------D          |  A-------D          |  A-------D
+ *    +-------------->X     +-------------->X     +-------------->Y
+ *     XY_SKEW_FACTOR        XZ_SKEW_FACTOR        YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
+ */
+//#define SKEW_CORRECTION
+
+#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
+  // Input all length measurements here:
+  #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
+  #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
+  #define XY_SIDE_AD 200
+
+  // Or, set the default skew factors directly here
+  // to override the above measurements:
+  #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
+
+  //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
+  #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
+    #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
+    #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
+    #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
+    #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
+    #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200
+    #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
+    #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
+  #endif
+
+  // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
+  //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
+#endif
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================= Additional Features ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+// @section extras
+
+/**
+ * EEPROM
+ *
+ * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots.
+ *
+ *   M500 - Store settings to EEPROM.
+ *   M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes)
+ *   M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.)
+ */
+#define EEPROM_SETTINGS       // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
+//#define DISABLE_M503        // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
+#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT       // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
+#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
+  //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT  // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors.
+#endif
+
+//
+// Host Keepalive
+//
+// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
+// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
+//
+#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE        // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
+#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2  // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
+#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING            // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
+
+//
+// M100 Free Memory Watcher
+//
+//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER    // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage
+
+//
+// G20/G21 Inch mode support
+//
+//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
+
+//
+// M149 Set temperature units support
+//
+//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
+
+// @section temperature
+
+// Preheat Constants
+#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL       "PLA"
+#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180
+#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED     70
+#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED     0 // Value from 0 to 255
+
+#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL       "ABS"
+#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240
+#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED    110
+#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED     0 // Value from 0 to 255
+
+/**
+ * Nozzle Park
+ *
+ * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
+ *
+ * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
+ *
+ *    P0  (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
+ *    P1  Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
+ *    P2  Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
+ */
+//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
+
+#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
+  // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise }
+  #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
+  #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100   // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis)
+  #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5      // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
+ *
+ * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
+ *
+ * Parameters:
+ *   P  Pattern
+ *   S  Strokes / Repetitions
+ *   T  Triangles (P1 only)
+ *
+ * Patterns:
+ *   P0  Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
+ *       at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
+ *       between the start / end points.
+ *
+ *   P1  Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
+ *       number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
+ *       Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
+ *       For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
+ *
+ *          --
+ *         |  (X0, Y1) |     /\        /\        /\     | (X1, Y1)
+ *         |           |    /  \      /  \      /  \    |
+ *       A |           |   /    \    /    \    /    \   |
+ *         |           |  /      \  /      \  /      \  |
+ *         |  (X0, Y0) | /        \/        \/        \ | (X1, Y0)
+ *          --         +--------------------------------+
+ *                       |________|_________|_________|
+ *                           T1        T2        T3
+ *
+ *   P2  Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
+ *       "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
+ *       Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
+ *
+ *   Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
+ * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
+ *
+ */
+//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
+
+#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
+  // Default number of pattern repetitions
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES  12
+
+  // Default number of triangles
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES  3
+
+  // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
+
+  // Circular pattern radius
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
+  // Circular pattern circle fragments number
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
+  // Middle point of circle
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
+
+  // Moves the nozzle to the initial position
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Print Job Timer
+ *
+ * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
+ *
+ *   M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none,        low temp = stop timer
+ *   M109 (hotend, wait)    - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
+ *   M190 (bed, wait)       - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
+ *
+ * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
+ *
+ *   M75 - Start the print job timer
+ *   M76 - Pause the print job timer
+ *   M77 - Stop the print job timer
+ */
+#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
+
+/**
+ * Print Counter
+ *
+ * Track statistical data such as:
+ *
+ *  - Total print jobs
+ *  - Total successful print jobs
+ *  - Total failed print jobs
+ *  - Total time printing
+ *
+ * View the current statistics with M78.
+ */
+//#define PRINTCOUNTER
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+// @section lcd
+
+/**
+ * LCD LANGUAGE
+ *
+ * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
+ *
+ *    en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it,
+ *    jp-kana, ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, zh_CN, zh_TW, test
+ *
+ * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' }
+ */
+#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
+
+/**
+ * LCD Character Set
+ *
+ * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
+ *
+ * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
+ * language extensions:
+ *
+ *  - JAPANESE ... the most common
+ *  - WESTERN  ... with more accented characters
+ *  - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
+ *
+ * To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
+ *
+ *  - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
+ *  - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
+ *  - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
+ *
+ * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
+ *
+ * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
+ */
+#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
+
+/**
+ * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa)
+ *
+ * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa']
+ */
+#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0
+
+/**
+ * SD CARD
+ *
+ * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
+ * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
+ *
+ */
+//#define SDSUPPORT
+
+/**
+ * SD CARD: SPI SPEED
+ *
+ * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
+ * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
+ */
+//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
+//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
+//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
+
+/**
+ * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
+ *
+ * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
+ */
+//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
+
+/**
+ * LCD Menu Items
+ *
+ * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
+ * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
+ */
+//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
+//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS
+
+//
+// ENCODER SETTINGS
+//
+// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
+// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
+//
+//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4
+
+//
+// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
+// move between next/prev menu items.
+//
+//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
+
+/**
+ * Encoder Direction Options
+ *
+ * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
+ *
+ *  Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
+ *  Reversed Menu Navigation only?    Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
+ *  Reversed Value Editing only?      Enable BOTH options.
+ */
+
+//
+// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
+//
+//  Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
+//
+//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
+
+//
+// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
+//
+//  If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
+//  If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
+//
+//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
+
+//
+// Individual Axis Homing
+//
+// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
+//
+//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
+
+//
+// SPEAKER/BUZZER
+//
+// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
+// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
+//
+//#define SPEAKER
+
+//
+// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
+// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
+//
+// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
+//  M300 S<frequency Hz> P<duration ms>
+//
+//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2
+//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000
+
+//=============================================================================
+//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
+//========================   (Character-based LCDs)   =========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
+//
+// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
+//
+//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
+// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
+//
+//#define RADDS_DISPLAY
+
+//
+// ULTIMAKER Controller.
+//
+//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
+
+//
+// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
+//
+//#define ULTIPANEL
+
+//
+// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
+//
+//#define PANEL_ONE
+
+//
+// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
+//
+// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
+//
+//#define G3D_PANEL
+
+//
+// RigidBot Panel V1.0
+// http://www.inventapart.com/
+//
+//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
+
+//
+// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
+// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html
+//
+//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602
+
+//
+// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
+//
+//#define ZONESTAR_LCD            // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
+                                  // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
+                                  // which scrambles the display.  Pressing any button clears it up.
+                                  // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.
+
+//
+// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
+//
+//#define ULTRA_LCD
+
+//=============================================================================
+//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
+//=====================   (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs)   =====================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
+//
+// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
+// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
+//
+
+//
+// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
+// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
+//
+//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
+
+//
+// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
+//
+// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
+// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
+//
+//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
+//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004
+
+//
+// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
+//
+//#define LCM1602
+
+//
+// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
+// separate encoder and click inputs.
+//
+// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
+// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
+//
+// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
+// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
+//
+//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
+
+//
+// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
+// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
+//
+//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
+//
+
+//
+// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
+// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
+//
+//#define SAV_3DLCD
+
+//
+// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
+// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
+// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
+//
+//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
+
+//=============================================================================
+//=======================   LCD / Controller Selection  =======================
+//=========================      (Graphical LCDs)      ========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
+//
+// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
+//            https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
+//
+
+//
+// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
+//
+//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
+// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
+//
+//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
+
+//
+// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
+// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
+// http://panucatt.com
+//
+//#define VIKI2
+//#define miniVIKI
+
+//
+// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
+// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
+//
+//#define MINIPANEL
+
+//
+// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
+//
+//#define MAKRPANEL
+
+//
+// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
+// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
+//
+//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
+// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
+//
+//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// Cartesio UI
+// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
+//
+//#define CARTESIO_UI
+
+//
+// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
+//
+//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
+
+//
+// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
+//
+//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
+
+//
+// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
+//
+//#define SAV_3DGLCD
+#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
+  //#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
+  #define U8GLIB_SH1106
+#endif
+
+//
+// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
+// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
+//
+//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
+//
+//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
+
+//
+// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+//
+//#define MKS_MINI_12864
+
+//
+// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
+//
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
+
+//
+// Factory display for Creality CR-10
+// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html
+//
+// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector.
+// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display)
+//
+//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
+
+//
+// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller
+//
+// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
+// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
+// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
+//
+//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD
+
+//
+// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
+//
+// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
+//
+//#define MKS_12864OLED          // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
+//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306  // Uses the SSD1306 controller
+
+//
+// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
+// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html
+//
+//#define AZSMZ_12864
+
+//
+// Silvergate GLCD controller
+// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate
+//
+//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
+
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
+//
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
+//
+//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
+
+//=============================================================================
+//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// MKS Robin 320x240 color display
+//
+//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================  Other Controllers  ============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
+//
+
+//
+// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
+// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
+//
+// REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP sets how much should the robot move when a key
+// is pressed, a value of 10.0 means 10mm per click.
+//
+//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
+//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0
+
+//=============================================================================
+//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+// @section extras
+
+// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
+//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
+
+// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
+// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
+// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
+//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
+
+// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
+// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
+// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
+// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
+// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7]
+#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
+
+// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
+// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
+// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
+// duty cycle is attained.
+//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
+
+// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
+// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
+// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
+//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
+
+// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
+//#define SF_ARC_FIX
+
+// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
+//#define BARICUDA
+
+// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
+//#define BLINKM
+
+// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
+//#define PCA9632
+
+// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
+// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED
+//#define PCA9533
+
+/**
+ * RGB LED / LED Strip Control
+ *
+ * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
+ * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
+ *
+ * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
+ * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
+ * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
+ * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
+ *
+ * *** CAUTION ***
+ *  LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
+ *  as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
+ *  Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
+ *  NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs
+ *  more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
+ * *** CAUTION ***
+ *
+ * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options.
+ *
+ */
+#define RGB_LED
+//#define RGBW_LED
+
+#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED)
+  #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 5
+  #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 4
+  #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 6
+  #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
+#endif
+
+// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
+//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
+#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
+  #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE   NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h)
+  #define NEOPIXEL_PIN    4        // LED driving pin
+  #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30       // Number of LEDs in the strip
+  #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL   // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
+  #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127  // Initial brightness (0-255)
+  //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST  // Cycle through colors at startup
+
+  // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting
+  //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX  0               // Index of the LED to use
+  //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Printer Event LEDs
+ *
+ * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
+ *
+ *  - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
+ *  - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
+ *  - Change to white to illuminate work surface
+ *  - Change to green once print has finished
+ *  - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
+ */
+#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED)
+  #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * R/C SERVO support
+ * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Number of servos
+ *
+ * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
+ * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
+ * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem.
+ */
+//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
+
+// Delay (in milliseconds) before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
+// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
+// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
+#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
+
+// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
+//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
+
+// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM
+//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES
diff --git a/config/examples/EVNOVO (Artillery)/Sidewinder X1/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/EVNOVO (Artillery)/Sidewinder X1/Configuration_adv.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6ec2a2147f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/examples/EVNOVO (Artillery)/Sidewinder X1/Configuration_adv.h	
@@ -0,0 +1,2550 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+/**
+ * Configuration_adv.h
+ *
+ * Advanced settings.
+ * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
+ * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
+ *
+ * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
+ *
+ */
+#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000
+
+// @section temperature
+
+//===========================================================================
+//=============================Thermal Settings  ============================
+//===========================================================================
+
+//
+// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters
+//
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND0_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND1_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND2_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND3_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND4_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND5_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000
+  #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS     4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS      100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define BED_BETA                     3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000
+  #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define CHAMBER_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+//
+// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
+// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
+//
+//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
+#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
+  #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED
+  #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70
+  #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Heated Chamber settings
+ */
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER
+  #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP             5
+  #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP            60
+  #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS     1   // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
+  //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING
+  //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN       44   // Chamber heater on/off pin
+  //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false
+#endif
+
+#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
+  #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
+  #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
+    #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
+ * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
+ * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
+ *
+ * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
+ * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
+ * the heater on.
+ *
+ * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
+ * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
+ * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
+ *
+ * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
+ * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
+ */
+#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40        // Seconds
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4     // Degrees Celsius
+
+  //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING              // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops
+  #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP)
+    //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING    // Don't slow fan speed during M303
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
+   * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
+   * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
+   * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
+   * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
+   * test.
+   *
+   * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
+   * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
+   * below 2.
+   */
+  #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20                // Seconds
+  #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2               // Degrees Celsius
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
+ */
+#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20    // Seconds
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
+
+  /**
+   * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
+   */
+  #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60                // Seconds
+  #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2               // Degrees Celsius
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber.
+ */
+#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER)
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20    // Seconds
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
+
+  /**
+   * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191).
+   */
+  #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60            // Seconds
+  #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2           // Degrees Celsius
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
+  // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
+  // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume.
+  //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
+  #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
+    #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
+    #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Automatic Temperature:
+ * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
+ * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
+ * Start autotemp mode with M109 S<mintemp> B<maxtemp> F<factor>
+ * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
+ * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
+ * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
+ * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
+ */
+#define AUTOTEMP
+#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
+  #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
+#endif
+
+// Show extra position information in M114
+//#define M114_DETAIL
+
+// Show Temperature ADC value
+// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
+//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
+
+/**
+ * High Temperature Thermistor Support
+ *
+ * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
+ * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
+ * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
+ * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
+ * and force stop everything.
+ * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
+ * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
+ * aberrant readings.
+ *
+ * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
+ * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
+ */
+
+// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
+// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
+//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
+
+// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
+// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
+// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
+// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
+// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
+//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
+
+// @section extruder
+
+// Extruder runout prevention.
+// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
+// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
+//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
+#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500  // (mm/m)
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5   // (mm)
+#endif
+
+// @section temperature
+
+// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
+// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET  0.0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN    1.0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN   1.0
+
+/**
+ * Controller Fan
+ * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
+ *
+ * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled
+ * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off.
+ */
+//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
+#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
+  //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1        // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
+  #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60          // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled
+  #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255        // 255 == full speed
+#endif
+
+// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
+// given number of milliseconds.  This gets the fan spinning reliably
+// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
+//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
+
+/**
+ * PWM Fan Scaling
+ *
+ * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
+ *
+ * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
+ * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
+ * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
+ * Value 0 always turns off the fan.
+ *
+ * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
+ */
+//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
+//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
+
+/**
+ * FAST PWM FAN Settings
+ *
+ * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h)
+ * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a
+ * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency.
+ *
+ * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default]
+ *   Set this to your desired frequency.
+ *   If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
+ *   ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers
+ *   These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required
+ *   NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior.
+ *
+ * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default]
+ *   Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2:
+ *   16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz]
+ *   20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz]
+ *   A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of
+ *   PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.)
+ *   USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies.
+ */
+#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
+  //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400
+  //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP
+#endif
+
+// @section extruder
+
+/**
+ * Extruder cooling fans
+ *
+ * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
+ * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
+ *
+ * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
+ * or set to -1 to disable completely.
+ *
+ * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
+ * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
+ */
+#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 7
+#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
+#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
+#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
+
+/**
+ * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
+ *
+ * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
+ * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
+ * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
+ */
+#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
+#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
+#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
+
+/**
+ * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
+ */
+//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
+#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4                  // Override the default pin if needed
+  #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
+  #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
+  #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
+  #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
+    #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section homing
+
+// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
+// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
+//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
+
+// @section extras
+
+//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
+
+// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
+//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
+#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
+  //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN        -1
+  //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops
+ *
+ * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes.
+ *
+ * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to
+ * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop
+ * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug
+ * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'.
+ *
+ * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors
+ * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error
+ * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X<offset> Y<offset> Z<offset>'.
+ */
+
+//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true   // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions
+  //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
+    #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true   // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions
+  //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
+    #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
+    #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
+    #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
+    #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2  0
+    #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Dual X Carriage
+ *
+ * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
+ * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
+ * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
+ * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
+ * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
+ * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
+ *
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
+ *
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
+ *
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
+ *
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
+ *
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
+ */
+//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
+#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
+
+  // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
+
+  // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
+  #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
+
+#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
+
+// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
+// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
+//#define EXT_SOLENOID
+
+// @section homing
+
+// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump.
+#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
+#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
+#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
+#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 }  // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
+#define QUICK_HOME                       // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially
+//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 }  // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing
+
+// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
+//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
+
+// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
+//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
+
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
+/**
+ * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
+ * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
+ */
+//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
+#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
+  // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3]
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 }
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 }
+  // Set number of iterations to align
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
+  // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
+  #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
+  // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
+  // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
+  // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0
+  // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02
+#endif
+
+// @section machine
+
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
+
+// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
+//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
+
+// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
+#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
+#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
+#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
+#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
+
+// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
+// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
+// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
+#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
+
+#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
+#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE     0.0
+
+//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE  // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
+
+// @section lcd
+
+#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section extras
+
+// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied.
+#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME        20000
+
+// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
+#define SLOWDOWN
+
+// Frequency limit
+// See nophead's blog for more info
+// Not working O
+//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT  15
+
+// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
+// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
+// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
+#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)
+
+//
+// Backlash Compensation
+// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
+//
+//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
+#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
+  // Define values for backlash distance and correction.
+  // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
+  #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm)
+  #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION    0.0       // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
+
+  // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
+  // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
+  //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
+
+  // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
+  //#define BACKLASH_GCODE
+
+  #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
+    // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
+    #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
+
+    #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
+      // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
+      // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
+      // increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
+      #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT       0.5   // (mm)
+      #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION  0.005 // (mm)
+      #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE    Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m)
+    #endif
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration
+ *
+ * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
+ * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
+ *
+ * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
+ * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
+ * and hotend offsets.
+ *
+ * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
+ *       ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
+ */
+//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
+#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
+
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION     0.01 // mm
+
+  #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW             60    // mm/m
+  #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST           1200    // mm/m
+  #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL         3000    // mm/m
+
+  // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
+  #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT          1.0  // mm
+  #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER      2.0  // mm
+
+  // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM).
+  //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
+
+  // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
+  #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER     { 264.0, -22.0,  -2.0} // mm
+  #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS {  10.0,  10.0,  10.0} // mm
+
+  // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
+  // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
+
+  // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
+  // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
+  //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
+
+  // Define pin which is read during calibration
+  #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
+    //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
+ * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
+ * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
+ * lowest stepping frequencies.
+ */
+#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
+
+/**
+ * Custom Microstepping
+ * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
+ */
+//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
+//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
+
+// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
+#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
+
+/**
+ *  @section  stepper motor current
+ *
+ *  Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
+ *
+ *  The power on motor currents are set by:
+ *    PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
+ *                         known compatible chips: A4982
+ *    DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
+ *                         known compatible chips: AD5206
+ *    DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
+ *                         known compatible chips: MCP4728
+ *    DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
+ *                         known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
+ *
+ *  Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
+ *    M907 - applies to all.
+ *    M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
+ *    M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
+ */
+//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 }          // Values in milliamps
+//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 }   // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
+//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 }    // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
+
+// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
+//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
+#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A)
+  /**
+   * Common slave addresses:
+   *
+   *                        A   (A shifted)   B   (B shifted)  IC
+   * Smoothie              0x2C (0x58)       0x2D (0x5A)       MCP4451
+   * AZTEEG_X3_PRO         0x2C (0x58)       0x2E (0x5C)       MCP4451
+   * AZTEEG_X5_MINI        0x2C (0x58)       0x2E (0x5C)       MCP4451
+   * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI         0x58              0x5C        MCP4451
+   * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE      0x2F (0x5E)                         MCP4018
+   */
+  #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C  // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
+  #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D  // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
+#endif
+
+//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018          // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
+#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4     AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8     MKS SBASE: 5
+// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
+// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
+#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 }  //  AZTEEG_X3_PRO
+
+//===========================================================================
+//=============================Additional Features===========================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section lcd
+
+// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
+#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
+#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
+  #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC   30  // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
+  #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC  80  // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
+#endif
+
+// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
+//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
+#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
+  #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION   10
+  #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
+#endif
+
+// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
+//#define LCD_INFO_MENU
+
+// Scroll a longer status message into view
+//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
+
+// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
+//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
+
+// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
+//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
+
+// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage
+//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
+
+#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
+  //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR              // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
+  #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
+    #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000    // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
+    #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000    // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
+    #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE   0       // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
+    //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE           // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
+    //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST       // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LED Control Menu
+ * Enable this feature to add LED Control to the LCD menu
+ */
+//#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
+#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
+  #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS                 // Enable the Preset Color menu option
+  #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED        255  // User defined RED value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN      128  // User defined GREEN value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE         0  // User defined BLUE value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE      255  // User defined WHITE value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255  // User defined intensity
+    //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP       // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
+  #endif
+#endif // LED_CONTROL_MENU
+
+#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+
+  // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
+  // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
+  // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
+  // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
+  // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
+  #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
+
+  #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true          // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
+  #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place.
+
+  // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
+  // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
+  #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
+
+  #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START             // Confirm the selected SD file before printing
+
+  //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART               // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files
+
+  #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY"       // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27")
+
+  /**
+   * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
+   *
+   * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
+   * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
+   * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
+   * point in the file.
+   */
+  //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
+  #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN         44 // Pin to detect power loss
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE     HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN   20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power.
+
+    // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card,
+    // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued.
+    #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
+   *
+   * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
+   * by name for easier navigation.
+   *
+   * By default...
+   *
+   *  - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
+   *  - Folders are sorted to the top.
+   *  - The sort key is statically allocated.
+   *  - No added G-code (M34) support.
+   *  - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
+   *
+   * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
+   * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
+   * limit is exceeded.
+   *
+   *  - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
+   *  - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
+   *  - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
+   *  - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
+   */
+  //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
+
+  // SD Card Sorting options
+  #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
+    #define SDSORT_LIMIT       40     // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
+    #define FOLDER_SORTING     -1     // -1=above  0=none  1=below
+    #define SDSORT_GCODE       false  // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
+    #define SDSORT_USES_RAM    false  // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
+    #define SDSORT_USES_STACK  false  // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
+    #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false  // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
+    #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false  // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
+    #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2      // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
+                                      // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
+  #endif
+
+  // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
+  //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
+
+  // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
+  //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
+
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
+  /**
+   * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
+   * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
+   * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
+   */
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
+
+  /**
+   * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
+   * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected.
+   * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere.
+   */
+  //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE
+
+  /**
+   * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S<seconds>
+   */
+  //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS
+
+  /**
+   * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
+   * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
+   * to Marlin as an SD card.
+   *
+   * The MAX3421E must be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
+   * the following pin mapping:
+   *
+   *    SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
+   *    INT              --> SD_DETECT_PIN
+   *    SS               --> SDSS
+   */
+  //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
+  #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
+    #define USB_CS_PIN         SDSS
+    #define USB_INTR_PIN       SD_DETECT_PIN
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
+   * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
+   *
+   * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
+   *
+   * Tested with this bootloader:
+   *   https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
+   */
+  //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
+  #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
+    #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR    0x1FF
+    #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE   0xF0
+    #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
+  #endif
+
+  // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
+  //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
+
+  #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
+  #endif
+
+#endif // SDSUPPORT
+
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
+/**
+ * Additional options for Graphical Displays
+ *
+ * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
+ * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
+ * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
+ * on DELTA and SCARA machines.
+ *
+ * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
+ * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
+ * printing performance versus fast display updates.
+ */
+#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
+  // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar
+  //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT
+
+  // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
+  #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
+
+  // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
+  #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
+
+  // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
+  // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
+  //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
+
+  // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
+  // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
+  //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
+
+  // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
+  // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
+  //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
+
+  // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
+  //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE
+
+  /**
+   * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
+   * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
+   * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
+   *
+   * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
+   * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
+   * length of time to display the status message before clearing.
+   *
+   * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
+   * This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
+   */
+  #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
+    //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
+    #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
+      #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
+    #endif
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Status (Info) Screen customizations
+   * These options may affect code size and screen render time.
+   * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
+   */
+  //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS    // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
+  //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS  // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
+  #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED      // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)
+  #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM          // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
+  #define STATUS_BED_ANIM             // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
+  #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM         // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating
+  //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP     // Use the alternative bed bitmap
+  //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP     // Use the alternative fan bitmap
+  //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3       // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
+  //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT       // Show heating in a progress bar
+  //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL    // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash)
+
+  // Frivolous Game Options
+  //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT
+  //#define MARLIN_INVADERS
+  //#define MARLIN_SNAKE
+
+#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
+
+// @section safety
+
+/**
+ * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs
+ * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors.
+ *
+ * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever,
+ * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO.
+ * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while
+ * interrupts are enabled.
+ */
+#define USE_WATCHDOG
+#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
+  //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
+#endif
+
+// @section lcd
+
+/**
+ * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
+ * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
+ * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
+ *
+ * Warning: Does not respect endstops!
+ */
+#define BABYSTEPPING
+#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
+  //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING
+  //#define BABYSTEP_XY                     // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
+  #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false           // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
+  #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR  1         // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion.
+
+  //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING  // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
+  #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
+    #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250   // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
+                                            // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
+    #define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE     // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement).
+    //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE              // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
+    #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
+      #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1   // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
+    #endif
+  #endif
+
+  //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL          // Display total babysteps since last G28
+
+  //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET          // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
+  #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
+    //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET      // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
+    //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY   // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section extruder
+
+/**
+ * Linear Pressure Control v1.5
+ *
+ * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
+ * K=0 means advance disabled.
+ *
+ * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
+ *
+ * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
+ * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
+ * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
+ * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
+ *
+ * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
+ * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues.
+ */
+//#define LIN_ADVANCE
+#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
+  //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants
+  #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22    // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed
+  //#define LA_DEBUG            // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB.
+#endif
+
+// @section leveling
+
+#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+  // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
+  //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
+  //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
+  //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
+  //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
+ * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
+ */
+//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
+#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
+  #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
+  #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
+  /**
+   * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
+   * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
+   */
+  #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
+  #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
+  #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
+
+#endif
+
+// @section extras
+
+//
+// G2/G3 Arc Support
+//
+#define ARC_SUPPORT               // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes
+#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
+  #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT  1   // Length of each arc segment
+  #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS   24   // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle
+  #define N_ARC_CORRECTION   25   // Number of interpolated segments between corrections
+  //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES         // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
+  //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES  // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
+#endif
+
+// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
+//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
+
+/**
+ * G38 Probe Target
+ *
+ * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target)
+ * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target).
+ * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once.
+ */
+//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
+#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
+  //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY        // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target
+  #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move.
+#endif
+
+// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
+#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
+
+/**
+ * Minimum delay after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
+ *     0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
+ *    20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
+ *   200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
+ *   400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
+ *   500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
+ *   650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
+ *  1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
+ * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
+ *
+ * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
+ */
+//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650
+
+/**
+ * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs)
+ *   0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
+ *   0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h
+ *   1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers
+ *   2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
+ *   3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
+ *  30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
+ *
+ * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
+ */
+//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2
+
+/**
+ * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
+ *  If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
+ *  500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
+ *  400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
+ *  250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
+ *  200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
+ *  150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
+ *   15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
+ *
+ * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
+ */
+//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
+
+// @section temperature
+
+// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
+//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
+
+//===========================================================================
+//================================= Buffers =================================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section hidden
+
+// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
+// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
+#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+  #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
+#else
+  #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
+#endif
+
+// @section serial
+
+// The ASCII buffer for serial input
+#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
+#define BUFSIZE 4
+
+// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
+// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
+// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
+// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
+// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
+// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
+// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
+#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
+
+// Host Receive Buffer Size
+// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
+// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
+// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
+//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
+
+#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
+  // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
+  // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
+  //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+  // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
+  // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
+  //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
+
+  // Enable this option to collect and display the number
+  // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
+  //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
+#endif
+
+// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
+// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
+// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
+// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
+//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
+
+// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
+// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
+// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
+// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
+//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
+
+// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
+//#define ADVANCED_OK
+
+// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
+// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
+#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
+
+// @section extras
+
+/**
+ * Extra Fan Speed
+ * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
+ *   'M106 P<fan> T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for <fan>
+ *   'M106 P<fan> T2'     : Use the set secondary speed
+ *   'M106 P<fan> T1'     : Restore the previous fan speed
+ */
+//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
+
+/**
+ * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
+ *
+ * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
+ * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
+ *
+ * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
+ * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
+ * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
+ *
+ * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
+ *
+ * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
+ *
+ */
+//#define FWRETRACT
+#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
+  #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT           // costs ~500 bytes of PROGMEM
+  #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
+    #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1           // When auto-retract is on, convert E moves of this length and over
+    #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0          // Upper limit for auto-retract conversion
+  #endif
+  #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3                // Default retract length (positive mm)
+  #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13          // Default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change
+  #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45             // Default feedrate for retracting (mm/s)
+  #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0                // Default retract Z-raise (mm)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0        // Default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0   // Default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8      // Default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction (mm/s)
+  #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
+    //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING         // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Universal tool change settings.
+ * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
+ */
+#if EXTRUDERS > 1
+  // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
+  #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
+
+  // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
+  #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH          12  // (mm)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME           2  // (mm)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600  // (mm/m)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED   3600  // (mm/m)
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Position to park head during tool change.
+   * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
+   */
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
+  #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY    { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000  // (mm/m)
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Advanced Pause
+ * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused.
+ * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
+ * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle.
+ *
+ * Requires an LCD display.
+ * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
+ * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
+ */
+//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
+#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE         60  // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH            2  // (mm) Initial retract.
+                                                  // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE     10  // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL        25  // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH      100  // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
+                                                  //   For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
+                                                  //   For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
+                                                  //   Set to 0 for manual unloading.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE   6  // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH     0  // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
+                                                  // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE   6  // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL     25  // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH     0  // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
+                                                  //   For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
+                                                  //   For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
+  //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE       // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
+  #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE        3  // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
+  #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH         50  // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
+                                                  //   Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
+                                                  //   Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
+                                                  //   until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
+  #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME          0  // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
+  //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE             // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused.
+
+                                                  // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
+  #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH      13  // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
+  #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY             5000  // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
+  #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH         8  // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
+
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT           45  // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS         10  // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT           // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
+
+  //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE                    // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
+  //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE           // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change
+
+  //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES           // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
+  //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS         // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
+#endif
+
+// @section tmc
+
+/**
+ * TMC26X Stepper Driver options
+ *
+ * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver.
+ * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper
+ */
+#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X)
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X)
+    #define X_MAX_CURRENT     1000  // (mA)
+    #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR    91  // (mOhms)
+    #define X_MICROSTEPS        16  // Number of microsteps
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X)
+    #define X2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define X2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X)
+    #define Y_MAX_CURRENT     1000
+    #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR    91
+    #define Y_MICROSTEPS        16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X)
+    #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define Y2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X)
+    #define Z_MAX_CURRENT     1000
+    #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR    91
+    #define Z_MICROSTEPS        16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X)
+    #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define Z2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X)
+    #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define Z3_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X)
+    #define E0_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E0_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X)
+    #define E1_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E1_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X)
+    #define E2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X)
+    #define E3_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E3_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X)
+    #define E4_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E4_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X)
+    #define E5_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E5_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+#endif // TMC26X
+
+// @section tmc_smart
+
+/**
+ * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode
+ * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define
+ * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3
+ * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
+ * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins.
+ *
+ * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN
+ * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor.
+ * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without
+ * a resistor.
+ * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial.
+ *
+ * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers.
+ * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
+ */
+#if HAS_TRINAMIC
+
+  #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER    0.5  // Scales down the holding current from run current
+  #define INTERPOLATE       true  // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X)
+    #define X_CURRENT     800  // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
+    #define X_MICROSTEPS   16  // 0..256
+    #define X_RSENSE     0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2)
+    #define X2_CURRENT    800
+    #define X2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define X2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y)
+    #define Y_CURRENT     800
+    #define Y_MICROSTEPS   16
+    #define Y_RSENSE     0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2)
+    #define Y2_CURRENT    800
+    #define Y2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define Y2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z)
+    #define Z_CURRENT     800
+    #define Z_MICROSTEPS   16
+    #define Z_RSENSE     0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2)
+    #define Z2_CURRENT    800
+    #define Z2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define Z2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3)
+    #define Z3_CURRENT    800
+    #define Z3_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define Z3_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0)
+    #define E0_CURRENT    800
+    #define E0_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E0_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1)
+    #define E1_CURRENT    800
+    #define E1_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E1_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2)
+    #define E2_CURRENT    800
+    #define E2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3)
+    #define E3_CURRENT    800
+    #define E3_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E3_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4)
+    #define E4_CURRENT    800
+    #define E4_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E4_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5)
+    #define E5_CURRENT    800
+    #define E5_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E5_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
+   * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
+   */
+  //#define X_CS_PIN          -1
+  //#define Y_CS_PIN          -1
+  //#define Z_CS_PIN          -1
+  //#define X2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define Y2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define Z2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define Z3_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E0_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E1_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E3_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E4_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
+
+  /**
+   * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
+   * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
+   * but you can override or define them here.
+   */
+  //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
+  //#define TMC_SW_MOSI       -1
+  //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
+  //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
+
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
+  /**
+   * Software enable
+   *
+   * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
+   * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
+   */
+  //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
+
+  /**
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
+   * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
+   */
+  #define STEALTHCHOP_XY
+  #define STEALTHCHOP_Z
+  #define STEALTHCHOP_E
+
+  /**
+   * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
+   * or with the help of an example included in the library.
+   * Provided parameter sets are
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
+   * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V)
+   * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119   // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
+   *
+   * Define you own with
+   * { <off_time[1..15]>, <hysteresis_end[-3..12]>, hysteresis_start[1..8] }
+   */
+  #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
+
+  /**
+   * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
+   * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
+   * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
+   * Relevant g-codes:
+   * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
+   * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
+   * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
+   * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
+   */
+  //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
+
+  #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
+    #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN     50  // [mA]
+    #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
+    #define STOP_ON_ERROR
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
+   * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
+   * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
+   * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
+   */
+  //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
+
+  #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     100  // [mm/s]
+  #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD    100
+  #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     100
+  #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD    100
+  #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD       3
+  #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD      3
+  #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD      3
+  #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+
+  /**
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
+   * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
+   * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
+   *
+   * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is used for tuning the trigger sensitivity.
+   * Higher values make the system LESS sensitive.
+   * Lower value make the system MORE sensitive.
+   * Too low values can lead to false positives, while too high values will collide the axis without triggering.
+   * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
+   * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
+   */
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
+
+  /**
+   * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
+   *
+   * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
+   *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
+   */
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
+
+  #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
+    #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
+    #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
+    //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
+  /**
+   * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
+   * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
+   */
+  //#define TMC_DEBUG
+
+  /**
+   * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
+   * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
+   * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
+   *
+   * Example:
+   * #define TMC_ADV() { \
+   *   stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \
+   *   stepperY.interpolate(0); \
+   * }
+   */
+  #define TMC_ADV() {  }
+
+#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC
+
+// @section L6470
+
+/**
+ * L6470 Stepper Driver options
+ *
+ * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver.
+ * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470
+ *
+ * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN
+ *     L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN  (optional)
+ */
+#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470)
+
+  //#define L6470_CHITCHAT        // Display additional status info
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470)
+    #define X_MICROSTEPS     128  // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128)
+    #define X_OVERCURRENT   2000  // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down)
+    #define X_STALLCURRENT  1500  // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) -  4A max - rounds down)
+    #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE    127  // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper
+    #define X_CHAIN_POS        0  // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470)
+    #define X2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define X2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define X2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define X2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470)
+    #define Y_MICROSTEPS       128
+    #define Y_OVERCURRENT     2000
+    #define Y_STALLCURRENT    1500
+    #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE      127
+    #define Y_CHAIN_POS          0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470)
+    #define Y2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define Y2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define Y2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define Y2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470)
+    #define Z_MICROSTEPS       128
+    #define Z_OVERCURRENT     2000
+    #define Z_STALLCURRENT    1500
+    #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE      127
+    #define Z_CHAIN_POS          0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470)
+    #define Z2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define Z2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define Z2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define Z2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470)
+    #define Z3_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define Z3_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define Z3_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define Z3_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470)
+    #define E0_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E0_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E0_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E0_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470)
+    #define E1_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E1_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E1_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E1_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470)
+    #define E2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470)
+    #define E3_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E3_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E3_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E3_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470)
+    #define E4_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E4_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E4_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E4_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470)
+    #define E5_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E5_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E5_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E5_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current.
+   * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears.
+   * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
+   * Relevant g-codes:
+   * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5  Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
+   *         I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0
+   *         I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1
+   *         I3 - Z3 or E3
+   *         I4 - E4
+   *         I5 - E5
+   * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning
+   * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds
+   * M918 - Increase speed until max or error
+   * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters
+   */
+  //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS
+
+  #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS)
+    #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN     1
+    //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR
+  #endif
+
+#endif // L6470
+
+/**
+ * TWI/I2C BUS
+ *
+ * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
+ * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
+ * devices on the bus.
+ *
+ * ; Example #1
+ * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
+ * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B<base 10> arg
+ * M260 A99  ; Target slave address
+ * M260 B77  ; M
+ * M260 B97  ; a
+ * M260 B114 ; r
+ * M260 B108 ; l
+ * M260 B105 ; i
+ * M260 B110 ; n
+ * M260 S1   ; Send the current buffer
+ *
+ * ; Example #2
+ * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
+ * M261 A99 B5
+ *
+ * ; Example #3
+ * ; Example serial output of a M261 request
+ * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
+ */
+
+// @section i2cbus
+
+//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
+#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS  0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
+
+// @section extras
+
+/**
+ * Photo G-code
+ * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo.
+ * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement.
+ */
+//#define PHOTO_GCODE
+#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE)
+  // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo
+  //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 }  // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z)
+  //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS   100                            // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P)
+  //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM   6.5                          // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S)
+
+  // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger
+  // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
+  //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
+
+  // Canon Hack Development Kit
+  // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
+  //#define CHDK_PIN        4
+
+  // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter
+  //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS }  // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J)
+
+  // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high
+  //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS   50 // (ms) (M240 D)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Spindle & Laser control
+ *
+ * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
+ * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
+ *
+ * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
+ * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
+ * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
+ *
+ * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
+ * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
+ *
+ * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
+ */
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
+
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
+
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Filament Width Sensor
+ *
+ * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
+ * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
+ *
+ * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
+ * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
+ * volume.
+ *
+ * Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
+ *
+ *  34 RAMPS_14    : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
+ *  81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
+ * 301 RAMBO       : Analog input 3
+ *
+ * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
+ */
+//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
+
+#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
+  #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0    // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
+  #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM        14    // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
+
+  #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN        1.0  // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
+  #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY       20    // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
+
+  #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
+
+  // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
+  //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * CNC Coordinate Systems
+ *
+ * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
+ * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
+ */
+//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
+
+/**
+ * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S<seconds>
+ */
+#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
+
+/**
+ * Include capabilities in M115 output
+ */
+#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
+
+/**
+ * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
+ */
+//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
+
+#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
+  /**
+   * Volumetric extrusion default state
+   * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
+   * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
+   *
+   * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
+   */
+  //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
+ * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
+ *
+ *  - M206 and M428 are disabled.
+ *  - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
+ */
+//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
+
+/**
+ * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
+ * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
+ *
+ * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
+ * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
+ */
+#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
+
+/**
+ * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser
+ */
+#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
+
+/**
+ * CNC G-code options
+ * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
+ * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
+ * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
+ */
+//#define PAREN_COMMENTS      // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
+//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES  // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
+
+// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
+//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m)
+#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
+  //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * G-code Macros
+ *
+ * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
+ * Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
+ */
+//#define GCODE_MACROS
+#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
+  #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS       5  // Up to 10 may be used
+  #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE  50  // Maximum length of a single macro
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
+ */
+//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
+#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
+  //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands"
+  #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
+  #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
+  //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN  // Return to status screen after a script
+
+  #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info"
+  #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W"
+
+  #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
+  #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
+
+  #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
+  #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
+
+  #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
+  #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
+
+  #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info"
+  #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503"
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Host Action Commands
+ *
+ * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard.
+ *
+ * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands
+ * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel
+ * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed
+ *
+ * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands.
+ *
+ * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so
+ * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side.
+ */
+//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS
+#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS)
+  //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT
+#endif
+
+//===========================================================================
+//====================== I2C Position Encoder Settings ======================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
+ * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
+ *
+ * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
+ * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
+ *
+ * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
+ * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/
+ *
+ * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
+ */
+
+//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
+#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT         1                       // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
+                                                            // encoders supported currently.
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X     // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS          X_AXIS                  // Axis the encoder module is installed on.  <X|Y|Z|E>_AXIS.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE          I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR   // Type of encoder:  I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
+                                                            // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT    2048                    // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
+                                                            // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
+                                                            // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV     (16 * 200)            // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
+                                                            // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT                              // Invert the direction of axis travel.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD     I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP     // Type of error error correction.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH     0.10                    // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
+                                                            // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
+                                                            // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
+                                                            // measurement noise / latency (filter).
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y     // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS          Y_AXIS
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE          I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT    2048
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV   (16 * 200)
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD     I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH     0.10
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z     // Encoder 3.  Add additional configuration options
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS          Z_AXIS                  // as above, or use defaults below.
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E     // Encoder 4.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS          E_AXIS
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR          34                      // Encoder 5.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS          E_AXIS
+
+  // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE            I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT  2048
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV       (16 * 200)
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD       I2CPE_ECM_NONE
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH       0.1
+
+  //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT  100.0                   // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
+                                                            // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
+                                                            // disable abort behavior.
+
+  #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED        10000                   // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
+                                                            // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
+                                                            // is trusted again.
+
+  /**
+   * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
+   * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
+   * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
+   */
+  #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS     4                       // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
+
+  // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
+  #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
+
+#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
+
+/**
+ * MAX7219 Debug Matrix
+ *
+ * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
+ * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
+ */
+//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
+#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
+  #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN   64
+  #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN   57
+  #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN  44
+
+  //#define MAX7219_GCODE          // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
+  #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST    2   // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral)
+  #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1   // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
+  #define MAX7219_ROTATE       0   // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
+                                   // connector at:  right=0   bottom=-90  top=90  left=180
+  //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER  // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order
+
+  /**
+   * Sample debug features
+   * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
+   */
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE    // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD  3  // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL  5  // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
+
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0  // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
+                                         // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
+                                         // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * NanoDLP Sync support
+ *
+ * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp"
+ * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use
+ * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands
+ */
+//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
+#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
+  //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS  // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move.
+                              // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only.
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi)
+ */
+//#define WIFISUPPORT
+#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT)
+  #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID"
+  #define WIFI_PWD  "Wifi Password"
+  //#define WEBSUPPORT        // Start a webserver with auto-discovery
+  //#define OTASUPPORT        // Support over-the-air firmware updates
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
+ * Enable in Configuration.h
+ */
+#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2)
+
+  // Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
+  // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial)
+  // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2)
+  #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2
+  #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial
+
+  // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
+  //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
+
+  // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
+  //#define MMU2_MODE_12V
+
+  // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
+  #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
+
+  // Add an LCD menu for MMU2
+  //#define MMU2_MENUS
+  #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
+    // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
+    // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
+    #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
+    #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
+      {  7.2,  562 }, \
+      { 14.4,  871 }, \
+      { 36.0, 1393 }, \
+      { 14.4,  871 }, \
+      { 50.0,  198 }
+
+    #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
+      {   1.0, 1000 }, \
+      {   1.0, 1500 }, \
+      {   2.0, 2000 }, \
+      {   1.5, 3000 }, \
+      {   2.5, 4000 }, \
+      { -15.0, 5000 }, \
+      { -14.0, 1200 }, \
+      {  -6.0,  600 }, \
+      {  10.0,  700 }, \
+      { -10.0,  400 }, \
+      { -50.0, 2000 }
+
+  #endif
+
+  //#define MMU2_DEBUG  // Write debug info to serial output
+
+#endif // PRUSA_MMU2
+
+/**
+ * Advanced Print Counter settings
+ */
+#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
+  #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES  3
+  // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs
+  //#define SERVICE_NAME_1      "Service S"
+  //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1  100 // print hours
+  //#define SERVICE_NAME_2      "Service L"
+  //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2  200 // print hours
+  //#define SERVICE_NAME_3      "Service 3"
+  //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3    1 // print hours
+#endif
+
+// @section develop
+
+/**
+ * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins
+ */
+//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
+
+// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
+//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE
diff --git a/config/examples/EVNOVO (Artillery)/Sidewinder X1/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/EVNOVO (Artillery)/Sidewinder X1/_Bootscreen.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e29d4c77b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/examples/EVNOVO (Artillery)/Sidewinder X1/_Bootscreen.h	
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+/**
+ * Made with Marlin Bitmap Converter
+ * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html
+ *
+ * This bitmap from the file 'EVNOVO-Artillery-Logo.jpg'
+ */
+#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH  54
+
+const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = {
+  B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00011000,B00000000,B00000000,
+  B00000000,B00000001,B11100000,B00000000,B00011110,B00000000,B00000000,
+  B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B00000000,B00011111,B10000000,B00000000,
+  B00000000,B00001111,B11100000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,
+  B00000000,B00111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00011111,B11110000,B00000000,
+  B00000000,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111100,B00000000,
+  B00000011,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111111,B00000000,
+  B00000111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B10000000,
+  B00011111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11100000,
+  B01111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111000,
+  B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111100,
+  B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111100,
+  B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111100,
+  B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111100,
+  B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111100,
+  B11111000,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B01111100,
+  B11111000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00000000,B01111100,
+  B11111000,B00000011,B11110000,B00000000,B00111111,B00000000,B01111100,
+  B11111000,B00000011,B11111100,B00000000,B11111111,B00000000,B01111100,
+  B11111000,B00000011,B11111110,B00000001,B11111111,B00000000,B01111100,
+  B11111000,B00000001,B11111111,B00000011,B11111110,B00000000,B01111100,
+  B11111000,B00000000,B11111111,B00000011,B11111100,B00000000,B01111100,
+  B11111000,B00000000,B00111111,B00000011,B11110000,B00000000,B01111100,
+  B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100,
+  B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100,
+  B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100,
+  B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100,
+  B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100,
+  B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100,
+  B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100,
+  B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100,
+  B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100,
+  B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100,
+  B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100,
+  B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100,
+  B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100,
+  B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100,
+  B11111000,B00000000,B00111111,B00000011,B11110000,B00000000,B01111100,
+  B11111000,B00000000,B11111111,B00000011,B11111100,B00000000,B01111100,
+  B11111000,B00000001,B11111111,B00000011,B11111110,B00000000,B01111100,
+  B11111000,B00000011,B11111110,B00000001,B11111111,B00000000,B01111100,
+  B11111000,B00000011,B11111100,B00000000,B11111111,B00000000,B01111100,
+  B11111000,B00000011,B11110000,B00000000,B00111111,B00000000,B01111100,
+  B11111000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00000000,B01111100,
+  B11111000,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B01111100,
+  B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111100,
+  B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111100,
+  B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111100,
+  B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111100,
+  B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111100,
+  B01111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111000,
+  B00011111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11100000,
+  B00000111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B10000000,
+  B00000011,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111111,B00000000,
+  B00000000,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111100,B00000000,
+  B00000000,B00111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00011111,B11110000,B00000000,
+  B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00011111,B11000000,B00000000,
+  B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B00000000,B00011111,B10000000,B00000000,
+  B00000000,B00000001,B11100000,B00000000,B00011110,B00000000,B00000000,
+  B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00011000,B00000000,B00000000
+};
diff --git a/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration.h
index 6f915ed4e2..35b61755f3 100644
--- a/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -378,13 +389,13 @@
  *   147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
  *   110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
  *
+ *  1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h
+ *
  *         Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- *   666 : Custom table generated for 200K thermistor with 10k pullup on Einstart S
- *
- * :{ '0': "Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595",'998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 666
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -625,13 +636,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-//#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-//#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-//#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+//#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+//#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+//#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 #define X_STOP_INVERTING true
 #define Y_STOP_INVERTING true
@@ -646,11 +657,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -738,9 +749,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  2000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   2000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -819,6 +836,7 @@
  * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
  */
 //#define PROBE_MANUALLY
+//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2
 
 /**
  * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
@@ -829,79 +847,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -956,10 +925,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -977,6 +953,7 @@
  */
 #define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE   10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
 #define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES  5 // Z Clearance between probe points
+#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE     5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
 //#define Z_AFTER_PROBING           5 // Z position after probing is done
 
 #define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT          -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
@@ -1116,7 +1093,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1547,7 +1524,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1968,14 +1945,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2019,6 +1997,26 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
+//
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
+//
+//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
+
 //
 // Einstart S OLED SSD1306
 //
@@ -2037,15 +2035,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration_adv.h
index 0525ade2ce..515add46d6 100644
--- a/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/Felix/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Felix/Configuration.h
index 758cf13c8c..710143f880 100644
--- a/config/examples/Felix/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Felix/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 1
+#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  #define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  #define PS_DEFAULT_OFF        // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -600,13 +611,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -617,11 +628,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -710,9 +721,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  5000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -802,79 +819,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -929,10 +897,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1090,7 +1065,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1521,7 +1496,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1942,14 +1917,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -1993,12 +1969,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2015,15 +2002,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/Felix/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Felix/Configuration_adv.h
index 8b77c96f81..70743ab611 100644
--- a/config/examples/Felix/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/Felix/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration.h
index 6269947890..25b549fa3b 100644
--- a/config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 1
+#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  #define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  #define PS_DEFAULT_OFF        // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 1
@@ -600,13 +611,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -617,11 +628,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -710,9 +721,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  5000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -802,79 +819,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -929,10 +897,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1090,7 +1065,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1521,7 +1496,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1942,14 +1917,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -1993,12 +1969,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2015,15 +2002,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration.h b/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration.h
index 46a5c1b894..cdc0feba23 100644
--- a/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
  *
  * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
  */
-#define BAUDRATE 115200
+#define BAUDRATE 250000
 
 // Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
 //#define BLUETOOTH
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, -33.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, -34.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 -2
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 -2
@@ -404,11 +415,11 @@
 //#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
 #define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
 
-#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME     10  // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109
+#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME      0  // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109
 #define TEMP_WINDOW              1  // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
 #define TEMP_HYSTERESIS          3  // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
 
-#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10  // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190
+#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME  0  // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190
 #define TEMP_BED_WINDOW          1  // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
 #define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS      3  // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
 
@@ -451,7 +462,7 @@
   //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS      // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
   //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
                                   // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
-  #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
+  #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 15 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
                                   // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
 
   // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
@@ -609,13 +620,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -626,11 +637,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -698,7 +709,7 @@
  * Override with M203
  *                                      X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
  */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE          { 500, 500, 20, 25 }
+#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE          { 250, 250, 20, 100 }
 
 /**
  * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
@@ -706,7 +717,7 @@
  * Override with M201
  *                                      X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
  */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION      { 5000, 5000, 100, 80000 }
+#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION      { 1000, 1000, 100, 5000 }
 
 /**
  * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
@@ -716,13 +727,19 @@
  *   M204 R    Retract Acceleration
  *   M204 T    Travel Acceleration
  */
-#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION          1750    // X, Y, Z and E max acceleration for printing moves
+#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION          250    // X, Y, Z and E max acceleration for printing moves
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  5000    // E acceleration for retracts
-#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
+#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   500    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -742,7 +759,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_ZJERK                  0.4
 #endif
 
-#define DEFAULT_EJERK    5.0  // May be used by Linear Advance
+#define DEFAULT_EJERK    2.0  // May be used by Linear Advance
 
 /**
  * S-Curve Acceleration
@@ -812,79 +829,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -939,10 +907,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1035,7 +1010,7 @@
 
 //#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING  // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed
 
-//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off.
+#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off.
 
 //#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4  // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
                              // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
@@ -1054,7 +1029,7 @@
 #define Y_BED_SIZE 148
 
 // Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
-#define X_MIN_POS -120
+#define X_MIN_POS -115
 #define Y_MIN_POS -84
 #define Z_MIN_POS 0
 #define X_MAX_POS 152
@@ -1101,7 +1076,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1416,11 +1391,11 @@
  *   M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes)
  *   M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.)
  */
-//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS     // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
+#define EEPROM_SETTINGS     // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
 //#define DISABLE_M503        // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
 #define EEPROM_CHITCHAT       // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
 #if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
-  //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT  // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors.
+  #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT  // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors.
 #endif
 
 //
@@ -1452,13 +1427,13 @@
 
 // Preheat Constants
 #define PREHEAT_1_LABEL       "PLA"
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED     70
+#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200
+#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED     50
 #define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED     0 // Value from 0 to 255
 
 #define PREHEAT_2_LABEL       "ABS"
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED    110
+#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 220
+#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED    100
 #define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED     0 // Value from 0 to 255
 
 /**
@@ -1530,7 +1505,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1572,7 +1547,7 @@
  *
  * View the current statistics with M78.
  */
-//#define PRINTCOUNTER
+#define PRINTCOUNTER
 
 //=============================================================================
 //============================= LCD and SD support ============================
@@ -1647,7 +1622,7 @@
  *
  * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
  */
-//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
+#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
 
 /**
  * LCD Menu Items
@@ -1702,7 +1677,7 @@
 //
 // Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
 //
-//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
+#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
 
 //
 // SPEAKER/BUZZER
@@ -1951,14 +1926,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2002,12 +1978,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2024,15 +2011,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration_adv.h
index f0a729e021..096c72c9f8 100644
--- a/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@
 #endif
 
 // Show extra position information in M114
-#define M114_DETAIL
+//#define M114_DETAIL
 
 // Show Temperature ADC value
 // Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z false  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  //#define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    //#define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -752,7 +826,7 @@
 #define DIGIPOT_MCP4018          // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
 #define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 5 // 5DPRINT: 4     AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8
 // Actual motor currents in Amps, need as many here as DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 }  //  AZTEEG_X3_PRO
+#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 0.84, 0.84, 0.4, 1.0, 1.0 }  //  AZTEEG_X3_PRO
 
 //===========================================================================
 //=============================Additional Features===========================
@@ -804,16 +878,16 @@
  * LED Control Menu
  * Enable this feature to add LED Control to the LCD menu
  */
-//#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
+#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
 #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
   #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS                 // Enable the Preset Color menu option
   #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
     #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED        255  // User defined RED value
-    #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN      128  // User defined GREEN value
-    #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE         0  // User defined BLUE value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN      255  // User defined GREEN value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE       255  // User defined BLUE value
     #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE      255  // User defined WHITE value
     #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255  // User defined intensity
-    //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP       // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP       // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
   #endif
 #endif // LED_CONTROL_MENU
 
@@ -903,12 +977,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -959,19 +1036,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1360,6 +1445,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     0  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1398,12 +1484,12 @@
                                                   // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
   #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE     10  // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
   #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL        25  // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
-  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH      100  // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH       80  // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
                                                   //   For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
                                                   //   For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
                                                   //   Set to 0 for manual unloading.
   #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE   6  // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
-  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH     0  // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH    80  // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
                                                   // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
   #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE   6  // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
   #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL     25  // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
@@ -1428,10 +1514,10 @@
   #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS         10  // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
   #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT           // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
 
-  //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE                    // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
+  #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE                      // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
   //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE           // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change
 
-  #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES           // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
+  #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES             // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
   //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS         // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
 #endif
 
@@ -1645,7 +1731,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1655,6 +1740,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1664,7 +1772,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1690,7 +1798,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1708,7 +1816,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1731,7 +1839,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1743,7 +1851,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1751,14 +1859,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2005,36 +2120,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/CuraSettings.txt b/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/CuraSettings.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8f74d83a99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/CuraSettings.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+NOTE ON FLASHING THE FIRMWARE:
+
+The firmware for the Atmel chip used for USB on the Mighty Board is the same as the Arduino Mega's, but it doesn't do an automatic reset. If you want the printer to reset on DTR you will need to flash it with the firmware for the Arduino Mega.
+
+### Use with all nozzle settings
+
+Build plate shape: Rectangular
+  [X] Origin at center
+  [X] Heated bed
+G-code flavor: Marlin
+
+### Right Nozzle
+
+Number of Extruders: 1
+
+X (Width) 227
+Y (Depth) 148
+Z (Heigth) 150
+
+Extruder 1 -
+    Nozzle size: 0.4
+    Compatible material diameter: 1.75
+    Nozzle offset X: 0
+    Nozzle offset Y: 0
+    Cooling Fan Number:0
+
+;START G-CODE;
+M104 T0 S{material_print_temperature}
+M140 S{material_bed_temperature}
+G28
+T0
+G1 X150 Y-70 Z30 F4800 ; move to wait position left hand side of the table
+M190 S{material_bed_temperature}
+M109 T0 S{material_print_temperature}
+G92 E0
+G1 Z0.4 F1800
+G1 X110 Y-70 E20 F300 ; purge nozzle
+G1 X120 Y-70 Z0.15 F1200 ; slow wipe
+G1 X110 Y-70 Z0.5 F1200 ; lift
+G92 E0
+;START G-CODE;
+
+;END G-CODE;
+G1 X150 Y75 Z150 F1000 ; send Z axis to bottom of machine
+M140 S0; cool down HBP
+M104 T0 S0 ; cool down right extruder
+M104 T1 S0 ; cool down left extruder
+M127 ; stop blower fan
+M18 ; disable stepper
+;END G-CODE;
+
+***Left Nozzle***
+Number of Extruders: 1
+X (Width) 227
+Y (Depth) 148
+Z (Heigth) 150
+
+Extruder 1 -
+    Nozzle size: 0.4
+    Compatible material diameter: 1.75
+    Nozzle offset X: -34
+    Nozzle offset Y: 0
+    Cooling Fan Number:0
+
+;START G-CODE;
+M104 S{material_print_temperature}
+M140 S{material_bed_temperature}
+G28
+T1
+G1 X-110 Y-70 Z30 F4800 ; move to wait position left hand side of the table
+M104 S{material_print_temperature}
+M190 S{material_bed_temperature}
+M109 S{material_print_temperature}
+G92 E0
+G1 Z0.4 F1800
+G1 E10 F300 ; purge nozzle
+G1 X-67 Y-70 E25 F300 ; purge nozzle
+G1 X-77 Y-70 Z0.15 F1200 ; slow wipe
+G1 X-67 Y-70 Z0.5 F1200 ; lift
+G92 E0
+;START G-CODE;
+
+;END G-CODE;
+G1 X150 Y75 Z150 F1000 ; send Z axis to bottom of machine
+M140 S0; cool down HBP
+M104 T0 S0 ; cool down right extruder
+M104 T1 S0 ; cool down left extruder
+M127 ; stop blower fan
+M18 ; disable stepper
+;END G-CODE;
+
+***Both Nozzles***
+Number of Extruders: 2
+X (Width) 295 <---- bed width + 2 x nozzle offset
+Y (Depth) 148
+Z (Heigth) 150
+
+Extruder 1 -
+    Nozzle size: 0.4
+    Compatible material diameter: 1.75
+    Nozzle offset X: 0
+    Nozzle offset Y: 0
+    Cooling Fan Number:0
+    ;Extruder End G-code;
+    G1 X150 Y70 F9000;move away from print in case extrusion cool down speed modifier too low
+    ;Extruder End G-code;
+
+Extruder 2 -
+    Nozzle size: 0.4
+    Compatible material diameter: 1.75
+    Nozzle offset X: -34
+    Nozzle offset Y: 0
+    Cooling Fan Number:0
+    ;Extruder End G-code;
+    G1 X150 Y70 F9000;move away from print in case extrusion cool down speed modifier too low
+    ;Extruder End G-code;
+
+;START G-CODE;
+M104 T0 S{material_print_temperature, 0}
+M104 T1 S{material_print_temperature , 1}
+M140 S{material_bed_temperature}
+G28
+;purge right
+T0
+G1 X155 Y-70 Z30 F4800
+M190 S{material_bed_temperature}
+M109 T0 S{material_print_temperature, 0}
+M104 T0 S{material_standby_temperature, 0}
+G92 E0
+G1 Z0.4 F1800
+G1 X110 Y-70 E20 F300 ; purge nozzle
+G1 X120 Y-70 Z0.15 F1200 ; slow wipe
+G1 E17 F2400
+G1 X110 Y-70 Z0.5 F1200 ; lift
+G92 E0
+;purge left
+T1
+;M104 T0 S{material_standby_temperature, 0}
+M104 T1 S{material_print_temperature ,1}
+G1 X-110 Y-70 Z30 F4800
+M109 T1 S{material_print_temperature , 1}
+G92 E0
+G1 Z0.4 F1800
+G1 X-67 Y-70 E25 F300 ; purge nozzle
+G1 X-77 Y-70 Z0.15 F1200 ; slow wipe
+G1 E22 F3600
+G1 X-67 Y-70 Z0.5 F1200 ; lift
+G92 E0
+;START G-CODE;
+;END G-CODE;
+G1 X150 Y75 Z150 F1000 ; send Z axis to bottom of machine
+M140 S0; cool down HBP
+M104 T0 S0 ; cool down right extruder
+M104 T1 S0 ; cool down left extruder
+M127 ; stop blower fan
+M18 ; disable stepper
+;END G-CODE;
diff --git a/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration.h b/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration.h
index b8fa6b5488..3261d4a679 100644
--- a/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -624,13 +635,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -641,11 +652,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -734,9 +745,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION   400    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION    400    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -826,79 +843,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {40,85}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 40,85 }  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -953,10 +921,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1114,7 +1089,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1545,7 +1520,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1966,14 +1941,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2017,12 +1993,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2039,15 +2026,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration_adv.h
index 26925025df..754b4bd6d3 100644
--- a/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration.h
index 6daf03396c..27185602bd 100644
--- a/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -299,7 +299,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -310,6 +319,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -335,37 +346,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -400,6 +410,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -425,7 +436,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -671,13 +682,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -688,11 +699,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -803,9 +814,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -903,79 +920,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 #define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -1028,10 +996,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 #define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1206,7 +1181,7 @@
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 57
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1644,7 +1619,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -2065,14 +2040,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2116,12 +2092,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2138,15 +2125,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration_adv.h
index d1ba8ff239..0f9c68ff1e 100644
--- a/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 255   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  #define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT                // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                     // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1363,6 +1448,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1648,7 +1734,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1658,6 +1743,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1667,7 +1775,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1693,7 +1801,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1711,7 +1819,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1734,7 +1842,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1746,7 +1854,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1754,14 +1862,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2008,36 +2123,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
@@ -2164,25 +2296,25 @@
   #define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
 #endif
 #if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
- #define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Commissioning"
- //#define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
+  #define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Commissioning"
+  //#define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
   #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
   #define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN  // Return to status screen after a script
 
   #define USER_DESC_1 "UBL Commission Step 1"
-  #define USER_GCODE_1 "M502 \n M500 \n M501 \n M190 S75 \n G28 \n G29 P1 \n G29 S1 \n M117 Run Step 2 \n"
+  #define USER_GCODE_1 "M502\nM500\nM501\nM190 S75\nG28\nG29 P1\nG29 S1\nM117 Run Step 2"
 
   #define USER_DESC_2 "UBL Commission Step 2"
-  #define USER_GCODE_2 "G29 S1 \n G29 S0 \n G29 F 10.0 \n G29 A \n M500 \n G28 \n G29 L1 \n M109 S225 \n G1 X150 Y 150 \n G1 Z0 \n M117 Set Z Offset \n"
+  #define USER_GCODE_2 "G29 S1\nG29 S0\nG29 F 10.0\nG29 A\nM500\nG28\nG29 L1\nM109 S225\nG1 X150 Y 150\nG1 Z0\nM117 Set Z Offset"
 
   #define USER_DESC_3 "Prep for Z Adjust"
-  #define USER_GCODE_3 "M190 75 \n M104 235 \n G28 \n G29 L1 \n G1 X150 Y 150 \n G1 Z0 \n"
+  #define USER_GCODE_3 "M190 75\nM104 235\nG28\nG29 L1\nG1 X150 Y 150\nG1 Z0"
 
-   #define USER_DESC_4 "Fill Mesh Points"
-  #define USER_GCODE_4 "G29 P3 \n G29 P3 \n G29 P3 \n G29 T \n"
+  #define USER_DESC_4 "Fill Mesh Points"
+  #define USER_GCODE_4 "G29 P3\nG29 P3\nG29 P3\nG29 T"
 
-   #define USER_DESC_5 "Run Mesh Validation"
-  #define USER_GCODE_5 "G26 \n"
+  #define USER_DESC_5 "Run Mesh Validation"
+  #define USER_GCODE_5 "G26"
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/_Bootscreen.h
index 6a0923258d..a7805bb4f4 100644
--- a/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/_Bootscreen.h
+++ b/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/_Bootscreen.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Custom Bitmap for splashscreen
@@ -31,7 +32,6 @@
  */
 #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
 
-#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT   2500
 #define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH  128
 #define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_INVERTED
 
diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/_Statusscreen.h
index c1d862cb72..304d5a0b73 100644
--- a/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/_Statusscreen.h
+++ b/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/_Statusscreen.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Custom Status Screen bitmap
diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration.h
index 14826cb109..2c4911259a 100644
--- a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -261,7 +261,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -272,6 +281,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -297,43 +308,42 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 #ifdef ROXYs_TRex
-  #define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the X axis
-  #define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 1.25}  // (mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the Y axis
-  #define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+  #define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the X axis
+  #define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 1.25 }  // (mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the Y axis
+  #define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 #endif
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -368,6 +378,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -393,7 +404,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 1
@@ -648,13 +659,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -665,11 +676,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -757,9 +768,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  1500    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   1500    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -849,80 +866,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 #define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
-
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
 
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -977,10 +944,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1138,7 +1112,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1574,7 +1548,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1995,14 +1969,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2046,12 +2021,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2068,15 +2054,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration_adv.h
index 673d79ed9b..1bfb3dac50 100644
--- a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -379,7 +382,8 @@
   #else
     #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 255 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
   #endif
-  #define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT                // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                     // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -527,6 +531,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -540,6 +611,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -550,7 +625,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -567,7 +642,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 600
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -578,12 +653,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -684,7 +758,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -908,12 +982,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -964,19 +1041,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1365,6 +1450,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1650,7 +1736,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1660,6 +1745,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1669,7 +1777,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1695,7 +1803,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1713,7 +1821,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1736,7 +1844,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1748,7 +1856,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1756,14 +1864,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2010,36 +2125,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Bootscreen.h
index 880950a7b1..c3195d31fa 100644
--- a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Bootscreen.h
+++ b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Bootscreen.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Custom Bitmap for splashscreen
@@ -31,7 +32,6 @@
  */
 #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
 
-#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT   2500
 #define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH  128
 
 const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = {
diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Statusscreen.h
index 4197cbb482..db4487db10 100644
--- a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Statusscreen.h
+++ b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Statusscreen.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Custom Status Screen bitmap
diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration.h
index e1ba05b0b8..be198e7f4c 100644
--- a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -262,7 +262,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -273,6 +282,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -298,37 +309,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -363,6 +373,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -388,7 +399,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 1
@@ -628,13 +639,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -645,11 +656,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -744,9 +755,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  1500    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   1500    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -836,79 +853,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 #define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -963,10 +931,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1133,7 +1108,7 @@
   #ifndef NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS
     #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1
   #endif
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1564,7 +1539,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1988,14 +1963,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2039,12 +2015,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2061,15 +2048,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration_adv.h
index 033b6bfa5e..0e8b28f95f 100644
--- a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -379,7 +382,8 @@
   #else
     #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 255 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
   #endif
-  #define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT                // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                     // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -527,6 +531,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -540,6 +611,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -550,7 +625,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -567,7 +642,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 600
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -578,12 +653,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -684,7 +758,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -908,12 +982,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -964,19 +1041,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1365,6 +1450,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1650,7 +1736,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1660,6 +1745,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1669,7 +1777,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1695,7 +1803,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1713,7 +1821,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1736,7 +1844,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1748,7 +1856,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1756,14 +1864,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2010,36 +2125,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Bootscreen.h
index 90cfd306e7..d3f9073a0c 100644
--- a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Bootscreen.h
+++ b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Bootscreen.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Custom Bitmap for splashscreen
@@ -31,7 +32,6 @@
  */
 #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
 
-#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT   2500
 #define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH  128
 
 const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = {
diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Statusscreen.h
index 4197cbb482..db4487db10 100644
--- a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Statusscreen.h
+++ b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Statusscreen.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Custom Status Screen bitmap
diff --git a/config/examples/Fysetc/AIO_II/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Fysetc/AIO_II/Configuration.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6fd40430e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/examples/Fysetc/AIO_II/Configuration.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2164 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+/**
+ * Configuration.h
+ *
+ * Basic settings such as:
+ *
+ * - Type of electronics
+ * - Type of temperature sensor
+ * - Printer geometry
+ * - Endstop configuration
+ * - LCD controller
+ * - Extra features
+ *
+ * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
+ *
+ */
+#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Getting Started =============================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
+ *
+ * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
+ * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
+ * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
+ * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
+ * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
+ * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
+ * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
+ */
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
+//===========================================================================
+// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
+// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine.
+//
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
+//===========================================================================
+// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
+// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine.
+//
+
+// @section info
+
+// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during
+// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this
+// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware.
+#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes.
+#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
+#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1
+#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 WEBSITE_URL         // will be shown during bootup in line 2
+
+/**
+ * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
+ *
+ * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
+ * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
+ * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
+ *
+ * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
+ * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
+ */
+
+// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
+//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
+
+// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
+//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE
+
+// @section machine
+
+/**
+ * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
+ * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
+ * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
+ *
+ * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
+ */
+#define SERIAL_PORT 1 // fzl:由于libmaple 0 用的是USB，1才是串口 old:0
+
+/**
+ * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
+ * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
+ * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
+ *
+ * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
+ */
+//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
+
+/**
+ * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
+ *
+ * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
+ * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
+ * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
+ *
+ * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
+ */
+#define BAUDRATE 115200
+
+// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
+//#define BLUETOOTH
+
+// The following define selects which electronics board you have.
+// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
+#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
+  #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_FYSETC_AIO_II
+#endif
+
+// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine
+// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message
+//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer"
+
+// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines)
+// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4)
+//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
+
+// @section extruder
+
+// This defines the number of extruders
+// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
+#define EXTRUDERS 1
+
+// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc.
+#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0
+
+// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
+//#define SINGLENOZZLE
+
+/**
+ * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
+ *
+ * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
+ * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
+ * for extruders.
+ *
+ * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
+ * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
+ */
+//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
+#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
+  // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
+  // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
+  //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40  // Always Required
+  //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42  // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
+  //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44  // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
+ *
+ * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
+ * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5
+ *
+ * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h
+ */
+//#define PRUSA_MMU2
+
+// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
+//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
+#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
+  #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
+  #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
+  #if EXTRUDERS > 3
+    #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles
+//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
+#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
+  #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
+  //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1          // If two servos are used, the index of the second
+  #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 }   // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
+ * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
+ */
+//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
+
+/**
+ * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
+ * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
+ *
+ * project   : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
+ * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
+ *             https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
+ */
+//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER
+
+#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
+
+  #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 }     // X positions for parking the extruders
+  #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1            // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+  //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL                   // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
+
+  #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
+
+    #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT           // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
+    #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW  // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
+    #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250        // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
+    //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL                   // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
+
+  #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
+
+    #define MPE_FAST_SPEED      9000      // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point
+    #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED      4500      // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
+    #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE   10      // (mm) Last distance point
+    #define MPE_COMPENSATION       0      // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling
+
+  #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
+ * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
+ */
+//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+/**
+ * Magnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic
+ * docking mechanism using movement and no servo.
+ */
+//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS          { 215, 0 }  // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
+  #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR       2         // Index of the servo connector
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 }  // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
+  #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * "Mixing Extruder"
+ *   - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
+ *   - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
+ *   - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S<index>' supporting virtual tools.
+ *   - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
+ *   - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
+ */
+//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
+#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
+  #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
+  #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
+  //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
+// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
+// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+
+// @section machine
+
+/**
+ * Power Supply Control
+ *
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
+ */
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
+
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
+
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
+    #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
+    #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
+    #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
+    #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section temperature
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
+ *
+ * Temperature sensors available:
+ *
+ *    -4 : thermocouple with AD8495
+ *    -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)
+ *    -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)
+ *    -1 : thermocouple with AD595
+ *     0 : not used
+ *     1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
+ *     2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
+ *     3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
+ *     4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
+ *     5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
+ *   501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor
+ *     6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
+ *     7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
+ *    71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
+ *     8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
+ *     9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
+ *    10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
+ *    11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
+ *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
+ *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
+ *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
+ *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
+ *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
+ *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
+ *    66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
+ *    67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering
+ *    70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
+ *    75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
+ *
+ *       1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
+ *                              (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
+ *    51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
+ *    52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
+ *    55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
+ *
+ *  1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
+ *  1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
+ *   147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
+ *   110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
+ *
+ *  1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h
+ *
+ *         Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
+ *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
+ *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
+ *
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ */
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
+
+// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
+#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
+#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
+
+// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
+// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
+//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
+#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
+
+#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME     10  // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109
+#define TEMP_WINDOW              1  // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
+#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS          3  // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
+
+#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10  // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190
+#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW          1  // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
+#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS      3  // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
+
+// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off
+// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire.
+#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP   5
+#define BED_MINTEMP        5
+
+// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off.
+// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures.
+// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.)
+#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
+#define BED_MAXTEMP      150
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= PID Settings ================================
+//===========================================================================
+// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
+
+// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
+#define PIDTEMP
+#define BANG_MAX 255     // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
+#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
+#define PID_K1 0.95      // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
+#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
+  //#define PID_EDIT_MENU         // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM)
+  //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU     // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM)
+  //#define PID_DEBUG             // Sends debug data to the serial port.
+  //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1        // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
+  //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS      // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
+  //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
+                                  // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
+  #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
+                                  // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
+
+  // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
+
+  // Ultimaker
+  #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2
+  #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08
+  #define DEFAULT_Kd 114
+
+  // MakerGear
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
+  //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
+
+  // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
+  //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
+
+#endif // PIDTEMP
+
+//===========================================================================
+//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ======================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * PID Bed Heating
+ *
+ * If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
+ * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis.
+ *
+ * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
+ * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
+ * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
+ * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
+ * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
+ * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
+ */
+//#define PIDTEMPBED
+
+//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
+
+/**
+ * Max Bed Power
+ * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
+ * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
+ * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
+ */
+#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
+
+#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
+
+  //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
+
+  //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
+  //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
+  #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
+  #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
+  #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
+
+  //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
+  //from pidautotune
+  //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
+  //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
+  //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
+
+  // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
+#endif // PIDTEMPBED
+
+// @section extruder
+
+/**
+ * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
+ * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
+ * cold extrusion prevention on and off.
+ *
+ * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
+ */
+#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
+#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
+
+/**
+ * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
+ * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
+ */
+#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
+#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
+
+//===========================================================================
+//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
+ * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
+ * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
+ *
+ * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
+ * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
+ * the heater on.
+ *
+ * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
+ * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
+ */
+
+#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
+#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED     // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
+#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section machine
+
+// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
+// either in the usual order or reversed
+//#define COREXY
+//#define COREXZ
+//#define COREYZ
+//#define COREYX
+//#define COREZX
+//#define COREZY
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section homing
+
+// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
+// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
+// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
+#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
+#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
+#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
+//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
+//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
+//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
+
+// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
+#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
+#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
+  // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
+#endif
+
+// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
+//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
+#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
+  // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
+#endif
+
+// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+
+/**
+ * Stepper Drivers
+ *
+ * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
+ * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
+ *
+ * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
+ *
+ * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ */
+#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
+#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
+#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
+//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+
+// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
+// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
+//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
+
+/**
+ * Endstop Noise Threshold
+ *
+ * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
+ *
+ * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
+ * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch.
+ * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
+ *   based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
+ *
+ * :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
+ */
+//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================== Movement Settings ============================
+//=============================================================================
+// @section motion
+
+/**
+ * Default Settings
+ *
+ * These settings can be reset by M502
+ *
+ * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
+ * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
+ * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
+ */
+//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
+
+/**
+ * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
+ * Override with M92
+ *                                      X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT   { 80, 80, 400, 93 }
+
+/**
+ * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
+ * Override with M203
+ *                                      X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE          { 300, 300, 5, 25 }
+
+/**
+ * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
+ * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
+ * Override with M201
+ *                                      X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION      { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 }
+
+/**
+ * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
+ * Override with M204
+ *
+ *   M204 P    Acceleration
+ *   M204 R    Retract Acceleration
+ *   M204 T    Travel Acceleration
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION          3000    // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
+#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000    // E acceleration for retracts
+#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
+
+//
+// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+//
+//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
+#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
+  #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Default Jerk (mm/s)
+ * Override with M205 X Y Z E
+ *
+ * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
+ * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
+ * value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
+ */
+#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
+  #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0
+  #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0
+  #define DEFAULT_ZJERK  0.3
+#endif
+
+#define DEFAULT_EJERK    5.0  // May be used by Linear Advance
+
+/**
+ * S-Curve Acceleration
+ *
+ * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier
+ * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
+ *
+ * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
+ */
+//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
+//===========================================================================
+// @section probes
+
+//
+// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
+//
+
+/**
+ * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
+ *
+ * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
+ */
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
+
+/**
+ * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN
+ *
+ * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN.
+ * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD
+ * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want.
+ *
+ *  - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
+ *  - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
+ *
+ *  - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
+ *    - For simple switches connect...
+ *      - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
+ *      - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
+ *
+ */
+//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default
+
+/**
+ * Probe Type
+ *
+ * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
+ * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
+ * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
+ * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
+ */
+//#define PROBE_MANUALLY
+//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2
+
+/**
+ * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
+ *   (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
+ */
+//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
+
+/**
+ * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
+ */
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+
+/**
+ * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
+ */
+//#define BLTOUCH
+
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
+
+// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
+//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
+
+// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
+//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
+//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5  // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
+
+// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
+//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
+  #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X  X_MIN_POS
+  #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
+#endif
+
+//
+// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
+//
+
+/**
+ * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
+ * X and Y offsets must be integers.
+ *
+ * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
+ * #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
+ * #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
+ *
+ *     +-- BACK ---+
+ *     |           |
+ *   L |    (+) P  | R <-- probe (20,20)
+ *   E |           | I
+ *   F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
+ *   T |           | H
+ *     |    (-)    | T
+ *     |           |
+ *     O-- FRONT --+
+ *   (0,0)
+ */
+#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10  // X offset: -left  +right  [of the nozzle]
+#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10  // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle]
+#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0   // Z offset: -below +above  [the nozzle]
+
+// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges
+#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
+
+// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
+#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
+
+// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
+#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
+
+// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
+#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
+
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
+//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
+
+/**
+ * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
+ * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
+ * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
+ * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
+ *
+ * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
+ * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
+ * probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD.
+ * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
+ *
+ * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4  =>  9mm from bed to nozzle.
+ *     But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2  =>  2mm from bed to nozzle.
+ */
+#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE   10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
+#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES  5 // Z Clearance between probe points
+#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE     5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
+//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING           5 // Z position after probing is done
+
+#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT          -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
+
+// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
+#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
+#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
+
+// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
+//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
+
+// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
+//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
+#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW)
+  //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
+ * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
+ * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
+ * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
+ * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
+ */
+//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF       // Turn heaters off when probing
+#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
+  //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER     // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
+#endif
+//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF          // Turn fans off when probing
+//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF      // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing
+//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200  // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
+
+// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
+// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
+#define X_ENABLE_ON 1
+#define Y_ENABLE_ON 1
+#define Z_ENABLE_ON 1
+#define E_ENABLE_ON 1 // For all extruders
+
+// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
+// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
+#define DISABLE_X false
+#define DISABLE_Y false
+#define DISABLE_Z false
+
+// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
+//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
+
+// @section extruder
+
+#define DISABLE_E false             // For all extruders
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER   // Keep only the active extruder enabled
+
+// @section machine
+
+// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
+#define INVERT_X_DIR false
+#define INVERT_Y_DIR false
+#define INVERT_Z_DIR true
+
+// @section extruder
+
+// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
+#define INVERT_E0_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E5_DIR false
+
+// @section homing
+
+//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING  // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed
+
+//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off.
+
+//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4  // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
+                             // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
+
+// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
+// :[-1,1]
+#define X_HOME_DIR -1
+#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
+#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
+
+// @section machine
+
+// The size of the print bed
+#define X_BED_SIZE 200
+#define Y_BED_SIZE 200
+
+// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
+#define X_MIN_POS 0
+#define Y_MIN_POS 0
+#define Z_MIN_POS 0
+#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
+#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
+#define Z_MAX_POS 200
+
+/**
+ * Software Endstops
+ *
+ * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
+ * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
+ * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
+ * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
+ */
+
+// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
+#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
+#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
+  #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
+  #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
+  #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
+#endif
+
+// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
+#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
+#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
+  #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
+  #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
+  #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
+#endif
+
+#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
+  //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM  // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Filament Runout Sensors
+ * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
+ *
+ * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
+ * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
+ * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT.
+ */
+//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
+#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
+  #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
+  //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
+
+  // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout.
+  // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.)
+  #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
+
+  // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
+  // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
+  // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
+  //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25
+
+  #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
+    // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
+    // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
+    // large enough to avoid false positives.)
+    //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//===========================================================================
+//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
+//===========================================================================
+// @section calibrate
+
+/**
+ * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
+ * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
+ *
+ *  If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
+ *   Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
+ *   You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
+ *   The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
+ *   Probe several points in a grid.
+ *   You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
+ *   The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
+ *   Probe several points in a grid.
+ *   You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
+ *   The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
+ *   A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
+ *   of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
+ *   Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
+ *
+ * - MESH_BED_LEVELING
+ *   Probe a grid manually
+ *   The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
+ *   For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
+ *   leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
+ *   With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
+ */
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
+//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
+
+/**
+ * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable
+ * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state.
+ */
+//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
+
+/**
+ * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
+ * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
+ * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
+ */
+//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
+
+#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+  // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
+  // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
+  // The height can be set with M420 Z<height>
+  #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
+
+  // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
+  // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
+  // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
+  #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
+  #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)
+
+  /**
+   * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
+   */
+  //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
+  #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
+    #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE    0.4  // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
+    #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT   0.2  // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+    #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP  205    // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+    #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP      60    // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+    #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE         20    // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+  #endif
+
+#endif
+
+#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
+
+  // Set the number of grid points per dimension.
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
+
+  // Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach).
+  //#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
+  //#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION (X_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
+  //#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
+  //#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION (Y_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
+
+  // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
+  //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
+
+  #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
+
+    // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
+    // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
+    //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
+
+    //
+    // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
+    // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
+    //
+    //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
+    #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
+      // Number of subdivisions between probe points
+      #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
+    #endif
+
+  #endif
+
+#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+
+  //===========================================================================
+  //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
+  //===========================================================================
+
+  //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY   // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
+
+  #define MESH_INSET 1              // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10      // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
+
+  #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z     // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
+  #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500   // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500
+
+  //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
+                                          // as the Z-Height correction value.
+
+#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
+
+  //===========================================================================
+  //=================================== Mesh ==================================
+  //===========================================================================
+
+  #define MESH_INSET 10          // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3    // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
+
+  //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
+
+#endif // BED_LEVELING
+
+/**
+ * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
+ * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
+ */
+#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+  //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15
+  //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
+  //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15
+  //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
+  //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170
+  //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
+ * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
+ */
+//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
+
+#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
+  #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP  0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
+  #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4     // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
+  //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU        // Add a menu to edit mesh points
+#endif
+
+// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
+//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS
+
+#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS)
+  #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30    // (mm) An inset for corner leveling
+  #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP  4.0  // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners
+  #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0  // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points
+  //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO        // Move to the center after the last corner
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
+ * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
+ */
+//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
+
+
+// @section homing
+
+// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
+//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
+
+// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
+// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
+//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
+//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
+//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
+
+// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
+//
+// With this feature enabled:
+//
+// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
+// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
+// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
+// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
+//
+//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
+
+#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
+  #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2)    // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
+  #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2)    // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
+#endif
+
+// Homing speeds (mm/m)
+#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60)
+#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z  (4*60)
+
+// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
+#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
+
+// @section calibrate
+
+/**
+ * Bed Skew Compensation
+ *
+ * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
+ *
+ * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
+ *  1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
+ *  2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
+ *  3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
+ *  4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
+ *
+ * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
+ * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
+ *
+ *  - Compute AB     : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
+ *  - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
+ *
+ * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
+ * Use these diagrams for reference:
+ *
+ *    Y                     Z                     Z
+ *    ^     B-------C       ^     B-------C       ^     B-------C
+ *    |    /       /        |    /       /        |    /       /
+ *    |   /       /         |   /       /         |   /       /
+ *    |  A-------D          |  A-------D          |  A-------D
+ *    +-------------->X     +-------------->X     +-------------->Y
+ *     XY_SKEW_FACTOR        XZ_SKEW_FACTOR        YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
+ */
+//#define SKEW_CORRECTION
+
+#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
+  // Input all length measurements here:
+  #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
+  #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
+  #define XY_SIDE_AD 200
+
+  // Or, set the default skew factors directly here
+  // to override the above measurements:
+  #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
+
+  //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
+  #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
+    #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
+    #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
+    #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
+    #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
+    #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200
+    #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
+    #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
+  #endif
+
+  // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
+  //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
+#endif
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================= Additional Features ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+// @section extras
+
+/**
+ * EEPROM
+ *
+ * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots.
+ *
+ *   M500 - Store settings to EEPROM.
+ *   M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes)
+ *   M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.)
+ */
+//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS     // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
+//#define DISABLE_M503        // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
+#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT       // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
+#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
+  //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT  // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors.
+#endif
+
+//
+// Host Keepalive
+//
+// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
+// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
+//
+#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE        // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
+#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2  // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
+#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING            // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
+
+//
+// M100 Free Memory Watcher
+//
+//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER    // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage
+
+//
+// G20/G21 Inch mode support
+//
+//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
+
+//
+// M149 Set temperature units support
+//
+//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
+
+// @section temperature
+
+// Preheat Constants
+#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL       "PLA"
+#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180
+#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED     70
+#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED     0 // Value from 0 to 255
+
+#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL       "ABS"
+#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240
+#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED    110
+#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED     0 // Value from 0 to 255
+
+/**
+ * Nozzle Park
+ *
+ * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
+ *
+ * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
+ *
+ *    P0  (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
+ *    P1  Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
+ *    P2  Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
+ */
+//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
+
+#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
+  // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise }
+  #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
+  #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100   // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis)
+  #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5      // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
+ *
+ * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
+ *
+ * Parameters:
+ *   P  Pattern
+ *   S  Strokes / Repetitions
+ *   T  Triangles (P1 only)
+ *
+ * Patterns:
+ *   P0  Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
+ *       at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
+ *       between the start / end points.
+ *
+ *   P1  Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
+ *       number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
+ *       Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
+ *       For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
+ *
+ *          --
+ *         |  (X0, Y1) |     /\        /\        /\     | (X1, Y1)
+ *         |           |    /  \      /  \      /  \    |
+ *       A |           |   /    \    /    \    /    \   |
+ *         |           |  /      \  /      \  /      \  |
+ *         |  (X0, Y0) | /        \/        \/        \ | (X1, Y0)
+ *          --         +--------------------------------+
+ *                       |________|_________|_________|
+ *                           T1        T2        T3
+ *
+ *   P2  Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
+ *       "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
+ *       Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
+ *
+ *   Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
+ * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
+ *
+ */
+//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
+
+#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
+  // Default number of pattern repetitions
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES  12
+
+  // Default number of triangles
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES  3
+
+  // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
+
+  // Circular pattern radius
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
+  // Circular pattern circle fragments number
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
+  // Middle point of circle
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
+
+  // Moves the nozzle to the initial position
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Print Job Timer
+ *
+ * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
+ *
+ *   M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none,        low temp = stop timer
+ *   M109 (hotend, wait)    - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
+ *   M190 (bed, wait)       - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
+ *
+ * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
+ *
+ *   M75 - Start the print job timer
+ *   M76 - Pause the print job timer
+ *   M77 - Stop the print job timer
+ */
+#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
+
+/**
+ * Print Counter
+ *
+ * Track statistical data such as:
+ *
+ *  - Total print jobs
+ *  - Total successful print jobs
+ *  - Total failed print jobs
+ *  - Total time printing
+ *
+ * View the current statistics with M78.
+ */
+//#define PRINTCOUNTER
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+// @section lcd
+
+/**
+ * LCD LANGUAGE
+ *
+ * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
+ *
+ *    en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it,
+ *    jp-kana, ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, zh_CN, zh_TW, test
+ *
+ * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' }
+ */
+#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
+
+/**
+ * LCD Character Set
+ *
+ * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
+ *
+ * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
+ * language extensions:
+ *
+ *  - JAPANESE ... the most common
+ *  - WESTERN  ... with more accented characters
+ *  - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
+ *
+ * To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
+ *
+ *  - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
+ *  - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
+ *  - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
+ *
+ * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
+ *
+ * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
+ */
+#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
+
+/**
+ * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa)
+ *
+ * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa']
+ */
+#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0
+
+/**
+ * SD CARD
+ *
+ * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
+ * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
+ *
+ */
+#define SDSUPPORT
+
+/**
+ * SD CARD: SPI SPEED
+ *
+ * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
+ * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
+ */
+//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
+//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
+//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
+
+/**
+ * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
+ *
+ * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
+ */
+//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
+
+/**
+ * LCD Menu Items
+ *
+ * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
+ * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
+ */
+//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
+//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS
+
+//
+// ENCODER SETTINGS
+//
+// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
+// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
+//
+//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4
+
+//
+// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
+// move between next/prev menu items.
+//
+//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
+
+/**
+ * Encoder Direction Options
+ *
+ * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
+ *
+ *  Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
+ *  Reversed Menu Navigation only?    Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
+ *  Reversed Value Editing only?      Enable BOTH options.
+ */
+
+//
+// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
+//
+//  Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
+//
+//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
+
+//
+// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
+//
+//  If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
+//  If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
+//
+//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
+
+//
+// Individual Axis Homing
+//
+// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
+//
+//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
+
+//
+// SPEAKER/BUZZER
+//
+// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
+// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
+//
+//#define SPEAKER
+
+//
+// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
+// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
+//
+// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
+//  M300 S<frequency Hz> P<duration ms>
+//
+//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2
+//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000
+
+//=============================================================================
+//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
+//========================   (Character-based LCDs)   =========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
+//
+// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
+//
+//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
+// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
+//
+//#define RADDS_DISPLAY
+
+//
+// ULTIMAKER Controller.
+//
+//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
+
+//
+// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
+//
+//#define ULTIPANEL
+
+//
+// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
+//
+//#define PANEL_ONE
+
+//
+// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
+//
+// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
+//
+//#define G3D_PANEL
+
+//
+// RigidBot Panel V1.0
+// http://www.inventapart.com/
+//
+//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
+
+//
+// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
+// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html
+//
+//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602
+
+//
+// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
+//
+//#define ZONESTAR_LCD            // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
+                                  // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
+                                  // which scrambles the display.  Pressing any button clears it up.
+                                  // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.
+
+//
+// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
+//
+//#define ULTRA_LCD
+
+//=============================================================================
+//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
+//=====================   (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs)   =====================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
+//
+// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
+// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
+//
+
+//
+// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
+// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
+//
+//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
+
+//
+// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
+//
+// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
+// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
+//
+//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
+//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004
+
+//
+// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
+//
+//#define LCM1602
+
+//
+// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
+// separate encoder and click inputs.
+//
+// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
+// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
+//
+// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
+// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
+//
+//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
+
+//
+// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
+// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
+//
+//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
+//
+
+//
+// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
+// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
+//
+//#define SAV_3DLCD
+
+//
+// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
+// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
+// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
+//
+//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
+
+//=============================================================================
+//=======================   LCD / Controller Selection  =======================
+//=========================      (Graphical LCDs)      ========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
+//
+// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
+//            https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
+//
+
+//
+// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
+//
+//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
+// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
+//
+//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
+
+//
+// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
+// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
+// http://panucatt.com
+//
+//#define VIKI2
+//#define miniVIKI
+
+//
+// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
+// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
+//
+//#define MINIPANEL
+
+//
+// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
+//
+//#define MAKRPANEL
+
+//
+// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
+// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
+//
+//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
+// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
+//
+//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// Cartesio UI
+// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
+//
+//#define CARTESIO_UI
+
+//
+// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
+//
+//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
+
+//
+// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
+//
+//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
+
+//
+// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
+//
+//#define SAV_3DGLCD
+#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
+  //#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
+  #define U8GLIB_SH1106
+#endif
+
+//
+// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
+// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
+//
+//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
+//
+//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
+
+//
+// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+//
+//#define MKS_MINI_12864
+
+//
+// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
+//
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
+
+//
+// Factory display for Creality CR-10
+// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html
+//
+// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector.
+// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display)
+//
+//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
+
+//
+// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller
+//
+// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
+// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
+// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
+//
+//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD
+
+//
+// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
+//
+// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
+//
+//#define MKS_12864OLED          // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
+//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306  // Uses the SSD1306 controller
+
+//
+// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
+// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html
+//
+//#define AZSMZ_12864
+
+//
+// Silvergate GLCD controller
+// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate
+//
+//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
+
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
+//
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
+//
+//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
+
+//=============================================================================
+//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// MKS Robin 320x240 color display
+//
+//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================  Other Controllers  ============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
+//
+
+//
+// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
+// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
+//
+// REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP sets how much should the robot move when a key
+// is pressed, a value of 10.0 means 10mm per click.
+//
+//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
+//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0
+
+//=============================================================================
+//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+// @section extras
+
+// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
+//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
+
+// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
+// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
+// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
+//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
+
+// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
+// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
+// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
+// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
+// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7]
+#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
+
+// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
+// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
+// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
+// duty cycle is attained.
+//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
+
+// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
+// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
+// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
+//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
+
+// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
+//#define SF_ARC_FIX
+
+// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
+//#define BARICUDA
+
+// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
+//#define BLINKM
+
+// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
+//#define PCA9632
+
+// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
+// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED
+//#define PCA9533
+
+/**
+ * RGB LED / LED Strip Control
+ *
+ * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
+ * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
+ *
+ * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
+ * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
+ * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
+ * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
+ *
+ * *** CAUTION ***
+ *  LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
+ *  as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
+ *  Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
+ *  NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs
+ *  more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
+ * *** CAUTION ***
+ *
+ * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options.
+ *
+ */
+//#define RGB_LED
+//#define RGBW_LED
+
+#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED)
+  //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
+  //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
+  //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
+  //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
+#endif
+
+// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
+//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
+#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
+  #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE   NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h)
+  #define NEOPIXEL_PIN    4        // LED driving pin
+  #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30       // Number of LEDs in the strip
+  #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL   // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
+  #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127  // Initial brightness (0-255)
+  //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST  // Cycle through colors at startup
+
+  // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting
+  //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX  0               // Index of the LED to use
+  //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Printer Event LEDs
+ *
+ * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
+ *
+ *  - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
+ *  - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
+ *  - Change to white to illuminate work surface
+ *  - Change to green once print has finished
+ *  - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
+ */
+#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED)
+  #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * R/C SERVO support
+ * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Number of servos
+ *
+ * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
+ * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
+ * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem.
+ */
+//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
+
+// Delay (in milliseconds) before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
+// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
+// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
+#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
+
+// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
+//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
+
+// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM
+//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES
diff --git a/config/examples/Fysetc/AIO_II/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Fysetc/AIO_II/Configuration_adv.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1a5cff30fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/examples/Fysetc/AIO_II/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2550 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+/**
+ * Configuration_adv.h
+ *
+ * Advanced settings.
+ * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
+ * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
+ *
+ * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
+ *
+ */
+#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000
+
+// @section temperature
+
+//===========================================================================
+//=============================Thermal Settings  ============================
+//===========================================================================
+
+//
+// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters
+//
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND0_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND1_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND2_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND3_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND4_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND5_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000
+  #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS     4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS      100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define BED_BETA                     3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000
+  #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define CHAMBER_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+//
+// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
+// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
+//
+//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
+#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
+  #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED
+  #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70
+  #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Heated Chamber settings
+ */
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER
+  #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP             5
+  #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP            60
+  #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS     1   // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
+  //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING
+  //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN       44   // Chamber heater on/off pin
+  //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false
+#endif
+
+#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
+  #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
+  #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
+    #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
+ * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
+ * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
+ *
+ * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
+ * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
+ * the heater on.
+ *
+ * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
+ * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
+ * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
+ *
+ * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
+ * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
+ */
+#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40        // Seconds
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4     // Degrees Celsius
+
+  //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING              // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops
+  #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP)
+    //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING    // Don't slow fan speed during M303
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
+   * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
+   * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
+   * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
+   * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
+   * test.
+   *
+   * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
+   * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
+   * below 2.
+   */
+  #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 120                // Seconds
+  #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2               // Degrees Celsius
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
+ */
+#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60    // Seconds
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
+
+  /**
+   * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
+   */
+  #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 100                // Seconds
+  #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2               // Degrees Celsius
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber.
+ */
+#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER)
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20    // Seconds
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
+
+  /**
+   * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191).
+   */
+  #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60            // Seconds
+  #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2           // Degrees Celsius
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
+  // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
+  // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume.
+  //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
+  #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
+    #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
+    #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Automatic Temperature:
+ * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
+ * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
+ * Start autotemp mode with M109 S<mintemp> B<maxtemp> F<factor>
+ * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
+ * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
+ * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
+ * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
+ */
+#define AUTOTEMP
+#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
+  #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
+#endif
+
+// Show extra position information in M114
+//#define M114_DETAIL
+
+// Show Temperature ADC value
+// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
+//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
+
+/**
+ * High Temperature Thermistor Support
+ *
+ * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
+ * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
+ * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
+ * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
+ * and force stop everything.
+ * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
+ * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
+ * aberrant readings.
+ *
+ * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
+ * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
+ */
+
+// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
+// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
+//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
+
+// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
+// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
+// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
+// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
+// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
+//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
+
+// @section extruder
+
+// Extruder runout prevention.
+// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
+// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
+//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
+#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500  // (mm/m)
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5   // (mm)
+#endif
+
+// @section temperature
+
+// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
+// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET  0.0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN    1.0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN   1.0
+
+/**
+ * Controller Fan
+ * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
+ *
+ * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled
+ * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off.
+ */
+//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
+#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
+  //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1        // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
+  #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60          // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled
+  #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255        // 255 == full speed
+#endif
+
+// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
+// given number of milliseconds.  This gets the fan spinning reliably
+// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
+//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
+
+/**
+ * PWM Fan Scaling
+ *
+ * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
+ *
+ * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
+ * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
+ * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
+ * Value 0 always turns off the fan.
+ *
+ * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
+ */
+//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
+//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
+
+/**
+ * FAST PWM FAN Settings
+ *
+ * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h)
+ * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a
+ * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency.
+ *
+ * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default]
+ *   Set this to your desired frequency.
+ *   If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
+ *   ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers
+ *   These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required
+ *   NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior.
+ *
+ * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default]
+ *   Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2:
+ *   16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz]
+ *   20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz]
+ *   A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of
+ *   PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.)
+ *   USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies.
+ */
+#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
+  //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400
+  //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP
+#endif
+
+// @section extruder
+
+/**
+ * Extruder cooling fans
+ *
+ * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
+ * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
+ *
+ * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
+ * or set to -1 to disable completely.
+ *
+ * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
+ * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
+ */
+#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
+#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
+#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
+
+/**
+ * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
+ *
+ * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
+ * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
+ * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
+ */
+#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
+#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
+#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
+
+/**
+ * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
+ */
+//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
+#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4                  // Override the default pin if needed
+  #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
+  #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
+  #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
+  #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
+    #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section homing
+
+// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
+// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
+//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
+
+// @section extras
+
+//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
+
+// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
+//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
+#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
+  //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN        -1
+  //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops
+ *
+ * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes.
+ *
+ * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to
+ * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop
+ * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug
+ * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'.
+ *
+ * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors
+ * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error
+ * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X<offset> Y<offset> Z<offset>'.
+ */
+
+//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true   // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions
+  //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
+    #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true   // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions
+  //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
+    #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
+    #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
+    #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
+    #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2  0
+    #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Dual X Carriage
+ *
+ * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
+ * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
+ * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
+ * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
+ * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
+ * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
+ *
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
+ *
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
+ *
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
+ *
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
+ *
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
+ */
+//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
+#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
+
+  // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
+
+  // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
+  #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
+
+#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
+
+// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
+// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
+//#define EXT_SOLENOID
+
+// @section homing
+
+// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump.
+#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
+#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
+#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
+#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 }  // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
+//#define QUICK_HOME                     // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially
+//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 }  // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing
+
+// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
+//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
+
+// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
+//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
+
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
+/**
+ * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
+ * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
+ */
+//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
+#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
+  // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3]
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 }
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 }
+  // Set number of iterations to align
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
+  // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
+  #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
+  // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
+  // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
+  // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0
+  // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02
+#endif
+
+// @section machine
+
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
+
+// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
+//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
+
+// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
+#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
+#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
+#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
+#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
+
+// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
+// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
+// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
+#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
+
+#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
+#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE     0.0
+
+//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE  // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
+
+// @section lcd
+
+#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section extras
+
+// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied.
+#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME        20000
+
+// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
+#define SLOWDOWN
+
+// Frequency limit
+// See nophead's blog for more info
+// Not working O
+//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT  15
+
+// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
+// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
+// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
+#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)
+
+//
+// Backlash Compensation
+// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
+//
+//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
+#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
+  // Define values for backlash distance and correction.
+  // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
+  #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm)
+  #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION    0.0       // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
+
+  // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
+  // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
+  //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
+
+  // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
+  //#define BACKLASH_GCODE
+
+  #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
+    // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
+    #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
+
+    #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
+      // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
+      // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
+      // increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
+      #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT       0.5   // (mm)
+      #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION  0.005 // (mm)
+      #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE    Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m)
+    #endif
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration
+ *
+ * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
+ * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
+ *
+ * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
+ * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
+ * and hotend offsets.
+ *
+ * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
+ *       ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
+ */
+//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
+#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
+
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION     0.01 // mm
+
+  #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW             60    // mm/m
+  #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST           1200    // mm/m
+  #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL         3000    // mm/m
+
+  // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
+  #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT          1.0  // mm
+  #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER      2.0  // mm
+
+  // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM).
+  //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
+
+  // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
+  #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER     { 264.0, -22.0,  -2.0} // mm
+  #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS {  10.0,  10.0,  10.0} // mm
+
+  // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
+  // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
+
+  // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
+  // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
+  //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
+
+  // Define pin which is read during calibration
+  #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
+    //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
+ * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
+ * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
+ * lowest stepping frequencies.
+ */
+//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
+
+/**
+ * Custom Microstepping
+ * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
+ */
+//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
+//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
+
+// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
+#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
+
+/**
+ *  @section  stepper motor current
+ *
+ *  Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
+ *
+ *  The power on motor currents are set by:
+ *    PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
+ *                         known compatible chips: A4982
+ *    DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
+ *                         known compatible chips: AD5206
+ *    DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
+ *                         known compatible chips: MCP4728
+ *    DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
+ *                         known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
+ *
+ *  Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
+ *    M907 - applies to all.
+ *    M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
+ *    M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
+ */
+//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 }          // Values in milliamps
+//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 }   // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
+//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 }    // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
+
+// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
+//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
+#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A)
+  /**
+   * Common slave addresses:
+   *
+   *                        A   (A shifted)   B   (B shifted)  IC
+   * Smoothie              0x2C (0x58)       0x2D (0x5A)       MCP4451
+   * AZTEEG_X3_PRO         0x2C (0x58)       0x2E (0x5C)       MCP4451
+   * AZTEEG_X5_MINI        0x2C (0x58)       0x2E (0x5C)       MCP4451
+   * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI         0x58              0x5C        MCP4451
+   * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE      0x2F (0x5E)                         MCP4018
+   */
+  #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C  // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
+  #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D  // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
+#endif
+
+//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018          // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
+#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4     AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8     MKS SBASE: 5
+// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
+// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
+#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 }  //  AZTEEG_X3_PRO
+
+//===========================================================================
+//=============================Additional Features===========================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section lcd
+
+// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
+#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
+#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
+  #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC   30  // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
+  #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC  80  // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
+#endif
+
+// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
+//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
+#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
+  #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION   10
+  #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
+#endif
+
+// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
+//#define LCD_INFO_MENU
+
+// Scroll a longer status message into view
+//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
+
+// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
+//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
+
+// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
+//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
+
+// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage
+//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
+
+#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
+  //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR              // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
+  #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
+    #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000    // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
+    #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000    // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
+    #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE   0       // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
+    //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE           // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
+    //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST       // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LED Control Menu
+ * Enable this feature to add LED Control to the LCD menu
+ */
+//#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
+#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
+  #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS                 // Enable the Preset Color menu option
+  #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED        255  // User defined RED value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN      128  // User defined GREEN value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE         0  // User defined BLUE value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE      255  // User defined WHITE value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255  // User defined intensity
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP       // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
+  #endif
+#endif // LED_CONTROL_MENU
+
+#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+
+  // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
+  // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
+  // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
+  // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
+  // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
+  #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
+
+  #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true          // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
+  #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place.
+
+  // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
+  // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
+  #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
+
+  #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START             // Confirm the selected SD file before printing
+
+  //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART               // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files
+
+  #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY"       // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27")
+
+  /**
+   * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
+   *
+   * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
+   * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
+   * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
+   * point in the file.
+   */
+  //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
+  #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN         44 // Pin to detect power loss
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE     HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN   20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power.
+
+    // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card,
+    // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued.
+    #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
+   *
+   * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
+   * by name for easier navigation.
+   *
+   * By default...
+   *
+   *  - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
+   *  - Folders are sorted to the top.
+   *  - The sort key is statically allocated.
+   *  - No added G-code (M34) support.
+   *  - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
+   *
+   * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
+   * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
+   * limit is exceeded.
+   *
+   *  - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
+   *  - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
+   *  - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
+   *  - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
+   */
+  //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
+
+  // SD Card Sorting options
+  #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
+    #define SDSORT_LIMIT       40     // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
+    #define FOLDER_SORTING     -1     // -1=above  0=none  1=below
+    #define SDSORT_GCODE       false  // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
+    #define SDSORT_USES_RAM    true  // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
+    #define SDSORT_USES_STACK  false  // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
+    #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false  // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
+    #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM true  // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
+    #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2      // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
+                                      // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
+  #endif
+
+  // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
+  //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
+
+  // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
+  //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
+
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
+  /**
+   * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
+   * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
+   * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
+   */
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
+
+  /**
+   * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
+   * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected.
+   * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere.
+   */
+  //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE
+
+  /**
+   * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S<seconds>
+   */
+  //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS
+
+  /**
+   * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
+   * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
+   * to Marlin as an SD card.
+   *
+   * The MAX3421E must be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
+   * the following pin mapping:
+   *
+   *    SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
+   *    INT              --> SD_DETECT_PIN
+   *    SS               --> SDSS
+   */
+  //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
+  #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
+    #define USB_CS_PIN         SDSS
+    #define USB_INTR_PIN       SD_DETECT_PIN
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
+   * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
+   *
+   * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
+   *
+   * Tested with this bootloader:
+   *   https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
+   */
+  //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
+  #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
+    #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR    0x1FF
+    #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE   0xF0
+    #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
+  #endif
+
+  // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
+  //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
+
+  #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
+  #endif
+
+#endif // SDSUPPORT
+
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
+/**
+ * Additional options for Graphical Displays
+ *
+ * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
+ * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
+ * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
+ * on DELTA and SCARA machines.
+ *
+ * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
+ * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
+ * printing performance versus fast display updates.
+ */
+#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
+  // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar
+  //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT
+
+  // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
+  #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
+
+  // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
+  #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
+
+  // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
+  // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
+  //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
+
+  // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
+  // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
+  //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
+
+  // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
+  // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
+  //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
+
+  // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
+  //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE
+
+  /**
+   * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
+   * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
+   * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
+   *
+   * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
+   * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
+   * length of time to display the status message before clearing.
+   *
+   * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
+   * This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
+   */
+  #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
+    //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
+    #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
+      #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
+    #endif
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Status (Info) Screen customizations
+   * These options may affect code size and screen render time.
+   * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
+   */
+  //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS    // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
+  //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS  // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
+  #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED      // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)
+  #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM          // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
+  #define STATUS_BED_ANIM             // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
+  #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM         // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating
+  //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP     // Use the alternative bed bitmap
+  //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP     // Use the alternative fan bitmap
+  //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3       // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
+  //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT       // Show heating in a progress bar
+  //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL    // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash)
+
+  // Frivolous Game Options
+  //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT
+  //#define MARLIN_INVADERS
+  //#define MARLIN_SNAKE
+
+#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
+
+// @section safety
+
+/**
+ * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs
+ * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors.
+ *
+ * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever,
+ * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO.
+ * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while
+ * interrupts are enabled.
+ */
+#define USE_WATCHDOG
+#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
+  //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
+#endif
+
+// @section lcd
+
+/**
+ * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
+ * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
+ * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
+ *
+ * Warning: Does not respect endstops!
+ */
+//#define BABYSTEPPING
+#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
+  //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING
+  //#define BABYSTEP_XY                     // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
+  #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false           // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
+  #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR  1         // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion.
+
+  //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING  // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
+  #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
+    #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250   // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
+                                            // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
+    //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE     // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement).
+    //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE              // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
+    #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
+      #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1   // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
+    #endif
+  #endif
+
+  //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL          // Display total babysteps since last G28
+
+  //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET          // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
+  #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
+    //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET      // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
+    //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY   // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section extruder
+
+/**
+ * Linear Pressure Control v1.5
+ *
+ * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
+ * K=0 means advance disabled.
+ *
+ * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
+ *
+ * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
+ * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
+ * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
+ * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
+ *
+ * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
+ * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues.
+ */
+//#define LIN_ADVANCE
+#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
+  //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants
+  #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22    // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed
+  //#define LA_DEBUG            // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB.
+#endif
+
+// @section leveling
+
+#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+  // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
+  //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
+  //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
+  //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
+  //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
+ * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
+ */
+//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
+#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
+  #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
+  #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
+  /**
+   * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
+   * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
+   */
+  #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
+  #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
+  #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
+
+#endif
+
+// @section extras
+
+//
+// G2/G3 Arc Support
+//
+#define ARC_SUPPORT               // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes
+#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
+  #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT  1   // Length of each arc segment
+  #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS   24   // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle
+  #define N_ARC_CORRECTION   25   // Number of interpolated segments between corrections
+  //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES         // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
+  //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES  // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
+#endif
+
+// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
+//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
+
+/**
+ * G38 Probe Target
+ *
+ * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target)
+ * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target).
+ * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once.
+ */
+//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
+#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
+  //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY        // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target
+  #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move.
+#endif
+
+// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
+#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
+
+/**
+ * Minimum delay after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
+ *     0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
+ *    20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
+ *   200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
+ *   400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
+ *   500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
+ *   650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
+ *  1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
+ * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
+ *
+ * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
+ */
+//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650
+
+/**
+ * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs)
+ *   0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
+ *   0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h
+ *   1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers
+ *   2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
+ *   3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
+ *  30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
+ *
+ * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
+ */
+//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2
+
+/**
+ * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
+ *  If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
+ *  500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
+ *  400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
+ *  250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
+ *  200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
+ *  150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
+ *   15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
+ *
+ * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
+ */
+//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
+
+// @section temperature
+
+// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
+//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
+
+//===========================================================================
+//================================= Buffers =================================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section hidden
+
+// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
+// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
+#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+  #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
+#else
+  #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
+#endif
+
+// @section serial
+
+// The ASCII buffer for serial input
+#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
+#define BUFSIZE 4
+
+// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
+// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
+// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
+// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
+// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
+// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
+// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
+#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
+
+// Host Receive Buffer Size
+// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
+// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
+// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
+//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
+
+#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
+  // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
+  // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
+  //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+  // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
+  // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
+  //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
+
+  // Enable this option to collect and display the number
+  // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
+  //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
+#endif
+
+// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
+// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
+// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
+// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
+//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
+
+// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
+// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
+// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
+// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
+//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
+
+// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
+//#define ADVANCED_OK
+
+// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
+// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
+#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
+
+// @section extras
+
+/**
+ * Extra Fan Speed
+ * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
+ *   'M106 P<fan> T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for <fan>
+ *   'M106 P<fan> T2'     : Use the set secondary speed
+ *   'M106 P<fan> T1'     : Restore the previous fan speed
+ */
+//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
+
+/**
+ * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
+ *
+ * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
+ * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
+ *
+ * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
+ * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
+ * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
+ *
+ * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
+ *
+ * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
+ *
+ */
+//#define FWRETRACT
+#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
+  #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT           // costs ~500 bytes of PROGMEM
+  #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
+    #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1           // When auto-retract is on, convert E moves of this length and over
+    #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0          // Upper limit for auto-retract conversion
+  #endif
+  #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3                // Default retract length (positive mm)
+  #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13          // Default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change
+  #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45             // Default feedrate for retracting (mm/s)
+  #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0                // Default retract Z-raise (mm)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0        // Default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0   // Default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8      // Default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction (mm/s)
+  #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
+    //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING         // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Universal tool change settings.
+ * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
+ */
+#if EXTRUDERS > 1
+  // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
+  #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
+
+  // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
+  #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH          12  // (mm)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME           2  // (mm)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600  // (mm/m)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED   3600  // (mm/m)
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Position to park head during tool change.
+   * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
+   */
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
+  #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY    { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000  // (mm/m)
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Advanced Pause
+ * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused.
+ * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
+ * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle.
+ *
+ * Requires an LCD display.
+ * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
+ * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
+ */
+//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
+#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE         60  // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH            2  // (mm) Initial retract.
+                                                  // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE     10  // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL        25  // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH      100  // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
+                                                  //   For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
+                                                  //   For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
+                                                  //   Set to 0 for manual unloading.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE   6  // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH     0  // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
+                                                  // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE   6  // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL     25  // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH     0  // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
+                                                  //   For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
+                                                  //   For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
+  //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE       // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
+  #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE        3  // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
+  #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH         50  // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
+                                                  //   Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
+                                                  //   Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
+                                                  //   until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
+  #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME          0  // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
+  //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE             // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused.
+
+                                                  // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
+  #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH      13  // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
+  #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY             5000  // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
+  #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH         8  // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
+
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT           45  // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS         10  // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT           // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
+
+  //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE                    // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
+  //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE           // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change
+
+  //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES           // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
+  //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS         // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
+#endif
+
+// @section tmc
+
+/**
+ * TMC26X Stepper Driver options
+ *
+ * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver.
+ * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper
+ */
+#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X)
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X)
+    #define X_MAX_CURRENT     1000  // (mA)
+    #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR    91  // (mOhms)
+    #define X_MICROSTEPS        16  // Number of microsteps
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X)
+    #define X2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define X2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X)
+    #define Y_MAX_CURRENT     1000
+    #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR    91
+    #define Y_MICROSTEPS        16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X)
+    #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define Y2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X)
+    #define Z_MAX_CURRENT     1000
+    #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR    91
+    #define Z_MICROSTEPS        16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X)
+    #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define Z2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X)
+    #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define Z3_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X)
+    #define E0_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E0_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X)
+    #define E1_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E1_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X)
+    #define E2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X)
+    #define E3_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E3_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X)
+    #define E4_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E4_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X)
+    #define E5_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E5_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+#endif // TMC26X
+
+// @section tmc_smart
+
+/**
+ * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode
+ * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define
+ * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3
+ * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
+ * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins.
+ *
+ * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN
+ * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor.
+ * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without
+ * a resistor.
+ * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial.
+ *
+ * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers.
+ * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
+ */
+#if HAS_TRINAMIC
+
+  #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER    0.5  // Scales down the holding current from run current
+  #define INTERPOLATE       true  // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X)
+    #define X_CURRENT     800  // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
+    #define X_MICROSTEPS   16  // 0..256
+    #define X_RSENSE     0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2)
+    #define X2_CURRENT    800
+    #define X2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define X2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y)
+    #define Y_CURRENT     800
+    #define Y_MICROSTEPS   16
+    #define Y_RSENSE     0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2)
+    #define Y2_CURRENT    800
+    #define Y2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define Y2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z)
+    #define Z_CURRENT     800
+    #define Z_MICROSTEPS   16
+    #define Z_RSENSE     0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2)
+    #define Z2_CURRENT    800
+    #define Z2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define Z2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3)
+    #define Z3_CURRENT    800
+    #define Z3_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define Z3_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0)
+    #define E0_CURRENT    800
+    #define E0_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E0_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1)
+    #define E1_CURRENT    800
+    #define E1_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E1_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2)
+    #define E2_CURRENT    800
+    #define E2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3)
+    #define E3_CURRENT    800
+    #define E3_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E3_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4)
+    #define E4_CURRENT    800
+    #define E4_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E4_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5)
+    #define E5_CURRENT    800
+    #define E5_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E5_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
+   * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
+   */
+  //#define X_CS_PIN          -1
+  //#define Y_CS_PIN          -1
+  //#define Z_CS_PIN          -1
+  //#define X2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define Y2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define Z2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define Z3_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E0_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E1_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E3_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E4_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
+
+  /**
+   * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
+   * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
+   * but you can override or define them here.
+   */
+  //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
+  //#define TMC_SW_MOSI       -1
+  //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
+  //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
+
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
+  /**
+   * Software enable
+   *
+   * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
+   * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
+   */
+  //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
+
+  /**
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
+   * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
+   */
+  #define STEALTHCHOP_XY
+  #define STEALTHCHOP_Z
+  #define STEALTHCHOP_E
+
+  /**
+   * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
+   * or with the help of an example included in the library.
+   * Provided parameter sets are
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
+   * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V)
+   * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119   // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
+   *
+   * Define you own with
+   * { <off_time[1..15]>, <hysteresis_end[-3..12]>, hysteresis_start[1..8] }
+   */
+  #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
+
+  /**
+   * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
+   * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
+   * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
+   * Relevant g-codes:
+   * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
+   * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
+   * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
+   * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
+   */
+  //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
+
+  #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
+    #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN     50  // [mA]
+    #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
+    #define STOP_ON_ERROR
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
+   * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
+   * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
+   * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
+   */
+  //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
+
+  #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     100  // [mm/s]
+  #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD    100
+  #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     100
+  #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD    100
+  #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD       3
+  #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD      3
+  #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD      3
+  #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+
+  /**
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
+   * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
+   * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
+   *
+   * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is used for tuning the trigger sensitivity.
+   * Higher values make the system LESS sensitive.
+   * Lower value make the system MORE sensitive.
+   * Too low values can lead to false positives, while too high values will collide the axis without triggering.
+   * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
+   * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
+   */
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
+
+  /**
+   * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
+   *
+   * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
+   *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
+   */
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
+
+  #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
+    #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
+    #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
+    //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
+  /**
+   * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
+   * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
+   */
+  //#define TMC_DEBUG
+
+  /**
+   * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
+   * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
+   * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
+   *
+   * Example:
+   * #define TMC_ADV() { \
+   *   stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \
+   *   stepperY.interpolate(0); \
+   * }
+   */
+  #define TMC_ADV() {  }
+
+#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC
+
+// @section L6470
+
+/**
+ * L6470 Stepper Driver options
+ *
+ * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver.
+ * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470
+ *
+ * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN
+ *     L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN  (optional)
+ */
+#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470)
+
+  //#define L6470_CHITCHAT        // Display additional status info
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470)
+    #define X_MICROSTEPS     128  // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128)
+    #define X_OVERCURRENT   2000  // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down)
+    #define X_STALLCURRENT  1500  // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) -  4A max - rounds down)
+    #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE    127  // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper
+    #define X_CHAIN_POS        0  // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470)
+    #define X2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define X2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define X2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define X2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470)
+    #define Y_MICROSTEPS       128
+    #define Y_OVERCURRENT     2000
+    #define Y_STALLCURRENT    1500
+    #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE      127
+    #define Y_CHAIN_POS          0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470)
+    #define Y2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define Y2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define Y2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define Y2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470)
+    #define Z_MICROSTEPS       128
+    #define Z_OVERCURRENT     2000
+    #define Z_STALLCURRENT    1500
+    #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE      127
+    #define Z_CHAIN_POS          0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470)
+    #define Z2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define Z2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define Z2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define Z2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470)
+    #define Z3_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define Z3_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define Z3_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define Z3_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470)
+    #define E0_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E0_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E0_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E0_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470)
+    #define E1_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E1_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E1_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E1_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470)
+    #define E2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470)
+    #define E3_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E3_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E3_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E3_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470)
+    #define E4_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E4_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E4_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E4_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470)
+    #define E5_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E5_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E5_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E5_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current.
+   * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears.
+   * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
+   * Relevant g-codes:
+   * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5  Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
+   *         I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0
+   *         I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1
+   *         I3 - Z3 or E3
+   *         I4 - E4
+   *         I5 - E5
+   * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning
+   * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds
+   * M918 - Increase speed until max or error
+   * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters
+   */
+  //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS
+
+  #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS)
+    #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN     1
+    //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR
+  #endif
+
+#endif // L6470
+
+/**
+ * TWI/I2C BUS
+ *
+ * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
+ * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
+ * devices on the bus.
+ *
+ * ; Example #1
+ * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
+ * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B<base 10> arg
+ * M260 A99  ; Target slave address
+ * M260 B77  ; M
+ * M260 B97  ; a
+ * M260 B114 ; r
+ * M260 B108 ; l
+ * M260 B105 ; i
+ * M260 B110 ; n
+ * M260 S1   ; Send the current buffer
+ *
+ * ; Example #2
+ * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
+ * M261 A99 B5
+ *
+ * ; Example #3
+ * ; Example serial output of a M261 request
+ * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
+ */
+
+// @section i2cbus
+
+//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
+#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS  0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
+
+// @section extras
+
+/**
+ * Photo G-code
+ * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo.
+ * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement.
+ */
+//#define PHOTO_GCODE
+#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE)
+  // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo
+  //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 }  // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z)
+  //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS   100                            // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P)
+  //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM   6.5                          // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S)
+
+  // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger
+  // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
+  //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
+
+  // Canon Hack Development Kit
+  // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
+  //#define CHDK_PIN        4
+
+  // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter
+  //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS }  // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J)
+
+  // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high
+  //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS   50 // (ms) (M240 D)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Spindle & Laser control
+ *
+ * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
+ * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
+ *
+ * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
+ * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
+ * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
+ *
+ * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
+ * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
+ *
+ * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
+ */
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
+
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
+
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Filament Width Sensor
+ *
+ * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
+ * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
+ *
+ * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
+ * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
+ * volume.
+ *
+ * Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
+ *
+ *  34 RAMPS_14    : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
+ *  81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
+ * 301 RAMBO       : Analog input 3
+ *
+ * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
+ */
+//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
+
+#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
+  #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0    // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
+  #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM        14    // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
+
+  #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN        1.0  // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
+  #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY       20    // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
+
+  #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
+
+  // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
+  //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * CNC Coordinate Systems
+ *
+ * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
+ * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
+ */
+//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
+
+/**
+ * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S<seconds>
+ */
+#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
+
+/**
+ * Include capabilities in M115 output
+ */
+#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
+
+/**
+ * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
+ */
+//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
+
+#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
+  /**
+   * Volumetric extrusion default state
+   * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
+   * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
+   *
+   * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
+   */
+  //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
+ * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
+ *
+ *  - M206 and M428 are disabled.
+ *  - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
+ */
+//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
+
+/**
+ * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
+ * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
+ *
+ * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
+ * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
+ */
+#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
+
+/**
+ * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser
+ */
+#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
+
+/**
+ * CNC G-code options
+ * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
+ * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
+ * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
+ */
+//#define PAREN_COMMENTS      // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
+//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES  // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
+
+// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
+//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m)
+#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
+  //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * G-code Macros
+ *
+ * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
+ * Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
+ */
+//#define GCODE_MACROS
+#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
+  #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS       5  // Up to 10 may be used
+  #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE  50  // Maximum length of a single macro
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
+ */
+//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
+#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
+  //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands"
+  #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
+  #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
+  //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN  // Return to status screen after a script
+
+  #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info"
+  #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W"
+
+  #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
+  #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
+
+  #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
+  #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
+
+  #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
+  #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
+
+  #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info"
+  #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503"
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Host Action Commands
+ *
+ * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard.
+ *
+ * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands
+ * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel
+ * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed
+ *
+ * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands.
+ *
+ * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so
+ * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side.
+ */
+//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS
+#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS)
+  //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT
+#endif
+
+//===========================================================================
+//====================== I2C Position Encoder Settings ======================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
+ * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
+ *
+ * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
+ * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
+ *
+ * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
+ * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/
+ *
+ * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
+ */
+
+//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
+#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT         1                       // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
+                                                            // encoders supported currently.
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X     // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS          X_AXIS                  // Axis the encoder module is installed on.  <X|Y|Z|E>_AXIS.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE          I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR   // Type of encoder:  I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
+                                                            // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT    2048                    // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
+                                                            // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
+                                                            // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV     (16 * 200)            // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
+                                                            // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT                              // Invert the direction of axis travel.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD     I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP     // Type of error error correction.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH     0.10                    // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
+                                                            // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
+                                                            // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
+                                                            // measurement noise / latency (filter).
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y     // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS          Y_AXIS
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE          I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT    2048
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV   (16 * 200)
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD     I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH     0.10
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z     // Encoder 3.  Add additional configuration options
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS          Z_AXIS                  // as above, or use defaults below.
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E     // Encoder 4.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS          E_AXIS
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR          34                      // Encoder 5.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS          E_AXIS
+
+  // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE            I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT  2048
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV       (16 * 200)
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD       I2CPE_ECM_NONE
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH       0.1
+
+  //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT  100.0                   // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
+                                                            // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
+                                                            // disable abort behavior.
+
+  #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED        10000                   // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
+                                                            // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
+                                                            // is trusted again.
+
+  /**
+   * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
+   * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
+   * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
+   */
+  #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS     4                       // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
+
+  // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
+  #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
+
+#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
+
+/**
+ * MAX7219 Debug Matrix
+ *
+ * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
+ * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
+ */
+//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
+#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
+  #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN   64
+  #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN   57
+  #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN  44
+
+  //#define MAX7219_GCODE          // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
+  #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST    2   // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral)
+  #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1   // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
+  #define MAX7219_ROTATE       0   // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
+                                   // connector at:  right=0   bottom=-90  top=90  left=180
+  //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER  // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order
+
+  /**
+   * Sample debug features
+   * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
+   */
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE    // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD  3  // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL  5  // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
+
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0  // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
+                                         // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
+                                         // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * NanoDLP Sync support
+ *
+ * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp"
+ * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use
+ * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands
+ */
+//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
+#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
+  //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS  // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move.
+                              // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only.
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi)
+ */
+//#define WIFISUPPORT
+#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT)
+  #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID"
+  #define WIFI_PWD  "Wifi Password"
+  //#define WEBSUPPORT        // Start a webserver with auto-discovery
+  //#define OTASUPPORT        // Support over-the-air firmware updates
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
+ * Enable in Configuration.h
+ */
+#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2)
+
+  // Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
+  // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial)
+  // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2)
+  #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2
+  #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial
+
+  // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
+  //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
+
+  // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
+  //#define MMU2_MODE_12V
+
+  // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
+  #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
+
+  // Add an LCD menu for MMU2
+  //#define MMU2_MENUS
+  #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
+    // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
+    // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
+    #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
+    #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
+      {  7.2,  562 }, \
+      { 14.4,  871 }, \
+      { 36.0, 1393 }, \
+      { 14.4,  871 }, \
+      { 50.0,  198 }
+
+    #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
+      {   1.0, 1000 }, \
+      {   1.0, 1500 }, \
+      {   2.0, 2000 }, \
+      {   1.5, 3000 }, \
+      {   2.5, 4000 }, \
+      { -15.0, 5000 }, \
+      { -14.0, 1200 }, \
+      {  -6.0,  600 }, \
+      {  10.0,  700 }, \
+      { -10.0,  400 }, \
+      { -50.0, 2000 }
+
+  #endif
+
+  //#define MMU2_DEBUG  // Write debug info to serial output
+
+#endif // PRUSA_MMU2
+
+/**
+ * Advanced Print Counter settings
+ */
+#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
+  #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES  3
+  // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs
+  //#define SERVICE_NAME_1      "Service S"
+  //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1  100 // print hours
+  //#define SERVICE_NAME_2      "Service L"
+  //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2  200 // print hours
+  //#define SERVICE_NAME_3      "Service 3"
+  //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3    1 // print hours
+#endif
+
+// @section develop
+
+/**
+ * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins
+ */
+//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
+
+// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
+//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE
diff --git a/config/examples/Fysetc/CHEETAH/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Fysetc/CHEETAH/Configuration.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ad7a948c91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/examples/Fysetc/CHEETAH/Configuration.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2164 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+/**
+ * Configuration.h
+ *
+ * Basic settings such as:
+ *
+ * - Type of electronics
+ * - Type of temperature sensor
+ * - Printer geometry
+ * - Endstop configuration
+ * - LCD controller
+ * - Extra features
+ *
+ * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
+ *
+ */
+#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Getting Started =============================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
+ *
+ * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
+ * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
+ * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
+ * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
+ * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
+ * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
+ * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
+ */
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
+//===========================================================================
+// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
+// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine.
+//
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
+//===========================================================================
+// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
+// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine.
+//
+
+// @section info
+
+// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during
+// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this
+// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware.
+#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes.
+#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
+#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1
+#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 WEBSITE_URL         // will be shown during bootup in line 2
+
+/**
+ * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
+ *
+ * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
+ * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
+ * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
+ *
+ * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
+ * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
+ */
+
+// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
+//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
+
+// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
+//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE
+
+// @section machine
+
+/**
+ * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
+ * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
+ * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
+ *
+ * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
+ */
+#define SERIAL_PORT 1 // libmaple USB 1, old:0
+
+/**
+ * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
+ * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
+ * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
+ *
+ * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
+ */
+//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
+
+/**
+ * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
+ *
+ * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
+ * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
+ * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
+ *
+ * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
+ */
+#define BAUDRATE 115200
+
+// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
+//#define BLUETOOTH
+
+// The following define selects which electronics board you have.
+// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
+#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
+  #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_FYSETC_CHEETAH
+#endif
+
+// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine
+// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message
+//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer"
+
+// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines)
+// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4)
+//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
+
+// @section extruder
+
+// This defines the number of extruders
+// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
+#define EXTRUDERS 1
+
+// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc.
+#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0
+
+// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
+//#define SINGLENOZZLE
+
+/**
+ * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
+ *
+ * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
+ * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
+ * for extruders.
+ *
+ * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
+ * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
+ */
+//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
+#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
+  // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
+  // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
+  //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40  // Always Required
+  //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42  // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
+  //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44  // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
+ *
+ * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
+ * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5
+ *
+ * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h
+ */
+//#define PRUSA_MMU2
+
+// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
+//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
+#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
+  #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
+  #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
+  #if EXTRUDERS > 3
+    #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles
+//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
+#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
+  #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
+  //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1          // If two servos are used, the index of the second
+  #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 }   // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
+ * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
+ */
+//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
+
+/**
+ * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
+ * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
+ *
+ * project   : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
+ * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
+ *             https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
+ */
+//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER
+
+#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
+
+  #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 }     // X positions for parking the extruders
+  #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1            // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+  //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL                   // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
+
+  #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
+
+    #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT           // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
+    #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW  // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
+    #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250        // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
+    //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL                   // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
+
+  #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
+
+    #define MPE_FAST_SPEED      9000      // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point
+    #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED      4500      // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
+    #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE   10      // (mm) Last distance point
+    #define MPE_COMPENSATION       0      // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling
+
+  #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
+ * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
+ */
+//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+/**
+ * Magnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic
+ * docking mechanism using movement and no servo.
+ */
+//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS          { 215, 0 }  // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
+  #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR       2         // Index of the servo connector
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 }  // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
+  #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * "Mixing Extruder"
+ *   - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
+ *   - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
+ *   - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S<index>' supporting virtual tools.
+ *   - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
+ *   - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
+ */
+//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
+#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
+  #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
+  #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
+  //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
+// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
+// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+
+// @section machine
+
+/**
+ * Power Supply Control
+ *
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
+ */
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
+
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
+
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
+    #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
+    #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
+    #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
+    #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section temperature
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
+ *
+ * Temperature sensors available:
+ *
+ *    -4 : thermocouple with AD8495
+ *    -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)
+ *    -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)
+ *    -1 : thermocouple with AD595
+ *     0 : not used
+ *     1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
+ *     2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
+ *     3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
+ *     4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
+ *     5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
+ *   501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor
+ *     6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
+ *     7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
+ *    71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
+ *     8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
+ *     9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
+ *    10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
+ *    11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
+ *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
+ *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
+ *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
+ *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
+ *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
+ *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
+ *    66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
+ *    67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering
+ *    70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
+ *    75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
+ *
+ *       1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
+ *                              (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
+ *    51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
+ *    52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
+ *    55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
+ *
+ *  1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
+ *  1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
+ *   147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
+ *   110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
+ *
+ *  1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h
+ *
+ *         Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
+ *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
+ *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
+ *
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ */
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
+
+// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
+#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
+#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
+
+// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
+// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
+//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
+#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
+
+#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME     10  // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109
+#define TEMP_WINDOW              1  // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
+#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS          3  // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
+
+#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10  // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190
+#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW          1  // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
+#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS      3  // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
+
+// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off
+// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire.
+#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP   5
+#define BED_MINTEMP        5
+
+// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off.
+// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures.
+// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.)
+#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
+#define BED_MAXTEMP      150
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= PID Settings ================================
+//===========================================================================
+// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
+
+// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
+#define PIDTEMP
+#define BANG_MAX 255     // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
+#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
+#define PID_K1 0.95      // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
+#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
+  //#define PID_EDIT_MENU         // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM)
+  //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU     // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM)
+  //#define PID_DEBUG             // Sends debug data to the serial port.
+  //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1        // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
+  //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS      // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
+  //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
+                                  // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
+  #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
+                                  // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
+
+  // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
+
+  // Ultimaker
+  #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2
+  #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08
+  #define DEFAULT_Kd 114
+
+  // MakerGear
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
+  //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
+
+  // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
+  //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
+
+#endif // PIDTEMP
+
+//===========================================================================
+//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ======================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * PID Bed Heating
+ *
+ * If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
+ * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis.
+ *
+ * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
+ * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
+ * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
+ * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
+ * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
+ * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
+ */
+//#define PIDTEMPBED
+
+//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
+
+/**
+ * Max Bed Power
+ * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
+ * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
+ * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
+ */
+#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
+
+#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
+
+  //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
+
+  //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
+  //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
+  #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
+  #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
+  #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
+
+  //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
+  //from pidautotune
+  //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
+  //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
+  //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
+
+  // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
+#endif // PIDTEMPBED
+
+// @section extruder
+
+/**
+ * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
+ * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
+ * cold extrusion prevention on and off.
+ *
+ * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
+ */
+#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
+#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
+
+/**
+ * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
+ * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
+ */
+#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
+#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
+
+//===========================================================================
+//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
+ * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
+ * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
+ *
+ * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
+ * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
+ * the heater on.
+ *
+ * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
+ * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
+ */
+
+#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
+#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED     // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
+#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section machine
+
+// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
+// either in the usual order or reversed
+//#define COREXY
+//#define COREXZ
+//#define COREYZ
+//#define COREYX
+//#define COREZX
+//#define COREZY
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section homing
+
+// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
+// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
+// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
+#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
+#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
+#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
+//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
+//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
+//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
+
+// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
+#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
+#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
+  // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
+#endif
+
+// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
+//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
+#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
+  // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
+#endif
+
+// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+
+/**
+ * Stepper Drivers
+ *
+ * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
+ * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
+ *
+ * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
+ *
+ * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ */
+#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  TMC2209
+#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  TMC2209
+#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE  TMC2209
+//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209
+//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+
+// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
+// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
+//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
+
+/**
+ * Endstop Noise Threshold
+ *
+ * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
+ *
+ * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
+ * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch.
+ * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
+ *   based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
+ *
+ * :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
+ */
+//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================== Movement Settings ============================
+//=============================================================================
+// @section motion
+
+/**
+ * Default Settings
+ *
+ * These settings can be reset by M502
+ *
+ * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
+ * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
+ * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
+ */
+//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
+
+/**
+ * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
+ * Override with M92
+ *                                      X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT   { 80, 80, 400, 93 }
+
+/**
+ * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
+ * Override with M203
+ *                                      X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE          { 300, 300, 5, 25 }
+
+/**
+ * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
+ * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
+ * Override with M201
+ *                                      X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION      { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 }
+
+/**
+ * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
+ * Override with M204
+ *
+ *   M204 P    Acceleration
+ *   M204 R    Retract Acceleration
+ *   M204 T    Travel Acceleration
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION          3000    // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
+#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000    // E acceleration for retracts
+#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
+
+//
+// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+//
+//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
+#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
+  #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Default Jerk (mm/s)
+ * Override with M205 X Y Z E
+ *
+ * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
+ * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
+ * value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
+ */
+#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
+  #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0
+  #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0
+  #define DEFAULT_ZJERK  0.3
+#endif
+
+#define DEFAULT_EJERK    5.0  // May be used by Linear Advance
+
+/**
+ * S-Curve Acceleration
+ *
+ * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier
+ * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
+ *
+ * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
+ */
+//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
+//===========================================================================
+// @section probes
+
+//
+// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
+//
+
+/**
+ * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
+ *
+ * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
+ */
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
+
+/**
+ * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN
+ *
+ * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN.
+ * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD
+ * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want.
+ *
+ *  - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
+ *  - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
+ *
+ *  - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
+ *    - For simple switches connect...
+ *      - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
+ *      - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
+ *
+ */
+//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default
+
+/**
+ * Probe Type
+ *
+ * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
+ * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
+ * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
+ * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
+ */
+//#define PROBE_MANUALLY
+//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2
+
+/**
+ * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
+ *   (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
+ */
+//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
+
+/**
+ * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
+ */
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+
+/**
+ * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
+ */
+//#define BLTOUCH
+
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
+
+// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
+//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
+
+// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
+//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
+//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5  // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
+
+// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
+//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
+  #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X  X_MIN_POS
+  #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
+#endif
+
+//
+// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
+//
+
+/**
+ * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
+ * X and Y offsets must be integers.
+ *
+ * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
+ * #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
+ * #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
+ *
+ *     +-- BACK ---+
+ *     |           |
+ *   L |    (+) P  | R <-- probe (20,20)
+ *   E |           | I
+ *   F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
+ *   T |           | H
+ *     |    (-)    | T
+ *     |           |
+ *     O-- FRONT --+
+ *   (0,0)
+ */
+#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10  // X offset: -left  +right  [of the nozzle]
+#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10  // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle]
+#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0   // Z offset: -below +above  [the nozzle]
+
+// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges
+#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
+
+// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
+#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
+
+// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
+#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
+
+// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
+#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
+
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
+//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
+
+/**
+ * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
+ * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
+ * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
+ * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
+ *
+ * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
+ * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
+ * probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD.
+ * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
+ *
+ * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4  =>  9mm from bed to nozzle.
+ *     But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2  =>  2mm from bed to nozzle.
+ */
+#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE   10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
+#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES  5 // Z Clearance between probe points
+#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE     5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
+//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING           5 // Z position after probing is done
+
+#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT          -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
+
+// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
+#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
+#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
+
+// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
+//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
+
+// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
+//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
+#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW)
+  //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
+ * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
+ * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
+ * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
+ * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
+ */
+//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF       // Turn heaters off when probing
+#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
+  //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER     // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
+#endif
+//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF          // Turn fans off when probing
+//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF      // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing
+//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200  // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
+
+// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
+// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
+#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
+#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
+#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
+#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
+
+// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
+// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
+#define DISABLE_X false
+#define DISABLE_Y false
+#define DISABLE_Z false
+
+// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
+//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
+
+// @section extruder
+
+#define DISABLE_E false             // For all extruders
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER   // Keep only the active extruder enabled
+
+// @section machine
+
+// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
+#define INVERT_X_DIR true
+#define INVERT_Y_DIR true
+#define INVERT_Z_DIR false
+
+// @section extruder
+
+// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
+#define INVERT_E0_DIR true
+#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E5_DIR false
+
+// @section homing
+
+//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING  // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed
+
+//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off.
+
+//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4  // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
+                             // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
+
+// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
+// :[-1,1]
+#define X_HOME_DIR -1
+#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
+#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
+
+// @section machine
+
+// The size of the print bed
+#define X_BED_SIZE 235
+#define Y_BED_SIZE 235
+
+// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
+#define X_MIN_POS 0
+#define Y_MIN_POS 0
+#define Z_MIN_POS 0
+#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
+#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
+#define Z_MAX_POS 250
+
+/**
+ * Software Endstops
+ *
+ * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
+ * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
+ * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
+ * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
+ */
+
+// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
+#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
+#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
+  #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
+  #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
+  #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
+#endif
+
+// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
+#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
+#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
+  #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
+  #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
+  #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
+#endif
+
+#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
+  //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM  // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Filament Runout Sensors
+ * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
+ *
+ * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
+ * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
+ * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT.
+ */
+//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
+#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
+  #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
+  //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
+
+  // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout.
+  // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.)
+  #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
+
+  // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
+  // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
+  // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
+  //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25
+
+  #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
+    // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
+    // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
+    // large enough to avoid false positives.)
+    //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//===========================================================================
+//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
+//===========================================================================
+// @section calibrate
+
+/**
+ * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
+ * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
+ *
+ *  If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
+ *   Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
+ *   You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
+ *   The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
+ *   Probe several points in a grid.
+ *   You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
+ *   The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
+ *   Probe several points in a grid.
+ *   You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
+ *   The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
+ *   A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
+ *   of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
+ *   Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
+ *
+ * - MESH_BED_LEVELING
+ *   Probe a grid manually
+ *   The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
+ *   For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
+ *   leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
+ *   With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
+ */
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
+//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
+
+/**
+ * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable
+ * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state.
+ */
+//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
+
+/**
+ * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
+ * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
+ * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
+ */
+//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
+
+#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+  // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
+  // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
+  // The height can be set with M420 Z<height>
+  #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
+
+  // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
+  // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
+  // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
+  #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
+  #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)
+
+  /**
+   * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
+   */
+  //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
+  #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
+    #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE    0.4  // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
+    #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT   0.2  // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+    #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP  205    // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+    #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP      60    // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+    #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE         20    // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+  #endif
+
+#endif
+
+#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
+
+  // Set the number of grid points per dimension.
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
+
+  // Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach).
+  //#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
+  //#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION (X_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
+  //#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
+  //#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION (Y_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
+
+  // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
+  //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
+
+  #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
+
+    // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
+    // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
+    //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
+
+    //
+    // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
+    // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
+    //
+    //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
+    #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
+      // Number of subdivisions between probe points
+      #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
+    #endif
+
+  #endif
+
+#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+
+  //===========================================================================
+  //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
+  //===========================================================================
+
+  //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY   // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
+
+  #define MESH_INSET 1              // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10      // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
+
+  #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z     // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
+  #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500   // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500
+
+  //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
+                                          // as the Z-Height correction value.
+
+#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
+
+  //===========================================================================
+  //=================================== Mesh ==================================
+  //===========================================================================
+
+  #define MESH_INSET 10          // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3    // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
+
+  //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
+
+#endif // BED_LEVELING
+
+/**
+ * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
+ * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
+ */
+#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+  //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15
+  //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
+  //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15
+  //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
+  //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170
+  //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
+ * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
+ */
+//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
+
+#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
+  #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP  0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
+  #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4     // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
+  //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU        // Add a menu to edit mesh points
+#endif
+
+// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
+//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS
+
+#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS)
+  #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30    // (mm) An inset for corner leveling
+  #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP  4.0  // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners
+  #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0  // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points
+  //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO        // Move to the center after the last corner
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
+ * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
+ */
+//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
+
+
+// @section homing
+
+// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
+//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
+
+// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
+// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
+//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
+//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
+//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
+
+// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
+//
+// With this feature enabled:
+//
+// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
+// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
+// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
+// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
+//
+//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
+
+#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
+  #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2)    // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
+  #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2)    // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
+#endif
+
+// Homing speeds (mm/m)
+#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60)
+#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z  (4*60)
+
+// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
+#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
+
+// @section calibrate
+
+/**
+ * Bed Skew Compensation
+ *
+ * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
+ *
+ * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
+ *  1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
+ *  2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
+ *  3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
+ *  4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
+ *
+ * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
+ * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
+ *
+ *  - Compute AB     : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
+ *  - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
+ *
+ * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
+ * Use these diagrams for reference:
+ *
+ *    Y                     Z                     Z
+ *    ^     B-------C       ^     B-------C       ^     B-------C
+ *    |    /       /        |    /       /        |    /       /
+ *    |   /       /         |   /       /         |   /       /
+ *    |  A-------D          |  A-------D          |  A-------D
+ *    +-------------->X     +-------------->X     +-------------->Y
+ *     XY_SKEW_FACTOR        XZ_SKEW_FACTOR        YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
+ */
+//#define SKEW_CORRECTION
+
+#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
+  // Input all length measurements here:
+  #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
+  #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
+  #define XY_SIDE_AD 200
+
+  // Or, set the default skew factors directly here
+  // to override the above measurements:
+  #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
+
+  //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
+  #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
+    #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
+    #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
+    #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
+    #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
+    #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200
+    #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
+    #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
+  #endif
+
+  // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
+  //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
+#endif
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================= Additional Features ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+// @section extras
+
+/**
+ * EEPROM
+ *
+ * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots.
+ *
+ *   M500 - Store settings to EEPROM.
+ *   M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes)
+ *   M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.)
+ */
+//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS     // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
+//#define DISABLE_M503        // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
+#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT       // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
+#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
+  //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT  // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors.
+#endif
+
+//
+// Host Keepalive
+//
+// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
+// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
+//
+#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE        // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
+#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2  // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
+#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING            // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
+
+//
+// M100 Free Memory Watcher
+//
+//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER    // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage
+
+//
+// G20/G21 Inch mode support
+//
+//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
+
+//
+// M149 Set temperature units support
+//
+//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
+
+// @section temperature
+
+// Preheat Constants
+#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL       "PLA"
+#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180
+#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED     70
+#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED     0 // Value from 0 to 255
+
+#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL       "ABS"
+#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240
+#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED    110
+#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED     0 // Value from 0 to 255
+
+/**
+ * Nozzle Park
+ *
+ * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
+ *
+ * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
+ *
+ *    P0  (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
+ *    P1  Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
+ *    P2  Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
+ */
+//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
+
+#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
+  // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise }
+  #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
+  #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100   // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis)
+  #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5      // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
+ *
+ * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
+ *
+ * Parameters:
+ *   P  Pattern
+ *   S  Strokes / Repetitions
+ *   T  Triangles (P1 only)
+ *
+ * Patterns:
+ *   P0  Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
+ *       at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
+ *       between the start / end points.
+ *
+ *   P1  Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
+ *       number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
+ *       Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
+ *       For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
+ *
+ *          --
+ *         |  (X0, Y1) |     /\        /\        /\     | (X1, Y1)
+ *         |           |    /  \      /  \      /  \    |
+ *       A |           |   /    \    /    \    /    \   |
+ *         |           |  /      \  /      \  /      \  |
+ *         |  (X0, Y0) | /        \/        \/        \ | (X1, Y0)
+ *          --         +--------------------------------+
+ *                       |________|_________|_________|
+ *                           T1        T2        T3
+ *
+ *   P2  Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
+ *       "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
+ *       Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
+ *
+ *   Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
+ * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
+ *
+ */
+//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
+
+#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
+  // Default number of pattern repetitions
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES  12
+
+  // Default number of triangles
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES  3
+
+  // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
+
+  // Circular pattern radius
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
+  // Circular pattern circle fragments number
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
+  // Middle point of circle
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
+
+  // Moves the nozzle to the initial position
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Print Job Timer
+ *
+ * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
+ *
+ *   M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none,        low temp = stop timer
+ *   M109 (hotend, wait)    - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
+ *   M190 (bed, wait)       - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
+ *
+ * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
+ *
+ *   M75 - Start the print job timer
+ *   M76 - Pause the print job timer
+ *   M77 - Stop the print job timer
+ */
+#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
+
+/**
+ * Print Counter
+ *
+ * Track statistical data such as:
+ *
+ *  - Total print jobs
+ *  - Total successful print jobs
+ *  - Total failed print jobs
+ *  - Total time printing
+ *
+ * View the current statistics with M78.
+ */
+//#define PRINTCOUNTER
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+// @section lcd
+
+/**
+ * LCD LANGUAGE
+ *
+ * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
+ *
+ *    en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it,
+ *    jp-kana, ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, zh_CN, zh_TW, test
+ *
+ * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' }
+ */
+#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
+
+/**
+ * LCD Character Set
+ *
+ * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
+ *
+ * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
+ * language extensions:
+ *
+ *  - JAPANESE ... the most common
+ *  - WESTERN  ... with more accented characters
+ *  - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
+ *
+ * To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
+ *
+ *  - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
+ *  - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
+ *  - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
+ *
+ * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
+ *
+ * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
+ */
+#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
+
+/**
+ * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa)
+ *
+ * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa']
+ */
+#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0
+
+/**
+ * SD CARD
+ *
+ * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
+ * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
+ *
+ */
+#define SDSUPPORT
+
+/**
+ * SD CARD: SPI SPEED
+ *
+ * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
+ * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
+ */
+//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
+//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
+//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
+
+/**
+ * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
+ *
+ * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
+ */
+//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
+
+/**
+ * LCD Menu Items
+ *
+ * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
+ * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
+ */
+//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
+//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS
+
+//
+// ENCODER SETTINGS
+//
+// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
+// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
+//
+//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4
+
+//
+// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
+// move between next/prev menu items.
+//
+//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
+
+/**
+ * Encoder Direction Options
+ *
+ * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
+ *
+ *  Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
+ *  Reversed Menu Navigation only?    Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
+ *  Reversed Value Editing only?      Enable BOTH options.
+ */
+
+//
+// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
+//
+//  Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
+//
+//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
+
+//
+// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
+//
+//  If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
+//  If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
+//
+//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
+
+//
+// Individual Axis Homing
+//
+// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
+//
+//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
+
+//
+// SPEAKER/BUZZER
+//
+// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
+// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
+//
+//#define SPEAKER
+
+//
+// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
+// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
+//
+// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
+//  M300 S<frequency Hz> P<duration ms>
+//
+//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2
+//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000
+
+//=============================================================================
+//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
+//========================   (Character-based LCDs)   =========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
+//
+// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
+//
+//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
+// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
+//
+//#define RADDS_DISPLAY
+
+//
+// ULTIMAKER Controller.
+//
+//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
+
+//
+// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
+//
+//#define ULTIPANEL
+
+//
+// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
+//
+//#define PANEL_ONE
+
+//
+// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
+//
+// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
+//
+//#define G3D_PANEL
+
+//
+// RigidBot Panel V1.0
+// http://www.inventapart.com/
+//
+//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
+
+//
+// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
+// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html
+//
+//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602
+
+//
+// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
+//
+//#define ZONESTAR_LCD            // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
+                                  // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
+                                  // which scrambles the display.  Pressing any button clears it up.
+                                  // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.
+
+//
+// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
+//
+//#define ULTRA_LCD
+
+//=============================================================================
+//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
+//=====================   (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs)   =====================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
+//
+// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
+// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
+//
+
+//
+// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
+// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
+//
+//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
+
+//
+// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
+//
+// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
+// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
+//
+//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
+//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004
+
+//
+// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
+//
+//#define LCM1602
+
+//
+// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
+// separate encoder and click inputs.
+//
+// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
+// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
+//
+// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
+// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
+//
+//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
+
+//
+// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
+// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
+//
+//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
+//
+
+//
+// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
+// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
+//
+//#define SAV_3DLCD
+
+//
+// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
+// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
+// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
+//
+//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
+
+//=============================================================================
+//=======================   LCD / Controller Selection  =======================
+//=========================      (Graphical LCDs)      ========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
+//
+// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
+//            https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
+//
+
+//
+// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
+//
+#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
+// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
+//
+//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
+
+//
+// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
+// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
+// http://panucatt.com
+//
+//#define VIKI2
+//#define miniVIKI
+
+//
+// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
+// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
+//
+//#define MINIPANEL
+
+//
+// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
+//
+//#define MAKRPANEL
+
+//
+// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
+// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
+//
+//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
+// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
+//
+//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// Cartesio UI
+// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
+//
+//#define CARTESIO_UI
+
+//
+// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
+//
+//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
+
+//
+// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
+//
+//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
+
+//
+// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
+//
+//#define SAV_3DGLCD
+#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
+  //#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
+  #define U8GLIB_SH1106
+#endif
+
+//
+// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
+// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
+//
+//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
+//
+//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
+
+//
+// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+//
+//#define MKS_MINI_12864
+
+//
+// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
+//
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
+
+//
+// Factory display for Creality CR-10
+// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html
+//
+// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector.
+// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display)
+//
+//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
+
+//
+// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller
+//
+// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
+// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
+// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
+//
+//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD
+
+//
+// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
+//
+// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
+//
+//#define MKS_12864OLED          // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
+//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306  // Uses the SSD1306 controller
+
+//
+// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
+// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html
+//
+//#define AZSMZ_12864
+
+//
+// Silvergate GLCD controller
+// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate
+//
+//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
+
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
+//
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
+//
+//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
+
+//=============================================================================
+//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// MKS Robin 320x240 color display
+//
+//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================  Other Controllers  ============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
+//
+
+//
+// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
+// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
+//
+// REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP sets how much should the robot move when a key
+// is pressed, a value of 10.0 means 10mm per click.
+//
+//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
+//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0
+
+//=============================================================================
+//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+// @section extras
+
+// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
+//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
+
+// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
+// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
+// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
+//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
+
+// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
+// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
+// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
+// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
+// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7]
+#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
+
+// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
+// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
+// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
+// duty cycle is attained.
+//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
+
+// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
+// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
+// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
+//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
+
+// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
+//#define SF_ARC_FIX
+
+// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
+//#define BARICUDA
+
+// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
+//#define BLINKM
+
+// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
+//#define PCA9632
+
+// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
+// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED
+//#define PCA9533
+
+/**
+ * RGB LED / LED Strip Control
+ *
+ * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
+ * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
+ *
+ * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
+ * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
+ * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
+ * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
+ *
+ * *** CAUTION ***
+ *  LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
+ *  as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
+ *  Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
+ *  NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs
+ *  more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
+ * *** CAUTION ***
+ *
+ * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options.
+ *
+ */
+#define RGB_LED
+//#define RGBW_LED
+
+#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED)
+  //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
+  //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
+  //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
+  //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
+#endif
+
+// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
+//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
+#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
+  #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE   NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h)
+  #define NEOPIXEL_PIN    4        // LED driving pin
+  #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30       // Number of LEDs in the strip
+  #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL   // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
+  #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127  // Initial brightness (0-255)
+  //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST  // Cycle through colors at startup
+
+  // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting
+  //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX  0               // Index of the LED to use
+  //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Printer Event LEDs
+ *
+ * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
+ *
+ *  - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
+ *  - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
+ *  - Change to white to illuminate work surface
+ *  - Change to green once print has finished
+ *  - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
+ */
+#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED)
+  #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * R/C SERVO support
+ * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Number of servos
+ *
+ * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
+ * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
+ * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem.
+ */
+//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
+
+// Delay (in milliseconds) before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
+// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
+// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
+#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
+
+// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
+//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
+
+// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM
+//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES
diff --git a/config/examples/Fysetc/CHEETAH/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Fysetc/CHEETAH/Configuration_adv.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9aca20d7f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/examples/Fysetc/CHEETAH/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2550 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+/**
+ * Configuration_adv.h
+ *
+ * Advanced settings.
+ * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
+ * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
+ *
+ * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
+ *
+ */
+#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000
+
+// @section temperature
+
+//===========================================================================
+//=============================Thermal Settings  ============================
+//===========================================================================
+
+//
+// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters
+//
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND0_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND1_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND2_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND3_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND4_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND5_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000
+  #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS     4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS      100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define BED_BETA                     3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000
+  #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define CHAMBER_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+//
+// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
+// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
+//
+//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
+#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
+  #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED
+  #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70
+  #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Heated Chamber settings
+ */
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER
+  #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP             5
+  #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP            60
+  #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS     1   // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
+  //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING
+  //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN       44   // Chamber heater on/off pin
+  //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false
+#endif
+
+#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
+  #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
+  #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
+    #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
+ * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
+ * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
+ *
+ * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
+ * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
+ * the heater on.
+ *
+ * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
+ * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
+ * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
+ *
+ * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
+ * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
+ */
+#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40        // Seconds
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4     // Degrees Celsius
+
+  //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING              // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops
+  #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP)
+    //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING    // Don't slow fan speed during M303
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
+   * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
+   * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
+   * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
+   * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
+   * test.
+   *
+   * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
+   * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
+   * below 2.
+   */
+  #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 120                // Seconds
+  #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2               // Degrees Celsius
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
+ */
+#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60    // Seconds
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
+
+  /**
+   * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
+   */
+  #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 100                // Seconds
+  #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2               // Degrees Celsius
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber.
+ */
+#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER)
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20    // Seconds
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
+
+  /**
+   * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191).
+   */
+  #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60            // Seconds
+  #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2           // Degrees Celsius
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
+  // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
+  // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume.
+  //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
+  #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
+    #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
+    #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Automatic Temperature:
+ * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
+ * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
+ * Start autotemp mode with M109 S<mintemp> B<maxtemp> F<factor>
+ * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
+ * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
+ * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
+ * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
+ */
+#define AUTOTEMP
+#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
+  #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
+#endif
+
+// Show extra position information in M114
+//#define M114_DETAIL
+
+// Show Temperature ADC value
+// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
+//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
+
+/**
+ * High Temperature Thermistor Support
+ *
+ * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
+ * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
+ * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
+ * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
+ * and force stop everything.
+ * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
+ * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
+ * aberrant readings.
+ *
+ * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
+ * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
+ */
+
+// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
+// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
+//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
+
+// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
+// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
+// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
+// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
+// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
+//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
+
+// @section extruder
+
+// Extruder runout prevention.
+// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
+// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
+//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
+#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500  // (mm/m)
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5   // (mm)
+#endif
+
+// @section temperature
+
+// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
+// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET  0.0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN    1.0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN   1.0
+
+/**
+ * Controller Fan
+ * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
+ *
+ * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled
+ * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off.
+ */
+//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
+#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
+  //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1        // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
+  #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60          // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled
+  #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255        // 255 == full speed
+#endif
+
+// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
+// given number of milliseconds.  This gets the fan spinning reliably
+// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
+//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
+
+/**
+ * PWM Fan Scaling
+ *
+ * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
+ *
+ * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
+ * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
+ * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
+ * Value 0 always turns off the fan.
+ *
+ * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
+ */
+//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
+//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
+
+/**
+ * FAST PWM FAN Settings
+ *
+ * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h)
+ * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a
+ * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency.
+ *
+ * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default]
+ *   Set this to your desired frequency.
+ *   If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
+ *   ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers
+ *   These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required
+ *   NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior.
+ *
+ * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default]
+ *   Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2:
+ *   16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz]
+ *   20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz]
+ *   A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of
+ *   PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.)
+ *   USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies.
+ */
+#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
+  //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400
+  //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP
+#endif
+
+// @section extruder
+
+/**
+ * Extruder cooling fans
+ *
+ * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
+ * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
+ *
+ * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
+ * or set to -1 to disable completely.
+ *
+ * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
+ * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
+ */
+#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
+#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
+#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
+
+/**
+ * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
+ *
+ * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
+ * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
+ * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
+ */
+#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
+#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
+#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
+
+/**
+ * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
+ */
+//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
+#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4                  // Override the default pin if needed
+  #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
+  #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
+  #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
+  #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
+    #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section homing
+
+// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
+// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
+//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
+
+// @section extras
+
+//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
+
+// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
+//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
+#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
+  //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN        -1
+  //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops
+ *
+ * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes.
+ *
+ * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to
+ * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop
+ * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug
+ * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'.
+ *
+ * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors
+ * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error
+ * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X<offset> Y<offset> Z<offset>'.
+ */
+
+//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true   // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions
+  //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
+    #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true   // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions
+  //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
+    #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
+    #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
+    #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
+    #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2  0
+    #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Dual X Carriage
+ *
+ * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
+ * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
+ * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
+ * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
+ * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
+ * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
+ *
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
+ *
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
+ *
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
+ *
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
+ *
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
+ */
+//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
+#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
+
+  // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
+
+  // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
+  #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
+
+#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
+
+// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
+// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
+//#define EXT_SOLENOID
+
+// @section homing
+
+// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump.
+#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
+#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
+#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
+#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 }  // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
+//#define QUICK_HOME                     // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially
+//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 }  // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing
+
+// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
+//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
+
+// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
+//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
+
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
+/**
+ * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
+ * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
+ */
+//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
+#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
+  // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3]
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 }
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 }
+  // Set number of iterations to align
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
+  // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
+  #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
+  // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
+  // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
+  // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0
+  // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02
+#endif
+
+// @section machine
+
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
+
+// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
+//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
+
+// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
+#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
+#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
+#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
+#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
+
+// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
+// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
+// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
+#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
+
+#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
+#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE     0.0
+
+//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE  // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
+
+// @section lcd
+
+#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section extras
+
+// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied.
+#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME        20000
+
+// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
+#define SLOWDOWN
+
+// Frequency limit
+// See nophead's blog for more info
+// Not working O
+//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT  15
+
+// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
+// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
+// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
+#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)
+
+//
+// Backlash Compensation
+// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
+//
+//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
+#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
+  // Define values for backlash distance and correction.
+  // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
+  #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm)
+  #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION    0.0       // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
+
+  // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
+  // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
+  //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
+
+  // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
+  //#define BACKLASH_GCODE
+
+  #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
+    // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
+    #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
+
+    #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
+      // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
+      // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
+      // increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
+      #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT       0.5   // (mm)
+      #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION  0.005 // (mm)
+      #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE    Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m)
+    #endif
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration
+ *
+ * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
+ * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
+ *
+ * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
+ * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
+ * and hotend offsets.
+ *
+ * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
+ *       ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
+ */
+//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
+#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
+
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION     0.01 // mm
+
+  #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW             60    // mm/m
+  #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST           1200    // mm/m
+  #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL         3000    // mm/m
+
+  // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
+  #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT          1.0  // mm
+  #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER      2.0  // mm
+
+  // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM).
+  //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
+
+  // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
+  #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER     { 264.0, -22.0,  -2.0} // mm
+  #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS {  10.0,  10.0,  10.0} // mm
+
+  // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
+  // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
+
+  // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
+  // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
+  //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
+
+  // Define pin which is read during calibration
+  #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
+    //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
+ * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
+ * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
+ * lowest stepping frequencies.
+ */
+//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
+
+/**
+ * Custom Microstepping
+ * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
+ */
+//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
+//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
+
+// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
+#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
+
+/**
+ *  @section  stepper motor current
+ *
+ *  Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
+ *
+ *  The power on motor currents are set by:
+ *    PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
+ *                         known compatible chips: A4982
+ *    DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
+ *                         known compatible chips: AD5206
+ *    DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
+ *                         known compatible chips: MCP4728
+ *    DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
+ *                         known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
+ *
+ *  Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
+ *    M907 - applies to all.
+ *    M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
+ *    M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
+ */
+//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 }          // Values in milliamps
+//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 }   // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
+//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 }    // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
+
+// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
+//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
+#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A)
+  /**
+   * Common slave addresses:
+   *
+   *                        A   (A shifted)   B   (B shifted)  IC
+   * Smoothie              0x2C (0x58)       0x2D (0x5A)       MCP4451
+   * AZTEEG_X3_PRO         0x2C (0x58)       0x2E (0x5C)       MCP4451
+   * AZTEEG_X5_MINI        0x2C (0x58)       0x2E (0x5C)       MCP4451
+   * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI         0x58              0x5C        MCP4451
+   * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE      0x2F (0x5E)                         MCP4018
+   */
+  #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C  // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
+  #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D  // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
+#endif
+
+//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018          // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
+#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4     AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8     MKS SBASE: 5
+// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
+// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
+#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 }  //  AZTEEG_X3_PRO
+
+//===========================================================================
+//=============================Additional Features===========================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section lcd
+
+// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
+#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
+#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
+  #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC   30  // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
+  #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC  80  // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
+#endif
+
+// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
+//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
+#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
+  #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION   10
+  #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
+#endif
+
+// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
+//#define LCD_INFO_MENU
+
+// Scroll a longer status message into view
+//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
+
+// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
+//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
+
+// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
+//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
+
+// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage
+//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
+
+#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
+  //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR              // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
+  #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
+    #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000    // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
+    #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000    // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
+    #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE   0       // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
+    //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE           // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
+    //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST       // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LED Control Menu
+ * Enable this feature to add LED Control to the LCD menu
+ */
+//#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
+#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
+  #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS                 // Enable the Preset Color menu option
+  #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED        255  // User defined RED value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN      128  // User defined GREEN value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE         0  // User defined BLUE value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE      255  // User defined WHITE value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255  // User defined intensity
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP       // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
+  #endif
+#endif // LED_CONTROL_MENU
+
+#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+
+  // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
+  // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
+  // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
+  // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
+  // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
+  #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
+
+  #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true          // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
+  #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place.
+
+  // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
+  // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
+  #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
+
+  #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START             // Confirm the selected SD file before printing
+
+  //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART               // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files
+
+  #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY"       // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27")
+
+  /**
+   * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
+   *
+   * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
+   * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
+   * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
+   * point in the file.
+   */
+  //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
+  #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN         44 // Pin to detect power loss
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE     HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN   20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power.
+
+    // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card,
+    // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued.
+    #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
+   *
+   * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
+   * by name for easier navigation.
+   *
+   * By default...
+   *
+   *  - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
+   *  - Folders are sorted to the top.
+   *  - The sort key is statically allocated.
+   *  - No added G-code (M34) support.
+   *  - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
+   *
+   * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
+   * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
+   * limit is exceeded.
+   *
+   *  - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
+   *  - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
+   *  - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
+   *  - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
+   */
+  //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
+
+  // SD Card Sorting options
+  #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
+    #define SDSORT_LIMIT       40     // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
+    #define FOLDER_SORTING     -1     // -1=above  0=none  1=below
+    #define SDSORT_GCODE       false  // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
+    #define SDSORT_USES_RAM    true  // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
+    #define SDSORT_USES_STACK  false  // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
+    #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES true  // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
+    #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false  // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
+    #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2      // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
+                                      // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
+  #endif
+
+  // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
+  //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
+
+  // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
+  //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
+
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
+  /**
+   * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
+   * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
+   * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
+   */
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
+
+  /**
+   * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
+   * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected.
+   * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere.
+   */
+  //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE
+
+  /**
+   * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S<seconds>
+   */
+  //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS
+
+  /**
+   * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
+   * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
+   * to Marlin as an SD card.
+   *
+   * The MAX3421E must be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
+   * the following pin mapping:
+   *
+   *    SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
+   *    INT              --> SD_DETECT_PIN
+   *    SS               --> SDSS
+   */
+  //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
+  #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
+    #define USB_CS_PIN         SDSS
+    #define USB_INTR_PIN       SD_DETECT_PIN
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
+   * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
+   *
+   * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
+   *
+   * Tested with this bootloader:
+   *   https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
+   */
+  //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
+  #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
+    #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR    0x1FF
+    #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE   0xF0
+    #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
+  #endif
+
+  // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
+  //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
+
+  #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
+  #endif
+
+#endif // SDSUPPORT
+
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
+/**
+ * Additional options for Graphical Displays
+ *
+ * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
+ * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
+ * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
+ * on DELTA and SCARA machines.
+ *
+ * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
+ * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
+ * printing performance versus fast display updates.
+ */
+#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
+  // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar
+  //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT
+
+  // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
+  #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
+
+  // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
+  #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
+
+  // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
+  // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
+  //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
+
+  // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
+  // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
+  //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
+
+  // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
+  // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
+  //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
+
+  // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
+  //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE
+
+  /**
+   * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
+   * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
+   * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
+   *
+   * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
+   * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
+   * length of time to display the status message before clearing.
+   *
+   * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
+   * This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
+   */
+  #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
+    //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
+    #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
+      #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
+    #endif
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Status (Info) Screen customizations
+   * These options may affect code size and screen render time.
+   * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
+   */
+  //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS    // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
+  //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS  // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
+  #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED      // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)
+  #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM          // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
+  #define STATUS_BED_ANIM             // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
+  #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM         // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating
+  //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP     // Use the alternative bed bitmap
+  //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP     // Use the alternative fan bitmap
+  //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3       // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
+  //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT       // Show heating in a progress bar
+  //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL    // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash)
+
+  // Frivolous Game Options
+  //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT
+  //#define MARLIN_INVADERS
+  //#define MARLIN_SNAKE
+
+#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
+
+// @section safety
+
+/**
+ * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs
+ * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors.
+ *
+ * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever,
+ * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO.
+ * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while
+ * interrupts are enabled.
+ */
+#define USE_WATCHDOG
+#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
+  //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
+#endif
+
+// @section lcd
+
+/**
+ * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
+ * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
+ * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
+ *
+ * Warning: Does not respect endstops!
+ */
+//#define BABYSTEPPING
+#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
+  //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING
+  //#define BABYSTEP_XY                     // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
+  #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false           // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
+  #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR  1         // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion.
+
+  //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING  // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
+  #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
+    #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250   // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
+                                            // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
+    //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE     // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement).
+    //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE              // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
+    #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
+      #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1   // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
+    #endif
+  #endif
+
+  //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL          // Display total babysteps since last G28
+
+  //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET          // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
+  #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
+    //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET      // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
+    //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY   // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section extruder
+
+/**
+ * Linear Pressure Control v1.5
+ *
+ * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
+ * K=0 means advance disabled.
+ *
+ * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
+ *
+ * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
+ * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
+ * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
+ * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
+ *
+ * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
+ * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues.
+ */
+//#define LIN_ADVANCE
+#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
+  //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants
+  #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22    // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed
+  //#define LA_DEBUG            // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB.
+#endif
+
+// @section leveling
+
+#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+  // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
+  //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
+  //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
+  //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
+  //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
+ * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
+ */
+//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
+#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
+  #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
+  #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
+  /**
+   * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
+   * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
+   */
+  #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
+  #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
+  #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
+
+#endif
+
+// @section extras
+
+//
+// G2/G3 Arc Support
+//
+#define ARC_SUPPORT               // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes
+#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
+  #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT  1   // Length of each arc segment
+  #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS   24   // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle
+  #define N_ARC_CORRECTION   25   // Number of interpolated segments between corrections
+  //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES         // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
+  //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES  // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
+#endif
+
+// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
+//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
+
+/**
+ * G38 Probe Target
+ *
+ * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target)
+ * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target).
+ * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once.
+ */
+//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
+#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
+  //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY        // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target
+  #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move.
+#endif
+
+// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
+#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
+
+/**
+ * Minimum delay after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
+ *     0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
+ *    20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
+ *   200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
+ *   400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
+ *   500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
+ *   650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
+ *  1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
+ * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
+ *
+ * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
+ */
+//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650
+
+/**
+ * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs)
+ *   0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
+ *   0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h
+ *   1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers
+ *   2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
+ *   3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
+ *  30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
+ *
+ * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
+ */
+//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2
+
+/**
+ * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
+ *  If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
+ *  500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
+ *  400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
+ *  250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
+ *  200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
+ *  150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
+ *   15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
+ *
+ * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
+ */
+//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
+
+// @section temperature
+
+// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
+//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
+
+//===========================================================================
+//================================= Buffers =================================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section hidden
+
+// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
+// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
+#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+  #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
+#else
+  #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
+#endif
+
+// @section serial
+
+// The ASCII buffer for serial input
+#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
+#define BUFSIZE 4
+
+// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
+// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
+// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
+// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
+// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
+// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
+// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
+#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
+
+// Host Receive Buffer Size
+// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
+// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
+// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
+//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
+
+#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
+  // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
+  // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
+  //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+  // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
+  // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
+  //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
+
+  // Enable this option to collect and display the number
+  // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
+  //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
+#endif
+
+// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
+// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
+// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
+// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
+//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
+
+// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
+// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
+// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
+// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
+//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
+
+// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
+//#define ADVANCED_OK
+
+// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
+// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
+#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
+
+// @section extras
+
+/**
+ * Extra Fan Speed
+ * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
+ *   'M106 P<fan> T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for <fan>
+ *   'M106 P<fan> T2'     : Use the set secondary speed
+ *   'M106 P<fan> T1'     : Restore the previous fan speed
+ */
+//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
+
+/**
+ * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
+ *
+ * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
+ * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
+ *
+ * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
+ * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
+ * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
+ *
+ * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
+ *
+ * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
+ *
+ */
+//#define FWRETRACT
+#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
+  #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT           // costs ~500 bytes of PROGMEM
+  #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
+    #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1           // When auto-retract is on, convert E moves of this length and over
+    #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0          // Upper limit for auto-retract conversion
+  #endif
+  #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3                // Default retract length (positive mm)
+  #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13          // Default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change
+  #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45             // Default feedrate for retracting (mm/s)
+  #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0                // Default retract Z-raise (mm)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0        // Default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0   // Default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8      // Default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction (mm/s)
+  #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
+    //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING         // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Universal tool change settings.
+ * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
+ */
+#if EXTRUDERS > 1
+  // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
+  #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
+
+  // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
+  #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH          12  // (mm)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME           2  // (mm)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600  // (mm/m)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED   3600  // (mm/m)
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Position to park head during tool change.
+   * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
+   */
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
+  #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY    { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000  // (mm/m)
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Advanced Pause
+ * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused.
+ * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
+ * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle.
+ *
+ * Requires an LCD display.
+ * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
+ * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
+ */
+//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
+#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE         60  // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH            2  // (mm) Initial retract.
+                                                  // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE     10  // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL        25  // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH      100  // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
+                                                  //   For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
+                                                  //   For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
+                                                  //   Set to 0 for manual unloading.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE   6  // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH     0  // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
+                                                  // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE   6  // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL     25  // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH     0  // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
+                                                  //   For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
+                                                  //   For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
+  //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE       // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
+  #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE        3  // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
+  #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH         50  // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
+                                                  //   Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
+                                                  //   Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
+                                                  //   until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
+  #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME          0  // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
+  //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE             // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused.
+
+                                                  // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
+  #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH      13  // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
+  #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY             5000  // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
+  #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH         8  // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
+
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT           45  // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS         10  // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT           // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
+
+  //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE                    // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
+  //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE           // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change
+
+  //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES           // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
+  //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS         // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
+#endif
+
+// @section tmc
+
+/**
+ * TMC26X Stepper Driver options
+ *
+ * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver.
+ * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper
+ */
+#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X)
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X)
+    #define X_MAX_CURRENT     1000  // (mA)
+    #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR    91  // (mOhms)
+    #define X_MICROSTEPS        16  // Number of microsteps
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X)
+    #define X2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define X2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X)
+    #define Y_MAX_CURRENT     1000
+    #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR    91
+    #define Y_MICROSTEPS        16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X)
+    #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define Y2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X)
+    #define Z_MAX_CURRENT     1000
+    #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR    91
+    #define Z_MICROSTEPS        16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X)
+    #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define Z2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X)
+    #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define Z3_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X)
+    #define E0_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E0_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X)
+    #define E1_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E1_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X)
+    #define E2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X)
+    #define E3_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E3_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X)
+    #define E4_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E4_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X)
+    #define E5_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E5_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+#endif // TMC26X
+
+// @section tmc_smart
+
+/**
+ * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode
+ * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define
+ * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3
+ * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
+ * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins.
+ *
+ * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN
+ * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor.
+ * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without
+ * a resistor.
+ * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial.
+ *
+ * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers.
+ * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
+ */
+#if HAS_TRINAMIC
+
+  #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER    0.5  // Scales down the holding current from run current
+  #define INTERPOLATE       true  // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X)
+    #define X_CURRENT     650  // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
+    #define X_MICROSTEPS   16  // 0..256
+    #define X_RSENSE     0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2)
+    #define X2_CURRENT    800
+    #define X2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define X2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y)
+    #define Y_CURRENT     650
+    #define Y_MICROSTEPS   16
+    #define Y_RSENSE     0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2)
+    #define Y2_CURRENT    800
+    #define Y2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define Y2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z)
+    #define Z_CURRENT     800
+    #define Z_MICROSTEPS   16
+    #define Z_RSENSE     0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2)
+    #define Z2_CURRENT    800
+    #define Z2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define Z2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3)
+    #define Z3_CURRENT    800
+    #define Z3_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define Z3_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0)
+    #define E0_CURRENT    650
+    #define E0_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E0_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1)
+    #define E1_CURRENT    800
+    #define E1_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E1_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2)
+    #define E2_CURRENT    800
+    #define E2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3)
+    #define E3_CURRENT    800
+    #define E3_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E3_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4)
+    #define E4_CURRENT    800
+    #define E4_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E4_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5)
+    #define E5_CURRENT    800
+    #define E5_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E5_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
+   * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
+   */
+  //#define X_CS_PIN          -1
+  //#define Y_CS_PIN          -1
+  //#define Z_CS_PIN          -1
+  //#define X2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define Y2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define Z2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define Z3_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E0_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E1_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E3_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E4_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
+
+  /**
+   * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
+   * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
+   * but you can override or define them here.
+   */
+  //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
+  //#define TMC_SW_MOSI       -1
+  //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
+  //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
+
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 1
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 2
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 3
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
+  /**
+   * Software enable
+   *
+   * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
+   * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
+   */
+  //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
+
+  /**
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
+   * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
+   */
+  #define STEALTHCHOP_XY
+  #define STEALTHCHOP_Z
+  #define STEALTHCHOP_E
+
+  /**
+   * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
+   * or with the help of an example included in the library.
+   * Provided parameter sets are
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
+   * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V)
+   * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119   // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
+   *
+   * Define you own with
+   * { <off_time[1..15]>, <hysteresis_end[-3..12]>, hysteresis_start[1..8] }
+   */
+  #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
+
+  /**
+   * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
+   * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
+   * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
+   * Relevant g-codes:
+   * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
+   * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
+   * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
+   * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
+   */
+  #define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
+
+  #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
+    #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN     50  // [mA]
+    #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
+    #define STOP_ON_ERROR
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
+   * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
+   * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
+   * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
+   */
+  //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
+
+  #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     100  // [mm/s]
+  #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD    100
+  #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     100
+  #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD    100
+  #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD       3
+  #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD      3
+  #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD      3
+  #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+
+  /**
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
+   * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
+   * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
+   *
+   * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is used for tuning the trigger sensitivity.
+   * Higher values make the system LESS sensitive.
+   * Lower value make the system MORE sensitive.
+   * Too low values can lead to false positives, while too high values will collide the axis without triggering.
+   * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
+   * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
+   */
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
+
+  /**
+   * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
+   *
+   * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
+   *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
+   */
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
+
+  #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
+    #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
+    #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
+    //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
+  /**
+   * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
+   * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
+   */
+  //#define TMC_DEBUG
+
+  /**
+   * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
+   * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
+   * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
+   *
+   * Example:
+   * #define TMC_ADV() { \
+   *   stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \
+   *   stepperY.interpolate(0); \
+   * }
+   */
+  #define TMC_ADV() {  }
+
+#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC
+
+// @section L6470
+
+/**
+ * L6470 Stepper Driver options
+ *
+ * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver.
+ * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470
+ *
+ * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN
+ *     L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN  (optional)
+ */
+#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470)
+
+  //#define L6470_CHITCHAT        // Display additional status info
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470)
+    #define X_MICROSTEPS     128  // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128)
+    #define X_OVERCURRENT   2000  // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down)
+    #define X_STALLCURRENT  1500  // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) -  4A max - rounds down)
+    #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE    127  // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper
+    #define X_CHAIN_POS        0  // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470)
+    #define X2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define X2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define X2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define X2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470)
+    #define Y_MICROSTEPS       128
+    #define Y_OVERCURRENT     2000
+    #define Y_STALLCURRENT    1500
+    #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE      127
+    #define Y_CHAIN_POS          0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470)
+    #define Y2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define Y2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define Y2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define Y2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470)
+    #define Z_MICROSTEPS       128
+    #define Z_OVERCURRENT     2000
+    #define Z_STALLCURRENT    1500
+    #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE      127
+    #define Z_CHAIN_POS          0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470)
+    #define Z2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define Z2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define Z2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define Z2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470)
+    #define Z3_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define Z3_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define Z3_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define Z3_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470)
+    #define E0_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E0_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E0_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E0_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470)
+    #define E1_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E1_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E1_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E1_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470)
+    #define E2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470)
+    #define E3_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E3_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E3_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E3_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470)
+    #define E4_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E4_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E4_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E4_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470)
+    #define E5_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E5_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E5_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E5_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current.
+   * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears.
+   * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
+   * Relevant g-codes:
+   * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5  Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
+   *         I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0
+   *         I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1
+   *         I3 - Z3 or E3
+   *         I4 - E4
+   *         I5 - E5
+   * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning
+   * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds
+   * M918 - Increase speed until max or error
+   * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters
+   */
+  //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS
+
+  #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS)
+    #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN     1
+    //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR
+  #endif
+
+#endif // L6470
+
+/**
+ * TWI/I2C BUS
+ *
+ * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
+ * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
+ * devices on the bus.
+ *
+ * ; Example #1
+ * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
+ * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B<base 10> arg
+ * M260 A99  ; Target slave address
+ * M260 B77  ; M
+ * M260 B97  ; a
+ * M260 B114 ; r
+ * M260 B108 ; l
+ * M260 B105 ; i
+ * M260 B110 ; n
+ * M260 S1   ; Send the current buffer
+ *
+ * ; Example #2
+ * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
+ * M261 A99 B5
+ *
+ * ; Example #3
+ * ; Example serial output of a M261 request
+ * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
+ */
+
+// @section i2cbus
+
+//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
+#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS  0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
+
+// @section extras
+
+/**
+ * Photo G-code
+ * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo.
+ * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement.
+ */
+//#define PHOTO_GCODE
+#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE)
+  // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo
+  //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 }  // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z)
+  //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS   100                            // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P)
+  //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM   6.5                          // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S)
+
+  // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger
+  // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
+  //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
+
+  // Canon Hack Development Kit
+  // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
+  //#define CHDK_PIN        4
+
+  // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter
+  //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS }  // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J)
+
+  // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high
+  //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS   50 // (ms) (M240 D)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Spindle & Laser control
+ *
+ * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
+ * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
+ *
+ * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
+ * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
+ * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
+ *
+ * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
+ * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
+ *
+ * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
+ */
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
+
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
+
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Filament Width Sensor
+ *
+ * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
+ * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
+ *
+ * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
+ * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
+ * volume.
+ *
+ * Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
+ *
+ *  34 RAMPS_14    : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
+ *  81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
+ * 301 RAMBO       : Analog input 3
+ *
+ * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
+ */
+//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
+
+#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
+  #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0    // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
+  #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM        14    // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
+
+  #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN        1.0  // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
+  #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY       20    // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
+
+  #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
+
+  // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
+  //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * CNC Coordinate Systems
+ *
+ * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
+ * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
+ */
+//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
+
+/**
+ * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S<seconds>
+ */
+#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
+
+/**
+ * Include capabilities in M115 output
+ */
+#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
+
+/**
+ * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
+ */
+//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
+
+#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
+  /**
+   * Volumetric extrusion default state
+   * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
+   * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
+   *
+   * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
+   */
+  //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
+ * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
+ *
+ *  - M206 and M428 are disabled.
+ *  - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
+ */
+//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
+
+/**
+ * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
+ * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
+ *
+ * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
+ * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
+ */
+#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
+
+/**
+ * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser
+ */
+#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
+
+/**
+ * CNC G-code options
+ * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
+ * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
+ * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
+ */
+//#define PAREN_COMMENTS      // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
+//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES  // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
+
+// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
+//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m)
+#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
+  //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * G-code Macros
+ *
+ * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
+ * Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
+ */
+//#define GCODE_MACROS
+#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
+  #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS       5  // Up to 10 may be used
+  #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE  50  // Maximum length of a single macro
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
+ */
+//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
+#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
+  //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands"
+  #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
+  #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
+  //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN  // Return to status screen after a script
+
+  #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info"
+  #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W"
+
+  #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
+  #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
+
+  #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
+  #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
+
+  #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
+  #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
+
+  #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info"
+  #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503"
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Host Action Commands
+ *
+ * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard.
+ *
+ * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands
+ * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel
+ * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed
+ *
+ * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands.
+ *
+ * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so
+ * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side.
+ */
+//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS
+#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS)
+  //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT
+#endif
+
+//===========================================================================
+//====================== I2C Position Encoder Settings ======================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
+ * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
+ *
+ * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
+ * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
+ *
+ * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
+ * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/
+ *
+ * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
+ */
+
+//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
+#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT         1                       // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
+                                                            // encoders supported currently.
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X     // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS          X_AXIS                  // Axis the encoder module is installed on.  <X|Y|Z|E>_AXIS.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE          I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR   // Type of encoder:  I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
+                                                            // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT    2048                    // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
+                                                            // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
+                                                            // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV     (16 * 200)            // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
+                                                            // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT                              // Invert the direction of axis travel.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD     I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP     // Type of error error correction.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH     0.10                    // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
+                                                            // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
+                                                            // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
+                                                            // measurement noise / latency (filter).
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y     // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS          Y_AXIS
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE          I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT    2048
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV   (16 * 200)
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD     I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH     0.10
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z     // Encoder 3.  Add additional configuration options
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS          Z_AXIS                  // as above, or use defaults below.
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E     // Encoder 4.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS          E_AXIS
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR          34                      // Encoder 5.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS          E_AXIS
+
+  // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE            I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT  2048
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV       (16 * 200)
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD       I2CPE_ECM_NONE
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH       0.1
+
+  //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT  100.0                   // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
+                                                            // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
+                                                            // disable abort behavior.
+
+  #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED        10000                   // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
+                                                            // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
+                                                            // is trusted again.
+
+  /**
+   * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
+   * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
+   * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
+   */
+  #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS     4                       // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
+
+  // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
+  #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
+
+#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
+
+/**
+ * MAX7219 Debug Matrix
+ *
+ * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
+ * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
+ */
+//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
+#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
+  #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN   64
+  #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN   57
+  #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN  44
+
+  //#define MAX7219_GCODE          // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
+  #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST    2   // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral)
+  #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1   // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
+  #define MAX7219_ROTATE       0   // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
+                                   // connector at:  right=0   bottom=-90  top=90  left=180
+  //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER  // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order
+
+  /**
+   * Sample debug features
+   * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
+   */
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE    // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD  3  // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL  5  // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
+
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0  // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
+                                         // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
+                                         // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * NanoDLP Sync support
+ *
+ * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp"
+ * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use
+ * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands
+ */
+//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
+#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
+  //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS  // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move.
+                              // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only.
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi)
+ */
+//#define WIFISUPPORT
+#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT)
+  #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID"
+  #define WIFI_PWD  "Wifi Password"
+  //#define WEBSUPPORT        // Start a webserver with auto-discovery
+  //#define OTASUPPORT        // Support over-the-air firmware updates
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
+ * Enable in Configuration.h
+ */
+#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2)
+
+  // Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
+  // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial)
+  // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2)
+  #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2
+  #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial
+
+  // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
+  //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
+
+  // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
+  //#define MMU2_MODE_12V
+
+  // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
+  #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
+
+  // Add an LCD menu for MMU2
+  //#define MMU2_MENUS
+  #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
+    // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
+    // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
+    #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
+    #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
+      {  7.2,  562 }, \
+      { 14.4,  871 }, \
+      { 36.0, 1393 }, \
+      { 14.4,  871 }, \
+      { 50.0,  198 }
+
+    #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
+      {   1.0, 1000 }, \
+      {   1.0, 1500 }, \
+      {   2.0, 2000 }, \
+      {   1.5, 3000 }, \
+      {   2.5, 4000 }, \
+      { -15.0, 5000 }, \
+      { -14.0, 1200 }, \
+      {  -6.0,  600 }, \
+      {  10.0,  700 }, \
+      { -10.0,  400 }, \
+      { -50.0, 2000 }
+
+  #endif
+
+  //#define MMU2_DEBUG  // Write debug info to serial output
+
+#endif // PRUSA_MMU2
+
+/**
+ * Advanced Print Counter settings
+ */
+#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
+  #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES  3
+  // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs
+  //#define SERVICE_NAME_1      "Service S"
+  //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1  100 // print hours
+  //#define SERVICE_NAME_2      "Service L"
+  //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2  200 // print hours
+  //#define SERVICE_NAME_3      "Service 3"
+  //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3    1 // print hours
+#endif
+
+// @section develop
+
+/**
+ * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins
+ */
+//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
+
+// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
+//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE
diff --git a/config/examples/Fysetc/F6_13/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Fysetc/F6_13/Configuration.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9e314b8672
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/examples/Fysetc/F6_13/Configuration.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2170 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+/**
+ * Configuration.h
+ *
+ * Basic settings such as:
+ *
+ * - Type of electronics
+ * - Type of temperature sensor
+ * - Printer geometry
+ * - Endstop configuration
+ * - LCD controller
+ * - Extra features
+ *
+ * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
+ *
+ */
+#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Getting Started =============================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
+ *
+ * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
+ * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
+ * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
+ * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
+ * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
+ * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
+ * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
+ */
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
+//===========================================================================
+// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
+// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine.
+//
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
+//===========================================================================
+// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
+// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine.
+//
+
+// @section info
+
+// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during
+// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this
+// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware.
+#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes.
+#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
+#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1
+#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 WEBSITE_URL         // will be shown during bootup in line 2
+
+/**
+ * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
+ *
+ * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
+ * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
+ * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
+ *
+ * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
+ * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
+ */
+
+// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
+//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
+
+// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
+//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE
+
+// @section machine
+
+/**
+ * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
+ * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
+ * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
+ *
+ * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
+ */
+#define SERIAL_PORT 0
+
+/**
+ * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
+ * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
+ * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
+ *
+ * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
+ */
+//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
+
+/**
+ * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
+ *
+ * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
+ * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
+ * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
+ *
+ * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
+ */
+#define BAUDRATE 115200
+
+// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
+//#define BLUETOOTH
+
+// The following define selects which electronics board you have.
+// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
+#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
+  //#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB
+  //#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_FYSETC_AIO_II
+  #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_FYSETC_F6_13
+#endif
+
+// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine
+// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message
+//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer"
+
+// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines)
+// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4)
+//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
+
+// @section extruder
+
+// This defines the number of extruders
+// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
+#define EXTRUDERS 1
+
+// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc.
+#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0
+
+// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
+//#define SINGLENOZZLE
+
+/**
+ * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
+ *
+ * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
+ * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
+ * for extruders.
+ *
+ * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
+ * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
+ */
+//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
+#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
+  // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
+  // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
+  //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40  // Always Required
+  //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42  // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
+  //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44  // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
+ *
+ * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
+ * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5
+ *
+ * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h
+ */
+//#define PRUSA_MMU2
+
+// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
+//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
+#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
+  #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
+  #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
+  #if EXTRUDERS > 3
+    #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles
+//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
+#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
+  #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
+  //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1          // If two servos are used, the index of the second
+  #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 }   // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
+ * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
+ */
+//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
+
+/**
+ * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
+ * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
+ *
+ * project   : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
+ * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
+ *             https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
+ */
+//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER
+
+#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
+
+  #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 }     // X positions for parking the extruders
+  #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1            // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+  //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL                   // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
+
+  #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
+
+    #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT           // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
+    #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW  // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
+    #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250        // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
+    //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL                   // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
+
+  #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
+
+    #define MPE_FAST_SPEED      9000      // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point
+    #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED      4500      // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
+    #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE   10      // (mm) Last distance point
+    #define MPE_COMPENSATION       0      // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling
+
+  #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
+ * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
+ */
+//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+/**
+ * Magnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic
+ * docking mechanism using movement and no servo.
+ */
+//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS          { 215, 0 }  // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
+  #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR       2         // Index of the servo connector
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 }  // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
+  #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * "Mixing Extruder"
+ *   - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
+ *   - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
+ *   - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S<index>' supporting virtual tools.
+ *   - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
+ *   - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
+ */
+//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
+#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
+  #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
+  #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
+  //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
+// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
+// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+
+// @section machine
+
+/**
+ * Power Supply Control
+ *
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
+ */
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
+
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
+
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
+    #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
+    #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
+    #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
+    #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section temperature
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
+ *
+ * Temperature sensors available:
+ *
+ *    -4 : thermocouple with AD8495
+ *    -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)
+ *    -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)
+ *    -1 : thermocouple with AD595
+ *     0 : not used
+ *     1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
+ *     2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
+ *     3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
+ *     4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
+ *     5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
+ *   501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor
+ *     6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
+ *     7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
+ *    71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
+ *     8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
+ *     9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
+ *    10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
+ *    11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
+ *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
+ *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
+ *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
+ *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
+ *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
+ *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
+ *    66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
+ *    67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering
+ *    70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
+ *    75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
+ *
+ *       1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
+ *                              (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
+ *    51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
+ *    52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
+ *    55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
+ *
+ *  1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
+ *  1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
+ *   147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
+ *   110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
+ *
+ *  1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h
+ *
+ *         Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
+ *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
+ *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
+ *
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ */
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
+
+// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
+#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
+#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
+
+// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
+// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
+//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
+#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
+
+#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME     10  // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109
+#define TEMP_WINDOW              1  // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
+#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS          3  // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
+
+#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10  // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190
+#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW          1  // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
+#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS      3  // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
+
+// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off
+// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire.
+#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP   5
+#define BED_MINTEMP        5
+
+// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off.
+// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures.
+// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.)
+#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
+#define BED_MAXTEMP      150
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= PID Settings ================================
+//===========================================================================
+// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
+
+// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
+#define PIDTEMP
+#define BANG_MAX 255     // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
+#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
+#define PID_K1 0.95      // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
+#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
+  //#define PID_EDIT_MENU         // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM)
+  //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU     // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM)
+  //#define PID_DEBUG             // Sends debug data to the serial port.
+  //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1        // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
+  //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS      // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
+  //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
+                                  // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
+  #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
+                                  // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
+
+  // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
+
+  // Ultimaker
+  #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2
+  #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08
+  #define DEFAULT_Kd 114
+
+  // MakerGear
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
+  //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
+
+  // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
+  //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
+
+#endif // PIDTEMP
+
+//===========================================================================
+//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ======================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * PID Bed Heating
+ *
+ * If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
+ * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis.
+ *
+ * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
+ * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
+ * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
+ * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
+ * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
+ * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
+ */
+//#define PIDTEMPBED
+
+//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
+
+/**
+ * Max Bed Power
+ * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
+ * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
+ * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
+ */
+#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
+
+#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
+
+  //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
+
+  //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
+  //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
+  #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
+  #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
+  #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
+
+  //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
+  //from pidautotune
+  //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
+  //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
+  //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
+
+  // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
+#endif // PIDTEMPBED
+
+// @section extruder
+
+/**
+ * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
+ * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
+ * cold extrusion prevention on and off.
+ *
+ * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
+ */
+#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
+#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
+
+/**
+ * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
+ * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
+ */
+#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
+#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
+
+//===========================================================================
+//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
+ * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
+ * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
+ *
+ * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
+ * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
+ * the heater on.
+ *
+ * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
+ * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
+ */
+
+#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
+#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED     // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
+#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section machine
+
+// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
+// either in the usual order or reversed
+//#define COREXY
+//#define COREXZ
+//#define COREYZ
+//#define COREYX
+//#define COREZX
+//#define COREZY
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section homing
+
+// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
+// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
+// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
+#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
+#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
+#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
+//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
+//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
+//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
+
+// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
+#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
+#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
+  // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
+#endif
+
+// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
+//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
+#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
+  // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
+#endif
+
+// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+
+/**
+ * Stepper Drivers
+ *
+ * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
+ * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
+ *
+ * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
+ *
+ * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ */
+#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
+#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
+#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
+//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+
+// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
+// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
+//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
+
+/**
+ * Endstop Noise Threshold
+ *
+ * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
+ *
+ * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
+ * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch.
+ * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
+ *   based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
+ *
+ * :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
+ */
+//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================== Movement Settings ============================
+//=============================================================================
+// @section motion
+
+/**
+ * Default Settings
+ *
+ * These settings can be reset by M502
+ *
+ * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
+ * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
+ * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
+ */
+//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
+
+/**
+ * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
+ * Override with M92
+ *                                      X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT   { 1280, 1280, 6400, 1600 }
+
+/**
+ * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
+ * Override with M203
+ *                                      X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE          { 300, 300, 5, 25 }
+
+/**
+ * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
+ * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
+ * Override with M201
+ *                                      X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION      { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 }
+
+/**
+ * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
+ * Override with M204
+ *
+ *   M204 P    Acceleration
+ *   M204 R    Retract Acceleration
+ *   M204 T    Travel Acceleration
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION          3000    // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
+#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000    // E acceleration for retracts
+#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
+
+//
+// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+//
+//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
+#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
+  #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Default Jerk (mm/s)
+ * Override with M205 X Y Z E
+ *
+ * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
+ * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
+ * value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
+ */
+#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
+  #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0
+  #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0
+  #define DEFAULT_ZJERK  0.3
+#endif
+
+#define DEFAULT_EJERK    5.0  // May be used by Linear Advance
+
+/**
+ * S-Curve Acceleration
+ *
+ * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier
+ * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
+ *
+ * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
+ */
+//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
+//===========================================================================
+// @section probes
+
+//
+// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
+//
+
+/**
+ * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
+ *
+ * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
+ */
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
+
+/**
+ * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN
+ *
+ * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN.
+ * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD
+ * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want.
+ *
+ *  - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
+ *  - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
+ *
+ *  - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
+ *    - For simple switches connect...
+ *      - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
+ *      - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
+ *
+ */
+//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default
+
+/**
+ * Probe Type
+ *
+ * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
+ * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
+ * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
+ * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
+ */
+//#define PROBE_MANUALLY
+//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2
+
+/**
+ * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
+ *   (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
+ */
+//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
+
+/**
+ * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
+ */
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+
+/**
+ * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
+ */
+//#define BLTOUCH
+
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
+
+// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
+//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
+
+// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
+//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
+//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5  // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
+
+// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
+//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
+  #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X  X_MIN_POS
+  #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
+#endif
+
+//
+// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
+//
+
+/**
+ * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
+ * X and Y offsets must be integers.
+ *
+ * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
+ * #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
+ * #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
+ *
+ *     +-- BACK ---+
+ *     |           |
+ *   L |    (+) P  | R <-- probe (20,20)
+ *   E |           | I
+ *   F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
+ *   T |           | H
+ *     |    (-)    | T
+ *     |           |
+ *     O-- FRONT --+
+ *   (0,0)
+ */
+#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10  // X offset: -left  +right  [of the nozzle]
+#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10  // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle]
+#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0   // Z offset: -below +above  [the nozzle]
+
+// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges
+#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
+
+// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
+#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
+
+// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
+#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
+
+// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
+#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
+
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
+//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
+
+/**
+ * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
+ * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
+ * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
+ * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
+ *
+ * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
+ * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
+ * probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD.
+ * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
+ *
+ * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4  =>  9mm from bed to nozzle.
+ *     But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2  =>  2mm from bed to nozzle.
+ */
+#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE   10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
+#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES  5 // Z Clearance between probe points
+#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE     5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
+//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING           5 // Z position after probing is done
+
+#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT          -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
+
+// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
+#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
+#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
+
+// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
+//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
+
+// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
+//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
+#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW)
+  //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
+ * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
+ * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
+ * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
+ * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
+ */
+//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF       // Turn heaters off when probing
+#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
+  //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER     // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
+#endif
+//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF          // Turn fans off when probing
+//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF      // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing
+//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200  // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
+
+// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
+// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
+#define X_ENABLE_ON 1
+#define Y_ENABLE_ON 1
+#define Z_ENABLE_ON 1
+#define E_ENABLE_ON 1 // For all extruders
+
+// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
+// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
+#define DISABLE_X false
+#define DISABLE_Y false
+#define DISABLE_Z false
+
+// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
+//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
+
+// @section extruder
+
+#define DISABLE_E false             // For all extruders
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER   // Keep only the active extruder enabled
+
+// @section machine
+
+// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
+#define INVERT_X_DIR false
+#define INVERT_Y_DIR false
+#define INVERT_Z_DIR true
+
+// @section extruder
+
+// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
+#define INVERT_E0_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E5_DIR false
+
+// @section homing
+
+//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING  // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed
+
+//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off.
+
+//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4  // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
+                             // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
+
+// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
+// :[-1,1]
+#define X_HOME_DIR -1
+#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
+#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
+
+// @section machine
+
+// The size of the print bed
+#define X_BED_SIZE 200
+#define Y_BED_SIZE 200
+
+// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
+#define X_MIN_POS 0
+#define Y_MIN_POS 0
+#define Z_MIN_POS 0
+#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
+#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
+#define Z_MAX_POS 200
+
+/**
+ * Software Endstops
+ *
+ * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
+ * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
+ * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
+ * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
+ */
+
+// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
+#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
+#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
+  #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
+  #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
+  #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
+#endif
+
+// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
+#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
+#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
+  #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
+  #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
+  #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
+#endif
+
+#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
+  //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM  // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Filament Runout Sensors
+ * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
+ *
+ * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
+ * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
+ * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT.
+ */
+//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
+#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
+  #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
+  //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
+
+  // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout.
+  // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.)
+  #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
+
+  // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
+  // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
+  // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
+  //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25
+
+  #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
+    // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
+    // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
+    // large enough to avoid false positives.)
+    //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//===========================================================================
+//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
+//===========================================================================
+// @section calibrate
+
+/**
+ * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
+ * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
+ *
+ *  If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
+ *   Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
+ *   You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
+ *   The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
+ *   Probe several points in a grid.
+ *   You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
+ *   The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
+ *   Probe several points in a grid.
+ *   You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
+ *   The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
+ *   A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
+ *   of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
+ *   Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
+ *
+ * - MESH_BED_LEVELING
+ *   Probe a grid manually
+ *   The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
+ *   For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
+ *   leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
+ *   With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
+ */
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
+//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
+
+/**
+ * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable
+ * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state.
+ */
+//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
+
+/**
+ * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
+ * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
+ * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
+ */
+//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
+
+#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+  // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
+  // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
+  // The height can be set with M420 Z<height>
+  #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
+
+  // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
+  // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
+  // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
+  #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
+  #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)
+
+  /**
+   * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
+   */
+  //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
+  #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
+    #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE    0.4  // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
+    #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT   0.2  // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+    #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP  205    // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+    #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP      60    // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+    #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE         20    // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+  #endif
+
+#endif
+
+#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
+
+  // Set the number of grid points per dimension.
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
+
+  // Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach).
+  //#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
+  //#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION (X_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
+  //#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
+  //#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION (Y_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
+
+  // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
+  //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
+
+  #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
+
+    // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
+    // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
+    //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
+
+    //
+    // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
+    // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
+    //
+    //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
+    #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
+      // Number of subdivisions between probe points
+      #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
+    #endif
+
+  #endif
+
+#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+
+  //===========================================================================
+  //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
+  //===========================================================================
+
+  //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY   // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
+
+  #define MESH_INSET 1              // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10      // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
+
+  #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z     // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
+  #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500   // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500
+
+  //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
+                                          // as the Z-Height correction value.
+
+#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
+
+  //===========================================================================
+  //=================================== Mesh ==================================
+  //===========================================================================
+
+  #define MESH_INSET 10          // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3    // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
+
+  //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
+
+#endif // BED_LEVELING
+
+/**
+ * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
+ * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
+ */
+#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+  //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15
+  //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
+  //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15
+  //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
+  //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170
+  //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
+ * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
+ */
+//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
+
+#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
+  #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP  0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
+  #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4     // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
+  //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU        // Add a menu to edit mesh points
+#endif
+
+// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
+//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS
+
+#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS)
+  #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30    // (mm) An inset for corner leveling
+  #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP  4.0  // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners
+  #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0  // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points
+  //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO        // Move to the center after the last corner
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
+ * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
+ */
+//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
+
+
+// @section homing
+
+// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
+//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
+
+// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
+// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
+//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
+//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
+//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
+
+// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
+//
+// With this feature enabled:
+//
+// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
+// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
+// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
+// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
+//
+//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
+
+#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
+  #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2)    // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
+  #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2)    // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
+#endif
+
+// Homing speeds (mm/m)
+#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60)
+#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z  (4*60)
+
+// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
+#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
+
+// @section calibrate
+
+/**
+ * Bed Skew Compensation
+ *
+ * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
+ *
+ * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
+ *  1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
+ *  2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
+ *  3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
+ *  4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
+ *
+ * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
+ * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
+ *
+ *  - Compute AB     : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
+ *  - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
+ *
+ * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
+ * Use these diagrams for reference:
+ *
+ *    Y                     Z                     Z
+ *    ^     B-------C       ^     B-------C       ^     B-------C
+ *    |    /       /        |    /       /        |    /       /
+ *    |   /       /         |   /       /         |   /       /
+ *    |  A-------D          |  A-------D          |  A-------D
+ *    +-------------->X     +-------------->X     +-------------->Y
+ *     XY_SKEW_FACTOR        XZ_SKEW_FACTOR        YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
+ */
+//#define SKEW_CORRECTION
+
+#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
+  // Input all length measurements here:
+  #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
+  #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
+  #define XY_SIDE_AD 200
+
+  // Or, set the default skew factors directly here
+  // to override the above measurements:
+  #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
+
+  //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
+  #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
+    #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
+    #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
+    #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
+    #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
+    #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200
+    #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
+    #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
+  #endif
+
+  // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
+  //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
+#endif
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================= Additional Features ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+// @section extras
+
+/**
+ * EEPROM
+ *
+ * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots.
+ *
+ *   M500 - Store settings to EEPROM.
+ *   M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes)
+ *   M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.)
+ */
+//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS     // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
+//#define DISABLE_M503        // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
+#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT       // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
+#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
+  //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT  // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors.
+#endif
+
+//
+// Host Keepalive
+//
+// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
+// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
+//
+#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE        // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
+#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2  // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
+#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING            // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
+
+//
+// M100 Free Memory Watcher
+//
+//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER    // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage
+
+//
+// G20/G21 Inch mode support
+//
+//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
+
+//
+// M149 Set temperature units support
+//
+//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
+
+// @section temperature
+
+// Preheat Constants
+#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL       "PLA"
+#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180
+#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED     70
+#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED     0 // Value from 0 to 255
+
+#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL       "ABS"
+#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240
+#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED    110
+#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED     0 // Value from 0 to 255
+
+/**
+ * Nozzle Park
+ *
+ * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
+ *
+ * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
+ *
+ *    P0  (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
+ *    P1  Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
+ *    P2  Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
+ */
+//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
+
+#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
+  // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise }
+  #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
+  #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100   // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis)
+  #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5      // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
+ *
+ * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
+ *
+ * Parameters:
+ *   P  Pattern
+ *   S  Strokes / Repetitions
+ *   T  Triangles (P1 only)
+ *
+ * Patterns:
+ *   P0  Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
+ *       at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
+ *       between the start / end points.
+ *
+ *   P1  Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
+ *       number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
+ *       Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
+ *       For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
+ *
+ *          --
+ *         |  (X0, Y1) |     /\        /\        /\     | (X1, Y1)
+ *         |           |    /  \      /  \      /  \    |
+ *       A |           |   /    \    /    \    /    \   |
+ *         |           |  /      \  /      \  /      \  |
+ *         |  (X0, Y0) | /        \/        \/        \ | (X1, Y0)
+ *          --         +--------------------------------+
+ *                       |________|_________|_________|
+ *                           T1        T2        T3
+ *
+ *   P2  Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
+ *       "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
+ *       Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
+ *
+ *   Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
+ * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
+ *
+ */
+//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
+
+#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
+  // Default number of pattern repetitions
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES  12
+
+  // Default number of triangles
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES  3
+
+  // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
+
+  // Circular pattern radius
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
+  // Circular pattern circle fragments number
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
+  // Middle point of circle
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
+
+  // Moves the nozzle to the initial position
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Print Job Timer
+ *
+ * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
+ *
+ *   M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none,        low temp = stop timer
+ *   M109 (hotend, wait)    - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
+ *   M190 (bed, wait)       - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
+ *
+ * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
+ *
+ *   M75 - Start the print job timer
+ *   M76 - Pause the print job timer
+ *   M77 - Stop the print job timer
+ */
+#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
+
+/**
+ * Print Counter
+ *
+ * Track statistical data such as:
+ *
+ *  - Total print jobs
+ *  - Total successful print jobs
+ *  - Total failed print jobs
+ *  - Total time printing
+ *
+ * View the current statistics with M78.
+ */
+//#define PRINTCOUNTER
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+// @section lcd
+
+/**
+ * LCD LANGUAGE
+ *
+ * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
+ *
+ *    en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it,
+ *    jp-kana, ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, zh_CN, zh_TW, test
+ *
+ * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' }
+ */
+#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
+
+/**
+ * LCD Character Set
+ *
+ * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
+ *
+ * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
+ * language extensions:
+ *
+ *  - JAPANESE ... the most common
+ *  - WESTERN  ... with more accented characters
+ *  - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
+ *
+ * To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
+ *
+ *  - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
+ *  - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
+ *  - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
+ *
+ * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
+ *
+ * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
+ */
+#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
+
+/**
+ * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa)
+ *
+ * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa']
+ */
+#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0
+
+/**
+ * SD CARD
+ *
+ * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
+ * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
+ *
+ */
+#define SDSUPPORT
+
+/**
+ * SD CARD: SPI SPEED
+ *
+ * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
+ * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
+ */
+//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
+//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
+//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
+
+/**
+ * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
+ *
+ * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
+ */
+//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
+
+/**
+ * LCD Menu Items
+ *
+ * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
+ * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
+ */
+//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
+//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS
+
+//
+// ENCODER SETTINGS
+//
+// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
+// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
+//
+//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4
+
+//
+// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
+// move between next/prev menu items.
+//
+//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
+
+/**
+ * Encoder Direction Options
+ *
+ * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
+ *
+ *  Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
+ *  Reversed Menu Navigation only?    Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
+ *  Reversed Value Editing only?      Enable BOTH options.
+ */
+
+//
+// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
+//
+//  Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
+//
+//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
+
+//
+// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
+//
+//  If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
+//  If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
+//
+//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
+
+//
+// Individual Axis Homing
+//
+// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
+//
+//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
+
+//
+// SPEAKER/BUZZER
+//
+// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
+// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
+//
+//#define SPEAKER
+
+//
+// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
+// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
+//
+// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
+//  M300 S<frequency Hz> P<duration ms>
+//
+//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2
+//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000
+
+//=============================================================================
+//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
+//========================   (Character-based LCDs)   =========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
+//
+// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
+//
+//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
+// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
+//
+//#define RADDS_DISPLAY
+
+//
+// ULTIMAKER Controller.
+//
+//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
+
+//
+// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
+//
+//#define ULTIPANEL
+
+//
+// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
+//
+//#define PANEL_ONE
+
+//
+// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
+//
+// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
+//
+//#define G3D_PANEL
+
+//
+// RigidBot Panel V1.0
+// http://www.inventapart.com/
+//
+//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
+
+//
+// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
+// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html
+//
+//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602
+
+//
+// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
+//
+//#define ZONESTAR_LCD            // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
+                                  // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
+                                  // which scrambles the display.  Pressing any button clears it up.
+                                  // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.
+
+//
+// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
+//
+//#define ULTRA_LCD
+
+//=============================================================================
+//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
+//=====================   (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs)   =====================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
+//
+// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
+// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
+//
+
+//
+// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
+// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
+//
+//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
+
+//
+// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
+//
+// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
+// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
+//
+//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
+//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004
+
+//
+// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
+//
+//#define LCM1602
+
+//
+// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
+// separate encoder and click inputs.
+//
+// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
+// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
+//
+// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
+// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
+//
+//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
+
+//
+// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
+// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
+//
+//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
+//
+
+//
+// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
+// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
+//
+//#define SAV_3DLCD
+
+//
+// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
+// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
+// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
+//
+//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
+
+//=============================================================================
+//=======================   LCD / Controller Selection  =======================
+//=========================      (Graphical LCDs)      ========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
+//
+// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
+//            https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
+//
+
+//
+// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
+//
+//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
+// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
+//
+//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
+
+//
+// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
+// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
+// http://panucatt.com
+//
+//#define VIKI2
+//#define miniVIKI
+
+//
+// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
+// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
+//
+//#define MINIPANEL
+
+//
+// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
+//
+//#define MAKRPANEL
+
+//
+// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
+// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
+//
+//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
+// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
+//
+//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// Cartesio UI
+// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
+//
+//#define CARTESIO_UI
+
+//
+// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
+//
+//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
+
+//
+// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
+//
+//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
+
+//
+// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
+//
+//#define SAV_3DGLCD
+#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
+  //#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
+  #define U8GLIB_SH1106
+#endif
+
+//
+// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
+// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
+//
+//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
+//
+//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
+
+//
+// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+//
+#define MKS_MINI_12864
+
+//
+// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
+//
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
+
+//
+// Factory display for Creality CR-10
+// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html
+//
+// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector.
+// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display)
+//
+//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
+
+//
+// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller
+//
+// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
+// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
+// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
+//
+//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD
+
+//
+// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
+//
+// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
+//
+//#define MKS_12864OLED          // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
+//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306  // Uses the SSD1306 controller
+
+//
+// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
+// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html
+//
+//#define AZSMZ_12864
+
+//
+// Silvergate GLCD controller
+// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate
+//
+//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
+
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
+//
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
+//
+//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
+
+//=============================================================================
+//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// MKS Robin 320x240 color display
+//
+//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================  Other Controllers  ============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
+//
+
+//
+// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
+// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
+//
+// REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP sets how much should the robot move when a key
+// is pressed, a value of 10.0 means 10mm per click.
+//
+//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
+//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0
+
+//=============================================================================
+//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+// @section extras
+
+// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
+//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
+
+// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
+// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
+// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
+//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
+
+// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
+// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
+// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
+// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
+// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7]
+#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
+
+// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
+// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
+// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
+// duty cycle is attained.
+//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
+
+// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
+// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
+// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
+//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
+
+// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
+//#define SF_ARC_FIX
+
+// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
+//#define BARICUDA
+
+// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
+//#define BLINKM
+
+// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
+//#define PCA9632
+
+// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
+// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED
+//#define PCA9533
+
+/**
+ * RGB LED / LED Strip Control
+ *
+ * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
+ * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
+ *
+ * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
+ * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
+ * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
+ * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
+ *
+ * *** CAUTION ***
+ *  LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
+ *  as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
+ *  Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
+ *  NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs
+ *  more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
+ * *** CAUTION ***
+ *
+ * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options.
+ *
+ */
+//#define RGB_LED
+//#define RGBW_LED
+
+#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED)
+  // fzl:change to below
+  //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
+  //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
+  //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
+  #define RGB_LED_R_PIN -1 // PB0
+  #define RGB_LED_G_PIN PB6
+  #define RGB_LED_B_PIN PB7
+  #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
+#endif
+
+// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
+//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
+#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
+  #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE   NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h)
+  #define NEOPIXEL_PIN    4        // LED driving pin
+  #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30       // Number of LEDs in the strip
+  #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL   // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
+  #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127  // Initial brightness (0-255)
+  //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST  // Cycle through colors at startup
+
+  // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting
+  //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX  0               // Index of the LED to use
+  //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Printer Event LEDs
+ *
+ * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
+ *
+ *  - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
+ *  - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
+ *  - Change to white to illuminate work surface
+ *  - Change to green once print has finished
+ *  - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
+ */
+#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED)
+  #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * R/C SERVO support
+ * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Number of servos
+ *
+ * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
+ * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
+ * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem.
+ */
+//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
+
+// Delay (in milliseconds) before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
+// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
+// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
+#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
+
+// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
+//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
+
+// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM
+//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES
diff --git a/config/examples/Fysetc/F6_13/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Fysetc/F6_13/Configuration_adv.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f16f1268b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/examples/Fysetc/F6_13/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2550 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+/**
+ * Configuration_adv.h
+ *
+ * Advanced settings.
+ * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
+ * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
+ *
+ * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
+ *
+ */
+#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000
+
+// @section temperature
+
+//===========================================================================
+//=============================Thermal Settings  ============================
+//===========================================================================
+
+//
+// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters
+//
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND0_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND1_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND2_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND3_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND4_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND5_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000
+  #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS     4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS      100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define BED_BETA                     3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000
+  #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define CHAMBER_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+//
+// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
+// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
+//
+//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
+#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
+  #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED
+  #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70
+  #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Heated Chamber settings
+ */
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER
+  #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP             5
+  #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP            60
+  #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS     1   // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
+  //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING
+  //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN       44   // Chamber heater on/off pin
+  //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false
+#endif
+
+#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
+  #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
+  #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
+    #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
+ * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
+ * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
+ *
+ * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
+ * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
+ * the heater on.
+ *
+ * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
+ * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
+ * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
+ *
+ * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
+ * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
+ */
+#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40        // Seconds
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4     // Degrees Celsius
+
+  //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING              // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops
+  #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP)
+    //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING    // Don't slow fan speed during M303
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
+   * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
+   * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
+   * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
+   * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
+   * test.
+   *
+   * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
+   * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
+   * below 2.
+   */
+  #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 120                // Seconds
+  #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2               // Degrees Celsius
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
+ */
+#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60    // Seconds
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
+
+  /**
+   * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
+   */
+  #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 100                // Seconds
+  #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2               // Degrees Celsius
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber.
+ */
+#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER)
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20    // Seconds
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
+
+  /**
+   * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191).
+   */
+  #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60            // Seconds
+  #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2           // Degrees Celsius
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
+  // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
+  // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume.
+  //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
+  #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
+    #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
+    #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Automatic Temperature:
+ * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
+ * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
+ * Start autotemp mode with M109 S<mintemp> B<maxtemp> F<factor>
+ * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
+ * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
+ * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
+ * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
+ */
+#define AUTOTEMP
+#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
+  #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
+#endif
+
+// Show extra position information in M114
+//#define M114_DETAIL
+
+// Show Temperature ADC value
+// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
+//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
+
+/**
+ * High Temperature Thermistor Support
+ *
+ * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
+ * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
+ * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
+ * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
+ * and force stop everything.
+ * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
+ * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
+ * aberrant readings.
+ *
+ * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
+ * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
+ */
+
+// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
+// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
+//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
+
+// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
+// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
+// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
+// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
+// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
+//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
+
+// @section extruder
+
+// Extruder runout prevention.
+// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
+// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
+//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
+#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500  // (mm/m)
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5   // (mm)
+#endif
+
+// @section temperature
+
+// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
+// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET  0.0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN    1.0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN   1.0
+
+/**
+ * Controller Fan
+ * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
+ *
+ * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled
+ * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off.
+ */
+//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
+#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
+  //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1        // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
+  #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60          // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled
+  #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255        // 255 == full speed
+#endif
+
+// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
+// given number of milliseconds.  This gets the fan spinning reliably
+// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
+//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
+
+/**
+ * PWM Fan Scaling
+ *
+ * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
+ *
+ * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
+ * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
+ * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
+ * Value 0 always turns off the fan.
+ *
+ * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
+ */
+//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
+//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
+
+/**
+ * FAST PWM FAN Settings
+ *
+ * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h)
+ * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a
+ * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency.
+ *
+ * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default]
+ *   Set this to your desired frequency.
+ *   If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
+ *   ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers
+ *   These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required
+ *   NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior.
+ *
+ * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default]
+ *   Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2:
+ *   16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz]
+ *   20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz]
+ *   A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of
+ *   PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.)
+ *   USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies.
+ */
+#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
+  //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400
+  //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP
+#endif
+
+// @section extruder
+
+/**
+ * Extruder cooling fans
+ *
+ * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
+ * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
+ *
+ * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
+ * or set to -1 to disable completely.
+ *
+ * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
+ * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
+ */
+#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
+#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
+#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
+
+/**
+ * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
+ *
+ * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
+ * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
+ * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
+ */
+#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
+#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
+#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
+
+/**
+ * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
+ */
+//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
+#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4                  // Override the default pin if needed
+  #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
+  #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
+  #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
+  #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
+    #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section homing
+
+// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
+// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
+//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
+
+// @section extras
+
+//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
+
+// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
+//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
+#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
+  //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN        -1
+  //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops
+ *
+ * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes.
+ *
+ * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to
+ * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop
+ * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug
+ * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'.
+ *
+ * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors
+ * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error
+ * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X<offset> Y<offset> Z<offset>'.
+ */
+
+//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true   // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions
+  //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
+    #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true   // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions
+  //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
+    #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
+    #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
+    #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
+    #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2  0
+    #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Dual X Carriage
+ *
+ * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
+ * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
+ * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
+ * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
+ * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
+ * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
+ *
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
+ *
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
+ *
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
+ *
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
+ *
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
+ */
+//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
+#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
+
+  // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
+
+  // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
+  #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
+
+#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
+
+// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
+// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
+//#define EXT_SOLENOID
+
+// @section homing
+
+// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump.
+#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
+#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
+#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
+#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 }  // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
+//#define QUICK_HOME                     // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially
+//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 }  // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing
+
+// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
+//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
+
+// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
+//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
+
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
+/**
+ * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
+ * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
+ */
+//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
+#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
+  // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3]
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 }
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 }
+  // Set number of iterations to align
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
+  // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
+  #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
+  // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
+  // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
+  // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0
+  // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02
+#endif
+
+// @section machine
+
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
+
+// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
+//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
+
+// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
+#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
+#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
+#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
+#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
+
+// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
+// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
+// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
+#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
+
+#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
+#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE     0.0
+
+//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE  // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
+
+// @section lcd
+
+#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section extras
+
+// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied.
+#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME        20000
+
+// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
+#define SLOWDOWN
+
+// Frequency limit
+// See nophead's blog for more info
+// Not working O
+//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT  15
+
+// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
+// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
+// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
+#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)
+
+//
+// Backlash Compensation
+// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
+//
+//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
+#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
+  // Define values for backlash distance and correction.
+  // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
+  #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm)
+  #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION    0.0       // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
+
+  // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
+  // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
+  //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
+
+  // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
+  //#define BACKLASH_GCODE
+
+  #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
+    // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
+    #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
+
+    #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
+      // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
+      // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
+      // increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
+      #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT       0.5   // (mm)
+      #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION  0.005 // (mm)
+      #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE    Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m)
+    #endif
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration
+ *
+ * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
+ * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
+ *
+ * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
+ * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
+ * and hotend offsets.
+ *
+ * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
+ *       ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
+ */
+//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
+#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
+
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION     0.01 // mm
+
+  #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW             60    // mm/m
+  #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST           1200    // mm/m
+  #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL         3000    // mm/m
+
+  // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
+  #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT          1.0  // mm
+  #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER      2.0  // mm
+
+  // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM).
+  //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
+
+  // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
+  #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER     { 264.0, -22.0,  -2.0} // mm
+  #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS {  10.0,  10.0,  10.0} // mm
+
+  // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
+  // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
+
+  // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
+  // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
+  //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
+
+  // Define pin which is read during calibration
+  #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
+    //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
+ * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
+ * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
+ * lowest stepping frequencies.
+ */
+//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
+
+/**
+ * Custom Microstepping
+ * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
+ */
+//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
+//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
+
+// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
+#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
+
+/**
+ *  @section  stepper motor current
+ *
+ *  Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
+ *
+ *  The power on motor currents are set by:
+ *    PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
+ *                         known compatible chips: A4982
+ *    DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
+ *                         known compatible chips: AD5206
+ *    DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
+ *                         known compatible chips: MCP4728
+ *    DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
+ *                         known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
+ *
+ *  Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
+ *    M907 - applies to all.
+ *    M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
+ *    M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
+ */
+//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 }          // Values in milliamps
+//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 }   // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
+//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 }    // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
+
+// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
+//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
+#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A)
+  /**
+   * Common slave addresses:
+   *
+   *                        A   (A shifted)   B   (B shifted)  IC
+   * Smoothie              0x2C (0x58)       0x2D (0x5A)       MCP4451
+   * AZTEEG_X3_PRO         0x2C (0x58)       0x2E (0x5C)       MCP4451
+   * AZTEEG_X5_MINI        0x2C (0x58)       0x2E (0x5C)       MCP4451
+   * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI         0x58              0x5C        MCP4451
+   * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE      0x2F (0x5E)                         MCP4018
+   */
+  #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C  // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
+  #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D  // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
+#endif
+
+//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018          // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
+#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4     AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8     MKS SBASE: 5
+// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
+// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
+#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 }  //  AZTEEG_X3_PRO
+
+//===========================================================================
+//=============================Additional Features===========================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section lcd
+
+// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
+#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
+#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
+  #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC   30  // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
+  #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC  80  // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
+#endif
+
+// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
+//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
+#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
+  #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION   10
+  #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
+#endif
+
+// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
+//#define LCD_INFO_MENU
+
+// Scroll a longer status message into view
+//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
+
+// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
+//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
+
+// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
+//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
+
+// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage
+//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
+
+#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
+  //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR              // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
+  #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
+    #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000    // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
+    #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000    // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
+    #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE   0       // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
+    //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE           // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
+    //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST       // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LED Control Menu
+ * Enable this feature to add LED Control to the LCD menu
+ */
+//#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
+#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
+  #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS                 // Enable the Preset Color menu option
+  #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED        255  // User defined RED value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN      128  // User defined GREEN value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE         0  // User defined BLUE value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE      255  // User defined WHITE value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255  // User defined intensity
+    //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP       // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
+  #endif
+#endif // LED_CONTROL_MENU
+
+#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+
+  // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
+  // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
+  // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
+  // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
+  // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
+  //#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
+
+  #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true          // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
+  #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place.
+
+  // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
+  // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
+  #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
+
+  #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START             // Confirm the selected SD file before printing
+
+  //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART               // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files
+
+  #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY"       // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27")
+
+  /**
+   * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
+   *
+   * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
+   * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
+   * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
+   * point in the file.
+   */
+  //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
+  #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN         44 // Pin to detect power loss
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE     HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN   20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power.
+
+    // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card,
+    // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued.
+    #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
+   *
+   * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
+   * by name for easier navigation.
+   *
+   * By default...
+   *
+   *  - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
+   *  - Folders are sorted to the top.
+   *  - The sort key is statically allocated.
+   *  - No added G-code (M34) support.
+   *  - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
+   *
+   * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
+   * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
+   * limit is exceeded.
+   *
+   *  - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
+   *  - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
+   *  - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
+   *  - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
+   */
+  //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
+
+  // SD Card Sorting options
+  #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
+    #define SDSORT_LIMIT       40     // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
+    #define FOLDER_SORTING     -1     // -1=above  0=none  1=below
+    #define SDSORT_GCODE       false  // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
+    #define SDSORT_USES_RAM    false  // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
+    #define SDSORT_USES_STACK  false  // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
+    #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false  // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
+    #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false  // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
+    #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2      // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
+                                      // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
+  #endif
+
+  // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
+  //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
+
+  // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
+  //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
+
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
+  /**
+   * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
+   * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
+   * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
+   */
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
+
+  /**
+   * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
+   * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected.
+   * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere.
+   */
+  //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE
+
+  /**
+   * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S<seconds>
+   */
+  //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS
+
+  /**
+   * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
+   * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
+   * to Marlin as an SD card.
+   *
+   * The MAX3421E must be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
+   * the following pin mapping:
+   *
+   *    SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
+   *    INT              --> SD_DETECT_PIN
+   *    SS               --> SDSS
+   */
+  #define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
+  #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
+    #define USB_CS_PIN         SDSS
+    #define USB_INTR_PIN       SD_DETECT_PIN
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
+   * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
+   *
+   * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
+   *
+   * Tested with this bootloader:
+   *   https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
+   */
+  //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
+  #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
+    #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR    0x1FF
+    #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE   0xF0
+    #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
+  #endif
+
+  // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
+  //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
+
+  #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
+  #endif
+
+#endif // SDSUPPORT
+
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
+/**
+ * Additional options for Graphical Displays
+ *
+ * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
+ * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
+ * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
+ * on DELTA and SCARA machines.
+ *
+ * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
+ * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
+ * printing performance versus fast display updates.
+ */
+#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
+  // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar
+  //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT
+
+  // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
+  #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
+
+  // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
+  #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
+
+  // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
+  // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
+  //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
+
+  // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
+  // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
+  //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
+
+  // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
+  // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
+  //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
+
+  // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
+  //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE
+
+  /**
+   * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
+   * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
+   * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
+   *
+   * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
+   * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
+   * length of time to display the status message before clearing.
+   *
+   * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
+   * This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
+   */
+  #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
+    //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
+    #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
+      #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
+    #endif
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Status (Info) Screen customizations
+   * These options may affect code size and screen render time.
+   * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
+   */
+  //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS    // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
+  //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS  // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
+  #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED      // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)
+  #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM          // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
+  #define STATUS_BED_ANIM             // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
+  #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM         // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating
+  //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP     // Use the alternative bed bitmap
+  //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP     // Use the alternative fan bitmap
+  //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3       // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
+  //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT       // Show heating in a progress bar
+  //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL    // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash)
+
+  // Frivolous Game Options
+  //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT
+  //#define MARLIN_INVADERS
+  //#define MARLIN_SNAKE
+
+#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
+
+// @section safety
+
+/**
+ * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs
+ * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors.
+ *
+ * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever,
+ * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO.
+ * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while
+ * interrupts are enabled.
+ */
+#define USE_WATCHDOG
+#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
+  //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
+#endif
+
+// @section lcd
+
+/**
+ * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
+ * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
+ * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
+ *
+ * Warning: Does not respect endstops!
+ */
+//#define BABYSTEPPING
+#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
+  //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING
+  //#define BABYSTEP_XY                     // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
+  #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false           // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
+  #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR  1         // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion.
+
+  //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING  // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
+  #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
+    #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250   // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
+                                            // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
+    //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE     // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement).
+    //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE              // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
+    #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
+      #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1   // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
+    #endif
+  #endif
+
+  //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL          // Display total babysteps since last G28
+
+  //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET          // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
+  #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
+    //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET      // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
+    //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY   // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section extruder
+
+/**
+ * Linear Pressure Control v1.5
+ *
+ * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
+ * K=0 means advance disabled.
+ *
+ * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
+ *
+ * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
+ * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
+ * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
+ * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
+ *
+ * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
+ * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues.
+ */
+//#define LIN_ADVANCE
+#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
+  //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants
+  #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22    // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed
+  //#define LA_DEBUG            // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB.
+#endif
+
+// @section leveling
+
+#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+  // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
+  //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
+  //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
+  //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
+  //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
+ * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
+ */
+//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
+#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
+  #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
+  #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
+  /**
+   * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
+   * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
+   */
+  #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
+  #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
+  #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
+
+#endif
+
+// @section extras
+
+//
+// G2/G3 Arc Support
+//
+#define ARC_SUPPORT               // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes
+#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
+  #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT  1   // Length of each arc segment
+  #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS   24   // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle
+  #define N_ARC_CORRECTION   25   // Number of interpolated segments between corrections
+  //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES         // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
+  //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES  // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
+#endif
+
+// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
+//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
+
+/**
+ * G38 Probe Target
+ *
+ * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target)
+ * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target).
+ * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once.
+ */
+//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
+#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
+  //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY        // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target
+  #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move.
+#endif
+
+// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
+#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
+
+/**
+ * Minimum delay after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
+ *     0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
+ *    20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
+ *   200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
+ *   400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
+ *   500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
+ *   650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
+ *  1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
+ * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
+ *
+ * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
+ */
+//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650
+
+/**
+ * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs)
+ *   0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
+ *   0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h
+ *   1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers
+ *   2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
+ *   3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
+ *  30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
+ *
+ * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
+ */
+//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2
+
+/**
+ * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
+ *  If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
+ *  500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
+ *  400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
+ *  250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
+ *  200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
+ *  150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
+ *   15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
+ *
+ * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
+ */
+//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
+
+// @section temperature
+
+// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
+//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
+
+//===========================================================================
+//================================= Buffers =================================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section hidden
+
+// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
+// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
+#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+  #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
+#else
+  #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
+#endif
+
+// @section serial
+
+// The ASCII buffer for serial input
+#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
+#define BUFSIZE 4
+
+// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
+// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
+// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
+// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
+// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
+// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
+// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
+#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
+
+// Host Receive Buffer Size
+// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
+// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
+// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
+//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
+
+#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
+  // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
+  // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
+  //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+  // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
+  // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
+  //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
+
+  // Enable this option to collect and display the number
+  // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
+  //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
+#endif
+
+// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
+// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
+// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
+// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
+//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
+
+// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
+// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
+// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
+// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
+//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
+
+// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
+//#define ADVANCED_OK
+
+// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
+// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
+#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
+
+// @section extras
+
+/**
+ * Extra Fan Speed
+ * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
+ *   'M106 P<fan> T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for <fan>
+ *   'M106 P<fan> T2'     : Use the set secondary speed
+ *   'M106 P<fan> T1'     : Restore the previous fan speed
+ */
+//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
+
+/**
+ * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
+ *
+ * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
+ * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
+ *
+ * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
+ * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
+ * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
+ *
+ * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
+ *
+ * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
+ *
+ */
+//#define FWRETRACT
+#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
+  #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT           // costs ~500 bytes of PROGMEM
+  #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
+    #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1           // When auto-retract is on, convert E moves of this length and over
+    #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0          // Upper limit for auto-retract conversion
+  #endif
+  #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3                // Default retract length (positive mm)
+  #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13          // Default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change
+  #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45             // Default feedrate for retracting (mm/s)
+  #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0                // Default retract Z-raise (mm)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0        // Default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0   // Default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8      // Default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction (mm/s)
+  #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
+    //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING         // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Universal tool change settings.
+ * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
+ */
+#if EXTRUDERS > 1
+  // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
+  #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
+
+  // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
+  #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH          12  // (mm)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME           2  // (mm)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600  // (mm/m)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED   3600  // (mm/m)
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Position to park head during tool change.
+   * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
+   */
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
+  #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY    { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000  // (mm/m)
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Advanced Pause
+ * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused.
+ * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
+ * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle.
+ *
+ * Requires an LCD display.
+ * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
+ * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
+ */
+//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
+#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE         60  // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH            2  // (mm) Initial retract.
+                                                  // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE     10  // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL        25  // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH      100  // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
+                                                  //   For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
+                                                  //   For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
+                                                  //   Set to 0 for manual unloading.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE   6  // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH     0  // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
+                                                  // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE   6  // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL     25  // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH     0  // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
+                                                  //   For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
+                                                  //   For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
+  //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE       // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
+  #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE        3  // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
+  #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH         50  // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
+                                                  //   Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
+                                                  //   Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
+                                                  //   until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
+  #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME          0  // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
+  //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE             // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused.
+
+                                                  // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
+  #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH      13  // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
+  #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY             5000  // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
+  #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH         8  // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
+
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT           45  // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS         10  // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT           // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
+
+  //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE                    // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
+  //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE           // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change
+
+  //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES           // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
+  //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS         // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
+#endif
+
+// @section tmc
+
+/**
+ * TMC26X Stepper Driver options
+ *
+ * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver.
+ * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper
+ */
+#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X)
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X)
+    #define X_MAX_CURRENT     1000  // (mA)
+    #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR    91  // (mOhms)
+    #define X_MICROSTEPS        16  // Number of microsteps
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X)
+    #define X2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define X2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X)
+    #define Y_MAX_CURRENT     1000
+    #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR    91
+    #define Y_MICROSTEPS        16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X)
+    #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define Y2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X)
+    #define Z_MAX_CURRENT     1000
+    #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR    91
+    #define Z_MICROSTEPS        16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X)
+    #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define Z2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X)
+    #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define Z3_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X)
+    #define E0_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E0_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X)
+    #define E1_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E1_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X)
+    #define E2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X)
+    #define E3_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E3_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X)
+    #define E4_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E4_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X)
+    #define E5_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E5_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+#endif // TMC26X
+
+// @section tmc_smart
+
+/**
+ * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode
+ * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define
+ * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3
+ * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
+ * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins.
+ *
+ * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN
+ * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor.
+ * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without
+ * a resistor.
+ * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial.
+ *
+ * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers.
+ * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
+ */
+#if HAS_TRINAMIC
+
+  #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER    0.5  // Scales down the holding current from run current
+  #define INTERPOLATE       true  // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X)
+    #define X_CURRENT     800  // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
+    #define X_MICROSTEPS   16  // 0..256
+    #define X_RSENSE     0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2)
+    #define X2_CURRENT    800
+    #define X2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define X2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y)
+    #define Y_CURRENT     800
+    #define Y_MICROSTEPS   16
+    #define Y_RSENSE     0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2)
+    #define Y2_CURRENT    800
+    #define Y2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define Y2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z)
+    #define Z_CURRENT     800
+    #define Z_MICROSTEPS   16
+    #define Z_RSENSE     0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2)
+    #define Z2_CURRENT    800
+    #define Z2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define Z2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3)
+    #define Z3_CURRENT    800
+    #define Z3_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define Z3_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0)
+    #define E0_CURRENT    800
+    #define E0_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E0_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1)
+    #define E1_CURRENT    800
+    #define E1_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E1_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2)
+    #define E2_CURRENT    800
+    #define E2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3)
+    #define E3_CURRENT    800
+    #define E3_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E3_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4)
+    #define E4_CURRENT    800
+    #define E4_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E4_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5)
+    #define E5_CURRENT    800
+    #define E5_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E5_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
+   * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
+   */
+  //#define X_CS_PIN          -1
+  //#define Y_CS_PIN          -1
+  //#define Z_CS_PIN          -1
+  //#define X2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define Y2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define Z2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define Z3_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E0_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E1_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E3_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E4_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
+
+  /**
+   * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
+   * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
+   * but you can override or define them here.
+   */
+  //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
+  //#define TMC_SW_MOSI       -1
+  //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
+  //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
+
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
+  /**
+   * Software enable
+   *
+   * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
+   * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
+   */
+  //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
+
+  /**
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
+   * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
+   */
+  #define STEALTHCHOP_XY
+  #define STEALTHCHOP_Z
+  #define STEALTHCHOP_E
+
+  /**
+   * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
+   * or with the help of an example included in the library.
+   * Provided parameter sets are
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
+   * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V)
+   * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119   // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
+   *
+   * Define you own with
+   * { <off_time[1..15]>, <hysteresis_end[-3..12]>, hysteresis_start[1..8] }
+   */
+  #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
+
+  /**
+   * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
+   * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
+   * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
+   * Relevant g-codes:
+   * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
+   * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
+   * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
+   * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
+   */
+  //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
+
+  #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
+    #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN     50  // [mA]
+    #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
+    #define STOP_ON_ERROR
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
+   * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
+   * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
+   * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
+   */
+  //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
+
+  #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     100  // [mm/s]
+  #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD    100
+  #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     100
+  #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD    100
+  #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD       3
+  #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD      3
+  #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD      3
+  #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+
+  /**
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
+   * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
+   * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
+   *
+   * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is used for tuning the trigger sensitivity.
+   * Higher values make the system LESS sensitive.
+   * Lower value make the system MORE sensitive.
+   * Too low values can lead to false positives, while too high values will collide the axis without triggering.
+   * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
+   * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
+   */
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
+
+  /**
+   * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
+   *
+   * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
+   *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
+   */
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
+
+  #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
+    #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
+    #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
+    //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
+  /**
+   * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
+   * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
+   */
+  //#define TMC_DEBUG
+
+  /**
+   * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
+   * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
+   * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
+   *
+   * Example:
+   * #define TMC_ADV() { \
+   *   stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \
+   *   stepperY.interpolate(0); \
+   * }
+   */
+  #define TMC_ADV() {  }
+
+#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC
+
+// @section L6470
+
+/**
+ * L6470 Stepper Driver options
+ *
+ * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver.
+ * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470
+ *
+ * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN
+ *     L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN  (optional)
+ */
+#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470)
+
+  //#define L6470_CHITCHAT        // Display additional status info
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470)
+    #define X_MICROSTEPS     128  // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128)
+    #define X_OVERCURRENT   2000  // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down)
+    #define X_STALLCURRENT  1500  // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) -  4A max - rounds down)
+    #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE    127  // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper
+    #define X_CHAIN_POS        0  // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470)
+    #define X2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define X2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define X2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define X2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470)
+    #define Y_MICROSTEPS       128
+    #define Y_OVERCURRENT     2000
+    #define Y_STALLCURRENT    1500
+    #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE      127
+    #define Y_CHAIN_POS          0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470)
+    #define Y2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define Y2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define Y2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define Y2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470)
+    #define Z_MICROSTEPS       128
+    #define Z_OVERCURRENT     2000
+    #define Z_STALLCURRENT    1500
+    #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE      127
+    #define Z_CHAIN_POS          0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470)
+    #define Z2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define Z2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define Z2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define Z2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470)
+    #define Z3_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define Z3_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define Z3_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define Z3_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470)
+    #define E0_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E0_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E0_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E0_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470)
+    #define E1_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E1_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E1_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E1_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470)
+    #define E2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470)
+    #define E3_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E3_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E3_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E3_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470)
+    #define E4_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E4_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E4_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E4_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470)
+    #define E5_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E5_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E5_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E5_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current.
+   * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears.
+   * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
+   * Relevant g-codes:
+   * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5  Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
+   *         I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0
+   *         I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1
+   *         I3 - Z3 or E3
+   *         I4 - E4
+   *         I5 - E5
+   * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning
+   * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds
+   * M918 - Increase speed until max or error
+   * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters
+   */
+  //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS
+
+  #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS)
+    #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN     1
+    //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR
+  #endif
+
+#endif // L6470
+
+/**
+ * TWI/I2C BUS
+ *
+ * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
+ * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
+ * devices on the bus.
+ *
+ * ; Example #1
+ * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
+ * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B<base 10> arg
+ * M260 A99  ; Target slave address
+ * M260 B77  ; M
+ * M260 B97  ; a
+ * M260 B114 ; r
+ * M260 B108 ; l
+ * M260 B105 ; i
+ * M260 B110 ; n
+ * M260 S1   ; Send the current buffer
+ *
+ * ; Example #2
+ * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
+ * M261 A99 B5
+ *
+ * ; Example #3
+ * ; Example serial output of a M261 request
+ * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
+ */
+
+// @section i2cbus
+
+//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
+#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS  0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
+
+// @section extras
+
+/**
+ * Photo G-code
+ * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo.
+ * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement.
+ */
+//#define PHOTO_GCODE
+#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE)
+  // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo
+  //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 }  // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z)
+  //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS   100                            // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P)
+  //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM   6.5                          // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S)
+
+  // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger
+  // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
+  //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
+
+  // Canon Hack Development Kit
+  // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
+  //#define CHDK_PIN        4
+
+  // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter
+  //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS }  // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J)
+
+  // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high
+  //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS   50 // (ms) (M240 D)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Spindle & Laser control
+ *
+ * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
+ * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
+ *
+ * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
+ * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
+ * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
+ *
+ * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
+ * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
+ *
+ * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
+ */
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
+
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
+
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Filament Width Sensor
+ *
+ * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
+ * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
+ *
+ * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
+ * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
+ * volume.
+ *
+ * Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
+ *
+ *  34 RAMPS_14    : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
+ *  81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
+ * 301 RAMBO       : Analog input 3
+ *
+ * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
+ */
+//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
+
+#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
+  #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0    // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
+  #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM        14    // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
+
+  #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN        1.0  // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
+  #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY       20    // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
+
+  #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
+
+  // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
+  //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * CNC Coordinate Systems
+ *
+ * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
+ * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
+ */
+//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
+
+/**
+ * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S<seconds>
+ */
+#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
+
+/**
+ * Include capabilities in M115 output
+ */
+#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
+
+/**
+ * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
+ */
+//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
+
+#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
+  /**
+   * Volumetric extrusion default state
+   * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
+   * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
+   *
+   * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
+   */
+  //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
+ * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
+ *
+ *  - M206 and M428 are disabled.
+ *  - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
+ */
+//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
+
+/**
+ * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
+ * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
+ *
+ * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
+ * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
+ */
+#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
+
+/**
+ * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser
+ */
+#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
+
+/**
+ * CNC G-code options
+ * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
+ * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
+ * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
+ */
+//#define PAREN_COMMENTS      // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
+//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES  // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
+
+// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
+//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m)
+#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
+  //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * G-code Macros
+ *
+ * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
+ * Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
+ */
+//#define GCODE_MACROS
+#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
+  #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS       5  // Up to 10 may be used
+  #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE  50  // Maximum length of a single macro
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
+ */
+//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
+#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
+  //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands"
+  #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
+  #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
+  //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN  // Return to status screen after a script
+
+  #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info"
+  #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W"
+
+  #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
+  #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
+
+  #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
+  #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
+
+  #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
+  #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
+
+  #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info"
+  #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503"
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Host Action Commands
+ *
+ * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard.
+ *
+ * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands
+ * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel
+ * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed
+ *
+ * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands.
+ *
+ * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so
+ * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side.
+ */
+//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS
+#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS)
+  //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT
+#endif
+
+//===========================================================================
+//====================== I2C Position Encoder Settings ======================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
+ * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
+ *
+ * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
+ * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
+ *
+ * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
+ * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/
+ *
+ * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
+ */
+
+//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
+#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT         1                       // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
+                                                            // encoders supported currently.
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X     // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS          X_AXIS                  // Axis the encoder module is installed on.  <X|Y|Z|E>_AXIS.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE          I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR   // Type of encoder:  I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
+                                                            // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT    2048                    // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
+                                                            // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
+                                                            // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV     (16 * 200)            // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
+                                                            // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT                              // Invert the direction of axis travel.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD     I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP     // Type of error error correction.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH     0.10                    // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
+                                                            // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
+                                                            // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
+                                                            // measurement noise / latency (filter).
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y     // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS          Y_AXIS
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE          I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT    2048
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV   (16 * 200)
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD     I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH     0.10
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z     // Encoder 3.  Add additional configuration options
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS          Z_AXIS                  // as above, or use defaults below.
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E     // Encoder 4.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS          E_AXIS
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR          34                      // Encoder 5.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS          E_AXIS
+
+  // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE            I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT  2048
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV       (16 * 200)
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD       I2CPE_ECM_NONE
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH       0.1
+
+  //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT  100.0                   // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
+                                                            // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
+                                                            // disable abort behavior.
+
+  #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED        10000                   // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
+                                                            // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
+                                                            // is trusted again.
+
+  /**
+   * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
+   * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
+   * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
+   */
+  #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS     4                       // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
+
+  // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
+  #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
+
+#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
+
+/**
+ * MAX7219 Debug Matrix
+ *
+ * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
+ * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
+ */
+//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
+#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
+  #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN   64
+  #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN   57
+  #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN  44
+
+  //#define MAX7219_GCODE          // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
+  #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST    2   // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral)
+  #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1   // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
+  #define MAX7219_ROTATE       0   // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
+                                   // connector at:  right=0   bottom=-90  top=90  left=180
+  //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER  // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order
+
+  /**
+   * Sample debug features
+   * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
+   */
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE    // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD  3  // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL  5  // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
+
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0  // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
+                                         // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
+                                         // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * NanoDLP Sync support
+ *
+ * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp"
+ * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use
+ * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands
+ */
+//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
+#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
+  //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS  // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move.
+                              // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only.
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi)
+ */
+//#define WIFISUPPORT
+#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT)
+  #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID"
+  #define WIFI_PWD  "Wifi Password"
+  //#define WEBSUPPORT        // Start a webserver with auto-discovery
+  //#define OTASUPPORT        // Support over-the-air firmware updates
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
+ * Enable in Configuration.h
+ */
+#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2)
+
+  // Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
+  // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial)
+  // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2)
+  #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2
+  #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial
+
+  // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
+  //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
+
+  // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
+  //#define MMU2_MODE_12V
+
+  // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
+  #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
+
+  // Add an LCD menu for MMU2
+  //#define MMU2_MENUS
+  #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
+    // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
+    // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
+    #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
+    #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
+      {  7.2,  562 }, \
+      { 14.4,  871 }, \
+      { 36.0, 1393 }, \
+      { 14.4,  871 }, \
+      { 50.0,  198 }
+
+    #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
+      {   1.0, 1000 }, \
+      {   1.0, 1500 }, \
+      {   2.0, 2000 }, \
+      {   1.5, 3000 }, \
+      {   2.5, 4000 }, \
+      { -15.0, 5000 }, \
+      { -14.0, 1200 }, \
+      {  -6.0,  600 }, \
+      {  10.0,  700 }, \
+      { -10.0,  400 }, \
+      { -50.0, 2000 }
+
+  #endif
+
+  //#define MMU2_DEBUG  // Write debug info to serial output
+
+#endif // PRUSA_MMU2
+
+/**
+ * Advanced Print Counter settings
+ */
+#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
+  #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES  3
+  // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs
+  //#define SERVICE_NAME_1      "Service S"
+  //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1  100 // print hours
+  //#define SERVICE_NAME_2      "Service L"
+  //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2  200 // print hours
+  //#define SERVICE_NAME_3      "Service 3"
+  //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3    1 // print hours
+#endif
+
+// @section develop
+
+/**
+ * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins
+ */
+//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
+
+// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
+//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE
diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A10/Configuration.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1038ab9691
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/A10/Configuration.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2155 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+/**
+ * Configuration.h
+ *
+ * Basic settings such as:
+ *
+ * - Type of electronics
+ * - Type of temperature sensor
+ * - Printer geometry
+ * - Endstop configuration
+ * - LCD controller
+ * - Extra features
+ *
+ * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
+ *
+ */
+#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Getting Started =============================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
+ *
+ * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
+ * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
+ * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
+ * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
+ * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
+ * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
+ * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
+ */
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
+//===========================================================================
+// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
+// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine.
+//
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
+//===========================================================================
+// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
+// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine.
+//
+
+// @section info
+
+// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during
+// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this
+// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware.
+#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Phr3d13, Geeetech A10 default)" // Who made the changes.
+#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
+#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1
+#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 WEBSITE_URL         // will be shown during bootup in line 2
+
+/**
+ * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
+ *
+ * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
+ * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
+ * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
+ *
+ * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
+ * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
+ */
+
+// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
+//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
+
+// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
+//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE
+
+// @section machine
+
+/**
+ * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
+ * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
+ * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
+ *
+ * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
+ */
+#define SERIAL_PORT 0
+
+/**
+ * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
+ * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
+ * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
+ *
+ * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
+ */
+//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
+
+/**
+ * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
+ *
+ * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
+ * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
+ * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
+ *
+ * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
+ */
+#define BAUDRATE 250000
+
+// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
+//#define BLUETOOTH
+
+// The following define selects which electronics board you have.
+// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
+#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
+  #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_GT2560_V3
+#endif
+
+// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine
+// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message
+#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Geeetech A10"
+
+// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines)
+// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4)
+//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
+
+// @section extruder
+
+// This defines the number of extruders
+// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
+#define EXTRUDERS 1
+
+// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc.
+#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75
+
+// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
+//#define SINGLENOZZLE
+
+/**
+ * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
+ *
+ * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
+ * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
+ * for extruders.
+ *
+ * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
+ * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
+ */
+//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
+#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
+  // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
+  // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
+  //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40  // Always Required
+  //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42  // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
+  //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44  // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
+ *
+ * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
+ * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5
+ *
+ * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h
+ */
+//#define PRUSA_MMU2
+
+// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
+//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
+#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
+  #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
+  #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
+  #if EXTRUDERS > 3
+    #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles
+//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
+#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
+  #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
+  //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1          // If two servos are used, the index of the second
+  #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 }   // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
+ * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
+ */
+//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
+
+/**
+ * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
+ * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
+ *
+ * project   : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
+ * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
+ *             https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
+ */
+//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER
+
+#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
+
+  #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 }     // X positions for parking the extruders
+  #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1            // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+  //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL                   // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
+
+  #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
+
+    #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT           // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
+    #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW  // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
+    #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250        // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
+    //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL                   // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
+
+  #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
+
+    #define MPE_FAST_SPEED      9000      // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point
+    #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED      4500      // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
+    #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE   10      // (mm) Last distance point
+    #define MPE_COMPENSATION       0      // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling
+
+  #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
+ * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
+ */
+//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+/**
+ * Magnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic
+ * docking mechanism using movement and no servo.
+ */
+//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS          { 215, 0 }  // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
+  #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR       2         // Index of the servo connector
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 }  // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
+  #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * "Mixing Extruder"
+ *   - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
+ *   - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
+ *   - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S<index>' supporting virtual tools.
+ *   - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
+ *   - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
+ */
+//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
+#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
+  #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
+  #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
+  //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  #define GRADIENT_MIX             // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    #define GRADIENT_VTOOL         // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
+// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
+// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+
+// @section machine
+
+/**
+ * Power Supply Control
+ *
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
+ */
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
+
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
+
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
+    #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
+    #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
+    #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
+    #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section temperature
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
+ *
+ * Temperature sensors available:
+ *
+ *    -4 : thermocouple with AD8495
+ *    -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)
+ *    -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)
+ *    -1 : thermocouple with AD595
+ *     0 : not used
+ *     1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
+ *     2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
+ *     3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
+ *     4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
+ *     5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
+ *   501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor
+ *     6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
+ *     7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
+ *    71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
+ *     8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
+ *     9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
+ *    10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
+ *    11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
+ *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
+ *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
+ *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
+ *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
+ *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
+ *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
+ *    66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
+ *    67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering
+ *    70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
+ *    75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
+ *
+ *       1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
+ *                              (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
+ *    51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
+ *    52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
+ *    55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
+ *
+ *  1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
+ *  1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
+ *   147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
+ *   110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
+ *
+ *  1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h
+ *
+ *         Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
+ *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
+ *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
+ *
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ */
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
+
+// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
+#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
+#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
+
+// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
+// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
+//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
+#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
+
+#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME     10  // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109
+#define TEMP_WINDOW              1  // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
+#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS          3  // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
+
+#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10  // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190
+#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW          1  // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
+#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS      3  // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
+
+// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off
+// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire.
+#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP   5
+#define BED_MINTEMP        5
+
+// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off.
+// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures.
+// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.)
+#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
+#define BED_MAXTEMP      150
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= PID Settings ================================
+//===========================================================================
+// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
+
+// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
+#define PIDTEMP
+#define BANG_MAX 255     // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
+#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
+#define PID_K1 0.95      // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
+#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
+  #define PID_EDIT_MENU         // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM)
+  #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU       // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM)
+  //#define PID_DEBUG             // Sends debug data to the serial port.
+  //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1        // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
+  //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS      // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
+  //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
+                                  // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
+  #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
+                                  // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
+
+  // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
+
+  // A10M [@thinkyhead]
+  #define  DEFAULT_Kp 45.80
+  #define  DEFAULT_Ki 3.61
+  #define  DEFAULT_Kd 145.39
+
+#endif // PIDTEMP
+
+//===========================================================================
+//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ======================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * PID Bed Heating
+ *
+ * If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
+ * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis.
+ *
+ * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
+ * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
+ * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
+ * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
+ * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
+ * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
+ */
+#define PIDTEMPBED
+
+//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
+
+/**
+ * Max Bed Power
+ * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
+ * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
+ * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
+ */
+#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
+
+#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
+
+  //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
+
+  // MeCreator2 generated by Autotune
+  #define  DEFAULT_bedKp 182.46   // 175.68 189.95
+  #define  DEFAULT_bedKi 35.92    //  34.59  37.40
+  #define  DEFAULT_bedKd 231.70   // 223.07 241.19
+
+  // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
+#endif // PIDTEMPBED
+
+// @section extruder
+
+/**
+ * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
+ * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
+ * cold extrusion prevention on and off.
+ *
+ * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
+ */
+#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
+#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
+
+/**
+ * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
+ * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
+ */
+#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
+#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 450
+
+//===========================================================================
+//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
+ * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
+ * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
+ *
+ * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
+ * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
+ * the heater on.
+ *
+ * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
+ * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
+ */
+
+#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
+#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED     // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
+#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section machine
+
+// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
+// either in the usual order or reversed
+//#define COREXY
+//#define COREXZ
+//#define COREYZ
+//#define COREYX
+//#define COREZX
+//#define COREZY
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section homing
+
+// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
+// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
+// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
+#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
+#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
+#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
+//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
+//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
+//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
+
+// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
+#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
+#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
+  // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
+#endif
+
+// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
+//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
+#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
+  // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
+#endif
+
+// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+
+/**
+ * Stepper Drivers
+ *
+ * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
+ * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
+ *
+ * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
+ *
+ * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ */
+//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
+//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
+//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
+//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+
+// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
+// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
+//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
+
+/**
+ * Endstop Noise Threshold
+ *
+ * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
+ *
+ * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
+ * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch.
+ * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
+ *   based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
+ *
+ * :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
+ */
+//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================== Movement Settings ============================
+//=============================================================================
+// @section motion
+
+/**
+ * Default Settings
+ *
+ * These settings can be reset by M502
+ *
+ * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
+ * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
+ * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
+ */
+//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
+
+/**
+ * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
+ * Override with M92
+ *                                      X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT   { 80, 80, 400, 93 }
+
+/**
+ * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
+ * Override with M203
+ *                                      X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE          { 500, 500, 5, 25 }
+
+/**
+ * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
+ * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
+ * Override with M201
+ *                                      X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION      { 500, 500, 100, 5000 }
+
+/**
+ * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
+ * Override with M204
+ *
+ *   M204 P    Acceleration
+ *   M204 R    Retract Acceleration
+ *   M204 T    Travel Acceleration
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION          1000    // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
+#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  2000    // E acceleration for retracts
+#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   1000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
+
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
+#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
+#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
+  #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Default Jerk (mm/s)
+ * Override with M205 X Y Z E
+ *
+ * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
+ * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
+ * value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
+ */
+#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
+  #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0
+  #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0
+  #define DEFAULT_ZJERK  0.4
+#endif
+
+#define DEFAULT_EJERK    5.0  // May be used by Linear Advance
+
+/**
+ * S-Curve Acceleration
+ *
+ * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier
+ * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
+ *
+ * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
+ */
+//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
+//===========================================================================
+// @section probes
+
+//
+// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
+//
+
+/**
+ * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
+ *
+ * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
+ */
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
+
+/**
+ * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN
+ *
+ * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN.
+ * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD
+ * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want.
+ *
+ *  - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
+ *  - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
+ *
+ *  - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
+ *    - For simple switches connect...
+ *      - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
+ *      - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
+ *
+ */
+//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default
+
+/**
+ * Probe Type
+ *
+ * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
+ * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
+ * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
+ * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
+ */
+#define PROBE_MANUALLY
+#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2
+
+/**
+ * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
+ *   (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
+ */
+//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
+
+/**
+ * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
+ */
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+
+/**
+ * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
+ */
+//#define BLTOUCH
+
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
+
+// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
+//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
+
+// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
+//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
+//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5  // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
+
+// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
+//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
+  #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X  X_MIN_POS
+  #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
+#endif
+
+//
+// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
+//
+
+/**
+ * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
+ * X and Y offsets must be integers.
+ *
+ * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
+ * #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
+ * #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
+ *
+ *     +-- BACK ---+
+ *     |           |
+ *   L |    (+) P  | R <-- probe (20,20)
+ *   E |           | I
+ *   F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
+ *   T |           | H
+ *     |    (-)    | T
+ *     |           |
+ *     O-- FRONT --+
+ *   (0,0)
+ */
+#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER -37    // X offset: -left  +right  [of the nozzle]
+#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER   0    // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle]
+#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER  -3.6  // Z offset: -below +above  [the nozzle]
+
+// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges
+#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
+
+// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
+#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
+
+// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
+#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
+
+// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
+#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
+
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
+#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
+
+/**
+ * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
+ * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
+ * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
+ * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
+ *
+ * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
+ * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
+ * probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD.
+ * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
+ *
+ * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4  =>  9mm from bed to nozzle.
+ *     But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2  =>  2mm from bed to nozzle.
+ */
+#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE    5 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
+#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES  3 // Z Clearance between probe points
+#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE     2 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
+#define Z_AFTER_PROBING             3 // Z position after probing is done
+
+#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT          -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
+
+// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
+#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -5
+#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX -0.2
+
+// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
+//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
+
+// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
+//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
+#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW)
+  //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
+ * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
+ * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
+ * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
+ * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
+ */
+#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF         // Turn heaters off when probing
+#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
+  #define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER     // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
+#endif
+#define PROBING_FANS_OFF            // Turn fans off when probing
+//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF      // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing
+#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 100    // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
+
+// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
+// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
+#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
+#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
+#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
+#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
+
+// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
+// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
+#define DISABLE_X false
+#define DISABLE_Y false
+#define DISABLE_Z false
+
+// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
+//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
+
+// @section extruder
+
+#define DISABLE_E false             // For all extruders
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER   // Keep only the active extruder enabled
+
+// @section machine
+
+// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
+#define INVERT_X_DIR true
+#define INVERT_Y_DIR true
+#define INVERT_Z_DIR false
+
+// @section extruder
+
+// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
+#define INVERT_E0_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E5_DIR false
+
+// @section homing
+
+//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING  // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed
+
+//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off.
+
+#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4    // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
+                             // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
+
+// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
+// :[-1,1]
+#define X_HOME_DIR -1
+#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
+#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
+
+// @section machine
+
+// The size of the print bed
+#define X_BED_SIZE 230
+#define Y_BED_SIZE 230
+
+// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
+#define X_MIN_POS -11
+#define Y_MIN_POS -4
+#define Z_MIN_POS 0
+#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
+#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
+#define Z_MAX_POS 260
+
+/**
+ * Software Endstops
+ *
+ * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
+ * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
+ * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
+ * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
+ */
+
+// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
+#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
+#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
+  #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
+  #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
+  #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
+#endif
+
+// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
+#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
+#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
+  #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
+  #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
+  #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
+#endif
+
+#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
+  //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM  // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Filament Runout Sensors
+ * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
+ *
+ * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
+ * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
+ * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT.
+ */
+#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
+#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
+  #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN      66
+  //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN     67
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensors.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
+  //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
+
+  // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout.
+  // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.)
+  #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
+
+  // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
+  // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
+  // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
+  //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25
+
+  #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
+    // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
+    // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
+    // large enough to avoid false positives.)
+    //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//===========================================================================
+//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
+//===========================================================================
+// @section calibrate
+
+/**
+ * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
+ * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
+ *
+ *  If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
+ *   Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
+ *   You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
+ *   The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
+ *   Probe several points in a grid.
+ *   You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
+ *   The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
+ *   Probe several points in a grid.
+ *   You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
+ *   The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
+ *   A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
+ *   of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
+ *   Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
+ *
+ * - MESH_BED_LEVELING
+ *   Probe a grid manually
+ *   The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
+ *   For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
+ *   leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
+ *   With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
+ */
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
+#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
+//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
+
+/**
+ * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable
+ * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state.
+ */
+//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
+
+/**
+ * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
+ * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
+ * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
+ */
+//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
+
+#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+  // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
+  // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
+  // The height can be set with M420 Z<height>
+  #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
+
+  // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
+  // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
+  // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
+  #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
+  #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)
+
+  /**
+   * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
+   */
+  //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
+  #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
+    #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE    0.4  // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
+    #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT   0.2  // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+    #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP  205    // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+    #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP      60    // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+    #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE         20    // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+  #endif
+
+#endif
+
+#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
+
+  // Set the number of grid points per dimension.
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
+
+  // Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach).
+  //#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
+  //#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION (X_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
+  //#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
+  //#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION (Y_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
+
+  // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
+  //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
+
+  #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
+
+    // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
+    // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
+    //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
+
+    //
+    // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
+    // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
+    //
+    //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
+    #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
+      // Number of subdivisions between probe points
+      #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
+    #endif
+
+  #endif
+
+#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+
+  //===========================================================================
+  //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
+  //===========================================================================
+
+  //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY   // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
+
+  #define MESH_INSET 1              // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10      // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
+
+  #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z     // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
+  #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500   // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500
+
+  //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
+                                          // as the Z-Height correction value.
+
+#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
+
+  //===========================================================================
+  //=================================== Mesh ==================================
+  //===========================================================================
+
+  #define MESH_INSET 10          // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3    // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
+
+  //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
+
+#endif // BED_LEVELING
+
+/**
+ * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
+ * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
+ */
+#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+  //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15
+  //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
+  //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15
+  //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
+  //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170
+  //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
+ * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
+ */
+#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
+
+#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
+  #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP  0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
+  #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4     // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
+  //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU        // Add a menu to edit mesh points
+#endif
+
+// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
+#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS
+
+#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS)
+  #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30    // (mm) An inset for corner leveling
+  #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP  4.0  // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners
+  #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0  // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points
+  //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO        // Move to the center after the last corner
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
+ * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
+ */
+//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
+
+
+// @section homing
+
+// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
+//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
+
+// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
+// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
+//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
+//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
+//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
+
+// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
+//
+// With this feature enabled:
+//
+// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
+// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
+// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
+// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
+//
+//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
+
+#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
+  #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2)    // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
+  #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2)    // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
+#endif
+
+// Homing speeds (mm/m)
+#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (80*60)
+#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z  (20*60)
+
+// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
+#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
+
+// @section calibrate
+
+/**
+ * Bed Skew Compensation
+ *
+ * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
+ *
+ * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
+ *  1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
+ *  2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
+ *  3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
+ *  4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
+ *
+ * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
+ * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
+ *
+ *  - Compute AB     : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
+ *  - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
+ *
+ * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
+ * Use these diagrams for reference:
+ *
+ *    Y                     Z                     Z
+ *    ^     B-------C       ^     B-------C       ^     B-------C
+ *    |    /       /        |    /       /        |    /       /
+ *    |   /       /         |   /       /         |   /       /
+ *    |  A-------D          |  A-------D          |  A-------D
+ *    +-------------->X     +-------------->X     +-------------->Y
+ *     XY_SKEW_FACTOR        XZ_SKEW_FACTOR        YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
+ */
+//#define SKEW_CORRECTION
+
+#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
+  // Input all length measurements here:
+  #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
+  #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
+  #define XY_SIDE_AD 200
+
+  // Or, set the default skew factors directly here
+  // to override the above measurements:
+  #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
+
+  //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
+  #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
+    #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
+    #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
+    #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
+    #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
+    #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200
+    #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
+    #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
+  #endif
+
+  // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
+  //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
+#endif
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================= Additional Features ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+// @section extras
+
+/**
+ * EEPROM
+ *
+ * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots.
+ *
+ *   M500 - Store settings to EEPROM.
+ *   M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes)
+ *   M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.)
+ */
+#define EEPROM_SETTINGS       // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
+//#define DISABLE_M503        // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
+#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT       // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
+#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
+  #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT  // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors.
+#endif
+
+//
+// Host Keepalive
+//
+// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
+// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
+//
+#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE        // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
+#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2  // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
+#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING            // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
+
+//
+// M100 Free Memory Watcher
+//
+//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER    // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage
+
+//
+// G20/G21 Inch mode support
+//
+//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
+
+//
+// M149 Set temperature units support
+//
+//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
+
+// @section temperature
+
+// Preheat Constants
+#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL       "PLA"
+#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 190
+#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED     60
+#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED     0 // Value from 0 to 255
+
+#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL       "ABS"
+#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240
+#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED     90
+#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED     0 // Value from 0 to 255
+
+/**
+ * Nozzle Park
+ *
+ * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
+ *
+ * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
+ *
+ *    P0  (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
+ *    P1  Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
+ *    P2  Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
+ */
+#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
+
+#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
+  // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise }
+  #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { 3, (Y_MAX_POS - 3), 10 }
+  #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100   // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis)
+  #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5      // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
+ *
+ * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
+ *
+ * Parameters:
+ *   P  Pattern
+ *   S  Strokes / Repetitions
+ *   T  Triangles (P1 only)
+ *
+ * Patterns:
+ *   P0  Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
+ *       at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
+ *       between the start / end points.
+ *
+ *   P1  Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
+ *       number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
+ *       Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
+ *       For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
+ *
+ *          --
+ *         |  (X0, Y1) |     /\        /\        /\     | (X1, Y1)
+ *         |           |    /  \      /  \      /  \    |
+ *       A |           |   /    \    /    \    /    \   |
+ *         |           |  /      \  /      \  /      \  |
+ *         |  (X0, Y0) | /        \/        \/        \ | (X1, Y0)
+ *          --         +--------------------------------+
+ *                       |________|_________|_________|
+ *                           T1        T2        T3
+ *
+ *   P2  Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
+ *       "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
+ *       Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
+ *
+ *   Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
+ * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
+ *
+ */
+//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
+
+#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
+  // Default number of pattern repetitions
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES  12
+
+  // Default number of triangles
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES  3
+
+  // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
+
+  // Circular pattern radius
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
+  // Circular pattern circle fragments number
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
+  // Middle point of circle
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
+
+  // Moves the nozzle to the initial position
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Print Job Timer
+ *
+ * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
+ *
+ *   M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none,        low temp = stop timer
+ *   M109 (hotend, wait)    - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
+ *   M190 (bed, wait)       - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
+ *
+ * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
+ *
+ *   M75 - Start the print job timer
+ *   M76 - Pause the print job timer
+ *   M77 - Stop the print job timer
+ */
+#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
+
+/**
+ * Print Counter
+ *
+ * Track statistical data such as:
+ *
+ *  - Total print jobs
+ *  - Total successful print jobs
+ *  - Total failed print jobs
+ *  - Total time printing
+ *
+ * View the current statistics with M78.
+ */
+#define PRINTCOUNTER
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+// @section lcd
+
+/**
+ * LCD LANGUAGE
+ *
+ * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
+ *
+ *    en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it,
+ *    jp-kana, ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, zh_CN, zh_TW, test
+ *
+ * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' }
+ */
+#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
+
+/**
+ * LCD Character Set
+ *
+ * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
+ *
+ * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
+ * language extensions:
+ *
+ *  - JAPANESE ... the most common
+ *  - WESTERN  ... with more accented characters
+ *  - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
+ *
+ * To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
+ *
+ *  - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
+ *  - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
+ *  - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
+ *
+ * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
+ *
+ * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
+ */
+#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
+
+/**
+ * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa)
+ *
+ * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa']
+ */
+#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0
+
+/**
+ * SD CARD
+ *
+ * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
+ * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
+ *
+ */
+#define SDSUPPORT
+
+/**
+ * SD CARD: SPI SPEED
+ *
+ * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
+ * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
+ */
+//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
+//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
+//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
+
+/**
+ * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
+ *
+ * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
+ */
+//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
+
+/**
+ * LCD Menu Items
+ *
+ * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
+ * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
+ */
+//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
+//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS
+
+//
+// ENCODER SETTINGS
+//
+// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
+// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
+//
+#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 2
+
+//
+// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
+// move between next/prev menu items.
+//
+//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
+
+/**
+ * Encoder Direction Options
+ *
+ * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
+ *
+ *  Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
+ *  Reversed Menu Navigation only?    Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
+ *  Reversed Value Editing only?      Enable BOTH options.
+ */
+
+//
+// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
+//
+//  Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
+//
+//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
+
+//
+// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
+//
+//  If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
+//  If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
+//
+//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
+
+//
+// Individual Axis Homing
+//
+// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
+//
+//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
+
+//
+// SPEAKER/BUZZER
+//
+// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
+// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
+//
+#define SPEAKER
+
+//
+// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
+// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
+//
+// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
+//  M300 S<frequency Hz> P<duration ms>
+//
+//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2
+//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000
+
+//=============================================================================
+//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
+//========================   (Character-based LCDs)   =========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
+//
+// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
+//
+#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
+// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
+//
+//#define RADDS_DISPLAY
+
+//
+// ULTIMAKER Controller.
+//
+//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
+
+//
+// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
+//
+//#define ULTIPANEL
+
+//
+// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
+//
+//#define PANEL_ONE
+
+//
+// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
+//
+// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
+//
+//#define G3D_PANEL
+
+//
+// RigidBot Panel V1.0
+// http://www.inventapart.com/
+//
+//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
+
+//
+// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
+// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html
+//
+//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602
+
+//
+// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
+//
+//#define ZONESTAR_LCD            // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
+                                  // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
+                                  // which scrambles the display.  Pressing any button clears it up.
+                                  // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.
+
+//
+// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
+//
+//#define ULTRA_LCD
+
+//=============================================================================
+//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
+//=====================   (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs)   =====================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
+//
+// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
+// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
+//
+
+//
+// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
+// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
+//
+//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
+
+//
+// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
+//
+// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
+// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
+//
+//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
+//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004
+
+//
+// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
+//
+//#define LCM1602
+
+//
+// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
+// separate encoder and click inputs.
+//
+// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
+// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
+//
+// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
+// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
+//
+//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
+
+//
+// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
+// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
+//
+//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
+//
+
+//
+// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
+// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
+//
+//#define SAV_3DLCD
+
+//
+// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
+// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
+// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
+//
+//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
+
+//=============================================================================
+//=======================   LCD / Controller Selection  =======================
+//=========================      (Graphical LCDs)      ========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
+//
+// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
+//            https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
+//
+
+//
+// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
+//
+//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
+// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
+//
+//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
+
+//
+// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
+// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
+// http://panucatt.com
+//
+//#define VIKI2
+//#define miniVIKI
+
+//
+// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
+// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
+//
+//#define MINIPANEL
+
+//
+// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
+//
+//#define MAKRPANEL
+
+//
+// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
+// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
+//
+//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
+// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
+//
+//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// Cartesio UI
+// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
+//
+//#define CARTESIO_UI
+
+//
+// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
+//
+//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
+
+//
+// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
+//
+//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
+
+//
+// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
+//
+//#define SAV_3DGLCD
+#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
+  //#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
+  #define U8GLIB_SH1106
+#endif
+
+//
+// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
+// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
+//
+//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
+//
+//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
+
+//
+// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+//
+//#define MKS_MINI_12864
+
+//
+// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
+//
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
+
+//
+// Factory display for Creality CR-10
+// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html
+//
+// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector.
+// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display)
+//
+//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
+
+//
+// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller
+//
+// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
+// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
+// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
+//
+//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD
+
+//
+// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
+//
+// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
+//
+//#define MKS_12864OLED          // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
+//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306  // Uses the SSD1306 controller
+
+//
+// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
+// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html
+//
+//#define AZSMZ_12864
+
+//
+// Silvergate GLCD controller
+// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate
+//
+//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
+
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
+//
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
+//
+//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
+
+//=============================================================================
+//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// MKS Robin 320x240 color display
+//
+//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================  Other Controllers  ============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
+//
+
+//
+// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
+// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
+//
+// REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP sets how much should the robot move when a key
+// is pressed, a value of 10.0 means 10mm per click.
+//
+//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
+//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0
+
+//=============================================================================
+//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+// @section extras
+
+// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
+//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
+
+// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
+// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
+// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
+//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
+
+// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
+// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
+// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
+// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
+// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7]
+#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
+
+// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
+// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
+// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
+// duty cycle is attained.
+//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
+
+// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
+// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
+// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
+//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
+
+// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
+//#define SF_ARC_FIX
+
+// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
+//#define BARICUDA
+
+// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
+//#define BLINKM
+
+// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
+//#define PCA9632
+
+// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
+// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED
+//#define PCA9533
+
+/**
+ * RGB LED / LED Strip Control
+ *
+ * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
+ * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
+ *
+ * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
+ * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
+ * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
+ * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
+ *
+ * *** CAUTION ***
+ *  LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
+ *  as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
+ *  Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
+ *  NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs
+ *  more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
+ * *** CAUTION ***
+ *
+ * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options.
+ *
+ */
+//#define RGB_LED
+//#define RGBW_LED
+
+#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED)
+  //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
+  //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
+  //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
+  //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
+#endif
+
+// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
+//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
+#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
+  #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE   NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h)
+  #define NEOPIXEL_PIN    4        // LED driving pin
+  #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30       // Number of LEDs in the strip
+  #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL   // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
+  #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127  // Initial brightness (0-255)
+  //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST  // Cycle through colors at startup
+
+  // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting
+  //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX  0               // Index of the LED to use
+  //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Printer Event LEDs
+ *
+ * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
+ *
+ *  - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
+ *  - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
+ *  - Change to white to illuminate work surface
+ *  - Change to green once print has finished
+ *  - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
+ */
+#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED)
+  #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * R/C SERVO support
+ * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Number of servos
+ *
+ * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
+ * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
+ * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem.
+ */
+//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
+
+// Delay (in milliseconds) before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
+// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
+// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
+#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
+
+// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
+//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
+
+// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM
+//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES
diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A10/Configuration_adv.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b9e680bc11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/A10/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2550 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+/**
+ * Configuration_adv.h
+ *
+ * Advanced settings.
+ * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
+ * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
+ *
+ * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
+ *
+ */
+#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000
+
+// @section temperature
+
+//===========================================================================
+//=============================Thermal Settings  ============================
+//===========================================================================
+
+//
+// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters
+//
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND0_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND1_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND2_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND3_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND4_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND5_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000
+  #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS     4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS      100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define BED_BETA                     3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000
+  #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define CHAMBER_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+//
+// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
+// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
+//
+//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
+#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
+  #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED
+  #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70
+  #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Heated Chamber settings
+ */
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER
+  #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP             5
+  #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP            60
+  #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS     1   // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
+  //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING
+  //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN       44   // Chamber heater on/off pin
+  //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false
+#endif
+
+#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
+  #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
+  #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
+    #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
+ * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
+ * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
+ *
+ * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
+ * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
+ * the heater on.
+ *
+ * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
+ * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
+ * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
+ *
+ * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
+ * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
+ */
+#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40        // Seconds
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4     // Degrees Celsius
+
+  //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING              // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops
+  #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP)
+    //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING    // Don't slow fan speed during M303
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
+   * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
+   * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
+   * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
+   * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
+   * test.
+   *
+   * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
+   * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
+   * below 2.
+   */
+  #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20                // Seconds
+  #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2               // Degrees Celsius
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
+ */
+#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20    // Seconds
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
+
+  /**
+   * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
+   */
+  #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60                // Seconds
+  #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2               // Degrees Celsius
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber.
+ */
+#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER)
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20    // Seconds
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
+
+  /**
+   * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191).
+   */
+  #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60            // Seconds
+  #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2           // Degrees Celsius
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
+  // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
+  // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume.
+  //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
+  #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
+    #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
+    #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Automatic Temperature:
+ * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
+ * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
+ * Start autotemp mode with M109 S<mintemp> B<maxtemp> F<factor>
+ * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
+ * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
+ * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
+ * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
+ */
+#define AUTOTEMP
+#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
+  #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
+#endif
+
+// Show extra position information in M114
+//#define M114_DETAIL
+
+// Show Temperature ADC value
+// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
+//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
+
+/**
+ * High Temperature Thermistor Support
+ *
+ * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
+ * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
+ * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
+ * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
+ * and force stop everything.
+ * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
+ * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
+ * aberrant readings.
+ *
+ * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
+ * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
+ */
+
+// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
+// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
+//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
+
+// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
+// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
+// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
+// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
+// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
+//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
+
+// @section extruder
+
+// Extruder runout prevention.
+// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
+// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
+//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
+#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500  // (mm/m)
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5   // (mm)
+#endif
+
+// @section temperature
+
+// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
+// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET  0.0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN    1.0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN   1.0
+
+/**
+ * Controller Fan
+ * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
+ *
+ * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled
+ * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off.
+ */
+//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
+#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
+  //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1        // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
+  #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60          // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled
+  #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255        // 255 == full speed
+#endif
+
+// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
+// given number of milliseconds.  This gets the fan spinning reliably
+// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
+//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
+
+/**
+ * PWM Fan Scaling
+ *
+ * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
+ *
+ * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
+ * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
+ * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
+ * Value 0 always turns off the fan.
+ *
+ * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
+ */
+//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
+//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
+
+/**
+ * FAST PWM FAN Settings
+ *
+ * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h)
+ * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a
+ * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency.
+ *
+ * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default]
+ *   Set this to your desired frequency.
+ *   If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
+ *   ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers
+ *   These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required
+ *   NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior.
+ *
+ * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default]
+ *   Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2:
+ *   16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz]
+ *   20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz]
+ *   A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of
+ *   PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.)
+ *   USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies.
+ */
+#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
+  //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400
+  //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP
+#endif
+
+// @section extruder
+
+/**
+ * Extruder cooling fans
+ *
+ * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
+ * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
+ *
+ * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
+ * or set to -1 to disable completely.
+ *
+ * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
+ * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
+ */
+#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
+#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
+#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
+
+/**
+ * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
+ *
+ * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
+ * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
+ * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
+ */
+#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
+#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
+#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
+
+/**
+ * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
+ */
+//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
+#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4                  // Override the default pin if needed
+  #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
+  #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
+  #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
+  #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
+    #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section homing
+
+// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
+// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
+//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
+
+// @section extras
+
+//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
+
+// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
+//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
+#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
+  //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN        -1
+  //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops
+ *
+ * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes.
+ *
+ * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to
+ * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop
+ * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug
+ * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'.
+ *
+ * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors
+ * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error
+ * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X<offset> Y<offset> Z<offset>'.
+ */
+
+//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true   // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions
+  //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
+    #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true   // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions
+  //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
+    #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
+    #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
+    #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
+    #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2  0
+    #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Dual X Carriage
+ *
+ * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
+ * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
+ * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
+ * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
+ * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
+ * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
+ *
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
+ *
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
+ *
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
+ *
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
+ *
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
+ */
+//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
+#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
+
+  // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
+
+  // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
+  #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
+
+#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
+
+// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
+// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
+//#define EXT_SOLENOID
+
+// @section homing
+
+// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump.
+#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
+#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
+#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
+#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 }  // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
+//#define QUICK_HOME                     // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially
+//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 }  // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing
+
+// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
+//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
+
+// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
+//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
+
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
+/**
+ * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
+ * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
+ */
+//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
+#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
+  // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3]
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 }
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 }
+  // Set number of iterations to align
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
+  // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
+  #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
+  // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
+  // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
+  // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0
+  // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02
+#endif
+
+// @section machine
+
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
+
+// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
+//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
+
+// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
+#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
+#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
+#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
+#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
+
+// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
+// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
+// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
+#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
+
+#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
+#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE     0.0
+
+//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE  // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
+
+// @section lcd
+
+#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section extras
+
+// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied.
+#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME        20000
+
+// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
+#define SLOWDOWN
+
+// Frequency limit
+// See nophead's blog for more info
+// Not working O
+//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT  15
+
+// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
+// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
+// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
+#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)
+
+//
+// Backlash Compensation
+// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
+//
+//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
+#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
+  // Define values for backlash distance and correction.
+  // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
+  #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm)
+  #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION    0.0       // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
+
+  // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
+  // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
+  //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
+
+  // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
+  //#define BACKLASH_GCODE
+
+  #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
+    // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
+    #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
+
+    #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
+      // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
+      // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
+      // increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
+      #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT       0.5   // (mm)
+      #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION  0.005 // (mm)
+      #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE    Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m)
+    #endif
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration
+ *
+ * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
+ * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
+ *
+ * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
+ * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
+ * and hotend offsets.
+ *
+ * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
+ *       ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
+ */
+//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
+#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
+
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION     0.01 // mm
+
+  #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW             60    // mm/m
+  #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST           1200    // mm/m
+  #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL         3000    // mm/m
+
+  // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
+  #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT          1.0  // mm
+  #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER      2.0  // mm
+
+  // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM).
+  //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
+
+  // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
+  #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER     { 264.0, -22.0,  -2.0} // mm
+  #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS {  10.0,  10.0,  10.0} // mm
+
+  // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
+  // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
+
+  // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
+  // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
+  //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
+
+  // Define pin which is read during calibration
+  #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
+    //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
+ * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
+ * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
+ * lowest stepping frequencies.
+ */
+//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
+
+/**
+ * Custom Microstepping
+ * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
+ */
+//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
+//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
+
+// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
+#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
+
+/**
+ *  @section  stepper motor current
+ *
+ *  Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
+ *
+ *  The power on motor currents are set by:
+ *    PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
+ *                         known compatible chips: A4982
+ *    DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
+ *                         known compatible chips: AD5206
+ *    DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
+ *                         known compatible chips: MCP4728
+ *    DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
+ *                         known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
+ *
+ *  Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
+ *    M907 - applies to all.
+ *    M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
+ *    M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
+ */
+//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 }          // Values in milliamps
+//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 }   // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
+//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 }    // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
+
+// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
+//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
+#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A)
+  /**
+   * Common slave addresses:
+   *
+   *                        A   (A shifted)   B   (B shifted)  IC
+   * Smoothie              0x2C (0x58)       0x2D (0x5A)       MCP4451
+   * AZTEEG_X3_PRO         0x2C (0x58)       0x2E (0x5C)       MCP4451
+   * AZTEEG_X5_MINI        0x2C (0x58)       0x2E (0x5C)       MCP4451
+   * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI         0x58              0x5C        MCP4451
+   * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE      0x2F (0x5E)                         MCP4018
+   */
+  #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C  // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
+  #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D  // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
+#endif
+
+//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018          // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
+#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4     AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8     MKS SBASE: 5
+// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
+// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
+#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 }  //  AZTEEG_X3_PRO
+
+//===========================================================================
+//=============================Additional Features===========================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section lcd
+
+// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
+#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
+#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
+  #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC   30  // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
+  #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC  80  // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
+#endif
+
+// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
+//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
+#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
+  #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION   10
+  #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
+#endif
+
+// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
+#define LCD_INFO_MENU
+
+// Scroll a longer status message into view
+#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
+
+// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
+//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
+
+// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
+//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
+
+// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage
+//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
+
+#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
+  //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR              // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
+  #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
+    #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000    // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
+    #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000    // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
+    #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE   0       // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
+    //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE           // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
+    //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST       // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LED Control Menu
+ * Enable this feature to add LED Control to the LCD menu
+ */
+//#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
+#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
+  #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS                 // Enable the Preset Color menu option
+  #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED        255  // User defined RED value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN      128  // User defined GREEN value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE         0  // User defined BLUE value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE      255  // User defined WHITE value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255  // User defined intensity
+    //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP       // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
+  #endif
+#endif // LED_CONTROL_MENU
+
+#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+
+  // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
+  // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
+  // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
+  // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
+  // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
+  #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
+
+  #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true          // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
+  #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place.
+
+  // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
+  // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
+  #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
+
+  #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START             // Confirm the selected SD file before printing
+
+  //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART               // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files
+
+  #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27"         // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27")
+
+  /**
+   * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
+   *
+   * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
+   * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
+   * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
+   * point in the file.
+   */
+  //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
+  #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN         44 // Pin to detect power loss
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE     HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN   20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power.
+
+    // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card,
+    // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued.
+    #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
+   *
+   * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
+   * by name for easier navigation.
+   *
+   * By default...
+   *
+   *  - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
+   *  - Folders are sorted to the top.
+   *  - The sort key is statically allocated.
+   *  - No added G-code (M34) support.
+   *  - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
+   *
+   * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
+   * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
+   * limit is exceeded.
+   *
+   *  - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
+   *  - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
+   *  - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
+   *  - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
+   */
+  //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
+
+  // SD Card Sorting options
+  #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
+    #define SDSORT_LIMIT       40     // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
+    #define FOLDER_SORTING     -1     // -1=above  0=none  1=below
+    #define SDSORT_GCODE       false  // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
+    #define SDSORT_USES_RAM    false  // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
+    #define SDSORT_USES_STACK  false  // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
+    #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false  // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
+    #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false  // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
+    #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2      // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
+                                      // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
+  #endif
+
+  // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
+  #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
+
+  // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
+  #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
+
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
+  /**
+   * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
+   * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
+   * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
+   */
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
+
+  /**
+   * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
+   * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected.
+   * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere.
+   */
+  //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE
+
+  /**
+   * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S<seconds>
+   */
+  //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS
+
+  /**
+   * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
+   * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
+   * to Marlin as an SD card.
+   *
+   * The MAX3421E must be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
+   * the following pin mapping:
+   *
+   *    SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
+   *    INT              --> SD_DETECT_PIN
+   *    SS               --> SDSS
+   */
+  //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
+  #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
+    #define USB_CS_PIN         SDSS
+    #define USB_INTR_PIN       SD_DETECT_PIN
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
+   * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
+   *
+   * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
+   *
+   * Tested with this bootloader:
+   *   https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
+   */
+  //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
+  #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
+    #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR    0x1FF
+    #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE   0xF0
+    #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
+  #endif
+
+  // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
+  //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
+
+  #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
+  #endif
+
+#endif // SDSUPPORT
+
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
+/**
+ * Additional options for Graphical Displays
+ *
+ * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
+ * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
+ * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
+ * on DELTA and SCARA machines.
+ *
+ * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
+ * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
+ * printing performance versus fast display updates.
+ */
+#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
+  // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar
+  //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT
+
+  // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
+  #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
+
+  // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
+  #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
+
+  // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
+  // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
+  //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
+
+  // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
+  // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
+  //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
+
+  // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
+  // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
+  //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
+
+  // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
+  //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE
+
+  /**
+   * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
+   * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
+   * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
+   *
+   * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
+   * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
+   * length of time to display the status message before clearing.
+   *
+   * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
+   * This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
+   */
+  #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
+    //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
+    #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
+      #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
+    #endif
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Status (Info) Screen customizations
+   * These options may affect code size and screen render time.
+   * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
+   */
+  //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS    // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
+  //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS  // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
+  #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED      // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)
+  #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM          // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
+  #define STATUS_BED_ANIM             // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
+  #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM         // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating
+  //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP     // Use the alternative bed bitmap
+  //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP     // Use the alternative fan bitmap
+  //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3       // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
+  //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT       // Show heating in a progress bar
+  //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL    // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash)
+
+  // Frivolous Game Options
+  //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT
+  //#define MARLIN_INVADERS
+  //#define MARLIN_SNAKE
+
+#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
+
+// @section safety
+
+/**
+ * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs
+ * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors.
+ *
+ * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever,
+ * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO.
+ * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while
+ * interrupts are enabled.
+ */
+#define USE_WATCHDOG
+#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
+  //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
+#endif
+
+// @section lcd
+
+/**
+ * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
+ * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
+ * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
+ *
+ * Warning: Does not respect endstops!
+ */
+#define BABYSTEPPING
+#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
+  //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING
+  //#define BABYSTEP_XY                     // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
+  #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false           // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
+  #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR  1         // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion.
+
+  //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING  // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
+  #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
+    #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250   // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
+                                            // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
+    //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE     // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement).
+    //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE              // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
+    #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
+      #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1   // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
+    #endif
+  #endif
+
+  //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL          // Display total babysteps since last G28
+
+  //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET          // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
+  #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
+    //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET      // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
+    //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY   // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section extruder
+
+/**
+ * Linear Pressure Control v1.5
+ *
+ * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
+ * K=0 means advance disabled.
+ *
+ * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
+ *
+ * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
+ * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
+ * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
+ * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
+ *
+ * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
+ * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues.
+ */
+#define LIN_ADVANCE
+#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
+  //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants
+  #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22    // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed
+  //#define LA_DEBUG            // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB.
+#endif
+
+// @section leveling
+
+#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+  // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
+  //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
+  //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
+  //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
+  //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
+ * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
+ */
+//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
+#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
+  #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
+  #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
+  /**
+   * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
+   * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
+   */
+  #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
+  #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
+  #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
+
+#endif
+
+// @section extras
+
+//
+// G2/G3 Arc Support
+//
+#define ARC_SUPPORT               // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes
+#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
+  #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT  1   // Length of each arc segment
+  #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS   24   // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle
+  #define N_ARC_CORRECTION   25   // Number of interpolated segments between corrections
+  //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES         // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
+  //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES  // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
+#endif
+
+// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
+//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
+
+/**
+ * G38 Probe Target
+ *
+ * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target)
+ * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target).
+ * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once.
+ */
+//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
+#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
+  //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY        // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target
+  #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move.
+#endif
+
+// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
+#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
+
+/**
+ * Minimum delay after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
+ *     0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
+ *    20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
+ *   200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
+ *   400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
+ *   500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
+ *   650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
+ *  1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
+ * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
+ *
+ * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
+ */
+//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650
+
+/**
+ * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs)
+ *   0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
+ *   0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h
+ *   1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers
+ *   2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
+ *   3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
+ *  30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
+ *
+ * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
+ */
+//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2
+
+/**
+ * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
+ *  If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
+ *  500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
+ *  400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
+ *  250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
+ *  200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
+ *  150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
+ *   15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
+ *
+ * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
+ */
+//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
+
+// @section temperature
+
+// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
+//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
+
+//===========================================================================
+//================================= Buffers =================================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section hidden
+
+// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
+// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
+#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+  #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
+#else
+  #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
+#endif
+
+// @section serial
+
+// The ASCII buffer for serial input
+#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
+#define BUFSIZE 4
+
+// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
+// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
+// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
+// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
+// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
+// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
+// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
+#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
+
+// Host Receive Buffer Size
+// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
+// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
+// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
+//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
+
+#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
+  // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
+  // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
+  //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+  // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
+  // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
+  //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
+
+  // Enable this option to collect and display the number
+  // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
+  //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
+#endif
+
+// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
+// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
+// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
+// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
+//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
+
+// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
+// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
+// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
+// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
+//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
+
+// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
+//#define ADVANCED_OK
+
+// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
+// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
+#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
+
+// @section extras
+
+/**
+ * Extra Fan Speed
+ * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
+ *   'M106 P<fan> T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for <fan>
+ *   'M106 P<fan> T2'     : Use the set secondary speed
+ *   'M106 P<fan> T1'     : Restore the previous fan speed
+ */
+//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
+
+/**
+ * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
+ *
+ * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
+ * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
+ *
+ * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
+ * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
+ * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
+ *
+ * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
+ *
+ * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
+ *
+ */
+//#define FWRETRACT
+#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
+  #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT           // costs ~500 bytes of PROGMEM
+  #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
+    #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1           // When auto-retract is on, convert E moves of this length and over
+    #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0          // Upper limit for auto-retract conversion
+  #endif
+  #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3                // Default retract length (positive mm)
+  #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13          // Default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change
+  #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45             // Default feedrate for retracting (mm/s)
+  #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0                // Default retract Z-raise (mm)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0        // Default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0   // Default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8      // Default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction (mm/s)
+  #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
+    //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING         // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Universal tool change settings.
+ * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
+ */
+#if EXTRUDERS > 1
+  // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
+  #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
+
+  // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
+  #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH          12  // (mm)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME           2  // (mm)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600  // (mm/m)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED   3600  // (mm/m)
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Position to park head during tool change.
+   * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
+   */
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
+  #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY    { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000  // (mm/m)
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Advanced Pause
+ * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused.
+ * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
+ * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle.
+ *
+ * Requires an LCD display.
+ * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
+ * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
+ */
+#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
+#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE         60  // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH            2  // (mm) Initial retract.
+                                                  // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE     10  // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL        25  // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH      100  // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
+                                                  //   For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
+                                                  //   For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
+                                                  //   Set to 0 for manual unloading.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE   6  // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH     0  // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
+                                                  // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE   6  // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL     25  // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH     0  // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
+                                                  //   For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
+                                                  //   For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
+  //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE       // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
+  #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE        3  // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
+  #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH         50  // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
+                                                  //   Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
+                                                  //   Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
+                                                  //   until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
+  #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME          0  // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
+  //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE             // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused.
+
+                                                  // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
+  #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH      13  // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
+  #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY             5000  // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
+  #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH         8  // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
+
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT           45  // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS         10  // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT           // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
+
+  #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE                    // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
+  //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE           // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change
+
+  //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES           // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
+  //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS         // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
+#endif
+
+// @section tmc
+
+/**
+ * TMC26X Stepper Driver options
+ *
+ * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver.
+ * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper
+ */
+#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X)
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X)
+    #define X_MAX_CURRENT     1000  // (mA)
+    #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR    91  // (mOhms)
+    #define X_MICROSTEPS        16  // Number of microsteps
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X)
+    #define X2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define X2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X)
+    #define Y_MAX_CURRENT     1000
+    #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR    91
+    #define Y_MICROSTEPS        16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X)
+    #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define Y2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X)
+    #define Z_MAX_CURRENT     1000
+    #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR    91
+    #define Z_MICROSTEPS        16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X)
+    #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define Z2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X)
+    #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define Z3_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X)
+    #define E0_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E0_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X)
+    #define E1_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E1_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X)
+    #define E2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X)
+    #define E3_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E3_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X)
+    #define E4_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E4_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X)
+    #define E5_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E5_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+#endif // TMC26X
+
+// @section tmc_smart
+
+/**
+ * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode
+ * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define
+ * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3
+ * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
+ * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins.
+ *
+ * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN
+ * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor.
+ * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without
+ * a resistor.
+ * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial.
+ *
+ * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers.
+ * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
+ */
+#if HAS_TRINAMIC
+
+  #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER    0.5  // Scales down the holding current from run current
+  #define INTERPOLATE       true  // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X)
+    #define X_CURRENT     800  // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
+    #define X_MICROSTEPS   16  // 0..256
+    #define X_RSENSE     0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2)
+    #define X2_CURRENT    800
+    #define X2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define X2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y)
+    #define Y_CURRENT     800
+    #define Y_MICROSTEPS   16
+    #define Y_RSENSE     0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2)
+    #define Y2_CURRENT    800
+    #define Y2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define Y2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z)
+    #define Z_CURRENT     800
+    #define Z_MICROSTEPS   16
+    #define Z_RSENSE     0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2)
+    #define Z2_CURRENT    800
+    #define Z2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define Z2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3)
+    #define Z3_CURRENT    800
+    #define Z3_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define Z3_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0)
+    #define E0_CURRENT    800
+    #define E0_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E0_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1)
+    #define E1_CURRENT    800
+    #define E1_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E1_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2)
+    #define E2_CURRENT    800
+    #define E2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3)
+    #define E3_CURRENT    800
+    #define E3_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E3_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4)
+    #define E4_CURRENT    800
+    #define E4_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E4_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5)
+    #define E5_CURRENT    800
+    #define E5_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E5_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
+   * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
+   */
+  //#define X_CS_PIN          -1
+  //#define Y_CS_PIN          -1
+  //#define Z_CS_PIN          -1
+  //#define X2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define Y2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define Z2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define Z3_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E0_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E1_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E3_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E4_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
+
+  /**
+   * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
+   * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
+   * but you can override or define them here.
+   */
+  //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
+  //#define TMC_SW_MOSI       -1
+  //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
+  //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
+
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
+  /**
+   * Software enable
+   *
+   * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
+   * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
+   */
+  //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
+
+  /**
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
+   * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
+   */
+  #define STEALTHCHOP_XY
+  #define STEALTHCHOP_Z
+  #define STEALTHCHOP_E
+
+  /**
+   * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
+   * or with the help of an example included in the library.
+   * Provided parameter sets are
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
+   * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V)
+   * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119   // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
+   *
+   * Define you own with
+   * { <off_time[1..15]>, <hysteresis_end[-3..12]>, hysteresis_start[1..8] }
+   */
+  #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
+
+  /**
+   * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
+   * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
+   * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
+   * Relevant g-codes:
+   * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
+   * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
+   * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
+   * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
+   */
+  //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
+
+  #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
+    #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN     50  // [mA]
+    #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
+    #define STOP_ON_ERROR
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
+   * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
+   * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
+   * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
+   */
+  //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
+
+  #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     100  // [mm/s]
+  #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD    100
+  #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     100
+  #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD    100
+  #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD       3
+  #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD      3
+  #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD      3
+  #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+
+  /**
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
+   * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
+   * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
+   *
+   * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is used for tuning the trigger sensitivity.
+   * Higher values make the system LESS sensitive.
+   * Lower value make the system MORE sensitive.
+   * Too low values can lead to false positives, while too high values will collide the axis without triggering.
+   * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
+   * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
+   */
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
+
+  /**
+   * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
+   *
+   * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
+   *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
+   */
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
+
+  #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
+    #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
+    #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
+    //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
+  /**
+   * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
+   * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
+   */
+  //#define TMC_DEBUG
+
+  /**
+   * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
+   * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
+   * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
+   *
+   * Example:
+   * #define TMC_ADV() { \
+   *   stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \
+   *   stepperY.interpolate(0); \
+   * }
+   */
+  #define TMC_ADV() {  }
+
+#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC
+
+// @section L6470
+
+/**
+ * L6470 Stepper Driver options
+ *
+ * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver.
+ * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470
+ *
+ * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN
+ *     L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN  (optional)
+ */
+#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470)
+
+  //#define L6470_CHITCHAT        // Display additional status info
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470)
+    #define X_MICROSTEPS     128  // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128)
+    #define X_OVERCURRENT   2000  // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down)
+    #define X_STALLCURRENT  1500  // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) -  4A max - rounds down)
+    #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE    127  // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper
+    #define X_CHAIN_POS        0  // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470)
+    #define X2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define X2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define X2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define X2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470)
+    #define Y_MICROSTEPS       128
+    #define Y_OVERCURRENT     2000
+    #define Y_STALLCURRENT    1500
+    #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE      127
+    #define Y_CHAIN_POS          0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470)
+    #define Y2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define Y2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define Y2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define Y2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470)
+    #define Z_MICROSTEPS       128
+    #define Z_OVERCURRENT     2000
+    #define Z_STALLCURRENT    1500
+    #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE      127
+    #define Z_CHAIN_POS          0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470)
+    #define Z2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define Z2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define Z2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define Z2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470)
+    #define Z3_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define Z3_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define Z3_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define Z3_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470)
+    #define E0_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E0_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E0_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E0_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470)
+    #define E1_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E1_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E1_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E1_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470)
+    #define E2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470)
+    #define E3_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E3_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E3_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E3_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470)
+    #define E4_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E4_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E4_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E4_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470)
+    #define E5_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E5_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E5_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E5_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current.
+   * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears.
+   * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
+   * Relevant g-codes:
+   * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5  Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
+   *         I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0
+   *         I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1
+   *         I3 - Z3 or E3
+   *         I4 - E4
+   *         I5 - E5
+   * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning
+   * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds
+   * M918 - Increase speed until max or error
+   * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters
+   */
+  //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS
+
+  #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS)
+    #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN     1
+    //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR
+  #endif
+
+#endif // L6470
+
+/**
+ * TWI/I2C BUS
+ *
+ * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
+ * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
+ * devices on the bus.
+ *
+ * ; Example #1
+ * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
+ * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B<base 10> arg
+ * M260 A99  ; Target slave address
+ * M260 B77  ; M
+ * M260 B97  ; a
+ * M260 B114 ; r
+ * M260 B108 ; l
+ * M260 B105 ; i
+ * M260 B110 ; n
+ * M260 S1   ; Send the current buffer
+ *
+ * ; Example #2
+ * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
+ * M261 A99 B5
+ *
+ * ; Example #3
+ * ; Example serial output of a M261 request
+ * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
+ */
+
+// @section i2cbus
+
+//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
+#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS  0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
+
+// @section extras
+
+/**
+ * Photo G-code
+ * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo.
+ * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement.
+ */
+//#define PHOTO_GCODE
+#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE)
+  // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo
+  //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 }  // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z)
+  //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS   100                            // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P)
+  //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM   6.5                          // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S)
+
+  // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger
+  // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
+  //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
+
+  // Canon Hack Development Kit
+  // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
+  //#define CHDK_PIN        4
+
+  // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter
+  //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS }  // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J)
+
+  // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high
+  //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS   50 // (ms) (M240 D)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Spindle & Laser control
+ *
+ * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
+ * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
+ *
+ * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
+ * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
+ * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
+ *
+ * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
+ * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
+ *
+ * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
+ */
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
+
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
+
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Filament Width Sensor
+ *
+ * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
+ * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
+ *
+ * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
+ * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
+ * volume.
+ *
+ * Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
+ *
+ *  34 RAMPS_14    : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
+ *  81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
+ * 301 RAMBO       : Analog input 3
+ *
+ * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
+ */
+//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
+
+#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
+  #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0    // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
+  #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM        14    // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
+
+  #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN        1.0  // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
+  #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY       20    // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
+
+  #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
+
+  // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
+  //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * CNC Coordinate Systems
+ *
+ * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
+ * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
+ */
+//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
+
+/**
+ * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S<seconds>
+ */
+#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
+
+/**
+ * Include capabilities in M115 output
+ */
+#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
+
+/**
+ * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
+ */
+//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
+
+#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
+  /**
+   * Volumetric extrusion default state
+   * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
+   * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
+   *
+   * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
+   */
+  //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
+ * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
+ *
+ *  - M206 and M428 are disabled.
+ *  - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
+ */
+//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
+
+/**
+ * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
+ * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
+ *
+ * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
+ * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
+ */
+#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
+
+/**
+ * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser
+ */
+#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
+
+/**
+ * CNC G-code options
+ * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
+ * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
+ * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
+ */
+//#define PAREN_COMMENTS      // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
+//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES  // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
+
+// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
+//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m)
+#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
+  //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * G-code Macros
+ *
+ * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
+ * Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
+ */
+//#define GCODE_MACROS
+#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
+  #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS       5  // Up to 10 may be used
+  #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE  50  // Maximum length of a single macro
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
+ */
+//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
+#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
+  //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands"
+  #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
+  #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
+  //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN  // Return to status screen after a script
+
+  #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info"
+  #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W"
+
+  #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
+  #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
+
+  #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
+  #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
+
+  #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
+  #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
+
+  #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info"
+  #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503"
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Host Action Commands
+ *
+ * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard.
+ *
+ * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands
+ * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel
+ * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed
+ *
+ * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands.
+ *
+ * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so
+ * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side.
+ */
+//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS
+#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS)
+  //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT
+#endif
+
+//===========================================================================
+//====================== I2C Position Encoder Settings ======================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
+ * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
+ *
+ * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
+ * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
+ *
+ * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
+ * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/
+ *
+ * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
+ */
+
+//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
+#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT         1                       // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
+                                                            // encoders supported currently.
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X     // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS          X_AXIS                  // Axis the encoder module is installed on.  <X|Y|Z|E>_AXIS.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE          I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR   // Type of encoder:  I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
+                                                            // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT    2048                    // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
+                                                            // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
+                                                            // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV     (16 * 200)            // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
+                                                            // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT                              // Invert the direction of axis travel.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD     I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP     // Type of error error correction.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH     0.10                    // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
+                                                            // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
+                                                            // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
+                                                            // measurement noise / latency (filter).
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y     // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS          Y_AXIS
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE          I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT    2048
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV   (16 * 200)
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD     I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH     0.10
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z     // Encoder 3.  Add additional configuration options
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS          Z_AXIS                  // as above, or use defaults below.
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E     // Encoder 4.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS          E_AXIS
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR          34                      // Encoder 5.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS          E_AXIS
+
+  // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE            I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT  2048
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV       (16 * 200)
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD       I2CPE_ECM_NONE
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH       0.1
+
+  //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT  100.0                   // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
+                                                            // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
+                                                            // disable abort behavior.
+
+  #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED        10000                   // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
+                                                            // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
+                                                            // is trusted again.
+
+  /**
+   * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
+   * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
+   * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
+   */
+  #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS     4                       // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
+
+  // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
+  #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
+
+#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
+
+/**
+ * MAX7219 Debug Matrix
+ *
+ * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
+ * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
+ */
+//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
+#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
+  #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN   64
+  #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN   57
+  #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN  44
+
+  //#define MAX7219_GCODE          // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
+  #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST    2   // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral)
+  #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1   // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
+  #define MAX7219_ROTATE       0   // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
+                                   // connector at:  right=0   bottom=-90  top=90  left=180
+  //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER  // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order
+
+  /**
+   * Sample debug features
+   * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
+   */
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE    // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD  3  // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL  5  // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
+
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0  // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
+                                         // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
+                                         // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * NanoDLP Sync support
+ *
+ * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp"
+ * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use
+ * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands
+ */
+//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
+#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
+  //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS  // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move.
+                              // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only.
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi)
+ */
+//#define WIFISUPPORT
+#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT)
+  #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID"
+  #define WIFI_PWD  "Wifi Password"
+  //#define WEBSUPPORT        // Start a webserver with auto-discovery
+  //#define OTASUPPORT        // Support over-the-air firmware updates
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
+ * Enable in Configuration.h
+ */
+#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2)
+
+  // Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
+  // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial)
+  // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2)
+  #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2
+  #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial
+
+  // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
+  //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
+
+  // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
+  //#define MMU2_MODE_12V
+
+  // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
+  #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
+
+  // Add an LCD menu for MMU2
+  //#define MMU2_MENUS
+  #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
+    // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
+    // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
+    #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
+    #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
+      {  7.2,  562 }, \
+      { 14.4,  871 }, \
+      { 36.0, 1393 }, \
+      { 14.4,  871 }, \
+      { 50.0,  198 }
+
+    #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
+      {   1.0, 1000 }, \
+      {   1.0, 1500 }, \
+      {   2.0, 2000 }, \
+      {   1.5, 3000 }, \
+      {   2.5, 4000 }, \
+      { -15.0, 5000 }, \
+      { -14.0, 1200 }, \
+      {  -6.0,  600 }, \
+      {  10.0,  700 }, \
+      { -10.0,  400 }, \
+      { -50.0, 2000 }
+
+  #endif
+
+  //#define MMU2_DEBUG  // Write debug info to serial output
+
+#endif // PRUSA_MMU2
+
+/**
+ * Advanced Print Counter settings
+ */
+#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
+  #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES  3
+  // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs
+  //#define SERVICE_NAME_1      "Service S"
+  //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1  100 // print hours
+  //#define SERVICE_NAME_2      "Service L"
+  //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2  200 // print hours
+  //#define SERVICE_NAME_3      "Service 3"
+  //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3    1 // print hours
+#endif
+
+// @section develop
+
+/**
+ * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins
+ */
+//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
+
+// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
+//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE
diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration.h
index f68b271b1d..6c976b0840 100644
--- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -602,13 +613,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -619,11 +630,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -711,9 +722,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  2000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   1000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -803,79 +820,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  #define BLTOUCH_DELAY 200
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  #define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -930,10 +898,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 #define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1093,7 +1068,7 @@
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   2     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN      66
   #define FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN     67
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the sensors.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensors.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1524,7 +1499,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1945,14 +1920,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -1996,12 +1972,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2018,15 +2005,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration_adv.h
index 88d2f3039e..00c93e334a 100644
--- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  #define BLTOUCH_DELAY 200
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  #define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration.h
index c3e6006cbd..6a3ecfa18c 100644
--- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -602,13 +613,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -619,11 +630,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -711,9 +722,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  2000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   1000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -803,79 +820,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  #define BLTOUCH_DELAY 200
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  #define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -930,10 +898,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 #define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1093,7 +1068,7 @@
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   2     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN      66
   #define FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN     67
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the sensors.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensors.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1523,7 +1498,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1743,7 +1718,6 @@
 // ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
 //
 #define ULTIPANEL
-#define NEWPANEL
 
 //
 // PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
@@ -1948,14 +1922,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -1999,12 +1974,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2021,15 +2007,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration_adv.h
index 6f685e7e19..31bc5d0e52 100644
--- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  #define BLTOUCH_DELAY 200
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  #define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/GT2560/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/GT2560/Configuration.h
index af98fe9fbc..3da73e70cd 100644
--- a/config/examples/Geeetech/GT2560/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/GT2560/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -634,13 +645,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -651,11 +662,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -743,9 +754,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  2000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -835,79 +852,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -962,10 +930,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1123,7 +1098,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1554,7 +1529,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1975,14 +1950,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2026,12 +2002,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2048,15 +2035,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/I3_Pro_X-GT2560/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/I3_Pro_X-GT2560/Configuration.h
index 529bba8c60..886c86b18d 100644
--- a/config/examples/Geeetech/I3_Pro_X-GT2560/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/I3_Pro_X-GT2560/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -619,13 +630,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -636,11 +647,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -728,9 +739,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  2000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -820,15 +837,29 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 1   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {10,90}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 1        // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 10, 90 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500   // Minimum Command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed
+
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
 #endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
@@ -884,10 +915,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1045,7 +1083,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1476,7 +1514,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1897,14 +1935,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -1948,12 +1987,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -1970,15 +2020,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration.h
index 08f8234d90..69ed2d490b 100644
--- a/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -626,13 +637,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -643,11 +654,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -735,9 +746,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  2000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   2000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -827,79 +844,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -954,10 +922,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1115,7 +1090,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1546,7 +1521,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1967,14 +1942,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2018,12 +1994,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2040,15 +2027,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration_adv.h
index 1ee0e5656d..96db80d419 100644
--- a/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  #define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                     // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1360,6 +1445,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1645,7 +1731,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1655,6 +1740,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1664,7 +1772,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1690,7 +1798,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1708,7 +1816,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1731,7 +1839,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1743,7 +1851,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1751,14 +1859,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2005,36 +2120,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
@@ -2127,6 +2259,21 @@
  */
 #define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
 
+/**
+ * CNC G-code options
+ * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
+ * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
+ * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
+ */
+//#define PAREN_COMMENTS      // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
+//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES  // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
+
+// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
+//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m)
+#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
+  //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
+#endif
+
 /**
  * G-code Macros
  *
diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/bltouch/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/bltouch/Configuration.h
index c21dde26a6..43d7306b12 100644
--- a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/bltouch/Configuration.h	
+++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/bltouch/Configuration.h	
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,36 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
+    #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -358,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -383,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -633,13 +645,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -650,11 +662,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -747,9 +759,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  2000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -840,79 +858,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 #define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -967,10 +936,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 #define MULTIPLE_PROBING 3
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1128,7 +1104,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1559,7 +1535,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1980,14 +1956,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2031,12 +2008,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2053,15 +2041,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/noprobe/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/noprobe/Configuration.h
index e31c8e1000..53597ea441 100644
--- a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/noprobe/Configuration.h	
+++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/noprobe/Configuration.h	
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -634,13 +645,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -651,11 +662,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -748,9 +759,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  2000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -840,79 +857,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -967,10 +935,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1128,7 +1103,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1559,7 +1534,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1980,14 +1955,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2031,12 +2007,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2053,15 +2040,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration.h
index ea0ad8fb50..3fb2e1e5fa 100644
--- a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration.h	
+++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration.h	
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 32.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 32.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 1
@@ -619,13 +630,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -636,11 +647,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -728,9 +739,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -820,79 +837,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -947,10 +915,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1108,7 +1083,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1539,7 +1514,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1960,14 +1935,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2011,12 +1987,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2033,15 +2020,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration_adv.h
index 5538c1610e..b9e680bc11 100644
--- a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration_adv.h	
+++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration_adv.h	
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration.h
index ecf6ac8f97..4fcc8fc5bb 100644
--- a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration.h	
+++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration.h	
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 32.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 32.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -619,13 +630,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -636,11 +647,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -728,9 +739,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -820,79 +837,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -947,10 +915,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1108,7 +1083,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1539,7 +1514,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1960,14 +1935,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2011,12 +1987,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2033,15 +2020,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration_adv.h
index 5538c1610e..b9e680bc11 100644
--- a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration_adv.h	
+++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration_adv.h	
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration.h
index 82d11add64..ecf3d1927b 100644
--- a/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -623,13 +634,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -640,11 +651,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -732,9 +743,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -824,79 +841,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -951,10 +919,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1112,7 +1087,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1543,7 +1518,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1964,14 +1939,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2015,12 +1991,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2037,15 +2024,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration_adv.h
index 077f7dace3..55bf70e5df 100644
--- a/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/JGAurora/A1/Configuration.h b/config/examples/JGAurora/A1/Configuration.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d6fe90c179
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/examples/JGAurora/A1/Configuration.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2167 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+/**
+ * Configuration.h
+ *
+ * Basic settings such as:
+ *
+ * - Type of electronics
+ * - Type of temperature sensor
+ * - Printer geometry
+ * - Endstop configuration
+ * - LCD controller
+ * - Extra features
+ *
+ * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
+ *
+ */
+#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Getting Started =============================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
+ *
+ * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
+ * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
+ * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
+ * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
+ * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
+ * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
+ * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
+ */
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
+//===========================================================================
+// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
+// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine.
+//
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
+//===========================================================================
+// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
+// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine.
+//
+
+// @section info
+
+// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during
+// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this
+// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware.
+#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Roberto Mariani & Samuel Pinches)" // Who made the changes.
+#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
+#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 "Marlin 2b6 (10/6/19)" // will be shown during bootup in line 1
+#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 "JGAuroraForum.com"         // will be shown during bootup in line 2
+
+/**
+ * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
+ *
+ * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
+ * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
+ * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
+ *
+ * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
+ * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
+ */
+
+// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
+//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
+
+// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
+//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE
+
+// @section machine
+
+/**
+ * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
+ * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
+ * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
+ *
+ * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
+ */
+#define SERIAL_PORT 1
+
+/**
+ * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
+ * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
+ * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
+ *
+ * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
+ */
+//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
+
+/**
+ * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
+ *
+ * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
+ * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
+ * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
+ *
+ * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
+ */
+#define BAUDRATE 250000
+
+// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
+//#define BLUETOOTH
+
+// The following define selects which electronics board you have.
+// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
+#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
+  #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_JGAURORA_A5S_A1
+#endif
+
+// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine
+// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message
+#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "JGAurora A1"
+
+// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines)
+// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4)
+//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
+
+// @section extruder
+
+// This defines the number of extruders
+// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
+#define EXTRUDERS 1
+
+// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc.
+#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75
+
+// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
+//#define SINGLENOZZLE
+
+/**
+ * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
+ *
+ * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
+ * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
+ * for extruders.
+ *
+ * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
+ * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
+ */
+//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
+#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
+  // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
+  // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
+  //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40  // Always Required
+  //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42  // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
+  //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44  // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
+ *
+ * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
+ * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5
+ *
+ * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h
+ */
+//#define PRUSA_MMU2
+
+// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
+//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
+#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
+  #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
+  #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
+  #if EXTRUDERS > 3
+    #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles
+//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
+#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
+  #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
+  //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1          // If two servos are used, the index of the second
+  #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 }   // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
+ * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
+ */
+//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
+
+/**
+ * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
+ * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
+ *
+ * project   : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
+ * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
+ *             https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
+ */
+//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER
+
+#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
+
+  #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 }     // X positions for parking the extruders
+  #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1            // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+  //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL                   // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
+
+  #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
+
+    #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT           // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
+    #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW  // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
+    #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250        // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
+    //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL                   // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
+
+  #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
+
+    #define MPE_FAST_SPEED      9000      // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point
+    #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED      4500      // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
+    #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE   10      // (mm) Last distance point
+    #define MPE_COMPENSATION       0      // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling
+
+  #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
+ * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
+ */
+//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+/**
+ * Magnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic
+ * docking mechanism using movement and no servo.
+ */
+//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS          { 215, 0 }  // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
+  #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR       2         // Index of the servo connector
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 }  // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
+  #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * "Mixing Extruder"
+ *   - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
+ *   - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
+ *   - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S<index>' supporting virtual tools.
+ *   - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
+ *   - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
+ */
+//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
+#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
+  #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
+  #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
+  //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
+// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
+// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+
+// @section machine
+
+/**
+ * Power Supply Control
+ *
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
+ */
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
+
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
+
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
+    #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
+    #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
+    #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
+    #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section temperature
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
+ *
+ * Temperature sensors available:
+ *
+ *    -4 : thermocouple with AD8495
+ *    -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)
+ *    -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)
+ *    -1 : thermocouple with AD595
+ *     0 : not used
+ *     1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
+ *     2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
+ *     3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
+ *     4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
+ *     5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
+ *   501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor
+ *     6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
+ *     7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
+ *    71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
+ *     8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
+ *     9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
+ *    10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
+ *    11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
+ *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
+ *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
+ *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
+ *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
+ *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
+ *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
+ *    66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
+ *    67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering
+ *    70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
+ *    75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
+ *
+ *       1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
+ *                              (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
+ *    51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
+ *    52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
+ *    55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
+ *
+ *  1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
+ *  1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
+ *   147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
+ *   110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
+ *
+ *  1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h
+ *
+ *         Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
+ *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
+ *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
+ *
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ */
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
+
+// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
+#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
+#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
+
+// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
+// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
+//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
+#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
+
+#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME     10  // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109
+#define TEMP_WINDOW              1  // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
+#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS          3  // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
+
+#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10  // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190
+#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW          1  // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
+#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS      3  // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
+
+// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off
+// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire.
+#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP   5
+#define BED_MINTEMP        5
+
+// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off.
+// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures.
+// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.)
+#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
+#define BED_MAXTEMP      150
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= PID Settings ================================
+//===========================================================================
+// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
+
+// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
+#define PIDTEMP
+#define BANG_MAX 255     // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
+#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
+#define PID_K1 0.95      // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
+#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
+  #define PID_EDIT_MENU         // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM)
+  #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU     // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM)
+  //#define PID_DEBUG             // Sends debug data to the serial port.
+  //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1        // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
+  //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS      // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
+  //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
+                                  // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
+  #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
+                                  // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
+
+  // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
+
+  // Tuned by Sam Pinches 18th March 2019, on A5S at 220C.
+#define DEFAULT_Kp 32.73
+#define DEFAULT_Ki 3.68
+#define DEFAULT_Kd 72.83
+
+  // MakerGear
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
+  //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
+
+  // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
+  //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
+
+#endif // PIDTEMP
+
+//===========================================================================
+//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ======================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * PID Bed Heating
+ *
+ * If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
+ * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis.
+ *
+ * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
+ * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
+ * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
+ * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
+ * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
+ * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
+ */
+#define PIDTEMPBED
+
+//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
+
+/**
+ * Max Bed Power
+ * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
+ * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
+ * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
+ */
+#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
+
+#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
+
+  //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
+
+  //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
+  //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
+
+  // Tuned by Sam Pinches on A5S at 75C (18th March, 2019)
+  #define DEFAULT_bedKp 175.83
+  #define DEFAULT_bedKi 28.85
+  #define DEFAULT_bedKd 267.90
+
+  //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
+  //from pidautotune
+  //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
+  //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
+  //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
+
+  // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
+#endif // PIDTEMPBED
+
+// @section extruder
+
+/**
+ * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
+ * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
+ * cold extrusion prevention on and off.
+ *
+ * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
+ */
+#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
+#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
+
+/**
+ * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
+ * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
+ */
+#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
+#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 1000
+
+//===========================================================================
+//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
+ * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
+ * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
+ *
+ * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
+ * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
+ * the heater on.
+ *
+ * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
+ * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
+ */
+
+#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
+#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED     // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
+#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section machine
+
+// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
+// either in the usual order or reversed
+//#define COREXY
+//#define COREXZ
+//#define COREYZ
+//#define COREYX
+//#define COREZX
+//#define COREZY
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section homing
+
+// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
+// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
+// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
+//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
+#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
+#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
+#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
+//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
+//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
+
+// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
+#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
+#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
+  // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
+#endif
+
+// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
+//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
+#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
+  // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
+#endif
+
+// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+
+/**
+ * Stepper Drivers
+ *
+ * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
+ * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
+ *
+ * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
+ *
+ * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ */
+//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
+//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
+//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
+//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+
+// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
+// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
+//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
+
+/**
+ * Endstop Noise Threshold
+ *
+ * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
+ *
+ * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
+ * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch.
+ * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
+ *   based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
+ *
+ * :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
+ */
+//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================== Movement Settings ============================
+//=============================================================================
+// @section motion
+
+/**
+ * Default Settings
+ *
+ * These settings can be reset by M502
+ *
+ * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
+ * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
+ * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
+ */
+//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
+
+/**
+ * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
+ * Override with M92
+ *                                      X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT   { 160, 160, 1600, 202 }
+
+/**
+ * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
+ * Override with M203
+ *                                      X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE          { 360, 150, 15, 25 }
+
+/**
+ * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
+ * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
+ * Override with M201
+ *                                      X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION      { 1200, 350, 100, 500 }
+
+/**
+ * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
+ * Override with M204
+ *
+ *   M204 P    Acceleration
+ *   M204 R    Retract Acceleration
+ *   M204 T    Travel Acceleration
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION          500    // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
+#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  500    // E acceleration for retracts
+#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   500    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
+
+//
+// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+//
+#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
+#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
+  #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Default Jerk (mm/s)
+ * Override with M205 X Y Z E
+ *
+ * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
+ * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
+ * value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
+ */
+#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
+  #define DEFAULT_XJERK 13.0
+  #define DEFAULT_YJERK 5.0
+  #define DEFAULT_ZJERK  0.4
+#endif
+
+#define DEFAULT_EJERK    5.0  // May be used by Linear Advance
+
+/**
+ * S-Curve Acceleration
+ *
+ * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier
+ * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
+ *
+ * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
+ */
+#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
+//===========================================================================
+// @section probes
+
+//
+// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
+//
+
+/**
+ * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
+ *
+ * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
+ */
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
+
+/**
+ * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN
+ *
+ * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN.
+ * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD
+ * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want.
+ *
+ *  - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
+ *  - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
+ *
+ *  - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
+ *    - For simple switches connect...
+ *      - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
+ *      - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
+ *
+ */
+//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default
+
+/**
+ * Probe Type
+ *
+ * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
+ * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
+ * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
+ * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
+ */
+//#define PROBE_MANUALLY
+//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2
+
+/**
+ * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
+ *   (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
+ */
+//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
+
+/**
+ * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
+ */
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+
+/**
+ * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
+ */
+//#define BLTOUCH
+
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
+
+// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
+//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
+
+// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
+//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
+//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5  // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
+
+// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
+//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
+  #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X  X_MIN_POS
+  #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
+#endif
+
+//
+// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
+//
+
+/**
+ * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
+ * X and Y offsets must be integers.
+ *
+ * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
+ * #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
+ * #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
+ *
+ *     +-- BACK ---+
+ *     |           |
+ *   L |    (+) P  | R <-- probe (20,20)
+ *   E |           | I
+ *   F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
+ *   T |           | H
+ *     |    (-)    | T
+ *     |           |
+ *     O-- FRONT --+
+ *   (0,0)
+ */
+#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10  // X offset: -left  +right  [of the nozzle]
+#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10  // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle]
+#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0   // Z offset: -below +above  [the nozzle]
+
+// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges
+#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
+
+// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
+#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
+
+// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
+#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
+
+// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
+#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
+
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
+//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
+
+/**
+ * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
+ * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
+ * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
+ * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
+ *
+ * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
+ * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
+ * probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD.
+ * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
+ *
+ * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4  =>  9mm from bed to nozzle.
+ *     But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2  =>  2mm from bed to nozzle.
+ */
+#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE   10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
+#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES  5 // Z Clearance between probe points
+#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE     5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
+//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING           5 // Z position after probing is done
+
+#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT          -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
+
+// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
+#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
+#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
+
+// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
+//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
+
+// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
+//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
+#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW)
+  //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
+ * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
+ * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
+ * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
+ * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
+ */
+//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF       // Turn heaters off when probing
+#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
+  //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER     // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
+#endif
+//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF          // Turn fans off when probing
+//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF      // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing
+//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200  // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
+
+// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
+// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
+#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
+#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
+#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
+#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
+
+// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
+// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
+#define DISABLE_X false
+#define DISABLE_Y false
+#define DISABLE_Z false
+
+// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
+//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
+
+// @section extruder
+
+#define DISABLE_E false             // For all extruders
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER   // Keep only the active extruder enabled
+
+// @section machine
+
+// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
+#define INVERT_X_DIR false
+#define INVERT_Y_DIR true
+#define INVERT_Z_DIR false
+
+// @section extruder
+
+// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
+#define INVERT_E0_DIR true
+#define INVERT_E1_DIR true
+#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E5_DIR false
+
+// @section homing
+
+//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING  // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed
+
+//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off.
+
+//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4  // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
+                             // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
+
+// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
+// :[-1,1]
+#define X_HOME_DIR 1
+#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
+#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
+
+// @section machine
+
+// The size of the print bed
+#define X_BED_SIZE 310
+#define Y_BED_SIZE 305
+
+// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
+#define X_MIN_POS 0
+#define Y_MIN_POS -10
+#define Z_MIN_POS 0
+#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
+#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE+10
+#define Z_MAX_POS 310
+
+/**
+ * Software Endstops
+ *
+ * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
+ * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
+ * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
+ * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
+ */
+
+// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
+#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
+#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
+  #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
+  #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
+  #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
+#endif
+
+// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
+#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
+#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
+  #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
+  #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
+  #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
+#endif
+
+#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
+  //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM  // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Filament Runout Sensors
+ * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
+ *
+ * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
+ * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
+ * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT.
+ */
+//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
+#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
+  #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
+  //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
+
+  // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout.
+  // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.)
+  #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
+
+  // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
+  // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
+  // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
+  //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25
+
+  #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
+    // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
+    // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
+    // large enough to avoid false positives.)
+    //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//===========================================================================
+//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
+//===========================================================================
+// @section calibrate
+
+/**
+ * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
+ * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
+ *
+ *  If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
+ *   Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
+ *   You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
+ *   The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
+ *   Probe several points in a grid.
+ *   You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
+ *   The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
+ *   Probe several points in a grid.
+ *   You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
+ *   The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
+ *   A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
+ *   of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
+ *   Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
+ *
+ * - MESH_BED_LEVELING
+ *   Probe a grid manually
+ *   The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
+ *   For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
+ *   leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
+ *   With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
+ */
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
+#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
+
+/**
+ * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable
+ * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state.
+ */
+#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
+
+/**
+ * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
+ * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
+ * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
+ */
+//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
+
+#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+  // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
+  // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
+  // The height can be set with M420 Z<height>
+  #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
+
+  // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
+  // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
+  // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
+  #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
+  #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)
+
+  /**
+   * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
+   */
+  #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
+  #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
+    #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE    0.4  // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
+    #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT   0.2  // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+    #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP  205    // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+    #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP      60    // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+    #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE         20    // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+  #endif
+
+#endif
+
+#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
+
+  // Set the number of grid points per dimension.
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
+
+  // Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach).
+  //#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
+  //#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION (X_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
+  //#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
+  //#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION (Y_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
+
+  // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
+  //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
+
+  #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
+
+    // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
+    // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
+    //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
+
+    //
+    // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
+    // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
+    //
+    //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
+    #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
+      // Number of subdivisions between probe points
+      #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
+    #endif
+
+  #endif
+
+#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+
+  //===========================================================================
+  //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
+  //===========================================================================
+
+  #define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY   // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
+
+  #define MESH_INSET 1              // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10      // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
+
+  #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z     // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
+  #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500   // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500
+
+  //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
+                                          // as the Z-Height correction value.
+
+#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
+
+  //===========================================================================
+  //=================================== Mesh ==================================
+  //===========================================================================
+
+  #define MESH_INSET 10          // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5    // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
+
+  //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
+
+#endif // BED_LEVELING
+
+/**
+ * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
+ * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
+ */
+#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+  //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15
+  //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
+  //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15
+  //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
+  //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170
+  //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
+ * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
+ */
+#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
+
+#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
+  #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP  0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
+  #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4     // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
+  #define MESH_EDIT_MENU        // Add a menu to edit mesh points
+#endif
+
+// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
+#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS
+
+#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS)
+  #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30    // (mm) An inset for corner leveling
+  #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP  5.0  // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners
+  #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0  // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points
+  //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO        // Move to the center after the last corner
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
+ * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
+ */
+//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
+
+
+// @section homing
+
+// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
+//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
+
+// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
+// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
+#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS X_MAX_POS
+#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS -7
+#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
+
+// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
+//
+// With this feature enabled:
+//
+// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
+// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
+// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
+// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
+//
+//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
+
+#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
+  #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2)    // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
+  #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2)    // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
+#endif
+
+// Homing speeds (mm/m)
+#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60)
+#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z  (12*60)
+
+// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
+#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
+
+// @section calibrate
+
+/**
+ * Bed Skew Compensation
+ *
+ * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
+ *
+ * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
+ *  1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
+ *  2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
+ *  3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
+ *  4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
+ *
+ * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
+ * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
+ *
+ *  - Compute AB     : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
+ *  - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
+ *
+ * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
+ * Use these diagrams for reference:
+ *
+ *    Y                     Z                     Z
+ *    ^     B-------C       ^     B-------C       ^     B-------C
+ *    |    /       /        |    /       /        |    /       /
+ *    |   /       /         |   /       /         |   /       /
+ *    |  A-------D          |  A-------D          |  A-------D
+ *    +-------------->X     +-------------->X     +-------------->Y
+ *     XY_SKEW_FACTOR        XZ_SKEW_FACTOR        YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
+ */
+//#define SKEW_CORRECTION
+
+#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
+  // Input all length measurements here:
+  #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
+  #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
+  #define XY_SIDE_AD 200
+
+  // Or, set the default skew factors directly here
+  // to override the above measurements:
+  #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
+
+  //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
+  #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
+    #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
+    #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
+    #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
+    #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
+    #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200
+    #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
+    #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
+  #endif
+
+  // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
+  //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
+#endif
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================= Additional Features ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+// @section extras
+
+/**
+ * EEPROM
+ *
+ * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots.
+ *
+ *   M500 - Store settings to EEPROM.
+ *   M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes)
+ *   M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.)
+ */
+#define EEPROM_SETTINGS     // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
+//#define DISABLE_M503        // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
+#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT       // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
+#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
+  #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT  // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors.
+#endif
+
+//
+// Host Keepalive
+//
+// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
+// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
+//
+#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE        // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
+#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2  // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
+#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING            // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
+
+//
+// M100 Free Memory Watcher
+//
+//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER    // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage
+
+//
+// G20/G21 Inch mode support
+//
+//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
+
+//
+// M149 Set temperature units support
+//
+//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
+
+// @section temperature
+
+// Preheat Constants
+#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL       "PLA"
+#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 205
+#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED     58
+#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED   255 // Value from 0 to 255
+
+#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL       "ABS"
+#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 245
+#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED    105
+#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED     0 // Value from 0 to 255
+
+/**
+ * Nozzle Park
+ *
+ * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
+ *
+ * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
+ *
+ *    P0  (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
+ *    P1  Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
+ *    P2  Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
+ */
+#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
+
+#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
+  // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise }
+  #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
+  #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100   // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis)
+  #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5      // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
+ *
+ * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
+ *
+ * Parameters:
+ *   P  Pattern
+ *   S  Strokes / Repetitions
+ *   T  Triangles (P1 only)
+ *
+ * Patterns:
+ *   P0  Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
+ *       at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
+ *       between the start / end points.
+ *
+ *   P1  Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
+ *       number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
+ *       Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
+ *       For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
+ *
+ *          --
+ *         |  (X0, Y1) |     /\        /\        /\     | (X1, Y1)
+ *         |           |    /  \      /  \      /  \    |
+ *       A |           |   /    \    /    \    /    \   |
+ *         |           |  /      \  /      \  /      \  |
+ *         |  (X0, Y0) | /        \/        \/        \ | (X1, Y0)
+ *          --         +--------------------------------+
+ *                       |________|_________|_________|
+ *                           T1        T2        T3
+ *
+ *   P2  Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
+ *       "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
+ *       Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
+ *
+ *   Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
+ * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
+ *
+ */
+//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
+
+#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
+  // Default number of pattern repetitions
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES  12
+
+  // Default number of triangles
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES  3
+
+  // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
+
+  // Circular pattern radius
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
+  // Circular pattern circle fragments number
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
+  // Middle point of circle
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
+
+  // Moves the nozzle to the initial position
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Print Job Timer
+ *
+ * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
+ *
+ *   M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none,        low temp = stop timer
+ *   M109 (hotend, wait)    - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
+ *   M190 (bed, wait)       - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
+ *
+ * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
+ *
+ *   M75 - Start the print job timer
+ *   M76 - Pause the print job timer
+ *   M77 - Stop the print job timer
+ */
+#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
+
+/**
+ * Print Counter
+ *
+ * Track statistical data such as:
+ *
+ *  - Total print jobs
+ *  - Total successful print jobs
+ *  - Total failed print jobs
+ *  - Total time printing
+ *
+ * View the current statistics with M78.
+ */
+//#define PRINTCOUNTER
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+// @section lcd
+
+/**
+ * LCD LANGUAGE
+ *
+ * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
+ *
+ *    en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it,
+ *    jp-kana, ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, zh_CN, zh_TW, test
+ *
+ * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' }
+ */
+#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
+
+/**
+ * LCD Character Set
+ *
+ * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
+ *
+ * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
+ * language extensions:
+ *
+ *  - JAPANESE ... the most common
+ *  - WESTERN  ... with more accented characters
+ *  - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
+ *
+ * To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
+ *
+ *  - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
+ *  - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
+ *  - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
+ *
+ * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
+ *
+ * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
+ */
+#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
+
+/**
+ * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa)
+ *
+ * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa']
+ */
+#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0
+
+/**
+ * SD CARD
+ *
+ * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
+ * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
+ *
+ */
+#define SDSUPPORT
+#define SDIO_SUPPORT
+
+/**
+ * SD CARD: SPI SPEED
+ *
+ * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
+ * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
+ */
+//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
+//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
+//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
+
+/**
+ * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
+ *
+ * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
+ */
+//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
+
+/**
+ * LCD Menu Items
+ *
+ * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
+ * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
+ */
+//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
+//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS
+
+//
+// ENCODER SETTINGS
+//
+// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
+// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
+//
+#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 1
+
+//
+// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
+// move between next/prev menu items.
+//
+#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
+
+/**
+ * Encoder Direction Options
+ *
+ * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
+ *
+ *  Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
+ *  Reversed Menu Navigation only?    Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
+ *  Reversed Value Editing only?      Enable BOTH options.
+ */
+
+//
+// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
+//
+//  Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
+//
+//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
+
+//
+// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
+//
+//  If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
+//  If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
+//
+#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
+
+//
+// Individual Axis Homing
+//
+// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
+//
+//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
+
+//
+// SPEAKER/BUZZER
+//
+// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
+// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
+//
+//#define SPEAKER
+
+//
+// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
+// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
+//
+// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
+//  M300 S<frequency Hz> P<duration ms>
+//
+//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2
+//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000
+
+//=============================================================================
+//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
+//========================   (Character-based LCDs)   =========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
+//
+// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
+//
+//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
+// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
+//
+//#define RADDS_DISPLAY
+
+//
+// ULTIMAKER Controller.
+//
+//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
+
+//
+// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
+//
+//#define ULTIPANEL
+
+//
+// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
+//
+//#define PANEL_ONE
+
+//
+// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
+//
+// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
+//
+//#define G3D_PANEL
+
+//
+// RigidBot Panel V1.0
+// http://www.inventapart.com/
+//
+//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
+
+//
+// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
+// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html
+//
+//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602
+
+//
+// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
+//
+//#define ZONESTAR_LCD            // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
+                                  // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
+                                  // which scrambles the display.  Pressing any button clears it up.
+                                  // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.
+
+//
+// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
+//
+//#define ULTRA_LCD
+
+//=============================================================================
+//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
+//=====================   (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs)   =====================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
+//
+// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
+// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
+//
+
+//
+// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
+// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
+//
+//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
+
+//
+// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
+//
+// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
+// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
+//
+//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
+//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004
+
+//
+// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
+//
+//#define LCM1602
+
+//
+// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
+// separate encoder and click inputs.
+//
+// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
+// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
+//
+// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
+// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
+//
+//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
+
+//
+// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
+// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
+//
+//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
+//
+
+//
+// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
+// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
+//
+//#define SAV_3DLCD
+
+//
+// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
+// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
+// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
+//
+//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
+
+//=============================================================================
+//=======================   LCD / Controller Selection  =======================
+//=========================      (Graphical LCDs)      ========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
+//
+// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
+//            https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
+//
+
+//
+// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
+//
+//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
+// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
+//
+//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
+
+//
+// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
+// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
+// http://panucatt.com
+//
+//#define VIKI2
+//#define miniVIKI
+
+//
+// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
+// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
+//
+//#define MINIPANEL
+
+//
+// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
+//
+//#define MAKRPANEL
+
+//
+// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
+// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
+//
+//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
+// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
+//
+//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// Cartesio UI
+// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
+//
+//#define CARTESIO_UI
+
+//
+// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
+//
+//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
+
+//
+// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
+//
+//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
+
+//
+// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
+//
+//#define SAV_3DGLCD
+#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
+  //#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
+  #define U8GLIB_SH1106
+#endif
+
+//
+// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
+// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
+//
+//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
+//
+//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
+
+//
+// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+//
+//#define MKS_MINI_12864
+
+//
+// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
+//
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
+
+//
+// Factory display for Creality CR-10
+// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html
+//
+// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector.
+// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display)
+//
+//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
+
+//
+// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller
+//
+// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
+// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
+// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
+//
+//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD
+
+//
+// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
+//
+// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
+//
+//#define MKS_12864OLED          // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
+//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306  // Uses the SSD1306 controller
+
+//
+// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
+// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html
+//
+//#define AZSMZ_12864
+
+//
+// Silvergate GLCD controller
+// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate
+//
+//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
+
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
+//
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
+//
+//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
+
+//=============================================================================
+//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// MKS Robin 320x240 color display
+// Also used for JGAurora A5S & A1 TFT LCD's (16-bit Parallel LCD via FSMC)
+#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================  Other Controllers  ============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
+//
+
+//
+// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
+// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
+//
+// REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP sets how much should the robot move when a key
+// is pressed, a value of 10.0 means 10mm per click.
+//
+//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
+//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0
+
+//=============================================================================
+//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+// @section extras
+
+// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
+//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
+
+// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
+// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
+// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
+#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
+
+// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
+// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
+// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
+// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
+// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7]
+#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
+
+// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
+// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
+// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
+// duty cycle is attained.
+//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
+
+// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
+// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
+// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
+//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
+
+// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
+//#define SF_ARC_FIX
+
+// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
+//#define BARICUDA
+
+// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
+//#define BLINKM
+
+// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
+//#define PCA9632
+
+// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
+// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED
+//#define PCA9533
+
+/**
+ * RGB LED / LED Strip Control
+ *
+ * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
+ * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
+ *
+ * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
+ * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
+ * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
+ * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
+ *
+ * *** CAUTION ***
+ *  LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
+ *  as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
+ *  Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
+ *  NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs
+ *  more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
+ * *** CAUTION ***
+ *
+ * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options.
+ *
+ */
+//#define RGB_LED
+//#define RGBW_LED
+
+#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED)
+  #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
+  #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
+  #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
+  #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
+#endif
+
+// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
+//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
+#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
+  #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE   NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h)
+  #define NEOPIXEL_PIN    4        // LED driving pin
+  #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30       // Number of LEDs in the strip
+  #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL   // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
+  #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127  // Initial brightness (0-255)
+  //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST  // Cycle through colors at startup
+
+  // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting
+  //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX  0               // Index of the LED to use
+  //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Printer Event LEDs
+ *
+ * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
+ *
+ *  - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
+ *  - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
+ *  - Change to white to illuminate work surface
+ *  - Change to green once print has finished
+ *  - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
+ */
+#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED)
+  #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * R/C SERVO support
+ * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Number of servos
+ *
+ * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
+ * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
+ * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem.
+ */
+//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
+
+// Delay (in milliseconds) before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
+// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
+// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
+#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
+
+// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
+//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
+
+// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM
+//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES
diff --git a/config/examples/JGAurora/A1/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/JGAurora/A1/Configuration_adv.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..46fc4740cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/examples/JGAurora/A1/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2555 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+/**
+ * Configuration_adv.h
+ *
+ * Advanced settings.
+ * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
+ * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
+ *
+ * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
+ *
+ */
+#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000
+
+// @section temperature
+
+//===========================================================================
+//=============================Thermal Settings  ============================
+//===========================================================================
+
+//
+// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters
+//
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND0_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND1_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND2_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND3_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND4_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND5_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000
+  #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS     4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS      100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define BED_BETA                     3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000
+  #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define CHAMBER_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#define HEATER_BED_INVERTING 1
+#define HEATER_0_INVERTING 1
+// #define HEATER_1_INVERTING 0
+#define FAN_INVERTING 1
+
+//
+// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
+// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
+//
+//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
+#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
+  #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED
+  #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70
+  #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Heated Chamber settings
+ */
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER
+  #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP             5
+  #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP            60
+  #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS     1   // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
+  //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING
+  //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN       44   // Chamber heater on/off pin
+  //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false
+#endif
+
+#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
+  #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
+  #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
+    #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
+ * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
+ * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
+ *
+ * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
+ * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
+ * the heater on.
+ *
+ * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
+ * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
+ * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
+ *
+ * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
+ * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
+ */
+#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40        // Seconds
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4     // Degrees Celsius
+
+  //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING              // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops
+  #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP)
+    //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING    // Don't slow fan speed during M303
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
+   * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
+   * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
+   * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
+   * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
+   * test.
+   *
+   * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
+   * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
+   * below 2.
+   */
+  #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20                // Seconds
+  #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2               // Degrees Celsius
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
+ */
+#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20    // Seconds
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
+
+  /**
+   * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
+   */
+  #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60                // Seconds
+  #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2               // Degrees Celsius
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber.
+ */
+#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER)
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20    // Seconds
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
+
+  /**
+   * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191).
+   */
+  #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60            // Seconds
+  #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2           // Degrees Celsius
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
+  // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
+  // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume.
+  //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
+  #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
+    #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
+    #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Automatic Temperature:
+ * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
+ * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
+ * Start autotemp mode with M109 S<mintemp> B<maxtemp> F<factor>
+ * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
+ * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
+ * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
+ * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
+ */
+#define AUTOTEMP
+#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
+  #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
+#endif
+
+// Show extra position information in M114
+//#define M114_DETAIL
+
+// Show Temperature ADC value
+// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
+//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
+
+/**
+ * High Temperature Thermistor Support
+ *
+ * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
+ * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
+ * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
+ * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
+ * and force stop everything.
+ * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
+ * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
+ * aberrant readings.
+ *
+ * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
+ * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
+ */
+
+// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
+// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
+//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
+
+// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
+// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
+// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
+// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
+// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
+//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
+
+// @section extruder
+
+// Extruder runout prevention.
+// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
+// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
+//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
+#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500  // (mm/m)
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5   // (mm)
+#endif
+
+// @section temperature
+
+// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
+// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET  0.0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN    1.0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN   1.0
+
+/**
+ * Controller Fan
+ * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
+ *
+ * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled
+ * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off.
+ */
+//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
+#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
+  //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1        // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
+  #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60          // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled
+  #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255        // 255 == full speed
+#endif
+
+// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
+// given number of milliseconds.  This gets the fan spinning reliably
+// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
+//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
+
+/**
+ * PWM Fan Scaling
+ *
+ * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
+ *
+ * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
+ * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
+ * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
+ * Value 0 always turns off the fan.
+ *
+ * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
+ */
+//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
+//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
+
+/**
+ * FAST PWM FAN Settings
+ *
+ * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h)
+ * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a
+ * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency.
+ *
+ * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default]
+ *   Set this to your desired frequency.
+ *   If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
+ *   ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers
+ *   These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required
+ *   NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior.
+ *
+ * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default]
+ *   Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2:
+ *   16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz]
+ *   20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz]
+ *   A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of
+ *   PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.)
+ *   USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies.
+ */
+#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
+  //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400
+  //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP
+#endif
+
+// @section extruder
+
+/**
+ * Extruder cooling fans
+ *
+ * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
+ * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
+ *
+ * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
+ * or set to -1 to disable completely.
+ *
+ * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
+ * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
+ */
+#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
+#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
+#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
+
+/**
+ * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
+ *
+ * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
+ * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
+ * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
+ */
+#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
+#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
+#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
+
+/**
+ * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
+ */
+//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
+#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4                  // Override the default pin if needed
+  #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
+  #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
+  #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
+  #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
+    #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section homing
+
+// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
+// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
+//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
+
+// @section extras
+
+//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
+
+// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
+//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
+#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
+  //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN        -1
+  //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops
+ *
+ * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes.
+ *
+ * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to
+ * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop
+ * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug
+ * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'.
+ *
+ * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors
+ * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error
+ * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X<offset> Y<offset> Z<offset>'.
+ */
+
+//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true   // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions
+  //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
+    #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true   // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions
+  //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
+    #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
+    #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
+    #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
+    #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2  0
+    #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Dual X Carriage
+ *
+ * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
+ * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
+ * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
+ * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
+ * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
+ * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
+ *
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
+ *
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
+ *
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
+ *
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
+ *
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
+ */
+//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
+#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
+
+  // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
+
+  // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
+  #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
+
+#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
+
+// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
+// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
+//#define EXT_SOLENOID
+
+// @section homing
+
+// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump.
+#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
+#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
+#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
+#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 }  // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
+//#define QUICK_HOME                     // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially
+//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 }  // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing
+
+// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
+//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
+
+// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
+//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
+
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
+/**
+ * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
+ * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
+ */
+//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
+#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
+  // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3]
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 }
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 }
+  // Set number of iterations to align
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
+  // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
+  #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
+  // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
+  // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
+  // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0
+  // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02
+#endif
+
+// @section machine
+
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
+
+// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
+//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
+
+// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
+#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
+#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
+#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
+#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
+
+// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
+// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
+// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
+#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
+
+#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
+#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE     0.0
+
+//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE  // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
+
+// @section lcd
+
+#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section extras
+
+// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied.
+#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME        20000
+
+// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
+#define SLOWDOWN
+
+// Frequency limit
+// See nophead's blog for more info
+// Not working O
+//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT  15
+
+// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
+// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
+// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
+#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)
+
+//
+// Backlash Compensation
+// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
+//
+//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
+#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
+  // Define values for backlash distance and correction.
+  // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
+  #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm)
+  #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION    0.0       // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
+
+  // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
+  // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
+  //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
+
+  // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
+  //#define BACKLASH_GCODE
+
+  #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
+    // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
+    #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
+
+    #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
+      // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
+      // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
+      // increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
+      #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT       0.5   // (mm)
+      #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION  0.005 // (mm)
+      #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE    Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m)
+    #endif
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration
+ *
+ * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
+ * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
+ *
+ * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
+ * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
+ * and hotend offsets.
+ *
+ * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
+ *       ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
+ */
+//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
+#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
+
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION     0.01 // mm
+
+  #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW             60    // mm/m
+  #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST           1200    // mm/m
+  #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL         3000    // mm/m
+
+  // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
+  #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT          1.0  // mm
+  #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER      2.0  // mm
+
+  // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM).
+  //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
+
+  // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
+  #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER     { 264.0, -22.0,  -2.0} // mm
+  #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS {  10.0,  10.0,  10.0} // mm
+
+  // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
+  // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
+
+  // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
+  // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
+  //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
+
+  // Define pin which is read during calibration
+  #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
+    //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
+ * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
+ * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
+ * lowest stepping frequencies.
+ */
+//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
+
+/**
+ * Custom Microstepping
+ * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
+ */
+//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
+//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
+
+// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
+#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
+
+/**
+ *  @section  stepper motor current
+ *
+ *  Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
+ *
+ *  The power on motor currents are set by:
+ *    PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
+ *                         known compatible chips: A4982
+ *    DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
+ *                         known compatible chips: AD5206
+ *    DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
+ *                         known compatible chips: MCP4728
+ *    DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
+ *                         known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
+ *
+ *  Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
+ *    M907 - applies to all.
+ *    M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
+ *    M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
+ */
+//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 }          // Values in milliamps
+//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 }   // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
+//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 }    // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
+
+// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
+//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
+#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A)
+  /**
+   * Common slave addresses:
+   *
+   *                        A   (A shifted)   B   (B shifted)  IC
+   * Smoothie              0x2C (0x58)       0x2D (0x5A)       MCP4451
+   * AZTEEG_X3_PRO         0x2C (0x58)       0x2E (0x5C)       MCP4451
+   * AZTEEG_X5_MINI        0x2C (0x58)       0x2E (0x5C)       MCP4451
+   * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI         0x58              0x5C        MCP4451
+   * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE      0x2F (0x5E)                         MCP4018
+   */
+  #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C  // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
+  #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D  // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
+#endif
+
+//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018          // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
+#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4     AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8     MKS SBASE: 5
+// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
+// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
+#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 }  //  AZTEEG_X3_PRO
+
+//===========================================================================
+//=============================Additional Features===========================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section lcd
+
+// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
+#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
+#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
+  #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC   30  // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
+  #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC  80  // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
+#endif
+
+// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
+//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
+#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
+  #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION   10
+  #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
+#endif
+
+// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
+//#define LCD_INFO_MENU
+
+// Scroll a longer status message into view
+//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
+
+// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
+//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
+
+// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
+//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
+
+// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage
+//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
+
+#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
+  //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR              // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
+  #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
+    #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000    // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
+    #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000    // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
+    #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE   0       // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
+    //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE           // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
+    //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST       // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LED Control Menu
+ * Enable this feature to add LED Control to the LCD menu
+ */
+#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
+#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
+  #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS                 // Enable the Preset Color menu option
+  #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED        0  // User defined RED value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN      255  // User defined GREEN value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE       255  // User defined BLUE value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE      255  // User defined WHITE value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255  // User defined intensity
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP       // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
+  #endif
+#endif // LED_CONTROL_MENU
+
+#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+
+  // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
+  // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
+  // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
+  // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
+  // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
+  //#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
+
+  #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true          // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
+  #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place.
+
+  // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
+  // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
+  #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
+
+  #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START             // Confirm the selected SD file before printing
+
+  //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART               // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files
+
+  #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY"       // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27")
+
+  /**
+   * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
+   *
+   * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
+   * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
+   * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
+   * point in the file.
+   */
+  //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
+  #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN         44 // Pin to detect power loss
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE     HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN   20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power.
+
+    // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card,
+    // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued.
+    #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
+   *
+   * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
+   * by name for easier navigation.
+   *
+   * By default...
+   *
+   *  - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
+   *  - Folders are sorted to the top.
+   *  - The sort key is statically allocated.
+   *  - No added G-code (M34) support.
+   *  - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
+   *
+   * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
+   * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
+   * limit is exceeded.
+   *
+   *  - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
+   *  - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
+   *  - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
+   *  - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
+   */
+  //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
+
+  // SD Card Sorting options
+  #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
+    #define SDSORT_LIMIT       40     // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
+    #define FOLDER_SORTING     -1     // -1=above  0=none  1=below
+    #define SDSORT_GCODE       false  // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
+    #define SDSORT_USES_RAM    false  // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
+    #define SDSORT_USES_STACK  false  // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
+    #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false  // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
+    #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false  // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
+    #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2      // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
+                                      // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
+  #endif
+
+  // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
+  //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
+
+  // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
+  //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
+
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
+  /**
+   * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
+   * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
+   * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
+   */
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
+
+  /**
+   * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
+   * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected.
+   * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere.
+   */
+  //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE
+
+  /**
+   * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S<seconds>
+   */
+  //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS
+
+  /**
+   * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
+   * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
+   * to Marlin as an SD card.
+   *
+   * The MAX3421E must be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
+   * the following pin mapping:
+   *
+   *    SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
+   *    INT              --> SD_DETECT_PIN
+   *    SS               --> SDSS
+   */
+  //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
+  #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
+    #define USB_CS_PIN         SDSS
+    #define USB_INTR_PIN       SD_DETECT_PIN
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
+   * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
+   *
+   * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
+   *
+   * Tested with this bootloader:
+   *   https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
+   */
+  //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
+  #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
+    #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR    0x1FF
+    #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE   0xF0
+    #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
+  #endif
+
+  // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
+  //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
+
+  #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
+  #endif
+
+#endif // SDSUPPORT
+
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
+/**
+ * Additional options for Graphical Displays
+ *
+ * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
+ * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
+ * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
+ * on DELTA and SCARA machines.
+ *
+ * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
+ * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
+ * printing performance versus fast display updates.
+ */
+#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
+  // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar
+  //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT
+
+  // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
+  #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
+
+  // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
+  #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
+
+  // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
+  // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
+  //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
+
+  // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
+  // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
+  //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
+
+  // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
+  // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
+  //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
+
+  // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
+  //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE
+
+  /**
+   * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
+   * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
+   * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
+   *
+   * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
+   * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
+   * length of time to display the status message before clearing.
+   *
+   * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
+   * This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
+   */
+  #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
+    //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
+    #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
+      #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
+    #endif
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Status (Info) Screen customizations
+   * These options may affect code size and screen render time.
+   * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
+   */
+  //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS    // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
+  //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS  // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
+  #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED      // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)
+  #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM          // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
+  #define STATUS_BED_ANIM             // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
+  #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM         // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating
+  //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP     // Use the alternative bed bitmap
+  //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP     // Use the alternative fan bitmap
+  //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3       // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
+  //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT       // Show heating in a progress bar
+  //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL    // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash)
+
+  // Frivolous Game Options
+  //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT
+  //#define MARLIN_INVADERS
+  //#define MARLIN_SNAKE
+
+#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
+
+// @section safety
+
+/**
+ * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs
+ * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors.
+ *
+ * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever,
+ * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO.
+ * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while
+ * interrupts are enabled.
+ */
+#define USE_WATCHDOG
+#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
+  //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
+#endif
+
+// @section lcd
+
+/**
+ * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
+ * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
+ * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
+ *
+ * Warning: Does not respect endstops!
+ */
+#define BABYSTEPPING
+#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
+  //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING
+  //#define BABYSTEP_XY                     // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
+  #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false           // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
+  #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR  25        // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion.
+
+  #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING  // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
+  #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
+    #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250   // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
+                                            // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
+    //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE     // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement).
+    #define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE              // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
+    #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
+      #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 10   // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
+    #endif
+  #endif
+
+  //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL          // Display total babysteps since last G28
+
+  //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET          // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
+  #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
+    //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET      // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
+    //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY   // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section extruder
+
+/**
+ * Linear Pressure Control v1.5
+ *
+ * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
+ * K=0 means advance disabled.
+ *
+ * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
+ *
+ * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
+ * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
+ * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
+ * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
+ *
+ * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
+ * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues.
+ */
+//#define LIN_ADVANCE
+#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
+  //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants
+  #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22    // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed
+  //#define LA_DEBUG            // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB.
+#endif
+
+// @section leveling
+
+#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+  // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
+  //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
+  //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
+  //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
+  //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
+ * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
+ */
+//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
+#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
+  #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
+  #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
+  /**
+   * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
+   * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
+   */
+  #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
+  #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
+  #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
+
+#endif
+
+// @section extras
+
+//
+// G2/G3 Arc Support
+//
+#define ARC_SUPPORT               // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes
+#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
+  #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT  1   // Length of each arc segment
+  #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS   24   // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle
+  #define N_ARC_CORRECTION   25   // Number of interpolated segments between corrections
+  //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES         // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
+  //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES  // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
+#endif
+
+// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
+//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
+
+/**
+ * G38 Probe Target
+ *
+ * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target)
+ * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target).
+ * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once.
+ */
+//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
+#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
+  //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY        // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target
+  #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move.
+#endif
+
+// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
+#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
+
+/**
+ * Minimum delay after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
+ *     0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
+ *    20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
+ *   200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
+ *   400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
+ *   500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
+ *   650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
+ *  1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
+ * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
+ *
+ * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
+ */
+//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650
+
+/**
+ * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs)
+ *   0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
+ *   0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h
+ *   1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers
+ *   2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
+ *   3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
+ *  30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
+ *
+ * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
+ */
+//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2
+
+/**
+ * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
+ *  If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
+ *  500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
+ *  400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
+ *  250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
+ *  200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
+ *  150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
+ *   15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
+ *
+ * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
+ */
+//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
+
+// @section temperature
+
+// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
+//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
+
+//===========================================================================
+//================================= Buffers =================================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section hidden
+
+// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
+// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
+#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+  #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
+#else
+  #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
+#endif
+
+// @section serial
+
+// The ASCII buffer for serial input
+#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
+#define BUFSIZE 4
+
+// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
+// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
+// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
+// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
+// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
+// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
+// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
+#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
+
+// Host Receive Buffer Size
+// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
+// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
+// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
+//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
+
+#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
+  // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
+  // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
+  //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+  // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
+  // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
+  //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
+
+  // Enable this option to collect and display the number
+  // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
+  //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
+#endif
+
+// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
+// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
+// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
+// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
+//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
+
+// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
+// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
+// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
+// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
+//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
+
+// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
+//#define ADVANCED_OK
+
+// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
+// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
+#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
+
+// @section extras
+
+/**
+ * Extra Fan Speed
+ * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
+ *   'M106 P<fan> T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for <fan>
+ *   'M106 P<fan> T2'     : Use the set secondary speed
+ *   'M106 P<fan> T1'     : Restore the previous fan speed
+ */
+//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
+
+/**
+ * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
+ *
+ * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
+ * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
+ *
+ * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
+ * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
+ * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
+ *
+ * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
+ *
+ * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
+ *
+ */
+//#define FWRETRACT
+#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
+  #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT           // costs ~500 bytes of PROGMEM
+  #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
+    #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1           // When auto-retract is on, convert E moves of this length and over
+    #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0          // Upper limit for auto-retract conversion
+  #endif
+  #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3                // Default retract length (positive mm)
+  #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13          // Default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change
+  #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45             // Default feedrate for retracting (mm/s)
+  #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0                // Default retract Z-raise (mm)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0        // Default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0   // Default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8      // Default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction (mm/s)
+  #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
+    //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING         // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Universal tool change settings.
+ * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
+ */
+#if EXTRUDERS > 1
+  // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
+  #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
+
+  // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
+  #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH          12  // (mm)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME           2  // (mm)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600  // (mm/m)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED   3600  // (mm/m)
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Position to park head during tool change.
+   * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
+   */
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
+  #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY    { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000  // (mm/m)
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Advanced Pause
+ * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused.
+ * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
+ * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle.
+ *
+ * Requires an LCD display.
+ * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
+ * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
+ */
+//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
+#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE         60  // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH            2  // (mm) Initial retract.
+                                                  // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE     10  // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL        25  // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH      100  // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
+                                                  //   For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
+                                                  //   For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
+                                                  //   Set to 0 for manual unloading.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE   6  // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH     0  // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
+                                                  // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE   6  // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL     25  // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH     0  // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
+                                                  //   For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
+                                                  //   For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
+  //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE       // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
+  #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE        3  // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
+  #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH         50  // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
+                                                  //   Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
+                                                  //   Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
+                                                  //   until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
+  #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME          0  // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
+  //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE             // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused.
+
+                                                  // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
+  #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH      13  // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
+  #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY             5000  // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
+  #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH         8  // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
+
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT           45  // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS         10  // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT           // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
+
+  //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE                    // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
+  //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE           // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change
+
+  //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES           // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
+  //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS         // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
+#endif
+
+// @section tmc
+
+/**
+ * TMC26X Stepper Driver options
+ *
+ * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver.
+ * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper
+ */
+#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X)
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X)
+    #define X_MAX_CURRENT     1000  // (mA)
+    #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR    91  // (mOhms)
+    #define X_MICROSTEPS        16  // Number of microsteps
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X)
+    #define X2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define X2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X)
+    #define Y_MAX_CURRENT     1000
+    #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR    91
+    #define Y_MICROSTEPS        16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X)
+    #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define Y2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X)
+    #define Z_MAX_CURRENT     1000
+    #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR    91
+    #define Z_MICROSTEPS        16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X)
+    #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define Z2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X)
+    #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define Z3_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X)
+    #define E0_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E0_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X)
+    #define E1_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E1_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X)
+    #define E2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X)
+    #define E3_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E3_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X)
+    #define E4_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E4_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X)
+    #define E5_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E5_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+#endif // TMC26X
+
+// @section tmc_smart
+
+/**
+ * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode
+ * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define
+ * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3
+ * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
+ * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins.
+ *
+ * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN
+ * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor.
+ * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without
+ * a resistor.
+ * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial.
+ *
+ * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers.
+ * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
+ */
+#if HAS_TRINAMIC
+
+  #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER    0.5  // Scales down the holding current from run current
+  #define INTERPOLATE       true  // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X)
+    #define X_CURRENT     800  // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
+    #define X_MICROSTEPS   16  // 0..256
+    #define X_RSENSE     0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2)
+    #define X2_CURRENT    800
+    #define X2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define X2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y)
+    #define Y_CURRENT     800
+    #define Y_MICROSTEPS   16
+    #define Y_RSENSE     0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2)
+    #define Y2_CURRENT    800
+    #define Y2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define Y2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z)
+    #define Z_CURRENT     800
+    #define Z_MICROSTEPS   16
+    #define Z_RSENSE     0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2)
+    #define Z2_CURRENT    800
+    #define Z2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define Z2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3)
+    #define Z3_CURRENT    800
+    #define Z3_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define Z3_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0)
+    #define E0_CURRENT    800
+    #define E0_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E0_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1)
+    #define E1_CURRENT    800
+    #define E1_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E1_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2)
+    #define E2_CURRENT    800
+    #define E2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3)
+    #define E3_CURRENT    800
+    #define E3_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E3_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4)
+    #define E4_CURRENT    800
+    #define E4_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E4_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5)
+    #define E5_CURRENT    800
+    #define E5_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E5_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
+   * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
+   */
+  //#define X_CS_PIN          -1
+  //#define Y_CS_PIN          -1
+  //#define Z_CS_PIN          -1
+  //#define X2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define Y2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define Z2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define Z3_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E0_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E1_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E3_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E4_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
+
+  /**
+   * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
+   * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
+   * but you can override or define them here.
+   */
+  //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
+  //#define TMC_SW_MOSI       -1
+  //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
+  //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
+
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
+  /**
+   * Software enable
+   *
+   * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
+   * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
+   */
+  //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
+
+  /**
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
+   * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
+   */
+  #define STEALTHCHOP_XY
+  #define STEALTHCHOP_Z
+  #define STEALTHCHOP_E
+
+  /**
+   * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
+   * or with the help of an example included in the library.
+   * Provided parameter sets are
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
+   * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V)
+   * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119   // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
+   *
+   * Define you own with
+   * { <off_time[1..15]>, <hysteresis_end[-3..12]>, hysteresis_start[1..8] }
+   */
+  #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
+
+  /**
+   * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
+   * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
+   * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
+   * Relevant g-codes:
+   * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
+   * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
+   * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
+   * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
+   */
+  //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
+
+  #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
+    #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN     50  // [mA]
+    #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
+    #define STOP_ON_ERROR
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
+   * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
+   * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
+   * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
+   */
+  //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
+
+  #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     100  // [mm/s]
+  #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD    100
+  #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     100
+  #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD    100
+  #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD       3
+  #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD      3
+  #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD      3
+  #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+
+  /**
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
+   * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
+   * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
+   *
+   * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is used for tuning the trigger sensitivity.
+   * Higher values make the system LESS sensitive.
+   * Lower value make the system MORE sensitive.
+   * Too low values can lead to false positives, while too high values will collide the axis without triggering.
+   * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
+   * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
+   */
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
+
+  /**
+   * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
+   *
+   * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
+   *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
+   */
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
+
+  #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
+    #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
+    #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
+    //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
+  /**
+   * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
+   * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
+   */
+  //#define TMC_DEBUG
+
+  /**
+   * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
+   * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
+   * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
+   *
+   * Example:
+   * #define TMC_ADV() { \
+   *   stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \
+   *   stepperY.interpolate(0); \
+   * }
+   */
+  #define TMC_ADV() {  }
+
+#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC
+
+// @section L6470
+
+/**
+ * L6470 Stepper Driver options
+ *
+ * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver.
+ * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470
+ *
+ * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN
+ *     L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN  (optional)
+ */
+#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470)
+
+  //#define L6470_CHITCHAT        // Display additional status info
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470)
+    #define X_MICROSTEPS     128  // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128)
+    #define X_OVERCURRENT   2000  // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down)
+    #define X_STALLCURRENT  1500  // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) -  4A max - rounds down)
+    #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE    127  // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper
+    #define X_CHAIN_POS        0  // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470)
+    #define X2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define X2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define X2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define X2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470)
+    #define Y_MICROSTEPS       128
+    #define Y_OVERCURRENT     2000
+    #define Y_STALLCURRENT    1500
+    #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE      127
+    #define Y_CHAIN_POS          0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470)
+    #define Y2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define Y2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define Y2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define Y2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470)
+    #define Z_MICROSTEPS       128
+    #define Z_OVERCURRENT     2000
+    #define Z_STALLCURRENT    1500
+    #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE      127
+    #define Z_CHAIN_POS          0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470)
+    #define Z2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define Z2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define Z2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define Z2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470)
+    #define Z3_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define Z3_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define Z3_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define Z3_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470)
+    #define E0_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E0_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E0_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E0_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470)
+    #define E1_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E1_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E1_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E1_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470)
+    #define E2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470)
+    #define E3_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E3_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E3_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E3_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470)
+    #define E4_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E4_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E4_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E4_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470)
+    #define E5_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E5_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E5_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E5_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current.
+   * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears.
+   * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
+   * Relevant g-codes:
+   * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5  Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
+   *         I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0
+   *         I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1
+   *         I3 - Z3 or E3
+   *         I4 - E4
+   *         I5 - E5
+   * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning
+   * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds
+   * M918 - Increase speed until max or error
+   * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters
+   */
+  //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS
+
+  #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS)
+    #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN     1
+    //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR
+  #endif
+
+#endif // L6470
+
+/**
+ * TWI/I2C BUS
+ *
+ * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
+ * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
+ * devices on the bus.
+ *
+ * ; Example #1
+ * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
+ * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B<base 10> arg
+ * M260 A99  ; Target slave address
+ * M260 B77  ; M
+ * M260 B97  ; a
+ * M260 B114 ; r
+ * M260 B108 ; l
+ * M260 B105 ; i
+ * M260 B110 ; n
+ * M260 S1   ; Send the current buffer
+ *
+ * ; Example #2
+ * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
+ * M261 A99 B5
+ *
+ * ; Example #3
+ * ; Example serial output of a M261 request
+ * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
+ */
+
+// @section i2cbus
+
+//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
+#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS  0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
+
+// @section extras
+
+/**
+ * Photo G-code
+ * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo.
+ * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement.
+ */
+//#define PHOTO_GCODE
+#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE)
+  // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo
+  //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 }  // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z)
+  //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS   100                            // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P)
+  //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM   6.5                          // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S)
+
+  // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger
+  // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
+  //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
+
+  // Canon Hack Development Kit
+  // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
+  //#define CHDK_PIN        4
+
+  // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter
+  //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS }  // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J)
+
+  // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high
+  //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS   50 // (ms) (M240 D)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Spindle & Laser control
+ *
+ * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
+ * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
+ *
+ * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
+ * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
+ * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
+ *
+ * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
+ * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
+ *
+ * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
+ */
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
+
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
+
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Filament Width Sensor
+ *
+ * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
+ * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
+ *
+ * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
+ * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
+ * volume.
+ *
+ * Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
+ *
+ *  34 RAMPS_14    : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
+ *  81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
+ * 301 RAMBO       : Analog input 3
+ *
+ * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
+ */
+//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
+
+#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
+  #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0    // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
+  #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM        14    // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
+
+  #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN        1.0  // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
+  #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY       20    // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
+
+  #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
+
+  // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
+  //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * CNC Coordinate Systems
+ *
+ * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
+ * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
+ */
+//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
+
+/**
+ * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S<seconds>
+ */
+#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
+
+/**
+ * Include capabilities in M115 output
+ */
+#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
+
+/**
+ * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
+ */
+//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
+
+#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
+  /**
+   * Volumetric extrusion default state
+   * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
+   * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
+   *
+   * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
+   */
+  //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
+ * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
+ *
+ *  - M206 and M428 are disabled.
+ *  - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
+ */
+//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
+
+/**
+ * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
+ * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
+ *
+ * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
+ * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
+ */
+#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
+
+/**
+ * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser
+ */
+#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
+
+/**
+ * CNC G-code options
+ * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
+ * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
+ * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
+ */
+//#define PAREN_COMMENTS      // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
+//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES  // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
+
+// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
+//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m)
+#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
+  //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * G-code Macros
+ *
+ * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
+ * Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
+ */
+//#define GCODE_MACROS
+#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
+  #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS       5  // Up to 10 may be used
+  #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE  50  // Maximum length of a single macro
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
+ */
+//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
+#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
+  //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands"
+  #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
+  #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
+  //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN  // Return to status screen after a script
+
+  #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info"
+  #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W"
+
+  #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
+  #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
+
+  #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
+  #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
+
+  #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
+  #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
+
+  #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info"
+  #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503"
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Host Action Commands
+ *
+ * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard.
+ *
+ * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands
+ * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel
+ * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed
+ *
+ * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands.
+ *
+ * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so
+ * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side.
+ */
+//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS
+#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS)
+  //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT
+#endif
+
+//===========================================================================
+//====================== I2C Position Encoder Settings ======================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
+ * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
+ *
+ * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
+ * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
+ *
+ * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
+ * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/
+ *
+ * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
+ */
+
+//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
+#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT         1                       // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
+                                                            // encoders supported currently.
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X     // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS          X_AXIS                  // Axis the encoder module is installed on.  <X|Y|Z|E>_AXIS.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE          I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR   // Type of encoder:  I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
+                                                            // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT    2048                    // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
+                                                            // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
+                                                            // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV     (16 * 200)            // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
+                                                            // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT                              // Invert the direction of axis travel.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD     I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP     // Type of error error correction.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH     0.10                    // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
+                                                            // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
+                                                            // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
+                                                            // measurement noise / latency (filter).
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y     // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS          Y_AXIS
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE          I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT    2048
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV   (16 * 200)
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD     I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH     0.10
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z     // Encoder 3.  Add additional configuration options
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS          Z_AXIS                  // as above, or use defaults below.
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E     // Encoder 4.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS          E_AXIS
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR          34                      // Encoder 5.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS          E_AXIS
+
+  // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE            I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT  2048
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV       (16 * 200)
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD       I2CPE_ECM_NONE
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH       0.1
+
+  //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT  100.0                   // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
+                                                            // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
+                                                            // disable abort behavior.
+
+  #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED        10000                   // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
+                                                            // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
+                                                            // is trusted again.
+
+  /**
+   * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
+   * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
+   * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
+   */
+  #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS     4                       // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
+
+  // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
+  #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
+
+#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
+
+/**
+ * MAX7219 Debug Matrix
+ *
+ * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
+ * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
+ */
+//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
+#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
+  #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN   64
+  #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN   57
+  #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN  44
+
+  //#define MAX7219_GCODE          // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
+  #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST    2   // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral)
+  #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1   // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
+  #define MAX7219_ROTATE       0   // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
+                                   // connector at:  right=0   bottom=-90  top=90  left=180
+  //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER  // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order
+
+  /**
+   * Sample debug features
+   * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
+   */
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE    // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD  3  // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL  5  // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
+
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0  // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
+                                         // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
+                                         // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * NanoDLP Sync support
+ *
+ * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp"
+ * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use
+ * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands
+ */
+//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
+#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
+  //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS  // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move.
+                              // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only.
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi)
+ */
+//#define WIFISUPPORT
+#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT)
+  #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID"
+  #define WIFI_PWD  "Wifi Password"
+  //#define WEBSUPPORT        // Start a webserver with auto-discovery
+  //#define OTASUPPORT        // Support over-the-air firmware updates
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
+ * Enable in Configuration.h
+ */
+#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2)
+
+  // Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
+  // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial)
+  // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2)
+  #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2
+  #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial
+
+  // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
+  //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
+
+  // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
+  //#define MMU2_MODE_12V
+
+  // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
+  #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
+
+  // Add an LCD menu for MMU2
+  //#define MMU2_MENUS
+  #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
+    // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
+    // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
+    #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
+    #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
+      {  7.2,  562 }, \
+      { 14.4,  871 }, \
+      { 36.0, 1393 }, \
+      { 14.4,  871 }, \
+      { 50.0,  198 }
+
+    #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
+      {   1.0, 1000 }, \
+      {   1.0, 1500 }, \
+      {   2.0, 2000 }, \
+      {   1.5, 3000 }, \
+      {   2.5, 4000 }, \
+      { -15.0, 5000 }, \
+      { -14.0, 1200 }, \
+      {  -6.0,  600 }, \
+      {  10.0,  700 }, \
+      { -10.0,  400 }, \
+      { -50.0, 2000 }
+
+  #endif
+
+  //#define MMU2_DEBUG  // Write debug info to serial output
+
+#endif // PRUSA_MMU2
+
+/**
+ * Advanced Print Counter settings
+ */
+#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
+  #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES  3
+  // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs
+  //#define SERVICE_NAME_1      "Service S"
+  //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1  100 // print hours
+  //#define SERVICE_NAME_2      "Service L"
+  //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2  200 // print hours
+  //#define SERVICE_NAME_3      "Service 3"
+  //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3    1 // print hours
+#endif
+
+// @section develop
+
+/**
+ * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins
+ */
+//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
+
+// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
+//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE
diff --git a/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration.h b/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration.h
index cfb573eb85..777ccc93bb 100644
--- a/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -263,7 +263,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -274,6 +283,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -299,37 +310,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -364,6 +374,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -389,7 +400,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 15 // manual calibration of thermistor in JGAurora A5 hotend
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -631,13 +642,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -648,11 +659,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -740,9 +751,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  800    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   1000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -832,79 +849,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -959,10 +927,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1120,7 +1095,7 @@
 #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1551,7 +1526,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1972,14 +1947,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2023,12 +1999,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2045,15 +2032,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration_adv.h
index 59f0b25d8d..d2546f8192 100644
--- a/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {80*60, 80*60, 12*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 80*60, 80*60, 12*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/JGAurora/A5S/Configuration.h b/config/examples/JGAurora/A5S/Configuration.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c1a5f6de0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/examples/JGAurora/A5S/Configuration.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2168 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+/**
+ * Configuration.h
+ *
+ * Basic settings such as:
+ *
+ * - Type of electronics
+ * - Type of temperature sensor
+ * - Printer geometry
+ * - Endstop configuration
+ * - LCD controller
+ * - Extra features
+ *
+ * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
+ *
+ */
+#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Getting Started =============================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
+ *
+ * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
+ * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
+ * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
+ * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
+ * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
+ * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
+ * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
+ */
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
+//===========================================================================
+// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
+// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine.
+//
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
+//===========================================================================
+// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
+// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine.
+//
+
+// @section info
+
+// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during
+// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this
+// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware.
+#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Roberto Mariani & Samuel Pinches)" // Who made the changes.
+#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
+#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 "Marlin 2b6 (10/6/19)" // will be shown during bootup in line 1
+#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 "JGAuroraForum.com"         // will be shown during bootup in line 2
+
+/**
+ * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
+ *
+ * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
+ * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
+ * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
+ *
+ * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
+ * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
+ */
+
+// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
+//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
+
+// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
+//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE
+
+// @section machine
+
+/**
+ * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
+ * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
+ * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
+ *
+ * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
+ */
+#define SERIAL_PORT 1
+
+/**
+ * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
+ * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
+ * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
+ *
+ * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
+ */
+//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
+
+/**
+ * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
+ *
+ * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
+ * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
+ * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
+ *
+ * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
+ */
+#define BAUDRATE 250000
+
+// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
+//#define BLUETOOTH
+
+// The following define selects which electronics board you have.
+// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
+#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
+  #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_JGAURORA_A5S_A1
+#endif
+
+// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine
+// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message
+#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "JGAurora A5S"
+
+// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines)
+// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4)
+//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
+
+// @section extruder
+
+// This defines the number of extruders
+// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
+#define EXTRUDERS 1
+
+// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc.
+#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75
+
+// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
+//#define SINGLENOZZLE
+
+/**
+ * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
+ *
+ * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
+ * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
+ * for extruders.
+ *
+ * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
+ * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
+ */
+//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
+#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
+  // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
+  // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
+  //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40  // Always Required
+  //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42  // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
+  //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44  // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
+ *
+ * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
+ * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5
+ *
+ * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h
+ */
+//#define PRUSA_MMU2
+
+// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
+//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
+#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
+  #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
+  #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
+  #if EXTRUDERS > 3
+    #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles
+//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
+#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
+  #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
+  //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1          // If two servos are used, the index of the second
+  #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 }   // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
+ * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
+ */
+//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
+
+/**
+ * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
+ * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
+ *
+ * project   : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
+ * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
+ *             https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
+ */
+//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER
+
+#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
+
+  #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 }     // X positions for parking the extruders
+  #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1            // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+  //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL                   // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
+
+  #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
+
+    #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT           // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
+    #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW  // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
+    #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250        // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
+    //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL                   // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
+
+  #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
+
+    #define MPE_FAST_SPEED      9000      // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point
+    #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED      4500      // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
+    #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE   10      // (mm) Last distance point
+    #define MPE_COMPENSATION       0      // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling
+
+  #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
+ * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
+ */
+//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+/**
+ * Magnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic
+ * docking mechanism using movement and no servo.
+ */
+//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS          { 215, 0 }  // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
+  #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR       2         // Index of the servo connector
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 }  // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
+  #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * "Mixing Extruder"
+ *   - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
+ *   - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
+ *   - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S<index>' supporting virtual tools.
+ *   - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
+ *   - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
+ */
+//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
+#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
+  #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
+  #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
+  //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
+// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
+// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+
+// @section machine
+
+/**
+ * Power Supply Control
+ *
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
+ */
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
+
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
+
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
+    #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
+    #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
+    #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
+    #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section temperature
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
+ *
+ * Temperature sensors available:
+ *
+ *    -4 : thermocouple with AD8495
+ *    -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)
+ *    -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)
+ *    -1 : thermocouple with AD595
+ *     0 : not used
+ *     1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
+ *     2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
+ *     3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
+ *     4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
+ *     5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
+ *   501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor
+ *     6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
+ *     7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
+ *    71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
+ *     8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
+ *     9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
+ *    10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
+ *    11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
+ *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
+ *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
+ *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
+ *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
+ *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
+ *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
+ *    66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
+ *    67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering
+ *    70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
+ *    75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
+ *
+ *       1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
+ *                              (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
+ *    51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
+ *    52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
+ *    55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
+ *
+ *  1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
+ *  1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
+ *   147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
+ *   110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
+ *
+ *  1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h
+ *
+ *         Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
+ *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
+ *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
+ *
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ */
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
+
+// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
+#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
+#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
+
+// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
+// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
+//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
+#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
+
+#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME     10  // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109
+#define TEMP_WINDOW              1  // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
+#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS          3  // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
+
+#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10  // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190
+#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW          1  // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
+#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS      3  // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
+
+// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off
+// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire.
+#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP   5
+#define BED_MINTEMP        5
+
+// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off.
+// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures.
+// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.)
+#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
+#define BED_MAXTEMP      150
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= PID Settings ================================
+//===========================================================================
+// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
+
+// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
+#define PIDTEMP
+#define BANG_MAX 255     // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
+#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
+#define PID_K1 0.95      // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
+#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
+  #define PID_EDIT_MENU         // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM)
+  #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU     // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM)
+  //#define PID_DEBUG             // Sends debug data to the serial port.
+  //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1        // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
+  //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS      // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
+  //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
+                                  // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
+  #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
+                                  // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
+
+  // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
+
+  // Tuned by Sam Pinches 18th March 2019, on A5S at 220C.
+#define DEFAULT_Kp 32.73
+#define DEFAULT_Ki 3.68
+#define DEFAULT_Kd 72.83
+
+  // MakerGear
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
+  //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
+
+  // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
+  //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
+
+#endif // PIDTEMP
+
+//===========================================================================
+//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ======================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * PID Bed Heating
+ *
+ * If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
+ * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis.
+ *
+ * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
+ * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
+ * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
+ * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
+ * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
+ * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
+ */
+#define PIDTEMPBED
+
+//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
+
+/**
+ * Max Bed Power
+ * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
+ * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
+ * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
+ */
+#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
+
+#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
+
+  //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
+
+  //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
+  //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
+
+  // Tuned by Sam Pinches on A5S at 75C (18th March, 2019)
+  #define DEFAULT_bedKp 175.83
+  #define DEFAULT_bedKi 28.85
+  #define DEFAULT_bedKd 267.90
+
+  //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
+  //from pidautotune
+  //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
+  //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
+  //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
+
+  // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
+#endif // PIDTEMPBED
+
+// @section extruder
+
+/**
+ * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
+ * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
+ * cold extrusion prevention on and off.
+ *
+ * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
+ */
+#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
+#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
+
+/**
+ * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
+ * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
+ */
+#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
+#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 1000
+
+//===========================================================================
+//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
+ * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
+ * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
+ *
+ * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
+ * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
+ * the heater on.
+ *
+ * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
+ * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
+ */
+
+#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
+#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED     // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
+#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section machine
+
+// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
+// either in the usual order or reversed
+//#define COREXY
+//#define COREXZ
+//#define COREYZ
+//#define COREYX
+//#define COREZX
+//#define COREZY
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section homing
+
+// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
+// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
+// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
+#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
+#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
+#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
+//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
+//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
+//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
+
+// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
+#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
+#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
+  // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
+#endif
+
+// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
+//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
+#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
+  // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
+#endif
+
+// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+
+/**
+ * Stepper Drivers
+ *
+ * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
+ * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
+ *
+ * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
+ *
+ * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ */
+//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
+//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
+//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
+//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+
+// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
+// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
+//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
+
+/**
+ * Endstop Noise Threshold
+ *
+ * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
+ *
+ * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
+ * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch.
+ * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
+ *   based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
+ *
+ * :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
+ */
+//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================== Movement Settings ============================
+//=============================================================================
+// @section motion
+
+/**
+ * Default Settings
+ *
+ * These settings can be reset by M502
+ *
+ * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
+ * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
+ * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
+ */
+//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
+
+/**
+ * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
+ * Override with M92
+ *                                      X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT   { 160, 160, 1600, 202 }
+
+/**
+ * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
+ * Override with M203
+ *                                      X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE          { 360, 150, 15, 25 }
+
+/**
+ * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
+ * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
+ * Override with M201
+ *                                      X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION      { 1200, 350, 100, 500 }
+
+/**
+ * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
+ * Override with M204
+ *
+ *   M204 P    Acceleration
+ *   M204 R    Retract Acceleration
+ *   M204 T    Travel Acceleration
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION          500    // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
+#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  500    // E acceleration for retracts
+#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   500    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
+
+//
+// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+//
+#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
+#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
+  #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Default Jerk (mm/s)
+ * Override with M205 X Y Z E
+ *
+ * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
+ * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
+ * value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
+ */
+#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
+  #define DEFAULT_XJERK 13.0
+  #define DEFAULT_YJERK 5.0
+  #define DEFAULT_ZJERK  0.4
+#endif
+
+#define DEFAULT_EJERK    5.0  // May be used by Linear Advance
+
+/**
+ * S-Curve Acceleration
+ *
+ * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier
+ * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
+ *
+ * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
+ */
+#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
+//===========================================================================
+// @section probes
+
+//
+// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
+//
+
+/**
+ * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
+ *
+ * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
+ */
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
+
+/**
+ * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN
+ *
+ * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN.
+ * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD
+ * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want.
+ *
+ *  - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
+ *  - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
+ *
+ *  - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
+ *    - For simple switches connect...
+ *      - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
+ *      - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
+ *
+ */
+//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default
+
+/**
+ * Probe Type
+ *
+ * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
+ * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
+ * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
+ * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
+ */
+//#define PROBE_MANUALLY
+//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2
+
+/**
+ * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
+ *   (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
+ */
+//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
+
+/**
+ * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
+ */
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+
+/**
+ * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
+ */
+//#define BLTOUCH
+
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
+
+// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
+//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
+
+// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
+//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
+//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5  // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
+
+// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
+//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
+  #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X  X_MIN_POS
+  #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
+#endif
+
+//
+// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
+//
+
+/**
+ * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
+ * X and Y offsets must be integers.
+ *
+ * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
+ * #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
+ * #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
+ *
+ *     +-- BACK ---+
+ *     |           |
+ *   L |    (+) P  | R <-- probe (20,20)
+ *   E |           | I
+ *   F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
+ *   T |           | H
+ *     |    (-)    | T
+ *     |           |
+ *     O-- FRONT --+
+ *   (0,0)
+ */
+#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10  // X offset: -left  +right  [of the nozzle]
+#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10  // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle]
+#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0   // Z offset: -below +above  [the nozzle]
+
+// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges
+#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
+
+// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
+#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
+
+// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
+#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
+
+// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
+#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
+
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
+//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
+
+/**
+ * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
+ * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
+ * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
+ * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
+ *
+ * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
+ * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
+ * probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD.
+ * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
+ *
+ * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4  =>  9mm from bed to nozzle.
+ *     But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2  =>  2mm from bed to nozzle.
+ */
+#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE   10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
+#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES  5 // Z Clearance between probe points
+#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE     5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
+//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING           5 // Z position after probing is done
+
+#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT          -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
+
+// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
+#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
+#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
+
+// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
+//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
+
+// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
+//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
+#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW)
+  //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
+ * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
+ * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
+ * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
+ * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
+ */
+//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF       // Turn heaters off when probing
+#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
+  //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER     // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
+#endif
+//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF          // Turn fans off when probing
+//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF      // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing
+//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200  // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
+
+// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
+// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
+#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
+#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
+#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
+#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
+
+// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
+// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
+#define DISABLE_X false
+#define DISABLE_Y false
+#define DISABLE_Z false
+
+// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
+//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
+
+// @section extruder
+
+#define DISABLE_E false             // For all extruders
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER   // Keep only the active extruder enabled
+
+// @section machine
+
+// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
+#define INVERT_X_DIR true
+#define INVERT_Y_DIR false
+#define INVERT_Z_DIR false
+
+// @section extruder
+
+// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
+#define INVERT_E0_DIR true
+#define INVERT_E1_DIR true
+#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E5_DIR false
+
+// @section homing
+
+//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING  // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed
+
+//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off.
+
+//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4  // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
+                             // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
+
+// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
+// :[-1,1]
+#define X_HOME_DIR -1
+#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
+#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
+
+// @section machine
+
+// The size of the print bed
+#define X_BED_SIZE 310
+#define Y_BED_SIZE 310
+
+// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
+#define X_MIN_POS 0
+#define Y_MIN_POS 0
+#define Z_MIN_POS 0
+#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
+#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
+#define Z_MAX_POS 330
+
+/**
+ * Software Endstops
+ *
+ * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
+ * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
+ * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
+ * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
+ */
+
+// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
+#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
+#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
+  #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
+  #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
+  #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
+#endif
+
+// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
+#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
+#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
+  #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
+  #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
+  #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
+#endif
+
+#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
+  //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM  // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Filament Runout Sensors
+ * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
+ *
+ * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
+ * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
+ * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT.
+ */
+//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
+#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
+  #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
+  //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
+
+  // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout.
+  // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.)
+  #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
+
+  // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
+  // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
+  // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
+  //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25
+
+  #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
+    // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
+    // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
+    // large enough to avoid false positives.)
+    //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//===========================================================================
+//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
+//===========================================================================
+// @section calibrate
+
+/**
+ * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
+ * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
+ *
+ *  If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
+ *   Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
+ *   You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
+ *   The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
+ *   Probe several points in a grid.
+ *   You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
+ *   The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
+ *   Probe several points in a grid.
+ *   You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
+ *   The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
+ *   A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
+ *   of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
+ *   Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
+ *
+ * - MESH_BED_LEVELING
+ *   Probe a grid manually
+ *   The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
+ *   For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
+ *   leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
+ *   With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
+ */
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
+#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
+
+/**
+ * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable
+ * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state.
+ */
+#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
+
+/**
+ * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
+ * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
+ * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
+ */
+//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
+
+#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+  // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
+  // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
+  // The height can be set with M420 Z<height>
+  #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
+
+  // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
+  // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
+  // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
+  #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
+  #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)
+
+  /**
+   * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
+   */
+  #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
+  #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
+    #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE    0.4  // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
+    #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT   0.2  // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+    #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP  205    // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+    #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP      60    // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+    #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE         20    // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+  #endif
+
+#endif
+
+#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
+
+  // Set the number of grid points per dimension.
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
+
+  // Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach).
+  //#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
+  //#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION (X_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
+  //#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
+  //#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION (Y_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
+
+  // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
+  //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
+
+  #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
+
+    // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
+    // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
+    //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
+
+    //
+    // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
+    // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
+    //
+    //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
+    #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
+      // Number of subdivisions between probe points
+      #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
+    #endif
+
+  #endif
+
+#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+
+  //===========================================================================
+  //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
+  //===========================================================================
+
+  #define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY   // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
+
+  #define MESH_INSET 1              // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10      // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
+
+  #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z     // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
+  #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500   // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500
+
+  //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
+                                          // as the Z-Height correction value.
+
+#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
+
+  //===========================================================================
+  //=================================== Mesh ==================================
+  //===========================================================================
+
+  #define MESH_INSET 10          // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5    // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
+
+  //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
+
+#endif // BED_LEVELING
+
+/**
+ * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
+ * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
+ */
+#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+  //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15
+  //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
+  //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15
+  //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
+  //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170
+  //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
+ * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
+ */
+#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
+
+#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
+  #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP  0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
+  #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4     // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
+  #define MESH_EDIT_MENU        // Add a menu to edit mesh points
+#endif
+
+// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
+#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS
+
+#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS)
+  #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30    // (mm) An inset for corner leveling
+  #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP  5.0  // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners
+  #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0  // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points
+  //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO        // Move to the center after the last corner
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
+ * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
+ */
+//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
+
+
+// @section homing
+
+// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
+//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
+
+// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
+// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
+#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS -6
+#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
+#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
+
+// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
+//
+// With this feature enabled:
+//
+// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
+// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
+// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
+// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
+//
+//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
+
+#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
+  #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2)    // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
+  #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2)    // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
+#endif
+
+// Homing speeds (mm/m)
+#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60)
+#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z  (12*60)
+
+// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
+#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
+
+// @section calibrate
+
+/**
+ * Bed Skew Compensation
+ *
+ * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
+ *
+ * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
+ *  1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
+ *  2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
+ *  3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
+ *  4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
+ *
+ * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
+ * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
+ *
+ *  - Compute AB     : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
+ *  - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
+ *
+ * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
+ * Use these diagrams for reference:
+ *
+ *    Y                     Z                     Z
+ *    ^     B-------C       ^     B-------C       ^     B-------C
+ *    |    /       /        |    /       /        |    /       /
+ *    |   /       /         |   /       /         |   /       /
+ *    |  A-------D          |  A-------D          |  A-------D
+ *    +-------------->X     +-------------->X     +-------------->Y
+ *     XY_SKEW_FACTOR        XZ_SKEW_FACTOR        YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
+ */
+//#define SKEW_CORRECTION
+
+#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
+  // Input all length measurements here:
+  #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
+  #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
+  #define XY_SIDE_AD 200
+
+  // Or, set the default skew factors directly here
+  // to override the above measurements:
+  #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
+
+  //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
+  #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
+    #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
+    #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
+    #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
+    #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
+    #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200
+    #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
+    #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
+  #endif
+
+  // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
+  //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
+#endif
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================= Additional Features ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+// @section extras
+
+/**
+ * EEPROM
+ *
+ * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots.
+ *
+ *   M500 - Store settings to EEPROM.
+ *   M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes)
+ *   M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.)
+ */
+#define EEPROM_SETTINGS     // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
+//#define DISABLE_M503        // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
+#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT       // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
+#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
+  #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT  // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors.
+#endif
+
+//
+// Host Keepalive
+//
+// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
+// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
+//
+#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE        // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
+#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2  // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
+#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING            // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
+
+//
+// M100 Free Memory Watcher
+//
+//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER    // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage
+
+//
+// G20/G21 Inch mode support
+//
+//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
+
+//
+// M149 Set temperature units support
+//
+//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
+
+// @section temperature
+
+// Preheat Constants
+#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL       "PLA"
+#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 205
+#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED     58
+#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED   255 // Value from 0 to 255
+
+#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL       "ABS"
+#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 245
+#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED    105
+#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED     0 // Value from 0 to 255
+
+/**
+ * Nozzle Park
+ *
+ * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
+ *
+ * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
+ *
+ *    P0  (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
+ *    P1  Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
+ *    P2  Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
+ */
+#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
+
+#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
+  // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise }
+  #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
+  #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100   // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis)
+  #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5      // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
+ *
+ * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
+ *
+ * Parameters:
+ *   P  Pattern
+ *   S  Strokes / Repetitions
+ *   T  Triangles (P1 only)
+ *
+ * Patterns:
+ *   P0  Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
+ *       at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
+ *       between the start / end points.
+ *
+ *   P1  Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
+ *       number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
+ *       Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
+ *       For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
+ *
+ *          --
+ *         |  (X0, Y1) |     /\        /\        /\     | (X1, Y1)
+ *         |           |    /  \      /  \      /  \    |
+ *       A |           |   /    \    /    \    /    \   |
+ *         |           |  /      \  /      \  /      \  |
+ *         |  (X0, Y0) | /        \/        \/        \ | (X1, Y0)
+ *          --         +--------------------------------+
+ *                       |________|_________|_________|
+ *                           T1        T2        T3
+ *
+ *   P2  Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
+ *       "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
+ *       Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
+ *
+ *   Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
+ * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
+ *
+ */
+//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
+
+#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
+  // Default number of pattern repetitions
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES  12
+
+  // Default number of triangles
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES  3
+
+  // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
+
+  // Circular pattern radius
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
+  // Circular pattern circle fragments number
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
+  // Middle point of circle
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
+
+  // Moves the nozzle to the initial position
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Print Job Timer
+ *
+ * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
+ *
+ *   M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none,        low temp = stop timer
+ *   M109 (hotend, wait)    - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
+ *   M190 (bed, wait)       - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
+ *
+ * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
+ *
+ *   M75 - Start the print job timer
+ *   M76 - Pause the print job timer
+ *   M77 - Stop the print job timer
+ */
+#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
+
+/**
+ * Print Counter
+ *
+ * Track statistical data such as:
+ *
+ *  - Total print jobs
+ *  - Total successful print jobs
+ *  - Total failed print jobs
+ *  - Total time printing
+ *
+ * View the current statistics with M78.
+ */
+//#define PRINTCOUNTER
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+// @section lcd
+
+/**
+ * LCD LANGUAGE
+ *
+ * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
+ *
+ *    en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it,
+ *    jp-kana, ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, zh_CN, zh_TW, test
+ *
+ * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' }
+ */
+#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
+
+/**
+ * LCD Character Set
+ *
+ * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
+ *
+ * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
+ * language extensions:
+ *
+ *  - JAPANESE ... the most common
+ *  - WESTERN  ... with more accented characters
+ *  - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
+ *
+ * To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
+ *
+ *  - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
+ *  - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
+ *  - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
+ *
+ * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
+ *
+ * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
+ */
+#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
+
+/**
+ * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa)
+ *
+ * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa']
+ */
+#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0
+
+/**
+ * SD CARD
+ *
+ * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
+ * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
+ *
+ */
+#define SDSUPPORT
+#define SDIO_SUPPORT
+
+/**
+ * SD CARD: SPI SPEED
+ *
+ * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
+ * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
+ */
+//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
+//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
+//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
+
+/**
+ * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
+ *
+ * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
+ */
+//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
+
+/**
+ * LCD Menu Items
+ *
+ * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
+ * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
+ */
+//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
+//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS
+
+//
+// ENCODER SETTINGS
+//
+// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
+// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
+//
+#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 1
+
+//
+// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
+// move between next/prev menu items.
+//
+#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
+
+/**
+ * Encoder Direction Options
+ *
+ * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
+ *
+ *  Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
+ *  Reversed Menu Navigation only?    Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
+ *  Reversed Value Editing only?      Enable BOTH options.
+ */
+
+//
+// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
+//
+//  Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
+//
+//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
+
+//
+// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
+//
+//  If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
+//  If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
+//
+#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
+
+//
+// Individual Axis Homing
+//
+// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
+//
+//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
+
+//
+// SPEAKER/BUZZER
+//
+// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
+// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
+//
+//#define SPEAKER
+
+//
+// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
+// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
+//
+// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
+//  M300 S<frequency Hz> P<duration ms>
+//
+//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2
+//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000
+
+//=============================================================================
+//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
+//========================   (Character-based LCDs)   =========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
+//
+// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
+//
+//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
+// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
+//
+//#define RADDS_DISPLAY
+
+//
+// ULTIMAKER Controller.
+//
+//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
+
+//
+// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
+//
+//#define ULTIPANEL
+
+//
+// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
+//
+//#define PANEL_ONE
+
+//
+// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
+//
+// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
+//
+//#define G3D_PANEL
+
+//
+// RigidBot Panel V1.0
+// http://www.inventapart.com/
+//
+//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
+
+//
+// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
+// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html
+//
+//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602
+
+//
+// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
+//
+//#define ZONESTAR_LCD            // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
+                                  // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
+                                  // which scrambles the display.  Pressing any button clears it up.
+                                  // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.
+
+//
+// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
+//
+//#define ULTRA_LCD
+
+//=============================================================================
+//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
+//=====================   (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs)   =====================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
+//
+// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
+// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
+//
+
+//
+// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
+// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
+//
+//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
+
+//
+// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
+//
+// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
+// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
+//
+//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
+//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004
+
+//
+// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
+//
+//#define LCM1602
+
+//
+// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
+// separate encoder and click inputs.
+//
+// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
+// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
+//
+// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
+// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
+//
+//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
+
+//
+// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
+// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
+//
+//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
+//
+
+//
+// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
+// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
+//
+//#define SAV_3DLCD
+
+//
+// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
+// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
+// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
+//
+//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
+
+//=============================================================================
+//=======================   LCD / Controller Selection  =======================
+//=========================      (Graphical LCDs)      ========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
+//
+// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
+//            https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
+//
+
+//
+// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
+//
+//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
+// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
+//
+//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
+
+//
+// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
+// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
+// http://panucatt.com
+//
+//#define VIKI2
+//#define miniVIKI
+
+//
+// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
+// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
+//
+//#define MINIPANEL
+
+//
+// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
+//
+//#define MAKRPANEL
+
+//
+// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
+// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
+//
+//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
+// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
+//
+//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// Cartesio UI
+// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
+//
+//#define CARTESIO_UI
+
+//
+// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
+//
+//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
+
+//
+// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
+//
+//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
+
+//
+// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
+//
+//#define SAV_3DGLCD
+#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
+  //#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
+  #define U8GLIB_SH1106
+#endif
+
+//
+// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
+// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
+//
+//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
+//
+//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
+
+//
+// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+//
+//#define MKS_MINI_12864
+
+//
+// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
+//
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
+
+//
+// Factory display for Creality CR-10
+// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html
+//
+// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector.
+// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display)
+//
+//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
+
+//
+// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller
+//
+// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
+// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
+// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
+//
+//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD
+
+//
+// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
+//
+// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
+//
+//#define MKS_12864OLED          // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
+//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306  // Uses the SSD1306 controller
+
+//
+// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
+// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html
+//
+//#define AZSMZ_12864
+
+//
+// Silvergate GLCD controller
+// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate
+//
+//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
+
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
+//
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
+//
+//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
+
+//=============================================================================
+//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// MKS Robin 320x240 color display
+// Also used for JGAurora A5S & A1 TFT LCD's (16-bit Parallel LCD via FSMC)
+#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT
+#define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================  Other Controllers  ============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
+//
+
+//
+// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
+// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
+//
+// REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP sets how much should the robot move when a key
+// is pressed, a value of 10.0 means 10mm per click.
+//
+//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
+//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0
+
+//=============================================================================
+//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+// @section extras
+
+// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
+//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
+
+// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
+// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
+// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
+#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
+
+// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
+// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
+// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
+// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
+// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7]
+#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
+
+// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
+// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
+// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
+// duty cycle is attained.
+//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
+
+// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
+// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
+// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
+//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
+
+// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
+//#define SF_ARC_FIX
+
+// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
+//#define BARICUDA
+
+// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
+//#define BLINKM
+
+// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
+//#define PCA9632
+
+// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
+// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED
+//#define PCA9533
+
+/**
+ * RGB LED / LED Strip Control
+ *
+ * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
+ * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
+ *
+ * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
+ * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
+ * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
+ * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
+ *
+ * *** CAUTION ***
+ *  LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
+ *  as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
+ *  Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
+ *  NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs
+ *  more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
+ * *** CAUTION ***
+ *
+ * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options.
+ *
+ */
+//#define RGB_LED
+//#define RGBW_LED
+
+#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED)
+  #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
+  #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
+  #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
+  #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
+#endif
+
+// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
+//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
+#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
+  #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE   NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h)
+  #define NEOPIXEL_PIN    4        // LED driving pin
+  #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30       // Number of LEDs in the strip
+  #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL   // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
+  #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127  // Initial brightness (0-255)
+  //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST  // Cycle through colors at startup
+
+  // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting
+  //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX  0               // Index of the LED to use
+  //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Printer Event LEDs
+ *
+ * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
+ *
+ *  - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
+ *  - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
+ *  - Change to white to illuminate work surface
+ *  - Change to green once print has finished
+ *  - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
+ */
+#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED)
+  #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * R/C SERVO support
+ * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Number of servos
+ *
+ * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
+ * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
+ * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem.
+ */
+//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
+
+// Delay (in milliseconds) before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
+// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
+// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
+#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
+
+// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
+//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
+
+// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM
+//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES
diff --git a/config/examples/JGAurora/A5S/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/JGAurora/A5S/Configuration_adv.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..46fc4740cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/examples/JGAurora/A5S/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2555 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+/**
+ * Configuration_adv.h
+ *
+ * Advanced settings.
+ * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
+ * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
+ *
+ * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
+ *
+ */
+#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000
+
+// @section temperature
+
+//===========================================================================
+//=============================Thermal Settings  ============================
+//===========================================================================
+
+//
+// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters
+//
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND0_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND1_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND2_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND3_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND4_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND5_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000
+  #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS     4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS      100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define BED_BETA                     3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000
+  #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define CHAMBER_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#define HEATER_BED_INVERTING 1
+#define HEATER_0_INVERTING 1
+// #define HEATER_1_INVERTING 0
+#define FAN_INVERTING 1
+
+//
+// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
+// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
+//
+//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
+#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
+  #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED
+  #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70
+  #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Heated Chamber settings
+ */
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER
+  #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP             5
+  #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP            60
+  #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS     1   // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
+  //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING
+  //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN       44   // Chamber heater on/off pin
+  //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false
+#endif
+
+#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
+  #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
+  #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
+    #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
+ * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
+ * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
+ *
+ * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
+ * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
+ * the heater on.
+ *
+ * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
+ * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
+ * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
+ *
+ * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
+ * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
+ */
+#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40        // Seconds
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4     // Degrees Celsius
+
+  //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING              // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops
+  #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP)
+    //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING    // Don't slow fan speed during M303
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
+   * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
+   * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
+   * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
+   * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
+   * test.
+   *
+   * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
+   * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
+   * below 2.
+   */
+  #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20                // Seconds
+  #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2               // Degrees Celsius
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
+ */
+#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20    // Seconds
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
+
+  /**
+   * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
+   */
+  #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60                // Seconds
+  #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2               // Degrees Celsius
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber.
+ */
+#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER)
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20    // Seconds
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
+
+  /**
+   * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191).
+   */
+  #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60            // Seconds
+  #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2           // Degrees Celsius
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
+  // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
+  // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume.
+  //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
+  #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
+    #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
+    #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Automatic Temperature:
+ * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
+ * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
+ * Start autotemp mode with M109 S<mintemp> B<maxtemp> F<factor>
+ * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
+ * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
+ * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
+ * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
+ */
+#define AUTOTEMP
+#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
+  #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
+#endif
+
+// Show extra position information in M114
+//#define M114_DETAIL
+
+// Show Temperature ADC value
+// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
+//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
+
+/**
+ * High Temperature Thermistor Support
+ *
+ * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
+ * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
+ * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
+ * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
+ * and force stop everything.
+ * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
+ * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
+ * aberrant readings.
+ *
+ * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
+ * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
+ */
+
+// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
+// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
+//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
+
+// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
+// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
+// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
+// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
+// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
+//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
+
+// @section extruder
+
+// Extruder runout prevention.
+// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
+// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
+//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
+#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500  // (mm/m)
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5   // (mm)
+#endif
+
+// @section temperature
+
+// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
+// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET  0.0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN    1.0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN   1.0
+
+/**
+ * Controller Fan
+ * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
+ *
+ * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled
+ * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off.
+ */
+//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
+#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
+  //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1        // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
+  #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60          // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled
+  #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255        // 255 == full speed
+#endif
+
+// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
+// given number of milliseconds.  This gets the fan spinning reliably
+// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
+//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
+
+/**
+ * PWM Fan Scaling
+ *
+ * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
+ *
+ * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
+ * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
+ * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
+ * Value 0 always turns off the fan.
+ *
+ * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
+ */
+//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
+//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
+
+/**
+ * FAST PWM FAN Settings
+ *
+ * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h)
+ * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a
+ * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency.
+ *
+ * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default]
+ *   Set this to your desired frequency.
+ *   If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
+ *   ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers
+ *   These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required
+ *   NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior.
+ *
+ * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default]
+ *   Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2:
+ *   16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz]
+ *   20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz]
+ *   A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of
+ *   PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.)
+ *   USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies.
+ */
+#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
+  //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400
+  //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP
+#endif
+
+// @section extruder
+
+/**
+ * Extruder cooling fans
+ *
+ * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
+ * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
+ *
+ * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
+ * or set to -1 to disable completely.
+ *
+ * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
+ * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
+ */
+#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
+#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
+#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
+
+/**
+ * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
+ *
+ * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
+ * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
+ * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
+ */
+#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
+#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
+#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
+
+/**
+ * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
+ */
+//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
+#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4                  // Override the default pin if needed
+  #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
+  #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
+  #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
+  #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
+    #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section homing
+
+// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
+// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
+//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
+
+// @section extras
+
+//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
+
+// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
+//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
+#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
+  //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN        -1
+  //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops
+ *
+ * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes.
+ *
+ * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to
+ * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop
+ * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug
+ * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'.
+ *
+ * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors
+ * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error
+ * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X<offset> Y<offset> Z<offset>'.
+ */
+
+//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true   // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions
+  //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
+    #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true   // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions
+  //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
+    #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
+    #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
+    #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
+    #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2  0
+    #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Dual X Carriage
+ *
+ * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
+ * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
+ * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
+ * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
+ * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
+ * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
+ *
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
+ *
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
+ *
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
+ *
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
+ *
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
+ */
+//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
+#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
+
+  // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
+
+  // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
+  #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
+
+#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
+
+// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
+// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
+//#define EXT_SOLENOID
+
+// @section homing
+
+// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump.
+#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
+#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
+#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
+#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 }  // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
+//#define QUICK_HOME                     // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially
+//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 }  // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing
+
+// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
+//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
+
+// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
+//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
+
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
+/**
+ * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
+ * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
+ */
+//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
+#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
+  // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3]
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 }
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 }
+  // Set number of iterations to align
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
+  // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
+  #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
+  // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
+  // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
+  // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0
+  // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02
+#endif
+
+// @section machine
+
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
+
+// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
+//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
+
+// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
+#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
+#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
+#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
+#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
+
+// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
+// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
+// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
+#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
+
+#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
+#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE     0.0
+
+//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE  // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
+
+// @section lcd
+
+#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section extras
+
+// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied.
+#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME        20000
+
+// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
+#define SLOWDOWN
+
+// Frequency limit
+// See nophead's blog for more info
+// Not working O
+//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT  15
+
+// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
+// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
+// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
+#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)
+
+//
+// Backlash Compensation
+// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
+//
+//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
+#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
+  // Define values for backlash distance and correction.
+  // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
+  #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm)
+  #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION    0.0       // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
+
+  // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
+  // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
+  //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
+
+  // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
+  //#define BACKLASH_GCODE
+
+  #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
+    // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
+    #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
+
+    #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
+      // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
+      // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
+      // increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
+      #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT       0.5   // (mm)
+      #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION  0.005 // (mm)
+      #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE    Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m)
+    #endif
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration
+ *
+ * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
+ * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
+ *
+ * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
+ * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
+ * and hotend offsets.
+ *
+ * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
+ *       ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
+ */
+//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
+#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
+
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION     0.01 // mm
+
+  #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW             60    // mm/m
+  #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST           1200    // mm/m
+  #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL         3000    // mm/m
+
+  // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
+  #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT          1.0  // mm
+  #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER      2.0  // mm
+
+  // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM).
+  //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
+
+  // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
+  #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER     { 264.0, -22.0,  -2.0} // mm
+  #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS {  10.0,  10.0,  10.0} // mm
+
+  // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
+  // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
+
+  // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
+  // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
+  //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
+
+  // Define pin which is read during calibration
+  #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
+    //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
+ * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
+ * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
+ * lowest stepping frequencies.
+ */
+//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
+
+/**
+ * Custom Microstepping
+ * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
+ */
+//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
+//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
+
+// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
+#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
+
+/**
+ *  @section  stepper motor current
+ *
+ *  Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
+ *
+ *  The power on motor currents are set by:
+ *    PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
+ *                         known compatible chips: A4982
+ *    DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
+ *                         known compatible chips: AD5206
+ *    DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
+ *                         known compatible chips: MCP4728
+ *    DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
+ *                         known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
+ *
+ *  Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
+ *    M907 - applies to all.
+ *    M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
+ *    M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
+ */
+//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 }          // Values in milliamps
+//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 }   // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
+//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 }    // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
+
+// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
+//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
+#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A)
+  /**
+   * Common slave addresses:
+   *
+   *                        A   (A shifted)   B   (B shifted)  IC
+   * Smoothie              0x2C (0x58)       0x2D (0x5A)       MCP4451
+   * AZTEEG_X3_PRO         0x2C (0x58)       0x2E (0x5C)       MCP4451
+   * AZTEEG_X5_MINI        0x2C (0x58)       0x2E (0x5C)       MCP4451
+   * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI         0x58              0x5C        MCP4451
+   * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE      0x2F (0x5E)                         MCP4018
+   */
+  #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C  // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
+  #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D  // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
+#endif
+
+//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018          // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
+#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4     AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8     MKS SBASE: 5
+// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
+// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
+#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 }  //  AZTEEG_X3_PRO
+
+//===========================================================================
+//=============================Additional Features===========================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section lcd
+
+// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
+#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
+#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
+  #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC   30  // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
+  #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC  80  // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
+#endif
+
+// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
+//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
+#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
+  #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION   10
+  #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
+#endif
+
+// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
+//#define LCD_INFO_MENU
+
+// Scroll a longer status message into view
+//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
+
+// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
+//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
+
+// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
+//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
+
+// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage
+//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
+
+#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
+  //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR              // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
+  #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
+    #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000    // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
+    #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000    // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
+    #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE   0       // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
+    //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE           // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
+    //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST       // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LED Control Menu
+ * Enable this feature to add LED Control to the LCD menu
+ */
+#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
+#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
+  #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS                 // Enable the Preset Color menu option
+  #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED        0  // User defined RED value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN      255  // User defined GREEN value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE       255  // User defined BLUE value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE      255  // User defined WHITE value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255  // User defined intensity
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP       // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
+  #endif
+#endif // LED_CONTROL_MENU
+
+#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+
+  // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
+  // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
+  // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
+  // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
+  // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
+  //#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
+
+  #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true          // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
+  #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place.
+
+  // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
+  // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
+  #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
+
+  #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START             // Confirm the selected SD file before printing
+
+  //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART               // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files
+
+  #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY"       // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27")
+
+  /**
+   * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
+   *
+   * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
+   * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
+   * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
+   * point in the file.
+   */
+  //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
+  #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN         44 // Pin to detect power loss
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE     HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN   20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power.
+
+    // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card,
+    // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued.
+    #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
+   *
+   * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
+   * by name for easier navigation.
+   *
+   * By default...
+   *
+   *  - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
+   *  - Folders are sorted to the top.
+   *  - The sort key is statically allocated.
+   *  - No added G-code (M34) support.
+   *  - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
+   *
+   * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
+   * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
+   * limit is exceeded.
+   *
+   *  - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
+   *  - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
+   *  - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
+   *  - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
+   */
+  //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
+
+  // SD Card Sorting options
+  #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
+    #define SDSORT_LIMIT       40     // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
+    #define FOLDER_SORTING     -1     // -1=above  0=none  1=below
+    #define SDSORT_GCODE       false  // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
+    #define SDSORT_USES_RAM    false  // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
+    #define SDSORT_USES_STACK  false  // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
+    #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false  // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
+    #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false  // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
+    #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2      // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
+                                      // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
+  #endif
+
+  // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
+  //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
+
+  // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
+  //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
+
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
+  /**
+   * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
+   * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
+   * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
+   */
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
+
+  /**
+   * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
+   * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected.
+   * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere.
+   */
+  //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE
+
+  /**
+   * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S<seconds>
+   */
+  //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS
+
+  /**
+   * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
+   * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
+   * to Marlin as an SD card.
+   *
+   * The MAX3421E must be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
+   * the following pin mapping:
+   *
+   *    SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
+   *    INT              --> SD_DETECT_PIN
+   *    SS               --> SDSS
+   */
+  //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
+  #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
+    #define USB_CS_PIN         SDSS
+    #define USB_INTR_PIN       SD_DETECT_PIN
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
+   * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
+   *
+   * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
+   *
+   * Tested with this bootloader:
+   *   https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
+   */
+  //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
+  #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
+    #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR    0x1FF
+    #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE   0xF0
+    #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
+  #endif
+
+  // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
+  //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
+
+  #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
+  #endif
+
+#endif // SDSUPPORT
+
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
+/**
+ * Additional options for Graphical Displays
+ *
+ * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
+ * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
+ * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
+ * on DELTA and SCARA machines.
+ *
+ * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
+ * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
+ * printing performance versus fast display updates.
+ */
+#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
+  // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar
+  //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT
+
+  // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
+  #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
+
+  // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
+  #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
+
+  // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
+  // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
+  //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
+
+  // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
+  // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
+  //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
+
+  // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
+  // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
+  //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
+
+  // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
+  //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE
+
+  /**
+   * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
+   * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
+   * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
+   *
+   * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
+   * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
+   * length of time to display the status message before clearing.
+   *
+   * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
+   * This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
+   */
+  #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
+    //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
+    #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
+      #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
+    #endif
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Status (Info) Screen customizations
+   * These options may affect code size and screen render time.
+   * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
+   */
+  //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS    // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
+  //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS  // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
+  #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED      // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)
+  #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM          // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
+  #define STATUS_BED_ANIM             // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
+  #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM         // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating
+  //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP     // Use the alternative bed bitmap
+  //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP     // Use the alternative fan bitmap
+  //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3       // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
+  //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT       // Show heating in a progress bar
+  //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL    // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash)
+
+  // Frivolous Game Options
+  //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT
+  //#define MARLIN_INVADERS
+  //#define MARLIN_SNAKE
+
+#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
+
+// @section safety
+
+/**
+ * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs
+ * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors.
+ *
+ * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever,
+ * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO.
+ * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while
+ * interrupts are enabled.
+ */
+#define USE_WATCHDOG
+#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
+  //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
+#endif
+
+// @section lcd
+
+/**
+ * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
+ * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
+ * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
+ *
+ * Warning: Does not respect endstops!
+ */
+#define BABYSTEPPING
+#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
+  //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING
+  //#define BABYSTEP_XY                     // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
+  #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false           // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
+  #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR  25        // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion.
+
+  #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING  // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
+  #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
+    #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250   // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
+                                            // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
+    //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE     // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement).
+    #define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE              // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
+    #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
+      #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 10   // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
+    #endif
+  #endif
+
+  //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL          // Display total babysteps since last G28
+
+  //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET          // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
+  #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
+    //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET      // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
+    //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY   // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section extruder
+
+/**
+ * Linear Pressure Control v1.5
+ *
+ * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
+ * K=0 means advance disabled.
+ *
+ * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
+ *
+ * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
+ * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
+ * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
+ * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
+ *
+ * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
+ * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues.
+ */
+//#define LIN_ADVANCE
+#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
+  //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants
+  #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22    // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed
+  //#define LA_DEBUG            // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB.
+#endif
+
+// @section leveling
+
+#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+  // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
+  //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
+  //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
+  //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
+  //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
+ * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
+ */
+//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
+#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
+  #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
+  #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
+  /**
+   * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
+   * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
+   */
+  #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
+  #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
+  #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
+
+#endif
+
+// @section extras
+
+//
+// G2/G3 Arc Support
+//
+#define ARC_SUPPORT               // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes
+#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
+  #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT  1   // Length of each arc segment
+  #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS   24   // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle
+  #define N_ARC_CORRECTION   25   // Number of interpolated segments between corrections
+  //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES         // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
+  //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES  // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
+#endif
+
+// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
+//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
+
+/**
+ * G38 Probe Target
+ *
+ * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target)
+ * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target).
+ * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once.
+ */
+//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
+#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
+  //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY        // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target
+  #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move.
+#endif
+
+// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
+#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
+
+/**
+ * Minimum delay after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
+ *     0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
+ *    20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
+ *   200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
+ *   400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
+ *   500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
+ *   650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
+ *  1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
+ * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
+ *
+ * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
+ */
+//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650
+
+/**
+ * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs)
+ *   0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
+ *   0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h
+ *   1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers
+ *   2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
+ *   3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
+ *  30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
+ *
+ * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
+ */
+//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2
+
+/**
+ * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
+ *  If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
+ *  500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
+ *  400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
+ *  250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
+ *  200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
+ *  150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
+ *   15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
+ *
+ * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
+ */
+//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
+
+// @section temperature
+
+// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
+//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
+
+//===========================================================================
+//================================= Buffers =================================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section hidden
+
+// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
+// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
+#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+  #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
+#else
+  #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
+#endif
+
+// @section serial
+
+// The ASCII buffer for serial input
+#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
+#define BUFSIZE 4
+
+// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
+// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
+// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
+// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
+// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
+// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
+// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
+#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
+
+// Host Receive Buffer Size
+// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
+// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
+// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
+//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
+
+#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
+  // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
+  // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
+  //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+  // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
+  // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
+  //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
+
+  // Enable this option to collect and display the number
+  // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
+  //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
+#endif
+
+// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
+// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
+// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
+// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
+//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
+
+// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
+// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
+// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
+// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
+//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
+
+// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
+//#define ADVANCED_OK
+
+// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
+// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
+#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
+
+// @section extras
+
+/**
+ * Extra Fan Speed
+ * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
+ *   'M106 P<fan> T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for <fan>
+ *   'M106 P<fan> T2'     : Use the set secondary speed
+ *   'M106 P<fan> T1'     : Restore the previous fan speed
+ */
+//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
+
+/**
+ * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
+ *
+ * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
+ * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
+ *
+ * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
+ * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
+ * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
+ *
+ * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
+ *
+ * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
+ *
+ */
+//#define FWRETRACT
+#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
+  #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT           // costs ~500 bytes of PROGMEM
+  #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
+    #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1           // When auto-retract is on, convert E moves of this length and over
+    #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0          // Upper limit for auto-retract conversion
+  #endif
+  #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3                // Default retract length (positive mm)
+  #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13          // Default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change
+  #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45             // Default feedrate for retracting (mm/s)
+  #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0                // Default retract Z-raise (mm)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0        // Default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0   // Default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8      // Default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction (mm/s)
+  #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
+    //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING         // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Universal tool change settings.
+ * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
+ */
+#if EXTRUDERS > 1
+  // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
+  #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
+
+  // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
+  #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH          12  // (mm)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME           2  // (mm)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600  // (mm/m)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED   3600  // (mm/m)
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Position to park head during tool change.
+   * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
+   */
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
+  #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY    { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000  // (mm/m)
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Advanced Pause
+ * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused.
+ * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
+ * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle.
+ *
+ * Requires an LCD display.
+ * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
+ * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
+ */
+//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
+#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE         60  // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH            2  // (mm) Initial retract.
+                                                  // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE     10  // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL        25  // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH      100  // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
+                                                  //   For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
+                                                  //   For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
+                                                  //   Set to 0 for manual unloading.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE   6  // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH     0  // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
+                                                  // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE   6  // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL     25  // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH     0  // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
+                                                  //   For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
+                                                  //   For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
+  //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE       // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
+  #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE        3  // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
+  #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH         50  // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
+                                                  //   Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
+                                                  //   Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
+                                                  //   until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
+  #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME          0  // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
+  //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE             // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused.
+
+                                                  // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
+  #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH      13  // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
+  #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY             5000  // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
+  #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH         8  // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
+
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT           45  // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS         10  // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT           // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
+
+  //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE                    // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
+  //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE           // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change
+
+  //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES           // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
+  //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS         // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
+#endif
+
+// @section tmc
+
+/**
+ * TMC26X Stepper Driver options
+ *
+ * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver.
+ * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper
+ */
+#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X)
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X)
+    #define X_MAX_CURRENT     1000  // (mA)
+    #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR    91  // (mOhms)
+    #define X_MICROSTEPS        16  // Number of microsteps
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X)
+    #define X2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define X2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X)
+    #define Y_MAX_CURRENT     1000
+    #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR    91
+    #define Y_MICROSTEPS        16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X)
+    #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define Y2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X)
+    #define Z_MAX_CURRENT     1000
+    #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR    91
+    #define Z_MICROSTEPS        16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X)
+    #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define Z2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X)
+    #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define Z3_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X)
+    #define E0_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E0_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X)
+    #define E1_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E1_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X)
+    #define E2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X)
+    #define E3_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E3_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X)
+    #define E4_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E4_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X)
+    #define E5_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E5_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+#endif // TMC26X
+
+// @section tmc_smart
+
+/**
+ * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode
+ * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define
+ * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3
+ * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
+ * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins.
+ *
+ * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN
+ * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor.
+ * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without
+ * a resistor.
+ * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial.
+ *
+ * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers.
+ * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
+ */
+#if HAS_TRINAMIC
+
+  #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER    0.5  // Scales down the holding current from run current
+  #define INTERPOLATE       true  // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X)
+    #define X_CURRENT     800  // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
+    #define X_MICROSTEPS   16  // 0..256
+    #define X_RSENSE     0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2)
+    #define X2_CURRENT    800
+    #define X2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define X2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y)
+    #define Y_CURRENT     800
+    #define Y_MICROSTEPS   16
+    #define Y_RSENSE     0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2)
+    #define Y2_CURRENT    800
+    #define Y2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define Y2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z)
+    #define Z_CURRENT     800
+    #define Z_MICROSTEPS   16
+    #define Z_RSENSE     0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2)
+    #define Z2_CURRENT    800
+    #define Z2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define Z2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3)
+    #define Z3_CURRENT    800
+    #define Z3_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define Z3_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0)
+    #define E0_CURRENT    800
+    #define E0_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E0_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1)
+    #define E1_CURRENT    800
+    #define E1_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E1_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2)
+    #define E2_CURRENT    800
+    #define E2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3)
+    #define E3_CURRENT    800
+    #define E3_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E3_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4)
+    #define E4_CURRENT    800
+    #define E4_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E4_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5)
+    #define E5_CURRENT    800
+    #define E5_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E5_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
+   * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
+   */
+  //#define X_CS_PIN          -1
+  //#define Y_CS_PIN          -1
+  //#define Z_CS_PIN          -1
+  //#define X2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define Y2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define Z2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define Z3_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E0_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E1_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E3_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E4_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
+
+  /**
+   * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
+   * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
+   * but you can override or define them here.
+   */
+  //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
+  //#define TMC_SW_MOSI       -1
+  //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
+  //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
+
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
+  /**
+   * Software enable
+   *
+   * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
+   * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
+   */
+  //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
+
+  /**
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
+   * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
+   */
+  #define STEALTHCHOP_XY
+  #define STEALTHCHOP_Z
+  #define STEALTHCHOP_E
+
+  /**
+   * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
+   * or with the help of an example included in the library.
+   * Provided parameter sets are
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
+   * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V)
+   * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119   // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
+   *
+   * Define you own with
+   * { <off_time[1..15]>, <hysteresis_end[-3..12]>, hysteresis_start[1..8] }
+   */
+  #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
+
+  /**
+   * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
+   * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
+   * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
+   * Relevant g-codes:
+   * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
+   * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
+   * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
+   * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
+   */
+  //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
+
+  #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
+    #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN     50  // [mA]
+    #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
+    #define STOP_ON_ERROR
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
+   * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
+   * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
+   * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
+   */
+  //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
+
+  #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     100  // [mm/s]
+  #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD    100
+  #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     100
+  #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD    100
+  #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD       3
+  #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD      3
+  #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD      3
+  #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+
+  /**
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
+   * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
+   * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
+   *
+   * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is used for tuning the trigger sensitivity.
+   * Higher values make the system LESS sensitive.
+   * Lower value make the system MORE sensitive.
+   * Too low values can lead to false positives, while too high values will collide the axis without triggering.
+   * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
+   * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
+   */
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
+
+  /**
+   * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
+   *
+   * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
+   *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
+   */
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
+
+  #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
+    #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
+    #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
+    //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
+  /**
+   * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
+   * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
+   */
+  //#define TMC_DEBUG
+
+  /**
+   * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
+   * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
+   * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
+   *
+   * Example:
+   * #define TMC_ADV() { \
+   *   stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \
+   *   stepperY.interpolate(0); \
+   * }
+   */
+  #define TMC_ADV() {  }
+
+#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC
+
+// @section L6470
+
+/**
+ * L6470 Stepper Driver options
+ *
+ * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver.
+ * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470
+ *
+ * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN
+ *     L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN  (optional)
+ */
+#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470)
+
+  //#define L6470_CHITCHAT        // Display additional status info
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470)
+    #define X_MICROSTEPS     128  // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128)
+    #define X_OVERCURRENT   2000  // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down)
+    #define X_STALLCURRENT  1500  // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) -  4A max - rounds down)
+    #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE    127  // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper
+    #define X_CHAIN_POS        0  // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470)
+    #define X2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define X2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define X2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define X2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470)
+    #define Y_MICROSTEPS       128
+    #define Y_OVERCURRENT     2000
+    #define Y_STALLCURRENT    1500
+    #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE      127
+    #define Y_CHAIN_POS          0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470)
+    #define Y2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define Y2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define Y2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define Y2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470)
+    #define Z_MICROSTEPS       128
+    #define Z_OVERCURRENT     2000
+    #define Z_STALLCURRENT    1500
+    #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE      127
+    #define Z_CHAIN_POS          0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470)
+    #define Z2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define Z2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define Z2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define Z2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470)
+    #define Z3_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define Z3_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define Z3_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define Z3_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470)
+    #define E0_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E0_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E0_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E0_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470)
+    #define E1_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E1_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E1_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E1_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470)
+    #define E2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470)
+    #define E3_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E3_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E3_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E3_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470)
+    #define E4_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E4_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E4_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E4_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470)
+    #define E5_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E5_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E5_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E5_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current.
+   * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears.
+   * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
+   * Relevant g-codes:
+   * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5  Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
+   *         I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0
+   *         I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1
+   *         I3 - Z3 or E3
+   *         I4 - E4
+   *         I5 - E5
+   * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning
+   * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds
+   * M918 - Increase speed until max or error
+   * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters
+   */
+  //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS
+
+  #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS)
+    #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN     1
+    //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR
+  #endif
+
+#endif // L6470
+
+/**
+ * TWI/I2C BUS
+ *
+ * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
+ * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
+ * devices on the bus.
+ *
+ * ; Example #1
+ * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
+ * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B<base 10> arg
+ * M260 A99  ; Target slave address
+ * M260 B77  ; M
+ * M260 B97  ; a
+ * M260 B114 ; r
+ * M260 B108 ; l
+ * M260 B105 ; i
+ * M260 B110 ; n
+ * M260 S1   ; Send the current buffer
+ *
+ * ; Example #2
+ * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
+ * M261 A99 B5
+ *
+ * ; Example #3
+ * ; Example serial output of a M261 request
+ * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
+ */
+
+// @section i2cbus
+
+//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
+#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS  0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
+
+// @section extras
+
+/**
+ * Photo G-code
+ * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo.
+ * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement.
+ */
+//#define PHOTO_GCODE
+#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE)
+  // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo
+  //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 }  // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z)
+  //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS   100                            // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P)
+  //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM   6.5                          // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S)
+
+  // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger
+  // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
+  //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
+
+  // Canon Hack Development Kit
+  // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
+  //#define CHDK_PIN        4
+
+  // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter
+  //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS }  // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J)
+
+  // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high
+  //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS   50 // (ms) (M240 D)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Spindle & Laser control
+ *
+ * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
+ * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
+ *
+ * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
+ * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
+ * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
+ *
+ * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
+ * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
+ *
+ * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
+ */
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
+
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
+
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Filament Width Sensor
+ *
+ * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
+ * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
+ *
+ * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
+ * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
+ * volume.
+ *
+ * Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
+ *
+ *  34 RAMPS_14    : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
+ *  81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
+ * 301 RAMBO       : Analog input 3
+ *
+ * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
+ */
+//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
+
+#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
+  #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0    // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
+  #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM        14    // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
+
+  #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN        1.0  // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
+  #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY       20    // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
+
+  #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
+
+  // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
+  //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * CNC Coordinate Systems
+ *
+ * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
+ * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
+ */
+//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
+
+/**
+ * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S<seconds>
+ */
+#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
+
+/**
+ * Include capabilities in M115 output
+ */
+#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
+
+/**
+ * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
+ */
+//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
+
+#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
+  /**
+   * Volumetric extrusion default state
+   * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
+   * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
+   *
+   * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
+   */
+  //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
+ * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
+ *
+ *  - M206 and M428 are disabled.
+ *  - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
+ */
+//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
+
+/**
+ * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
+ * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
+ *
+ * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
+ * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
+ */
+#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
+
+/**
+ * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser
+ */
+#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
+
+/**
+ * CNC G-code options
+ * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
+ * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
+ * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
+ */
+//#define PAREN_COMMENTS      // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
+//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES  // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
+
+// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
+//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m)
+#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
+  //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * G-code Macros
+ *
+ * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
+ * Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
+ */
+//#define GCODE_MACROS
+#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
+  #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS       5  // Up to 10 may be used
+  #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE  50  // Maximum length of a single macro
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
+ */
+//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
+#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
+  //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands"
+  #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
+  #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
+  //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN  // Return to status screen after a script
+
+  #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info"
+  #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W"
+
+  #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
+  #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
+
+  #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
+  #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
+
+  #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
+  #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
+
+  #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info"
+  #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503"
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Host Action Commands
+ *
+ * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard.
+ *
+ * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands
+ * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel
+ * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed
+ *
+ * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands.
+ *
+ * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so
+ * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side.
+ */
+//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS
+#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS)
+  //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT
+#endif
+
+//===========================================================================
+//====================== I2C Position Encoder Settings ======================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
+ * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
+ *
+ * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
+ * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
+ *
+ * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
+ * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/
+ *
+ * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
+ */
+
+//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
+#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT         1                       // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
+                                                            // encoders supported currently.
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X     // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS          X_AXIS                  // Axis the encoder module is installed on.  <X|Y|Z|E>_AXIS.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE          I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR   // Type of encoder:  I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
+                                                            // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT    2048                    // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
+                                                            // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
+                                                            // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV     (16 * 200)            // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
+                                                            // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT                              // Invert the direction of axis travel.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD     I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP     // Type of error error correction.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH     0.10                    // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
+                                                            // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
+                                                            // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
+                                                            // measurement noise / latency (filter).
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y     // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS          Y_AXIS
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE          I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT    2048
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV   (16 * 200)
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD     I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH     0.10
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z     // Encoder 3.  Add additional configuration options
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS          Z_AXIS                  // as above, or use defaults below.
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E     // Encoder 4.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS          E_AXIS
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR          34                      // Encoder 5.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS          E_AXIS
+
+  // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE            I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT  2048
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV       (16 * 200)
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD       I2CPE_ECM_NONE
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH       0.1
+
+  //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT  100.0                   // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
+                                                            // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
+                                                            // disable abort behavior.
+
+  #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED        10000                   // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
+                                                            // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
+                                                            // is trusted again.
+
+  /**
+   * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
+   * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
+   * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
+   */
+  #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS     4                       // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
+
+  // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
+  #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
+
+#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
+
+/**
+ * MAX7219 Debug Matrix
+ *
+ * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
+ * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
+ */
+//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
+#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
+  #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN   64
+  #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN   57
+  #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN  44
+
+  //#define MAX7219_GCODE          // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
+  #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST    2   // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral)
+  #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1   // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
+  #define MAX7219_ROTATE       0   // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
+                                   // connector at:  right=0   bottom=-90  top=90  left=180
+  //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER  // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order
+
+  /**
+   * Sample debug features
+   * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
+   */
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE    // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD  3  // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL  5  // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
+
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0  // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
+                                         // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
+                                         // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * NanoDLP Sync support
+ *
+ * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp"
+ * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use
+ * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands
+ */
+//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
+#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
+  //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS  // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move.
+                              // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only.
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi)
+ */
+//#define WIFISUPPORT
+#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT)
+  #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID"
+  #define WIFI_PWD  "Wifi Password"
+  //#define WEBSUPPORT        // Start a webserver with auto-discovery
+  //#define OTASUPPORT        // Support over-the-air firmware updates
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
+ * Enable in Configuration.h
+ */
+#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2)
+
+  // Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
+  // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial)
+  // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2)
+  #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2
+  #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial
+
+  // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
+  //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
+
+  // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
+  //#define MMU2_MODE_12V
+
+  // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
+  #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
+
+  // Add an LCD menu for MMU2
+  //#define MMU2_MENUS
+  #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
+    // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
+    // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
+    #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
+    #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
+      {  7.2,  562 }, \
+      { 14.4,  871 }, \
+      { 36.0, 1393 }, \
+      { 14.4,  871 }, \
+      { 50.0,  198 }
+
+    #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
+      {   1.0, 1000 }, \
+      {   1.0, 1500 }, \
+      {   2.0, 2000 }, \
+      {   1.5, 3000 }, \
+      {   2.5, 4000 }, \
+      { -15.0, 5000 }, \
+      { -14.0, 1200 }, \
+      {  -6.0,  600 }, \
+      {  10.0,  700 }, \
+      { -10.0,  400 }, \
+      { -50.0, 2000 }
+
+  #endif
+
+  //#define MMU2_DEBUG  // Write debug info to serial output
+
+#endif // PRUSA_MMU2
+
+/**
+ * Advanced Print Counter settings
+ */
+#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
+  #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES  3
+  // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs
+  //#define SERVICE_NAME_1      "Service S"
+  //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1  100 // print hours
+  //#define SERVICE_NAME_2      "Service L"
+  //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2  200 // print hours
+  //#define SERVICE_NAME_3      "Service 3"
+  //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3    1 // print hours
+#endif
+
+// @section develop
+
+/**
+ * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins
+ */
+//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
+
+// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
+//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE
diff --git a/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration.h b/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration.h
index 4169aa3740..8a36536bae 100644
--- a/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -278,7 +278,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -289,6 +298,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -314,37 +325,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -379,6 +389,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -404,7 +415,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -639,13 +650,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -656,11 +667,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -748,9 +759,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  100                 // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   MAX_XYAXIS_ACCEL    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -840,79 +857,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -967,10 +935,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1128,7 +1103,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1559,7 +1534,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1980,14 +1955,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2031,12 +2007,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2053,15 +2040,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration_adv.h
index ce6005b493..2eb03a3ea6 100644
--- a/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  #define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  #define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/MakerParts/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/MakerParts/_Bootscreen.h
index 907d612194..6b66855388 100644
--- a/config/examples/MakerParts/_Bootscreen.h
+++ b/config/examples/MakerParts/_Bootscreen.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Custom Boot Screen bitmap
diff --git a/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration.h
index a723d9c012..6b3bab02ea 100644
--- a/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -263,7 +263,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -274,6 +283,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -299,37 +310,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -364,6 +374,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -389,7 +400,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -628,13 +639,13 @@
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
 
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -645,11 +656,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -717,9 +728,9 @@
 
 // Other common M150 values:
 // 16T MXL on X and Y
-// #define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT   {3200/32.512, 3200/32.512, 1600, 103.00}
+// #define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT   { 3200/32.512, 3200/32.512, 1600, 103.00 }
 // 16T GT2 on X and Y
-// #define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT   {100, 100, 1600, 103.00}
+// #define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT   { 100, 100, 1600, 103.00 }
 
 /**
  * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
@@ -748,9 +759,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000   // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   700    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -840,79 +857,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -971,10 +939,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 //#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1132,7 +1107,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1567,7 +1542,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1988,14 +1963,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2039,12 +2015,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2061,15 +2048,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration_adv.h
index b83fce6541..62164ca374 100644
--- a/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/Malyan/M150/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Malyan/M150/_Bootscreen.h
index 5700d37a0f..4c7da4cc24 100644
--- a/config/examples/Malyan/M150/_Bootscreen.h
+++ b/config/examples/Malyan/M150/_Bootscreen.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Custom Boot Screen bitmap
diff --git a/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration.h
index 3921bd4c89..dedb485e16 100644
--- a/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@
  *
  * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
  */
-#define SERIAL_PORT 0
+#define SERIAL_PORT -1
 
 /**
  * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
 // The following define selects which electronics board you have.
 // Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
 #ifndef MOTHERBOARD
-  #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB
+  #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MALYAN_M200
 #endif
 
 // Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 11
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -618,13 +629,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -635,11 +646,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -727,9 +738,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -819,79 +836,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -946,10 +914,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1107,7 +1082,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1538,7 +1513,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1959,14 +1934,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2010,12 +1986,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
diff --git a/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration_adv.h
index 0a2660733f..9b992ab431 100644
--- a/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/Micromake/C1/basic/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Micromake/C1/basic/Configuration.h
index 764c83c845..936fd72929 100644
--- a/config/examples/Micromake/C1/basic/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Micromake/C1/basic/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -619,13 +630,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -636,11 +647,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -732,9 +743,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -824,79 +841,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -951,10 +919,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1112,7 +1087,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1543,7 +1518,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1964,14 +1939,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2015,12 +1991,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2037,15 +2024,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration.h
index 9f44b63d40..e16c1ba62d 100644
--- a/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -619,13 +630,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -636,11 +647,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -732,9 +743,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -824,79 +841,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -951,10 +919,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 #define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1112,7 +1087,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1543,7 +1518,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1964,14 +1939,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2015,12 +1991,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2037,15 +2024,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration_adv.h
index f898a84cd7..912af92621 100644
--- a/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration.h
index a295f48412..96a6bb7fbd 100644
--- a/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -259,7 +259,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -270,6 +279,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -295,37 +306,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -360,6 +370,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -385,7 +396,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 1
@@ -620,13 +631,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -637,11 +648,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -729,9 +740,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -821,79 +838,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -948,10 +916,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1109,7 +1084,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1540,7 +1515,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1962,14 +1937,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2013,12 +1989,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2035,15 +2022,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration_adv.h
index a9e8d90869..354fcb95c3 100644
--- a/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration.h
index 59be6ede75..f004854d6c 100644
--- a/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 1
+#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  #define PS_DEFAULT_OFF        // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -619,13 +630,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -636,11 +647,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 #define X_DRIVER_TYPE  DRV8825
 #define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  DRV8825
@@ -728,9 +739,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -820,79 +837,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -947,10 +915,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1108,7 +1083,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1539,7 +1514,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1960,14 +1935,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2011,12 +1987,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2033,15 +2020,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration_adv.h
index e0baf626e6..7f21aef03e 100644
--- a/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -905,12 +979,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -961,19 +1038,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1362,6 +1447,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1647,7 +1733,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1657,6 +1742,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1666,7 +1774,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1692,7 +1800,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1710,7 +1818,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1733,7 +1841,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1745,7 +1853,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1753,14 +1861,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2007,36 +2122,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/Printrbot/PrintrboardG2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Printrbot/PrintrboardG2/Configuration.h
index 65714d0c77..7dbe27cd27 100644
--- a/config/examples/Printrbot/PrintrboardG2/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Printrbot/PrintrboardG2/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -259,7 +259,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -270,6 +279,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -295,37 +306,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -360,6 +370,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -385,7 +396,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -620,13 +631,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -637,11 +648,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  DRV8825
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  DRV8825
@@ -736,9 +747,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  100    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   100    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -828,79 +845,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -955,10 +923,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1116,7 +1091,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1547,7 +1522,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1968,14 +1943,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2019,12 +1995,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2041,15 +2028,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration.h b/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration.h
index 5718ec16d0..ded24473d2 100644
--- a/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 1
+#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -619,13 +630,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -636,11 +647,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 #define X_DRIVER_TYPE  DRV8825
 #define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  DRV8825
@@ -728,9 +739,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -820,79 +837,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -947,10 +915,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1108,7 +1083,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1539,7 +1514,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1960,14 +1935,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2011,12 +1987,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2033,15 +2020,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration_adv.h
index ed10aec738..ab597a258b 100644
--- a/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/RepRapPro/Huxley/Configuration.h b/config/examples/RepRapPro/Huxley/Configuration.h
index 7ae2ce5a61..11f5e394ab 100644
--- a/config/examples/RepRapPro/Huxley/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/RepRapPro/Huxley/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -619,13 +630,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -636,11 +647,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -768,9 +779,15 @@ Black rubber belt(MXL), 18 - tooth aluminium pulley : 87.489 step per mm (Huxley
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  1000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   1000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -860,79 +877,30 @@ Black rubber belt(MXL), 18 - tooth aluminium pulley : 87.489 step per mm (Huxley
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -987,10 +955,17 @@ Black rubber belt(MXL), 18 - tooth aluminium pulley : 87.489 step per mm (Huxley
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1157,7 +1132,7 @@ Black rubber belt(MXL), 18 - tooth aluminium pulley : 87.489 step per mm (Huxley
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1588,7 +1563,7 @@ Black rubber belt(MXL), 18 - tooth aluminium pulley : 87.489 step per mm (Huxley
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -2009,14 +1984,15 @@ Black rubber belt(MXL), 18 - tooth aluminium pulley : 87.489 step per mm (Huxley
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2060,12 +2036,23 @@ Black rubber belt(MXL), 18 - tooth aluminium pulley : 87.489 step per mm (Huxley
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2082,15 +2069,6 @@ Black rubber belt(MXL), 18 - tooth aluminium pulley : 87.489 step per mm (Huxley
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/RepRapWorld/Megatronics/Configuration.h b/config/examples/RepRapWorld/Megatronics/Configuration.h
index df65f1acff..354f62b614 100644
--- a/config/examples/RepRapWorld/Megatronics/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/RepRapWorld/Megatronics/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 1
+#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -619,13 +630,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -636,11 +647,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -728,9 +739,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -820,79 +837,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -947,10 +915,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1108,7 +1083,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1539,7 +1514,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1960,14 +1935,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2011,12 +1987,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2033,15 +2020,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration.h b/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration.h
index ea7f255bbe..74db97820b 100644
--- a/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -261,7 +261,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -272,6 +281,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -297,37 +308,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 1
+#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -362,6 +372,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -387,7 +398,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 // DGlass3D = 5; RigidBot = 1; 3DSv6 = 5
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -615,13 +626,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -632,11 +643,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -726,9 +737,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  1000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -818,79 +835,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -945,10 +913,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1106,7 +1081,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1537,7 +1512,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1960,14 +1935,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2011,12 +1987,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2033,15 +2020,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration_adv.h
index 061e9ee391..b3c2379d58 100644
--- a/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/SCARA/Configuration.h b/config/examples/SCARA/Configuration.h
index 46c998ebac..a563b4e2d6 100644
--- a/config/examples/SCARA/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/SCARA/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -61,16 +61,12 @@
 /**
  * MORGAN_SCARA was developed by QHARLEY in South Africa in 2012-2013.
  * Implemented and slightly reworked by JCERNY in June, 2014.
- *
- * MAKERARM_SCARA is in development, included as an alternate example.
- * Other SCARA models may be added, or SCARA may be unified in the future.
  */
 
 // Specify the specific SCARA model
 #define MORGAN_SCARA
-//#define MAKERARM_SCARA
 
-#if EITHER(MORGAN_SCARA, MAKERARM_SCARA)
+#if ENABLED(MORGAN_SCARA)
 
   //#define DEBUG_SCARA_KINEMATICS
   #define SCARA_FEEDRATE_SCALING // Convert XY feedrate from mm/s to degrees/s on the fly
@@ -289,7 +285,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -300,6 +305,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -325,37 +332,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 1
+#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -390,6 +396,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -415,7 +422,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -632,13 +639,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -649,11 +656,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -741,9 +748,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  2000   // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   400    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -833,79 +846,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -960,10 +924,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1121,7 +1092,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1552,7 +1523,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1973,14 +1944,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2024,12 +1996,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2046,15 +2029,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/SCARA/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/SCARA/Configuration_adv.h
index 396b404ad8..3a47fef12f 100644
--- a/config/examples/SCARA/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/SCARA/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 240
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 10*60, 60}  // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 10*60, 60 }  // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/STM32/Black_STM32F407VET6/Configuration.h b/config/examples/STM32/Black_STM32F407VET6/Configuration.h
index e6698a6225..706db8c9a2 100644
--- a/config/examples/STM32/Black_STM32F407VET6/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/STM32/Black_STM32F407VET6/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 1
@@ -619,13 +630,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -636,11 +647,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -728,9 +739,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -820,79 +837,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -947,10 +915,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1108,7 +1083,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1539,7 +1514,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1960,14 +1935,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2011,12 +1987,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2033,15 +2020,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/STM32/Black_STM32F407VET6/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/STM32/Black_STM32F407VET6/Configuration_adv.h
index adbd09450d..9af92091bd 100644
--- a/config/examples/STM32/Black_STM32F407VET6/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/STM32/Black_STM32F407VET6/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1096,6 +1181,8 @@
     #endif
   #endif
 
+  //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL          // Display total babysteps since last G28
+
   //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET          // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
   #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
     //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET      // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
@@ -1359,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1644,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1654,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1663,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1689,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1707,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1730,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1742,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1750,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2004,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/STM32/STM32F10/Configuration.h b/config/examples/STM32/STM32F10/Configuration.h
index ed98a9dad8..6e2a08abc8 100644
--- a/config/examples/STM32/STM32F10/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/STM32/STM32F10/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #warning temp_sensor set to 998/999 (fake)
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 999
@@ -621,13 +632,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -638,11 +649,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -730,9 +741,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  5000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -822,79 +839,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -949,10 +917,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1110,7 +1085,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1541,7 +1516,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1962,14 +1937,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2013,12 +1989,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2035,15 +2022,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/STM32/STM32F4/Configuration.h b/config/examples/STM32/STM32F4/Configuration.h
index 07f140c19b..92715a362c 100644
--- a/config/examples/STM32/STM32F4/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/STM32/STM32F4/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -619,13 +630,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -636,11 +647,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -728,9 +739,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -820,79 +837,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -947,10 +915,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1108,7 +1083,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1539,7 +1514,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1960,14 +1935,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2011,12 +1987,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2033,15 +2020,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/STM32/stm32f103ret6/Configuration.h b/config/examples/STM32/stm32f103ret6/Configuration.h
index be99c96901..607ca8cb4b 100644
--- a/config/examples/STM32/stm32f103ret6/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/STM32/stm32f103ret6/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #warning temp_sensor set to 998/999 (fake)
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 999
@@ -621,13 +632,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -638,11 +649,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -730,9 +741,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  5000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -822,79 +839,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -949,10 +917,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1110,7 +1085,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1541,7 +1516,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1962,14 +1937,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2013,12 +1989,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2035,15 +2022,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration.h
index 464d58bc0c..38746e2b7d 100644
--- a/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -619,13 +630,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -636,11 +647,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -759,9 +770,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -851,79 +868,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -978,10 +946,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1139,7 +1114,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1570,7 +1545,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1991,14 +1966,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2042,12 +2018,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2064,15 +2051,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration_adv.h
index 995e38a363..27fcf3d2dc 100644
--- a/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/Configuration.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0995a15e69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/Configuration.h	
@@ -0,0 +1,2162 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+/**
+ * Configuration.h
+ *
+ * Basic settings such as:
+ *
+ * - Type of electronics
+ * - Type of temperature sensor
+ * - Printer geometry
+ * - Endstop configuration
+ * - LCD controller
+ * - Extra features
+ *
+ * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
+ *
+ */
+#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Getting Started =============================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
+ *
+ * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
+ * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
+ * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
+ * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
+ * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
+ * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
+ * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
+ */
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
+//===========================================================================
+// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
+// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine.
+//
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
+//===========================================================================
+// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
+// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine.
+//
+
+// @section info
+
+// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during
+// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this
+// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware.
+#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(thisiskeithb, Tevo Tarantula Pro)" // Who made the changes.
+#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
+#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1
+#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 WEBSITE_URL         // will be shown during bootup in line 2
+
+/**
+ * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
+ *
+ * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
+ * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
+ * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
+ *
+ * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
+ * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
+ */
+
+// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
+#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
+
+// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
+//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE
+
+// @section machine
+
+/**
+ * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
+ * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
+ * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
+ *
+ * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
+ */
+#define SERIAL_PORT 0
+
+/**
+ * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
+ * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
+ * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
+ *
+ * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
+ */
+//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
+
+/**
+ * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
+ *
+ * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
+ * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
+ * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
+ *
+ * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
+ */
+#define BAUDRATE 250000
+
+// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
+//#define BLUETOOTH
+
+// The following define selects which electronics board you have.
+// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
+#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
+  #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_GEN_L
+#endif
+
+// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine
+// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message
+#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Tarantula Pro"
+
+// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines)
+// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4)
+//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
+
+// @section extruder
+
+// This defines the number of extruders
+// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
+#define EXTRUDERS 1
+
+// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc.
+#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75
+
+// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
+//#define SINGLENOZZLE
+
+/**
+ * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
+ *
+ * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
+ * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
+ * for extruders.
+ *
+ * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
+ * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
+ */
+//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
+#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
+  // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
+  // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
+  //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40  // Always Required
+  //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42  // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
+  //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44  // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
+ *
+ * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
+ * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5
+ *
+ * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h
+ */
+//#define PRUSA_MMU2
+
+// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
+//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
+#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
+  #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
+  #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
+  #if EXTRUDERS > 3
+    #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles
+//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
+#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
+  #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
+  //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1          // If two servos are used, the index of the second
+  #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 }   // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
+ * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
+ */
+//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
+
+/**
+ * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
+ * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
+ *
+ * project   : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
+ * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
+ *             https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
+ */
+//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER
+
+#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
+
+  #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 }     // X positions for parking the extruders
+  #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1            // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
+  //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL                   // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
+
+  #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
+
+    #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT           // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
+    #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW  // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
+    #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250        // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
+    //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL                   // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
+
+  #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
+
+    #define MPE_FAST_SPEED      9000      // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point
+    #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED      4500      // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
+    #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE   10      // (mm) Last distance point
+    #define MPE_COMPENSATION       0      // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling
+
+  #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
+ * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
+ */
+//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+/**
+ * Magnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic
+ * docking mechanism using movement and no servo.
+ */
+//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
+  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS          { 215, 0 }  // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
+  #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR       2         // Index of the servo connector
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 }  // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
+  #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * "Mixing Extruder"
+ *   - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
+ *   - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
+ *   - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S<index>' supporting virtual tools.
+ *   - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
+ *   - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
+ */
+//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
+#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
+  #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
+  #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
+  //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
+  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
+  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
+    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
+// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
+// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+
+// @section machine
+
+/**
+ * Power Supply Control
+ *
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
+ */
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
+
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
+
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
+    #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
+    #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
+    #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
+    #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section temperature
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
+ *
+ * Temperature sensors available:
+ *
+ *    -4 : thermocouple with AD8495
+ *    -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)
+ *    -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)
+ *    -1 : thermocouple with AD595
+ *     0 : not used
+ *     1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
+ *     2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
+ *     3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
+ *     4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
+ *     5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
+ *   501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor
+ *     6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
+ *     7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
+ *    71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
+ *     8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
+ *     9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
+ *    10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
+ *    11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
+ *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
+ *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
+ *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
+ *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
+ *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
+ *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
+ *    66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
+ *    67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering
+ *    70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
+ *    75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
+ *
+ *       1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
+ *                              (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
+ *    51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
+ *    52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
+ *    55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
+ *
+ *  1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
+ *  1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
+ *   147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
+ *   110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
+ *
+ *  1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h
+ *
+ *         Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
+ *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
+ *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
+ *
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ */
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
+
+// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
+#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
+#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
+
+// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
+// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
+//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
+#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
+
+#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME     10  // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109
+#define TEMP_WINDOW              1  // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
+#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS          3  // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
+
+#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10  // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190
+#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW          1  // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
+#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS      3  // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
+
+// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off
+// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire.
+#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP   5
+#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP   5
+#define BED_MINTEMP        5
+
+// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off.
+// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures.
+// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.)
+#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
+#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
+#define BED_MAXTEMP      140
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= PID Settings ================================
+//===========================================================================
+// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
+
+// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
+#define PIDTEMP
+#define BANG_MAX 255     // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
+#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
+#define PID_K1 0.95      // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
+#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
+  //#define PID_EDIT_MENU         // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM)
+  //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU     // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM)
+  //#define PID_DEBUG             // Sends debug data to the serial port.
+  //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1        // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
+  //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS      // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
+  //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
+                                  // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
+  #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
+                                  // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
+
+  // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
+
+  // Tevo Tarantula Pro
+  #define DEFAULT_Kp 26.27
+  #define DEFAULT_Ki 2.49
+  #define DEFAULT_Kd 69.41
+
+  // Ultimaker
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2
+  //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114
+
+  // MakerGear
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
+  //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
+
+  // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
+  //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
+  //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
+
+#endif // PIDTEMP
+
+//===========================================================================
+//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ======================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * PID Bed Heating
+ *
+ * If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
+ * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis.
+ *
+ * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
+ * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
+ * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
+ * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
+ * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
+ * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
+ */
+#define PIDTEMPBED
+
+//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
+
+/**
+ * Max Bed Power
+ * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
+ * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
+ * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
+ */
+#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
+
+#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
+
+  //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
+
+  //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
+  //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
+  #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
+  #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
+  #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
+
+  //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
+  //from pidautotune
+  //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
+  //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
+  //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
+
+  // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
+#endif // PIDTEMPBED
+
+// @section extruder
+
+/**
+ * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
+ * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
+ * cold extrusion prevention on and off.
+ *
+ * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
+ */
+#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
+#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
+
+/**
+ * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
+ * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
+ */
+#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
+#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
+
+//===========================================================================
+//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
+ * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
+ * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
+ *
+ * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
+ * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
+ * the heater on.
+ *
+ * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
+ * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
+ */
+
+#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
+#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED     // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
+#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section machine
+
+// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
+// either in the usual order or reversed
+//#define COREXY
+//#define COREXZ
+//#define COREYZ
+//#define COREYX
+//#define COREZX
+//#define COREZY
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section homing
+
+// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
+// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
+// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
+#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
+#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
+#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
+//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
+//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
+//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
+
+// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
+#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
+#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
+  // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
+#endif
+
+// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
+//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
+#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
+  // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
+  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
+#endif
+
+// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+
+/**
+ * Stepper Drivers
+ *
+ * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
+ * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
+ *
+ * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
+ *
+ * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ */
+#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
+#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
+#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
+//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
+
+// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
+// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
+//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
+
+/**
+ * Endstop Noise Threshold
+ *
+ * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
+ *
+ * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
+ * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch.
+ * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
+ *   based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
+ *
+ * :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
+ */
+//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================== Movement Settings ============================
+//=============================================================================
+// @section motion
+
+/**
+ * Default Settings
+ *
+ * These settings can be reset by M502
+ *
+ * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
+ * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
+ * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
+ */
+//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
+
+/**
+ * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
+ * Override with M92
+ *                                      X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT   { 80.058, 80.058, 399.2901, 408 }
+
+/**
+ * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
+ * Override with M203
+ *                                      X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE          { 400, 400, 50, 45 }
+
+/**
+ * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
+ * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
+ * Override with M201
+ *                                      X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION      { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 }
+
+/**
+ * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
+ * Override with M204
+ *
+ *   M204 P    Acceleration
+ *   M204 R    Retract Acceleration
+ *   M204 T    Travel Acceleration
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION          1000    // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
+#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  10000    // E acceleration for retracts
+#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   1500    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
+
+//
+// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+//
+//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
+#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
+  #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Default Jerk (mm/s)
+ * Override with M205 X Y Z E
+ *
+ * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
+ * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
+ * value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
+ */
+#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
+  #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0
+  #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0
+  #define DEFAULT_ZJERK  0.3
+#endif
+
+#define DEFAULT_EJERK    5.0  // May be used by Linear Advance
+
+/**
+ * S-Curve Acceleration
+ *
+ * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier
+ * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
+ *
+ * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
+ */
+#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
+
+//===========================================================================
+//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
+//===========================================================================
+// @section probes
+
+//
+// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
+//
+
+/**
+ * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
+ *
+ * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
+ */
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
+
+/**
+ * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN
+ *
+ * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN.
+ * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD
+ * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want.
+ *
+ *  - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
+ *  - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
+ *
+ *  - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
+ *    - For simple switches connect...
+ *      - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
+ *      - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
+ *
+ */
+//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default
+
+/**
+ * Probe Type
+ *
+ * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
+ * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
+ * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
+ * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
+ */
+//#define PROBE_MANUALLY
+//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2
+
+/**
+ * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
+ *   (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
+ */
+//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
+
+/**
+ * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
+ */
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+
+/**
+ * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
+ */
+//#define BLTOUCH
+
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
+
+// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
+//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
+
+// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
+//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
+//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5  // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
+
+// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
+//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
+  #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X  X_MIN_POS
+  #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
+#endif
+
+//
+// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
+//
+
+/**
+ * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
+ * X and Y offsets must be integers.
+ *
+ * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
+ * #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
+ * #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
+ *
+ *     +-- BACK ---+
+ *     |           |
+ *   L |    (+) P  | R <-- probe (20,20)
+ *   E |           | I
+ *   F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
+ *   T |           | H
+ *     |    (-)    | T
+ *     |           |
+ *     O-- FRONT --+
+ *   (0,0)
+ */
+#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0  // X offset: -left  +right  [of the nozzle]
+#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 18 // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle]
+#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER -1.5   // Z offset: -below +above  [the nozzle]
+
+// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges
+#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
+
+// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
+#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 15000
+
+// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
+#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
+
+// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
+#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
+
+// The number of probes to perform at each point.
+//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
+//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+
+/**
+ * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
+ * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
+ * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
+ * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
+ *
+ * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
+ * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
+ * probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD.
+ * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
+ *
+ * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4  =>  9mm from bed to nozzle.
+ *     But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2  =>  2mm from bed to nozzle.
+ */
+#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE   10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
+#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES  5 // Z Clearance between probe points
+#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE     5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
+//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING           5 // Z position after probing is done
+
+#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT          -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
+
+// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
+#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
+#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
+
+// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
+//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
+
+// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
+//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
+#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW)
+  //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
+ * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
+ * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
+ * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
+ * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
+ */
+//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF       // Turn heaters off when probing
+#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
+  //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER     // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
+#endif
+//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF          // Turn fans off when probing
+//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF      // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing
+//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200  // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
+
+// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
+// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
+#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
+#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
+#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
+#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
+
+// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
+// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
+#define DISABLE_X false
+#define DISABLE_Y false
+#define DISABLE_Z false
+
+// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
+//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
+
+// @section extruder
+
+#define DISABLE_E false             // For all extruders
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER   // Keep only the active extruder enabled
+
+// @section machine
+
+// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
+#define INVERT_X_DIR false
+#define INVERT_Y_DIR true
+#define INVERT_Z_DIR true
+
+// @section extruder
+
+// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
+#define INVERT_E0_DIR true
+#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
+#define INVERT_E5_DIR false
+
+// @section homing
+
+//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING  // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed
+
+//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off.
+
+//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4  // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
+                             // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
+
+// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
+// :[-1,1]
+#define X_HOME_DIR -1
+#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
+#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
+
+// @section machine
+
+// The size of the print bed
+#define X_BED_SIZE 240
+#define Y_BED_SIZE 240
+
+// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
+#define X_MIN_POS -12
+#define Y_MIN_POS 0
+#define Z_MIN_POS 0
+#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
+#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
+#define Z_MAX_POS 260
+
+/**
+ * Software Endstops
+ *
+ * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
+ * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
+ * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
+ * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
+ */
+
+// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
+#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
+#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
+  #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
+  #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
+  #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
+#endif
+
+// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
+#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
+#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
+  #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
+  #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
+  #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
+#endif
+
+#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
+  //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM  // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Filament Runout Sensors
+ * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
+ *
+ * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
+ * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
+ * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT.
+ */
+//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
+#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
+  #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
+  //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
+
+  // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout.
+  // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.)
+  #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
+
+  // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
+  // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
+  // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
+  //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25
+
+  #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
+    // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
+    // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
+    // large enough to avoid false positives.)
+    //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//===========================================================================
+//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
+//===========================================================================
+// @section calibrate
+
+/**
+ * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
+ * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
+ *
+ *  If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
+ *   Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
+ *   You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
+ *   The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
+ *   Probe several points in a grid.
+ *   You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
+ *   The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
+ *   Probe several points in a grid.
+ *   You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
+ *   The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
+ *
+ * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
+ *   A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
+ *   of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
+ *   Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
+ *
+ * - MESH_BED_LEVELING
+ *   Probe a grid manually
+ *   The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
+ *   For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
+ *   leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
+ *   With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
+ */
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
+//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
+//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
+
+/**
+ * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable
+ * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state.
+ */
+//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
+
+/**
+ * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
+ * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
+ * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
+ */
+//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
+
+#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+  // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
+  // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
+  // The height can be set with M420 Z<height>
+  #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
+
+  // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
+  // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
+  // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
+  #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
+  #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)
+
+  /**
+   * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
+   */
+  //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
+  #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
+    #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE    0.4  // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
+    #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT   0.2  // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+    #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP  205    // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+    #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP      60    // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+    #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE         20    // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
+  #endif
+
+#endif
+
+#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
+
+  // Set the number of grid points per dimension.
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
+
+  // Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach).
+  //#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
+  //#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION (X_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
+  //#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
+  //#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION (Y_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
+
+  // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
+  //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
+
+  #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
+
+    // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
+    // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
+    //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
+
+    //
+    // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
+    // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
+    //
+    //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
+    #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
+      // Number of subdivisions between probe points
+      #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
+    #endif
+
+  #endif
+
+#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+
+  //===========================================================================
+  //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
+  //===========================================================================
+
+  //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY   // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
+
+  #define MESH_INSET 1              // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10      // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
+
+  #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z     // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
+  #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500   // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500
+
+  //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
+                                          // as the Z-Height correction value.
+
+#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
+
+  //===========================================================================
+  //=================================== Mesh ==================================
+  //===========================================================================
+
+  #define MESH_INSET 10          // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3    // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
+  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
+
+  //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
+
+#endif // BED_LEVELING
+
+/**
+ * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
+ * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
+ */
+#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+  //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15
+  //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
+  //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15
+  //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
+  //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170
+  //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
+ * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
+ */
+//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
+
+#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
+  #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP  0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
+  #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4     // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
+  //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU        // Add a menu to edit mesh points
+#endif
+
+// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
+//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS
+
+#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS)
+  #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30    // (mm) An inset for corner leveling
+  #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP  4.0  // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners
+  #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0  // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points
+  //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO        // Move to the center after the last corner
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
+ * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
+ */
+//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
+
+
+// @section homing
+
+// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
+//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
+
+// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
+// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
+//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
+//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
+//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
+
+// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
+//
+// With this feature enabled:
+//
+// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
+// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
+// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
+// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
+//
+//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
+
+#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
+  #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2)    // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
+  #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2)    // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
+#endif
+
+// Homing speeds (mm/m)
+#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60)
+#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z  (4*60)
+
+// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
+#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
+
+// @section calibrate
+
+/**
+ * Bed Skew Compensation
+ *
+ * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
+ *
+ * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
+ *  1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
+ *  2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
+ *  3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
+ *  4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
+ *
+ * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
+ * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
+ *
+ *  - Compute AB     : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
+ *  - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
+ *
+ * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
+ * Use these diagrams for reference:
+ *
+ *    Y                     Z                     Z
+ *    ^     B-------C       ^     B-------C       ^     B-------C
+ *    |    /       /        |    /       /        |    /       /
+ *    |   /       /         |   /       /         |   /       /
+ *    |  A-------D          |  A-------D          |  A-------D
+ *    +-------------->X     +-------------->X     +-------------->Y
+ *     XY_SKEW_FACTOR        XZ_SKEW_FACTOR        YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
+ */
+//#define SKEW_CORRECTION
+
+#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
+  // Input all length measurements here:
+  #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
+  #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
+  #define XY_SIDE_AD 200
+
+  // Or, set the default skew factors directly here
+  // to override the above measurements:
+  #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
+
+  //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
+  #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
+    #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
+    #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
+    #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
+    #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
+    #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200
+    #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
+    #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
+  #endif
+
+  // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
+  //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
+#endif
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================= Additional Features ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+// @section extras
+
+/**
+ * EEPROM
+ *
+ * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots.
+ *
+ *   M500 - Store settings to EEPROM.
+ *   M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes)
+ *   M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.)
+ */
+#define EEPROM_SETTINGS     // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
+//#define DISABLE_M503        // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
+#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT       // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
+#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
+  #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT  // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors.
+#endif
+
+//
+// Host Keepalive
+//
+// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
+// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
+//
+#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE        // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
+#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2  // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
+#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING            // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
+
+//
+// M100 Free Memory Watcher
+//
+//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER    // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage
+
+//
+// G20/G21 Inch mode support
+//
+//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
+
+//
+// M149 Set temperature units support
+//
+//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
+
+// @section temperature
+
+// Preheat Constants
+#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL       "PLA"
+#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200
+#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED     70
+#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED   255 // Value from 0 to 255
+
+#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL       "ABS"
+#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240
+#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED    110
+#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED     0 // Value from 0 to 255
+
+/**
+ * Nozzle Park
+ *
+ * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
+ *
+ * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
+ *
+ *    P0  (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
+ *    P1  Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
+ *    P2  Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
+ */
+//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
+
+#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
+  // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise }
+  #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
+  #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100   // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis)
+  #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5      // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
+ *
+ * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
+ *
+ * Parameters:
+ *   P  Pattern
+ *   S  Strokes / Repetitions
+ *   T  Triangles (P1 only)
+ *
+ * Patterns:
+ *   P0  Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
+ *       at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
+ *       between the start / end points.
+ *
+ *   P1  Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
+ *       number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
+ *       Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
+ *       For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
+ *
+ *          --
+ *         |  (X0, Y1) |     /\        /\        /\     | (X1, Y1)
+ *         |           |    /  \      /  \      /  \    |
+ *       A |           |   /    \    /    \    /    \   |
+ *         |           |  /      \  /      \  /      \  |
+ *         |  (X0, Y0) | /        \/        \/        \ | (X1, Y0)
+ *          --         +--------------------------------+
+ *                       |________|_________|_________|
+ *                           T1        T2        T3
+ *
+ *   P2  Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
+ *       "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
+ *       Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
+ *
+ *   Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
+ * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
+ *
+ */
+//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
+
+#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
+  // Default number of pattern repetitions
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES  12
+
+  // Default number of triangles
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES  3
+
+  // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
+
+  // Circular pattern radius
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
+  // Circular pattern circle fragments number
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
+  // Middle point of circle
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
+
+  // Moves the nozzle to the initial position
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Print Job Timer
+ *
+ * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
+ *
+ *   M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none,        low temp = stop timer
+ *   M109 (hotend, wait)    - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
+ *   M190 (bed, wait)       - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
+ *
+ * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
+ *
+ *   M75 - Start the print job timer
+ *   M76 - Pause the print job timer
+ *   M77 - Stop the print job timer
+ */
+#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
+
+/**
+ * Print Counter
+ *
+ * Track statistical data such as:
+ *
+ *  - Total print jobs
+ *  - Total successful print jobs
+ *  - Total failed print jobs
+ *  - Total time printing
+ *
+ * View the current statistics with M78.
+ */
+#define PRINTCOUNTER
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+// @section lcd
+
+/**
+ * LCD LANGUAGE
+ *
+ * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
+ *
+ *    en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it,
+ *    jp-kana, ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, zh_CN, zh_TW, test
+ *
+ * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' }
+ */
+#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
+
+/**
+ * LCD Character Set
+ *
+ * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
+ *
+ * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
+ * language extensions:
+ *
+ *  - JAPANESE ... the most common
+ *  - WESTERN  ... with more accented characters
+ *  - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
+ *
+ * To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
+ *
+ *  - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
+ *  - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
+ *  - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
+ *
+ * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
+ *
+ * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
+ */
+#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
+
+/**
+ * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa)
+ *
+ * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa']
+ */
+#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0
+
+/**
+ * SD CARD
+ *
+ * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
+ * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
+ *
+ */
+#define SDSUPPORT
+
+/**
+ * SD CARD: SPI SPEED
+ *
+ * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
+ * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
+ */
+//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
+//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
+//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
+
+/**
+ * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
+ *
+ * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
+ */
+//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
+
+/**
+ * LCD Menu Items
+ *
+ * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
+ * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
+ */
+//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
+//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS
+
+//
+// ENCODER SETTINGS
+//
+// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
+// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
+//
+#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4
+
+//
+// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
+// move between next/prev menu items.
+//
+#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
+
+/**
+ * Encoder Direction Options
+ *
+ * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
+ *
+ *  Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
+ *  Reversed Menu Navigation only?    Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
+ *  Reversed Value Editing only?      Enable BOTH options.
+ */
+
+//
+// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
+//
+//  Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
+//
+//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
+
+//
+// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
+//
+//  If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
+//  If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
+//
+//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
+
+//
+// Individual Axis Homing
+//
+// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
+//
+#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
+
+//
+// SPEAKER/BUZZER
+//
+// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
+// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
+//
+//#define SPEAKER
+
+//
+// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
+// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
+//
+// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
+//  M300 S<frequency Hz> P<duration ms>
+//
+//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2
+//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000
+
+//=============================================================================
+//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
+//========================   (Character-based LCDs)   =========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
+//
+// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
+//
+//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
+// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
+//
+//#define RADDS_DISPLAY
+
+//
+// ULTIMAKER Controller.
+//
+//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
+
+//
+// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
+//
+//#define ULTIPANEL
+
+//
+// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
+//
+//#define PANEL_ONE
+
+//
+// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
+//
+// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
+//
+//#define G3D_PANEL
+
+//
+// RigidBot Panel V1.0
+// http://www.inventapart.com/
+//
+//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
+
+//
+// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
+// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html
+//
+//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602
+
+//
+// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
+//
+//#define ZONESTAR_LCD            // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
+                                  // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
+                                  // which scrambles the display.  Pressing any button clears it up.
+                                  // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.
+
+//
+// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
+//
+//#define ULTRA_LCD
+
+//=============================================================================
+//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
+//=====================   (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs)   =====================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
+//
+// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
+// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
+//
+
+//
+// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
+// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
+//
+//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
+
+//
+// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
+//
+// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
+// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
+//
+//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
+//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004
+
+//
+// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
+//
+//#define LCM1602
+
+//
+// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
+// separate encoder and click inputs.
+//
+// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
+// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
+//
+// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
+// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
+//
+//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
+
+//
+// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
+// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
+//
+//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
+//
+
+//
+// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
+// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
+//
+//#define SAV_3DLCD
+
+//
+// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
+// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
+// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
+//
+//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
+
+//=============================================================================
+//=======================   LCD / Controller Selection  =======================
+//=========================      (Graphical LCDs)      ========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
+//
+// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
+//            https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
+//
+
+//
+// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
+//
+//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
+// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
+//
+//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
+
+//
+// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
+// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
+// http://panucatt.com
+//
+//#define VIKI2
+//#define miniVIKI
+
+//
+// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
+// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
+//
+//#define MINIPANEL
+
+//
+// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
+//
+//#define MAKRPANEL
+
+//
+// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
+// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
+//
+//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
+// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
+//
+//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// Cartesio UI
+// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
+//
+//#define CARTESIO_UI
+
+//
+// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
+//
+//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
+
+//
+// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
+//
+//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
+
+//
+// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
+//
+//#define SAV_3DGLCD
+#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
+  //#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
+  #define U8GLIB_SH1106
+#endif
+
+//
+// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
+// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
+//
+//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER
+
+//
+// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
+//
+//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
+
+//
+// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+//
+#define MKS_MINI_12864
+
+//
+// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
+//
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
+
+//
+// Factory display for Creality CR-10
+// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html
+//
+// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector.
+// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display)
+//
+//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
+
+//
+// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller
+//
+// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
+// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
+// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
+//
+//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD
+
+//
+// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER
+// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
+//
+// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
+//
+//#define MKS_12864OLED          // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
+//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306  // Uses the SSD1306 controller
+
+//
+// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
+// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html
+//
+//#define AZSMZ_12864
+
+//
+// Silvergate GLCD controller
+// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate
+//
+//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
+
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
+//
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
+//
+//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
+
+//=============================================================================
+//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// MKS Robin 320x240 color display
+//
+//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT
+
+//=============================================================================
+//============================  Other Controllers  ============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+//
+// CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
+//
+
+//
+// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
+// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
+//
+// REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP sets how much should the robot move when a key
+// is pressed, a value of 10.0 means 10mm per click.
+//
+//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
+//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0
+
+//=============================================================================
+//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
+//=============================================================================
+
+// @section extras
+
+// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
+//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
+
+// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
+// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
+// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
+//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
+
+// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
+// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
+// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
+// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
+// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7]
+#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
+
+// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
+// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
+// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
+// duty cycle is attained.
+//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
+
+// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
+// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
+// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
+//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
+
+// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
+//#define SF_ARC_FIX
+
+// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
+//#define BARICUDA
+
+// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
+//#define BLINKM
+
+// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
+//#define PCA9632
+
+// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
+// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED
+//#define PCA9533
+
+/**
+ * RGB LED / LED Strip Control
+ *
+ * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
+ * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
+ *
+ * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
+ * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
+ * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
+ * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
+ *
+ * *** CAUTION ***
+ *  LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
+ *  as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
+ *  Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
+ *  NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs
+ *  more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
+ * *** CAUTION ***
+ *
+ * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options.
+ *
+ */
+//#define RGB_LED
+//#define RGBW_LED
+
+#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED)
+  //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
+  //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
+  //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
+  //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
+#endif
+
+// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
+//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
+#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
+  #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE   NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h)
+  #define NEOPIXEL_PIN    4        // LED driving pin
+  #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30       // Number of LEDs in the strip
+  #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL   // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
+  #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127  // Initial brightness (0-255)
+  //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST  // Cycle through colors at startup
+
+  // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting
+  //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX  0               // Index of the LED to use
+  //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Printer Event LEDs
+ *
+ * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
+ *
+ *  - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
+ *  - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
+ *  - Change to white to illuminate work surface
+ *  - Change to green once print has finished
+ *  - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
+ */
+#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED)
+  #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * R/C SERVO support
+ * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Number of servos
+ *
+ * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
+ * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
+ * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem.
+ */
+//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
+
+// Delay (in milliseconds) before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
+// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
+// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
+#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
+
+// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
+//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
+
+// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM
+//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES
diff --git a/config/examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/Configuration_adv.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..36b433ff4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/Configuration_adv.h	
@@ -0,0 +1,2546 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+/**
+ * Configuration_adv.h
+ *
+ * Advanced settings.
+ * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
+ * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
+ *
+ * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
+ *
+ */
+#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000
+
+// @section temperature
+
+//===========================================================================
+//=============================Thermal Settings  ============================
+//===========================================================================
+
+//
+// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters
+//
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND0_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND1_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND2_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND3_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND4_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000
+  #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define HOTEND5_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000
+  #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS     4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS      100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define BED_BETA                     3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000
+  #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700    // Pullup resistor
+  #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS  100000  // Resistance at 25C
+  #define CHAMBER_BETA                 3950    // Beta value
+#endif
+
+//
+// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
+// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
+//
+//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
+#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
+  #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED
+  #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70
+  #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Heated Chamber settings
+ */
+#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER
+  #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP             5
+  #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP            60
+  #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS     1   // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
+  //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING
+  //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN       44   // Chamber heater on/off pin
+  //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false
+#endif
+
+#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
+  #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
+  #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
+    #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
+ * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
+ * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
+ *
+ * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
+ * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
+ * the heater on.
+ *
+ * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
+ * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
+ * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
+ *
+ * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
+ * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
+ */
+#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40        // Seconds
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4     // Degrees Celsius
+
+  //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING              // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops
+  #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP)
+    //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING    // Don't slow fan speed during M303
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
+   * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
+   * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
+   * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
+   * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
+   * test.
+   *
+   * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
+   * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
+   * below 2.
+   */
+  #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20                // Seconds
+  #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2               // Degrees Celsius
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
+ */
+#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20    // Seconds
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
+
+  /**
+   * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
+   */
+  #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60                // Seconds
+  #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2               // Degrees Celsius
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber.
+ */
+#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER)
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20    // Seconds
+  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
+
+  /**
+   * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191).
+   */
+  #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60            // Seconds
+  #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2           // Degrees Celsius
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
+  // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
+  // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume.
+  //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
+  #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
+    #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
+    #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Automatic Temperature:
+ * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
+ * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
+ * Start autotemp mode with M109 S<mintemp> B<maxtemp> F<factor>
+ * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
+ * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
+ * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
+ * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
+ */
+#define AUTOTEMP
+#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
+  #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
+#endif
+
+// Show extra position information in M114
+//#define M114_DETAIL
+
+// Show Temperature ADC value
+// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
+//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
+
+/**
+ * High Temperature Thermistor Support
+ *
+ * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
+ * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
+ * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
+ * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
+ * and force stop everything.
+ * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
+ * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
+ * aberrant readings.
+ *
+ * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
+ * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
+ */
+
+// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
+// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
+//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
+
+// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
+// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
+// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
+// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
+// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
+//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
+
+// @section extruder
+
+// Extruder runout prevention.
+// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
+// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
+//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
+#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500  // (mm/m)
+  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5   // (mm)
+#endif
+
+// @section temperature
+
+// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
+// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET  0.0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN    1.0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN   1.0
+
+/**
+ * Controller Fan
+ * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
+ *
+ * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled
+ * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off.
+ */
+//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
+#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
+  //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1        // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
+  #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60          // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled
+  #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255        // 255 == full speed
+#endif
+
+// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
+// given number of milliseconds.  This gets the fan spinning reliably
+// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
+#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
+
+/**
+ * PWM Fan Scaling
+ *
+ * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
+ *
+ * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
+ * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
+ * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
+ * Value 0 always turns off the fan.
+ *
+ * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
+ */
+//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
+//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
+
+/**
+ * FAST PWM FAN Settings
+ *
+ * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h)
+ * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a
+ * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency.
+ *
+ * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default]
+ *   Set this to your desired frequency.
+ *   If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
+ *   ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers
+ *   These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required
+ *   NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior.
+ *
+ * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default]
+ *   Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2:
+ *   16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz]
+ *   20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz]
+ *   A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of
+ *   PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.)
+ *   USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies.
+ */
+#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
+  //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400
+  //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP
+#endif
+
+// @section extruder
+
+/**
+ * Extruder cooling fans
+ *
+ * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
+ * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
+ *
+ * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
+ * or set to -1 to disable completely.
+ *
+ * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
+ * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
+ */
+#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 7
+#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
+#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
+#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
+
+/**
+ * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
+ *
+ * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
+ * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
+ * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
+ */
+#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
+#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
+#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
+
+/**
+ * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
+ */
+//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
+#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4                  // Override the default pin if needed
+  #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
+  #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
+  #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
+  #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
+    #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section homing
+
+// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
+// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
+//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
+
+// @section extras
+
+//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
+
+// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
+//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
+#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
+  //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN        -1
+  //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops
+ *
+ * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes.
+ *
+ * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to
+ * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop
+ * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug
+ * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'.
+ *
+ * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors
+ * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error
+ * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X<offset> Y<offset> Z<offset>'.
+ */
+
+//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true   // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions
+  //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
+    #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true   // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions
+  //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
+    #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
+    #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS
+#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
+  //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS
+  #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS)
+    #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
+    #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
+    #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2  0
+    #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3  0
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Dual X Carriage
+ *
+ * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
+ * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
+ * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
+ * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
+ * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
+ * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
+ *
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
+ *
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
+ *
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
+ *
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
+ *
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
+ */
+//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
+#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
+
+  // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
+
+  // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
+  #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
+
+#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
+
+// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
+// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
+//#define EXT_SOLENOID
+
+// @section homing
+
+// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump.
+#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
+#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
+#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
+#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 }  // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
+#define QUICK_HOME                     // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially
+//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 }  // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing
+
+// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
+//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
+
+// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
+//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
+
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
+/**
+ * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
+ * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
+ */
+//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
+#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
+  // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3]
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 }
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 }
+  // Set number of iterations to align
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
+  // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
+  #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+  // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
+  // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
+  // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0
+  // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early
+  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02
+#endif
+
+// @section machine
+
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
+
+// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
+//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
+
+// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
+#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
+#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
+#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
+#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
+
+// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
+// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
+// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
+#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
+
+#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
+#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE     0.0
+
+//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE  // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
+
+// @section lcd
+
+#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section extras
+
+// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied.
+#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME        20000
+
+// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
+#define SLOWDOWN
+
+// Frequency limit
+// See nophead's blog for more info
+// Not working O
+//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT  15
+
+// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
+// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
+// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
+#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)
+
+//
+// Backlash Compensation
+// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
+//
+//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
+#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
+  // Define values for backlash distance and correction.
+  // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
+  #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm)
+  #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION    0.0       // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
+
+  // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
+  // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
+  //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
+
+  // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
+  //#define BACKLASH_GCODE
+
+  #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
+    // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
+    #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
+
+    #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
+      // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
+      // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
+      // increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
+      #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT       0.5   // (mm)
+      #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION  0.005 // (mm)
+      #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE    Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m)
+    #endif
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration
+ *
+ * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
+ * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
+ *
+ * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
+ * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
+ * and hotend offsets.
+ *
+ * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
+ *       ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
+ */
+//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
+#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
+
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION     0.01 // mm
+
+  #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW             60    // mm/m
+  #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST           1200    // mm/m
+  #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL         3000    // mm/m
+
+  // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
+  #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT          1.0  // mm
+  #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER      2.0  // mm
+
+  // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM).
+  //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
+
+  // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
+  #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER     { 264.0, -22.0,  -2.0} // mm
+  #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS {  10.0,  10.0,  10.0} // mm
+
+  // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
+  // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
+  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
+
+  // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
+  // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
+  //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
+
+  // Define pin which is read during calibration
+  #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
+    //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
+ * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
+ * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
+ * lowest stepping frequencies.
+ */
+//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
+
+/**
+ * Custom Microstepping
+ * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
+ */
+//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
+//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
+//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
+
+// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
+#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
+
+/**
+ *  @section  stepper motor current
+ *
+ *  Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
+ *
+ *  The power on motor currents are set by:
+ *    PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
+ *                         known compatible chips: A4982
+ *    DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
+ *                         known compatible chips: AD5206
+ *    DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
+ *                         known compatible chips: MCP4728
+ *    DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
+ *                         known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
+ *
+ *  Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
+ *    M907 - applies to all.
+ *    M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
+ *    M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
+ */
+//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 }          // Values in milliamps
+//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 }   // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
+//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 }    // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
+
+// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
+//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
+#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A)
+  /**
+   * Common slave addresses:
+   *
+   *                        A   (A shifted)   B   (B shifted)  IC
+   * Smoothie              0x2C (0x58)       0x2D (0x5A)       MCP4451
+   * AZTEEG_X3_PRO         0x2C (0x58)       0x2E (0x5C)       MCP4451
+   * AZTEEG_X5_MINI        0x2C (0x58)       0x2E (0x5C)       MCP4451
+   * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI         0x58              0x5C        MCP4451
+   * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE      0x2F (0x5E)                         MCP4018
+   */
+  #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C  // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
+  #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D  // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
+#endif
+
+//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018          // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
+#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4     AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8     MKS SBASE: 5
+// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
+// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
+#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 }  //  AZTEEG_X3_PRO
+
+//===========================================================================
+//=============================Additional Features===========================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section lcd
+
+// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
+#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
+#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
+  #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC   75  // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
+  #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC  160  // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
+#endif
+
+// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
+//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
+#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
+  #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION   10
+  #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
+#endif
+
+// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
+#define LCD_INFO_MENU
+
+// Scroll a longer status message into view
+#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
+
+// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
+//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
+
+// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
+//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
+
+// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage
+#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
+
+#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
+  //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR              // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
+  #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
+    #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000    // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
+    #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000    // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
+    #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE   0       // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
+    //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE           // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
+    //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST       // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LED Control Menu
+ * Enable this feature to add LED Control to the LCD menu
+ */
+//#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
+#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
+  #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS                 // Enable the Preset Color menu option
+  #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED        255  // User defined RED value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN      128  // User defined GREEN value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE         0  // User defined BLUE value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE      255  // User defined WHITE value
+    #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255  // User defined intensity
+    //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP       // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
+  #endif
+#endif // LED_CONTROL_MENU
+
+#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+
+  // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
+  // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
+  // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
+  // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
+  // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
+  #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
+
+  #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true          // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
+  #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place.
+
+  // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
+  // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
+  #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
+
+  #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START             // Confirm the selected SD file before printing
+
+  //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART               // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files
+
+  #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY"       // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27")
+
+  /**
+   * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
+   *
+   * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
+   * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
+   * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
+   * point in the file.
+   */
+  //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
+  #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN         44 // Pin to detect power loss
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE     HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN   20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume
+    //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power.
+
+    // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card,
+    // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued.
+    #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
+   *
+   * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
+   * by name for easier navigation.
+   *
+   * By default...
+   *
+   *  - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
+   *  - Folders are sorted to the top.
+   *  - The sort key is statically allocated.
+   *  - No added G-code (M34) support.
+   *  - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
+   *
+   * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
+   * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
+   * limit is exceeded.
+   *
+   *  - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
+   *  - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
+   *  - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
+   *  - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
+   */
+  //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
+
+  // SD Card Sorting options
+  #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
+    #define SDSORT_LIMIT       40     // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
+    #define FOLDER_SORTING     -1     // -1=above  0=none  1=below
+    #define SDSORT_GCODE       false  // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
+    #define SDSORT_USES_RAM    false  // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
+    #define SDSORT_USES_STACK  false  // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
+    #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false  // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
+    #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false  // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
+    #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2      // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
+                                      // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
+  #endif
+
+  // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
+  //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
+
+  // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
+  //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
+
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
+  /**
+   * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
+   * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
+   * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
+   */
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
+
+  /**
+   * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
+   * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected.
+   * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere.
+   */
+  //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE
+
+  /**
+   * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S<seconds>
+   */
+  //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS
+
+  /**
+   * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
+   * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
+   * to Marlin as an SD card.
+   *
+   * The MAX3421E must be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
+   * the following pin mapping:
+   *
+   *    SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
+   *    INT              --> SD_DETECT_PIN
+   *    SS               --> SDSS
+   */
+  //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
+  #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
+    #define USB_CS_PIN         SDSS
+    #define USB_INTR_PIN       SD_DETECT_PIN
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
+   * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
+   *
+   * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
+   *
+   * Tested with this bootloader:
+   *   https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
+   */
+  //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
+  #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
+    #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR    0x1FF
+    #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE   0xF0
+    #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
+  #endif
+
+  // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
+  //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
+
+  #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
+  #endif
+
+#endif // SDSUPPORT
+
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
+/**
+ * Additional options for Graphical Displays
+ *
+ * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
+ * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
+ * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
+ * on DELTA and SCARA machines.
+ *
+ * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
+ * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
+ * printing performance versus fast display updates.
+ */
+#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
+  // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar
+  //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT
+
+  // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
+  #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
+
+  // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
+  #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
+
+  // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
+  // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
+  //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
+
+  // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
+  // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
+  //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
+
+  // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
+  // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
+  //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
+
+  // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
+  //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE
+
+  /**
+   * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
+   * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
+   * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
+   *
+   * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
+   * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
+   * length of time to display the status message before clearing.
+   *
+   * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
+   * This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
+   */
+  #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
+    //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
+    #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
+      #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
+    #endif
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Status (Info) Screen customizations
+   * These options may affect code size and screen render time.
+   * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
+   */
+  //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS    // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
+  //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS  // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
+  #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED      // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)
+  #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM          // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
+  #define STATUS_BED_ANIM             // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
+  #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM         // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating
+  //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP     // Use the alternative bed bitmap
+  //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP     // Use the alternative fan bitmap
+  //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3       // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
+  //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT       // Show heating in a progress bar
+  //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL    // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash)
+
+  // Frivolous Game Options
+  //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT
+  //#define MARLIN_INVADERS
+  //#define MARLIN_SNAKE
+
+#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
+
+// @section safety
+
+/**
+ * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs
+ * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors.
+ *
+ * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever,
+ * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO.
+ * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while
+ * interrupts are enabled.
+ */
+#define USE_WATCHDOG
+#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
+  //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
+#endif
+
+// @section lcd
+
+/**
+ * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
+ * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
+ * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
+ *
+ * Warning: Does not respect endstops!
+ */
+//#define BABYSTEPPING
+#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
+  //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING
+  //#define BABYSTEP_XY                     // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
+  #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false           // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
+  #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR  1         // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion.
+
+  //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING  // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
+  #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
+    #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250   // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
+                                            // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
+    //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE     // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement).
+    //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE              // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
+    #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
+      #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1   // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
+    #endif
+  #endif
+
+  //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL          // Display total babysteps since last G28
+
+  //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET          // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
+  #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
+    //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET      // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
+    //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY   // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+// @section extruder
+
+/**
+ * Linear Pressure Control v1.5
+ *
+ * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
+ * K=0 means advance disabled.
+ *
+ * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
+ *
+ * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
+ * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
+ * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
+ * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
+ *
+ * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
+ * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues.
+ */
+//#define LIN_ADVANCE
+#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
+  //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants
+  #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22    // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed
+  //#define LA_DEBUG            // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB.
+#endif
+
+// @section leveling
+
+#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+  // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
+  //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
+  //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
+  //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
+  //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
+ * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
+ */
+//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
+#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
+  #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
+  #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
+  /**
+   * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
+   * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
+   */
+  #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
+  #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
+  #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
+
+#endif
+
+// @section extras
+
+//
+// G2/G3 Arc Support
+//
+#define ARC_SUPPORT               // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes
+#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
+  #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT  1   // Length of each arc segment
+  #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS   24   // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle
+  #define N_ARC_CORRECTION   25   // Number of interpolated segments between corrections
+  //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES         // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
+  //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES  // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
+#endif
+
+// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
+//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
+
+/**
+ * G38 Probe Target
+ *
+ * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target)
+ * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target).
+ * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once.
+ */
+//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
+#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
+  //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY        // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target
+  #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move.
+#endif
+
+// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
+#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
+
+/**
+ * Minimum delay after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
+ *     0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
+ *    20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
+ *   200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
+ *   400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
+ *   500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
+ *   650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
+ *  1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
+ * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
+ *
+ * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
+ */
+//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650
+
+/**
+ * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs)
+ *   0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
+ *   0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h
+ *   1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers
+ *   2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
+ *   3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
+ *  30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
+ *
+ * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
+ */
+//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2
+
+/**
+ * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
+ *  If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
+ *  500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
+ *  400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
+ *  250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
+ *  200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
+ *  150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
+ *   15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
+ *
+ * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
+ */
+//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
+
+// @section temperature
+
+// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
+//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
+
+//===========================================================================
+//================================= Buffers =================================
+//===========================================================================
+
+// @section hidden
+
+// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
+// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
+#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+  #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
+#else
+  #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
+#endif
+
+// @section serial
+
+// The ASCII buffer for serial input
+#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
+#define BUFSIZE 4
+
+// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
+// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
+// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
+// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
+// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
+// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
+// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
+#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
+
+// Host Receive Buffer Size
+// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
+// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
+// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
+//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
+
+#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
+  // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
+  // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
+  //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
+  // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
+  // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
+  //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
+
+  // Enable this option to collect and display the number
+  // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
+  //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
+#endif
+
+// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
+// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
+// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
+// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
+//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
+
+// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
+// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
+// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
+// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
+//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
+
+// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
+//#define ADVANCED_OK
+
+// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
+// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
+#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
+
+// @section extras
+
+/**
+ * Extra Fan Speed
+ * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
+ *   'M106 P<fan> T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for <fan>
+ *   'M106 P<fan> T2'     : Use the set secondary speed
+ *   'M106 P<fan> T1'     : Restore the previous fan speed
+ */
+//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
+
+/**
+ * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
+ *
+ * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
+ * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
+ *
+ * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
+ * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
+ * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
+ *
+ * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
+ *
+ * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
+ *
+ */
+//#define FWRETRACT
+#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
+  #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT           // costs ~500 bytes of PROGMEM
+  #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
+    #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1           // When auto-retract is on, convert E moves of this length and over
+    #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0          // Upper limit for auto-retract conversion
+  #endif
+  #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3                // Default retract length (positive mm)
+  #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13          // Default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change
+  #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45             // Default feedrate for retracting (mm/s)
+  #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0                // Default retract Z-raise (mm)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0        // Default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0   // Default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8      // Default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s)
+  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction (mm/s)
+  #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
+    //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING         // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Universal tool change settings.
+ * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
+ */
+#if EXTRUDERS > 1
+  // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
+  #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
+
+  // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
+  #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH          12  // (mm)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME           2  // (mm)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600  // (mm/m)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED   3600  // (mm/m)
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Position to park head during tool change.
+   * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
+   */
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
+  #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY    { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
+    #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000  // (mm/m)
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Advanced Pause
+ * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused.
+ * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
+ * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle.
+ *
+ * Requires an LCD display.
+ * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
+ * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
+ */
+//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
+#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE         60  // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH            2  // (mm) Initial retract.
+                                                  // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE     10  // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL        25  // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH      100  // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
+                                                  //   For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
+                                                  //   For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
+                                                  //   Set to 0 for manual unloading.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE   6  // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH     0  // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
+                                                  // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE   6  // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL     25  // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH     0  // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
+                                                  //   For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
+                                                  //   For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
+  //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE       // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
+  #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE        3  // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
+  #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH         50  // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
+                                                  //   Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
+                                                  //   Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
+                                                  //   until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
+  #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME          0  // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
+  //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE             // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused.
+
+                                                  // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
+  #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH      13  // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
+  #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY             5000  // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
+  #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH         8  // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
+
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT           45  // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
+  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS         10  // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
+  #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT           // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
+
+  //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE                    // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
+  //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE           // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change
+
+  //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES           // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
+  //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS         // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
+#endif
+
+// @section tmc
+
+/**
+ * TMC26X Stepper Driver options
+ *
+ * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver.
+ * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper
+ */
+#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X)
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X)
+    #define X_MAX_CURRENT     1000  // (mA)
+    #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR    91  // (mOhms)
+    #define X_MICROSTEPS        16  // Number of microsteps
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X)
+    #define X2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define X2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X)
+    #define Y_MAX_CURRENT     1000
+    #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR    91
+    #define Y_MICROSTEPS        16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X)
+    #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define Y2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X)
+    #define Z_MAX_CURRENT     1000
+    #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR    91
+    #define Z_MICROSTEPS        16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X)
+    #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define Z2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X)
+    #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define Z3_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X)
+    #define E0_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E0_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X)
+    #define E1_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E1_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X)
+    #define E2_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E2_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X)
+    #define E3_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E3_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X)
+    #define E4_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E4_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X)
+    #define E5_MAX_CURRENT    1000
+    #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR   91
+    #define E5_MICROSTEPS       16
+  #endif
+
+#endif // TMC26X
+
+// @section tmc_smart
+
+/**
+ * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode
+ * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define
+ * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3
+ * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
+ * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins.
+ *
+ * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN
+ * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor.
+ * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without
+ * a resistor.
+ * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial.
+ *
+ * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers.
+ * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
+ */
+#if HAS_TRINAMIC
+
+  #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER    0.5  // Scales down the holding current from run current
+  #define INTERPOLATE       true  // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X)
+    #define X_CURRENT     800  // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
+    #define X_MICROSTEPS   16  // 0..256
+    #define X_RSENSE     0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2)
+    #define X2_CURRENT    800
+    #define X2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define X2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y)
+    #define Y_CURRENT     800
+    #define Y_MICROSTEPS   16
+    #define Y_RSENSE     0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2)
+    #define Y2_CURRENT    800
+    #define Y2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define Y2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z)
+    #define Z_CURRENT     800
+    #define Z_MICROSTEPS   16
+    #define Z_RSENSE     0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2)
+    #define Z2_CURRENT    800
+    #define Z2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define Z2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3)
+    #define Z3_CURRENT    800
+    #define Z3_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define Z3_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0)
+    #define E0_CURRENT    800
+    #define E0_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E0_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1)
+    #define E1_CURRENT    800
+    #define E1_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E1_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2)
+    #define E2_CURRENT    800
+    #define E2_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E2_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3)
+    #define E3_CURRENT    800
+    #define E3_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E3_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4)
+    #define E4_CURRENT    800
+    #define E4_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E4_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5)
+    #define E5_CURRENT    800
+    #define E5_MICROSTEPS  16
+    #define E5_RSENSE    0.11
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
+   * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
+   */
+  //#define X_CS_PIN          -1
+  //#define Y_CS_PIN          -1
+  //#define Z_CS_PIN          -1
+  //#define X2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define Y2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define Z2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define Z3_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E0_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E1_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E2_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E3_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E4_CS_PIN         -1
+  //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
+
+  /**
+   * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
+   * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
+   * but you can override or define them here.
+   */
+  //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
+  //#define TMC_SW_MOSI       -1
+  //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
+  //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
+
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
+  /**
+   * Software enable
+   *
+   * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
+   * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
+   */
+  //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
+
+  /**
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
+   * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
+   */
+  #define STEALTHCHOP_XY
+  #define STEALTHCHOP_Z
+  #define STEALTHCHOP_E
+
+  /**
+   * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
+   * or with the help of an example included in the library.
+   * Provided parameter sets are
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
+   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
+   * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V)
+   * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119   // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
+   *
+   * Define you own with
+   * { <off_time[1..15]>, <hysteresis_end[-3..12]>, hysteresis_start[1..8] }
+   */
+  #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
+
+  /**
+   * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
+   * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
+   * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
+   * Relevant g-codes:
+   * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
+   * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
+   * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
+   * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
+   */
+  //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
+
+  #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
+    #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN     50  // [mA]
+    #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
+    #define STOP_ON_ERROR
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
+   * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
+   * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
+   * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
+   */
+  //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
+
+  #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     100  // [mm/s]
+  #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD    100
+  #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     100
+  #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD    100
+  #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD       3
+  #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD      3
+  #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD      3
+  #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+  #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
+
+  /**
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
+   * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
+   * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
+   *
+   * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is used for tuning the trigger sensitivity.
+   * Higher values make the system LESS sensitive.
+   * Lower value make the system MORE sensitive.
+   * Too low values can lead to false positives, while too high values will collide the axis without triggering.
+   * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
+   * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
+   */
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
+
+  /**
+   * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
+   *
+   * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
+   *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
+   */
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
+
+  #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
+    #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
+    #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
+    //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
+  /**
+   * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
+   * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
+   */
+  //#define TMC_DEBUG
+
+  /**
+   * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
+   * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
+   * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
+   *
+   * Example:
+   * #define TMC_ADV() { \
+   *   stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \
+   *   stepperY.interpolate(0); \
+   * }
+   */
+  #define TMC_ADV() {  }
+
+#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC
+
+// @section L6470
+
+/**
+ * L6470 Stepper Driver options
+ *
+ * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver.
+ * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470
+ *
+ * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN
+ *     L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN
+ *     L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN  (optional)
+ */
+#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470)
+
+  //#define L6470_CHITCHAT        // Display additional status info
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470)
+    #define X_MICROSTEPS     128  // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128)
+    #define X_OVERCURRENT   2000  // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down)
+    #define X_STALLCURRENT  1500  // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) -  4A max - rounds down)
+    #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE    127  // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper
+    #define X_CHAIN_POS        0  // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470)
+    #define X2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define X2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define X2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define X2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470)
+    #define Y_MICROSTEPS       128
+    #define Y_OVERCURRENT     2000
+    #define Y_STALLCURRENT    1500
+    #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE      127
+    #define Y_CHAIN_POS          0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470)
+    #define Y2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define Y2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define Y2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define Y2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470)
+    #define Z_MICROSTEPS       128
+    #define Z_OVERCURRENT     2000
+    #define Z_STALLCURRENT    1500
+    #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE      127
+    #define Z_CHAIN_POS          0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470)
+    #define Z2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define Z2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define Z2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define Z2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470)
+    #define Z3_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define Z3_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define Z3_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define Z3_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470)
+    #define E0_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E0_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E0_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E0_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470)
+    #define E1_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E1_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E1_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E1_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470)
+    #define E2_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E2_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E2_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E2_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470)
+    #define E3_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E3_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E3_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E3_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470)
+    #define E4_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E4_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E4_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E4_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470)
+    #define E5_MICROSTEPS      128
+    #define E5_OVERCURRENT    2000
+    #define E5_STALLCURRENT   1500
+    #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE     127
+    #define E5_CHAIN_POS         0
+  #endif
+
+  /**
+   * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current.
+   * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears.
+   * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
+   * Relevant g-codes:
+   * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5  Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
+   *         I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0
+   *         I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1
+   *         I3 - Z3 or E3
+   *         I4 - E4
+   *         I5 - E5
+   * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning
+   * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds
+   * M918 - Increase speed until max or error
+   * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters
+   */
+  //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS
+
+  #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS)
+    #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN     1
+    //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR
+  #endif
+
+#endif // L6470
+
+/**
+ * TWI/I2C BUS
+ *
+ * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
+ * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
+ * devices on the bus.
+ *
+ * ; Example #1
+ * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
+ * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B<base 10> arg
+ * M260 A99  ; Target slave address
+ * M260 B77  ; M
+ * M260 B97  ; a
+ * M260 B114 ; r
+ * M260 B108 ; l
+ * M260 B105 ; i
+ * M260 B110 ; n
+ * M260 S1   ; Send the current buffer
+ *
+ * ; Example #2
+ * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
+ * M261 A99 B5
+ *
+ * ; Example #3
+ * ; Example serial output of a M261 request
+ * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
+ */
+
+// @section i2cbus
+
+//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
+#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS  0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
+
+// @section extras
+
+/**
+ * Photo G-code
+ * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo.
+ * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement.
+ */
+//#define PHOTO_GCODE
+#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE)
+  // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo
+  //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 }  // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z)
+  //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS   100                            // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P)
+  //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM   6.5                          // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S)
+
+  // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger
+  // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
+  //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
+
+  // Canon Hack Development Kit
+  // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
+  //#define CHDK_PIN        4
+
+  // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter
+  //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS }  // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J)
+
+  // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high
+  //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS   50 // (ms) (M240 D)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Spindle & Laser control
+ *
+ * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
+ * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
+ *
+ * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
+ * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
+ * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
+ *
+ * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
+ * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
+ *
+ * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
+ */
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
+
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
+
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Filament Width Sensor
+ *
+ * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
+ * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
+ *
+ * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
+ * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
+ * volume.
+ *
+ * Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
+ *
+ *  34 RAMPS_14    : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
+ *  81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
+ * 301 RAMBO       : Analog input 3
+ *
+ * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
+ */
+//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
+
+#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
+  #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0    // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
+  #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM        14    // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
+
+  #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN        1.0  // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
+  #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY       20    // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
+
+  #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
+
+  // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
+  //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * CNC Coordinate Systems
+ *
+ * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
+ * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
+ */
+//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
+
+/**
+ * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S<seconds>
+ */
+#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
+
+/**
+ * Include capabilities in M115 output
+ */
+#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
+
+/**
+ * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
+ */
+//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
+
+#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
+  /**
+   * Volumetric extrusion default state
+   * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
+   * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
+   *
+   * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
+   */
+  //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
+ * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
+ *
+ *  - M206 and M428 are disabled.
+ *  - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
+ */
+//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
+
+/**
+ * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
+ * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
+ *
+ * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
+ * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
+ */
+#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
+
+/**
+ * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser
+ */
+#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
+
+/**
+ * CNC G-code options
+ * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
+ * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
+ * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
+ */
+//#define PAREN_COMMENTS      // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
+//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES  // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
+
+// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
+//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m)
+#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
+  //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * G-code Macros
+ *
+ * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
+ * Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
+ */
+//#define GCODE_MACROS
+#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
+  #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS       5  // Up to 10 may be used
+  #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE  50  // Maximum length of a single macro
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
+ */
+//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
+#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
+  //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands"
+  #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
+  #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
+  //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN  // Return to status screen after a script
+
+  #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info"
+  #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W"
+
+  #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
+  #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
+
+  #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
+  #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
+
+  #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
+  #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
+
+  #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info"
+  #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503"
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Host Action Commands
+ *
+ * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard.
+ *
+ * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands
+ * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel
+ * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed
+ *
+ * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands.
+ *
+ * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so
+ * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side.
+ */
+//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS
+#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS)
+  //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT
+#endif
+
+//===========================================================================
+//====================== I2C Position Encoder Settings ======================
+//===========================================================================
+
+/**
+ * I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
+ * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
+ *
+ * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
+ * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
+ *
+ * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
+ * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/
+ *
+ * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
+ */
+
+//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
+#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT         1                       // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
+                                                            // encoders supported currently.
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X     // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS          X_AXIS                  // Axis the encoder module is installed on.  <X|Y|Z|E>_AXIS.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE          I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR   // Type of encoder:  I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
+                                                            // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT    2048                    // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
+                                                            // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
+                                                            // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV     (16 * 200)            // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
+                                                            // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT                              // Invert the direction of axis travel.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD     I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP     // Type of error error correction.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH     0.10                    // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
+                                                            // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
+                                                            // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
+                                                            // measurement noise / latency (filter).
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y     // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS          Y_AXIS
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE          I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT    2048
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV   (16 * 200)
+  //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD     I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH     0.10
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z     // Encoder 3.  Add additional configuration options
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS          Z_AXIS                  // as above, or use defaults below.
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E     // Encoder 4.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS          E_AXIS
+
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR          34                      // Encoder 5.
+  #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS          E_AXIS
+
+  // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE            I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT  2048
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV       (16 * 200)
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD       I2CPE_ECM_NONE
+  #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH       0.1
+
+  //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT  100.0                   // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
+                                                            // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
+                                                            // disable abort behavior.
+
+  #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED        10000                   // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
+                                                            // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
+                                                            // is trusted again.
+
+  /**
+   * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
+   * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
+   * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
+   */
+  #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS     4                       // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
+
+  // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
+  #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
+
+#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
+
+/**
+ * MAX7219 Debug Matrix
+ *
+ * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
+ * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
+ */
+//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
+#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
+  #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN   64
+  #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN   57
+  #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN  44
+
+  //#define MAX7219_GCODE          // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
+  #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST    2   // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral)
+  #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1   // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
+  #define MAX7219_ROTATE       0   // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
+                                   // connector at:  right=0   bottom=-90  top=90  left=180
+  //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER  // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order
+
+  /**
+   * Sample debug features
+   * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
+   */
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE    // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD  3  // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL  5  // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
+
+  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0  // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
+                                         // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
+                                         // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * NanoDLP Sync support
+ *
+ * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp"
+ * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use
+ * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands
+ */
+//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
+#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
+  //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS  // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move.
+                              // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only.
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi)
+ */
+//#define WIFISUPPORT
+#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT)
+  #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID"
+  #define WIFI_PWD  "Wifi Password"
+  //#define WEBSUPPORT        // Start a webserver with auto-discovery
+  //#define OTASUPPORT        // Support over-the-air firmware updates
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
+ * Enable in Configuration.h
+ */
+#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2)
+
+  // Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
+  // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial)
+  // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2)
+  #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2
+  #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial
+
+  // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
+  //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
+
+  // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
+  //#define MMU2_MODE_12V
+
+  // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
+  #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
+
+  // Add an LCD menu for MMU2
+  //#define MMU2_MENUS
+  #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
+    // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
+    // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
+    #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
+    #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
+      {  7.2,  562 }, \
+      { 14.4,  871 }, \
+      { 36.0, 1393 }, \
+      { 14.4,  871 }, \
+      { 50.0,  198 }
+
+    #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
+      {   1.0, 1000 }, \
+      {   1.0, 1500 }, \
+      {   2.0, 2000 }, \
+      {   1.5, 3000 }, \
+      {   2.5, 4000 }, \
+      { -15.0, 5000 }, \
+      { -14.0, 1200 }, \
+      {  -6.0,  600 }, \
+      {  10.0,  700 }, \
+      { -10.0,  400 }, \
+      { -50.0, 2000 }
+
+  #endif
+
+  //#define MMU2_DEBUG  // Write debug info to serial output
+
+#endif // PRUSA_MMU2
+
+/**
+ * Advanced Print Counter settings
+ */
+#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
+  #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES  3
+  // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs
+  //#define SERVICE_NAME_1      "Service S"
+  //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1  100 // print hours
+  //#define SERVICE_NAME_2      "Service L"
+  //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2  200 // print hours
+  //#define SERVICE_NAME_3      "Service 3"
+  //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3    1 // print hours
+#endif
+
+// @section develop
+
+/**
+ * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins
+ */
+//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
+
+// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
+//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE
diff --git a/config/examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/_Bootscreen.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b5b8dcb131
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/_Bootscreen.h	
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+/**
+ * Made with Marlin Bitmap Converter
+ * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html
+ *
+ * This bitmap from 128x48 C/C++ data
+ */
+#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH  128
+const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = {
+  B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
+  B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B00000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
+  B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010010,B00000000,B10011000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
+  B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100100,B00000000,B11001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
+  B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01101100,B00000000,B01001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
+  B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11001000,B00000000,B01100100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
+  B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B10011000,B00000000,B00100110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
+  B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10010000,B00000000,B00110011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
+  B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B00110000,B00000000,B00011011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
+  B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00011001,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
+  B00000000,B00000010,B00000000,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00011001,B10000000,B00000000,B00000001,B00000000,
+  B00000011,B11100010,B00111110,B00001100,B01100111,B01111101,B10011001,B10000011,B00000011,B01110000,B00000000,B00001001,B10000011,B11000111,B11000111,B10000000,
+  B00000011,B11100110,B00111111,B00011100,B01100111,B01111101,B10011001,B10000111,B00000110,B01110000,B00000000,B00011100,B11000011,B11100111,B11001110,B11000000,
+  B00000001,B10000111,B00111011,B10011100,B01100011,B00110001,B10011001,B10000111,B10000110,B01110000,B00000000,B00011100,B11000011,B01110110,B11101100,B11000000,
+  B00000001,B10001111,B00111001,B10011110,B01110011,B00110001,B10011001,B10000111,B10000110,B01111100,B00000000,B01111100,B11000011,B00110110,B01101100,B11000000,
+  B00000001,B10001111,B00111001,B10011110,B01111111,B00110001,B10011001,B10000111,B10000110,B01001111,B00000001,B11100000,B11000011,B00110110,B01101100,B11100000,
+  B00000001,B10001111,B10111011,B00110110,B01111111,B00110001,B10011001,B10000111,B10000111,B00000011,B00000001,B10000001,B11000011,B01100110,B11101100,B11100000,
+  B00000001,B10011001,B10111111,B00110110,B01111111,B00110001,B10011001,B10001100,B10000111,B11111101,B11111111,B01111111,B11000011,B11100111,B11001100,B11100000,
+  B00000001,B10011001,B10111110,B00110110,B01101111,B00110001,B10011001,B10001100,B11000110,B00111110,B11111111,B11111001,B11000011,B11000111,B11001100,B11100000,
+  B00000001,B10011111,B10111011,B00111111,B01100111,B00110001,B10011001,B10001111,B11000100,B00000001,B11111111,B00000000,B01000011,B00000110,B11001100,B11000000,
+  B00000001,B10011111,B10111011,B00111111,B01100111,B00110001,B10011001,B10001111,B11000000,B11110001,B11111111,B00011110,B00000011,B00000110,B11001100,B11000000,
+  B00000001,B10011001,B10111011,B10110011,B01100011,B00110001,B11111011,B11001100,B11000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000011,B00000110,B11101111,B11000000,
+  B00000001,B10011001,B10111011,B11100011,B01100001,B00110000,B11110011,B11111100,B11000001,B11111011,B11111111,B10111111,B00000011,B00000110,B11100111,B10000000,
+  B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B10011111,B11111111,B11110011,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
+  B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001110,B00111100,B11111110,B01111000,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
+  B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111100,B00111001,B11111111,B00111000,B01111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
+  B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111000,B00110001,B11111111,B00011000,B00111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
+  B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11110000,B00110011,B11111111,B00011000,B00011110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
+  B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11100000,B00110011,B11111111,B10011000,B00011100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
+  B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B01110011,B11111111,B00001100,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
+  B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B11100001,B11111111,B00001110,B00011100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
+  B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01110000,B11110001,B11111111,B00001110,B00011000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
+  B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110000,B01110001,B11111111,B00011100,B00011000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
+  B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110000,B01110001,B11111111,B00011100,B00011000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
+  B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00110000,B11111110,B00011000,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
+  B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011000,B00110000,B11111110,B00011000,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
+  B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011000,B00110000,B01111100,B00011000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
+  B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00110000,B01111100,B00011000,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
+  B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00010000,B01111000,B00010000,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
+  B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00010000,B00111000,B00110000,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
+  B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00011000,B00010000,B00110000,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
+  B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00011000,B00000000,B00110000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
+  B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010,B00011000,B00000000,B00110000,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
+  B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010,B00001000,B00000000,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
+  B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00000000,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
+  B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00000000,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
+  B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00000000,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
+  B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00000000,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000
+};
diff --git a/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration.h b/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration.h
index d9b2d41af1..f0adb0908b 100644
--- a/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -619,13 +630,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -636,11 +647,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -728,9 +739,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -820,79 +837,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -947,10 +915,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 #define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1108,7 +1083,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1539,7 +1514,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1960,14 +1935,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2011,12 +1987,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2033,15 +2020,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration_adv.h
index 0a4632c999..a77c234ee6 100644
--- a/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration.h
index 18cd42da3f..e810771811 100644
--- a/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -280,7 +280,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -291,6 +300,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -316,37 +327,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -381,6 +391,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -406,7 +417,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -670,13 +681,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -687,11 +698,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -779,9 +790,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -871,79 +888,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -998,10 +966,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1164,7 +1139,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1595,7 +1570,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1752,7 +1727,7 @@
 //
 //  Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
 //
-//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
+#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
 
 //
 // This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
@@ -1760,7 +1735,7 @@
 //  If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
 //  If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
 //
-//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
+#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
 
 //
 // Individual Axis Homing
@@ -2016,14 +1991,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2067,12 +2043,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2089,15 +2076,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration_adv.h
index e7403b703d..739f7ce78a 100644
--- a/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/Tronxy/X1/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Tronxy/X1/Configuration.h
index 762500386b..6979cde44a 100644
--- a/config/examples/Tronxy/X1/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Tronxy/X1/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 11
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -619,13 +630,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -636,11 +647,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -728,9 +739,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -820,79 +837,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -947,10 +915,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1108,7 +1083,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1539,7 +1514,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1960,14 +1935,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2011,12 +1987,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2033,15 +2020,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration.h
index bb4ec62546..6b39b8d13f 100644
--- a/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 6
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -619,13 +630,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -636,11 +647,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -728,9 +739,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -820,79 +837,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -947,10 +915,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 #define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1112,7 +1087,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1543,7 +1518,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1964,14 +1939,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2015,12 +1991,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2037,15 +2024,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration_adv.h
index 454ceb7fb1..cb44fb88a0 100644
--- a/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration.h
index d74013daeb..caa7d9dee8 100644
--- a/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -260,7 +260,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -271,6 +280,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -296,37 +307,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -361,6 +371,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -386,7 +397,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -638,13 +649,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -655,11 +666,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 // Tronxy X5S-2E:
 // The OEM stock model uses HEROIC HR4982MTE982 stepper drivers which are similar to A4988 except that they only have 2 step divider pins instead of three.
@@ -749,9 +760,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  1000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   1000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -841,79 +858,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -968,10 +936,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1129,7 +1104,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1560,7 +1535,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1981,14 +1956,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2032,12 +2008,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2054,15 +2041,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration_adv.h
index 9351b07b23..5a4c32f8cd 100644
--- a/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S/Configuration.h
index c6ba3ca2bf..0f57f82223 100644
--- a/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 1
+#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -444,7 +455,8 @@
 #define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
 #define PID_K1 0.95      // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
 #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
-  #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU   // Add PID Autotune to the LCD "Temperature" menu to run M303 and apply the result.
+  //#define PID_EDIT_MENU         // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM)
+  #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU       // Add PID Autotune to the LCD "Temperature" menu to run M303 and apply the result.
   //#define PID_DEBUG             // Sends debug data to the serial port.
   //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1        // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
   //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS      // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
@@ -618,13 +630,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -635,11 +647,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -727,9 +739,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  1000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   1000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -819,79 +837,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -946,10 +915,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1107,7 +1083,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1538,7 +1514,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1959,14 +1935,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2010,12 +1987,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2032,15 +2020,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/Tronxy/XY100/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Tronxy/XY100/Configuration.h
index 025ec00f59..bca3d4195d 100644
--- a/config/examples/Tronxy/XY100/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Tronxy/XY100/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -630,13 +641,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -647,11 +658,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -739,9 +750,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -831,79 +848,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -958,10 +926,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1119,7 +1094,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1550,7 +1525,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1971,14 +1946,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2022,12 +1998,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2044,15 +2031,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration.h b/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration.h
index e4beb53ea5..16e6662b26 100644
--- a/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -619,13 +630,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -636,11 +647,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 #define X_DRIVER_TYPE  DRV8825
 #define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  DRV8825
@@ -728,9 +739,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -820,79 +837,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -947,10 +915,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1108,7 +1083,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1539,7 +1514,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1960,14 +1935,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2011,12 +1987,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2033,15 +2020,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration_adv.h
index fea05a9823..d711c6b6de 100644
--- a/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration.h
index c4763f256a..b0b32750e1 100644
--- a/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -619,13 +630,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -636,11 +647,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 #define X_DRIVER_TYPE  TMC2130
 #define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  TMC2130
@@ -728,9 +739,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -820,79 +837,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -947,10 +915,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1108,7 +1083,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1539,7 +1514,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1960,14 +1935,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2011,12 +1987,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2033,15 +2020,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration_adv.h
index e04928bc3a..e0c128b336 100644
--- a/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration.h b/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration.h
index d97c0ffe7c..8585a80109 100644
--- a/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, -18.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, -18.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 5
@@ -628,13 +639,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -645,11 +656,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 #define X_DRIVER_TYPE  DRV8825
 #define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  DRV8825
@@ -737,9 +748,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -829,79 +846,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -956,10 +924,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1117,7 +1092,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1548,7 +1523,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1969,14 +1944,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2020,12 +1996,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2042,15 +2029,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration_adv.h
index f55328d658..cfda48dc98 100644
--- a/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/VORONDesign/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/VORONDesign/_Bootscreen.h
index cb2bef631f..84a214b509 100644
--- a/config/examples/VORONDesign/_Bootscreen.h
+++ b/config/examples/VORONDesign/_Bootscreen.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Made with Marlin Bitmap Converter
diff --git a/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration.h
index ae1de59384..4efe30bc46 100644
--- a/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -278,7 +278,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -289,6 +298,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -314,37 +325,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -379,6 +389,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -404,7 +415,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -649,13 +660,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -666,11 +677,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -757,9 +768,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  1000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   1000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -849,79 +866,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -976,10 +944,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1138,7 +1113,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1569,7 +1544,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1993,14 +1968,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2046,12 +2022,23 @@
 
 #endif // K8200_VM8201
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2068,15 +2055,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration_adv.h
index 4cbef6a33f..7463788566 100644
--- a/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -365,8 +365,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -388,7 +391,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -536,6 +540,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -549,6 +620,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -559,7 +634,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -576,7 +651,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -587,12 +662,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -693,7 +767,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -917,12 +991,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -973,19 +1050,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1374,6 +1459,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1659,7 +1745,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1669,6 +1754,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1678,7 +1786,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1704,7 +1812,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1722,7 +1830,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1745,7 +1853,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1757,7 +1865,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1765,14 +1873,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2019,36 +2134,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Configuration.h
index 3c2a633d64..1e6550e5d7 100644
--- a/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 1
+#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -619,13 +630,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -636,11 +647,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -728,9 +739,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  6000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -820,79 +837,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -947,10 +915,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1108,7 +1083,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1539,7 +1514,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1960,14 +1935,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2011,12 +1987,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2033,15 +2020,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Configuration_adv.h
index afe9d6c760..b50662fc5b 100644
--- a/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration.h
index cc9d04a912..7e41e8ba87 100644
--- a/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 1
+#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 5
@@ -619,13 +630,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -636,11 +647,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -728,9 +739,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  6000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -820,79 +837,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -947,10 +915,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1108,7 +1083,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1539,7 +1514,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1960,14 +1935,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2011,12 +1987,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2033,15 +2020,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration.h b/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration.h
index a0f6d3782e..937e1ef51a 100644
--- a/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -277,7 +277,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -288,6 +297,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -313,37 +324,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -378,6 +388,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -403,7 +414,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 -1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -638,13 +649,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -655,11 +666,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -747,9 +758,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  500    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -839,79 +856,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -966,10 +934,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1127,7 +1102,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1558,7 +1533,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1979,14 +1954,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2030,12 +2006,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2052,15 +2039,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration_adv.h
index ac57500b1f..178f02d96f 100644
--- a/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration.h
index 1c94e69744..ca6554229d 100644
--- a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration.h	
+++ b/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration.h	
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 20
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -629,13 +640,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -646,11 +657,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -738,9 +749,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  1500    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -830,79 +847,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -957,10 +925,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1118,7 +1093,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1549,7 +1524,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1973,14 +1948,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2024,12 +2000,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2046,15 +2033,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration_adv.h
index ac046891de..868ebec1f9 100644
--- a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration_adv.h	
+++ b/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration_adv.h	
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 255   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  #define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                     // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {70*60, 70*60, 15*60, 6*60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 70*60, 70*60, 15*60, 6*60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -906,12 +980,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -962,19 +1039,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1363,6 +1448,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1648,7 +1734,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1658,6 +1743,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1667,7 +1775,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1693,7 +1801,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1711,7 +1819,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1734,7 +1842,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1746,7 +1854,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1754,14 +1862,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2008,36 +2123,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/adafruit/ST7565/Configuration.h b/config/examples/adafruit/ST7565/Configuration.h
index 713e7c4f8e..bca7de92dd 100644
--- a/config/examples/adafruit/ST7565/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/adafruit/ST7565/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 1
+#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -619,13 +630,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -636,11 +647,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -728,9 +739,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -820,79 +837,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -947,10 +915,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1108,7 +1083,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1539,7 +1514,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1960,14 +1935,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2011,12 +1987,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2033,15 +2020,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration.h
index c1c4d553a4..919f5ce234 100644
--- a/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -273,7 +273,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -284,6 +293,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -309,37 +320,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -374,6 +384,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -399,7 +410,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -740,12 +751,12 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
 #define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING (ANYCUBIC_PROBE_VERSION + 0 == 1) // V1 is NO, V2 is NC
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
 #define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING
 
 /**
@@ -757,11 +768,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -858,9 +869,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -956,79 +973,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -1133,10 +1101,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 3)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 #define MULTIPLE_PROBING 3
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1293,7 +1268,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1360,6 +1335,7 @@
 //#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
 //#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
 #endif
+
 /**
  * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable
  * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state.
@@ -1726,7 +1702,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -2147,14 +2123,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2198,12 +2175,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2220,15 +2208,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration_adv.h
index 1768463c1e..997f42aca1 100644
--- a/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -573,11 +648,13 @@
 
 // @section lcd
 
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
   #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60
   #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -679,7 +756,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -903,12 +980,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -959,19 +1039,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1360,6 +1448,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1645,7 +1734,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1655,6 +1743,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1664,7 +1775,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1690,7 +1801,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1708,7 +1819,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1731,7 +1842,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1743,7 +1854,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1751,14 +1862,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2005,36 +2123,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration.h
index f2e52f2529..cf250bc3f3 100644
--- a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -692,13 +703,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -709,11 +720,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -810,9 +821,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -902,79 +919,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -1075,10 +1043,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST) / 6
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1236,7 +1211,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1667,7 +1642,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -2088,14 +2063,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2139,12 +2115,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2161,15 +2148,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration_adv.h
index 07d10b380e..913c93c645 100644
--- a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -573,11 +648,13 @@
 
 // @section lcd
 
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
   #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60
   #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -679,7 +756,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -903,12 +980,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -959,19 +1039,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1360,6 +1448,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1645,7 +1734,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1655,6 +1743,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1664,7 +1775,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1690,7 +1801,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1708,7 +1819,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1731,7 +1842,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1743,7 +1854,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1751,14 +1862,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2005,36 +2123,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration.h
index 5e1abe90c5..e749f0def9 100644
--- a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -692,13 +703,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -709,11 +720,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -810,9 +821,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -902,79 +919,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -1074,10 +1042,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST) / 6
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1235,7 +1210,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1666,7 +1641,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -2087,14 +2062,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2138,12 +2114,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2160,15 +2147,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration_adv.h
index 07d10b380e..913c93c645 100644
--- a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -573,11 +648,13 @@
 
 // @section lcd
 
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
   #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60
   #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -679,7 +756,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -903,12 +980,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -959,19 +1039,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1360,6 +1448,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1645,7 +1734,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1655,6 +1743,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1664,7 +1775,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1690,7 +1801,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1708,7 +1819,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1731,7 +1842,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1743,7 +1854,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1751,14 +1862,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2005,36 +2123,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration.h
index b956be5a9f..e472a9889f 100644
--- a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -692,13 +703,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -709,11 +720,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -810,9 +821,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -902,79 +919,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -1074,10 +1042,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 #define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1235,7 +1210,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1666,7 +1641,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -2087,14 +2062,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2138,12 +2114,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2160,15 +2147,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h
index 9265fd7c0a..3e24244473 100644
--- a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -573,11 +648,13 @@
 
 // @section lcd
 
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
   #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60
   #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -679,7 +756,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -903,12 +980,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -959,19 +1039,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1360,6 +1448,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1645,7 +1734,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1655,6 +1743,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1664,7 +1775,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1690,7 +1801,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1708,7 +1819,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1731,7 +1842,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1743,7 +1854,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1751,14 +1862,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2005,36 +2123,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration.h
index 703b9ffac1..364264804a 100644
--- a/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration.h	
+++ b/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration.h	
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 // User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during
 // startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this
 // build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware.
-#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes.
+#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Phr3d13, Geeetech Rostock 301)" // Who made the changes.
 #define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
 #define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1
 #define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 WEBSITE_URL         // will be shown during bootup in line 2
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@
  *
  * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
  */
-#define SERIAL_PORT 0
+#define SERIAL_PORT 1
 
 /**
  * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
  *
  * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
  */
-#define SERIAL_PORT_2 1
+//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 1
 
 /**
  * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 1
+#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,15 +395,15 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1
+#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
 
 // Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
@@ -682,13 +693,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -699,11 +710,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -800,9 +811,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -892,79 +909,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -1062,10 +1030,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1223,7 +1198,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1596,7 +1571,7 @@
  *    P1  Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
  *    P2  Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
  */
-//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
+#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
 
 #if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
   // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise }
@@ -1654,7 +1629,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1755,6 +1730,7 @@
  *
  */
 #define SDSUPPORT
+#define SDIO_SUPPORT
 
 /**
  * SD CARD: SPI SPEED
@@ -1834,7 +1810,7 @@
 // If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
 // By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
 //
-//#define SPEAKER
+#define SPEAKER
 
 //
 // The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
@@ -2075,14 +2051,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2126,12 +2103,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2148,15 +2136,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
@@ -2183,7 +2162,7 @@
 // Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
 // which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
 // is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
-//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
+#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
 
 // Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
 // affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration_adv.h
index 9265fd7c0a..554f4d68f3 100644
--- a/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration_adv.h	
+++ b/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration_adv.h	
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -573,11 +648,13 @@
 
 // @section lcd
 
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
   #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60
   #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -679,7 +756,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -898,17 +975,20 @@
   #endif
 
   // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
-  //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
+  #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
 
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -959,19 +1039,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1360,6 +1448,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1645,7 +1734,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1655,6 +1743,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1664,7 +1775,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1690,7 +1801,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1708,7 +1819,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1731,7 +1842,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1743,7 +1854,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1751,14 +1862,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2005,36 +2123,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Hatchbox_Alpha/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/Hatchbox_Alpha/Configuration.h
index 1c7983f247..a93d2edb74 100644
--- a/config/examples/delta/Hatchbox_Alpha/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/delta/Hatchbox_Alpha/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -263,7 +263,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -274,6 +283,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -299,37 +310,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 1
+#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -364,6 +374,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -389,7 +400,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -697,13 +708,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -714,11 +725,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -815,9 +826,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -907,79 +924,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -1077,10 +1045,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 4)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 #define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1238,7 +1213,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1669,7 +1644,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -2090,14 +2065,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2141,12 +2117,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2163,15 +2150,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration.h
index 6706774305..df2d9558a2 100644
--- a/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 1
+#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  #define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  #define PS_DEFAULT_OFF        // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 -1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -682,13 +693,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -699,11 +710,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -800,9 +811,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -892,79 +909,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -1062,10 +1030,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1223,7 +1198,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1654,7 +1629,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -2075,14 +2050,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2126,12 +2102,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2148,15 +2135,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration_adv.h
index cefe7dfbc3..d7705ad057 100644
--- a/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -573,11 +648,13 @@
 
 // @section lcd
 
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
   #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60
   #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -679,7 +756,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -903,12 +980,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -959,19 +1039,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1360,6 +1448,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1645,7 +1734,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1655,6 +1743,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1664,7 +1775,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1690,7 +1801,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1708,7 +1819,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1731,7 +1842,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1743,7 +1854,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1751,14 +1862,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2005,36 +2123,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration.h
index 0d6ca8fd92..e134b4dc2f 100644
--- a/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration.h	
+++ b/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration.h	
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -686,13 +697,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -703,11 +714,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -804,9 +815,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   5000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -896,15 +913,29 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 #define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  #define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500   // (ms) Enable and increase if needed
+
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
 #endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
@@ -1003,10 +1034,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1164,7 +1202,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1595,7 +1633,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -2016,14 +2054,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2067,12 +2106,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2089,15 +2139,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration_adv.h
index 8cc47732ac..847e4aa714 100644
--- a/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration_adv.h	
+++ b/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration_adv.h	
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  #define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 0
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -573,11 +648,13 @@
 
 // @section lcd
 
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
   #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60
   #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -679,7 +756,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -903,12 +980,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -959,19 +1039,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1360,6 +1448,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1645,7 +1734,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1655,6 +1743,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1664,7 +1775,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1690,7 +1801,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1708,7 +1819,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1731,7 +1842,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1743,7 +1854,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1751,14 +1862,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2005,36 +2123,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
@@ -2142,6 +2277,18 @@
   //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
 #endif
 
+/**
+ * G-code Macros
+ *
+ * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
+ * Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
+ */
+//#define GCODE_MACROS
+#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
+  #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS       5  // Up to 10 may be used
+  #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE  50  // Maximum length of a single macro
+#endif
+
 /**
  * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
  */
diff --git a/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration.h
index b53651826f..f7eb796d08 100644
--- a/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 1
+#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 -1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -682,13 +693,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -699,11 +710,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -800,9 +811,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -892,79 +909,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -1062,10 +1030,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1223,7 +1198,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1654,7 +1629,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -2075,14 +2050,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2126,12 +2102,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2148,15 +2135,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration_adv.h
index 9265fd7c0a..3e24244473 100644
--- a/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -573,11 +648,13 @@
 
 // @section lcd
 
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
   #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60
   #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -679,7 +756,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -903,12 +980,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -959,19 +1039,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1360,6 +1448,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1645,7 +1734,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1655,6 +1743,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1664,7 +1775,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1690,7 +1801,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1708,7 +1819,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1731,7 +1842,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1743,7 +1854,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1751,14 +1862,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2005,36 +2123,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration.h
index aeb4db9018..103cfe52f1 100644
--- a/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 1
+#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 7
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -682,13 +693,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -699,11 +710,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -800,9 +811,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -892,79 +909,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -1064,10 +1032,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1225,7 +1200,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1656,7 +1631,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -2077,14 +2052,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2128,12 +2104,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2150,15 +2137,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h
index fa1ae60814..3e24244473 100644
--- a/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -573,11 +648,13 @@
 
 // @section lcd
 
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
   #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60
   #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -679,11 +756,12 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
 #endif
+
 /**
  * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
  * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
@@ -902,12 +980,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -958,19 +1039,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1359,6 +1448,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1644,7 +1734,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1654,6 +1743,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1663,7 +1775,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1689,7 +1801,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1707,7 +1819,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1730,7 +1842,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1742,7 +1854,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1750,14 +1862,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2004,36 +2123,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/delta/kossel_pro/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/kossel_pro/Configuration.h
index 66f418461b..ad56cf4fd0 100644
--- a/config/examples/delta/kossel_pro/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/delta/kossel_pro/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -262,7 +262,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -273,6 +282,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -298,37 +309,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 1
+#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -363,6 +373,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -388,7 +399,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -668,13 +679,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -685,11 +696,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -793,9 +804,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -885,79 +902,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -1064,10 +1032,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1226,7 +1201,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1657,7 +1632,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -2078,14 +2053,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2129,12 +2105,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2151,15 +2138,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration.h
index 093b39a3d3..16fc46fd4a 100644
--- a/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 2
+#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  #define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH true  // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -686,13 +697,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -703,11 +714,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -803,9 +814,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -895,79 +912,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -993,40 +961,40 @@
   // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29,
   // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe.
 
-  //#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_X 30.0
-  //#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_Y DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS
-  //#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_Z 100.0
-  //#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED
+  #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_X 30.0
+  #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_Y DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS
+  #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_Z 100.0
+  #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED
 
-  //#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_X 0.0
-  //#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_Y DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS
-  //#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_Z 100.0
-  //#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10
+  #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_X 0.0
+  #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_Y DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS
+  #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_Z 100.0
+  #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10
 
-  //#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_X Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_X * 0.75
-  //#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_Y Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_Y * 0.75
-  //#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_Z Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_Z
-  //#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED
+  #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_X Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_X * 0.75
+  #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_Y Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_Y * 0.75
+  #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_Z Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_Z
+  #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED
 
-  //#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_X -64.0 // Move the probe into position
-  //#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_Y 56.0
-  //#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_Z 23.0
-  //#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED
+  #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_X -64.0 // Move the probe into position
+  #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_Y 56.0
+  #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_Z 23.0
+  #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED
 
-  //#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_X -64.0 // Push it down
-  //#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_Y 56.0
-  //#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_Z 3.0
-  //#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10
+  #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_X -64.0 // Push it down
+  #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_Y 56.0
+  #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_Z 3.0
+  #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10
 
-  //#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_X -64.0 // Move it up to clear
-  //#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_Y 56.0
-  //#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_Z 50.0
-  //#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED
+  #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_X -64.0 // Move it up to clear
+  #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_Y 56.0
+  #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_Z 50.0
+  #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED
 
-  //#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_X 0.0
-  //#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_Y 0.0
-  //#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_Z Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_Z
-  //#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED
+  #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_X 0.0
+  #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_Y 0.0
+  #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_Z Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_Z
+  #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED
 
 #endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY
 
@@ -1065,10 +1033,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1226,7 +1201,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1338,10 +1313,10 @@
   #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
 
   // Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach).
-  //#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS + MIN_PROBE_EDGE)
-  //#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE)
-  //#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS + MIN_PROBE_EDGE)
-  //#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE)
+  //#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -(MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
+  //#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -(MIN_PROBE_EDGE)
+  //#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -(MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
+  //#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -(MIN_PROBE_EDGE)
 
   // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
   //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
@@ -1657,7 +1632,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -2078,14 +2053,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2129,12 +2105,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2151,15 +2138,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration_adv.h
index 534be68544..614d1ea525 100644
--- a/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -573,11 +648,13 @@
 
 // @section lcd
 
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
   #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60
   #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -679,7 +756,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -903,12 +980,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -959,19 +1039,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1360,6 +1448,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1645,7 +1734,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1655,6 +1743,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1664,7 +1775,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1690,7 +1801,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1708,7 +1819,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1731,7 +1842,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1743,7 +1854,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1751,14 +1862,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2005,36 +2123,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration.h b/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration.h
index b45a076755..f9870b6967 100644
--- a/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -263,7 +263,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -274,6 +283,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -299,37 +310,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -364,6 +374,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -389,7 +400,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -632,13 +643,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -649,11 +660,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -741,9 +752,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION   400    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION    400    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -833,15 +850,29 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 #define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  #define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500   // (ms) Enable and increase if needed
+
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
 #endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
@@ -897,10 +928,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1059,7 +1097,7 @@
 #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1490,7 +1528,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1911,14 +1949,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -1962,12 +2001,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -1984,15 +2034,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration_adv.h
index 6a67fc0145..97422d1e12 100644
--- a/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 0    // usually set to 120 seconds
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/_Bootscreen.h
index 003a7978be..19402c494d 100644
--- a/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/_Bootscreen.h
+++ b/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/_Bootscreen.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  *
  */
+#pragma once
 
 /**
  * Custom Boot Screen bitmap
diff --git a/config/examples/makibox/Configuration.h b/config/examples/makibox/Configuration.h
index 3b6df81fd7..09a9cc3aee 100644
--- a/config/examples/makibox/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/makibox/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 1
+#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -622,13 +633,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -639,11 +650,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -731,9 +742,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   3000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -823,79 +840,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -950,10 +918,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1111,7 +1086,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1542,7 +1517,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1963,14 +1938,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2014,12 +1990,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2036,15 +2023,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/makibox/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/makibox/Configuration_adv.h
index 8433334a63..e2c9d81bce 100644
--- a/config/examples/makibox/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/makibox/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration.h
index d29e148da0..c19a991365 100644
--- a/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 1
+#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -608,13 +619,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -625,11 +636,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -723,9 +734,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  3000   // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   500    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -815,79 +832,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -942,10 +910,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1103,7 +1078,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1534,7 +1509,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1955,14 +1930,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2006,12 +1982,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2028,15 +2015,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration_adv.h
index bccab5b003..398f5f2831 100644
--- a/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -904,12 +978,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -960,19 +1037,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1361,6 +1446,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1646,7 +1732,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1656,6 +1741,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1665,7 +1773,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1691,7 +1799,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1709,7 +1817,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1732,7 +1840,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1744,7 +1852,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1752,14 +1860,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2006,36 +2121,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/config/examples/wt150/Configuration.h b/config/examples/wt150/Configuration.h
index 9cc7ba85de..a144fe7a9b 100644
--- a/config/examples/wt150/Configuration.h
+++ b/config/examples/wt150/Configuration.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -258,7 +258,16 @@
  */
 //#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
 
-#if EITHER(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+/**
+ * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
+ *
+ * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
+ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
+ * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
+ */
+//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
+
+#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
   #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
@@ -269,6 +278,8 @@
   #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
     #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   -35         // (mm) Security distance X axis
+  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
+    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
   #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -294,37 +305,36 @@
 // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
 // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
 // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00}  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00}  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
+//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
 
 // @section machine
 
 /**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
+ * Power Supply Control
  *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
+ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
+ * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
  */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
+//#define PSU_CONTROL
+//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
 
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
-  // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
-  // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
-  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
+#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
+  #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
 
-  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL        // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
+  //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF      // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
+
+  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL  // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
   #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
     #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU if fans need power
     #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
     #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
     #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
+    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
     #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
   #endif
-
 #endif
 
 // @section temperature
@@ -359,6 +369,7 @@
  *    12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
  *    13 : 100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
  *    15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
+ *    18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
  *    20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
  *    60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
  *    61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@
  *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
  *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
  *
- * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
+ * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950  1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" }
  */
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 -2
 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
@@ -624,13 +635,13 @@
 #endif
 
 // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
+#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true  // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
+#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
 
 /**
  * Stepper Drivers
@@ -641,11 +652,11 @@
  * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
  *
  * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
+ *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
  *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- *          TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
+ *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
+ * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
  */
 //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
@@ -733,9 +744,15 @@
 #define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  1200    // E acceleration for retracts
 #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   1200    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
 
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
+/**
+ * Junction Deviation
+ *
+ * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
+ *
+ * See:
+ *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
+ *   http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
+ */
 //#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
 #if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
   #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02  // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
@@ -825,79 +842,30 @@
 /**
  * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
  */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0   // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0}  // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
+//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0       // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
+//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
 
 /**
  * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
  */
 //#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
-  /**
-   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
-   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
-   * advanced commands.
-   *
-   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
-   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
-   *
-   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
-   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
-   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
-   *
-   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
-   */
 
-  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
-  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
-   */
-
-  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
-  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
-   * Summary:
-   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
-   *   - High-Speed mode
-   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
-   */
-
-  /**
-   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
-   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
-   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
-   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
-   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
-   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
-  /**
-   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
-   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
-   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
-   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
-  /**
-   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
-   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
-   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
-   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
-   */
-  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
-
-  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
-  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
+/**
+ * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
+ *
+ * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
+ * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
+ * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
+ *
+ * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
+ *                and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
+ */
+//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
+#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
+  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
+  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
+#endif
 
 // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
 //#define SOLENOID_PROBE
@@ -952,10 +920,17 @@
 // Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
 #define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
 
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-//   Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-//   Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
+/**
+ * Multiple Probing
+ *
+ * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
+ * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
+ *
+ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
+ * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
+ */
 //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
+//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1
 
 /**
  * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
@@ -1113,7 +1088,7 @@
 //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
   #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1     // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
+  #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
   #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP          // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
   //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN      // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
 
@@ -1544,7 +1519,7 @@
 
   // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
+  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
 
   // Circular pattern radius
   #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
@@ -1965,14 +1940,15 @@
 
 //
 // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
+// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
 //
 //#define MKS_MINI_12864
 
 //
 // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/?fbclid=IwAR1FyjuNdVOOy9_xzky3qqo_WeM5h-4gpRnnWhQr_O1Ef3h0AFnFXmCehK8
+// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
 //
+//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X  // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2  // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0  // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
 //#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1  // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
@@ -2016,12 +1992,23 @@
 //
 //#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
 
+//=============================================================================
+//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
+//=============================================================================
+
 //
-// Extensible UI
+// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
 //
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
+//#define DGUS_LCD
+
+//
+// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
+//
+//#define MALYAN_LCD
+
+//
+// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
+// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
 //
 //#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
 
@@ -2038,15 +2025,6 @@
 //============================  Other Controllers  ============================
 //=============================================================================
 
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
 //
 // CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
 //
diff --git a/config/examples/wt150/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/wt150/Configuration_adv.h
index 18025217bc..1364fd27d1 100644
--- a/config/examples/wt150/Configuration_adv.h
+++ b/config/examples/wt150/Configuration_adv.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /**
  * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
  *
  * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
  *
  * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -352,8 +352,11 @@
 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
+
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
+#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
 
 /**
  * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
@@ -375,7 +378,8 @@
   #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
   #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
-  //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT              // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
+  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
   //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL           // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
   #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
     #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
@@ -523,6 +527,73 @@
 // Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
 //#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
 
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+  /**
+   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
+   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
+   * advanced commands.
+   *
+   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
+   *       check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
+   *
+   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
+   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
+   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
+   *
+   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
+   */
+
+  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
+  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
+   */
+
+  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
+  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
+   * Summary:
+   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
+   *   - High-Speed mode
+   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
+   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
+   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
+   * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
+   * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
+   * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
+
+  /**
+   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
+   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
+   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
+   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
+
+  /**
+   * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
+   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
+   * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
+   * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
+   */
+  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
+
+  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
+  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
+
+#endif // BLTOUCH
+
 /**
  * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
  * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
@@ -536,6 +607,10 @@
   #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
   // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
   #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
+
+  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
+  #define G34_MAX_GRADE  5  // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
+
   // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
   // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
   // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
@@ -546,7 +621,7 @@
 
 // @section machine
 
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
+#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
 
 // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
 //#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
@@ -563,7 +638,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
+#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true  // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
 
 #define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // minimum feedrate
@@ -574,12 +649,11 @@
 // @section lcd
 
 #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
-  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
-  #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
-  #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
+  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
+  #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
+    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
+    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
+  #endif
 #endif
 
 // @section extras
@@ -680,7 +754,7 @@
   // Define pin which is read during calibration
   #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
-    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
+    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
     //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
     #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
   #endif
@@ -905,12 +979,15 @@
   // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
   //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
 
+  // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
+  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
+
   /**
    * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
    * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
    * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
    */
-  //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
+  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
 
   /**
    * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
@@ -961,19 +1038,27 @@
   // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
   //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
 
-  // LPC-based boards have on-board SD Card options. Override here or defaults apply.
   #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
-    //#define LPC_SD_LCD          // Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
-    //#define LPC_SD_ONBOARD      // Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
-    //#define LPC_SD_CUSTOM_CABLE // Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
-    //#define USB_SD_DISABLED     // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-    #if ENABLED(LPC_SD_ONBOARD)
-      //#define USB_SD_ONBOARD    // Provide the onboard SD card to the host as a USB mass storage device.
-    #endif
+    /**
+     * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
+     *
+     *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
+     *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
+     *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
+     *
+     * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
+     */
+    //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
   #endif
 
 #endif // SDSUPPORT
 
+/**
+ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
+ * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
+ */
+//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
+
 /**
  * Additional options for Graphical Displays
  *
@@ -1362,6 +1447,7 @@
 #if EXTRUDERS > 1
   // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
   #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE     2  // (mm)
+  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN   // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
 
   // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
   //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
@@ -1647,7 +1733,6 @@
   //#define E5_CS_PIN         -1
 
   /**
-   * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
    * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
    * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
    * but you can override or define them here.
@@ -1657,6 +1742,29 @@
   //#define TMC_SW_MISO       -1
   //#define TMC_SW_SCK        -1
 
+  /**
+   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
+   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
+   * Address | MS1  | MS2
+   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
+   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
+   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
+   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
+   */
+  #define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+  #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
+
   /**
    * Software enable
    *
@@ -1666,7 +1774,7 @@
   //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
    * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
    */
@@ -1692,7 +1800,7 @@
 
   /**
    * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
-   * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
+   * like overtemperature and short to ground.
    * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
    * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
    * Relevant g-codes:
@@ -1710,7 +1818,7 @@
   #endif
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
    * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
    * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
    * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
@@ -1733,7 +1841,7 @@
   #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
 
   /**
-   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
+   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
    * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
    * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
    * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
@@ -1745,7 +1853,7 @@
    * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
    * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   /**
    * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
@@ -1753,14 +1861,21 @@
    * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
    *          to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
    */
-  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
+  //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
 
   #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
+    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
     #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
     //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
   #endif
 
+  /**
+   * Beta feature!
+   * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
+   */
+  //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
+
   /**
    * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
    * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
@@ -2007,36 +2122,53 @@
  *
  * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
  */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
+//#define LASER_FEATURE
+#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH     false  // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
+  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
 
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT   false  // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM             true   // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT      true   // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
-  #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000   // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
-  #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE            true   // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
-  #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR            false
-  #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE    true   // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
+  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
+    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
+    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
+    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
 
-  /**
-   *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
-   *
-   *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
-   *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
-   *
-   *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
-   */
+    /**
+     *  The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
+     *
+     *  SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
+     *    where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
+     *
+     *  set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
+     */
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
+  #else
+    #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
+    #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
+    #define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100    // 0-100%
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE    118.4
-  #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MIN     5000
-  #define SPEED_POWER_MAX    30000    // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE      0.3922
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT  0
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN       10
-  //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX      100      // 0-100%
+/**
+ * Coolant Control
+ *
+ * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
+ *
+ * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
+ */
+//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
+#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
+  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
+  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
+  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
 #endif
 
 /**
diff --git a/platformio.ini b/platformio.ini
index 8947e3f640..24250e4950 100644
--- a/platformio.ini
+++ b/platformio.ini
@@ -16,12 +16,12 @@
 #
 
 [platformio]
-src_dir     = Marlin
-build_dir   = .pioenvs
-lib_dir     = .piolib
-libdeps_dir = .piolibdeps
-boards_dir  = buildroot/share/PlatformIO/boards
-env_default = megaatmega2560
+src_dir      = Marlin
+build_dir    = .pioenvs
+lib_dir      = .piolib
+libdeps_dir  = .piolibdeps
+boards_dir   = buildroot/share/PlatformIO/boards
+env_default  = megaatmega2560
 
 [common]
 default_src_filter = +<src/*> -<src/config> -<src/HAL> +<src/HAL/shared>
@@ -34,8 +34,11 @@ lib_deps =
   TMCStepper@<1.0.0
   Adafruit NeoPixel@1.1.3
   https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2/archive/30aa480.zip
-  https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470/archive/master.zip
+  https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470/archive/dev.zip
   https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper/archive/c1921b4.zip
+  https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD.git
+  https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED.git
+  https://github.com/mikeshub/SlowSoftI2CMaster.git
 
 #################################
 #                               #
@@ -161,14 +164,16 @@ src_filter        = ${common.default_src_filter} +<src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768>
 monitor_speed     = 250000
 lib_deps          = Servo
   LiquidCrystal
-  https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/U8glib-HAL/archive/dev.zip
+  U8glib-HAL=https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/U8glib-HAL/archive/dev.zip
   TMCStepper@<1.0.0
+  Adafruit NeoPixel=https://github.com/p3p/Adafruit_NeoPixel/archive/master.zip
+  https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD.git
 
 [env:LPC1769]
 platform          = https://github.com/p3p/pio-nxplpc-arduino-lpc176x/archive/master.zip
 framework         = arduino
 board             = nxp_lpc1769
-build_flags       = -DTARGET_LPC1768 -DU8G_HAL_LINKS -IMarlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include -IMarlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g ${common.build_flags}
+build_flags       = -DTARGET_LPC1768 -DLPC1769 -DU8G_HAL_LINKS -IMarlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include -IMarlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g ${common.build_flags}
 # debug options for backtrace
 #  -funwind-tables
 #  -mpoke-function-name
@@ -179,8 +184,9 @@ src_filter        = ${common.default_src_filter} +<src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768>
 monitor_speed     = 250000
 lib_deps          = Servo
   LiquidCrystal
-  https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/U8glib-HAL/archive/dev.zip
+  U8glib-HAL=https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/U8glib-HAL/archive/dev.zip
   TMCStepper@<1.0.0
+  Adafruit NeoPixel=https://github.com/p3p/Adafruit_NeoPixel/archive/master.zip
 
 #
 # Melzi and clones (ATmega1284p)
@@ -192,6 +198,7 @@ board         = sanguino_atmega1284p
 build_flags   = ${common.build_flags}
 upload_speed  = 57600
 lib_deps      = ${common.lib_deps}
+lib_ignore    = TMCStepper, TMC26XStepper
 src_filter    = ${common.default_src_filter} +<src/HAL/HAL_AVR>
 monitor_speed = 250000
 
@@ -205,6 +212,7 @@ board         = sanguino_atmega1284p
 build_flags   = ${common.build_flags}
 upload_speed  = 115200
 lib_deps      = ${common.lib_deps}
+lib_ignore    = TMCStepper, TMC26XStepper
 src_filter    = ${common.default_src_filter} +<src/HAL/HAL_AVR>
 monitor_speed = 250000
 
@@ -249,11 +257,12 @@ monitor_speed = 250000
 # STM32F103RE
 #
 [env:STM32F1]
-platform      = ststm32@<4.4.0
+platform      = ststm32
 framework     = arduino
 board         = genericSTM32F103RE
 build_flags   = !python Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/STM32F1_flag_script.py
-  ${common.build_flags}
+  ${common.build_flags} -std=gnu++14
+build_unflags = -std=gnu++11
 lib_deps      = ${common.lib_deps}
 lib_ignore    = U8glib-HAL
   c1921b4
@@ -263,9 +272,61 @@ lib_ignore    = U8glib-HAL
   Adafruit NeoPixel
   libf3e
   TMC26XStepper
+#lib_ldf_mode  = 1
+src_filter    = ${common.default_src_filter} +<src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1>
+monitor_speed = 250000
+
+#
+# fysetc_STM32F1
+#
+[env:fysetc_STM32F1]
+platform      = ststm32
+framework     = arduino
+board         = genericSTM32F103RC
+#board_build.core = maple
+extra_scripts = buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/fysetc_STM32F1.py
+build_flags   = !python Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/STM32F1_flag_script.py
+  ${common.build_flags}
+lib_deps      = ${common.lib_deps}
+lib_ignore    =
+  c1921b4
+  libf3c
+  lib066
+  Adafruit NeoPixel_ID28
+  Adafruit NeoPixel
+  libf3e
+  TMC26XStepper
 lib_ldf_mode  = 1
 src_filter    = ${common.default_src_filter} +<src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1>
 monitor_speed = 250000
+debug_tool    = stlink
+upload_protocol = serial
+
+#
+# BIGTREE_SKR_MINI
+#
+[env:BIGTREE_SKR_MINI]
+platform      = ststm32
+framework     = arduino
+board         = genericSTM32F103RC
+extra_scripts = buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/STM32F1_SKR_MINI.py
+build_flags   = !python Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/STM32F1_flag_script.py
+  ${common.build_flags} -std=gnu++14
+build_unflags = -std=gnu++11
+lib_deps      = ${common.lib_deps}
+lib_ignore    =
+  c1921b4
+  libf3c
+  lib066
+  Adafruit NeoPixel_ID28
+  Adafruit NeoPixel
+  libf3e
+  TMC26XStepper
+#lib_ldf_mode  = 1
+src_filter    = ${common.default_src_filter} +<src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1>
+monitor_speed = 115200
+upload_protocol = stlink
+debug_tool = stlink
 
 #
 # STM32F4
@@ -281,16 +342,16 @@ src_filter    = ${common.default_src_filter} +<src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4>
 monitor_speed = 250000
 
 #
-# ARMED
+# ARMED (STM32)
 #
 [env:ARMED]
-platform      = ststm32
-framework     = arduino
-board         = ARMED
-build_flags   = ${common.build_flags} -DUSE_STM32GENERIC -DSTM32GENERIC -DMENU_USB_SERIAL -DMENU_SERIAL=SerialUSB -O2 -ffreestanding -fsigned-char -fno-move-loop-invariants -fno-strict-aliasing -std=gnu11 -std=gnu++11
-lib_deps      = ${common.lib_deps}
-lib_ignore    = Adafruit NeoPixel, c1921b4
-src_filter    = ${common.default_src_filter} +<src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4>
+platform    = ststm32
+framework   = arduino
+board       = armed_v1
+build_flags = ${common.build_flags} -DUSBCON -DUSBD_VID=0x0483 '-DUSB_MANUFACTURER="Unknown"' '-DUSB_PRODUCT="ARMED_V1"' -DHAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED -DUSBD_USE_CDC -O2 -ffreestanding -fsigned-char -fno-move-loop-invariants -fno-strict-aliasing -std=gnu11 -std=gnu++11
+lib_deps    = ${common.lib_deps}
+lib_ignore  = Adafruit NeoPixel, c1921b4
+src_filter  = ${common.default_src_filter} +<src/HAL/HAL_STM32>
 monitor_speed = 250000
 
 #
@@ -301,6 +362,70 @@ platform      = ststm32
 framework     = arduino
 board         = genericSTM32F103ZE
 extra_scripts = buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/mks_robin.py
+build_flags   = !python Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/STM32F1_flag_script.py
+  ${common.build_flags} -std=gnu++14
+build_unflags = -std=gnu++11
+src_filter    = ${common.default_src_filter} +<src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1>
+lib_deps      = ${common.lib_deps}
+lib_ignore    = c1921b4
+  libf3c
+  lib066
+  Adafruit NeoPixel_ID28
+  Adafruit NeoPixel
+  libf3e
+  TMC26XStepper
+  U8glib-HAL
+
+#
+# MKS Robin Mini (STM32F103VET6)
+#
+[env:mks_robin_mini]
+platform      = ststm32
+framework     = arduino
+board         = genericSTM32F103VE
+extra_scripts = buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/mks_robin_mini.py
+build_flags   = !python Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/STM32F1_flag_script.py
+  ${common.build_flags} -std=gnu++14
+build_unflags = -std=gnu++11
+src_filter    = ${common.default_src_filter} +<src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1>
+lib_deps      = ${common.lib_deps}
+lib_ignore    = c1921b4
+  libf3c
+  lib066
+  Adafruit NeoPixel_ID28
+  Adafruit NeoPixel
+  libf3e
+  TMC26XStepper
+
+#
+# MKS Robin Nano (STM32F103VET6)
+#
+[env:mks_robin_nano]
+platform      = ststm32
+framework     = arduino
+board         = genericSTM32F103VE
+extra_scripts = buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/mks_robin_nano.py
+build_flags   = !python Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/STM32F1_flag_script.py
+  ${common.build_flags} -std=gnu++14
+build_unflags = -std=gnu++11
+src_filter    = ${common.default_src_filter} +<src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1>
+lib_deps      = ${common.lib_deps}
+lib_ignore    = c1921b4
+  libf3c
+  lib066
+  Adafruit NeoPixel_ID28
+  Adafruit NeoPixel
+  libf3e
+  TMC26XStepper
+
+#
+# JGAurora A5S A1 (STM32F103ZET6)
+#
+[env:JGAURORA_A5S_A1]
+platform      = ststm32@5.3.0
+framework     = arduino
+board         = genericSTM32F103ZE
+extra_scripts = buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/jgaurora_a5s_a1_with_bootloader.py
 build_flags   = !python Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/STM32F1_flag_script.py
   ${common.build_flags}
 src_filter    = ${common.default_src_filter} +<src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1>
@@ -312,6 +437,25 @@ lib_ignore    = c1921b4
   Adafruit NeoPixel
   libf3e
   TMC26XStepper
+lib_ldf_mode  = 1
+monitor_speed = 250000
+
+#
+# STM32F407VET6 with RAMPS-like shield
+# 'Black' STM32F407VET6 board - http://wiki.stm32duino.com/index.php?title=STM32F407
+# Shield - https://github.com/jmz52/Hardware
+#
+[env:black_stm32f407ve]
+platform = ststm32
+framework = arduino
+board = blackSTM32F407VET6
+extra_scripts = pre:buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/black_stm32f407vet6.py
+build_flags = ${common.build_flags}
+  -DUSBCON -DUSBD_USE_CDC -DUSBD_VID=0x0483 -DUSB_PRODUCT=\"BLACK_F407VE\"
+lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps}
+lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel, c1921b4, TMCStepper, TMC26XStepper, SailfishLCD, SailfishRGB_LED, SlowSoftI2CMaster
+src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} +<src/HAL/HAL_STM32>
+monitor_speed = 250000
 
 #
 # Teensy 3.5 / 3.6 (ARM Cortex-M4)
@@ -326,6 +470,9 @@ lib_ignore    = Adafruit NeoPixel
 src_filter    = ${common.default_src_filter} +<src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36>
 monitor_speed = 250000
 
+#
+# Malyan M200 (STM32F1)
+#
 [env:malyanm200]
 platform    = ststm32
 framework   = arduino
@@ -350,10 +497,15 @@ lib_ignore  =
 # Espressif ESP32
 #
 [env:esp32]
-platform    = https://github.com/platformio/platform-espressif32.git#feature/stage
-board       = esp32dev
-framework   = arduino
-upload_port = COM3
+platform      = espressif32
+board         = esp32dev
+framework     = arduino
+upload_speed  = 115200
+monitor_speed = 115200
+upload_port = /dev/ttyUSB0
+lib_deps =
+  https://github.com/me-no-dev/AsyncTCP.git
+  https://github.com/me-no-dev/ESPAsyncWebServer.git
 lib_ignore  =
   LiquidCrystal_I2C
   LiquidCrystal
@@ -361,6 +513,8 @@ lib_ignore  =
   LiquidTWI2
   TMC26XStepper
   c1921b4
+  SailfishLCD
+  SailfishRGB_LED
 src_filter  = ${common.default_src_filter} +<src/HAL/HAL_ESP32>
 
 #
@@ -375,3 +529,17 @@ board_build.f_cpu = 16000000L
 lib_deps          = ${common.lib_deps}
 src_filter        = ${common.default_src_filter} +<src/HAL/HAL_AVR>
 monitor_speed     = 250000
+
+#
+# Native
+# No supported Arduino libraries, base Marlin only
+#
+[env:linux_native]
+platform        = native
+build_flags     = -D__PLAT_LINUX__ -std=gnu++17 -ggdb -g -lrt -lpthread
+src_build_flags = -Wall -IMarlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/include
+build_unflags   = -Wall
+lib_ldf_mode    = off
+lib_deps        =
+extra_scripts   =
+src_filter      = ${common.default_src_filter} +<src/HAL/HAL_LINUX>